International Fire Code Commentary Vol. 2 - 2015

--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
®
IFC
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2015 CODE AND

COMMENTARY
VOLUME 2
The complete IFC with
commentary after each
section
2015 International Fire Code® Commentary
First Printing: July 2015
ISBN: 978-1-60983-286-5 (soft-cover edition)
COPYRIGHT © 2015
by
INTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCIL, INC.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. This 2015 International Fire Code® Commentary—Volume II is a copyrighted work owned by the
International Code Council, Inc. Without advance written permission from the copyright owner, no part of this book may be
reproduced, distributed or transmitted in any form or by any means, including, without limitation, electronic, optical or mechan-
ical means (by way of example, and not limitation, photocopying, or recording by or in an information storage retrieval system).
For information on permission to copy material exceeding fair use, please contact: Publications, 4051 Flossmoor Road, Country
Club Hills, IL 60478. Phone 1-888-ICC-SAFE (422-7233).
Trademarks: “International Code Council,” the “International Code Council” logo and the “International Fire Code” are
trademarks of the International Code Council, Inc. --`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
PRINTED IN THE U.S.A.
Copyright International Code Council

PREFACE
The principal purpose of the Commentary is to provide a basic volume of knowledge and facts relating to building construction
as it pertains to the regulations set forth in the 2015 International Fire Code. The person who is serious about effectively design-
ing, constructing and regulating buildings and structures will find the Commentary to be a reliable data source and reference to
almost all components of the built environment.
As a follow-up to the International Fire Code, we offer a companion document, the International Fire Code Commentary—
Volume II. Volume II covers Chapters 20 through 80 and Appendices A through M of the 2015 International Fire Code. The
basic appeal of the Commentary is thus: it provides in a small package and at reasonable cost thorough coverage of many issues
likely to be dealt with when using the International Fire Code — and then supplements that coverage with historical and techni-
cal background. Reference lists, information sources and bibliographies are also included.
Throughout all of this, effort has been made to keep the vast quantity of material accessible and its method of presentation
useful. With a comprehensive yet concise summary of each section, the Commentary provides a convenient reference for regula-
tions applicable to the construction of buildings and structures. In the chapters that follow, discussions focus on the full meaning
and implications of the code text. Guidelines suggest the most effective method of application, and the consequences of not
adhering to the code text. Illustrations are provided to aid understanding; they do not necessarily illustrate the only methods of
achieving code compliance.
The format of the Commentary includes the full text of each section, table and figure in the code, followed immediately by the
commentary applicable to that text. At the time of printing, the Commentary reflects the most up-to-date text of the 2015 Inter-
national Fire Code. Each section’s narrative includes a statement of its objective and intent, and usually includes a discussion
about why the requirement commands the conditions set forth. Code text and commentary text are easily distinguished from
each other. All code text is shown as it appears in the International Fire Code, and all commentary is indented below the code
text and begins with the symbol .
Readers should note that the Commentary is to be used in conjunction with the International Fire Code and not as a substitute
for the code. The Commentary is advisory only; the code official alone possesses the authority and responsibility for interpreting
the code.
Comments and recommendations are encouraged, for through your input, we can improve future editions. Please direct your
comments to the Codes and Standards Development Department at the Chicago District Office.
The International Code Council would like to extend its thanks to the following individuals for their contributions to the tech-
nical content of this commentary:
Jeff Hugo
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Elley Klausbruckner
Copyright International2015 INTERNATIONAL

Code Council FIRE CODE® COMMENTARY iii
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
iv
Copyright International Code Council 2015 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE® COMMENTARY
Arrangement and Format of the 2015 IFC
Before applying the requirements of the IFC it is beneficial to understand its arrangement and format. The IFC, like other codes
published by the International Code Council, is arranged and organized to follow sequential steps that generally occur during a
plan review or inspection. The 2015 IFC is organized into seven Parts as illustrated in the tables below. Each Part represents a
broad subject matter and includes the chapters that logically fit under the subject matter of each Part. It is also foreseeable that
additional chapters will need to be added in the future as regulations for new processes or operations are developed. Accordingly,
the reorganization was designed to accommodate such future chapters by providing reserved (unused) chapters in several of the
Parts. This will allow the subject matter parts to be conveniently and logically expanded without requiring a major renumbering
of the IFC chapters.
2015 ORGANIZATION OF THE IFC

Parts and Chapters Subject Matter
Part I – Chapters 1 and 2 Administrative and definitions
Part II – Chapters 3 and 4 General safety provisions
Part III – Chapters 5 through 11 Building and equipment design features
Part III – Chapters 12 through 19 Reserved for future use
Part IV – Chapters 20 through 37 Special occupancies and operations
Part IV – Chapters 38 through 49 Reserved for future use
Part V – Chapters 50 through 67 Hazardous materials
Part V – Chapters 68 through 79 Reserved for future use
Part VI – Chapter 80 Referenced standards
Part VII – Appendices A through M Adoptable and informational appendices
The IFC requirements for fire-resistive construction, interior finish, fire protection systems, means of egress and construction
safeguards are directly correlated to the chapters containing parallel requirements in the IBC, as follows:
IFC Chapter Subject

7 Fire and smoke protection features
8 Interior finish, decorative materials and furnishings
9 Fire protection systems
10 Means of egress
33 Fire safety during construction and demolition
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Code Council FIRE CODE® COMMENTARY v
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
vi
LEGISLATION
The International Codes are designed and promulgated to be adopted by reference by legislative action. Jurisdictions wishing to
adopt the 2015 International Fire Code Commentary as an enforceable set of regulations for the safeguarding of life and prop-
erty from fire and explosion hazards arising from the storage, handling and use of hazardous substances, materials and devices,
and from conditions hazardous to life or property in the occupancy of buildings and premises should ensure that certain factual
information is included in the adopting legislation at the time adoption is being considered by the appropriate governmental
body. The following sample adoption legislation addresses several key elements, including the information required for insertion
into the code text.
SAMPLE LEGISLATION FOR ADOPTION OF

THE INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE
ORDINANCE NO.________
A[N] [ORDINANCE/STATUTE/REGULATION] of the [NAME OF JURISDICTION] adopting the 2015 edition of the International Fire
Code, regulating and governing the safeguarding of life and property from fire and explosion hazards arising from the storage,
handling and use of hazardous substances, materials and devices, and from conditions hazardous to life or property in the occu-
pancy of buildings and premises in the [NAME OF JURISDICTION]; providing for the issuance of permits and collection of fees
therefor; repealing [ORDINANCE/STATUTE/REGULATION] No. ______ of the [NAME OF JURISDICTION] and all other ordinances or
parts of laws in conflict therewith.
The [GOVERNING BODY] of the [NAME OF JURISDICTION] does ordain as follows:
Section 1. That a certain document, three (3) copies of which are on file in the office of the [TITLE OF JURISDICTION’S KEEPER
OF RECORDS] of [NAME OF JURISDICTION], being marked and designated as the International Fire Code, 2015 edition, including
Appendix Chapters [FILL IN THE APPENDIX CHAPTERS BEING ADOPTED] (see International Fire Code Section 101.2.1, 2015 edi-
tion), as published by the International Code Council, be and is hereby adopted as the Fire Code of the [NAME OF JURISDICTION],
in the State of [STATE NAME] regulating and governing the safeguarding of life and property from fire and explosion hazards
arising from the storage, handling and use of hazardous substances, materials and devices, and from conditions hazardous to life
or property in the occupancy of buildings and premises as herein provided; providing for the issuance of permits and collection
of fees therefor; and each and all of the regulations, provisions, penalties, conditions and terms of said Fire Code on file in the
office of the [NAME OF JURISDICTION] are hereby referred to, adopted, and made a part hereof, as if fully set out in this legisla-
tion, with the additions, insertions, deletions and changes, if any, prescribed in Section 2 of this ordinance.
Section 2. That the following sections are hereby revised:
Section 101.1. Insert: [NAME OF JURISDICTION]
Section 109.4. Insert: [OFFENSE, DOLLAR AMOUNT, NUMBER OF DAYS]
Section 111.4. Insert: [DOLLAR AMOUNT IN TWO LOCATIONS]
Section 3. That the geographic limits referred to in certain sections of the 2015 International Fire Code are hereby established as
follows:
Section 5704.2.9.6.1 (geographic limits in which the storage of Class I and Class II liquids in above-ground tanks outside of
buildings is prohibited): [JURISDICTION TO SPECIFY]
Section 5706.2.4.4 (geographic limits in which the storage of Class I and Class II liquids in above-ground tanks is prohib-
ited): [JURISDICTION TO SPECIFY]
Section 5806.2 (geographic limits in which the storage of flammable cryogenic fluids in stationary containers is prohibited):
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
[JURISDICTION TO SPECIFY]
Section 6104.2 (geographic limits in which the storage of liquefied petroleum gas is restricted for the protection of heavily
populated or congested areas): [JURISDICTION TO SPECIFY]
Section 4. That [ORDINANCE/STATUTE/REGULATION] No. ______ of [NAME OF JURISDICTION] entitled [FILL IN HERE THE COM-
PLETE TITLE OF THE LEGISLATION OR LAWS IN EFFECT AT THE PRESENT TIME SO THAT THEY WILL BE REPEALED BY SPECIFIC
REFERENCE] and all other ordinances or parts of laws in conflict herewith are hereby repealed.
Section 5. That if any section, subsection, sentence, clause or phrase of this legislation is, for any reason, held to be unconstitu-
tional, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this ordinance. The [GOVERNING BODY] hereby
declares that it would have passed this law, and each section, subsection, clause or phrase thereof, irrespective of the fact that
any one or more sections, subsections, sentences, clauses and phrases be declared unconstitutional.

Code Council FIRE CODE® COMMENTARY vii
Section 6. That nothing in this legislation or in the Fire Code hereby adopted shall be construed to affect any suit or proceeding
impending in any court, or any rights acquired, or liability incurred, or any cause or causes of action acquired or existing, under
any act or ordinance hereby repealed as cited in Section 4 of this law; nor shall any just or legal right or remedy of any character
be lost, impaired or affected by this legislation.
Section 7. That the [JURISDICTION’S KEEPER OF RECORDS] is hereby ordered and directed to cause this legislation to be pub-
lished. (An additional provision may be required to direct the number of times the legislation is to be published and to specify
that it is to be in a newspaper in general circulation. Posting may also be required.)
Section 8. That this law and the rules, regulations, provisions, requirements, orders and matters established and adopted hereby
shall take effect and be in full force and effect [TIME PERIOD] from and after the date of its final passage and adoption.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
viii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part IV—Special Occupancies and Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-1
CHAPTER 20 AVIATION FACILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-1 – 20-18
CHAPTER 21 DRY CLEANING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-1 – 21-12
CHAPTER 22 COMBUSTIBLE DUST-PRODUCING OPERATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-1 – 22-4
CHAPTER 23 MOTOR FUEL-DISPENSING FACILITIES AND REPAIR GARAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-1 – 23-44
CHAPTER 24 FLAMMABLE FINISHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-1 – 24-36
CHAPTER 25 FRUIT AND CROP RIPENING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-1 – 25-4
CHAPTER 26 FUMIGATION AND INSECTICIDAL FOGGING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-1 – 26-6
CHAPTER 27 SEMICONDUCTOR FABRICATION FACILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-1 – 27-22
CHAPTER 28 LUMBER YARDS AND AGRO-INDUSTRIAL, SOLID BIOMASS AND

WOODWORKING FACILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-1 – 28-8
CHAPTER 29 MANUFACTURE OF ORGANIC COATINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-1 – 29-10
CHAPTER 30 INDUSTRIAL OVENS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-1 – 30-4
CHAPTER 31 TENTS AND OTHER MEMBRANE STRUCTURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31-1 – 31-18
CHAPTER 32 HIGH-PILED COMBUSTIBLE STORAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-1 – 32-30
CHAPTER 33 FIRE SAFETY DURING CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-1 – 33-10
CHAPTER 34 TIRE REBUILDING AND TIRE STORAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-1 – 34-6
CHAPTER 35 WELDING AND OTHER HOT WORK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-1 – 35-12

--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
CHAPTER 36 MARINAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36-1 – 36-4
CHAPTER 37 COMBUSTIBLE FIBERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-1 – 37-4
CHAPTERS 38 – 49 RESERVED
Part V—Hazardous Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-1
CHAPTER 50 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS—GENERAL PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-1 – 50-54

Code Council FIRE CODE® COMMENTARY ix
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 51 AEROSOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51-1 – 51-16
CHAPTER 52 RESERVED
CHAPTER 53 COMPRESSED GASES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53-1 – 53-18
CHAPTER 54 CORROSIVE MATERIALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-1 – 54-4
CHAPTER 55 CRYOGENIC FLUIDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-1 – 55-12
CHAPTER 56 EXPLOSIVES AND FIREWORKS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-1 – 56-34
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
CHAPTER 57 FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57-1 – 57-86
CHAPTER 58 FLAMMABLE GASES AND FLAMMABLE CRYOGENIC FLUIDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58-1 – 58-14
CHAPTER 59 FLAMMABLE SOLIDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-1 – 59-8
CHAPTER 60 HIGHLY TOXIC AND TOXIC MATERIALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1 – 60-20
CHAPTER 61 LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GASES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-1 – 61-18
CHAPTER 62 ORGANIC PEROXIDES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62-1 – 62-8
CHAPTER 63 OXIDIZERS, OXIDIZING GASES AND OXIDIZING CRYOGENIC FLUIDS . . . . . . . . . 63-1 – 63-12
CHAPTER 64 PYROPHORIC MATERIALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-1 – 64-6
CHAPTER 65 PYROXYLIN (CELLULOSE NITRATE) PLASTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-1 – 65-4
CHAPTER 66 UNSTABLE (REACTIVE) MATERIALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66-1 – 66-6
CHAPTER 67 WATER-REACTIVE SOLIDS AND LIQUIDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67-1 – 67-6
CHAPTERS 68 – 79 RESERVED
Part VI—Referenced Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-1
CHAPTER 80 REFERENCED STANDARDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-1 – 80-14
Part VII—Appendices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
APPENDIX A BOARD OF APPEALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1 – A-4
APPENDIX B FIRE-FLOW REQUIREMENTS FOR BUILDINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1 – B-8
APPENDIX C FIRE HYDRANT LOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1 – C-6
APPENDIX D FIRE APPARATUS ACCESS ROADS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1 – D-6
x
TABLE OF CONTENTS
APPENDIX E HAZARD CATEGORIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-1 – E-14
APPENDIX F HAZARD RANKING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F-1 – F-4
APPENDIX G CRYOGENIC FLUIDS—WEIGHT AND VOLUME EQUIVALENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-1 – G-4
APPENDIX H HAZARDOUS MATERIALS MANAGEMENT PLAN (HMMP)

AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS INVENTORY STATEMENT (HMIS)
INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-1 – H-10
APPENDIX I FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS—NONCOMPLIANT CONDITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-1 – I-4
APPENDIX J BUILDING INFORMATION SIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-1 – J-4
APPENDIX K CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS FOR

EXISTING AMBULATORY CARE FACILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-1 – K-6
APPENDIX L REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE FIGHTER AIR REPLENISHMENT SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . L-1 – L-6
APPENDIX M HIGH-RISE BUILDINGS—

RETROACTIVE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER REQUIREMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-1 – M-2
INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INDEX-1 – INDEX-32
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Code Council FIRE CODE® COMMENTARY xi
xii
Part IV—Special Occupancies and Operations
Chapter 20:
Aviation Facilities
General Comments areas for the movement of people and their belongings.
Because most contemporary passenger terminal build-
Safe and efficient operation of airports, heliports and air- ings resemble covered malls, Section 402 of the Inter-
craft service facilities requires a comprehensive under- national Building Code® (IBC®) permits passenger
standing of fire safety and aviation activities. The transportation terminals to comply with the requirements
principal nonflight operational hazards associated with for a covered mall building and, in fact, includes them in
aviation involve fuel, facilities and operations. Conflicts the definition of “Covered mall building.”
have developed in recent years between airport security
and life safety requirements because of an increased
concern about air piracy and terrorism. The Federal Avi- Purpose
ation Administration (FAA) regulates airport and air car- Chapter 20 specifies minimum requirements for the fire-
rier security operations. These regulations strictly limit safe operation of airports, heliports and helistops. Safe
access to the air operations area. Unauthorized individ- use of flammable and combustible liquids during fueling
uals must be prevented from entering air operations and maintenance operations is emphasized. Availability
areas during all operating conditions, including emer- of portable Class B:C-rated fire extinguishers for prompt
gencies in the terminal building. Concurrently, airport control or suppression of incipient fires is required.
designs have traditionally included large unconfined
SECTION 2001 discussion of operations requiring a permit). The

GENERAL three operations listed in this section pose possible
2001.1 Scope. Airports, heliports, helistops and aircraft han- fire hazards because an ignition source close to them
gars shall be in accordance with this chapter. would create a hazardous situation. The operations
must be reviewed for safety concerns and require-
 This chapter discusses fire and life safety in the ments.
ground environment modes. These modes include
aircraft maintenance, aircraft refueling, aircraft han-
gars, helistops and heliports. SECTION 2002
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2001.2 Regulations not covered. Regulations not specifi- DEFINITIONS

cally contained herein pertaining to airports, aircraft mainte- 2002.1 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chap-
nance, aircraft hangars and appurtenant operations shall be in ter 2:
accordance with nationally recognized standards.
AIRCRAFT OPERATION AREA (AOA).
 If a regulation is not addressed in this chapter, one AIRPORT.
must go to a recognized standard for the regulation.
Ground operations must be conducted in accordance HELIPORT.
with recognized standards. HELISTOP.
2001.3 Permits. For permits to operate aircraft-refueling  Definitions of terms can help in the understanding
vehicles, application of flammable or combustible finishes and application of the code requirements. This sec-
and hot work, see Section 105.6. tion directs the code user to Chapter 2 for the proper
 The process of issuing permits gives the fire code application of the indicated terms used in this chap-
official an opportunity to carefully evaluate and regu- ter. Terms may be defined in Chapter 2 or in another
late hazardous operations. Permit applicants should International Code® (I-Code®) as indicated in Section
be required to demonstrate that their operations com- 201.3, or the dictionary meaning may be all that is
ply with the intent of the code before the permit is needed (see also commentary, Sections 201 through
issued (see commentary, Section 105.6 for a general 201.4).

Code Council FIRE CODE® COMMENTARY 20-1
AVIATION FACILITIES
SECTION 2003 enough to allow emergency response equipment

GENERAL PRECAUTIONS access to buildings and the aircraft.
2003.1 Sources of ignition. Open flames, flame-producing 2003.5 Dispensing of flammable and combustible liquids.
devices and other sources of ignition shall not be permitted in The dispensing, transferring and storage of flammable and
a hangar, except in approved locations or in any location combustible liquids shall be in accordance with this chapter
within 50 feet (15 240 mm) of an aircraft-fueling operation. and Chapter 57. Aircraft motor vehicle fuel-dispensing facili-
ties shall be in accordance with Chapter 23.
 Smoking and carrying any open-flame device within
50 feet (15 240 mm) of any fueling operation is pro-  Section 2006 gives guidelines for dispensing fuel into
hibited because of flammable vapors that are likely to an aircraft. Section 5706 also gives guidelines for dis-
be present during fueling operations. Electrical equip- pensing flammable and combustible liquids. Chapter
ment on aircraft is usually not approved for use in 23 applies when small general aviation-type aircraft
hazardous (classified) locations, and disconnection of and airport service vehicles are brought to a fueling
electrical devices often produces sparks, possibly station instead of being fueled from a vehicle. See the
igniting flammable vapor-air mixtures. Consequently, commentary to Section 202 for the definition of “Air-
fueling operations must be discontinued before con- craft motor-vehicle fuel-dispensing facility.”
necting or disconnecting these devices. 2003.6 Combustible storage. Combustible materials stored
2003.2 Smoking. Smoking shall be prohibited in aircraft- in aircraft hangars shall be stored in approved locations and
refueling vehicles, aircraft hangars and aircraft operation containers.
areas used for cleaning, paint removal, painting operations or  Combustible materials storage is to be confined to
fueling. “No Smoking” signs shall be provided in accordance cutoff rooms or approved metal containers with tight-
with Section 310. fitting, self-closing or automatic-closing lids to limit
Exception: Designated and approved smoking areas. the fuel load readily exposed within the hangar.
 An aircraft hangar is simply a building that provides Approved containers provided for oily rags and simi-
weather protection and shop space during aircraft lar wastes are to be supplied throughout service
maintenance and storage. In the maintenance pro- areas and emptied every day. Combustible materials
cess, many hazards are present. Smoking is prohib- should be removed from the building as soon as pos-
ited in all areas where an aircraft is located because sible.
of the potential presence of fuel vapors. The excep- 2003.7 Hazardous material storage. Hazardous materials
tion gives the fire code official the authority to evalu- shall be stored in accordance with Chapter 50.
ate and approve designated smoking areas.  Chapter 50 contains the requirements for storing haz-
2003.3 Housekeeping. The aircraft operation area (AOA) ardous materials. Requirements in Chapters 51
and related areas shall be kept free from combustible debris at through 67 also apply to specific materials.
all times.
 Housekeeping should be a daily practice. The level of
fire safety is greatly improved when areas are kept SECTION 2004
clean and neat. Make sure that all generated waste is AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE
removed from the building and safely disposed of 2004.1 Transferring flammable and combustible liquids.
each day. Additionally, keeping the areas in which Flammable and combustible liquids shall not be dispensed
aircraft operate free from debris reduces the likeli- into or removed from a container, tank, vehicle or aircraft
hood of foreign object damage (FOD) to aircraft except in approved locations.
engines that could result in engine damage or cata-  Due to hazards presented by aviation fuels, as dis-
strophic engine failure. cussed in Section 2006, it is necessary that all stor-
2003.4 Fire department access. Fire apparatus access roads age, transfer or dispensing of flammable and
shall be provided and maintained in accordance with Chapter combustible liquids be completed outside of and
5. Fire apparatus access roads and aircraft parking positions away from structures. This includes the emptying of
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
shall be designed in a manner so as to preclude the possibility fuel tanks and the rooftop refueling of helicopters.
of fire vehicles traveling under any portion of a parked air- The large, undivided areas of aircraft hangars cou-
craft. pled with the dollar value of a single aircraft present
 Access by emergency vehicles is an important factor. an unusually high value at risk of loss due to a single
Fire apparatus access roads must be wide enough, fire incident, thus reinforcing the need for the strict
well-marked and unobstructed in accordance with regulation of fuels. Dispensing systems generally
Section 503. The access roads should also be involve the transfer of liquid from fixed piping sys-
arranged so there is no confusion over where emer- tems, drums or 5-gallon (19 L) cans into smaller end-
gency vehicles are to go in the event of a fire or res- use containers. Because the release of some vapor is
cue emergency in a building, on a runway or in an practically unavoidable, dispensing must take place
aircraft. Space between aircraft must be large in designated areas.
20-2 Code Council

Copyright International 2015 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE® COMMENTARY
AVIATION FACILITIES
2004.2 Application of flammable and combustible liquid spilled material has been removed or the hazard has been mit-
finishes. The application of flammable or Class II combusti- igated.
ble liquid finishes is prohibited unless both of the following  All ongoing activity must stop in the area of a spill
conditions are met: until the spill has been cleaned up and removed,
1. The application of the liquid finish is accomplished in since those ongoing activities may cause an ignition
an approved location. to occur. The area should be clear of all hazards
2. The application methods and procedures are in accor- before work is resumed.
dance with Chapter 24. 2004.4.2 Vehicle movement. Aircraft or other vehicles shall
not be moved through the spill area until the spilled material
 Application of flammable finishes must comply with
has been removed or the hazard has been mitigated.
Chapter 24. Most exterior aircraft painting is per-
formed using spray apparatus, frequently in aircraft  The movement of vehicles may create an ignition
hangars. Usually, control of ignition sources, ventila- source for the flammable liquids that spilled. Stopping
tion and the considerable volume of aircraft hangars all movement of vehicles reduces the possibility of a
is relied on to minimize the hazards typically associ- fire or an explosion significantly.
ated with spraying in more confined areas where 2004.4.3 Mitigation. Spills shall be reported, documented
vapor-air mixtures can rapidly create an explosive and mitigated in accordance with the provisions of this chap-
mixture. Small parts and subassemblies should be ter and Section 5003.3.
removed and painted in approved spray booths or
areas complying with the requirements of Chapter 24.  Any fuel spill, whatever the amount, must be reported
Exterior painting should not be performed in aircraft to the proper authorities and documented to record
hangars not protected throughout by approved auto- the spill details and what was done to clean up the
matic fire suppression systems. If systems are inop- spill. Chapter 50 gives specific procedures for han-
erable, exterior spray painting is not permitted; only dling a spill.
interior painting using water-based products is per- 2004.5 Running engines. Aircraft engines shall not be run in
mitted. Like small exterior parts and subassemblies, aircraft hangars except in approved engine test areas.
application of flammable finishes to removable inte-
 An approved engine test area should have proper
rior components should be limited to approved spray
ventilation, engine noise control and be separated
booths or spray rooms.
from other areas of operation. Running engines could
2004.3 Cleaning parts. Class IA flammable liquids shall not create ignition sources that could cause fire or explo-
be used to clean aircraft, aircraft parts or aircraft engines. sions, as well as ventilation and noise hazards for the
Cleaning with other flammable and combustible liquids shall surrounding employees.
be in accordance with Section 5705.3.6.
2004.6 Open flame. Repairing of aircraft requiring the use of
 Class I flammable liquids with flash points below open flames, spark-producing devices or the heating of parts
100°F (38°C) must not be used for cleaning that typi- above 500°F (260°C) shall only be done outdoors or in an
cally liberates large quantities of flammable vapor area complying with the provisions of the International
and may leave a flammable residue that is easily Building Code for a Group F-1 occupancy.
ignited. Removable parts should be cleaned in
 No heat-producing, welding, cutting or blow-torch
approved parts-cleaning machines already tested
devices should be used inside hangars. Their use is
and labeled for such a purpose. The hazards associ-
restricted to areas that meet the requirements of a
ated with cleaning an aircraft, aircraft parts and air-
Group F-1 occupancy in the International Mechanical
craft engines with Class IA flammable liquids are fires
Code® (IMC®). Flare pots and other open-flame lights
and explosions, potentially causing damaged prop-
are also included in this category.
erty and loss of life. Section 5005.3.6 gives require-
ments for cleaning with Class I, II and IIIA liquids. 2004.7 Other aircraft maintenance. Maintenance, repairs,
modifications, or construction performed upon aircraft not
2004.4 Spills. Sections 2004.4.1 through 2004.4.3 shall apply
addressed elsewhere in this code shall be conducted in accor-
to spills of flammable and combustible liquids and other haz-
dance with NFPA 410.
ardous materials. Fuel spill control shall also comply with
Section 2006.11.  Aircraft maintenance is often a hazardous procedure
due to the inherent hazards of aircraft. NFPA 410
 The following procedures should be adhered to in the
specifies minimum safety requirements to be per-
event a spill occurs. The specific requirements for
formed during specific maintenance operations such
fuel spill prevention are found in Section 2006.11.
as fuel or oxygen system maintenance, aircraft clean-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2004.4.1 Cessation of work. Activities in the affected area ing and hazardous operations such as defueling. It
not related to the mitigation of the spill shall cease until the provides additional fire-safety requirements to sup-

AVIATION FACILITIES
plement the procedures already regulated by this during welding or cutting operations outside a weld-
chapter, as well as additional fire protection require- ing or cutting shop area.
ments for other specified procedures not regulated by 2005.4 On aircraft fuel-servicing tank vehicles. Aircraft
this chapter. See the commentary to Section 102.7 fuel-servicing tank vehicles shall be equipped with not less
for information on the proper application of refer- than two listed portable fire extinguishers complying with
enced standards. Section 906, each having a minimum rating of 20-B:C. A
portable fire extinguisher shall be readily accessible from
either side of the vehicle.
SECTION 2005
PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS  Fuel-servicing tank vehicles for aircraft must have a
PFE on each side of the vehicle. Both extinguishers
2005.1 General. Portable fire extinguishers suitable for flam-
must be easily accessible and not be obstructed. Each
mable or combustible liquid and electrical-type fires shall be
PFE must be effective for the extinguishment of a flam-
provided as specified in Sections 2005.2 through 2005.6 and
mable liquid fire and also be effective for energized
Section 906. Extinguishers required by this section shall be
electrical components (see Commentary Figure 2006.3
inspected and maintained in accordance with Section 906.
– note the PFE on each side of the rear bumper).
 Portable fire extinguishers (PFEs) must be approved 2005.5 On hydrant fuel-servicing vehicles. Hydrant fuel-
for use on Class B and C fires. Placement and distri- servicing vehicles shall be equipped with not less than one
bution of PFEs should conform to NFPA 10, NFPA listed portable fire extinguisher complying with Section 906,
407 and Section 906 of the code. Generally, PFEs and having a minimum rating of 20-B:C.
are required in the immediate vicinity of all flammable
and combustible liquid storage; use and dispensing;  Hydrant fuel-servicing vehicles must be equipped
welding and cutting; spray finishing and other mainte- with one PFE that is effective for the extinguishment
nance operations, as well as on aircraft fueler and of a flammable liquid fire and is also effective for
service vehicles. energized electrical components.
It should be noted that Sections 2005.2, 2005.4, 2005.6 At fuel-dispensing stations. Portable fire extinguish-
2005.5 and 2005.6 specifically require B:C-rated ers at fuel-dispensing stations shall be located such that
PFEs on vehicles and in locations that are in close pumps or dispensers are not more than 75 feet (22 860 mm)
proximity to aircraft. This is because it has been from one such extinguisher. Fire extinguishers shall be pro-
reported by the National Safety Council that A:B:C- vided as follows:
rated PFE chemicals pose a severe aircraft damage
1. Where the open-hose discharge capacity of the fueling
problem. While A:B:C-rated PFEs generally have an
system is not more than 200 gallons per minute (13 L/s),
excellent fire-fighting capability and track record, the
not less than two listed portable fire extinguishers com-
monoammonium-phosphate chemical extinguishing
plying with Section 906 and having a minimum rating
agent is highly corrosive to aluminum. This agent will
of 20-B:C shall be provided.
melt and flow when it comes into contact with heated
surfaces and, once it comes into contact with hot alu- 2. Where the open-hose discharge capacity of the fueling
minum and works its way into the structural joints and system is more than 200 gallons per minute (13 L/s) but
crevices, it cannot be flushed out as the B:C dry- not more than 350 gallons per minute (22 L/s), not less
chemical agents can. Cleanup following use of an than one listed wheeled extinguisher complying with
A:B:C-rated PFE on an aircraft could require disas- Section 906 and having a minimum extinguishing rat-
sembly of the aircraft to remove every remnant of the ing of 80-B:C, and a minimum agent capacity of 125
chemical to prevent hidden corrosion damage that pounds (57 kg), shall be provided.
could lead to structural failure. 3. Where the open-hose discharge capacity of the fueling
2005.2 On towing vehicles. Vehicles used for towing aircraft system is more than 350 gallons per minute (22 L/s),
shall be equipped with not less than one listed portable fire not less than two listed wheeled extinguishers comply-
extinguisher complying with Section 906 and having a mini- ing with Section 906 and having a minimum rating of
mum rating of 20-B:C. 80-B:C each, and a minimum capacity agent of 125
pounds (57 kg) of each, shall be provided.
 Tow motors and other towing vehicles must be
equipped with a PFE that is readily available if a fire  This section requires PFEs with ratings based on the
occurs away from a service, maintenance or boarding anticipated discharge rate of a broken or ruptured fuel
area. hose. NFPA 407 contains requirements for the
2005.3 On welding apparatus. Welding apparatus shall be inspection and maintenance of an aircraft fueling
equipped with not less than one listed portable fire extin- hose, including daily pre-use inspection and removal
guisher complying with Section 906 and having a minimum from service of obviously defective hoses. Despite
rating of 2-A:20-B:C. these inspections, however, hoses and fittings can
and do fail for a variety of reasons (e.g., unnoticed
 Consistent with Section 3504.2.6, a PFE is required physical damage, coupling and fitting failure, over-
on all welding apparatus so that it is readily available pressure rupture, etc.), resulting in a flailing hose,
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
20-4 Code Council

AVIATION FACILITIES
“open butt” discharge of fuel under the full pressure of 2005.7 Fire extinguisher access. Portable fire extinguishers
the fueling system. Such uncontrolled fuel discharge required by this chapter shall be accessible at all times.
could flow under the aircraft; fueling vehicles; pas- Where necessary, provisions shall be made to clear accumu-
senger stairs or ramps; baggage-handling equipment lations of snow, ice and other forms of weather-induced
or in close proximity to building openings. If a hose obstructions.
were to rupture on top of an aircraft wing or a flailing  Unobstructed access to PFEs is essential. In colder
hose were to spray fuel on vehicles, baggage carts, climates, snow and ice may block access and must
etc., the resulting hazard would increase beyond a be removed because fire can occur at any time.
simple spill fire. The large amount of property dam-
age and potential for loss of life requires that suffi- 2005.7.1 Cabinets. Cabinets and enclosed compartments
cient PFEs of an adequate size be located in the used to house portable fire extinguishers shall be clearly
fueling area. (Note: the PFEs required by this section marked with the words FIRE EXTINGUISHER in letters not
are in addition to others required on vehicles that may less than 2 inches (51 mm) high. Cabinets and compartments
be present in the fuel area.) shall be readily accessible at all times.
Considerations in locating PFEs during fueling  In an emergency, people can panic and become con-
operations include placing them out and upwind of fused. Labeling cabinets where PFEs are housed
the fuel-dispensing site and potential spill area, as with letters 2 inches high (51 mm) (often in red)
well as within the access travel distance specified in makes the PFEs easier to locate.
NFPA 10 for extra-hazard locations. When two PFEs 2005.8 Reporting use. Use of a fire extinguisher under any
are required, they should be located close enough to circumstances shall be reported to the manager of the airport
each other so NFPA 10 access travel distances are and the fire code official immediately after use.
not exceeded and a spill incident does not prevent
access to or use of both appliances.  The fire code official is responsible for the investiga-
FAA regulations and NFPA 407 require refueling tion of fires within the jurisdiction and for maintaining
personnel to receive PFE and fire safety training. records thereof. Likewise, the airport manager is
Annex A of NFPA 407 recommends that such training responsible for all activities and events within the air-
include live-fire exercises. Training should be ade- port. Both persons must be notified of extinguisher
quately detailed so that supervisors are capable of use so the circumstances of the event can be investi-
properly indoctrinating their subordinates in fire safety gated and appropriate follow-up procedures initiated
essentials. Topics covered in the training program to mitigate the hazard that resulted in the incident.
should include electrical bonding and grounding; Discharged PFEs must be promptly replaced with
maintenance of aircraft egress; emergency shutdown serviceable units.
of fuel-servicing equipment; notification of emergency
forces; and supporting emergency operations.
The low flow rate in Item 1 requires that at least two SECTION 2006
20-B:C hand-held PFEs are provided. It also AIRCRAFT FUELING
assumes that the trained personnel available will be 2006.1 Aircraft motor vehicle fuel-dispensing facilities.
able to handle the relatively small anticipated spill. Aircraft motor vehicle fuel-dispensing facilities shall be in
Such PFEs typically discharge for up to ± 25 seconds accordance with Chapter 23.
for distances up to ± 20 feet (± 6096 mm).
Item 2 states that a ruptured hose discharging up  Requirements for fuel-dispensing stations for aircraft
to 350 gallons per minute (gpm) (1325 L/m) creates a motor vehicles are found in Chapter 23. This provi-
potentially larger spill area and a more challenging sion addresses the dispensing of fuel into small gen-
fire for first-aid appliances. The higher “B” rating eral aviation-type aircraft at stationary fuel-dispensing
requires a quantity of extinguishing agent, usually dry facilities that use equipment similar to that used at
chemical, that likely exceeds 50 pounds (28 kg), automotive service stations rather than fuel hydrants
depending on the agent. Accordingly, a wheeled PFE or fuel tanker trucks that are used on larger aircraft.
will enable a single operator more mobility in moving See the commentary to Section 202 for the definition
the PFE for fire attack. The size of the wheeled unit, of “Aircraft motor vehicle fuel-dispensing facility.”
in addition to its longer discharge hose, allows the 2006.2 Airport fuel systems. Airport fuel systems shall be
operator a greater agent discharge time, a higher designed and constructed in accordance with NFPA 407.
agent flow rate, a greater agent discharge distance  Aviation fuels present a wide range of hazards. The
and more mobility in the hazardous area. The poten- fuel, ambient temperature, control of ignition sources,
tial for such large fuel discharges increases the extin- drainage, availability of fire protection equipment and
guishing requirements. For the same reasons the experience and training of fuel-service personnel
discussed under Item 2, a minimum of two wheeled have the greatest influence over the outcome of fuel-
units are required to allow a more aggressive fire ing accidents. Consequently, this section references
attack.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

AVIATION FACILITIES
NFPA 407, specifying requirements for the design siderable amounts of static electricity; therefore, prior
and operation of fueling installations, vehicles and to most fueling operations both the aircraft and refu-
procedures. eler shall be independently grounded and then
At normal ambient temperatures, the kerosene- bonded to one another either by the filling hose or a
grade fuels are not readily ignitable, which may separate bonding line (see commentary, Section
explain their popularity. When spilled on a warm air- 2006.5.2 and its subsections for further information).
craft apron, however, kerosene-grade fuels can be 2006.3 Construction of aircraft-fueling vehicles and acces-
readily heated above their flash points. Once ignited, sories. Aircraft-fueling vehicles shall comply with this sec-
most aviation fuels exhibit relatively similar burning tion and shall be designed and constructed in accordance with
characteristics (see Commentary Figure 2006.2 for NFPA 407.
information on common aviation fuels).
Fuel spills are relatively uncommon occurrences  The following sections apply to vehicles operated for
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
compared to the daily number of refuelings that refueling aircraft. The sections address transfer appa-
occur. Most fuel spills occur as the result of a slow or ratus, pumps, dispensing, electrical equipment, vent-
faulty internal shutoff valve that causes overfilling of ing and smoking. The design and construction of the
the tank, resulting in fuel escaping through the tank vehicle tanks, trailers, piping, exhaust system, light-
vent point. To prevent or minimize such accidents, ing, venting and safe operating procedures parallel
fuel shutoffs and fail-safe, self-closing valves should those in NFPA 407, Chapter 2 (see Commentary Fig-
be exercised and inspected regularly. In addition, ure 2006.3).
faulty valves and equipment should be removed from 2006.3.1 Transfer apparatus. Aircraft-fueling vehicles shall
service and repaired or replaced immediately. All be equipped and maintained with an approved transfer appa-
spills must be promptly reported to airport fire-fighting ratus.
personnel and investigated to determine their  The transfer apparatus installed on the fuel-servicing
cause.The most common ignition source in liquid fuel vehicle must be approved and tested for transferring
spills is static electricity. The kerosene and kerosene- fuel into an aircraft. All sections involved in a flamma-
gasoline blends are more electrostatically active than ble liquid feed system should be constructed and
AVGAS, and transfer operations may generate con- located to minimize a fire hazard.
Gasoline Kerosene Grades Blends of Kerosene and Gasoline
Commercial Designation AVGAS JET A, JET A-1 JET B

Military Designation JP-5, JP-6, JP-8 JP-4
Characteristics
Freezing Point -76°F -49 to -58°F -60°F
Vapor Pressure 5.5 to 7.0 psi 0.1 psi 2.0 to 3.0 psi
Flash Point
-50°F 95 to 145°F -10 to +30°F
(Closed-cup Method @ MSL)
Flash Point
-75 to -85°F None -60°F
(Air-saturation Method)
Flammable Range
Lower 1.5% 0.74% 1.16%
Upper 7.6% 5.32% 7.63%
Temperature Range -50 to +30°F 95 to 165°F -10 to +100°F
Auto-ignition Temperature 825 to 960°F 440 to 475°F 470 to 480°F

Boiling Points
Initial 110°F 325°F 135°F
End 325°F 450°F 485°F
Pool Rate of Flame Spread 700 to 800 feet per minute  100 feet per minute 700 to 800 feet per minute
Source: Brenneman, J.J. Industrial Fire Hazards Handbook.
For SI; 1 foot per minute = 0.00508 m/s, °C = [(°F) - 32]/1.8.
Figure 2006.2
PHYSICAL AND FLAMMABILITY CHARACTERISTICS OF AVIATION FUELS
20-6 Code Council

AVIATION FACILITIES
of not more than 35 percent in excess of the normal working

pressure of such unit. Such units shall be equipped and main-
tained with a pressure gauge on the discharge side of the
pump.
 A relief valve is needed on positive-displacement
pumps to prevent high-pressure damage or an explo-
sion within the fuel feed system. At 35 percent over
the normal operating pressure the relief valve will
allow the excess pressure to escape, thus preventing
a dangerous situation. A pressure gauge also allows
monitoring of pump operation to detect overpressure
conditions.
2006.3.3 Dispensing hoses and nozzles. Hoses shall be
designed for the transferring of hydrocarbon liquids and shall
not be any longer than necessary to provide efficient fuel
transfer operations. Hoses shall be equipped with an
approved shutoff nozzle. Fuel-transfer nozzles shall be self-
Figure 2006.3 closing and designed to be actuated by hand pressure only.
AIRCRAFT-FUELING VEHICLE Notches and other devices shall not be used for holding a
nozzle valve handle in the open position. Nozzles shall be
2006.3.1.1 Internal combustion type. Where such transfer equipped with a bonding cable complete with proper attach-
apparatus is operated by an individual unit of the internal- ment for aircraft to be serviced.
combustion-motor type, such power unit shall be located as
 Nozzles having notches for holding a nozzle valve
remotely as practicable from pumps, piping, meters, air elim-
handle in the open position create the risk of an over-
inators, water separators, hose reels and similar equipment,
flow/spill situation if the handle sticks in the open
and shall be housed in a separate compartment from any of
position. The shutoff nozzle also aids in the preven-
the aforementioned items. The fuel tank in connection there-
tion of an overflow/spill situation. Bonding the nozzle
with shall be suitably designed and installed, and the maxi-
to the aircraft helps to dissipate static electricity that
mum fuel capacity shall not exceed 5 gallons (19 L) where
is generated in the fueling operation.
the tank is installed on the engine. The exhaust pipe, muffler
and tail pipe shall be shielded. 2006.3.4 Protection of electrical equipment. Electric wir-
ing, switches, lights and other sources of ignition, where
 Isolation of an internal combustion engine from the located in a compartment housing piping, pumps, air elimina-
fuel transfer system helps to control possible ignition tors, water separators, hose reels or similar equipment, shall
sources. The ignition sources need to be shielded be enclosed in a vapor-tight housing. Electrical motors
and equipment should be housed in separate com- located in such a compartment shall be of a type approved for
partments. use as specified in NFPA 70.
2006.3.1.2 Gear operated. Where operated by gears or
chains, the gears, chains, shafts, bearings, housing and all  Because electrical equipment can be a serious spark-
parts thereof shall be of an approved design and shall be ing source, precautions must be taken to eliminate
installed and maintained in an approved manner. this potential ignition source and fire hazard.
 The gears and other associated parts should be cov- 2006.3.5 Venting of equipment compartments. Compart-
ered and protected from damage, whether the dam- ments housing piping, pumps, air eliminators, water separa-
age comes from environmental or mechanical tors, hose reels and similar equipment shall be adequately
sources. The design must be approved for the func- ventilated at floor level or within the floor itself.
tion. Maintenance should be scheduled to provide  Venting compartments housing this equipment pro-
consistent and proper operation. vide both dilution air to keep possible air-vapor mix-
2006.3.1.3 Vibration isolation. Flexible connections for the tures below the flammable range and airflow for
purpose of eliminating vibration are allowed if the material dissipation of any vapors present.
used therein is designed, installed and maintained in an 2006.3.6 Accessory equipment. Ladders, hose reels and sim-
approved manner, provided such connections do not exceed ilar accessory equipment shall be of an approved type and
24 inches (610 mm) in length. constructed substantially as follows:
 Because hoses are the weak point in any system and 1. Ladders constructed of noncombustible material are
they are necessary for flexible connections, they allowed to be used with or attached to aircraft-fueling
should be kept as short as possible. Hose length vehicles, provided the manner of attachment or use of
must not exceed 24 inches (610 mm). such ladders is approved and does not constitute an
2006.3.2 Pumps. Pumps of a positive-displacement type additional fire or accident hazard in the operation of
shall be provided with a bypass relief valve set at a pressure such fueling vehicles.

AVIATION FACILITIES
2. Hose reels used in connection with fueling vehicles be posted conspicuously in the driver’s compartment
shall be constructed of noncombustible materials and as a warning.
shall be provided with a packing gland or other device 2006.3.9 Smoking equipment. Smoking equipment such as
that will preclude fuel leakage between reels and fuel cigarette lighters and ash trays shall not be provided in air-
manifolds. craft-fueling vehicles.
 Ladders made of noncombustible materials and that  Because smoking is prohibited in fueling vehicles, the
are securely attached help eliminate a potential spark elimination of cigarette lighters and ashtrays rein-
ignition source, and limit the possibility of falling forces this regulation.
equipment breaking a component of the fuel system.
2006.4 Operation, maintenance and use of aircraft-fueling
Hose reels constructed of noncombustible material
vehicles. The operation, maintenance and use of aircraft-fuel-
help eliminate the possibility of an ignition source
ing vehicles shall be in accordance with Sections 2006.4.1
causing a fire hazard. The installation of a packing
through 2006.4.4 and other applicable provisions of this
gland or other device helps eliminate the possibility of
chapter.
a fuel leak causing a fire hazard.
2006.3.7 Electrical bonding provisions. Transfer apparatus  Fuel-servicing equipment must comply with the
shall be metallically interconnected with tanks, chassis, axles requirements of the following sections and must be
and springs of aircraft-fueling vehicles. maintained in safe operating condition. Leaking or
malfunctioning equipment must be removed from ser-
 Fuel transfer vehicles must be bonded together as a vice.
unit. This helps to eliminate the electrostatic charge
2006.4.1 Proper maintenance. Aircraft-fueling vehicles and
created by flowing fuel through pipes and hoses.
all related equipment shall be properly maintained and kept in
2006.3.7.1 Bonding cables. Aircraft-fueling vehicles shall be good repair. Accumulations of oil, grease, fuel and other
provided and maintained with a substantial heavy-duty elec- flammable or combustible materials is prohibited. Mainte-
trical cable of sufficient length to be bonded to the aircraft to nance and servicing of such equipment shall be accomplished
be serviced. Such cable shall be metallically connected to the in approved areas.
transfer apparatus or chassis of the aircraft-fueling vehicle on
one end and shall be provided with a suitable metal clamp on  Fueling vehicles should be inspected every day. The
the other end, to be fixed to the aircraft. accumulation of oil, grease or any other material cre-
ates a fire hazard if it is ignited by an ignition source.
 The fueling vehicle and the aircraft must be bonded A clean, well-maintained fueling vehicle is a high pri-
together with a cable before making any fueling con- ority in the line of fire-hazard prevention. The clean-
nection to the aircraft. This provides a conductive ing should take place in an area constructed and
path to equalize the electrostatic charge between the approved for such a task.
fueling vehicle and the aircraft.
2006.4.2 Vehicle integrity. Tanks, pipes, hoses, valves and
2006.3.7.2 Bonding cable protection. The bonding cable other fuel delivery equipment shall be maintained leak free at
shall be bare or have a transparent protective sleeve and be all times.
stored on a reel or in a compartment provided for no other
purpose. It shall be carried in such a manner that it will not be  All fuel delivery equipment should be checked every
subjected to sharp kinks or accidental breakage under condi- day for leaks. If a leak occurs, the probability of a fire
occuring increases.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
tions of general use.

 Bonding cable that is worn, frayed or kinked cannot 2006.4.3 Removal from service. Aircraft-fueling vehicles
make good contact or provide a continuous path to and related equipment that are in violation of Section
eliminate the electrostatic charge. Bonding cables 2006.4.1 or 2006.4.2 shall be immediately defueled and
require special care in storage and handling. removed from service and shall not be returned to service
until proper repairs have been made.
2006.3.8 Smoking. Smoking in aircraft-fueling vehicles is
prohibited. Signs to this effect shall be conspicuously posted  Whenever a problem is discovered with the vehicle,
in the driver’s compartment of all fueling vehicles. tank, pipes, hoses, valves or any equipment related
to aircraft fueling, the vehicle must be taken out of
 Because flammable vapors being discharged during service immediately and repaired. Having a vehicle in
refueling can accumulate in closed areas, such as the service that is not working properly increases the
driver’s compartment of the fueling vehicle, smoking potential for a fire.
in that compartment is strictly prohibited. Signs must
20-8 Code Council

AVIATION FACILITIES
2006.4.4 Operators. Aircraft-fueling vehicles that are oper- 2006.5.1.3 Parking. Prior to leaving the cab, the aircraft-
ated by a person, firm or corporation other than the permittee fueling vehicle operator shall ensure that the parking brake
or the permittee’s authorized employee shall be provided has been set. Not less than two chock blocks not less than 5
with a legible sign visible from outside the vehicle showing inches by 5 inches by 12 inches (127 mm by 127 mm by 305
the name of the person, firm or corporation operating such mm) in size and dished to fit the contour of the tires shall be
unit. utilized and positioned in such a manner as to preclude move-
ment of the vehicle in any direction.
 A change in the operator, firm or corporation from the
permit holder of a fueling vehicle requires notification.  This requirement for securing the fueling vehicle is an
In addition to verbal or written communication, a sign important safety consideration. Even a slight grade or
that can be read from outside the vehicle must be dishing of the pavement could cause an unsecured
posted on or in the vehicle notifying observers that a vehicle to roll far enough to strain the fueling link into
different person or organization is performing the pro- leaking, disconnecting or breaking, which would cre-
cedure. ate the possibility of a spill and a hazardous situation.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2006.5 Fueling and defueling. Aircraft-fueling and defuel- 2006.5.2 Electrical bonding. Aircraft-fueling vehicles shall
ing operations shall be in accordance with Sections 2006.5.1 be electrically bonded to the aircraft being fueled or defueled.
through 2006.5.5. Bonding connections shall be made prior to making fueling
connections and shall not be disconnected until the fuel-trans-
 This section covers the requirements for positioning fer operations are completed and the fueling connections
and bonding the fueling vehicle. It also covers the have been removed.
requirements for training fuel transfer personnel and
their responsibilities. Where a hydrant service vehicle or cart is used for fueling,
the hydrant coupler shall be connected to the hydrant system
2006.5.1 Positioning of aircraft-fueling vehicles. Aircraft- prior to bonding the fueling equipment to the aircraft.
fueling vehicles shall not be located, parked or permitted to
stand in a position where such unit would obstruct egress  Bonding increases the likelihood that the receiving
from an aircraft should a fire occur during fuel-transfer oper- tank (aircraft or vehicle) and the fueling/defueling
ations. Aircraft-fueling vehicles shall not be located, parked equipment have the same electrical potential and
or permitted to stand under any portion of an aircraft. provides a path for the charges in all parts of the fuel-
ing system to neutralize. The bonding of the fuel vehi-
Exception: Aircraft-fueling vehicles shall be allowed to cle and aircraft must be completed before any fuel is
be located under aircraft wings during underwing fueling moved and must remain in place until after the fueling
of turbine-engine powered aircraft. operation is complete.
 Safety of crew and passengers is always the highest 2006.5.2.1 Conductive hose. In addition to the bonding cable
priority. Fuel-service vehicles must not be positioned required by Section 2006.5.2, conductive hose shall be used
under any part of an aircraft and must always be in a for all fueling operations.
location that leaves aircraft egress paths free of
 The use of conductive hose helps to prevent electro-
obstruction (see commentary, Section 2006.9, Item
static discharge. It is not a substitute for required
4). The exception, applicable only to jet aircraft, rec-
bonding.
ognizes that a number of factors, including the size of
the aircraft, the location of fuel inlets and the length of 2006.5.2.2 Bonding conductors on transfer nozzles. Trans-
hose on the tank truck, will dictate where aircraft fuel- fer nozzles shall be equipped with approved bonding conduc-
ing vehicles are necessarily located. tors that shall be clipped or otherwise positively engaged with
the bonding attachment provided on the aircraft adjacent to
2006.5.1.1 Fueling vehicle egress. A clear path shall be the fuel tank cap prior to removal of the cap.
maintained for aircraft-fueling vehicles to provide for prompt
and timely egress from the fueling area. Exception: In the case of overwing fueling where no
appropriate bonding attachment adjacent to the fuel fill
 The requirement for a clear and unobstructed path in port has been provided on the aircraft, the fueling operator
and out of the fueling area calls for cooperation shall touch the fuel tank cap with the nozzle spout prior to
between refueling crews and other ground support removal of the cap. The nozzle shall be kept in contact
personnel to make sure the path exists. This allows with the fill port until fueling is completed.
for a safe, timely and efficient fueling operation.
 This procedure provides a conductive path for equal-
2006.5.1.2 Aircraft vent openings. A clear space of not less izing the potential electrostatic charge between the
than 10 feet (3048 mm) shall be maintained between aircraft aircraft and the transfer nozzle. Even if a clip or
fuel-system vent openings and any part or portion of an air- engaging mechanism is not provided, contact with
craft-fueling vehicle. the fill port must be maintained until the fueling pro-
 Fuel vapors are released from fuel-system vent open- cess is complete.
ings. The 10-foot (3048 mm) radius gives a distance 2006.5.2.3 Funnels. Where required, metal funnels are
sufficient for vapor dissipation. allowed to be used during fueling operations. Direct contact

AVIATION FACILITIES
between the fueling receptacle, the funnel and the fueling 2. For overwing refueling, the person stationed at the
nozzle shall be maintained during the fueling operation. fuel pumping equipment shall not be required where
the person at the fuel dispensing device is within 75
 Prevention of potential sparks that produce ignition
feet (22 800 mm) of the emergency shutoff device;
sources for fires is the objective for keeping metal
is not on the wing of the aircraft and has a clear and
funnels in direct contact with fueling nozzles and
unencumbered path to the fuel pumping equipment;
receptacles at all times.
and the fuel dispensing line does not exceed 50 feet
2006.5.3 Training. Aircraft-fueling vehicles shall be (15 240 mm) in length.
attended and operated only by persons instructed in methods
of proper use and operation and who are qualified to use such The fueling operator shall monitor the panel of the fueling
fueling vehicles in accordance with minimum safety require- equipment and the aircraft control panel during pressure fuel-
ments. ing or shall monitor the fill port during overwing fueling.
 Only personnel trained in the proper and safe opera-  Two qualified trained individuals must perform fuel
tion of the equipment, emergency controls and emer- transfer procedures. One individual controls the noz-
gency procedures are allowed to fuel or defuel zles. The other individual must be in the control area
aircraft. for flow monitoring and control; and immediate shut-
down of fuel flow in case of an emergency (overfill,
2006.5.3.1 Fueling hazards. Fuel-servicing personnel shall spill, fire, etc.). The exception for underwing fueling is
know and understand the hazards associated with each type appropriate because underwing operations require a
of fuel dispensed by the airport fueling-system operator. liquid-tight connection that does not require constant
 Personnel performing fueling or defueling procedures monitoring to ensure freedom from spills and over-
must be familiar with every hazard that is in involved flows. The four items that must be met in the over-
with each and every fuel that is dispensed. wing refueling process are meant for quick response
2006.5.3.2 Fire safety training. Employees of fuel agents in case a problem occurs. The individual must be
who fuel aircraft, accept fuel shipments or otherwise handle completely alert to the fueling process and free from
fuel shall receive approved fire safety training. distractions if alone.
2006.5.5 Fuel flow control. Fuel flow-control valves shall be
 Employees must be trained in and be aware of fire operable only by the direct hand pressure of the operator.
safety rules and precautions involving fuel-servicing Removal of the operator’s hand pressure shall cause an
processes. Training must be in areas involving vehi- immediate cessation of the flow of fuel.
cle integrity and placement; bonding of vehicles; air-
craft; hose connections; valves; and fuel-process  Deadman controls should be designed so that the
equipment. The training must be an approved in- operator, while wearing gloves, can hold them for the
depth program that is recognized by airport authori- time required to complete the operation.
ties. 2006.6 Emergency fuel shutoff. Emergency fuel shutoff
2006.5.3.2.1 Fire extinguisher training. Fuel-servicing per- controls and procedures shall comply with Sections 2006.6.1
sonnel shall receive approved training in the operation of through 2006.6.4.
fire-extinguishing equipment.  The following sections address emergency fuel shut-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
 Employees involved in fuel servicing must have ade- off accessibility, fire department notification, deter-
quate training with extinguishers to use them effec- mining cause if shutoff activates and testing
tively in the event of an emergency (see commentary, procedures.
Section 2005.6 for further information). 2006.6.1 Accessibility. Emergency fuel shutoff controls shall
2006.5.3.2.2 Records. The airport fueling-system operator be readily accessible at all times when the fueling system is
shall maintain records of all training administered to its being operated.
employees.  Emergency controls must be unobstructed whenever
 Training must be documented and records kept on the fueling system is operating. Time should not be
premises for verification, if requested, that the per- wasted having to move objects or material blocking
sonnel have received the proper training. access to the controls before fueling operations can
2006.5.4 Transfer personnel. During fuel-transfer opera- be shut down in an emergency.
tions, a qualified person shall be in control of each transfer 2006.6.2 Notification of the fire department. The fueling-
nozzle and another qualified person shall be in immediate system operator shall establish a procedure by which the fire
control of the fuel-pumping equipment to shut off or other- department will be notified in the event of an activation of an
wise control the flow of fuel from the time fueling operations emergency fuel shutoff control.
are begun until they are completed.  A plan must be developed for notifying the fire depart-
Exceptions: ment. The plan should be in a written format and
1. For underwing refueling, the person stationed at the reviewed with trained and certified employees in
point of fuel intake is not required. advance of fueling operations. Notification of the fire
20-10 Code Council

AVIATION FACILITIES
department will have emergency responders on their The fuel cargo of such units shall be unloaded only by
way immediately in case fire or rescue operations are approved transfer apparatus into the fuel tanks of aircraft,
required. underground storage tanks or approved gravity storage tanks.
2006.6.3 Determining cause. Prior to reestablishment of nor-  Section 5706.5.1.12 addresses requirements for
mal fuel flow, the cause of fuel shutoff conditions shall be loading racks. Loading racks, platforms and stairs
determined and corrected. must be constructed of noncombustible materials.
 If for any reason the flow of fuel is discontinued by the Buildings for pumps and buildings that shelter per-
emergency shutoff systems during fueling operations, sonnel can be part of the loading rack. The area
the cause of the activation must be determined and within 25 feet (7620 mm) of a loading platform shall
the problem fixed before fuel flow is started again. be electrically classified in accordance with Table
Fuel flow may not be restarted if the cause of the 5703.1.1.
shutdown is not determined. If fuel flow were Transfer of fuel from one tank vehicle to another
restarted, the problem may occur again and more and from aircraft to vehicle is allowable using
serious problems could develop. approved methods and procedures. At times, loading
and unloading fuel from aircraft and refueling units is
2006.6.4 Testing. Emergency fuel shutoff devices shall be necessary when taking units out of service and when
operationally tested at intervals not exceeding three months. defueling an aircraft while preparing for maintenance
The fueling-system operator shall maintain testing records. or repair.
 Testing of the emergency fuel shutoff devices An aircraft refueling unit is normally loaded either
increases the likelihood that the devices will function for refueling an aircraft or for storage. Fuel must not
properly. Although three-month intervals are the max- be unloaded into any other type tank, structure or
imum allowed, the test may be performed more fre- vehicle.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
quently if desired. Records are required for 2006.9 Passengers. Passenger traffic is allowed during the
documentation that the tests were performed. If an time fuel transfer operations are in progress, provided the fol-
accident occurs, these records will be a great asset lowing provisions are strictly enforced by the owner of the
for verification that the devices were tested and oper- aircraft or the owner’s authorized employee:
ational.
1. Smoking and producing an open flame in the cabin of
2006.7 Protection of hoses. Before an aircraft-fueling vehi- the aircraft or the outside thereof within 50 feet (15 240
cle is moved, fuel transfer hoses shall be properly placed on mm) of such aircraft shall be prohibited.
the approved reel or in the compartment provided, or stored
on the top decking of the fueling vehicle if proper height rail A qualified employee of the aircraft owner shall be
is provided for security and protection of such equipment. responsible for seeing that the passengers are not
Fuel-transfer hose shall not be looped or draped over any part allowed to smoke when remaining aboard the aircraft
of the fueling vehicle, except as herein provided. Fuel-trans- or while going across the ramp from the gate to such
fer hose shall not be dragged when such fueling vehicle is aircraft, or vice versa.
moved from one fueling position to another. 2. Passengers shall not be permitted to linger about the
 Accidents or fires may occur if hoses are not properly plane, but shall proceed directly between the loading
stored and handled. Sparks caused by metal nozzles gate and the aircraft.
or hose ends/couplings striking pavement when 3. Passenger loading stands or walkways shall be left in
hoses are dragged from one area to another are a loading position until all fuel transfer operations are
serious potential ignition source. Also, the hoses are completed.
least likely to be damaged if stored in proper loca- 4. Fuel transfer operations shall not be performed on the
tions. main exit side of any aircraft containing passengers
2006.8 Loading and unloading. Aircraft-fueling vehicles except when the owner of such aircraft or a capable and
shall be loaded only at an approved loading rack. Such load- qualified employee of such owner remains inside the
ing racks shall be in accordance with Section 5706.5.1.12. aircraft to direct and assist the escape of such passen-
Exceptions: gers through regular and emergency exits in the event
fire should occur during fuel transfer operations.
1. Aircraft-refueling units are allowed to be loaded
from the fuel tanks of an aircraft during defueling  Special precautions must be taken to protect passen-
operations. gers during fueling operations. If passengers are per-
mitted on or around the aircraft during refueling
2. Fuel transfer between tank vehicles is allowed to be
operations, an employee of the airline or a represen-
performed in accordance with Section 5706.6 when
tative of the airport authority must remain on board
the operation is not less than 200 feet (60 960 mm)
and the specified precautions must be taken.
from an aircraft.

AVIATION FACILITIES
Aircraft fueling, servicing, baggage and cargo load- sipation of any escaping vapors. Prohibiting open
ing, movement and passenger boarding are generally flames and smoking eliminates a prime ignition
conducted in and around the passenger terminal source (examples of open flame devices are lighted
building on the aircraft apron. Aircraft refueling is cigarettes, cigars, pipes, cigarette lighters, etc.).
often accomplished by special refueling vehicles act- Because disconnection or connection of any electri-
ing like mobile gas stations, transferring fuel directly cal or motor-driven device could create a spark, these
from their tanks to aircraft fuel tanks. Aircraft fuel activities are not allowed during refueling.
tanks are usually topped off after each flight, unless 2006.11 Fuel spill prevention and procedures. Fuel spill
they are making scheduled stops on a multistop flight. prevention and the procedures for handling spills shall com-
Terminal building discharge to the aircraft apron is ply with Sections 2006.11.1 through 2006.11.7.
not permitted by FAA regulations; however, egress
from the aircraft to the apron in the event of a fire or  The following sections address equipment mainte-
other emergency is permitted. Passengers and unau- nance, fuel nozzles, fueling drums, fuel spill proce-
thorized personnel must be immediately accounted dures, fire department notification and prohibited
for and escorted from the aircraft operation area. procedures for multiple fuel deliveries.
The terminal building is not required to be sepa- 2006.11.1 Fuel-service equipment maintenance. Aircraft
rated from the aircraft apron by fire-resistance-rated fuel-servicing equipment shall be maintained and kept free
construction; however, it is considered good practice from leaks. Fuel-servicing equipment that malfunctions or
to take reasonable steps to prevent fire from fueling leaks shall not be continued in service.
accidents or other mishaps. Portable fire extinguish-  Fuel-service equipment must not be used unless it is
ers are required on the aircraft apron in accordance in proper repair and free of possible cracks, frays or
with Section 2005. breaks that could cause leaks. Defective equipment
In Item 1, smoking and open flames are prohibited must be taken out of service and repaired.
within and around the aircraft during refueling opera-
tions because of the potential for fuel vapors being 2006.11.2 Transporting fuel nozzles. Fuel nozzles shall be
present. The “No Smoking” signs located in the air- carried utilizing appropriate handles. Dragging fuel nozzles
craft cabin must remain illuminated while the aircraft along the ground shall be prohibited.
is parked at the gate during refueling operations.  An ignition source may be produced by dragging the
Item 2 requires that deplaning passengers must nozzle. Using the appropriate handling devices elimi-
proceed directly to the terminal and may not remain nates both sparking and nozzle damage.
on the aircraft apron during refueling operations, 2006.11.3 Drum fueling. Fueling from drums or other con-
cargo loading or other similar service functions in tainers having a capacity greater than 5 gallons (19 L) shall
order to avoid potential injury.
be accomplished with the use of an approved pump.
In Item 3, egress stairways and passageways must
remain connected or intact during refueling opera-  The use of an approved pump for transferring fuel
tions. These stairways and ramps are the primary exit from drums with capacity in excess of 5 gallons (19 L)
if an emergency occurs during aircraft refueling oper- greatly reduces the possibility of spills.
ations. 2006.11.4 Fuel spill procedures. The fueling-system opera-
Item 4 recognizes that maintenance and fueling tor shall establish procedures to follow in the event of a fuel
operations represent the most serious fire safety con- spill. These procedures shall be comprehensive and shall pro-
cerns at airports and heliports. Fueling represents
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
vide for all of the following:
perhaps the greatest risk because it is commonly
conducted near passenger and cargo handling areas 1. Upon observation of a fuel spill, the aircraft-fueling
and buildings, while maintenance operations are con- operator shall immediately stop the delivery of fuel by
fined to hangars or designated outside maintenance releasing hand pressure from the fuel flow-control
areas. Fueling operations are to be conducted in a valve.
manner that avoids locating the refueler on the pri- 2. Failure of the fuel control valve to stop the continued
mary exit side of the aircraft. Airline employees or air- spillage of fuel shall be cause for the activation of the
port authorities are responsible for directing and appropriate emergency fuel shutoff device.
assisting egress in the event of an emergency and 3. A supervisor for the fueling-system operator shall
must direct passengers to exits away from the fueling respond to the fuel spill area immediately.
operation (see commentary, Section 2006.5.1).
 Safety and emergency procedures must be in place,
2006.10 Sources of ignition. Smoking and producing open
and personnel must be trained on these procedures.
flames within 50 feet (15 240 mm) of a point where fuel is
Should a spill occur, the person operating the fuel
being transferred shall be prohibited. Electrical and motor-
delivery hose must immediately release hand pres-
driven devices shall not be connected to or disconnected from
sure to stop fuel flow. If this action does not shut off
an aircraft at any time fueling operations are in progress on
fuel flow, the emergency shutoff device must be acti-
such aircraft.
vated.
 The 50-foot (15 240 mm) distance is considered a Fuel system supervisors and operators must be
safe distance from the fuel transfer operation for dis- trained in the procedures they must follow in case of
20-12 Code Council

AVIATION FACILITIES
a fuel spill. Supervisors must respond if a spill occurs 2. Restoration of auxiliary power to the aircraft by
and assist in containment and cleanup if necessary. ground support services is not available.
2006.11.5 Notification of the fire department. The fire 3. The engine to be operated is either at the rear of the
department shall be notified of any fuel spill that is consid- aircraft or on the opposite side of the aircraft from
ered a hazard to people or property or which meets one or the fuel service operation.
more of the following criteria: 4. The emergency operation is in accordance with a
1. Any dimension of the spill is greater than 10 feet (3048 written procedure approved by the fire code official.
mm).
 Operation of any aircraft engines or combustion heat-
2. The spill area is greater than 50 square feet (4.65 m2). ers allows the possibility of an ignition source being
3. The fuel flow is continuous in nature. produced. Even in the exceptions allowed in an emer-
gency, care must be taken in preventing a possible
 Three criteria are given for determining when the fire fire hazard.
department must be notified. Any amount of spill
exceeding those criteria causes great concern and 2006.13 Vehicle and equipment restrictions. During air-
must be considered a fire hazard. The fire depart- craft-fueling operations, only the equipment actively
ment must be notified because people and property involved in the fueling operation is allowed within 50 feet (15
are at risk if a spill ignites and causes explosion and 240 mm) of the aircraft being fueled. Other equipment shall
fire. be prohibited in this area until the fueling operation is com-
plete.
2006.11.6 Investigation required. An investigation shall be
conducted by the fueling-system operator of all spills requir- Exception: Aircraft-fueling operations utilizing single-
ing notification of the fire department. The investigation shall point refueling with a sealed, mechanically locked fuel
provide conclusive proof of the cause and verification of the line connection and the fuel is not a Class I flammable liq-
appropriate use of emergency procedures. Where it is deter- uid.
mined that corrective measures are necessary to prevent A clear space of not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) shall be
future incidents of the same nature, they shall be imple- maintained between aircraft fuel-system vent openings and
mented immediately. any part or portion of aircraft-servicing vehicles or equip-
 Any spill must be investigated to determine the cause ment.
and whether the emergency action plan was properly  To control the number and type of ignition sources to
carried out. If corrective measures are needed, they which the fueling operation might be exposed, no
must be implemented immediately. This investigation equipment, other than the equipment performing air-
should be looked upon as positive, potentially leading craft-servicing functions, is permitted within a 50-foot
to a more efficient emergency action plan that could (15 240 mm) radius of the aircraft during the fueling of
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
avoid future property damage and loss of life. the aircraft. The space between service vehicles and
2006.11.7 Multiple fuel delivery vehicles. Simultaneous equipment and the aircraft fuel vent must be no less
delivery of fuel from more than one aircraft-fueling vehicle to than 10 feet (3048 mm) when using a single-point
a single aircraft-fueling manifold is prohibited unless proper sealed mechanically locked fuel line connector.
backflow prevention devices are installed to prevent fuel flow 2006.13.1 Overwing fueling. Vehicles or equipment shall
into the tank vehicles. not be allowed beneath the trailing edge of the wing when air-
 Only one tank vehicle may be connected to any one craft fueling takes place over the wing and the aircraft fuel-
aircraft-fueling manifold unless a means is provided system vents are located on the upper surface of the wing.
that prevents fuel from flowing back into the tank  Equipment under the trailing edge of the wing could
vehicle because of a difference in the pumping pres- cause a fire hazard if a leak or spill were to occur.
sure. Backflow from one tanker to another could The fuel would run off the edge of the wing and the
result in fuel overflow from the receiving vehicle that equipment could have an ignition source and cause a
would cause a major fuel spill. fire.
2006.12 Aircraft engines and heaters. Operation of aircraft 2006.14 Electrical equipment. Electrical equipment, includ-
onboard engines and combustion heaters shall be terminated ing but not limited to, battery chargers, ground or auxiliary
prior to commencing fuel service operations and shall remain power units, fans, compressors or tools, shall not be operated,
off until the fuel-servicing operation is completed. nor shall they be connected or disconnected from their power
Exception: In an emergency, a single jet engine is allowed source, during fuel service operations.
to be operated during fuel servicing where all of the fol-  Even hand lamps used in the fuel-servicing operation
lowing conditions are met: must be approved for the proper hazardous location
1. The emergency shall have resulted from an onboard classification. The equipment could produce sparks
failure of the aircraft’s auxiliary power unit. that could be an ignition source.

AVIATION FACILITIES
2006.14.1 Other equipment. Electrical or other spark-pro- vapors. The exception allows indoor fueling only
ducing equipment shall not be used within 10 feet (3048 mm) under very specific and limited conditions.
of fueling equipment, aircraft fill or vent points, or spill areas 2006.17.1 Position of aircraft. Aircraft being fueled shall be
unless that equipment is intrinsically safe and approved for positioned such that any fuel system vents and other fuel tank
use in an explosive atmosphere. openings are not less than:
 No equipment that produces a spark during its opera- 1. Twenty-five feet (7620 mm) from buildings or struc-
tion can be used within a 10-foot (3048 mm) radius of tures other than jet bridges; and
the fueling-operational equipment.
2. Fifty feet (15 240 mm) from air intake vents for boiler,
2006.15 Open flames. Open flames and open-flame devices
heater or incinerator rooms.
are prohibited within 50 feet (15 240 mm) of any aircraft
fuel-servicing operation or fueling equipment.  Maintaining minimum distances between fueling
 Blow torches, welding and cutting equipment, and operations and other aircraft or buildings allows any
flare pots are a few examples of equipment that are flammable vapors released during fueling to dissipate
not allowed within 50 feet (15 240 mm) of the fueling before encountering any possible ignition sources.
equipment or the fueling operation. These distances also provide protection against ignit-
able vapor concentrations getting to an ignition
2006.15.1 Other areas. The fire code official is authorized to source in the event of a fuel spill.
establish other locations where open flames and open-flame
devices are prohibited. 2006.17.2 Fire equipment access. Access for fire service
equipment to aircraft shall be maintained during fuel-servic-
 Depending on the situation, the fire code official may ing operations.
find other locations in which open flames and open-
flame devices must be prohibited. Examples could be  A clear and unobstructed path is required for quick
exposed flame heaters, portable gasoline or kero- response for fire personnel. A quick response is
sene heaters. essential in an emergency; however, an obstacle
may create a delay in emergency operations.
2006.15.2 Matches and lighters. Personnel assigned to and
engaged in fuel-servicing operations shall not carry matches 2006.18 Defueling operations. The requirements for fueling
or lighters on or about their person. Matches or lighters shall operations contained in this section shall also apply to aircraft
be prohibited in, on or about aircraft-fueling equipment. defueling operations. Additional procedures shall be estab-
lished by the fueling-system operator to prevent overfilling of
 Because matches, lighters and smoking materials are the tank vehicle used in the defueling operation.
an ignition hazard, these items are prohibited every-
where in the vicinity of aircraft fueling operations.  Transferring of fuel from an aircraft through a hose to
2006.16 Lightning procedures. The fire code official is a tank vehicle is generally the same process as fuel-
authorized to require the airport authority and the fueling-sys- ing. The same requirements apply to defueling as to
tem operator to establish written procedures to follow when fuel servicing an aircraft. Operators must establish
lightning flashes are detected on or near the airport. These procedures and safeguards for prevention of overfill-
procedures shall establish criteria for the suspension and ing the tank vehicle, which is a hazard when defuel-
resumption of aircraft-fueling operations. ing.
2006.19 Maintenance of aircraft-fueling hose. Aircraft-
 Fuel-servicing procedures must cease when lightning fueling hoses shall be maintained in accordance with Sections
flashes occur at or in the vicinity of the airport. The 2006.19.1 through 2006.19.4.
fueling supervisor and airport authority must establish
a written procedure that sets the criteria for stopping  The following sections address the maintenance of
and restarting fueling operations. aircraft fueling hose in terms of the frequency of
2006.17 Fuel-transfer locations. Aircraft fuel-transfer oper- inspections, recognizing damaged hose and repairing
ations shall be prohibited indoors. the hose before placing it back in service.
Exception: In aircraft hangars built in accordance with the 2006.19.1 Inspections. Hoses used to fuel or defuel aircraft
provisions of the International Building Code for Group shall be inspected periodically to ensure their serviceability
F-1 occupancies, aircraft fuel-transfer operations are and suitability for continued service. The fuel-service opera-
allowed where either of the following conditions exist: tor shall maintain records of all tests and inspections per-
formed on fueling hoses. Hoses found to be defective or
1. Necessary to accomplish aircraft fuel-system main- otherwise damaged shall be immediately removed from ser-
tenance operations. Such operations shall be per- vice.
formed in accordance with nationally recognized
standards.  Regular inspections of fueling equipment are essen-
tial to maintaining serviceable systems. Records of
2. The fuel being used has a flash point greater than
these inspections are required to document inspec-
100°F (37.8°C).
tion results. Damaged or defective items must be
 Aircraft fueling operations must be performed out- removed from service immediately for repair or
doors to minimize the accumulation of flammable replacement.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
20-14 Code Council

AVIATION FACILITIES
2006.19.1.1 Daily inspection. Each hose shall be inspected that adjacent buildings and storm drains are not contaminated
daily. This inspection shall include a complete visual scan of by leaking fuel.
the exterior for evidence of damage, blistering or leakage.  The fuel-servicing vehicles must be positioned so that
Each coupling shall be inspected for evidence of leaks, slip- they can be moved quickly if an emergency occurs.
page or misalignment. This may not only save the vehicle but also assist in a
 Daily hose inspections are essential for prevention of rapid response to an emergency situation and saving
leaks. Even minor damage to a hose, coupling, noz- lives. Fuel leaking into storm drains causes not only
zle or other system part can lead to safety hazards. environmental problems, but also a serious explosion
2006.19.1.2 Monthly inspection. A more thorough inspec- hazard if vapor accumulates in the confines of a drain
tion, including pressure testing, shall be accomplished for line.
each hose on a monthly basis. This inspection shall include 2006.20.1 Parking area design. Parking areas for tank vehi-
examination of the fuel delivery inlet screen for rubber particles shall be designed and utilized such that a clearance of 10
cles, which indicates problems with the hose lining. feet (3048 mm) is maintained between each parked vehicle
for fire department access. In addition, a minimum clearance
 During the monthly inspection, the hose again must
of 50 feet (15 240 mm) shall be maintained between tank
be extended to its full length of operation. The area
vehicles and parked aircraft and structures other than those
within 12 inches (305 mm) of the coupling must be
used for the maintenance and/or garaging of aircraft fuel-ser-
examined for structural weakness by pressing and
vicing vehicles.
observing soft spots. Hoses must be pressure tested
at operating pressure and observed for ballooning or  This section regulates the design and use of outdoor
twisting that would indicate a weakening of the hose parking areas for aircraft fueling vehicles. The
carcass. Examination of the fuel inlet screen for rub- requirement for a 10-foot (3048 mm) clearance
ber particles is a means of checking the condition of between parked fueling vehicles permits ready
hose linings. access by fire department personnel and equipment
2006.19.2 Damaged hose. Hose that has been subjected to in case of an emergency. The fire department may
severe abuse shall be immediately removed from service. need the area to deploy hose in case of a fire or to
Such hoses shall be hydrostatically tested prior to being walk through the area en route to an investigation of
returned to service. an emergency call. The 50-foot (15 240 mm) clear-
ance requirement is to allow dispersion of flammable
 If hose has been subjected to unusual abuse, it must vapors in case of a leak before the vapors can enter
be removed from service immediately as a safety pre- nearby buildings or parked aircraft, and possibly
caution. Such hoses must be hydrostatically tested reach an ignition source inside. Such clearance
and inspected. If any soft spots or weakening of the would not be required for buildings that have been
hose is observed, the hose may not be returned to approved by the fire code official in accordance with
service. Section 5706.6.3 for the purpose of garaging or
2006.19.3 Repairing hose. Hoses are allowed to be repaired repairing aircraft fuel-servicing vehicles, based on the
by removing the damaged portion and recoupling the undam- assumption that such buildings would have ignition
aged end. When recoupling hoses, only couplings designed sources safeguarded. This clearance also provides a
and approved for the size and type of hose in question shall measure of exposure protection for the parked vehi-
be used. Hoses repaired in this manner shall be visually cles in the event of a fire in the building or a parked
inspected and hydrostatically tested prior to being placed aircraft.
back in service. 2006.21 Radar equipment. Aircraft fuel-servicing opera-
 Damaged hoses can be repaired. The damaged portions shall be prohibited while the weather-mapping radar of
tion must be cut off and the undamaged part recou- that aircraft is operating.
pled. Two lengths from separate hoses may not be Aircraft fuel-servicing or other operations in which flam-
joined. To increase the likelihood that the repaired mable liquids, vapors or mists could be present shall not be
hose is leak tight, only couplings specifically conducted within 300 feet (91 440 mm) of an operating air-
designed for that type and size of hose can be used. craft surveillance radar.
Hydrostatic testing of the repaired hose increases
efficiency and safety for fueling operations. Aircraft fuel-servicing operations shall not be conducted
within 300 feet (91 440 mm) of airport flight traffic surveil-
2006.19.4 New hose. New hose shall be visually inspected lance radar equipment.
prior to being placed into service.
Aircraft fuel-servicing or other operations in which flam-
 Before any new hose assembly can be placed into mable liquids, vapors or mists could be present shall not be
service, it must be inspected visually for evidence of conducted within 100 feet (30 480 mm) of airport ground
damage or wear and tear of any kind. traffic surveillance radar equipment.
2006.20 Aircraft fuel-servicing vehicles parking. Unat-  The beam of radar equipment has been known to
tended aircraft fuel-servicing vehicles shall be parked in areas cause flammable vapor-air mixtures to ignite from
that provide for both the unencumbered dispersal of vehicles electrical arcs or sparks from chance resonant (con-
in the event of an emergency and the control of leakage such
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

AVIATION FACILITIES
tinuing) conditions. This ability of an arc to ignite flam- SECTION 2007

mable vapor-air mixtures depends on the total energy HELISTOPS AND HELIPORTS
of the arc and the time lapse involved. The key factor 2007.1 General. Helistops and heliports shall be maintained
in establishing safe distances between fueling opera- in accordance with Sections 2007.2 through 2007.8. Heli-
tions, storage areas and radar antennas is the peak stops and heliports on buildings shall be constructed in accor-
power output of the radar unit. dance with the International Building Code.
2006.21.1 Direction of radar beams. The beam from ground  The following sections address clearances of the
radar equipment shall not be directed toward fuel storage or touch-down areas, spillage of liquid fuels, exits, fire
loading racks. protection systems and approval of the FAA. Informa-
Exceptions: tion for construction and design of heliports can be
1. Fuel storage and loading racks in excess of 300 feet found in FAA A/C 150/5390-2A, as well as in the IBC
(91 440 mm) from airport flight traffic surveillance (see Commentary Figure 2007.1).
equipment. 2007.2 Clearances. The touchdown area shall be surrounded
2. Fuel storage and loading racks in excess of 100 feet on all sides by a clear area having minimum average width at
(30 480 mm) from airport ground traffic surveil- roof level of 15 feet (4572 mm) but no width less than 5 feet
lance equipment. (1524 mm). The clear area shall be maintained.
 Ground radar for approach control or traffic pattern  Most accidents involving helicopters occur during
surveillance is considered the most hazardous type takeoff and landing procedures, with a significant
of radar normally operated at an airport. The beam number occurring at night or in bad weather. The
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
must not be directed toward fuel storage or loading clearance requirements are intended to limit the likeli-
racks because of the possible ignition sources hood of the aircraft colliding with permanent features
(sparks, arcs) igniting flammable vapor-air mixtures. at the landing site.
The exceptions are based on the arc energy emis- 2007.3 Flammable and Class II combustible liquid spill-
sions of the radars listed. age. Landing areas on structures shall be maintained so as to
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

Figure 2007.1
HELICOPTER LANDING AREA AT GRADE
20-16 Code Council

AVIATION FACILITIES
confine flammable or Class II combustible liquid spillage to department use and 11/2-inch (38 mm) fire hose cabi-
the landing area itself, and provisions shall be made to drain nets for use by building occupants.
such spillage away from exits or stairways serving the heli- 2007.6 Foam protection. Foam fire-protection capabilities
copter landing area or from a structure housing such exit or shall be provided for rooftop heliports. Such systems shall be
stairway. designed, installed and maintained in accordance with the
 Rooftop landing areas must be designed to prevent applicable provisions of Sections 903, 904 and 905.
fuel spills from escaping the landing area and flowing  A foam fire-extinguishing system must be designed
into adjacent or lower building spaces that could con- and installed for protection of the rooftop landing pad.
tain ignition sources for the fuel vapors. The stair- Factors considered in the design of the system are
ways and exits serving the landing area must also be aircraft size, effectiveness of agent selected, time
protected from the effects of fuel spills to afford per- required to achieve control and time required to main-
sonnel a safe means of escape from any dangers tain control. Foam discharge rates must also be con-
developing on the landing area. To accomplish this sidered according to the type of foam selected.
task, some rooftop heliport structure designs drain
2007.7 Fire extinguishers. Not less than one portable fire
the pad to the center of the landing area. Although it
extinguisher having a minimum 80-B:C rating shall be pro-
is not required by the code, such designs often pro-
vided for each permanent takeoff and landing area and for the
vide some means of separating fuel runoff from storm
aircraft parking areas. Installation, inspection and mainte-
water. Additionally, drip pans should be provided
nance of these extinguishers shall be in accordance with Sec-
below the helicopter engine when the aircraft is
tion 906.
parked with the engine off.
2007.4 Exits. Exits and stairways shall be maintained in  The portable fire extinguisher for the takeoff/landing
accordance with Section 412.7 of the International Building area must be effective for the extinguishment of a
Code. flammable liquid fire and for energized electrical com-
ponents.
 IBC Section 412.5 refers to Chapter 10 for exit 2007.8 Federal approval. Before operating helicopters from
requirements. The section also addresses landing helistops and heliports, approval shall be obtained from the
platforms and roof area size and the number of exits Federal Aviation Administration.
required. At least two means of egress must be pro-
vided off the landing pad.  The FAA approves all installations of heliports and
helistops. Design criteria can be found in FAA A/C
2007.5 Standpipe systems. A building with a rooftop heli-
150/5390-2A.
stop or heliport shall be provided with a Class I or III stand-
pipe system extended to the roof level on which the helistop
or heliport is located. All portions of the helistop and heliport Bibliography
area shall be within 150 feet (45 720 mm) of a 21/2-inch (63.5 The following resource material was used in the
mm) outlet on the standpipe system. preparation of the commentary for this chapter of the
 A heliport is a distinct hazard that will involve flamma- code:
ble fuels. In the event of an emergency, rapid deploy- Code Changes Resource Collection—2015 Interna-
ment of hand-held hose lines will be necessary to tional Fire Code. Washington, DC: International
attack a resulting fire, effectuate rescue and protect Code Council, 2014.
exposures, as well as the remainder of the building.
Section 905.3.6 and this section require that when
a helistop or heliport is provided on a rooftop location,
a standpipe system is required throughout the build-
ing, with a 21/2-inch hose connection within 150 feet
of all parts of the helistop or heliport at the roof level.
This is critical in fire-fighting operations because
many times the connection below the rooftop level
may be needed just to gain access to the roof. If the
only hose connection were on the roof, it would be of
no use if the fire fighters could not get to it. Since a
heliport includes liquid fueling operations, it is entirely
possible for a spill to affect not only the rooftop area,
but also the floors below as the liquid fuel spreads
downward into the building. The standpipe system
will again be utilized in these situations.
Class I standpipes serve 21/2-inch (63.5 mm) fire
hose valves for fire department use. Class Ill stand-
pipes have both 21/2-inch (63.5 mm) valves for fire
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
20-18 Code Council

Chapter 21:
Dry Cleaning
General Comments only safer and faster, but does a much better job of
cleaning, requires small equipment and is safe enough
Dry cleaning operations remove dirt, grease and other to be used in retail- or public-operated equipment. How-
foreign substances from clothing, rugs, textiles and fab- ever, it has fallen into disfavor because of its carcinoge-
rics with solvents that are not water based, thus it is nicity (see commentary, Section 2108.2).
called “dry.” These methods may involve several tech- Storage of flammable and combustible liquids must
niques, including immersion and agitation, brushing or comply with the requirements of Chapter 57. Flammable
scouring, or dual-phase processing, which replicate a solvent containers and processing equipment must be
laundering (soap and water) process using the same bonded and grounded during storage, handling and use
equipment. The solvents employed may be flammable to prevent buildup of static charges. Solvents must be
or nonflammable and may present certain health haz- used only in equipment approved for use with that spe-
ards. Both the fire code official and fire service person- cific class of solvent.
nel should be aware of the health and flammablity
hazards.
Concerns over flammability hazards and hazardous Purpose
waste disposal have radically altered the nature of the The provisions of Chapter 21 are intended to reduce
dry cleaning business in the United States. Most plants hazards associated with use of flammable and combus-
currently use nonflammable solvents, such as perchlo- tible dry cleaning solvents. These materials, like all vol-
roethylene (“perc”) or tetrachloroethylene, rather than atile organic chemicals, generate significant quantities
Stoddard solvent, naphtha, kerosene, gasoline or spe- of static electricity and are thus readily ignitable. Many
cially compounded oils, which were favored in previous flammable and nonflammable dry cleaning solvents
years. “Perc” had become the solvent of choice for the also possess health hazards when involved in a fire.
dry cleaning industry over the years because it is not
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
SECTION 2101 SECTION 2102

GENERAL DEFINITIONS
2101.1 Scope. Dry cleaning plants and their operations shall 2102.1 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chap-
comply with the requirements of this chapter. ter 2:
 Hazards associated with dry cleaning operations are DRY CLEANING.
addressed by the provisions of this chapter. Solvent DRY CLEANING PLANT.
storage hazards are addressed by Chapter 57.
DRY CLEANING ROOM.
2101.2 Permit required. Permits shall be required as set
forth in Section 105.6. DRY CLEANING SYSTEM.
 The process of issuing permits gives the fire code SOLVENT OR LIQUID CLASSIFICATIONS.
official an opportunity to carefully evaluate and regu- Class I solvents.
late hazardous operations. Permit applicants should Class II solvents.
be required to demonstrate that their operations com-
ply with the intent of the code before the permit is Class IIIA solvents.
issued. See the commentary to Section 105.6 for a Class IIIB solvents.
general discussion of operations requiring an opera-
Class IV solvents.
tional permit and Section 105.6.13 for discussion of
specific operational permits for dry cleaning plants  Definitions of terms can help in the understanding
and their operation. and application of the code requirements. This sec-
tion directs the code user to Chapter 2 for the proper

DRY CLEANING
application of the indicated terms used in this chap- 2103.2 Classification of dry cleaning plants and systems.
ter. Terms may be defined in Chapter 2 or in another Dry cleaning plants and systems shall be classified based on
International Code® (I-Code®) as indicated in Section the solvents used as follows:
201.3 or the dictionary meaning may be all that is 1. Type I—systems using Class I solvents.
needed (see also commentary, Sections 201 through
201.4). 2. Type II—systems using Class II solvents.
3. Type III-A—systems using Class IIIA solvents.
4. Type III-B—systems using Class IIIB solvents.
SECTION 2103
CLASSIFICATIONS 5. Type IV—systems using Class IV solvents in which
2103.1 Solvent classification. Dry cleaning solvents shall be dry cleaning is not conducted by the public.
classified according to their flash points as follows: 6. Type V—systems using Class IV solvents in which dry
1. Class I solvents are liquids having a flash point below cleaning is conducted by the public.
100°F (38°C). Spotting and pretreating operations conducted in accor-
dance with Section 2106 shall not change the type of the dry
2. Class II solvents are liquids having a flash point at or
cleaning plant.
above 100°F (38°C) and below 140°F (60°C).
3. Class IIIA solvents are liquids having a flash point at or  Dry cleaning plants are classified based on the sol-
above 140°F (60°C) and below 200°F (93°C). vents they use and the hazards presented by them.
Type I dry cleaning systems are those systems
4. Class IIIB solvents are liquids having a flash point at or using a Class I flammable liquid [flash point less than
above 200°F (93°C). 100°F (38°C)] as a cleaning solvent, such as low
5. Class IV solvents are liquids classified as nonflamma- flash-point [less than 50°F (10°C)] naphtha. Such
ble. plants are prohibited by Section 2104.1.
Type II dry cleaning systems are those systems
 In order to establish regulations for mitigating the using a Class II combustible liquid [flash points 100°F
hazards of dry cleaning, the hazards of dry cleaning (38°C) to 140°F (60°C)] as a cleaning solvent, such
solvent must be identified and established. Because as Stoddard solvent. NFPA 32 classifies the entire
the liquid solvents used in dry cleaning operations, dry cleaning room of a Type II plant as a Class I, Divi-
other than Class IV solvents, are either flammable or sion 2 hazardous (classified) location.
combustible, they are classified using the same crite- Type III-A dry cleaning systems are those systems
ria as those used to classify flammable and combusti- using a Class IIIA combustible liquid as a cleaning
ble liquids in Chapter 57. solvent [flash point 140°F (60°C) to 200°F (93°C)].
Class I solvents are, by the definition in Chapter Type III-B dry cleaning systems are those systems
57, flammable liquids because they have a closed- using a Class IIIB combustible liquid as a cleaning
cup flash point of less than 100°F (38°C). The 100°F solvent [flash point greater than 200°F (93°C)], usu-
(38°C) flash point for flammable solvents assumes ally specially compounded oils.
possible indoor ambient temperature conditions of Type IV dry cleaning systems are those systems
100°F (38°C), which means that the solvent could be using nonflammable solvents, and dry cleaning is
used at or below its flash point under normal operat- done only by trained operators.
ing conditions in the dry cleaning plant. This solvent Type V dry cleaning systems are those systems
classification, however, includes no further subclassi- using nonflammable solvent, typically perchloroeth-
fications based on flash point and boiling point as ylene, and dry cleaning is done by the general public
does Chapter 57 for Class I flammable liquids. (e.g., at coin-operated laundries).
Combustible solvents (Classes II and III) differ from
This section recognizes the practical need to have
flammable solvents in that the closed-cup flash point
limited amounts of higher hazard solvents on hand in
of all combustible liquids is at or above 100°F (38°C)
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
the plant for spotting and pretreating by not classify-

(see commentary, definition of “Flash point” in Chap-
ing the plant based on the highest hazard solvent that
ter 57). The range of flash point dictates the class of
might be present in any quantity. See the commen-
liquid solvent. The flash point range of 100°F (38°C)
tary to Section 2106 for further information on spot-
to 140°F (60°C) for Class II solvents is based on a
ting and pretreating operations.
possible indoor ambient temperature exceeding
100°F (38°C). Only a moderate degree of heating is 2103.2.1 Multiple solvents. Dry cleaning plants using more
required to bring the solvent to its flash point in this than one class of solvent for dry cleaning shall be classified
situation. Class III solvents, which have flash points based on the numerically lowest solvent class.
higher than 140°F (38°C), require a significant heat  Ventilation, and electrical requirements in particular,
source in addition to ambient temperature conditions vary considerably among various types of dry clean-
to reach their flash point (see commentary, definition ing plants. Additionally, each type of dry cleaning
of “Flammable liquid” in Chapter 57). equipment is designed for the hazards specific to the
21-2 Code Council

DRY CLEANING
solvent used. The greatest hazard determines the by 1-hour fire barriers or horizontal assemblies, or
appropriate level of protection where a danger of both.
accidental misuse exists. The second exception, Exception 5, states that
The more volatile compounds, such as naphtha, plants utilizing Class IIIB solvents [flash point at or
Stoddard solvent and oils, may still be found in some above 200°F (93°C)] that are difficult to ignite are
specialized industrial dry cleaning plants to remove exempt from being classified in Group H without fur-
specific materials from work clothes. Although per- ther conditions. Such liquids can be used in open
chloroethylene and similar safety solvents are not systems, but with due care.
flammable, they do present certain health hazards, Systems that do not meet the descriptions and
especially under fire conditions. Commentary Figure exceptions above must be evaluated for possible
2103.2.1 lists some of the more common dry cleaning classification in Group H based upon the type and
solvents with their physical, flammability and toxicity quantity of solvent in storage use. If a Group H classi-
characteristics. fication is warranted, IBC Section 415.9.3 requires
Perchloroethylene concentrations as low as 300 to compliance with the applicable provisions of the Inter-
1,100 parts per million (ppm) under normal conditions national Plumbing Code (IPC), the International
may cause loss of coordination and impairment, while Mechanical Code (IMC) and NFPA 32 for plant
dizziness, drowsiness or loss of consciousness may construction and system installation. Both NFPA 32
result at higher concentrations. Perchloroethylene and the IMC specify mechanical exhaust ventilation
may also emit highly toxic and irritating fumes in a rates for dry cleaning rooms.
fire. The IPC specifies requirements for sanitary sewers
2103.3 Design. The occupancy classification, design and and drains in laundries and where hazardous materi-
construction of dry cleaning plants shall comply with the als are used or stored.
applicable requirements of the International Building Code.
 This section makes it clear that dry cleaning plants SECTION 2104
are required to comply with the applicable provisions GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
of the International Building Code® (IBC®) for their
2104.1 Prohibited use. Type I dry cleaning plants shall be
classification of occupancy, as well as their design
prohibited. Limited quantities of Class I solvents stored and
and construction.
used in accordance with this section shall not be prohibited in
Dry cleaning operations are classified in Group B
dry cleaning plants.
based on IBC Section 304.1 where only drop-off/
pickup facilities are provided or where self-service dry  This section flatly prohibits Class I dry cleaning plants
cleaning is done by the public using Class V systems (i.e., those that use Class I flammable liquids)
with Class IV solvents (see Sections 2103.1 and because of the extreme flammability of such liquids.
2103.2 of the code). Nonself-service dry cleaning This section also recognizes the practical need to
operations using other than flammable liquids in have limited amounts of Class I solvent on hand in
cleaning or dyeing operations are classified in moder- the plant for spotting and pretreating, provided that it
ate hazard industrial Group F-1 (see IBC Section is stored and used in accordance with Chapter 57.
306.2) based on the classification and quantity of dry See the commentary to Section 2106 for further infor-
cleaning solvent used. The Group F-1 occupancy mation on spotting and pretreating operations.
classification for dry cleaning plants is based on IBC 2104.2 Building services. Building services and systems
Section 307.1, which provides two exceptions to clas- shall be designed, installed and maintained in accordance
sification in Group H for dry cleaning plants. with this section and Chapter 6.
The first exception, Exception 4, states that plants
utilizing Class IIIA solvents [flash point at or above  Electrical and mechanical systems serving the dry
140°F (60°C)] in closed, testing laboratory-listed cleaning plant must comply with the provisions of
machines are exempt from being classified in Group Sections 2104.2.1 through 2104.2.4 and the applica-
H, provided that the plant is physically separated from ble provisions of Chapter 6.
all other portions of the building in which it is located
IGNITION
CHEMICAL NAME FLASH POINT HEALTHa FLAMMABILITYa REACTIVITYa
TEMPERATURE
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Naptha 28° to 50°F 450°F 1 3 0

Perchloroethylene None None 2 0 0
Stoddard solvent Above 100°F 444°F 0 2 0
For SI:°C = [(°F) - 32]/1.8.
a. Based on NFPA 704.
Figure 2103.2.1
CHARACTERISTICS OF DRY CLEANING SOLVENTS

DRY CLEANING
2104.2.1 Ventilation. Ventilation shall be provided in accor- emitted by flammable and combustible liquid sol-
dance with Section 502 of the International Mechanical Code vents.
and DOL 29 CFR Part 1910.1000, where applicable.
 This section is intended to provide ventilation in dry SECTION 2105
cleaning plants that is adequate to protect plant OPERATING REQUIREMENTS
employees and the public from the hazards associ-
ated with dry cleaning operations using any of the 2105.1 General. The operation of dry cleaning systems shall
various classes of dry cleaning solvents, both in comply with the requirements of Sections 2105.1.1 through
approved dry cleaning machines and in spotting and 2105.3.
pretreating operations in the open. To achieve this  Section 2105 establishes requirements for the safe
objective, this section requires that mechanical venti- operation and maintenance of dry cleaning plants.
lation systems comply with the provisions of IMC The fire hazard associated with these plants has
Section 502.6. Compliance with the applicable provi- diminished significantly in recent years as fire protec-
sions of the Occupational Safety and Health Adminis- tion, environmental and hazardous waste disposal
tration (OSHA) workplace regulations pertaining to air concerns have caused the industry to move away
contaminants contained in DOL 29 CFR 1910.1000 is from the use of flammable and combustible solvents.
also required. Poor housekeeping is the primary fire prevention con-
2104.2.2 Heating. In Type II dry cleaning plants, heating cern these days.
shall be by indirect means using steam, hot water or hot oil 2105.1.1 Written instructions. Written instructions covering
only. the proper installation and safe operation and use of equip-
 Open-flame heating appliances, such as unit heaters, ment and solvent shall be given to the buyer.
must not be located in Type II dry cleaning plants  This section applies to persons or firms that engage
because they could create conditions conducive to in wholesale or retail sales of dry cleaning equipment.
the ignition of any fugitive vapors from the Class II dry Each piece of equipment sold must be accompanied
cleaning solvent used in these plants. Indirect steam, by written instructions for the installation and opera-
hot water or hot oil heat supplied from appliances tion of the equipment and for the safe storage, han-
located in rooms separated from the Type II dry dling and use of the dry cleaning solvent for which it
cleaning plant or in separate buildings are examples is designed.
of indirect heat methods. 2105.1.1.1 Type II, III-A, III-B and IV systems. In Type II,
2104.2.3 Electrical wiring and equipment. Electrical wiring III-A, III-B and IV dry cleaning systems, machines shall be
and equipment in dry cleaning rooms or other locations sub- operated in accordance with the operating instructions fur-
ject to flammable vapors shall be installed in accordance with nished by the machinery manufacturer. Employees shall be
NFPA 70. instructed as to the hazards involved in their departments and
 To reduce the likelihood of a vapor ignition, electrical in the work they perform.
wiring and equipment located where flammable  Safety in dry cleaning operations depends on
vapors might be released by malfunctioning equip- employees being familiar with not only the dry clean-
ment, rupture or breakage is typically classified as ing machines and their operation as described in the
Class I, Division 1 equipment under the provisions of written instructions required by Section 2105.1.1, but
NFPA 70. This would include rooms or spaces con- also understanding the hazards associated with and
taining closed-system dry cleaning equipment that, the proper methods of storing, handling, dispensing
under normal conditions, keeps the solvent vapors and using dry cleaning solvents within their respec-
confined within the equipment. For the same reason, tive work spaces. This section requires that employ-
in areas where flammable vapors are present under ees be trained in all aspects of dry cleaning
normal operating conditions, such as in spotting or operations.
pretreating areas, using Class I solvents in the open,
2105.1.1.2 Type V systems. Operating instructions for cus-
in tubs or on soaking tables, electrical wiring and
tomer use of Type V dry cleaning systems shall be conspicu-
equipment must be classified as Class I, Division 1,
ously posted in a location near the dry cleaning unit. A
equipment to meet the requirements of NFPA 70.
telephone number shall be provided for emergency assis-
2104.2.4 Bonding and grounding. Storage tanks, treatment tance.
tanks, filters, pumps, piping, ducts, dry cleaning units, stills,
tumblers, drying cabinets and other such equipment, where  Type V dry cleaning systems are operated by the
not inherently electrically conductive, shall be bonded general public rather than by trained employees as
together and grounded. Isolated equipment shall be grounded. are Type II, III-A and III-B systems. Under ideal con-
ditions, such operations should have an attendant to
 Solvent containers and processing equipment during supervise cleaning activities and be available to
storage, handling and use must be bonded and answer questions on the proper operation of the
grounded to prevent buildup of static charges, thus machines. Most Type V systems, however, are not
eliminating a common source of ignition for vapors attended. For this reason, machine operating instruc-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
21-4 Code Council

DRY CLEANING
tions must be posted prominently in the machine area plants comply with the provisions of Sections
where they can be seen readily by patrons. In addi- 2105.1.5.1 through 2105.1.5.4.
tion, an emergency phone number must be posted 2105.1.5.1 Floors. Class I and II liquids shall not be used for
prominently for patron use. Note that this section cleaning floors.
does not require a public telephone on the premises.
With the proliferation of cellular technology, much of  This section prohibits the use of flammable and Class
the public carries a cell phone that can be used in II combustible liquids for cleaning floors in dry clean-
case of an emergency. ing plants for basically the same reasons that open
soaking and agitation with solvents are prohibited by
2105.1.2 Equipment identification. The manufacturer shall
Section 2105.1.3: open use will allow flammable
provide nameplates on dry cleaning machines indicating the
vapors to escape and accumulate. This effect is
class of solvent for which each machine is designed.
aggravated by the fact that in many instances, dry
 Because dry cleaning machines are designed to be cleaning plants operate at high ambient temperatures
used only with a specific class of solvent, this infor- that may be at or above the flash point of Class I or II
mation must be clearly displayed on a permanent liquids, thus forming an immediately ignitable mixture
nameplate affixed to the machine so that there can in air.
be no question of what solvent may be used in a 2105.1.5.2 Filters. Filter residue and other residues contain-
given machine (also see commentary, Section ing solvent shall be handled and disposed of in covered metal
2105.1.4). containers.
2105.1.3 Open systems prohibited. Dry cleaning by immer-
 The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has
sion and agitation in open vessels shall be prohibited.
raised health and safety concerns about dry cleaning
 Dry cleaning is intended to be a closed-system pro- workers and people living near dry cleaners.
cess, with the cleaning solvent contained within the Improper handling and disposal of dry cleaning sol-
machinery. Pouring large quantities of combustible vents can pollute outdoor air, soil and water. Dry
solvent into an open container to soak or agitate cleaning and laundry plants that might generate haz-
items being cleaned allows and increases the escape ardous waste and be subject to Resource Conserva-
of combustible vapors or, in the case of Type IV sys- tion and Recovery Act (RCRA) requirements covering
tems, noncombustible but toxic vapors, and is, there- the generation, transportation and management of
fore, prohibited. Also see the commentary to Section hazardous waste include: retail dry cleaning stores;
2106 for a discussion of spotting and pretreating in industrial and linen supply plants with dry cleaning
the open and special handling provisions that allow operations; self-service laundromats with dry clean-
limited hand agitation in the open. ing equipment; or other facilities with dry cleaning
2105.1.4 Prohibited use of solvent. The use of solvents with operations. The volume of hazardous waste pro-
a flash point below that for which a machine is designed or duced in these facilities often places them in the EPA
listed shall be prohibited. category of “small quantity generator.” Proper storage
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
and disposal of spent filters and other solvent-con-
 Dry cleaning equipment is designed and tested for taining wastes (empty solvent containers, still resi-
use with specific classifications of solvents. This sec- dues from solvent distillation and water contaminated
tion mandates that equipment be used only with the with cleaning solvent) as required by this section
class of solvent for which it has been designed. reduces the potential for the production of solvent
Equipment approved for higher flash-point or non- vapors and environmental pollution.
flammable solvents may not be equipped with many
2105.1.5.3 Lint. Lint and refuse shall be removed from traps
of the inherent safety features required for lower
daily, deposited in approved waste cans, removed from the
flash-point solvents.
premises, and disposed of safely. At all other times, traps
2105.1.5 Equipment maintenance and housekeeping. shall be held securely in place.
Proper maintenance and operating practices shall be observed
in order to prevent the leakage of solvent or the accumulation  Lint is finely divided textile fiber sloughed off of arti-
of lint. The handling of waste material generated by dry cles being cleaned and is generated in large quanti-
cleaning operations and the maintenance of facilities shall ties in the dry cleaning process. As with any
comply with the provisions of this section. combustible material, the more finely it is divided, the
more surface area of the material is available for igni-
 Safe dry cleaning depends on safe, well-maintained tion and the more readily it will ignite. For this reason,
equipment and good housekeeping practices. this hazard must be reduced by collection and
Because dry cleaning is intended to be a closed-sys- removal of lint, as well as other combustible waste
tem use, machines must be checked regularly for materials, at least daily, followed by proper disposal.
loose fittings and connections that could allow the
2105.1.5.4 Customer areas. In Type V dry cleaning systems,
leakage of a solvent and its vapors. Also, the lint that
customer areas shall be kept clean.
accumulates in the cleaning of textile materials must
be regularly removed from lint traps and disposed of  Coin-operated laundries and dry cleaning establish-
properly. This section requires that dry cleaning ments are often unattended, which can lead to poor

DRY CLEANING
housekeeping and hazardous conditions that could in IMC Section 510; however, consistent with IMC
contribute to the start or spread of a fire. This section Section 502, this system must be independent of all
requires that reasonable housekeeping procedures other exhaust and ventilation systems.
be established and executed regularly to reduce this The required ventilation rate of 1 cubic foot per
hazard. minute (cfm) per square foot [0.0058 m3/(s  m2)] of
2105.2 Type II systems. Special operating requirements for floor area is typical of that required in hazardous
Type II dry cleaning systems shall comply with the provi- material-related areas where fugitive flammable
sions of Sections 2105.2.1 through 2105.2.3. vapors need dilution or removal. Although its exact
technical origins remain obscure, it is thought to have
 Sections 2105.2.1 through 2105.2.3 contain operat- been derived from a rule of thumb (possibly from the
ing procedures uniquely applicable to Type II dry insurance industry) that established a ventilation
cleaning systems because of their use of Class II sol- requirement in flammable and combustible liquid use
vents and the higher relative hazards associated with areas of six air changes per hour, which has proven
that use. to be effective over the years. Although this method
2105.2.1 Inspection of materials. Materials to be dry provides effective ventilation and hazard reduction,
cleaned shall be searched thoroughly and foreign materials, moving that volume of air in industrial or storage
including matches and metallic substances, shall be removed. buildings with larger-than-average floor-to-floor and
floor-to-roof dimensions requires large, costly
 To prevent damage to dry cleaning equipment and
mechanical equipment installations and creates con-
eliminate potential sources of ignition, such as
cerns over energy conservation. To deal with those
matches being ignited or metallic objects striking a
concerns, a design ceiling height of 10 feet (3048
spark with dry cleaning machine parts, articles to be
mm) was assumed in recognition of the fact that sol-
dry cleaned must be carefully screened for foreign
vent vapors will gather at the lowest point in the room.
objects that could create a hazardous condition.
Each square foot of building area, then, would repre-
2105.2.2 Material transfer. In removing materials from the sent 10 cubic feet (0.3 m3) and, at the rate of six air
washer, provisions shall be made for minimizing the dripping changes per hour, 60 cubic feet (1.7 m3) of air per
of solvent on the floor. Where materials are transferred from hour would be moved, which yields 1 cfm per square
a washer to a drain tub, a nonferrous metal drip apron shall be foot [0.0058 m3/(s  m2)] of room area.
placed so that the apron rests on the drain tub and the cylinder To be effective, the exhaust equipment is required
of the washer. by this section to be interlocked with the dry cleaning
 To reduce the amount of Class II solvent lost during equipment so that it operates whenever the dry
removal of cleaned articles from the dry cleaning cleaning equipment operates. Manual controls are
machine, means must be provided to minimize the also required for additional flexibility and reliability in
amount of solvent that drips on the plant floor and the event that the mechanical system runs on after
evaporates into hazardous vapors in the work space. the dry cleaning system is shut down. The location of
This section describes one method of preventing sol- the controls is to be approved by the fire code official.
vent drips by placing a drain board between the dry 2105.3 Type IV and V systems. Type IV and V dry cleaning
cleaning machine and drain tubs. The drain board systems shall be provided with an automatically activated
must be nonferrous to prevent potential metal-to- exhaust ventilation system to maintain a minimum of 100 feet
metal sparks during the transfer process. per minute (0.51 m/s) air velocity through the loading door
2105.2.3 Ventilation. A mechanical ventilation system when the door is opened. Such systems for dry cleaning
which is designed to exhaust 1 cubic foot of air per minute for equipment shall comply with the International Mechanical
each square foot of floor area [0.0058 m3/(s • m2)] shall be Code.
installed in dry cleaning rooms and in drying rooms. The ven- Exception: Dry cleaning units are not required to be pro-
tilation system shall operate automatically when the dry vided with exhaust ventilation where an exhaust hood is
cleaning equipment is in operation and shall have manual installed immediately outside of and above the loading
controls at an approved location. door which operates at an airflow rate as follows:
 This section intended to prevent solvent vapors from Q = 100 × ALD (Equation 21-1)
Type II dry cleaning systems from accumulating to an
where:
ignitable concentration in the room in which those
appliances are located by providing adequate Q = flow rate exhausted through the hood, cubic feet per
mechanical ventilation. The prescribed rate of minute (m3/s).
mechanical ventilation will also help prevent the ALD = area of the loading door, square feet (m2).
ambient temperature in the room from exceeding the
flash point of the solvent being used in the cleaning  This section is intended to prevent solvent vapors
process. It is not the intent that this system be classi- from Type IV and V dry cleaning systems from escap-
fied as a “hazardous exhaust system” as addressed ing into the room where the appliances are located by
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
21-6 Code Council

DRY CLEANING
drawing the required exhaust airflow into the unit SECTION 2106
through the open door at the minimum velocity of 100 SPOTTING AND PRETREATING
feet per minute (51 m/s). In this way, exposure of 2106.1 General. Spotting and pretreating operations and
employees (in Type IV systems) or the public (in equipment shall comply with the provisions of Sections
Type V systems) to potentially harmful solvent vapors 2106.2 through 2106.5.
is minimized. The exhaust capability contemplated by
this section is integral with the dry cleaning unit, and  Spotting and pretreating operations consist of soak-
its operation must be interlocked with the unit door to ing or direct local application of cleaning solvents to
automatically start the required exhaust airflow as articles about to be dry cleaned. These operations
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
soon as the unit door is opened. It is not the intent focus the solvent’s cleaning power on the removal of
that this system be classified as a “hazardous more stubborn stains, such as those from grease,
exhaust system” as addressed in IMC Section 510; oils, makeup, paint, dirt or petroleum products (tar,
however, consistent with IMC Section 502, this sys- asphalt sealer, etc). The operations typically take
tem must be independent of all other exhaust and place on spotting tables or in scrubbing tubs in the
ventilation systems. open in the dry cleaning plant. Compliance with the
The exception is a design alternative to achieve the requirements of Section 2106 will result in an accept-
goal of solvent vapor capture at the door opening able level of safety for spotting and pretreating opera-
through installation of what is often referred to as an tions.
“eyebrow hood” located immediately above the dry 2106.2 Class I solvents. The maximum quantity of Class I
cleaning unit door opening. This enables the exhaust solvents permitted at any work station shall be 1 gallon (4 L).
airflow to sweep across the loading door opening of Spotting or prespotting shall be permitted to be conducted
the machine and capture any escaping solvent with Class I solvents where they are stored in and dispensed
vapors. This kind of hood may be integral with the from approved safety cans or in sealed DOT-approved metal
unit or may be an after-market-installed accessory to shipping containers of not more than 1-gallon (4 L) capacity.
the unit. In either case, it must be either interlocked
 This section allows up to 1 gallon (4 L) of Class I
with the unit door to automatically start the required
(flammable) solvent to be stored in its original ship-
exhaust airflow as soon as the unit door is opened or
ping container or, where used for spotting or pre-
operate continuously whenever the dry cleaning
spotting, stored in and dispensed from a safety can
machine is in operation.
complying with UL 30 (see commentary, Sections
Since exhaust hoods are not designed for a con-
5005.1.10 and 5705.2.4).
stant air velocity in all parts of the hood, such as can
be achieved by drawing air into a machine through a 2106.2.1 Spotting and prespotting. Spotting and pre-spot-
loading door opening, exhaust capability for this alter- ting shall be permitted to be conducted with Class I solvents
native design calculated in accordance with Equation where dispensed from plastic containers of not more than 1
21-1 will be expressed as a flow rate rather than a pint (0.5 L) capacity.
fixed velocity. The fan will be drawing in a large vol-  This section recognizes the use of U.S. Department
ume of environmental air to achieve the prescribed of Transportation-approved plastic containers to ship
exhaust airflow across the entire loading door open- and store chemicals used in dry cleaning plants,
ing. For example, applying the formula to a dry clean- including spotting chemicals. Use of such containers
ing unit that has a 2-foot-diameter (610 mm) circular is permitted by Section 5704.3.1 of the code and
loading/unloading door, the exhaust flow rate (Q) OSHA regulations for the storage of flammable and
would be calculated as follows: combustible liquids. Similar provisions also appear in
Q = 100 x ALD Chapter 5 of NFPA 32. Note that the quantity limita-
tion in this section is well below the use-open maxi-
ALD =  r2; where  = 3.14 and r = 1, therefore mum allowable quantities (MAQ) for flammable
Q = 100 x (3.14 x 12) liquids in Table 5003.1.1(1).
Q = 100 x 3.14 2106.3 Class II and III solvents. Scouring, brushing, and
spotting and pretreating shall be permitted to be conducted
Q = 314 cubic feet per minute with Class II or III solvents. The maximum quantity of Class
It is not the intent that this system be classified as a II or III solvents permitted at any work station shall be 1 gal-
“hazardous exhaust system” as addressed in IMC lon (4 L). In other than Group H-2 occupancy, the aggregate
Section 510; however, consistent with IMC Section quantities of solvents shall not exceed the maximum allow-
502.1.3, this system must be independent of all other able quantity per control area for use-open system.
exhaust and ventilation systems.
 This section allows Class II or Ill solvents to be used
for spotting or pretreating and limits the quantity of

DRY CLEANING
solvent that can be in use at a spotting or pretreating cesses must be captured in an approved (preferably
work station to 1 gallon (4 L) to reduce the likelihood closed) container for recycling or proper disposal.
of an unmanageable solvent spill. Aggregate quanti- 2106.3.3 Ventilation. Scrubbing tubs, scouring, brushing or
ties of spotting or pretreating solvent must not exceed spotting operations shall be located such that solvent vapors
the MAQ for open system use established by Table are captured and exhausted by the ventilating system.
5003.1.1(1), including the increases allowed for the
sprinkler system required by Section 2108.2.  When locating the spotting or pretreating operation
within the plant, care must be taken to choose a loca-
2106.3.1 Spotting tables. Scouring, brushing or spotting
tion that will allow adequate airflow on all sides of the
tables on which articles are soaked in solvent shall have a liq- spotting or pretreating equipment to maximize the
uid-tight top with a curb on all sides not less than 1 inch (25
effectiveness of the exhaust ventilation system
mm) high. The top of the table shall be pitched to ensure thor- required by Section 2105.2.3 in preventing the accu-
ough draining to a 11/2-inch (38 mm) drain connected to an
mulation of hazardous vapor concentrations.
approved container.
2106.3.4 Bonding and grounding. Metal scouring, brushing
 To reduce spills of spotting solvents during their open and spotting tables and scrubbing tubs shall be permanently
use, surfaces upon which the spotting is done must and effectively bonded and grounded.
be designed to catch and route solvent to an
approved container (preferably a closed one) for dis-  Solvent containers and processing equipment during
posal or recycling. storage, handling and use must be grounded to pre-
vent buildup of static charges, thus eliminating a com-
2106.3.2 Special handling. Where approved, articles that mon source of ignition for vapors from flammable and
cannot be washed in the usual washing machines are allowed combustible liquid solvents.
to be cleaned in scrubbing tubs. Scrubbing tubs shall comply
with the following: 2106.4 Type IV systems. Flammable and combustible liq-
uids used for spotting operations shall be stored in approved
1. Only Class II or III liquids shall be used. safety cans or in sealed DOTn-approved shipping containers
2. The total amount of solvent used in such open contain- of not more than 1 gallon (4 L) in capacity. Aggregate
ers shall not exceed 3 gallons (11 L). amounts shall not exceed 10 gallons (38 L).
3. Scrubbing tubs shall be secured to the floor.  Type IV dry cleaning systems are those systems
1 using nonflammable solvents where dry cleaning is
4. Scrubbing tubs shall be provided with permanent 1 /2- done only by trained operators who must be familiar
inch (38 mm) drains. Such drain shall be provided with with solvent hazards. Up to an aggregate quantity of
a trap and shall be connected to an approved container. 10 gallons (38 L) of Class I, II or III spotting or pre-
 Although dry cleaning by immersion and agitation in treating solvents is allowed if the solvents comply
open vessels is prohibited by Section 2105.1.3, there with the minimum storage safeguard of being stored
are isolated circumstances in which an article that in their original shipping container or safety cans
needs dry cleaning cannot be cleaned in the conven- complying with UL 30 (see commentary, Sections
tional manner in an approved dry cleaning machine. 5005.1.10 and 5705.2.4).
This section establishes minimum safeguards 2106.5 Type V systems. Spotting operations using flamma-
intended to reduce the hazards associated with open ble or combustible liquids are prohibited in Type V dry clean-
cleaning in a scrubbing tub. ing systems.
The first step in cleaning an article in the open is to
secure the approval of the fire code official for the  Type V dry cleaning systems are those systems
operation. This enables him or her to inspect the area using nonflammable solvents where dry cleaning is
where the open cleaning is to be done to verify that done by the general public, such as in coin-operated
the housekeeping complies with this chapter, that all laundries that may or may not be attended by quali-
the safeguards required by this section are in place, fied staff. To prevent exposing the general public to
that the ventilation requirements of Section 2106.3.3 the hazards of spotting or pretreating operations
are met, and that the bonding and grounding required using solvents more hazardous than the nonflamma-
by Section 2106.3.4 are in place. ble solvents used in the Type V system itself, and to
Although limited use of Class I spotting solvents is preclude any action that might violate Section
allowed by Section 2106.3, this section makes it clear 2105.1.4, this section prohibits spotting and pretreat-
that dry cleaning in the open is limited to only Class II ing operations altogether.
or III solvents because of their higher flash points. To
avoid an unmanageable spill while still allowing a
workable quantity of solvent in the scrubbing tub, SECTION 2107
Class II or III solvents are limited to only 3 gallons (11 DRY CLEANING SYSTEMS
L) in process, and then only in a tub that is firmly fixed 2107.1 General equipment requirements. Dry cleaning
in place by securing it to the floor in an approved systems, including dry cleaning units, washing machines,
manner. Solvents used in open dry cleaning pro- stills, drying cabinets, tumblers and their appurtenances,
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
21-8 Code Council

DRY CLEANING
including pumps, piping, valves, filters and solvent coolers, all times and comply with the provisions of Section
shall be installed and maintained in accordance with NFPA 503.
32. The construction of buildings in which such systems are 2107.2.2 Number of means of egress. Type II dry cleaning
located shall comply with the requirements of this section and rooms shall have not less than two means of egress doors
the International Building Code. located at opposite ends of the room, not less than one of
 NFPA 32 contains provisions for the prevention and which shall lead directly to the outside.
control of fire and explosion hazards incidental to dry  The number of exit or exit access doorways required
cleaning operations for the protection of employees from a room or space is regulated by Section 1015.1.
and the public. Likewise, the IBC regulates the con- That general section would not require two doors out
struction of dry cleaning plant buildings based on the of a Type II dry cleaning room classified in Occu-
relative hazards of the occupancies. IBC Chapter 3 pancy Group F-1 unless it had an occupant load of
classifies dry cleaning pickup/drop-off stations and more than 50 persons; that is, greater than 5,000
Type V dry cleaning systems in Occupancy Group B square feet (465 m2) in area based on 100 square
(business) because of their low-hazard nature. Type feet (9 m2) per person in accordance with Table
II, III and IV dry cleaning plants are classified in Occu- 1004.1.2. However, this section is specific to Type II
pancy Group F-1 (moderate-hazard factory-industrial) dry cleaning rooms and supersedes general Group F
because they include or could include the processing egress requirements by requiring two doors out of the
of combustible textiles using combustible solvents room, regardless of occupant load. Note that at least
and, on a limited basis, flammable liquids for spotting. one of the doors must be an exit door that opens
Certain dry cleaning operations could be classified by directly to the exit discharge or public way outside of
the IBC in Group H, depending on the quantity of sol- the building. All doors must also comply with Section
vent present and the type of machines used. See the 1022.2.
commentary to IBC Section 307.1 for further discus- This section also supersedes the general exit or
sion of exceptions to Group H classifications. exit access remoteness requirements of Section
1015.2 by mandating that the two means of egress
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2107.2 Type II systems. Type II dry cleaning and solvent

tank storage rooms shall not be located below grade or above doors from a Type II dry cleaning room be located at
the lowest floor level of the building and shall comply with opposite ends of the room, rather than a distance
Sections 2107.2.1 through 2107.2.3. apart equal to one-half the overall diagonal dimen-
Exception: Solvent storage tanks installed underground, sion of the room.
in vaults or in special enclosures in accordance with Chap- 2107.2.3 Spill control and secondary containment. Curbs,
ter 57. drains or other provisions for spill control and secondary con-
tainment shall be provided in accordance with Section 5004.2
 Type II dry cleaning systems are those systems using to collect solvent leakage and fire protection water and direct
a Class II combustible liquid [flash point from 100°F
it to a safe location.
(38°C) to 140°F (60°C)] as a cleaning solvent, some-
times at or above its lowest flash point under normal  To prevent the flow of Class II solvents to rooms or
plant operating conditions. For this reason, this sec- spaces adjoining the dry cleaning room, spill control
tion prohibits the location of these systems and sol- complying with Section 5004.2 is required by this sec-
vent storage at other than the level of fire department tion. Care must be taken in the design of drainage
access or exit discharge (i.e., other than at grade). and secondary containment systems to accurately
Because of the higher relative hazards of these sys- calculate automatic sprinkler design discharge flow
tems and their solvents, locating them above or rates and fire suppression hand line [typically 11/2- or
below the lowest grade floor level could affect rapid 13/4-inch (38 mm or 44 mm) hose] flows. Note that
egress by employees, as well as rapid access to the secondary containment provisions do not include
system by fire fighters in case of an emergency. control of the flammable, irritating or toxic vapors
2107.2.1 Fire-fighting access. Type II dry cleaning plants given off by the solvent. Care must be taken to mini-
shall be located so that access is provided and maintained mize exposure to hazardous vapors. Runoff from
from one side for fire-fighting and fire control purposes in spills or manual fire suppression activities may result
accordance with Section 503. in environmental contamination if not properly con-
trolled (also see commentary, Section 5004.2).
 The general design of fire apparatus access to build-
2107.3 Solvent storage tanks. Solvent storage tanks for
ings is regulated by Section 503. To give fire fighters
Class II, IIIA and IIIB liquids shall conform to the require-
timely access to the building, this section requires
ments of Chapter 57 and be located underground or outside,
that the building containing the Type II system be
above ground.
accessible on at least one side. This is consistent
with the provisions of Section 503.1.1, which allows Exception: As provided in NFPA 32 for inside storage or
access on only one side when a building is equipped treatment tanks.
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system as is  Safe and proper storage of solvents is a paramount
required by Section 2108.2 for dry cleaning plants. concern in the safe operation of a dry cleaning plant
Fire apparatus access must be kept unobstructed at or facility. This section requires that combustible sol-

DRY CLEANING
vents be stored in approved tanks located either machines and storage does not exceed 3,300 gallons
underground or above ground outside the building, (12 490 L).
and references Chapter 57 for detailed requirements.  Section 903.2 contains the general “where required”
The exception recognizes the provisions contained criteria for the installation of automatic sprinklers in
in NFPA 32 governing the inside storage of solvents. buildings. Section 2108.7 is more specific and would
While NFPA 32 allows the unenclosed indoor installa- require an automatic sprinkler system throughout dry
tion of up to three 1,500-gallon (5678 L) storage or cleaning plants regardless of the size of the fire area.
treatment tanks of Class II solvent, it should be noted This is related to the hazard of relatively high fire
that, in accordance with the IBC, indoor storage of loads coupled with the presence of combustible and
Class II solvents in excess of the MAQ indicated in possibly flammable liquids. These liquids may be in
IBC Table 307.1(1) would cause the dry cleaning both open and closed system operations
facility to be classified in Group H-3. Several exceptions to the requirement for sprin-
klers are included in this section of the code in part
because several states have banned the use of the
SECTION 2108
nonflammable dry cleaning fluid perchlorethylene or
FIRE PROTECTION
“perc” due to its carcinogenicity which already
2108.1 General. Where required by this section, fire protec- requires that plant operators purchase new equip-
tion systems, devices and equipment shall be installed, ment using alternative dry cleaning technology. The
inspected, tested and maintained in accordance with Chapter 9. ICC voting membership approved the addition of the
 To control the relative hazards posed by dry cleaning exceptions because its members felt that having a
operations, this section requires the installation of a sprinkler requirement on top of that capital expense
fire protection system and references Chapter 9 for would be a business hardship and also because the
installation and maintenance. nationally recognized standard, NFPA 32, already
included such exceptions. Exception 1 recognizes
2108.2 Automatic sprinkler system. An automatic sprinkler
that modern Type IIIA dry cleaning machines have
system shall be installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1
intrinsic safety features that can prevent fires from
throughout dry cleaning plants containing Type II, Type III-A
starting within the dry cleaning machine and parallels
or Type III-B dry cleaning systems.
Section 8.1.2.6 of NFPA 32. It recognizes the lesser
Exceptions: relative hazard of plants using higher flash point
1. An automatic sprinkler system shall not be required [140°F to 299°F (60°C to 148.23)] Class IIIA dry
in Type III-A dry cleaning plants where the aggre- cleaning solvents while maintaining a reasonable limit
gate quantity of Class III-A solvent in dry cleaning on aggregate solvent quantity and providing needed
machines and storage does not exceed 330 gallons safety features. Exception 2 parallels Section 8.2.3.4
(1250 L) and dry cleaning machines are equipped of NFPA 32 and recognizes the even lesser hazard of
with a feature that will accomplish any one of the Class IIIB solvents having a very high flash point [at
following: or above 200°F (93.33°C)] further decreasing the
likelihood of accidental ignition. These exceptions
1.1. Prevent oxygen concentrations from reach- were added to the code rather than relying on a refer-
ing 8 percent or more by volume. ence to NFPA 32 so the inspector would not have to
1.2. Keep the temperature of the solvent not less carry the referenced standard into the field. See also
than 30°F (16.7°C) below the flash point. the commentary to Section 2103.3 and IBC Section
1.3. Maintain the solvent vapor concentration at a 307.1, Exceptions 4 and 5 for further information.
level lower than 25 percent of the lower 2108.3 Automatic fire-extinguishing systems. Type II dry
explosive limit (LEL). cleaning units, washer-extractors, and drying tumblers in
1.4. Utilize equipment approved for use in Class Type II dry cleaning plants shall be provided with an
I, Division 2 hazardous locations in accor- approved automatic fire-extinguishing system installed and
dance with NFPA 70. maintained in accordance with Chapter 9.
1.5. Utilize an integrated dry-chemical, clean Exception: Where approved, a manual steam jet not less
agent or water-mist automatic fire-extin- than 3/4 inch (19 mm) with a continuously available steam
guishing system designed in accordance with supply at a pressure not less than 15 pounds per square
Chapter 9. inch gauge (psig) (103 kPa) is allowed to be substituted
for the automatic fire-extinguishing system.
2. An automatic sprinkler system shall not be required
in Type III-B dry cleaning plants where the aggre-  Section 2108.2 focuses on the protection of the dry
gate quantity of Class III-B solvent in dry cleaning cleaning plant occupants and building. This section
requires additional fire protection for dry cleaning
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
21-10 Code Council

DRY CLEANING
equipment using Class II solvent because of its lower

flash point. Automatic fire-extinguishing systems for
local, direct application of suppression media in the
dry cleaning machinery must be installed in accor-
dance with Section 904. The type of automatic fire-
extinguishing system typically used (and required by
NFPA 32) in this application is carbon dioxide,
installed in accordance with Section 904.8, although
approved dry chemical or gaseous-agent systems
could also be used.
The exception recognizes the fire-smothering
capabilities of steam. Although there is no recognized
standard for the design of steam-smothering sys-
tems, the fact that steam is usually available in large
quantities in dry cleaning plants makes it an inexpen-
sive alternative to the more state-of-the-art fire-extin-
guishing systems. The design and installation of the
steam jet(s) that must be available for personnel to
manually use must be reviewed and approved by the
fire code official. Because steam poses a serious
burn hazard, the system design should minimize per-
sonnel exposure to this hazard.
2108.4 Portable fire extinguishers. Portable fire extin-
guishers shall be selected, installed and maintained in accor-
dance with this section and Section 906. A minimum of two,
2-A:10-B:C portable fire extinguishers shall be provided
near the doors inside dry cleaning rooms containing Type II,
Type III-A and Type III-B dry cleaning systems.
 Portable fire extinguishers are intended only for fight-
ing incipient fires. Employees should be trained in the
proper selection and use of portable fire extinguish-
ers. Both the extinguisher rating and the travel dis-
tance must be consistent with Section 906 and NFPA
10 for the moderate hazards expected in dry cleaning
plants. Placing the extinguishers at the doors leading
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
out of rooms containing Type II, III-A and III-B dry
cleaning systems will enhance personnel safety by
requiring them to travel toward the means of egress
door to gain access to an extinguisher in case of a
fire. The required size of the extinguisher(s) should
give the operator sufficient agent capacity and dis-
charge time to handle the magnitude of incipient fires
expected.

--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
21-12 Code Council

Chapter 22:
Combustible Dust-Producing Operations
General Comments tion sources cannot be relied on; therefore,
implementing a combination of explosion protection
Problems associated with the production and handling strategies is strongly recommended. Such explosion
of dusts were not widely recognized and understood protection measures include ignition prevention, sup-
until the twentieth century. Likewise, the need for ade- pression or containment of the primary explosion flame
quate protection from dust explosions did not become and allowing the explosion to take its full course in a
widely accepted until the latter half of the twentieth cen- safe manner.
tury. A relatively incomplete understanding of the theo- Fire fighters are especially aware of the hazards of
retical underpinnings of the explosion hazards of dusts dust explosions in grain elevators in rural areas, but
is largely responsible for this lag. may not recognize the potential for dust explosions in a
The following factors affect the explosion hazards of wide variety of other manufacturing operations. Dusts
dusts: are produced and used in industrial applications ranging
• Chemical composition of the dust. from water treatment to semiconductor manufacturing.
• Geometry and size of the dust particles. The explosive force generated by a dust explosion is
comparable to flammable vapor and gas explosions.
• Concentration of dust present in suspension (dis-
The following industries are involved in the production
tance between dust particles or the mass of dust
or handling of explosible dusts:
particles in a given volume).
• Agricultural, including coffee, cornstarch, cotton-
• Nature and concentration of the oxidant, usually
seed, sugar and various grains.
air.
• Chemical, including dye.
• Moisture content of both the atmosphere and the
dust. • Coal mining and use.
• Minimum required ignition temperature or ignition • Food (human and animal).
energy of the dust and amount of time the two are • Metals, including aluminum, magnesium, iron,
in contact with each other. manganese and various alloys.
Curiously, not all combustible dusts are explosible. • Pharmaceuticals.
The reasons for this are not very well understood. Explo- • Plastics, including polyethylene resins, styrene
sion hazards of dusts are often defined by the lower and polymer resins, epoxy resins and polycarbonate
upper explosive limits, explosion pressures and explo- resins.
sion rates of various dusts. These values cannot be • Woodworking.
derived from the thermal properties of the dusts but
rather must be determined by measurement. Combusti- Conditions under which a combustible dust will pro-
ble dusts may produce explosion pressures as great as duce an explosion are quite specific, though they are
150 pounds per square inch gauge (psig) (103 kPa) and difficult to quantify. As a result, precautions to prevent
explosion pressure rise rates as high as 15,000 pounds dust explosions are often determined by assigning a
per square inch (psi) per second (103 425 kPa). particular dust to a hazard class. A sample of material is
Dust explosions usually produce flame fronts travel- ignited under controlled conditions in a special test
ing at rates less than the speed of sound, and are, apparatus to determine the hazard class of a dust. The
therefore, classified as deflagrations. High oxidizer con- results of such tests were reported for common dusts by
centrations or the presence of flammable gases may, P. Field in his book Dust Explosions, which describes, in
however, produce detonations with shockwaves travel- tabular form, the explosion data for selected combusti-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ing in excess of the speed of sound preceding the flame ble dusts. In each column, values of the table are
front. derived experimentally using a special explosion appa-
Unlike flammable gases and vapors, concentrations ratus. For each property, values are presented to fully
of explosive dusts exceeding stoichiometric quantities describe the explosion characteristics of the given
(the amount of fuel necessary to consume all the avail- material. Dust hazard classes are expressed as ST-1
able oxidizer) produce more violent explosions up to the through ST-3, with ST-1 being the highest hazard, as
point at which dust concentrations approach several portrayed in The SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection
times the stoichiometric concentration. Engineering.
In 1973, K.N. Palmer listed the following explosion During the drafting of the code, combustible dust was
protection measures. Formation of explosive dust sus- not included in Table 5003.1.1(1) because of the inher-
pensions is inevitable, and complete elimination of igni- ent difficulty in establishing a maximum allowable quan-

COMBUSTIBLE DUST-PRODUCING OPERATIONS
tity (MAQ), and for determining if and when the MAQ Purpose
had been exceeded. An occupancy with combustible
dust is classified in Group H-2 in accordance with Sec- Awareness and knowledge of the hazards of dusts and
tion 307.4 of the International Building Code (IBC), powders are less common than of flammable liquids
with the exception of certain woodworking uses classi- and gases; however, explosions and fires involving
fied as Group F-1. Many spaces with combustible dust dusts and powders are just as hazardous in many
should be classified in Group H-2. However, others may industrial settings. The requirements of this chapter
fall into Group F or S, depending on the specifics of the seek to reduce the likelihood of dust explosions by man-
process. Accordingly, in the 2012 edition of the code, a aging the hazards of suspensions of ignitable dusts.
new row in Table 5003.1.1(1) added combustible dust Ignition source control and good housekeeping prac-
to the MAQ table, so the code user would not miss this tices in occupancies containing dust-producing opera-
important hazard category. Note q directs the code user tions are emphasized.
to pertinent sections in the code and the IBC to deter-
mine if a dust hazard exists by an engineering evalua-
tion. The content of Note q is also included in IBC
Section 307.4.

GENERAL PRECAUTIONS
2201.1 Scope. The equipment, processes and operations 2203.1 Sources of ignition. Smoking or the use of heating or
involving dust explosion hazards shall comply with the provi- other devices employing an open flame, or the use of spark-
sions of this chapter. producing equipment is prohibited in areas where combusti-
ble dust is generated, stored, manufactured, processed or han-
 This chapter details general requirements for the pro-
tection of properties and processes from explosions dled.
and deflagrations involving combustible dust residues  Smoking is prohibited in areas where dust explosion
and suspensions. hazards exist. Welding and cutting must be confined
2201.2 Permits. Permits shall be required for combustible to approved areas and subject to a hot work permit
dust-producing operations as set forth in Section 105.6. system and prior approval for each operation (see
commentary, Chapter 35). Open-flame heating and
 The process of issuing permits gives the fire code spark-producing equipment, as well as other heat-
official an opportunity to carefully evaluate and regu- producing devices, are prohibited. Torches and other
late hazardous operations. Permit applicants should open-flame devices are never to be used to remove
be required to demonstrate that their operations com- accumulations of dust or dust residue. Electrical wir-
ply with the intent of the code before the permit is ing, lighting and equipment where dust explosion
issued. See the commentary to Section 105.6.6 for hazards exist should be approved for use in Class II
discussion of specific combustible dust-producing hazardous (classified) locations as regulated in NFPA
operations requiring an operational permit. 70.
2203.2 Housekeeping. Accumulation of combustible dust
SECTION 2202 shall be kept to a minimum in the interior of buildings. Accu-
DEFINITION mulated combustible dust shall be collected by vacuum clean-
ing or other means that will not place combustible dust into
2202.1 Definition. The following term is defined in Chapter 2: suspension in air. Forced air or similar methods shall not be
COMBUSTIBLE DUST. used to remove dust from surfaces.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
 Definitions of terms can help in the understanding  Good housekeeping practices are extremely import-
and application of the code requirements. This sec- ant in occupancies where combustible dust-produc-
tion directs the code user to Chapter 2 for the proper ing operations are located. Ideally, minimizing the
application of the indicated term used in this chapter. amount of fugitive combustible dust that accumulates
Terms may be defined in Chapter 2 or in another in buildings should be accomplished by fixed equip-
International Code® (I-Code®) as indicated in Section ment, such as physical enclosures for dust-producing
201.3, or the dictionary meaning may be all that is machinery, and by approved dust collection systems
needed (see also commentary, Sections 201 through designed to capture the dust at the point of genera-
201.4). tion. In its simplest form, a dust collection system can
22-2 Code Council

COMBUSTIBLE DUST-PRODUCING OPERATIONS
consist of a shop vacuum cleaner connected to a and property from fire and explosion. The standards
woodworking machine, such as a table saw. In larger also minimize the resulting damage should a fire or
industrial applications, a ducted dust collection sys- explosion occur. More specifically, the standards con-
tem can serve multiple machines or entire production tain requirements for construction, ventilation, explo-
lines. Such systems are considered to be hazardous sion venting, equipment, heating devices, dust
exhaust systems and should be designed and control, fire protection and supplemental require-
installed in accordance with the International ments related to electrical wiring and equipment; pro-
Mechanical Code® (IMC®). visions concerning protection from sparks; cutting
It is important when removing accumulated com- and welding; and smoking and signage regulations.
bustible dust not to place it into suspension in the air, Unusual situations, especially those involving plas-
thus creating the potential for a dust explosion. tics, resins, pharmaceuticals and semiconductor
Accordingly, this section requires that dust be col- dusts, should be carefully evaluated.
lected by vacuum cleaning equipment or other
approved means that will not disturb the accumulated Bibliography
dust. Dust should never be brushed from dust-loaded
surfaces or be blown off with compressed air. The following resource materials were used in the
preparation of the commentary for this chapter of the
code:
SECTION 2204 Field, P. Dust Explosions. New York: Elsevier, 1982.
EXPLOSION PROTECTION
2204.1 Standards. The fire code official is authorized to Palmer, K. N. Dust Explosions and Fires. London,
enforce applicable provisions of the codes and standards England: Chapman and Hall, 1973.
listed in Table 2204.1 to prevent and control dust explosions. Report of Important Dust Explosions: A Record of Dust
 Because the pressure exerted by a combustible dust Explosions in the United States and Canada since
explosion typically ranges from 13 to 89 pounds per 1860. Fire Record Department, compiler. Boston,
square inch (psi) (90 to 614 kPa), it is impractical to MA: National Fire Protection Association, 1957.
construct a building that will withstand such pres-
sures. Therefore, a means of explosion relief or vent-
ing must be provided in accordance with Section 911
and the referenced standards. Additional guidance on
the relative fire risk associated with various combusti-
ble dusts can be found in the referenced standards
and the bibliographic material.
TABLE 2204.1. See below.
 Table 2204.1 references nine NFPA standards that
detail specific precautions for a wide variety of dust
explosion situations covering the broad spectrum of
industries involved in dust-producing operations.
These standards include the most common dust
explosion hazards, and regulations for their preven-
tion. Essentially, each of the referenced standards
prescribes reasonable requirements for safety to life
TABLE 2204.1
EXPLOSION PROTECTION STANDARDS
STANDARD SUBJECT
NFPA 61 Standard for the Prevention of Fires and Dust Explosions in Agricultural and Food Processing Facilities
NFPA 69 Standard on Explosion Prevention Systems
NFPA 70 National Electrical Code
NFPA 85 Boiler and Combustion System Hazards Code
NFPA 120 Standard for Fire Prevention and Control in Coal Mines
NFPA 484 Standard for Combustible Metals
Standard for Prevention of Fire and Dust Explosions from the Manufacturing, Processing and Handling of Combustible
NFPA 654
Particulate Solids
NFPA 655 Standard for the Prevention of Sulfur Fires and Explosions
NFPA 664 Standard for the Prevention of Fires and Explosions in Wood Processing and Woodworking Facilities
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
22-4 Code Council

Chapter 23:
Motor Fuel-Dispensing Facilities
and Repair Garages
General Comments Purpose
The requirements of this chapter apply to all occupan- This chapter contains provisions that regulate the stor-
cies that dispense any type of motor fuel and to automo- age and dispensing of liquid or gaseous motor fuels at
tive repair garages. public and private automotive and marine motor fuel-
dispensing facilities, fleet vehicle motor fuel-dispensing
facilities, aircraft motor-vehicle fuel-dispensing facilities
and repair garages.
SECTION 2301 understood by the fire code official, contractors and

GENERAL owners and must address the requirements of the
2301.1 Scope. Automotive motor fuel-dispensing facilities, code. State or local laws may require preparation of
marine motor fuel-dispensing facilities, fleet vehicle motor the construction documents by a registered design
fuel-dispensing facilities, aircraft motor-vehicle fuel-dispens- professional. See the commentary to Section 106.1
ing facilities and repair garages shall be in accordance with of the International Building Code® (IBC®).
this chapter and the International Building Code, Interna- 2301.4 Indoor motor fuel-dispensing facilities. Motor fuel-
tional Fuel Gas Code and International Mechanical Code. dispensing facilities located inside buildings shall comply
Such operations shall include both those that are accessible to with the International Building Code and NFPA 30A.
the public and private operations.  Generally speaking, this type of motor fuel-dispens-
 Generally speaking, if liquid or gaseous motor fuels ing facility is found at parking garages where space is
are dispensed from a storage tank, either above or very limited and is subject to the approval of the fire
below ground, into the fuel tank of a motor vehicle, code official. Chapter 7 of NFPA 30A is, in part, dedi-
marine craft or general aviation aircraft from fixed, cated to the provisions that govern motor fuel-dis-
automotive-type equipment, then the operation is pensing facilities inside buildings.
within the scope of this chapter. See also the com- 2301.4.1 Protection of floor openings in indoor motor
mentary to Section 202 for the definition of “Aircraft fuel-dispensing facilities. Where motor fuel-dispensing
motor-vehicle fuel-dispensing facility.” facilities are located inside buildings and the dispensers are
2301.2 Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in Sec- located above spaces within the building, openings beneath
tion 105.6. dispensers shall be sealed to prevent the flow of leaked fuel to
lower building spaces.
 The process of issuing permits gives the fire code
official an opportunity to carefully evaluate and regu-  Floor openings in the dispensing area must be sealed
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
late hazardous operations. Permit applicants should if located over other spaces and drains, and designed
be required to demonstrate that their operations com- to protect areas below from flammable and combusti-
ply with the intent of the code before the permit is ble liquid spills as well as anticipated water from fire
issued. See the commentary to Section 105.6 for a hose streams. Drains are to be equipped with separa-
general discussion of operations requiring an operators in accordance with the International Plumbing
tional permit. The process also notifies the fire Code® (IPC®).
department of the need for prefire planning for the 2301.5 Electrical. Electrical wiring and equipment shall be
hazardous property. suitable for the locations in which they are installed and shall
2301.3 Construction documents. Construction documents comply with Section 605, NFPA 30A and NFPA 70.
shall be submitted for review and approval prior to the instal-  Chapter 8 of NFPA 30A addresses electrical equip-
lation or construction of automotive, marine or fleet vehicle ment at motor fuel-dispensing facilities and is cor-
motor fuel-dispensing facilities and repair garages in accor- related with NFPA 70. Electrical equipment must be
dance with Section 105.4. approved for the particular hazards anticipated at
 Construction documents, as defined in Section 202, motor fuel-dispensing facilities and the hazardous
must be drawn to scale with sufficient clarity to be

MOTOR FUEL-DISPENSING FACILITIES AND REPAIR GARAGES
nature of flammable and combustible liquids and of a 1-hour fire-resistance-rated assembly or buildings
gases. having combustible overhangs.
2301.6 Heat-producing appliances. Heat-producing appli- Exception: Canopies constructed in accordance
ances shall be suitable for the locations in which they are with the International Building Code providing
installed and shall comply with NFPA 30A and the Interna- weather protection for the fuel islands.
tional Fuel Gas Code or the International Mechanical Code. 3. Such that all portions of the vehicle being fueled will be
 Heat-producing appliances are ignition sources. Pre- on the premises of the motor fuel-dispensing facility.
cautions must be taken when using such appliances 4. Such that the nozzle, when the hose is fully extended,
around flammable and combustible liquids. NFPA will not reach within 5 feet (1524 mm) of building
30A, the International Mechanical Code® (IMC®) and openings.
the International Fuel Gas Code® (IFGC®) all provide
requirements for the safe use of these appliances. 5. Twenty feet (6096 mm) or more from fixed sources of
ignition.
 In order to reduce the likelihood of motor fuels com-
SECTION 2302 ing into contact with ignition sources or posing a haz-
DEFINITIONS ard to persons, adjoining property or on-site
2302.1 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chap- buildings, this section provides very specific dis-
ter 2: penser location requirements in relation to buildings,
AIRCRAFT MOTOR-VEHICLE FUEL-DISPEN- lot lines and ignition sources.
ING FACILITY. Item 1
ALCOHOL-BLENDED FUELS. Commentary Figure 2303.1(1) shows the relationship
AUTOMOTIVE MOTOR FUEL-DISPENSING of the dispenser to the lot line (see also commentary,
FACILITY. Item 5).
DISPENSING DEVICE, OVERHEAD TYPE. Item 2
Commentary Figure 2303.1(2) shows the relationship
FLEET VEHICLE MOTOR FUEL-DISPENSING of the dispenser to a building with a combustible
FACILITY. exterior.
LIQUEFIED NATURAL GAS (LNG).
Item 3
MARINE MOTOR FUEL-DISPENSING FACILITY. Commentary Figure 2303.1(3) shows the location of
REPAIR GARAGE. the vehicle being fueled in relation to the motor fuel-
SELF-SERVICE MOTOR FUEL-DISPENSING
FACILITY.
 Definitions of terms can help in the understanding
and application of the code requirements. This sec-
application of the indicated terms used in this chap-
ter. Terms may be defined in Chapter 2 or in another
International Code® (I-Code®) as indicated in Section
201.3, or the dictionary meaning may be all that is
201.4).
SECTION 2303
LOCATION OF DISPENSING DEVICES
2303.1 Location of dispensing devices. Dispensing devices
shall be located as follows:
1. Ten feet (3048 mm) or more from lot lines. For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
2. Ten feet (3048 mm) or more from buildings having
Figure 2303.1(1)
combustible exterior wall surfaces or buildings having
noncombustible exterior wall surfaces that are not part
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
23-2 Code Council

dispensing facility property lines. Note that this item is Item 4

a dispenser location requirement or hose length Commentary Figure 2303.1(4) shows the relationship
limitation in that neither feature should be such that of the dispenser nozzle to a building opening. The
any portion of a vehicle could be off site while being intent of this requirement is similar to Item 3; that is, to
fueled. In the past, it was not unusual to find keep the motor fuel from possible contact with ignition
dispensing devices installed on the sidewalk or near sources inside the building.
the curb in front of the motor fuel-dispensing facility so Item 5
that vehicles could simply pull up to the curb and be
Commentary Figure 2303.1(5) illustrates the area
fueled. This was especially true for motor fuel- around a dispenser where fixed sources of ignition
dispensing facilities situated on very small sites. The
are prohibited. In planning and reviewing dispenser
intent of this requirement is similar to Item 4; that is, to
locations, the 20-foot (6096 mm) dimension should be
keep the motor fuel from possible contact with off-site
correlated with Item 1 to prevent any fixed ignition
ignition sources. It also eliminates the hazard of an sources beyond the property line from falling within
off-site vehicle being struck by another vehicle during the 20-foot (6096 mm) area required by this item.
fueling.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
LOT LINE
DISPENSING
NOZZLE DEVICES
5′-0″
BUILDING
18′-0″ OF DISPENSER HOSE + 5′-0″ BETWEEN NOZZLE AND OPENING = 23′-0″

TOTAL DISTANCE BETWEEN THE DISPENSER AND BUILDING OPENING

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm. Figure 2303.1(4)
Figure 2303.1(2) LOCATION OF DISPENSING DEVICES
NOZZLE
LOT LINE
5′-0″ DISPENSING
DEVICES
BUILDING
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm. For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
Figure 2303.1(3) Figure 2303.1(5)

LOCATION OF DISPENSING DEVICES LOCATION OF DISPENSING DEVICES

2303.2 Emergency disconnect switches. An approved, 2304.2 Attended self-service motor fuel-dispensing facili-
clearly identified and readily accessible emergency discon- ties. Attended self-service motor fuel-dispensing facilities
nect switch shall be provided at an approved location to stop shall comply with Sections 2304.2.1 through 2304.2.5.
the transfer of fuel to the fuel dispensers in the event of a fuel Attended self-service motor fuel-dispensing facilities shall
spill or other emergency. The emergency disconnect switch have not less than one qualified attendant on duty while the
for exterior fuel dispensers shall be located within 100 feet facility is open for business. The attendant’s primary function
(30 480 mm) of, but not less than 20 feet (6096 mm) from, shall be to supervise, observe and control the dispensing of
the fuel dispensers. For interior fuel-dispensing operations, fuel. The attendant shall prevent the dispensing of fuel into
the emergency disconnect switch shall be installed at an containers that do not comply with Section 2304.4.1, control
approved location. Such devices shall be distinctly labeled sources of ignition, give immediate attention to accidental
as: EMERGENCY FUEL SHUTOFF. Signs shall be pro- spills or releases, and be prepared to use fire extinguishers.
vided in approved locations.  An attendant trained in spill control, ignition source
 This section establishes the requirement for emer- control, recognizing approved fuel containers and fire
gency disconnect switches to shut off the flow of fuel extinguishment is required to be in visual contact with
in an emergency and specifies where they are to be the dispensing operation when the motor fuel-dis-
located for both exterior and interior applications. The pensing facility is open for business unless the fire
emergency disconnect switch must be clearly visible code official has given approval for an unattended
and placed far enough away from the fuel dispenser self-service facility. The attendant may perform other
so that the switch will be easily accessible without duties such as those of cashier as long as the atten-
entering the fuel spill area, but not so far that it would dant can supervise the dispensing operation and has
take too long to get to the switch. The switch location immediate access to emergency shutoff controls.
must be prominently indicated by an approved sign Note that the responsibility of supervision, observa-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
and access to the switch must be free of any obstruction and control of the dispensing operations includes
tions, such as displayed merchandise. Commentary enforcement of the procedures and rules in Sections
Figure 2303.2 illustrates the zone in which the dis- 2305.6 and 2310.5.
connect switch must be located. 2304.2.1 Special-type dispensers. Approved special-dis-
pensing devices and systems such as, but not limited to, card-
or coin-operated and remote-preset types, are allowed at
motor fuel-dispensing facilities provided there is not less than
80'-0"
one qualified attendant on duty while the facility is open to

the public. Remote preset-type devices shall be set in the
“off” position while not in use so that the dispenser cannot be
20'-0"
activated without the knowledge of the attendant.

EMERGENCY
FUEL
 Special dispensing devices that allow the customer to
SHUTOFF pay at the dispenser have become very popular. This
provision requires that the dispenser be maintained in
the off position so that the attendant is alerted before
the fuel is dispensed and can, therefore, supervise
the dispensing operation, making certain that the cus-
tomer is placing fuel in an approved container and
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm. there are no sources of ignition in the area.
2304.2.2 Emergency controls. Approved emergency con-
Figure 2303.2 trols shall be provided in accordance with Section 2303.2.
EMERGENCY DISCONNECT SWITCH
 A clearly marked emergency fuel shutoff switch must
be located no further than 100 feet (30 480 mm) from
SECTION 2304
the dispenser and no closer than 20 feet (6096 mm)
DISPENSING OPERATIONS
to the dispenser. The switch must be readily available
2304.1 Supervision of dispensing. The dispensing of fuel at to all persons and must cut off power to all dispensers
motor fuel-dispensing facilities shall be conducted by a quali- and pumps.
fied attendant or shall be under the supervision of a qualified
2304.2.3 Operating instructions. Dispenser operating
attendant at all times or shall be in accordance with Section
instructions shall be conspicuously posted in approved loca-
2304.3.
tions on every dispenser.
 Motor fuel-dispensing facilities must have a trained,
 Clearly understandable operating instructions for the
qualified attendant on duty when the facility is open
use of the dispenser must be posted on the dis-
for business, unless the fire code official specifically
penser. The location must be approved by the fire
approves an unattended location.
code official. These operating instructions are in addi-
tion to the warnings required in Section 2305.6.
23-4 Code Council

2304.2.4 Obstructions to view. Dispensing devices shall be 2304.3.2 Dispensers. Dispensing devices shall comply with
in clear view of the attendant at all times. Obstructions shall Section 2306.7. Dispensing devices operated by the insertion
not be placed between the dispensing area and the attendant. of coins or currency shall not be used unless approved.
 This provision does not specify a distance the atten-  The intent of this provision is to allow card or key-
dant must be from the dispensing operation; how- operated-type dispensers. Coin- or currency-type dis-
ever, the attendant must be able to clearly view the pensers are allowed only with the approval of the fire
entire dispensing area from his or her workstation. In code official.
some cases, this is accomplished by closed-circuit 2304.3.3 Emergency controls. Approved emergency con-
television monitoring; however, the fire code official trols shall be provided in accordance with Section 2303.2.
should carefully evaluate the clarity and resolution of Emergency controls shall be of a type that is only manually
the video image to verify that it meets the “clear view” resettable.
requirement of this section. This section also prohib-
its the common practice of loading outside areas,  The emergency controls must be clearly identified
including the dispenser islands, with displayed mer- and available to the person dispensing fuel. The con-
chandise piled high enough so as to be a visual trols or switch must be located no closer than 20 feet
obstruction to the attendant. (6096 mm) to the dispenser and no farther than 100
feet (30 480 mm) from the dispenser. The switch
2304.2.5 Communications. The attendant shall be able to must cut off power to all dispensers and pumps and
communicate with persons in the dispensing area at all times. must be manually resettable by the owner/operator.
An approved method of communicating with the fire depart- The intent is to prevent anyone from dispensing fuel
ment shall be provided for the attendant. until the problem has been corrected.
 This is a two-part requirement. The first part requires 2304.3.4 Operating instructions. Dispenser operating
that the attendant has the ability to communicate, for instructions shall be conspicuously posted in approved loca-
example, via intercom, with the person performing tions on every dispenser and shall indicate the location of the
the dispensing. The second part requires the atten- emergency controls required by Section 2304.3.3.
dant to have some type of communication equipment
that will allow him or her to immediately call the fire  It is a special requirement for unattended self-service
department in case of an emergency. motor fuel-dispensing facilities that the location of the
emergency control switch be included with the dis-
2304.3 Unattended self-service motor fuel-dispensing
penser instructions and posted on the dispenser in an
facilities. Unattended self-service motor fuel-dispensing approved location.
facilities shall comply with Sections 2304.3.1 through
2304.3.7. 2304.3.5 Emergency procedures. An approved emergency
procedures sign, in addition to the signs required by Section
 An unattended self-service motor fuel-dispensing 2305.6, shall be posted in a conspicuous location and shall
facility is allowed only with the specific approval of the read:
fire code official. He or she should consider the loca-
tion; exposures; the likelihood of vandalism; and how IN CASE OF FIRE, SPILL OR RELEASE
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
emergency equipment such as the emergency shut- 1. USE EMERGENCY PUMP SHUTOFF
off switch, portable fire extinguishers and the means 2. REPORT THE ACCIDENT!
of notifying the fire department in case of spill, fire or
other emergency is going to be protected. FIRE DEPARTMENT TELEPHONE NO.______
2304.3.1 General. Where approved, unattended self-service FACILITY ADDRESS _____________________
motor fuel-dispensing facilities are allowed. As a condition of  Signs must be clearly posted giving the location of
approval, the owner or operator shall provide, and be the emergency fuel shutoff switch, the fire depart-
accountable for, daily site visits, regular equipment inspec- ment’s telephone number and the motor fuel-dispens-
tion and maintenance. ing facility address.
 It is imperative that the owner/operator designates a It is imperative that the person dispensing fuel at
responsible person to make daily site visits to the an unattended motor fuel-dispensing facility knows
unattended self-service motor fuel-dispensing facility. where the emergency control equipment is located.
All emergency equipment must be inspected for People not familiar with the area may not know the
proper operation and availability to the customer. fire department’s telephone number or the address of
Vandalism is a major problem with unattended, self- the motor fuel-dispensing facility; therefore, this infor-
service motor fuel-dispensing facilities. Vandals will mation must be included on the sign.
trip the emergency fuel shutoff switch, and remove or 2304.3.6 Communications. A telephone not requiring a coin
discharge the fire-extinguishing equipment. This to operate or other approved, clearly identified means to
equipment must be maintained and made available to notify the fire department shall be provided on the site in a
the person dispensing fuel. Also, a method of docu- location approved by the fire code official.
menting the daily visits needs to be established and
approved by the fire code official.  The intent of this section is to provide a means to call
the fire department in an emergency without the use

of a coin or phone card. Many jurisdictions with 911 experienced with smaller cans because there is more
telephone systems have pay phones that do not fuel transferred during filling. Given that UL 30, UL
require the use of a coin or card to dial 911; this type 1313 and ASTM F852 or ASTM F976 (the recognized
of coin-operated telephone would be allowed. standards for construction of portable gas containers)
2304.3.7 Quantity limits. Dispensing equipment used at all limit container capacities to approximately 6 gal-
unsupervised locations shall comply with one of the follow- lons (22.7 L), it makes sense for the code to also
ing: reflect this limitation.
1. Dispensing devices shall be programmed or set to limit 2304.4.2 Nozzle operation. A hose nozzle valve used for dis-
uninterrupted fuel delivery to 25 gallons (95 L) and pensing Class I liquids into a portable container shall be in
require a manual action to resume delivery. compliance with Section 2306.7.6 and be manually held open
during the dispensing operation.
2. The amount of fuel being dispensed shall be limited in
quantity by a preprogrammed card as approved.  A listed automatic-closing-type nozzle must be used
for dispensing fuel into portable containers. The hold-
 Limiting the amount of uninterrupted fuel delivered open device must not be used because the auto-
before another action is taken reduces the chances of matic-closing feature may not function properly since
a major fuel spill in the case of vandalism or equip- it is designed to operate in the neck of an automobile
ment failure. fuel receiver. The fuel tank vent in an automobile ter-
2304.4 Dispensing into portable containers. The dispensing minates in the receiver neck and the blow-back of
of flammable or combustible liquids into portable approved fuel coming from the vent is what normally triggers
containers shall comply with Sections 2304.4.1 through the automatic shutoff feature.
2304.4.3. 2304.4.3 Location of containers being filled. Portable con-
 This section describes an approved container and tainers shall not be filled while located inside the trunk, pas-
states requirements for dispensing fuel into an senger compartment or truck bed of a vehicle.
approved container.  Portable fuel containers riding on carpets, mats or
2304.4.1 Approved containers required. Class I, II and IIIA pickup truck bed liners can build up a charge of static
liquids shall not be dispensed into a portable container unless electricity that could discharge to the dispenser hose
such container does not exceed a 6-gallon (22.7 L) capacity, nozzle if not properly grounded. In order to dissipate
is listed or of approved material and construction, and has a the static charge, the container must be removed
tight closure with a screwed or spring-loaded cover so from the vehicle and placed on the ground before
designed that the contents can be dispensed without spilling. fueling begins. The nozzle must be in contact with the
Liquids shall not be dispensed into portable or cargo tanks. container before discharging the fuel. See the com-
mentary to Section 2305.6, Warnings 3 and 4, for
 Approved containers must be easily identified as fuel additional discussion of static electricity.
containers and constructed of materials that will
maintain structural stability and resist spills. Flamma-
ble and combustible liquids should not be dispensed SECTION 2305
into portable or cargo tanks using conventional auto- OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS
motive dispensing equipment. If the tank is not prop-
erly grounded and the dispenser nozzle is not in 2305.1 Tank filling operations for Class I, II or III liquids.
contact with the tank, static electricity may build up Delivery operations to tanks for Class I, II or III liquids shall
and discharge between the nozzle and the tank. Note comply with Sections 2305.1.1 through 2305.1.3 and the
that this section is also intended to prohibit filling of a applicable requirements of Chapter 57.
new class of portable gasoline containers that have  History has shown that most accidents at motor fuel-
entered the marketplace. These cans, some of which dispensing facilities occur during the tank-filling oper-
hold as much as 14 gallons (53 L) and weigh over ation. The provisions of this section address those
100 pounds (45 kg) when full, often include integrated operations.
hoses and dispensing nozzles, yet they do not com-
2305.1.1 Delivery vehicle location. Where liquid delivery to
ply with any Underwriters Laboratories (UL), Ameri-
above-ground storage tanks is accomplished by positive-pres-
can Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) or
sure operation, tank vehicles shall be positioned not less than
similar recognized standard. Apparently, these cans
25 feet (7620 mm) from tanks receiving Class I liquids and
are “certified” by the manufacturer as meeting United
15 feet (4572 mm) from tanks receiving Class II and IIIA liq-
Nations/U.S. Department of Transportation (UN/
uids.
DOT) standards for transportation, but it is question-
able whether the safety standards required for trans-  Above-ground tanks are usually above the elevation
portation are adequate for storage and use of these of the fuel delivery truck, and the fuel must be
products. For example, there are concerns about the pumped from the truck into the storage tank. The fuel
ability of users to safely hoist these containers off of is delivered in large volumes under pressure and
and onto vehicles to avoid static accumulation during most delivery trucks use a power take-off-driven
filling, and the static charge will be greater than that pump that requires the truck engine to be running.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
23-6 Code Council

Because of this, the delivery truck and the storage cally inspected where required by the fire code official to ver-
tanks must be separated by the distances indicated ify that the equipment is in proper working order and not
so that venting vapors do not find their way to the run- subject to leakage. Records of inspections shall be main-
ning engine of the delivery vehicle and ignite. tained.
2305.1.2 Tank capacity calculation. The driver, operator or  This section authorizes the fire code official to require
attendant of a tank vehicle shall, before making delivery to a the inspection of equipment on a periodic basis, and
tank, determine the unfilled, available capacity of such tank identifies that the inspection is to verify the equipment
by an approved gauging device. is in proper working order and is not leaking. The
 A gauge stick may be used to determine the quantity importance of the inspections is supported by the
of fuel in a tank, but is impractical for use on an requirement for an operational permit in Section
above-ground tank because the attendant would 105.6.16, Item 10, for the dispensing of flammable
have to climb on top of the tank each time. In icy, wet and combustible liquids into motor vehicles. The fre-
or inclement weather this could be dangerous. It is quency and nature of the inspections are to be deter-
more practical to install a fuel-level gauge accessible mined by the fire code official. This section also
to the delivery operator on an above-ground tank. requires that written inspection records be kept. Such
After the driver places the delivery truck in position, records should indicate the date, time and name of
he or she should record the ullage (i.e., the amount of the person conducting the inspection or maintenance.
liquid it would take to fill the tank) and set the delivery These records must be maintained by the owner and
up for that amount of fuel. This is the first line of should be made available to the fire code official for
defense to prevent fuel spills (see also Section review when requested. This requirement relieves the
5706.6.1.5 of the code). fire code official of the administrative burden of main-
taining test records.
2305.1.3 Tank fill connections. Delivery of flammable liq-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
uids to tanks more than 1,000 gallons (3785 L) in capacity 2305.2.2 Repairs and service. The fire code official is autho-
shall be made by means of approved liquid- and vapor-tight rized to require damaged or unsafe containment and dispens-
connections between the delivery hose and tank fill pipe. ing equipment to be repaired or serviced in an approved
Where tanks are equipped with any type of vapor recovery manner.
system, all connections required to be made for the safe and  In conjunction with the inspection process in Section
proper functioning of the particular vapor recovery process 2305.2.1, this section authorizes the fire code official
shall be made. Such connections shall be made liquid and to require that damaged, worn or leaking equipment
vapor tight and remain connected throughout the unloading be serviced or repaired in an approved manner.
process. Vapors shall not be discharged at grade level during Though not specifically required by the section,
delivery. removal from service of equipment needing repair or
 The delivery of Class I liquid motor fuel to either an replacement would be advisable if its continued use
above-ground or underground storage tank that presents an increased hazard to the public or emer-
exceeds 1,000 gallons (3785 L) in capacity must be gency personnel. Examples of conditions that could
through a liquid- and vapor-tight fitting to reduce the prompt the need for repair or servicing include, but
potential for the escape of flammable liquid or vapors are not limited to, equipment that shows signs of
at the point of connection. These fittings include liquid physical damage, internal and external corrosion,
transfer lines and vapor recovery lines, which are leakage, brittleness, aging or undue wear and tear.
designed to prevent the release of polluting, flamma- 2305.2.3 Dispensing devices. Where maintenance to Class I
ble fuel vapor during transfer. These requirements liquid dispensing devices becomes necessary and such main-
prohibit the extremely dangerous, but not uncommon, tenance could allow the accidental release or ignition of liq-
practice of delivery tanker operators not connecting uid, the following precautions shall be taken before such
vapor return hoses, thus allowing the vapors dis- maintenance is begun:
placed during delivery to escape at grade level from 1. Only persons knowledgeable in performing the
the unmade connections. Incidents have been required maintenance shall perform the work.
reported where the vapors have traveled to nearby
buildings, found an ignition source and exploded (see 2. Electrical power to the dispensing device and pump
also commentary, Section 5706.6.1.10). serving the dispenser shall be shut off at the main elec-
trical disconnect panel.
2305.2 Equipment maintenance and inspection. Motor
fuel-dispensing facility equipment shall be maintained in 3. The emergency shutoff valve at the dispenser, where
proper working order at all times in accordance with Sections installed, shall be closed.
2305.2.1 through 2305.2.5. 4. Vehicle traffic and unauthorized persons shall be pre-
 The provisions of this section address the require- vented from coming within 12 feet (3658 mm) of the
ments for maintaining safety equipment at dispensing dispensing device.
operations.  Dispensers are complex pieces of machinery made
2305.2.1 Inspections. Flammable and combustible liquid up of many listed parts. Certain components of the
fuel-dispensing and containment equipment shall be periodi- dispenser are sealed to prevent ignition of fuel

vapors. Therefore, it is imperative that the repair tech- If the spilled liquid is to be routed to a drain, the
nician be qualified to perform work on the dispenser. drain must be equipped with a sump and an oil-water
The dispenser and the pump are usually two sepa- separator to prevent the fuel from entering the storm
rate and distinct pieces of equipment. In most cases, drainage system. The oil-water separator must be
the pump is located at the tank, remote from the dis- installed in accordance with the IPC.
pensers, and fuel is supplied under pressure to the 2305.4 Sources of ignition. Smoking and open flames shall
dispenser. Therefore, it is imperative that power be be prohibited in areas where fuel is dispensed. The engines of
disconnected to both the dispenser and the pump vehicles being fueled shall be shut off during fueling. Electri-
before work is begun. cal equipment shall be in accordance with NFPA 70.
As a safety measure, in case the remote pump
kicks on, the dispenser emergency valve must be  This provision is intended to control all ignition
manually closed. This valve is located below the dis- sources near fuel-dispensing operations. This
penser in the liquid supply piping. This valve is includes smoking, matches, lighters or any other igni-
required in remote pumping systems by Section tion source. Internal combustion engines must also
2306.7.4. be shut off during the fueling operation in accordance
The separation distance of 12 feet (3658 mm) is with Section 2305.6, Item 2. Electrical equipment in
intended to keep the public and ignition sources away close proximity to the fueling operation, including the
from possible fuel spills that may occur during the dispensing equipment, must be in accordance with
maintenance of dispensing devices. NFPA 70 and Table 5703.1.1 of the code.
2305.2.4 Emergency shutoff valves. Automatic emergency 2305.5 Fire extinguishers. Approved portable fire extin-
shutoff valves required by Section 2306.7.4 shall be checked guishers complying with Section 906 with a minimum rating
not less than once per year by manually tripping the hold- of 2-A:20-B:C shall be provided and located such that an
open linkage. extinguisher is not more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) from
pumps, dispensers or storage tank fill-pipe openings.
 The emergency shutoff valve, also known as an
impact valve, is located in the pit in the island below  A person should not have to travel more than 75 feet
the dispenser, and consists of a shear section and a (22 860 mm) from a fuel dispenser, pump or a fill
fusible link with a spring-loaded valve that must be opening to reach an extinguisher. If the dispenser,
manually tripped at least annually to verify that it is pump and fill opening are in close proximity to each
operable. See the commentary to Section 2306.7.4 other, one extinguisher may satisfy the requirements.
for additional discussion of these valves. 2305.6 Warning signs. Warning signs shall be conspicu-
2305.2.5 Leak detectors. Leak detection devices required by ously posted within sight of each dispenser in the fuel-dis-
Section 2306.7.7.1 shall be checked and tested not less than pensing area and shall state the following:
annually in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifica- 1. No smoking.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
tions to ensure proper installation and operation. 2. Shut off motor.

 In a remote pumping system (where fuel is supplied 3. Discharge your static electricity before fueling by
under pressure to the dispenser) a leak detection touching a metal surface away from the nozzle.
device is required on the discharge/pressure side of
the pump. The most common area to leak fuel is the 4. To prevent static charge, do not reenter your vehicle
piping between the storage tanks and the dispensers. while gasoline is pumping.
Therefore, it is imperative that the required leak 5. If a fire starts, do not remove nozzle—back away
detection equipment be tested annually and main- immediately.
tained in an operable condition.
6. It is unlawful and dangerous to dispense gasoline into
2305.3 Spill control. Provisions shall be made to prevent liq- unapproved containers.
uids spilled during dispensing operations from flowing into
buildings. Acceptable methods include, but shall not be lim- 7. No filling of portable containers in or on a motor vehi-
ited to, grading driveways, raising doorsills or other approved cle. Place container on ground before filling.
means.  The warning sign must be legible and conspicuously
 This provision is intended to prevent flammable and posted in the dispensing area. The intent is to notify
combustible liquids from entering buildings if a spill the dispenser operator of the dangers of each of the
occurs. The spill control method must be approved by enumerated items. Warnings 1 and 2 intend to control
the fire code official and may be as simple as scoring the obvious ignition hazards of smoking and operat-
the concrete pavement adjacent to the dispenser ing internal combustion engines in the presence of
island (similar to highway “rumble strips”) to retard gasoline vapors.
the surface flow of spilled fuel. Warnings 3 and 4 focus on the hazard of static
electricity. People generally build up a charge of
23-8 Code Council

static electricity through the friction between their combustible materials near tanks and equipment that
clothing and the car seat while entering, leaving and could contribute to a fire in the event of an ignition.
driving a vehicle, especially in cold, dry weather. If
that charge is not dissipated in accordance with
Warning 3 prior to fueling the vehicle, it is likely that SECTION 2306
the static charge will arc the gap between the per- FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE
son’s hand and the vehicle fill pipe as they start to LIQUID MOTOR FUEL-DISPENSING FACILITIES
remove the fill cap and possibly ignite the vapors. 2306.1 General. Storage of flammable and combustible liq-
Warning 4 recognizes that even if the Warning 3 pre- uids shall be in accordance with Chapter 57 and Sections
caution is taken, reentering the vehicle while fueling 2306.2 through 2306.6.3.
can regenerate a static charge that will, in all likeli-
hood, arc the gap between the driver’s hand and the  The general requirements for storing flammable and
hose nozzle valve or between the vehicle fill pipe and combustible liquids are found in Chapter 57. The pro-
the hose nozzle as the nozzle is being withdrawn and visions specific to motor fuel-dispensing facilities are
ignite the vapors. Renkes reported in 2006 that, found in this section. Due to the activities in locations
between 1992 and 2006, 166 incidents of static igni- such as convenience stores, vehicle traffic and loca-
tion at motor fuel-dispensing facilities were reported tion of most motor fuel-dispensing facilities, the provi-
to the Petroleum Equipment Institute (PEI) and 34 to sions for tank capacities, locations and dispensing
the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration equipment are more stringent in this chapter of the
(NHTSA). Those incidents resulted in varying levels code than the general provisions found in Chapter 57.
of damage to vehicles and property and varying Accordingly, these specific regulations take prece-
degrees of injury to consumers intimate with the igni- dence over the general provisions of Chapter 57.
tion scenarios. 2306.2 Method of storage. Approved methods of storage for
In case of fire, Warning 5 cautions the customer Class I, II and III liquid fuels at motor fuel-dispensing facili-
not to remove the hose nozzle from the fill pipe, pos- ties shall be in accordance with Sections 2306.2.1 through
sibly expanding the extent of the fire. Moving away 2306.2.6.
from the fire while at the same time keeping an eye  These provisions are specifically for motor fuel-dis-
on it is the precaution of choice. pensing facilities.
Warning 6 correlates with the provisions for dis-
pensing into approved portable containers in Section 2306.2.1 Underground tanks. Underground tanks for the
2304.4. Section 2304.4.1 outlines the characteristics storage of Class I, II and IIIA liquid fuels shall comply with
of approved portable containers. The intent of this Chapter 57.
warning is to not allow dispensing into random con-  This section relies on Chapter 57, which contains the
tainers that might be available, such as plastic milk requirements for the location and installation of
jugs, glass or plastic bottles, open pans, etc. underground tanks.
Warning 7 correlates with Section 2304.4.3 as to 2306.2.1.1 Inventory control for underground tanks.
removing containers from vehicles and placing them Accurate daily inventory records shall be maintained and rec-
on the ground to dissipate any static electricity onciled on underground fuel storage tanks for indication of
buildup prior to fueling (see commentary, Section possible leakage from tanks and piping. The records shall
2304.4.3). include records for each product showing daily reconciliation
2305.7 Control of brush and debris. Fenced and diked areas between sales, use, receipts and inventory on hand. Where
surrounding above-ground tanks shall be kept free from vege- there is more than one system consisting of tanks serving sep-
tation, debris and other material that is not necessary to the arate pumps or dispensers for a product, the reconciliation
proper operation of the tank and piping system.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
shall be ascertained separately for each tank system. A con-
Weeds, grass, brush, trash and other combustible materials sistent or accidental loss of product shall be immediately
shall be kept not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) from fuel-han- reported to the fire code official.
dling equipment.  In addition to the leak detection requirements of Sec-
 Above-ground tanks must to be secured and inacces- tion 2305.2.5, this section requires another level of
sible to the public. The secured area around the scrutiny for underground motor fuel storage tanks in
tanks must be kept clean and free of combustibles. the form of daily, documented reconciliation of inven-
The area around dispensers, remote pumps and fill tory versus product sold to help detect leaks in under-
openings must also be kept clean and free of com- ground tanks and piping. Loss in inventory should be
bustibles for a distance of at least 10 feet (3048 mm). reported immediately to the fire code official (see also
The intent is to prevent the accumulation of readily Section 5704.2.11.5.1).

2306.2.2 Above-ground tanks located inside buildings. (181 680 L) in aggregate capacity. Installations with
Above-ground tanks for the storage of Class I, II and IIIA liq- the maximum allowable aggregate capacity shall be
uid fuels are allowed to be located in buildings. Such tanks separated from other such installations by not less than
shall be located in special enclosures complying with Section 100 feet (30 480 mm).
2306.2.6, in a liquid storage room or a liquid storage ware- 4. Tanks located at farms, construction projects, or rural
house complying with Chapter 57, or shall be listed and areas shall comply with Section 5706.2.
labeled as protected above-ground tanks in accordance with
UL 2085. 5. Above-ground tanks used for outside above-grade stor-
age of Class IIIB liquid motor fuel shall be listed and
 This provision is intended to establish requirements labeled in accordance with UL 142 or listed and
for placing an above-ground tank inside a building. labeled as protected above-ground tanks in accordance
The options are: with UL 2085 and shall be installed in accordance with
• A tank in a special enclosure in accordance with Chapter 57. Tank locations shall be in accordance with
Section 2306.2.6. Table 2306.2.3.
• A tank inside a liquid storage room in  This section essentially prohibits the use of above-
accordance with Section 5704.3.7. ground tanks for the storage of motor fuels unless
• A tank inside a liquid storage warehouse in they are in compliance with one of the five listed con-
accordance with Section 5704.3.8. ditions. Where above-ground storage of flammable
• A protected above-ground tank in accordance liquid motor fuel is desired, the intent of Item 1 is to
with UL 2085. allow the storage of flammable liquids in protected
above-ground tanks only, listed and labeled in accor-
2306.2.3 Above-ground tanks located outside, above dance with UL 2085 and in compliance with the appli-
grade. Above-ground tanks shall not be used for the storage cable requirements of Section 5704.2.9.
of Class I, II or III liquid motor fuels, except as provided by Item 2 states that Class II or IIIA combustible liquids
this section. must be stored in either a UL 2085 protected above-
1. Above-ground tanks used for outside, above-grade stor- ground tank or other above-ground tanks where
age of Class I liquids shall be listed and labeled as pro- approved by the fire code official.
tected above-ground tanks in accordance with UL 2085 In Item 3, the maximum aggregate capacity is the
and shall be in accordance with Chapter 57. Such tanks total capacity of all the individual tanks in one area. A
shall be located in accordance with Table 2306.2.3. separation distance of at least 100 feet (30 480 mm)
2. Above-ground tanks used for outside, above-grade stor- must be placed between installations of the maximum
age of Class II or IIIA liquids shall be listed and labeled aggregate capacities [see Commentary Figure
as protected above-ground tanks in accordance with UL 2306.2.3(1)]. The 100-foot (30 480 mm) separation
2085 and shall be installed in accordance with Chapter distance is intended to protect multiple aggregate
57. Tank locations shall be in accordance with Table capacity installations from one another in the event of
2306.2.3. a fire or other emergency.
Item 4 provides an exception since the provisions of
Exception: Other above-ground tanks that comply Section 5706.2 pertain to the permanent and tempo-
with Chapter 57 where approved by the fire code rary storage and dispensing of Class I (gasoline) and
official. Class II (diesel and kerosene) for private use on farms
3. Tanks containing fuels shall not exceed 12,000 gallons and rural areas and at construction sites, earth-mov-
(45 420 L) in individual capacity or 48,000 gallons ing projects and gravel pits. See Section 5706.2 for
maximum capacities and other provisions, and Sec-
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 gallon = 3.785 L.
Figure 2306.2.3(1)
ABOVE-GROUND TANKS LOCATED OUTSIDE ABOVE GRADE
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
23-10 Code Council

tion 5706.2.4.4 for locations where above-ground requirements for a protected, above-ground tank of
tanks are prohibited. 6,000 gallons (22 710 L) or less in accordance with
An increasing number of facilities are establishing UL 2085. Commentary Figure 2306.2.3(5) shows the
motor-vehicle fuel-dispensing stations for dispensing spacing requirements for a protected above-ground
B100/B99 biodiesel, a Class IIIB liquid, into motor tank greater than 6,000 gallons (22 710 L) in accor-
vehicles. In many cases these fueling stations are not dance with UL 2085. Commentary Figure 2306.2.3(6)
set up as traditional motor fuel-dispensing stations shows the spacing requirements for a listed UL 142
but, rather, they consist of a small stand-alone fuel- above-ground tank regardless of whether it is a dou-
dispensing operation using a 500- to 3,000-gallon ble-wall UL 142 tank or a single-wall UL 142 tank
(1893 to 11 356 L) fuel tank located near a drive- inside of a dike.
through espresso stand or mini market [see Commen-
tary Figures 2306.2.3(2) and 2306.2.3(3)]. Chapter 23
previously had only minimal requirements for the
installation of tanks and fueling operations for dis-
pensing Class IIIB liquids into motor vehicles. This
section now addresses the trend of dispensing of
Class IIIB liquid motor fuels in a more comprehensive
manner by providing, in Item 5, two options for tanks
used for Class IIIB motor fuels, i.e., either an unpro-
tected above-ground tank complying with UL 142 or a
protected above-ground tank listed and labeled in
accordance with UL 2085 and complying with the
applicable requirements of Section 5704.2.9 of the
code. This will eliminate the heretofore fairly common
practice of dispensing Class IIIB motor fuels directly
from plastic intermediate bulk container (often termed
IBCs) totes (see Chapter 9 of NFPA 30 for information
on such containers).
TABLE 2306.2.3. See below.
 This table provides the minimum physical separation
requirements for above-ground motor fuel storage
tanks of all types allowed by Sections 2306.2.3 and
Figure 2306.2.3(2)
2306.2.4, including those installed in vaults. Com- BIODIESEL FUELING KIOSK
mentary Figure 2306.2.3(4) shows the spacing
TABLE 2306.2.3
MINIMUM SEPARATION REQUIREMENTS FOR ABOVE-GROUND TANKS
MINIMUM
MINIMUM DISTANCE FROM
DISTANCE FROM MINIMUM LOT LINE THAT IS MINIMUM
MINIMUM
INDIVIDUAL TANK NEAREST DISTANCE FROM OR CAN BE BUILT DISTANCE FROM
CLASS OF LIQUID DISTANCE
CAPACITY IMPORTANT NEAREST FUEL UPON, INCLUDING NEAREST SIDE OF
AND TANK TYPE BETWEEN TANKS
(gallons) BUILDING ON SAME DISPENSER THE OPPOSITE ANY PUBLIC WAY
(feet)
PROPERTY (feet) SIDE OF A PUBLIC (feet)
(feet) WAY
(feet)
Class I protected Less than or equal
5 25a 15 5 3
above-ground tanks to 6,000
Greater than 6,000 15 25a 25 15 3
Class II and III pro-
tected above-ground Same as Class I Same as Class I Same as Class Ic Same as Class I Same as Class I Same as Class I
tanks
Tanks in vaults Separate compart-
0–20,000 0b 0 0b 0 ment required for
each tank
Other tanks All 50 50 100 50 3
a. At fleet vehicle motor fuel-dispensing facilities, a minimum separation distance is not required.
b. Underground vaults shall be located such that they will not be subject to loading from nearby structures, or they shall be designed to accommodate applied
loads from existing or future structures that can be built nearby.
c. For Class IIIB liquids in protected above-ground tanks, a minimum separation distance is not required.

--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 2306.2.3(3)
BIODIESEL FUELER
Figure 2306.2.3(4)
6,000-GALLON OR LESS PROTECTED ABOVE-GROUND STORAGE TANKS STORING CLASS I, II OR III LIQUIDS
23-12 Code Council

--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 2306.2.3(5)
GREATER THAN 6,000-GALLON PROTECTED ABOVE-GROUND
STORAGE TANKS STORING CLASS I, II OR III LIQUIDS
Figure 2306.2.3(6)
ALL OTHER ABOVE-GROUND STORAGE TANKS STORING CLASS II OR III LIQUIDS ONLY

2306.2.4 Above-ground tanks located in above-grade on premises not normally accessible to the public. The
vaults or below-grade vaults. Above-ground tanks used for approval shall include a definite time limit.
storage of Class I, II or IIIA liquid motor fuels are allowed to  This section recognizes the need for allowing porta-
be installed in vaults located above grade or below grade in ble tanks to be used temporarily for fueling vehicles
accordance with Section 5704.2.8 and shall comply with Sec- at locations that, because of topography or security,
tions 2306.2.4.1 and 2306.2.4.2. Tanks in above-grade vaults are not accessible to the general public, such as min-
shall also comply with Table 2306.2.3. ing sites, logging camps, well-drilling sites, large rail
 The definition of an “Above-ground tank” is a tank yards, construction projects and the like. The key
without backfill. An underground tank receives word here is “temporarily.” If such sites require a per-
strength from backfill. If the tank is not surrounded by manent fueling facility, then all applicable provisions
backfill, the tank must be a listed and labeled above- of the code apply. The fire code official retains control
ground tank. Therefore, a tank inside a vault, even if over such temporary uses since approval is required
the vault is underground, must be a listed and labeled and a definite time limit on such operations is
above-ground tank. imposed.
2306.2.4.1 Tank capacity limits. Tanks storing Class I and 2306.2.6 Special enclosures. Where installation of tanks in
Class II liquids at an individual site shall be limited to a max- accordance with Section 5704.2.11 is impractical, or because
imum individual capacity of 15,000 gallons (56 775 L) and an of property or building limitations, tanks for liquid motor
aggregate capacity of 48,000 gallons (181 680 L). fuels are allowed to be installed in buildings in special enclo-
sures in accordance with all of the following:
 This section places limitations on the capacities of
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
tanks inside vaults. At motor fuel-dispensing facilities, 1. The special enclosure shall be liquid tight and vapor
the maximum capacity is 15,000 gallons (56 775 L) tight.
for a single tank and 48,000 gallons (181 680 L) 2. The special enclosure shall not contain backfill.
aggregate capacity. The individual tank capacity
allows the facility to receive the largest single product 3. Sides, top and bottom of the special enclosure shall be
delivery that may be reasonably expected in a single of reinforced concrete not less than 6 inches (152 mm)
tank. The aggregate capacity affords the facility the thick, with openings for inspection through the top
marketing flexibility it needs to carry for sale a wide only.
range of motor fuels and specialty fuels, such as ker- 4. Tank connections shall be piped or closed such that nei-
osene or diesel fuel. ther vapors nor liquid can escape into the enclosed
2306.2.4.2 Fleet vehicle motor fuel-dispensing facilities. space between the special enclosure and any tanks
Tanks storing Class II and Class IIIA liquids at a fleet vehicle inside the special enclosure.
motor fuel-dispensing facility shall be limited to a maximum 5. Means shall be provided whereby portable equipment
individual capacity of 20,000 gallons (75 700 L) and an can be employed to discharge to the outside any vapors
aggregate capacity of 80,000 gallons (302 800 L). that might accumulate inside the special enclosure
 At fleet vehicle motor fuel-dispensing facilities (where should leakage occur.
the vehicles are used in connection with the fleet 6. Tanks containing Class I, II or IIIA liquids inside a spe-
operator’s business) the maximum storage capacity cial enclosure shall not exceed 6,000 gallons (22 710 L)
is 20,000 gallons (75 700 L) for a single tank and in individual capacity or 18,000 gallons (68 130 L) in
80,000 gallons (302 800 L) aggregate. These higher aggregate capacity.
capacities recognize that the relative hazard of fleet 7. Each tank within special enclosures shall be surrounded
facilities is less than at public motor fuel-dispensing by a clear space of not less than 3 feet (910 mm) to
facilities because the fleet fuel of choice is typically allow for maintenance and inspection.
diesel fuel, a Class II liquid, rather than gasoline, a
Class IB liquid. The higher capacities also reduce the  Special enclosures (essentially concrete vaults) can
hazard of liquid transfer by reducing the number of solve installation difficulties on problematic motor
times the storage tanks must be refilled. Note that the fuel-dispensing facility sites by allowing tanks to be
additional capacity in this section applies only to installed inside of the facility building. The intent of
Class II and IIIA liquid fuels. Class I fuels would this provision is to:
remain subject to the provisions of Section • Protect the building from the tank in case there
2306.2.4.1. is a fire involving the tank.
2306.2.5 Portable tanks. Where approved by the fire code • Protect the tank from the building in case there
official, portable tanks are allowed to be temporarily used in is a fire involving the building.
conjunction with the dispensing of Class I, II or III liquids • Prevent vapors from accumulating in the space
into the fuel tanks of motor vehicles or motorized equipment between the tank and the enclosure.
23-14 Code Council

• Limit the capacity of the tank inside the pipe or protecting the pipe by some other physical
enclosure. means. More leaks come from piping than any other
• Provide room for a maintenance technician to source.
enter the space between the tank and the 2306.6.2 Piping, valves, fittings and ancillary equipment
enclosure. for above-ground tanks for Class I, II and III liquids. Pip-
2306.3 Security. Above-ground tanks for the storage of liq- ing, valves, fittings and ancillary equipment for above-
uid motor fuels shall be safeguarded from public access or ground tanks storing Class I, II and III liquids shall comply
unauthorized entry in an approved manner. with Sections 2306.6.2.1 through 2306.6.2.6.
 This section is intended to protect the above- ground  Because above-ground tanks have a gravity head
tank from vandalism and at the same time allow and some of the piping is always exposed above
enough room for fire fighters to maneuver around the ground, special provisions apply to piping for above-
tank. ground tanks.
2306.4 Physical protection. Guard posts complying with 2306.6.2.1 Tank openings. Tank openings for above-ground
Section 312 or other approved means shall be provided to tanks shall be through the top only.
protect above-ground tanks against impact by a motor vehicle  Tank openings must be through the top, above the
unless the tank is listed as a protected above-ground tank with liquid level, of an above-ground tank to reduce the
vehicle impact protection. risk of a liquid spill in the event of a piping failure.
 This provision seeks to prevent leaks and spills 2306.6.2.2 Fill-pipe connections. The fill pipe for above-
caused by vehicle impact. The provision recognizes ground tanks shall be provided with a means for making a
that vehicle damage can be reduced by placing 4- direct connection to the tank vehicle’s fuel-delivery hose so
inch (102 mm) steel posts filled with concrete and that the delivery of fuel is not exposed to the open air during
spaced on 4-foot (1219 mm) centers around the the filling operation. Where any portion of the fill pipe exte-
above-ground tank, or by using a listed protected rior to the tank extends below the level of the top of the tank,
above-ground tank with vehicle impact protection. a check valve shall be installed in the fill pipe not more than
2306.5 Secondary containment. Above-ground tanks shall 12 inches (305 mm) from the fill-hose connection.
be provided with drainage control or diking in accordance  The fill-pipe connection must be a liquid-tight connec-
with Chapter 57. Drainage control and diking is not required tion, such as a cam-lock connection. The connection
for listed secondary containment tanks. Secondary contain- may be installed on top of the tank, which would
ment systems shall be monitored either visually or automati- require the fuel delivery person to climb on top of the
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
cally. Enclosed secondary containment systems shall be tank, or the connection may be piped down to a lower
provided with emergency venting in accordance with Section level to prevent the delivery person from having to
2306.6.2.5. climb onto the tank. When the connection is piped
 A single-walled, above-ground, UL 142 tank inside a down below the fuel level in the tank, a check valve
dike, or a double-wall, secondary containment, must be installed in the location specified to prevent
above- ground tank with emergency relief vents for the discharge of fuel by siphon flow.
the inner tank and the interstitial space will provide 2306.6.2.3 Overfill protection. Overfill protection shall be
the level of protection required by this section. Both provided for above-ground flammable and combustible liquid
styles of tanks are listed for above-ground use and storage tanks in accordance with Sections 5704.2.7.5.8 and
both tanks meet the requirements for drainage con- 5704.2.9.7.6.
trol and diking.
 Overfill prevention is a major concern when dealing
2306.6 Piping, valves, fittings and ancillary equipment for with above-ground tanks. The first step in preventing
use with flammable or combustible liquids. The design, a spill is for the delivery truck operator to check the
fabrication, assembly, testing and inspection of piping, liquid level in the above-ground tank and set the truck
valves, fittings and ancillary equipment for use with flamma- up accordingly to fill the tank to the 90-percent level.
ble or combustible liquids shall be in accordance with Chap- The second prevention measure is the audible fill
ter 57 and Sections 2306.6.1 through 2306.6.3. alarm that will sound an alarm when the tank reaches
 The majority of leaks come from piping, valves, fit- 90-percent capacity. The third level of prevention is
tings and ancillary equipment, not from the tank itself. for a device that will shut off the flow of liquid at 95-
Therefore, this section is intended to reduce fuel percent capacity.
spills by addressing the requirements for this equip- An above-ground tank should be considered full at
ment. 90-percent capacity but under no circumstances
should the tank be filled beyond 95-percent capacity.
2306.6.1 Protection from damage. Piping shall be located
The first thing the delivery driver should do after he
such that it is protected from physical damage.
or she properly positions the fuel delivery truck is to
 Piping is easily damaged by vehicles and other check and record the ullage (the amount of liquid
equipment. Piping must be installed and located in a required to fill the tank to 90-percent capacity).
way that will minimize damage either by burying the The second line of defense to prevent an overfill is

an audible alarm set to go off when the tank reaches If the tank is equipped with a remote-fill connection,
90-percent capacity. the container must be located at the connection when
The third and final line of defense is the tank fill pip- a delivery connection is made to the fill pipe.
ing must be equipped with a device that will com- 2306.6.3 Piping, valves, fittings and ancillary equipment
pletely shut off the supply of liquid when the tank for underground tanks. Piping, valves, fittings and ancillary
reaches 95 percent. This device is usually installed equipment for underground tanks shall comply with Chapter
inside the tank fill opening and is part of the tank fill 57 and NFPA 30A.
tube that extends down into the tank. The delivery
operator should never rely on this device to deter-  Section 5703.6 and NFPA 30A address the provi-
mine when the tank is full; the delivery should have sions for piping connected to underground tanks:
stopped at 90 percent. In the event that the delivery • Galvanic and corrosion protection.
operator overfills the tank and the complete shutoff • Leak detection.
device closes, the tank delivery driver must have the
• Special materials.
means to drain the delivery hose without spilling the
liquid on the ground. • Piping supports.
As an alternative to the complete shutoff device, • Backflow protection.
the code allows a device that will slow down the deliv- • Flexible connections.
ery rate when the tank reaches 90 percent. Once the
tank reaches 90 percent, the rate of flow should slow • Testing.
down to a point where it will take 30 minutes to fill the 2306.7 Fuel-dispensing systems for flammable or combus-
tank to 95 percent. tible liquids. The design, fabrication and installation of fuel-
2306.6.2.4 Siphon prevention. An approved antisiphon dispensing systems for flammable or combustible liquid fuels
method shall be provided in the piping system to prevent flow shall be in accordance with Sections 2306.7.1 through
of liquid by siphon action. 2306.7.9.2.4. Alcohol-blended fuel-dispensing systems shall
also comply with Section 2306.8.
 Since piping connections to an above-ground tank
must enter the tank through the top, this section  The fuel-dispensing system consists of all the equip-
requires that an approved anti-siphon device be ment required to get the fuel from the tank into the
installed in the liquid piping near the top of the tank to vehicle being fueled. It consists of the pumps, piping,
prevent liquid flow from the tank by siphon action if dispensers, hoses, nozzles, break-away devices and
the supply pipe from the tank to the dispenser is dam- any other equipment required for a particular applica-
aged. tion. Alternative alcohol-blended fuels, while they are
considered in this category of fuels, possess charac-
2306.6.2.5 Emergency relief venting. Above-ground storage teristics that require the systems for dispensing them
tanks, tank compartments and enclosed secondary contain- to comply with additional requirements contained in
ment spaces shall be provided with emergency relief venting Section 2306.8. The additional provisions are needed
in accordance with Chapter 57. because this section requires certain dispensing sys-
 The emergency relief vent is the most important tem components to be listed, and listings for equip-
safety device installed on the tank. The emergency ment dispensing alcohol-blended fuels, including
relief vent prevents the tank from overpressurizing in E85, are not yet available from nationally recognized
the event the tank is exposed to fire. In the case of a testing laboratories. These organizations are cur-
secondary containment above-ground tank there rently working with stakeholders to address corrosion
must be an emergency relief vent for each tank com- and material compatibility issues associated with E85
partment and an emergency relief vent for the intersti- and other alcohol-blended fuels. See the commentary
tial space. to Section 2306.8 for further information.
2306.6.2.6 Spill containers. A spill container having a 2306.7.1 Listed equipment. Electrical equipment, dispens-
capacity of not less than 5 gallons (19 L) shall be provided for ers, hose, nozzles and submersible or subsurface pumps used
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
each fill connection. For tanks with a top fill connection, spill in fuel-dispensing systems shall be listed.
containers shall be noncombustible and shall be fixed to the  The use of listed equipment and devices provides
tank and equipped with a manual drain valve that drains into evidence that they have been evaluated by a third-
the primary tank. For tanks with a remote fill connection, a party agency for safe use in the applications for which
portable spill container is allowed. they are designed. This is especially important where
 The fill connection must be equipped with a spill-con- flammable liquids are being transferred or dispensed.
tainment device that will hold at least 5 gallons (19 L). See also the commentary for the definition of “Listed”
If the tank has a top-fill connection, the container in Chapter 2 for further discussion.
must be noncombustible and attached directly to the 2306.7.2 Fixed pumps required. Class I and II liquids shall
tank and equipped with a drain valve that will allow be transferred from tanks by means of fixed pumps designed
any spilled liquid to be manually drained into the tank.
23-16 Code Council

and equipped to allow control of the flow and prevent leakage stability of an installed dispenser depends on its
or accidental discharge. installation in accordance with the manufacturer’s
instructions, particularly with respect to ensuring that
 There are two basic types of fixed pumps. One is
all bolts required to firmly mount the dispenser to the
remote from the dispenser and delivers the fuel under
mounting surface are provided. It is not unusual to
pressure to the dispenser. The most common place
find dispensers with only half or fewer of their mount-
to find this type of pump is at the tank. Because the
ing bolts in place. Such a haphazard installation can
fuel is being delivered to the dispenser under pres-
make the dispenser piping and electrical conduits
sure, leak detection devices must be used and a
more susceptible to damage from a much less seri-
shear valve with a fusible link must be installed in the
ous impact than might otherwise be tolerated if all
sump under the dispenser.
bolts were in place or even from rocking action in
The second type of pump is a suction pump
high-wind conditions. This can lead to a liquid leak,
mounted in the base of the dispenser. A shear valve
an ignition from a damaged electrical circuit or both.
and leak detection are not required on this type of
NFPA 30A requires dispensers to be bolted to their
pump. Section 2306.7.4 requires an emergency shut-
mounting surface and UL 87 requires that two bolt
off valve on dispensers equipped with remote pumps.
holes be part of the dispenser base for dispensers
2306.7.3 Mounting of dispensers. Dispensing devices, not greater than 6 feet (1829 mm) tall, while four bolt
except those installed on top of a protected above-ground holes are needed for dispensers over 6 feet (1829
tank that qualifies as vehicle-impact resistant, shall be pro- mm) tall. These bolting requirements are for dis-
tected against physical damage by mounting on a concrete penser stability and piping protection and should not
island 6 inches (152 mm) or more in height, or shall be pro- be considered part of the physical protection required
tected in accordance with Section 312. Dispensing devices by this section.
shall be installed and securely fastened to their mounting sur-
2306.7.4 Dispenser emergency shutoff valve. An approved
face in accordance with the dispenser manufacturer’s instruc-
automatic emergency shutoff valve designed to close in the
tions. Dispensing devices installed indoors shall be located in
event of a fire or impact shall be properly installed in the liq-
an approved position where they cannot be struck by an out-
uid supply line at the base of each dispenser supplied by a
of-control vehicle descending a ramp or other slope.
remote pump. The valve shall be installed so that the shear
 This provision addresses two alternatives to mount- groove is flush with or within 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) of the top of
ing dispensers so as to provide impact protection. the concrete dispenser island and there is clearance provided
One is to mount the dispenser on an elevated island for maintenance purposes around the valve body and operat-
and the other is to protect the dispenser in accor- ing parts. The valve shall be installed at the liquid supply line
dance with Section 312, which requires the dispenser inlet of each overhead-type dispenser. Where installed, a
to be protected by steel posts filled with concrete (see vapor return line located inside the dispenser housing shall
Commentary Figure 2306.7.3). Note that these provi- have a shear section or approved flexible connector for the
sions do not apply to dispensers mounted on top of a liquid supply line emergency shutoff valve to function. Emer-
listed impact-resistant above-ground tank. Regard- gency shutoff valves shall be installed and maintained in
less of which of the above alternatives is chosen, the accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions, tested at the
4" STEEL POST

FILLED WITH
CONCRETE
UNLEADED PREMIUM DIESEL

36"
6"
DISPENSER MUST BE MOUNTED ON

A CONCRETE ISLAND OR VEHICLE
IMPACT PROTECTION MUST BE PROVIDED
BY STEEL BOLLARDS FILLED WITH CONCRETE
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
Figure 2306.7.3
MOUNTING OF DISPENSERS
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

time of initial installation and not less than yearly thereafter measures requirement having to do with calibrating
in accordance with Section 2305.2.4. the dispenser to accurately give the volume of fuel
delivered.
 The dispenser emergency valve (shear valve) is
The fire code official should use caution when
designed to close automatically when the dispenser
approving additional lengths of hose because the lon-
is knocked over or if the dispenser is involved in a
ger the hose, the harder it is to stow between uses,
fire. This so-called “impact” valve is intended to pre-
thus the more susceptible it is to damage by vehicles
vent the free flow of fuel in the event a dispenser is
running over it if not properly stowed. Most dispenser
struck by a vehicle. This spring-loaded, fusible-link-
hose-retrieving mechanisms are designed for 18-foot
operated device may also be tripped by a fire. The
(5486 mm) hoses.
relatively low clearance of the shear groove above
It is also important to remember that, when the
the top surface of the dispenser island and the manu-
hose is fully extended, the nozzle must not reach
facturer’s requirement for a rigid mounting of the
within 5 feet (1524 mm) of a building opening as reg-
valve body are intended to enable the valve body to
ulated in Section 2303.1, Item 4.
fracture at the shear groove upon impact, thus trip-
ping the hold-open linkage and closing the valve. 2306.7.5.1 Emergency breakaway devices. Dispenser hoses
These valves are only required on remote pumping for Class I and II liquids shall be equipped with a listed emer-
systems (pump is on the tank). Suction system (pump gency breakaway device designed to retain liquid on both
is in dispenser) piping, if broken, will cause the sys- sides of a breakaway point. Such devices shall be installed
tem to lose prime, thus stopping liquid flow. Vapor and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recovery systems are usually interlocked with the liq- instructions. Where hoses are attached to hose-retrieving
uid-dispensing system. Consequently, the vapor mechanisms, the emergency breakaway device shall be
recovery breakaway design must be compatible with located between the hose nozzle and the point of attachment
the liquid line shutoff so it functions as intended. of the hose-retrieval mechanism to the hose.
Installation, maintenance, acceptance and periodic  This provision requires a breakaway device on dis-
testing must conform to the manufacturer’s instruc- penser hoses delivering gasoline, diesel and kero-
tions. UL 842 describes the tests performed on these sene (Class I and II liquids). These devices are
valves (see Commentary Figure 2306.7.4). The valve installed to prevent a pull-down of the motor fuel dis-
must be tested annually by manually tripping the penser in the event a car drives away with the hose
hold-open linkage in accordance with Section nozzle valve still in the car’s fill pipe. The design of
2305.2.4. these valves is such that when they operate, the sep-
arated sections of the hose are sealed to prevent
leakage of liquid from the hose. The placement of the
breakaway device between the hose-retrieving mech-
anism clamp and the nozzle is important to the proper
operation of the valve by preventing the pulling force
of the driveoff from being transmitted via the retriev-
ing cable directly to the dispenser. Commentary Fig-
ure 2306.7.5.1 shows a breakaway device installed
between the nozzle and the hose-retrieving mecha-
nism.
Figure 2306.7.4
DISPENSER EMERGENCY VALVES
2306.7.5 Dispenser hose. Dispenser hoses shall be not more

than 18 feet (5486 mm) in length unless otherwise approved.
Dispenser hoses shall be listed and approved. When not in Figure 2306.7.5.1
use, hoses shall be reeled, racked or otherwise protected from BREAKAWAY DEVICES
damage.
 The 18-foot-maximum (5486 mm) length for dis- 2306.7.6 Fuel delivery nozzles. A listed automatic-closing-
penser hose has become a standard, although the type hose nozzle valve with or without a latch-open device
original reason for the 18-foot (5486 mm) length had shall be provided on island-type dispensers used for dispens-
nothing to do with fire safety. It was a weights-and- ing Class I, II or III liquids.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
23-18 Code Council

Overhead-type dispensing units shall be provided with a zle valve before the product flow can be resumed or
listed automatic-closing-type hose nozzle valve without a before the hose nozzle valve can be replaced in its nor-
latch-open device. mal position in the dispenser.
Exception: A listed automatic-closing-type hose nozzle  Item 1
valve with latch-open device is allowed to be used on This provision may seem to be in conflict with Section
overhead-type dispensing units where the design of the 2306.7.6, which requires a nozzle with or without a
system is such that the hose nozzle valve will close auto- latch-open device. Hose nozzle valves are investi-
matically in the event the valve is released from a fill gated and labeled by independent testing laborato-
opening or upon impact with a driveway. ries and are designed to shut off fuel flow
 A listed automatic-closing-type hose nozzle with or automatically if dropped or jarred, or when fuel flows
without a latch-open device is designed to automati- back into the nozzle spout (tank is full). Many jurisdic-
cally close when the fuel spits back through the vent tions have prohibited the use of latch-open-type hose
line or if the hose nozzle were to fall out of the car fill nozzle valves at retail self-service stations, using the
pipe and strike the ground. When the nozzle is rationale that making customers hold the hose nozzle
equipped with certain types of vapor recovery equip- valve open during fueling would create a safer condi-
ment, it is designed to shut off when the nozzle is tion because they will be more alert during the fueling
removed from the vehicle. The nozzle on island-type process. Not only does this section prohibit such a
dispensers may or may not be equipped with a latch- ban on a proven safety feature, but the fire record of
open device. The fire code official may want to con- self-service operations does not support this ratio-
sider the fact that when a latch-open device is not nale. In fact, where factory-installed, latch-open
installed, the dispenser operator may use some devices (part of a tested, labeled hose nozzle valve
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
unapproved device to hold the nozzle open. assembly) are removed, it seems to challenge the
The distinction between an overhead-type dis- creativity of customers in seeing how many different
penser and an island-type dispenser is included in makeshift “hold-open” devices can be used to avoid
this section even though the overhead dispenser is having to hold manually the valve lever open. Such
rarely used. However, the concern was that since the makeshift devices include gas caps, key rings, wal-
hose is on a retractable reel built into the canopy, the lets, magazines, blocks of wood, rubber balls, etc. In
nozzle would not strike the ground if it were to fall out one reported incident, a disposable cigarette lighter
of the vehicle and a latch-open device would fail to was used to prop open the hose nozzle valve lever
work, allowing dangerous, uncontrolled fuel spills. only to strike a spark when the nozzle fell from the fill
The exception is that if the overhead-type dis- pipe. The resultant vapor ignition injured the cus-
penser hose mechanism is designed to allow the noz- tomer and caused substantial damage to the service
zle to strike the ground and automatically shut off or if station and the customer’s car. UL 842 describes
the nozzle was equipped with vapor return bellows several types of hose nozzle valves and latch-open
that would automatically shut off the nozzle if it was features and the tests to which they are subjected.
removed from the vehicle, the latch-open device
would be approved. Item 2
The statement, “When the flow of product is normally
2306.7.6.1 Special requirements for nozzles. Where dis- controlled by devices or equipment other than the
pensing of Class I, II or III liquids is performed, a listed auto- hose nozzle valve,” is referring to a prepay system;
matic-closing-type hose nozzle valve shall be used that is, a customer tells the person in the kiosk or
incorporating all of the following features: convenience store how much fuel he or she wants
1. The hose nozzle valve shall be equipped with an inte- and the dispenser shuts down and stops the flow, not
gral latch-open device. the nozzle.
The exception addresses the fact that some vapor
2. Where the flow of product is normally controlled by
recovery nozzles are equipped with a bellows. When
devices or equipment other than the hose nozzle valve,
the hose nozzle valve shall not be capable of being the nozzle is placed into the vehicle fill pipe, the
opened unless the delivery hose is pressurized. If pres- bellows is compressed and the nozzle will operate.
sure to the hose is lost, the nozzle shall close automati- When the nozzle is removed, the bellows expands
cally. and the nozzle shuts off. The nozzle does not have to
strike something to trigger the automatic shut-off; the
Exception: Vapor recovery nozzles incorporating nozzle shuts off as soon as the nozzle is removed.
insertion interlock devices designed to achieve shut-
off on disconnect from the vehicle fill pipe. Item 3
This device may be nothing more than a coil that
3. The hose nozzle shall be designed such that the nozzle
looks like a spring around the dispenser nozzle spout.
is retained in the fill pipe during the filling operation.
The spring tends to grip the lip of the vehicle’s
4. The system shall include listed equipment with a fea- receiver and helps to prevent the nozzle from falling
ture that causes or requires the closing of the hose noz- out of the vehicle receiver.

Item 4 Pumps shall be substantially anchored and protected against

This safety feature is intended to prevent a situation physical damage.
in which a customer could finish fueling without  Commentary Figure 2306.7.7.2 shows the minimum
releasing the latch-open device and replace the noz- distances between an above-grade remote pump, lot
zle in the dispenser boot. The next customer could lines and openings into a building. Where outside
then remove the nozzle from the dispenser boot, clearances cannot be achieved or are impractical in a
authorize the sale and, before getting the nozzle into given situation, above-grade remote pumps are
the vehicle fill pipe, begin discharging fuel in the allowed to be installed inside of buildings on the
open, causing an unacceptable spill situation.
same basis as motor fuel dispensers.
2306.7.7 Remote pumping systems. Remote pumping sys- 2306.7.8 Gravity and pressure dispensing. Flammable liq-
tems for liquid fuels shall comply with Sections 2306.7.7.1
and 2306.7.7.2.
 Remote pumping systems (sometimes referred to as
“pressure systems”) are systems in which liquid
motor fuels are transferred from the storage tank to
the dispensing devices by submersible pumps
located at the storage tank rather than by suction
pumps located within the dispensing device. The
intent of this section is to require special safety
devices on pumping systems that deliver fuel to the
dispenser by pressure rather than suction.
2306.7.7.1 Leak detection. Where remote pumps are used to
supply fuel dispensers, each pump shall have installed on the
discharge side a listed leak detection device that will detect a
leak in the piping and dispensers and provide an indication. A
leak detection device is not required if the piping from the
pump discharge to under the dispenser is above ground and
visible.
 In remote pumping systems, the piping between the
remote pump and the dispenser, because it is under
pressure, is the number-one location of fuel spills Figure 2306.7.7.2
caused by leaks. This section addresses both under- LOCATION OF ABOVE-GRADE REMOTE PUMPS
ground and above-ground piping. If the piping is
underground, a line leak detector (LLD) must be uids shall not be dispensed by gravity from tanks, drums, bar-
installed on the discharge side of the remote pump. rels or similar containers. Flammable or combustible liquids
These devices detect piping leaks by monitoring the shall not be dispensed by a device operating through pressure
pressure in the dispensing system piping. If the LLD within a storage tank, drum or container.
detects a pressure loss due to a leak, it will reduce
the flow of product in the system to approximately 3  Delivering fuel by gravity is prohibited because the
gallons per hour (14.33 L/h) at the hose nozzle as a piping or hose between the tank and the nozzle could
visual indicator to the attendant that there is a system rupture or leak, causing the contents of the tank to
problem. spill. Tank pressurization is prohibited because the
The reduced rate of flow fulfills this section’s tanks will rupture when excessive pressure is
requirement that detection of a leak be indicated. applied. The maximum pressure at which an above-
While an electronic leak detection system could fulfill ground tank is tested is 5 pounds per square inch
the requirements of this section, this section does not (psi) (34 kPa). Also, the application of air to the tank
require electronic leak detection. may lean out the very rich fuel vapors to the point
If the system piping is above ground where a leak where the atmosphere inside the tank is within the
would be immediately noticed and the piping can be flammable range.
visually inspected, the leak detection device is not 2306.7.9 Vapor-recovery and vapor-processing systems.
required. Vapor-recovery and vapor-processing systems shall be in
2306.7.7.2 Location. Remote pumps installed above grade, accordance with Sections 2306.7.9.1 through 2306.7.9.2.4.
outside of buildings, shall be located not less than 10 feet  The following provisions address the requirements for
(3048 mm) from lines of adjoining property that can be built vapor-recovery or vapor-processing systems. Because
upon and not less than 5 feet (1524 mm) from any building of clean-air environmental concerns, some jurisdic-
opening. Where an outside pump location is impractical, tions prohibit fuel vapors displaced during tanker deliv-
pumps are permitted to be installed inside buildings as pro- eries or routine fuel-dispensing operations from being
vided for dispensers in Section 2301.4 and Chapter 57.
23-20 Code Council

discharged into the atmosphere and require vapor- that will prevent vapors in the tank from escaping out
recovery or vapor-processing systems to prevent pol- of the return line. This could be accomplished by a
lution. This section contains the provisions for return- one-way check valve.
ing the vapors to the tank or processing the vapors on 2306.7.9.1.3 Piping. Piping in vapor-balance systems shall
site. Note that the code does not require these sys- be in accordance with Sections 5703.6, 5704.2.9 and
tems to be installed, but where they are installed, they 5704.2.11. Nonmetallic piping shall be installed in accor-
must comply with these regulations. dance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
2306.7.9.1 Vapor-balance systems. Vapor-balance systems Existing and new vent piping shall be in accordance with
shall comply with Sections 2306.7.9.1.1 through Sections 5703.6 and 5704.2. Vapor return piping shall be
2306.7.9.1.5. installed in a manner that drains back to the tank, without
 As fuel enters the fuel tank of the vehicle it displaces sags or traps in which liquid can become trapped. If neces-
fuel vapors. The vapor-balance system simply cap- sary, because of grade, condensate tanks are allowed in vapor
tures these vapors and returns them to the storage return piping. Condensate tanks shall be designed and
tank. installed so that they can be drained without opening.
2306.7.9.1.1 Dispensing devices. Dispensing devices incor-  Section 5703.6 addresses the general requirements
porating provisions for vapor recovery shall be listed and for piping. Section 5704.2.9 addresses piping for
labeled. Where existing listed or labeled dispensing devices above-ground tanks, and Section 5704.2.11 lists the
are modified for vapor recovery, such modifications shall be requirements for underground tanks. Special piping
listed by report by a nationally recognized testing laboratory. materials, as described in Section 5703.6.2.1, must
The listing by report shall contain a description of the compo- be used underground or, if used above ground, must
nent parts used in the modification and recommended method be protected from fire exposure.
of installation on specific dispensers. Such report shall be The vent piping must comply with the general
made available on request of the fire code official. requirements of Section 5703.6, and the specific vent
Means shall be provided to shut down fuel dispensing in requirements of Section 5704.2.
the event the vapor return line becomes blocked. 2306.7.9.1.4 Flexible joints and shear joints. Flexible joints
shall be installed in accordance with Section 5703.6.9.
 Motor fuel dispensers equipped with vapor-recovery
equipment must be listed and labeled by a recog- An approved shear joint shall be rigidly mounted and con-
nized testing laboratory attesting that they will func- nected by a union in the vapor return piping at the base of
tion properly when installed in accordance with the each dispensing device. The shear joint shall be mounted
terms of their listing (see commentary for the defini- flush with the top of the surface on which the dispenser is
tions of “Listed” and “Labeled” in Chapter 2). When mounted.
existing dispensing equipment is retrofitted with  Flexible joints must be listed, approved and installed
vapor-recovery equipment, the equipment being in the following locations:
added must be listed to work with the existing equip-
ment. In other words, a person cannot modify an 1. Where piping connects to underground piping.
existing dispensing device manufactured by one
2. Where piping ends at pump islands and vent
company with vapor-recovery component parts man-
risers.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ufactured by the same or a different company unless
a report from a recognized testing laboratory is sub- 3. At points where differential movement in the
mitted to the fire code official verifying that the retrofit piping can occur.
components will work properly with the dispensing The shear joint mentioned here serves the same
device. This is called “listed by report” and is a ser- function for the vapor-recovery lines as the dispenser
vice provided by major testing laboratories to docu- emergency valve does for the pressurized fuel supply
ment equipment compatibility. The report from the piping to the dispenser (see commentary, Section
testing laboratory must also include the installation 2306.7.4). This shear valve must be securely
instructions. mounted so that the shear groove is located flush or
Means must be provided to shut down fuel dis- within 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) of the surface of the dis-
pensing in the event the vapor-return line becomes penser island or top of the sump. This shear valve is
blocked. This provision is self-explanatory. To pre- designed to close in case of a dispenser fire or a dis-
vent vapors from entering the atmosphere, the dispenser knock-down.
pensing operation must be stopped if the vapor return
2306.7.9.1.5 Testing. Vapor return lines and vent piping shall
is blocked.
be tested in accordance with Section 5703.6.3.
2306.7.9.1.2 Vapor-return line closeoff. An acceptable
method shall be provided to close off the vapor return line  Section 5703.6.3 addresses the testing for flammable
from dispensers when the product is not being dispensed. and combustible liquid piping.
 To prevent vapors from escaping after dispensing
has stopped, some type of device must be installed

2306.7.9.2 Vapor-processing systems. Vapor-processing ment being installed at established motor fuel-dis-
systems shall comply with Sections 2306.7.9.2.1 through pensing facilities where the area available for proper
2306.7.9.2.4. installation is not subject to design but, rather, to the
existing site conditions. Note that where Exception 1
 Where vapor-recovery systems capture the vapors
is approved, the resulting enclosure should be venti-
and return them to the tank, vapor-processing sys-
lated in an approved manner, similar to that required
tems do not return the vapors to the tank. Instead,
for physical protection enclosures by Section
they process the vapors either by refrigeration,
2306.9.2.2.2.
absorption or burning them off.
2306.7.9.2.2.1 Distance from dispensing devices. Vapor-
2306.7.9.2.1 Equipment. Equipment in vapor-processing
processing equipment shall be located not less than 20 feet
systems, including hose nozzle valves, vapor pumps, flame
(6096 mm) from dispensing devices.
arresters, fire checks or systems for prevention of flame prop-
agation, controls and vapor-processing equipment, shall be  Twenty feet (6096 mm) is the extent of the Class I,
individually listed for the intended use in a specified manner. Group D, Division 2, electrically classified area for
Vapor-processing systems that introduce air into the flammable liquid fuel dispensers established by Arti-
underground piping or storage tanks shall be provided with cle 500 of NFPA 70.
equipment for prevention of flame propagation that has been 2306.7.9.2.2.2 Physical protection. Vapor-processing equip-
tested and listed as suitable for the intended use. ment shall be protected against physical damage by guard-
rails, curbs, protective enclosures or fencing. Where
 Unlisted vapor-processing equipment may not be approved protective enclosures are used, approved means
used. Equipment that is used must be done in accor- shall be provided to ventilate the volume within the enclosure
dance with its listing.
to prevent pocketing of flammable vapors.
Vapor-processing systems that introduce air into
the underground piping or storage tanks must be pro-  Vapor-processing equipment must not only be physi-
vided with equipment for prevention of flame propa- cally protected from vehicles and other physical dam-
gation that has been tested and listed as suitable for age but, if the protection means includes an
the intended use. enclosure, the enclosed area must be adequately
When blowers are used to introduce air, equip- ventilated to prevent the accumulation of flammable
ment, such as listed flame arresters, must be used to vapors within where it could become a hazard to any-
prevent vapors in the flammable range from being one entering the enclosure.
ignited. 2306.7.9.2.2.3 Downslopes. Where a downslope exists
2306.7.9.2.2 Location. Vapor-processing equipment shall be toward the location of the vapor-processing unit from a fuel-
located at or above grade. Sources of ignition shall be located transfer area, the fire code official is authorized to require
not less than 50 feet (15 240 mm) from fuel-transfer areas and additional separation by distance and height.
not less than 18 inches (457 mm) above tank fill openings and  If the vapor-processing equipment is situated down-
tops of dispenser islands. Vapor-processing units shall be hill from the dispensers, vapors will be more likely to
located not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) from the nearest accumulate in or around the vapor-processing equip-
building or lot line of a property that can be built upon. ment from the fuel transfer area. Accordingly, the fire
Exception: Where the required distances to buildings, lot code official may require greater protection for the
lines or fuel-transfer areas cannot be obtained, means shall vapor-processing equipment.
be provided to protect equipment against fire exposure. 2306.7.9.2.3 Installation. Vapor-processing units shall be
Acceptable means shall include but not be limited to either securely mounted on concrete, masonry or structural steel
of the following: supports on concrete or other noncombustible foundations.
1. Approved protective enclosures, which extend not Vapor-recovery and vapor-processing equipment is allowed
less than 18 inches (457 mm) above the equipment, to be installed on roofs where approved.
constructed of fire-resistant or noncombustible  This provision is intended to require the vapor-pro-
materials. cessing equipment to be mounted on a noncombusti-
2. Fire protection using an approved water-spray sys- ble, substantial foundation.
tem. 2306.7.9.2.4 Piping. Piping in a mechanical-assist system
 This section is intended to protect vapor-processing shall be in accordance with Section 5703.6.
equipment from fire exposure, not to protect other  Section 5703.6 addresses the provisions for flamma-
structures or equipment from a fire involving the ble and combustible liquid piping.
vapor-recovery equipment. Clearance to lot lines is
intended to provide a measure of exposure protection 2306.8 Alcohol-blended fuel-dispensing operations. The
to the vapor-processing equipment from potential off- design, fabrication and installation of alcohol-blended fuel-
site fires. The exception provides several acceptable dispensing systems shall be in accordance with Section
clearance alternatives, recognizing that the required 2306.7 and Sections 2306.8.1 through 2306.8.5.
clearances cannot, in all cases, be achieved. This is  This section addresses hazards specifically related to
especially true in the case of vapor-processing equip- the dispensing of alcohol-blended fuels as compared
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
23-22 Code Council

to gasoline and the more established gasoline-alco- This section requires that, as added documentation,
hol blends (“gasohol”), which are treated the same as dispensers and their field-installed components be
gasoline in the code. marked by the equipment manufacturer with the
The fuel-dispensing system consists of all equip- names of the fuels with which they are compatible,
ment required to get the fuel from the tank into the confirming their suitability for use with alcohol-
vehicle being fueled. It consists of the pumps, piping, blended fuels.
dispensers, hoses, nozzles, break-away devices and
2306.8.3 Change of system contents. Fuel-dispensing
any other equipment required for a particular applica-
systems subject to change in contents from gasoline to
tion. Alternative alcohol-blended fuels, although sub-
alcohol-blended fuels shall be subject to fire code official
ject to the requirements of Section 2306.7 for
review and approval prior to commencing dispensing
flammable and combustible liquid fuel-dispensing
equipment, possess characteristics that require the operations.
systems for dispensing them to comply with addi-  This section provides the fire code official the author-
tional requirements contained in Sections 2306.8.1 ity to review and reapprove installations that convert
through 2306.8.5. The additional provisions are from gasoline dispensing to alcohol-blended fuel dis-
needed because Section 2306.7.1 requires certain pensing. This allows for verification that the installa-
dispensing system components to be listed; however, tion complies with the new requirements. It also
listings for equipment dispensing alcohol-blended ensures that the fire code official will know that new
fuels, including E85, may not yet be available from fuels will be present on a given site, which might
nationally recognized testing laboratories. These impact local fire suppression operations, including the
organizations are currently working with stakeholders use of alcohol-resistant foam agents.
to address corrosion and material compatibility issues The same technologies used to store and dispense
associated with E85 and other alcohol-blended fuels. gasoline and diesel fuels are used for alcohol-based
In an initial step toward developing a listing standard, fuels because, like gasoline, they are liquid at ambi-
UL has developed an Outline of Investigation, UL ent pressures and temperatures. However, only E85-
87A, for dispensing devices for gasoline/ethanol compatible materials should be used in the storage
blend fuels. See also the commentary to Section 202 and dispensing systems. In many cases, existing
for the definition of “Alcohol-blended fuels” for further gasoline and diesel fuel systems may be converted to
information. store and dispense E85. Most metal underground
2306.8.1 Listed equipment. Dispensers shall be listed in storage tanks that meet the U.S. Environmental Pro-
accordance with UL 87A. Hoses, nozzles, breakaway fittings, tection Agency (EPA) regulations can be used to
swivels, flexible connectors or dispenser emergency shutoff store E85. Many underground fiberglass tanks that
valves, vapor recovery systems, leak detection devices and meet EPA standards may also be used to store E85.
pumps used in alcohol-blended fuel-dispensing systems shall If another type of fuel was stored in the tank that is
be listed for the specific purpose. to be converted for E85 use, the tank should be
cleaned. During storage, particles and moisture can
 This section requires dispensing equipment to be build up over time to form sludge or what is called
listed in accordance with UL 87A. It also identifies “water bottoms.” Since ethanol is miscible with water,
dispensing system components that must be listed when introducing E85 or another ethanol blend into a
for use with alcohol-blended fuels. The UL 87A Out- dirty storage tank, ethanol’s “cleaning action” will mix
line of Investigation for Power-Operated Dispensing with the water bottoms and remove the sludge, result-
Devices for Gasoline and Gasoline/Ethanol Blends ing in contaminated fuel. A simple tank cleaning will
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
with Nominal Ethanol Concentrations up to 85 Per- prevent any problems. There are several methods for
cent was developed to cover dispensers intended for cleaning sludge from storage tanks. Each of the
use with high-concentration ethanol blends. Listed cleaning methods should be completed by an
dispensers and the related hanging hardware are approved company that is familiar with cleaning
listed for high-concentration ethanol blends, and are petroleum storage tanks. Note that a permit is
being installed across the United States. required by Section 105.6.17, Item 8 to change
2306.8.2 Compatibility. Dispensers shall be used only with stored contents.
the fuels for which they have been listed and which are 2306.8.4 Facility identification. Facilities dispensing
marked on the product. Field-installed components including alcohol-blended fuels shall be identified by an approved
hose assemblies, breakaway fittings, swivel connectors and means.
hose nozzle valves shall be provided in accordance with the
listing and the marking on the unit.  This section addresses dispensing facility identifica-
tion for alcohol-blended fuels. Identification of the
 Dispensers and certain field-installed dispensing sys- facility is intended to promote first-responder aware-
tem components may be made of materials com- ness of the presence of alcohol-blended fuels.
monly used with gasoline but which may be According to the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE)
incompatible with high-level alcohol blends and may Handbook for Handling, Storing, and Dispensing E85,
degrade over time in their presence. Zinc, brass, lead each state, along with the U.S. Department of Trans-
and aluminum are some of the more sensitive metals.

portation (DOT), has developed signage to place at be modified to address the safe dispensing of these
refueling stations. Code users should contact their fuels. This section addresses the dispensing of LP-
individual state DOT to obtain the correct signage cri- gas at motor fuel-dispensing facilities. Chapter 61
teria for their area. addresses the general provisions for LP-gas.
2306.8.5 Marking. Dispensers shall be marked in an 2307.2 Approvals. Storage vessels and equipment used for
approved manner to identify the types of alcohol-blended the storage or dispensing of LP-gas shall be approved or
fuels to be dispensed. listed in accordance with Sections 2307.2.1 and 2307.2.2.
 Identification of equipment for specific alcohol-  All equipment used in connection with the storage
blended fuels communicates the intended use of the and dispensing of LP-gas motor fuel must be either
installed equipment to both customers and emer- approved or listed, as specified in the following sec-
gency personnel. The Federal Trade Commission tions. The terms “approved” and “listed” are defined
(FTC) requires a small sticker to be placed on the in Chapter 2. See the commentary to Chapter 2 for
face of the fuel dispenser as close as possible to the these defined terms for further information.
price per unit of fuel. The sticker should have a black 2307.2.1 Approved equipment. Containers, pressure relief
background with orange text (see Commentary Fig- devices (including pressure relief valves), pressure regulators
ure 2306.8.5). and piping for LP-gas shall be approved.
 The equipment identified in this section must be
approved by the fire code official.
2307.2.2 Listed equipment. Hoses, hose connections, vehi-
cle fuel connections, dispensers, LP-gas pumps and electrical
equipment used for LP-gas shall be listed.
listed.
2307.3 Attendants. Motor fuel-dispensing operations for LP-
gas shall be conducted by qualified attendants or in accor-
dance with Section 2307.6 by persons trained in the proper
handling of LP-gas.
 LP-gas must be dispensed into a vehicle by trained
and qualified persons. Unattended and self-service
LP-gas stations that are open to the public are not
allowed. Section 2307.6 does allow self-service as
long as it is closed to the public; that is, the vehicles
Figure 2306.8.5 belong to the operator of the LP-gas-fueling facility
ALCOHOL-BLENDED FUEL DISPENSER SIGN and the persons dispensing the fuel are employees of
the LP-gas-fueling operation and are properly trained.
2306.8.6 Maintenance and inspection. Equipment shall be 2307.4 Location of dispensing operations and equipment.
maintained and inspected in accordance with Section 2305.2. The point of transfer for LP-gas dispensing operations shall
 Since a major concern with alcohol-blended fuels is be separated from buildings and other exposures in accor-
their potentially degrading effect on system compo- dance with the following:
nents, the equipment maintenance provisions of Sec- 1. Not less than 25 feet (7620 mm) from buildings where
tion 2305.2 must be carefully followed. the exterior wall is not part of a fire-resistance-rated
assembly having a rating of 1 hour or greater.
SECTION 2307 2. Not less than 25 feet (7620 mm) from combustible
LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS MOTOR overhangs on buildings, measured from a vertical line
FUEL-DISPENSING FACILITIES dropped from the face of the overhang at a point nearest
the point of transfer.
2307.1 General. Motor fuel-dispensing facilities for lique-
fied petroleum gas (LP-gas) fuel shall be in accordance with 3. Not less than 25 feet (7620 mm) from the lot line of
this section and Chapter 61. property that can be built upon.
 The federal government mandates that automakers 4. Not less than 25 feet (7620 mm) from the centerline of
move toward alternative fuels to replace conventional the nearest mainline railroad track.
gasoline and diesel. One of the more popular alterna- 5. Not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) from public streets,
tive fuels is liquefied petroleum gas (LP-gas). As highways, thoroughfares, sidewalks and driveways.
more vehicles use alternative fuels, codes will have to
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
23-24 Code Council

6. Not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) from buildings where pensing pumps be fixed in place and equipped with a
the exterior wall is part of a fire-resistance-rated assem- means of controlling the flow of LP-gas. Similar to the
bly having a rating of 1 hour or greater. provisions of Section 2306.7.3, Items 2 and 3 of this
Exception: The point of transfer for LP-gas dispensing section address two alternatives for mounting dis-
operations need not be separated from canopies that are pensers so as to provide impact protection. One is to
constructed in accordance with the International Building mount the dispenser on an elevated island. The other
Code and that provide weather protection for the dispens- is to protect the dispenser in accordance with Section
ing equipment. 312, which requires the dispenser to be protected by
steel posts filled with concrete (see also Commentary
LP-gas containers shall be located in accordance with Figure 2306.7.3). Regardless of which alternative is
Chapter 61. LP-gas storage and dispensing equipment shall chosen, the stability and protection of an installed dis-
be located outdoors. penser depends on its installation in accordance with
 Whereas Section 2303.1 regulates the location of dis- the manufacturer’s instructions.
pensing devices, this section regulates the location of 2307.6 Installation of LP-gas dispensing devices and
the point of transfer of the LP gas motor fuel into the equipment. The installation and operation of LP-gas dispens-
vehicle fuel tank. The intent of the term “point of ing systems shall be in accordance with Sections 2307.6.1
transfer” is to describe the location where LP-gas- through 2307.6.4 and Chapter 61. LP-gas dispensers and dis-
fueling connections are made and broken and any pensing stations shall be installed in accordance with the
location where LP-gas is vented during transfer or manufacturer’s specifications and their listing.
fueling operations. Whenever LP-gas is dispensed or
transferred, there is always at least a “puff” of LP gas  This provision specifically addresses the require-
released at the point where the LP-gas dispensing ments for valves, hoses and impact protection for LP-
hose connects to and disconnects from the vehicle gas-dispensing equipment.
fuel tank or other LP-gas container, and it is at those 2307.6.1 Product control valves. The dispenser system pip-
locations that a flammable mixture will exist, even if ing shall be protected from uncontrolled discharge in accor-
momentarily. This section intends to isolate these dance with the following:
“movable locations” by regulating how far away from 1. Where mounted on a concrete base, a means shall be
potential ignition sources or other properties they provided and installed within 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) of the
must remain under in all circumstances. This section top of the concrete base that will prevent flow from the
is also in agreement with NFPA 58 with respect to supply piping in the event that the dispenser is dis-
separation distances. placed from its mounting.
The IBC has specific construction requirements for
canopies located at motor fuel-dispensing facilities. 2. A manual shutoff valve and an excess flow-control
The exception removes any separation requirements check valve shall be located in the liquid line between
between the dispenser area and the canopy when the the pump and the dispenser inlet where the dispensing
canopy is constructed in accordance to the special device is installed at a remote location and is not part of
provision for canopies located at motor fuel-dispens- a complete storage and dispensing unit mounted on a
ing facilities. common base.
Table 6104.3 lists the separation requirements for 3. An excess flow-control check valve or an emergency
the containers in relation to buildings, public ways shutoff valve shall be installed in or on the dispenser at
and property lines that are or might be built upon. the point at which the dispenser hose is connected to
2307.5 Additional requirements for LP-gas dispensers the liquid piping.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
and equipment. LP-gas dispensers and related equipment 4. A listed automatic-closing type hose nozzle valve with
shall comply with the following provisions. or without a latch-open device shall be provided on
1. Pumps shall be fixed in place and shall be designed to island-type dispensers.
allow control of the flow and to prevent leakage and  The provisions of this section are similar to certain pro-
accidental discharge. visions in Section 2306.7 that are applicable to flam-
2. Dispensing devices installed within 10 feet (3048 mm) mable and combustible liquid dispensers.
of where vehicle traffic occurs shall be protected Item 1 is based on Section 2306.7.4, but since the
against physical damage by mounting on a concrete hardware performance requirements in that section
island 6 inches (152 mm) or more in height, or shall be for gasoline and diesel dispensers differ from what is
protected in accordance with Section 312. currently available for LP-gas dispenser systems, the
text more closely resembles the performance require-
3. Dispensing devices shall be securely fastened to their
ments currently appearing in Section 6.3.9 of NFPA
mounting surface in accordance with the dispenser
30A, with the exception that the location for the pro-
manufacturer’s instructions.
tective means must be within 1/2 inch of the top sur-
 In order to reduce the likelihood of a leak or the acci- face of the concrete island, as is required in Section
dental discharge of LP-gas, Item 1 requires that dis- 2306.7.4.

Item 2 is based on Section 6.25.3.11 of NFPA 58 it does not specify the location of the emergency
and provides protection for the piping system where breakaway device connection to the hose. Where a
the storage container is located remotely from the hose is equipped with a hose retrieval mechanism,
dispenser. When the storage container and dispenser placing the breakaway device between the mecha-
are separate components installed remotely from one nism’s clamp and nozzle is important to the proper
another, the likelihood of pipe failure increases. operation of the valve by preventing the pulling force
Item 3 is based on the requirements in Section of the drive-off from being transmitted via the retriev-
3.9.3.4 of NFPA 58. An excess flow-control check ing cable directly to the dispenser.
valve is one that senses the pressure before and 2307.6.4 Vehicle impact protection. Where installed within
after the LP-gas meter and closes when it senses a 10 feet of vehicle traffic, LP-gas storage containers, pumps
loss of the pressure differential such as would occur if and dispensers shall be protected in accordance with Section
the dispensing hose were to become disconnected or 2307.5, Item 2.
broken.
Item 4 is adapted from Section 2306.7.6 and is  This section is intended to prevent leaks and spills
similar to Section 6.25.3.16 of NFPA 58. A listed (for caused by vehicle impact by requiring vehicle impact
LP-gas dispensing at motor fuel-dispensing facilities) protection in the form of a 6-inch concrete island or
automatic-closing-type hose nozzle with or without a the installation of 4-inch-diameter (102 mm), con-
latch-open device is designed to automatically close crete-filled steel posts on 4-foot (1219 mm) centers, 3
when it senses that the fuel tank is full. The hose noz- feet (914 mm) high. See Section 312 for more spe-
zle on island-type dispensers may or may not be cific construction details, and the commentary to Sec-
equipped with a latch-open device. The fire code offi- tion 2307.5, Item 2 for further discussion of such
cial may want to consider the fact that when a latch- protection.
open device is not installed, the dispenser operator 2307.7 Public fueling of motor vehicles. Self-service LP-
may use some unapproved device to hold the nozzle gas dispensing systems, including key, code and card lock
open. dispensing systems, shall be limited to the filling of perma-
2307.6.2 Hoses. Hoses and piping for the dispensing of LP- nently mounted containers providing fuel to the LP-gas pow-
gas shall be provided with hydrostatic relief valves. The hose ered vehicle.
length shall not exceed 18 feet (5486 mm). An approved The requirements for self-service LP-gas dispensing sys-
method shall be provided to protect the hose against mechan- tems shall be in accordance with the following:
ical damage. 1. The arrangement and operation of the transfer of prod-
 To prevent overpressurization of the hoses and pip- uct into a vehicle shall be in accordance with this sec-
ing, a relief valve must be installed in the system. The tion and Chapter 61.
hose length is limited to 18 feet (5486 mm) to prevent 2. The system shall be provided with an emergency shut-
excessive amounts of hose from lying on the ground off switch located within 100 feet (30 480 mm) of, but
and being damaged by vehicles. The general public not less than 20 feet (6096 mm) from, dispensers.
is familiar with the 18-foot (5486 mm) length because
of the 18-foot (5486 mm) requirement for liquid fuel- 3. The owner of the LP-gas motor fuel-dispensing facility
dispensing hoses in Section 2306.7.5 and they know or the owner’s designee shall provide for the safe oper-
where to position their vehicles for refueling. See the ation of the system and the training of users.
commentary to Section 2306.7.5 for further discus- 4. The dispenser and hose-end valve shall release not
sion of hose length. more than 1/8 fluid ounce (4 cc) of liquid to the atmo-
2307.6.3 Emergency breakaway devices. Dispenser hoses sphere upon breaking the connection with the fill valve
shall be equipped with a listed emergency breakaway device on the vehicle.
designed to retain liquid on both sides of the breakaway 5. Portable fire extinguishers shall be provided in accor-
point. Where hoses are attached to hose-retrieving mecha- dance with Section 2305.5.
nisms, the emergency breakaway device shall be located such
that the breakaway device activates to protect the dispenser 6. Warning signs shall be provided in accordance with
from being displaced. Section 2305.6.
7. The area around the dispenser shall be maintained in
 Similar to Section 2306.7.5.1 of the code and Section
accordance with Section 2305.7.
6.25.4.2 of NFPA 58, this section requires a break-
away device on dispenser hoses delivering LP-gas  While the 2012 and earlier editions of the code pro-
motor fuel. These devices are installed to prevent a hibited self-service LP-gas motor fuel dispensing
pull-down of the motor fuel dispenser in the event that operated by the public, the 2015 edition allows public
a car drives away with the hose nozzle valve still refueling from LP-gas dispensers. This revision
attached to the car’s fill pipe. The design of these occurred in response to new technologies available
valves is such that when they operate, the separated to safeguard refueling operations. If the vehicles
sections of the hose are sealed to prevent leakage of being refueled do not belong to the owner of the fuel-
fuel from the hose. dispensing facility and the fuel-dispensing operator is
This section differs from Section 2306.7.5.1 in that not an employee of the owner, the facility is consid-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
23-26 Code Council

ered to be “public.” This section allows vehicle own- CNG at motor fuel-dispensing facilities. Chapter 53
ers to refuel their own vehicles under the supervision contains the general provisions for CNG.
of, or after having been trained by, the LP-gas motor 2308.2 Approvals. Storage vessels and equipment used for
fuel-dispensing facility owner or the owner’s desig- the storage, compression or dispensing of CNG shall be
nee. approved or listed in accordance with Sections 2308.2.1 and
This section contains provisions for the safe opera- 2308.2.2.
tion of the facility and an emergency shutoff switch
similar to the emergency shutoff switch required at  All equipment used in connection with the storage
motor fuel-dispensing facilities in Section 2303.2. and dispensing of CNG motor fuel must be either
approved or listed, as specified in the following sec-
tions. The terms “Approved” and “Listed” are defined
in Chapter 2. See the commentary to these defined
terms for further information.
2308.2.1 Approved equipment. Containers, compressors,
pressure relief devices (including pressure relief valves), and
pressure regulators and piping used for CNG shall be
approved.
approved by the fire code official. Listing of the speci-
fied components could be the basis for approval, but
listing is not mandated. Any such components must
be designed for the application and recommended for
the application by the manufacturer.
2308.2.2 Listed equipment. Hoses, hose connections, dis-
pensers, gas detection systems and electrical equipment used
for CNG shall be listed. Vehicle-fueling connections shall be
listed and labeled.
Figure 2307.7  The specified components must be listed and labeled
PUBLIC LP-GAS FUEL DISPENSER by an approved testing agency as complying with the
relevant product standards. As with all listed prod-
2307.8 Overfilling. LP-gas containers shall not be filled with ucts, the testing/listing agency will apply its seal or
LP-gas in excess of the volume determined using the fixed mark to the product.
maximum liquid level gauge installed on the container, the 2308.3 Location of dispensing operations and equipment.
volume determined by the overfilling prevention device Compression, storage and dispensing equipment shall be
installed on the container or the weight determined by the located above ground, outside.
required percentage of the water capacity marked on the con-
Exceptions:
tainer.
1. Compression, storage or dispensing equipment shall
 To prevent release of gas by pressure relief due to be allowed in buildings of noncombustible construc-
expansion of the gas, the LP-gas container must not tion, as set forth in the International Building Code,
be filled beyond the volume determined by one of the that are unenclosed for three-quarters or more of the
methods in this section. perimeter.
2. Compression, storage and dispensing equipment
SECTION 2308 shall be allowed indoors or in vaults in accordance
COMPRESSED NATURAL GAS MOTOR with Chapter 53.
FUEL-DISPENSING FACILITIES  Because of the potential for leakage, the compres-
2308.1 General. Motor fuel-dispensing facilities for com- sion, storage and dispensing equipment must be
pressed natural gas (CNG) fuel shall be in accordance with located either outdoors or in a noncombustible, sub-
this section and Chapter 53. stantially open building, except as allowed by Chap-
 The federal government is mandating that automak- ter 53. This section allows compression, storage and
ers move toward alternative fuels to replace conven- dispensing equipment to be located:
tional gasoline and diesel. One of the more popular 1. Outdoors, above ground.
alternative fuels is compressed natural gas (CNG).
As more vehicles use alternative fuels, codes will 2. Inside noncombustible buildings where at least
have to be modified to address the safe dispensing of 75 percent of the wall area is open to the
these fuels. This section addresses the dispensing of outside atmosphere.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

3. Indoors or in vaults in accordance with Chapter 2308.6 Valves. Gas piping to equipment shall be provided
53, which, in turn, references NFPA 52 and with a remote, readily accessible manual shutoff valve.
Section 413 of the IFGC.  Shutoff valves allow isolation of components for ser-
2308.3.1 Location on property. In addition to the require- vice, repair, replacement and emergency shutdown
ments of Section 2303.1, compression, storage and dispens- (see the definition of “Ready access” in the IFGC).
ing equipment not located in vaults complying with Chapter This valve is independent of the emergency shut-
53 shall be installed as follows: down device required by Section 2308.7.
1. Not beneath power lines. 2308.7 Emergency shutdown control. An emergency shut-
2. Ten feet (3048 mm) or more from the nearest building down control shall be located within 75 feet (22 860 mm) of,
or lot line that could be built on, public street, sidewalk but not less than 25 feet (7620 mm) from, dispensers and
or source of ignition. shall also be provided in the compressor area. Upon activa-
tion, the emergency shutdown system shall automatically
Exception: Dispensing equipment need not be sepa- shut off the power supply to the compressor and close valves
rated from canopies that are constructed in accor- between the main gas supply and the compressor and
dance with the International Building Code and that between the storage containers and dispensers.
provide weather protection for the dispensing equip-
ment.  CNG systems take natural gas from the utility supply
line, compress it to very high pressures and store the
3. Twenty-five feet (7620 mm) or more from the nearest compressed gas in vessels from which the dispens-
rail of any railroad track and 50 feet (15 240 mm) or ers draw the gas for transfer to the vehicle onboard
more from the nearest rail of any railroad main track or containers. The emergency shutdown device must be
any railroad or transit line where power for train pro- located no farther than 75 feet (22 860 mm) from and
pulsion is provided by an outside electrical source, such no closer than 25 feet (7620 mm) to the dispensers.
as third rail or overhead catenary. An additional shutdown device must be located near
4. Fifty feet (15 240 mm) or more from the vertical plane the compressors; the compressors may be remote
below the nearest overhead wire of a trolley bus line. from the dispensers. The shutdown device must dis-
 Natural gas is lighter than air. The requirements for connect the power to the compressors, must actuate
the location of the equipment that compresses and automatic valves that isolate the gas supply from the
dispenses the gas must take this into consideration. compressors and isolate the storage vessels from the
The separation distances from overhead ignition dispenser, thus limiting accidental gas discharge.
sources should be noted. 2308.8 Discharge of CNG from motor vehicle fuel storage
2308.4 Private fueling of motor vehicles. Self-service containers. The discharge of CNG from motor vehicle fuel
CNG-dispensing systems, including key, code and card lock cylinders for the purposes of maintenance, cylinder certifica-
dispensing systems, shall be limited to the filling of perma- tion, calibration of dispensers or other activities shall be in
nently mounted fuel containers on CNG-powered vehicles. accordance with Sections 2308.8.1 through 2308.8.1.2.6.
In addition to the requirements in Section 2305, the owner  The equipment referred to in this section is the fixed
of a self-service CNG motor fuel-dispensing facility shall equipment located at the CNG motor fuel-dispensing
ensure the safe operation of the system and the training of facility. Periodically, equipment must be maintained,
users. certified and recalibrated. To do this, the CNG must
be discharged from the system. This section regu-
 Unlike LP-gas self-service dispensing stations, CNG lates how the discharge must be done.
self-service dispensing systems can be open to the
public. The owner of the system must provide for the 2308.8.1 Methods of discharge. The discharge of CNG from
training of any users of the system. motor vehicle fuel cylinders shall be accomplished through a
closed transfer system in accordance with Section 2308.8.1.1
2308.5 Pressure regulators. Pressure regulators shall be or an approved method of atmospheric venting in accordance
designed and installed or protected so that their operation will with Section 2308.8.1.2.
not be affected by the elements (freezing rain, sleet, snow or
ice), mud or debris. The protection is allowed to be an inte-  The intentional discharge of gas from vehicle contain-
gral part of the regulator. ers is done for several reasons, including vehicle
repairs, certification of container integrity and con-
 The pressure regulator must be protected from the tainer replacement. The gas must be discharged in a
elements and is intended to prevent the overpressur- safe manner as dictated by either Section 2308.8.1.1
ization of the vehicle fuel tank and the delivery hose. or 2308.8.1.2. The vehicle storage container is
Pressure regulator failure could result in dangerous referred to as a “vessel” and as a “cylinder” in the text
overpressure and the opening of relief valves; there- to follow.
fore, they must be dependable. The regulator vent is
susceptible to blockage by debris and ice. 2308.8.1.1 Closed transfer system. A documented proce-
dure that explains the logical sequence for discharging the
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
23-28 Code Council

cylinder shall be provided to the fire code official for review 2308.8.1.2.3 Separation. The structure or appurtenance used
and approval. The procedure shall include what actions the for stabilizing the cylinder shall be separated from the site
operator will take in the event of a low-pressure or high-pres- equipment, features and exposures and shall be located in
sure natural gas release during the discharging activity. A accordance with Table 2308.8.1.2.3.
drawing illustrating the arrangement of piping, regulators and  This section is intended to separate the combustible
equipment settings shall be provided to the fire code official vapor produced by venting from buildings, building
for review and approval. The drawing shall illustrate the pip- openings, lot lines, public ways, vehicles, CNG com-
ing and regulator arrangement and shall be shown in spatial pressor and storage vessels and CNG dispensers.
relation to the location of the compressor, storage vessels and This precaution is reasonable considering the poten-
emergency shutdown devices. tial hazard of working with highly pressurized contain-
 A closed transfer system uses the same basic com- ers of a flammable gas.
ponents as a dispensing system and withdraws the TABLE 2308.8.1.2.3
gas from the vehicle container, storing it in vessels. SEPARATION DISTANCE FOR ATMOSPHERIC VENTING OF CNG
Drawings and a description of the sequence of opera-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
EQUIPMENT OR FEATURE MINIMUM SEPARATION (feet)
tion of the transfer system must be provided to the
fire code official for approval. This information may Buildings 25
then be shared with the fire department for use in
Building openings 25
case of an emergency where CNG cylinders might
need to be discharged. CNG compressor and storage vessels 25
2308.8.1.2 Atmospheric venting. Atmospheric venting of CNG dispensers 25
CNG shall comply with Sections 2308.8.1.2.1 through Lot lines 15
2308.8.1.2.6.
Public ways 15
 The six subsections that follow provide the conditions
and requirements under which gas is allowed to be Vehicles 25
discharged to the atmosphere. Such discharge For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
should be avoided wherever practical because: 1.
There is an inherent hazard in doing so; 2. Methane  The distances listed in Table 2308.8.1.2.3 are the dis-
is an air contaminant and 3. Natural resources should tances between the equipment or feature and the ter-
never be wasted. A closed transfer system is the mination of the vent opening where the gas is
preferable way to remove gas from vehicle contain- entering the atmosphere.
ers. 2308.8.1.2.4 Grounding and bonding. The structure or
2308.8.1.2.1 Plans and specifications. A drawing illustrating appurtenance used for supporting the cylinder shall be
the location of the vessel support, piping, the method of grounded in accordance with NFPA 70. The cylinder valve
grounding and bonding, and other requirements specified shall be bonded prior to the commencement of venting opera-
herein shall be provided to the fire code official for review tions.
and approval.  “Grounding” means to intentionally connect to the
 Plans of the proposed atmospheric venting apparatus earth. This could be accomplished by installing a con-
and piping system must be reviewed by the fire code ductor between the cylinder support and the building
official and approved before atmospheric venting can grounding electrode system. “Bonding” means to join
take place. metallic parts together to form a continuous electrical
pathway. Grounding and bonding required by this
2308.8.1.2.2 Cylinder stability. A method of rigidly support- section are intended to control sparking that could
ing the vessel during the venting of CNG shall be provided. result from current flow produced by voltage differen-
The selected method shall provide not less than two points of tials across parts of the venting set-up and the build-
support and shall prevent the horizontal and lateral movement ing components. Grounding the venting setup and
of the vessel. The system shall be designed to prevent the attaching a bonding jumper to the cylinder valve will
movement of the vessel based on the highest gas-release put all such components and the building compo-
velocity through valve orifices at the vessel’s rated pressure nents at the same voltage potential, thereby reducing
and volume. The structure or appurtenance shall be con- the possibility of sparks that could ignite flammable
structed of noncombustible materials. vapors or harm the cylinder assembly. The provisions
 Vehicle CNG containers (vessels) can hold extremely of this section will also help prevent the buildup of
high pressures, which, if released quickly, can pro- static electrical charges that could be a source of igni-
duce large thrust forces that would propel the con- tion.
tainer like a rocket. Natural gas does not liquefy at 2308.8.1.2.5 Vent tube. A vent tube that will divert the gas
normal ambient temperatures; therefore, in order to flow to atmosphere shall be installed on the cylinder prior to
hold the required amount of fuel on board the vehicle, commencement of the venting and purging operation. The
the gaseous fuel must be compressed to extreme vent tube shall be constructed of pipe or tubing materials
pressures of up to 3,600 pounds per square inch approved for use with CNG in accordance with Chapter 53.
absolute (psia) (24 736 kPa).

The vent tube shall be capable of dispersing the gas not to address the safe use, dispensing, storage and
less than 10 feet (3048 mm) above grade level. The vent tube generation of hydrogen fuels.
shall not be provided with a rain cap or other feature that Section 2309, along with the provisions of Chapter
would limit or obstruct the gas flow. 58, clearly defines gaseous hydrogen refueling and
At the connection fitting of the vent tube and the CNG cyl- generating stations within the scope of the code and
inder, a listed bidirectional detonation flame arrester shall be provides fire code officials with the necessary tools to
provided. create a safe consumer environment as the use of
hydrogen as a motor fuel increases.
 The cylinder must be discharged through a vent tube/ In many cases, the hydrogen fuel is utilized, with
pipe constructed of a material compatible with the air, within a fuel cell to produce electricity and, in
gas and that has the strength to withstand the pres- some cases, cogenerate heat. Typically, fire code
sure to which it will be exposed. The pressure that the officials will be faced with two classes of equipment—
vent will be exposed to must be calculated based on those that generate hydrogen (for use by other
the size of the vent tube, the length of the vent, the devices) and those that utilize hydrogen as their
friction loss through the vent and the maximum pres- energy input.
sure and discharge rate of the cylinder. Vent failure Often, hydrogen will be utilized in a manner similar
could cause injury resulting from projectile debris and to the current use of natural gas, but two important
could cause a severe fire/explosion hazard. This sec- differences that must be noted. First, while both
tion is intended to divert the vented vapor upward and hydrogen and natural gas are lighter than air, hydro-
away from any potential ignition source. gen is lighter, more diffusive and more buoyant than
2308.8.1.2.6 Signage. Approved “No Smoking” signs com- natural gas. This means that in well-ventilated situa-
plying with Section 310 shall be posted within 10 feet (3048 tions (e.g., outdoors) hydrogen will dissipate more
mm) of the cylinder support structure or appurtenance. quickly than natural gas, and much more quickly than
Approved CYLINDER SHALL BE BONDED signs shall be either propane or gasoline, both of which have fumes
posted on the cylinder support structure or appurtenance. that are heavier than air and will linger at an accident
scene or release site. However, hydrogen and natural
 The purpose of this section is to prevent ignition gas can both accumulate in unventilated pockets at
sources caused by smoking and stray currents. The the top of indoor structures and could represent a risk
provision requires two signs: a “No Smoking” sign in such situations. Similarly, propane and gasoline
and a sign reminding the operator that the cylinder fumes can accumulate at the floor level in unventi-
must be bonded to divert stray electrical currents. lated spaces, posing a different risk. Thus, ignition
sources must be regulated at the top of any unventi-
lated spaces for hydrogen and natural gas, while also
SECTION 2309
being regulated near the floor for gasoline or propane
HYDROGEN MOTOR
vehicles indoors. Second, hydrogen is odorless, col-
FUEL-DISPENSING AND GENERATION FACILITIES
orless and burns with a flame that is not visible to the
2309.1 General. Hydrogen motor fuel-dispensing and gener- human eye. This means it is unlikely, without appro-
ation facilities shall be in accordance with this section and priate instrumentation, that people will be able to
Chapter 58. Where a fuel-dispensing facility includes a repair detect unsafe conditions if they develop (similar to a
garage, the repair operation shall comply with Section 2311. carbon monoxide buildup in a structure).
 The federal government is mandating that automak- It is important to note that a given volume of natural
ers move toward alternative fuels to replace conven- gas has more than three times the energy of the
tional gasoline and diesel. Hydrogen is one same volume of hydrogen. Therefore, a given volume
alternative fuel likely to grow in popularity. of pipe containing natural gas will contain the same
The United States Department of Energy (DOE), in energy (potential hazard) as a three-times larger vol-
accordance with the Hydrogen Future Act of 1996, ume of hydrogen.
supports a program based on an industry-led cost- 2309.2 Equipment. Equipment used for the generation, com-
sharing approach called the Hydrogen Energy Pro- pression, storage or dispensing of hydrogen shall be designed
gram. In some markets, government agencies have for the specific application in accordance with Sections
mandated that automakers move ahead with produc- 2309.2.1 through 2309.2.3.
tion of alternative-fuel vehicles to help offset the
 All equipment used in connection with the storage
atmospheric implications of an economy almost
entirely driven by petroleum-based fuels, and facili- and dispensing of hydrogen motor fuel must be either
approved or listed, as specified in the following sec-
tate a shift to renewable energy supplies. Hydrogen is
one of those alternative fuels, and the commercial tions. The terms “approved” and “listed” are defined
in Chapter 2. See the commentary to these defined
products industry is responding. As more vehicles
use alternative fuels, codes will have to be modified terms for further information.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
23-30 Code Council

2309.2.1 Approved equipment. Cylinders, containers and many aspects of gaseous and liquefied hydrogen
tanks; pressure relief devices, including pressure valves; systems.
hydrogen vaporizers; pressure regulators; and piping used for 2309.2.3 Electrical equipment. Electrical installations shall
gaseous hydrogen systems shall be designed and constructed be in accordance with NFPA 70.
in accordance with Chapters 53, 55 and 58.
 This section addresses electrical equipment at hydro-
 The equipment identified in this section must be gen motor fuel-dispensing facilities and is correlated
approved by the fire code official. Listing of the speci- with NFPA 70. Electrical equipment must be
fied components could be the basis for approval, but approved for the particular hazards anticipated at
listing is not mandated. Any such components must hydrogen motor fuel-dispensing facilities.
be designed and recommended for the application by
2309.3 Location on property. In addition to the require-
the manufacturer.
ments of Section 2303.1, dispensing equipment shall be
Design requirements for various types of storage
located in accordance with Sections 2309.3.1 through Section
vessels, pressure relief devices (including pressure
2309.3.2.
valves), hydrogen vaporizers, pressure regulators
and piping used for hydrogen, are directly dependent  In order to reduce the likelihood of hydrogen motor
on the type, conditions of use and quantity of material fuels coming into contact with ignition sources or pos-
involved. This section is intended to rely on design ing a hazard to persons, adjoining property or on-site
requirements for this equipment as referenced in buildings, this section provides equipment location
Sections 5303 and 5503 and NFPA 55. requirements in relation to outdoor equipment, cano-
2309.2.2 Listed or approved equipment. Hoses, hose con- pies and overhead power lines.
nections, compressors, hydrogen generators, dispensers, 2309.3.1 Location of operations and equipment. Genera-
detection systems and electrical equipment used for hydrogen tion, compression, storage and dispensing equipment shall be
shall be listed or approved for use with hydrogen. Hydrogen located in accordance with Sections 2309.3.1.1 through
motor-fueling connections shall be listed and labeled or 2309.3.1.5.5.
approved for use with hydrogen.  Because of the physical characteristics of hydrogen
 The specified components must be listed and labeled and the potential for leakage, generation, compres-
by an approved testing agency as complying with the sion, storage and dispensing equipment must be
relevant product standards or they must be approved located above ground outdoors or indoors under rig-
by the fire code official. As with all listed products, the idly controlled equipment or separation requirements,
testing/listing agency will apply its seal or mark to the all in accordance with Sections 2309.3.1.1 through
product. However, although piping, hoses, hose con- 2309.3.1.5.5.
nections, compressors, hydrogen generators, dis- 2309.3.1.1 Outdoors. Generation, compression, or storage
pensers, detection systems and electrical equipment equipment shall be allowed outdoors in accordance with
used for hydrogen service should be built to recog- Chapter 58 and NFPA 2.
nized standards and be compatible with the material
handled, this equipment may not always be listed or  This section requires that hydrogen generation, com-
listed and labeled given the evolving nature of hydro- pression and storage equipment installed outdoors
gen technologies. Accordingly, this section provides be provided with the minimum separations prescribed
an alternative provision that the equipment be by Chapter 58 and NFPA 2.
approved and provides the fire code official with a 2309.3.1.2 Indoors. Generation, compression, storage and
means to regulate hydrogen equipment installations. dispensing equipment shall be located in indoor rooms or
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
It is also consistent with Section 5003.2.3, which areas constructed in accordance with the requirements of the
mandates that equipment and machinery associated International Building Code, the International Fuel Gas
with the use of hazardous materials be listed or Code, the International Mechanical Code and NFPA 2.
approved.
 The overriding theme of the indoor location require-
ASME B31.3 or CGA G-5.4, which references
ments for the generation, compression, storage or
ASME B31.3, may be appropriate for design and con-
dispensing of hydrogen motor fuel is to never permit
struction of the piping involved in hydrogen service
the maximum concentration of flammable contami-
and both are examples of common standards
nants in air to exceed 25 percent of the lower flamma-
employed by industry for piping, tubing and associ-
ble limit (LFL) for hydrogen during the period that a
ated distribution equipment involving hazardous
credible leak exists. This can be accomplished using
materials. Though not specifically referenced here,
natural or mechanical means to maintain adequate
there are other American Society of Mechanical Engi-
ventilation to prevent a hazardous buildup of hydro-
neers (ASME) and industry standards providing fur-
gen gas in buildings or confined spaces.
ther guidance that are considered appropriate for

2309.3.1.2.1 Maintenance. Gaseous hydrogen systems and 2309.3.1.4 Liquefied hydrogen storage. Storage of liquefied
detection devices shall be maintained in accordance with the hydrogen shall be in accordance with Chapters 55 and 58.
manufacturer’s instructions.  Although Section 2309 includes substantial safe-
 Key to the safety requirements for the generation, guards for the generation, compression, storage or
compression, storage or dispensing of hydrogen dispensing of hydrogen motor fuel, stored liquefied
motor fuel is the ongoing maintenance of the systems hydrogen is also classified as a flammable cryogenic
and their safety devices. The best approach to proper fluid requiring compliance with Chapter 55, which in
maintenance is following the instructions and recom- turn requires compliance with NFPA 55. Chapter 58
mendations of the company that made the equip- is referenced because it includes requirements for
ment, as required by this section. underground liquid hydrogen storage tanks.
2309.3.1.2.2 Smoking. Smoking shall be prohibited in hydro- 2309.3.1.5 Canopy tops. Gaseous hydrogen compression
gen cutoff rooms. “No Smoking” signs shall be provided at and storage equipment located on top of motor fuel-dispens-
all entrances to hydrogen fuel gas rooms. ing facility canopies shall be in accordance with Sections
2309.3.1.5.1 through 2309.3.1.5.5, Chapters 53 and 58 and
 Establishing “No Smoking” zones in, around and at
the International Fuel Gas Code.
the entrance to hydrogen fuel gas rooms is another
means of controlling a common ignition source. Sec-  This section allows for the optional placement of
tion 5003.7.1, Item 4 requires signage within the hydrogen generation, compression and storage
room or area where flammable materials are stored, equipment on top of motor fuel-dispensing facility
dispensed or used. Unless the entire facility is desig- overhead canopies. Overhead placement enhances
nated as a “No Smoking” facility, entrance doors to safety because the equipment remains removed from
flammable gas areas are required to be posted (see possible vehicular impact and ground-level ignition
Section 5003.7.1, Item 3). sources. This option has gained popularity, especially
There are a multitude of other instances where in more congested urban areas where real estate
flammable gases are used where posting should be prices prohibit the purchase of sufficient property to
provided to warn users of the potential presence of meet the separation requirements of Section
hydrogen prior to entering a room or area in which 2309.3.2.5.1 for new motor fuel-dispensing facilities.
they are present. Posting at the entrance to the room Similarly, existing motor fuel-dispensing facilities that
or area in which hydrogen is compressed or gener- might wish to expand their operations to include
ated provides early warning of the hazard prior to hydrogen are usually “land locked” and would benefit
entering the space. Signage on the outside entrances from using their existing canopy tops in the manner
to such areas, as well as inside the area, is war- described in this section.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ranted. Signs should be in accordance with Section 2309.3.1.5.1 Construction. Canopies shall be constructed in
310. accordance with the motor fuel-dispensing facility canopy
2309.3.1.2.3 Ignition source control. Open flames, flame- requirements of Section 406.7 of the International Building
producing devices and other sources of ignition shall be con- Code.
trolled in accordance with Chapter 58.
 IBC Section 406.7.2 regulates motor fuel-dispensing
 See the commentary to Section 5803.1.4. facility canopies and includes special requirements
2309.3.1.2.4 Housekeeping. Hydrogen fuel gas rooms shall for canopies used to support hydrogen motor fuel
be kept free from combustible debris and storage. equipment. See the commentary to that section for
additional information.
 Hydrogen fuel gas rooms are, by definition,
“...intended exclusively to house a gaseous hydrogen 2309.3.1.5.2 Fire-extinguishing systems. Fuel-dispensing
system.” This section is key to maintaining that limita- areas under canopies shall be equipped throughout with an
tion by prohibiting unnecessary combustible fuel approved automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Sec-
loads in the rooms. tion 903.3.1.1. The design of the sprinkler system shall be not
less than that required for Extra Hazard Group 2 occupancies.
2309.3.1.3 Gaseous hydrogen storage. Storage of gaseous Operation of the sprinkler system shall activate the emer-
hydrogen shall be in accordance with Chapters 53 and 58. gency functions of Sections 2309.3.1.5.3 and 2309.3.1.5.4.
 Although Section 2309 includes substantial safe-  This section requires the same scope of sprinkler pro-
guards for the generation, compression, storage or tection for the area under canopies as is required for
dispensing of hydrogen motor fuel, gaseous hydro- buildings with walls, i.e., “equipped throughout” as
gen is also classified as a flammable gas requiring defined in NFPA 13 (referenced in Section 903.3.1.1)
compliance with Chapter 58 and possesses com- with an Extra Hazard Group 2 design. The automatic
pressed gas hazards requiring compliance with sprinkler system is to protect the canopy top-mounted
Chapter 53. hydrogen equipment from any fire scenario that could
23-32 Code Council

develop in the fueling area below. In areas subject to hydrogen gas and in accordance with Section 406.7 of the
freezing, the automatic sprinkler system must be pro- International Building Code.
tected from freezing in an approved manner consis-  IBC Section 406.7.2 has specific construction
tent with NFPA 13. Note that because of the very requirements for canopies located at motor fuel-dis-
specific requirement for an automatic sprinkler sys- pensing facilities. This section removes any separa-
tem in this section, the alternative automatic fire- tion requirements between the dispenser area and
extinguishing system provisions of Section 904 would the canopy when the canopy is constructed in accor-
not apply. dance to the special provision for canopies located at
2309.3.1.5.3 Emergency discharge. Operation of the auto- motor fuel-dispensing facilities. Note that this section
matic sprinkler system shall activate an automatic emergency places a condition on the application of IBC canopy
discharge system, which will discharge the hydrogen gas construction requirements (i.e., that the canopy be
from the equipment on the canopy top through the vent pipe sufficiently open to preclude the accumulation of
system. hydrogen in its construction).
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
 As part of protecting the hydrogen equipment 2309.4 Dispensing into motor vehicles at self-service
mounted on top of the canopy from a fire developing hydrogen motor fuel-dispensing facilities. Self-service
below, this section requires that an approved emer- hydrogen motor fuel-dispensing systems, including key, code
gency discharge system be provided to “dump” the and card lock dispensing systems, shall be limited to the fill-
hydrogen content of the system safely into the atmo- ing of permanently mounted fuel containers on hydrogen-
sphere in the event of water flow in the automatic powered vehicles.
sprinkler system. In addition to the requirements in Section 2311, the owner
2309.3.1.5.4 Emergency shutdown control. Operation of of a self-service hydrogen motor fuel-dispensing facility shall
the automatic sprinkler system shall activate the emergency provide for the safe operation of the system through the insti-
shutdown control required by Section 2309.5.3. tution of a fire safety plan submitted in accordance with Sec-
 Whereas Section 2309.3.2.6.2.1 requires a precaution 404, the training of employees and operators who use
tionary hydrogen “dump” from the canopy-mounted and maintain the system in accordance with Section 406, and
hydrogen equipment when the automatic sprinkler provisions for hazard communication in accordance with
system operates, this section provides additional pro- Section 407.
tection to the hydrogen equipment by requiring that  This section provides regulations for the dispensing
the emergency shutoff required by Section 2309.5.3 of gaseous hydrogen. The dispensing facility owner
be automatically activated upon water flow in the must demonstrate minimum competency and control
automatic sprinkler system. This would complement of the dispensing of hydrogen, including training and
the automatic emergency discharge required by Sec- supervision for the employees and operators who use
tion 2309.3.2.6.2.1 by automatically disconnecting and maintain the system.
the power supply to the hydrogen storage, compres- 2309.4.1 Dispensing systems. Dispensing systems shall be
sion and dispensing equipment, thus preventing the equipped with an overpressure protection device set at not
system from contributing any residual hydrogen to a greater than 140 percent of the service pressure of the fueling
fire or trying to replenish the hydrogen supply. nozzle it supplies.
2309.3.1.5.5 Signage. Approved signage having 2-inch (51
mm) block letters shall be affixed at approved locations on  This section provides the overpressure protection of
the exterior of the canopy structure stating: CANOPY TOP the vehicle fuel system by the fuel-dispensing sys-
HYDROGEN STORAGE. tem. The Canadian Standards Association (CSA)
publishes a hydrogen dispensing standard, CSA-
 The signs required by this section provide a visual HGV 4.1. These provisions were written prior to this
warning to the fire department or other first respond- standard being published. Nearly all of the hydrogen
ers that the canopy includes the presence of hydro- fuel cell vehicles that are currently deployed or will be
gen storage, compression and dispensing deployed in the near future rely on the fuel dispenser
equipment. Sign locations must be decided on a for overpressure protection. Similar language
case-by-case basis but at a minimum must be posted appears in NFPA 52 and in some state hydrogen
so as to be readily visible from all possible tactical storage and dispensing rules.
approaches used by the fire department. Based on 2309.5 Safety precautions. Safety precautions at hydrogen
site configuration and conditions, multiple signs could motor fuel-dispensing and generation facilities shall be in
be required. accordance with Sections 2309.5.1 through 2309.5.3.1.
2309.3.2 Canopies. Dispensing equipment need not be sepa-
rated from canopies of Type I or II construction that are con-  This section establishes a minimum level of safety for
structed in a manner that prevents the accumulation of hydrogen motor fuel generation and dispensing.

2309.5.1 Protection from vehicles. Guard posts or other surface is not concrete or is a coated concrete. Tests
approved means shall be provided to protect hydrogen stor- are performed in the laboratory and again in the field
age systems and use areas subject to vehicular damage in upon installation of the vehicle fueling pad to demon-
accordance with Section 312. strate if the installed material has an electrical resis-
tance of less than 1 megohm. For vehicle fueling
 This provision seeks to prevent hydrogen leaks or
pads with an area less than 107 square feet (9.9 m²),
catastrophic releases caused by vehicle impact. The
EN 1081 requires at least three tests. For vehicle
provision recognizes that vehicle damage can be
fueling pads with a larger area, the standard specifies
reduced by placing 4-inch (102 mm) steel posts filled
the number of tests shall be established by the owner
with concrete and spaced on 4-foot (1219 mm) cen-
and the individual or company contractually obligated
ters, among other requirements of Section 312,
to perform the tests.
around the hydrogen storage system.
2309.5.2 Emergency shutoff valves. A manual emergency
2309.5.1.1 Vehicle fueling pad. The vehicle shall be fueled
shutoff valve shall be provided to shut down the flow of gas
on noncoated concrete or other approved paving material
from the hydrogen supply to the piping system.
having a resistance not exceeding 1 megohm as determined
by the methodology specified in EN 1081.  To prevent spillage and to allow servicing of equip-
ment, a remote accessible manual shutoff valve must
 This section provides a requirement that addresses
be installed. This valve is independent of the emer-
the potential for stray currents that can ignite hydro-
gency shutdown equipment required in Section
gen when it is used as a motor vehicle fuel. The same
2309.5.3.
requirement is also found in IBC Section 406.7.1.
Motor vehicles can acquire an electrostatic charge 2309.5.2.1 Identification. Manual emergency shutoff valves
while traveling. The resistance offered by the tires shall be identified and the location shall be clearly visible,
through an uncoated concrete surface is low enough accessible and indicated by means of a sign.
that this charge dissipates to ground very quickly  In order to be effective, the manual emergency shut-
(seconds or less). However, under dry conditions, an off valve must be clearly and prominently identified by
asphalt surface may offer sufficient resistance that a sign that will achieve those goals in all types of
the charge will not dissipate in a timely manner. A weather. Section 5003.6 provides some guidance on
small number of incidents have occurred in Europe signage that could be used as a basis for the design
where a nonabsorbent polymer, having unusually of the required sign.
high resistance, was used at motor fuel-dispensing
2309.5.3 Emergency shutdown controls. In addition to the
facilities to prevent soil contamination from gasoline
manual emergency shutoff valve required by Section
spills. Therefore, paved surfaces that result in a resis-
2309.5.2, a remotely located, manually activated emergency
tance greater than 1 megohm should not be used.
shutdown control shall be provided. An emergency shutdown
Fueling surfaces for hydrogen-powered vehicles
should be at least as protective regarding electro- control shall be located within 75 feet (22 860 mm) of, but
static discharge (ESD) issues as those fueling sur- not less than 25 feet (7620 mm) from, dispensers and hydro-
faces used for petroleum-powered vehicles. This gen generators.
section provides precautions to dissipate static elec-  Two emergency shutdown devices must be installed,
tricity built up on the vehicle from driving before the one in the compressor area in accordance with Sec-
driver’s door is opened upon arrival at the fueling tion 2309.5.2 and the other no closer than 25 feet
facility to initiate refueling. Plain concrete is allowed (7620 mm) or farther than 75 feet (22 860 mm) from
for construction of the fueling pad with no resistance the dispenser. These distances are such that the
measurements needed; however, an alternative emergency shutdown control is, at its furthest, no fur-
material can be used as long as it has a measured ther from the hydrogen dispensers or generators than
resistance less than or equal to 1 megohm. Both the a portable fire extinguisher would be but not close
concrete and 1 megohm criteria are cited from the enough to put personnel at risk of injury in the event
American Petroleum Institute (API) RP 2003. NFPA of an emergency.
77 also points out that a resistance of 1 megohm or 2309.5.3.1 System requirements. Activation of the emer-
less is considered adequate to dissipate any charges. gency shutdown control shall automatically shut off the
The 1 megohm requirement is also found in Section power supply to all hydrogen storage, compression and dis-
5706.5.1.7 as a maximum electrical resistance pensing equipment; shut off natural gas or other fuel supply
requirement for loading racks transferring liquid to the hydrogen generator; and close valves between the main
petroleum products into cargo tank vehicles. That supply and the compressor and between the storage contain-
requirement has been consistently shown to be a reli- ers and dispensing equipment.
able value and design basis for ensuring stray cur-
rents are sent to ground.  Emergency shutdown controls must shut down the
The referenced standard, EN 1081 is the available power supply to the hydrogen storage, compression
standard applicable to measuring the resistance of and dispensing equipment and close the valves lead-
vehicle fueling pads. It establishes the testing criteria ing to and from the compressor and between the stor-
for surface coverings that may be used if the fueling age containers and dispensers in the event of an
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
23-34 Code Council

emergency. Activation of any one emergency shut- the fire code official for approval. This information
down device would activate total shutdown of all gen- may then be shared with the fire department for use
eration and dispensing operations on site. in case of an emergency where hydrogen cylinders
2309.6 Defueling of hydrogen from fuel storage contain- might need to be discharged.
ers. The discharge or defueling of hydrogen from fuel storage 2309.6.1.2 Atmospheric venting of hydrogen from fuel
tanks for the purpose of maintenance, cylinder certification, storage containers. Where atmospheric venting is used for
calibration of dispensers or other activities shall be in accor- the discharge of hydrogen from fuel storage tanks, such vent-
dance with Sections 2309.6.1 through 2309.6.1.2.4. ing shall be in accordance with Sections 2309.6.1.2.1 through
 Because of the emerging use of alternative fuels and 2309.6.1.2.1.4.
the differences in their properties, repair garages  The subsections that follow provide the conditions
must be designed for the anticipated vehicles and the and requirements under which hydrogen is allowed to
materials fueling them. Section 2311 includes the be discharged to the atmosphere. Such discharge
provisions for many different fuels, including lighter- should be avoided wherever practical because there
than-air fuels. Accordingly, if a repair garage makes is an inherent hazard in doing so and because
hydrogen, which is a lighter-than-air fuel, available for resources should never be wasted. A closed transfer
dispensing to motor vehicles, the repair garage must system is the preferable way to remove hydrogen
also meet the applicable requirements and hazard- from vehicle containers.
mitigation criteria for servicing hydrogen-fueled vehi- 2309.6.1.2.1 Defueling equipment. Equipment used for
cles. These requirements were formerly located in defueling shall be listed and labeled or approved for the
Section 2311.8 and were applicable only to motor intended use.
vehicle fuel storage containers. The benefit of relo-
cating these requirements and modifying the lan-  The hazards of hydrogen are such that using “jerry-
guage to apply to “fuel storage,” instead of “motor rigged” tools and equipment could have disastrous
vehicle fuel storage” is that the ability to defuel hydro- results. As a further precaution, all defueling equip-
gen is needed when repair and servicing of the fixed ment must be both listed and labeled for that pur-
hydrogen fuel compression, storage and dispensing pose.
equipment located at these facilities becomes neces- 2309.6.1.2.1.1 Manufacturer’s equipment required.
sary. Equipment supplied by the manufacturer shall be used to con-
2309.6.1 Methods of discharge. The discharge of hydrogen nect the storage tanks to be defueled to the vent pipe system.
from fuel storage tanks shall be accomplished through a
closed transfer system in accordance with Section 2309.6.1.1  Since the manufacturer provides the necessary
or an approved method of atmospheric venting in accordance equipment and fittings to mate tanks and containers
with Section 2309.6.1.2. to the vent system, only that equipment is to be used.
The use of incompatible equipment could result in an
 The intentional discharge of gas from vehicle contain- unexpected gas discharge and possible ignition.
ers is done for several reasons, including vehicle
2309.6.1.2.1.2 Vent pipe maximum diameter. Defueling
repairs, certification of the container integrity and
vent pipes shall have a maximum inside diameter of 1 inch
container replacement. The gas must be discharged
(25 mm).
in a safe manner as dictated by either Section
2311.8.1.1 or 2311.8.1.2. The vehicle storage con-  When discharging hydrogen to the atmosphere, it is
tainer is referred to as a “vessel” and as a “cylinder” important that the size of the vent pipe be such that it
in the text to follow. will provide sufficient discharge velocity to disperse
2309.6.1.1 Closed transfer system. A documented proce- the hydrogen in the air.
dure that explains the logic sequence for discharging the stor- 2309.6.1.2.1.3 Maximum flow rate. The maximum rate of
age tank shall be provided to the fire code official for review hydrogen flow through the vent pipe system shall not exceed
and approval. The procedure shall include what actions the 1,000 cfm at NTP (0.47 m3/s) and shall be controlled by
operator is required to take in the event of a low-pressure or means of the manufacturer’s equipment, at low pressure and
high-pressure hydrogen release during discharging activity. without adjustment.
Schematic design documents shall be provided illustrating
the arrangement of piping, regulators and equipment settings.  When gas flows through piping, friction with the pipe
The construction documents shall illustrate the piping and wall generates heat. Limiting the flow rate limits the
regulator arrangement and shall be shown in spatial relation amount of heat generated by the flow of gas.
to the location of the compressor, storage vessels and emer- 2309.6.1.2.1.4 Isolated use. The vent pipe used for defueling
gency shutdown devices. shall not be connected to another venting system used for any
other purpose.
 A closed transfer system uses the same basic com-
ponents as a dispensing system and withdraws the  To avoid contamination or the reaction of potentially
gas from the vehicle container and stores it in ves- incompatible materials, this section requires that the
sels. Drawings and a description of the sequence of defueling vent pipe be dedicated to hydrogen-only
operation of the transfer system must be provided to use.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
®
Code Council FIRE CODE COMMENTARY 23-35
2309.6.1.2.2 Construction documents. Construction docu- put all such components and the building compo-
ments shall be provided illustrating the defueling system to be nents at the same voltage potential, thereby reducing
utilized. Plan details shall be of sufficient detail and clarity to the possibility of sparks that could ignite flammable
allow for evaluation of the piping and control systems to be vapors or harm the cylinder assembly. The provisions
utilized and include the method of support for cylinders, con- of this section will also help prevent the buildup of
tainers or tanks to be used as part of a closed transfer system, static electrical charges that could be a source of igni-
the method of grounding and bonding and other requirements tion.
specified herein. 2309.6.2 Repair of hydrogen piping. Piping systems con-
 Construction documents, as defined in Section 202, taining hydrogen shall not be opened to the atmosphere for
must be drawn to scale with sufficient clarity to be repair without first purging the piping with an inert gas to
understood by the fire code official, contractors and achieve 1-percent hydrogen or less by volume. Defueling
owners and must address the requirements of the operations and exiting purge flow shall be vented in accor-
code. State or local laws may require preparation of dance with Section 2309.6.1.2.
the construction documents by a registered design  To prevent the release of flammable hydrogen gas to
professional (see the commentary to IBC Section the atmosphere and to prevent an explosive hydro-
106.1 for further information). gen-air mixture (above 1-percent hydrogen based on
2309.6.1.2.3 Stability of cylinders, containers and tanks. A the pipe volume) within system piping, this section
method of rigidly supporting cylinders, containers or tanks requires that piping be purged with an inert gas
used during the closed transfer system discharge or defueling before being disconnected and repaired.
of hydrogen shall be provided. The method shall provide not 2309.6.3 Purging. Each individual manufactured component
less than two points of support and shall be designed to resist of a hydrogen generating, compression, storage or dispensing
lateral movement of the receiving cylinder, container or tank. system shall have a label affixed as well as a description in
The system shall be designed to resist movement of the the installation and owner’s manuals describing the proce-
receiver based on the highest gas-release velocity through dure for purging air from the system during startup, regular
valve orifices at the receiver’s rated service pressure and vol- maintenance and for purging hydrogen from the system prior
ume. Supporting structures or appurtenances used to support to disassembly (to admit air).
receivers shall be constructed of noncombustible materials in
accordance with the International Building Code. For the interconnecting piping between the individual
manufactured components, the pressure rating must be not
 Vehicle hydrogen fuel containers can hold extremely less than 20 times the absolute pressure present in the piping
high pressures, which, if released quickly, can pro- when any hydrogen meets any air.
duce large thrust forces that would propel the con-
tainer like a rocket. Hydrogen does not liquefy at  This section places the burden of the purging require-
normal ambient temperatures; therefore, in order to ment on the equipment manufacturer. Commensu-
hold the required amount of fuel on board the vehicle, rately, these requirements can be verified by the fire
the gaseous fuel must be compressed to extreme code official before, during and after installation.
pressures of 3,000 to 5,000 psia (20 613 to 34 355 Requirements for rating the interconnecting piping at
kPa). 20 times the initial pressure reduces the likelihood
2309.6.1.2.4 Grounding and bonding. Cylinders, containers that a detonation will rupture the vent piping.
or tanks and piping systems used for defueling shall be 2309.6.3.1 System purge required. After installation, repair
bonded and grounded. Structures or appurtenances used for or maintenance, the hydrogen piping system shall be purged
supporting the cylinders, containers or tanks shall be of air in accordance with the manufacturer’s procedure for
grounded in accordance with NFPA 70. The valve of the purging air from the system.
vehicle storage tank shall be bonded with the defueling sys-
tem prior to the commencement of discharge or defueling  Reliable purging procedures are essential to the safe
operations. use of hydrogen gas systems. This section requires
that the system manufacturer’s purge method be
 “Grounding” means to intentionally connect to the used. Such methods could include any of several
earth. This could be accomplished by installing a con- methodologies in common use in the industry, as out-
ductor between the cylinder support and the building lined in ASME B31.3 (see commentary, IFGC Section
grounding electrode system. Bonding means to join 705.3). The continuous flow method uses a continu-
metallic parts together to form a continuous electrical ous flow of the inert purge gas to remove the hydro-
pathway. Grounding and bonding required by this gen gas and prevent air or moisture from entering the
section are intended to control sparking that could system. The dilution method uses a sequence of
result from current flow produced by voltage differen- pressurization and venting. This sequence is
tials across parts of the venting setup and the build- repeated several times and is very effective in remov-
ing components. Grounding the venting setup and ing gas from dead-end piping, such as pressure
attaching a bonding jumper to the cylinder valve will gauge lines.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
23-36 Code Council

SECTION 2310 Section 2301.6, which references NFPA 30A, the

MARINE MOTOR FUEL-DISPENSING FACILITIES IFGC and the IMC.
2310.1 General. The construction of marine motor fuel-dis- 2310.3 Dispensing. The dispensing of liquid fuels at marine
pensing facilities shall be in accordance with the Interna- motor fuel-dispensing facilities shall comply with Sections
tional Building Code and NFPA 30A. The storage of Class I, 2310.3.1 through 2310.3.5.
II or IIIA liquids at marine motor fuel-dispensing facilities  The dispensing of fuel at a marine service station
shall be in accordance with this chapter and Chapter 57. requires special consideration because of the loca-
 This section contains code provisions for marine fuel- tion of the dispensing equipment on piers and floating
dispensing facilities that use automotive-type dis- docks, and the movement of the pier or dock in rela-
pensing equipment. This section does not address tionship to the shore. Dispensing of fuel at marinas
bulk fuel transfer facilities that use flange-to-flange generally requires longer dispensing hoses and
connections between the shore and the marine ves- greater quantities of fuel.
sel. 2310.3.1 General. Wharves, piers or floats at marine motor
2310.2 Storage and handling. The storage and handling of fuel-dispensing facilities shall be used exclusively for the dis-
Class I, II or IIIA liquids at marine motor fuel-dispensing pensing or transfer of petroleum products to or from marine
facilities shall be in accordance with Sections 2310.2.1 craft, except that transfer of essential ship stores is allowed.
through 2310.2.3.  This section restricts the use of the area adjacent to
 This section introduces provisions for the storage and the fuel-dispensing area to the exclusive use of trans-
handling of Class I, II and IIIA flammable and com- ferring fuel, with the exception of transferring essen-
bustible liquids at marine motor fuel-dispensing facili- tial ships’ stores. This provision is not intended to
ties. Class IIIB combustible liquids do not have restrict the berthing and other uses on the pier or
specific regulations in the sections that follow floating structure away from the fuel-transferring
because of their relatively low hazard due to their docking area. Fuel-dispensing hoses must not be
higher flash points. stretched over one vessel to reach another; that is,
2310.2.1 Class I, II or IIIA liquid storage. Class I, II or IIIA one vessel cannot be docked parallel and alongside
liquids stored inside of buildings used for marine motor fuel- another vessel while taking on fuel.
dispensing facilities shall be stored in approved containers or 2310.3.2 Supervision. Marine motor fuel-dispensing facili-
portable tanks. Storage of Class I liquids shall not exceed 10 ties shall have an attendant or supervisor who is fully aware
gallons (38 L). of the operation, mechanics and hazards inherent to fueling of
Exception: Storage in liquid storage rooms in accordance boats on duty whenever the facility is open for business. The
with Section 5704.3.7. attendant’s primary function shall be to supervise, observe
and control the dispensing of Class I, II or IIIA liquids or
 This section addresses the storage of flammable and flammable gases.
combustible liquids inside marine motor fuel-dispens-
ing facility buildings. The provision limits the storage  Because of the uniqueness of dispensing fuel at mari-
of Class I liquids (e.g., gasoline) to 10 gallons (38 L), nas and the inherent dangers, the dispensing must
unless the building has a flammable and combustible be supervised by a trained attendant or supervisor
liquid storage room constructed in accordance with who knows how to control fuel spills, eliminate possi-
the code. ble ignition sources, operate emergency shutoff
equipment and notify emergency responders.
2310.2.2 Class II or IIIA liquid storage and dispensing.
Class II or IIIA liquids stored or dispensed inside of buildings 2310.3.3 Hoses and nozzles. Dispensing of Class I, II or IIIA
used for marine motor fuel-dispensing facilities shall be liquids into the fuel tanks of marine craft shall be by means of
stored in and dispensed from approved containers or portable an approved-type hose equipped with a listed automatic-clos-
tanks. Storage of Class II and IIIA liquids shall not exceed ing nozzle without a latch-open device.
120 gallons (454 L). Hoses used for dispensing or transferring Class I, II or
 The storage and dispensing inside of marine motor IIIA liquids, when not in use, shall be reeled, racked or other-
fuel-dispensing facility buildings of Class II (e.g., die- wise protected from mechanical damage.
sel or kerosene) or IIIA liquids is limited to 120 gal-  The automatic-closing-type nozzle is designed to
lons (454 L) in aggregate. Lubricating oils and gear operate with automotive-type fuel receivers. Many
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
lubricants (Class III B) are not limited by this provi- marine craft are not equipped with automotive-type
sion. fuel receivers with the vent line terminating in the
2310.2.3 Heating equipment. Heating equipment installed in receiver tube. It is the fuel returning in the vent line
Class I, II or IIIA liquid storage or dispensing areas shall that shuts off the automatic-type nozzle. Therefore,
comply with Section 2301.6. the latch-open device must not be used on marine
craft.
 When flammable and combustible liquids are stored Hoses at marinas are not restricted to an 18-foot-
or dispensed inside of marine motor fuel-dispensing maximum (5486 mm) length as are those at automo-
facility buildings, heating equipment must comply with tive motor fuel-dispensing facilities. Therefore, the

longer hoses are more susceptible to damage and 5. The tank vehicle flasher lights shall be in operation
must be properly protected by being placed on a rack while dispensing.
or rolled on a reel. It is also wise to mark the nozzle to 6. Fuel expansion space shall be left in each fuel tank to
identify it with a certain dispenser. Because of the prevent overflow in the event of temperature increase.
length of hose, the operator may attempt to use the
wrong nozzle when multiple dispensers are on the  Because of their lesser hazard characteristics, Class
pier. II and III liquid marine vehicle motor fuels are allowed
2310.3.4 Portable containers. Dispensing of Class I, II or to be dispensed at other than a marine motor fuel-dis-
IIIA liquids into containers, other than fuel tanks, shall be in pensing facility but must be dispensed in accordance
accordance with Section 2304.4.1. with all of the six special provisions, which provide a
level of safety in keeping with that required for a
 See the commentary to Section 2304.4.1. marine motor fuel-dispensing facility.
2310.3.5 Liquefied petroleum gas. Liquefied petroleum gas 2310.5 Fire prevention regulations. General fire safety reg-
cylinders shall not be filled at marine motor fuel-dispensing ulations for marine motor fuel-dispensing facilities shall
facilities unless approved. Approved storage facilities for LP- comply with Sections 2310.5.1 through 2310.5.7.
gas cylinders shall be provided. See also Section 2307.
 This section contains special provisions regarding fire
 Many marine vessels use LP-gas for heating and safety at marinas.
cooking. LP-gas cylinders may not be refilled at a 2310.5.1 Housekeeping. Marine motor fuel-dispensing facil-
marina, unless specifically approved by the fire code ities shall be maintained in a neat and orderly manner. Accu-
official. Section 2307 has requirements for dispensing mulations of rubbish or waste oils in excessive amounts shall
LP-gas at motor fuel-dispensing facilities, and this be prohibited.
section can be used by the fire code official in making
the decision on whether to approve the dispensing of  This provision limits fuel sources that may readily
LP-gas at marinas. ignite if subjected to an ignition source or may spon-
2310.4 Fueling of marine vehicles at other than approved taneously combust.
marine motor fuel-dispensing facilities. Fueling of floating 2310.5.2 Spills. Spills of Class I, II or IIIA liquids at or on the
marine craft at other than a marine motor fuel-dispensing water shall be reported immediately to the fire department
facility shall comply with Sections 2310.4.1 and 2310.4.2. and jurisdictional authorities.
 This section introduces the requirements for dispens-  The key point in this requirement is to immediately
ing motor fuels into marine vehicles at locations other report spills. Petroleum products have a lower spe-
than approved marine motor fuel-dispensing facilities. cific gravity than water; thus, they will float on the sur-
2310.4.1 Class I liquid fuels. Fueling of floating marine craft face of the water and a small amount of fuel can be
with Class I fuels at other than a marine motor fuel-dispens- spread over a large area of water.
ing facility is prohibited. 2310.5.3 Rubbish containers. Containers with tight-fitting
or self-closing lids shall be provided for temporary storage of
 The dispensing of fuel into floating marine craft at
combustible debris, rubbish and waste material. The rubbish
locations other than approved marine motor fuel-dis-
containers shall be constructed entirely of materials that com-
pensing facilities is limited to Class II and Ill liquids
ply with any one of the following:
(e.g., diesel fuel) in accordance with Section
2310.4.2. Because of the inherent dangers of Class I 1. Noncombustible materials.
liquid fuels (very low flash point, high vapor pressure, 2. Materials that meet a peak rate of heat release not
low specific gravity, etc.), gasoline must be dis- exceeding 300 kW/m2 when tested in accordance with
pensed only at approved marine motor fuel-dispens- ASTM E 1354 at an incident heat flux of 50 kW/m2 in
ing facilities complying with this chapter. the horizontal orientation.
2310.4.2 Class II or III liquid fuels. Fueling of floating
 Rubbish containers can be constructed of metal or
marine craft with Class II or III fuels at other than a marine
other noncombustible materials, including materials
motor fuel-dispensing facility shall be in accordance with all
that have been shown to be safe by meeting a very
of the following:
severe fire test, like those required by Section 808 for
1. The premises and operations shall be approved by the Group I-1, I-2 and I-3 occupancies. Note that the
fire code official. requirement covers all types of rubbish and is not
2. Tank vehicles and fueling operations shall comply with intended to address spills of combustible or flamma-
Section 5706.6. ble liquids (or Class I, II or IIIA liquids) covered by
Section 2310.5.2. The best fire extinguisher for a fire
3. The dispensing nozzle shall be of the listed automatic- in a sturdy trash can is the lid. A tight-fitting lid will
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
closing type without a latch-open device. extinguish the fire by starving the fire of oxygen. Fur-
4. Nighttime deliveries shall only be made in lighted thermore, if the lid is in place, the combustibles are
areas. not likely to ignite in the first place.
23-38 Code Council

2310.5.4 Marine vessels and craft. Vessels or craft shall not in the vessel’s bilges and below-deck spaces. The
be made fast to fuel docks serving other vessels or craft occu- intent here is to warn the vessel operators to control
pying a berth at a marine motor fuel-dispensing facility. ignition sources until the bilges and below-deck
spaces have been cleared of explosive vapors.
 The intent of this provision is to prevent two or more
vessels from mooring alongside each other at a fuel 2310.6 Fire protection. Fire protection features for marine
dock. If an accident happens at a marine fuel-dis- motor fuel-dispensing facilities shall comply with Sections
pensing facility, the vessels should be able to cast off 2310.6.1 through 2310.6.4.
their docking lines and get underway without having  This section addresses the requirements for fire pro-
to untie another vessel. Also, the fuel-dispensing tection at marine fuel-dispensing facilities.
hose should never cross one vessel to get to another.
2310.6.1 Standpipe hose stations. Fire hose, where pro-
2310.5.5 Sources of ignition. Construction, maintenance, vided, shall be enclosed within a cabinet, and hose stations
repair and reconditioning work involving the use of open shall be labeled: FIRE HOSE—EMERGENCY USE ONLY.
flames, arcs or spark-producing devices shall not be per-
formed at marine motor fuel-dispensing facilities or within 50  Section 2310.1 states that the construction require-
feet (15 240 mm) of the dispensing facilities, including piers, ments for marine motor fuel-dispensing facilities will
wharves or floats, except for emergency repair work be found in the IBC and NFPA 30A. NFPA 30A states
approved in writing by the fire code official. Fueling shall not that marine fuel-dispensing facilities that are located
be conducted at the pier, wharf or float during the course of on piers that extend more than a 500-foot (152 400
such emergency repairs. mm) travel distance from shore are required to have
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
a Class III standpipe installed in accordance with

 The intent of this requirement is to control possible NFPA 14.
ignition sources within 50 feet (15 240 mm) of the
2310.6.2 Obstruction of fire protection equipment. Materi-
fuel-dispensing area. In order to control the common
als shall not be placed on a pier in such a manner as to
ignition hazard of smoking, all hot work within 50 feet
obstruct access to fire-fighting equipment or piping system
(15 240 mm) of a fuel-dispensing area requires a per-
control valves.
mit from the fire code official in writing and the fuel-
dispensing operation must be placed out of service.  The intent of this section is to make all fire protection
2310.5.5.1 Smoking. Smoking or open flames shall be pro- equipment, including means for turning off fuel supply
hibited within 50 feet (15 240 mm) of fueling operations. “No lines in an emergency, readily accessible in an emer-
Smoking” signs complying with Section 310 shall be posted gency.
conspicuously about the premises. Such signs shall have let- 2310.6.3 Access. Where the pier is accessible to vehicular
ters not less than 4 inches (102 mm) in height on a back- traffic, an unobstructed roadway to the shore end of the wharf
ground of contrasting color. shall be maintained for access by fire apparatus.
 “No Smoking” signs must be conspicuously placed  See Chapter 5 and Appendix D for guidance on fire
around the fuel-dispensing area. apparatus access roads.
2310.5.6 Preparation of tanks for fueling. Boat owners and 2310.6.4 Portable fire extinguishers. Portable fire extin-
operators shall not offer their craft for fueling unless the tanks guishers in accordance with Section 906, each having a mini-
being filled are properly vented to dissipate fumes to the out- mum rating of 20-B:C, shall be provided as follows:
side atmosphere. 1. One on each float.
 Most liquid fuel vapors are heavier than air. There- 2. One on the pier or wharf within 25 feet (7620 mm) of
fore, the vapors, if not properly vented to the atmo- the head of the gangway to the float, unless the office is
sphere, will accumulate in the vessel’s bilges, within 25 feet (7620 mm) of the gangway or is on the
causing a very dangerous explosion hazard. float and an extinguisher is provided thereon.
2310.5.7 Warning signs. Warning signs shall be prominently
 Section 906 lists the requirements for where and how
displayed at the face of each wharf, pier or float at such eleva-
to mount the portable fire extinguishers. They should
tion as to be clearly visible from the decks of marine craft
be conspicuous and unobstructed.
being fueled. Such signs shall have letters not less than 3
inches (76 mm) in height on a background of contrasting
color bearing the following or approved equivalent wording: SECTION 2311
WARNING REPAIR GARAGES
NO SMOKING—STOP ENGINE WHILE FUELING, 2311.1 General. Repair garages shall comply with this sec-
SHUT OFF ELECTRICITY tion and the International Building Code. Repair garages for
DO NOT START ENGINE UNTIL AFTER BELOW vehicles that use more than one type of fuel shall comply with
DECK SPACES ARE VENTILATED. the applicable provisions of this section for each type of fuel
used.
 One of the greatest dangers in dispensing fuel into
Where a repair garage includes a motor fuel-dispensing
marine craft is the accumulation of explosive vapors
facility, the fuel-dispensing operation shall comply with the

requirements of this chapter for motor fuel-dispensing facili- 2311.2.2.2 Liquid classification. Crankcase drainings shall
ties. be classified as Class IIIB liquids unless otherwise deter-
mined by testing.
 Because of the popularity of alternative fuels and the
differences in their properties, repair garages must be  The declaration of crankcase drainings (waste oil) as
designed for the anticipated vehicles and the fuels being a Class IIIB liquid originated in the 1990 edition
contained in them. This section includes the provi- of NFPA 30A and resulted from a testing project
sions for many of the different fuels. sponsored by one of the major “quick lube” chains
If the repair garage dispenses fuel into vehicles, wherein almost 300 waste oil samples from across
the repair garage must also meet the requirements the nation were actually tested to determine their
for a motor fuel-dispensing facility based on the fuels flash point. The results of the testing indicated that
available. the average flash point determined by the tests was
2311.2 Storage and use of flammable and combustible liq- 343°F (173°C), with the lowest flash point result being
uids. The storage and use of flammable and combustible liq- 296°F (147°C), thus placing all the samples in the
uids in repair garages shall comply with Chapter 57 and Class IIIB liquid category. Based on similar testing
Sections 2311.2.1 through 2311.2.4. results on virgin motor oil conducted in 1976 by the
U.S. DOE, it can be concluded that waste motor oil is
 For obvious reasons, the storage of flammable and no more hazardous than fresh motor oil. The waste
combustible liquids is always a concern, especially oil testing project dispelled an old concern that the
inside buildings. Chapter 57 lists the provisions for flash point of used motor oil could be much lower
the storage and quantity limitations on flammable and than Class IIIB due to the unknown impact of the vari-
combustible liquids. This section addresses specific ety of impurities that it can contain. See the commen-
uses associated with repair garages. tary to Section 5701.5 for a discussion of how the
2311.2.1 Cleaning of parts. Cleaning of parts shall be con- mixing of liquids is regulated.
ducted in listed and approved parts-cleaning machines in This section also provides for investigative testing
accordance with Chapter 57. of waste oil if it is suspected that volatile foreign sub-
 Section 5705.3.6 refers to the cleaning operation, the stances, such as raw gasoline, may have been put
equipment and the quantity limits associated with into a waste oil tank or container in such quantities as
parts cleaning. Caution must be used when cleaning to dangerously lower the liquid’s flash point. Some
automotive parts because they may contain Class I repair garages, in a well-meaning effort to prevent
liquids that may contaminate the cleaning solvents. improper disposal of waste gasoline by homeowners,
have accepted waste gasoline into their waste oil
2311.2.2 Waste oil, motor oil and other Class IIIB liquids. storage tank or container. In one such incident, the
Waste oil, motor oil and other Class IIIB liquids shall be amount of waste gasoline accepted apparently
stored in approved tanks or containers, which are allowed to reduced the flash point of the stored liquid to a much
be stored and dispensed from inside repair garages. more volatile level. An employee of the repair garage
 In addition to waste oil and virgin motor oil, other apparently went to check the liquid level in the base-
Class IIIB liquids typically found in repair garages ment tank by opening and looking into one of the fill
include antifreeze, lubricating oils and greases, openings. A spark was apparently accidentally pro-
power steering fluid, brake fluid, transmission fluid duced near the opening, explosively igniting the
and certain formulations of windshield washer fluid. vapors and resulting in the employee’s death and
Storage tanks for Class IIIB liquids inside buildings substantial damage to the shop. Therefore, care must
must be approved above-ground tanks as required by be taken that repair garage owners and employees
Section 5704.2, Item 2, and Section 5704.2.7 (e.g., do not accept anything from the public for disposal in
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
meeting the requirements of UL 142, UL 2080 or UL their waste oil tank unless they are absolutely certain
2085 as listed in Section 4.2.3.1.1 of NFPA 30). Con- that it is a Class IIIB liquid.
tainers for Class IIIB liquids inside buildings must also 2311.2.3 Drainage and disposal of liquids and oil-soaked
be of an approved type as required by Section waste. Garage floor drains, where provided, shall drain to
5704.3.1 of the code and Section 6.2.1 of NFPA 30. approved oil separators or traps discharging to a sewer in
2311.2.2.1 Tank location. Tanks storing Class IIIB liquids in accordance with the International Plumbing Code. Contents
repair garages are allowed to be located at, below or above of oil separators, traps and floor drainage systems shall be
grade, provided that adequate drainage or containment is pro- collected at sufficiently frequent intervals and removed from
vided. the premises to prevent oil from being carried into the sewers.
 The intent of this section is to allow storage of Class  This section does not require floor drains but, rather,
IIIB liquids inside when spill protection is provided, as requires the installation of oil separators or traps
determined by the fire code official. Though the sec- when floor drains are provided. Oil separators must
tion is not specifically referenced, guidance on this be installed in accordance with IPC Sections 1003.4
topic may be found in the commentary to Section through 1003.4.2.2. See the commentary to the listed
5004.2. sections of the IPC for further information.
23-40 Code Council

2311.2.3.1 Disposal of liquids. Crankcase drainings and liq- drop hot ashes into the 18-inch (457 mm) hazard
uids shall not be dumped into sewers, streams or on the zone near the floor with the potential to ignite any
ground, but shall be stored in approved tanks or containers in accumulated vapors.
accordance with Chapter 57 until removed from the premises. 2311.4 Below-grade areas. Pits and below-grade work areas
 Careless disposal of crankcase drainings by dumping in repair garages shall comply with Sections 2311.4.1
them into sewers, waterways or simply on the ground through 2311.4.3.
can lead to dangerous, sometimes deadly and  Note that this section describes this area as a pit or a
always costly environmental damage. Do-it-yourself below-grade work area and not a basement.
weekend oil-changers sometimes take a course of
2311.4.1 Construction. Pits and below-grade work areas
least effort, as noted above, when disposing of their
shall be constructed in accordance with the International
spent motor oil rather than keeping it in an approved
Building Code.
container until the next community hazardous materi-
als collection day sponsored by the local environmen-  Construction requirements are found in the IBC.
tal protection agency. Another means of proper 2311.4.2 Means of egress. Pits and below-grade work areas
disposal for home-generated waste oil could be tak- shall be provided with means of egress in accordance with
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ing it to a local repair garage that will allow it to be Chapter 10.
added to its approved waste oil storage tank for a
modest fee.  Section 202 defines a “Motor vehicle repair garage”
as a moderate-hazard storage occupancy.
2311.2.3.2 Disposal of oily waste. Self-closing metal cans
Section 1006 allows one means of egress if the
shall be used for oily waste.
building is a storage occupancy with only one level
 This provision refers to the storage of oily rags, etc. below grade, the occupancy load is less than 30
See the commentary to Section 304.3.1 for further occupants and the travel distance does not exceed
discussion of waste cans. 100 feet (30 500 mm) for a single-story storage occu-
2311.2.4 Spray finishing. Spray finishing with flammable or pancy.
combustible liquids shall comply with Chapter 24. 2311.4.3 Ventilation. Where Class I liquids or LP-gas are
stored or used within a building having a basement or pit
 Chapter 24 regulates the spraying of flammable and
combustible finishes and requires a permit from the wherein flammable vapors could accumulate, the basement or
pit shall be provided with mechanical ventilation in accor-
fire code official. The spray operation must comply
with Section 2404. dance with the International Mechanical Code, at a minimum
rate of 11/2 cubic feet per minute per square foot (cfm/ft2)
2311.3 Sources of ignition. Sources of ignition shall not be [0.008 m3/(s · m2)] to prevent the accumulation of flammable
located within 18 inches (457 mm) of the floor and shall com- vapors.
ply with Chapters 3 and 35.
 A ventilation system must be installed in any below-
 No open flame device or other sources of ignition grade area where flammable and combustible vapors
may be within 18 inches (457 mm) of the floor in a might accumulate. The ventilation system must be in
repair garage. Flammable and combustible vapors operation any time the repair garage is open for busi-
found in repair garages are heavier than air and will ness, if a vehicle is left parked over the pit when the
accumulate below the 18-inch (457 mm) level. garage is closed for business or anytime there is a
2311.3.1 Equipment. Appliances and equipment installed in chance that vapors may accumulate in the below-
a repair garage shall comply with the provisions of the Inter- grade area.
national Building Code, the International Mechanical Code 2311.5 Preparation of vehicles for repair. For vehicles
and NFPA 70. powered by gaseous fuels, the fuel shutoff valves shall be
 Special care must be taken in selecting and installing closed prior to repairing any portion of the vehicle fuel sys-
appliances and equipment in repair garages due to tem.
the 18-inch (457 mm) hazard zone identified in Sec- Vehicles powered by gaseous fuels in which the fuel sys-
tion 2311.3. Electrical equipment must be suitable for tem has been damaged shall be inspected and evaluated for
classified hazardous locations. Appliances, such as fuel system integrity prior to being brought into the repair
furnaces, must be installed with their fire boxes above garage. The inspection shall include testing of the entire fuel
the 18-inch (457 mm) hazard zone to reduce the like- delivery system for leakage.
lihood of them becoming an ignition source for flam-
mable vapors that may have escaped and settled to  Gaseous fuels include such fuels as LP-gas and
the floor. See the commentary to the applicable sec- CNG, among other gases. If a leak is detected in the
tions of the IBC and the IMC for further information. fuel system, it must be stopped or the system purged
of fuel before the vehicle can be brought into the
2311.3.2 Smoking. Smoking shall not be allowed in repair garage. The intent is to prevent fuel gases from
garages except in approved locations. entering the garage area.
 Smoking is a common ignition hazard that does not Although vehicles equipped with LP-gas systems
occur within 18 inches (457 mm) of the floor but can for other than propulsion are not specifically

addressed in this section, (e.g., cooking, etc., in a with an approved mechanical ventilation system. The
recreational vehicle), they should be prepared for mechanical ventilation system shall be in accordance with the
repair in accordance with Section 6111.3 of the code International Mechanical Code and Sections 2311.7.1.1 and
and Section 6.24.9 of NFPA 58. 2311.7.1.2.
2311.6 Fire extinguishers. Fire extinguishers shall be pro- Exception: Repair garages with natural ventilation when
vided in accordance with Section 906. approved.
 A motor vehicle repair garage is classified as a mod-  This section is intended to prevent the accumulation
erate-hazard storage occupancy. See Table 906.3(1) of lighter-than-air flammable and combustible gases
for the size and placement of portable fire extinguish- inside the repair garage.
ers. An example of natural ventilation that a fire code
2311.7 Repair garages for vehicles fueled by lighter-than- official may approve at his or her discretion is a repair
air fuels. Repair garages for the conversion and repair of garage with at least two opposite sides open all the
vehicles that use CNG, liquefied natural gas (LNG), hydro- way to the ceiling. The two opposite sides would
gen or other lighter-than-air motor fuels shall be in accor- allow for cross ventilation. Having the walls open to
dance with Sections 2311.7 through 2311.7.2.3 in addition to the ceiling would prevent lighter-than-air gases from
the other requirements of Section 2311. accumulating at the ceiling level. The ceiling would
have to be sealed to prevent gasses from entering
Exceptions: the attic space; otherwise, mechanical ventilation
1. Repair garages where work is not performed on the would be required.
fuel system and is limited to exchange of parts and 2311.7.1.1 Design. Indoor locations shall be ventilated utiliz-
maintenance not requiring open flame or welding on ing air supply inlets and exhaust outlets arranged to provide
the CNG-, LNG-, hydrogen- or other lighter-than- uniform air movement to the extent practical. Inlets shall be
air-fueled motor vehicle. uniformly arranged on exterior walls near floor level. Outlets
2. Repair garages for hydrogen-fueled vehicles where shall be located at the high point of the room in exterior walls
work is not performed on the hydrogen storage tank or the roof.
and is limited to the exchange of parts and mainte- Ventilation shall be by a continuous mechanical ventila-
nance not requiring open flame or welding on the tion system or by a mechanical ventilation system activated
hydrogen-fueled vehicle. During the work, the entire by a continuously monitoring natural gas detection system or,
hydrogen fuel system shall contain a quantity that is for hydrogen, a continuously monitoring flammable gas
less than 200 cubic feet (5.6 m3) of hydrogen. detection system, each activating at a gas concentration of not
 Repair garages that install and repair CNG, liquefied more than 25 percent of the lower flammable limit (LFL). In
natural gas (LNG), hydrogen or other lighter-than-air all cases, the system shall shut down the fueling system in the
motor fuels must be equipped with ventilation and event of failure of the ventilation system.
gas detection systems in accordance with Sections The ventilation rate shall be not less than 1 cubic foot per
2311.7.1 through 2311.7.2.3. minute per 12 cubic feet [0.00139 m3 × (s · m3)] of room vol-
An example of Exception 1 would be a garage that ume.
works on automobile mufflers, brakes and shock
absorbers and does not repair the fuel systems. This  This section is intended to provide uniform ventilation
type of garage would not have to comply with this throughout the garage area that will exchange at
section even if the vehicles being repaired are least 1 cubic foot (0.03 m3) of air for every 12 cubic
equipped with lighter-than-air fuel systems. feet (0.34 m3) of room volume every minute. In
Exception 2 allows work on hydrogen-fueled vehi- garages servicing CNG- or LNG-fueled vehicles, the
cles (but not on the fuel system of the vehicles) to be ventilation must be continuous or be operated by a
conducted provided there is no open flame in use and natural gas detection system. If the repair garage ser-
the vehicle’s hydrogen fuel system contains not more vices hydrogen-fueled vehicles, the ventilation must
than 200 cubic feet of the gas, which is less than 20 be continuous or be operated by a continuously mon-
percent of the flammable gas MAQ in Table itoring flammable gas detection system. In garages
5003.1.1(1). This would also eliminate the need for servicing vehicles fueled by all manner of lighter-
an operating permit for these repairs since the permit than-air fuels, both types of systems would be
threshold amount in Section 105.6.9 and Table required. Both systems must have an activation
105.6.9 is greater than pounds. This exception is threshold of not more than 25 percent of the LFL of
intended to be consistent with NFPA 2 requirements their respective gas.
on this topic. 2311.7.1.2 Operation. The mechanical ventilation system
In either exception, the fuel shutoff valve must be shall operate continuously.
closed before any maintenance or repair work may Exceptions:
begin, as required by Section 2307.5.
1. Mechanical ventilation systems that are interlocked
2311.7.1 Ventilation. Repair garages used for the repair of
with a gas detection system designed in accordance
natural gas- or hydrogen-fueled vehicles shall be provided with Sections 2311.7.2 through 2311.7.2.3.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
23-42 Code Council

2. Mechanical ventilation systems in repair garages 2311.7.2.2 Operation. Activation of the gas detection system
that are used only for repair of vehicles fueled by shall result in all the following:
liquid fuels or odorized gases, such as CNG, where 1. Initiation of distinct audible and visual alarm signals in
the ventilation system is electrically interlocked the repair garage.
with the lighting circuit.
2. Deactivation of all heating systems located in the repair
 The intent of this provision is to prevent the accumu- garage.
lation of lighter-than-air gases inside vehicle repair
garages. 3. Activation of the mechanical ventilation system, where
the system is interlocked with gas detection.
2311.7.2 Gas detection system. Repair garages used for
repair of vehicles fueled by nonodorized gases including, but  The intent of this section is to identify the equipment
not limited to, hydrogen and nonodorized LNG, shall be pro- that the gas detection system must activate in the
vided with a flammable gas detection system. event the system detects the presence of gas above
25 percent of the LFL.
 Some gases contain additives that produce pungent 2311.7.2.3 Failure of the gas detection system. Failure of
odors for easy recognition. If the vehicle contains fuel the gas detection system shall result in the deactivation of the
systems that do not use these odorized gases, a gas heating system, activation of the mechanical ventilation sys-
detection system must be installed. tem where the system is interlocked with the gas detection
2311.7.2.1 System design. The flammable gas detection sys- system and cause a trouble signal to sound in an approved
tem shall be listed or approved and shall be calibrated to the location.
types of fuels or gases used by vehicles to be repaired. The
 This section requires all equipment that the gas
gas detection system shall be designed to activate when the
detector would normally activate when it detects gas
level of flammable gas exceeds 25 percent of the lower flam-
to also activate if the detector fails.
mable limit (LFL). Gas detection shall be provided in lubrica-
tion or chassis service pits of repair garages used for repairing 2311.8 Defueling equipment required at vehicle mainte-
nonodorized LNG-fueled vehicles. nance and repair facilities. Facilities for repairing hydrogen
fuel systems on hydrogen-fueled vehicles shall have equip-
 The flammable gas detection system is designed to ment to defuel vehicle storage tanks. Where work must be
produce an alarm or signal when exposed to different performed on a vehicle’s fuel storage tank for the purpose of
concentrations of gases or vapor. This section maintenance, repair or cylinder certification, defueling and
requires quick-lube-type facilities that change oil and purging shall be conducted in accordance with Section
lubricate vehicles to install gas detection systems in 2309.6.
the pit area if they service vehicles that are equipped
with LNG fuel systems using nonodorized LNG.  It only makes sense that, if a motor vehicle repair
garage offers service for hydrogen-powered vehicles,
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2311.7.2.1.1 Gas detection system components. Gas detec- it must have the proper equipment available for all
tion system control units shall be listed and labeled in accor- aspects of that purpose. Section 2309.6 and its sub-
dance with UL 864 or UL 2017. Gas detectors shall be listed sections (formerly located in Section 2311.8) contain
and labeled in accordance with UL 2075 for use with the all the requirements for defueling operations. See the
gases and vapors being detected. commentary to those sections.
 This section requires gas detection equipment to be
listed in accordance with UL 2075 for use with the dif- Bibliography
ferent gases it will detect. Under UL 2075, a set of
flammable gases and concentrations, measured in The following resource materials were used in the
parts per million (ppm), is developed for each detec- preparation of the commentary for this chapter of the
tor or sensor, and the manufacturer is required to pro- code:
vide information as to what gases and concentrations Code Changes Resource Collection—2015 International
the device is designed to detect. Tests under the Fire Code. Washington, DC: International Code
standard then verify the performance of each detec- Council, 2014.
tor or sensor for each gas it is designed to detect.
The gases that the equipment will detect may be CGA G-5.4—05, Standard for Hydrogen Piping
shown in the manufacturer’s instructions rather than Systems at Consumer Locations, 3rd ed. Arlington,
on the product. This section is also intended to VA: Compressed Gas Association, 2005.
ensure that gas detection system control components
Handbook for Handling, Storing, and Dispensing E85.
are listed in accordance with nationally recognized
safety standards. These standards include a compre- Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Energy, 2006.
hensive set of construction and performance require- Renkes, Robert N. Fires at Refueling Sites that Appear
ments that are used to evaluate and list gas detection to be Static Related. Tulsa, OK: Petroleum Equip-
system control units and gas detectors. ment Institute, 2006.

--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
23-44 Code Council

Chapter 24:
Flammable Finishes
General Comments ple, if a match is dropped into a closed jar full of flam-
mable liquids, the match is typically quenched because
Roughly one out of every six fires occurring in industrial the fuel-to-air ratio does not allow flammable vapors to
occupancies involves the ignition of a flammable or ignite; there is not enough oxygen. If the same liquid is
combustible liquid. This extraordinary statistic under- poured onto a large surface, such as the floor, the
scores the importance of proper fire prevention and pro- vapors in the air are mixed in ratios that allow ignition to
tection practices where flammable and combustible take place much more easily. The same phenomenon
coatings are applied using spraying, dipping or flow- applies to atomization of flammable liquids where the
coating methods. liquid droplets have a greater surface area. Please note
Chapter 24 requirements govern operations where that, in addition to this chapter, other chapters such as
flammable or combustible finishes are applied by spray- Chapters 50 (Hazardous Materials—General Provi-
ing, dipping, powder coating or flow-coating processes. sions), 57 (Flammable and Combustible Liquids) and 62
Like all operations involving flammable or combustible (Organic Peroxides) are applicable for additional
liquids and combustible dusts, controlling ignition requirements for storage and handling of hazardous
sources and methods of reducing or controlling flamma- materials.
ble vapors or combustible dusts at or near these opera-
tions is emphasized. Open flames and smoking are
prohibited near spray areas and dip tanks. Electrical Purpose
installations must comply with the requirements of Compliance with the requirements of this chapter is
NFPA 70, especially requirements for electrical equip- intended to reduce the likelihood of fires involving the
ment and wiring in areas classified as spraying spaces application of flammable or combustible liquids/powders
and flammable vapor areas, as defined in this chapter. through spraying, dipping or flow-coating operations.
Good housekeeping and maintenance practices will Additionally, compliance with the requirements of this
significantly reduce fuel supply hazards. Additionally, chapter will reduce the impact of a fire, should one
care must be taken to control the accumulation and dis- occur. Emphasis is placed on controlling ignition
sipation of static electricity. Managing the quantity of sources, managing the quantity and location of fuels/
flammable and combustible liquids used and stored in vapors/dust and maintaining fire protection features.
and around spraying and dipping operations also dis- More information on the development of this chapter,
courages ignition. Because ample fuel and adequate as well as all other revised chapters in the code, can be
oxygen are available in spraying and dipping opera- found in the Code Changes Resource Collection—2015
tions, safeguards must be installed and maintained to International Fire Code.
manage the impact of a fire, should it occur. For exam-
SECTION 2401 4. Floor surfacing or finishing operations using Class I or

GENERAL II liquids in areas exceeding 350 square feet (32.5 m2).
2401.1 Scope. This chapter shall apply to locations or areas 5. The application of flammable finishes consisting of
where any of the following activities are conducted: dual-component coatings or Class I or II liquids when
1. The application of flammable finishes to articles or applied by brush or roller in quantities exceeding 1 gal-
materials by means of spray apparatus. lon (4 L).
2. The application of flammable finishes by dipping or  This section establishes the applicability of this chap-
immersing articles or materials into the contents of ter to a variety of locations, areas, operations and
tanks, vats or containers of flammable or combustible activities involving the hazards of atomizing flamma-
liquids for coating, finishing, treatment or similar pro- ble and combustible liquids and spraying of combusti-
cesses. ble powders. It is important to note that spray-
finishing activities do not specifically relate to the
3. The application of flammable finishes by applying maximum allowable quantity (MAQ) per control area
combustible powders to articles or materials utilizing as used in Chapters 50 and 57. However, storage
powder spray guns, electrostatic powder spray guns, related to spray-finishing supplies would be regulated
fluidized beds or electrostatic fluidized beds. by those chapters, which would require applying the
MAQ.

FLAMMABLE FINISHES
2401.2 Nonapplicability. This chapter shall not apply to ELECTROSTATIC FLUIDIZED BED.
spray finishing utilizing flammable or combustible liquids FLAMMABLE FINISHES.
that do not sustain combustion, including:
FLAMMABLE VAPOR AREA.
1. Liquids that have no fire point when tested in accor-
dance with ASTM D 92. FLUIDIZED BED.
2. Liquids with a flashpoint greater than 95°F (35°C) in a LIMITED SPRAYING SPACE.
water-miscible solution or dispersion with a water and RESIN APPLICATION AREA.
inert (noncombustible) solids content of more than 80 ROLL COATING.
percent by weight.
SPRAY BOOTH.
 Chapter 24 regulates spray finishing with any material
defined as a flammable or combustible liquid by SPRAY ROOM.
requiring that the spraying operation be confined to SPRAYING SPACE.
either a spray booth or an approved spray room.
There are a variety of water-based paint products
available on the market today that have a flash point
and meet the definition of a “Flammable or Combusti-
ble liquid” but cannot sustain combustion due to the
sheer quantity of inert solids and water present in their
composition. Many consumer latex paints fall into this
category. 201.3, or the dictionary meaning may be all that is
This section clarifies that liquids having no fire needed (see also commentary, Sections 201 through
point, and water-miscible liquids with a flash point 201.4).
greater than 95ºF (35ºC) having an aggregate water
and inert solid content by weight of at least 80 per-
SECTION 2403
cent, are not regulated by Chapter 24. Materials
PROTECTION OF OPERATIONS
meeting these same criteria have been exempted
from the storage and use requirements in Chapter 57 2403.1 General. Operations covered by this chapter shall be
(see Section 5701.2, Exceptions 6 and 7), but it has protected as required by Sections 2403.2 through 2403.4.4.
been unclear to code users whether the same two  This section states that the general protection
exemptions should apply when these products are requirements that apply to all processes (spraying,
used in spray-finishing operations. dipping and powder coating) are contained in this
2401.3 Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in Sec- section. The regulation and mitigation of hazards
tions 105.6 and 105.7. common to all processes described in Section 2401.1
are set forth here.
official an opportunity to carefully evaluate and regu- 2403.2 Sources of ignition. Protection against sources of
late hazardous operations. Permit applicants should ignition shall be provided in accordance with Sections
be required to demonstrate that their operations com- 2403.2.1 through 2403.2.8.
ply with the intent of the code before the permit is  Protection against sources of ignition is one of the
issued. See the commentary to Section 105.6 for a most critical aspects of fire prevention in flammable
general discussion of operations requiring an opera- finish operations. Flammable finish materials are
tional permit and Section 105.7 for construction per- finely divided or atomized during spraying operations,
mits. The permit process also notifies the fire making them much more volatile and subject to igni-
department of the need for prefire planning for the tion. Controlling sources of ignition is a preventive
hazardous property. Because of the extremely haz- measure in a hazardous area where vapors can exist
ardous processes described in this chapter, multiple and potential ignition sources are readily available in
operational permits are required by Sections the operations (ovens, electrical outlets, etc.).
105.6.17, 105.6.18 and 105.6.43. A construction per-
2403.2.1 Electrical wiring and equipment. Electrical wiring
mit is required by Section 105.7.16.
and equipment shall comply with this chapter and NFPA 70.
 In order to control the ignition and personnel hazards
SECTION 2402 of electrical wiring and equipment, they must meet
DEFINITIONS the requirements of NFPA 70. Those requirements
2402.1 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chap- are found in Article 516 of NFPA 70 for areas in and
ter 2: around the spraying equipment, which places restric-
tions on the use of portable electric lamps. The clas-
DETEARING. sification of an area is based on the amount of
DIP TANK. flammable vapors, combustible mists, residues, dust
or deposits present.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
24-2 Code Council

FLAMMABLE FINISHES
2403.2.1.1 Flammable vapor areas. Electrical wiring and 2. This provision shall not apply to electrostatic equip-
equipment in flammable vapor areas shall be of an explosion- ment allowed by Section 2407.
proof type approved for use in such hazardous locations. In resin application areas, electrical wiring and equipment
Such areas shall be considered to be Class I, Division 1 or that is subject to deposits of combustible residues shall be
Class II, Division 1 hazardous locations in accordance with listed for such exposure and shall be installed as required for
NFPA 70. hazardous (classified) locations. Electrical wiring and equip-
 The areas where flammable vapors [defined as flam- ment not subject to deposits of combustible residues shall be
mable constituents in air that exceed 25 percent of installed as required for ordinary hazard locations.
the lower flammable limit (LFL)] are present must  It is critical that only specifically approved electrical
meet the requirements for Class I, Division 1 hazard- equipment be allowed in spraying spaces where
ous locations. The areas where combustible residues deposits of combustible residues may readily accu-
(such as dusts or deposits) are present must meet mulate. This section limits the use of electrical equip-
the requirements for the Class II, Division 1 (for dusts ment in the above-mentioned area subject to deposit
and residue) electrical classification. This is a very of residue for two primary reasons:
critical aspect of prevention of sources of ignition.
Based on the definition of “Flammable vapor area,” 1. Sparks from such equipment could cause
the fire code official is authorized to define the extent ignition of flammable vapors or overspray
of the flammable vapor area in any specific case. residue.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Otherwise, the areas described in that definition,
2. Buildup of combustible overspray or splashed
such as the interior of spray booths, are used for
electrical classification. See Commentary Figures residue accumulating on the surfaces of
2403.2.1.1(1) and 2403.2.1.1(2) for examples of loca- electrical equipment subject to heating may
tions classified according to NFPA 70, Section 516. cause equipment to overheat and ignite. See
Commentary Figures 2403.2.1.1(1) and
2403.2.1.2 Areas subject to deposits of residues. Electrical 2403.2.1.1(2) for examples of electrically
equipment, flammable vapor areas or drying operations that classified locations.
are subject to splashing or dripping of liquids shall be specifi-
cally approved for locations containing deposits of readily Taps, splices or terminal connections (similar to
ignitable residue and explosive vapors. those of connections within flammable liquid transfer
systems) are the areas where accidents are most
Exceptions: likely to occur. By removing risks associated with
1. This provision shall not apply to wiring in rigid con- such fittings and installing rigid conduit to protect
duit, threaded boxes or fittings not containing taps, against splashing or dripping of liquids, the hazards
splices or terminal connections. associated with such electrical equipment are

Figure 2403.2.1.1(1)
FLAMMABLE VAPOR AREA—ELECTRICAL CLASSIFICATION

FLAMMABLE FINISHES
reduced substantially. Because the electrostatic shall be specifically approved for locations containing depos-
equipment is part of many flammable-finish pro- its of readily ignitable residue and explosive vapors in accor-
cesses, Section 2407 requires that the equipment be dance with NFPA 70.
approved. “Approved” is defined in Chapter 2 as Exceptions:
“accepted by the fire code official” (see the commen-
tary to this definition). 1. Wiring in rigid conduit.
2403.2.1.3 Areas adjacent to spray booths. Electrical wir- 2. Boxes or fittings not containing taps, splices or ter-
ing and equipment located outside of, but within 5 feet (1524 minal connections.
mm) horizontally and 3 feet (914 mm) vertically of openings 3. Equipment allowed by Sections 2404 and 2407 and
in a spray booth or a spray room, shall be approved for Class Chapter 30.
I, Division 2 or Class II, Division 2 hazardous locations,
whichever is applicable.  Hazards associated with overspray deposit are simi-
lar to areas subject to deposits of residues specified
 Class I, Division 2, and Class II, Division 2 typically in Section 2403.2.1.2 (see commentary, Section
apply to areas where accumulation of flammable 2403.2.1.2). Exception 1 allows the use of rigid con-
vapors and combustible dust are prevented through duit to protect against splashing or dripping of liquids,
ventilation and dust collection systems. However, which substantially reduces the hazards associated
flammable vapors and combustible dusts may be with electrical equipment.
present in these areas if the ventilation system fails. Exception 2 acknowledges that where boxes do
2403.2.1.4 Areas subject to overspray deposits. Electrical not contain taps, splices or terminal connections
equipment in flammable vapor areas located such that depos- (similar to those of connections within flammable liq-
its of combustible residues could readily accumulate thereon uid transfer systems), the hazards associated with
such electrical equipment are reduced substantially.
Figure 2403.2.1.1(2)
EXTENT OF CLASS I, DIVISIONS I AND 2 LOCATIONS IN ENCLOSED COATING PROCESS
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
24-4 Code Council

FLAMMABLE FINISHES
Exception 3 exempts equipment allowed by the bustible residue such as dusts or deposits is
code (approved or listed) for hazardous uses, such restricted. The same reasoning as for open flames
as equipment allowed by Sections 2404 and 2407 required by Section 2403.2.2 applies. An example of
and Chapter 30 because those items are designed to this equipment is a metal grinding machine that pro-
protect against ignition or explosion hazards. duces sparks. Also see Section 2403.2.7 for welding
2403.2.2 Open flames and sparks. Open flames and spark- requirements and signage.
producing devices shall not be located in flammable vapor 2403.2.5 Grounding. Metal parts of spray booths, exhaust
areas and shall not be located within 20 feet (6096 mm) of ducts and piping systems conveying Class I or II liquids shall
such areas unless separated by a permanent partition. be electrically grounded in accordance with NFPA 70. Metal-
Exception: Drying and baking apparatus complying with lic parts located in resin application areas, including but not
Section 2404.6.1.2. limited to exhaust ducts, ventilation fans, spray application
equipment, workpieces and piping, shall be electrically
 For obvious prevention reasons, open flames and grounded.
spark-producing devices are not allowed in areas
considered as flammable vapor areas and areas that  Static electricity is one of the most insidious and most
could contain flammable vapors should the ventilation common of all ignition sources. According to D.R.
system fail. Open flames are prohibited where flam- Scarborough in 2003, static sparks are the most com-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
mable or combustible liquids are stored, dispensed or mon ignition sources involving spray-finishing opera-
applied. Heaters and all types of open-flame appli- tions. Additionally, humans are conductors of
ances are prohibited in and within 20 feet (6096 mm) electricity, meaning that operators must also be con-
of spray spaces and vapor areas, such as dip tanks sidered when grounding systems are determined.
and spray-finishing areas. NFPA 77 provides additional guidance on mitigating
The exception recognizes that there are additional static electricity.
safety requirements in Section 2404.6.1.2 and Chap- 2403.2.6 Smoking prohibited. Smoking shall be prohibited
ter 30 that reduce the probability of an ignition associ- in flammable vapor areas and hazardous materials storage
ated with open flames and sparks from drying and rooms associated with flammable finish processes. “No
baking apparatus. Smoking” signs complying with Section 310 shall be con-
2403.2.3 Hot surfaces. Heated surfaces having a temperature spicuously posted in such areas.
sufficient to ignite vapors shall not be located in flammable  Smoking is a significant ignition source and is there-
vapor areas. Space-heating appliances, steam pipes or hot fore prohibited where flammable or combustible liq-
surfaces in a flammable vapor area shall be located such that uids or combustible dusts are stored, dispensed or
they are not subject to accumulation of deposits of combusti- applied. “No smoking” signs must be conspicuously
ble residues. located throughout the work area. Designated smok-
Exception: Drying apparatus complying with Section ing areas should be located well outside the spray-
2404.6.1.2. finishing area and preferably in a separate room. The
requirements of Sections 5003.7.1 and 5706.4.8 can
 Where practical, auxiliary heating appliances (regard- also apply in facilities where flammable finish pro-
less of them being tested or listed) should not be cesses occur (see also commentary, Section 310).
installed inside a spray booth, room or area. Heating
equipment and appliances approved for use only in 2403.2.7 Welding warning signs. Welding, cutting and sim-
Class I, Division 1 (flammable spray); or Class II, Divi- ilar spark-producing operations shall not be conducted in or
sion 1 (powder coating) hazardous locations are to be adjacent to flammable vapor areas or dipping or coating oper-
installed in spray booths, rooms or areas. Even the ations unless precautions have been taken to provide safety.
hot surfaces of indirect heating appliances can ignite Conspicuous signs with the following warning shall be
combustible dusts or flammable or combustible posted in the vicinity of flammable vapor areas, dipping oper-
vapors produced by spray or resin application opera- ations and paint storage rooms:
tions. NO WELDING
The exception, as mentioned previously, notes that THE USE OF WELDING OR CUTTING
there are additional safety requirements in Section EQUIPMENT IN OR NEAR THIS AREA
2404.6.1.2 and Chapter 30 that prevent or reduce the IS DANGEROUS BECAUSE OF FIRE
probability of an ignition associated with open flames AND EXPLOSION HAZARDS. WELDING
and sparks. AND CUTTING SHALL BE DONE ONLY
2403.2.4 Equipment enclosures. Equipment or apparatus UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF THE
that is capable of producing sparks or particles of hot metal PERSON IN CHARGE.
that would fall into a flammable vapor area shall be totally  For obvious reasons, open flames and spark-produc-
enclosed. ing devices are not allowed in areas considered as
 Equipment in areas considered as vapor areas and flammable vapor areas (and areas that could poten-
areas that could contain flammable vapors and com- tially contain flammable vapors should the prevention

FLAMMABLE FINISHES
system components, such as ventilation, fail). Open 2403.3.2 Valves. Containers and piping to which a hose or
flames are prohibited where flammable or combusti- flexible connection is attached shall be provided with a shut-
ble liquids are stored, dispensed or applied. Although off valve at the connection. Such valves shall be kept shut
no specific separation distance between the welding when hoses are not in use.
area and spraying space is required, the 20 feet  Shutoff valves must be installed at the juncture
(6096 mm) beyond the spraying space or to a perma- between flexible hoses or tubing and fixed piping
nent partition as also mentioned in Section 2403.2.2 used to dispense flammable liquids to spray-finishing
may be a good general separation guideline for these apparatus to allow prompt stoppage of liquid flow if a
incompatible operations. Because welding and cut- hose or tubing failure occurs. Shutoff valves must be
ting processes can typically be found in buildings that closed when spray apparatus is not in use.
house flammable-finish processes, they create a
potentially hazardous environment, especially for per- 2403.3.3 Pumped liquid supplies. Where flammable or com-
sonnel unaware of such hazards. As with other haz- bustible liquids are supplied to spray nozzles by positive dis-
ardous conditions, such as smoking, warning signs placement pumps, pump discharge lines shall be provided
and placards must be posted to give appropriate with an approved relief valve discharging to pump suction or
notice to warn personnel of the hazards of welding a safe detached location.
near spraying spaces.  In order to prevent excess flows or line ruptures from
2403.2.8 Powered industrial trucks. Powered industrial positive-pressure pumps, pressure relief valves or
trucks used in electrically classified areas shall be listed for other devices must be installed on the discharge side
such use. of positive-displacement pumps supplying flammable
liquids to spray apparatus. These devices must oper-
 Similar language is used in Section 5003.7.3. Again, ate before the discharge pressure exceeds the safe
because these types of industrial trucks are powered operating pressure of the connected valves, piping
by an electrical motor or internal combustion engine, and equipment. Any discharge from the devices must
the ignition of flammable vapors or combustible dusts be controlled to prevent ignition or environmental
is likely unless they are listed for such use (see also damage.
commentary, Sections 309 and 5003.7.3).
2403.3.4 Liquid transfer. Where a flammable mixture is
2403.3 Storage, use and handling of flammable and com- transferred from one portable container to another, a bond
bustible liquids. The storage, use and handling of flammable shall be provided between the two containers. Not less than
and combustible liquids shall be in accordance with this sec- one container shall be grounded. Piping systems for Class I
tion and Chapter 57.
and II liquids shall be permanently grounded.
 Provisions of Chapter 57 and this section govern the
 The uncontrolled discharge of static electricity is a
storage and handling of flammable and combustible
common ignition source during flammable liquid
liquids for flammable finishes. As mentioned previ-
transfer. Proper bonding and grounding precautions
ously, Section 2403 applies to all flammable-finishing
must be followed for the safe discharge of static
operations within the scope of this chapter; therefore,
charges produced during flammable liquid transfer.
Section 2403.3 applies to flammable-finish opera-
See Section 5705.2 for general flammable and com-
tions that use flammable and combustible liquids.
bustible liquid transfer requirements.
2403.3.1 Use. Containers supplying spray nozzles shall be of
2403.3.5 Class I liquids as solvents. Class I liquids used as
a closed type or provided with metal covers that are kept
solvents shall be used in spray gun and equipment cleaning
closed. Containers not resting on floors shall be on noncom-
machines that have been listed and approved for such pur-
bustible supports or suspended by wire cables. Containers
pose or shall be used in spray booths or spray rooms in accor-
supplying spray nozzles by gravity flow shall not exceed 10
dance with Sections 2403.3.5.1 and 2403.3.5.2.
gallons (37.9 L) in capacity.
 Another hazardous aspect of spray finishing is the
 Requirements in this section are intended to prevent
use of solvents to clean spray guns and related
spills or the release of flammable vapors from flam-
equipment. When spray booths require cleaning, the
mable liquid containers. Tight-fitting metal lids or cov-
use of solvents may often pose a greater hazard than
ers must be installed on all containers during use.
the normally used spray-finishing material. Usually an
Only those containers used to supply spray appara-
integral part of the labeling process, manufacturer’s
tus should be in the spraying space or spray-finishing
installation, operation and maintenance instructions
enclosure during spray-finishing operations. Contain-
must be carefully followed. The type of solvent to be
ers supplying spray apparatus must rest on a floor or
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
used in any given machine must be as recommended

noncombustible stand when in use or be suspended
by the machine manufacturer.
from the ceiling by wire cables. Gravity dispensing of
flammable liquids to spray nozzles is permitted for 2403.3.5.1 Listed devices. Cleaning machines for spray guns
quantities not exceeding 10 gallons (38 L) to control and equipment shall not be located in areas open to the public
the size of an uncontrolled gravity-fed leak. and shall be separated from ignition sources in accordance
24-6 Code Council

FLAMMABLE FINISHES
with their listings or by a distance of 3 feet (914 mm), which- equipment within spray booths and spray rooms, the ventilat-
ever is greater. The quantity of solvent used in a machine ing equipment shall be operated during cleaning.
shall not exceed the design capacity of the machine.  The safety systems that are an integral part of operat-
 Cleaning machines for spray guns and equipment are ing spray booths and spray rooms can be used when
commonly used in the industry. See Commentary solvents are used for equipment cleaning. These sys-
Figure 2403.3.5.1 for an illustration of a spray gun tems help, as they would during application of flam-
cleaning machine. Such machines use solvents pow- mable finishes, in reducing the chances of ignition or
erful enough to dissolve paint residues in the thin tub- the severity of a fire, should an ignition occur.
ing and small orifices of the spray equipment. They 2403.3.6 Class II and III liquids. Solvents used outside of
are similar to the automotive parts cleaners that have spray booths, spray rooms or listed and approved spray gun
been in widespread use since the early 1970s, and and equipment cleaning machines shall be restricted to Class
consist of a metal sink-like bowl set on a base unit II and III liquids.
that houses a storage container for retrieval of spent
solvent after the cleaning process. The solvent is cir-  Cleaning spray equipment inside a spray booth or
culated in the machine by a pneumatic pump. Vapors room designed to accommodate the hazards of spray
are captured in the sink bowl and are vented to the painting and equipment maintenance should be the
outdoors, either directly or, where located inside a primary choice of operators. The code recognizes
spray booth, by directing vapors to the spray booth that this is not always a feasible option and thus
operating exhaust system inlets (see Section allows for cleaning spray equipment outside an
2403.3.5.2). A safety interlock prevents the solvent approved spray booth or room, or a labeled spray
pump from operating if the exhaust system fails. gun and equipment cleaning machine, provided that
Installation of such machines must be restricted to the cleaning solvents used are limited to combustible
areas not accessible to the general public to avoid liquids having a flashpoint greater than 100°F (38°C).
exposure to the potential hazards of the cleaning 2403.4 Operations and maintenance. Flammable vapor
operations and prevent the inadvertent introduction of areas, exhaust fan blades and exhaust ducts shall be kept free
ignition sources to the cleaning area. from the accumulation of deposits of combustible residues.
2403.3.5.2 Within spray booths and spray rooms. When Where excessive residue accumulates in such areas, spraying
solvents are used for cleaning spray nozzles and auxiliary
Figure 2403.3.5.1
SPRAY GUN CLEANING MACHINE
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

FLAMMABLE FINISHES
operations shall be discontinued until conditions are cor- laboratory or agency and must bear a label showing
rected. that they have been tested and including the name of
the testing agency (see Section 304.3.1). Such con-
 A regular cleaning schedule should be adopted for
tainers are most commonly round and generally
spraying spaces and spray-finishing enclosures.
available in sizes ranging from 5 to 40 gallons (19 to
Accumulations of spray residue in interior spray
152 L). They are equipped with a manual or foot trea-
booths or rooms or on exhaust duct surfaces should
dle-operated lid that opens to a maximum angle of 60
be removed at least daily or more frequently when
degrees (1 rad) and closes by gravity. These contain-
accumulations become excessive. Any time over-
ers are designed to prevent continuing combustion of
spray residue accumulations become excessive, the
the contents if ignition occurs.
operator must suspend spray operations until the
The container design includes features that keep
spray booth or area is thoroughly and properly
the can body from coming into contact with combusti-
cleaned. Water-wash nozzles, strainers and elimina-
ble surfaces of walls or floors. Daily disposal of con-
tor packs must be checked or cleaned daily or at the
tainer contents reduces the amount of time that oily
end of each shift, and tank sludge removed and dis-
materials will lie dormant, generating internal heat
carded in a safe manner. Interior surfaces of
that can lead to ignition. UL 32 provides further infor-
ductwork and fan blades should be inspected regu-
mation on the construction, testing and listing of
larly for accumulations of overspray residue caused
these containers (see the commentary to the Section
by fouled nozzles, strainers or eliminator packs. The
202 definition of “Listed”). Note that the general
use of soap-based, water-soluble coatings makes it
requirements of the daily removal and disposal of the
easier to strip surfaces using high-pressure water
contents of such waste cans found in Section 304.3.1
spray without greatly increasing the fire hazard.
is superceded by the more specific disposal require-
Determination of whether the accumulation of residue
ments of this section.
has become excessive in a particular location must
be made by the fire code official on a case-by-case 2403.4.4 Solvent recycling. Solvent distillation equipment
basis. used to recycle and clean dirty solvents shall comply with
Section 5705.4.
2403.4.1 Tools. Scrapers, spuds and other tools used for
cleaning purposes shall be constructed of nonsparking materi-  Section 5705.4 includes detailed requirements for
als. solvent distillation processes and equipment, such as
labeling, unit capacity, location and prohibited pro-
 Because of the potential ignition problem that exists,
cesses. Note that the terms “solvent distillation unit,”
the cleaning tools need to be of the nonsparking type.
“appliance” and “equipment” are used interchange-
The term “nonsparking” is somewhat inaccurate.
ably in the code.
Tools made of brass and similar nonsparking materi-
als do produce sparks but the sparks have ignition
energies too low to ignite flammable vapors. None- SECTION 2404
theless, such tools should be used carefully to avoid SPRAY FINISHING
producing sufficient frictional heat to cause an igni-
tion. 2404.1 General. The application of flammable or combusti-
ble liquids by means of spray apparatus in continuous or
2403.4.2 Residue. Residues removed during cleaning and intermittent processes shall be in accordance with the require-
debris contaminated with residue shall be immediately ments of Sections 2403 and 2404.2 through 2404.9.4.
removed from the premises and properly disposed.
 This section establishes the applicability of the gen-
 Paint and solvent residue, cleaning rags and used eral requirements of Section 2403 to spraying opera-
protective coverings may be susceptible to sponta- tions, in addition to the provisions of Sections 2404.2
neous ignition. Residue and cleaning debris must be
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
through 2404.9.4.
removed from the building and stored in approved
containers located well away from the building. 2404.2 Location of spray-finishing operations. Spray-fin-
Removing residue and cleaning debris on a regular ishing operations conducted in buildings used for Group A,
schedule, such as at the end of each work shift, are E, I or R occupancies shall be located in a spray room pro-
highly recommended. tected with an approved automatic sprinkler system installed
in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 and separated vertically
2403.4.3 Waste cans. Approved metal waste cans equipped and horizontally from other areas in accordance with the
with self-closing lids shall be provided wherever rags or International Building Code. In other occupancies, spray-fin-
waste are impregnated with finishing material. Such rags and ishing operations shall be conducted in a spray room, spray
waste shall be deposited therein immediately after being uti- booth or spraying space approved for such use.
lized. The contents of waste cans shall be properly disposed
of not less than once daily and at the end of each shift. Exceptions:
 Waste cans (sometimes called “oily rag cans”) used 1. Automobile undercoating spray operations and
for storing materials that might auto-ignite as a result spray-on automotive lining operations conducted in
of the spontaneous combustion process must be areas with approved natural or mechanical ventila-
tested and listed for that use by a recognized testing tion shall be exempt from the provisions of Section
24-8 Code Council

FLAMMABLE FINISHES
2404 when approved and where utilizing Class IIIA size, noncontinuous operation and substantial
or IIIB combustible liquids. mechanical ventilation requirements.
2. In buildings other than Group A, E, I or R occupan- Exception 3 defers to the specific safeguards appli-
cies, approved limited spraying space in accordance cable to resin application areas used in the manufac-
with Section 2404.9. ture of reinforced plastics in Section 2409.
3. Resin application areas used for manufacturing of 2404.3 Design and construction. Design and construction of
spray rooms, spray booths and spray spaces shall be in accor-
reinforced plastics complying with Section 2409
shall not be required to be located in a spray room, dance with Sections 2404.3.1 through 2404.3.3.1.
spray booth or spraying space.  This section establishes the applicability of Sections
2404.3.1 through 2404.3.3.1 to the design and con-
 In the listed occupancy groups, separating spray-fin-
struction of spaces where spray-finishing operations
ishing operations from other portions of the building
may be carried out.
and protecting those portions from spraying-associ-
ated hazards are critical for several reasons. Spray- 2404.3.1 Spray rooms. Spray rooms shall be constructed and
finishing operations are generally too hazardous to designed in accordance with Section 2404.3.1.1 and the Inter-
be conducted in occupancies with a high life or prop- national Building Code, and shall comply with Sections
erty exposure. The number of occupants in such 2404.4 through 2404.8.
buildings and the physical conditions of those occu-  A spray room is a power-ventilated, fully enclosed
pants vary. People exposed to the danger of a fire room used exclusively for the open spraying of flam-
involving spray finishing must be able to evacuate or mable and combustible materials. The entire spray
protect themselves promptly and effectively to avoid room is considered a spraying space. The primary
the risk of serious injury or death. Also, the psychol- difference between a spray room and a spray booth
ogy of people in a Group A, E, I or R occupancy is is that spray booths are partially open.
very different from those in a Group F manufacturing Spray rooms, as with the other locations for spray-
occupancy where spraying operations are usually ing operations, are very highly regulated by the code
found. A person walking in a manufacturing environ- and the IBC. As such, IBC Section 307.1, Exception 1
ment where flammable-finish processes take place in excludes spraying operations from being classified in
a large area where spray booths and signs are in Group H as long as they comply with IBC Section 416
plain view, for example, is more aware of the physical and the provisions of the fire code. IBC Section 416.2
dangers associated with these processes than some- requires that spray rooms be separated from the rest
one in a Group R occupancy who may be merely of the building by 1-hour fire barriers and horizontal
relaxing with a cigarette. Also note that the protection assemblies constructed in accordance with IBC Sec-
provided in these occupancies is, in many cases, less tions 707 and 711, respectively.
than would be found in manufacturing occupancies. The occupancy of portions of buildings storing sup-
Separation and protection in the form of fire-resis- plies of hazardous materials for these coating opera-
tance-rated construction and automatic fire suppres- tions may be classified as Group H-2 or H-3 because
sion must be provided where such operations are to of the presence of flammable or combustible liquids
be conducted in the same building. where the quantity of liquid stored exceeds the MAQ
Note that Section 307.1, Exception 1, of the Inter- per control area listed in Table 5003.1.1(1). However,
national Building Code® (IBC®) excludes spraying the occupancy is to be classified as Group F-1 for
operations from being classified in Group H as long processes where the quantities do not exceed the
as they comply with IBC Section 416 and the provi- MAQ. See also the commentary to the Section 202
sions of the fire code. Section 416.2 requires that definition of “Spray room.”
spray rooms be separated from the rest of the build-
2404.3.1.1 Floor. Combustible floor construction in spray
ing by 1-hour fire barriers and horizontal assemblies
rooms shall be covered by approved, noncombustible, non-
constructed in accordance with IBC Sections 707 and
sparking material, except where combustible coverings,
711, respectively.
including but not limited to thin paper or plastic and strippa-
Exception 1 recognizes that most automobile
ble coatings, are utilized over noncombustible materials to
undercoating and corrosion-inhibitor application oper-
facilitate cleaning operations in spray rooms.
ations use combustible liquids with flash points
greater than 140°F (60°C). Precautions must be  In spray rooms, noncombustible floors would be the
taken to prevent these materials from being heated preferred type of floor construction so as not to con-
above their flash points or ignited in finely divided or tribute to the fuel load available to an unwanted fire.
atomized form. Ventilation to reduce the accumula- However, if the floor is not noncombustible, noncom-
tion of hazardous vapors and mists must comply with bustible and nonsparking material must be used to
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
the requirements of Chapter 57 and the International cover the floor. Kraft paper and similar coverings are
Mechanical Code® (IMC®). commonly used in spraying spaces to protect against
Exception 2 recognizes the reduced hazard of lim- overspray. Such coverings must be removed and dis-
ited spray applications in compliance with the special carded when accumulation becomes excessive.
requirements in Section 2404.9, including small job Note that IBC Section 416.2 further requires that

FLAMMABLE FINISHES
spray room floors be “...waterproofed and drained in culation to all parts of the spray booth, especially at or
an approved manner.” Waterproof floors are to be near the floor level. Due to the physical properties of
arranged to drain either to the outside of the building, aluminum, it is unsuitable for cleaning and scraping of
to internal drains or to other suitable places. Properly overspray residue. See the commentary to Section
designed and guarded drains or scuppers of suffi- 2404.3.2.1 for further discussion on the use of alumi-
cient number and size to dispose of all surplus water num in spray-booth construction.
likely to be discharged by automatic sprinklers must 2404.3.2.3 Floor. Combustible floor construction in spray
be provided. booths shall be covered by approved, noncombustible, non-
2404.3.2 Spray booths. The design and construction of spray sparking material, except where combustible coverings,
booths shall be in accordance with Sections 2404.3.2.1 including but not limited to thin paper or plastic and strippa-
through 2404.3.2.6, Sections 2404.4 through 2404.8 and ble coatings, are utilized over noncombustible materials to
NFPA 33. facilitate cleaning operations in spray booths.
 Sections 2404.3.2.1 through 2404.3.2.6 and 2404.4  The spray-booth floor requirements in this section
through 2404.8 and NFPA 33 contain requirements parallel those for spray rooms in Section 2404.3.1.1
for controlling hazards associated with spray booths. (see commentary, Section 2404.3.1.1).
Much of the hazard prevention and mitigation of flam- 2404.3.2.4 Means of egress. Means of egress shall be pro-
mable-finish fires in a spray booth depend on the vided in accordance with Chapter 10.
proper construction and design of the spray booth.
See the commentary to the Section 202 definition of Exception: Means of egress doors from premanufactured
“Spray booth.” Note that, by definition, a spray booth spray booths shall be not less than 30 inches (762 mm) in
is considered to be an appliance. width by 80 inches (2032 mm) in height.
2404.3.2.1 Construction. Spray booths shall be constructed  As with any room or space within a building from
of approved noncombustible materials. Aluminum shall not which occupants may need to egress, spray booths
be used. Where walls or ceiling assemblies are constructed of must comply with the exiting requirements of Chapter
sheet metal, single-skin assemblies shall be no thinner than 10. See Section 1015, which establishes the mini-
0.0478 inch (18 gage) (1.2 mm) and each sheet of double- mum number of exits from rooms and spaces within a
skin assemblies shall be no thinner than 0.0359 inch (20 building, based on occupant load.
gage) (0.9 mm). Structural sections of spray booths are In typical spray booths, only a single egress door
allowed to be sealed with latex-based or similar caulks and will be required. A premanufactured spray booth is
sealants. considered to be an appliance or equipment and not
a true separate room or space. Spray booths will also
 Even though spray booths are not required to meet be occupied only by authorized personnel who are
the fire-resistance-rated construction requirements of familiar with that environment. Accordingly, for booth
the IBC, the requirements of this section recognize design and listing purposes the exception specifically
the need to minimize the spread of a fire and prevent allows the egress door to be slightly smaller than the
a spray booth from contributing to a fire should one generally applicable minimum required width of 32
start within the booth. Aluminum is not suitable for inches (813 mm) for means-of-egress doors specified
structurally sound construction of enclosures in Section 1010.1.1. This is consistent with the door
because of its low melting point; it would be likely to width exceptions for residential and Group I-3 occu-
melt in case of a substantial fire within the booth. For pancies in that section, which are based on familiarity
a spray booth to maintain its structural integrity in a with the occupancy in Group R and the controlled
fire, it should be constructed of steel, masonry or environment of Group I-3.
equivalent noncombustible materials. Section 5003.8
also requires hazardous materials storage cabinets to 2404.3.2.5 Clear space. Spray booths shall be installed so
be constructed of 18-gage [0.0478 inch (1.2 mm)] that all parts of the booth are readily accessible for cleaning.
steel. Both booths and cabinets are viewed as equip- A clear space of not less than 3 feet (914 mm) shall be main-
ment used to control and contain spills or fires. tained on all sides of the spray booth. This clear space shall
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
be kept free of any storage or combustible construction.

2404.3.2.2 Surfaces. The interior surfaces of spray booths
shall be smooth; shall be constructed so as to permit the free Exceptions:
passage of exhaust air from all parts of the interior, and to 1. This requirement shall not prohibit locating a spray
facilitate washing and cleaning; and shall be designed to con- booth closer than 3 feet (914 mm) to or directly
fine residues within the booth. Aluminum shall not be used. against an interior partition, wall or floor/ceiling
 Rough, corrugated or uneven surfaces are difficult to assembly that has a fire-resistance rating of not less
clean. Periodic cleaning of the interior surfaces than 1 hour, provided the spray booth can be ade-
reduces the fire hazard posed by the accumulation of quately maintained and cleaned.
flammable or combustible coatings. Because flam- 2. This requirement shall not prohibit locating a spray
mable or combustible vapors and dusts are typically booth closer than 3 feet (914 mm) to an exterior wall
heavier than air, design considerations should or a roof assembly, provided the wall or roof is con-
include the passage of exhaust air and proper air cir-
24-10 Code Council

FLAMMABLE FINISHES
structed of noncombustible material and the spray still does not allow any storage within 3 feet (914 mm)
booth can be adequately maintained and cleaned. of the spray booth.
 Spray booths are viewed as equipment where acces- 2404.3.2.6 Size. The aggregate area of spray booths in a
sibility is essential to cleaning and maintenance. This building shall not exceed the lesser of 10 percent of the area
section is also included for housekeeping reasons, of any floor of a building or the basic area allowed for a
and to keep combustible debris and materials away Group H-2 occupancy without area increases, as set forth in
from the spray booth to reduce the chances of an the International Building Code. The area of an individual
ignition on its exterior from a fire that might occur spray booth in a building shall not exceed the lesser of the
within the booth. This clearance also serves to pre- aggregate size limit or 1,500 square feet (139 m2).
vent heat from a fire within a booth from being trans- Exception: One individual booth not exceeding 500
ferred to adjacent combustible material. It also will square feet (46 m2).
prevent a fire near a booth (from combustible stor-
age, for example) from acting as an ignition source  The intent of limiting the size of a spray booth is to
for the booth (see Commentary Figure 2404.3.2.5). compartmentalize or provide passive fire protection.
Under Exception 1, if the construction materials of This limits the size of a fire and the processes to a
an interior partition further inhibit the spread of a fire more manageable condition. Section 2404.2 requires
and if there are proper means of cleaning the spray spraying operations to be conducted in an approved
booth, the intent of the section is considered met. spray booth, spraying space or spray room. As stated
This exception, however, still does not allow any stor- in this section, the size of an approved spray booth is
age within 3 feet (914 mm) of the spray booth. Note limited to the lesser of 1,500 square feet (139 m2) or
that the 1-hour partition, wall or floor/ceiling assembly 10 percent of the area of any floor of a building or the
is a generic description of an assembly and not a basic area allowed for a Group H-2 occupancy with-
specific type of assembly (e.g., fire wall, fire barrier, out area increases, as set forth in the IBC. If the area
fire partition, etc.) with a specific assigned purpose. limits for an approved spray booth are exceeded,
As such, no continuity requirements apply for such then the operation must be conducted in a spray
assemblies as would be applicable to assemblies room in accordance with Section 2404.3.1. The term
with a specific required fire protection function and “spray room” is defined in Section 202.
their designation as a specific type of assembly. The exception references the first paragraph of the
Exception 2 recognizes that if an exterior wall or section. In businesses where the building is small
roof assembly is of noncombustible construction, it [typically less than 5,000 square feet (465 m2)], it may
will not contribute to the fuel load or spread of the fire be impractical to design for a spray booth that is less
to other interior parts of the building. This meets the than 10 percent of the overall building area. In case of
intent of this section as long as there are proper a fire, smaller buildings are easier to control from a
means of cleaning the spray booth. This exception passive fire protection standpoint than larger opera-
tions.

Figure 2404.3.2.5
EXAMPLE OF SPRAY-BOOTH CLEAR SPACE

FLAMMABLE FINISHES
2404.3.3 Spraying spaces. Spraying spaces shall be designed tionally, they should be selected on the basis of extra-
and constructed in accordance with the International Build- hazard criteria contained in NFPA 10 to provide suffi-
ing Code, and Section 2404.3.3.1 and Sections 2404.4 cient extinguishing agents and discharge time for the
through 2404.8 of this code. hazard to be protected. Because a spraying-space
fire would involve ordinary combustibles as well as
 Because spraying spaces are not enclosed, the occu-
flammable/combustible liquids and dusts, the selec-
pancy classification of the room in which the spraying
tion of a fire extinguisher will include Class A and B
space is located depends on whether the MAQs of
ratings.
hazardous materials per control area are exceeded.
Section 906 and NFPA 10 require no less than a
The occupancy of buildings or portions of buildings
4-A:40-B:C extinguisher when the maximum travel
housing these coating operations is typically classi-
distance to the extinguisher does not exceed 30 feet
fied as Group H-2 [because flammable liquids are
(9144 mm). A 4-A:40-B:C extinguisher is also
typically in open system use or under pressure
acceptable when the maximum travel distance does
greater than 15 pounds per square inch (psi) (103
not exceed 50 feet (15 240 mm) (see Commentary
kPa)] where the aggregate quantity of flammable/
Figure 2404.4.1). Employees who are expected to
combustible liquids or dusts stored or used in a single
fight incipient fires should receive instruction in the
control area exceeds the MAQ per control area listed
operation of the installed fire protection equipment.
in Table 5003.1.1(1). However, the occupancy is to
be classified as Group F-1 or as a mixed use (such
as Group F-1/S-1) for processes where the quantities
do not exceed the MAQ per control area.
2404.3.3.1 Floor. Combustible floor construction in spraying
spaces shall be covered by approved, noncombustible, non-
sparking material, except where combustible coverings, such
as thin paper or plastic and strippable coatings, are utilized
over noncombustible materials to facilitate cleaning opera-
tions in spraying spaces.
 The spray-booth floor requirements in this section
parallel those for spray rooms in Section 2404.3.1.1
and spray booths in Section 2404.3.2.3 (see com-
mentary, Section 2404.3.1.1).
2404.4 Fire protection. Spray booths and spray rooms shall
be protected by an approved automatic fire-extinguishing
system complying with Chapter 9. Protection shall also
extend to exhaust plenums, exhaust ducts and both sides of
dry filters when such filters are used. Figure 2404.4.1
 Automatic sprinkler protection is the preferred MAXIMUM TRAVEL TO EXTINGUISHERS
method of protection for spray booths and spray
rooms where the building is otherwise sprinklered. In 2404.5 Housekeeping, maintenance and storage of haz-
nonsprinklered buildings that contain spray booths ardous materials. Housekeeping, maintenance, storage and
and spray rooms, alternative automatic fire-extin- use of hazardous materials shall be in accordance with Sec-
guishing systems, such as clean agents, carbon diox- tions 2403.3, 2403.4, 2404.5.1 and 2404.5.2.
ide, dry chemical, etc., are allowed to be installed
when approved by the fire code official. See the com-  This section establishes the applicability of the
mentary to Section 904 for further discussion of spe- requirements of Sections 2403.3, 2403.4, 2404.5.1
cific types of alternative fire-extinguishing systems. and 2404.5.2 for controlling hazards associated with
Fire protection systems, equipment and devices must housekeeping, maintenance and the storage of haz-
be installed and maintained in accordance with Chap- ardous materials.
ter 9. Because the flammable-finish operations are 2404.5.1 Different coatings. Spray booths, spray rooms and
subject to accumulation of residue, failure of the sys- spraying spaces shall not be alternately utilized for different
tem as a result of poor maintenance is more likely in types of coating materials where the combination of materials
these areas than in most other types of facilities. is conducive to spontaneous ignition, unless all deposits of
2404.4.1 Fire extinguishers. Portable fire extinguishers one material are removed from the booth, room or space and
complying with Section 906 shall be provided for spraying exhaust ducts prior to spraying with a different material.
areas in accordance with the requirements for an extra (high)  Spray operations involving potentially reactive coat-
hazard occupancy. ing materials must be confined to separate spray
 Portable fire extinguishers for fighting incipient fires booths or purged after use. Using the same spray
must be installed for ready access by the spray- booth for separate operations involving materials that
booth, spray-room or spraying-space operator. Addi- react with each other may produce a reaction
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
24-12 Code Council

FLAMMABLE FINISHES
between the overspray residues of such materials that are capable of producing sparks shall not be installed in a
once they are captured by the filters. Therefore, the flammable vapor areas.
entire system, including the ducts/filters, must be  Drying apparatus that causes significant heating of
purged. the workpiece or spray-booth surface may ignite fin-
Spontaneous ignition, also known as autoignition ishing vapors or overspray residue located inside the
or self-ignition, is defined by Burklin and Purington as spray booth. Separate drying apparatus or enclo-
“ignition due to chemical reaction or bacterial action sures free of overspray residue should be installed
in which there is slow oxidation of organic com- when a drying apparatus is used.
pounds until the material ignites; usually there is suffi- Introduction of additional sources of ignition, includ-
cient air for oxidation but insufficient ventilation to ing drying and baking units that do not meet the
carry heat away as it is generated.” A detailed treat- requirements of Section 2404.6.1.2, is not permitted
ment of the subject appears in the NFPA Fire Protec- in spraying areas.
tion Handbook.
The One Meridian Plaza office building fire in 1991 2404.6.1.1 Spraying procedure. The spraying procedure
was allegedly started by the spontaneous ignition of shall use low-volume spray application.
oil-soaked rags that were improperly stored during a  This section would apply only to smaller applications/
remodeling operation. This high-rise building in the processes where smaller amounts of flammable fin-
heart of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, was so seriously ishes are used. This is intended for spray booths and
damaged in the fire that it was razed in 1999. A listed spray rooms that are used only occasionally for
container for the storage of the oily rags as required spraying and drying operations.
by Section 2403.4.3 (see commentary, Section 2404.6.1.2 Drying apparatus. Fixed drying apparatus shall
2403.4.3) was not used. The fire code official should comply with this chapter and the applicable provisions of
determine the kinds of oils or solvents used and Chapter 30. When recirculation ventilation is provided in
research their potential for spontaneous ignition (see accordance with Section 2404.7.2, the heating system shall
commentary, Section 304.3.2). not be within the recirculation air path.
2404.5.2 Protection of sprinklers. Automatic sprinklers
installed in flammable vapor areas shall be protected from the  The practice of drying finished work pieces in the
accumulation of residue from spraying operations in an same enclosure where spray finishing is in progress
approved manner. Bags used as a protective covering shall be is common in the automobile refinishing industry.
0.003-inch-thick (0.076 mm) polyethylene or cellophane or This practice must be confined to spray-finishing
shall be thin paper. Automatic sprinklers contaminated by enclosures designed for this purpose in compliance
overspray particles shall be replaced with new automatic with the requirements of this section. Although the
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
sprinklers. recirculated air should not be flammable (less than

25-percent LFL or dust residue is removed) as
 Automatic sprinkler heads must be protected from required by Section 2404.7.2, the heating system
accumulations of spray residue to reduce the likeli- should be positioned to avoid possible ignition as a
hood of residue build-up, which could insulate the result of any malfunctions or unforeseen incidents.
fusible element and lead to failure of the head to Although this section appears to require fixed dry-
respond in a timely manner in case of fire. Protective ing apparatus, the section is intended to require both
lightweight paper or plastic bags is allowed to be fixed and portable infrared apparatus. This is further
installed over sprinkler heads but must be replaced at evident in Section 2404.6.1.2.2, in which the addi-
regular intervals or when they become heavily tional requirements for portable infrared apparatus
coated. A regular inspection of the sprinkler heads in are given.
flammable-vapor areas should be undertaken by
2404.6.1.2.1 Interlocks. The spraying apparatus, drying
spray process operators to identify and replace any
apparatus and ventilating system for the spray booth or spray
sprinklers that may have become coated with resi-
room shall be equipped with interlocks arranged to accom-
due.
plish all of the following:
2404.6 Sources of ignition. Control of sources of ignition
shall be in accordance with Section 2403.2 and Sections 1. Prevent operation of the spraying apparatus while dry-
2404.6.1 through 2404.6.2.4. ing operations are in progress.
2. Where the drying apparatus is located in the spray
 This section establishes the applicability of the
booth or spray room, prevent operation of the drying
requirements of Sections 2403.2, 2404.6.1 and
apparatus until a timed purge of spray vapors from the
2404.6.2.4 for controlling ignition hazards.
spray booth or spray room is complete. This purge time
2404.6.1 Drying operations. Spray booths and spray rooms shall be based upon completing at least four air changes
shall not be alternately used for the purpose of drying by of spray booth or spray room volume or for a period of
arrangements or methods that could cause an increase in the not less than 3 minutes, whichever is greater.
surface temperature of the spray booth or spray room except
in accordance with Sections 2404.6.1.1 and 2404.6.1.2. 3. Have the ventilating system maintain a safe atmosphere
Except as specifically provided in this section, drying or bak- within the spray booth or spray room during the drying
ing units utilizing a heating system having open flames or

FLAMMABLE FINISHES
process and automatically shut off drying apparatus in Glass panels must be designed, arranged and pro-
the event of a failure of the ventilating system. tected to ease cleaning and prevent breakage.
4. Shut off the drying apparatus automatically if the air 2404.6.2.2 Exterior luminaires. Luminaires attached to the
temperature within the booth exceeds 200°F (93°C). walls or ceilings of a flammable vapor area, but outside of
any classified area and separated from the flammable vapor
 This section prescribes requirements for the safe use areas by vapor-tight glass panels, shall be suitable for use in
of infrared drying units in spray-finishing enclosures ordinary hazard locations. Such luminaires shall be serviced
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
used for automobile refinishing and other similar from outside the flammable vapor areas.
applications. The interlocks listed in this section are
required to reduce the likelihood that a potential  Safety features, such as ventilation and separation
source of ignition (drying apparatus) and the fuel using vapor-tight glass panels, allow for the use of
(flammable vapors) are not present in the spray booth ordinary light fixtures (luminaires) that are not electri-
or spray room simultaneously. Also, the hazard of the cally classified for hazardous locations. To maintain
ease with which heated flammable vapors are ignited the integrity of the separation (that is, vapor-tight
is further mitigated by controlling the temperature of glass panels and installation outside of the classified
the room. Without these features, and the greater of area), these light fixtures (luminaires) must be ser-
four air changes or a 3-minute purge for the spraying viced from outside the spraying area.
space, right conditions for ignition of vapors or resi- 2404.6.2.3 Integral luminaires. Luminaires that are an inte-
due could easily develop. gral part of the walls or ceiling of a flammable vapor area are
2404.6.1.2.2 Portable infrared apparatus. Where a portable allowed to be separated from the flammable vapor area by
infrared drying apparatus is used, electrical wiring and porta- glass panels that are an integral part of the luminaire. Such
ble infrared drying equipment shall comply with NFPA 70. luminaires shall be listed for use in Class I, Division 2 or
Electrical equipment located within 18 inches (457 mm) of Class II, Division 2 locations, whichever is applicable, and
floor level shall be approved for Class I, Division 2 hazard- also shall be suitable for accumulations of deposits of com-
ous locations. Metallic parts of drying apparatus shall be elec- bustible residues. Such luminaires are allowed to be serviced
trically bonded and grounded. During spraying operations, from inside the flammable vapor area.
portable drying apparatus and electrical connections and wir-  Light fixtures (luminaires) with construction that
ing thereto shall not be located within spray booths, spray includes a glass panel for separation and that are
rooms or other areas where spray residue would be deposited installed within the construction of the wall or ceiling
thereon. flammable-vapor area must be Class I, Division 2
 In addition to the drying apparatus requirements because flammable vapors are present. Class II, Divi-
stated throughout Section 2404.6.1, portable infrared sion 2 light fixtures are required where combustible
apparatus is required to meet the provisions of this residue, such as dust, is present.
section. These requirements, such as bonding and 2404.6.2.4 Portable electric lamps. Portable electric lamps
grounding of apparatus, are intended to prevent the shall not be used in flammable vapor areas during spraying
ignition of vapors in the transport of the apparatus. operations. Portable electric lamps used during cleaning or
2404.6.2 Illumination. Where spraying spaces, spray rooms repairing operations shall be of a type approved for hazard-
or spray booths are illuminated through glass panels or other ous locations.
transparent materials, only fixed luminaires shall be utilized  Portable electric lamps are unsuitable for use in
as a source of illumination. spraying spaces during spraying operations due to
 Fixed lighting units (luminaires) can be designed to their increased exposure to dropping and other use-
minimize the possibility of ignition caused by the acci- related damage. Portable electric lamps vary in type
dental heating of vapors above their autoignition tem- and electrical classification. It would be a difficult
perature. Radiant heat from the source of illumination judgment call for an operator to determine the appro-
on the flammable finishes may cause ignition. priate type and location of a portable lamp in spraying
2404.6.2.1 Glass panels. Panels for luminaires or for obser- spaces. Although portable electric lamps, if approved
vation shall be of heat-treated glass, wired glass or hammered for hazardous locations, are allowed to be utilized
wire glass and shall be sealed to confine vapors, mists, resi- during cleaning or repairing operations, they should
dues, dusts and deposits to the flammable vapor area. Panels be avoided if possible.
for luminaires shall be separated from the luminaire to pre- 2404.7 Ventilation. Mechanical ventilation of flammable
vent the surface temperature of the panel from exceeding vapor areas shall be provided in accordance with Section
200°F (93°C). 502.7 of the International Mechanical Code.
 The surface of incandescent bulbs, halogen lamps  Flammable-vapor areas, as defined in Section 202,
and other light fixtures (luminaires) often exceeds the include, but are not limited to, the interior of spray
ignition temperature of common flammable and com- booths and spray rooms. The proper design and instal-
bustible liquids. Separation of light fixtures (lumi- lation of exhaust ventilation systems in spraying
naires) from the glazing will help reduce the surface spaces is critical because of the potential production of
temperature on the unexposed side of the glass. large amounts of flammable vapors in the processes.
24-14 Code Council

FLAMMABLE FINISHES
Exhaust systems in spray-finishing areas must also volume specified in Section 510 of the Inter-
comply with IMC Section 502.7, which regulates haz- national Mechanical Code is automatically
ardous exhaust systems. Additionally, because IMC exhausted.
Section 502.7.3 is identical to this section, compli- 2. Air exhausted from spraying operations is allowed
ance with the general section of IMC Section 502, to be recirculated as makeup air to manned spraying
especially Section 502.1.1 (“...the inlet to an exhaust operations where all of the conditions provided in
system shall be located in the area of heaviest con- Exception 1 are included in the installation and doc-
centration of contaminants...”), is recommended. The uments have been prepared to show that the installa-
location of heaviest concentration resulting from the tion does not pose a life safety hazard to personnel
physical characteristics of a material (for example, inside the spray booth, spraying space or spray
vapor density) or the process (such as atomization of room.
the material) must be considered when inlets to
exhaust systems are designed.  The prohibition of recirculation in this section and in
IMC Section 502.7.3.2 is specifically directed to the
2404.7.1 Operation. Mechanical ventilation shall be kept in concern that exhaust system makeup air does not
operation at all times while spraying operations are being add to the fire hazard of the spraying space. The
conducted and for a sufficient time thereafter to allow vapors exceptions are fairly specific and focus on the LFL
from drying coated articles and finishing material residue to and the monitoring of that limit. The exceptions are
be exhausted. Spraying equipment shall be interlocked with based on the environmental community’s concerns
the ventilation of the flammable vapor areas such that spray- about the volume of emissions generated by spray
ing operations cannot be conducted unless the ventilation sys- finishing. The permissible exposure limit (PEL) is
tem is in operation. generally more restrictive than the LFL.
 Ventilation must be functioning during the spraying The recirculation of exhausted air containing flam-
operation phase and the drying phase of a process mable vapors could help spread the hazard of flash
when vapors are generated. The interlock between fires from the area of vapor generation to other parts
the ventilation and spraying equipment will reduce of the building. At best, it would adversely affect only
the likelihood of human error, such as operator failure the area of vapor generation in that it could render the
to activate the ventilation system prior to the use of exhaust ventilation useless. It may also give the oper-
the spray equipment. Operating spray equipment ators of the facility a false sense that the level of ven-
without having the exhaust system in operation could tilation is safe for the system.
allow fugitive flammable vapors to migrate to areas Exception 1 lists five conditions that must be met
that may contain unprotected ignition sources and for the recirculation of exhausted air in unmanned
ignite. Continuous operation of ventilation systems spray operations. If solid particulates (dusts) are
could also be an integral component of the design of removed from the exhausted air, the exhausted air is
certain alternative fire-extinguishing systems, such as no longer considered a fire hazard because the
dry chemical systems. Note that this section parallels potential for a dust explosion is eliminated. Flamma-
Section 502.7.3.1 of the IMC. ble vapors are defined in Section 202 as “flammable
2404.7.2 Recirculation. Air exhausted from spraying opera- constituents in air that exceed 25 percent of the LFL.”
tions shall not be recirculated. By reducing the flammable vapor concentrations to
less than 25 percent of the LFL, the exhausted air is
Exceptions: no longer considered a flammable vapor. To increase
1. Air exhausted from spraying operations is allowed the likelihood that the concentrations remain at less
to be recirculated as makeup air for unmanned spray than 25 percent of the LFL, flammable vapor detec-
operations, provided that all of the following condition systems must automatically shut down the oper-
tions exist: ations, set off an alarm and exhaust 100 percent of
1.1. The solid particulate has been removed. the air. This would allow for energy conservation in
unmanned operations, without compromising the
1.2. The vapor concentration is less than 25 per- safety features typically associated with such ventila-
cent of the LFL. tion systems. Exception 2 is applicable to manned
1.3. Approved equipment is used to monitor the operations where additional documentation is needed
vapor concentration. to reduce the risk to personnel, such as people oper-
1.4. When the vapor concentration exceeds 25 ating the spray equipment, from an injury or life safety
percent of the LFL, both of the following standpoint. This documentation may include a risk
shall occur: analysis of fire and health hazards associated with
the operation of this equipment when some portion of
a. An alarm shall sound. the exhausted air is recirculated.
b. Spray operations shall automatically In general, fire safety efforts have received some
shut down. assistance from the environmental regulations that
have placed restrictions on the amount of volatile
1.5. In the event of shutdown of the vapor con-
organic compounds (VOCs) emitted to the atmo-
centration monitor, 100 percent of the air
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

FLAMMABLE FINISHES
sphere. This in turn limits the types of materials used openings to be one-half of that required for ordinary
and lowers the flammability characteristics through spraying. See the commentary to Section 2407 for
the use of less volatile liquids. further discussion of electrostatic apparatus.
2404.7.3 Air velocity. The ventilation system shall be 2404.7.3.2 Enclosed spray booth or spray room with open-
designed, installed and maintained so that the flammable con- ings for product conveyance. For spray application opera-
taminants are diluted in noncontaminated air to maintain con- tions conducted in an enclosed spray booth or spray room
centrations in the exhaust airflow below 25 percent of the with openings for product conveyance, the ventilation system
contaminant’s lower flammable limit (LFL). In addition, the shall be designed, installed and maintained so that the aver-
spray booth shall be provided with mechanical ventilation so age air velocity into the spray booth through openings is not
that the average air velocity through openings is in accor- less than 100 feet per minute (0.51 m/s).
dance with Sections 2404.7.3.1 and 2404.7.3.2. Exceptions:
 This section contains performance-based criteria to 1. For fixed or automated electrostatic spray applica-
quantify the amount of exhaust in relation to the con- tion equipment, the average air velocity into the
trol of the contaminant source. In other words, a spray booth through all openings shall be not less
direct solution is to restrict the concentration of all than 50 feet per minute (0.25 m/s).
known contaminants of concern to a specified and
acceptable level. That “level” is below 25 percent of 2. Where methods are used to reduce cross drafts that
the LFL for a particular contaminant. Where the con- can draw vapors and overspray through openings
centration of a flammable contaminant in air is main- from the spray booth or spray room, the average air
tained below 25 percent of the LFL for that velocity into the spray booth or spray room shall be
contaminant, there is insufficient fuel vapor in the gas that necessary to capture and confine vapors and
phase to sustain homogeneous ignition. Managing overspray to the spray booth or spray room.
the contaminant(s) in a diluted state means there is  To help keep flammable vapors in a designated
less chance of catastrophic flame propagation, igni- spraying space and limit the amount of overspray, the
tion or explosion. The quantity or volume of exhaust code requires that the exhaust system be adequately
required is source specific. sized to maintain an average velocity through the
2404.7.3.1 Open-face or open-front spray booth. For spray openings in the booth of no less than 100 feet per
application operations conducted in an open-face or open- minute (0.51 m/s), which is the minimum velocity to
front spray booth, the ventilation system shall be designed, capture particulate spray material.
installed and maintained so that the average air velocity into In electrostatic spray application, paint, in the form
the spray booth through all openings is not less than 100 feet of either powdered particles or atomized liquid, is ini-
per minute (0.51 m/s). tially projected toward a conductive workpiece using
normal spraying methods and is then accelerated
Exception: For fixed or automated electrostatic spray
toward the workpiece by a powerful electrostatic
application equipment, the average air velocity into the
charge. This process is much more efficient than ordi-
spray booth through all openings shall be not less than 50
nary spray finishing, using 95 percent of sprayed
feet per minute (0.25 m/s).
paint, thus reducing overspray. Exception 1 recog-
 To help keep flammable vapors in a designated nizes this efficiency by allowing the air velocity across
spraying space and limit the amount of overspray, the openings to be one-half of that required for ordinary
code requires that the exhaust system be adequately spraying.
sized to maintain an average velocity over the open Competing airflows (cross drafts) in a space in
face of the booth or booth cross section of no less which a spraying operation is located can cause a
than 100 feet per minute (0.51 m/s), which is the min- “reverse air flow” that can draw vapors or overspray
imum velocity to capture particulate spray material. out of the spray booth or spray room. Exception 2
To determine the minimum ventilation/exhaust provides a performance-oriented exhaust air velocity
capacity in cubic feet per minute [cfm (m3/s)], multiply option where the effect of such cross drafts is
the booth width [feet (mm)] by booth height [feet reduced or eliminated.
(mm)] by 100 [linear feet per minute (m/s)]. 2404.7.4 Ventilation obstruction. Articles being sprayed
In electrostatic spray application, paint, in the form shall be positioned in a manner that does not obstruct collec-
of either powdered particles or atomized liquid, is ini- tion of overspray.
tially projected toward a conductive workpiece using
normal spraying methods, and is then accelerated  When ventilation systems for spray operations are
toward the workpiece by a powerful electrostatic designed and installed, the configuration and position
charge. This process is much more efficient than ordi- of the object being sprayed must be considered
nary spray finishing, using 95 percent of sprayed because it might disrupt the ventilation pattern in both
paint, thus reducing overspray The exception recog- cross-draft and down-draft ventilation spray booths,
nizes this efficiency by allowing the air velocity across thereby compromising the effectiveness of the venti-
lation system.
24-16 Code Council

FLAMMABLE FINISHES
2404.7.5 Independent ducts. Each spray booth and spray Exception 1 applies to very small spray booths
room shall have an independent exhaust duct system dis- where the vapor area is very small compared to the
charging to the outside. area of standard spray booths. Because these indi-
Exceptions: vidual smaller spray booths are considered as one
fire area from a ventilation standpoint, all identical
1. Multiple spray booths having a combined frontal materials are to be used when this exception applies.
area of 18 square feet (1.67 m2) or less are allowed This will ensure that incompatible materials are not
to have a common exhaust when identical spray fin- used in booths with a common exhaust system [see
ishing material is used in each booth. If more than Commentary Figure 2404.7.5(2)].
one fan serves one booth, fans shall be intercon- Exception 2 notes that because the exhausted air
nected such that all fans will operate simultaneously. is at times treated, it can be manifolded. However,
2. Where treatment of exhaust is necessary for air pol- special hazards must be avoided to ensure fire pro-
lution control or for energy conservation, ducts shall tection safety. Incompatible materials must be sepa-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
be allowed to be manifolded if all of the following rated in case of a reaction within the ducts. A similar
conditions are met: requirement is found in IMC Section 510.4. Nitrocellu-
lose and nitrocellulose-based products are unstable
2.1. The sprayed materials used are compatible
materials that can easily be ignited, and once ignited,
and will not react or cause ignition of the res-
need large quantities of water for suppression. Addi-
idue in the ducts.
tionally, nitrocellulose is incompatible with many
2.2. Nitrocellulose-based finishing material shall materials (alkalis, amines, etc.). The cleaning prod-
not be used. ucts used in other booths may even ignite the nitro-
2.3. A filtering system shall be provided to cellulose-based products in a manifolded exhaust
reduce the amount of overspray carried into system. Therefore, the exhaust of nitrocellulose-
the duct manifold. based products is considered an exception to this
section. See the commentary to Chapter 65 for fur-
2.4. Automatic sprinkler protection shall be pro- ther information on the hazards of cellulose nitrate
vided at the junction of each booth exhaust (pyroxylin) plastics.
with the manifold, in addition to the protec- Additional protection, such as filtering and sprin-
tion required by this chapter. klers at the junction of spray booth exhaust, is also
 This section requires independent duct exhaust of required.
residue from spray-finishing operations. These ducts 2404.7.6 Termination point. The termination point for
must be routed directly to the exterior of the building. exhaust ducts discharging to the atmosphere shall be not less
Similar language is used in IMC Sections 502.7.3.5 than the following distances:
and 510.4. Ducts may not penetrate fire-resistance-
rated assemblies [see Commentary Figure 1. Ducts conveying explosive or flammable vapors, fumes
2404.7.5(1)]. or dusts: 30 feet (9144 mm) from the lot line; 10 feet
Figure 2404.7.5(1)
INDEPENDENT DUCTS FOR SPRAY BOOTHS

FLAMMABLE FINISHES
(3048 mm) from openings into the building; 6 feet from openings in the building, walls and roof, where
(1829 mm) from exterior walls and roofs; 30 feet (9144 sources of ignition or incompatible materials may be
mm) from combustible walls or openings into the present [see Commentary Figures 2404.7.6(1) and
building that are in the direction of the exhaust dis- 2404.7.6(2)].
charge; 10 feet (3048 mm) above adjoining grade. For health and safety reasons, hazardous exhaust
2. Other product-conveying outlets: 10 feet (3048 mm) cannot be directed onto adjacent property.
from the lot line; 3 feet (914 mm) from exterior walls Maintaining the required distance allows the
and roofs; 10 feet (3048 mm) from openings into the hazardous contents of the exhaust to disperse into
building; 10 feet (3048 mm) above adjoining grade. the atmosphere, thereby minimizing the exposure of
an adjoining property to the potential ignition hazard
 This section details the requirements for safe outlets/
termination points of exhaust ducts conveying spray- of a burning ember or spark or the hazardous,
finish operation effluent. This section gives distances noxious and objectionable odors emitted from such
that must be maintained, depending on the type of systems. Wind and wind-induced eddy currents can
exhaust, and is consistent with the requirement in react with building structural surfaces to create air
IMC Section 501.2.1. pressure zones that can diminish exhaust flow or
Item 1 details the requirements of safe outlets/ter- redirect exhaust into nearby building openings, such
mination points for exhaust ducts that convey explo- as fresh air or combustion air intakes and operable
sive or flammable vapors, fumes or dusts like those windows.
exhaust systems that serve operations involving the Exhaust systems sometimes incorporate rotating
application of flammable finishes. This section is hoods over the discharge opening to prevent high
intended to reduce the exposure from the dangerous winds from restricting the flow of exhaust gases out of
vapors in the exhaust. This is done to: the system. The hoods align themselves with the
direction of the wind to allow the unimpeded and
1. Protect other parts of the building. sometimes induced discharge from the exhaust
2. Protect other buildings. outlet. The termination height specified for
combustible walls is more restrictive to allow the
3. Reduce a potential reaction from materials that concentration of explosive or flammable constituents
may be incompatible. in the exhaust to diminish before landing or
4. Reduce the severity of a fire, in case of an accumulating on a combustible wall. The fire code
ignition. official must consider prevailing wind conditions in
locating hazardous exhaust outlets with respect to
Vapors that are considered flammable and other building openings.
flammable finishes, including dusts, have more Item 2 details provisions regarding safe outlets/
restrictive outlet/termination requirements than other termination points of other product-conveying ducts,
vapors due to the potential for ignition. To avoid such as those exhausting nonflammable and
recirculation of flammable vapors, fumes or dusts nonexplosive dusts and waste products. This item
back into the building, the duct must be designed and requires that the exhaust outlet be located well into
located to reduce such exposures. This may be the undisturbed wind stream and away from the cavity
achieved by physically separating the exhaust outlet
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 2404.7.5(2)
COMMON DUCTING FOR SPRAY BOOTHS
24-18 Code Council

FLAMMABLE FINISHES
and wake (eddy) zones around the building. This elements. This would increase the likelihood that
counteracts the negative effects of wind-induced overspray in the booth or duct cannot accumulate on
conditions and also prevents the reentry of exhaust the motor housing, which could ultimately cause the
products into the building through openings and fresh motor to overheat. Products that are subject to spark-
air intakes. ing should be avoided within spraying spaces. Belts
2404.7.7 Fan motors and belts. Electric motors driving that drive exhaust fans are not permitted in the spray-
exhaust fans shall not be placed inside booths or ducts. Fan ing area unless the belts and pulleys are tightly
rotating elements shall be nonferrous or nonsparking or the enclosed to prevent solvents in exhaust air from
casing shall consist of, or be lined with, such material. Belts degrading the belt materials and causing a failure of
shall not enter the duct or booth unless the belt and pulley the ventilation system.
within the duct are tightly enclosed. As mentioned in the commentary to Section
2403.4.1, the term “nonsparking” is somewhat inac-
 This requirement in the ventilation section is intended curate. Parts made of brass and similar “nonspark-
to reduce sources of ignition from spark-producing ing” materials do produce sparks but with ignition
Figure 2404.7.6(1)
SEPARATION REQUIREMENTS FOR ROOF EXHAUST DUCT PENETRATIONS
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 2404.7.6(2)
SEPARATION REQUIREMENTS

FLAMMABLE FINISHES
energies too low to ignite flammable vapors. Never- arranged to shut down the spraying operation if the filter roll
theless, such parts should be designed carefully to fails to advance automatically.
avoid producing sufficient frictional heat to cause an  In the case of roll-type filters, fresh filter material is
ignition. advanced into the air stream when the air velocity is
2404.7.8 Filters. Air intake filters that are part of a wall or reduced to less than 100 feet per minute (0.51 m/s).
ceiling assembly shall be listed as Class I or II in accordance The impregnated filter is wound on a take-up reel.
with UL 900. Exhaust filters shall be required. When the entire filter roll is consumed, it is discarded
 Spray-booth and ventilation system design should and replaced with a fresh roll of filter material. Shut-
effectively enclose spray operations. To prevent ting down the spray booth when the filter cannot auto-
exhausting contaminated vapors into the atmosphere matically advance (either because of system failure
and to prevent accumulation of overspray and resi- or the need for cartridge replacement) ensures that
due on duct surfaces and at the duct discharge loca- the operator of the spray booth does not fail in his or
tion, filters must be installed ahead of the exhaust her task of replacing the filter.
ventilation systems from spraying spaces. 2404.7.8.5 Filter disposal. Discarded filter pads shall be
UL 900 requirements cover tests to determine immediately removed to a safe, detached location or placed in
combustibility and the amount of smoke generated a noncombustible container with a tight-fitting lid and dis-
for air filter units of both washable and throwaway posed of properly.
types used for removal of dust and other air-borne  To reduce the possibility of ignition, filters should be
particles from air circulated mechanically in equip- disposed of in approved metal containers with tight-
ment and systems. Because the combustibility and fitting, self-closing lids. Waste containers should be
smoke generation of an air filter unit once used removed from the building when full and at the end of
depends on the chemicals or materials it is impreg- each work shift. See also the commentary to Section
nated with, the filter test requirements of UL 900 are 2403.4.3 for further discussion of waste disposal.
for the clean condition only. See the commentary to
IMC Section 605.2 for further discussion of UL 900 fil- 2404.7.8.6 Spontaneous ignition. Spray booths using dry fil-
ters. ters shall not be used for spraying materials that are highly
susceptible to spontaneous heating and ignition. Filters shall
2404.7.8.1 Supports. Supports and holders for filters shall be be changed prior to spraying materials that could react with
constructed of noncombustible materials. other materials previously collected. An example of a poten-
 This section is intended to minimize the combustible tially reactive combination includes lacquer when combined
materials in a spray booth. The area near a filter that with varnishes, stains or primers.
is used or partially used is very susceptible to ignition.
 Ventilation system filters must be noncombustible.
2404.7.8.2 Attachment. Overspray collection filters shall be Once fouled with paint or coating residue, the filters
readily removable and accessible for cleaning or replacement. become highly combustible. Moreover, they are more
 Dry-type overspray collectors or filters of paper or susceptible to spontaneous heating. Dry-type over-
fiberglass construction are more efficient than baffle spray collectors or filters of paper or fiberglass con-
plates. They are frequently used in spray booths construction are more efficient than baffle plates and are
taining moderate volumes of work. Replaceable flat frequently used in spray booths containing moderate
or cartridge filters are intended to be discarded once volumes of work. Replaceable flat or cartridge filters
they are significantly loaded with finish residue. are intended to be discarded once they are signifi-
cantly loaded with finish residue. See also the com-
2404.7.8.3 Maintaining air velocity. Visible gauges, audible
mentary to Section 2404.5.1 for further discussion of
alarms or pressure-activated devices shall be installed to indi-
spontaneous ignition.
cate or ensure that the required air velocity is maintained.
2404.7.8.7 Waterwash spray booths. Waterwash spray
 Maintaining air velocities is critical in maintaining a booths shall be of an approved design so as to prevent exces-
safe environment outside the spraying space, as well sive accumulation of deposits in ducts and residue at duct
as proper collection of flammable vapors and dusts outlets. Such booths shall be arranged so that air and over-
within the spraying space. If air velocities that the spray are drawn through a continuously flowing water curtain
exhaust system is designed for are not maintained, before entering an exhaust duct to the building exterior.
the spray booth operator must be made aware of this
malfunction. To reduce the possibility of a fire or  Waterwash booths are typically used for high-volume
injury caused by human error, an automatic shut- paint and lacquer usage. Many paints and lacquers
down of the system is recommended when the are susceptible to spontaneous heating and combus-
designed air velocities are not maintained. tion when left in a poorly ventilated or enclosed area.
Materials containing linseed oil are especially prone
2404.7.8.4 Filter rolls. Spray booths equipped with a filter
to this type of reaction. Spray-finishing operations
roll that is automatically advanced when the air velocity is
involving these materials should be confined to
reduced to less than 100 feet per minute (0.51 m/s) shall be
waterwash booths when possible because water is
used as the filtration medium instead of dry filters.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
24-20 Code Council
FLAMMABLE FINISHES
2404.8 Interlocks. Interlocks for spray application finishes within easy reach of spray operation personnel who
shall be in accordance with Sections 2404.8.1 through might be working in the area. The term “readily
2404.8.2. accessible” can be described as the capability of
being quickly reached or approached for the purpose
 This section establishes the applicability of the
of operation. Ready access means that there are no
requirements of Sections 2404.8.1 and 2404.8.2 for
physical obstructions and that there is no change in
controlling hazards of spraying operations through
elevation to reach the required object or location.
the installation of system interlocks.
When access to required manual fire alarm and
2404.8.1 Automated spray application operations. Where emergency system shutdown stations could be com-
protecting automated spray application operations, automatic promised by a flash fire or equipment malfunction, an
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
fire-extinguishing systems shall be equipped with an additional station must be installed near [within 5 feet
approved interlock feature that will, upon discharge of the (1524 mm)] an exit door from the area so that at least
system, automatically stop the spraying operations and work- one station is available in the path of egress to trans-
piece conveyors into and out of the flammable vapor areas. mit an alarm in a timely manner. This location also
Where the building is equipped with a fire alarm system, dis- encourages the actuation of the manual fire alarm
charge of the automatic fire-extinguishing system shall also and emergency system on the fire floor prior to enter-
activate the building alarm notification appliances. ing the stairway or exiting the building, resulting in the
 An interlock is a practical solution to avoid a fire situa- alarm being received from the actual fire floor and not
tion in which the automated system would allow for a another floor along the path of egress. The installa-
“moving fire” as the pieces within the automated tion criteria contained in Section 907.4 for manual fire
assembly move through the spraying space. The alarm boxes are applicable to such stations since part
interlock would stop the spray application, which of their function is as a fire alarm pull station.
would further contribute to the flammable fuel/vapors, 2404.8.2 Ventilation interlock prohibited. Air makeup and
and prevent a moving fire from spreading faster and flammable vapor area exhaust systems shall not be inter-
farther than expected. This is especially significant in locked with the fire alarm system and shall remain in opera-
larger conveyor and multiple spraying-space/spray- tion during a fire alarm condition.
booth systems, where fire could spread quickly Exception: Where the type of fire-extinguishing system
beyond the designed sprinkler area. The interlock used requires such ventilation to be discontinued, air
between the suppression system and the alarm sys- makeup and exhaust systems shall shut down and dampers
tem would notify the occupants of a building to evacu- shall close.
ate.
 Exhaust ventilation of flammable vapors and smoke
2404.8.1.1 Alarm station. A manual fire alarm and emer-
during a fire may help reduce the fire severity and
gency system shutdown station shall be installed to serve
increase visibility. Therefore, an interlock system to
each flammable vapor area. When activated, the station shall
shut down the spray operations during a fire should
accomplish the functions indicated in Section 2404.8.1.
not include the safety systems, such as ventilation. In
 In case the operator of a spraying area becomes an emergency, the success of the fire-extinguishing
aware of a fire prior to the actuation of the extinguish- system takes precedence over the function of the
ing system, or in case there is an emergency not ventilation system. Therefore, if the ventilation sys-
related to a fire where there is a risk to the occupants tem in any way compromises the fire-extinguishing
of the building, a manual fire alarm station is needed. system, the exception allows these systems to be
The manual station is to provide the same functions interlocked to shut down in the event of a fire. Exam-
as the automated interlock in Section 2404.8.1, such ples of systems that may be compromised if the ven-
as stopping the spread of fire and activating occupant tilation system is on are many of the extinguishing
notification. Because areas near the spraying space systems that are not water based, such as carbon
are dangerous, to reduce the risk of injury to an oper- dioxide, halogenated agent, clean agent, etc.
ator who may be attempting to activate the manual 2404.9 Limited spraying spaces. Limited spraying spaces
alarm, an additional alarm is required adjacent to an shall comply with Sections 2404.9.1 through 2404.9.4.
exit for the operator to activate while exiting from a
hazardous situation.  Limited spraying spaces are to accommodate uses
that are limited in their frequency and amounts of
2404.8.1.2 Alarm station location. Not less than one manual
hazardous materials used. As mentioned previously,
fire alarm and emergency system shutdown station shall be
this operation is intended more for small touch-up
readily accessible to operating personnel. Where access to
work found in a maintenance shop.
this station is likely to involve exposure to danger, an addi-
tional station shall be located adjacent to an exit from the 2404.9.1 Job size. The aggregate surface area to be sprayed
area. shall not exceed 9 square feet (0.84 m2).
 Manual fire alarm and emergency system shutdown  Limiting the workpiece size limits the amount of flam-
stations, in order to be effective, must be located mable vapors that are produced in such an area. This

FLAMMABLE FINISHES
is again to accommodate small incidental-type spray- SECTION 2405

ing processes found in typical manufacturing or mer- DIPPING OPERATIONS
cantile occupancies. 2405.1 General. Dip-tank operations shall comply with the
2404.9.2 Frequency. Spraying operations shall not be of a requirements of Section 2403 and Sections 2405.2 through
continuous nature. 2405.11.
 As mentioned previously, the limited spraying setup  This section establishes the applicability of the
is to accommodate small incidental-type processes. If requirements of Sections 2403 and 2405 for con-
the processes are continuous, a spray booth, spray trolling hazards associated with dip tanks and dipping
room or spraying space must be used whose require- operations.
ments are more stringent and are better regulated 2405.2 Location of dip-tank operations. Dip-tank opera-
from a fire prevention and fire protection standpoint. tions conducted in buildings used for Group A, I or R occu-
2404.9.3 Ventilation. Positive mechanical ventilation pro- pancies shall be located in a room designed for that purpose,
viding a minimum of six complete air changes per hour shall equipped with an approved automatic sprinkler system and
be installed. Such system shall meet the requirements of this separated vertically and horizontally from other areas in
code for handling flammable vapor areas. Explosion venting accordance with the International Building Code.
is not required.  Separation and protection from hazards of other por-
 Six air changes per hour is the requirement for limited tions of a building housing the occupancy groups
spraying areas; however, if the quantity of hazardous listed in this section are critical for several reasons.
material in the room or control area in which the lim- Dipping and coating processes are too hazardous to
ited spraying space is located exceeds the MAQ for be conducted in occupancies with a high life or prop-
hazardous materials given in Chapter 50 or 57, both erty exposure. The number of occupants in such
exhaust ventilation requirements in those chapters for buildings and their physical conditions vary. People
flammable vapors and the requirement in this section exposed to the danger of a fire involving dip-tank
have to be met. A typical example would be a plating operations must be able to evacuate or protect them-
shop where allowable quantities of corrosives and tox- selves promptly and effectively to avoid the risk of
ics are exceeded (Group H-4) and where the exhaust serious injury or death. Also, the behavior psychology
ventilation at a rate of 1 cfm per square foot [0.00508 of people in a Group A, I or R occupancy is very dif-
m3/(s  m2)] of floor area is required. If a limited spray- ferent from those in a Group F manufacturing occu-
ing space is located in such a room, the most restric- pancy. A person walking in a manufacturing facility
tive requirement has to be met; that is, the greater of 1 where dipping operations/processes take place in a
cfm per square foot [0.00508 m3/(s  m2)] or six air large area where the dip tanks and signs are in plain
changes per hour. The vapor density of the material view is more aware of the physical dangers associ-
should be taken into account (whether vapors are ated with these processes than someone in a Group
heavier or lighter than air) when considering the loca- R occupancy, who would more likely be relaxing and
tion of exhaust inlets. Additionally, because IMC Sec- thinking of things other than physical hazards.
tion 502.7.2 is identical to this section, conformance to The protection designed into these occupancies is,
the general requirements of IMC Section 502, espe- in many cases, less than would be found in manufac-
cially Section 502.1.1 (the inlet to an exhaust system turing occupancies. Separation and protection in the
shall be located in the area of heaviest concentration form of fire-resistance-rated construction and auto-
of contaminants), is recommended. matic fire suppression must be provided where dip-
2404.9.4 Electrical wiring. Electrical wiring within 10 feet ping operations must be conducted in the same
(3048 mm) of the floor and 20 feet (6096 mm) horizontally of building. Fire barriers, horizontal assemblies or both
the limited spraying space shall be designed for Class I, Divi- having a fire-resistance rating of 3 hours are required
sion 2 locations in accordance with NFPA 70. between Group F-1 and A, or I and R occupancies.
Except for Group I-2, this requirement can be
 Processes in limited spraying spaces may still result reduced in a sprinklered building by 1 hour. If the
in some vapor generation. Because they are gener- amounts of hazardous materials exceed the MAQ
ally heavier than air, vapors in spray processes typi- listed in Chapter 50, the occupancy separation
cally accumulate near the floor. These vapors may between Group H and A, or I and R occupancies var-
travel long distances undetected before causing a ies depending on what material(s) is involved (see
flash fire. To limit the ignition sources, wiring must be IBC Section 508).
installed to meet Class I, Division 2 requirements
2405.3 Construction of dip tanks. Dip tanks shall be con-
within 10 feet (3048 mm) of the floor and 20 feet
structed in accordance with Sections 2405.3.1 through
(6096 mm) horizontally.
2405.3.4.3 and NFPA 34. Dip tanks, including drain boards,
shall be constructed of noncombustible material and their
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
24-22 Code Council
FLAMMABLE FINISHES
supports shall be of heavy metal, reinforced concrete or conditions. When practical, tanks should be arranged
masonry. to drain by gravity. Pumps must be used if gravity dis-
charge is not practical. When a tank is equipped with
 The selection of materials and design of dipping and
a pump, the pump should be installed on the dis-
coating processes must consider the physical proper-
charge side of the trap. When a pump is installed to
ties of the liquid and the processing environment. The
aid in emergency release, flammable and combusti-
corrosivity, density, viscosity, vapor pressure and
ble liquid piping must comply with Chapter 57. The
flash point of the liquid influences the selection of
exception covers Class IIIB combustible liquids,
materials and arrangement of processing equipment.
which have a flashpoint above 200°F (93°C). These
Additionally, mechanical hazards, such as impacts
liquids are not viewed by the code as extremely haz-
and collisions involving conveyor equipment, should
ardous, especially when they are not heated above
be considered. Protected steel or concrete tank sup-
room temperature. For example, Table 5003.1.1(1),
ports reduce the likelihood of a collapse in the event
Note f allows for unlimited quantities of Class IIIB liq-
of a fire caused by a spill or release. The figure
uids in storage and use in a sprinklered building.
accompanying the definition of “Dip tank” in Chapter
2 shows the arrangement of a typical dip tank, includ- 2405.3.3 Dipping liquid temperature control. Protection
ing overflow and emergency release drains. against the accumulation of vapors, self-ignition and exces-
sively high temperatures shall be provided for dipping liquids
2405.3.1 Overflow. Dip tanks greater than 150 gallons (568
that are heated directly or heated by the surfaces of the object
L) in capacity or 10 square feet (0.93 m2) in liquid surface
being dipped.
area shall be equipped with a trapped overflow pipe leading
to an approved location outside the building. The bottom of  The evaporation rate of a liquid increases as the liq-
the overflow connection shall be not less than 6 inches (152 uid temperature increases. By controlling the maxi-
mm) below the top of the tank. mum liquid temperature, in case of a malfunction or
unplanned event, the temperature of the liquid will not
 An overflow drain is required for tanks with capacities
increase to a point where the exhaust ventilation can-
greater than 150 gallons (568 L) or having a surface
not accommodate the exhaust of the vapors. More-
area greater than 10 square feet (0.93 m2) to confine
over, controlling the maximum liquid temperature
spills or uncontrolled releases caused by overfilling or
would prevent the liquid from reaching its self-ignition
overflowing when parts are immersed. The capacity
(or auto-ignition) temperature. The temperature con-
of overflow drains should exceed the capacity of the
trol for the liquid must be specifically designed for the
tank and discharge through an approved trap and
liquid. Self-ignition temperatures of liquids can be
separator or to an approved salvage tank.
found in many references. The SFPE (Society of Fire
2405.3.2 Bottom drains. Dip tanks greater than 500 gallons Protection Engineers) Handbook of Fire Protection
(1893 L) in liquid capacity shall be equipped with bottom Engineering includes tables listing auto-ignition tem-
drains that are arranged to automatically and manually drain peratures for a variety of products. Although it is a
the tank quickly in the event of a fire unless the viscosity of more general application, similar temperature control
the liquid at normal atmospheric temperature makes this requirements apply when exempt use and storage
impractical. Manual operation shall be from a safe, accessible amounts of heated hazardous materials are
location. Where gravity flow is not practicable, automatic exceeded (see Section 5004.8.1).
pumps shall be provided. Such drains shall be trapped and
2405.3.4 Dip-tank covers. Dip-tank covers allowed by Sec-
discharged to a closed, vented salvage tank or to an approved
tion 2405.4.1 shall be capable of manual operation and shall
outside location.
be automatic closing by approved automatic-closing devices
Exception: Dip tanks containing Class IIIB combustible designed to operate in the event of a fire.
liquids where the liquids are not heated above room tem-
perature and the process area is protected by automatic  Dip-tank covers installed as a method of automatic
suppression conforming to Section 2405.4.1 must be
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
sprinklers.
capable of manual actuation. Automatic closure must
 Emergency release drains permit flammable liquids in be initiated by a fusible link or another approved heat-
dip tanks to be safely discharged if a fire occurs. A sensitive device. Covers that cannot close under the
trap between the drain opening and the separator or force of gravity must be assisted by hydraulic activa-
salvage tank reduces the likelihood that the fire will tors, springs, counterweights or other methods.
flash back into the tank. The arrangement of emer- 2405.3.4.1 Construction. Covers shall be constructed of
gency release drains must permit both automatic and noncombustible material or be of a tin-clad type with enclos-
manual operation. Moreover, viscous liquids are
ing metal applied with locked joints.
exempt from these requirements. These liquids, how-
ever, generally have higher flash points and are more  Dip-tank covers must be constructed of noncombusti-
difficult to ignite than other, less viscous materials. If ble material to avoid adding to the fire load, as well as
a highly viscous combustible liquid is heated for use to maintain the integrity of the system as a passive
as a coating material, having a drain remains a good containment fire protection system. Tin-clad covers
practice. If installed, the drain should be sized for the should be designed the same as metal-clad or tin-
volume and viscosity of the liquid under normal usage clad fire doors (see NFPA 80). Materials used for

FLAMMABLE FINISHES
automatic-closing mechanisms, such as hydraulic 4. Halogenated system (NFPA 12A).

actuators, springs, etc., should also be constructed of
noncombustible materials. 5. Dry-chemical system (NFPA 17).
2405.3.4.2 Supports. Chain or wire rope shall be utilized for Water-spray fixed systems are more effective at
cover supports or operating mechanisms. controlling flammable liquid pool fires, such as those
involving dip tanks, because they produce finer water
 Devices for holding the cover open must be designed droplets that are more effective at absorbing heat
to permit it to close freely and seal tightly. If noncom- from these rapidly burning, intense fires. Most water
bustible materials are used, a fusible link or another droplets are quickly vaporized by the fire and rarely
heat-sensitive device must be used to initiate closure. pose a significant danger of boil-over, froth-over or
2405.3.4.3 Closed covers. Covers shall be kept closed when slop-over from penetrating the surface of the flamma-
tanks are not in use. ble or combustible liquid (see NFPA 30 for further
information on these phenomena unique to flamma-
 Keeping the cover closed when the tank is not in use ble and combustible liquids in tanks). Unless dip-tank
reduces the release of flammable vapors or the acci- covers are installed, fixed fire-extinguishing equip-
dental introduction of an ignition source into the vapor ment is required for dip tanks less than 150 gallons
area located below the rim of the dip tank. (568 L) or 10 square feet (0.93 m2). Unless dip-tank
2405.4 Fire protection. Dip-tank operations shall be pro- covers are installed, dip tanks containing Class I flam-
tected in accordance with Sections 2405.4.1 through mable liquids and Class II combustible liquids with
2405.4.2. flash points below 110°F (43°C) used at ambient tem-
 This section establishes the applicability of the peratures above their flash points; and having capaci-
requirements of Section 2405.4 for controlling and ties greater than 10 gallons (38 L) and exposed
extinguishing fires in dipping operations. surface areas greater than 4 square feet (0.37 m2)
must be protected in accordance with Section
2405.4.1 Fixed fire-extinguishing equipment. An approved 2405.4.1.1 because of their ease of ignition.
automatic fire-extinguishing system or dip-tank cover in
accordance with Section 2405.3.4 shall be provided for the 2405.4.1.1 Fire-extinguishing system. An approved auto-
following dip tanks: matic fire-extinguishing system shall be provided for dip
tanks with a 150-gallon (568 L) or more capacity or 10 square
1. Dip tanks less than 150 gallons (568 L) in capacity or feet (0.93 m2) or larger in a liquid surface area. Fire-extin-
10 square feet (0.93 m2) in liquid surface area. guishing system design shall be in accordance with NFPA 34.
2. Dip tanks containing a liquid with a flash point below  Automatic fire suppression must be installed at dip
110°F (43°C) used in such manner that the liquid tem- tanks with a capacity greater than 150 gallons (568 L)
perature could equal or be greater than its flash point or larger than 10 square feet (0.93 m2) in surface
from artificial or natural causes, and having both a area. See the commentary to Section 2405.4.1 for the
capacity of more than 10 gallons (37.9 L) and a liquid preferred type of extinguishing system.
surface area of more than 4 square feet (0.37 m2).
2405.4.2 Portable fire extinguishers. Areas in the vicinity of
 This section applies to fire-extinguishing equipment dip tanks shall be provided with portable fire extinguishers
for certain smaller sizes of dip tanks. It offers the complying with Section 906 and suitable for flammable and
option of dip-tank covers instead of a fixed fire-extin- combustible liquid fires as specified for extra (high) hazard
guishing system. Tanks equipped with noncombusti- occupancies.
ble automatic-closing covers conforming to Section
2405.3.4 need not be protected by a fire suppression  Readily accessible portable fire extinguishers for
system on the basis that the cover can be closed, incipient fire fighting must be installed for use by
thus containing a dip tank fire and further restricting employees working around dipping and coating pro-
oxygen supply to the fire. Additionally, the suppres- cessing equipment. Both the size and distribution of
sion system will not be effective in controlling a fire portable fire extinguishers must conform to this sec-
when the cover is in the sloped position because the tion, Section 906.1 and the applicable sections of
sprinkler water would simply run off the cover and NFPA 10 for extra (high) hazards. Two units of Class
away from the fire. Automatic sprinkler protection is B extinguishing capabilities are required for each
recommended for plant areas located around dip square foot (m2) of dip-tank area if either dry-chemi-
tanks and other similar equipment. However, the pri- cal or carbon dioxide portable extinguishers are
mary protection for the dip tank should be one of the installed. Only one unit of Class B rating is required
following types of systems listed in order of desirabil- per square foot (m2) if aqueous film-forming foam
ity and effectiveness: (AFFF) portable extinguishers are provided. For
example, a 40-square-foot (4 m2) dip tank would
1. Water-spray fixed system (NFPA 15 or 16). require an 80-B-rated dry-chemical or carbon dioxide
2. Foam-extinguishing system (NFPA 11, 11A or extinguisher, or a 40-B AFFF extinguisher. The maxi-
mum travel distance to the nearest required portable
16).
fire extinguisher is 30 feet (9144 mm). Employees
3. Carbon dioxide system (NFPA 12). who are expected to fight incipient fires should
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
24-24 Code Council

FLAMMABLE FINISHES
receive instructions in the operation of installed fire 2405.9 Hardening and tempering tanks. Hardening and
protection equipment. Fire protection systems, equip- tempering tanks shall comply with Sections 2405.3 through
ment and devices must be maintained in accordance 2405.3.3, 2405.4.2 and 2405.8, but shall be exempt from
with Section 901.6. other provisions of Section 2405.
2405.5 Housekeeping, maintenance and storage of haz-  Requirements of Sections 2405.9.1 through 2405.9.5
ardous materials. Housekeeping, maintenance, storage and apply to oil-quenching tanks used in hardening and
use of hazardous materials shall be in accordance with Sec- tempering processes. Individually, hardening and
tions 2403.3 and 2403.4. tempering are usually accomplished by immersing
 This section establishes the applicability of the parts in tanks containing certain metal salts heated to
requirements of Sections 2403.3 and 2403.4 for con- temperatures between 1,400°F and 2,350°F (760°C
trolling hazards associated with housekeeping, main- and 1287°C). This process often requires several
tenance and the storage of hazardous materials. steps, with parts cooled by oil quenching between
steps. Such oil-quenching baths are the subject of
2405.6 Sources of ignition. Control of sources of ignition these requirements. Animal, vegetable and mineral
shall be in accordance with Section 2403.2. oils, and various mixtures of each, are used for oil
 See the commentary to Section 2403.2. quenching, but mineral oils are most commonly used.
2405.7 Ventilation of flammable vapor areas. Flammable Recently, polymers have replaced oils on a small
vapor areas shall be provided with mechanical ventilation scale in some oil-quenching processes. For most oil-
adequate to prevent the dangerous accumulation of vapors. quenching processes, oils have flash points above
Required ventilation systems shall be arranged such that the 300°F (149°C) (Class III-B) and many have flash
failure of any ventilating fan shall automatically stop the dip- points exceeding 500°F (260°C). Oil-quenching baths
ping conveyor system. are usually maintained 100°F to 200°F (38°C to
93°C) below their flash points. The same design, con-
 This section includes performance-based language struction, operation, maintenance and fire protection
that requires ventilation to prevent the dangerous requirements applying to dip tanks pertain to harden-
accumulation of vapors. Additionally, conveyor sys- ing and tempering tanks, as do the requirements of
tems used with dipping operations need to be inter- Sections 2405.9.1 through 2405.9.5.
locked with the ventilation system to avoid
2405.9.1 Location. Tanks shall be located as far as practical
continuation of operations in the event of a ventilation
from furnaces and shall not be located on or near combustible
system failure. The IMC contains requirements for
floors.
hazardous exhaust systems and requires indepen-
dent duct exhaust of vapor releases from dipping and  High temperatures produced by hardening and tem-
coating processing tanks, reservoirs, trench drains, pering processes require the maintenance of separa-
drain boards, conveyor tunnels and any other space tion between tanks, ignition sources and combustible
where flammable vapors may be liberated. Ducts are materials (see Commentary Figure 2405.9.1).
not to penetrate fire-resistance-rated assemblies. 2405.9.2 Hoods. Tanks shall be provided with a noncombus-
The plenum and ductwork must be protected by auto- tible hood and vent or other approved venting means, termi-
matic sprinklers or other approved fire suppression nating outside of the structure to serve as a vent in case of a
systems installed in accordance with Chapter 9. Only fire. Such vent ducts shall be treated as flues and proper clear-
fans and mechanical equipment approved for use in ances shall be maintained from combustible materials.
Class I, Division 1 hazardous locations are to be
installed in the exhaust air stream, and ductwork  Though the materials in hardening and tempering
must be of materials, thicknesses and construction baths are usually not considered flammable, the ele-
methods specified in the IMC. vated temperatures may represent an ignition source
to other combustibles. The contents of oil-quenching
2405.8 Conveyor interlock. Dip tanks utilizing a conveyor
tanks used for high flash-point liquids may be difficult
system shall be arranged such that in the event of a fire, the
to ignite, but once ignited, the rate of heat release is
conveyor system shall automatically cease motion and the
comparable to other flammable and combustible liq-
required tank bottom drains shall open.
uids. Hoods over hardening, tempering and oil-
 Mechanical or electrical interlocks must interrupt con- quenching tanks will help maintain tenable conditions
veyor motion and cause required emergency release near the tanks and help control a fire, should it occur,
drains to open in the event of a fire. Stopping the con- by providing a controlled avenue of vertical spread.
veyor prevents newly coated parts from transporting Therefore, exhaust hood materials must be noncom-
a fire beyond the immediate vicinity of the dipping or bustible and separated from combustible structural
coating processing area and its protection systems. components.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

FLAMMABLE FINISHES
2405.9.3 Alarms. Tanks shall be equipped with a high-tem- nificant enough hazard as to be required to be pro-
perature limit switch arranged to sound an alarm when the tected by an automatic fire-suppression system.
temperature of the quenching medium reaches 50°F (10°C) 2405.9.5 Use of air pressure. Air under pressure shall not be
below the flash point. used to fill or agitate oil in tanks.
 Thermostats may be used to limit the heat input to the  Heated oil can cause air injected below the oil sur-
oil bath for temperature maintenance. However, face to expand, allowing oil to spill from the tank. Air
many systems require cooling systems to maintain oil containing moisture can contaminate the oil bath,
baths within specified temperature limitations. Water leading to boil-over.
leaking from these cooling systems can pose a spe-
cial hazard from boil-over as the water is converted to 2405.10 Flow-coating operations. Flow-coating operations
shall comply with the requirements for dip tanks. The area of
steam (see Commentary Figure 2405.9.3).
the sump and any areas on which paint flows shall be consid-
2405.9.4 Fire protection. Hardening and tempering tanks ered to be the area of a dip tank.
greater than 500 gallons (1893 L) in capacity or 25 square
feet (2.3 m2) in liquid surface area shall be protected by an  In flow-coat operations, a liquid coating is applied to
approved automatic fire-extinguishing system complying the workpiece in a nonatomized stream through fixed
with Chapter 9. or oscillating nozzles. Excess liquid is collected in a
trough or sump below the workpiece and recirculated
 Tanks larger than 500 gallons (1893 L) in capacity or through a reservoir. The principal hazard from flow
25 square feet (2.3 m2) in surface area present a sig-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 2405.9.1
SEPARATION REQUIREMENTS FOR QUENCHING TANKS
Figure 2405.9.3
TYPICAL QUENCH TANK ALARM LOCATION
24-26 Code Council

FLAMMABLE FINISHES
coating is the liberation of flammable liquid vapor uid-coated cylinders or rollers. Coating material may be
from the surface of excess liquid. The area of the applied to the rollers by rotating them in an open trough
trough or sump for collecting overspray defines the or pan or applying liquid to the space between two roll-
scope of the hazard. Protection of flow-coat opera- ers (see Commentary Figure 2405.11).
tions must be based on the combined area of the
trough or sump and any surfaces in which paint or
coating material flows en route to the trough or sump SECTION 2406
(see Commentary Figure 2405.10). In large opera- POWDER COATING
tions, drain tunnels extend outside the enclosure. 2406.1 General. Operations using finely ground particles of
Moving the object through the drain tunnels reduces protective finishing material applied in dry powder form by a
solvent evaporation. Using the tunnels also improves fluidized bed, an electrostatic fluidized bed, powder spray
the film coating on the object. Curtain coating oper- guns or electrostatic powder spray guns shall comply with
ates on a similar principle, except a trough is filled Sections 2406.2 through 2406.7. In addition, Section 2407
above the workpiece and allowed to overflow in a thin shall apply to fixed electrostatic equipment used in powder
flat stream. This process is often used to coat flat or coating operations.
slightly curved workpieces.
 This section applies to powder-coating operations,
2405.10.1 Paint supply. Paint shall be supplied by a gravity which involve the application of finely ground parti-
tank not exceeding 10 gallons (38 L) in capacity or by direct cles of protective finishing material. The finish from
low-pressure pumps arranged to shut down automatically in powder coating is very strong and more durable than
case of a fire by means of approved heat-actuated devices. conventional finishes. This is a benefit, from an envi-
 Positive displacement pumps are most commonly ronmental and fire protection standpoint, because
used to recirculate paint and coating material from there are no liquid finishes or solvents to produce
the reservoir to the nozzles. Gravity tanks not flammable vapors or VOCs. Additionally, less solid
exceeding 10 gallons (38 L) in capacity are also per- waste is created with this method of finishing. The
mitted. When a pump is used, the pump power sup- foremost hazard associated with such application(s)
ply must be interlocked with heat detectors to shut is fire or explosion as a result of the airborne dust.
down if a fire occurs. The hazard associated with powder-coating opera-
2405.11 Roll-coating operations. Roll-coating operations tions is considered less than that of a similar opera-
shall comply with Section 2405.10. In roll-coating operations tion using flammable or combustible liquids. The
utilizing flammable or combustible liquids, sparks from static energy required to ignite a cloud of air-suspended
electricity shall be prevented by electrically bonding and coating powder is from 100 to 1,000 times higher
grounding all metallic rotating and other parts of machinery than that required to ignite flammable vapors associ-
and equipment and by the installation of static collectors, or ated with fluid-coating processes. Nevertheless,
by maintaining a conductive atmosphere such as a high rela- these operations pose a significant explosion hazard
tive humidity. when organic powder is suspended in air, forming
dust clouds.
 Roll-coating methods apply material to flat work pieces, 2406.2 Location. Powder coating operations shall be con-
usually paper, cardboard, cloth or thin metals, using liq- ducted in enclosed powder coating rooms, enclosed powder
Figure 2405.10
TYPICAL FLOW-COAT SETUP
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

FLAMMABLE FINISHES
coating facilities that are ventilated or ventilated spray material, provided that the spray booths are listed
booths. (see the commentary to Section 202 for the definition
of “Listed”).
 This section simply states that powder coating must
be conducted within enclosed rooms, spaces or 2406.4 Fire protection. Areas used for powder coating shall
apparatus that are designed for the purpose and con- be protected by an approved automatic fire-extinguishing
structed in accordance with the applicable provisions system complying with Chapter 9.
of Sections 2406.3 through 2406.7.  Although automatic sprinkler protection is the most
2406.3 Construction of powder coating rooms and booths. common method of protection in facilities, other
Powder coating rooms shall be constructed of noncombusti- approved automatic fire suppression systems may be
ble materials. Spray booths shall be constructed in accor- installed where approved by the fire code official. Fire
dance with Section 2404.3.2. protection systems, equipment and devices must be
Exception: Listed spray-booth assemblies that are con- installed in accordance with Chapter 9 and main-
structed of other materials shall be allowed. tained.
2406.4.1 Additional protection for fixed systems. Auto-
 The majority of powder-coating operations are con- mated powder application equipment shall be protected by
ducted in rooms or spray booths designed specifically the installation of an approved, supervised flame detection
to accommodate the air-borne dust. Listed spray- apparatus that shall react to the presence of flame within 0.5
booth assemblies should be specifically listed for second and shall accomplish all of the following:
powder-coating operations to ensure that the differ-
ences in medium between flammable spray finish 1. Shutting down of energy supplies (electrical and com-
and powder coating are addressed in the protection pressed air) to conveyor, ventilation, application, trans-
systems. An example of such differences is the type fer and powder collection equipment.
of electrical classification between powder-coating 2. Closing of segregation dampers in associated ductwork
operations and flammable-finish operations. to interrupt airflow from application equipment to pow-
The exception allows powder-coating operations to der collectors.
be conducted in spray booths constructed of any
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 2405.11
TYPICAL ROLL-COATING SETUP
24-28 Code Council

FLAMMABLE FINISHES
3. Activation of an alarm that is audible throughout the dust concentrations within powder-coating areas.
powder coating room or booth. Cleaning should minimize the scattering of dust or
creation of a dust cloud that can easily cause a fire or
 Automated powder application may or may not have
explosion. Vacuum sweeping equipment must be
operators who would take steps to reduce the sever-
approved for the type of use and be electrically clas-
ity of the fire by shutting down the supply of powder,
sified in accordance with NFPA 70 (see commentary,
turning off energy supplies, warning occupants for
Section 2403.2.1).
evacuation, etc. The flame detection system and its
associated interlocks are part of the protection sys- 2406.6 Sources of ignition. Control of sources of ignition
tem, in case ignition has already occurred. To reduce shall be in accordance with Section 2403.2 and Sections
the severity of a fire or dust cloud explosion, the pow- 2406.6.1 through 2406.6.4.
der-coating application must be shut down immedi-  This section establishes the applicability of the listed
ately upon fire detection. Because automated powder sections to the control of ignition sources in powder-
application equipment may at times be unsupervised, coating operations.
flame detection that automatically can shut down the
2406.6.1 Drying, curing and fusion equipment. Drying,
system is required. Shutting down systems such as
curing and fusion equipment shall comply with Chapter 30.
conveyors, which can further spread the fire, or an
application that further augments the existing fuel  Chapter 30 details the construction, operation, main-
load/air-borne dust is critical to reducing the severity tenance and fire protection of, as well as the equip-
of a fire. Further, an audible alarm throughout the ment and piping associated with, industrial ovens
powder-coating room or area must notify the occu- (see commentary, Chapter 30).
pants to evacuate immediately to avoid injury. For 2406.6.2 Spark-producing metals. Iron or spark-producing
example, injury to occupants of the booth may be metals shall be prevented from being introduced into the
avoided or reduced if they evacuate when a small powders being applied by magnetic separators, filter-type
incipient fire is detected before it reaches areas within separators or by other approved means.
the booth where dust-cloud explosions are sustain-
able.  Iron or spark-producing metals, such as small work-
pieces or tools, have caused ignitions or explosions
2406.4.2 Fire extinguishers. Portable fire extinguishers of the air-borne combustible dusts in powder-coating
complying with Section 906 shall be provided for areas used operations. Although magnetic or filter-type separa-
for powder coating in accordance with the requirements for tors are the simplest and most commonly used sys-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
an extra-hazard occupancy. tems for reducing such a hazard, other approved
 Section 906 gives the requirements for portable fire means of removing metals are acceptable.
extinguishers. Areas may be classified as an extra- 2406.6.3 Preheated parts. When parts are heated prior to
hazard occupancy in accordance with NFPA 10 coating, the temperature of the parts shall not exceed the igni-
because of the higher hazard of powder-coating tion temperature of the powder to be used.
operations.
 During the heating process and prior to coating,
2406.5 Operation and maintenance. Powder coating areas
safety controls must be implemented to prevent the
shall be kept free from the accumulation of powder coating
ignition of the powder on an overheated piece as a
dusts, including horizontal surfaces such as ledges, beams,
result of a system malfunction (temperature control
pipes, hoods, booths and floors.
failures, when a piece is overheated on a conveyor
 Regularly scheduled cleaning of accumulation of that has stopped, etc.).
powder on surfaces is an important and often ignored 2406.6.4 Grounding and bonding. Precautions shall be
good housekeeping practice. This is especially critical taken to minimize the possibility of ignition by static electri-
when pieces are bonded to the conveyor. If too much cal sparks through static bonding and grounding, where pos-
residue is accumulated on the conveyor, the pieces sible, of powder transport, application and recovery
may no longer be bonded. When pieces are pre- equipment.
heated, the additional dust accumulation may contrib-
ute to air-borne dust and escalate a small fire to a  See the commentary to Section 2403.2.5.
much larger and more severe fire. 2406.7 Ventilation. Exhaust ventilation shall be sufficient to
2406.5.1 Cleaning. Surfaces shall be cleaned in such a man- maintain the atmosphere below one-half the minimum explo-
ner so as to avoid scattering dusts to other places or creating sive concentration for the material being applied. Nondepos-
dust clouds. Vacuum sweeping equipment shall be of a type ited, air-suspended powders shall be removed through
approved for use in hazardous locations. exhaust ducts to the powder recovery system.
 Additional air-borne dust must be avoided during  Powder coating creates explosive atmospheres be-
cleaning operations. Any type of dust-agitating pro- cause of the large surface areas of the particles when
cess can create a potential for flash fires or dust dispersed in the air. The explosive limit or concentra-
explosions. Removal of dusts from any horizontal tion, just as with flammable vapors, will depend on
surfaces, such as ledges, beams, pipes, hoods, the type of material being used. For example, Factory
booths and floors, is important in reducing the excess Mutual tested several powder-coating materials and

FLAMMABLE FINISHES
found a range of lower explosive limit (LEL) of 0.026 the spray gun is moved directly against the object
to 0.097 ounces per square foot and auto-ignition being sprayed. The requirements to install barriers,
temperatures between 790°F to 1,039°F (412°C to provide signs or require general isolation of equip-
559°C). Therefore, ventilation system requirements ment do not improve the safety of this category of
may vary from one type of coating to another. Also, a equipment and hamper its use by industry.
collection system is required to collect any unused 2407.3 Construction of equipment. Electrodes and electro-
powder. This requirement is similar to ventilation static atomizing heads shall be of approved construction, rig-
requirements for flammable vapors in its intent to limit idly supported in permanent locations and effectively
the amount of vapors or dusts to a concentration that insulated from ground. Insulators shall be nonporous and
would not support ignition. Therefore “one-half the noncombustible.
minimum explosive concentration” for powder coating
is similar in intent to the “25 percent of the lower flam- Exception: Portable electrostatic paint-spraying apparatus
mable limit (LFL).” The safety factor in the combusti- listed for use in Class I, Division 1, locations.
ble dust is 2, while the safety factor for the LFL is 4.  Electrostatic atomizing heads are connected to both
This is partly the result of the lower ignitibility of a an air source and flammable coating products. Addi-
dust compared to a vapor (see commentary, Section tionally, this particular piece of equipment is con-
2407.1). nected to high-voltage electricity. Oxygen, fuel and
sources of ignition are readily available. Therefore,
special care and consideration must be given in the
SECTION 2407 construction and installation of such equipment. To
ELECTROSTATIC APPARATUS avoid any sparking of the equipment, electrostatic
2407.1 General. Electrostatic apparatus and devices used in atomizing heads must be insulated from grounded
connection with paint-spraying and paint-detearing opera- objects or parts.
tions shall be of an approved type. The exception recognizes that portable electro-
static spray guns have been listed by recognized test-
 Electrostatic spraying and paint detearing equipment, ing laboratories for many years and are in use in
as well as electrostatic devices, such as generators, commercial/industrial applications throughout the
motors, transformers and electrodes, must be accept- United States. These units are listed for use in Class
able to the fire code official and should bear the label
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
I, Division I, Group D environments and they do not
of an independent testing laboratory. Evidence of sat- create an ignition source from potential sparking.
isfactory performance is indicated by use or display of Such units are designed to preclude sparking when
the appropriate label or seal of the laboratory. Testing the spray gun is moved directly against the object
laboratories generally publish directories or lists con- being sprayed. The requirements to install barriers,
taining important information about labeled products. provide signs or require general isolation of equip-
2407.2 Location and clear space. A space of not less than ment do not improve the safety of this category of
twice the sparking distance shall be maintained between equipment and hamper its use by industry.
goods being painted or deteared and electrodes, electrostatic
2407.3.1 Barriers. Booths, fencing, railings or guards shall
atomizing heads or conductors. A sign stating the sparking
be placed about the equipment such that either by their loca-
distance shall be conspicuously posted near the assembly.
tion or character, or both, isolation of the process is main-
Exception: Portable electrostatic paint-spraying apparatus tained from plant storage and personnel. Railings, fencing
listed for use in Class I, Division 1, locations. and guards shall be of conductive material, adequately
 The equipment manufacturer’s instructions must be grounded, and not less than 5 feet (1524 mm) from process-
consulted to determine the sparking distance of the ing equipment.
equipment involved. Once the sparking distance is Exception: Portable electrostatic paint-spraying apparatus
determined, it must be posted conspicuously in the listed for use in Class I, Division 1, locations.
work area. The sign must be clear, concise and of
 The required guards prevent materials with an oppo-
durable construction.
site charge from being placed within the range of the
Maintaining the required separation distance pre-
electrostatic spraying apparatus. Guards or railings
vents sparks generated by the properly maintained
are grounded so that any charge accumulation or
equipment from igniting vapors near the surface of
deficit on people or materials will be safely neutral-
the newly coated workpiece before it dries.
ized. The separation distance requirement allows the
The exception recognizes that portable electro-
charge dissipation to occur at a safe distance from
ignitable vapors.
ing laboratories for many years and are in use in
The exception recognizes that portable, electro-
commercial/industrial applications throughout the
United States. These units are listed for use in Class
ing laboratories for many years and are in use in
commercial/industrial applications throughout the
create an ignition source from potential sparking.
United States. These units are listed for use in Class
Such units are designed to preclude sparking when
24-30 Code Council

FLAMMABLE FINISHES
create an ignition source from potential sparking. use of hazardous materials shall be in accordance with Sec-
Such units are designed to preclude sparking when tions 2403.3, 2403.4 and Sections 2407.5.1 and 2407.5.2.
the spray gun is moved directly against the object  This section establishes the applicability of the listed
being sprayed. The requirements to install barriers, sections to hazardous materials in and around elec-
provide signs or require general isolation of equip- trostatic apparatus and its operations.
ment do not improve the safety of this category of
equipment and hamper its use by industry. 2407.5.1 Maintenance. Insulators shall be kept clean and
dry. Drip plates and screens subject to paint deposits shall be
2407.4 Fire protection. Areas used for electrostatic spray removable and taken to a safe place for cleaning. Grounds
finishing with fixed equipment shall be protected with an and bonding means for the paint-spraying apparatus and all
approved automatic fire-extinguishing system complying associated equipment shall be periodically cleaned and main-
with Chapter 9 and Section 2407.4.1. tained free of overspray.
 Although automatic sprinkler protection is the most  Accumulation of dirt, oil, moisture or debris may com-
common method of protection in facilities, other promise the effectiveness of insulators. Overspray
approved automatic fire suppression systems may be accumulations are less severe with electrostatic pro-
installed if approved by the fire code official. Fire processes but still require attention. Electrostatic spray
tection systems, equipment and devices must be equipment requires that grounding and bonding
installed in accordance with Chapter 9 and main- means be properly maintained free of overspray so
tained. as to preclude the potential injury to employees or the
2407.4.1 Protection for automated liquid electrostatic creation of potential fire hazards caused by the stored
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
spray application equipment. Automated liquid electro- electric charge of objects.

static spray application equipment shall be protected by the 2407.5.2 Signs. Signs shall be posted to provide the follow-
installation of an approved, supervised flame detection appa- ing information:
ratus that shall, in the event of ignition, react to the presence
of flame within 0.5 second and shall accomplish all of the fol- 1. Designate the process zone as dangerous with respect
lowing: to fire and accident.
1. Activation of a local alarm in the vicinity of the spray- 2. Identify the grounding requirements for all electrically
ing operation and activation of the building alarm sys- conductive objects in the flammable vapor area, includ-
tem, if such a system is provided. ing persons.
2. Shutting down of the coating material delivery system. 3. Restrict access to qualified personnel only.
3. Termination of all spray application operations.  Signs should warn of the smoking, open-flame,
grounding areas and high-voltage equipment haz-
4. Stopping of conveyors into and out of the flammable ards. Additionally, signs should warn against
vapor areas. entrance of unqualified personnel into these areas to
5. Disconnection of power to the high-voltage elements in avoid accidents caused by people or employees who
the flammable vapor areas and disconnection of power are not trained for the surrounding hazards.
to the system. 2407.6 Sources of ignition. Transformers, power packs, con-
 Automated liquid electrostatic spray application may trol apparatus and all other electrical portions of the equip-
or may not have operators who would take steps to ment, except high-voltage grids and electrostatic atomizing
reduce the severity of the fire, such as shutting down heads and connections, shall be located outside of the flam-
the supply of coating material, warning occupants for mable vapor areas or shall comply with Section 2403.2.
evacuation purposes, etc. The flame detection sys-  Devices that are not classified must be located out-
tem and its associated interlocks are part of the pro- side the vapor area to prevent ignition of flammable
tection system, in case ignition has already occurred. vapors and overspray residue. The vapor area is
Systems that are designed to reduce the severity of defined as “that area where flammable vapors
the accident in the event of a fire need to be initiated exceed 25 percent of the materials LFL.” Equipment
automatically. Supervised flame detection systems must be tested and labeled for use in Class I, Division
are required by this section to stop the flow of addi- 1, hazardous locations, as defined by Article 516 of
tional fuel into the system, stop the spread of fire by NFPA 70, when locating equipment outside the
shutting down the conveyor, activate an alarm for spraying or vapor area is impractical.
evacuation, terminate spray application operations
that would further add to the fuel and disconnect 2407.7 Ventilation. The flammable vapor area shall be venti-
power to the system. The power disconnection lated in accordance with Section 2404.7.
referred to in this section is for the spray booth equip-  See the commentary to Section 2404.2.
ment, but does not include power to emergency sys- 2407.8 Emergency shutdown. Electrostatic apparatus shall
tems. be equipped with automatic controls operating without time
2407.5 Housekeeping, maintenance and storage of haz- delay to disconnect the power supply to the high-voltage
ardous materials. Housekeeping, maintenance, storage and

FLAMMABLE FINISHES
transformer and signal the operator under any of the follow- 2408.3 Equipment. Spray guns and related handling equip-
ing conditions: ment used with organic peroxides shall be of a type manufac-
1. Stoppage of ventilating fans or failure of ventilating tured for such use.
equipment from any cause.  This process involves the discharging of two different
2. Stoppage of the conveyor carrying articles past the components through the same spray gun. The sensi-
high-voltage grid. tivity of the materials used results in a system that is
extremely sensitive to shock, friction, temperature,
3. Occurrence of a ground or an imminent ground at any contaminants, etc. The design and installation of the
point of the high-voltage system. system cannot be taken lightly.
4. Reduction of clearance below that required in Section 2408.3.1 Pressure tanks. Separate pressure vessels and
2407.2. inserts specifically for the application shall be used for the
 The required interlocks reduce the likelihood of the resin and for the organic peroxide, and shall not be inter-
apparatus igniting flammable vapors in the event of changed. Organic peroxide pressure tank inserts shall be con-
any of the specified conditions. Conditions 1 and 2 structed of stainless steel or polyethylene.
may lead to an increase in the concentration of flam-  Special consideration must be given to the materials
mable vapors in the atmosphere. Condition 3 may used in organic peroxide systems. Materials that do
lead to the release of a spark or arc capable of ignit- not react with organic peroxides, such as stainless
ing flammable vapors. Additionally, occurrence of steel or polyethylene, ensure system component
Condition 4 could bring those parts of the system integrity.
capable of producing an ignition into an area contain-
2408.4 Housekeeping, maintenance, storage and use of
ing an ignitable vapor concentration.
hazardous materials. Housekeeping, maintenance, storage
2407.9 Ventilation interlock. Hand electrostatic equipment and use of hazardous materials shall be in accordance with
shall be interlocked with the ventilation system for the spray- Sections 2403.3 and 2403.4 and Sections 2408.4.1 through
ing area so that the equipment cannot be operated unless the 2408.4.7.
ventilating system is in operation.
 This section establishes the applicability of the listed
 The required interlock is intended to prevent the use sections to hazardous materials in conjunction with
of hand sprayers without ventilation equipment in organic peroxides and dual-component coatings.
operation. Failure to operate exhaust ventilation may
2408.4.1 Contamination prevention. Organic peroxide initi-
lead to the creation of ignitable vapor concentration in
ators shall not be contaminated with foreign substances.
the spraying space.
 See the commentary to Section 2409.4.3.
2408.4.2 Spilled material. Spilled organic peroxides shall be
SECTION 2408 promptly removed so there are no residues. Spilled material
ORGANIC PEROXIDES AND absorbed by using a noncombustible absorbent shall be
DUAL-COMPONENT COATINGS promptly disposed of in accordance with the manufacturer’s
2408.1 General. Spraying operations involving the use of recommendation.
organic peroxides and other dual-component coatings shall
 In order to avoid contact with materials and condi-
be in accordance with the requirements of Section 2403 and
Sections 2408.2 through 2408.5. tions that would cause a reaction, it is good house-
keeping practice to promptly clean the spilled organic
 This section establishes the applicability of Sections peroxide. Additionally, to reduce the possibility of a
2408.2 through 2408.5, as well as Section 2403 for reaction, prompt disposal is recommended. Because
the regulation of organic peroxides and other dual- the organic peroxides vary in nature and volatility, the
component coatings. manufacturer’s recommendations or Material Safety
2408.2 Use of organic peroxide coatings. Spraying opera- Data Sheets (MSDS) must be followed for disposal.
tions involving the use of organic peroxides and other dual- 2408.4.3 Residue control. Materials shall not be contami-
component coatings shall be conducted in approved sprin- nated by dusts and overspray residues resulting from the
klered spray booths complying with Section 2404.3.2. sanding or spraying of finishing materials containing organic
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
 Because of the reactivity of the material, the use of peroxides.

organic peroxide and other dual-component coating  Because of the hazards associated with organic per-
systems is limited to spray booths only. For example, oxides and the chemical reactions within the system,
organic peroxide coatings cannot be applied in the issues such as contamination control are very import-
limited spraying spaces described in Section ant. To avoid a violent reaction with contaminants
2404.1.4. This section is more specific and, therefore, that may be introduced accidentally to the organic
supersedes the more general requirements. Storage peroxide initiators, careful consideration must be
of organic peroxides shall comply with Chapter 62. given to the overall system design.
24-32 Code Council

FLAMMABLE FINISHES
2408.4.4 Handling. Handling of organic peroxides shall be nated smoking areas should be located well outside
conducted in a manner that avoids shock and friction that pro- the organic peroxide and dual-coating areas and stor-
duces decomposition and violent reaction hazards. age rooms, preferably in a separate room (see also
commentary, Section 310).
 Many organic peroxides are unstable reactive materi-
als that are decomposed by heat, shock or friction.
The rate of decomposition varies depending on the SECTION 2409
material and the condition it is exposed to. Organic INDOOR MANUFACTURING
peroxides vary in reactions from plain decomposition
OF REINFORCED PLASTICS
(without a fire or explosion hazard) to deflagration or
detonation. Special handling care must be given to 2409.1 General. Indoor manufacturing processes involving
these materials. The manufacturer’s information on spray or hand application of reinforced plastics and using
handling and care (typically, the “Special Precau- more than 5 gallons (19 L) of resin in a 24-hour period shall
tions” and “Reactivity” sections of the MSDS) should be in accordance with Sections 2409.2 through 2409.6.1.
be referred to for proper storage of the product.  The applicability of this section is limited to operations
2408.4.5 Mixing. Organic peroxides shall not be mixed involving the use of more than 5 gallons (19 L) of
directly with accelerators or promoters. resin in a 24-hour period. It is intended to allow very
limited amounts of resin to be removed from storage
 In order to avoid any unexpected reaction, organic containers and applied in the manufacturing process
peroxides should not be mixed directly. Dual-coating during that period without further regulation other
systems specifically designed and approved for such than those applicable to any hazardous material.
use must be used.
2409.2 Resin application equipment. Equipment used for
2408.4.6 Personnel qualifications. Personnel working with spray application of resin shall be installed and used in accor-
organic peroxides and dual-component coatings shall be spe- dance with Section 2408 and Sections 2409.3 through
cifically trained to work with these materials. 2409.6.1.
 Because of the sensitive nature of organic peroxides,  The equipment used for resin application should be
only trained personnel should work with them. Quali-
manufactured for that use. Listed equipment is rec-
fied personnel should be trained in material handling ommended.
to avoid accidents, as well as procedures (such as
system shutdown, notification, evacuation, etc.) in 2409.3 Fire protection. Resin application areas shall be pro-
case of an accident. Qualified personnel should also tected by an automatic sprinkler system. The sprinkler system
be familiar with the MSDS of the flammable finishes. design shall be not less than that required for Ordinary Haz-
ard, Group 2, with a minimum design area of 3,000 square
2408.4.7 Storage. The storage of organic peroxides shall
feet (279 m2). Where the materials or storage arrangements
comply with Chapter 62.
are required by other regulations to be provided with a higher
 Chapter 62 is specific to the storage and use of level of sprinkler system protection, the higher level of sprin-
organic peroxides (see commentary, Chapter 62). kler system protection shall be provided.
The manufacturer’s information on handling and care
 Similar language and requirements can be found in
(typically “Special Precautions” and “Reactivity” sec-
Sections 5005.1.8 and 5004.5 when storage and use
tions of the MSDS) should be referred to for proper
or dispensing of hazardous materials exceed the
storage of the product.
allowable quantities per control area given in Section
2408.5 Sources of ignition. Only nonsparking tools shall be 5003. If design density required by other sections
used in areas where organic peroxides are stored, mixed or results in a higher sprinkler demand, the more strin-
applied. gent requirement applies.
 Many organic peroxides are sensitive to heat, shock 2409.4 Housekeeping, maintenance, storage and use of
and friction. Additionally, many of these materials are hazardous materials. Housekeeping, maintenance, storage
dissolved in flammable or combustible solvents. and use of hazardous materials shall be in accordance with
Because of the volatility of the material, sources of Sections 2403.3 and 2403.4 and Sections 2409.4.1 through
ignition must be avoided completely. As mentioned in 2409.4.3.
other sections of this chapter, the term “nonsparking”
 This section establishes the applicability of the listed
is somewhat inaccurate. Tools made of brass and
sections to hazardous materials in and around the
similar nonsparking materials produce sparks with
indoor manufacturing of reinforced plastics.
ignition energies too low to ignite flammable vapors.
Nonetheless, such tools should be used carefully to 2409.4.1 Handling of excess catalyzed resin. A noncombus-
avoid producing sufficient frictional heat to cause an tible, open-top container shall be provided for disposal of
ignition. Smoking is prohibited in organic peroxide excess catalyzed resin. Excess catalyzed resin shall be
coating areas. “No Smoking” signs should be con- drained into the container while still in the liquid state.
spicuously located throughout the work area. Desig- Enough water shall be provided in the container to maintain a
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

FLAMMABLE FINISHES
minimum 2-inch (51 mm) water layer over the contained concentration of flammable vapors in the resin application
resin. area at or below 25 percent of the LFL.
 Some catalyzed resin products produce heat as they Exception: Mechanical ventilation is not required for
cure (exothermic reaction). This may be a fire hazard buildings that have 75 percent of the perimeter unen-
if the container is not open-top. In a confined con- closed.
tainer, enough heat may be generated to ignite the  In many cases, acetone is used for cleanup of resin
resin. Additionally, the required water in the container accumulations. Therefore, the LFL for both resin and
would help cool down the material and the container the cleaning solvent must be considered when
until the product is cured or safely disposed of. designing the ventilation for the resin application
2409.4.2 Control of overchop. In areas where chopper guns areas. The exception recognizes that natural ventila-
are used, exposed wall and floor surfaces shall be covered tion is considered adequate if the perimeter of the
with paper, polyethylene film or other approved material to building is 75 percent open.
allow for removal of overchop. Overchop shall be allowed to 2409.6.1 Local ventilation. Local ventilation shall be pro-
cure for not less than 4 hours prior to removal. vided inside of workpieces where personnel will be under or
 To ease removal of excess materials, coverings are inside of the workpiece.
required in the areas where chopper guns are used.  Ventilation in areas where personnel are present is
Again, the materials are best left until they are cured required for fire prevention as well as for reduction of
to reduce the likelihood of any reactions or ignition health risks.
from the heat produced during curing (exothermic
reaction).
2409.4.2.1 Disposal. Following removal, used wall and floor SECTION 2410
covering materials required by Section 2409.4.2 shall be FLOOR SURFACING AND FINISHING OPERATIONS
placed in a noncombustible container and removed from the 2410.1 Scope. Floor surfacing and finishing operations
facility. exceeding 350 square feet (33 m2) and using Class I or II liq-
 Once the material is cured for 4 hours, immediate dis- uids shall comply with Sections 2410.2 through 2410.5.
posal is important to reduce further chances of reac-  Floor surfacing and finishing using Class I or II liquids
tion. Additional heat may be produced if the materials in facilities such as bowling alleys or gymnasiums
are not fully cured. Regular disposal of hazardous pose a high risk because of the spread of liquid over
materials is an important part of housekeeping in fire large surface areas. The intent of this section is to
prevention. provide additional protection and hazard reduction for
2409.4.3 Storage and use of hazardous materials. Storage large surface fires resulting from floor surfacing and
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
and use of organic peroxides shall be in accordance with Sec- finishing.
tion 2408 and Chapter 62. Storage and use of flammable and 2410.2 Mechanical system operation. Heating, ventilation
combustible liquids shall be in accordance with Chapter 57. and air-conditioning systems shall not be operated during
Storage and use of unstable (reactive) materials shall be in resurfacing or refinishing operations or within 4 hours of the
accordance with Chapter 66. application of flammable or combustible liquids.
 Because a variety of materials are used in the GFRP  In order to avoid circulation of potentially flammable
process, chapters specific to the materials are refer- vapors into other parts of the building, mechanical
enced. In addition to the referenced chapters, the systems that are not part of the exhaust system
MSDS, as well as the manufacturer’s recommenda- required in Section 2410.3 must be shut down during
tion for safe practices, should be considered. the application of flammable or combustible liquids
Although the codes contain information for the gen- and for 4 hours after the last of the flammable or com-
eral hazardous materials category, the MSDS are bustible liquids is applied. For example, if a flamma-
specific to the material being used. For example, the ble surface is applied and the entire area application
reactivity section of an MSDS is specific in the types takes 2 hours, the number of hours that the mechani-
of materials that may be incompatible with the resin cal systems must be shut down is 6 (4 hours after the
used. application).
2409.5 Sources of ignition in resin application areas. 2410.3 Business operation. Floor surfacing and finishing
Sources of ignition in resin application areas shall comply operations shall not be conducted while an establishment is
with Section 2403.2. open to the public.
 As with other flammable finishes, the sources of igni-  In case of a fire, the types and numbers of injuries are
tion must be controlled to a manageable level in haz- reduced by allowing surfacing and finishing opera-
ardous environments. tions only when the business is not open to the pub-
2409.6 Ventilation. Mechanical ventilation shall be provided lic. This would limit the exposure to fewer people
throughout resin application areas in accordance with Section (nighttime employees, etc.).
2404.7. The ventilation rate shall be adequate to maintain the
24-34 Code Council

FLAMMABLE FINISHES
2410.4 Ignition sources. The power shall be shut down to all

electrical sources of ignition within the flammable vapor
area, unless those devices are classified for use in Class I,
Division 1 hazardous locations.
 Because floor surfacing and finishing is a temporary
process, the protection system is also temporary.
Therefore, unlike processes such as spray booths,
the building or area is not required to meet electrical
requirements for hazardous areas. These systems
that cannot meet the hazard conditions at the time of
surfacing and finishing must be shut down to reduce
the potential for unrated electrical sources to cause
ignition of vapors.
2410.5 Ventilation. To prevent the accumulation of flamma-
ble vapors, mechanical ventilation at a minimum rate of 1
cubic foot per minute per square foot [0.00508 m3 /(s • m2)]
of area being finished shall be provided. Such exhaust shall
be by approved temporary or portable means. Vapors shall be
exhausted to the exterior of the building.
 The air exhausted over the entire surface must be at
minimum 1 cfm per square foot [0.00508 m3/(s • m2)],
even in the most remote areas or corners where fin-
ishing and surfacing take place. Please note that floor
surfacing and finishing do not occur often in a build-
ing. Because outside companies are typically hired to
do such surfacing, protection systems, such as
exhaust, are temporary and can, therefore, be porta-
ble. To prevent recirculation of exhaust air that may
contain flammable vapors, the exhausted air must be
discharged to the exterior of the building.
Bibliography
The following resource materials were used in the
code:
Burklin, Ralph W. and Robert G. Purington. Fire Terms:
A Guide to Their Meaning and Use. Quincy, MA:
National Fire Protection Association, 1980.
Code Changes Resource Collection—2015 International
Fire Code. Washington, DC: International Code
Council, 2014.
Flammable Finishes Application Guide: 2009
International Fire Code. Washington, DC:
International Code Council, 2009.
Scarborough, D.R. “Spray Finishing and Powder
Coating,” Section 6, Chapter 16, Fire Protection
Handbook, 19th ed. Quincy, MA: National Fire
Protection Association, 2003.
SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering, 3rd
Edition. Quincy, MA: National Fire Protection Associ-
ation, 2002.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
®
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
24-36 Code Council

Chapter 25:
Fruit and Crop Ripening
General Comments lower flammable limit (LFL). Placed in a relatively vapor-
tight room filled with ethylene gas at small concentra-
American consumers have become accustomed to hav- tions—100 to 150 parts per million (ppm) (100 to 500
ing a wide variety of the ripest and most attractive fruits mg/L)—for varying durations, quantities of fruit are rip-
and vegetables available all year. To supply this ened slowly, bringing them to just the right point before
demand, horticulturists, growers and distributors have transporting them to the local retail market.
devised a means of growing and transporting these
commodities to minimize damage and spoilage. Two
fruits in greatest demand, tomatoes and bananas, are Purpose
now shipped hard and green off the vine or tree, mini- Chapter 25 provides guidance that is intended to reduce
mizing bruising but contributing to poor sales. To make the likelihood of explosions resulting from improper use
the fruit attractive and edible, it must be ripened. Ethyl- or handling of ethylene gas used for crop-ripening and
ene, a naturally occurring hormone in many fruit-bearing coloring processes. This is accomplished by regulating
plants, is used to complete the ripening process after ethylene gas generation; storage and distribution sys-
the fruit arrives at the distributor. This material has a
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
tems and controlling ignition sources. Design and con-
wide explosive range and, when inhaled, is a medical struction of facilities for this use are regulated by the
anesthetic. Though only small concentrations of the gas International Building Code® (IBC®) to reduce the impact
are required in the ripening process, explosions have of potential accidents on people and buildings.
occurred. These incidents are usually attributed to the
use of excessive concentrations of gas well above the
SECTION 2501 ylene is colorless with a sweet odor and taste. It is

GENERAL explosive in sunlight when mixed with chlorine. Mod-
2501.1 Scope. Ripening processes where ethylene gas is erate concentrations of ethylene in air are a medical
introduced into a room to promote the ripening of fruits, veg- anesthetic; thus, care must be taken to prevent inha-
etables and other crops shall comply with this chapter. lation. Atmospheres containing ethylene are classi-
Exception: Mixtures of ethylene and one or more inert
gases in concentrations that prevent the gas from reaching
greater than 25 percent of the lower explosive limit (LEL) Ignition Temperaturea 842°F to 914°F
when released to the atmosphere. Vapor Density 1.0
 This section establishes that this chapter is applica- Flammable Range
ble to fruit- and crop-ripening processes that use eth- Lower 2.7 percent
ylene gas as a ripening agent. While still green, many Upper 36 percent
fruits and vegetables are picked and shipped to their NFPA 704 Hazard Classification
point of distribution. Prior to shipping or upon arrival Health 1
at the distribution warehouse near the retail market, Flammability 4
fruits and vegetables are transferred to containers Reactivity 2
(trailers) or rooms filled with low concentrations of Other —
ethylene gas to facilitate ripening. As they ripen, For SI: °C = (°F - 32)/1.8.
some fruits and vegetables, including bananas, toma-
a. In the NFPA Fire Protection Guide on Hazardous Materials,
toes, pears, apples and honeydew melons, produce
13th edition, NFPA 325 reports the lower value, while NFPA
ethylene gas. If kept in tightly enclosed rooms or con-
49 reports the higher value.
tainers, gas accumulates, expediting the ripening pro-
cess as concentrations increase.
This process would be relatively safe, simple and Figure 2501.1
effective except for one problem—ethylene is a highly FLAMMABILITY CHARACTERISTICS
flammable gas (see Commentary Figure 2501.1). A AND ETHYLENE HAZARDS
constituent of liquefied petroleum gas (LP-gas), eth-

FRUIT AND CROP RIPENING
fied as Class I, Division 1, Group C hazardous accommodate the process without exposing the rest
locations by NFPA 70. Additionally, ethylene (R- of the building to process hazards. The design and
1150) is sometimes used as a refrigerant gas and construction of facilities for this use are regulated by
classified among Group 3 (highly flammable) refriger- the applicable provisions of the IBC to reduce the
ants. Explosions involving trucks and warehouses impact of potential accidents on people and buildings.
where ethylene gas is used as a fruit-ripening agent In particular, buildings and portions of buildings used
are usually attributed to the use of excessive concen- for crop-ripening or coloring processes must conform
trations of gas well above the lower explosive limit to the requirements of IBC Section 414.
(LEL). The exception recognizes the reduced hazard Because ethylene is a flammable gas, the occu-
of ethylene-inert gas mixtures when the mixtures pancy group classification of the building depends on
keep the ethylene concentration at or below 25 per- the quantities of gas present and the use of the con-
cent of its LEL. trol area concept (see IBC Section 414.2). If the
2501.2 Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in Sec- amount of gas exceeds the maximum allowable
tion 105.6. quantity per control area (MAQ) [see IBC Table
307.1(1)], the applicable provisions of IBC Section
 The process of issuing permits gives the fire code 415 would also apply. Additionally, Chapter 53 regu-
official an opportunity to carefully evaluate and regulates the physical hazards of compressed gases and
late hazardous operations. Permit applicants should Chapter 58 regulates the material hazards of flamma-
be required to demonstrate that their operations com- ble gases. Both would apply to ethylene used in fruit-
ply with the intent of the code before the permit is ripening processes as would the general hazardous
issued. Because of the extremely flammable nature materials provisions of Chapter 50.
of ethylene gas, an operational permit is required by 2503.2 Dispensing. Valves controlling discharge of ethylene
Section 105.6.20 for ethylene-based ripening pro- shall provide positive and fail-closed control of flow and
cesses. shall be set to limit the concentration of gas in air below
2501.3 Ethylene generators. Approved ethylene generators 1,000 parts per million (ppm).
shall be operated and maintained in accordance with Section
 Although the hazards of using ethylene should be of
2506.
considerable concern, technological innovation has
 Chapter 25 recognizes the use of listed ethylene gen- produced a safe alternative to the old method of dis-
erators as a means of safely producing ethylene contributing ethylene to the ripening rooms. In the past,
centrations needed to ripen crops. This section compressed ethylene gas in cylinders was piped
requires that those devices be properly operated and through regulating equipment into rooms. Regulating
maintained (see commentary, Section 2506.1). equipment was calibrated to restrict gas quantity to a
volume that would produce concentrations below the
lower explosive gas limit; however, excessive con-
SECTION 2502 centrations occasionally escaped and uncontrolled
DEFINITIONS ignition sources produced serious explosions.
Ideally, gas sensors should be used to stop gas
2502.1 Terms defined in Chapter 2. Words and terms used
flow as it approaches the desired level. Manual over-
in this chapter and defined in Chapter 2 shall have the mean-
rides must be provided to interrupt the gas flow if a
ings ascribed to them as defined therein.
danger exists. A 1:1,000 concentration is only 0.1
 Definitions of terms can help in the understanding percent in air. The LFL of ethylene is 2.6 percent.
and application of the code requirements. This sec- When used properly, this gas poses little hazard.
ter. Terms may be defined in Chapter 2 or in another SECTION 2504
International Code® (I-Code®) as indicated in Section SOURCES OF IGNITION
201.3, or the dictionary meaning may be all that is 2504.1 Ignition prevention. Sources of ignition shall be con-
needed (see also commentary, Sections 201 through trolled or protected in accordance with this section and Chap-
201.4). ter 3.
 Lighted smoking materials and other open-flame
SECTION 2503 sources are prohibited in crop-ripening and color-pro-
ETHYLENE GAS cessing rooms. This prohibition should also be
extended to the immediate vicinity of the entrance to
2503.1 Location. Ethylene gas shall be discharged only into such rooms. “No Smoking” signs are to be conspicu-
approved rooms or enclosures designed and constructed for ously posted and stringently enforced (see also com-
this purpose. mentary, Sections 305, 308 and 310).
 Rooms or spaces occupied for the ripening of fruits 2504.2 Electrical wiring and equipment. Electrical wiring
and crops using ethylene gas must be constructed to and equipment, including luminaires, shall be approved for
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
25-2 Code Council

use in Class I, Division 2, Group C hazardous (classified) manufacturer’s instructions. All heaters must be pro-
locations. tected from physical damage to prevent fuel spills or
heater malfunctions.
 Atmospheres containing ethylene are classified as
Class 1, Division 1, Group C hazardous locations by
NFPA 70. All electrical wiring and equipment must be
SECTION 2505
suitably listed and labeled for use in such atmo-
COMBUSTIBLE WASTE
spheres.
2505.1 Housekeeping. Empty boxes, cartons, pallets and
2504.3 Static electricity. Containers, piping and equipment
other combustible waste shall be removed from ripening
used to dispense ethylene shall be bonded and grounded to
rooms or enclosures and disposed of at regular intervals in
prevent the discharge of static sparks or arcs.
accordance with Chapter 3.
 Suitable grounds must be provided on all ethylene-
 Waste accumulation, especially packing materials and
handling systems and equipment to permit the dissi-
crop debris, is to be removed regularly from the prem-
pation of static electricity, thus preventing the genera-
ises and disposed of in an approved manner to reduce
tion of static sparks. Electrically isolated sections of
the volume of nonessential combustible materials sus-
systems and equipment must be independently
ceptible to ignition and contributing to the fire load.
grounded. NFPA 77 provides valuable guidance on
Section 304 of the code provides specific regulations
this topic. Grounding and bonding should be in accor-
for waste disposal (see commentary, Section 304).
dance with NFPA 70.
2504.4 Lighting. Lighting shall be by approved electric
lamps or luminaires only. SECTION 2506
 Open-flame lighting is prohibited in crop-ripening ETHYLENE GENERATORS
rooms and spaces because ethylene gas is flamma- 2506.1 Ethylene generators. Ethylene generators shall be
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ble. Only approved electrical lighting equipment is listed and labeled by an approved testing laboratory,
allowed and it must comply with the provisions of approved by the fire code official and used only in approved
Section 2504.2 of the code (see commentary, Sec- rooms in accordance with the ethylene generator manufac-
tion 2504.2). turer’s instructions. The listing evaluation shall include docu-
2504.5 Heating. Heating shall be by indirect means utilizing mentation that the concentration of ethylene gas does not
low-pressure steam, hot water or warm air. exceed 25 percent of the lower explosive limit (LEL).
Exception: Electric or fuel-fired heaters approved for use  Several companies produce ethylene generators
in hazardous (classified) locations and that are installed especially for fruit-ripening processes. These devices
and operated in accordance with the applicable provisions convert a liquid similar to ethanol into ethylene gas.
of NFPA 70, the International Mechanical Code or the This process produces ethylene in concentrations far
International Fuel Gas Code. below the LEL, even in very small compartments,
which is an important feature since these generators
 Wherever practical, heat for crop-ripening and color- are portable and could be operating in ripening rooms
ing rooms should be indirect (steam, hot water or of different sizes. During a test conducted by an inde-
warm air) to eliminate sparks or open-flame ignition pendent testing laboratory and witnessed by repre-
hazards. Piped steam and hot water-heating systems sentatives of the Los Angeles City Fire Marshal’s
operate at temperatures of 250°F to 430°F (121°C to office, a small [4,000 cubic foot (113 m3)] fruit-ripen-
221°C) and are considered the most appropriate ing room was filled with 400 cases of green bananas
method when providing indirect heat to ripening with the generator set at the maximum setting. During
rooms. the 8-hour test, the device did not produce a concen-
The exception provides that electric heaters may tration greater than 0.1 percent by volume; the LEL
be used where approved by the fire code official. The for ethylene is 2.6 percent by volume. While this may
type of electric heaters required must be approved not be a worst-case scenario, it certainly suggests a
and listed for use in Class I, Division 1, Group C elec- significant safety margin—a factor of 26.This section
trically classified locations because of the presence mandates that ethylene generators be listed and
of ethylene gas. Such heaters must also be designed labeled by a third-party testing laboratory. The basic
to keep all exposed surfaces at temperatures of standard used in the investigation and listing of these
800°F (427°C) or below because ethylene gas has an devices is UL 499, which, while it covers the most sig-
ignition temperature of 842°F (450°C). Fuel-fired nificant electrical hazards of ethylene generators,
heaters using gas or liquid fuel may also be used, does not evaluate the flammable vapor-air mixtures
provided they are approved and comply with the produced when the devices are operated in closed
International Mechanical Code® (IMC®) or the Interna- rooms. This section is intended to fill that gap by
tional Fuel Gas Code® (IFGC®), as applicable. These requiring that the listing evaluation attests to the
appliances must also have a sealed combustion safety of the devices by documenting in the report
chamber to prevent open-flame ignition of the eth- results that the maximum ethylene concentration
ylene gas and be installed in accordance with the capable of being generated by the device does not

exceed 25 percent of the LEL. This section also

requires adherence to the ethylene generator manu-
facturer’s instructions, which are considered part of
the listing.
2506.2 Ethylene generator rooms. Ethylene generators shall
be used in rooms having a volume of not less than 1,000
cubic feet (28 m3). Rooms shall have air circulation to ensure
even distribution of ethylene gas and shall be free from
sparks, open flames or other ignition sources.
 Because ethylene generators are portable, the level
of hazard associated with their use in closed rooms
can change each time one is moved to a new ripen-
ing room. The intent of this section is to reduce the
hazard potential by requiring that ethylene generators
be used only in ripening rooms having a minimum
volume of 1,000 cubic feet (28 m3) [10 feet by 10 feet
by 10 feet (3048 mm by 3048 mm by 3048 mm)], that
are free from ignition hazards and have air circulation
to distribute the ethylene gas evenly throughout the
space to avoid the potential for pockets of gas having
concentrations approaching or exceeding 25 percent
of the LEL.
SECTION 2507
WARNING SIGNS
2507.1 Where required. Approved warning signs indicating
the danger involved and necessary precautions shall be
posted on all doors and entrances to the premises.
 Given the flammability and the anesthetic quality of
ethylene gas, it poses potential dangers to personnel
who might accidentally enter a ripening room, build-
ing or area unaware of the hazards. As with other
hazardous materials, warning signs and placards
must be posted to give appropriate notice to warn
personnel of the hazards of the ripening process and
discourage entry by unauthorized and unprotected
people. Warning signs must comply with Sections
5003.5 and 5003.5.1 and include NFPA 704 hazard
warning system markings to warn of fire- and health-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
related hazards of these materials (see commentary,

Sections 5003.5 and 5003.5.1).
Bibliography
The following resource material was used in the
code:
“Ethylene Gas Generator—Fruit Ripening.” Field
Service Bulletin F-2-81. Long Grove, IL: Kemper
Group of Insurance Companies, 1981.
25-4 Code Council

Chapter 26:
Fumigation and
Insecticidal Fogging
General Comments operations. Commentary Figure 26-1 lists hazard classi-
fications of various common fumigants.
Fumigation is the use of toxic pesticide chemicals to kill
insects, rodents and other vermin. In addition, agricul-
tural fumigation is used to kill plant and animal para- Information Sources
sites, weed seeds and various types of fungi that Understanding and regulating fumigants and insecti-
adversely affect agricultural products. cidal fogging agents requires specialized knowledge of
Fumigants are available as liquids that will vaporize their hazards beyond the basic classifications of health,
readily at ambient temperatures, solids that can release flammability and reactivity. Several references provide
a toxic gas on reacting with water or acid or gases. additional details necessary to apply code require-
Fumigants and insecticidal fogging agents pose little ments. The most helpful of these references is the prod-
hazard if properly applied; however, the inherent toxicity uct’s Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS). A copy of this
of all these agents and the potential flammability of document is often shipped with a product in transit (see
some makes special precautions necessary when they commentary, Section 407 and Chapter 50). Anyone
are used. Requirements of this chapter are intended to handling or using these products should also have
protect both the public and fire fighters from hazards access to this information in compliance with the provi-
associated with these products. sions of the hazard communication requirements of the
The use of fumigants poses the following two distinct Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSH Act).
hazards to both fire fighters and the general public: Reference books, such as the Farm Chemicals Hand-
some fumigants are flammable or burn under certain cir- book and the Crop Protection Chemicals Reference, are
cumstances and all fumigants are poisonous or toxic. also comprehensive sources for handling and storage
Compounding these hazards, the fumigation fog may information. The former contains a list of common agri-
easily be confused with smoke from a fire if it is not cultural chemicals based on their use, a list of suppliers
properly contained within a building or compartment. or distributors and a chemical dictionary containing
Though these concerns seem quite serious, the proper each product listed.
use of fumigants poses little fire hazard. With the excep- Every manufacturer of a pesticide or fumigant also
tion of allyl alcohol, aluminum phosphide, dichloropro- produces a reference known as a label book containing
pane-dichloropropene mixtures and formaldehyde, most facsimiles of the warning labels for each of its products.
fumigants are relatively difficult to ignite. However, all This reference is often helpful because U.S. Environ-
fumigants are intended to kill something, whether mental Protection Agency (EPA) regulations require that
involved in a fire or not. In fact, many of these agents labels contain breakdowns of the contents of environ-
are quite toxic if involved in a fire. mentally hazardous substances and signal words pro-
viding clues about their toxicity.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Special Fire Protection Problems

In particular, aluminum phosphide poses a special fire Storage and Handling
protection problem. This agent readily decomposes in Other code chapters should be consulted for specific
water to form phosphine (PH3), a pyrophoric toxic gas. storage and handling requirements for certain fumi-
In 1990, M.R. Spencer noted that although the lower gants. Chapters 50, 57, 60 and 63 prescribe safeguards
flammable limit (LFL) of phosphine is only 1.79 percent, for the storage and handling of materials based on their
this is more than 10 times the effective concentration for specific hazardous properties. Requirements of this
fumigation. However, he also noted that poorly distrib- chapter apply only to the use of these products as fumi-
uted agent and storage canisters can easily produce gants or insecticidal fogging agents.
ignitable concentrations.
The other agents—allyl alcohol, dichloropropane- Purpose
dichloropropene mixtures and formaldehyde—are either
flammable or combustible liquids commonly used in Some of these products are also flammable and their
diluted form. However, all flammable or combustible liq- involvement in fire may result in serious health or envi-
uids are easier to ignite when finely dispersed in air; ronmental hazards. The key to the safe use of these
therefore, special precautions must be taken to elimi- products is knowledge of the hazards, elimination of
nate ignition sources during fumigation and fogging ignition sources and isolation of the premises during
application.

FUMIGATION AND INSECTICIDAL FOGGING
NFPA 704 HAZARD CLASSIFICATION

PRODUCT DOT CLASSIFICATION
Health Flammability Reactivity Other
Allyl alcohol Flammable liquid, Poisonous 3 3 0
Flammable solid, Poisonous,
Aluminum phosphide 4 4 2 W
Water reactive
Calcium cyanide Poison B 3 0 0
Carbon tetrachloride ORM-A 3 0 0
Chloropicrin Poison B 4 0 3
Paradichlorobenzene ORM-A 2 2 0
Dichloropropane-dichloropropene mixtures Flammable liquid 3 3 0
Ethylene dibromide (EDB) ORM-A 3 0 0
EDB/chloropicrin mixtures 4 0 3
Formaldehyde Combustible liquid 2 4 0
Furfural Combustible liquid 2 2 0
Methyl bromide Poison B 3 1 0
Methyl bromide/chloropicrin mixtures Poison B 4 1 3
Methyl bromide/EDB mixtures Poison B 3 1 0
Methylene chloride 2 1 0
Napthalene ORM-B 2 2 0
Phosphine Poison A, Flammable 4 4 4
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
a. This list was compiled from chemicals listed under the heading “Fumigants” in the Farm Chemicals Handbook.
b. Other common fumigants include: streptomycin, dibromo-chloropropane, metam ammonium and metan sodium (consult MSDS or these
products before issuing permits.)
Figure 26-1
HAZARDOUS PROPERTIES OF COMMON FUMIGANTSa, b
SECTION 2601 flammability hazards of fumigants. Upon notification

GENERAL of the hazardous potential, the fire code official
2601.1 Scope. Fumigation and insecticidal fogging opera- should notify the fire department responsible for pro-
tions within buildings, structures and spaces shall comply tecting the work site.
with this chapter. A guard or fire watch must be posted at the work
site and must have a means available to report a fire
 The requirements of this chapter govern fumigation or other emergency. If possible, a means should also
operations using insecticidal fogging agents and be provided for the fire department to contact the
other air-borne pesticides used to control insects, guards or fire watches to verify the occurrence of a
rodents, vermin and other similar pests inside build- fire and obtain additional information en route to the
ings, structures and spaces. scene.
2601.2 Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in Sec-
tion 105.6.
SECTION 2602
 Issuing an operational permit as prescribed in Sec- DEFINITIONS
tion 105.6.19 gives the fire code official a method for
identifying and controlling the hazards of fumigation 2602.1 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chap-
and insecticidal fogging operations. The process of ter 2:
issuing permits also gives the fire code official a rea- FUMIGANT.
son or method to advise fire fighters of the potential FUMIGATION.
hazards at fumigation sites. This will allow fire fighters
to take special note of the hazards present and will INSECTICIDAL FOGGING.
give them the information needed to determine  Definitions of terms can help in the understanding
whether the operation is mistaken for a fire. and application of the code requirements. This sec-
This chapter states the requirements for approval tion directs the code user to Chapter 2 for the proper
and special warning signs because of the toxicity and application of the indicated terms used in this chap-
26-2 Code Council

ter. Terms may be defined in Chapter 2 or in another Class I, Division 1, hazardous locations. When used
International Code® (I-Code®) as indicated in Section where a dust explosion hazard exists, the fans must
201.3 or the dictionary meaning may be all that is be classified for Class II hazardous locations.
needed (see also commentary, Sections 201 through 2603.2.2 Electronic devices. Electronic devices, including
201.4). portable equipment and cellular phones, shall be shut off.
Telephone lines shall be disconnected from telephones.
SECTION 2603  This section focuses on the ignition hazard posed to
FIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS flammable vapor-rich atmospheres by popular per-
sonal electronic devices, such as cell phones, MP3
2603.1 General. Buildings, structures and spaces in which
players, computers, etc., and requires that if present,
fumigation and insecticidal fogging operations are conducted
they be shut off. Even though telephones are low-
shall comply with the fire protection and safety requirements
voltage devices, in certain atmospheres, the simple
of Sections 2603.2 through 2603.7.
ringing of a telephone can be a source of ignition in a
 The provisions in Sections 2603.2 through 2603.7 space undergoing fumigation. To avert potential igni-
apply to safe fumigation and insecticidal fogging in tion by a telephone, telephone lines must be
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
buildings, structures and spaces. unplugged from the phone sets.
2603.2 Sources of ignition. Fires, open flames and similar 2603.2.3 Duration. Sources of ignition shall be shut off
sources of ignition shall be eliminated from the space under during the fumigation activity and remain shut off until the
fumigation or insecticidal fogging. Heating, where needed, ventilation required in Section 2603.6 is completed.
shall be of an approved type.
 This section provides the common-sense precaution
 Some insecticides and fumigants are flammable. Oth- regarding ignition sources that they must be secured
ers that are considered nonflammable may ignite as required by Sections 2603.2, 2603.2.1 and
readily when suspended in air or dispersed as a 2603.2.2 until the fumigation operation is finished and
vapor during fogging or fumigation operations. See the fumigated space has been ventilated in accor-
the commentary to Chapters 22, 50, 57 and 60, and dance with Section 2603.6.
Section 307 of the International Building Code® 2603.3 Notification. The fire code official and fire chief
(IBC®), for further information on the safe storage and shall be notified in writing not less than 48 hours before the
handling of dusts and other materials used as pesti- building, structure or space is to be closed in connection with
cides or fogging agents. the utilization of any toxic or flammable fumigant. Notifica-
2603.2.1 Electricity. Electricity in any part of the building, tion shall give the location of the enclosed space to be fumi-
structure or space where operation of switches or electrical gated or fogged, the occupancy, the fumigants or insecticides
devices, equipment or systems could serve as a source of to be utilized, the person or persons responsible for the opera-
ignition shall be shut off. tion, and the date and time at which the operation will begin.
Exception: Circulating fans that have been specifically Written notice of any fumigation or insecticidal fogging oper-
designed for utilization in hazardous atmospheres and ation shall be given to all affected occupants of the building,
installed in accordance with NFPA 70. structure or space in which such operations are to be con-
ducted with sufficient advance notice to allow the occupants
 The structure’s electrical service must be discon- to evacuate the building, structure or space. Such notice shall
nected at the main service disconnect during fumiga- inform the occupants as to the purposes, anticipated duration
tion or insecticidal fogging operations. While not and hazards associated with the fumigation or insecticidal
specifically required, a physical means for preventing fogging operation.
the inadvertent, premature restoration of power by
anyone other than the fumigation supervisor should  Written notice is required at least 48 hours before a
be provided, such as by locking the service discon- structure is closed for fumigation or fogging with flam-
nect switch, if possible, or by equivalent means. mable or toxic agents. All pesticides must be consid-
The exception allows the use of fans to assist in the ered toxic to some degree because they are intended
distribution of fumigant throughout the building under- to kill something at some concentration. Occupants of
going fumigation. The power supply for circulating the structure must be given sufficient advance notice
fans must be located outside the building undergoing to permit evacuation and removal of any belongings
fumigation or the fans may be self-powered, either by or equipment that may be endangered by fumigation
battery or an integral internal combustion engine. In or fogging operations. The fire code official should
any case, fans exposed to the hazardous atmo- relay the notification information and the nature of the
sphere must be appropriately classified when an fumigation or fogging operation to the responsible fire
insecticide or fogging agent is susceptible to ignition service personnel for this location.
during application or use, so as not to become an Fire fighters must be aware of the nature of haz-
ignition source. ards to encourage the use of protective gear and pre-
Equipment and devices used in the presence of cautions when investigating or operating at sites
flammable liquid vapors must be classified for use in involving structures undergoing fumigation. Fire code

officials may consider the required written notification 2603.3.2 Breathing apparatus. Persons engaged in the
as a default for permit application under Section business of fumigation or insecticidal fogging shall maintain
2601.2; however, the fire code official must inspect and have available approved protective breathing apparatus.
the premises and equipment to verify compliance  Respiratory protective equipment must be appropri-
with the code before a permit is issued (see commen- ate for the hazards of the material used. Stored-air
tary, Sections 105.2.2 and 105.6.20). self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) is not
2603.3.1 Warning signs. Approved warning signs indicating necessarily the only appropriate form of respiratory
the danger, type of chemical involved and necessary precau- protection. Canister respirators with suitable filters
tions shall be posted on all doors and entrances to the affected may provide employees greater flexibility to perform
building, structure or space and upon all gangplanks and lad- required tasks without posing a danger of exposure
ders from the deck, pier or land to a ship. Such notices shall or contamination to the employee. Employees
be printed in red ink on a white background. Letters in the required to wear respiratory protective equipment
headlines shall be not less than 2 inches (51 mm) in height should be fitted for the correct size mask and enrolled
and shall state the date and time of the operation, the name in a medical surveillance program. The required pro-
and address of the person, the name of the operator in charge, tective equipment must be available at all times
and a warning stating that the affected building, structure or during the fumigation or fogging process.
space shall be vacated not less than 1 hour before the opera- 2603.3.3 Watch personnel. During the period fumigation is
tion begins and shall not be reentered until the danger signs in progress, except where fumigation is conducted in a gas-
have been removed by the proper authorities. tight vault or tank, a responsible watchperson shall remain on
 Warning signs and placards must be posted to give duty at the entrance or entrances to the enclosed fumigated
notice for evacuation, warn of the hazards of the space until after the fumigation is completed and the building,
fumigant or fogging agent and discourage entry by structure or space is properly ventilated and safe for occu-
unauthorized and unprotected people. Warning signs pancy. Sufficient watchers shall be provided to prevent per-
must include the name and address of the party sons from entering the enclosed space under fumigation
responsible for conducting fumigation operations. without being observed.
Both names and hazards associated with the chemi-  A minimum of one watch must be posted at each
cal fumigant must appear on the warning signs. entrance to the structure or space being fumigated.
The NFPA 704 hazard warning system is espe- Watch personnel must discourage or prevent entry by
cially useful for warning of the fire-related hazards of unauthorized and unprotected individuals until fumi-
these materials. Hazard warning signs also provide gation is completed; the building, structure or prem-
useful qualitative information about the relative toxic- ises has been ventilated; and the building, structure
ity of pesticides and fumigants in use at a particular or premises is again ready for occupancy. Watch per-
site to warn and assist the fire department (see Com- sonnel must also have a means available to report
mentary Figure 2603.3.1). emergencies without leaving their posts unattended.
If practical, a means should be provided for the fire
department to contact the watch while responding to
determine whether a fire exists and, if so, obtain addi-
tional information before arrival.
2603.3.4 Evacuation during fumigation. Occupants of the
building, structure or space to be fumigated, except the per-
sonnel conducting the fumigation, shall be evacuated from
such building, structure or space prior to commencing fumi-
gation operations.
 This section reinforces the life safety focus of this
chapter by requiring that occupants of areas to be
fumigated must leave the area of treatment prior to
the commencing of fumigation operations to avoid
contact with the toxic fumigant. Obviously, the fumi-
gator’s personnel are allowed to remain since they
would be protected by appropriate protective clothing
and a breathing apparatus. Although it is not explicitly
stated, occupants should remain outside of the fumi-
gated area until it has been properly ventilated and
cleaned up in accordance with Section 2603.6.
Figure 2603.3.1
FUMIGATION WARNING SIGN 2603.3.5 Evacuation during insecticidal fogging opera-
tions. Occupants in the building, structure or space to be
26-4 Code Council

fogged, except the personnel conducting the insecticidal fog- membrane to easy ignition that could quickly engulf
ging operations, shall be evacuated from such building, struc- the entire structure in fire.
ture or space prior to commencing fogging operations. 2603.5.1 Maintenance of openings. All openings to the
building, structure or space to be fumigated or fogged shall be
 This section reinforces the life safety focus of this
kept securely closed during such operation.
chapter by requiring that the occupants of the areas
to be fogged must leave the area of treatment prior to  Because of the “soak time” needed for fumigation
the commencing of insecticidal fogging operations to operations to be successful, this section requires that
avoid contact with the toxic pesticide fog. Obviously, the sealing of all openings to the fumigation area be
the insecticidal fogger’s personnel are allowed to maintained tightly sealed throughout the duration of
remain since they would be protected by appropriate the fumigation operation. This sealing of openings
protective clothing and a breathing apparatus. coupled with the watch person required by Section
Although it is not explicitly stated, occupants should 2603.3.3 will also help prevent unauthorized person-
remain outside of the fogged area until it has been nel from inadvertently wandering into a toxic atmo-
properly ventilated and cleaned up in accordance sphere or releasing fumigants to parts of the building
with Section 2603.6. not being fumigated. It will also prevent fumigant fog
from escaping and being mistaken by a passerby for
2603.4 Insecticidal fogging liquids. Insecticidal fogging smoke from a fire which could result in an unwanted
liquids with a flash point below 100°F (38°C) shall not be uti- report of a fire.
lized.
2603.6 Venting and cleanup. At the end of the exposure
 The use of Class I flammable liquids as fumigants is period, fumigators shall safely and properly ventilate the
prohibited. Many fumigants that are otherwise non- premises and contents; properly dispose of fumigant contain-
flammable or only combustible may be easily ignited ers, residues, debris and other materials used for such fumiga-
when dispersed or suspended in air as a vapor or fine tion; and clear obstructions from gas-fired appliance vents.
mist. This prohibition does not apply to flammable  Following the desired fumigant exposure period, the
active ingredients in nonflammable concentrations structure must be completely aired by opening as
when in a solution with other ingredients. many doors and windows as possible from the out-
2603.5 Sealing of buildings, structures and spaces. Paper side. Also at this time, any exterior wrapping and
and other similar materials that do not meet the flame propa- sealing materials should be removed. Complete
gation performance criteria of Test Method 1 or Test Method removal of sealing materials from the gas-fired appli-
2, as appropriate, of NFPA 701 shall not be used to wrap or ance vent and combustion air intake openings that
cover a building, structure or space in excess of that required were sealed during fumigation is especially important
for the sealing of cracks, casements and similar openings. to avoid potential backups of products of combustion
in the building. Approved ventilators and fans pow-
 Fundamental to a successful fumigation operation is ered from a source, and with their switches accessi-
achieving the proper concentration of fumigant for the ble from outside the building, should be started as
proper length of time to allow the treatment to perme- well (see commentary, Section 2603.2.1). Personnel
ate all portions of the structure, including interstitial should then withdraw from the immediate vicinity of
spaces and even some building materials to a cellular the fumigated structure and wait a reasonable length
level. To achieve this level of permeation, the build- of time before entering the building to open more
ing, structure or space must be made as gas tight as doors and windows to complete the ventilation pro-
possible. Small holes, cracks and openings can eas- cess.
ily be sealed with tape; heavy-weight paper secured Throughout the ventilation process, personnel
with tape or water-soluble or peelable paste; caulking should wear personal breathing protection equipment
compound; foam plastic sealant; or similar, readily (respirators). Tests for the presence of gas may be
available materials. Larger openings can be sealed conducted as soon as the fumigator determines that
using plastic sheets held in place with tacks or sta- the structure is properly aired. Chemical tests for
ples and sealed with tape; heavy-weight paper residual fumigant must be carried out to verify that
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
secured with tape or water-soluble or peelable paste; both the structure and its contents are free of toxic
or a spray-on vinyl sealant. The use of these and sim- concentrations of fumigant, at which time the building
ilar readily combustible materials should be limited to may be reoccupied for normal activities.
small cracks, casements and similar openings. Consistent with Section 304, rubbish and debris
This section is intended to ensure that more exten- generated by the fumigation project must be removed
sive sealing procedures than the simple crack and from the premises and properly discarded. Because
hole sealing described above, such as wrapping the fumigants are hazardous materials, fumigant contain-
building or tenting it, be done using materials that are, ers and other materials that might contain flammable
at a minimum, flame resistant in accordance with one or toxic fumigant residues must be disposed of in
of the test methods of NFPA 701. The use of such accordance with the fumigant manufacturer’s instruc-
materials reduces the susceptibility of the enclosing tions.

2603.7 Flammable fumigants restricted. The use of carbon Moerer, G., L. Thompson, and M. Wood. “Pesticides.”
disulfide and hydrogen cyanide shall be restricted to agricul- Chapter 11, Section 8, In Cote, A.E. ed. Fire
tural fumigation. Protection Handbook, 19th ed. Quincy, MA: National
 While they are very effective fumigants, carbon disul- Fire Protection Association, 2003.
fide (Formula: CS2; CAS # 75-15-0) and hydrogen Spencer, M.R. “Storage and Handling of Grain Mill
cyanide (Formula: HCN; CAS # 74-90-8) present Products.” In Cote, A.E., ed. Fire Protection Hand-
such severe flammability and toxicity hazards that book, 17th ed. Quincy, MA: National Fire Protection
their use is restricted to agricultural fumigation appli- Association, 1991.
cations only.
In addition to being toxic (see commentary, Chap-
ter 60), carbon disulfide is a Class IB flammable liquid
(see commentary, Chapter 57) having a flash point of
-22°F (-30°C), a boiling point of 116°F (47°C) and a
flammability range of 1 to 50 percent, thus making
any release an extreme fire and deflagration hazard
to the extent that its vapors can be ignited by contact
with the heated surfaces of steam heating pipes or
ordinary incandescent light bulbs. Given these dan-
gers, carbon disulfide is typically used in mixtures
with other materials, such as carbon tetrachloride as
a fire suppressant, or stabilizing chemicals, such as
sulfur dioxide, to mitigate the hazards of use.
The typical agricultural use of carbon disulfide is as
a fumigant for treating raw cereal grains in grain bins
and silos.
Hydrogen cyanide (also known as formonitrile,
hydrocyanic acid or prussic acid) is colorless, pos-
sesses a characteristic almond-like aroma and is an
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
insecticide principally used for fumigation of stored
agricultural products, especially grains and flour in
mills, warehouses and the holds of ships.
In fruit-growing regions of the United States, hydro-
gen cyanide has also been widely used for destroying
scale insects on citrus trees by covering each tree
with a gas tent. Hydrogen cyanide can be a Class IA
flammable liquid (see commentary, Chapter 57) or a
flammable gas (see commentary, Chapter 58). As a
liquid, it may also be classified as a Class 2 unstable
reactive material (see commentary, Chapter 66), a
Class 1 water-reactive material (see commentary,
Chapter 67) and a highly toxic material (see commen-
tary, Chapter 60). Hydrogen cyanide may enter the
body in toxic amounts by absorption through unbro-
ken skin, inhalation and direct ingestion.
Bibliography
code:
Council, 2014.
Crop Protection Chemical Reference. Etobicoke, ON,
Canada: John Wiley & Sons Canada, Limited, 1986.
Farm Chemicals Handbook. Willoughby, OH: Meister
Publishing Co., 1991.
26-6 Code Council

Chapter 27:
Semiconductor Fabrication Facilities
General Comments materials are not manifested in the finished product.
Considering the unique and often acute hazards of
The invention, development and exploitation of semi- many materials used in semiconductor processing, this
conductor technology has changed the world. Without contributes to the relatively good safety record of the
integrated circuits, and the microchips (or “chips”) they industry.
are composed of, the world of high technology would
not exist. With the benefits of living in a high-tech age
come some unique and pressing challenges. The man- Purpose
ufacture of microchips is a complex, hazardous and The requirements of this chapter are intended to control
demanding operation involving state-of-the-art design hazards associated with the manufacture of semicon-
and manufacturing techniques, specially designed pro- ductors. Though the finished product possesses no
cessing centers and a highly trained work force. Despite unusual hazards, materials commonly associated with
these rigors, the dangers of the processes can neither semiconductor manufacturing are often quite hazardous
be avoided nor ignored. and include flammable liquids; pyrophoric and flamma-
The manufacture of semiconductors and micropro- ble gases; toxic substances and corrosives. The
cessors has developed into its own industry within the requirements are concerned with both life safety and
last 25 years. The proliferation of computer technology property protection. However, the fire code official
has resulted in the incredible expansion of the semicon- should recognize that the risk of extraordinary property
ductor manufacturing industry. These sophisticated damage is far more common than the risk of personal
products require a special processing environment and injury from fire.
new rules to match the new technology. Unlike many
other hazardous operations, hazards of the production
SECTION 2701 2701.2 Application. The requirements set forth in this chap-
GENERAL ter are requirements specific only to Group H-5 and shall be
2701.1 Scope. Semiconductor fabrication facilities and com- applied as exceptions or additions to applicable requirements
parable research and development areas classified as Group set forth elsewhere in this code.
H-5 shall comply with this chapter and the International  Chapter 27 requirements are specific only to Group
Building Code. The use, storage and handling of hazardous H-5 occupancies, with the requirements applied as
materials in Group H-5 shall comply with this chapter, other exceptions or additions to requirements addressed
applicable provisions of this code and the International elsewhere in the code. Where Chapter 27 contains a
Building Code. specific requirement for a certain condition and a
 Semiconductor facilities are unique facilities that, due general requirement for the same condition exists
to their size, complex layout and the logistics of their elsewhere in the code, the specific Chapter 27
operations, have been provided with a unique pack- requirements are to be applied. For example, general
age of requirements. In some cases these unique requirements for spill control and containment for use
requirements will allow the maximum allowable quan- conditions involving hazardous materials in amounts
tities (MAQs) established in Tables 5003.1.1(1) and exceeding MAQs are found in Section 5005.2, with
5003.1.1(2) to be exceeded. The hazardous material conditions specific to Group H-5 occupancies
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
MAQs are essentially replaced by more specific addressed in Section 2705.2.2. For Group H-5 occu-
allowances and restrictions in this chapter. In cases pancy conditions, the specific Section 2705.2.2
where a material hazard is not addressed in this requirements take precedence over the general
chapter, the applicable requirements found in Chap- requirements addressed in Section 5005.2.
ter 50 and associated material-specific chapters of 2701.3 Multiple hazards. Where a material poses multiple
the code and the International Building Code® (IBC®) hazards, all hazards shall be addressed in accordance with
would still apply regardless of whether the MAQs Section 5001.1.
have been exceeded. Semiconductor fabrication  All hazard classifications of a material are to be con-
facilities are classified in Occupancy Group H-5 and sidered. For example, glacial acetic acid is classified
are to comply with the applicable provisions of IBC as both a Class II combustible liquid and a corrosive
Section 415.11. liquid. Thus, for glacial acetic acid, the requirements

SEMICONDUCTOR FABRICATION FACILITIES
for both Class II combustible liquids and corrosive liq- general discussion of operations requiring an opera-
uids must be met. This section restates the conditions tional permit; notably Section 105.6.21 for a discus-
found in Section 5001.1. sion of specific quantity-based hazardous materials
2701.4 Existing buildings and existing fabrication areas. operational permits; and Section 105.6.22 for HPM
Existing buildings and existing fabrication areas shall com- operational permits.
ply with this chapter, except that transportation and handling
of HPM in corridors and enclosures for stairways and ramps
shall be allowed where in compliance with Section 2705.3.2 SECTION 2702
and the International Building Code. DEFINITIONS
2702.1 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chap-
 Although the adoption and enforcement of code
ter 2:
requirements specifically addressing semiconductor
manufacturing and similar research and development CONTINUOUS GAS DETECTION SYSTEM.
operations have been in place for over 20 years, EMERGENCY CONTROL STATION.
there are still some facilities that predate the adoption
FABRICATION AREA.
of regulations specific to these operations. This sec-
tion requires modifications to existing facilities to HAZARDOUS PRODUCTION MATERIAL (HPM).
comply with certain provisions of IBC Section 415.11. HPM ROOM.
Additionally, requirements found in Section 2705.3.2
of this code and Section 415.11.3 of the IBC must be PASS-THROUGH.
met when existing conditions or modifications do not SEMICONDUCTOR FABRICATION FACILITY.
include service corridors and existing exit access cor- SERVICE CORRIDOR.
ridors that are used to transport hazardous produc-
tion materials (HPM) to fabrication areas. TOOL.
2701.5 Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in Sec- WORKSTATION.
tion 105.6.  Definitions of terms can help in the understanding
 The process of issuing permits gives the fire code and application of the code requirements. This sec-
official an opportunity to carefully evaluate and regu- tion directs the code user to Chapter 2 for the proper
late hazardous operations. Permit applicants should application of the indicated terms used in this chap-
be required to demonstrate that their operations com- ter. Terms may be defined in Chapter 2 or in another
ply with the intent of the code before the permit is International Code® (I-Code®) as indicated in Section
issued. The process also notifies the fire department 201.3, or the dictionary meaning may be all that is
of the need for prefire planning for the hazardous needed (see also commentary, Sections 201 through
property. See the commentary to Section 105.6 for a 201.4).
Figure 2701.1(1)
TYPICAL COMPONENTS OF AN HPM FACILITY
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
27-2 Code Council

NFPA 704 HAZARD CLASSIFICATION

MATERIAL DESCRIPTION OR USE
Health Flammability Reactivity Other
Acetic acid Corrosive liquid used for wet etching (metal) 2 2 1

Acetone Flammable liquid used for wafer cleaning 1 3 0
Ammonium fluoride Corrosive for wet etching (oxide) 3 0 0
Arsenic trichloride Diffusion 3 0 1 W
Arsenic trioxide Diffusion 4 0 0
Poison flammable gas used for epitaxial growth,
Arsine 4 4 3
diffusion and ion implanation
Boron tribromide Corrosive liquid used for diffusion 4 0 3 WV
Boron trichloride Nonflammable corrosive gas used for diffusion 4 0 1 W
Chlorine Poison gas used for dry etching 3 0 0 OXY
Diborane Highly reactive flammable gas used for diffusion 3 4 3 W
Dichlorosilane Flammable liquefied gas used for epitaxial growth 4 4 4
Reactive metal used as a semiconductor crystal
Gallium 1 0 3
material
Reactive metal salt used as a semiconductor
Gallium arsenide 3 0 0
crystal material
Reactive metal salt used as a semiconductor
Gallium arsenide phosphide 3 0 0
crystal material
Reactive metal used as a semiconductor crystal
Germanium 0 0 3
material
Highly corrosive liquid or gas used for wet etching
Hydrofluoric acid 4 0 0
(oxide)
Hydrogen peroxidea Organic peroxide used for wafer cleaning 2 0 1 OXY
Isopropanol Flammable liquid used for wafer cleaning 1 3 0
Methanol Flammable liquid used for wafer cleaning 1 3 0
Nitric acid Corrosive liquid used for wet etching (metal) 3 0 0 OXY
Oxygen (liquid) Oxidizing gas used for oxidation 3 0 0 OXY
Flammable liquefied poison gas used for diffusion
Phosphine 4 4 4
and ion implantation
Phosphoric acid Corrosive liquid used for wet etching (metal) 2 0 0
Phosphorus oxychloride Corrosive liquid used for diffusion 4 0 3 W
Phosphorus pentoxide Corrosive solid sublimed for use in diffusion 4 0 3 W
Phosphorus tribromide Corrosive liquid used for diffusion 4 0 3 W
Silane Pyrophoric gas used for oxidation 2 4 4
Flammable solid (metal) used as a semiconductor
Silicon 2 4 2 W
crystal material
Mildly flammable solvent (difficult to ignite) used or
1, 1, 1-Trichloroethane 2 1 0
wafer cleaning
Tetrachlorosilane Flammable liquid used for epitaxial growth 3 4 2 W
a. NFPA 704 values for 35 to 52 percent by weight (the most concentration) are listed. The reactivity hazard increases to 3 at concentrations
above 52 percent.
Figure 2701.1(2)
HAZARDOUS PRODUCTION MATERIALS (HPM) USED IN THE MANUFACTURE OF SEMICONDUCTORS
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

SECTION 2703 2703.2.3.2 to HPM systems, equipment and pro-

GENERAL SAFETY PROVISIONS cesses.
2703.1 Emergency control station. An emergency control 2703.2.1 Application. Systems, equipment and processes
station shall be provided in accordance with Sections shall include, but not be limited to, containers, cylinders,
2703.1.1 through 2703.1.3. tanks, piping, tubing, valves and fittings.
 This section introduces the requirements for emer-  This section clarifies the applicability of Section
gency control stations in HPM facilities. 2703.2 by defining what is included in the terms “sys-
2703.1.1 Location. The emergency control station shall be tems,” “equipment” and “processes” as they are used
located on the premises at an approved location outside the in this section.
fabrication area. 2703.2.2 General requirements. In addition to the require-
 In order to enhance its operational integrity, the emer- ments in Section 2703.2, systems, equipment and processes
gency control station must not be located in an area shall also comply with Section 5003.2, other applicable pro-
where hazardous materials are stored, used or trans- visions of this code, the International Building Code and the
ported, such as a fabrication area. International Mechanical Code.
2703.1.2 Staffing. Trained personnel shall continuously staff  This section contains a general reference to the IBC
the emergency control station. and the International Mechanical Code® (IMC®), as
 If an emergency control station is to be effective, con- well as to Section 5003.2 and other sections of the
tinuous staffing must be provided. Those personnel code for regulations pertaining to hazardous materi-
must be conversant with the meaning of and proper als-related systems, equipment and processes.
response protocols for all system signals received in Except as addressed in Section 2703.2.3, the
the station, and be able to implement prompt respon- requirements of the code for things such as contain-
sive actions. ers, cylinders, tanks, piping, tubing, valves and fit-
tings in Group H-5 occupancy facilities are basically
2703.1.3 Signals. The emergency control station shall the same as they are for other occupancies.
receive signals from emergency equipment and alarm and
detection systems. Such emergency equipment and alarm and 2703.2.3 Additional requirements for HPM supply piping.
detection systems shall include, but not be limited to, the fol- In addition to the requirements in Section 2703.2, HPM sup-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
lowing where such equipment or systems are required to be ply piping and tubing for HPM gases and liquids shall com-
provided either in this chapter or elsewhere in this code: ply with this section.
1. Automatic sprinkler system alarm and monitoring sys-  This section introduces the additional requirements of
tems. Sections 2703.2.3.1 and 2703.2.3.2, which are appli-
2. Manual fire alarm systems. cable to HPM supply piping due to the nature of the
materials it transports.
3. Emergency alarm systems.
2703.2.3.1 General requirements. The requirements set
4. Continuous gas detection systems. forth in Section 5003.2.2.2 shall apply to supply piping and
5. Smoke detection systems. tubing for HPM gases and liquids.
6. Emergency power system.  The additional requirements for supply piping and
7. Automatic detection and alarm systems for pyrophoric tubing transferring HPM gases or liquids include the
liquids and Class 3 water-reactive liquids required by general requirements established in Section
Section 2705.2.3.4. 5003.2.2.2, as well as more specific requirements for
supply piping or tubing containing HPM gases or liq-
8. Exhaust ventilation flow alarm devices for pyrophoric uids having a health-hazard ranking of 3 or 4 found in
liquids and Class 3 water-reactive liquids cabinet Section 2703.2.3.2.
exhaust ventilation systems required by Section
2705.2.3.4. 2703.2.3.2 Health-hazard ranking 3 or 4 HPM. Supply
piping and tubing for HPM gases and liquids having a health-
 This section specifies the systems that are to be hazard ranking of 3 or 4 shall be welded throughout, except
monitored by an emergency control station. The fire for connections located within a ventilation enclosure if the
alarm system signals are received at the emergency material is a gas, or an approved method of drainage or con-
control station, which must be located in an area tainment provided for connections if the material is a liquid.
approved by the fire code official. See also the com-
mentary to the Section 202 definition of “Emergency  The primary purpose of the more specific require-
control station.” ments for supply piping or tubing containing a health-
hazard ranking of 3 or 4 is to minimize the potential
2703.2 Systems, equipment and processes. Systems, equip-
for HPM leakage. The use of mechanical compres-
ment and processes shall be in accordance with Sections
sion-type fittings or other nonwelded joints for these
2703.2.1 through 2703.2.3.2.
materials is intended to be limited to areas where liq-
 This section introduces and establishes the applica- uid leaks will be contained or drained, and gas leaks
bility of the provisions of Section 2703.2.1 through will be contained or exhausted.
27-4 Code Council

2703.3 Construction requirements. Construction of semi- A fire in such an environment represents not only a
conductor fabrication facilities shall be in accordance with life and property hazard, but also a serious contami-
Sections 2703.3.1 through 2703.3.9. nation concern. The monetary value of semiconduc-
tors is of secondary concern when compared to the
 This section contains references to the various con-
value of lost production time during recovery from a
struction requirements affecting the components of a
fire or other emergency. Such losses may extend into
semiconductor fabrication facility.
the millions of dollars from even very small fires. IBC
2703.3.1 Fabrication areas. Construction and location of Section 415.11 specifies requirements for the fabrica-
fabrication areas shall comply with the International Build- tion of areas to control these hazards. The require-
ing Code. ments of this chapter are intended to complement
 Semiconductors are manufactured to specific stan- and maintain compliance with the requirements of
dards. Current high-speed computers require highly IBC Section 415.11.
sophisticated microprocessors, which rely on 2703.3.2 Pass-throughs in exit access corridors. Pass-
extremely fine electrical pathways to transmit the throughs in exit access corridors shall be constructed in
impulses forming the basis for their operation. A sin- accordance with the International Building Code.
gle particle of dust that is only a fraction of a micron in
 Pass-throughs in exit access corridor walls must be
diameter may destroy a microprocessor by clogging
constructed to maintain the integrity of any required
one of these electronic arteries. Specially designed
fire-resistance rating of such walls in an HPM facility.
enclosures called “clean rooms” must be used for
Pass-through doors must also function to maintain
fabricating these products to protect the finished
that integrity. The IBC contains construction require-
product during assembly. Commentary Figure
ments for exit access corridor walls and their opening
2703.3.1 illustrates various classifications used to
protectives in Chapter 10 (see also the commentary
describe the degree of cleanliness in a clean room.
to the Section 202 definition of “Pass-through”).
Environmental particulates inside the clean room are
controlled by filtering all air entering the room through 2703.3.3 Liquid storage rooms. Liquid storage rooms shall
special high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters comply with Chapter 57 and the International Building Code.
and constantly replacing the air inside the room.  Liquid storage rooms are used to store closed con-
Fabrication areas are portions of an HPM area tainers of flammable or combustible liquids used in
where semiconductors are actually produced. The the HPM processes. Section 5704.3.7 contains
circuit pattern is etched on the surface of the semi- detailed requirements for these rooms (see also the
conductor crystal material during fabrication. Succes- commentary to the Section 202 definition of “Liquid
sive layers of etched semiconductor material are storage room”).
assembled to create integrated circuits or microchips.
2703.3.4 HPM rooms. HPM rooms shall comply with the
Fabrication is done in clean rooms, which derive their
International Building Code.
name from the ability of mechanical ventilation sys-
tems to maintain an environment nearly free of air-  Proper storage of hazardous materials can reduce
borne particulate contamination. As a result, clean the danger associated with those materials. Section
rooms are classified according to the number of parti- 2704.3 establishes that adequate separation must be
cles in a cubic foot of air. For example, in a Class 10 provided between materials and limits the quantity of
clean room, mechanical ventilation is capable of materials stored in HPM rooms. This section requires
removing all but 10 particles per cubic foot from the that the separation of HPM storage rooms must com-
air in the room. The extraordinary precision required ply with IBC Section 415.11 (see also the commen-
in the manufacture of semiconductors demands such tary to the Section 202 definition of “HPM room”).
cleanliness.
Measured Particle Size (Microns)

Class 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.5
1 35 7.5 3 1 —
10 350 7.5 30 10 —
100 — 750 300 100 —
1,000 — — — 1,000 7
10,000 — — — 10,000 70
100,000 — — — 100,000 700
Source: Pearce, R.J. “Clean Rooms,” in Cote, A.E., ed., Industrial Fire Hazards Handbook.
Figure 2703.3.1
CLEAN ROOM CLASSIFICATIONS
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2703.3.5 Gas cabinets. Gas cabinets shall comply with Sec- and fire control. Specific emergency planning proce-
tion 5003.8.6. dures are outlined in Section 403.7.1.
 To reduce the hazards presented by gases used in 2703.5 Maintenance of equipment, machinery and pro-
the fabrication of semiconductors, Section 5003.8.6 cesses. Maintenance of equipment, machinery and processes
contains specific construction and ventilation require- shall comply with Section 5003.2.6.
ments for enclosed gas cabinets used for the storage  Fundamental to the safe operation of an HPM facility
of HPM gases (see also the commentary to the Sec- are the care and maintenance of the equipment used
tion 202 definition of “Gas cabinet”). in the various fabrication processes. Section 5003.2.6
2703.3.6 Exhausted enclosures. Exhausted enclosures shall contains detailed maintenance requirements.
comply with Section 5003.8.5. 2703.6 Security of areas. Areas shall be secured in accor-
 To reduce the hazards presented by hazardous dance with Section 5003.9.2.
materials used in the fabrication of semiconductors,  Public safety requires that HPM facilities be secure
Section 5003.8.5 contains specific construction and against unauthorized entry in accordance with Sec-
ventilation requirements for exhausted enclosures tion 5003.9.2. Such security reduces the likelihood of
used for the storage of HPM. Whereas gas cabinets hazardous material release or fire caused by a mali-
must be fully enclosed and equipped with self-closing cious act.
doors, exhausted enclosures are typically open- 2703.7 Electrical wiring and equipment. Electrical wiring
fronted and lend themselves to small-scale opera- and equipment in HPM facilities shall comply with Sections
tions, such as fume hoods found in chemical labora- 2703.7.1 through 2703.7.3.
tories (see also the commentary to the Section 202
definition of “Exhausted enclosure”).  The safety and integrity of electrical wiring and equip-
ment is a key factor in workplace safety. This section
2703.3.7 Gas rooms. Gas rooms shall comply with Section introduces the electrical safety requirements, by area,
5003.8.4. for HPM facility fabrication areas, workstations and
 To reduce the hazards presented by hazardous storage rooms.
gases used in the fabrication of semiconductors, Sec- 2703.7.1 Fabrication areas. Electrical wiring and equipment
tion 5003.8.4 contains specific construction and venti- in fabrication areas shall comply with NFPA 70.
lation requirements for gas rooms used for the
storage of HPM gases. These rooms are intended to  NFPA 70 contains requirements for the electrical
be restricted to the storage of cylinders and tanks of safety of HPM facilities, including fabrication areas.
highly toxic and toxic compressed gases. The stor- 2703.7.2 Workstations. Electrical equipment and devices
age of other hazardous materials, such as flammable within 5 feet (1524 mm) of workstations in which flammable
and combustible liquids, is not permitted within a gas or pyrophoric gases or flammable liquids are used shall com-
room. Similar to gas cabinets, the required exhaust ply with NFPA 70 for Class I, Division 2 hazardous loca-
ventilation for the gas room must be operated at neg- tions. Workstations shall not be energized without adequate
ative pressures to prevent leakage of hazardous exhaust ventilation in accordance with Section 2703.14.
vapors to adjacent areas. Exception: Class I, Division 2 hazardous electrical equip-
2703.3.8 Service corridors. Service corridors shall comply ment is not required where the air removal from the work-
with Section 2705.3 and the International Building Code. station or dilution will prevent the accumulation of
flammable vapors and fumes on a continuous basis.
 The likelihood of accidental spillage or contact with
HPM is increased during the transportation of such  Areas located in and around workstations are consid-
materials. Section 2705.3 regulates materials, han- ered Class I, Division 2, hazardous locations as
dling and transportation in passageways used for defined by Article 500 of NFPA 70. Incidental expo-
purposes other than required means of egress. sures to flammable fumes or vapors must be consid-
ered horizontally possible within 5 feet (1524 mm) of
2703.3.9 Cabinets containing pyrophoric liquids or water-
each workstation where flammable liquids or gases
reactive Class 3 liquids. Cabinets in fabrication areas con- are used. Either a mechanical or electrical interlock
taining pyrophoric liquids or Class 3 water-reactive liquids in
must be installed to engage the required exhaust
containers or in amounts greater than 1/2 gallon (2 L) shall ventilation system before HPM enters the worksta-
comply with Section 2705.2.3.4. tion. This reduces the likelihood of gas or vapor expo-
 See the commentary to Section 2705.2.3.4. sure.
The exception in this section states that, in some
2703.4 Emergency plan. An emergency plan shall be estab-
cases, it is both possible and reasonable to assume
lished as set forth in Section 403.7.1.
that a hazardous concentration of flammable gas or
 Thorough planning is essential to evacuate personnel vapor is unlikely to occur when ventilation is properly
effectively and to combat a fire or other emergency. engaged. Class I, Division 2, electrical wiring and
Risks associated with a structure containing HPM equipment is not required where automatic exhaust
require extraordinary efforts regarding evacuation interlocks are installed.
27-6 Code Council

2703.7.3 Hazardous production material (HPM) rooms, of the duct connection or the connection to the plenum.
gas rooms and liquid storage rooms. Electrical wiring and Where necessary to prevent corrosion, the sprinkler head and
equipment in HPM rooms, gas rooms and liquid storage connecting piping in the duct shall be coated with approved
rooms shall comply with NFPA 70. or listed corrosion-resistant materials. The sprinkler head
shall be accessible for periodic inspection.
 Electrical wiring, equipment and devices in HPM cut-
off rooms used for the storage of flammable liquids or Exceptions:
gases must be classified for hazardous locations, in 1. Approved alternative automatic fire-extinguishing
accordance with NFPA 70. The hazardous location systems are allowed. Activation of such systems
requirements in NFPA 70 contain special protection shall deactivate the related processing equipment.
features to preclude ignition of flammable vapors, liq-
uids, gases or dusts by sparks or electrical arcing. 2. Process equipment that operates at temperatures
exceeding 932°F (500°C) and is provided with auto-
2703.8 Corridors and enclosures for stairways and ramps. matic shutdown capabilities for hazardous materials.
Hazardous materials shall not be used or stored in corridors
or enclosures for stairways and ramps. 3. Exhaust ducts 10 inches (254 mm) or less in diame-
ter from flammable gas storage cabinets that are part
 Because corridors leading to enclosures for stairways of a workstation.
and ramps are critical to the safe egress and life
safety of personnel, this section prohibits the storage 4. Ducts listed or approved for use without internal
or use of HPM within them. This is consistent with automatic sprinkler protection.
Sections 1022.1 and 1023.1, which prohibit the use of  Generally, workstations are constructed of noncom-
an exit for any purpose other than the egress func- bustible materials. Wet benches and machines han-
tion. dling certain corrosives may have substantial nonme-
2703.9 Service corridors. Hazardous materials shall not be tallic components or surfaces. Notwithstanding the
used in an open-system use condition in service corridors. requirements of Sections 2703.10.4.1 and
2703.10.4.2, an automatic sprinkler must be installed
 HPM dispensing, or the open use or open transfer of within 2 feet (610 mm) of where the exhaust duct con-
HPM from original shipping containers to secondary nects to a workstation of combustible construction. It
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
containers, must not be performed in service corri- is reasonable to require the installation of a corrosion-
dors in order to reduce the likelihood of liberating resistant sprinkler, in accordance with NFPA 13, and
dangerous vapors or fumes that might be difficult to the application of a corrosion-resistant pipe coating
mitigate. because combustible (nonmetallic) parts are com-
2703.10 Automatic sprinkler system. An approved auto- monly used as a result of corrosion concerns. The
matic sprinkler system shall be provided in accordance with duct must be accessible to permit regular periodic
Sections 2703.10.1 through 2703.10.5 and Chapter 9. inspection and maintenance. (Note: corrosion-resis-
 Sections 2703.10.1 through 2703.10.5 contain spe- tant sprinklers require periodic replacement despite
cific sprinkler protection design requirements for the their ability to withstand severe exposures.)
various parts and components of an HPM facility. Many fire protection engineers prefer the use of
Section 903.2.5.2 requires automatic sprinkler pro- listed special flow control (also called “on-off”) sprin-
tection throughout HPM facilities and states specific klers or cycling (on-off) sprinkler systems to minimize
design criteria for various areas of the facility. Fabri- the effects of water damage from automatic sprin-
cation areas, service corridors and inside HPM stor- klers. Others prefer preaction systems as a backup to
age rooms are considered Ordinary Hazard Group 2 an alternative fire suppression system, including
and HPM storage rooms with dispensing are classi- clean agent or carbon dioxide systems.
fied as Extra Hazard Group 2, in accordance with Exception 1 allows the installation of an alternative,
NFPA 13. automatic fire-extinguishing system, in accordance
with Section 904, instead of automatic sprinklers. The
2703.10.1 Workstations and tools. The design of the sprin- activation of the alternative system must deactivate
kler system in the area shall take into consideration the spray or deenergize processing equipment in the protected
pattern and the effect on the equipment. room or space. Deactivation of processing equipment
 The design of the sprinkler system must consider should not affect the operation of required exhaust
obstructions to water penetration of workstations and ventilation.
tools and the potential for collateral damage to equip- Exception 2 states that only the HPM flow must be
ment from sprinkler discharge that could delay a interrupted in processing equipment operating at tem-
return to normal operations. peratures greater than 932°F (500°C).
2703.10.1.1 Combustible workstations. A sprinkler head Exception 3 allows gas cabinet exhaust systems
shall be installed within each branch exhaust connection or associated with and part of workstations to continue
individual plenums of workstations of combustible construc- to operate after shutdown.
tion. The sprinkler head in the exhaust connection or plenum Exception 4 states that automatic sprinklers are not
shall be located not more than 2 feet (610 mm) from the point required where the risk to people or property is lim-

ited, such as when nonmetallic ducts approved for data. The SDI of a listed Class 1 plastic must not
installation without sprinklers are used. exceed 0.40 (m/s0.5)/(kW/m)2/3 as the criterion for sig-
2703.10.1.2 Combustible tools. Where the horizontal sur- nificantly limiting smoke concentration for nonpropa-
face of a combustible tool is obstructed from ceiling sprinkler gating fires beyond the ignition zone. For a Class 1
discharge, automatic sprinkler protection that covers the hori- plastic to be listed, the material requires an FDI of 6
zontal surface of the tool shall be provided. or less and a SDI of 0.4 or less. Listed Class 1 plas-
tics are considered to be nonpropagating materials in
Exceptions: UL 2360.
1. An automatic gaseous fire-extinguishing local sur- A listed Class 2 plastic means it has been formu-
face application system shall be allowed as an alter- lated with a resin that limits the propagation of fire
native to sprinklers. Gaseous-extinguishing systems and the development of smoke. Class 2 materials are
shall be actuated by infrared (IR) or ultraviolet/ evaluated using a parallel panel fire test. In this test,
infrared (UV/IR) optical detectors. an 8-foot-long by 2-foot-wide by 1/4-inch (2438 mm by
2. Tools constructed of materials that are listed as 610 mm by 6.4 mm) sample of the plastic is placed on
Class 1 or Class 2 in accordance with UL 2360 or a load cell and subjected to a 60 kW exposure fire.
approved for use without internal fire-extinguishing For a sample to successfully pass this test and obtain
system protection. a Class 2 listing, it must not have a visual flame
height of 6 feet (1829 mm) or more, a thermal flux
 Automatic sprinkler system discharge from ceiling less than 40 kW/m², a limited heat release rate calcu-
sprinklers that cannot reach the fire because of lated during the time the sample is tested with the
obstructions below the sprinkler can allow the fire to flame source operating and 2 minutes after the flame
grow beyond the capability of the system to extin- source is discontinued, a smoke generation rate not
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
guish or hold the fire’s progress in check until help to exceed 0.23 grams/second or less, and the total
arrives. Where the surface of a combustible tool smoke generated is less than 60 grams.
being used in an HPM process is thus obstructed, a Several polymers inherently resistant to fire that
fire could rapidly spread unimpeded in the worksta- produce very little smoke are classified as Class 1
tion and overpower the ceiling sprinkler design capa- materials in accordance with Exception 2, including
bility. This section requires that sprinkler protection chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC), ethylene-chlo-
be installed to properly cover the entire surface of the rotrifluro-ethylene (ECTFE), polyvinylidene fluoride
tool. (PVDF) and fire-resistant polypropylene (FRPP).
Exception 1 allows surface protection to be by According to Factory Mutual (FM) Global, a major
installation of a gaseous fire-extinguishing system, insurer of semiconductor fabrication facilities, 17
such as a clean agent system, if it is activated by the manufacturers are producing about 150 different
more sensitive infrared (IR) or ultraviolet/infrared (UV/ polymers that comply with its Clean Room Materials
IR) optical detectors (see also the commentary to the Flammability Test Protocol published as FM 4910,
Section 202 definition of “Tool”). which led to the development of UL 2360.
Exception 2 allows the use of plastics listed as 2703.10.2 Gas cabinets and exhausted enclosures. An
being compliant with UL 2360 in the construction of approved automatic sprinkler system shall be provided in gas
combustible semiconductor tools in lieu of providing cabinets and exhausted enclosures containing HPM com-
an automatic fire-extinguishing system. UL 2360 pro- pressed gases.
visions are used to evaluate fire testing plastics uti-
lized in the construction of semiconductor tools to Exception: Gas cabinets located in an HPM room other
determine their fire propagation and smoke develop- than those cabinets containing pyrophoric gases.
ment properties. The fire tests are implemented to  Automatic sprinkler protection is required inside HPM
evaluate two properties: storage cabinets, including workstation cabinets,
• The fire propagation index (FPI), which mea- except those storing gases other than pyrophoric
sures the ease of ignitibility of the plastic and its gases (silane and dichlorosilane) located inside HPM
fire propagation characteristics. It is an index rooms.
representing the propensity of the material to The exception recognizes the equivalency between
support fire propagation. automatic sprinkler protection and the fire-resistance-
• The smoke-development index (SDI), which is a rated separation provided by an HPM room, except in
measurement of the amount of smoke gener- cases of extremely hazardous pyrophoric gases.
ated. It is an indicator of the extent of smoke 2703.10.3 Pass-throughs in existing exit access corridors.
contamination of the environment during fire Pass-throughs in existing exit access corridors shall be pro-
propagation. tected by an approved automatic sprinkler system.
In UL 2360, the FPI for a listed Class 1 plastic must  Exit access corridors in new buildings are not to be
not exceed 6 (m/s0.5)/(kW/m)2/3 for fire propagation used for transporting HPM to the fabrication area. In
beyond the ignition zone. This maximum value is accordance with IBC Section 415.11.1.7, HPM must
based on a 15-second average value of the fire test be transported by service corridors or piping. This
27-8 Code Council

section addresses HPM facilities that existed before 3. The ducts are conveying flammable gases, vapors or
the adoption and enforcement of those requirements. fumes.
The intent of this section is to allow a pass-through in  Sprinklers are required in each individual duct where
existing exit access corridor walls for transporting all three of the conditions listed in this section exist.
HPM to a fabrication area. A pass-through, such as a Commentary Figure 2703.10.4.1 illustrates how to
storage cabinet, is used to store and receive HPM for measure the cross-sectional diameter of various duct
the fabrication area. The pass-through must be sepa- shapes. This section requires the square and
rated from the exit access corridor by fire-resistance- rounded ducts to be protected by automatic sprin-
rated construction, including rated self-closing fire klers. The round or elliptical ducts depicted on the
doors, and be protected by internal automatic sprin- right side of the diagram do not require protection.
klers.
2703.10.4.2 Combustible nonmetallic exhaust ducts. An
2703.10.4 Exhaust ducts for HPM. An approved automatic approved automatic sprinkler system shall be provided in
sprinkler system shall be provided in exhaust ducts conveying combustible nonmetallic exhaust ducts where the largest
gases, vapors, fumes, mists or dusts generated from HPM in cross-sectional diameter of the duct is equal to or greater than
accordance with this section and the International Mechani- 10 inches (254 mm).
cal Code.
Exceptions:
 Because of the hazardous nature of the materials
exhausted in HPM facilities, exhaust systems must 1. Ducts listed or approved for applications without
comply with the IMC requirements for hazardous automatic sprinkler system protection.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
exhaust systems, including automatic sprinklers 2. Ducts not more than 12 feet (3658 mm) in length
installed within the ducts. Sections 2703.10.4.1 installed below ceiling level.
through 2703.10.4.4.5 contain specific requirements
 Automatic sprinkler protection is required for all com-
for sprinkler installation in these systems.
bustible nonmetallic ducts with a cross-sectional
2703.10.4.1 Metallic and noncombustible nonmetallic diameter equal to or greater than 10 inches (254 mm)
exhaust ducts. An approved automatic sprinkler system shall because of their ability to add a substantial amount of
be provided in metallic and noncombustible nonmetallic fuel in case of a fire within the duct system.
exhaust ducts where all of the following conditions apply: Exception 1 states that automatic sprinklers are not
1. Where the largest cross-sectional diameter is equal to required where the risk to people or property is limited,
or greater than 10 inches (254 mm). such as when nonmetallic ducts approved for installa-
2. The ducts are within the building. tion without sprinklers are used.
Figure 2703.10.4.1
CROSS-SECTIONAL DIAMETERS OF VARIOUS-SHAPED DUCTS

Exception 2 states that when ducts do not exceed approved drainage facilities. Prompt drainage of
12 feet (3658 mm) in length and are installed sprinkler discharge water also reduces the likelihood
exposed below ceiling level, sprinklers may be omit- of the duct system collapsing from the weight of
ted. A fire within such a system would be readily retained water. Because the water will likely contain
noticeable and readily accessible for fire attack residues of the chemicals being exhausted through
because of the exposed ductwork. the ductwork, it must be disposed of in accordance
2703.10.4.3 Exhaust connections and plenums of combus- with applicable environmental laws.
tible workstations. Automatic fire-extinguishing system pro- 2703.10.4.4.4 Corrosive atmospheres. Where corrosive
tection for exhaust connections and plenums of combustible atmospheres exist, exhaust duct sprinklers and pipe fittings
workstations shall comply with Section 2703.10.1.1. shall be manufactured of corrosion-resistant materials or
coated with approved materials.
 Refer to Section 2703.10.1.1 for sprinkler protection
for combustible workstation exhaust connections and  Corrosion-resistant sprinklers, piping and fittings
plenums. must be installed in exhaust ducts conveying corro-
2703.10.4.4 Exhaust duct sprinkler system requirements. sive vapors, fumes, mists or dusts to increase the
Automatic sprinklers installed in exhaust duct systems shall likelihood that the sprinklers will be operable when
be hydraulically designed to provide 0.5 gallons per minute needed. This is also critical since such sprinklers are
(gpm) (1.9 L/min) over an area derived by multiplying the concealed and not readily operable by building occu-
distance between the sprinklers in a horizontal duct by the pants.
width of the duct. Minimum discharge shall be 20 gpm (76 L/ 2703.10.4.4.5 Maintenance and inspection. Sprinklers in
min) per sprinkler from the five hydraulically most remote exhaust ducts shall be accessible for periodic inspection and
sprinklers. maintenance.
 This section, including Sections 2703.10.4.4.1  Access panels must be installed in exhaust ducts for
through 2703.10.4.4.5, addresses the design, instal- inspection and maintenance of sprinklers.
lation, maintenance and inspection requirements for 2703.10.5 Sprinkler alarms and supervision. Automatic
sprinklers installed in exhaust duct systems. This sprinkler systems shall be electrically supervised and pro-
section specifies the hydraulic design criteria and vided with alarms in accordance with Chapter 9. Automatic
minimum flow discharged from sprinklers. Parallel sprinkler system alarm and supervisory signals shall be trans-
provisions may also be found in Section 21.23.1.3 of mitted to the emergency control station.
NFPA 13.
 Automatic sprinkler systems must be electrically
2703.10.4.4.1 Sprinkler head locations. Automatic sprin-
supervised and have alarms installed, in accordance
klers shall be installed at 12-foot (3658 mm) intervals in hori-
with Section 903.4. The system alarm and supervi-
zontal ducts and at changes in direction. In vertical runs,
sory signals should be transmitted to the on-site
automatic sprinklers shall be installed at the top and at alter-
emergency control station. See Section 202 for the
nate floor levels.
definition of, and Section 2703.1 for the conditions
 This section specifies sprinkler spacing in both hori- and requirements applicable to, “Emergency control
zontal and vertical exhaust ducts. The provisions in stations.”
Section 21.23.2.3 of NFPA 13 differ from these 2703.11 Manual fire alarm system. A manual fire alarm
requirements in that the horizontal spacing is indi- system shall be installed throughout buildings containing a
cated as being 20 feet (6096 mm) and the vertical Group H-5 occupancy. Activation of the alarm system shall
spacing as 12 feet (3658 mm). In accordance with initiate a local alarm and transmit a signal to the emergency
Section 102.7, the provisions of this section would control station. Manual fire alarm systems shall be designed
apply. and installed in accordance with Section 907.
2703.10.4.4.2 Control valve. A separate indicating control
 A manual fire alarm system, designed and installed
valve shall be provided for sprinklers installed in exhaust
as specified in Section 907.2, must be installed
ducts.
throughout buildings containing a Group H-5 occu-
 To isolate the sprinklers installed within the exhaust pancy. System activation is to set off a local alarm,
ducts without depriving the building or other facility with the alarm signal transmitted to the on-site emer-
components of protection, a separate, approved indi- gency control station. Note that the local alarm signal
cating control valve must be installed to serve the is intended only for the area of alarm origin and is not
duct system only. This valve should be supervised intended to be a general alarm that sounds through-
like any other sprinkler control valve. out the building. Refer to the commentary to Chapter
2703.10.4.4.3 Drainage. Drainage shall be provided to 9 for manual fire alarm system requirements. Note
that this section correlates with IBC Section 415.11.8.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
remove sprinkler water discharged in exhaust ducts.

 To prevent contamination of process equipment by 2703.12 Emergency alarm system. Emergency alarm sys-
sprinkler discharge water that might flow back down tems shall be provided in accordance with Sections 2703.12.1
the duct, this section requires that the ducts have through 2703.12.3, Section 5004.9 and Section 5005.4.4. The
27-10 Code Council

maximum allowable quantity per control area provisions of 2703.12.3 Alarm signals. Activation of the emergency alarm
Section 5004.1 shall not apply to emergency alarm systems system shall sound a local alarm and transmit a signal to the
required for HPM. emergency control station.
 This section requires an emergency alarm system in  The alarm signal must be transmitted to the emer-
all areas where HPM is transported or stored. It also gency control station to notify trained personnel of an
clarifies that the requirement for an emergency alarm emergency condition. A local alarm is required to
system in a Group H-5 facility in the locations identi- alert the occupants of a potential hazardous condi-
fied in Sections 2703.12.1 through 2703.12.1.3 is not tion.
dependent on whether the MAQs of Section 5004.1 2703.13 Continuous gas detection systems. A continuous
are exceeded. Emergency alarm systems must com- gas detection system shall be provided for HPM gases where
ply with Section 908. the physiological warning threshold level of the gas is at a
2703.12.1 Where required. Emergency alarm systems shall higher level than the accepted permissible exposure limit
be provided in the areas indicated in Sections 2703.12.1.1 (PEL) for the gas and for flammable gases in accordance with
through 2703.12.1.3. Sections 2703.13.1 through 2703.13.2.2.
 This section states that emergency alarm systems  A gas detection system in the room or area used for
must be installed in the locations defined in Sections the storage or use of HPM gases provides early noti-
2703.12.1.1 through 2703.12.1.3. fication of a leak before the escaping gas reaches
2703.12.1.1 Service corridors. An approved emergency hazardous concentration levels.
alarm system shall be provided in service corridors, with not 2703.13.1 Where required. A continuous gas detection sys-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
less than one alarm device in the service corridor. tem shall be provided in the areas identified in Sections
2703.13.1.1 through 2703.13.1.4.
 An emergency telephone system or manual alarm
pull station that is readily accessible to personnel is  Sections 2703.13.1.1 through 2703.13.1.4 prescribe
required in service corridors. These devices must set the locations in a Group H-5 facility where a gas
off an alarm at the emergency control station, as well detection system is required.
as activate a local audible signal. 2703.13.1.1 Fabrication areas. A continuous gas detection
2703.12.1.2 Corridors and interior exit stairways and system shall be provided in fabrication areas where gas is
ramps. Emergency alarms for corridors, interior exit stair- used in the fabrication area.
ways and ramps and exit passageways shall comply with Sec-
 Fabrication areas that use HPM gases must have a
tion 5005.4.4.
gas detection system. It should be noted that gas
 Because HPM materials would not be in corridors or detection is often installed in workstations as a
interior exit stairways, ramps or passageways unless means of early detection of leaks. Such detection is
they were being transported to another approved generally not acceptable as an alternative to gas
area, the emergency alarm requirements of Section detection for the fabrication area because a leak may
5005.4.4 for dispensing, use and handling must be occur at locations that are remote from the worksta-
complied with. tion.
2703.12.1.3 Liquid storage rooms, HPM rooms and gas 2703.13.1.2 HPM rooms. A continuous gas detection system
rooms. Emergency alarms for liquid storage rooms, HPM shall be provided in HPM rooms where gas is used in the
rooms and gas rooms shall comply with Section 5004.9. room.
 This section mandates compliance with the emer-  HPM rooms where gas is used, which by definition
gency alarm requirements of Section 5004.9 for haz- contain more than the MAQs permitted by Tables
ardous materials in a storage condition. This section 5003.1.1(1) and 5003.1.1(2), are required to have a
addresses storage areas that, by their designation, gas detection system.
contain HPM in quantities greater than those listed in 2703.13.1.3 Gas cabinets, exhausted enclosures and gas
Table 5003.1.1(1) or 5003.1.1(2). rooms. A continuous gas detection system shall be provided
2703.12.2 Alarm-initiating devices. An approved emer- in gas cabinets and exhausted enclosures. A continuous gas
gency telephone system, local alarm manual pull stations, or detection system shall be provided in gas rooms where gases
other approved alarm-initiating devices are allowed to be are not located in gas cabinets or exhausted enclosures.
used as emergency alarm-initiating devices.
 In the potential event of a leaking cylinder of a haz-
 This section classifies what constitutes an approved ardous gas, gas cabinets, exhausted enclosures and
alarm-initiating device, affording maximum design gas rooms must have a gas detection system.
flexibility.

2703.13.1.4 Corridors. Where gases are transported in pip- enclosures and in the employee environment as
ing placed within the space defined by the walls of a corridor established by nationally accepted health standards,
and the floor or roof above the corridor, a continuous gas such as those used by the Occupational Safety and
detection system shall be provided where piping is located Health Administration (OSHA). The permissible expo-
and in the corridor. sure limit (PEL) of a gas is the legal limitation for
Exception: A continuous gas detection system is not long-term exposure (8 to 10 hours, normally). The
required for occasional transverse crossings of the corri- American Conference of Governmental Industrial
dors by supply piping that is enclosed in a ferrous pipe or Hygienists (ACGIH) publishes threshold limit values
tube for the width of the corridor. (TLVs) based on a time-weighted average. State and
local laws may also contain limits.
 The installation of HPM piping in the space above an Additionally, flammable gas detection must be
exit access corridor, as well as the cavity of the installed where dispensing that may result in vapor
egress corridor wall, presents a potential source of concentrations in excess of 25 percent of the lower
hazard to the building’s occupants; therefore, a gas explosive limit (LEL) occurs, as is consistent with IMC
detection system is required for early notification of a Section 510.2 and NFPA 318. LELs can be obtained
potential leak of an HPM gas. from suppliers or other printed sources, such as the
The exception recognizes that when the piping tra- NFPA Fire Protection Guide to Hazardous Materials.
verses a corridor, the use of an outer-jacket contain- Chapter 60 contains additional requirements for mon-
ment pipe around the HPM piping is considered itoring highly toxic and toxic compressed gases.
acceptable for the required separation and contain- 2703.13.2.1 Alarms. The gas detection system shall initiate a
ment of a potential leak. The assumption is that the local alarm and transmit a signal to the emergency control
open ends of that pipe are in an HPM facility and, station when a short-term hazard condition is detected. The
therefore, a leak into the outer casing can be moni- alarm shall be both visible and audible and shall provide
tored. If the adjacent areas that contain the open warning both inside and outside the area where the gas is
ends are not in an HPM facility, the “outer-jacket” detected. The audible alarm shall be distinct from all other
method cannot be used.
alarms.
2703.13.2 Gas detection system operation. The continuous
gas detection system shall be capable of monitoring the room,  The required local alarm is intended to alert occu-
area or equipment in which the gas is located at or below all pants to a hazardous condition in the vicinity of HPM
the following gas concentrations: gas storage or use. The alarm is not intended to be
an evacuation alarm; however, it must be monitored
1. Immediately dangerous to life and health (IDLH) val- to hasten emergency personnel response.
ues where the monitoring point is within an exhausted
enclosure, ventilated enclosure or gas cabinet. 2703.13.2.2 Shut off of gas supply. The gas detection system
shall automatically close the shutoff valve at the source on
2. Permissible exposure limit (PEL) levels where the gas supply piping and tubing related to the system being
monitoring point is in an area outside an exhausted monitored for which gas is detected when a short-term hazard
enclosure, ventilated enclosure or gas cabinet. condition is detected. Automatic closure of shutoff valves
3. For flammable gases, the monitoring detection thresh- shall comply with the following:
old level shall be vapor concentrations in excess of 25 1. Where the gas-detection sampling point initiating the
percent of the lower flammable limit (LFL) where the gas detection system alarm is within a gas cabinet or
monitoring is within or outside an exhausted enclosure, exhausted enclosure, the shutoff valve in the gas cabi-
ventilated enclosure or gas cabinet. net or exhausted enclosure for the specific gas detected
4. Except as noted in this section, monitoring for highly shall automatically close.
toxic and toxic gases shall also comply with Chapter 2. Where the gas-detection sampling point initiating the
60. gas detection system alarm is within a room and com-
 This section harmonizes the code with the widely pressed gas containers are not in gas cabinets or
used clean-room standard NFPA 318 provisions for exhausted enclosure, the shutoff valves on all gas lines
gas detection, which are much more relevant to the for the specific gas detected shall automatically close.
type of monitoring performed in semiconductor manu- 3. Where the gas-detection sampling point initiating the
facturing (inside exhausted enclosures, ventilated gas detection system alarm is within a piping distribu-
enclosures or gas cabinets). Monitoring in the semi- tion manifold enclosure, the shutoff valve supplying the
conductor industry is designed to detect and alert manifold for the compressed gas container of the spe-
employees of leaks inside exhausted enclosures, cific gas detected shall automatically close.
ventilated enclosures and gas cabinets, and is not
Exception: Where the gas-detection sampling point
intended to estimate potential employee breathing
initiating the gas detection system alarm is at the use
zone exposures.
location or within a gas valve enclosure of a branch
This section requires gas detection based on the
line downstream of a piping distribution manifold,
potential for health-threatening levels both inside
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
27-12 Code Council

the shutoff valve for the branch line located in the for gas rooms containing highly toxic or toxic gases
piping distribution manifold enclosure shall auto- shall also comply with Chapter 60.
matically close. 8. Cabinets containing pyrophoric liquids or Class 3
 Where gas detection systems are required, automatic water-reactive liquids: Exhaust ventilation for cabinets
emergency shutoff valves are required to stop the in fabrication areas containing pyrophoric liquids or
flow of hazardous materials from possibly deteriorat- Class 3 water-reactive liquids shall be as required in
ing further in an emergency. Section 2705.2.3.4.
There are essentially four different protocols for  Items 1 through 8 list the specific ventilation require-
shutting off valves, depending on the source of the ments for semiconductor facilities based on the use
leak. Note that one of these methods is located within of the particular area. Many of these requirements
the exception. It should be emphasized that the are references to other sections of the code. These
requirements are to shut off the valves only when the are essentially the same requirements found in IMC
type of gas is detected. Section 502.10 (see commentary, Section
2703.14 Exhaust ventilation systems for HPM. Exhaust 2705.2.3.5).
ventilation systems and materials for exhaust ducts utilized Item 1 requires that fabrication areas must be ven-
for the exhaust of HPM shall comply with Sections 2703.14.1 tilated as stated in the IBC. This item also gives the
through 2703.14.3, other applicable provisions of this code, fire code official the authority to require additional
the International Building Code and the International manual control switches where facility arrangements
Mechanical Code. make the additional switches necessary. Item 2
 This section is a summary of the ventilation require- requires that workstations, typically found in each
ments for semiconductor facilities, and references the fabrication area, must have individual exhaust sys-
IBC and IMC for further requirements. Parallel tems to collect any exhaust fumes and vapors. In
requirements may be found in IMC Section 502.10. Item 3, liquid storage rooms in semiconductor facili-
ties are to be treated the same as other liquid storage
2703.14.1 Where required. Exhaust ventilation systems rooms and ventilated according to the general
shall be provided in the following locations in accordance requirements for hazardous materials found in Sec-
with the requirements of this section and the International tion 5004.3.1. Item 4 requires that HPM rooms, which
Building Code: are essentially a Group H-2, H-3 or H-4 occupancy,
1. Fabrication areas: Exhaust ventilation for fabrication must be ventilated in the same way as any Group H-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
areas shall comply with the International Building 2, H-3 or H-4 occupancy would be ventilated, in
Code. The fire code official is authorized to require accordance with Section 5004.3.1. Item 5 states that
additional manual control switches. gas cabinets used in semiconductor facilities are to
2. Workstations: A ventilation system shall be provided to be treated the same as any other use of gas cabinets
capture and exhaust gases, fumes and vapors at work- with hazardous materials. Gas cabinets can share
stations. the exhaust system of an individual workstation. Also,
semiconductor facilities tend to make use of both
3. Liquid storage rooms: Exhaust ventilation for liquid toxic and highly toxic gases; therefore, additional
storage rooms shall comply with Section 5004.3.1 and requirements are specifically highlighted for these
the International Building Code. applications. Items 6 and 7 indicate that exhausted
4. HPM rooms: Exhaust ventilation for HPM rooms shall enclosures and gas rooms, respectively, are also reg-
comply with Section 5004.3.1 and the International ulated just as they are for other applications with haz-
Building Code. ardous materials. As with gas cabinets,
semiconductor facilities tend to make use of both
5. Gas cabinets: Exhaust ventilation for gas cabinets shall
toxic and highly toxic gases; therefore, additional
comply with Section 5003.8.6.2. The gas cabinet venti-
requirements are also specifically highlighted for
lation system is allowed to connect to a workstation
those applications. Item 8 highlights the increased
ventilation system. Exhaust ventilation for gas cabinets
hazards of pyrophoric liquids and Class 3 water-reac-
containing highly toxic or toxic gases shall also comply
tive materials by requiring exhaust ventilation in fabri-
with Chapter 60.
cation area cabinets storing those materials to
6. Exhausted enclosures: Exhaust ventilation for comply with the special requirements of Section
exhausted enclosures shall comply with Section 2705.2.3.4. See the commentary to Section
5003.8.5.2. Exhaust ventilation for exhausted enclo- 2705.2.3.4 for further discussion of pyrophoric and
sures containing highly toxic or toxic gases shall also water-reactive materials.
comply with Chapter 60. 2703.14.2 Penetrations. Exhaust ducts penetrating fire barri-
7. Gas rooms: Exhaust ventilation for gas rooms shall ers constructed in accordance with Section 707 of the Inter-
comply with Section 5003.8.4.2. Exhaust ventilation national Building Code or horizontal assemblies constructed

in accordance with Section 711 of the International Building 6. Emergency alarm systems.
Code shall be contained in a shaft of equivalent fire-resis- 7. Manual fire alarm systems.
tance-rated construction. Exhaust ducts shall not penetrate
fire walls. Fire dampers shall not be installed in exhaust 8. Automatic sprinkler system monitoring and alarm sys-
ducts. tems.
 Semiconductor facilities are essentially a combination 9. Automatic alarm and detection systems for pyro-
of many activities involving the storage and use of phoric liquids and Class 3 water-reactive liquids
hazardous materials. These facilities are large and required in Section 2705.2.3.4.
generally complex, and exhaust systems may lead 10. Flow alarm switches for pyrophoric liquids and Class
through several areas of a building before the 3 water-reactive liquids cabinet exhaust ventilation
exhaust is processed or released to the atmosphere. systems required in Section 2705.2.3.4.
This section requires that the protection surrounding 11. Electrically operated systems required elsewhere in
an exhaust system is at least equivalent to the fire- this code or in the International Building Code appli-
resistance rating of the surrounding fire barriers and cable to the use, storage or handling of HPM.
horizontal assemblies. Ventilation should not be inter-
rupted by a fire damper when a fire or other emer-  This section specifies the types of systems in a
gency occurs involving a workstation. This helps Group H-5 occupancy that must be connected to an
reduce the likelihood that hazardous combustion approved emergency power system. As indicated in
byproducts or hazardous concentrations of HPM will Section 604, emergency power systems must be
be forced back into the workstation or clean room. installed, in accordance with the applicable require-
Continuous ventilation through a duct enclosed in a ments of NFPA 70, NFPA 110 and NFPA 111. Note
fire-resistance-rated shaft is required. Fire walls that the systems included in the list are critical to per-
define separations between buildings. Ducts must sonnel safety and must remain operable under all
never penetrate a barrier common to another build- conditions of normal power system failure or impair-
ing. This reduces the likelihood of tampering with or ment.
interrupting the duct integrity. 2703.15.2 Exhaust ventilation systems. Exhaust ventilation
2703.14.3 Treatment systems. Treatment systems for highly systems are allowed to be designed to operate at not less than
toxic and toxic gases shall comply with Chapter 60. one-half the normal fan speed on the emergency power sys-
tem where it is demonstrated that the level of exhaust will
 Because of their toxicity hazards, highly toxic and maintain a safe atmosphere.
toxic gases should be protected by gas treatment
systems. See the commentary to Section 3704 on  Emergency power for exhaust ventilation is required
highly toxic and toxic gases and, in particular, Section to prevent hazardous concentrations of HPM fumes
3704.2.2.7 for further discussion of treatment sys- or vapors in areas such as workstations or fabrication
tems. areas. Fans for exhaust ventilation draw a consider-
able amount of current when operating. Running
2703.15 Emergency power system. An emergency power
exhaust fans at a reduced speed may be desirable
system shall be provided in Group H-5 occupancies in accor-
when it will not endanger the operator or result in a
dance with Section 604. The emergency power system shall
hazardous condition. However, exhaust fans must
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
supply power automatically to the electrical systems speci-
fied in Section 2703.15.1 when the normal supply system is not be run at a speed less than 50 percent of their rat-
interrupted. ing, even if a slower speed will not produce a serious
hazard.
 A backup emergency power source is considered 2703.16 Sub-atmospheric pressure gas systems. Sub-
essential for systems monitoring and protecting haz- atmospheric pressure gas systems (SAGS) shall be in accor-
ardous materials in a Group H-5 occupancy. Without dance with NFPA 318.
an emergency power system, all required electrical
controls or equipment monitoring hazardous materi-  This section allows the storage and use of HPM
als would be rendered inoperative if a power failure or gases in subatmospheric pressure gas systems
other electrical system failure were to occur. See also (SAGS) when the systems are installed in accor-
the commentary to Section 604. dance with NFPA 318. It is the intent of this section to
2703.15.1 Required electrical systems. Emergency power adopt only the provisions of NFPA 318 relating to
shall be provided for electrically operated equipment and SAGS even though the scope of the standard itself
connected control circuits for the following systems: covers many more aspects of semiconductor fabrica-
tion safety. Those sections in the scope of the refer-
1. HPM exhaust ventilation systems. ence are Section 3.3.28.5 for the definition, and
2. HPM gas cabinet ventilation systems. Section 8.6.2 addressing uses and controls (see the
commentary to Section 102.7 regarding the proper
3. HPM exhausted enclosure ventilation systems.
application of referenced standards). Semiconductor
4. HPM gas room ventilation systems. manufacturing involves the storage, handling and use
5. HPM gas detection systems. of a variety of hazardous production materials. Some
27-14 Code Council

of the processes require the use of compressed energy, SAGS either inherently remove this risk or
gases that are classified by the code as being highly mitigate it by using mechanical controls. In SAGS, the
toxic, toxic, corrosive, flammable or pyrophoric. It is loss of vacuum pressure stops the gas flow.
not uncommon for some of the gases to exhibit multi- NFPA 318 classifies SAGS into two categories:
ple hazard classifications. Because of the hazards Types 1 and 2, based on the type of technology used
associated with some of these materials, advance- in the gas storage and transfer system.
ments to improve their safe storage and use have A Type 1 SAGS is made up of a gas cylinder filled
been developed. One improvement is SAGS for cer- with an adsorbent matter where the contents are
tain compressed gases, a primary goal of which is to stored at subatmospheric pressure at NTP. A Type 1
improve safety by reducing the risk of a gas release. SAGS does not meet the code’s definition of “Com-
This is accomplished because SAGS only deliver gas pressed gas”; it has the characteristics of a low vapor
when a vacuum is applied to the cylinder connection. pressure solid. A Type 2 SAGS uses a conventional
In a SAGS, the cylinder valve can be opened, but no U.S. Department of Transporation (DOT)-approved
gas is released until the pressure downstream of the compressed gas cylinder, and incorporates an inter-
outlet connection is below atmospheric pressure. nal pressure regulator or check valve and an excess
This is in contrast to a typical gas cylinder, which flow control. These components allow gas to be
releases gas when the cylinder valve is opened. released only under a vacuum condition. A Type 2
SAGS significantly reduce the risk associated with SAGS is designed so that component or process fail-
HPM because they mitigate the likelihood and magni- ures, such as the loss of vacuum pressure or the fail-
tude of a gas release, and their use is becoming more ure of the pressure regulator causes an internal valve
common. The semiconductor industry has used to automatically close and prevent the release of the
SAGS successfully for a number of years. stored gas.
In semiconductor manufacturing, SAGS are com-
monly used during ion implantation onto a silicon
wafer. In ion implanting, charged metal electrons are SECTION 2704
chemically deposited or embedded onto the wafer to STORAGE
alter the electrical or optical properties of the sub- 2704.1 General. Storage of hazardous materials shall comply
stance. Known as “dopants,” they are essential in the with Section 2703 and this section and other applicable provi-
manufacturing of semiconductors used in integrated sions of this code.
circuits and photovoltaics. In optics, dopants are nec-
essary in the production of certain types of lasers. As  This section establishes the proper storage condi-
integrated circuits become more powerful micropro- tions for hazardous materials in fabrication areas,
cessors, silicon wafers must undergo greater storage areas and storage in equipment and cabi-
amounts of ion implanting. Some of the common dop- nets.
ant gases packaged and handled using SAGS are 2704.2 Fabrication areas. Hazardous materials storage and
presented in Commentary Figure 2703.16. the maximum quantities of hazardous materials in use and
SAGS are designed so that the gas must be storage allowed in fabrication areas shall be in accordance
removed from the cylinder using vacuum, which is with Sections 2704.2.1 through 2704.2.2.1.
less than 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute (psia)  This section establishes the applicability of Sections
at normal temperature and pressure (NTP) [e.g., 2704.2.1 through 2704.2.2.1 to the proper storage
70°F at 1 atmosphere (21°C at 101 kPa)]. In compari- conditions for hazardous materials in fabrication
son to conventional compressed gas systems where areas. This includes the location and amount of
gas is released because of its stored potential HPMs in fabrication areas.
Compressed Gas Formula IFC Hazard Classification

Arsenic Pentafluoride AsF5 Highly Toxic; Corrosive; Class 1 Water Reactive
Arsine AsH3 Flammable (Liquefied); Highly Toxic
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Boron Trifluoride BF3 Toxic; Corrosive; Class 1 Water Reactive

Germanium Tetrafluoride GeF4 Toxic; Corrosive
Hydrogen Selenide H2Se Flammable (Liquefied); Toxic
Phosphine PH3 Pyrophoric; Highly Toxic
Silicon Tetrafluoride SiF4 Toxic; Corrosive; Class 1 Water Reactive
Figure 2703.16
COMMON DOPANT GASES AND THEIR HAZARD CLASSIFICATION

2704.2.1 Location of HPM storage in fabrication areas. 2704.2.2.1 Storage and use in fabrication areas. The maxi-
Storage of HPM in fabrication areas shall be within mum quantities of hazardous materials stored or used in a sin-
approved or listed storage cabinets, gas cabinets, exhausted gle fabrication area shall not exceed the quantities set forth
enclosures or within a workstation as follows: in Table 2704.2.2.1.
1. Flammable and combustible liquid storage cabinets  See the commentary to Table 2704.2.2.1.
shall comply with Section 5704.3.2. TABLE 2704.2.2.1. See page 27-17.
2. Hazardous materials storage cabinets shall comply with  The quantity limitations identified in Table 2704.2.2.1
Section 5003.8.7. designate the aggregate amounts of hazardous
3. Gas cabinets shall comply with Section 5003.8.6. Gas materials allowed to be both stored and used in each
cabinets for highly toxic or toxic gases shall also com- fabrication area. The density basis for managing the
ply with Section 6004.1.2. maximum quantity of specified hazardous materials
4. Exhausted enclosures shall comply with Section controls the hazard distribution in the occupancy.
5003.8.5. Exhausted enclosures for highly toxic or Generally, the lower the permitted density, the
toxic gases shall also comply with Section 6004.1.3. greater the required separation between containers.
5. Workstations shall comply with Section 2705.2.3. 2704.3 Indoor storage outside of fabrication areas. The
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
indoor storage of hazardous materials outside of fabrication
 Even though the amount of HPM in a fabrication area areas shall be in accordance with Sections 2704.3.1 through
is controlled, it must be further controlled by storing it 2704.3.3.
in approved cabinets, exhausted enclosures or a
workstation. This requirement is intended to limit the  This section introduces the applicability of Sections
exposure to occupants of the fabrication area to only 2704.3.1 through 2704.3.3 to HPM storage not con-
the material in use in that area. Such separation also tained within a fabrication area.
reduces the size of a possible hazardous material 2704.3.1 HPM storage. The indoor storage of HPM in quan-
incident. tities greater than those listed in Sections 5003.1.1 and
The larger amounts of HPM typically stored in sep- 3404.3.4 shall be in a room complying with the requirements
arate areas present a hazard comparable to other of the International Building Code and this code for a liquid
Group H facilities. Therefore, storage rooms must storage room, HPM room or gas room as appropriate for the
meet similar code requirements. Storage rooms con- materials stored.
taining HPM in quantities greater than permitted by  This section deals with the construction requirements
Tables 5003.1.1(1) and 5003.1.1(2) must comply with for two types of storage rooms: those classified as
the applicable requirements of IBC Section 415.11.5, HPM rooms or gas rooms, and those used as liquid
depending on the state of the material. storage rooms. The size and separation of these
2704.2.2 Maximum aggregate quantities in fabrication rooms are dependent on the type of materials stored.
areas. The aggregate quantities of hazardous materials stored 2704.3.2 Other hazardous materials storage. The indoor
or used in a single fabrication area shall be limited as speci- storage of other hazardous materials shall comply with Sec-
fied in this section. tions 5001, 5003 and 5004 and other applicable provisions of
Exception: Fabrication areas containing quantities of this code.
hazardous materials not exceeding the maximum allow-
 This section makes it clear that all hazardous materi-
able quantities per control area established by Sections
als, whether they are HPM or not, must comply with
5003.1.1, 5704.3.4 and 5704.3.5.
the basic applicable requirements of the code.
 This section regulates the total amount of hazardous 2704.3.3 Separation of incompatible hazardous materials.
materials, whether in use or in storage, in a single Incompatible hazardous materials in storage shall be sepa-
fabrication area based on the density/quantity of rated from each other in accordance with Section 5003.9.8.
material specified in Table 2704.2.2.1. The exception
permits a fabrication area to have a total quantity of  This section is intended to prevent potentially incom-
HPM of either the quantity specified in Table patible materials from mixing or reacting with each
2704.2.2.1 or the MAQs specified in Sections other. In most instances, a noncombustible partition
5003.1.1, 5704.3.4 and 5704.3.5, whichever is may suffice as the minimum required level of separa-
greater. tion. Compliance with Section 5003.9.8 is required.
27-16 Code Council

TABLE 2704.2.2.1
QUANTITY LIMITS FOR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS IN A SINGLE FABRICATION AREA IN GROUP H-5a
SOLIDS LIQUIDS GAS
HAZARD CATEGORY
(pounds/square foot) (gallons/square foot) (cubic feet @ NTP/square foot)
PHYSICAL-HAZARD MATERIALS
Combustible dust Note b Not Applicable Not Applicable
Combustible fiber
Loose Note b Not Applicable Not Applicable
Baled Notes b and c
Combustible liquid
Class II 0.01
Class IIIA Not Applicable 0.02 Not Applicable
Class IIIB Not Limited
Combination Class I, II and IIIA 0.04
Cryogenic gas
Flammable Not Applicable Not Applicable Note d
Oxidizing 1.25
Explosives Note b Note b Note b
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Flammable gas
Gaseous Not Applicable Not Applicable Note d
Liquefied Note d
Flammable liquid
Class IA 0.0025
Class IB 0.025
Not Applicable Not Applicable
Class IC 0.025
Combination Class IA, IB and IC 0.025
Combination Class I, II and IIIA 0.04
Flammable solid 0.001 Not Applicable Not Applicable
Organic peroxide
Unclassified detonable Note b
Class I Note b
Class II 0.025 Not Applicable Not Applicable
Class III 0.1
Class IV Not Limited
Class V Not Limited
Oxidizing gas
Gaseous
1.25
Liquefied Not Applicable Not Applicable
1.25
Combination of Gaseous and Liq-
1.25
uefied
Oxidizer
Class 4
Class 3 Note b
0.003 Note b Not
Class 2 0.03
Class 1 0.003 Applicable
0.003 0.03
Combination oxidizer Class 1, 2, 3 0.03
0.003
0.03
Pyrophoric 0.01 0.00125 Notes d and e
Unstable reactive
Class 4 Note b Note b Note b
Class 3 0.025 0.0025 Note b
Class 2 0.1 0.01 Note b
Class 1 Not Limited Not Limited Not Limited
(continued)

TABLE 2704.2.2.1—continued
QUANTITY LIMITS FOR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS IN A SINGLE FABRICATION AREA IN GROUP H-5
SOLIDS LIQUIDS GAS
HAZARD CATEGORY
(pounds/square foot) (gallons/square foot) (cubic feet @ NTP/square foot)
PHYSICAL-HAZARD MATERIALS
Water reactive
Class 3 Note b 0.00125
Class 2 0.25 0.025 Not
Class 1 Not Limited Not Limited Applicable
HEALTH-HAZARD MATERIALS
Corrosives Not Limited Not Limited Not Limited
Highly toxics Not Limited Not Limited Note d
Toxics Not Limited Not Limited Note d
For SI: 1 pound per square foot = 4.882 kg/m , 1 gallon per square foot = 40.7 L/m , 1 cubic foot @ NTP/square foot = 0.305 m @ NTP/m2,
2 2 3
1 cubic foot = 0.02832 m3.

a. Hazardous materials within piping shall not be included in the calculated quantities.
b. Quantity of hazardous materials in a single fabrication area shall not exceed the maximum allowable quantities per control area in Tables 5003.1.1(1) and
5003.1.1(2).
c. Densely packed baled cotton that complies with the packing requirements of ISO 8115 shall not be included in this material class.
d. The aggregate quantity of flammable, pyrophoric, toxic and highly toxic gases shall not exceed 9,000 cubic feet at NTP.
e. The aggregate quantity of pyrophoric gases in the building shall not exceed the amounts set forth in Table 5003.8.2.
SECTION 2705 2705.2.2 Maximum aggregate quantities in fabrication

USE AND HANDLING areas. The aggregate quantities of hazardous materials in a
2705.1 General. The use and handling of hazardous materi- single fabrication area shall comply with Section 2704.2.2,
als shall comply with this section, Section 2703 and other and Table 2704.2.2.1. The quantity of HPM in use at a work-
applicable provisions of this code. station shall not exceed the quantities listed in Table
2705.2.2.
 Section 2705 addresses the use of hazardous materi-
als in fabrication areas, and transportation and han-  This section establishes two quantity limitations for
dling of hazardous materials in buildings containing hazardous materials located in a fabrication area:
fabrication areas. Section 2703, Chapter 50 and the 1. Reemphasizes the Section 2704 hazardous
chapters of the code specific to hazardous materials materials quantity limitations allowed in each
are to be applied to the use and handling of other fabrication area by specific reference to Section
hazardous materials in the building. 2704.2.2 and Table 2704.2.2.1.
2705.2 Fabrication areas. The use of hazardous materials in
fabrication areas shall be in accordance with Sections 2. Limits the HPM quantity in use at each
2705.2.1 through 2705.2.3.4. workstation. It is important to note that
hazardous materials that have a hazard ranking
 This section introduces the applicability of Sections of 1 or 2 (materials that are not HPM) are not
2705.2.1 through 2705.2.3.4 to HPM use in a fabrica- subject to the same use limitations as HPM.
tion area.
TABLE 2705.2.2. See page 27-19.
2705.2.1 Location of HPM in use in fabrication areas.
 As discussed at the beginning of this chapter, the
Hazardous production materials in use in fabrication areas
unique engineering and operational controls inherent
shall be within approved or listed gas cabinets, exhausted
in semiconductor fabrication facilities justify what are,
enclosures or a workstation.
in effect, exceptions to an occupancy that would oth-
 This section addresses four conditions for hazardous erwise be classified as Group H-1, H-2, H-3 or H-4.
materials used in a fabrication area: Part of this justification includes limiting the maximum
quantities of HPM at an individual workstation,
1. Hazardous materials in use and storage must thereby minimizing the hazard potential associated
be in approved or listed gas cabinets, in with an accident or equipment failure involving HPM.
exhausted enclosures or within a workstation. The table is intended to correlate with the HPM clas-
2. Section 2704 quantity limits for hazardous sifications, material conditions and quantity limita-
materials in use and storage apply. tions addressed in Table 2704.2.2. It is important to
understand that only HPMs are limited to the use
3. The amount of HPM per individual workstation quantities addressed in this table.
is limited. This table lists the MAQs of several types of haz-
4. Workstation construction, drainage, and con- ardous materials that can be maintained at a worksta-
tainment and clearance requirements apply. tion, either in storage or in use. It also reflects an
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
27-18 Code Council

increase over the previous edition in the allowable TABLE 2705.2.2

MAXIMUM QUANTITIES OF HPM AT A WORKSTATIONd
gas quantities, which is intended to reduce the fre-
quency of cylinder change-outs and, thus, the haz- HPM CLASSIFICATION STATE MAXIMUM QUANTITY
ards associated with frequent handling of the Combined aggregate volume of

material. The footnotes acknowledge the added Flammable, highly toxic, all cylinders at a workstation
pyrophoric and toxic Gas shall not exceed an internal
safety of having approved fire-extinguishing and sup- combined cylinder volume of 39.6 gallons
pression systems in place, as well as the improved or 5.29 cubic feet
conditions with a closed system. See the commen- Liquid 15 gallonsa, b
tary to Section 2705.2.3.4 for further discussion of Flammable
Solid 5 poundsa, b
pyrophoric and Class 3 water-reactive materials. Gas Combined aggregate volume of
2705.2.3 Workstations. Workstations in fabrication areas all cylinders at a workstation
shall be in accordance with Sections 2705.2.3.1 through shall not exceed an internal
cylinder volume of 39.6 gallons
2705.2.3.4. or 5.29 cubic feet
Corrosive
 This section introduces the applicability of Sections
Liquid Use-open system: 25 gallonsb
2705.2.3.1 through 2705.2.3.4 to workstations Use-closed system: 150 gallonsb, e
located in a fabrication area.
2705.2.3.1 Construction. Workstations in fabrication areas Solid 20 poundsa, b
shall be constructed of materials compatible with the materi- Liquid 15 gallonsa
Highly toxic
als used and stored at the workstation. The portion of the Solid 5 poundsa
workstation that serves as a cabinet for HPM gases, Class I Gas Combined aggregate volume of
flammable liquids or Class II or Class IIIA combustible liq- all cylinders at a workstation
shall not exceed an internal
uids shall be noncombustible and, if of metal, shall be not less cylinder volume of 39.6 gallons
than 0.0478-inch (18 gage) (1.2 mm) steel. or 5.29 cubic feet
Oxidizer
 This section addresses specific construction require- Liquid Use-open system: 12 gallonsb
ments for workstations and, to improve station lon- Use-closed system: 60 gallonsb
gevity and avoid an undesirable reaction, requires
that the materials of construction be compatible with Solid 20 poundsa, b
the HPM used in the workstation. Likewise, HPM Pyrophoric
Liquid 0.5 gallonc, f
gases and flammable liquids must be kept in cabinets Solid 4.4 poundsc, f
that are of substantial construction to prevent dam- Liquid Use-open system: 15 gallonsb
age to HPM containers that could result in an HPM Toxic
Use-closed system: 60 gallonsb
spill.
Solid 5 poundsa, b
2705.2.3.2 Protection of vessels. Vessels containing hazard-
Liquid 0.5 gallona, b
ous materials located in or connected to a workstation shall Unstable reactive Class 3
Solid 5 poundsa, b
be protected as follows:
Liquid 0.5 gallonc, f
Water-reactive Class 3
1. HPM: Vessels containing HPM shall be protected from Solid See Table 2704.2.2.1
physical damage and shall not project from the work-
station. For SI: 1 pound = 0.454 kg, 1 gallon = 3.785 L.
a. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent for closed
2. Hazardous cryogenic fluids, gases and liquids: Hazard- system operations. Where Note b also applies, the increase for both notes
ous cryogenic fluid, gas and liquid vessels located shall be allowed.
within a workstation shall be protected from seismic b. Quantities shall be allowed to be increased 100 percent where
workstations are internally protected with an approved automatic fire-
forces in an approved manner in accordance with the extinguishing or suppression system complying with Chapter 9. Where
International Building Code. Note b also applies, the increase for both notes shall be allowed. Where
3. Compressed gases: Protection for compressed gas ves- Note e also applies, the maximum increase allowed for both Notes b and e
shall not exceed 100 percent.
sels shall also comply with Section 5303.5. c. Allowed only in workstations that are internally protected with an
4. Cryogenic fluids: Protection for cryogenic fluid vessels approved automatic fire-extinguishing or fire protection system complying
shall also comply with Section 5503.5. with Chapter 9 and compatible with the reactivity of materials in use at the
workstation.
 HPM vessels located in or connected to a workstation d. The quantity limits apply only to materials classified as HPM.
are to be protected from physical damage and seis- e. Quantities shall be allowed to be increased 100 percent for nonflammable,
mic forces (see Chapter 53 of the code and IBC noncombustible corrosive liquids where the materials of construction for
workstations are listed or approved for use without internal fire-
Chapter 16). Additionally, Item 1 requires that these extinguishing or suppression system protection. Where Note b also
vessels be located in and not project from the work- applies, the maximum increase allowed for both Notes b and e shall not
station enclosure. Items 2 through 4 correlate with exceed 100 percent.
provisions of the code applicable to the hazards. f. A maximum quantity of 5.3 gallons of liquids and 44 pounds of total
liquids and solids shall be allowed at a workstation where conditions are in
accordance with Section 2705.2.3.5.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2705.2.3.3 Drainage and containment for HPM liquids. capable of holding the contents of the aggregate
Each workstation utilizing HPM liquids shall have all of the amount of liquids in containers in each cabinet.
following:
5. Valves: Valves in supply piping between the product
1. Drainage piping systems connected to a compatible containers in the cabinet and the workstation served by
system for disposition of such liquids. the containers shall fail in the closed position upon
2. The work surface provided with a slope or other means power failure, loss of exhaust ventilation and upon
for directing spilled materials to the containment or actuation of the fire control system.
drainage system. 6. Fire detection system: Each cabinet shall be equipped
3. An approved means of containing or directing spilled with an automatic fire detection system complying with
or leaked liquids to the drainage system. the following conditions:
 Federal environmental requirements make it neces- 6.1. Automatic detection system: UV/IR, high-sen-
sary to contain and recover HPM used in the manu- sitivity smoke detection (HSSD) or other
facturing process. The design of the workstations approved detection systems shall be provided
must facilitate the recovery of spilled and spent HPM. inside each cabinet.
The drainage system must be designed so that 6.2. Automatic shutoff: Activation of the detection
incompatible materials do not mix and the system is system shall automatically close the shutoff
compatible with the materials handled. valves at the source on the liquid supply.
2705.2.3.4 Pyrophoric solids, liquids and Class 3 water- 6.3. Alarms and signals: Activation of the detection
reactive liquids. Pyrophoric liquids and Class 3 water-reac- system shall initiate a local alarm within the
tive liquids in containers greater than 0.5-gallon (2 L) but not fabrication area and transmit a signal to the
exceeding 5.3-gallon (20 L) capacity and pyrophoric solids in emergency control station. The alarms and sig-
containers greater than 4.4 pounds (2 kg) but not exceeding nals shall be both visual and audible.
44 pounds (20 kg) shall be allowed at workstations where
located inside cabinets and the following conditions are met:  As semiconductor technology progresses to smaller
line widths and increased device densities, newer
1. Maximum amount per cabinet: The maximum amount
materials are demanded. Conducting and noncon-
per cabinet shall be limited to 5.3 gallons (20 L) of liq-
ducting structures are fabricated at atomic levels
uids and 44 pounds (20 kg) of total liquids and solids.
using new metal-bearing agents. A class of materials
2. Cabinet construction: Cabinets shall be constructed in known as metalorganics is used as precursor for the
accordance with the following: fabrication of these structures. These materials may
2.1. Cabinets shall be constructed of not less than possess both pyrophoric and water-reactive proper-
0.097-inch (2.5 mm) (12 gage) steel. ties. Some common metalorganics used are trimeth-
ylaluminum (TMA), trimethyl gallium (TMG) and
2.2. Cabinets shall be permitted to have self-closing dimethylaluminum hydride (DMAH).
limited access ports or noncombustible win- The strict safeguards for the increased workstation
dows that provide access to equipment controls. quantities allowed by this section should eliminate the
2.3. Cabinets shall be provided with self- or manual- need for bulk distribution systems, with larger quanti-
closing doors. Manual-closing doors shall be ties centralized in a Group H-2 occupancy, that would
equipped with a door switch that will initiate otherwise have to be installed to meet production
local audible and visual alarms when the door is requirements. These systems would have to be piped
in the open position. to individual workstations in the fabrication area from
3. Cabinet exhaust ventilation system: An exhaust ventila- the bulk distribution supply location. Extensive runs of
tion system shall be provided for cabinets and shall piping could result in significant risks, with the poten-
comply with the following: tial for leaks from piping or fitting leakage, which can
cause accidental damage, installation errors and
3.1. The system shall be designed to operate at a deinstallation errors. In this application, the piping
negative pressure in relation to the surrounding from the bulk distribution source servicing the work-
area. stations becomes a greater risk than the alternative of
3.2. The system shall be equipped with monitoring having a greater quantity localized at the workstation
equipment to ensure that required exhaust flow with no exposed piping from a Group H-2 room both
or static pressure is provided. to and traversing the fabrication area.
FM has indicated that it has no loss history using
3.3. Low-flow or static pressure conditions shall these materials at any site, even at the compound
send an alarm to the on-site emergency control semiconductor companies, which use large volumes
station. The alarm shall be both visual and audi- of these materials. The semiconductor industry
ble. reports no loss history with the use of water-reactive
4. Cabinet spill containment: Spill containment shall be or pyrophoric liquids. In addition, semiconductor
provided in each cabinet, with the spill containment industry health and safety professionals concur that it
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
27-20 Code Council

is much safer to reduce the handling frequency of any such corridors comply with Section 5003.10 of this code and
chemical. Section 415.11.2 of the International Building Code.
2705.3 Transportation and handling. The transportation  Corridors must comply with the requirements of Sec-
and handling of hazardous materials shall comply with Sec- tion 1018 and must be separated from fabrication
tions 2705.3.1 through 2705.3.4.1 and other applicable provi- areas in accordance with IBC Section 415.11.2. Addi-
sions of this code. tionally, corridors in new buildings are not to be used
 Transportation and handling in this section refers to for transporting HPM to the fabrication area; HPM
the movement of hazardous materials through means must be transported in service corridors or piping.
of egress elements, such as exit access corridors and This section addresses HPM facilities that existed
exit enclosures, and through service corridors. before the adoption and enforcement of the IBC. It
permits the transport of HPM in corridors in existing
2705.3.1 Corridors and enclosures for stairways and
buildings under the conditions specified in IBC Sec-
ramps. Corridors and enclosures for exit stairways and
tion 415.11. When alterations are made to a fabrica-
ramps in new buildings or serving new fabrication areas shall
tion area, those corridors must be upgraded.
not contain HPM, except as permitted in corridors by Section
415.11.6.4 of the International Building Code and Section 2705.3.2.2 HPM transport in corridors and enclosures for
2705.3.2 of this code. stairways and ramps. Nonproduction HPM is allowed to be
transported in corridors and enclosures for stairways and
 This section is specific to transportation and handling
ramps where utilized for maintenance, lab work and testing
of HPM in both new buildings containing Group H-5
when the transportation is in accordance with Section
occupancy operations and existing buildings contain-
5003.10.
ing new Group H-5 occupancy operations. Transpor-
tation or handling of HPM in corridors or stairway and  This section requires that the transportation of non-
ramp enclosures is not allowed, except for existing production HPMs comply with Section 5003.10,
buildings containing existing fabrication areas, and as which establishes the design criteria and use param-
specifically allowed in Section 415.11.6.4 of the IBC, eters for carts and trucks and also includes the fol-
and Section 2705.3.2. In older semiconductor fabrica- lowing requirements for on-site transportation of
tion facilities (a.k.a. “fabs”), hand transportation of hazardous materials:
HPMs is common practice. However, these older
facilities are reaching the end of their service life and • Liquids packaged in containers of a volume of 5
are being replaced. In new fabs, liquids and gases gallons (19 L) or greater can only be transported
are supplied directly to tools via bulk distribution sys- on hand carts or hand trucks.
tems because it is safer and less expensive because • Not more than four 55-gallon containers (833 L)
the liquids and gases are purchased in bulk quanti- can be handled utilizing acceptable drum trucks
ties. As a result, the transportation of HPMs in carts or on pallets.
or by hand is fairly infrequent. When delivered by
carts or by hand (e.g., exchanging compressed gas • Compressed gas containers and cylinders
require transportation using approved hand
cylinders in ion implanters), the amount of HPM is
fairly small. Because of the improvements in chemi- trucks.
cal distribution, very little benefit is gained from pro- • For HPMs transported by hand, the weight of
viding service corridors in Group H-5 occupancies. the packaging is limited based on the contents
Note that this section is specific to HPMs only and being a solid, liquid or gas.
neither prohibits nor restricts the transportation or
2705.3.3 Service corridors. Where a new fabrication area is
handling of materials having a health-hazard ranking
constructed, a service corridor shall be provided where it is
of 1 or 2 in exit access corridors or exit enclosures.
necessary to transport HPM from a liquid storage room, HPM
The general handling and transportation require-
room, gas room or from the outside of a building to the
ments addressed in Section 5003.10 apply to materi-
perimeter wall of a fabrication area. Service corridors shall
als having a health-hazard ranking of 1 or 2 and to
be designed and constructed in accordance with the Interna-
conditions not specifically addressed in this section.
tional Building Code.
2705.3.2 Transport in corridors and enclosures for stair-
ways and ramps. Transport in corridors and enclosures for  Under this section, in new buildings, or where a fabri-
stairways and ramps shall be in accordance with Sections cation area is added in an existing building, service
2705.3.2.1 through 2705.3.3. passageways are separate spaces dedicated to the
transportation of HPM between cutoff rooms, the
 This section identifies the requirements for HPM perimeter walls of fabrication areas and the building’s
transport in corridors, and stairway and ramp enclo- exterior. Service passageways must not be used as
sures. elements of a means of egress. Requirements of
2705.3.2.1 Fabrication area alterations. Where existing Section 2705.3.4 must govern the number, capacity
fabrication areas are altered or modified in existing buildings, and type of HPM containers transported in service
HPM is allowed to be transported in existing corridors where passageways.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2705.3.4 Carts and trucks. Carts and trucks used to trans-

port HPM in corridors and enclosures for stairways and
ramps shall comply with Section 5003.10.3.
 This section identifies the requirements for carts and
trucks used to transport HPM in corridors and stair-
way and ramp enclosures in existing buildings con-
taining existing fabrication areas. Both Section
2705.3.2 and this section are specific to HPM, and
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
specific only to HPM in glass containers, HPM gas
cylinders and the carts and trucks allowed for the
transport of HPM through corridors and stairway and
ramp enclosures. The general handling and transpor-
tation requirements addressed in Section 5003.10
apply to materials having a hazard ranking of 1 or 2
and to conditions not specifically addressed in Sec-
tion 2705.3.2 and this section.
2705.3.4.1 Identification. Carts and trucks shall be marked
to indicate the contents.
 Cart or truck enclosures must bear placards or signs
indicating the contents transported. A combination of
DOTn and NFPA 704 placards is ideal for this pur-
pose. Materials possibly posing a danger of reaction
if mixed should never be transported together.
Bibliography
code:
ANSI/FM 4910—2013, American National Standard for
Clean Room Materials Flammability Test Protocol.
Norwood, MA: FM Global, 2013.
Council, 2014.
Fire Protection Guide to Hazardous Materials, 13th edi-
tion. Quincy, MA: National Fire Protection Associa-
tion, 2001.
27-22 Code Council

Chapter 28:
Lumber Yards and Agro-industrial, Solid
Biomass and Woodworking Facilities
General Comments fighters at more advanced stages. Adherence to these
requirements will help secure these objectives.
Woodworking, agro-industrial, solid biomass feedstock
and forest product processing facilities tend to be
located close to the source of the raw material, but facil- Purpose
ities manufacturing finished products for the building Most everyone is familiar with the hazards of wood as a
trade industries may be found in or near most urban fuel; however, the scale of wood, agro-industrial, solid
areas. Any facility using mechanical methods to work biomass feedstock and forest product storage, manu-
wood and solid biomass into a more finished form pro- facturing and processing operations stretches the limita-
duces dust or debris. The smaller the fuel package, the tions of their understanding. Wood has long been used
more easily ignitable it will be. In fact, extremely fine as a reference fuel for understanding fire, but the sheer
wood dust or wood flour may even produce deflagra- volume of materials present and the variety of fuel pack-
tions (explosions) under the right conditions. Explosion ages represented in these occupancies make this a
prevention practices must be implemented to minimize hazard requiring special attention.
the potential for such hazards. Accumulations of dust Sawdust, wood chips, shavings, bark mulch, shorts,
must be prevented, controlled mechanically or removed finished planks, sheets, posts, poles, timber and raw
frequently. Automatic fire suppression systems are logs represent a broad continuum of fuels. What they all
required by Section 903.2.4.1. Deflagration venting (see bear in common is the hazard they represent once
NFPA 69 and NFPA 495) is required where substantial ignited; what is unique about each of these materials is
amounts of dust are usually present. Areas where dust the ease or difficulty with which any single fuel package
suspensions exist are considered Class II hazardous may be ignited. The regulations recognize both of these
locations by NFPA 70. Manual fire-fighting equipment concerns.
must be provided in the immediate vicinity of each Provisions of this chapter are intended to prevent
machine because dust cannot be completely eliminated fires and explosions, facilitate fire control and reduce
in any woodworking or wood-processing area. exposures to and from facilities storing, selling or pro-
Methods and procedures used to control hazards cessing wood and forest products.
associated with wood, agro-industrial, solid biomass This chapter requires active and passive fire protec-
feedstock and forest product storage, sale and process- tion features to reduce on- and off-site exposures, limit
ing must recognize not only the fuel properties but the fire size and development, and facilitate fire fighting by
need to control and eliminate ignition sources, minimize employees and the fire service. Design and mainte-
the effect of fires and explosions, and facilitate fire con-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
nance of these facilities must provide access to equip-
trol efforts by occupants at the incipient phase and fire ment and exposures to facilitate fire control.
SECTION 2801
GENERAL 2801.2 Permit. Permits shall be required as set forth in Sec-
2801.1 Scope. The storage, manufacturing and processing of tion 105.6.
solid biomass feedstock, timber, lumber, plywood, nonmetal-  Section 105.6.26 has a permit threshold amount for
lic pallets, veneers and agro-industrial byproducts shall be in lumber storage of 100,000 board feet [8,333 cubic
accordance with this chapter. feet (236 m3)] of lumber. The board foot is a measure-
 These provisions are intended to prevent fires and ment used in the lumber and building trades. One
explosions in lumber yards, woodworking plants and board foot (0.93 m2) is the cubic volume of a piece of
lumber drying and other similar operations. Further, lumber 1 foot square (0.93 m2) and 1 inch (25 mm)
provisions are intended to facilitate fire-fighting oper- thick or approximately 0.083 cubic foot (0.002 m3).
ations in these occupancies in the event of a fire. Then, 100,000 board feet [8,333 cubic feet (236 m3)]
is a cubic volume of 8,333 cubic feet (236 m3) or a

LUMBER YARDS AND AGRO-INDUSTRIAL, SOLID BIOMASS AND WOODWORKING FACILITIES
solid pile of lumber approximately 20 feet, 5 inches by the function of the open space, especially that of pro-
20 feet, 5 inches (6223 mm by 6223 mm) by the max- viding fire department access to the building.
imum allowable height of 20 feet (6096 mm). The per- 2803.2 Dust control. Equipment or machinery located inside
mit requirement is intended to facilitate the regulation buildings that generates or emits combustible dust shall be
of hazards presented by quantities of lumber exceed- provided with an approved dust collection and exhaust sys-
ing that amount. tem installed in accordance with Chapter 22 and the Interna-
tional Mechanical Code. Equipment or systems that are used
to collect, process or convey combustible dusts shall be pro-
SECTION 2802 vided with an approved explosion control system.
DEFINITIONS
 The basic wood-processing activities related to lum-
ber yards and woodworking facilities generate large
ter 2:
volumes of wood particles suspended in the air, cre-
AGRO-INDUSTRIAL. ating a potentially explosive form of dust. Where such
BIOMASS. activities are located inside of buildings, this section
requires that combustible dust be controlled by an
COLD DECK. approved dust-collection and exhaust system
FINES. designed and installed in accordance with Chapter
HOGGED MATERIALS. 22, and Sections 510 and 511 of the International
Mechanical Code (IMC). There are two basic
PLYWOOD AND VENEER MILLS. designs of dust collection systems. One is a single-
RAW PRODUCT. stage system that consists of a single dust collector in
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
SOLID BIOFUEL. the form of a cyclone separator or a combination
cyclone/baghouse unit. The other is a two-stage sys-
SOLID BIOMASS FEEDSTOCK. tem that consists of a cyclone separator followed by a
STATIC PILES. bag-type filter house.
An approved explosion control system is also
TIMBER AND LUMBER PRODUCTION FACILITIES.
required for the equipment and systems that collect
 Definitions of terms can help in the understanding and convey the combustible dust. Such systems
and application of the code requirements. This sec- should be installed in accordance with Section 911.
tion directs the code user to Chapter 2 for the proper 2803.2.1 Explosion venting. Where a dust explosion hazard
application of the indicated terms used in this chap- exists in equipment rooms, buildings or other enclosures,
ter. Terms may be defined in Chapter 2 or in another such areas shall be provided with explosion (deflagration)
International Code® (I-Code®) as indicated in Section venting or an approved explosion suppression system com-
201.3, or the dictionary meaning may be all that is plying with Section 911.
201.4).  When wood dust is ignited while suspended in air in
concentrations above the minimum combustible con-
centration (MCC), it burns violently, producing a def-
SECTION 2803 lagration. This likelihood depends on the
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS concentration of fuel per unit volume. Most of the
2803.1 Open yards. Open yards required by the Interna- time, dust-collection systems remove the larger dust
tional Building Code shall be maintained around structures. particles, allowing the finer particles to pass through
the system and reenter the production area. The finer
 The International Building Code® (IBC®) requires that dust can create an explosion and fire hazard unless
certain buildings face an open space on at least one an approved suppression system is used.
side. The open spaces may be a yard required for the 2803.3 Waste removal. Sawmills, planning mills and other
purpose of providing light and ventilation (see the woodworking plants shall be equipped with a waste removal
commentary to the IBC Section 202 definition of system that will collect and remove sawdust and shavings.
“Yard” and IBC Section 1206) or they may be a public Such systems shall be installed in accordance with Chapter
way provided in order to achieve an increase in build- 22 and the International Mechanical Code.
ing area called a “frontage increase” (see the com-
mentary to IBC Section 202 definition of “Public way” Exception: Manual waste removal where approved.
and IBC Section 506.3), or to allow a building to be  Like many other organic materials, sawdust, wood
considered an “unlimited area building” (see the com- chips and other similar waste materials are suscepti-
mentary to IBC Section 507). Regardless of the pur- ble to spontaneous heat. Pilings and debris must be
pose of the open space, this section requires that the turned over or consumed regularly to minimize the
space be maintained and be free of obstructions potential for spontaneous combustion. Some waste
associated with the outdoor storage of the materials material is used as fuel and some might go to pulp or
regulated by Chapter 28, which could interfere with particleboard manufacturers. Finer material is
28-2 Code Council

removed by air-moving equipment, cyclones or air 2803.5.3 Smoking. Where smoking constitutes a fire hazard,
bags. Chapter 22 and the IMC give the installation the fire code official is authorized to order the owner or occu-
requirements for waste removal systems. pant to post approved “No Smoking” signs complying with
2803.3.1 Housekeeping. Provisions shall be made for a sys- Section 310. The fire code official is authorized to designate
tematic and thorough cleaning of the entire plant at sufficient specific locations where smoking is allowed.
intervals to prevent the accumulations of combustible dust  Smoking must not be allowed in a woodworking facil-
and spilled combustible or flammable liquids. ity. Considering the abundance of existing fuel, with
 Good housekeeping should be maintained at all much of it in an easily ignitable form, smoking con-
times, including regular and frequent cleaning of trols are an absolute necessity in lumber yards and
material-handling equipment. Combustible waste forest products facilities. Smoking materials being
materials, such as bark, chips and other debris, discarded improperly are an ignition threat in wood-
should not be allowed to accumulate in amounts that working facilities.
will constitute a fire hazard. Air-moving systems 2803.6 Fire apparatus access roads. Fire apparatus access
should be designed to remove or dilute transient roads shall be provided for buildings and facilities in accor-
flammable vapors. dance with Section 503.
2803.3.2 Metal scrap. Provision shall be made for separately  Required driveways provide access for fire apparatus
collecting and disposing of any metal scrap so that such scrap and create fire breaks between piles. Access roads
will not enter the wood handling or processing equipment. must be sized to allow fire emergency equipment to
 Waste material from rough milling is carried by a belt enter and perform emergency operations. Section
conveyor to the wood hog, which cuts the waste into 503 gives required dimensions for access roads.
small pieces. The conveyor should have a magnetic 2803.7 Access plan. Where storage pile configurations could
separator to keep metal from causing fires in the hog, change because of changes in product operations and pro-
pneumatic conveyors and waste-storage silos. Waste cessing, the access plan shall be submitted for approval when
material that is swept up and carried to the hog is required by the fire code official.
hazardous because the trash often contains metal
objects.  A site plan showing access to the facilities with con-
2803.4 Electrical equipment. Electrical wiring and equip- sideration given to pile location, access roads,
ment shall comply with NFPA 70. hydrant locations and building locations must be pre-
sented to the fire code official for approval prior to
 Arcs, sparks and loose connections often supply the construction.
ignition source that a vapor or combustible material
needs for fire. Electrical equipment must be listed for
the use it is installed for and comply with the require- SECTION 2804
ments of NFPA 70. FIRE PROTECTION
2803.5 Control of ignition sources. Protection from ignition 2804.1 General. Fire protection in timber and lumber pro-
sources shall be provided in accordance with Sections duction mills, plywood and veneer mills and agro-industrial
2803.5.1 through 2803.5.3. facilities shall comply with Sections 2804.2 through 2804.4.
 The two key points that will reduce fire losses in stor-  This section introduces and establishes the applica-
age areas of forest products are reduction in the bility of Sections 2804.2 through 2804.4.
sources of ignition and a positive program for detect-
ing incipient fires. The following subsections address 2804.2 Fire alarms. An approved means for transmitting
sources of ignition. Section 2804 addresses pro- alarms to the fire department shall be provided in timber and
grams and systems for early detection of fires. lumber production mills and plywood and veneer mills.
2803.5.1 Cutting and welding. Cutting and welding shall  The fire department must be notified if a fire occurs in
comply with Chapter 35. the facility. How the fire department is notified must
be approved by the local fire code official. This may
 No cutting, welding or other use of open flames and be by a manual fire alarm system with pull stations,
spark-producing equipment are allowed in the stor- monitored phone lines or another approved system.
age area without a permit.
2804.2.1 Manual fire alarms. A manual fire alarm system
2803.5.2 Static electricity. Static electricity shall be pre-
complying with Section 907.2 shall be installed in areas of
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
vented from accumulating on machines and equipment sub-

timber and lumber production mills and for plywood and
ject to static electricity buildup by permanent grounding and
veneer mills that contain product dryers.
bonding wires or other approved means.
Exception: Where dryers or other sources of ignition are
 Static electricity builds up on operating machines protected by a supervised automatic sprinkler system com-
because of the movement of product and machine.
plying with Section 903.
Proper grounding and bonding of equipment prevents
static electricity from producing an ignition source  Manual fire alarm systems usually have means for
and igniting a fire. local notification, but according to Section 2804.2,

alarm systems must have the means to transmit the 2805.3 Thermal oil-heating systems. Facilities that use heat
alarm to fire departments. transfer fluids to provide process equipment heat through
2804.3 Portable fire extinguishers or standpipes and hose. piped, indirect heating systems shall comply with this code
Portable fire extinguishers or standpipes and hose supplied and NFPA 664.
from an approved water system shall be provided within a  The transfer of heated fluids for process equipment
50-foot (15 240 mm) distance of travel from any machine presents a fire hazard. A ruptured pipe line could
producing shavings or sawdust. Portable fire extinguishers expose fine particles of wood products to the heated
shall be provided in accordance with Section 906 for extra- fluid, thus creating the potential for a fire. The code
high hazards. and Chapter 9 of NFPA 664 address the require-
 The degree of protection will vary from facility to facil- ments for installation of this equipment.
ity, but the basic recommendation is for a water sys-
tem of mains and hydrants capable of supplying at
least 1,000 gallons per minute (gpm) (60 L/s). Stand- SECTION 2806
pipes will provide a hose within 50 feet (15 240 mm) LOG STORAGE AREAS
of shaving and sanding machines. Portable fire extin- 2806.1 General. Log storage areas shall comply with Sec-
guishers are good initial fire knockdown equipment. tions 2806.2 through 2806.3.
Section 906 gives these requirements.  The intent of this section is to provide fire protection
2804.4 Automatic sprinkler systems. Automatic sprinkler advice for minimizing fire hazards in log-yard storage
systems shall be installed in accordance with Section areas that contain saw, plywood or pulpwood logs
903.3.1.1. stored in ranked piles, usually referred to as “cold
 This section does not require the installation of a decks”. Stacked piles of cordwood are not addressed
sprinkler system. Rather, where a sprinkler system is unless they are stored in ranked piles.
provided as required by the occupancy group classifi- 2806.2 Cold decks. Cold decks shall not exceed 500 feet
cation, this section mandates it be installed in accor- (152.4 m) in length, 300 feet (91 440 mm) in width and 20
dance with Section 903.3.1.1, which references feet (6096 mm) in height. Cold decks shall be separated from
NFPA 13. adjacent cold decks or other exposures by not less than 100
feet (30 480 mm).
Exception: The size of cold decks shall be determined by
SECTION 2805 the fire code official where the decks are protected by spe-
PLYWOOD, VENEER AND cial fire protection including, but not limited to, additional
COMPOSITE BOARD MILLS fire flow, portable turrets and deluge sets, and hydrant
2805.1 General. Plant operations of plywood, veneer and hose houses equipped with approved fire-fighting equip-
composite board mills shall comply with Sections 2805.2 and ment capable of reaching the entire storage area in accor-
2805.3. dance with Chapter 9.
 This section addresses protection of dryers and  Because of the fire load that they present, cold decks
installation requirements for thermal oil-heating sys- (see commentary to the Section 202 definition of
tems. “Cold deck”) must be limited in size and isolated from
2805.2 Dryer protection. Dryers shall be protected through- one another as prescribed in this section. All sides of
out by an approved, automatic deluge water-spray suppres- the cold deck should be accessible to fire apparatus
sion system complying with Chapter 9. Deluge heads shall be over hard-surface fire apparatus access roads. The
inspected quarterly for pitch buildup. Deluge heads shall be suggested width of a cold deck fire apparatus access
flushed during regular maintenance for functional operation. road is one and one-half times the height of the pile
Manual activation valves shall be located within 75 feet (22 but a minimum of 20 feet (6096 mm) between alter-
860 mm) of the drying equipment. nate rows of two pile groups separated by a clear
space of 100 feet (30 480 mm). See the commentary
 A deluge system is a good protective measure for the to Section 503 for further discussion of fire apparatus
interior of dryers. This kind of protection is especially access roads.
important in veneer mills where the temperature of
the dryer may approach 392°F (200°C), which is the 2806.3 Pile stability. Log and pole piles shall be stabilized
nominal ignition temperature of wood. Smoke sen- by approved means.
sors should activate the deluge system and automati-  Stabilizing the log and pole piles minimizes hazards
cally shut down fans, burners and drive machinery. in two ways. In a fire, the piles become weak and can
Manual trips should also be installed at each end of fall on the fire fighters, but the stabilizing method will
the dryer.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
28-4 Code Council

assist in their protection. The method also minimizes spot fires. The plan shall be submitted to the fire code official
the risk of logs falling on people and causing death or for review and approval.
injury when no fire emergency exists.  As in all potential hazards, an emergency plan should
be designed for monitoring and fighting spot fires.
The plan must be submitted to the fire code official for
SECTION 2807
review and approval.
STORAGE OF WOOD CHIPS AND HOGGED
MATERIAL ASSOCIATED WITH TIMBER AND
LUMBER PRODUCTION FACILITIES SECTION 2808
2807.1 General. The storage of wood chips and hogged STORAGE AND PROCESSING OF WOOD CHIPS,
materials associated with timber and lumber production facil- HOGGED MATERIAL, FINES, COMPOST, SOLID
ities shall comply with Sections 2807.2 through 2807.5. BIOMASS FEEDSTOCK AND RAW PRODUCT
 This section gives fire protection guidance for mini- ASSOCIATED WITH YARD WASTE, AGRO-
mizing fire hazards in yard storage areas containing INDUSTRIAL AND RECYCLING FACILITIES
wood chips and hogged materials. Each individual 2808.1 General. The storage and processing of wood chips,
facility will have its own special conditions for yard hogged materials, fines, compost, solid biomass feedstock
use, handling procedures and topography. Fire safety and raw product produced from yard waste, debris and agro-
is also affected by climate conditions, wood species industrial and recycling facilities shall comply with Sections
and the age of the piles. 2808.2 through 2808.10.
2807.2 Size of piles. Piles shall not exceed 60 feet (18 288  This section contains fire protection guidance for min-
mm) in height, 300 feet (91 440 mm) in width and 500 feet imizing fire hazards in yard storage areas containing
(152 m) in length. Piles shall be separated from adjacent piles wood chips and hogged materials, fines, compost,
or other exposures by approved fire apparatus access roads. raw materials and solid biomass feedstock.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Exception: The fire code official is authorized to allow 2808.2 Storage site. Storage sites shall be level and on solid
the pile size to be increased where additional fire protec- ground, elevated soil lifts or other all-weather surface. Sites
tion is provided in accordance with Chapter 9. The shall be thoroughly cleaned before transferring wood prod-
increase shall be based on the capabilities of the system ucts to the site.
installed.
 The storage site should be reasonably level, solid
 Restrictions on pile size are established for practical ground or paved with blacktop, concrete or other hard
reasons. When the piles are made low and narrow, surface material. The surface must be thoroughly
fire extinguishment is enhanced. When the piles are cleaned of scrap and debris before beginning a new
extremely high and wide, fire extinguishment is ham- pile.
pered and arrangements must be made for fire-fight- 2808.3 Size of piles. Piles shall not exceed 25 feet (7620 mm)
ing service. Piles should also be constructed with an in height, 150 feet (45 720 mm) in width and 250 feet (76 200
access roadway to the top of the pile to make all parts mm) in length.
of the pile accessible to fire fighters.
Exception: The fire code official is authorized to allow
2807.3 Pile fire protection. Automatic sprinkler protection
the pile size to be increased where a fire protection plan is
shall be provided in conveyor tunnels and combustible enclo-
provided for approval that includes, but is not limited to,
sures that pass under a pile. Combustible or enclosed con-
the following:
veyor systems shall be equipped with an approved automatic
sprinkler system. 1. Storage yard areas and materials-handling equip-
ment selection, design and arrangement shall be
 Automatic sprinklers are needed because of the diffi- based upon sound fire prevention and protection
culty of manual fire suppression operations in con- principles.
cealed, enclosed and elevated areas.
2. Factors that lead to spontaneous heating shall be
2807.4 Material-handling equipment. Approved material-
identified in the plan, and control of the various fac-
handling equipment shall be readily available for moving
tors shall be identified and implemented, including
wood chips and hogged material.
provisions for monitoring the internal condition of
 Bulldozers and power-operated shovel and scoop the pile.
vehicles are examples of the material-handling equip- 3. The plan shall include means for early fire detection
ment needed to move stored material and, thus, and reporting to the public fire department; and
make fire fighting easier. facilities needed by the fire department for fire
2807.5 Emergency plan. The owner or operator shall extinguishment including a water supply and fire
develop a plan for monitoring, controlling and extinguishing hydrants.

4. Fire apparatus access roads around the piles and under certain conditions. Unless procedures are
access roads to the top of the piles shall be estab- established for measuring internal temperatures, fires
lished, identified and maintained. could burn undetected for long periods before smoke
5. Regular yard inspections by trained personnel shall is seen or produced at the surface. These piles must
be included as part of an effective fire prevention be monitored on a fixed schedule and records kept of
maintenance program. the results of these inspections.
2808.7 Pile fire protection. Automatic sprinkler protection
Additional fire protection called for in the plan shall be
shall be provided in conveyor tunnels and combustible enclo-
provided and shall be installed in accordance with this
sures that pass under a pile. Combustible conveyor systems
code. The increase of the pile size shall be based upon the
and enclosed conveyor systems shall be equipped with an
capabilities of the installed fire protection systems and fea-
approved automatic sprinkler system.
tures.
 Restrictions on pile sizes are established for good  Automatic sprinklers are needed because of the diffi-
and practical reasons. When the piles are made low culty of manual fire suppression operations in con-
and narrow, fire extinguishment is enhanced. When cealed, enclosed and elevated areas (see
the piles are extremely high and wide, fire extinguish- commentary, Section 2807.3).
ment is hampered and arrangements must be made 2808.8 Fire extinguishers. Portable fire extinguishers com-
for fire-fighting service. This section provides tools plying with Section 906 and with a minimum rating of 4-
and guidance for fire code officials when proposals to A:60-B:C shall be provided on all vehicles and equipment
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
increase pile size are submitted. The protection operating on piles and at all processing equipment.
needed for increased pile size includes fire flows  Each vehicle operating in the area must be equipped
through a hydrant system, fire apparatus access with a portable fire extinguisher that provides the fire
roads, means for monitoring pile temperatures, a extinguishing equivalent of 5 gallons (19 L) of water
means of notifying the fire department and a sound for use on a substantial Class A fire and is effective
fire prevention maintenance program. The exception for flammable liquids and energized electrical compo-
provides for these features to be addressed in a fire nents.
protection plan submittal to the fire code official for
approval. The systems installed are covered by vari- 2808.9 Material-handling equipment. Approved material-
ous portions of the code, such as fire apparatus handling equipment shall be available for moving wood
access roads covered in Chapter 5. The exception chips, hogged material, wood fines and raw product during
also replaces and codifies criteria that were formerly fire-fighting operations.
contained in referenced standards (NFPA 46 and  Bulldozers and power-operated shovel and scoop
NFPA 230) but have been withdrawn by NFPA. vehicles are examples of the material-handling equip-
2808.4 Pile separation. Piles shall be separated from adja- ment needed to move stored material and, thus,
cent piles by approved fire apparatus access roads. make fire fighting easier. Pile surfaces can usually be
removed with this type of equipment.
 In order to slow the spread of fire from pile to pile, as
well as to provide the fire department with tactical 2808.10 Emergency plan. The owner or operator shall
access to all parts of the pile storage area, piles must develop a plan for monitoring, controlling and extinguishing
be subdivided by fire apparatus access roads at least spot fires and submit the plan to the fire code official for
20 feet (6096 mm) in clear width at the base of the review and approval.
piles, in accordance with Section 503.2.1 (see also  As in all potential hazards, an emergency plan should
commentary, Section 2809.3). be designed for monitoring and fighting spot fires.
2808.5 Combustible waste. The storage, accumulation and The plan must be submitted to the fire code official for
handling of combustible materials and control of vegetation review and approval.
shall comply with Chapter 3.
 Section 304 addresses vegetation and combustible
waste requirements for minimizing hazards. SECTION 2809
EXTERIOR STORAGE
2808.6 Static pile protection. Static piles shall be monitored OF FINISHED LUMBER AND
by an approved means to measure temperatures within the SOLID BIOFUEL PRODUCTS
static piles. Internal pile temperatures shall be monitored and
recorded weekly. Such records shall be maintained. An oper- 2809.1 General. Exterior storage of finished lumber and
ational plan indicating procedures and schedules for the solid biofuel products shall comply with Sections 2809.1
inspection, monitoring and restricting of excessive internal through 2809.5.
temperatures in static piles shall be submitted to the fire code  The following sections address the size and height of
official for review and approval. piles, access roads and fire protection requirements
 Inherent to long-term bulk storage of chips, fines, for exterior lumber and solid biofuel storage.
compost and hogged materials is internal heating, 2809.2 Size of piles. Exterior storage shall be arranged to
which can progress to spontaneous combustion form stable piles with a maximum height of 20 feet (6096
28-6 Code Council

mm). Piles shall not exceed 150,000 cubic feet (4248 m3) in provide not only fire department access to all parts of
volume. the pile array, but also fire breaks between piles. This
section correlates with Section 2809.2 by effectively
 Bulk dimension lumber and solid biofuel represent
limiting lumber piles to 150,000 cubic feet each (150
fuel packages of considerable volume in occupancies
feet by 50 feet by 20 feet high or 1,800,000 board
such as wholesale and retail yards and distribution
feet) (4248 m2) between fire apparatus access roads.
warehouses. Complicating matters, these facilities
The fire apparatus access roads must be arranged to
are often located in urban areas and close to the con-
sumer. Forest products processing plants and saw- provide clear, unobstructed access to required yard
hydrants (see Section 2809.5), be a minimum of 20
mills, on the other hand, are usually closer to the raw
material. Though dimension lumber may be harder to feet (6096 mm) wide in accordance with Section
503.2.1, have an all-weather driving surface in accor-
ignite than sawdust, scrap or waste, once ignited, it
may expose more people and property to danger. To dance with Section 503.2.3, and provide adequate
turning radii in accordance with Section 503.2.4 (see
manage this hazard, the code places limitations on
pile heights and sizes, requires fire apparatus access Commentary Figure 2809.3). Where Appendix D is
also adopted, approved turnarounds must be pro-
roadways (see Section 2809.3) and prescribes fire
protection features (see Section 2809.5). vided so that the fire apparatus can maneuver to pro-
tect exposures, as well as fire fighters.
For example, pile limitations provide a means of
controlling the size of potential fires and facilitate the 2809.4 Security. Permanent storage areas shall be sur-
fire-fighting process. Lumber in open piles is often rounded with an approved fence. Fences shall be not less than
stacked on dunnage to prevent damage. Spaces 6 feet (1829 mm) in height.
formed by this material create a flue space that may Exceptions:
not only contribute to fire spread, but also may result
1. Lumber piles inside of buildings and production
in structural collapse of the pile.
mills for lumber, plywood and veneer.
2809.3 Fire apparatus access roads. Fire apparatus access
roads in accordance with Section 503 shall be located so that 2. Solid biofuel piles inside of buildings and agro-
a maximum grid system unit of 50 feet by 150 feet (15 240 industrial processing facilities for solid biomass
mm by 45 720 mm) is established. feedstock.
 Fire apparatus access roads must be spaced on a  Fences for site security must be installed around the
maximum grid system as required by this section to perimeter of the storage yard to limit access to stored
materials and deter theft, vandalism and arson. This

Figure 2809.3
LUMBER YARD FIRE APPARATUS ACCESS ROADS
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

section assumes that equivalent security is provided Pumping Apparatus Driver/Operator Handbook. Stillwa-
where storage is confined to a building. Open struc- ter, OK: International Fire service Training Associa-
tures or weather shelters over stored materials do not tion, 2015.
qualify for the exception.
2809.5 Fire protection. An approved hydrant and hose sys-
tem or portable fire-extinguishing equipment suitable for the
fire hazard involved shall be provided for open storage yards.
Hydrant and hose systems shall be installed in accordance
with NFPA 24. Portable fire extinguishers complying with
Section 906 shall be located so that the distance of travel
from the nearest unit does not exceed 75 feet (22 860 mm).
 Open storage yards can involve significant land areas
and are often situated a substantial distance from
public rights-of-way and public fire mains. Yard
hydrant and private fire service main systems facili-
tate ready access to water for fire fighting by public or
private fire-fighting forces. The yard hydrant system
must be fed by a water supply of sufficient volume
and duration to provide adequate protection where
the public water supply provides inadequate volume
or pressure to protect the facility. The fire flows
required will, of necessity, be substantial because of
the large land areas that can be included within the
boundaries of a lumber yard. Water may need to be
delivered to the scene by fire department tankers in
rural areas where there is no public water supply.
Further information and guidance on water supplies
may be obtained from NFPA 1142 and the Interna-
tional Fire Service Training Association (IFSTA)
Pumping Apparatus Driver/Operator Handbook.
Installation of private fire protection systems must
conform to the appropriate NFPA standards, includ-
ing: yard hydrants and private fire mains (NFPA 24);
water tanks for private fire protection (NFPA 22) and
stationary fire pumps (NFPA 20).
Portable fire extinguishers must be provided for
incipient fire fighting and be protected from freezing.
Additionally, approved hose houses, properly
equipped as described in NFPA 24, may be con-
nected to the yard hydrant system. Travel distance to
an extinguisher is limited to 75 feet (22 860 mm) so
that manual efforts can be undertaken while the fire is
still small enough to respond to first-aid fire-fighting
efforts.
Bibliography
code:
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Council, 2014.
NFPA 1142—Standard on Water Supplies for Suburban
and Rural Fire Fighting 2012 Edition. Quincy MA:
28-8 Code Council

Chapter 29:
Manufacture of Organic Coatings
General Comments factured. Consequently, the risk of ignition is usually
present. Special precautions must be used to protect
The term “organic coatings” is used to describe diverse electrical and mechanical ignition sources.
compounds formulated to protect buildings, machines Requirements of this chapter focus on the separation
and objects from the effects of weather, corrosion and and control of ignition and fuel sources. Housekeeping is
hostile environmental exposures. Paint for architectural also emphasized to limit the quantity of ignitable mate-
and industrial uses comprises the bulk of organic coat- rial. Storage of flammable and combustible liquids must
ing production. Most paints remain solvent-based, conform to Chapter 57. Application of organic coatings
though the use of water-based products is becoming and other flammable finishes must conform to Chapter
more widespread. The most common solvents include: 24. Aerosol-charging operations and storage should
mineral spirits, naphtha (VM&P), xylene, toluene, conform to both Chapter 51 and NFPA 30B. Organic
methyl ethyl ketone (MEK), methyl isobutyl ketone peroxide storage must conform to Chapter 62. Cellulose
(MIBK), acetone, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, butanol, nitrate storage and handling are regulated by Chapter
isopropanol, ethylene glycol and propylene glycol, most 65.
of which are Class I flammable liquids with flash points Hazards. In declining order, the most hazardous
less than 100°F (38°C). Other coatings are asphaltic organic coating processes are nitrocellulose lacquer
and bituminous (for example, roofing tar). Most prod- manufacturing and aerosol-charging operations, fol-
ucts in this category are Class II combustible liquids lowed by those involving Class I flammable liquids,
with flash points between 100°F and 140°F (38°C and Class II combustible liquids and resin manufacturing.
60°C). Manufacture of water-based products poses little haz-
The manufacture of organic coatings encompasses ard, although many water-based coatings exhibit a flash
operations that produce decorative and protective coat- point when tested in a closed-cup apparatus. Research
ings for architectural uses, industrial products and other conducted by the National Paint and Coatings Associa-
specialized purposes. Requirements of this chapter tion (NPCA) in 1977, however, indicates that these
address the hazards associated with the manufacture of products pose little fire hazard. Ignition of solvent
solvent-based organic coatings. Water-based materials vapors released from products during the manufactur-
are exempt from these requirements. ing process and flammable liquid spills are considered
In 1990, Harris and Swartz explained that the manu- the most serious hazards encountered in daily opera-
facture of organic coatings consists of the following six tions. Concern about both of these scenarios is com-
steps: pounded by the fact that the mixing, pumping, agitation
• Pigment dispersion. and filtering of organic chemicals generate large
• Mixing of raw materials and intermediates. amounts of static electricity, which is the most common
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ignition source in paint and coating fires.
• Thinning and tinting.
Nitrocellulose. Hazards associated with nitrocellulose
• Quality-control testing and adjustment. deserve special attention. Nitrocellulose is a generic
• Filtering. term used to describe a group of highly flammable
• Filling into shipping containers. organic fibers and other solid materials, usually cotton
or wood, in fibrous or finely divided form with nitrogen
Of these six steps, those involving mixing, thinning contents between 10.5 and 12.6 percent. The most
and container filling are of the most concern. Organic dangerous characteristic of these materials is their abil-
solvents are producers of static electricity, especially ity to support combustion in the absence of oxygen.
when agitated. If dissipation of static electricity is not This quality makes fire extinguishment extremely diffi-
controlled, agitation of these fluids can release enough cult. These materials are usually shipped and stored in
energy to ignite flammable vapors. Static sparks are the 55-gallon (208 L) drums; however, dry product may be
most common source of ignition in organic coating fires. found in either fiber or cardboard drums.
By far, the most hazardous organic coating to manu- Nitrocellulose is usually stored in one of four raw
facture is nitrocellulose lacquer because of the release forms: solvent-wet, water-wet, plasticized or dry. Of
of Class I flammable liquid vapors. Nitrocellulose is com- these four forms, solvent-wet nitrocellulose (with alco-
monly shipped and stored alcohol-wet. This material hol as the usual solvent) is most common, while dry is
becomes increasingly unstable as temperatures most hazardous. Dry nitrocellulose must be avoided in
increase, thus making it capable of breaking down and all operations. Solvent-wet nitrocellulose possesses the
burning in the absence of oxygen. Flammable vapors same relative hazard as the solvent. Though relatively
nearly always exist where organic coatings are manu- stable at room temperature, alcohol-wet nitrocellulose

MANUFACTURE OF ORGANIC COATINGS
decomposes rapidly as temperatures increase; there- tures), keeping the two apart is nearly impossible.
fore, maintaining room temperature and adequate venti- Safeguards must, therefore, be placed to minimize the
lation is extremely important. Metal drums of the likelihood that a flammable mixture will be ignited.
material must be carefully handled to prevent ignition. Some of the most fundamental practices for controlling
Drums should never be pushed across the floor or any ignition sources are:
other surface. Relatively small amounts of frictional heat • Installing grounds.
may ignite the material inside the drum. Burning nitro-
• Observing bonding practices.
cellulose produces harmful oxides of nitrogen and car-
bon monoxide (see commentary, Chapter 65). • Installing and maintaining electrical equipment
Spills. Good housekeeping and prompt responses to classified for hazardous locations.
spills are extremely important fire protection practices. • Using nonsparking tools.
Though not always successful in preventing a disaster,
Purging and inerting systems are often employed
the prompt response of the occupants can often keep
where static electricity cannot be adequately dissipated
the hazard contained and under control until help
(for example, pebble mixers).
arrives. Such was the case at a Sherwin-Williams paint
Housekeeping. Good housekeeping practices, includ-
warehouse in Dayton, Ohio, in May 1987, where the
ing the cleanup of spills and residues, are imperative.
quick response of employees to a small spill [8 gallons
Cleanup programs should follow a regular schedule,
to 10 gallons (30 L to 38 L)] saved a worker whose
and every effort should be made to keep the plant as
clothing caught on fire. It is very likely that the employ-
clean and orderly as possible. Nitrocellulose residues
ees’ training and experience prevented their coworker’s
should be swept up using a wet-chamber vacuum only.
death.
Loose material and scraps must be stored in metal con-
After their spill control efforts failed, the employees
tainers with tight-fitting, self-closing or automatic-closing
promptly evacuated the building and activated the fire
lids.
alarm system, resulting in the notification of other
Installed fire protection systems must conform to the
employees working in different areas of the building, as
code and the requirements of the International Building
well as the local fire department through the central sta-
Code® (IBC®) or another building code in effect at the
tion. Sherwin-Williams employees at the Dayton facility
were well trained and well drilled in spill and emergency time of construction, addition or alteration. Automatic
response procedures. After the incident, employee sprinklers, foam-water sprinklers or deluge foam-water
interviews conducted by the fire department, National sprinklers must be installed and maintained, in accor-
Fire Protection Association (NFPA) and Building Offi- dance with the code and the appropriate referenced
cials and Code Administrators (BOCA) investigators standard indicated in Chapter 9 of the code where
suggested that this program had successfully averted required by the IBC or the code. Process hazards
disasters in the past. should be protected by special hazard systems
Mechanical Ignition Sources. During the Sherwin-Wil- designed, installed and maintained in accordance with
liams warehouse incident, a Type E lift truck was oper- the code and the appropriate NFPA standard (see
ated in an area that should have been restricted to Type Table 901.6.1) where flammable liquids exist. A method
EE or EX lift trucks (see NFPA 505). Many fire investi- must be provided to notify employees and plant fire bri-
gators believe the Type E lift truck was the ignition gade personnel if a fire occurs. Portable fire extinguish-
source; however, other possible causes, including static ers must be provided in the organic coating area and
electricity, could not be eliminated. The estimated total throughout the facility as provided in Section 2903.5
loss in damages resulting from this fire topped $49 mil- and Chapter 9.
lion, thus requiring an extensive environmental cleanup
effort. Purpose
Static Electricity. Arcs and sparks from static dis- Chapter 29 regulates materials and processes associ-
charge are the most common ignition sources in ated with the manufacture of paints, as well as bitumi-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
organic coating manufacturing plants. As stated earlier, nous, asphaltic and other organic coatings used for
organic chemicals produce a great deal of static elec- protective or decorative purposes. Painting and pro-
tricity. Special measures are required to successfully cesses related to the manufacture of nonflammable and
dissipate this energy without causing ignition. NFPA 77 noncombustible or water-based products are exempt
describes recommended practices for controlling this from the provisions of this chapter. Application of
ignition source. organic coatings is covered by Chapter 24. Elimination
Ignition Source Control. In this case, fire prevention of ignition sources, maintenance of fire protection
means preventing ignition. Because the fuel sources equipment and isolation or segregation of hazardous
(flammable liquids and vapors) usually exist, as do igni- operations are emphasized.
tion sources (static electricity, electric motors and fix-
29-2 Code Council


GENERAL GENERAL PRECAUTIONS
2901.1 Scope. Organic coating manufacturing processes shall 2903.1 Building features. Manufacturing of organic coatings
comply with this chapter, except that this chapter shall not shall be done only in buildings that do not have pits or base-
apply to processes manufacturing nonflammable or water- ments.
thinned coatings or to operations applying coating materials.
 The IBC classifies organic coating processes in
 Manufacture of flammable and combustible paints Group H-2 or H-3 occupancies, depending on the
and other protective or decorative coatings is regu- types and amounts of materials, when the maximum
lated by this chapter. Materials and processes asso- allowable quantity per control area (MAQ) of hazard-
ciated with organic coatings manufacture may ous materials in Table 307.1(1) of that code is
present explosion hazards from the ignition of vapors exceeded. Basements, pits or depressed first-floor
or dusts. Manufacture of nonflammable or water- construction are prohibited because of the tendency
based products and painting operations are not regu- for hazardous materials vapors to accumulate in low
lated by this chapter because hazards associated areas and the difficulty in fighting fires in such areas
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
with those operations are insignificant. and occupancies.
2903.2 Location. Organic coating manufacturing operations
tion 105.6.
and operations incidental to or connected with organic coat-
 Any manufacturing operation producing more than 1 ing manufacturing shall not be located in buildings having
gallon (4 L) of an organic coating per day must obtain other occupancies.
approval from the fire code official. The process of
issuing permits gives the fire code official an opportu-  Incidental occupancies involve operations and activi-
nity to carefully evaluate and regulate hazardous ties closely related to the primary occupancy and are
operations. Permit applicants should be required to necessary for efficient, continuous and safe organic
demonstrate that their operations comply with the coatings manufacture. Administration, storage, ship-
intent of the code before the permit is issued. See the ping and receiving, as well as other related but not
commentary to Section 105.6 for a general discus- indispensable operations, should be located in sepa-
sion of activities requiring an operational permit and rate buildings. Separations must have a fire-resis-
Section 105.6.35 for discussion of the specific opera- tance rating, separation distance or a combination of
tional permit for organic coating manufacturing opera- the two as required by the IBC.
tions. The process also notifies the fire department of 2903.3 Fire-fighting access. Organic coating manufacturing
the need for prefire planning for the hazardous prop- operations shall be accessible from not less than one side for
erty. the purpose of fire control. Approved aisles shall be main-
2901.3 Maintenance. Structures and their service equipment tained for the unobstructed movement of personnel and fire
shall be maintained in accordance with this code and NFPA suppression equipment.
35.
 Access from at least one side conforming to Sections
 NFPA 35 is referenced to cover maintenance require- 503 and 504 is required. Fire department connec-
ments not specifically addressed by this chapter. tions, fire protection valves, yard hydrants and related
Note that the prescribed extent of the reference to fire-fighting equipment should be sited with respect to
NFPA 35 is to only its maintenance provisions, not the provided access and hazards present (see com-
the entire standard. See commentary to Section mentary, Chapter 5). Fire department preincident
102.7. plans should consider operational alternatives if the
access is unusable when only one means of access
is provided. Design and layout of equipment and pro-
SECTION 2902 cesses must facilitate access for fire control. If pro-
DEFINITION vided, standpipes and hose reels should be located
2902.1 Definition. The following term is defined in Chapter at intersections between aisles to facilitate movement
2: of hose lines. Portable fire extinguishers must be
located in the path of egress travel.
ORGANIC COATING.
2903.4 Fire protection systems. Fire protection systems
 Definitions of terms can help in the understanding shall be installed, maintained, periodically inspected and
and application of the code requirements. This sec- tested in accordance with Chapter 9.
application of the indicated term used in this chapter.  Fire protection must be continuously maintained in
Terms may be defined in Chapter 2 or in another order to remain effective. Prior permission of the fire
International Code® (I-Code®) as indicated in Section code official is required for temporary outages for
201.3, or the dictionary meaning may be all that is maintenance, repair, testing, alterations or additions.
needed (see also commentary, Sections 201 through The fire code official may require special protection or
201.4). precautions during any outage period. Every effort

must be made to restore service as quickly as possi- 2903.9.2 Empty containers. Empty flammable or combusti-
ble (see commentary, Chapter 9). ble liquid containers shall be removed to a detached, outside
2903.5 Portable fire extinguishers. Not less than one porta- location and, if not cleaned on the premises, the empty con-
ble fire extinguisher complying with Section 906 for extra tainers shall be removed from the plant as soon as practical.
hazard shall be provided in organic coating areas.  Partially full and empty containers may pose an even
 At least one fire extinguisher is required, sized and greater hazard than full containers. Residual liquid
located for the extra hazardous nature of organic must be completely removed and flammable vapors
coatings operations. The addition of wheeled fire vented or purged from containers before they can be
extinguishers could provide more extinguishing considered safe. Unused containers must be
agent, longer discharge time and greater stream promptly removed from the premises. A special
reach for the higher hazard in large area operations. detached storage facility may be used for containers
awaiting cleaning or disposal (see commentary, Sec-
2903.6 Open flames. Open flames and direct-fired heating tion 5003.2.5).
devices shall be prohibited in areas where flammable vapor-
air mixtures exist. 2903.10 Drainage. Drainage facilities shall be provided to
direct flammable and combustible liquid leakage and fire pro-
 Only indirect heat equipment employing hot water, tection water to an approved location away from the building,
steam or warm air, or heat equipment approved for any other structure, storage area or adjoining premises.
use in Class I, Division 2, Group D hazardous loca-
tions must be used where flammable vapor-air mix-  Site drainage must be arranged to minimize hazards
tures exist. to adjacent properties and constructed to keep spills
on site and away from significant buildings, means of
2903.7 Smoking. Smoking shall be prohibited in accordance egress and access routes. See Chapter 57 for further
with Section 310. guidance on above-ground diking and drainage.
 Smoking is prohibited in and around organic coating 2903.11 Alarm system. An approved fire alarm system shall
manufacturing areas, in accordance with Section be provided in accordance with Section 907.
310, to control this ignition source. Approved signs
must be posted at entrances and throughout the  A manual fire alarm system is required in areas
manufacturing area. Locations approved for smoking where organic coatings are manufactured (see com-
should be separated from the manufacturing area by mentary, Section 907.2.5).
fire-resistance-rated construction and provided with
separate ventilation.
SECTION 2904
2903.8 Power equipment. Power-operated equipment and ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND PROTECTION
industrial trucks shall be of a type approved for the location.
2904.1 Wiring and equipment. Electrical wiring and equip-
 Section 309 of the code, Section 7-6 of NFPA 35 and ment shall comply with this chapter and shall be installed in
NFPA 505 provide guidance on use, classification of accordance with NFPA 70.
hazards and selection of industrial lift trucks.
 NFPA 70 and the requirements of this section apply
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2903.9 Tank maintenance. The cleaning of tanks and ves- to electrical wiring and equipment to reduce the fire
sels that have contained flammable or combustible liquids hazard associated with the presence of such equip-
shall be performed under the supervision of persons knowl- ment in areas where organic coatings are being man-
edgeable of the fire and explosion potential. ufactured.
 Trained people well versed in the hazards of the tank 2904.2 Hazardous locations. Where Class I liquids are
cleaning process must supervise the cleaning of exposed to the air, the design of equipment and ventilation of
tanks containing flammable or combustible vapors. structures shall be such as to limit the Class I, Division 1,
NFPA 326 provides useful guidance on tank-cleaning locations to the following:
safety practices. Oxygen deficiency and explosion
potential hazards are paramount concerns. 1. Piping trenches.
2903.9.1 Repairs. Where necessary to make repairs involv- 2. The interior of equipment.
ing “hot work,” the work shall be authorized by the responsi- 3. The immediate vicinity of pumps or equipment loca-
ble individual before the work begins. tions, such as dispensing stations, open centrifuges,
 Extreme caution must be exercised when welding plate and frame filters, opened vacuum filters, change
and cutting in or around flammable or combustible liq- cans and the surfaces of open equipment. The immedi-
uid tanks. Chapter 35 specifies safety requirements ate vicinity shall include a zone extending from the
for welding and cutting operations and, in Section vapor liberation point 5 feet (1524 mm) horizontally in
3510, regulates hot work on tanks containing, or hav- all directions and vertically from the floor to a level 3
ing contained, flammable or combustible liquids. Spe- feet (914 mm) above the highest point of vapor libera-
cific reference to NFPA 326 is also included in that tion.
section. See the commentary to Section 3510.  Class I, Division 1, hazardous locations are areas
where flammable or explosive vapors generally exist
29-4 Code Council

in quantities sufficient to support an ignition (vapor-air 2904.2.2 Ordinary equipment. Ordinary electrical equip-
concentrations within the flammable range). Piping ment, including switchgear, shall be prohibited, except where
trenches and other depressed areas will accumulate installed in a room maintained under positive pressure with
vapors because these vapors are usually heavier respect to the hazardous area. The air or other media utilized
than air. Vapor production generally creates higher for pressurization shall be obtained from a source that will
concentrations where flammable liquids are dis- not cause any amount or type of flammable vapor to be intro-
pensed. Other areas must be adequately ventilated duced into the room.
to disperse and dilute vapors to prevent flammable or  Electrical equipment not classified for use in hazard-
explosive concentrations. The zone description in ous locations must be installed in separate rooms
Item 3 should be used to define the limitations of the and provided with positive-pressure ventilation to pre-
“immediate vicinity.” Most flammable vapors are sus- vent infiltration of flammable vapors. Care must be
ceptible to ignition within relatively narrow concentra- taken to avoid using air for ventilation that is contami-
tions in air so these boundaries provide a relatively nated with flammable vapors. Outside air taken from
good safety margin. a source well above the adjacent grade is usually
2904.2.1 Other locations. Locations within the confines of preferred. NFPA 496 provides useful guidance on the
the manufacturing room where Class I liquids are handled design of purged enclosures for electrical equipment.
shall be Class I, Division 2, except locations indicated in Sec- 2904.3 Bonding. Equipment including, but not limited to,
tion 2904.2. tanks, machinery and piping shall be bonded and connected
 Class I, Division 2, locations include all areas where to a ground where an ignitable mixture is capable of being
flammable vapors may be liberated in sufficient quan- present.
tities to present a hazard should an accidental  Both bonding and grounding prevent the accumula-
release or spill occur. Areas extending beyond the tion of static charges and accidental release of elec-
boundaries defined in Section 2904.2, such as pro- trical energy that could cause an ignition. The bond
cessing areas for Class I liquids, should be consid- and ground may be physically applied or be a part of
ered as such locations. NFPA 497 provides useful the design of the apparatus (see Commentary Figure
guidance for determining the extent of electrically 2904.3).
classified boundaries. When Class II liquids are han-
dled and the ambient temperature is cooler than the 2904.3.1 Piping. Electrically isolated sections of metallic
liquid’s flash point, ordinary electrical equipment may piping or equipment shall be grounded or bonded to the other
be used, provided precautions are taken to prevent grounded portions of the system.
hot metal or slag from falling into the liquid.  In order to maintain the continuity of the grounding
path for all portions of a tank and piping system that
PRODUCT DRUM
BONDED TO
GROUNDED STRIP
GROUNDING STRIP
BONDED TO EARTH
GROUND
GROUND ROD
TO EARTH
GROUND
Figure 2904.3
FLAMMABLE LIQUID BONDING AND GROUNDING

do not form a continuous conductive path, each elec- 2905.3 Drainage. Drainage facilities shall be provided in
trically isolated section of piping must be inde- accordance with Section 2903.10 where topographical condi-
pendently grounded or, alternatively, be bonded to tions are such that flammable and combustible liquids are
another properly grounded portion of the system. capable of flowing from the organic coating manufacturing
2904.3.2 Vehicles. Tank vehicles loaded or unloaded through operation so as to constitute a fire hazard to other premises.
open connections shall be grounded and bonded to the receiv-  Facility design should consider both spill containment
ing system. and control provisions. Drains must discharge to
 The bond between the tank vehicle and the receiving approved containment basins. The location of con-
system may be designed into the dispensing equip- tainment facilities must not endanger adjacent facili-
ment or require physical attachment by the operator ties (see Sections 2903.10 and 5004.2).
(a bond wire is often part of the dispensing hose). 2905.4 Explosion control. Explosion control shall be pro-
The system must also be grounded. vided in areas subject to potential deflagration hazards as
2904.3.3 Containers. Where a flammable mixture is trans- indicated in NFPA 35. Explosion control shall be provided in
ferred from one portable container to another, a bond shall be accordance with Section 911.
provided between the two containers, and one shall be  Explosion control is required where Class I liquids or
grounded. flammable dusts create a potential deflagration haz-
 Like tank vehicles, the dispensing hose may have the ard; as defined by NFPA 35. Section 911 and IBC
bond designed into the equipment or, if no such bond Section 414.5.1 prescribe requirements for explosion
exists, a separate bond may need to be applied by control. NFPA 68 also provides guidance on this sub-
the operator. A system ground must also be present. ject.
2904.4 Ground. Metal framing of buildings shall be 2905.5 Ventilation. Enclosed structures in which Class I liq-
grounded with resistance of not more than 5 ohms. uids are processed or handled shall be ventilated at a rate of
not less than 1 cubic foot per minute per square foot [0.00508
 In order to reduce the likelihood of static electricity m3/(s · m2)] of solid floor area. Ventilation shall be accom-
being generated involving any portion of the struc- plished by exhaust fans that take suction at floor levels and
ture, the metal structural frame of Type II metal build- discharge to a safe location outside the structure. Noncontam-
ings or, for that matter, the metal frame of a building inated intake air shall be introduced in such a manner that all
of any construction type, must be bonded together portions of solid floor areas are provided with continuous
and grounded with a maximum resistance of 5 ohms. uniformly distributed air movement.
 Ventilation systems must be designed to prevent the
SECTION 2905 accumulation of vapors in the building where Class I
PROCESS STRUCTURES flammable liquids are processed. Uncontaminated
air, preferably from a source outside the building,
2905.1 Design. Process structures shall be designed and con-
should be distributed to dilute and disperse vapors
structed in accordance with the International Building Code.
over the entire solid floor area and then discharge
 The IBC classifies organic coating processes in occu- them to a safe location outside the building. A ventila-
pancy Group H-2 or H-3, depending on the type and tion rate of 1 cubic foot per minute per square foot
amounts of materials, when the MAQ of hazardous (0.00508 m3/s  m2) is required.
materials in Table 307.1(1) of that code is exceeded. 2905.6 Heating. Heating provided in hazardous areas shall
IBC Section 418 further regulates these structures as be by indirect means. Ignition sources such as open flames or
to their physical configuration, location and finished electrical heating elements, except as provided for in Section
product storage. See the commentary to IBC Sec- 2904, shall not be permitted within the structure.
tions 418.1 through 418.6 for further information.
2905.2 Fire apparatus access. Fire apparatus access com-  Only indirect-heat appliances are permitted in haz-
plying with Section 503 shall be provided for the purpose of ardous areas. Steam or hot-water radiators and
fire control to not less than one side of organic coating manu- forced warm air may be used, provided the fans and
facturing operations. heat sources are located outside the hazardous area.
Appliances and devices using or producing open
 Access from at least one side that conforms to Sec- flames, electrical elements or electric arcs are prohib-
tion 503 is required. Fire department connections, fire ited.
protection valves, yard hydrants and related fire-fight-
ing equipment should be located for ready access to
hazards. Fire department preincident plans should SECTION 2906
consider operational alternatives if the access is PROCESS MILLS AND KETTLES
unusable when only one means of access is pro- 2906.1 Mills. Mills, operating with close clearances, which
vided. process flammable and heat-sensitive materials, such as nitro-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
29-6 Code Council

cellulose, shall be located in a detached building or in a non- fire, will turn off the process heat, turn on the cooling
combustible structure without other occupancies. The amount medium and inject inert gas into the kettle.
of nitrocellulose or other flammable material brought into the
 Closed reactors confine reaction byproducts within
area shall not be more than the amount required for a batch.
the vessel in a closed loop system. Closed kettles or
 Milling of heat-sensitive materials, such as nitrocellu- reactors may be either continuous or batch reactors.
lose, is an extraordinary hazard that must be located In the former, reactants are continuously fed into the
in single-purpose buildings, away from other uses system as reactant mass and byproducts are
and high-hazard operations. Pebble mills pose a spe- removed. Generally, continuous reactors are safer
cial vapor ignition hazard caused by static electricity. from a fire protection standpoint.
Both the grinding material and inner lining of these By comparison, reactants are fed into the batch
mills are made of materials with good insulating char- reactor vessel, which is then sealed before the reac-
acteristics. Because static electricity is produced tion is initiated by the application of heat. Reaction
during milling, it has nowhere to go. Generally, the mass and byproducts are removed upon completion
atmosphere inside of this type of mill is made either of the reaction and a new batch is processed with
partially or totally inert using nitrogen or carbon diox- new raw materials. To interrupt the chemical process
ide gas to prevent ignition. once the reaction begins, heat must be removed and
the reaction mass cooled. This often requires the
2906.2 Mixers. Mixers shall be of the enclosed type or,
simultaneous venting of gaseous byproducts. Normal
where of the open type, shall be provided with properly fitted
and emergency pressure relief vents must be
covers. Where flow is by gravity, a shutoff valve shall be
arranged to discharge flammable vapors to a safe
installed as close as practical to the mixer, and a control valve
location when necessary. Automatic inerting of the
shall be provided near the end of the fill pipe.
atmosphere further disrupts the reaction process by
 Like any other part of the manufacturing process, displacing oxygen and oxidation byproducts. For fur-
mixing organic chemicals produces large quantities of ther information, see NFPA 35.
static electricity. These requirements provide for con- 2906.4.1 Vaporizer location. The vaporizer section of heat-
trolling fires by smothering (closing the cover or lid)
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
transfer systems that heat closed kettles containing solvents
and interrupting fuel flow (closing the product valves). shall be remotely located.
2906.3 Open kettles. Open kettles shall be located in an out-  The vaporizer must be located remotely from the pro-
side area provided with a protective roof; in a separate struc- cess area.
ture of noncombustible construction; or separated from other
areas by a noncombustible wall having a fire-resistance rating 2906.5 Kettle controls. The kettle and thin-down tank shall
of not less than 2 hours. be instrumented, controlled and interlocked so that any fail-
ure of the controls will result in a safe condition. The kettle
 Kettles and reactors are large warming vessels used shall be provided with a pressure-rupture disc in addition to
to cook various solid, liquid and gaseous materials, the primary vent. The vent piping from the rupture disc shall
including monomers, which are usually solids or liq- be of minimum length and shall discharge to an approved
uids, to initiate a controlled chemical reaction to pro- location. The thin-down tank shall be adequately vented.
duce resins. Most operations are exothermic and Thinning operations shall be provided with an adequate vapor
involve controlled polymerization. Finished resins are removal system.
mixed with solvents, pigments and additives (for
example, quality-control agents, texture materials,  Reactors must be provided with automatic high-tem-
glass beads, etc.) to form the finished product in perature limit switches or other approved automatic
organic coating manufacturing. Principal dangers temperature control methods. Manual and automatic
associated with open-fire kettles or reactors include methods must be provided to interrupt the flow of fuel
the ignition of flammable vapors and uncontrolled if a flameout or other emergency occurs. The rupture
polymerization. Vapors are released to the surround- disc is intended to vent excess pressure if the normal
ing atmosphere, and uncontrolled reactions can lead vent fails. Ventilation must be by a condenser of ade-
to spills or discharges from the reactor vessel in open quate size to prevent the accumulation of a vapor fog
kettles. These operations must be conducted in an in the reactor area.
outside area under protective cover, if possible. Oth-
erwise, open-fire kettles must be operated only in a
separate building of noncombustible construction. An SECTION 2907
area separated from the main facility by a 2-hour fire PROCESS PIPING
wall or fire barrier would comply with this require- 2907.1 Design. Piping, valves and fittings shall be designed
ment. The area must be positively ventilated, with for the working pressures and structural stresses to which the
vapors discharged to a safe location away from the piping, valves and fittings will be subjected, and shall be of
combustion air intake. steel or other material approved for the service intended.
2906.4 Closed kettles. Contact-heated kettles containing sol-  Suitability of piping for the intended purpose is largely
vents shall be equipped with safety devices that, in case of a determined by compatibility with the material that it

will contain, adequate strength under normal working dangerous. As the temperature of alcohol-wet nitro-
pressures and durability throughout the intended life cellulose increases, it becomes unstable. Relatively
of the system. Materials are permitted provided they small amounts of energy are required to initiate com-
are approved for the intended service. Piping sys- bustion. Small amounts of finely divided nitrocellulose
tems for flammable and combustible liquids must fiber should be cleaned up only with a wet-vacuum
comply with Section 5703.6. Good engineering judg- apparatus. Loose nitrocellulose material, scraps and
ment is needed in the design of these systems. waste should be stored underwater in a metal con-
2907.2 Valves. Valves shall be of an indicating type. Termi- tainer with a tight-fitting, self-closing or automatic-
nal valves on remote pumping systems shall be of the dead- closing lid. The waste container should be removed
man type, shutting off both the pump and the flow of solvent. from the building daily and its contents burned at an
approved site. See Chapter 65 for further regulation
 Indicating valves permit the system operator to deter- of pyroxilin plastics.
mine the position of critical valves at a glance. This
2908.2 Organic peroxides quantity. Organic peroxides
aids in prompt control of the product flow if a piping or
brought into the operating area shall be in the original ship-
process failure occurs. Dead-man valves interlocked
ping container. When in the operating area, the organic per-
with product supply pumps cause the interruption of
oxide shall not be placed in locations exposed to ignition
product flow if there is an operator error.
sources, heat or mechanical shocks.
2907.3 Support. Piping systems shall be supported ade-
quately and protected against physical damage. Piping shall  Organic peroxides are both flammable materials and
strong oxidizers. Many organic peroxides are princi-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
be pitched to avoid unintentional trapping of liquids, or
approved drains shall be provided. pal components in more dangerous compounds such
as blasting agents. Contamination may sensitize
 Ideally, product lines should be designed without organic peroxides, making them especially sensitive
trapped sections. Cleaning and purging of the system to heat and shock. Organic peroxides should be kept
is made easier without releasing vapors when drains in their original shipping containers to permit easy
are opened and ignition sources are adequately con- identification and prevent accidents while transferring
trolled. Sufficient support and protection of piping pre- contents to other containers.
vent product releases if accidents occur in the
processing area.
2907.4 Connectors. Approved flexible connectors shall be SECTION 2909
installed where vibration exists or frequent movement is nec- RAW MATERIALS AND FINISHED PRODUCTS
essary. Hose at dispensing stations shall be of an approved 2909.1 General. The storage, handling and use of flammable
type. and combustible liquids in process areas shall be in accor-
 Rigid connectors either loosen from repeated vibra- dance with Chapter 57.
tion or fail from stresses created. Hose should be  Chapter 57 details requirements for the storage and
reinforced and designed with an integral ground wire handling of flammable liquids. Moreover, it prescribes
to permit container bonding. limitations on the size and location of containers,
2907.5 Tests. Before being placed in service, all piping shall tanks and piles of flammable liquids in storage. The
be free of leaks when tested for not less than 30 minutes at protection of flammable liquids in bulk storage has
not less than 1.5 times the working pressure or a minimum of been the topic of considerable debate in the after-
5 pounds per square inch gauge (psig) (35 kPa) at the highest math of the 1987 Sherwin-Williams warehouse fire.
point in the system. Fire code officials should carefully consider protection
requirements. Annexes D and E of NFPA 30 contain
 Tests are intended to demonstrate system integrity
extensive discussions of recommended protection for
under both normal and abnormal conditions. The 50-
bulk flammable liquid storage. Also, investigations
percent margin represents a reasonable safety range
have been completed of flammable liquid storage in
if a malfunction occurs. No test provides absolute cer-
plastic containers. Reports from these tests con-
tainty that a failure will not occur.
ducted by the National Fire Protection Research
Foundation (NFPRF) are available from NFPA.
SECTION 2908 2909.2 Tank storage. Tank storage for flammable and com-
RAW MATERIALS IN PROCESS AREAS bustible liquids located inside of structures shall be limited to
2908.1 Nitrocellulose quantity. The amount of nitrocellu- storage areas at or above grade which are separated from the
lose brought into the operating area shall not exceed the processing area in accordance with the International Building
amount required for a work shift. Nitrocellulose spillage shall Code. Processing equipment containing flammable and com-
be promptly swept up and disposed of properly. bustible liquids and storage in quantities essential to the con-
tinuity of the operations shall not be prohibited in the
 Nitrocellulose lacquer production is among the most processing area.
hazardous organic coatings manufacturing pro-
cesses. Nitrocellulose can support combustion in the  Tank storage located below grade is prohibited.
absence of oxygen and is, therefore, considered very Basements located under grade-level storage areas
29-8 Code Council

should be discouraged. Below-grade flammable liq- in storage areas adjacent to process areas shall comply with
uid fires are extremely difficult to fight. Similarly, Section 2904.2.
above-grade spills will flow to lower floors, possibly  Solvent-wet nitrocellulose is the most common type
resulting in spill fires on more than one building level. associated with lacquer production. In this case, the
Tank storage of raw materials must be confined to solvent is usually an alcohol, which is a Class I flam-
locations at or above grade level. Tank storage must mable liquid. Solvent-wet nitrocellulose possesses
be separated from the processing area, in accor- the same fire-hazard characteristics as the solvent in
dance with the IBC. If possible, these rooms should which it is stored, with important differences noted.
be accessible on at least one exterior side of the facil- Solvent-wet nitrocellulose becomes increasingly
ity. IBC Section 418.4 contains requirements for the unstable as the temperature rises. Once ignited,
separation of these areas. nitrocellulose will continue to burn even in the
2909.3 Tank vehicle. Tank car and tank vehicle loading and absence of oxygen. Therefore, extra diligence must
unloading stations for Class I liquids shall be separated from be used to prevent ignition and fire spread. IBC Sec-
the processing area, other plant structures, nearest lot line of tion 418.5 contains requirements for the separation of
property that can be built upon or public thoroughfare by a these areas.
minimum clear distance of 25 feet (7620 mm). 2909.4.1 Containers. Nitrocellulose shall be stored in closed
 Like other separation requirements, the 25-foot (7620 containers. Barrels shall be stored on end and not more than
mm) clearance is intended to limit accidental fire two tiers high. Barrels or other containers of nitrocellulose
exposure to process, storage and adjacent buildings, shall not be opened in the main storage structure but at the
as well as other areas. Additionally, clearance pro- point of use or other location intended for that purpose.
vides the same protection to the tanker or tank car if  Like other materials possessing unusual fire-hazard
an incident involving an adjacent facility occurs. characteristics that may be susceptible to ignition if
Finally, clearance provides access for establishing improperly handled, nitrocellulose must be kept in its
fire-fighting operations if an incident occurs. Department of Transportation (DOTn) shipping con-
2909.3.1 Loading. Loading and unloading structures and tainer until used. This reduces the likelihood of acci-
platforms for flammable and combustible liquids shall be dents associated with unnecessary transfer
designed and installed in accordance with Chapter 57. operations and allows the material to be readily iden-
tified by its shipping and DOTn hazard labels. In
 Chapter 57 specifies requirements for flammable liq- order to avoid solvent leakage, containers must not
uid loading and unloading. Section 5706.5 and Chap- be stored on their sides because nitrocellulose is
ter 28 of NFPA 30 specify requirements for tank commonly shipped in a wet solvent. One-drum-high
vehicle and tank car loading and unloading opera- storage is preferred, but two-drum-high storage is
tions, including separate piping and valves for Class I allowed. Stacking containers poses the risk of top-
flammable liquids, and Class II and III combustible pling or other physical damage to the container with
liquids; leak detection on the discharge side of dis- the potential for spillage or ignition.
pensing pumps; provisions for bonding dispensing 2909.4.2 Spills. Spilled nitrocellulose shall be promptly wet-
equipment to the tank vehicle; and flow control inter- ted with water and disposed of by use or burning in the open
locks. at an approved detached location.
2909.3.2 Safety. Tank cars for flammable liquids shall be  Wetting spills with water will help prevent ignition by
unloaded such that the safety to persons and property is diluting the flammable solvent, especially in the case
ensured. Tank vehicles for flammable and combustible liq- of alcohol-wet nitrocellulose. The spilled material
uids shall be loaded and unloaded in accordance with Chapter must be swept up immediately and placed in a tightly
57. closed metal container and covered with water.
 Section 5706.6 emphasizes the tank vehicle opera- Waste must be disposed of in accordance with appli-
tor’s responsibilities. Essentially, the operator must cable federal, state and local environmental regula-
verify that all safety features are properly used and tions, or denitrated.
maintained. Before loading or unloading the product, 2909.5 Organic peroxide storage. The storage of organic
the operator must verify that required bonding is in peroxides shall be in accordance with Chapter 62.
place, a liquid- and vapor-tight connection has been
 Organic peroxides pose a dual hazard of being both
made and fill or discharge lines are protected from
flammable and oxidizing materials (see Section
physical damage. The operator must remain with the
5001.1). Additionally, these compounds are sensitive
vehicle during the loading or unloading operation, but
to friction, heat and shock. Detached storage build-
not in the cab.
ings are required when storage exceeds the amounts
2909.4 Nitrocellulose storage. Nitrocellulose storage shall indicated in Table 5003.8.2 to prevent reactions with
be located on a detached pad or in a separate structure or a other materials. These buildings must be constructed
room enclosed in accordance with the International Building in accordance with requirements of the IBC for Group
Code. The nitrocellulose storage area shall not be utilized for H occupancies, depending on the classification of the
any other purpose. Electrical wiring and equipment installed organic peroxide involved. Separation distances

specified in Table 6204.1.2 are intended to reduce Bibliography

the likelihood of an incident causing injury or property
damage arising from materials stored adjacent to The following resource materials were used in the
hazardous operations that may cause personal injury preparation of the commentary for this chapter of the
or property damage. Adequate access must be pro- code:
vided to facilitate defensive fire-fighting operations Bradford, W.J. “Chemical Processes.” Industrial Fire
and support the installed protection. If possible, the Hazards Handbook, 3rd ed. Quincy, MA: National
fire department connection or connections should be
Fire Protection Association, 1990.
of the free-standing type located far away from the
building along the fire service access route. An Harris, M.V. and A.B. Swartz. “Chapter 10: Paints and
organic peroxide may be stored inside a building of Coatings Manufacture.” Industrial Fire Hazards
another occupancy group in control areas in accor- Handbook, 3rd ed. Quincy, MA: National Fire Protec-
dance with Sections 5003.1.1 and 6203.1.1. tion Association, 1990.
Signs are to be posted at the entrance and in all
storage areas. NFPA 704 hazard warning signs and
signs indicating: “ORGANIC PEROXIDE STOR-
AGE—NO OPEN FLAMES” are recommended for
this purpose.
Organic peroxides must be stored in original ship-
ping containers. This practice serves the following
three important purposes: reduces the likelihood of
accidents caused by unnecessary handling; keeps
the material in labeled containers that clearly identify
the contents and the hazard; and reduces the likeli-
hood of contamination, which may sensitize the
material or cause it to decay.
2909.5.1 Size. The size of the package containing organic
peroxide shall be selected so that, as nearly as practical, full
packages are utilized at one time. Spilled peroxide shall be
promptly cleaned up and disposed of as specified by the sup-
plier.
 Any leftover organic peroxide poses a storage and
handling problem. Most organic peroxides become
increasingly unstable if contaminated with foreign
materials. Organic peroxides may spontaneously
ignite if exposed to sufficient heat or shock because
they are both flammables and oxidizers. Extreme
care must be taken when cleaning up organic perox-
ide spills. Hydrocarbons and other volatile organic
chemicals may sensitize an organic peroxide. Exces-
sive heat or friction during cleanup operations could
result in a deflagration or explosion if the material is
contaminated.
2909.6 Finished products. Finished products that are flam-
mable or combustible liquids shall be stored outside of struc-
tures, in a separate structure, or in a room separated from the
processing area in accordance with the International Building
Code. The storage of finished products shall be in tanks or
closed containers in accordance with Chapter 57.
 Flammable liquid warehouses must comply with both
the IBC and Chapter 57 requirements. Though flam-
mable liquid warehouses are exempt from storage
quantity limitations, pile size and height restrictions
still apply. Separation requirements are contained in
IBC Section 418.6.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
29-10 Code Council

Chapter 30:
Industrial Ovens
General Comments 2. Fuel leakage into an idle furnace resulting in a
flammable fuel-air mixture, which causes an
The basic cause of industrial oven and furnace explo- explosion upon start-up.
sions is the ignition of an accumulated combustible mix-
ture within the confined space of the furnace. A 3. Repeated unsuccessful attempts to light the fur-
dangerous combustible mixture within a furnace con- nace without adequate purging of flammable fuel-
sists of an excessive quantity of fuel mixed with air in air mixtures followed by ignition of the fuel-air mix-
proportions that will result in rapid or uncontrolled com- ture.
bustion when an ignition source is supplied. The magni- 4. Ignition of flammable vapors emanating from a
tude and intensity of the explosion will depend on the product or workpiece being dried where the vola-
relative quantity of the fuel that has accumulated, and tiles enter the flammable range due to the materi-
the fuel-air ratio at the moment of ignition. Explosions, als being heated
including “puffs,” are often the result of improper design
This chapter addresses the fuel supply, ventilation,
of the equipment or control systems, or a malfunction of
emergency shutdown equipment, fire protection, and
one or the other.
the operation and maintenance of industrial ovens.
The most common causes of oven fires and explo-
sions are:
1. An interruption of the fuel supply, air supply or Purpose
ignition source to the burners that results in a Compliance with this chapter is intended to reduce the
momentary loss of flame, which is subsequently likelihood of fires involving industrial ovens or to man-
followed by reignition of accumulated fuel-air mix- age the impact if a fire should occur. Industrial ovens
tures. are sometimes referred to as industrial heat enclosures
or industrial furnaces. Heat may be furnished by gas
burners, oil burners, electric heaters, infrared lamps,
induction heaters or steam radiation systems.
SECTION 3001 issued. See the commentary to Section 105.6 for a

GENERAL general discussion of operations requiring an opera-
3001.1 Scope. This chapter shall apply to the installation and tional permit. Because of the flammable nature of the
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
operation of industrial ovens and furnaces. Industrial ovens contents and the operation of industrial ovens, an
and furnaces shall comply with the applicable provisions of operational permit is required by Section 105.6.25.
NFPA 86, the International Fuel Gas Code, International The process also notifies the fire department of the
Mechanical Code and this chapter. The terms “ovens” and need for prefire planning for the hazardous property.
“furnaces” are used interchangeably in this chapter.
 This chapter contains provisions for the installation SECTION 3002
and operation of industrial ovens and furnaces. If a DEFINITIONS
certain provision is not found in this chapter, applica- 3002.1 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chap-
ble provisions of NFPA 86, the International Mechani- ter 2:
cal Code® (IMC®) and the International Fuel Gas
Code® (IFGC®) must be used. FURNACE CLASS A.
3001.2 Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in Sec- FURNACE CLASS B.
tions 105.6 and 105.7. FURNACE CLASS C.
 The process of issuing permits gives the fire code FURNACE CLASS D.
official an opportunity to carefully evaluate and regu-
late hazardous operations. Permit applicants should  Definitions of terms can help in the understanding
be required to demonstrate that their operations com- and application of the code requirements. This sec-
ply with the intent of the code before the permit is tion directs the code user to Chapter 2 for the proper

INDUSTRIAL OVENS
application of the indicated terms used in this chap- 3004.2 Shutoff valves. Each industrial oven or furnace shall
ter. Terms may be defined in Chapter 2 or in another be provided with an approved manual fuel shutoff valve in
International Code® (I-Code®) as indicated in Section accordance with the International Mechanical Code or the
201.3, or the dictionary meaning may be all that is International Fuel Gas Code.
needed (see also commentary, Sections 201 through  Individual manual shutoff valves are used for equip-
201.4). ment isolation. Requirements are found in either the
IMC or IFGC.
SECTION 3003 3004.2.1 Fuel supply lines. Valves for fuel supply lines shall
LOCATION be located within 6 feet (1829 mm) of the appliance served.
3003.1 Ventilation. Enclosed rooms or basements containing Exception: When approved and the valve is located in the
industrial ovens or furnaces shall be provided with combus- same general area as the appliance served.
tion air in accordance with the International Mechanical  A fuel supply shutoff valve must be installed in the
Code and the International Fuel Gas Code, and with ventila- fuel supply line within 6 feet (1829 mm) of the appli-
tion air in accordance with the International Mechanical ance for easy shutoff of fuel in case of an emergency.
Code.
3004.3 Valve position. The design of manual fuel shutoff
 Placing an oven or furnace below grade presents dif- valves shall incorporate a permanent feature which visually
ficulty in ventilation and offers severe obstacles to indicates the open or closed position of the valve. Manual
proper explosion release. When gas or oil is used, fuel shutoff valves shall not be equipped with removable han-
the furnace or oven should be vented separately dles or wrenches unless the handle or wrench can only be
unless the products of discharge deposit directly into installed parallel with the fuel line when the valve is in the
the oven. open position.
3003.2 Exposure. When locating ovens, oven heaters and  Manual shutoff valves should have a permanently
related equipment, the possibility of fire resulting from over- affixed visual indicator that is easily recognizable,
heating or from the escape of fuel gas or fuel oil and the pos- and it should be in the open position. The removable
sibility of damage to the building and injury to persons handle requirement prevents fuel supply shutoff for
resulting from explosion shall be considered. any reason. Accidental shutoff could endanger prop-
 Ovens and furnaces should be located where they erty and people.
will present the least possible hazard to property and
life. To present the least possible hazard, walls or
partitions may be needed around the furnaces or SECTION 3005
ovens. INTERLOCKS
3003.3 Ignition source. Industrial ovens and furnaces shall 3005.1 Shut down. Interlocks shall be provided for Class A
be located so as not to pose an ignition hazard to flammable ovens so that conveyors or sources of flammable or combus-
vapors or mists or combustible dusts. tible materials shall shut down if either the exhaust or recircu-
lation air supply fails.
 Industrial ovens should be considered an ignition
source and should be separated from any materials  If ventilation or airflow were lost, a safety control cir-
that may be easily ignited. cuit would immediately shut down the heating system
of the effected section. When necessary, loss of ven-
3003.4 Temperatures. Roofs and floors of ovens shall be
insulated and ventilated to prevent temperatures at combusti- tilation must shut down the entire system, as well as
the conveyor.
ble ceilings and floors from exceeding 160°F (71°C).
 Furnaces and ovens should be designed to minimize
their fire hazard when operating at elevated tempera- SECTION 3006
tures. Insulation and ventilation are important in pre- FIRE PROTECTION
venting heat transfer from the oven to surrounding 3006.1 Required protection. Class A and B ovens that con-
combustible products. tain, or are utilized for the processing of, combustible materi-
als shall be protected by an approved automatic fire-
extinguishing system complying with Chapter 9.
SECTION 3004
FUEL PIPING  While this section requires that a fire protection sys-
tem be installed in Class A and B ovens, it does not
3004.1 Fuel-gas piping. Fuel-gas piping serving industrial
ovens shall comply with the International Fuel Gas Code. specify the type of fire-extinguishing system
required—although automatic sprinklers would typi-
Piping for other fuel sources shall comply with this section.
cally be considered the system of choice. As such, as
 Electrically wired, oil-fired and special-atmosphere an alternative to sprinklers, protection could be in the
furnaces are covered in this section. Fuel-gas piping form of a water spray or mist system designed and
is covered in the IFGC. installed in accordance with NFPA 13 or NFPA 750,
respectively; or a dry chemical, carbon dioxide (CO2),
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
30-2 Code Council

INDUSTRIAL OVENS
inert gas or foam system designed and installed in Specifications, data sheets and procedures provide
accordance with the applicable standard indicated in clear and complete inspection, testing and mainte-
Section 904. This type of system must be compatible nance instructions.
with the design of the oven and the materials being 3007.2 Oven nameplate. Safety data for Class A solvent
processed. The extent of the required fire protection atmosphere ovens shall be furnished on the manufacturer’s
system is dictated by the design standard and nameplate. The nameplate shall provide the following design
depends on the construction and arrangement of the data:
oven, as well as the materials handled, and should
include oven exhaust ducts. 1. The solvent used.
3006.2 Fixed fire-extinguishing systems. Fixed fire-extin- 2. The number of gallons (L) used per batch or per hour of
guishing systems shall be provided for Class C or D ovens to solvent entering the oven.
protect against such hazards as overheating, spillage of mol- 3. The required purge time.
ten salts or metals, quench tanks, ignition of hydraulic oil and 4. The oven operating temperature.
escape of fuel. It shall be the user’s responsibility to consult
with the fire code official concerning the necessary require- 5. The exhaust blower rating for the number of gallons (L)
ments for such protection. of solvent per hour or batch at the maximum operating
temperature.
 Class C and D ovens can operate with special pro-
Exception: For low-oxygen ovens, the maximum allow-
cessing atmospheres at very high temperatures and
able oxygen concentration shall be included in place of the
can present fire hazards to the areas around them.
exhaust blower ratings.
While this section requires that a fire protection sys-
tem be installed in Class C and D ovens, it does not  Safety data must be included on the manufacturer’s
specify the type of fire-extinguishing system required, nameplate for Class A solvent atmosphere ovens to
although automatic sprinklers would typically be con- ensure that safety personnel, operators and mainte-
sidered the system of choice. As such, as an alterna- nance technicians have the information at hand. This
tive to sprinklers, protection could be in the form of a same information should also be included in installa-
water mist, dry chemical, CO2 or foam system. The tion, operation and maintenance procedures. The
extent of the required fire protection system depends exception in this case is actually an additional name-
on the construction and arrangement of the oven, as plate requirement for low-oxygen ovens.
well as the materials handled, and should extend into 3007.3 Training. Operating, maintenance and supervisory
oven exhaust ducts. Decisions regarding the fire pro- personnel shall be thoroughly instructed and trained in the
tection system type and design must be made by the operation of ovens or furnaces.
owner with the consultation and approval of the fire
code official.  Alert and competent operators are essential to safe
operations. New operators should be thoroughly
3006.3 Fire extinguishers. Portable fire extinguishers com- trained and tested in the use of the equipment. Regu-
plying with Section 906 shall be provided not closer than 15 lar operators should be reevaluated at regular inter-
feet (4572 mm) or not more than 50 feet (15 240 mm) or in vals to make certain their skills and knowledge are
accordance with NFPA 10. This shall apply to the oven and current.
related equipment.
3007.4 Equipment maintenance. Equipment shall be main-
 Portable fire extinguishers of the proper size and type tained in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
and using an appropriate extinguishing agent must
be installed near the oven and related equipment.  There should be a program for inspecting and main-
The distances mentioned in this section should be taining oven safety controls. The operating and
used unless requirements in NFPA 10 are more strin- supervisory control equipment should be checked
gent. See the commentary to Section 906 for addi- and tested regularly.
tional discussion of portable fire extinguishers.
Bibliography
The following resource was used in the preparation of
SECTION 3007
the commentary for this chapter of the code.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 6-9,
3007.1 Furnace system information. An approved, clearly
Industrial Ovens and Dryers. Johnson, RI: Factory
worded, and prominently displayed safety design data form
Mutual Global Research, 2009.
or manufacturer’s nameplate shall be provided stating the
safe operating condition for which the furnace system was
designed, built, altered or extended.
 The equipment manufacturer establishes the need for
adequate operational checks and maintenance.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
30-4 Code Council

Chapter 31:
Tents and Other Membrane Structures
General Comments ums built in recent years in many large metropolitan
areas. Protecting the structure from collapse and fire
Though they do not happen often, fires occurring in remains the most significant fire and life safety concern.
tents and other membrane structures have historically
caused significant loss of life. Perhaps the most notable
of these tragedies occurred on July 6, 1944, in Hartford, Occupancy
Connecticut, where a Ringling Bros. and Barnum & Bai- Fire poses a dual threat to a tent or other membrane
ley Circus tent caught fire during a matinee perfor- structures. First, the fire presents a danger to the occu-
mance, killing 167 people and injuring 487. Since then, pants by exposing them to heat, smoke and toxic com-
protection of tents and other membrane structures has bustion products. Just as important, the fire represents
focused on construction methods and materials, as well an imminent threat to the structure. Even the best
as limiting use and occupancy. flame-resistant fabrics may ignite or fail under extreme
conditions posed by a fire, and the fire’s demand for air
Construction Methods and Materials may compromise the structural support of the air inside
of, if not the integrity of the membrane itself, an air-sup-
Tents and other membrane structures are constructed ported structure. Full or partial collapse of the mem-
of diverse materials, usually fabrics, textiles and films. brane covering of a tent or air-supported structure may
Section 3102 of the International Building Code® (IBC®) occur earlier and with less warning than in any other
requires these membrane materials to be noncombusti- structural type.
ble as described in IBC Section 703.5 or meet the fire Egress may become difficult, if not nearly impossible,
propagation criteria of NFPA 701. The use of lightweight if a collapse occurs; therefore, this chapter limits the
high-tensile-strength membrane coverings is perhaps storage or handling of combustible materials inside
the most significant similarity between tents and air-sup- tents and other membrane structures because of their
ported structures. Beyond this similarity, an increasingly contribution to fuel loading. Similarly, heat energy
wide variety of structural configurations is becoming sources that may ignite the membrane fabric or other
common. Tents include all structures using rigid struc- combustibles are prohibited or restricted. Even spot
tural frames or supports for lateral and compressive sta- lighting must be used with caution to prevent heat
bility. In the case of air-supported structures, a positive energy from igniting the covering. Portable fire extin-
pressure differential between the inside and the outside guishers must be readily available for incipient fire fight-
of the structure, coupled with the favorable tensile prop- ing as an additional safeguard against fire.
erties of the membrane, yields these structural proper-
ties.
In every case, anchors and cables are used for either Purpose
additional structural stability or to act as fail-safe The requirements in this chapter are intended to protect
devices against extreme wind, rain or snow loading. The tents and other membrane structures from fire by requir-
more commonplace membrane coverings include cot- ing regular inspections and continued compliance with
ton and plastic-canvas fabrics. Exotic new materials, fire safety regulations, as well as the applicable require-
such as high-tensile-strength plastic films, have ments of Chapter 31 of the IBC, regulating their use and
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
spawned a new generation of air-supported structures, occupancy.

including the spectacularly covered and domed stadi-
SECTION 3101 structures. Other temporary structures shall comply with the
GENERAL International Building Code.
3101.1 Scope. Tents, temporary stage canopies and mem-  This section defines the kinds of structures covered
brane structures shall comply with this chapter. The provi- by this chapter and designates which sections apply
sions of Section 3103 are applicable only to temporary tents to temporary structures and which apply to perma-
and membrane structures. The provisions of Section 3104 are nent structures. Structures can range from 10-foot by
applicable to temporary and permanent tents and membrane 10-foot (3048 mm by 3048 mm) canvas shelters to

TENTS AND OTHER MEMBRANE STRUCTURES
major indoor sports arenas. The common feature of SECTION 3103

all types of membrane structures, whether they are TEMPORARY TENTS AND
air-supported, air-inflated or tensioned membrane MEMBRANE STRUCTURES
structures, is the nature of the structural skin. In all 3103.1 General. Tents and membrane structures used for
cases, a pliable material is used to create an indoor temporary periods shall comply with this section. Other tem-
or protected space by separating the area under the porary structures erected for a period of 180 days or less shall
covering from wind, precipitation and temperature comply with the International Building Code.
extremes. Although most membrane structures are
intended for temporary or seasonal use, elegant all-  This section addresses tents and membrane struc-
weather permanent membrane structures are becom- tures that are considered temporary in terms of the
ing increasingly common. duration of their erection and use (see Section 3103.5
There has been past confusion over the proper for the definition of “Temporary” as it applies to mem-
application of the requirements of Chapter 31 to tem- brane structures). This section is intended to ensure
porary structures. Typically this occurs because the that if a membrane structure is used, it will be soundly
fire code official is already involved with the tempo- designed so as not to present a hazard to its users,
rary event regarding other operational permits emergency responders or the public during the time it
required by the code. For example, a weekend con- is in place. See also the commentary to Section
cert is planned at the fair. The fire code official is 3101.1.
already involved with various IFC operational permits 3103.2 Approval required. Tents and membrane structures
for Place of Assembly, Carnival/Fair, and Temporary having an area in excess of 400 square feet (37 m2) shall not
Membrane Structures and Tents. However, when a be erected, operated or maintained for any purpose without
stage, platform or other temporary structure is first obtaining a permit and approval from the fire code offi-
erected, the IBC regulates the construction. cial.
This section now sends the code user to the IBC Exceptions:
for temporary structures other than tents and mem-
brane structures. IBC Sections 108.2 and 3103 1. Tents used exclusively for recreational camping pur-
clearly address the design requirements for such poses.
temporary structures. IBC Section 3103.1 similarly 2. Tents open on all sides that comply with all of the
sends the IBC code user to the IFC for temporary following:
membrane structures and temporary tents. Clearly,
2.1. Individual tents having a maximum size of
the IFC is designed to address “temporary tents” and
“temporary membrane structures,” while IBC Section 700 square feet (65 m2).
3103 is intended to address other “temporary struc- 2.2. The aggregate area of multiple tents placed
tures.” side by side without a fire break clearance of
12 feet (3658 mm), not exceeding 700 square
feet (65 m2) total.
SECTION 3102
2.3. A minimum clearance of 12 feet (3658 mm)
DEFINITIONS
to all structures and other tents.
ter 2:  Use of membrane structures results in great flexibility
and a large volume of weather-protected space; how-
AIR-INFLATED STRUCTURE. ever, these benefits are balanced by the sensitivity of
AIR-SUPPORTED STRUCTURE. these structures to strict maintenance requirements.
MEMBRANE STRUCTURE. The approval process allows the fire code official to
exercise strict control to achieve compliance with the
TEMPORARY STAGE CANOPY. requirements of this chapter.
TENT. This section sets the minimum size structure that
requires approval. Exception 1 exempts from permit
 Definitions of terms can help in the understanding requirements tents that are normally used by families
and application of the code requirements. This sec- or very small groups for short periods under widely
tion directs the code user to Chapter 2 for the proper varying conditions that would be difficult or impossi-
application of the indicated terms used in this chap- ble for a fire code official to police. Exception 2
ter. Terms may be defined in Chapter 2 or in another exempts from permit requirements, for example, a
International Code® (I-Code®) as indicated in Section single tent approximately 25.5 square feet (2.4 m2)
201.3, or the dictionary meaning may be all that is without sides or multiple tents without sides aggregat-
needed (see also commentary, Sections 201.1 ing an area of not more than 700 square feet (65 m2)
through 201.4 and to the definitions in Section 202). due to their limited size, limited fire load and limited
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
31-2 Code Council

occupant load. The fact that these tents have no capacity, arrangement of the seating and location and type of
sides and are separated by a 12-foot (3658 mm) fire heating and electrical equipment.
break also improves the occupants’ situational  The requirement for a floor plan showing means of
awareness and provides the potential for occupant egress facilities and seating locations eliminates pos-
escape routes and fire department access all around sible conflicts at the time of field inspection. Evaluat-
the perimeter. ing means of egress for hastily arranged or movable
3103.3 Place of assembly. For the purposes of this chapter, a seating is a challenge to the inspector. The detailed
place of assembly shall include a circus, carnival, tent show, means-of-egress plan allows the inspector to verify
theater, skating rink, dance hall or other place of assembly in that the actual configuration matches the approved
or under which persons gather for any purpose. plan. The applicant and designer also benefit by hav-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
 This section gives examples of common types of ing the plans reviewed in detail before construction
assembly use for membrane structures, but leaves begins.
the issue open so that the fire code official has the 3103.7 Inspections. The entire tent, air-supported, air-
discretion to determine whether some other intended inflated or tensioned membrane structure system shall be
use should be considered a place of assembly that inspected at regular intervals, but not less than two times per
would require permits and approvals. permit use period, by the permittee, owner or agent to deter-
3103.4 Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in Sec- mine that the installation is maintained in accordance with
tions 105.6 and 105.7. this chapter.
 The process of issuing permits gives the fire code Exception: Permit use periods of less than 30 days.
official an opportunity to carefully evaluate and regu-  The periodic inspections required here are conducted
late hazardous operations or special structures. Per- by the permit holder, the owner or his or her agent to
mit applicants should be required to demonstrate that make certain the structure continues to meet code
their operation or construction complies with the requirements and is being properly maintained.
intent of the code before the permit is issued. See the The exception states that structures used for less
commentary to Section 105.7 for a general discus- than 30 days do not need to be reinspected.
sion of operations requiring a construction permit. 3103.7.1 Inspection report. Where required by the fire code
The process also notifies the fire department of the official, an inspection report shall be provided and shall con-
need for prefire planning for the hazardous property. sist of maintenance, anchors and fabric inspections.
3103.5 Use period. Temporary tents, air-supported, air-
inflated or tensioned membrane structures shall not be  This section allows the fire code official to require
erected for a period of more than 180 days within a 12-month submittal of a complete inspection report, including
period on a single premises. completed maintenance work, for each finished
inspection by the permit holder, owner or agent.
 This section gives the fire code official control over 3103.8 Access, location and parking. Access, location and
the erection, maintenance and use of membrane parking for temporary tents and membrane structures shall be
structures by defining the term “Temporary” for the in accordance with this section.
purpose of applying this chapter. Any membrane
structure erected for more than 180 days in any 12-  This section addresses the issues of fire apparatus
month period at a single location must be considered access, separation from vehicles and other structures
permanent and would be subject to all requirements and the need for fire breaks for tents and other mem-
for permanent structures as set forth in Section 3104 brane structures that are considered temporary in
and the IBC. Note that the limiting factor is how long terms of the duration of their erection and use.
the structure is erected, not how many days it is in 3103.8.1 Access. Fire apparatus access roads shall be pro-
use, as was the case in older editions of the code. vided in accordance with Section 503.
Without this level of specificity, a tent or membrane
structure could literally remain erected indefinitely as  The same access rules apply to membrane struc-
long as it was not used for more than 180 days within tures and structures erected using conventional con-
any 12-month period, thus retaining its classification struction materials. Because membrane structures
as a temporary structure while being, in effect, a per- can become serious fire hazards, depending on
manent one. membrane material and structure contents, maintain-
ing code-required fire access roads and lanes is
3103.6 Construction documents. A detailed site and floor especially important.
plan for tents or membrane structures with an occupant load
of 50 or more shall be provided with each application for 3103.8.2 Location. Tents or membrane structures shall not be
approval. The tent or membrane structure floor plan shall located within 20 feet (6096 mm) of lot lines, buildings, other
indicate details of the means of egress facilities, seating tents or membrane structures, parked vehicles or internal

combustion engines. For the purpose of determining required posed by the covering of the corridor. Corridors are
distances, support ropes and guy wires shall be considered as not likely to contain significant amounts of combusti-
part of the temporary membrane structure or tent. ble materials other than the membrane itself.
Exceptions: 3103.8.4 Membrane structures on buildings. Membrane
structures that are erected on buildings, balconies, decks or
1. Separation distance between membrane structures
and tents not used for cooking is not required where other structures shall be regulated as permanent membrane
structures in accordance with Section 3102 of the Interna-
the aggregate floor area does not exceed 15,000
square feet (1394 m2). tional Building Code.
2. Membrane structures or tents need not be separated  Temporary membrane structures that are placed in a
from buildings when all of the following conditions field or parking lot are afforded several safety fea-
are met: tures, including fire separation distance from other
hazards (buildings, vehicles) and separation from
2.1. The aggregate floor area of the membrane other tents, and provide an unobstructed means-of-
structure or tent shall not exceed 10,000 egress path for the uniformly located exits. When a
square feet (929 m2). membrane structure is placed on a building or deck,
2.2. The aggregate floor area of the building and Section 3103 does not regulate exiting from the tem-
membrane structure or tent shall not exceed porary membrane structure to a set of stairs or door,
the allowable floor area including increases nor does it regulate the hazards that could be below
as indicated in the International Building the temporary membrane structure. Section 3103
Code. also does not contain requirements regulating the
structural loads that the membrane structure would
2.3. Required means of egress are provided for impose on the structure below. For these reasons,
both the building and the membrane struc- what would otherwise be considered as temporary
ture or tent including travel distances. membrane structures are regulated as permanent
2.4. Fire apparatus access roads are provided in membrane structures and subject to the provisions of
accordance with Section 503. IBC Section 3102.
 The 20-foot (6096 mm) separation distance is consis- 3103.8.5 Connecting corridors. Tents or membrane struc-
tent with requirements for conventional structures, tures are allowed to be joined together by means of corridors.
especially those that could represent an above-aver- Exit doors shall be provided at each end of such corridor. On
age fire hazard. A fire of any size within a membrane each side of such corridor and approximately opposite each
structure would almost certainly involve the mem- other, there shall be provided openings not less than 12 feet
brane itself. Because the support ropes and guy (3658 mm) wide.
wires are under tension, particularly with large mem-  Corridors connecting membrane structures to each
brane structures, a membrane weakened by fire other or to permanent structures must have openings
would fail, causing the ropes or wires to recoil and in their side walls for convenient egress in case of an
possibly pull portions of the burning membrane well emergency. These openings could also be entry
clear of its original position. Requiring 20 feet (6096 points for emergency response personnel.
mm) of clear ground around the structure helps
reduce the likelihood that burning membrane sections 3103.8.6 Fire break. An unobstructed fire break passageway
and flying embers would endanger other structures or or fire road not less than 12 feet (3658 mm) wide and free
public trafficways. from guy ropes or other obstructions shall be maintained on
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Exception 1 acknowledges the reduced hazard of all sides of all tents and membrane structures unless other-
small membrane structures that do not house cook- wise approved by the fire code official.
ing appliances.  This requirement for a clear path makes the mem-
Exception 2 lists four criteria for determining brane structures more accessible to emergency
whether a membrane structure must conform to the response personnel. It also results in an open space
separation criteria of this section. To be exempt, the into which flaming embers or other debris can fall
structure would have to meet all four criteria. without endangering other structures or public traf-
3103.8.3 Location of structures in excess of 15,000 square ficways. Measurement of the required width must be
feet in area. Membrane structures having an area of 15,000 consistent with the provisions of Section 3103.8.2.
square feet (1394 m2) or more shall be located not less than 3103.9 Anchorage required. Tents or membrane structures
50 feet (15 240 mm) from any other tent or structure as mea- and their appurtenances shall be adequately roped, braced and
sured from the sidewall of the tent or membrane structure anchored to withstand the elements of weather and prevent
unless joined together by a corridor. against collapsing. Documentation of structural stability shall
 The larger separation distance required by this sec- be furnished to the fire code official on request.
tion is consistent with the hazards presented by the  Having secure anchorage to prevent damage or loss
larger structures. The exception for structures con- caused by wind or precipitation makes good eco-
nected by corridors considers the smaller hazard nomic sense. This section also gives the fire code
31-4 Code Council

official the authority to review and approve both plans solid tool to use to verify proper structural design.
and actual installations to ensure that the structures Most fire code officials, however, do not routinely
have been designed and erected using good engi- review structural integrity. This is most commonly
neering practices. performed by the building code official. But the
3103.9.1 Tents and membrane structures exceeding one requirement for a construction permit is in Section
story. Tents and membrane structures exceeding one story 105.7.18 since this is a temporary structure. As such,
shall be designed and constructed to comply with Chapter 16 enforcement of this requirement may take some coor-
of the International Building Code. dination with the building official prior to the issuance
of the IFC construction permit. Commentary Figures
 In recent times, there has been an increasing number 3103.9.1(1) and 3103.9.1(2) illustrate a multistory
of multiple-story tents and membrane structures membrane structure.
showing up in jurisdictions across the country. These
3103.10 Temporary air-supported and air-inflated mem-
structures can be seen at concerts, outdoor func-
brane structures. Temporary air-supported and air-inflated
tions, fairs, etc. Many of these temporary tents and
membrane structures shall be in accordance with Sections
temporary membrane structures have multiple floors
3103.10.1 through 3103.10.4.
and are over 30 feet in height. As the height
increases, the potential for collapse increases. Even  This section addresses air-supported and air-inflated
though the provision of “temporary” limits the usability membrane structures that are considered temporary
of these multistory structures to less than 180 days, in terms of the duration of their erection and use (see
improper structural design can pose a significant Section 3103.5 for the definition of “Temporary” as it
safety hazard to event patrons, performers and first applies to these structures). The intent of this section
responders. is that if air-supported or air-inflated membrane struc-
Section 3103.9 requires that documentation of tures are used, they should be soundly designed so
structural stability be furnished to the fire code official as not to present a hazard to their users, emergency
on request but provides no guidance on what an responders or the public during the time they are in
acceptable level of structural integrity is. Since these place.
structures are temporary, they often do not go 3103.10.1 Door operation. During high winds exceeding 50
through a full building code structural analysis and miles per hour (22 m/s) or in snow conditions, the use of
review. This section closes that loophole by requiring doors in air-supported structures shall be controlled to avoid
that multistory tents and membrane structures be excessive air loss. Doors shall not be left open.
designed and constructed in accordance with IBC
Chapter 16. This provides the fire code official with a  Because the design pressure is critical in maintaining
the structural integrity of an air-supported structure,
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 3103.9.1(1)
TWO-STORY MEMBRANE STRUCTURE AT THE AMERICA’S CUP RACE
(Photo courtesy of HTS-USA)

doors must not be kept open for extended periods. with the capacity to maintain full inflation pressure with nor-
Controls on door usage help prevent excessive mal leakage in accordance with Section 3103.10.3 for a mini-
losses of internal pressure. When large openings are mum duration of 4 hours. The auxiliary inflation system shall
necessary, such as for vehicular traffic, vestibules be either a fully automatic auxiliary engine-generator set or a
help avoid excessive pressure loss. supplementary blower powered by an internal combustion
3103.10.2 Fabric envelope design and construction. Air- engine that shall be automatic in operation. The system shall
supported and air-inflated structures shall have the design and be capable of automatically operating the required blowers at
construction of the fabric envelope and the method of anchor- full power within 60 seconds of a commercial power failure.
ing in accordance with Architectural Fabric Structures Insti-  Because an air-supported structure must be main-
tute ASI 77. tained at full design pressure, a power failure that
 The referenced document is both a design manual would disable all of the blowers used to maintain that
that contains the engineering formulas needed to cal- pressure would result in a gradual collapse of the
culate stresses and other parameters associated with structure as pressure drops as a result of normal
structural stability and a design standard for air-sup- leakage. Having an auxiliary power source on site is
ported structures. intended to prevent this situation. This section allows
either an auxiliary generator that will supply power to
3103.10.3 Blowers. An air-supported structure used as a the blowers or a self-contained supplementary blower
place of assembly shall be furnished with not less than two unit that has an internal combustion engine to drive it.
blowers, each of which has adequate capacity to maintain full
inflation pressure with normal leakage. The design of the 3103.11 Seating arrangements. Seating in tents or mem-
blower shall be so as to provide integral limiting pressure at brane structures shall be in accordance with Chapter 10.
the design pressure specified by the manufacturer.  See the commentary to Section 3104.14.
 Requiring two blowers that have the capacity to keep 3103.12 Means of egress. Means of egress for temporary
the structure fully inflated builds redundancy into the tents and membrane structures shall be in accordance with
system. Should one blower fail, the other would be Sections 3103.12.1 through 3103.12.8.
capable of maintaining full inflation while the failed  Because of the unique nature of the structures regu-
unit was repaired or replaced. The pressure-limiting lated by this chapter, it is vital that their means of
device is required to prevent overpressurizing the egress systems be carefully designed and con-
structure and thus causing failure. structed. This section regulates the access to, num-
3103.10.4 Auxiliary inflation systems. Places of public ber, location, marking and illumination of the means
assembly for more than 200 persons shall be furnished with of egress for temporary membrane structures.
an auxiliary inflation system capable of powering a blower
Figure 3103.9.1(2)
INTERIOR OF TWO-STORY MEMBRANE STRUCTURE
(Photo courtesy of Losberger-USA)
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
31-6 Code Council

3103.12.1 Distribution. Exits shall be spaced at approxi- nal air pressure in the air-supported structure and can
mately equal intervals around the perimeter of the tent or be linked to the exit requirements in ASI 77. Exces-
membrane structure, and shall be located such that all points sive inflation pressure losses could lead to the col-
are 100 feet (30 480 mm) or less from an exit. lapse of the structure onto the very occupants the
exits are serving.
 The requirement for exits to be equally spaced
around the perimeter of the membrane structure con- 3103.12.3 Exit openings from tents. Exit openings from
siders the probability that any one structure could be tents shall remain open unless covered by a flame-resistant
used for several different purposes over its life and curtain. The curtain shall comply with the following require-
that each use could represent a different seating ments:
arrangement. Because travel distances to an exit 1. Curtains shall be free sliding on a metal support. The
must not exceed 100 feet (30 480 mm), exits must be support shall be not less than 80 inches (2032 mm)
located to minimize travel distances no matter how above the floor level at the exit. The curtains shall be so
the seating is arranged. arranged that, when open, no part of the curtain
3103.12.2 Number. Tents, or membrane structures or a obstructs the exit.
usable portion thereof shall have not less than one exit and 2. Curtains shall be of a color, or colors, that contrasts
not less than the number of exits required by Table 3103.12.2. with the color of the tent.
The total width of means of egress in inches (mm) shall be
not less than the total occupant load served by a means of  The requirement for exit openings to remain free and
egress multiplied by 0.2 inches (5 mm) per person. clear is meant to ensure that the exit is not blocked or
hidden from the view of the occupants attempting to
 This section specifies the use of the exit requirements exit. Allowing the opening to be covered by an easily
contained in Table 3103.12.2 to determine the num- moveable curtain is meant to add to the comfort of
ber and size of exits for all membrane structures. The occupants by protecting them from wind, precipitation
formula given in the last sentence of the section and temperature extremes. The requirement for the
allows for the calculation of total exit requirements for curtains to be of a contrasting color makes the exits
any given number of occupants. readily identifiable even at a distance.
TABLE 3103.12.2. See below. 3103.12.4 Doors. Exit doors shall swing in the direction of
 The minimum means of egress widths shown in this exit travel. To avoid hazardous air and pressure loss in air-
table were established on two very different bases. supported membrane structures, such doors shall be auto-
For tents, the widths are possibly conservative matic closing against operating pressures. Opening force at
because so many in the fire service remember the the door edge shall not exceed 15 pounds (66 N).
Ringling Bros. and Barnum & Bailey Circus tent fire  Pressure loss in an air-supported structure is always
that happened in Hartford, Connecticut, in July 1944. a concern. The requirement that the door be capable
In that fire, 167 people died and 487 were injured of closing automatically against the internal pressure
because they were unable to escape from the burn- supporting the membrane structure is intended to
ing tent. Also, because the side panels of a tent can protect against this kind of loss. The 15-pound (66 N)
be constructed to varying widths without too much dif- force required for opening acknowledges that the
ficulty, the wider openings are practical. door must be held closed against the interior air pres-
On the other hand, means-of-egress widths sure. This level of opening force is, however, consis-
required for air-supported structures seem to be tent with the requirements of the IBC for exterior
much more optimistic. The narrower means-of-egress doors in conventional buildings.
widths are necessary to prevent excess loss of inter-
TABLE 3103.12.2
MINIMUM NUMBER OF MEANS OF EGRESS AND MEANS OF
EGRESS WIDTHS FROM TEMPORARY MEMBRANE STRUCTURES AND TENTS
MINIMUM WIDTH OF EACH MEANS OF MINIMUM WIDTH OF EACH MEANS OF
MINIMUM NUMBER OF MEANS EGRESS (inches) EGRESS (inches)
OCCUPANT LOAD
OF EGRESS
Tent Membrane Structure
10 to 199 2 72 36
200 to 499 3 72 72
500 to 999 4 96 72
1,000 to 1,999 5 120 96
2,000 to 2,999 6 120 96
Over 3,000a 7 120 96
a. When the occupant load exceeds 3,000, the total width of means of egress (in inches) shall be not less than the total occupant load multiplied by 0.2 inches per
person.

3103.12.5 Aisle. The width of aisles without fixed seating where the occupant load exceeds 300. Emergency sys-
shall be in accordance with the following: tems shall be supplied from storage batteries or from
1. In areas serving employees only, the minimum aisle the on-site generator set, and the system shall be
width shall be 24 inches (610 mm) but not less than the installed in accordance with NFPA 70. The emergency
width required by the number of employees served. system provided shall have a minimum duration of 90
minutes when operated at full design demand.
2. In public areas, smooth-surfaced, unobstructed aisles
having a minimum width of not less than 44 inches  Because there is always the possibility of power fail-
(1118 mm) shall be provided from seating areas, and ure in a fire or other emergency, exit signs must have
aisles shall be progressively increased in width to pro- a power source—batteries, backup power or auxiliary
vide, at all points, not less than 1 foot (305 mm) of aisle power—that will keep them illuminated if the primary
width for each 50 persons served by such aisle at that power source to the structure’s lighting system fails.
point. The requirement for this power source is established
 The first requirement for areas serving only employ- in Section 604.2.3 and is further defined in Section
ees is indefinite because the configuration of the area 1011.6.3. This section also provides correlation with
could vary widely from one use to another. Required Section 1011.4 since internally illuminated exit signs
width beyond 24 inches (610 mm) would have to be listed in accordance with UL 924, including electri-
determined based on seating arrangements, if any, cally powered, self-luminous and photoluminescent
and traffic patterns in the affected area. Guidance for types, all provide for a minimum of 90 minutes of
assembly areas of fixed conventional structures is luminosity upon loss of normal power.
given in Chapter 10 of the code as well as in Chapter
10 of the IBC. The judgment of the fire code official 3103.12.7 Means of egress illumination. Means of egress
would also have to be considered in the final deci- shall be illuminated with light having an intensity of not less
sion. than 1 footcandle (11 lux) at floor level while the structure is
The second requirement is quite specific for public- occupied. Fixtures required for means of egress illumination
use areas. The wide aisles are intended to make shall be supplied from a separate circuit or source of power.
egress quicker and easier because a fire in an air-
 All means of egress must be continuously illuminated
supported structure could easily burn through the
by artificial lighting during the entire time the air-sup-
membrane covering and cause the structure to col-
ported structure is occupied so that the paths of exit
lapse on the occupants.
travel are always visible and available for evacuation
3103.12.5.1 Arrangement and maintenance. The arrange- of the occupants during emergencies. The code
ment of aisles shall be subject to approval by the fire code makes a special point of noting that the exit discharge
official and shall be maintained clear at all times during occu- must also be provided with adequate illumination so
pancy. that occupants can safely find the public way should
 This section gives the fire code official the authority to the emergency occur at night.
approve seating arrangements in air-supported struc- The intensity of floor lighting illuminating the entire
tures and to inspect those arrangements periodically means of egress, including open-plan spaces, aisles,
to verify that they have not been changed to an unac- corridors, exit access passageways and exit doors,
ceptable configuration or that they have become must not be less than 1 foot candle (11 lux). It has
obstructed or their use otherwise compromised. This been found that this low level of lighting renders
is consistent with Section 1030.2. enough visibility for the occupants to evacuate the
building safely. This lighting level is measured at the
3103.12.6 Exit signs. Exits shall be clearly marked. Exit
floor to make the floor surface visible. Levels of illumi-
signs shall be installed at required exit doorways and where
nation above the floor may be higher or lower.
otherwise necessary to indicate clearly the direction of egress
The means of egress must be illuminated, espe-
where the exit serves an occupant load of 50 or more.
cially in times of emergency when the occupants
 This charging statement establishes the requirement must have a lighted path of exit travel to evacuate the
for exit signs. See the commentary to Section 1011.2 building safely.
for further discussion of exit sign requirements. So that there will be a continuing source of electri-
3103.12.6.1 Exit sign illumination. Exit signs shall be either cal energy for lighting the means of egress when the
listed and labeled in accordance with UL 924 as the internally main power supply is lost, the means-of-egress light-
illuminated type and used in accordance with the listing or ing system must be connected to an emergency elec-
shall be externally illuminated by luminaires supplied in trical system that consists of storage batteries, unit
either of the following manners: equipment or an on-site generator. This emergency
power-generating facility must be capable of supply-
1. Two separate circuits, one of which shall be separate ing electricity for at least 90 minutes, thereby giving
from all other circuits, for occupant loads of 300 or the occupants sufficient time to leave the premises. In
less. most cases, where the loss of the main electrical sup-
2. Two separate sources of power, one of which shall be ply is attributed to a malfunction in the distribution
an approved emergency system, shall be provided system of the electric power company, experience
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
31-8 Code Council

has shown that such power outages do not usually floor coverings, bunting and combustible decorative materi-
last as long as 90 minutes. als and effects, including sawdust where used on floors or
3103.12.8 Maintenance of means of egress. The required passageways, are composed of material meeting the flame
width of exits, aisles and passageways shall be maintained at propagation performance criteria of Test Method 1 or Test
all times to a public way. Guy wires, guy ropes and other sup- Method 2, as appropriate, of NFPA 701 or shall be treated
port members shall not cross a means of egress at a height of with a flame retardant in an approved manner and meet the
less than 8 feet (2438 mm). The surface of means of egress flame propagation performance criteria of Test Method 1 or
shall be maintained in an approved manner. Test Method 2, as appropriate, of NFPA 701, and that such
flame propagation performance criteria are effective for the
 It is important for occupant safety that the pathway period specified by the permit.
from any point in the building to the exit discharge be
kept clear so that occupants can exit the structure at  The reference to NFPA 701 in this section is consis-
any time without obstructions in the egress path. This tent with the requirements of IBC Section 3102 for
requirement applies to all structures, but it is espe- structural materials, IBC Sections 802 and 806 and
cially important for membrane structures and tents Section 807 of the code for decorative materials.
because of the added hazards that they present. The Making certain the structure and as much of its con-
structural stability of tents relies on ropes or cables tents as possible are either noncombustible or are
and stakes which, if not carefully arranged, can treated to make them less prone to flame propagation
become an impediment to occupant egress flow. A is an important first step in fire safety. This section
clearly defined and well-lighted egress path without also gives the fire code official the authority to inspect
any rope or guy wire vertical or horizontal impinge- the facility, its contents and documentation of applied
ment is essential for these types of structures. flame-retardant treatment to ensure permit require-
As the pace of exit travel becomes hurried during ments have been met.
emergency situations, the probability of slipping on 3104.3 Label. Membrane structures or tents shall have a per-
smooth or slick surfaces increases. To minimize the manently affixed label bearing the identification of size and
hazard in buildings, floor surfaces in the means of fabric or material type.
egress are required to be slip resistant by Section
1003.4. However, in tents and membrane structures,  This required label gives the fire code official import-
the structure “floor” may very well be dirt, gravel, ant information about the membrane and the
grass or other nontraditional surfaces that defy tradi- designed size of the structure. This information will
tional regulation. The fire code official must apply help him or her determine whether the structure and
common sense in reviewing egress path surfaces, its covering meet code requirements.
applying safety criteria for them and then requiring 3104.4 Certification. An affidavit or affirmation shall be
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
that the required conditions be maintained throughout submitted to the fire code official and a copy retained on the
the occupancy of the structure. premises on which the tent or air-supported structure is
located. The affidavit shall attest to all of the following infor-
mation relative to the flame propagation performance criteria
SECTION 3104 of the fabric:
TEMPORARY AND PERMANENT TENTS
1. Names and address of the owners of the tent or air-sup-
AND MEMBRANE STRUCTURES
ported structure.
3104.1 General. Tents and membrane structures, both tem-
porary and permanent, shall be in accordance with this sec- 2. Date the fabric was last treated with flame-retardant
tion. Permanent tents and membrane structures shall also solution.
comply with the International Building Code. 3. Trade name or kind of chemical used in treatment.
 This section addresses tents and membrane struc- 4. Name of person or firm treating the material.
tures that are considered either temporary or perma- 5. Name of testing agency and test standard by which the
nent in terms of the duration of their erection and use fabric was tested.
(see Section 3103.5 for the definition of “Temporary”
and, by default, “Permanent” as they apply to mem-  The certificate is another piece of information the fire
brane structures). This section is intended to ensure code official must have to make a decision on code
that if a tent or other membrane structure is used, it compliance. The certificate will indicate whether the
will be soundly designed so as not to present a haz- membrane fabric needs retreatment and at what fre-
ard to its users, emergency personnel or the public quency to maintain its low flame propagation proper-
during the time it is in place, whether that is more or ties.
less than 180 days per calendar year. 3104.5 Combustible materials. Hay, straw, shavings or sim-
3104.2 Flame propagation performance treatment. Before ilar combustible materials shall not be located within any tent
a permit is granted, the owner or agent shall file with the fire or membrane structure containing an assembly occupancy,
code official a certificate executed by an approved testing except the materials necessary for the daily feeding and care
laboratory certifying that the tents and membrane structures of animals. Sawdust and shavings utilized for a public perfor-
and their appurtenances; sidewalls, drops and tarpaulins; mance or exhibit shall not be prohibited provided the sawdust

and shavings are kept damp. Combustible materials shall not approved noncombustible insulation not less than 91/4 inches
be permitted under stands or seats at any time. (235 mm) thick.
 This section contains a “laundry list” of unacceptable  Spotlights can generate considerable heat. The metal
practices. Hay, straw, shavings and sawdust are all housings of these lights generally become too hot to
readily ignitable materials. Minimizing their use is touch if they are on for more than a minute or two.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
important to fire safety. A carelessly discarded match Requiring that they be positioned well away from
or other smoking material could easily cause any of combustible materials and that the nearby combusti-
these materials to catch fire. bles be insulated helps ensure that the heat from the
Requiring finely divided combustible materials, lights does not become an ignition source for either
such as sawdust and shavings, to be maintained the membrane structure or combustibles inside the
damp significantly reduces their ignition potential. structure. Noncombustible insulation must conform to
Keeping areas under seating areas free of readily the requirements of IBC Section 720.
ignitable combustible materials removes a significant 3104.10 Safety film. Motion pictures shall not be displayed
fire hazard from these areas of high-occupant den- in tents or membrane structures unless the motion picture
sity. film is safety film.
3104.6 Smoking. Smoking shall not be permitted in tents or
 The display of motion pictures on cellulose nitrate film
membrane structures. Approved “No Smoking” signs shall be
is prohibited because of the extreme hazards associ-
conspicuously posted in accordance with Section 310.
ated with this type of material; however, such motion
 Because smoking is prohibited in membrane struc- pictures are extremely rare because production of the
tures, the requirement for posting signage is obvious. raw film was suspended in 1951. Most known motion
Because no specification exists for standard signs, pictures printed on cellulose nitrate film are in the
each jurisdiction having authority is responsible for possession of special film repositories, such as the
establishing its own criteria. To be approved, signs National Archives and the Smithsonian Institution, or
must be large enough to be read from a distance and are being restored by conservators.
be worded simply and clearly. 3104.11 Clearance. There shall be a minimum clearance of
3104.7 Open or exposed flame. Open flame or other devices at least 3 feet (914 mm) between the fabric envelope and all
emitting flame, fire or heat or any flammable or combustible contents located inside membrane structures.
liquids, gas, charcoal or other cooking device or any other
 The 3-foot (914 mm) clearance is intended not only to
unapproved devices shall not be permitted inside or located give fire fighters all-sides hose stream and overhaul
within 20 feet (6096 mm) of the tent or membrane structures
access to burning materials, but also to reduce expo-
while open to the public unless approved by the fire code offi- sure of the membrane envelope if stored material
cial.
becomes involved in a fire.
 This section gives the fire code official the authority to 3104.12 Portable fire extinguishers. Portable fire extin-
approve an open-flame or exposed-flame appliance if guishers shall be provided as required by Section 906.
it is determined that it poses a minimal fire hazard
when properly used. These might include catalytic  Section 906 states that portable extinguishers are
heaters that are located well away from the mem- required in Group A occupancies and in special-haz-
brane walls, and any combustible materials or limited ards areas as designated by the fire code official.
cooking facilities using charcoal or liquiefied petro- This section also refers to NFPA 10 for guidance on
leum gas (LP gas) for fuel and located under a tent or selection and placement of the extinguishers.
membrane structure. Such approvals, however, Employees and staff who will be manning the mem-
would be subject to the provisions of Section 308. brane structure must be trained to use the extinguish-
ers because they are likely to become the first line of
3104.8 Fireworks. Fireworks shall not be used within 100
emergency response in case of a fire.
feet (30 480 mm) of tents or membrane structures.
3104.13 Fire protection equipment. Fire hose lines, water
 Fireworks, whether designed to explode at ground supplies and other auxiliary fire equipment shall be main-
level or as aerial displays, result in hot embers that tained at the site in such numbers and sizes as required by the
could become a source of ignition if they contact the fire code official.
membrane of the structure. Establishing a 100-foot
(30 480 mm) clear zone not only reduces the likeli-  This section gives the fire code official the authority to
hood of hot embers contacting the membrane but establish reasonable equipment requirements for
also gives air-borne embers time to cool before they membrane structures. Because the size, construction
can reach membrane level. and intended use of membrane structures vary so
widely, each installation must be evaluated individu-
3104.9 Spot lighting. Spot or effect lighting shall only be by
ally.
electricity, and all combustible construction located within 6
feet (1829 mm) of such equipment shall be protected with
31-10 Code Council

3104.14 Occupant load factors. The occupant load allowed the judicious review and application of the code to
in an assembly structure, or portion thereof, shall be deter- these circumstances should focus on the scope,
mined in accordance with Chapter 10. nature and duration of the hazards created by the
cooking operation and how best to mitigate them in a
 This reference to Chapter 10 tells us that a mem-
manner acceptable to all parties concerned while
brane structure used as a place of assembly is
maintaining public safety. Consistent with Section
treated in the same way that a permanent structure
3104.7, in conducting such an evaluation, special
would be. The same means-of-egress requirements
attention should be paid to cooking operations using
apply whether the structure is conventional construc-
charcoal or other solid fuels due to the potential for
tion or a membrane structure.
sparks or flying embers coming into contact with
3104.15 Heating and cooking equipment. Heating and membrane materials.
cooking equipment shall be in accordance with Sections
3104.15.2 Venting. Gas, liquid and solid fuel-burning equip-
3104.15.1 through 3104.15.7.
ment designed to be vented shall be vented to the outside air
 Because of the unique nature of the structures regu- as specified in the International Fuel Gas Code and the Inter-
lated by this chapter, it is vital that ignition sources be national Mechanical Code. Such vents shall be equipped with
carefully regulated. This section regulates the dual approved spark arresters where required. Where vents or
hazards of heat-producing appliances and cooking flues are used, all portions of the tent or membrane structure
equipment in membrane structures. shall be not less than 12 inches (305 mm) from the flue or
3104.15.1 Installation. Heating or cooking equipment, tanks, vent.
piping, hoses, fittings, valves, tubing and other related com-  As with the installation requirements in Section
ponents shall be installed as specified in the International 3104.15.1, venting must comply with the applicable
Mechanical Code and the International Fuel Gas Code, and provisions of the IFGC and IMC, and be approved by
shall be approved by the fire code official. the fire code official. The 12-inch (305 mm) separa-
 This section refers to the cooking equipment installation between the vent or flue stack and the mem-
tion requirements contained in the International Fuel brane fabric and support structures is intended to
Gas Code® (IFGC®) and International Mechanical prevent heating of those elements to possible points
Code® (IMC®), and gives the fire code official the of ignition.
authority to inspect and approve completed installa- 3104.15.3 Location. Cooking and heating equipment shall
tions. Because of the special hazards that exist in not be located within 10 feet (3048 mm) of exits or combusti-
membrane structures of all kinds, the importance of ble materials.
proper installation cannot be stressed enough.
 This location requirement is intended to help make
Another issue with respect to this section is the
certain that equipment items would not be likely to
question of whether cooking that produces grease-
block a means of egress during a fire or other emer-
laden vapors is allowed inside of a tent or membrane
gency. Equipment locations would be subject to the
structure without requiring the ventilation and fire
approval of the fire code official in all cases.
suppression systems normally required for commer-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
cial cooking operations by Sections 609 and 904.2.1 3104.15.4 Operations. Operations such as warming of foods,
and the referenced standards. Literally speaking, cooking demonstrations and similar operations that use solid
there is nothing in Chapter 31 that would specifically flammables, butane or other similar devices that do not pose
exempt cooking operations in any tent or membrane an ignition hazard, shall be approved.
structure (whether or not it is open to the public) from  This section authorizes the listed operations, but at
the ventilation or fire suppression system require- the same time authorizes the fire code official to
ments of the code or IMC for commercial cooking make certain the operations meet the requirements of
appliances that produce grease or smoke. The provi- the other subsections within this section.
sions of Section 3104.15 are equally applicable to all
3104.15.5 Cooking tents. Tents with sidewalls or drops
tents, canopies or membrane structures in which
where cooking is performed shall be separated from other
cooking is conducted.
tents or membrane structures by not less than 20 feet (6096
It should be noted, however, that a key element in
mm).
the use of a tent or membrane structure for commer-
cial cooking and the application of ventilation and  This separation requirement is consistent with the
cooking fire suppression requirements is the evalua- overall requirement covering open or exposed flames
tion and approval of the fire code official. Temporary that is contained in Section 3104.7. The 20-foot (6096
facilities such as tents or membrane structures pres- mm) separation provides protection from hot embers
ent a unique circumstance in which the strict applica- from a fire reaching the main membrane structure.
tion of code requirements to what is, in all likelihood, The requirements for keeping the open area free of
a temporary operation may not be practical or desir- combustible materials or debris that could limit
able. When applying the provisions of Section 104.8, access to emergency response personnel also apply.

3104.15.6 Outdoor cooking. Outdoor cooking that produces (1893 L) shall have a minimum separation between the con-
sparks or grease-laden vapors shall not be performed within tainer and structures not less than 25 feet (7620 mm).
20 feet (6096 mm) of a tent or membrane structure.  The 25-foot (7620 mm) separation distance is consis-
 As with cooking in tents, the 20-foot (6096 mm) sepa- tent with the requirements of Table 6104.3. See the
ration is intended to separate this potential source of commentary to Section 6104.3 and Table 6104.3 for
ignition from the membrane structure. Requirements further discussion.
for keeping the open area free of combustible materi- 3104.16.3 Protection and security. Portable LP-gas contain-
als or other debris that could hinder emergency ers, piping, valves and fittings that are located outside and are
response efforts also apply. being used to fuel equipment inside a tent or membrane struc-
3104.15.7 Electrical heating and cooking equipment. Elec- ture shall be adequately protected to prevent tampering, dam-
trical cooking and heating equipment shall comply with age by vehicles or other hazards and shall be located in an
NFPA 70. approved location. Portable LP-gas containers shall be
securely fastened in place to prevent unauthorized movement.
 This reference to NFPA 70 establishes the require-
ments for the equipment and its installation.  LP-gas containers and associated equipment must
3104.16 LP-gas. The storage, handling and use of LP-gas and be protected from impact by vehicles or other objects
LP-gas equipment shall be in accordance with Sections that could cause damage and leakage. They must
3104.16.1 through 3104.16.3. also be protected from tampering, vandalism and
theft. See Sections 312 and 6107 for additional guid-
 Because of the unique nature of the structures regu- ance on protection and security.
lated by this chapter, it is vital that the storage, han-
3104.17 Flammable and combustible liquids. The storage
dling and use of hazardous materials in or around
of flammable and combustible liquids and the use of flamma-
such structures be carefully regulated. In general,
ble-liquid-fueled equipment shall be in accordance with Sec-
Chapter 61 regulates LP-gas. This section specifi-
tions 3104.17.1 through 3104.17.3.
cally regulates its storage, handling and use in con-
nection with membrane structures.  Because of the unique nature of the structures regu-
3104.16.1 General. LP-gas equipment such as tanks, piping, lated by this chapter, it is vital that the storage, han-
hoses, fittings, valves, tubing and other related components dling and use of hazardous materials in or around
shall be approved and in accordance with Chapter 61 and such structures be carefully regulated. In general,
with the International Fuel Gas Code. Chapter 57 regulates flammable and combustible liq-
uids. This section specifically regulates their storage,
 The requirements stated in this section mean that LP- handling and use in connection with membrane struc-
gas containers and all associated equipment used in tures.
or around membrane structures of any kind will be
inspected and must meet basically the same require- 3104.17.1 Use. Flammable-liquid-fueled equipment shall not
ments as similar installations and equipment in con- be used in tents or membrane structures.
ventional structures.  Equipment of any kind that uses a flammable liquid
3104.16.2 Location of containers. LP-gas containers shall for fuel must not be used inside a membrane struc-
be located outside. Safety release valves shall be pointed ture because of the possibility of fuel leakage as well
away from the tent or membrane structure. as the risk of accumulation of noxious exhaust fumes.
Fluid leaks could vaporize and reach a flammable
 Containers must be located outdoors to prevent concentration. Exhaust fumes normally contain car-
vapors from safety-release valves, inadvertent spills bon monoxide and other gases that are harmful to
during filling or from any other source from accumu- occupants. Membrane structures, particularly air-sup-
lating inside the membrane structure to flammable ported and air-inflated structures, are not ventilated to
levels. Requiring the safety-release valves to be the same extent that conventional structures are.
pointed away from the structure also helps to ensure Harmful vapors and fumes, therefore, are not diluted
that vapors do not infiltrate the structure. or dispersed as quickly or as efficiently as they are in
3104.16.2.1 Containers 500 gallons or less. Portable LP-gas those structures.
containers with a capacity of 500 gallons (1893 L) or less 3104.17.2 Flammable and combustible liquid storage.
shall have a minimum separation between the container and Flammable and combustible liquids shall be stored outside in
structure not less than 10 feet (3048 mm). an approved manner not less than 50 feet (15 240 mm) from
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
 The 10-foot (3048 mm) separation distance is consis- tents or membrane structures. Storage shall be in accordance
tent with the requirements of Table 6104.3. See the with Chapter 57.
commentary to Section 6104.3 and Table 6104.3 for  This section provides a general separation require-
further discussion. ment for containers used to store flammable or com-
3104.16.2.2 Containers more than 500 gallons. Portable bustible liquids. The more detailed requirements are
LP-gas containers with a capacity of more than 500 gallons contained in Chapter 57 and depend, for the most
31-12 Code Council

part, on whether the liquid is Class I, II or III and the some kind of pressure-release valve built in to pre-
quantity of the liquid being stored. Storage arrange- vent overpressurization of the tank. Leaving three
ments must comply with Chapter 57 requirements. quarters of the tank empty allows space for moderate
They should, however, be discussed in advance with quantities of vapor to accumulate without being
the fire code official to make certain all affected par- released to the building atmosphere.
ties are in agreement. 3104.18.2.2 Inspection. Fuel systems shall be inspected for
3104.17.3 Refueling. Refueling shall be performed in an leaks.
approved location not less than 20 feet (6096 mm) from tents
or membrane structures.  This statement places an inspection requirement on
the party displaying the vehicles or equipment. The
 This section gives only a general guideline for loca- requirement should be looked at as being a routine
tion of a refueling station and gives the fire code offi- housekeeping chore. The statement also gives the
cial the authority to approve the selected location. fire code official the authority to inspect the facility to
When planning a station of this kind, the require- achieve compliance with code requirements.
ments of Chapter 57 must be considered. Some of 3104.18.2.3 Closure. Fuel tank openings shall be locked and
the requirements of Sections 2304, 2305 and 2306 sealed to prevent the escape of vapors.
might also apply if vehicles are being refueled.
3104.18 Display of motor vehicles. Liquid- and gas-fueled  Locking and sealing fuel tank openings not only pre-
vehicles and equipment used for display within tents or mem- vents vapors from escaping from the tanks, but will
brane structures shall be in accordance with Sections also deter malicious mischief that could result in a fire
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3104.18.1 through 3104.18.5.3. by denying access to a fuel source. Locking and seal-
ing the fill pipe also deters vandalism to the vehicle
 This statement is an introduction to the subsections that could occur by placing foreign objects or sub-
that follow. It contains only the kinds of structures, stances into the fuel tank.
vehicles and equipment covered by the overall sec-
tion. The provisions of these sections are similar to 3104.18.3 Location. The location of vehicles or equipment
Section 314 on indoor displays. shall not obstruct means of egress.
3104.18.1 Batteries. Batteries shall be disconnected in an  If the structure is occupied, blocking a means of
appropriate manner. egress would interfere with orderly evacuation of the
space. Whether the structure is occupied or not,
 Requiring that batteries be disconnected serves two blocking a means of egress could interfere with
purposes. First, it prevents unauthorized persons access for emergency response personnel.
from starting and running engines that exhaust nox-
ious fumes. Second, it removes a potential ignition 3104.18.4 Places of assembly. When a compressed natural
source from the site by opening the battery-powered gas (CNG) or liquefied petroleum gas (LP-gas) powered
electrical circuit, thereby removing the possibility that vehicle is parked inside a place of assembly, all the following
the circuit could give off a stray spark. Equipment/ conditions shall be met:
vehicle manufacturers will, in all likelihood, have a 1. The quarter-turn shutoff valve or other shutoff valve on
recommended procedure in their owner’s manuals for the outlet of the CNG or LP-gas container shall be
disconnecting batteries safely. The fire code official closed and the engine shall be operated until it stops.
would also want to make sure the procedures used Valves shall remain closed while the vehicle is indoors.
present no hazards.
2. The hot lead of the battery shall be disconnected.
3104.18.2 Fuel. Vehicles or equipment shall not be fueled or
defueled within the tent or membrane structure. 3. Dual-fuel vehicles equipped to operate on gasoline and
CNG or LP-gas shall comply with this section and Sec-
 This section requires that all equipment and vehicle tions 3104.18.1 through 3104.18.5.3 for gasoline-pow-
fueling must be conducted outdoors to avoid the ered vehicles.
accumulation of ignitable vapors within the mem-
brane structure.  The three requirements given in this section are
applicable to vehicles powered by compressed natu-
3104.18.2.1 Quantity limit. Fuel in the fuel tank shall not
ral gas (CNG) or LP-gas, but they are consistent with
exceed one-quarter of the tank capacity or 5 gallons (19 L),
the requirements for gasoline-fueled vehicles given
whichever is less.
elsewhere in the code.
 Vehicles and equipment on display are allowed only a The first requirement is intended to prevent vapor
limited quantity of fuel in their tanks. Full fuel tanks buildup in confined spaces, such as inside an engine
could leak if temperatures reach a level that would compartment. Fuel left standing in a warm engine will
cause the contained fuel to expand beyond the “cook off” (vaporize) after the engine is turned off.
capacity of the tank. This kind of liquid spill would Requiring the engine to be left running after the sup-
evaporate with the potential for enough flammable ply valve is closed means that all fuel left in the
vapor to accumulate to reach a flammable level. Full engine will be burned off through internal combustion,
tanks also leave very little room for vapors given off leaving the engine relatively free of fuel that could
by the contained fuel. Practically all fuel tanks have vaporize.

The second requirement is a restatement of Sec- ond, the isolation requirement is intended to both
tion 3104.18.1 (see the commentary to that section). keep the public from coming into contact with hazard-
The third requirement states that specialty vehicles ous equipment and protect the equipment from van-
designed to run on either gasoline or CNG/LP-gas dalism or accidental damage by the public.
must comply with the same requirements as vehicles 3104.20 Standby personnel. Where, in the opinion of the
designed to run on gasoline alone. fire code official, it is essential for public safety in a tent or
3104.18.5 Competitions and demonstrations. Liquid and membrane structure used as a place of assembly or any other
gas-fueled vehicles and equipment used for competition or use where people congregate, because of the number of per-
demonstration within a tent or membrane structure shall com- sons, or the nature of the performance, exhibition, display,
ply with Sections 3104.18.5.1 through 3104.18.5.3. contest or activity, the owner, agent or lessee shall employ
 The provisions of this section introduce Sections one or more qualified persons, as required and approved, to
3104.18.5.1 through 3104.18.5.3, which contain remain on duty during the times such places are open to the
requirements for controlling the hazards associated public, or when such activity is being conducted.
with the use of liquid-fueled vehicles, or the equip-  This section authorizes the fire code official, at his or
ment inside of tents or other membrane structures. her discretion, to require the owner of a tent or mem-
3104.18.5.1 Fuel storage. Fuel for vehicles or equipment brane structure-based venue used for public assem-
shall be stored in approved containers in an approved loca- bly purposes to provide qualified supervisory
tion outside of the structure in accordance with Section personnel to enhance the safety profile of the event
3104.17.2. during its duration.
 This section gives the fire code official the authority to 3104.20.1 Duties. Before each performance or the start of
approve both the storage containers used and the such activity, standby personnel shall keep diligent watch for
location of those containers. The site designer, com- fires during the time such place is open to the public or such
petition manager or other responsible party must activity is being conducted and take prompt measures for
have the fire code official’s approval before the stor- extinguishment of fires that occur and assist in the evacuation
age scheme is put into use. See also Section 6104 of the public from the structure.
for further discussion of LP-gas storage, and Sec-  This section enumerates the duties and responsibili-
tions 2303 and 2306 for additional information on the ties of the individuals employed as standby person-
storage of CNG. nel. These duties are that they: maintain a careful fire
3104.18.5.2 Fueling. Refueling shall be performed outside of watch during whatever event is occurring, respond
the structure in accordance with Section 3104.17.3. immediately to control fires and assist patrons in
 This section refers back to Section 3104.17.3, which safely exiting the structure. They also could serve as
states a requirement for a 20-foot (6096 mm) separa- ushers, tour guides or service supervisors for table
tion between the fueling station and the membrane seating; or in some other capacity related to making
structure. Further information on fueling with LP gas sure occupants are moved to or from assigned places
is contained in Section 6106. Similar information cov- in an orderly manner.
ering CNG is contained in Sections 2304, 2307 and 3104.20.2 Crowd managers. There shall be trained crowd
2308. managers or crowd manager/supervisors at a ratio of one
3104.18.5.3 Spills. Fuel spills shall be cleaned up immedi- crowd manager/supervisor for every 250 occupants, as
ately. approved.
 Controlling spills is important to fire safety. Section  The key to this section is that the crowd managers
2305.3 gives requirements for spill containment. The must be trained in crowd management procedures
requirements for immediate cleanup are intended to appropriate to the activity being carried on in the
prevent the buildup of flammable vapors to hazard- membrane structure and they must be present in the
ous levels. Provisions for fuel spill containment and required numbers. Training of personnel and the
cleanup would require approval from the fire code duties assigned to them would have to be approved
official. by the fire code official. See also the commentary to
Section 403.3 for further information on crowd man-
3104.19 Separation of generators. Generators and other
agers.
internal combustion power sources shall be separated from
tents or membrane structures by not less than 20 feet (6096 3104.21 Combustible vegetation. Combustible vegetation
mm) and shall be isolated from contact with the public by that could create a fire hazard shall be removed from the area
fencing, enclosure or other approved means. occupied by a tent or membrane structure, and from areas
within 30 feet (9144 mm) of such structures.
 This section states two requirements. First, consis-
tent with other separation requirements, generators  Because dry grass and weeds both within and out-
and other equipment driven by internal combustion side of a membrane structure represent a significant
engines must be kept separated from the membrane fuel accumulation and fire hazard, this section
structure to minimize fire hazards if the generator or requires that all combustible vegetation be removed
other equipment should fail and catch on fire. Sec- from within the membrane structure and from the
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
31-14 Code Council

area outside of and within a 30-foot (9144 mm) son: August 7 at Brady District Block Party, Tulsa,
perimeter of the structure. Where the membrane Oklahoma; July 17 at the Cisco Ottawa Blues Festival
structure is a tent that relies on ropes and stakes for in Ottawa, Canada; August 13 at the Indiana State
its structural stability, the 30-foot (9144 mm) perime- Fairgrounds, which resulted in seven people killed
ter is to be measured outward from the furthest reach and 50 injured; and August 18 at the Pukkelpop Fes-
of the stake line, which is consistent with Section tival in Kiewit, Belgium. In the summer of 2012,
3103.8.2. This will reduce the chances that a grass or another life was lost at a Radiohead concert in
brush fire originating outside the tent will damage the Toronto, Canada. All resulted in tremendous property
structural support system, which could lead to failure damage and two in multiple fatalities. The obvious
and collapse of the tent with potential injury to occu- concern is for the safety of the performers, audi-
pants. See the commentary to Section 304.1.2 for fur- ences, stagehands, lighting technicians, security per-
ther information on combustible vegetation. sonnel and every other profession or individual in
3104.22 Combustible waste material. The floor surface close proximity to a temporary stage.
inside tents or membrane structures and the grounds outside Due to the unique design of temporary stage cano-
and within a 30-foot (9144 mm) perimeter shall be kept free pies, it is difficult for most fire inspectors to find ade-
of combustible waste and other combustible materials that quate guidance in current code language to
could create a fire hazard. Such waste shall be stored in satisfactorily regulate these specialized structures.
approved containers and removed from the premises not less This section introduces new regulations for these
than once a day during the period the structure is occupied by unique structures that will improve the safety profile
the public. of their construction and use, and provides an appro-
priate referenced standard to guide the fire code offi-
 Accumulated waste, trash or debris and the fire load cial in enforcing the new section. ANSI E1.21 was
they represent can become a serious fire hazard if produced by the Entertainment Services and Tech-
allowed to remain within a membrane structure or in nology Association (ESTA). ESTA recently merged
close proximity outside of the structure. Accordingly, with an international organization, Professional Light-
this section requires frequent collection and removal ing and Sound Association (PLASA). Fire code offi-
of trash and other combustibles from the area inside cials may download the standard at no charge,
the structure and within a 30-foot (9144 mm) perime- provided they register at www.plasa.org. ANSI E1.21
ter of the structure. Consistent with Section 3103.8.2, includes requirements that the temporary stage can-
where the membrane structure is a tent that relies on opy be designed not only to support the weight of the
ropes and stakes for its structural stability, the 30-foot equipment, but also to withstand seismic loads, wind
(9144 mm) perimeter should be measured outward loads, rain and snow loading, and uplift. There is a
from the furthest reach of the stake line to reduce the necessity for a design professional to fully analyze
chances that a trash fire originating outside the tent and design the structure to comply with the structural
will damage the structural support system, which loads. Section 3.4 of ANSI E1.21 requires: engineer-
could lead to failure and collapse of the tent. Once ing drawings and calculations for the design; allow-
collected and moved outside the structure, the trash able payload; and maximum wind speed during the
and other combustible waste materials must be kept erection process and use of the structure. Commen-
in an approved container, which should also be tary Figures 3105.1(1) and 3105.1(2) illustrate tempo-
located outside of the 30-foot (9144 mm) perimeter. rary stage structures.
See Section 304.3 for requirements for approved
trash containers. See also the commentary to Sec- 3105.2 Approval. Temporary stage canopies in excess of 400
tions 304.1 and 304.1.1 for further information on square feet (37 m2) shall not be erected, operated or main-
waste accumulation. tained for any purpose without first obtaining approval and a
permit from the fire code official and the building official.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
 This section requires that both the fire code official
SECTION 3105 and the building official issue a permit to construct a
TEMPORARY STAGE CANOPIES temporary stage canopy where the structure exceeds
3105.1 General. Temporary stage canopies shall comply 400 square feet in area. This provides coordination of
with Section 3104, Sections 3105.2 through 3105.8 and ANSI the respective expertise of the fire code official and
E1.21. the building official. The size is consistent with the
threshold provided in Section 3103.2.
 Temporary stage canopies are by their nature very
specialized and complex structures. The nature of the 3105.3 Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in Sec-
structures must accommodate a wide variety of tions 105.6 and 105.7.
changing components such as audio equipment,  The process of issuing permits gives the fire code
video walls and scenery. The entertainment industry official an opportunity to carefully evaluate and regu-
is continually evolving with new ways to improve late hazardous operations. Permit applicants should
shows creating larger and more complex spectacles. be required to demonstrate that their operations com-
There were four high-profile temporary stage can- ply with the intent of the code before the permit is
opy collapses during the 2011 summer concert sea- issued. See the commentary to Section 105.6 for a

general discussion of operations requiring an opera- days. For structures to be used longer than that
tional permit. Because of the hazards inherent in the period, they would be treated as permanent struc-
construction and the operation of temporary stage tures and be regulated by the IBC. This use period is
canopies, an operational permit is required by Sec- based on the provisions of the referenced standard
tion 105.6.45 and a construction permit is required by ANSI E1.21, which defines “temporary” as “A period
Section 105.7.18. The process also notifies the fire of time that is less than 6 weeks in duration.”
department of the need for prefire planning for the 3105.5 Required documents. The following documents
operation. shall be submitted to the fire code official and the building
official for review before a permit is approved:
1. Construction documents: Construction documents shall
be prepared in accordance with the International Build-
ing Code by a registered design professional. Construc-
tion documents shall include:
1.1. A summary sheet showing the building code
used, design criteria, loads and support reac-
tions.
1.2. Detailed construction and installation drawings.
1.3. Design calculations.
1.4. Operating limits of the structure explicitly out-
lined by the registered design professional
including environmental conditions and physi-
cal forces.
1.5. Effects of additive elements such as video
walls, supported scenery, audio equip-ment,
vertical and horizontal coverings.
1.6. Means for adequate stability including specific
requirements for guying and cross-bracing,
ground anchors or ballast for different ground
conditions.
2. Designation of responsible party: The owner of the
temporary stage canopy shall designate in writing a
person to have responsibility for the temporary stage
canopy on the site. The designated person shall have
sufficient knowledge of the construction documents,
manufacturer’s recommendations and operations plan
to make judgments regarding the structure’s safety and
to coordinate with the fire code official.
3. Operations plan: The operations plan shall reflect man-
ufacturer’s operational guidelines, procedures for envi-
ronmental monitoring and actions to be taken under
Figure 3105.1(1)
specified conditions consistent with the construction
TEMPORARY STAGE CANOPY documents.
IN AN OUTDOOR SETTING  This section is a summary of the relevant require-
ments of ANSI E1.21 necessary to provide guidance
to the fire code official. Stage canopies are subject to
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3105.4 Use period. Temporary stage canopies shall not be more diverse loads than most permanent structures.
erected for a period of more than 45 days.
Because of varying equipment weight, changing
 Temporary stage canopies are very complex and weather conditions and the need to raise and lower
specialized for each individual event. The nature of the roof to install equipment, a design professional
these structures must accommodate a wide variety of must fully analyze the structure and a responsible
changing components, such as audio and lighting person who understands this complexity of consider-
equipment, video walls and scenery. As such, one ations must be on site. The operations plan must
difference when compared to other temporary struc- identify the responsible person, designate safe evac-
tures regulated in Chapter 31 of the code is that the uation routes and locations, and evaluate the poten-
time period considered as “temporary” for temporary tial for canceling the show when the weather creates
stage canopies in this section is a maximum of 45 an unsafe condition.
31-16 Code Council

3105.6 Inspections. Inspections shall comply with Section 3105.6.2 Inspection report. The inspecting agency or indi-
106 and Sections 3105.6.1 and 3105.6.2. vidual shall furnish an inspection report to the fire code offi-
cial. The inspection report shall indicate that the temporary
 This section simply introduces the inspection require-
stage canopy was inspected and was or was not installed in
ments that follow.
accordance with the approved construction documents. Dis-
3105.6.1 Independent inspector. The owner of a temporary crepancies shall be brought to the immediate attention of the
stage canopy shall employ a qualified, independent approved installer for correction. Where any discrepancy is not cor-
agency or individual to inspect the installation of a temporary rected, it shall be brought to the attention of the fire code offi-
stage canopy. cial and the designated responsible party.
 It is unlikely many fire inspectors will be familiar with  The specialized inspector must perform a construc-
the specialized nature of these structures. Accord- tion inspection and issue a report, the primary objec-
ingly, this section requires a qualified specialized tive of which is to verify that the temporary stage
inspector to be employed by the owner to inspect and canopy was constructed in accordance with the
report to the authority having jurisdiction and the des- approved construction documents and the conditions
ignated responsible person. An Entertainment Tech- of the construction permit. Discrepancies must be
nician Certification Program (ETCP) certification identified and corrected before the structure can be
exists that would demonstrate competence to inspect utilized/occupied. Failure to correct any discrepancy
the majority of temporary stage canopies. For large, must be reported to the fire code official and the
unusually complex canopies there is latitude for the responsible party that was designated in accordance
fire code official to require inspection by a structural with Section 3105.5(2).
engineer familiar with these types of temporary struc-
3105.7 Means of egress. The means of egress for temporary
tures. Although it is not specified in the code, IBC
stage canopies shall comply with Chapter 10.
Chapter 17, Special Inspections and Tests, could be
used as a guide for this particular inspection require-  This section simply directs the code user to Chapter
ment. The use of a special inspector could be a con- 10 for means of egress requirements.
dition of approval from the building and fire code
official.
Figure 3105.1(2)
TEMPORARY STAGE CANOPY AFTER STRUCTURAL COLLAPSE AT THE INDIANA STATE FAIR—AUGUST 13, 2011
(Photo courtesy of Anne vonWeller)
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

3105.8 Location. Temporary stage canopies shall be located

a distance from property lines and buildings to accommodate
distances indicated in the construction drawings for guy
wires, cross-bracing, ground anchors or ballast. Location
shall not interfere with egress from a building or encroach on
fire apparatus access roads.
 Separation distance requirements of this section are
consistent with requirements for conventional struc-
tures, especially those that could represent an above-
average fire hazard. A fire of any size within a tempo-
rary stage structure would almost certainly involve
any membrane coverings and structural support ele-
ments. Because the support ropes and ground
anchors are under tension, particularly with large
structures, a structure weakened by fire would likely
fail, causing the ropes or wires to recoil and possibly
pull portions of the burning temporary stage structure
out of its original position. Requiring clear space
around the structure helps reduce the likelihood that
burning membrane sections and flying embers would
endanger other structures or interfere with the func-
tions of the open space, which include providing a
clear egress path from the stage canopy or any struc-
ture adjacent to it and fire department access to the
structure. Note that Section 3103.8.2 considers guy
wires to be part of the structure when measuring
open spaces around structures and it would seem
prudent to apply that principle to this section as well.
Bibliography
code:
Code Changes Resource Collection—2015 Interna-
tional Fire Code. Washington, DC: International
Code Council, 2014.
Dent, R.N. Principles of Pneumatic Architecture. New
York, NY: Halsted Press Division, John Wiley &
Sons, 1971.
Frei, O. Tensile Structures: Design, Structure, and Cal-
culation of Buildings, Cables, Nets and Membranes,
Vol. 2. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1969.
Herzog, T. Pneumatic Structures: A Handbook of Inflat-
able Architecture. Oxford, England: Oxford University
Press, 1976.
Shaefer, R.E. Tensioned Fabric Structures. Reston, VA:
American Society of Civil Engineers, 1996.
31-18 Code Council

Chapter 32:
High-Piled Combustible Storage
General Comments or storage facilities of unusual design. Under those cir-
cumstances, the provisions of Chapter 1, specifically
High-piled combustible storage facilities present great Section 102.7, would apply. Unusual storage facilities
challenges in fire incident management. The shear may include, but are not limited to, storage warehouses
mass of commodities in concentrated form, along with a located on piers, storage of vehicles, refrigerated stor-
different configuration for access to those commodities, age, underground storage facilities and air-supported
has led to the development of some unique fire protec- storage structures. Each type of specialty storage offers
tion and life safety measures. Experience with auto- a challenge to the fire department that will require
matic sprinkler protection has demonstrated over the unconventional fire incident management planning and
years that such systems are reliable and effective in unusual fire-fighting techniques. Access by fire-fighting
suppressing fires and in supplementing manual fire sup- vehicles and personnel is the greatest of those chal-
pression and extinguishing operations. However, the lenges. As a result, preplanning of the design of the
design and maintenance of any system or measure is storage facility may require coordination with the fire
essential to ensuring that, when needed, it will serve its code official and fire service to determine the means
function until such time as the fire service arrives to take and methods of the fire service to handle an approach
command of the incident. by water, addressing floating burning debris from a fire,
Chapter 32 presents fundamental concepts of fire and hazards of other neighboring piers and vessels, etc.
life safety protection within high-piled combustible stor-
age areas and buildings. Fire tests and past fire experi-
ence have shown that the class and quantity of Purpose
commodities, their relationship to one another and the Chapter 32 provides guidance for reasonable protection
maintenance and inspection of the systems and building of life from hazards associated with high-piled combusti-
are essential in preventing fires or limiting the spread of ble storage. It contains requirements for identifying vari-
fire. This chapter has provisions aimed at verifying the ous classes of commodities; general fire and life
proper design and installation of given fire and life protection safety features; and housekeeping and main-
safety protection systems. In some cases, the refer- tenance requirements. This chapter attempts to define
enced standards will contain more specific design and potential fire severity and determine fire and life safety
installation criteria than are found in this chapter. protection measures needed to control or suppress a
Other chapters of the code that contain provisions potential fire. Design considerations for the construc-
related to Chapter 32 are Chapters 3, 4, 5, 7, 9 and 10. tion, occupancy and fire protection features of the build-
The International Building Code® (IBC®) is mentioned ing or structure accommodating the high-piled
within this chapter, which addresses construction classi- combustible storage is the responsibility of the design
fication, occupancy, fire protection features, means of professional and the building owner. Housekeeping,
egress and structural requirements. building maintenance and development and upkeep of
This chapter does not specifically cover miscella- an evacuation plan are the responsibility of the building
neous combustible materials storage (see Section 315) owner, tenant or lessee.
SECTION 3201 4. Storage of combustible paper records shall be in accor-

GENERAL dance with NFPA 13.
3201.1 Scope. High-piled combustible storage shall be in 5. Storage of combustible fibers shall be in accordance
accordance with this chapter. In addition to the requirements with Chapter 37.
of this chapter, the following material-specific requirements 6. General storage of combustible material shall be in
shall apply: accordance with Chapter 3.
1. Aerosols shall be in accordance with Chapter 51.
 This section is intended as an introduction and refer-
2. Flammable and combustible liquids shall be in accor- ences those other chapters within the code that are to
dance with Chapter 57. be used in conjunction with Chapter 32, when appli-
3. Hazardous materials shall be in accordance with Chap- cable. In many cases, the referenced chapter con-
ter 50. tains more stringent provisions regarding fire
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

HIGH-PILED COMBUSTIBLE STORAGE
protection and life safety measures, and may also document requirements are in addition to those
cite other referenced standards. For example, Chap- encountered in the IBC and specifically require
ter 28 references NFPA 30B, Chapter 57 references detailed information that is essential for the permit
NFPA 30 and Chapter 50 references NFPA 704. review process and for future use when conducting
3201.2 Permits. A permit shall be required as set forth in fire inspections, in the development of the fire depart-
Section 105.6. ment’s prefire emergency plans and when conducting
fire incident management during an emergency.
 The process of issuing permits gives the fire code Items 1, 2, 3 and 5 are general requirements that
official an opportunity to carefully evaluate and regu- address the general description of work for which the
late hazardous operations. Permit applicants should application must be submitted. Item 4 is significant
be required to demonstrate that their operations com- because the height of any storage in relation to the
ply with the intent of the code before the permit is sprinkler heads will determine sprinkler effectiveness.
issued. See the commentary to Section 105.6 for a Sprinklers should be designed for the maximum
general discussion of operations requiring an opera- allowable heights of the stored commodities and the
tional permit. The permit process also notifies the fire minimum amount of unobstructed space below the
department of the need for prefire planning for the sprinkler heads. Items 6, 7 and 8 recognize that a
hazardous property. storage building can contain multiple classes and
3201.3 Construction documents. At the time of building groups of commodities. As a result, this section
permit application for new structures designed to accommo- requires that the construction documents illustrate the
date high-piled storage or for requesting a change of occu- location, size and classification of the various types of
pancy/use, and at the time of application for a storage permit, commodities. Items 9, 10, 11 and 12 are important for
plans and specifications shall be submitted for review and the development of a prefire emergency plan. Such a
approval. In addition to the information required by the Inter- plan can be established by the building owner or the
national Building Code, the storage permit submittal shall tenant in cooperation with the local fire department
include the information specified in this section. Following that will be called to the building during an emer-
approval of the plans, a copy of the approved plans shall be gency. Developing and maintaining a prefire emer-
maintained on the premises in an approved location. The gency plan can help during the incipient stages of a
plans shall include all of the following: fire by reducing the amount of damage from the fire
1. Floor plan of the building showing locations and and containing the fire within a short time. Item 13
dimensions of high-piled storage areas. requires a detailed description of the locations of
transverse and longitudinal flue spaces. The provi-
2. Usable storage height for each storage area. sions for minimum flue space dimensions are con-
3. Number of tiers within each rack, if applicable. tained in Section 3208.3. Item 14 allows the fire code
official to use the enforcement powers of that office to
4. Commodity clearance between top of storage and the collect more detailed information to make a more
sprinkler deflector for each storage arrangement. educated decision. These provisions recognize that
5. Aisle dimensions between each storage array. technology is evolving. As a result, the situation pre-
6. Maximum pile volume for each storage array. sented to the fire code official can require that addi-
tional fire protection and life safety measures be
7. Location and classification of commodities in accor- applied to address those new designs for storage or
dance with Section 3203. new class of commodity.
8. Location of commodities that are banded or encapsu- 3201.4 Evacuation plan. Where required by the fire code
lated. official, an evacuation plan for public accessible areas and a
9. Location of required fire department access doors. separate set of plans indicating location and width of aisles,
location of exits, exit access doors, exit signs, height of stor-
10. Type of fire suppression and fire detection systems.
age, and locations of hazardous materials shall be submitted
11. Location of valves controlling the water supply of at the time of permit application for review and approval. Fol-
ceiling and in-rack sprinklers. lowing approval of the plans, a copy of the approved plans
12. Type, location and specifications of smoke removal shall be maintained on the premises in an approved location.
and curtain board systems.  Section 3201.4 contains provisions that are designed
13. Dimension and location of transverse and longitudinal to compel additional information about the facility in
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
flue spaces. terms of the layout of the egress system. This feature
serves both the occupants of the building or structure
14. Additional information regarding required design fea-
and the fire department by addressing unique condi-
tures, commodities, storage arrangement and fire pro-
tions. The plans are to be accessible at the site and
tection features within the high-piled storage area
are for use by the fire code official or fire department
shall be provided at the time of permit, when required
during inspections of the building or structure. Main-
by the fire code official.
tenance of the plans is the responsibility of the build-
 Section 3201.3 contains provisions that are unique to ing owner, tenant or lessee.
the needs of the fire department. These construction Note that Chapter 4 addresses fire safety and
32-2 Code Council

evacuation plans for various occupancies. High-piled cans is designated as Class III, whereas lubricating
storage is not addressed directly, but larger Group M fluid in plastic containers is designated as Class IV.
and F occupancies are required to provide these Although this section addresses only the classifica-
plans. Such occupancies have the possibility of con- tion, such factors as the location of the commodity,
taining high-piled storage. location relative to other commodities of differing
classes, flue spaces, fire protection, ventilation,
access and egress will affect the storage layout.
SECTION 3202 Among the most important considerations are the
DEFINITIONS packaging of the commodity and the type of support
3202.1 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chap- the commodity is resting on (e.g., pallets). For rack
ter 2: storage, the distinction between the classes is made
with respect to the arrangement of the products; for
ARRAY. example, products encapsulated with plastic wrap
ARRAY, CLOSED. and those products not encapsulated. The plastic
AUTOMATED RACK STORAGE. wrap acts effectively as a container for the entire
arrangement of products, and because it encapsu-
BIN BOX. lates five of the six sides of the arrangement, it can
COMMODITY. prevent sprinklers from having an effect on the prod-
EARLY SUPPRESSION FAST-RESPONSE (ESFR) ucts if they do ignite and makes it difficult for prewet-
SPRINKLER. ting of the surrounding commodities. The
encapsulated category can be considered nonencap-
EXPANDED PLASTIC. sulated by removing, at a minimum, the plastic wrap
EXTRA-HIGH-RACK COMBUSTIBLE STORAGE. from the top of the arranged products, thus allowing
some penetration for the sprinklers.
HIGH-PILED COMBUSTIBLE STORAGE.
HIGH-PILED STORAGE AREA. Low Fire Hazard
LONGITUDINAL FLUE SPACE. Essentially noncombustible products on
Class I
MANUAL STOCKING METHODS. noncombustible pallets
High Fire Hazard
MECHANICAL STOCKING METHODS. Essentially Class I products on wood pallets
Class II
SHELF STORAGE. or crates
SOLID SHELVING. Essentially wood, paper and fiber products
Class III and Group C plastics (limited Class A and B
TRANSVERSE FLUE SPACE. plastics)
 Definitions of terms can help in the understanding Essentially Class I, II or III containing
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
and application of the code requirements. This sec- Class IV significant Group A plastics (unlimited Class
tion directs the code user to Chapter 2 for the proper B plastics and free-flowing Group A plastics)
application of the indicated terms used in this chap- High Hazard
ter. Terms may be defined in Chapter 2 or in another —
Essentially present fire hazard beyond
International Code® (I-Code®) as indicated in Section Class I, II, III or IV
needed (see also commentary, Sections 201.1 Figure 3203.1
through 201.4). CLASSIFICATION LEVELS
SECTION 3203 3203.2 Class I commodities. Class I commodities are essen-

COMMODITY CLASSIFICATION tially noncombustible products on wooden pallets, in ordi-
3203.1 Classification of commodities. Commodities shall be nary corrugated cartons with or without single-thickness
classified as Class I, II, III, IV or high hazard in accordance dividers, or in ordinary paper wrappings with or without pal-
with this section. Materials listed within each commodity lets. Class I commodities are allowed to contain a limited
classification are assumed to be unmodified for improved amount of Group A plastics in accordance with Section
combustibility characteristics. Use of flame-retarding modifi- 3203.7.4. Examples of Class I commodities include, but are
ers or the physical form of the material could change the clas- not limited to, the following:
sification. See Section 3203.7 for classification of Group A, Alcoholic beverages not exceeding 20-percent alcohol
B and C plastics. Appliances noncombustible, electrical
Cement in bags
 The classification of commodities contains informa-
Ceramics
tion addressing the materials that make up the com-
Dairy products in nonwax-coated containers (excluding
modity and its packaging (see Commentary Figure
bottles)
3203.1). As an example, lubricating fluid in metal

Dry insecticides Firewood

Foods in noncombustible containers Food in plastic containers
Fresh fruits and vegetables in nonplastic trays or containers Forest residue, round wood or chipped (branches, bark,
Frozen foods cross-cut ends, edgings and treetops)
Glass Furniture: wood, natural fiber, upholstered, nonplastic,
Glycol in metal cans wood or metal with plastic-padded and covered armrests
Gypsum board Glycol in combustible containers not exceeding 25 percent
Inert materials, bagged Lubricating or hydraulic fluid in metal cans
Insulation, noncombustible Lumber
Noncombustible liquids in plastic containers having less Mattresses, excluding foam rubber and foam plastics
than a 5-gallon (19 L) capacity Noncombustible liquids in plastic containers having a
Noncombustible metal products capacity of more than 5 gallons (19 L)
Paints, oil base, in metal cans
 Class I commodities are basically noncombustible
Paper, waste, baled
products packaged in corrugated cardboard cartons.
Paper and pulp, horizontal storage, or vertical storage that
The products may be arranged on combustible pal-
is banded or protected with approved wrap
lets. Examples of products that create this hazard are
Paper in cardboard boxes
listed in this section.
Peanut hulls, bagged, and static piles
3203.3 Class II commodities. Class II commodities are Pillows, excluding foam rubber and foam plastics
Class I products in slatted wooden crates, solid wooden Plastic-coated paper food containers
boxes, multiple-thickness paperboard cartons or equivalent Plywood
combustible packaging material with or without pallets. Class Rags, baled
II commodities are allowed to contain a limited amount of Recovered construction wood
Group A plastics in accordance with Section 3203.7.4. Exam- Rice hulls, bagged, and static piles
ples of Class II commodities include, but are not limited to, Rugs, without foam backing
the following: Seasonal grasses, baled and chopped
Alcoholic beverages not exceeding 20-percent alcohol, in Straw, baled
combustible containers Sugar, bagged
Foods in combustible containers Wood, baled
Incandescent or fluorescent light bulbs in cartons Wood chips, bagged, and static piles
Thinly coated fine wire on reels or in cartons Woody biomass, round wood or chipped (vase-shaped
stubby bushes, bamboo, willows; branches, bark and
 Class II commodities consist of noncombustible prod- stem wood)
ucts packaged in slatted wooden crates, solid Wood doors, frames and cabinets
wooden boxes, multiple-thickness paperboard car- Wood pellets, bagged, and static piles
tons or equivalent combustible packaging materials Yarns of natural fiber and viscose
that may or may not be arranged on pallets. If the
commodity is stored on a rack storage system, it will  Class III commodities are products of wood, paper,
generally be placed on wooden pallets. Examples of natural fiber or Group C plastics that may be
products that create this hazard are listed in this sec- arranged with or without pallets. The limitations con-
tion. cerning Group A are determined by Section 3203.7.4
3203.4 Class III commodities. Class III commodities are and Figure 3203.7.4. Limited Group B plastics are
commodities of wood, paper, natural fiber cloth, or Group C allowed. Examples of products that create this hazard
plastics or products thereof, with or without pallets. Products are listed in this section.
are allowed to contain limited amounts of Group A or B plas- 3203.5 Class IV commodities. Class IV commodities are
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
tics, such as metal bicycles with plastic handles, pedals, seats Class I, II or III products containing Group A plastics in ordi-
and tires. Group A plastics shall be limited in accordance nary corrugated cartons and Class I, II and III products with
with Section 3203.7.4. Examples of Class III commodities Group A plastic packaging, with or without pallets. Group B
include, but are not limited to, the following: plastics and free-flowing Group A plastics are also included
Aerosol, Level 1 (see Chapter 51) in this class. The total amount of nonfree-flowing Group A
Biomass briquettes, bagged, and static piles plastics shall be in accordance with Section 3203.7.4. Exam-
Biomass pellets, bagged, and static piles ples of Class IV commodities include, but are not limited to,
Charcoal the following:
Combustible fiberboard Aerosol, Level 2 (see Chapter 51)
Cork, baled Alcoholic beverages, exceeding 20-percent but less than
Corn cobs, static piles 80-percent alcohol, in cans or bottles in cartons
Corn stover, baled and chopped Clothing, synthetic or nonviscose
Feed, bagged Combustible metal products (solid)
Fertilizers, bagged Furniture, plastic upholstered
32-4 Code Council

Furniture, wood or metal with plastic covering and padding may result in a Group H occupancy classification,
Glycol in combustible containers (greater than 25 percent others will not.
and less than 50 percent) 3203.7 Classification of plastics. Plastics shall be designated
Linoleum products as Group A, B or C in accordance with Sections 3203.7.1
Paints, oil base in combustible containers through 3203.7.4.
Pharmaceutical, alcoholic elixirs, tonics, etc.
Rugs, foam back  The classification of plastics is contained in Sections
Shingles, asphalt 3203.7.1 through 3203.7.4. This section recognizes
Thread or yarn, synthetic or nonviscose that plastics tend to have high heat content and burn-
ing rates (heat release rates). For example, a Class
 Class IV commodities represent Class I, II or III prod- IV commodity could be evaluated as a high-hazard
ucts containing an appreciable amount of Group A commodity because of the quantity of Group A plastic
plastics. These plastics can be a part of the actual cushioning within the container used to sustain or
product or may be part of the packaging. Packing is in hold the product.
ordinary corrugated cardboard cartons, and arrange-
3203.7.1 Group A plastics. Group A plastics are plastic
ment may or may not be on pallets. This class also
materials having a heat of combustion that is much higher
allows unlimited Group B plastics and free-flowing
than that of ordinary combustibles, and a burning rate higher
Group A plastics. Examples of products that create
than that of Group B plastics. Examples of Group A plastics
this hazard are listed in this section.
include, but are not limited to, the following:
3203.6 High-hazard commodities. High-hazard commodi-
ties are high-hazard products presenting special fire hazards ABS (acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymer)
beyond those of Class I, II, III or IV. Group A plastics not Acetal (polyformaldehyde)
otherwise classified are included in this class. Examples of Acrylic (polymethyl methacrylate)
high-hazard commodities include, but are not limited to, the Butyl rubber
following: EPDM (ethylene propylene rubber)
FRP (fiberglass-reinforced polyester)
Aerosol, Level 3 (see Chapter 51) Natural rubber (expanded)
Alcoholic beverages, exceeding 80-percent alcohol, in Nitrile rubber (acrylonitrile butadiene rubber)
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
bottles or cartons PET or PETE (polyethylene terephthalate)
Commodities of any class in plastic containers in carousel Polybutadiene
storage Polycarbonate
Flammable solids (except solid combustible metals) Polyester elastomer
Glycol in combustible containers (50 percent or greater) Polyethylene
Lacquers that dry by solvent evaporation, in metal cans Polypropylene
or cartons Polystyrene (expanded and unexpanded)
Lubricating or hydraulic fluid in plastic containers Polyurethane (expanded and unexpanded)
Mattresses, foam rubber or foam plastics PVC (polyvinyl chloride greater than 15-percent plasti-
Pallets and flats that are idle combustible cized, e.g., coated fabric unsupported film)
Paper and pulp, rolled, in vertical storage that is SAN (styrene acrylonitrile)
unbanded or not protected with an approved wrap SBR (styrene butadiene rubber)
Paper, asphalt, rolled, horizontal storage
Paper, asphalt, rolled, vertical storage  Group A plastics are generally considered a high-
Pillows, foam rubber and foam plastics hazard commodity because they have the highest
Pyroxylin burning rate (heat release rates) of the materials in
Rubber tires the classes and groups. Examples of products that
Vegetable oil and butter in plastic containers create this hazard include:
 High-hazard commodities present a hazard inasmuch • Polyurethane foams used in sofas and beds.
as they contain materials that readily support com- • Polypropylene plastic toys.
bustion or materials that can support a physical or • Majority of stuffed animals and toys.
health hazard. Those products that represent a phys- • Rubber tires.
ical hazard are those presenting a detonation hazard,
deflagration hazard or that readily support combus- 3203.7.2 Group B plastics. Group B plastics are plastic
tion. The products representing a health hazard are materials having a heat of combustion and a burning rate
those that present a risk to people from handling or higher than that of ordinary combustibles, but not as high as
exposure to the product. Examples of products that those of Group A plastics. Examples of Group B plastics
create this kind of hazard are listed in this section. include, but are not limited to, the following:
High-hazard commodities are not to be confused Cellulosics (cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate butyr-
with high-hazard occupancy Group H. The term ate, ethyl cellulose)
“high-hazard,” in the context of this chapter, Chloroprene rubber
describes storage commodities that can present high- Fluoroplastics (ECTFE, ethylene-chlorotrifluoroethyl-
challenge fires. While some of the commodities listed ene copolymer; ETFE, ethylene-tetrafluoroethylene

copolymer; FEP, fluorinated ethylene-propylene SECTION 3204

copolymer) DESIGNATION OF HIGH-PILED STORAGE AREAS
Natural rubber (nonexpanded) 3204.1 General. High-piled storage areas, and portions of
Nylon (Nylon 6, Nylon 6/6) high-piled storage areas intended for storage of a different
PVC (polyvinyl chloride greater than 5-percent, but not commodity class than adjacent areas, shall be designed and
exceeding 15-percent plasticized) specifically designated to contain Class I, Class II, Class III,
Silicone rubber Class IV or high-hazard commodities. The designation of a
 Group B plastics represent the next level of plastics high-piled combustible storage area, or portion thereof
that have a heat of combustion and burning rate intended for storage of a different commodity class, shall be
higher than that of ordinary combustibles, but less based on the highest hazard commodity class stored except as
than Group A plastics. Examples of products that cre- provided in Section 3204.2.
ate this hazard include nylon rugs and nylon ropes.  This section establishes designation requirements for
3203.7.3 Group C plastics. Group C plastics are plastic different commodity classes, and designates areas
materials having a heat of combustion and a burning rate sim- within buildings for use in determining general fire
ilar to those of ordinary combustibles. Examples of Group C protection and life safety features.
plastics include, but are not limited to, the following: The highest hazard commodity will drive the classi-
Fluoroplastics (PCTFE, polychlorotrifluoroethylene; fication of the storage area. Section 3204.2 offers an
PTFE, polytetrafluoroethylene) exception to this by taking advantage of the hydraulic
Melamine (melamine formaldehyde) design of sprinkler systems. Additionally, lower-haz-
Phenol ard commodities can be separated from higher-haz-
PVC (polyvinyl chloride, rigid or plasticized less than 5 ard commodities in accordance with Sections
percent, e.g., pipe, pipe fittings) 3206.3.2.1 and 3206.3.2.2.
PVDC (polyvinylidene chloride) 3204.2 Designation based on engineering analysis. The
PVDF (polyvinylidene fluoride) designation of a high-piled combustible storage area, or por-
PVF (polyvinyl fluoride) tion thereof, is allowed to be based on a lower hazard class
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Urea (urea formaldehyde) than that of the highest class of commodity stored when a
limited quantity of the higher hazard commodity has been
 Group C plastics are those products that can be simi- demonstrated by engineering analysis to be adequately pro-
lar to ordinary combustibles because of their heat of
tected by the automatic sprinkler system provided. The engi-
combustion and burning rates, which will be less than
neering analysis shall consider the ability of the sprinkler
Group A and B plastics. Examples of products that
system to deliver the higher density required by the higher
create this hazard include hard, polyvinyl chloride
hazard commodity. The higher density shall be based on the
(PVC) piping used in many swimming pools and irri-
actual storage height of the pile or rack and the minimum
gation products, and melamine dishware.
allowable design area for sprinkler operation as set forth in
3203.7.4 Limited quantities of Group A plastics in mixed the density/area figures provided in NFPA 13. The contigu-
commodities. Figure 3203.7.4 shall be used to determine the ous area occupied by the higher hazard commodity shall not
quantity of Group A plastics allowed to be stored in a pack- exceed 120 square feet (11 m2) and additional areas of higher
age or carton or on a pallet without increasing the commodity hazard commodity shall be separated from other such areas
classification. by 25 feet (7620 mm) or more. The sprinkler system shall be
 Limited quantities of Group A plastics can be allowed capable of delivering the higher density over a minimum area
within other classes of commodities. Figure 3203.7.4 of 900 square feet (84 m2) for wet pipe systems and 1,200
shows the pertinent requirements, or limits, for deter- square feet (111 m2) for dry pipe systems. The shape of the
mining to which class the limited amount of Group A design area shall be in accordance with Section 903.
plastic is assigned.  This section allows the designer to make use of the
FIGURE 3203.7.4. See page 32-7. benefits of hydraulic design. In other words, in an
area rated for a low-hazard commodity it is likely that
 The figure represents an empirical judgment (as a in some portions of that space the available water
result of fire testing experience) of the risks associ- and pressure will be sufficient for a higher-hazard
ated with assigning a limited amount of Group A plas- commodity. This is true since sprinklers are designed
tics to another commodity class. The figure is for the most hydraulically remote areas; therefore,
intended to help determine the commodity classifica- areas closer to the riser will receive more water and
tion of a mixed commodity in a package or carton or higher pressure. There are certain criteria accompa-
on a pallet when plastics are involved. Plastics can nying this allowance that limit the size of the higher-
be involved (mixed) with products through the use of hazard storage areas to 120 square feet (11 m2) each
packaging or can be contained in or integrated into and require that they be separated from other similar
the actual product.
32-6 Code Council

areas by 25 feet (7620 mm) (see Commentary Figure each mixed commodity area. The commodities must
3204.2). It also provides minimum areas in which this be randomly dispersed (see NFPA 13).
increased water supply needs to be available. It
should be noted that there are some potential mainte-
nance limitations. It may be difficult to keep track of SECTION 3205
these particular designated areas and the separation HOUSEKEEPING AND MAINTENANCE
between the areas; therefore, it is suggested that the 3205.1 Rack structures. The structural integrity of racks
areas be delineated on the floor using durable traffic- shall be maintained.
type paint or tape. Recording the areas on a scaled
floor plan available to inspectors could also be useful.  This section’s emphasis on “structural integrity” has
NFPA 13 also offers another alternative that allows its roots in the IBC, specifically Chapters 16 and 22,
higher-hazard commodities to be dispersed through- which govern the structural design of rack storage
out a lower-hazard commodity storage area. There installations. The integrity of rack storage includes
are limitations on how many commodities can be in such items as the primary structural components, the
connections, bracing members and relationship with
30 9
25
PERCENT BY VOLUME OF EXPANDED PLASTICc
PERCENT BY WEIGHT OF EXPANDED PLASTIC

CLASSIFY AS
HIGH-HAZARD
COMMODITY
20 6
15
CLASSIFY
AS CLASS IV
COMMODITY
10 3
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
5
d
CLASSIFY AS
CLASS I, II, OR III
COMMODITY
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25
d
PERCENT BY WEIGHT OF UNEXPANDED PLASTIC
FIGURE 3203.7.4
MIXED COMMODITIESa, b
a. This figure is intended to determine the commodity classification of a mixed commodity in a package, carton or on a pallet where plastics are involved.
b. The following is an example of how to apply the figure: A package containing a Class III commodity has 12-percent Group A expanded plastic by volume.
The weight of the unexpanded Group A plastic is 10 percent. This commodity is classified as a Class IV commodity. If the weight of the unexpanded plastic is
increased to 14 percent, the classification changes to a high-hazard commodity.
Volume of plastic in pallet load
c. Percent by volume = ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total volume of pallet load, including pallet
Weight of plastic in pallet load

d. Percent by weight = --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total weight of pallet load, including pallet

the superstructure of the building. Racks can be a inch (1219 mm) or smaller aisles, and a minimum unob-
very significant part of the structure and pose struc- structed aisle width of one-half of the required aisle width
tural failure concerns, especially for the fire suppres- shall be maintained in aisles greater than 48 inches (1219
sion forces that may be operating in close proximity mm). During mechanical stocking operations, a minimum
to the racks. unobstructed aisle width of 44 inches (1118 mm) shall be
3205.2 Ignition sources. Clearance from ignition sources maintained in accordance with Section 3206.9.
shall be provided in accordance with Section 305.  This section emphasizes the importance of keeping
 Section 3205.2 directs the reader to Section 305, aisles and access corridors open at all times for both
which addresses housekeeping provisions for such occupant egress and fire-fighter access. Such aisles
things as open flames, heaters, flame-producing also serve as fire breaks. Miscellaneous storage,
devices, light fixtures and materials subject to sponta- waste and other objects in the aisles negate or
neous combustion. The responsibility for the care and reduce these functions; therefore, the owner or ten-
maintenance of the building rests with the building ant needs to have a rigorous maintenance program in
owner or the tenant. place. This section is applicable to buildings that are
accessible by the public, as well as those that are not.
3205.3 Smoking. Smoking shall be prohibited. Approved Restocking operations have the potential for being
“No Smoking” signs shall be conspicuously posted in accor- another impediment. Establishing minimum aisle
dance with Section 310. widths coupled with strict enforcement increases the
 This section prohibits smoking within combustible likelihood that clear aisle space will be available.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
storage areas to limit the chance for a fire to ignite. 3205.5 Pile dimension and height limitations. Pile dimen-
Section 310 is referenced for signage requirements. sions and height limitations shall comply with Section
3205.4 Aisle maintenance. When restocking is not being 3207.3.
conducted, aisles shall be kept clear of storage, waste mate-  Pile dimensions and height limitations are directly
rial and debris. Fire department access doors, aisles and exit regulated by the commodity class and the size of the
doors shall not be obstructed. During restocking operations storage area in accordance with Section 3207.3 and
using manual stocking methods, a minimum unobstructed Table 3206.2. Section 3207.3 simply references
aisle width of 24 inches (610 mm) shall be maintained in 48-
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m2.
Figure 3204.2
HIGHER HAZARD STORAGE ALLOWANCE
32-8 Code Council

Table 3206.2, which provides these limitations. The

only real variation in pile sizes is when a designer
chooses Option 2 in the table, which omits the use of
sprinklers. Therefore, control of combustibles is more
critical and the code has more restrictive height limi-
tations.
3205.6 Designation of storage heights. Where required by
the fire code official, a visual method of indicating the maxi-
mum allowable storage height shall be provided.
 The storage height of commodities is one of the most
important variables when determining the adequacy
of an automatic sprinkler system. A small increase in
the height of storage can have major implications as
to the minimum volume of water required to either FLUE SPACE ALLOWS FOR SPRINKLER
control or suppress a fire involving high-piled com- WATER TO PENETRATE THROUGH THE
RACK
bustible storage. This section was developed to pro-
vide code officials with a means of visually identifying Figure 3205.8
the maximum allowable storage height in occupan- SPRINKLER PENETRATION
cies housing high-piled combustible storage. The
requirement is not mandatory for all high-piled com- SECTION 3206
bustible storage, it is only required when specified by GENERAL FIRE PROTECTION
the fire code official. When applied, the requirement AND LIFE SAFETY FEATURES
provides building owners and employees with a
visual means of increasing the likelihood that the 3206.1 General. Fire protection and life safety features for
maximum allowable storage height will not be high-piled storage areas shall be in accordance with Sections
exceeded. This section does not specify the method 3206.2 through 3206.10.
required to satisfy its requirements. Compliance  This section establishes the minimum requirements
approaches could include the installation of barriers for fire protection and life safety features. These pro-
in rack sections; painting a line indicating the maxi- visions include separation requirements; automatic
mum storage height on the interior wall of the storage sprinklers; fire detection; access and egress; smoke
area or on the rack; posting signs; displaying a floor and heat removal; hose connections; minimum
plan with storage heights indicated; or suspending dimensions for aisles; clear heights; dead ends; and
objects from the roof structure. If the suspended fire extinguishers. In addition to the fire protection
objects method is selected, fire code officials should and life safety requirements, Table 3206.2 contains
confirm that the design of the device does not create provisions concerning commodity class and size of
obstructions to the sprinkler discharge. A list of all storage area requirements that define which fire pro-
possible methods to indicate maximum storage tection and life safety requirements are to be used in
heights is not included in this section in order to avoid the building design. Although this section addresses
a “laundry list approach” that may limit creativity for a minimum fire protection and life safety features, the
particular storage area. provisions that require proper maintenance of those
3205.7 Arrays. Arrays shall comply with Section 3207.4. features are included in Section 3205 and Chapter 3.
The responsibility for the care and maintenance of
 This section directs the reader to Section 3207.4, the fire protection and life safety features rests with
which in turn is governed by referenced standard the building owner, tenant or lessee. The responsibil-
NFPA 13. More specifically, it requires that any nec- ity for notifying the fire service (local fire department)
essary spacings in accordance with the design be when fire protection systems are inoperable also
provided from the array to the ceiling to ensure sprin- rests with the building owner, tenant or lessee. This
kler effectiveness. notification is necessary so that another means of
3205.8 Flue spaces. Flue spaces shall comply with Section protection is provided and that the fire department
3208.3. response and fireground management operations are
 This section directs the reader to Section 3208.3, based on system condition (see commentary, Sec-
tion 901.7).
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
which in turn is governed by Table 3208.3 and pro-

vides criteria for flue spaces. Flue spaces are critical 3206.2 Extent and type of protection. Where required by
to sprinkler system effectiveness. See the definitions Table 3206.2, fire detection systems, smoke and heat removal
in Section 202 for “Flue spaces,” “Longitudinal” and and automatic sprinkler design densities shall extend the
“Transverse” (see Commentary Figure 3205.8). lesser of 15 feet (4572 mm) beyond the high-piled storage
area or to a permanent partition. Where portions of high-

piled storage areas have different fire protection require- • Note g requires special fire protection features,
ments because of commodity, method of storage or storage such as fire protection of exposed steel in very
height, the fire protection features required by Table 3206.2 large high-piled storage areas. This is likely due
within this area shall be based on the most restrictive design to the potential size of a fire event with such a
requirements. large amount of storage.
 The fire protection features noted in this section • Note h limits high-hazard storage areas to
include a requirement for the extension of those fea- 500,000 square feet (46 450 m2). Each 500,000-
tures 15 feet (4572 mm) beyond the storage area if square-foot (46 450 m2) area would be required
no partitions are present [see Commentary Figure to be separated with a 2-hour fire wall (separate
3206.2(1)]. For the fire protection systems to be buildings).
effective, they must be designed with the knowledge • Note i indicates that a fire detection system is
that a fire within a storage area (high piled or rack) not required by the table if the high-piled storage
has the potential of jumping the aisle into another area is sprinklered. Without this footnote it
area of the same building. Note also that where would be unclear whether smoke detection
mixed classes are stored in an area, the fire detection would be required where sprinklers are
and protection system must be designed for the most voluntarily provided.
hazardous commodity, except as allowed in Section • Note j makes an exception to the smoke and
3204.2. The size of the high-piled storage area heat removal requirements where early
should include the aisles as required by NFPA 13 suppression fast response (ESFR) sprinklers or
(only for rack storage). See the discussion in Section control mode special application sprinklers with
3206.9 and the definition of “High-piled storage area.” a response time index of 50 or less listed to
The 15-foot (4572 mm) extension of protection control a fire with 12 or fewer sprinklers are
should include the aisle width when determining how used. Similar exceptions are found in Section
far to extend the protection [see Commentary Figure 910.1.
3206.2(2)].
Example: A storage area contains 200,000 square
TABLE 3206.2. See page 32-11.
feet (18 580 m2) of high-piled storage classified as
 In addition to the provisions of Sections 3206 through commodity Class I. It is a single-story building with
3210, this table defines, through a prescriptive floor space only, no rack storage and is protected by
approach, the fire protection requirements for high- standard automatic sprinklers. The subject building
piled storage. The table bases the requirements on would be required to comply with the following:
the commodity class and size of the high-piled stor- • Automatic fire-extinguishing system throughout
age area to indicate the necessary automatic fire- (see Section 3206.4).
extinguishing system, fire detection, building access,
smoke and heat removal, and curtain boards. In addi- • Building access (see Section 3206.6).
tion, the type of commodity and size of the high-piled • Smoke and heat removal (see Section 3206.7).
storage area govern the limitations for the size, height • Maximum pile dimension of 100 feet (30 480
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
and volume of solid-piled storage, shelf storage and mm) (see Section 3206.9).
palletized storage. The table presents the require-
• Maximum permissible storage height of 40 feet
ments in two commodity groupings. These groupings (12 192 mm).
are Class I through IV commodities and high-hazard
commodities. Essentially, all the same requirements • Maximum pile volume of (100 feet by 100 feet
apply, but at lower thresholds for high-hazard com- by 40 feet tall) 400,000 cubic feet (11 328 m3).
modities. 3206.3 Separation of high-piled storage areas. High-piled
Some of the key footnotes to the table are as fol- storage areas shall be separated from other portions of the
lows: building where required by Sections 3206.3.1 through
• Note a reminds the reader that sprinkler 3206.3.2.2.
systems must comply with the high-piled  This section sets forth the requirements for separat-
storage protection strategies found in NFPA 13 ing the storage area from other uses within the same
to be considered protected in accordance with building and for multiple classifications and heights of
the table. storage.
32-10 Code Council

TABLE 3206.2
GENERAL FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
SOLID-PILED STORAGE, SHELF
ALL STORAGE AREAS
STORAGE AND PALLETIZED STORAGE
SIZE OF HIGH-PILED (See Sections 3206, 3207 and 3208)b
(see Section 3207.3)
STORAGE AREAa
COMMODITY Automatic fire- Maximum
(square feet) Fire detection Building Smoke and
CLASS extinguishing Maximum pile permissible Maximum
(see Sections 3206.2 and system access heat removal
3206.4) system dimensionc storage pile volume
(see Section (see Section (see Section
(see Section (feet) heightd (cubic feet)
3206.5) 3206.6) 3206.7)
3206.4) (feet)
Not Not Not Not Not Not Not
0-500
Requireda Required Requirede Required Required Required Required
Not Not Not
501-2,500 Yesi 100 40 100,000
Requireda Requirede Required
2,501-12,000 Not Not Not
Yes 100 40 400,000
Public accessible Required Requirede Required
2,501-12,000
Not Not Not
Nonpublic accessible Yes 100 40 400,000
Required Requirede Required
(Option 1)
I-IV
2,501-12,000
Not
Nonpublic accessible Yes Yes Yesj 100 30f 200,000
Requireda
(Option 2)
Not
12,001-20,000 Yes Yes Yesj 100 40 400,000
Required
Not
20,001-500,000 Yes Yes Yesj 100 40 400,000
Required
Greater than Not
Yes Yes Yesj 100 40 400,000
500,000g Required
Not Not Not Not Not Not
0-500 50
Requireda Required Requirede Required Required Required
501-2,500 Not Not Not
Yes 50 30 75,000
Public accessible Required Requirede Required
501-2,500
Not Not Not
Nonpublic accessible Yes 50 30 75,000
Required Requirede Required
High (Option 1)
hazard 501-2,500
Not
Nonpublic accessible Yes Yes Yesj 50 20 50,000
Requireda
(Option 2)
Not
2,501-300,000 Yes Yes Yesj 50 30 75,000
Required
Not
300,001-500,000g, h Yes Yes Yesj 50 30 75,000
Required
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 cubic foot = 0.02832 m3 , 1 square foot = 0.0929 m2.
a. Where automatic sprinklers are required for reasons other than those in Chapter 32, the portion of the sprinkler system protecting the high-piled storage area
shall be designed and installed in accordance with Sections 3207 and 3208.
b. For aisles, see Section 3206.9.
c. Piles shall be separated by aisles complying with Section 3206.9.
d. For storage in excess of the height indicated, special fire protection shall be provided in accordance with Note g where required by the fire code official. See
Chapters 51 and 57 for special limitations for aerosols and flammable and combustible liquids, respectively.
e. Section 503 shall apply for fire apparatus access.
f. For storage exceeding 30 feet in height, Option 1 shall be used.
g. Special fire protection provisions including, but not limited to, fire protection of exposed steel columns; increased sprinkler density; additional in-rack
sprinklers, without associated reductions in ceiling sprinkler density; or additional fire department hose connections shall be provided required by the fire
code official.
h. High-piled storage areas shall not exceed 500,000 square feet. A 2-hour fire wall constructed in accordance with Section 706 the International Building Code
shall be used to divide high-piled storage exceeding 500,000 square feet in area.
i. Not required where an automatic fire-extinguishing system is designed and installed to protect the high-piled storage area in accordance with Sections 3207
and 3208.
j. Not required where storage areas are protected by either early suppression fast response (ESFR) sprinkler systems or control mode special application
sprinklers with a response time index of 50 (m • s)1/2 or less that are listed to control a fire in the stored commodities with 12 or fewer sprinklers, installed in
accordance with NFPA 13.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Figure 3206.2(1)
EXTENT OF PROTECTION
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 3206.2(2)
EXTENT OF PROTECTION INCLUDING AISLES
32-12 Code Council

3206.3.1 Separation from other uses. Mixed occupancies tion 707, and the opening protectives must have a
shall be separated in accordance with the International Build- minimum fire protection rating of 1 hour. Note that
ing Code. IBC Section 716.5 allows an opening protective fire
protection rating of 3/4 hour for nonexit-enclosure fire
 IBC Section 508 describes the provisions governing
barriers; however, this section, with its specific
the condition when a building contains more than one
of the occupancy groups identified in IBC Sections requirement of a 1-hour opening protective assembly
rating, would supersede that requirement. Penetra-
303 through 312 (see also the occupancy classifica-
tion definitions in Section 202 of the code). Buildings tions of fire barriers must comply with IBC Section
714. Maintenance of the fire-resistance-rated con-
very often will contain more than one occupancy
group classification; for example, an office (Group B, struction rests with the building owner or the tenant
as described in Section 703. The main purpose for
business) connected to a storage area (Group S-1,
moderate-hazard storage). Once a building is deter- this section is to determine what area is required to
be used when addressing Table 3206.2. Section
mined to house more than one occupancy group, the
codes require that a combination of potential fire and 3206.3.2.2 is focused on the need to separate differ-
ent hazard levels of storage in order to increase or
life safety hazards be addressed. IBC Section 508.3
provides for several conditions under which certain reduce the fire protection requirements (see also
commentary, Section 3206.3.2.2).
dissimilar occupancies are treated: accessory occu-
pancies, nonseparated occupancies and separated 3206.3.2.2 Multiclass high-piled storage areas. High-piled
occupancies. It should be noted that when the mixed storage areas classified as Class I through IV not separated
occupancy building is separated by a fire wall it tech- from high-piled storage areas classified as high hazard shall
nically becomes two buildings (see the definition of utilize the aggregate of all high-piled storage areas as high
“Building area” in Section 202). As a result, the provi- hazard for the purposes of the application of Table 3206.2. To
sions of IBC Sections 503 through 507 will need to be be considered as separated, 1-hour fire barriers shall be con-
reviewed for applicability and the evaluation and structed in accordance with Section 707 of the International
design adjusted for that difference. Building Code. Openings in such fire barriers shall be pro-
tected by opening protectives having a 1-hour fire protection
3206.3.2 Multiple high-piled storage areas. Multiple high-
rating.
piled storage areas shall be in accordance with Section
3206.3.2.1 or 3206.3.2.2. Exception: As provided for in Section 3204.2.
 This section delineates how to determine fire and life  This section is intended to recognize that, in actual
safety requirements for a single building or area con- circumstances, storage arrays may contain a combi-
taining multiple classes of commodities. nation of Class I through IV commodities alongside
3206.3.2.1 Aggregate area. The aggregate of all high-piled high-hazard commodities. It is not unusual for arrays
storage areas within a building shall be used for the applica- to consist of thousands of products. As in Section
tion of Table 3206.2 unless such areas are separated from 3206.3.2.1, this section recognizes that in storage
each other by 1-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance areas multiples of commodity classifications may be
with Section 707 the International Building Code. Openings contained in one area and must be treated as an
in such fire barriers shall be protected by opening protectives aggregate under the highest hazard commodity class
having a 1-hour fire protection rating. category found in that area when applying Table
3206.2. As with Section 3206.3.2.1, this provision
 This section is intended to recognize that, in actual allows for each class of commodity to be separated
storage circumstances, storage arrays do not always within the same building by 1-hour fire barriers con-
correspond to any one commodity classification. It is structed in accordance with IBC Section 707, which
not unusual for arrays to consist of thousands of applies to fire barriers used for separating fire areas.
products. As a result, this section recognizes that, in To maintain integrity of the separation of fire areas,
storage areas, multiple commodity classifications fire barriers must be continuous from the top of the
may be contained in one area and must be treated as floor below to the underside of the roof slab or deck
an aggregate when applying Table 3206.2. As an above and be securely attached thereto. As with any
alternative, this provision allows for each class of fire-resistive barriers, consideration must be given to
commodity to be separated within the same building openings and penetrations. The number and size of
by 1-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with openings in the fire barrier must comply with the pro-
IBC Section 707, which applies to fire barriers used visions of IBC Section, and the opening protective
for separating fire areas. To maintain integrity of the assemblies must have a minimum fire-resistance rat-
separation of fire areas, fire barriers must be continuing of 1 hour. Note that IBC Section 716.5 allows an
ous from the top of the floor below to the underside of opening protection rating of 3/4 hour for nonexit-enclo-
the roof slab or deck above and be securely attached sure fire barriers; however, this section, with its spe-
thereto. As with any fire-resistance-rated assembly, cific requirement of a 1-hour opening protective
consideration must be given to openings and pene- assembly rating, would supersede that requirement.
trations. The number and size of openings in the fire Penetrations of fire barriers must comply with IBC
barrier must comply with the provisions of IBC Sec- Section 714. Maintenance of the fire-resistance-rated
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

construction rests with the building owner or the ten- by Section 907.2. Table 3206.2 shows when a fire
ant as described in Section 703. The use of separa- detection system is required to be installed in a stor-
tion allows the application of less-restrictive, active age area. Section 907 covers the application, installa-
fire protection requirements in some areas containing tion, performance and maintenance of the fire alarm
lower hazard commodities. It also creates smaller system and its components. Section 907.6.3 requires
areas that need to be applied to Table 3206.2. The that the fire alarm system identify the specific initia-
exception permits the use of an accepted engineering tion device address, location and device type. Sev-
analysis in accordance with Section 3204.2, which eral exceptions address issues such as small
allows one to take advantage of the benefits of buildings where this is unnecessary, certain initiating
hydraulic design (see Section 3204.2). devices and existing systems. Section 907.6.4 pro-
3206.4 Automatic sprinklers. Automatic sprinkler systems vides the minimum requirements for zoning the sys-
shall be provided in accordance with Sections 3207, 3208 and tem, which limit the size of the zoned area to 22,500
square feet (2090 m2). Such systems are only
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3209.
required in some cases in Table 3206.2, primarily
 This section refers the reader to Sections 3207, 3208 when the building is not sprinklered.
and 3209 for the specific sprinkler requirements
3206.6 Building access. Where building access is required
based upon the type of high-piled storage. Sprinkler
by Table 3206.2, fire apparatus access roads in accordance
systems are discussed in Sections 3207.2, 3208.2
with Section 503 shall be provided within 150 feet (45 720
and 3209.2 for the various ways in which high-piled
mm) of all portions of the exterior walls of buildings used for
storage is configured.
high-piled storage.
3206.4.1 Pallets. Automatic sprinkler system requirements
based upon the presence of pallets shall be in accordance with Exception: Where fire apparatus access roads cannot be
NFPA 13. installed because of topography, railways, waterways,
nonnegotiable grades or other similar conditions, the fire
 The types of pallets used will alter the sprinkler pro- code official is authorized to require additional fire protec-
tection provided for storage. NFPA 13 has extensive tion.
requirements for pallet use and storage based on the
type of pallet that must be designed for and main-  This section contains the requirements for fire depart-
ment access to a building. There are the same
tained during occupancy. Plastic pallets, when used,
increase the fuel load to the commodity that is being requirements found in Section 503.1.1. Section 503
discusses the minimum requirements for the location
stored on top of the pallet. NFPA 13 requires the
commodity classification to be altered to address the of such a roadway, additional access where required,
minimum dimensions, minimum surface load toler-
additional hazard. There are specific adjustments for
commodity class for unreinforced or reinforced poly- ances, turning radii, grades, marking and overall
access by the fire department. Additional measures
propylene or unreinforced or reinforced high-density
polyethylene plastic pallets. If a different type of plas- are necessary when a road cannot be built on the
property surrounding the building, including additional
tic is used, the commodity shall either be adjusted by
two classes or be tested to determine the classifica- fire sprinkler protection, detection, building fire resis-
tance, etc. This reliance on fire protection systems is
tion. NFPA 13 does not specify a test.
necessary to compensate for the limited access avail-
3206.4.1.1 Plastic pallets. Plastic pallets listed and labeled in able to fire department equipment.
accordance with UL 2335 or FM 4996 shall be treated as
3206.6.1 Access doors. Where building access is required by
wood pallets for determining required sprinkler protection.
Table 3206.2, fire department access doors shall be provided
 This section allows for plastic pallets that have in accordance with this section. Access doors shall be acces-
passed UL 2335 or FM 4996 to be treated as wood sible without the use of a ladder.
pallets. UL 2335 and FM 4996 are tests specific to
 Building access requirements are summarized in
storage pallets and their associated flammability;
Table 3206.2. The access requirements include the
those tests do not address smoke generation. The
application of Sections 3206.6.1.1 through
tests examine the comparative performance of the
3206.6.1.3. In addition, the provisions of Chapter 10,
plastic pallet to a wood pallet.
which address minimum clear width dimensions,
3206.5 Fire detection. Where fire detection is required by allowable projections into the clear width, floor land-
Table 3206.2, an approved automatic fire detection system ings, door hardware, door identification, etc., must be
shall be installed throughout the high-piled storage area. The considered. Section 504 states that an approved
system shall be monitored and be in accordance with Section walkway must be provided from the fire apparatus
907. access road, or from other approved fire apparatus
 Automatic fire detection systems are designed to access roadways, to an exterior door opening
increase the likelihood that the fire will be detected required for fire department access.
and the occupants given sufficient warning to allow 3206.6.1.1 Number of doors required. Not less than one
area or building exit. The detectors must be smoke access door shall be provided in each 100 linear feet (30 480
detectors approved for the particular use, as required mm), or fraction thereof, of the exterior walls that face
32-14 Code Council

required fire apparatus access roads. The required access appeared in the 2009 edition of the code. Existing
doors shall be distributed such that the lineal distance warehouses where one tenant moves out and a new
between adjacent access doors does not exceed 100 feet (30 tenant moves in will require a new high-piled storage
480 mm). permit. As part of the permit, the current/adopted edi-
Exception: The linear distance between adjacent access tion of Chapter 32 is applied, often resulting in cutting
doors is allowed to exceed 100 feet (30 480 mm) in exist- holes in exterior walls, which are often concrete, and
ing buildings where no change in occupancy is proposed. causing business restrictions as a result of adding
The number and distribution of access doors in existing doors where currently roll-up doors exist. This allows
buildings shall be approved. a small amount of flexibility for owners of existing
buildings and the fire code official where adding
 In accordance with International Fire Code® (IFC®) doors appears costly or impractical.
Committee Interpretation No. 36-04, access door 3206.6.1.2 Door size and type. Access doors shall be not less
openings in exterior walls are to be located such that than 3 feet (914 mm) in width and 6 feet 8 inches (2032 mm)
the distance between adjacent openings does not in height. Roll-up doors shall not be used unless approved.
exceed 100 lineal feet (30 480 mm), providing the fire
department short runs for quick access to assess,  Door sizes are the same as those in the means-of-
combat and control a fire in the high-piled storage egress door provisions of Chapter 10. The emphasis
areas of a building (see Commentary Figure on the side-hinged type of door is to ensure that other
3206.6.1.1). The language is similar to that found in door types, such as roll-up and sliding, are not used
Section 903.2.11.1 for windowless stories or build- due to their historically poor reliability. The swing
ings. Table 3206.2 tends to require such doors for should be outward and no less than 90 degrees (1.75
larger-sized, high-piled storage areas where fire fight- rad). Section 1003.5, Exception 1, permits the door
ing may be more difficult. sill elevation to be above the outside grade if the door
An exception is provided for existing buildings. This is not a required accessible route in accordance with
exception recognizes that there may be practical diffi- the IBC. In some regions, the raised sill is preferred
culties in adding doors to an existing building to meet because of the potential buildup of snow and ice.
the 100-foot limitations. The exception does not pre- 3206.6.1.3 Locking devices. Only approved locking devices
scribe a specific number but instead requires the shall be used.
number and distribution to be approved. The current
language limiting the distance to 100 feet first  Locking mechanisms must be approved by the fire
code official. The fire service must be able to open
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Figure 3206.6.1.1
REQUIRED ACCESS DOORS

the doors from the exterior side during an emergency. fire hose lines would be in a protected area or would
The locking mechanism must be designed to main- otherwise be impractical to use because of travel dis-
tain the security of the building, to be readily open- tance. The intent is to allow the fire department to ini-
able from the egress side and to be openable by fire tiate an attack on the fire more safely and quickly,
department personnel from the exterior. thus reducing the possibility of loss of life or property.
3206.7 Smoke and heat removal. Where smoke and heat 3206.9 Aisles. Aisles providing access to exits and fire
removal is required by Table 3206.2 it shall be provided in department access doors shall be provided in high-piled stor-
accordance with Section 910. age areas exceeding 500 square feet (46 m2), in accordance
with Sections 3206.9.1 through 3206.9.3. Aisles separating
 Table 3206.2 identifies the requirements for smoke
and heat removal based on the size and public storage piles or racks shall comply with NFPA 13. Aisles
shall also comply with Chapter 10.
accessibility of the high-piled storage area. If
required, smoke and heat removal is to be designed Exception: Where aisles are precluded by rack storage
and installed in accordance with Section 910. Smoke systems, alternate methods of access and protection are
and heat removal would not be required if ESFR allowed when approved.
sprinklers or control mode special application sprin-  Aisles in high-piled storage areas have multiple func-
klers are installed in accordance with Note j of Table tions, which include the following:
3206.2. The concern addressed by Note j is that
smoke and heat vents may affect sprinkler reliability • Exit access.
and the general need for such features in sprinklered • Fire department access.
buildings. Also, these types of sprinkler systems are • Fire breaks.
extremely successful in suppressing and extinguish-
• Everyday access to storage.
ing fires. They are also designed such that disruption
from smoke and heat vents or even a mechanical Under normal conditions, the aisles primarily serve
smoke removal system would be detrimental to their people working in the building, and the design for
successful operation. Smoke and heat vents and minimum aisle width is based on the maneuvering
draft curtains were originally developed as a way to capabilities of the commodity-handling methods and
manage smoke in nonsprinklered large spaces. Draft equipment. Under emergency situations, the aisle
curtains are no longer addressed in Chapter 32 or automatically becomes an egress pathway that must
Section 910. provide the required minimum width to accommodate
In addition, vent locations must reflect consider- the number of occupants that must use the aisles,
ation of the temperature requirements of both the fus- and also serves to allow the water discharge from the
ible link of the vent and the temperature rating range sprinklers to penetrate the high-piled storage. Aisles
of the sprinkler heads. A vent opening could keep the also provide access for fire department personnel
temperature around nearby sprinkler heads low and serve as fire breaks between piles and racks.
enough to prevent them from activating because of Chapter 2 of both the code and the IBC define
the cooler air passing to the opened vent; therefore, “Aisle” as an exit access component that defines and
smoke and heat vents should have a higher tempera- provides a path of egress travel. This is generally true
ture rating than the sprinklers. These concerns are when it comes to high-piled storage, but the aisles
addressed in more detail in standards UL793 and FM have other important functions as noted above.
4430. This section differentiates between aisle require-
3206.8 Fire department hose connections. Where exit pas- ments for fire department access and exit access for
sageways are required by the International Building Code for occupants from those required by NFPA 13. The aisle
egress, a Class I standpipe system shall be provided in accor- requirements in NFPA 13 are specific to rack storage
dance with Section 905. and are based on the testing of specific commodity
configurations. During tests of high-piled rack storage
 An exit passageway is a means of continuing the exit configurations, one of the criteria for success/failure
enclosure protection horizontally to the exit dis- has been whether the target array (commodity across
charge. Accordingly, an exit passageway may be the aisle) has been ignited. Therefore, as discussed
used to connect an interior exit stairway to the exit in the definition of “High-piled storage areas” these
discharge. Another use of an exit passageway is to
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
aisle widths would be included in the area actually

bring an exit entrance within the allowable limit of exit classified as high-piled combustible storage [see
access travel distance. This section states that when Commentary Figure 3206.9(2)]. Any of the aisles
the IBC requires the installation of an exit passage- related solely to exit and access would be above and
way, a Class I standpipe system must be provided in beyond the requirements in NFPA 13 and would not
accordance with Section 905. The intent is to recog- need to be included in the aggregate area. NFPA 13
nize that the standpipe will provide a quick and con- does not address aisle widths for solid-piled or pallet-
venient water source for fire department use where ized storage; therefore, the aisle widths would not
32-16 Code Council

need to be included as part of the high-piled storage 3206.9.1 Width. Aisle width shall be in accordance with Sec-
area when applying Table 3206.2, but would be tions 3206.9.1.1 and 3206.9.1.2.
required by this section for egress and access. NFPA Exceptions:
13 does have a section that discusses the need for
aisle widths in all high-piled storage areas as it 1. Aisles crossing rack structures or storage piles, that
relates to slowing the spread of fire, fire-fighter are used only for employee access, shall be not less
access, salvage and removal of storage but does not than 24 inches (610 mm) wide.
provide specific aisle widths (see also IFC Committee 2. Aisles separating shelves classified as shelf storage
Interpretation No. 13-05 and the definition of “High- shall be not less than 30 inches (762 mm) wide.
piled combustible storage” in Section 202).
Another scenario encountered when determining  This section alerts the code user to the various mini-
the high-piled storage area is high-piled storage sur- mum aisle widths based on the commodity, commod-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
rounding other uses or low-piled storage. The aisle ity area and whether the building contains automatic
width when addressing rack storage should be sprinklers. It is important to note that for fire protec-
included in the high-piled storage area determination tion purposes, NFPA 13 defines “Aisle width” as “the
[see Commentary Figure 3206.9(3)]. horizontal dimension between the face of the loads in
The exception to this section provides the ability to racks under consideration” (see Commentary Figure
address situations where the required aisle width 3206.9.1).
affects the ability of a facility to operate. Essentially, There are two exceptions to the aisle requirements.
other strategies must be proposed. This may include Exception 1 allows aisles that cross rack structures to
the use of additional sprinkler protection within racks. be 24 inches (610 mm), the logic being that those
The key is that egress and access for occupants and aisles are not required (above and beyond egress,
fire fighters be addressed appropriately. It should be access and need for fire breaks) and are simply a
noted that multiple-row racks specifically lack aisles, convenience for building owners and users (see
unlike single- and double-row racks. However, the Commentary Figure 3206.9.1).
increased hazard from such storage is already specif- Exception 2 is for shelving that allows a 30-inch
ically addressed by NPFA 13 in the fire protection (762 mm) aisle. This is related to the requirements
requirements. found in NFPA 13 for shelf storage that allows 30-
inch (762 mm) aisles. Solid shelving in rack storage
would not be addressed by this exception.
LOAD ON
RACK
STRUCTURAL SUPPORT
HEADROOM MINIMUM
80 INCHES (2306.9.2)
FLOOR
AISLE MINIMUM
CLEAR WIDTH (2306.9)

Figure 3206.9(1)
RACK STORAGE (DOUBLE ROW)


Figure 3206.9(2)
HIGH-PILED STORAGE AREA

Figure 3206.9(3)
HIGH-PILED STORAGE AREA (ALONG WALLS)
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
32-18 Code Council

department with greater maneuvering capabilities

during a fire, essentially providing an additional safety
factor where more dangerous commodities are
stored.
Aisles that provide access to exits and to the fire
department access doors are required to comply with
Section 3206.9.1. Therefore, where such exit access
and fire department access doors are located, the
aisles are required to be at least 44 inches. This
would also require that single- or double-row racks
have a minimum 44-inch aisle between racks when
used as an aisle to provide access to exits and fire
department access. This does not include cross
aisles that are permitted to be 24 inches in width
(Exception 1 to Section 3206.9.1). Note that NFPA 13
permits single- and double-row racks to have aisles
as small as 31/2 feet. This is slightly smaller than the
minimum aisle width required by the code. Careful
exit planning is needed in rack storage for single- and
double-row racks.
This section would not require that all aisles within
multirow rack installation be 44 inches. Again, only
aisles necessary for egress and fire department
access would need to meet these requirements.
This may affect the layout of multirow rack systems to
provide such access paths for egress and fire depart-
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. ment access in some cases. Travel distance, com-
mon path of travel and dead ends may be limiting
Figure 3206.9.1 factors. This is similar to solid-piled storage which
CROSS AISLES
can take up large areas within a building without pro-
viding aisles within the storage pile itself.
3206.9.1.1 Sprinklered buildings. Aisles in sprinklered The exception recognizes the increased safety pro-
buildings shall be not less than 44 inches (1118 mm) wide. vided by a higher level of sprinkler protection, such as
Aisles shall be not less than 96 inches (2438 mm) wide in using a multirow rack protection scheme in a single-
high-piled storage areas exceeding 2,500 square feet (232 or double-row rack system, an ESFR system or addi-
m2) in area, that are accessible to the public and designated to tional levels of in-rack sprinklers, by allowing for
contain high-hazard commodities. smaller aisle widths for high-hazard commodity areas
Exception: Aisles in high-piled storage areas exceeding exceeding 2,500 square feet (232 m2). If the sprinkler
2,500 square feet (232 m2) in area, that are accessible to protection can protect multiple-row racks of high-haz-
the public and designated to contain high-hazard commod- ard commodities, it should adequately protect small
ities, are protected by a sprinkler system designed for mul- aisle displays between piles or racks.
tiple-row racks of high-hazard commodities shall be not It should be noted that NFPA 13 addresses two
less than 44 inches (1118 mm) wide. major configurations of rack storage. They include
single- and double-row rack storage and multirow
Aisles shall be not less than 96 inches (2438 mm) wide in rack storage. The protection requirements are differ-
areas accessible to the public where mechanical stocking ent and more stringent for multirow racks and are
methods are used. based specifically on test configurations with certain
 The 44-inch-minimum (1118 mm) aisle width allows aisle spacings. NFPA considers any rack storage
two unimpeded parallel columns of occupants to with less than 31/2 foot (42 inches) aisles as multirow
travel in opposite directions in addition to anticipating rack storage. NFPA 13 does not require aisles within
other obstructions occurring during an emergency sit- multirow racks. NFPA 13 compensates for the
uation. These obstructions could be in the form of a increased fire hazard with more restrictive fire protec-
lift truck, idle pallets, mercantile displays and even tion requirements. Therefore, within the multirow
the results of unstable commodities falling into the racking itself, aisles as required by Section
aisle. In addition, the 96-inch (2438 mm) width further 3206.9.1.1 are not required and small convenience
reduces the hazard of aisle jumps (radiant heat from aisles are appropriate. This is also consistent with
a burning pile/rack causing the pile/rack across the Exception 1 to Section 3206.9.1 allowing 24-inch
aisle to ignite) in case of a fire and provides the fire cross aisles for employee access.

3206.9.1.2 Nonsprinklered buildings. Aisles in nonsprin- aisles. The fire is less likely to completely block
klered buildings shall be not less than 96 inches (2438 mm) access to an exit in a larger space.
wide. 3206.10 Portable fire extinguishers. Portable fire extin-
 The minimum 96-inch (2438 mm) aisle width for all guishers shall be provided in accordance with Section 906.
aisles in nonsprinklered buildings recognizes the  Portable fire extinguishers provide the building occu-
greater hazard caused by the lack of an automatic pants with an opportunity to suppress a fire in its
fire sprinkler system. This minimum width allows the incipient stage. In storage facilities, the fire extin-
building users a greater area for anticipating obstruc- guisher can contribute to the protection of occupants
tions, as well as greater flexibility for the fire depart- when there are evacuation difficulties or a specific
ment personnel to assess, combat and control the hazard within that occupancy. For portable extin-
fire. guishers to be effective, personnel must be properly
3206.9.2 Clear height. The required aisle width shall extend trained in their use and maintenance (see Sections
from floor to ceiling. Rack structural supports and catwalks 3201.3 and 3201.4). Section 906 provides criteria for
are allowed to cross aisles at a minimum height of 6 feet 8 the location, installation, inspection and testing and
inches (2032 mm) above the finished floor level, provided maintenance of portable fire extinguishers. Section
that such supports do not interfere with fire department hose 906 also contains criteria for cabinets in which porta-
stream trajectory. ble fire extinguishers may be stored, as well as the
designated locations for wheeled portable fire extin-
 The clear ceiling height, or head room minimum [see
guishers.
Commentary Figure 3206.9(1)], is necessary for
occupants to avoid an obstruction, to provide visibility
to the occupants so that the path of travel can be SECTION 3207
planned and negotiated, and to allow sufficient area SOLID-PILED AND SHELF STORAGE
for effective use of the fire department’s hose
streams. The height is the vertical measurement 3207.1 General. Shelf storage and storage in solid piles, solid
above every point along the finished floor to a ceiling, piles on pallets and bin box storage in bin boxes not exceed-
to the underside of a rack storage catwalk or to the ing 5 feet (1524 mm) in any dimension, shall be in accor-
underside of a structural member. This requirement dance with Sections 3206 and this section.
that aisles extend from floor to ceiling is for the pri-  Solid piling in piles or on pallets generally consists of
mary aisles. Cross aisles are above and beyond that commodities in cartons, boxes, bales or bags [see
which is required for egress, access and the perfor- Commentary Figure 3207.1(1)] or which may be
mance of fire protection systems. Though not specifi- encapsulated in a plastic wrap for containment [see
cally noted, it is within the intent of this code that Commentary Figures 3207.1(2) and 3207.1(3)].
cross aisles provide at least the minimum height of 6 These commodities are usually stacked manually or
feet 8 inches to be consistent with that required for with lift trucks. Palletized storage consists of com-
structural supports and catwalks. modities set onto pallets that are generally made of
3206.9.3 Dead-end aisles. Dead-end aisles shall not exceed
20 feet (6096 mm) in length in Group M occupancies. Dead-
end aisles shall not exceed 50 feet (15 240 mm) in length in
all other occupancies.
Exception: Dead-end aisles are not limited where the
length of the dead-end aisle is less than 2.5 times the least
width of the dead-end aisle.
 Dead-end aisles can allow a single fire event to elimi-
nate access to all the exits by trapping the occupants
in the dead-end area. Dead ends, as they relate to
high-piled storage, are similar to those formed by cor-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ridors. However, simply providing a reference back to

Chapter 10 is somewhat confusing as to how the
requirements would be intended to apply to ware-
house configurations. This section provides two crite-
ria specific to high-piled storage: one criterion for
Group M occupancies of 20 feet; and, for all other
occupancies, 50 feet. This is due to the fact that
Group M occupancies are more likely to be open to
the public where other occupancies, such as Group
Figure 3207.1(1)
S, would not. PALLETIZED STORAGE ARRAY
The exception recognizes aisles that are wide, (COMMODITY CONFIGURED WITH FLUE SPACES)
which generally reduce the dangers of dead-end
32-20 Code Council

wood or plastic, are square in shape and measure 3 taining the storage. For example, in a mixed-use
to 4 feet (914 to 1219 mm) on each side. In this case, occupancy, the area designated for storage would
the cavity portion of the pallet is designed to accept require an automatic sprinkler protection system
the fork prongs of the lifting device for the commodity throughout the storage area up to the fire barrier(s),
and pallet to be transported. The height limitations for whereas the other areas of the mixed-use occupancy
stacking palletized storage are directly proportional to may or may not require automatic sprinkler protec-
stackability of the commodity. Heights of palletized tion.
storage can reach 30 feet (9144 mm) in some cases. NFPA 13 is referenced for sprinkler protection and
contains extensive requirements for high-piled stor-
age, including the provisions that were originally
found in NFPA 231 (NFPA 231C for rack storage).
The development of these provisions was based on a
number of large-scale fire tests conducted to deter-
mine the advantages and limitations of automatic
sprinklers in various storage array configurations;
however, test information was not available for all
configurations. As a result, some of the protection cri-
teria are based on extrapolation of the test informa-
tion.
The automatic sprinkler system is expected to
remain in operation as the fire fighters are attempting
to control and extinguish the fire. As a result, design
considerations for water supply must ensure that the
water supply is not compromised by other operations.
Figure 3207.1(2) In no case should manual fire-fighting operations be
ENCAPSULATED COMMODITY substituted for automatic sprinklers. The sprinkler
protection is to extend throughout the building con-
taining the rack storage or to a fire barrier. The fire
barrier is to comply with the provisions of IBC Section
707, which applies to fire barriers used for separating
fire areas. To maintain integrity of fire area separa-
tions, fire barriers must be continuous from the top of
the floor below to the underside of the roof slab or
deck above and be securely attached thereto.
As with any fire-resistive barriers, consideration
must be given to openings and penetrations. The
number and size of openings in the fire barrier must
comply with the provisions of IBC Section 707, and
the opening protective assemblies must have a mini-
mum fire-resistance rating of 1 hour. Note that IBC
Section 716.5 allows an opening protection rating of
3
/4 hour for nonexit-enclosure fire barriers; however,
this section, with its specific requirement of a 1-hour
Figure 3207.1(3) rating, would supersede that requirement. Penetra-
ENCAPSULATED COMMODITY tions of fire barriers must comply with IBC Section
714. Maintenance of the fire-resistance-rated con-
3207.2 Fire protection. Where automatic sprinklers are struction rests with the building owner or the tenant
required by Table 3206.2, an approved automatic sprinkler as described in Section 703.
system shall be installed throughout the building or to 1-hour 3207.2.1 Shelf storage. Shelf storage greater than 12 feet
fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 of (3658 mm) but less than 15 feet (4572 mm) in height shall be
the International Building Code. Openings in such fire barri- in accordance with the fire protection requirements set forth
ers shall be protected by opening protectives having a 1-hour in NFPA 13. Shelf storage 15 feet (4572 mm) or more in
fire protection rating. The design and installation of the auto- height shall be protected in an approved manner with special
matic sprinkler system and other applicable fire protection fire protection, such as in-rack sprinklers.
shall be in accordance with the International Building Code
 Storage on shelving presents a unique problem
and NFPA 13.
because it shields the fire from the sprinklers. This
 The provision for approved automatic sprinklers is shielding can both delay activation of the sprinklers
based on the commodity class and the size of the and make it difficult for the water to reach the fire.
storage area. Automatic sprinkler protection, when This section recognizes the provisions of NFPA 13
required, is to be provided throughout the area con- that apply to the height range in question because
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

those provisions were developed based on full-scale which is governed by Chapters 16 and 22 of the IBC.
tests of both unencapsulated and encapsulated prod- The commodity is generally set on pallets for easy
ucts up to the 15-foot (4572 mm) height. Those provi- and economical transport using lift trucks or auto-
sions are found within NFPA 13 with the solid-piled mated materials handling systems (automatic/
and palletized storage requirements. As a result, the unmanned). Manual rack storage operations require
provisions related to solid shelving within the rack reasonably wide aisles to accommodate the lift
storage requirements of NFPA 13 should be used trucks, whereas automated systems can operate in
when addressing shelf storage of commodities above much narrower aisles.
that height. 3208.2 Fire protection. Where automatic sprinklers are
3207.3 Pile dimension and height limitations. Pile dimen- required by Table 3206.2, an approved automatic sprinkler
sions, the maximum permissible storage height and pile vol- system shall be installed throughout the building or to 1-hour
ume shall be in accordance with Table 3206.2. fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 of
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
the International Building Code. Openings in such fire barri-
 The commodity class and the size of the storage area
ers shall be protected by opening protectives having a 1-hour
directly regulate pile dimensions and height limita-
fire protection rating. The design and installation of the auto-
tions. In Table 3206.2, these limitations include:
matic sprinkler system and other applicable fire protection
• Maximum pile dimension. shall be in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 and the Interna-
• Maximum permissible storage height. tional Building Code.
• Maximum pile volume.  The provision for approved automatic sprinklers is
NFPA 13 only limits the pile height as it relates to based on the commodity class and the size of the
the ceiling height and associated sprinkler require- storage area. The automatic sprinkler protection,
ments. The code takes it a step further and puts limits when required, is to be installed throughout the area
on the pile sizes. Specific aisle requirements are containing the storage. For example, in a mixed-use
made in Section 3206.9, which the standard does not occupancy, the area designated for storage would
provide. The pile dimensions presented in Table require an automatic sprinkler protection system
3206.2 are the same within each category of com- throughout up to the fire barrier(s), whereas the other
modity class for the various high-piled storage area areas may or may not require automatic sprinkler pro-
sizes except for height and volume limitations for the tection. It should be noted that 15 feet (4572 mm)
nonpublic accessible Option 2, which is not required beyond the high-piled storage area a different type of
to be sprinklered. sprinkler system can be used. It may be necessary to
provide draft curtains to divide the two types of sys-
3207.4 Array. Where an automatic sprinkler system design
utilizes protection based on a closed array, array clearances
shall be provided and maintained as specified by the standard
used.
 The closed array is defined in NFPA 13 as “a storage
arrangement where air movement through a pile is
restricted due to vertical flues 6 inches in width or
narrower.” Since most protection requirements are
based on full-scale testing using a specific method of
storage (closed versus open array) the specific con-
figuration must be maintained for the sprinkler system
to be effective in controlling and suppressing a fire. A
closed array does not let the water penetrate, but
also does not allow the fire to grow as rapidly.
SECTION 3208
RACK STORAGE
3208.1 General. Rack storage shall be in accordance with
Section 3206 and this section. Bin boxes exceeding 5 feet
(1524 mm) in any dimension shall be regulated as rack stor-
age.
 Storage racks are commonly steel frames (see Com-
mentary Figure 3208.1) able to store commodities in
various configurations. There are numerous varia-
tions of rack storage, such as single-row, double-row
Figure 3208.1
and multiple-row racks. The rack structure may or
TYPICAL RACK SYSTEM
may not be connected to the building superstructure,
32-22 Code Council

tems. An example is dividing an ESFR sprinkler sys- 3208.2.1 Plastic shelves. Storage on plastic shelves shall be
tem from a standard sprinkler system. protected by approved specially engineered fire protection
When the rack storage generally exceeds 25 feet systems.
(7620 mm) in height, in-rack automatic sprinkler sys-  Plastic shelving, when used, increases the fuel load
tems should be incorporated into the design because
to the commodity that is being stored on top of the
ceiling sprinklers alone may not be able to provide pallet or shelving. Specific requirements are not pro-
protection for those commodities in the lower levels of
vided, but the code requires that special protection be
the rack storage. There are some configurations provided as approved by the fire code official.
involving systems such as ESFR sprinklers that
would not require in-rack sprinklers. It depends on 3208.2.2 Racks with solid shelving. Racks with solid shelv-
many factors and must be determined when applying ing having an area greater than 20 square feet (1.9 m2), mea-
NFPA 13. Factors include such things as whether the sured between approved flue spaces at all four edges of the
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
storage is single-, double- or multiple-row, storage shelf, shall be in accordance with this section.
height, ceiling height, type of sprinkler, flue spaces Exceptions:
and other factors. In addition, the protection of the
1. Racks with mesh, grated, slatted or similar shelves
columns of a building by that same sprinkler may be
having uniform openings not more than 6 inches
necessary to satisfy the provisions of Section 3208.4
(152 mm) apart, comprising not less than 50 percent
(see NFPA 13). NFPA 13 contains the protection
of the overall shelf area, and with approved flue
requirements for rack storage. The provisions were
spaces are allowed to be treated as racks without
incorporated into NFPA 13 from NFPA 231C, which
solid shelves.
was originally developed based on a number of large-
scale fire tests conducted to determine the advan- 2. Racks used for the storage of combustible paper
tages and limitations of automatic sprinklers in vari- records, with solid shelving, shall be in accordance
ous storage array configurations. However, test with NFPA 13.
information was not available for all configurations.  Racks with solid shelving provide a challenge to the
As a result, some of the protection criteria are based fire protection system design (see Commentary Fig-
on extrapolation of the test information. ure 3208.2.2). Ceiling-only automatic sprinkler pro-
The automatic sprinkler system is expected to tection will not provide sufficient suppression and
remain in operation as the fire fighters attempt to con- protection of the neighboring commodities or the
trol and extinguish the fire. As a result, design consid- building. Additional sprinkler protection will be neces-
erations for water supply must ensure that the water sary to control and potentially suppress a fire. In this
supply is not compromised by other operations. In no case, in-rack sprinklers have demonstrated that they
case should manual fire-fighting operations be substi- can supplement the ceiling sprinklers for acceptable
tuted for automatic sprinklers. The sprinkler protec- protection overall by reducing the fire’s ability to
tion is to extend throughout the building containing develop a high rate of heat release. Designs for in-
the rack storage or to a fire barrier. The fire barrier is rack protection must consider necessary clearances,
to comply with the provisions of IBC Section 707, distance from structural components, flue space
which applies to fire barriers used for separating fire clearances and protection of the heads to allow the
areas. To maintain integrity of the separation of fire sprinklers to function properly.
areas, fire barriers must be continuous from the top of In addition to Exception 1, NFPA 13 has provisions
the floor below to the underside of the roof slab or that allow slatted shelves to be considered equivalent
deck above and be securely attached thereto. As with to racks without solid shelves when certain criteria
any fire-resistance-rated barriers, consideration must have been met. These criteria relate to restrictions on
be given to openings and penetrations. The number commodities (e.g., not allowing exposed expanded
and size of openings in the fire barrier must comply Group A plastics), certain types of sprinklers, mini-
with the provisions of IBC Section 707, and the open- mum aisle widths, certain sprinkler configurations,
ing protective assemblies must have a minimum fire- flue spaces and other considerations (see NFPA 13).
resistance rating of 1 hour. Note that IBC Section
3208.2.2.1 Fire protection. Fire protection for racks with
716.5 allows an opening protection rating of 3/4 hour
solid shelving shall be in accordance with NFPA 13.
for nonexit-enclosure fire barriers; however, this sec-
tion, with its specific requirement of a 1-hour rating,  The provisions of NFPA 13 stipulate the minimum
would supersede that requirement. Penetrations of requirements for the design and construction of an
fire barriers must comply with IBC Section 714. Main- automatic fire suppression system within a building
tenance of the fire-resistance-rated construction rests containing rack storage with solid shelving. Rack
with the building owner or the tenant as described in storage with solid shelving requires the installation of
Section 703. an in-rack automatic fire suppression system. Since

most rack storage systems are permanent, they can dimensions and design for the automatic fire sup-
support the piping for the in-rack system. The in-rack pression system, in association with Table 3206.2. In
fire suppression system provides an additional layer high-piled combustible storage racks, flue spaces are
of protection that ceiling-only systems could not pro- an important component of the fire protection design.
vide because the shelving prevents the water dis- NFPA 13 categorizes flue spaces as either being lon-
charge from entering the individually shelved gitudinal or transverse. Longitudinal flue spaces
commodities. The in-rack sprinklers can contain the extend the length of the storage rack while transverse
fire to a small area of the rack structure and wet the flue spaces extend the depth of the rack. Flue spaces
commodities adjacent to the fire, thus preventing the permit water discharged from a ceiling sprinkler to
fire from spreading to other commodities located hori- penetrate into the rack system so it can begin to
zontally and vertically from the commodities involved either control or suppress the fire, depending on the
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
in the fire. Important design considerations are the automatic sprinkler system design. When the sprin-
location and protection of supply lines from commod- kler system is designed to control the fire, flue spaces
ity storage and handling operations, protection of allow the additional sprinkler discharge to prewet the
individual sprinkler heads and the separation of water storage commodities, which slows vertical and hori-
supply to the in-rack fire suppression system from zontal fire spread within the rack, thus limiting the
other systems, such as the ceiling-mounted fire sup- number of sprinklers that may operate. Note that
pression system. when in-rack sprinklers are provided or if the building
3208.3 Flue spaces. Flue spaces shall be provided in accor- is not sprinklered, flue spaces are not required.
dance with Table 3208.3. Required flue spaces shall be main- Flue spaces in storage racks containing Class I
tained. through IV commodities greater than 12 feet (3658
mm) in height, high-hazard commodities greater than
 This section refers to the requirements in Table 6 feet (1829 mm) in height or bin box storage greater
3208.3 for minimum longitudinal and transverse flue
Figure 3208.2.2
DOUBLE-ROW RACKS WITH SOLID SHELVES
32-24 Code Council

than 5 feet (1524 mm) in height must comply with all spaces include but are not limited to brackets, cables
of the provisions in this section, which require longitu- or other elements that are securely fastened to the
dinal and transverse spaces to be maintained in load-bearing columns of the rack system. The
accordance with Table 3208.3. Its requirements are devices control the depth or width to which a product,
dependent on the high-piled combustible storage pallet or similar material can be stored in the rack
area being unprotected or protected by an automatic system, thereby preventing obstruction of the
sprinkler system, the height of rack storage, the type required flue space. However, device selection
of storage rack system, and if partial or complete in- should consider if the rack tiers are designed for
rack automatic sprinkler protection is provided. See mechanized material handling equipment, such as
Commentary Figures 3208.3(1-3) for the various flue forklifts, versus racks where hand picking is the pre-
space options based upon fire protection provided ferred method of material handling, such as archive
and storage height. Commentary Figure 3208.3(4) storage. Devices available for hand-picking opera-
shows vertical alignment of flue spaces as required tions may lack the mechanical strength to withstand
for storage over 25 feet in Table 3208.3. the impact loads that can arise during movements of
Note that where proper maintenance of the flue palletized unit loads.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
spaces becomes a problem, Section 3208.3.1 may Once approved devices are installed, most busi-
be applied by the fire code official. See also the com- ness owner confusion regarding flue space require-
mentary for the definitions of “Transverse” and “Lon- ments is removed. Other benefits include: property
gitudinal flue spaces” in Chapter 2. loss reduction through quick activation of the fire pro-
3208.3.1 Flue space protection. Where required by the fire tection system; improved penetration of sprinkler dis-
code official, flue spaces required by Table 3208.3, in single-, charge through the rack system to the seat of the fire;
double- or multiple-row rack storage installations shall be faster activation of smoke and heat vent systems;
equipped with approved devices to protect the required flue and improved employee, public and fire fighter safety.
spaces. Such devices shall not be removed or modified. See Commentary Figure 3208.3.1 for an example of
flue space protection device.
 This section authorizes the fire code official to require
3208.4 Column protection. Steel building columns shall be
installation of approved devices to maintain required
protected in accordance with NFPA 13.
flue spaces in storage rack systems. It is not the
intent of this authority to require such devices in each  NFPA 13 provides steel-column protection criteria in
instance, but rather when a business has an estab- areas used for the rack storage of Class I through IV
lished history of poor flue space maintenance. commodities in Section 16.1.4, for rack storage of
Available flue space protection devices that are plastic and rubber products in Section 17.1.4 and for
designed to maintain transverse and longitudinal flue rack storage of rubber tires in Section 18.2.
TABLE 3208.3
REQUIRED FLUE SPACES FOR RACK STORAGE
IN-RACK
SPRINKLER AT THE CEILING WITH OR WITHOUT
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SPRINKLERS NONSPRINKLERED
MINIMUM IN-RACK SPRINKLERS
RACK PROTECTION AT EVERY TIER
CONFIGURATION
 25 feet
> 25 feet Any height Any height
Storage height Option 1 Option 2
Sizeb 3 inches Not Applicable 3 inches Not Required Not Required
Transverse flue space Vertically
Single-row rack Not Required Not Applicable Yes Not Applicable Not Required
aligned
Longitudinal flue space Not Required Not Applicable Not Required Not Required Not Required
b a
Size 6 inches 3 inches 3 inches Not Required Not Required
Double-row rack Not Required Not Required Yes Not Applicable Not Required
aligned
Longitudinal flue space Not Required 6 inches 6 inches Not Required Not Required
b
Size 6 inches Not Applicable 6 inches Not Required Not Required
Multirow rack Not Required Not Applicable Yes Not Applicable Not Required
aligned
Longitudinal flue space Not Required Not Applicable Not Required Not Required Not Required
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
a. Three-inch transverse flue spaces shall be provided not less than every 10 feet where ESFR sprinkler protection is provided.
b. Random variations are allowed, provided that the configuration does not obstruct water penetration.

--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 3208.3(1)
FLUE SPACES (OPTION 1 OF TABLE 3208.3 25 FEET OR LESS IN STORAGE HEIGHT)
Figure 3208.3(2)
FLUE SPACES (OPTION 2 OF TABLE 3208.3 25 FEET OR LESS IN STORAGE HEIGHT)
32-26 Code Council

Figure 3208.3(3)
FLUE SPACES GREATER THAN 25 FEET IN STORAGE HEIGHT
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 3208.3(4)
VERTICAL ALIGNMENT OF FLUE SPACES

hydrants and building openings. All additional fire

protection and life safety systems require the
approval of the fire code official.
SECTION 3209
AUTOMATED STORAGE
3209.1 General. Automated storage shall be in accordance
with this section.
 Automated storage is generally designed for opera-
tions in which the commodity storage necessary to
serve the operation is large and where that facility
may operate 24 hours a day, seven days a week.
This type of storage is generally programmed for
commodity stocking and retrieving, and contains a
sufficient amount of commodity for the operation to
continue working even if restocking may experience a
slow period. Operations that commonly employ such
facilities are automotive parts manufacturers, elec-
tronic parts manufacturers and even the food indus-
try. One of the primary fire concerns with automated
storage is the potential for the fire to be carried by the
mechanism that transports the commodity. If such a
fire were to occur while the commodity is in motion, it
Figure 3208.3.1
FLUE SPACE PROTECTION EXAMPLE
could reduce, if not overwhelm, the effectiveness of
the automatic fire suppression system. As a result,
additional measures are required in an attempt to
3208.5 Extra-high-rack storage systems. Approval of the compensate for that potential fire hazard.
fire code official shall be obtained prior to installing extra- 3209.2 Automatic sprinklers. Where automatic sprinklers
high-rack combustible storage. are required by Table 3206.2, the building shall be equipped
 In addition to the permit requirements contained in throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system in
Section 105, the building owner, tenant or lessee is accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
required to seek permission from the fire code official  The provisions requiring an automatic sprinkler sys-
to construct an extra-high-rack storage system tem throughout the building housing the automatic
because of the higher challenge fire that such storage storage system is an additional fire protection feature
presents (see the commentary to Section 202 for the based on the concept that the area may be difficult for
definition of “Extra-high-rack combustible storage”). the fire service to suppress a fire manually. The refer-
3208.5.1 Fire protection. Buildings with extra-high-rack ence to the provisions of Chapter 9 covers generally
combustible storage shall be protected with a specially engi- all types of sprinkler systems beyond those specific to
neered automatic sprinkler system. Extra-high-rack combus- high-piled storage. Not all areas would need a sprin-
tible storage shall be provided with additional special fire kler system that is designed to protect high-piled stor-
protection, such as separation from other buildings and addi- age commodities.
tional built-in fire protection features and fire department
3209.3 Carousel storage. High-piled storage areas having
access, where required by the fire code official.
greater than 500 square feet (46 m2) of carousel storage shall
 Extra-high-rack storage is considered to have addi- be provided with automatic shutdown in accordance with one
tional risks that warrant the requirement for an auto- of the following:
matic sprinkler system engineered with additional
1. An automatic smoke detection system installed in
protection features. These features could include
additional heads along the vertical axis, change in the accordance with Section 907, with coverage extending
15 feet (4575 mm) in all directions beyond unenclosed
type of sprinkler heads and the use of high-expansion
foam systems. To further protect the building and carousel storage systems and that sounds a local alarm
at the operator’s station and stops the carousel storage
neighboring buildings, the fire code official may
require that additional fire protection measures be system upon the activation of a single detector.
taken to increase the likelihood that, if a fire does 2. An automatic smoke detection system installed in
occur, it will be contained to that building. These accordance with Section 907 and within enclosed car-
measures can include greater building separation ousel storage systems, that sounds a local alarm at the
requirements than required in Table 602 of the IBC, operator’s station and stops the carousel storage system
enhanced fire apparatus access, additional fire upon the activation of a single detector.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
32-28 Code Council

3. A single dead-man-type control switch that allows the SECTION 3210

operation of the carousel storage system only when the SPECIALTY STORAGE
operator is present. The switch shall be in the same 3210.1 General. Records storage facilities used for the rack
room as the carousel storage system and located to pro- or shelf storage of combustible paper records greater than 12
vide for observation of the carousel system. feet (3658 mm) in height shall be in accordance with Sections
 Carousel storage is used in large storage operations 3206 and 3208 and NFPA 13. Palletized storage of records
when the commodity must be protected (security), shall be in accordance with Section 3207.
when the commodity requires strict environmental  The storage of various types of records can have a
control or both. In addition, carousel storage is relatively high intrinsic value. This is where protection
selected because it may provide an economic advan- of the actual documents is essential to any business
tage to an operation or business by having the com- to retrieve information or to reconstruct records. The
modity come directly to the employee rather than the provisions of this section specifically identify the fire
employee stocking and retrieving the commodity. The and life safety requirements for records stored on pal-
carousel area is normally not occupied. An exception lets and in-rack or shelf storage systems. Although
to this may be when the carousel system is undergo- the provisions of this section set the minimum safe-
ing maintenance or repair or during an annual inspec- guards from the hazards of fire and explosion, it is up
tion of the fire protection features. Examples of to the owners of the records to determine the actual
commodities within carousel storage may include dis- protection that must be provided. NFPA 13, as with
tribution centers that distribute pharmaceutical or other high-piled storage, is the minimum referenced
refrigerated/frozen foods and beverages. The addi- standard. NFPA 13 specifically deals with carton
tional fire safety requirements are precautionary, record storage in Section 20.5 and high-bay record
directly resulting from the limited access to these storage in Section 20.7.
types of storage areas and addressing the potential
of a moving fire via the carousel mechanism.
Because the area of the carousel is controlled by a Bibliography
mechanized, generally computer-controlled system, The following resource materials were used in the
immediate access to the actual storage area is nor- preparation of the commentary for this chapter of the
mally limited. These limits serve to protect both per- code:
sonnel and the commodity. The additional fire safety
measures include provisions for an elaborate auto- 2012 International Code Interpretations. Washington,
matic detection system, which upon activation stops DC: International Code Council, 2011.
the carousel from operating (moving). This precaution High-piled Combustible Storage Application Guide,
prevents the fire from spreading throughout the entire 2009 IFC. Washington, DC: International Code
storage area. Council, 2011.
3209.4 Automated rack storage. High-piled storage areas
with automated rack storage shall be provided with a manu-
ally activated emergency shutdown switch for use by emer-
gency personnel. The switch shall be clearly identified and
shall be in a location approved by the fire chief.
 This section requires that if an emergency occurs in
an automated rack storage facility, the remotely con-
trolled pallet moving equipment be manually shut
down. This shutdown accomplishes two objectives.
First, the potential to either move additional product
into the fire or move burning product through the stor-
age area is removed. Second, it is not safe to place
emergency personnel within the automated storage
area when the system is still active. Many of these
automated devices move much faster than personnel
can get out of the way, and there is a physical danger
to personnel. This shutdown will eliminate danger to
personnel and reduce property damage. Since the
shutdown of such systems is a tactical maneuver, the
fire chief is required to approve the location for the
switch and ensure that it is properly identified. The
switch should be in a readily accessible location out-
side of the boundaries of the automated rack storage
area. See also the commentary to Section 202 for the
definition of “Automated rack storage.”
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
32-30 Code Council

Chapter 33:
Fire Safety During
Construction and Demolition
General Comments Sections 3308 and 3309 regulate the need for prefire
planning, training and maintenance of fire protection
This chapter outlines general fire safety precautions for systems and emergency notification means. Access for
all structures and all occupancies during construction fire fighting is discussed in Section 3310. Escape by on-
and demolition operations. In general, these require- site personnel is covered under means of egress in
ments seek to maintain required fire protection, limit fire Section 3311. The provision and maintenance of spe-
spread, establish the appropriate operation of equip- cific fire protection devices such as standpipes, auto-
ment and promote prompt response to fire emergen- matic sprinkler systems and portable fire extinguishers
cies. is explained in Sections 3313, 3314 and 3315, respec-
There are 17 sections in Chapter 33. Section 3301 tively. The need to regulate heat sources, such as inter-
gives the general scope of the chapter and provides the nal combustion engines and fuel-fired asphalt and tar
basis for enforcement of its provisions. Section 3302 kettles, is addressed in Sections 3316 and 3317.
defines terms specifically relevant to the chapter. The
listing, arrangement, fueling and supervision of tempo-
rary heating equipment is described in Section 3303. Purpose
Section 3304 deals with precautions against fire that This chapter contains requirements that are intended to
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
involve the control of smoking, waste disposal, open safeguard people from injury or illness and protect prop-
burning, spontaneous ignition and temporary electrical erty from damage during the construction or demolition
wiring. The storage, handling and classification of flam- processes.
mable and combustible liquids, flammable gases and
explosive materials are addressed in Sections 3305,
3306 and 3307, respectively.
SECTION 3301 3301.2 Purpose. This chapter prescribes minimum safe-

GENERAL guards for construction, alteration and demolition operations
3301.1 Scope. This chapter shall apply to structures in the to provide reasonable safety to life and property from fire
course of construction, alteration or demolition, including during such operations.
those in underground locations. Compliance with NFPA 241  This chapter is intended to regulate access by the
is required for items not specifically addressed herein. responding fire department, fire protection systems,
 Buildings are most vulnerable to fire when undergo- operations and maintenance of structures for precau-
ing construction, demolition or alteration. Special tions against fire and spread of fire during construc-
measures are required to either minimize the poten- tion and demolition.
tial for a fire or aid in fire control and suppression.
These requirements amplify those of other sections
of the code and prescribe maintenance of adequate SECTION 3302
means of egress and on-site incipient fire-fighting DEFINITIONS
equipment. Temporary heating appliances are regu- 3302.1 Terms defined in Chapter 2. Words and terms used
lated to prevent ignition of combustible debris and in this chapter and defined in Chapter 2 shall have the mean-
structural elements. Fire apparatus access and main- ings ascribed to them as defined therein.
tenance of standpipes are also addressed [see also  This section directs the code user to Chapter 2 for the
Chapter 33 of the International Building Code® proper application of the terms used in this chapter.
(IBC®), NFPA 241 and the NFPA Fire Protection These terms may be defined in Chapter 2 or in
Handbook]. Note that, in accordance with Section another International Code® (I-Code®) as indicated in
102.7.2 of the code, where both Chapter 33 of the Section 201.3, or the dictionary meaning may be all
code and NFPA 241 regulate a topic, the provisions that is needed (see also commentaries, Sections
of the code take precedence. 201.1 through 201.4).

FIRE SAFETY DURING CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION
SECTION 3303 a fire watch to check operating conditions while work

TEMPORARY HEATING EQUIPMENT is in progress and at the end of work shifts. The fire
3303.1 Listed. Temporary heating devices shall be listed and code official may need to decide what is required.
labeled in accordance with the International Mechanical 3303.6 Supervision. The use of temporary heating devices
Code or the International Fuel Gas Code. Installation, main- shall be supervised and maintained only by competent per-
tenance and use of temporary heating devices shall be in sonnel.
accordance with the terms of the listing.  Temporary installations must be as safe as perma-
 Listing and labeling are used to identify materials, nent ones. Having qualified people do these installa-
assemblies and devices that are required to bear the tions is important.
identification of the manufacturer, as well as a third-
party quality-control agency. The quality-control
agency allows the use of its listing or label based on SECTION 3304
periodic audits and inspections of the manufacturer’s PRECAUTIONS AGAINST FIRE
facility. Not all testing laboratories, inspection agen- 3304.1 Smoking. Smoking shall be prohibited except in
cies and other organizations concerned with product approved areas. Signs shall be posted in accordance with Sec-
or program evaluation use the same means for identi- tion 310. In approved areas where smoking is permitted,
fying listed equipment, materials or agencies. Some approved ashtrays shall be provided in accordance with Sec-
do not recognize equipment or materials as listed tion 310.
unless they are also labeled. The fire code official
must use the same system as the listing organization  This smoking prohibition is out of concern for fire
to identify listed equipment, materials or agencies. safety, not health or the environment. Every effort
must be made to keep hot smoking materials from
3303.2 Oil-fired heaters. Oil-fired heaters shall comply with igniting building materials or debris. Smoking in occu-
Section 603. pancies subject to ignition hazards from smoking
 The regulations for the devices that are likely to be materials should be approved by the fire code official,
used for temporary heat are delineated in Section confined to spaces without significant amounts of
603. combustibles and where approved ash trays or
3303.3 LP-gas heaters. Fuel supplies for liquefied-petro- receptacles are provided. Signage indicating “smok-
leum gas-fired heaters shall comply with Chapter 61 and the ing permitted in this area” will encourage the use of
International Fuel Gas Code. the limited area. “No Smoking” signs similar to Com-
mentary Figure 3304.1 may be used.
 Because propane gas is heavier than air, special
attention must be given to the way the fuel tank is
arranged and connected to the heating device. Tank
location and protection are just two of the concerns
addressed in the International Fuel Gas Code®
(IFGC®).
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3303.4 Refueling. Refueling operations for liquid-fueled

equipment or appliances shall be conducted in accordance
with Section 5705. The equipment or appliance shall be
allowed to cool prior to refueling.
 This section addresses the refueling of liquid-fueled
equipment, but Section 5705 addresses proper liquid
transfer, container filling operations, filling locations,
quantity limits and more. Because hot surfaces can
cause ignition of flammable vapors and spills, the
appliance must be allowed to cool before refueling.
3303.5 Installation. Clearance to combustibles from tempo-
rary heating devices shall be maintained in accordance with
the labeled equipment. When in operation, temporary heating
devices shall be fixed in place and protected from damage,
dislodgement or overturning in accordance with the manufac-
turer’s instructions.
 Because conditions change during construction or
demolition, temporary heating devices must be moni-
tored and maintained. Materials are constantly being Figure 3304.1
moved, which may reduce the clearances to the NO SMOKING SIGN
device. It may be advantageous for the owner to hire
33-2 Code Council

3304.2 Combustible debris, rubbish and waste. Combusti- rubbish and waste” makes this section consistent
ble debris, rubbish and waste material shall comply with the with other sections of the code.
requirements of Sections 3304.2.1 through 3304.2.4. 3304.2.4 Spontaneous ignition. Materials susceptible to
 As a basic fire safety measure, work site housekeep- spontaneous ignition, such as oily rags, shall be stored in a
ing is often overlooked. This section introduces an listed disposal container.
orderly progression of procedures for managing the  Spontaneous ignition, also known as autoignition or
accumulation of combustible rubbish on construction self-ignition, is defined by Burklin and Purington as
and demolition sites. The subsections were formerly “ignition due to chemical reaction or bacterial action
contained in a single paragraph but have been placed in which there is slow oxidation of organic com-
in separate sections to emphasize their importance in pounds until the material ignites; usually there is suffi-
fire safety planning. cient air for oxidation but insufficient ventilation to
3304.2.1 Combustible waste material accumulation. Com- carry heat away as it is generated.” A detailed treat-
bustible debris, rubbish and waste material shall not be accu- ment of the subject appears in the NFPA Fire Protec-
mulated within buildings. tion Handbook. The One Meridian Plaza office
building fire in 1991 was allegedly started by sponta-
 Construction jobs must be kept reasonably free of
neous ignition of oil-soaked rags that were improperly
accumulations of combustible waste inside of build-
stored during a remodeling operation. This high-rise
ings undergoing construction or demolition where any
building in the heart of Philadelphia was so seriously
number of ignition sources may exist.
damaged in the fire that it was razed in 1999. A listed
3304.2.2 Combustible waste material removal. Combusti- container for the storage of the oily rags was not
ble debris, rubbish and waste material shall be removed from used. The fire code official should determine the
buildings at the end of each shift of work. kinds of oils or solvents used and research their
 To help mitigate the hazards of accumulating com- potential for spontaneous ignition (see commentary,
bustible rubbish inside of buildings, this section Section 304.3.1).
requires that such materials be removed to outside of 3304.3 Burning of combustible debris, rubbish and waste.
the building at the end of each work shift. Combustible debris, rubbish and waste material shall not be
3304.2.3 Rubbish containers. Where rubbish containers disposed of by burning on the site unless approved.
with a capacity exceeding 5.33 cubic feet (40 gallons) (0.15  Combustible rubbish and construction waste must not be
m3) are used for temporary storage of combustible debris, burned, unless local environmental and fire authorities are
rubbish and waste material, they shall have tight-fitting or consulted on local open burning regulations.
self-closing lids. Such rubbish containers shall be constructed
3304.4 Open burning. Open burning shall comply with Sec-
entirely of materials that comply with either of the following:
tion 307.
1. Noncombustible materials.
 Section 307 requires that a permit be obtained for
2. Materials that meet a peak rate of heat release not open burning. Other areas of concern are burning
exceeding 300 kW/m2 when tested in accordance with location and monitoring. The owner should make
ASTM E1354 at an incident heat flux of 50 kW/m2 in documentation of the event available to the fire code
the horizontal orientation. official.
 Large rubbish containers must be provided for tem- 3304.5 Fire watch. Where required by the fire code official
porary storage of combustible construction or demoli- for building demolition, or building construction during
tion rubbish. The specific container size is consistent working hours that is hazardous in nature, qualified personnel
with the size criteria in Section 304.3 and the fire shall be provided to serve as an on-site fire watch. Fire watch
safety requirements are consistent with those for personnel shall be provided with not less than one approved
large rubbish containers found throughout the code. means for notification of the fire department and their sole
The use of containers with tight-fitting or self- closing duty shall be to perform constant patrols and watch for the
lids provides a method to reduce the possibility that a occurrence of fire.
fire can be started in the container by accident and
 Hazardous demolition or construction operations may
prevent continued burning if ignition does occur.
need the services of qualified emergency response
Such containers need not be constructed of metal but
personnel, such as hazmat technicians or fire fight-
can be constructed of other noncombustible materi-
ers, to stand by or actually patrol the area, especially
als, including materials that have been shown to be
when hazardous construction operations are being
safe by meeting a very severe fire test, similar to
conducted in an occupied building. When such per-
those required by Section 808 for Group I-1, I-2 and I-
sons are needed, it is essential that they focus on that
3 occupancies and Section 304.3.4 for general rub-
task only and have no other assignments. A lay per-
bish control. A key requirement is that the lids must
son should not be used; it is within the authority of the
be tight-fitting or self-closing. Note that this does not
fire code official to require that professionals be on
address materials susceptible to spontaneous igni-
site. It is critical that such watch personnel be able to
tion, such as oily rags, that are covered by Section
contact the fire department immediately in case of an
3304.2.4. The use of the phrase “combustible debris,
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

emergency through a reliable means of communica- handling of Class I and II liquids on construction sites.
tion approved by the fire code official. See the com- Areas of particular concern are: signage, storage
mentary to Sections 403.12.1 through and 403.12.1.2 location, ventilation, sources of ignition and dispens-
for additional information on fire watch personnel and ing. Class I liquids are more hazardous than Class II
their duties. because of their lower flash points [less than 100F
3304.6 Cutting and welding. Operations involving the use (38C)] (see commentaries, Sections 5706.2 through
of cutting and welding shall be done in accordance with 5706.2.8.1).
Chapter 35. 3305.3 Housekeeping. Flammable and combustible liquid
storage areas shall be maintained clear of combustible vege-
 Cutting and welding operations account for 9 percent
tation and waste materials. Such storage areas shall not be
of fires in industrial operations. With accumulations of
used for the storage of combustible materials.
combustible materials that are common during con-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
struction and demolition, additional precautions must  Housekeeping, in this case, concerns ignition
be taken. One of the most effective ways to prevent sources and added fuel load in the liquid storage
or promptly respond to fires caused by cutting and area. Easily ignited dry weeds, grass and paper are
welding is to have a vigorous “hot work” permit sys- prohibited in the area. Access to the area by fire fight-
tem. Chapter 35 presents these precautions. ers can be hampered when combustibles in the stor-
3304.7 Electrical. Temporary wiring for electrical power and age area ignite.
lighting installations used in connection with the construc- 3305.4 Precautions against fire. Sources of ignition and
tion, alteration or demolition of buildings, structures, equip- smoking shall be prohibited in flammable and combustible
ment or similar activities shall comply with NFPA 70. liquid storage areas. Signs shall be posted in accordance with
Section 310.
 Temporary wiring used during construction is, by its
very nature, of a lesser class or quality than that  Sources of ignition, such as electric arcing, open-
which would be installed as permanent building wir- flame heating devices and static electricity, must be
ing and must, therefore, be monitored for damage, controlled. Smoking must also be controlled by post-
unfinished work or exposed connections. Demolition ing “no smoking” signs, providing safe smoking areas
operations may leave exposed live wiring, so coordi- and promoting on-the-job awareness of the smoking
nation between the on-site electrician and the power prohibition as stipulated in Section 310.
company is important. Section 590 of NFPA 70 con- 3305.5 Handling at point of final use. Class I and II liquids
tains requirements for temporary wiring in buildings, shall be kept in approved safety containers.
including provisions for overcurrent protection, lamp
protection, wiring quality and installation, disconnects  This section mandates that only approved safety
and time limitations, to name but a few (see also cans (as defined in Section 202) of not more than a 5-
commentary, Section 605). gallon (19 L) capacity with a spring-loaded, self-clos-
ing lid and spout covers, designed to safely relieve
internal pressure under fire conditions, be used for
SECTION 3305 the storage of Class I and II liquids at construction
FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS and demolition sites.
The key to the proper storage and handling of flam-
3305.1 Storage of flammable and combustible liquids.
Storage of flammable and combustible liquids shall be in mable and combustible liquids is to keep liquids and
vapors away from ignition sources. Restrictions on
accordance with Section 5704.
flammable liquid container sizes, separation dis-
 Storage and use of flammable and combustible liq- tances and active and passive fire protection are
uids require the approval of the fire code official for based on the extent of the hazard presented should
the control of hazards and to provide the fire depart- an uncontrolled release occur.
ment with vital hazard data for preplanning for inci- 3305.6 Leakage and spills. Leaking vessels shall be immedi-
dents involving such materials. A permit is required ately repaired or taken out of service and spills shall be
for storage. See Section 105.6.17 and the accompa- cleaned up and disposed of properly.
nying commentary for more information on permit
requirements.  Accidental liquid spills create a vapor release that can
3305.2 Class I and Class II liquids. The storage, use and quickly travel from the spill point to an ignition source.
handling of flammable and combustible liquids at construc- Because spills need immediate attention to neutralize
tion sites shall be in accordance with Section 5706.2. Ventila- and remove the hazard, the local fire department
tion shall be provided for operations involving the application should be notified; it is the agency best prepared to
of materials containing flammable solvents. deal with the immediate hazards of a spill.
Leaks can indicate a developing problem with
 Sections 5706.2 through 5706.2.8.1 contain compre- equipment or piping needing immediate repair. Until
hensive regulations on the proper storage, use and repairs are made, the equipment or piping must be
33-4 Code Council

taken out of service. If the leak or spill is expected to operational requirements necessary to foster safe
spread beyond the property lines or contaminate outcomes. NFPA 56 compliments this section and
water or air, environmental authorities should also be also does not allow flammable gases to be used for
notified. internal cleaning of piping open to the atmosphere.
As indicated by the exceptions, it is not the intent of
this section to cover cleaning or purging of the three
SECTION 3306 listed systems.
FLAMMABLE GASES
3306.1 Storage and handling. The storage, use and handling
of flammable gases shall comply with Chapter 58. SECTION 3307
EXPLOSIVE MATERIALS
 Chapter 58 deals with quantity limits for indoor stor-
3307.1 Storage and handling. Explosive materials shall be
age, storage containers, ignition sources and limits
stored, used and handled in accordance with Chapter 56.
for the outdoor storage of flammable gases. Also
refer to Chapter 53 for general requirements for com-  Chapter 56 prescribes minimum requirements for the
pressed gases. safe storage, handling and use of explosives, ammu-
3306.2 Cleaning with flammable gas. Flammable gases nition and blasting agents for commercial and indus-
shall not be used to clean or remove debris from piping open trial occupancies. Its provisions are intended to
to the atmosphere. protect the general public, emergency responders
and individuals who handle explosives in connection
 In the past several years, two explosions that killed a with construction or demolition operations.
combined 10 people were attributed to workers using
3307.2 Supervision. Blasting operations shall be conducted
natural gas flowing at high velocities to clean/clear
in accordance with Chapter 56.
fuel gas piping during the commissioning of fuel gas
piping at industrial plants. The flammable gas and  Specific requirements dealing with local physical and
debris from the piping were vented to the atmosphere governmental controls, blasting area security and
and ignited by sparks, one of which was suspected to post-blast procedures are found in Section 5607.
be caused by static electricity. For details on the inci- Security precautions for explosive materials must
dents see the U.S. Chemical Safety Board report at: conform to the requirements of this chapter and the
http://www.csb.gov/assets/1/19/KleenUrgentRec.pdf. referenced standards. Any discrepancy that suggests
The dangerous practice of using flammable gases the loss or theft of explosives must be reported to
to clean or remove debris from fuel piping that is open local law enforcement authorities and the Bureau of
to the atmosphere is prohibited by this section. Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF)
3306.2.1 Pipe cleaning and purging. The cleaning and purg- within 24 hours of discovery (see DOTy 27 CFR, Part
ing of flammable gas piping systems, including cleaning new 55.30). The ATF hotline may be contacted 24 hours a
or existing piping systems, purging piping systems into ser- day at (800) 800-3855. Abandoned explosives,
vice and purging piping systems out of service, shall comply including those not claimed by the consignee within
with NFPA 56. 48 hours of their arrival at a terminal, should be
returned to the control of the last licensee (manufac-
Exceptions: turer or distributor) to possess them before they were
1. Compressed gas piping systems other than fuel gas abandoned. Local law enforcement authorities and
piping systems where in accordance with Chapter the ATF should be contacted if this is not possible.
53. 3307.3 Demolition using explosives. Approved fire hoses for
2. Piping systems regulated by the International Fuel use by demolition personnel shall be maintained at the demo-
Gas Code. lition site whenever explosives are used for demolition. Such
3. Liquefied petroleum gas systems in accordance with fire hoses shall be connected to an approved water supply and
Chapter 61. shall be capable of being brought to bear on post-detonation
fires anywhere on the site of the demolition operation.
 The intent of this section is to address the fire and
explosion hazards associated with the purging of  The code text does not stipulate the number, size or
flammable gas piping typically found in electric gener- length of hoses needed; therefore, the involvement of
ating plants and in industrial, institutional, and com- the fire code official is essential to anticipate an inci-
mercial applications. NFPA 56 provides minimum dent. The competence of the demolition crew to prop-
safety requirements for the cleaning and purging of erly use the hose for fire fighting is not addressed,
flammable gas piping systems, including cleaning which suggests that fire brigade training may be in
new or existing piping systems, purging piping sys- order. Periodic inspections by the fire code official are
tems into service, and purging piping systems out of imperative. As is the case throughout the code, fire
service. It includes the appropriate managerial and protection methods and procedures must be accept-
able to the fire code official.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

SECTION 3308 fire prevention program superintendent, but remains

OWNER’S RESPONSIBILITY with the fire code official.
FOR FIRE PROTECTION 3308.5 Hot work operations. The fire prevention program
3308.1 Program superintendent. The owner shall designate superintendent shall be responsible for supervising the permit
a person to be the fire prevention program superintendent system for hot work operations in accordance with Chapter
who shall be responsible for the fire prevention program and 35.
ensure that it is carried out through completion of the project.
The fire prevention program superintendent shall have the  This issue is also discussed in the commentary to
authority to enforce the provisions of this chapter and other Section 3304.6. Chapter 35 contains an in-depth
provisions as necessary to secure the intent of this chapter. treatment of hot work, especially Section 3503.3,
Where guard service is provided, the superintendent shall be which deals with hot work permits. The fire prevention
responsible for the guard service. program superintendent issues the permits to coordi-
nate a response if a fire should occur in the known
 Each project must have a fire prevention program hot work permit area.
superintendent who is in charge of all fire safety
efforts, such as prefire planning, on-the-job training of 3308.6 Impairment of fire protection systems. Impairments
personnel, guard service and the other areas covered to any fire protection system shall be in accordance with Sec-
in Sections 3308.1 through 3308.7. This person acts tion 901.
on behalf of the fire code official and can enforce the  Section 901.7 specifically deals with systems out of
provisions of Chapter 33. service because of planned, emergency or accidental
3308.2 Prefire plans. The fire prevention program superin- impairment. During demolition, portions of the equip-
tendent shall develop and maintain an approved prefire plan ment must be kept in service as long as possible.
in cooperation with the fire chief. The fire chief and the fire Likewise, equipment on a construction site must keep
code official shall be notified of changes affecting the utiliza- pace with the new work and be kept in service as
tion of information contained in such prefire plans. much as possible, especially at the end of the work
day.
 Prefire plans are developed by the fire prevention
program superintendent to assist the site personnel 3308.7 Temporary covering of fire protection devices.
responding to a fire. This plan must be coordinated Coverings placed on or over fire protection devices to protect
with the local fire chief and the fire code official. them from damage during construction processes shall be
Changes in building operations or equipment that immediately removed upon the completion of the construc-
could affect the fire department’s ground attack of a tion processes in the room or area in which the devices are
fire must be reported to the fire department responder installed.
immediately. For example, if an additional 1,000-gal-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
 Fire protection devices must be kept in service as

lon (3785 L) propane tank is located alongside an
much as possible during construction. An example
existing tank, the responder needs to know about this
would be that paper or plastic bags must be removed
situation.
from the sprinkler heads as soon as the painting of
3308.3 Training. Training of responsible personnel in the the sprinkler piping or the adjacent ceiling is com-
use of fire protection equipment shall be the responsibility of pleted. Additional information can be obtained from
the fire prevention program superintendent. standards, such as NFPA 13 and NFPA 72.
 The fire responder is expected to know what fire-
fighting and fire protection equipment is on the site
and how to operate it. The fire prevention program SECTION 3309
superintendent is responsible for training the job-site FIRE REPORTING
personnel in the proper use of hand-held fire extin- 3309.1 Emergency telephone. Readily accessible emer-
guishers, hose lines, fire alarms and sprinkler sys- gency telephone facilities shall be provided in an approved
tems. location at the construction site. The street address of the con-
3308.4 Fire protection devices. The fire prevention program struction site and the emergency telephone number of the fire
superintendent shall determine that all fire protection equip- department shall be posted adjacent to the telephone.
ment is maintained and serviced in accordance with this code.
 The construction site must have an emergency
The quantity and type of fire protection equipment shall be
phone located in an approved location. Workers on
approved.
the site are not expected to know the street address
 Fire protection and detection equipment must be of the site or the fire department emergency number
maintained during construction and demolition. The if it is a number other than 9-1-1. Therefore, the site
fire prevention program superintendent must decide address and fire department emergency number
what is necessary to enforce maintenance as must be prominently posted. Typical customized
required by the code. Approval of the equipment and signs are available from safety equipment suppliers
its maintenance is not, however, transferred to the or sign companies.
33-6 Code Council

SECTION 3310 enclosed, all required means of egress should be

ACCESS FOR FIRE FIGHTING fully constructed and functional. For a building under
3310.1 Required access. Approved vehicle access for fire fight- construction, these precautions are triggered when
ing shall be provided to all construction or demolition sites. the building exceeds 50 feet (15 240 mm) in height or
Vehicle access shall be provided to within 100 feet (30 480 mm) four stories. Any temporary stairways must be
of temporary or permanent fire department connections. Vehi- lighted.
cle access shall be provided by either temporary or permanent Similarly, the destruction of the means of egress
roads, capable of supporting vehicle loading under all weather should not precede the demolition of areas occupied
conditions. Vehicle access shall be maintained until permanent by workers.
fire apparatus access roads are available. 3311.2 Maintenance. Required means of egress shall be
maintained during construction and demolition, remodeling
 Fire-fighting vehicle access is the means by which
or alterations and additions to any building.
fire fighters gain access to the construction or demoli-
tion site and building for fire suppression and rescue Exception: Approved temporary means of egress systems
operations until the permanent fire apparatus access and facilities.
roads are constructed. Such access is an integral  As in any building where people must egress, the
component of the fire prevention program. The site required means of egress must be kept clear of con-
superintendent or other person responsible for construction materials and demolition debris so occu-
struction and demolition operations is responsible for pants can exit in an emergency.
maintaining and policing fire-fighter access routes, as Temporary means of egress may be provided
provided in Section 3308. Fire apparatus must be when the permanent egress system cannot be main-
able to get within 100 feet (30 480 mm) of any tained in accordance with this section.
installed fire department connection supplying water
to temporary or permanent fire protection systems.
Access roads must support the weight of the heaviest SECTION 3312
vehicle that might respond. The weight requirements WATER SUPPLY FOR FIRE PROTECTION
are available from the local fire department. All-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
weather surfaces are required because the respond- 3312.1 When required. An approved water supply for fire
ing fire department should not waste time moving protection, either temporary or permanent, shall be made
snow or trying to get out of mud (see also commen- available as soon as combustible material arrives on the site.
tary, Section 503).  A water supply must be connected to the wet stand-
3310.2 Key boxes. Key boxes shall be provided as required pipe, and underground water supply and hydrants
by Chapter 5. must be available for the dry standpipes as soon as
combustible materials are on the job site. As previ-
 As construction nears completion, some areas may ously stated in this commentary, the unfinished build-
not be accessible to the fire department without the ing is most vulnerable to fire and must be protected
use of a key. In those cases, the fire code official may as much as possible.
require a key box as stipulated in Section 506.
SECTION 3313
SECTION 3311 STANDPIPES
MEANS OF EGRESS
3313.1 Where required. In buildings required to have stand-
[B] 3311.1 Stairways required. Where a building has been pipes by Section 905.3.1, not less than one standpipe shall be
constructed to a building height of 50 feet (15 240 mm) or provided for use during construction. Such standpipes shall
four stories, or where an existing building exceeding 50 feet be installed prior to construction exceeding 40 feet (12 192
(15 240 mm) in building height is altered, not less than one mm) in height above the lowest level of fire department vehi-
temporary lighted stairway shall be provided unless one or cle access. Such standpipe shall be provided with fire depart-
more of the permanent stairways are erected as the construc- ment hose connections at accessible locations adjacent to
tion progresses. usable stairways. Such standpipes shall be extended as con-
 Work crews will necessarily be in, and the fire depart- struction progresses to within one floor of the highest point of
ment will need access to, buildings under construc- construction having secured decking or flooring.
tion or demolition at the same time that the means-of-  This section requires the installation of standpipes
egress elements are being built or destroyed. This sit- during construction for any building required by
uation requires diligence on the part of the fire code Chapter 9 and the IBC to be equipped with a stand-
official and the construction managers to make sure a pipe system. The requirement for standpipe and hose
means of escape for workers and access for emer- connections is triggered when construction pro-
gency forces is available at all times, and that con- gresses to a height of not more than 40 feet (12 192
struction of occupiable areas does not unnecessarily mm) above the lowest level of fire department
extend beyond the construction of the means of access. While hoses need not be provided, the hose
egress. By the time the building is substantially connection must be located adjacent to a stairway.

Although thread requirements are not stated here, any portion of a building or structure until the automatic
the hose threads must be compatible with those of sprinkler system installation has been tested and approved,
the responding fire department as required by Sec- except as provided in Section 105.3.4.
tion 905.1. Standpipe hose connections must be  Section 105.3.4 is very clear in that when the sprin-
ready for use on each floor before the installation of kler system is not tested and approved, the building
the floor deck on the story or level above in order to cannot be occupied by the owner or tenants. In other
provide fire fighters with a means of bringing hose words “no protection; no people” as one fire code offi-
lines to bear on a fire on the highest floor level having cial has put it. This is especially important in a build-
access. ing that has been given construction alternatives (i.e.,
3313.2 Buildings being demolished. Where a building is increased travel distances, increased height and
being demolished and a standpipe is existing within such a area, or reduced fire-resistance ratings) based on the
building, such standpipe shall be maintained in an operable installation of a sprinkler system, because the build-
condition so as to be available for use by the fire department. ing is not safe for people when the system is not func-
Such standpipe shall be demolished with the building but tional. Since the issuance of a Certificate of Occu-
shall not be demolished more than one floor below the floor pancy is regulated by Section 111.1 of the IBC, the
being demolished. administration of this section should be coordinated
 When a structure is being demolished and a stand- with the building official.
pipe system exists within that structure, the standpipe 3314.2 Operation of valves. Operation of sprinkler control
system must be operable and be available for use by valves shall be allowed only by properly authorized person-
the fire department. When a structure or a floor is to nel and shall be accompanied by notification of duly desig-
be demolished, its standpipe system must also be nated parties. Where the sprinkler protection is being
demolished with the structure; however, the system regularly turned off and on to facilitate connection of newly
may not be demolished more than one floor below completed segments, the sprinkler control valves shall be
the floor being demolished. checked at the end of each work period to ascertain that pro-
The abundance of avenues for vertical fire spread tection is in service.
make buildings undergoing partial or total demolition  Closed control valves at the time of a fire are a major
highly susceptible to damage from fire. Even more so cause of sprinkler system failure. Only properly
than construction sites, demolition projects attract trained personnel should be operating these valves
vandals and vagrants who may set fires on the prop- under the supervision of the fire prevention program
erty for warmth or criminal purposes. Further, cutting superintendent, if available. The systems must be
equipment and portable heating appliances may eas-
kept in service as much as possible and especially
ily ignite combustible debris created during demoli-
overnight or at the time of shift changes. If a fire
tion. Once started, fire will spread rapidly through
watch is employed, duties should include monitoring
voids and vertical openings created to remove build-
these valves. The fire department must be notified
ing service equipment. Standpipes provide fire fight-
when the system is out of service for an extended
ers with a means of deploying hose lines quickly
period of time because it responds to a sprinklered
against these rapidly spreading fires.
building differently than it does to an unsprinklered
3313.3 Detailed requirements. Standpipes shall be installed building.
in accordance with the provisions of Section 905.
Exception: Standpipes shall be either temporary or per-
manent in nature, and with or without a water supply, pro- SECTION 3315
vided that such standpipes comply with the requirements PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
of Section 905 as to capacity, outlets and materials. 3315.1 Where required. Structures under construction,
 Section 905 deals with installation; maintenance and alteration or demolition shall be provided with not less than
supervision; building height and area; special occu- one approved portable fire extinguisher in accordance with
pancy application and type as related to standpipe Section 906 and sized for not less than ordinary hazard as fol-
systems in buildings under construction (see com- lows:
mentary, Section 905). 1. At each stairway on all floor levels where combustible
Temporary standpipes, whether dry or wet, are materials have accumulated.
subject to the same requirements of Section 905 as 2. In every storage and construction shed.
permanent standpipes.
3. Additional portable fire extinguishers shall be provided
where special hazards exist including, but not limited
SECTION 3314 to, the storage and use of flammable and combustible
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM liquids.
3314.1 Completion before occupancy. In buildings where  Portable extinguishers must be rated for the hazards
an automatic sprinkler system is required by this code or the protected. Section 906 and NFPA 10, the applicable
International Building Code, it shall be unlawful to occupy standard for portable fire extinguishers, contain infor-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
33-8 Code Council

mation on fire extinguisher ratings. Other circum- 3317.3 Fire extinguishers for roofing operations. Fire
stances under which the fire code official may require extinguishers shall comply with Section 906. There shall be
additional extinguishers include workers using: open- not less than one multipurpose portable fire extinguisher with
flame devices; flammable or combustible liquids; a minimum 3-A 40-B:C rating on the roof being covered or
welding or cutting equipment; or painting equipment repaired.
for applying flammable or combustible finishes during  Section 906 generally covers the location and
both construction and demolition. requirements of portable fire extinguishers with a par-
ticular reference to asphalt kettles in Table 906.1.
Section 303 also has requirements for extinguishers
SECTION 3316
on the kettle, in the proximity of the kettle and on the
MOTORIZED CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT
roof. Fire extinguishers are to be fully charged and
3316.1 Conditions of use. Internal-combustion-powered ready for service. Many construction sites are littered
construction equipment shall be used in accordance with all with building materials and debris. The kettle operator
of the following conditions: is responsible for maintaining an appropriate distance
1. Equipment shall be located so that exhausts do not dis- between the hot kettle and combustible materials.
charge against combustible material.
2. Exhausts shall be piped to the outside of the building. Bibliography
3. Equipment shall not be refueled while in operation. The following resource materials were used in the
4. Fuel for equipment shall be stored in an approved area code:
outside of the building.
Burklin, Ralph W. and Robert G. Purington. Fire Terms:
 Motorized equipment, particularly equipment pow- A Guide to Their Meaning and Use. Quincy, MA:
ered by an internal combustion engine, must be kept
clear of combustibles, must have exhaust arranged
so as not to create an environmental hazard, must Code Changes Resource Collection—2015 International
not be fueled while hot and have fuel stored properly. Fire Code. Washington, DC: International Code
These issues are similarly addressed in Sections Council, 2014.
3303, 3304 and 3305.
NFPA Fire Protection Handbook. Quincy, MA: National
SECTION 3317 US Chemical Safety Board Final Report, Kleen Energy
SAFEGUARDING ROOFING OPERATIONS Natural Gas Explosion. 6/28/2010.
3317.1 General. Roofing operations utilizing heat-producing
systems or other ignition sources shall be conducted in accor-
dance with Sections 3317.2 and 3317.3 and Chapter 35.
 Although licensed and bonded contractors are often
required for roofing operations by state or local laws
or ordinances, the jurisdiction must establish who is
authorized to conduct such activities. In addition to
the requirements of Section 3317, the applicable hot
work requirements of Chapter 35 also apply to certain
roofing operations. Since the definition of “Hot work”
in Section 202 specifically includes the installation of
torch-applied roofing systems, permits for roofing
operations utilizing such heat-producing systems that
are ignition sources are required by Section 105.6.24.
Additional permits for the use of combustible liquids
and compressed gas may be also appropriate. Roof-
ing permits are typically required by the IBC, as well.
3317.2 Asphalt and tar kettles. Asphalt and tar kettles shall
be operated in accordance with Section 303.
 Section 303 regulates transportation, location, fuel-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ing, supervision, construction and fire protection of

asphalt and tar kettles (see commentary, Section
303).

--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
33-10 Code Council

Chapter 34:
Tire Rebuilding and Tire Storage
General Comments 2. In 1999, a lightning strike ignited a tire fire in West-
ley, California. The tire dump contained millions of
Each year, over 270 million vehicle tires are disposed of scrap tires located in a canyon in a coastal moun-
in the United States. Recycling, reuse and energy tain range. The large smoke plume from the fire
recovery are having a major impact, but tire storage impacted nearby farming communities and caused
continues to present an environmental and fire safety widespread concern of potential health effects
hazard. The risk associated with tire fires demonstrates from exposure to the smoke emissions. The tire
the need to address this problem. This chapter prefire also produced large volumes of pyrolitic oil
scribes ways to prevent and control fires in tire rebuild- that flowed off the slope and into the drainage of
ing plants, tire storage and tire byproduct facilities. an intermittent stream. This oil was ignited too,
Tire fires, although infrequent, are serious situations and the oil fire significantly increased the smoke
that are difficult to extinguish, expensive to clean up and emissions close to ground level. A response to the
often become major hazardous material incidents oil and tire fires was beyond the capabilities of
affecting entire communities, frequently requiring neigh- local and state agencies. The EPA regional coor-
borhood evacuations and long, drawn-out fire-extin- dinator immediately responded using Oil Pollution
guishing operations. These fires threaten pollution of Act of 1990 authority. It took 30 days to extinguish
the air, soil and water. Federal and state agencies,
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
the fire. Total EPA response costs were $3.5 mil-

municipalities and private companies have spent million.
lions of dollars cleaning up tire fires across the country. Waste tires are difficult to ignite, but once a tire
Scrap tires are not generally considered a hazardous fire starts, it is generally very hard to control and
waste; however, if a tire fire occurs, tires break down extinguish. Using water or foam to extinguish a tire
into hazardous compounds including gases, heavy fire is often futile. Water is best used to keep adja-
metal and oil. The average passenger car tire is esti- cent, unburned tires from igniting. Smothering a
mated to produce over 2 gallons (8 L) of oil when tire fire with dirt or sand is usually the best option
burned, according to the Rubber Manufacturers Associ- for extinguishing fires. Typically, the sand or dirt is
ation. Oil that exudes into ground and surface water as moved with heavy equipment to cover the burning
a result of tire fires is a significant environment pollut- tires. Putting out a tire fire can also be facilitated
ant. In some cases, this may trigger Environmental Pro- by removing unburned tires from the pile to lessen
tection Agency (EPA) Superfund cleanup status. For the fuel load.
every million tires consumed by fire, about 55,000 gal-
lons (208 175 L) of runoff oil can pollute the environ-
ment unless contained and collected. This oily material Purpose
is also highly flammable. The requirements of Chapter 34 are intended to prevent
Air pollution is also produced by tire fires. Air emis- or control fires and explosions associated with the
sions may include polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons remanufacture and storage of tires. Additionally, these
(PAHs), benzene, styrene, phenols and butadiene. For requirements are intended to minimize the impact of tire
more information on toxic air pollutants generated by storage fires by segregating the various operations and
tire fires, go to the U.S. EPA’s Toxics Air Pollution web- controlling ignition sources. Although the finished prod-
site. uct, the tire, is not an unusual hazard, once ignition
Notable tire fires include the following: occurs the fire is extremely difficult to extinguish. Facili-
1. In 1983, 7 million tires burned in Rhinehart, Vir- ties designed and constructed for tire remanufacture
ginia, issuing a plume of smoke 3,000 feet (912 m) are regulated by the International Building Code® (IBC®)
high and nearly 50 miles (80 km) long with air pol- to reduce the impact of potential fires on buildings and
lution emissions deposited in three states. The fire the environment.
burned for nine months, polluting nearby water
sources with lead and arsenic. The tire storage
facility where the fire occurred is now being
cleaned up as a Superfund site.

TIRE REBUILDING AND TIRE STORAGE
SECTION 3401 classified in Group F-1 (factory/industrial moderate

GENERAL hazard) in accordance with Section 306.2 of the IBC.
3401.1 Scope. Tire rebuilding plants, tire storage and tire Depending on an evaluation of the actual hazards
byproduct facilities shall comply with this chapter, other presented by a given operation, which could include
applicable requirements of this code and NFPA 13. Tire stor- grinding, buffing or gluing of tires or tire components,
age in buildings shall also comply with Chapter 32. the plant or portions of it might be classified in Group
H.
 In addition to the provisions of this chapter, NFPA 13
is referenced for sprinkler system design. Annex A of 3403.2 Location. Buffing operations shall be located in a
NFPA 13 also contains illustrations of various tire room separated from the remainder of the building housing
storage arrays. Spray operations using flammable or the tire rebuilding or tire recapping operations by a 1-hour
combustible solvents must also comply with Chapter fire barrier.
24. Sprinkler requirements for the bulk storage of rub- Exception: Buffing operations are not required to be sepa-
ber tires (defined in Section 202) may be found in rated where all of the following conditions are met:
Section 903.2.9.2. See the commentary to the above
noted section for further discussion of fire protection 1. Buffing operations are equipped with an approved
for tire storage. continuous automatic water-spray system directed at
the point of cutting action.
3401.2 Permit required. Permits shall be required as set
forth in Section 105.6. 2. Buffing machines are connected to particle-collect-
ing systems providing a minimum air movement of
 The process of issuing permits gives the fire code 1,500 cubic feet per minute (cfm) (0.71 m3/s) in vol-
official an opportunity to carefully evaluate and regu- ume and 4,500 feet per minute (fpm) (23 m/s) in-line
late hazardous operations. Permit applicants should velocity.
ply with the intent of the code before the permit is 3. The collecting system shall discharge the rubber
issued. See the commentary to Section 105.6 for a particles to an approved outdoor noncombustible or
general discussion of operations requiring an opera- fire-resistant container that is emptied at frequent
tional permit and Section 105.6.46 for discussion of intervals to prevent overflow.
specific operational permits for tire rebuilding facilities
and their operation and maintenance. The process  This section specifies that the buffing operations
also notifies the fire department of the need for pre- must be separated from the other operations by a 1-
fire planning for the hazardous property. hour fire barrier. The intent is identical to the intent
regarding construction: to keep the higher hazard
operations separate, thereby reducing the potential
SECTION 3402 for a rapidly spreading fire.
DEFINITIONS The exception recognizes that meeting the three
outlined conditions will afford protection equivalent to
3402.1 Terms defined in Chapter 2. Words and terms used the 1-hour fire barrier required by this section.
in this chapter and defined in Chapter 2 shall have the mean-
ings ascribed to them as defined therein. 3403.3 Cleaning. The buffing area shall be cleaned at fre-
quent intervals to prevent the accumulation of rubber parti-
 This section directs the code user to Chapter 2 for the cles.
proper application of the terms used in this chapter.
Such terms may be defined in Chapter 2 or in another  This section recognizes the importance of keeping
International Code® (I-Code®) as indicated in Section the buffing area clean to reduce the possibility of
201.3, or the dictionary meaning may be all that is igniting waste material. A maintenance schedule
needed (also see commentaries, Sections 201.1 should be developed for particle removal. Cleaning
through 201.4). frequency should be determined by the amount of
equipment in operation.
3403.4 Spray rooms and booths. Each spray room or spray
SECTION 3403 booth where flammable or combustible solvents are applied,
TIRE REBUILDING shall comply with Chapter 24.
3403.1 Construction. Tire rebuilding plants shall comply
 When flammable or combustible solvents are used,
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
with the requirements of the International Building Code, as

the room or spray booth must comply with the
to construction, separation from other buildings or other por-
requirements of Chapter 24. This provision is
tions of the same building, and protection.
intended to reduce the likelihood of igniting solvents
 This section requires that construction must comply used in this process and to keep the incident within
with the IBC. At a minimum, tire rebuilding plants are manageable proportions if ignition should occur.
34-2 Code Council

SECTION 3404 3404.6 Telephone number. The telephone number of the fire
PRECAUTIONS AGAINST FIRE department and location of the nearest telephone shall be
3404.1 Open burning. Open burning is prohibited in tire posted conspicuously in attended locations.
storage yards.  This section requires posting of the fire department
 Due to the stubborn nature of tire fires once they are telephone number along with the location of the tele-
ignited, this section prohibits open burning in tire stor- phone in conspicuous locations.
age areas where ignition of tires is a hazard.
3404.2 Sources of heat. Cutting, welding or heating devices SECTION 3405
shall not be operated in tire storage yards. OUTDOOR STORAGE
 Like the previous section, this section prohibits addi- 3405.1 Individual piles. Tire storage shall be restricted to
tional sources of ignition from welding or heating individual piles not exceeding 5,000 square feet (464.5 m2) of
devices. continuous area. Piles shall not exceed 50,000 cubic feet
3404.3 Smoking prohibited. Smoking is prohibited in tire (1416 m3) in volume or 10 feet (3048 mm) in height.
storage yards, except in designated areas.  Whole tires (new, used or awaiting recycling), shred-
 Except in smoking locations designated by the owner ded tires or tire chip piles represent a fuel package of
and approved by the fire code official, smoking is pro- considerable volume and heat potential. To manage
hibited in tire storage yards. “No smoking” signs this hazard, the code places limitations on pile
should be posted prominently in the yards and rigor- heights and sizes as a means of controlling the size
ously enforced. See the commentary to Section 310 of potential fires and facilitating fire-fighting opera-
for further information on smoking regulations. tions.
3404.4 Power lines. Tire storage piles shall not be located 3405.2 Separation of piles. Individual tire storage piles shall
beneath electrical power lines having a voltage in excess of be separated from other piles by a clear space of not less than
750 volts or that supply power to fire emergency systems. 40 feet (12 192 mm).
 Should a fire occur in a tire storage yard, it could burn  The intent of this section is to create 40-foot (12 192
for some time before it is extinguished. Because mm) clear firebreaks between piles of tire storage in
these fires can be quite extensive and burn very hot, all directions.
this precaution reduces the possibility that large elec- 3405.3 Distance between piles of other stored products.
trical grids or emergency power supplies will be dis- Tire storage piles shall be separated by a clear space of not
abled for extended periods. less than 40 feet (12 192 mm) from piles of other stored prod-
3404.5 Fire safety plan. The owner or individual in charge uct.
of the tire storage yard shall be required to prepare and sub-  This section also requires a 40-foot (12 192 mm)
mit to the fire code official a fire safety plan for review and clear firebreak from piles of other materials, not just
approval. The fire safety plan shall include provisions for fire other tire storage piles.
department vehicle access. Not less than one copy of the fire
safety plan shall be prominently posted and maintained at the 3405.4 Distance from lot lines and buildings. Tire storage
storage yard. piles shall be located not less than 50 feet (15 240 mm) from
lot lines and buildings.
 This section requires that the owner develop a fire
safety plan and submit it to the fire code official for  This section requires increasing the firebreak to 50
approval. This plan should be as detailed as neces- feet (15 240 mm) from lot lines and buildings due to
sary, depending on the size and layout of the yard. the potential exposure to buildings on the same prop-
erty or on adjacent property.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
This plan should also be coordinated with fire depart-
ment pre-incident plans. The plan should include the 3405.5 Fire breaks. Storage yards shall be maintained free
size and composition of the storage material; layout from combustible ground vegetation for a distance of 40 feet
of access and egress routes; the physical infrastruc- (12 192 mm) from the stored material to grass and weeds; and
ture of the roads and other possible access routes. for a distance of 100 feet (30 480 mm) from the stored prod-
Maps should include hydrant and water sources, inte- uct to brush and forested areas.
rior access lanes, fuel load configurations and the  Because dry grass and weeds represent a significant
location of utilities on the site. The composition of the fuel accumulation and fire hazard, this section
storage pile should be indicated because shredded requires that all combustible vegetation (grasses and
scrap or chip piles require a different fire-fighting weeds) be kept at least 40 feet (12 192 mm) from
approach than a pile of whole tires. storage piles. The distance is increased to 100 feet
(30 480 mm) when next to brush or forested areas,

not only to protect the brush and forested area from a guidelines for access roads. Note that the appendi-
fire in a storage yard but also to protect the storage ces are not considered as part of the code unless
yard from a brush or forest fire. For additional infor- specifically adopted. See Section 1 of the sample
mation on the protection of such areas, see the Inter- adopting ordinance on page xxi of the code book.
national Wildland-Urban Interface Code® (IWUIC®). 3406.2 Location. Fire apparatus access roads shall be located
The clearances required by this section require a within all pile clearances identified in Section 3405.4 and
vegetation control program to reduce the hazards. within all fire breaks required in Section 3405.5. Access
3405.6 Volume more than 150,000 cubic feet. Where the roadways shall be within 150 feet (45 720 mm) of any point
bulk volume of stored product is more than 150,000 cubic in the storage yard where storage piles are located, not less
feet (4248 m3), storage arrangement shall be in accordance than 20 feet (6096 mm) from any storage pile.
with the following:  In order to provide adequate access for fire suppres-
1. Individual storage piles shall comply with size and sep- sion operations in tire storage yard fires, fire appara-
aration requirements in Sections 3405.1 through tus access roads must be located within all pile
3405.5. clearances and within all firebreaks. No portion of a
pile is to be more than 150 feet (45 720 mm) from an
2. Adjacent storage piles shall be considered a group, and
access road and no less than 20 feet (6096 mm) from
the aggregate volume of storage piles in a group shall
any storage pile. Maintaining a 20-foot (6096 mm)
not exceed 150,000 cubic feet (4248 m3).
clearance between storage piles and the edge of the
Separation between groups shall be not less than 75 feet fire apparatus access road reduces the likelihood that
(22 860 mm) wide. the collapse of a pile [limited to 10 feet (3048 mm) in
 This section correlates with the requirements in Sec- height by Section 3405.1] will totally obstruct access.
tion 3405.1, which allow storage piles up to 50,000
cubic feet (1416 m3) in volume. There is really no rea-
SECTION 3407
son to limit the number of piles but rather to limit the
FENCING
volume of storage. This section limits the group vol-
ume to 150,000 cubic feet (4248 m3) and clarifies that 3407.1 Where required. Where the bulk volume of stored
the piles must still comply with Sections 3405.1 material is more than 20,000 cubic feet (566 m3), a firmly
through 3405.5 on pile size and separations. Basi- anchored fence or other approved method of security that
cally, with the 75-foot (22 860 mm) separation controls unauthorized access to the storage yard shall sur-
requirement between groups, unlimited amounts of round the storage yard.
storage would be allowed.  Perimeter fences for site security are required to limit
3405.7 Location of storage. Outdoor waste tire storage shall access to stored materials and deter theft, vandalism
not be located under bridges, elevated trestles, elevated road- and arson in storage yards where the volume of tire
ways or elevated railroads. material stored exceeds 20,000 cubic feet (566 m3).
 This section restricts where waste tire storage may 3407.2 Construction. The fence shall be constructed of
be located. As a result of past fire experiences that approved materials and shall be not less than 6 feet (1829
created extended disruption in transportation, storage mm) high and provided with gates at least 20 feet (6096 mm)
is prohibited under elevated roadways and bridges. wide.
 Owners should be encouraged to construct noncom-
bustible fences. Chain-link fencing is an excellent
SECTION 3406 choice because it can be firmly anchored and
FIRE DEPARTMENT ACCESS requires little maintenance. To accommodate fire
3406.1 Required access. New tire storage yards shall be pro- apparatus, all gates must be at least 20 feet (6096
vided with fire apparatus access roads in accordance with mm) wide. Depending on local security concerns,
Section 503 and Section 3406.2. Existing tire storage yards fences may be topped with barbed wire for intruder
shall be provided with fire apparatus access roads where control to further enhance the level of security pro-
required in Chapter 11. vided. Such an installation should be approved by the
fire code official and the local administrative authority,
 Fire apparatus access roads must be arranged to since some communities have ordinances or a zon-
provide clear, unobstructed access to required yard ing code that prohibits the use of barbed wire on
hydrants, if provided, and all points of the yard stor- fences.
age area. Turn-arounds and turning radii must be
3407.3 Locking. Gates to the storage yard shall be locked
sized so that the fire apparatus can maneuver to pro-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
when the storage yard is not staffed.

tect exposures as well as fire fighters. Access roads
must also comply with Section 503. Fire department  This section states that access gates to the storage
access for existing tire storage yards must comply yard are to be locked when not staffed to deter unau-
with Sections 1106.1 through 1106.1.2. Appendix D, thorized entry. Since the yard entrance is considered
where adopted by the jurisdiction, covers design part of the fire apparatus road network required for
34-4 Code Council

the yard, gates must also comply with the provisions access to the interior of the pile. Piles of any other
of Section 503.6. configuration cannot exceed 50 feet in any dimen-
3407.4 Unobstructed. Gateways shall be kept clear of sion. Annex A to Chapter 3 of NFPA 13 includes
obstructions and be fully openable at all times. example illustrations of tire storage arrays.
 This section requires that gates be accessible and be
Bibliography
fully openable at all times, which will allow full and
quick access for fire apparatus. The following resource materials were used in the
code:
SECTION 3408
FIRE PROTECTION FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 8-7,
Rubber Tire Storage. Johnson, RI: Factory Mutual
3408.1 Water supply. A public or private fire protection
water supply shall be provided in accordance with Section Global Research, 2009.
508. The water supply shall be arranged such that any part of Prevention and Management of Scrap Tire Fires. Wash-
the storage yard can be reached by using not more than 500 ington, DC: Rubber Manufacturers Association.
feet (152 m) of hose.
 This section requires that a fire protection water sup-
ply, in accordance with Section 508, be provided to
the storage yard. Open storage yards are often
located substantial distances from public fire mains,
which may mean that water must be delivered to the
scene by fire department tankers. This requirement
should be included in both the prefire plan and the
facility fire safety plan required by Section 3404.5.
Alternative water supplies, such as a stream, lake or
other body of water in the vicinity, should be
explored.
3408.2 Fire extinguishers. Buildings or structures shall be
provided with portable fire extinguishers in accordance with
Section 906. Fuel-fired vehicles operating in the storage yard
shall be equipped with a minimum 2-A:20-B:C-rated portable
fire extinguisher.
 This section and Section 906 require that fire extin-
guishers be available. Portable fire extinguishers are
provided for incipient fire control. These appliances
should be located where they are readily available.
They are also required on fuel-fired vehicles operat-
ing in the yard.
SECTION 3409
INDOOR STORAGE ARRANGEMENT
3409.1 Pile dimensions. Where tires are stored on-tread, the
dimension of the pile in the direction of the wheel hole shall
be not more than 50 feet (15 240 mm). Tires stored adjacent
to or along one wall shall not extend more than 25 feet (7620
mm) from that wall. Other piles shall be not more than 50 feet
(15 240 mm) in width.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
 This section places further restrictions on tire storage

to maintain fire-fighting access to the stored tires in
case of a fire. When the tires are stored on their
tread, storage piled against a wall (i.e., closed on one
end) must not extend more than 25 feet (7620 mm)
from the wall. Where the on-tread piles are open on
both ends, the length of the pile must not exceed 50
feet (15 240 mm), measured in the direction of the
wheel hole. These limitations enhance hose stream

--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
34-6 Code Council

Chapter 35:
Welding and Other Hot Work
General Comments The important factor in avoiding ignition hazards is
preparing for and monitoring hot-work activities. Primar-
Welding and other hot work are frequent ignition ily these precautions relate to basic fire prevention and
sources. Statistics from a major property insurance fire control. Chapter 35 details a program that allows a
company for a recent 5-year period showed 290 hot- facility to assign an employee to be the administrator of
work-related ignitions that led to losses of $407 million, a hot-work program as defined in Section 202 of the
or an average of $1.4 million per incident. Of these 290 code. This administrator would be allowed to issue per-
losses, 42 percent were caused by employees and 58 mits for work on site, would be required to perform pre-
percent were caused by outside contractors. To com- work inspections and would be responsible for ensuring
pare the magnitude of these losses, this same insur- that the correct safety measures are taken. The fire
ance company saw 395 fires associated with code official has the authority to make periodic checks
housekeeping and 262 losses associated with smoking. of these records, so they must be made available for at
The average poor housekeeping loss was $902,000; least 48 hours after the work ends. This chapter pro-
the average smoking loss was about $440,000. vides specific requirements for the protection of com-
Both hot work operations themselves and the equip- bustibles and for fire watches.
ment and materials associated with such work can cre- Personnel undertaking hot work will have varying lev-
ate significant ignition and fire hazards. Hot work els of familiarity with the building or facility where the
creates sparks and slag and gives off heat. Materials, work is being done. Often, the person undertaking hot
such as acetylene and oxygen, are used in gas welding work is not an employee at the facility and may not be
and an electrical current is used for arc welding. Addi- under the direct control of the hot work program man-
tionally, these activities tend to occur in buildings that ager. The qualifications of the hot work operator are dis-
are not designed for these materials and hazards. Hot cussed in Section 3503.4.
work often occurs within buildings undergoing renova-
tions, which are even more susceptible to ignition. Hot
work can be either temporary or ongoing. Permanent Purpose
installations generally have the ability to address igni- This chapter covers requirements for safety in welding
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
tion hazards more consistently. and other types of hot work by reducing the potential for
Several different types of hot work would fall under fire ignitions. Many of the activities of this chapter focus
the requirements found in Chapter 35, including both on the actions of occupants. As noted, welding and
gas and electric arc methods and any open-torch opera- other hot work are responsible for a large percentage of
tions. fire ignitions that usually result in large losses.
SECTION 3501 to control fuels and reduce the impact of fires if they
GENERAL occur are the focuses of these requirements.
3501.1 Scope. Welding, cutting, open torches and other hot 3501.2 Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in Sec-
work operations and equipment shall comply with this chap- tion 105.6.
ter.  The process of issuing permits gives the fire code
 Welding and cutting operations, whether electric or official an opportunity to carefully evaluate and regu-
gas, are methods for joining or separating metals. In late hazardous operations. Permit applicants must
either case, a strong heat energy source is applied to demonstrate that their operations comply with the
the material, commonly known as the workpiece, to intent of the code before the permit is issued. See the
perform the required operation. Specific hazards commentary to Section 105.6 for a general discus-
associated with each type of welding or cutting appa- sion of operations requiring an operational permit.
ratus and process may vary greatly, but, in each The process also notifies the fire department of the
case, two elements are always present that may need for prefire planning for the hazardous property
cause or contribute to the spread of fire—a heat and helps to verify that proper procedures will be fol-
energy source and air or oxygen. As a result, efforts lowed.

WELDING AND OTHER HOT WORK
The actual permit requirements for hot work are in 3501.5 Design and installation of oxygen-fuel gas systems.
Section 105.6.24. This section lists several specific An oxygen-fuel gas system with two or more manifolded cyl-
instances where a permit would be required for hot inders of oxygen shall be in accordance with NFPA 51.
work operations. One of the items would allow a sin-
gle permit to be issued to allow a hot work program.  This section references NFPA 51 for any oxygen-fuel
This program will be explained in more detail in this gas systems where any number of oxygen containers
chapter, but essentially it allows a person on site to are manifolded. The scope of this standard specifi-
manage the hot work activities. This program has a cally states that it addresses only situations where
number of safety requirements, including fire depart- two or more cylinders are manifolded.
ment review of documentation at the facility for a min-
imum of 48 hours after the work is completed.
Generally, this type of permit provides much needed SECTION 3502
flexibility for facilities where hot work is a common DEFINITIONS
occurrence. 3502.1 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chap-
ter 2:
3501.3 Restricted areas. Hot work shall only be conducted
in areas designed or authorized for that purpose by the per- HOT WORK.
sonnel responsible for a Hot Work Program. Hot work shall
HOT WORK AREA.
not be conducted in the following areas unless approval has
been obtained from the fire code official: HOT WORK EQUIPMENT.
1. Areas where the sprinkler system is impaired. HOT WORK PERMITS.
2. Areas where there exists the potential of an explosive HOT WORK PROGRAM.
atmosphere, such as locations where flammable gases, RESPONSIBLE PERSON.
liquids or vapors are present.
TORCH-APPLIED ROOF SYSTEM.
3. Areas with readily ignitable materials, such as storage
of large quantities of bulk sulfur, baled paper, cotton,  Definitions of terms can help in the understanding
lint, dust or loose combustible materials. and application of code requirements. This section
directs the code user to Chapter 2 for the proper
4. On board ships at dock or ships under construction or application of the indicated terms used in this chap-
repair. ter. Terms may be defined in Chapter 2 or in another
5. At other locations as specified by the fire code official. International Code® (I-Code®) as indicated in Section
 This section describes restrictions on the areas needed (see also commentary, Sections 201 through
where hot work can take place. Normally hot work 201.4).
activities are restricted to designated areas; however,
there are times when hot work may be needed in spe-
cific locations, such as in a building undergoing reno- SECTION 3503
vation. This section presents this list as a way to GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
verify that when hot work is needed, notification of the
activity is made and special precautions are taken. In 3503.1 General. Hot work conditions and operations shall
addition, this section also authorizes the fire code offi- comply with this chapter.
cial to add other areas where special approval would  This section is generally applicable to all hot work
be necessary. The code cannot anticipate all poten- activities, which would include welding and cutting,
tially hazardous situations. For this reason, this sec- but also includes activities such as torch-applied roof
tion does not explicitly prohibit hot work in these systems. The requirements are primarily related to
areas; it simply requires special approval. the hot work permit program, qualifications and gen-
3501.4 Cylinders and containers. Compressed gas cylinders eral administrative provisions related to fire safety
and fuel containers shall comply with this chapter and Chap- procedures.
ter 53. 3503.2 Temporary and fixed hot work areas. Temporary
and fixed hot work areas shall comply with this section.
 This section is focused on any cylinders or containers
used to store gases used in hot work operations, pri-  These provisions are applicable to both temporary
marily oxygen and acetylene. Oxygen is an oxidizing and permanent activities because the same fire haz-
gas and acetylene is a highly flammable gas and an ard exists in both cases. Temporary situations gener-
unstable reactive Class 2. This section requires that ally pose a greater hazard, however, because they
any specific requirements within Chapter 35 be typically occur in areas not designed for such ignition
addressed along with the general requirements found hazards. For example, hot work is fairly common in
in Chapter 53 regarding compressed gases. buildings undergoing renovation.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
35-2 Code Council

3503.3 Hot work program permit. Hot work permits, issued would allow reasonable time for review of documen-
by an approved responsible person under a hot work pro- tation after a fire to determine if welding or cutting
gram, shall be available for review by the fire code official at was implicated in any fire situation during the previ-
the time the work is conducted and for 48 hours after work is ous permit period.
complete. 3503.6 Signage. Visible hazard identification signs shall be
 Because individual facilities are allowed to manage provided where required by Chapter 50. Where the hot work
the process of issuing permits, permit information area is accessible to persons other than the operator of the hot
must be available to the fire code official for periodic work equipment, conspicuous signs shall be posted to warn
review. As noted in the definition for “Hot work per- others before they enter the hot work area. Such signs shall
mits,” the records must be available for at least 48 display the following warning:
hours following completion of work. The 48-hour CAUTION
period gives the fire code official the time necessary
to verify that permitting was done according to estab- HOT WORK IN PROGRESS
lished procedures if a fire should occur. STAY CLEAR
This section does not require that the permits be
submitted to the fire code official; it asks only that  Signage, as with many other code applications, is
they be available for review. This section, along with used as a method to warn of hazards. This is espe-
Section 3503.5, is part of the package that allows a cially critical in areas where people unfamiliar with the
periodic random check of the permitting and hot work hazards may be present. For example, this may be
administrative procedures. more important during renovations in an occupied
office building. The signage requirements apply to
3503.4 Qualifications of operators. A permit for hot work both temporary and fixed situations, and the visibility
operations shall not be issued unless the individuals in charge of the signs must be consistent with the requirements
of performing such operations are capable of performing such of Chapter 50.
operations safely. Demonstration of a working knowledge of
the provisions of this chapter shall constitute acceptable evi-
dence of compliance with this requirement. SECTION 3504
 The definitions for “Hot work program” and “Respon- FIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
sible person” in Section 202 are specifically aimed at 3504.1 Protection of combustibles. Protection of combusti-
the individual who coordinates issuing and managing
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
bles shall be in accordance with Sections 3504.1.1 through
permits. The qualifications of the operator and admin- 3504.1.9.
istrative follow-through are critical aspects in prevent-
ing hot work fires and are the subjects of this section.  This section deals with basic fire safety activities that
Operators of welding and cutting apparatus must should be addressed when undertaking hot work.
demonstrate understanding of, competence in and Some of the requirements may be more applicable to
responsibility for their activities. A thorough under- certain types of hot work than others because of the
standing of proper welding and cutting safety precau- specific hazards presented. The three specific issues
tions as outlined in this chapter and NFPA 51 is a addressed include the protection of the area and fire
minimum requirement. Operators should also be protection systems located in the vicinity of the hot
familiar with general industry standards, as well as work; requirements for fire watches during and after
federal and state Occupational Safety and Health the hot work is undertaken; and the administrative
Administration (OSHA) regulations, manufacturers’ procedures used to confirm that all the applicable
recommendations regarding equipment being oper- safety steps have been taken. This section focuses
ated and standards of good practice as detailed by primarily on the protection of combustibles through
the American Welding Society (AWS), National Fire both passive and active means. More specifically,
Protection Association (NFPA) or other professional combustibles must either be removed or protected by
safety organization. Operators must be capable of fire protection systems that remain operational during
physically demonstrating their knowledge of proper hot work activities.
safety practices when required by the fire code offi- 3504.1.1 Combustibles. Hot work areas shall not contain
cial. Written competency examinations are not combustibles or shall be provided with appropriate shielding
required by this section. to prevent sparks, slag or heat from igniting exposed combus-
3503.5 Records. The individual responsible for the hot work tibles.
area shall maintain “prework check” reports in accordance
 This section requires that combustibles either be
with Section 3504.3.1. Such reports shall be maintained on
removed from the area or properly shielded from
the premises for not less than 48 hours after work is complete.
sparks or excessive heat that could ignite a fire. A
 This section is specific to the hot work program shield may need to be both noncombustible and insu-
administrator and requires that the prework checks lating. In the case of sparks that provide little heat, a
be available for review for at least 48 hours. This metal shield may be allowable. If the hot work opera-
allows periodic checks by the fire code official and tion gives off large amounts of heat, such as the use

of a torch, the shield would also need to resist the nected to the floor such that no gap exists between the floor
transmission of heat. and the partition. Partitions shall prevent the passage of
3504.1.2 Openings. Openings or cracks in walls, floors, sparks, slag, and heat from the hot work area.
ducts or shafts within the hot work area shall be tightly cov-  The partitions discussed in this section act as shields,
ered to prevent the passage of sparks to adjacent combustible as described in Section 3504.1.1. The requirements
areas, or shielded by metal fire-resistant guards, or curtains state that partitions must be installed so that there is
shall be provided to prevent passage of sparks or slag. no room for sparks, slag or heat to pass beyond the
 Openings or cracks in walls, floors, ducts or shafts hot work area. These requirements are primarily
within the hot work area shall be tightly covered to geared toward fixed hot work areas where the condi-
prevent the passage of sparks to adjacent combusti- tions can be more permanently controlled. Hot work
ble areas; shields constructed of metal fire-resistant operations in temporary locations will likely not have
guards or curtains shall be provided to prevent pas- partitions installed solely for the purpose of protecting
sage of sparks or slag. combustible materials. Section 3504.1.1 would be
Openings or cracks in walls are potential travel more applicable to temporary hot work.
paths for sparks or slag from hot work operations. It is 3504.1.6 Floors. Fixed hot work areas shall have floors with
very common for a partition in an existing building to noncombustible surfaces.
have penetrations for pipes or other utilities. Sparks  The requirement for noncombustible floor surfaces is
that penetrate a partition or wall have the potential of specific to fixed hot work operations because a fixed
starting a fire in adjoining rooms or areas. location situation can be more easily controlled than a
3504.1.3 Housekeeping. Floors shall be kept clean within the temporary hot work operation. In many cases, pro-
hot work area. gram administrators will have little control over the
 This section addresses a basic fire safety issue of type of floor and the location of combustibles in the
keeping the floors in the hot work area clean. Accu- areas where temporary hot work occurs.
mulations of dust and other high-surface-area materi- 3504.1.7 Precautions in hot work. Hot work shall not be
als are highly susceptible to ignition, flash fires and performed on containers or equipment that contain or have
explosions. This kind of housekeeping is doubly contained flammable liquids, gases or solids until the contain-
important for welding and similar hot work in a builders and equipment have been thoroughly cleaned, inerted or
ing under renovation because such buildings tend to purged; except that “hot tapping” shall be allowed on tanks
have higher concentrations of dusts and other haz- and pipe lines where such work is to be conducted by
ardous combustibles. approved personnel. Hot work on flammable and combustible
3504.1.4 Conveyor systems. Conveyor systems that are liquid storage tanks shall be conducted in accordance with
capable of carrying sparks to distant combustibles shall be Section 3510.
shielded or shut down.  The title of this section is somewhat misleading
 Conveyor systems, particularly in industrial applica- because the section pertains specifically to hot work
tions, constitute a hazard. More specifically, if a weld- on containers or equipment that may contain flamma-
ing operation ignites a fire on a conveyor system, the ble or combustible liquids. Simply because a con-
fire can move throughout the parts of the building tainer is empty does not mean that it is safe to
served by the conveyor and possibly ignite multiple conduct hot work. In fact, the vapors are usually
fires. Generally, most fire protection features are not much more susceptible to ignition than the liquid
designed for multiple-fire ignitions, but instead are itself; therefore, before any hot work can occur, the
designed for a single event. For instance, a sprinkler vapors and liquids must be purged.
system has a specific design density for a specified This section does allow hot work on containers or
area of operation. If the fire demand is higher than piping without the specific removal of liquids. This is
what the sprinkler system was designed to handle, termed “hot tapping” and must be done by an experi-
the water supply and pressure could be inadequate enced individual. Hot tapping is extremely dangerous
and the sprinkler system will likely be overcome. since the piping or tank still contains flammable or
Also, because the fire is moving, it is more difficult for combustible liquids and, therefore, the personnel per-
the sprinklers to activate because the sprinkler might forming this work must be aware of the hazards and
not heat sufficiently. This results in the fire growing be able to safeguard the operation. This section also
larger before intervention from the fire protection sys- points the user to Section 3510, which contains spe-
tems. Even if a sprinkler does activate, it may not be cific safeguards for hot work on flammable and com-
addressing the origin of the fire. bustible liquid storage tanks and references NFPA
326 for these hot work operations. Note that NFPA
3504.1.5 Partitions. Partitions segregating hot work areas
326 does not cover hot tapping, therefore other
from other areas of the building shall be noncombustible. In
industry standards and safeguards must be used.
fixed hot work areas, the partitions shall be securely con-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
35-4 Code Council

3504.1.8 Sprinkler protection. Automatic sprinkler protec- gram, is authorized to extend the fire watch based on the haz-
tion shall not be shut off while hot work is performed. Where ards or work being performed.
hot work is performed close to automatic sprinklers, noncom- Exception: Where the hot work area has no fire hazards or
bustible barriers or damp cloth guards shall shield the indi- combustible exposures.
vidual sprinkler heads and shall be removed when the work is
completed. If the work extends over several days, the shields  Fire watches are required any time hot work is under-
shall be removed at the end of each workday. The fire code taken and are to extend a minimum of 30 minutes
official shall approve hot work where sprinkler protection is beyond completion of the work. The time may need to
impaired. be extended, depending on the specific hazards
present, such as a large amount of combustibles or
 One of the major sources of losses related to hot the facility being open to the public. There is an
work occurs either at buildings under construction or exception for those situations when combustibles are
under renovation where an installed automatic sprin- simply not present. The combustibility of the floor
kler system has been shut off. In many cases, there is should also be considered.
a concern that the automatic sprinkler system will be
3504.2.2 Location. The fire watch shall include the entire hot
damaged or will accidentally activate during construc-
work area. Hot work conducted in areas with vertical or hori-
tion so the system is temporarily shut off. Unfortu-
zontal fire exposures that are not observable by a single indi-
nately, this is the most likely time for an ignition to
vidual shall have additional personnel assigned to fire
occur. Frequently, large manufacturing, storage and
watches to ensure that exposed areas are monitored.
institutional occupancies intentionally perform much
of their heavy maintenance work during slow periods  This section states that a fire watch is required in all
to reduce service disruptions. Under such circum- hot work areas. The term “hot work area” is defined
stances, care must be exercised so that sprinkler out- but is necessarily a general definition because many
ages do not coincide with welding or cutting things will affect the extent of the area. These factors
operations. include the type and application of hot work, the con-
To reduce the likelihood of accidental operation of figuration and layout of the space and the types of
sprinklers if welding or cutting operations must be materials in the area. Also, where, for example, many
performed in close proximity to sprinklers or sprinkler pieces of equipment act as obstructions or the shape
piping, this section includes some methods of proof the room or placement of partitions blocks a line of
tecting the sprinkler without shutting the system sight, the fire watch may need to consist of more than
down. It is important to note that any protection one person.
placed onto or near the sprinklers is to be removed at 3504.2.3 Duties. Individuals designated to fire watch duty
the end of each workday. Field welding or cutting shall have fire-extinguishing equipment readily available and
operations performed on sprinkler piping is prohibited shall be trained in the use of such equipment. Individuals
by NFPA 13. assigned to fire watch duty shall be responsible for extin-
3504.1.9 Fire detection systems. Approved special precau- guishing spot fires and communicating an alarm.
tions shall be taken to avoid accidental operation of automatic  The individuals who undertake a fire watch have spe-
fire detection systems. cific duties. They not only need to watch for and notify
 As with sprinkler systems, there is a concern for false of an ignition of combustibles, they also need to be
alarms. This section does not give a methodology for prepared to extinguish spot fires with portable extin-
protecting against false alarms but does state that guishers. Intervention when fires are small is the best
precautions must be taken. There are many different line of defense in extinguishing and controlling fires.
technologies and approaches for fire detection sys- Waiting until the fire department or fire brigade
tems in addition to the building-specific applications. arrives will allow a fire to increase dramatically in size
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Each situation should be looked at individually. One and intensity.

possible scenario would be to shut down smoke 3504.2.4 Fire training. The individuals responsible for per-
detectors in a hot work area and put a fire watch in forming the hot work and individuals responsible for provid-
place. As soon as the hot work is complete, those ing the fire watch shall be trained in the use of portable fire
detectors are placed back on line. extinguishers.
3504.2 Fire watch. Fire watches shall be established and  A person conducting a fire watch must be trained to
conducted in accordance with Sections 3504.2.1 through operate fire extinguishers located in the watch area.
3504.2.6. As noted previously, intervention in the incipient
 This section is critical to avoiding ignition as a result stages of a fire is extremely effective.
of hot work operations. The six subsections list crite- 3504.2.5 Fire hoses. Where hoselines are required, they shall
ria for establishing and conducting a fire watch. be connected, charged and ready for operation.
3504.2.1 When required. A fire watch shall be provided  This section states that when a hoseline is required, it
during hot work activities and shall continue for not less than should be properly charged and ready for use during
30 minutes after the conclusion of the work. The fire code a fire watch. Otherwise, the effectiveness is much
official, or the responsible manager under a hot work pro- lower. As already noted, fires are more likely to be

extinguished or controlled when intervention occurs 9. Fire extinguishers and fire hoses (where provided) are
early. An uncharged hoseline will defeat the purpose operable and available.
of the equipment.
 As noted in Section 3504.3, this section includes a list
3504.2.6 Fire extinguisher. Not less than one portable fire of items to be reviewed in hot work areas. These
extinguisher complying with Section 906 and with a mini- checks confirm that the requirements in Sections
mum 2-A:20-B:C rating shall be readily accessible within 30 3504.1 and 3504.2 are actually being met.
feet (9144 mm) of the location where hot work is performed.
 This section specifies that the fire extinguishers
SECTION 3505
required for a fire watch must be all-purpose extin-
GAS WELDING AND CUTTING
guishers for all fire types; the potential fire type will
vary with the type of hot work and the surrounding 3505.1 General. Devices or attachments mixing air or oxy-
combustibles. The 30-foot (9144 mm) travel distance gen with combustible gases prior to consumption, except at
specified here is more restrictive than what is the burner or in a standard torch or blow pipe, shall not be
required for similar ratings of extinguishers in Section allowed unless approved.
906. Table 906.3(2) would allow a maximum travel  The materials used for gas cutting and welding are
distance of 50 feet (15 240 mm) for other applications generally materials such as acetylene and oxygen.
with the same rating of extinguisher. Acetylene is a flammable gas and oxygen is an oxi-
3504.3 Area reviews. Before hot work is permitted and not dizer. Together, these gases produce an intense
less than once per day while the permit is in effect, the area high-temperature flame. The high temperature of
shall be inspected by the individual responsible for authoriz- combustion is excellent for welding and cutting and,
ing hot work operations to ensure that it is a fire safe area. at the same time, is a significant ignition hazard.
Information shown on the permit shall be verified prior to Acetylene is the preferred gas because it burns at
signing the permit in accordance with Section 105.6. high temperatures, but other flammable gases, such
as methyl acetylene-propadiene and propylene, are
 This section is part of the hot work program. It also sometimes used. The other major type of weld-
requires the person administering the program to ing is electric arc welding, which is discussed in Sec-
check the area where hot work has been permitted. A tion 3506.
specific checklist is contained within Section 3504.3.1 Because of the enriched combustion process cre-
to provide guidance as to what is to be inspected. ated by pure oxygen, this section prohibits mixing
Because the authority is given to those other than the oxygen and air prior to use with the flammable gas of
fire department to issue permits and manage the choice for welding or cutting.
safety of hot work operations, documentation of the
inspections is a mechanism for review by the fire 3505.2 Cylinder and container storage, handling and use.
department to verify that operations are proceeding Storage, handling and use of compressed gas cylinders, con-
safely. tainers and tanks shall be in accordance with this section and
Chapter 53.
3504.3.1 Pre-hot-work check. A pre-hot-work check shall
be conducted prior to work to ensure that all equipment is  A major hazard with gas welding and cutting is not
safe and hazards are recognized and protected. A report of the necessarily the hot work operation itself, but instead
check shall be kept at the work site during the work and avail- the materials used in the operation. These gases are
able upon request. The pre-hot-work check shall determine stored in cylinders and manifolded into systems for
all of the following: use. The storage, handling and use of such gases is
specifically regulated by Chapter 53, which
1. Hot work equipment to be used shall be in satisfactory addresses issues such as security, valve protection,
operating condition and in good repair. separation from hazardous materials and container
2. Hot work site is clear of combustibles or combustibles and cylinder marking (see commentary, Chapter 53).
are protected. Note that oxygen-fuel gas systems where two or
more cylinders of oxygen are manifolded must meet
3. Exposed construction is of noncombustible materials
the requirements of NFPA 51.
or, if combustible, then protected.
3505.2.1 Cylinders connected for use. The storage or use of
4. Openings are protected. a single cylinder of oxygen and a single cylinder of fuel gas
5. Floors are kept clean. located on a cart shall be allowed without requiring the cylin-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ders to be separated in accordance with Section 5003.9.8 or

6. No exposed combustibles are located on the opposite
5003.10.3.6 when the cylinders are connected to regulators,
side of partitions, walls, ceilings or floors.
ready for service, equipped with apparatus designed for cut-
7. Fire watches, where required, are assigned. ting or welding and all of the following:
8. Approved actions have been taken to prevent accidental 1. Carts shall be kept away from the cutting or welding
activation of suppression and detection equipment in operation in accordance with Section 3505.5 or fire-
accordance with Sections 3504.1.8 and 3504.1.9. resistant shields shall be provided.
35-6 Code Council

2. Cylinders shall be secured to the cart to resist move- must be closed. Fuel gas cylinder valves that utilize
ment. square-head keys or similar valves that are not
3. Carts shall be in accordance with Section 5003.10.3. equipped with fixed hand wheels are required to be
provided with their operating device on the cylinder to
4. Cylinder valves not having fixed hand wheels shall facilitate prompt and easy operation of the cylinder
have keys, handles or nonadjustable wrenches on valve valve during use. Cylinders must also be protected
stems while the cylinders are in service. from hot slag and sparks by being located away from
5. Cylinder valve outlet connections shall conform to the the hot work activity or by protection using fire-resis-
requirements of CGA V-1. tant shields.
As an additional safety feature to prevent the con-
6. Cylinder valves shall be closed when work is finished.
nection of a fuel gas pressure regulator to an oxygen
7. Cylinder valves shall be closed before moving the cart. cylinder (or vice-versa), Item 5 requires that cylinder
 The use of “welding carts” has been common practice fittings comply with Compressed Gas Association
as a means to secure cylinders of oxygen and fuel- (CGA) Standard V-1. Flammable gas cylinder valves
gas used in cutting and welding operations. The carts are normally constructed using left-handed threaded
serve as a means to safely secure cylinders, as well connections and the outlet diameter is sized so a
as a means to hold flexible hose, torches and, in pressure regulator designed for oxygen cannot be
some cases, safety equipment such as goggles or accidentally connected to a cylinder containing a fuel
eye shields and welding rods (see Commentary Fig- gas.
ure 3505.2.1). In further substantiation of this new section, it
This section was added to the code because a num- should be pointed out that the CGA performed an
ber of fire code officials were considering a com- extensive survey of its member companies who
pressed gas cylinder containing a fuel gas located reported that in 75 years of experience, no regulator
adjacent to a cylinder of compressed or cryogenic oxy- failures, hose fires or other incidents were attributable
gen on a cart to be incompatible hazardous materials to single cylinders of oxygen and acetylene located
based on the definition of “Incompatible materials” in next to each other and that most accidents associ-
Section 202. ated with the use of oxygen regulators are failures
The requirements for separation of incompatible and explosions caused by contamination.
materials under Sections 5003.9.8 and 5003.10.3.6 It should also be noted that nothing in this section
present a practical difficulty when the quantity of exempts or waives the requirements of Chapter 50
materials is limited. Allowing single cylinders of oxy- for maximum allowable quantities (MAQs), and the
gen and fuel-gas, with additional controls to address storage, handling and use of hazardous materials, or
the typical use condition, provides a more rational the requirements in Chapters 53, 58 and 63 for com-
and comprehensive approach to safe use than out- pressed gases, flammable gases and oxidizing
right prohibition that is out of convention with a com-
mon practice.
This section correctly treats a single cylinder of fuel
gas adjacent to a cylinder of oxygen as being avail-
able for service as a closed use system rather than
being considered storage. It requires that both the
oxygen and fuel gas cylinder be equipped with a
pressure regulator, which is a valve that reduces the
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
pressure of a gas to safe levels for use and consump-
tion. Section 3505.4 requires acetylene gas cylinders
be equipped with a pressure regulator that limits the
pressure to 15 pounds per square inch gauge (psig)
(103 kPa) or less. For other fuel gases such as lique-
fied petroleum gas (LP-gas) and MAPP gas (an LP-
gas mixed with methylacetylene-propadiene to yield a
higher combustion temperature in oxygen), Section
3509.1 requires that fuel gas hose systems comply
with NFPA 51, which has requirements for pressure
regulators. Regulators for oxygen and fuel gas are
required by NFPA 51 to be listed for use with the par-
ticular gases being used.
In addition to the requirements in NFPA 51, this
section also specifies requirements for the protection
of the cylinders and their contents. Cylinders must be
adequately secured on the cart to limit their move- Figure 3505.2.1
ment. Prior to moving the cart, the cylinder valves TYPICAL WELDING CART

gases, respectively. A building in which oxygen and accomplished in a variety of ways. The pressure of
fuel gas supplies are stored and used must maintain piped acetylene is limited to 15 pounds per square
quantities below the MAQs for indoor control areas. If inch gauge (psig) (103 kPa) to avoid large releases of
the amount in storage and closed use exceeds the acetylene. There is an exception when acetylene is
MAQ in one or more control areas the building must dissolved in a solvent, such as acetone, which
be constructed as a Group H-2 occupancy. reduces its volatility hazard.
3505.2.1.1 Individual cart separation. Individual carts shall Acetylene (CH = CH) is an extremely volatile com-
be separated from each other in accordance with Section pressed gas that is usually dissolved in a solvent,
5003.9.8. such as acetone or dimethylformamide, because of
its volatility, and is normally stored and shipped in cyl-
 In buildings housing more than one cart containing inders at a pressure of 250 pounds per square inch
oxygen and fuel gas used for cutting and welding, this (psi) (1724 kPa). These solvents are Class IB flam-
section requires that individual carts be separated mable and Class II combustible liquids, respectively.
from one another in accordance with Section However, in practice it is the flammable gas hazard
5003.9.8. For cutting and welding carts, this requires that is regulated; the solvent into which the gas is
a minimum 20-foot (6096 mm) separation between absorbed has not been independently assessed. The
each cart or the construction of noncombustible line- established reason for doing this is that the control
of-sight barriers that extend a minimum of 18 inches strategy for the compressed gas hazard is suitable for
(457.2 mm) above and to the sides of each cart. that of the solvent hazard. Acetone will dissolve
This section also recognizes the allowance created approximately 425 times its volume of acetylene at
by Section 3505.2.1 to allow a single cylinder of oxi- 250 psi (1724 kPa).
dizing gas and a single cylinder of fuel gas to be Acetylene gas reacts vigorously with some metals,
located on an individual cart, and addresses the pos- including copper and some copper alloys, to produce
sible concern over multiple carts stored in close prox- metallic acetylides that are shock-sensitive explosive
imity to one another. If the number of carts were to compounds. Copper acetylide is an extremely shock-
grow, the quantity controls imposed by the MAQs per sensitive explosive and, if detonated, even in very
control area would trigger the use of a Group H occu- small quantities, can initiate acetylene decomposi-
pancy when the MAQ of 1,000 cubic feet (23.32 m3) tion, cause hose or tank rupture and potentially cause
of flammable gas was exceeded (three or four carts, catastrophic detonations or deflagrations, especially
depending on the fuel gas). However, using MAQ as when tanks are manifolded.
a quantity control was not the intent of Section
3505.5 Remote locations. Oxygen and fuel-gas cylinders and
3505.2.1.
acetylene generators shall be located away from the hot work
3505.3 Precautions. Cylinders, valves, regulators, hose and area to prevent such cylinders or generators from being
other apparatus and fittings for oxygen shall be kept free from heated by radiation from heated materials, sparks or slag, or
oil or grease. Oxygen cylinders, apparatus and fittings shall misdirection of the torch flame.
not be handled with oily hands, oily gloves, or greasy tools or
equipment.  Because of the hazards of using gases for welding
and cutting, the cylinders and generators must be
 Oxygen, which is an oxidizer, will increase the inten- located away from the hot work operation itself. This
sity of combustion; therefore, traces of combustibles, means that the connection must be a sufficient length
such as oils or greases, that normally pose a moder- to allow locating the cylinders a safe distance from
ate hazard will be a higher hazard when found on cyl- the hot work. Generally, only a short distance is
inders of oxygen. Keeping gas cylinders free of required; a distance of only a few feet may be suffi-
grease and oil is especially important because gas- cient under ordinary conditions. A greater distance
welding operations use flammable gases in combina- may be more prudent when welding or cutting opera-
tion with oxygen. tions involve a highly reflective surface or material.
3505.4 Acetylene gas. Acetylene gas shall not be piped Where space is limited, a suitable barrier may be
except in approved cylinder manifolds and cylinder manifold erected to protect cylinders from heat, provided such
connections, or utilized at a pressure exceeding 15 pounds per a barrier does not impair the operation of regulating
square inch gauge (psig) (103 kPa) unless dissolved in a suit- equipment.
able solvent in cylinders manufactured in accordance with 3505.6 Cylinders shutoff. The torch valve shall be closed
DOTn 49 CFR Part 178. Acetylene gas shall not be brought and the gas supply to the torch completely shut off when gas
in contact with unalloyed copper, except in a blowpipe or welding or cutting operations are discontinued for a period of
torch. 1 hour or more.
 Acetylene is the preferred gas for welding because it
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
 Good practice dictates shutting off gas cylinders when

burns at very high temperatures, which is more con- equipment is not in use; however, it is common prac-
ducive to welding and cutting operations. This also tice for welding and cutting operators who must use a
creates a high fire hazard. Therefore, this section lim- torch intermittently to shut off only the torch. Care
its the piping of acetylene to approved cylinder mani- must be taken in these instances to check the system
folds and manifold connections, which can be to see that it has been properly shut down when work
35-8 Code Council

is discontinued for a longer duration and at the end of the high voltages used in welding and cutting opera-
the work period. This limits the amount of flammable tions, high-resistance arcs may occur at loose con-
or oxidizing gases that can be emitted to the atmo- tacts, resulting in a fire. Similarly, loose contacts may
sphere if the torch or hose is damaged in any way or if create a ground path, exposing the operator or others
a valve at the torch head is not tightly closed. in the vicinity to the danger of electrocution.
3505.7 Prohibited operation. Welding or cutting work shall 3506.3 Disconnecting. Electrodes shall be removed from the
not be held or supported on compressed gas cylinders or con- holders when electric arc welding or cutting is discontinued
tainers. for any period of 1 hour or more. The holders shall be located
to prevent accidental contact and the machines shall be dis-
 Section 3505.5 addresses physical separation of the
connected from the power source.
welding and cutting gas cylinders from the hot work.
This section goes a step further and prohibits welding  The intent of this section is to prevent materials and
operations on top of compressed gas containers or machinery used as part of the electric arc-welding
cylinders. This requirement would apply to any com- process from becoming a source of ignition after the
pressed gas cylinders or containers, whether they hot work operations have been discontinued for 1
contain flammable gases or not. The concern is hour or more by requiring the disconnection of the
explosion caused by overpressure in the compressed electrodes and the power supply. Poorly supervised
gas cylinders when they are heated. arc-welding machines may be subject to tampering or
3505.8 Tests. Tests for leaks in piping systems and equip- misuse even when properly maintained, and could
ment shall be made with soapy water. The use of flames shall become a fire hazard if left unattended and energized
be prohibited for leak testing. for long durations. Accidental contact with unsuper-
vised welding electrodes or machine contacts may
 This section requires that piping and equipment sub- result in electrocution. This is similar to the intent of
jected to hot work be tested using soapy water rather Section 3505.6 for gas hot work, which requires the
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
than a flame to recognize any leaks. This is important supply gas valves to be shut off when an extended
because the piping may contain some residual flam- interruption occurs.
mable or oxidizing materials. Soapy water will pro-
3506.4 Emergency disconnect. A switch or circuit breaker
duce harmless bubbles at the leak site even at very
shall be provided so that fixed electric welders and control
low pressures.
equipment can be disconnected from the supply circuit. The
disconnect shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 70.
SECTION 3506  When an electric arc-welding or cutting operation is in
ELECTRIC ARC HOT WORK a permanent location, it is important that the particu-
3506.1 General. The frame or case of electric hot work lar operation be isolated onto a single disconnect
machines, except internal-combustion-engine-driven machines, switch. This makes it easier to verify that operations
shall be grounded. Ground connections shall be mechanically are in fact disconnected from the power supply during
strong and electrically adequate for the required current. an emergency. NFPA 70 will have the specific
requirements for this disconnect.
 The following sections are specific to welding and
3506.5 Damaged cable. Damaged cable shall be removed
cutting using an electrical arc. This process produces
from service until properly repaired or replaced.
enough heat to join metals together or cut metals.
There are several variations of arc welding and cut-  Damaged cable increases the likelihood of ignition
ting. More specifically, in some arc welding pro- hazards because wires may be exposed, resulting in
cesses a shielding gas is used to protect the weld resistance heating or potential electric shock haz-
from contaminants and prevent metal oxidation. Also, ards.
the electrode is either nonconsumable or consum-
able, which dictates whether additional materials are
needed in the process. SECTION 3507
Electric arc hot work poses some potential hazards CALCIUM CARBIDE SYSTEMS
because the process is working with electric power 3507.1 Calcium carbide storage. Storage and handling of
and current. Therefore, unless the welder is powered calcium carbide shall comply with Chapter 50 of this code
using an internal combustion engine, the frame or and Chapter 9 of NFPA 51.
case of the welding piece must be grounded.
 Calcium carbide gas is used for the creation of acety-
3506.2 Return circuits. Welding current return circuits from
lene gas used in gas welding and cutting. Acetylene
the work to the machine shall have proper electrical contact at
gas, as discussed earlier in this commentary, is
joints. The electrical contact shall be periodically inspected.
extremely flammable and burns at very high tempera-
 The current for welding must be able to loop back to tures. Calcium carbide itself is considered water reac-
the power source from the item being welded or cut. tive and will form acetylene upon contact with
Cable movement may loosen contacts, causing poor moisture. This section increases the likelihood that
conduction and interruption of ground continuity. At the gas is handled to avoid a hazardous situation.

Compliance with Chapter 50 of the code and Chapter ble mixture that may form. The high ceiling is also
9 of NFPA 51 is required. Chapter 9 of NFPA 51 spe- important because acetylene is considered an
cifically relates to storage requirements for calcium asphyxiant, and having the high ceiling will allow the
carbide gas. These requirements focus on keeping gas to rise, giving any occupants a longer escape
the calcium carbide dry and separated from other time without being exposed to the gas.
areas when it is stored in large quantities. Finally, this section prohibits the relocation of
charged acetylene generators. Moving an acetylene
generator while charged is likely to cause an uncon-
SECTION 3508 trolled gas release if it is dropped or damaged.
ACETYLENE GENERATORS 3508.3 Protection against freezing. Generators shall be
3508.1 Use of acetylene generators. The use of acetylene located where water will not freeze. Common salt such as
generators shall comply with this section and Chapter 6 of sodium chloride or other corrosive chemicals shall not be uti-
NFPA 51A. lized for protection against freezing.
 Acetylene generators essentially use calcium carbide  Because acetylene generators use calcium carbide
gas and moisture to generate acetylene. Because and moisture to create acetylene, freezing tempera-
acetylene is extremely flammable, the equipment tures may cause water in the system to expand, thus
must be handled with care. damaging generator components. Additionally, corro-
Detailed requirements for acetylene generators are sive materials, such as salt used to thaw ice on walk-
left to Chapter 4 of NFPA 51A, which is specific to
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ways, should not be used near the generators since

such generators. These provisions deal with issues they may have a damaging effect on generator com-
such as the construction requirements of generator ponents and potentially lead to failure.
rooms or houses and detailed installation require-
ments for the generators themselves.
There are several types of generators, including SECTION 3509
those with automatic water feed and manual water PIPING MANIFOLDS AND HOSE
feed. SYSTEMS FOR FUEL GASES AND OXYGEN
3508.2 Portable generators. The minimum volume of rooms 3509.1 General. The use of piping manifolds and hose sys-
containing portable generators shall be 35 times the total gas- tems shall be in accordance with Section 3509.2 through
generating capacity per charge of all generators in the room. 3509.7, Chapter 53 and Chapter 5 of NFPA 51.
The gas-generating capacity in cubic feet per charge shall be  Quite often, manifolding of several cylinders is desir-
assumed to be 4.5 times the weight of carbide per charge in able to decrease the amount of time taken to discon-
pounds. The minimum ceiling height of rooms containing nect spent cylinders and reconnect new ones. When
generators shall be 10 feet (3048 mm). An acetylene genera- cylinders are manifolded, the potential hazard
tor shall not be moved by derrick, crane or hoist while increases because the amount of material that can be
charged. released in one event is much larger. Special care
 When generators are portable, they are generally at a and specific requirements are necessary to address
greater risk for damage and are more likely to be in a these hazards. Compliance with Chapter 5 of NFPA
location that may not have been specifically designed 51 and Chapter 53 of the code for compressed gases
for this equipment. Therefore, this section provides is referenced. Although manifolded cylinders may
some minimum volume requirements to make sure create a higher risk for a large release, numerous dis-
that a particular space can handle the volume of connections and connections using a single cylinder
gases produced. The 35-to-1 volume requirement is may increase the likelihood of a failure.
intended to prevent formation of an explosive atmo- 3509.2 Protection. Piping shall be protected against physical
sphere in rooms or spaces where portable acetylene damage.
generators are employed. Assuming there is no leak-
age from the compartment, and that perfect efficiency  When cylinders are manifolded, the potential size of a
in the generation of acetylene is achieved, this vol- gas release increases. Manifold piping is more likely
ume produces an atmosphere only slightly above the to be damaged than the cylinders themselves. This
lower explosive limit (LEL). These provisions will section requires that piping associated with mani-
reduce the likelihood of the formation of an explosive folded cylinders be installed in a manner minimizing
acetylene-air mixture if the required ventilation is the likelihood of mechanical and physical damage
maintained and acetylene production is not vented from collision or abrasion. When piping must be run
directly to the atmosphere in the room. To assist the in an area where mechanical and physical hazards
code user in determining how much acetylene could cannot be eliminated, barriers or other suitable pro-
be generated, this section includes a conservative tection must be provided to absorb or deflect the
approach to calculating the generation capacity. impact of such damage without affecting the com-
Because acetylene is slightly lighter than air, the pressed gas piping.
high ceiling is intended to provide space above the Though not specifically listed in this section, physi-
top of wall openings for containment of any combusti- cal damage resulting from corrosion should be con-
35-10 Code Council

sidered when providing piping protection. Corrosion 3509.5 Identification of manifolds. Signs shall be posted for
is the enemy of any piping system and can be caused oxygen manifolds with service pressures not exceeding 200
by weather exposure, burial in the soil or construction psig (1379 kPa). Such signs shall include the words:
materials that are in contact with the pipe. Protection LOW-PRESSURE MANIFOLD
is usually provided by a factory-applied coating or by
field-wrapping the pipe with a protective covering, DO NOT CONNECT HIGH-PRESSURE CYLINDERS
such as a coal-tar-based or plastic wrapping. Where MAXIMUM PRESSURE 250 PSIG
possible, a piping material should be chosen that is
not subject to the type of corrosion of the application.  The signage required by this section is intended to
prevent high-pressure oxygen cylinders from being
Acceptable fuel gas piping materials are regulated by
Chapter 4 of the International Fuel Gas Code® connected to a low-pressure manifold. A high-pres-
sure cylinder may cause a rupture of the system,
(IFGC®).
Corrosion can also be caused by galvanic action resulting in an instantaneous release of large vol-
umes of oxygen. The maximum 250-psig (1723 kPa)
that takes place where dissimilar metals are joined
together in a current-carrying medium, such as soil or working pressure is approximately one-half the cus-
tomary minimum safety margin of 11/2 times the work-
water. For example, if steel and copper pipe are
joined in a medium that conducts electrical current, ing pressure.
the steel pipe will corrode at an accelerated rate 3509.6 Clamps. Hose connections shall be clamped or other-
because of the electrochemical process between the wise securely fastened.
dissimilar metals. To protect against galvanic corro-  Hoses are potentially less reliable than a pipe if they
sion, dielectric fittings and couplings are used to join do not receive proper care. This section requires
the piping. clamps or other methods of securing to provide stabil-
3509.3 Signage. Signage shall be provided for piping and ity and prevent an inadvertent disconnection during
hose systems as follows: use. Hose connections may fail because of an
1. Above-ground piping systems shall be marked in improper connection, damage or overpressurization.
accordance with ASME A13.1. An unrestrained hose can become a deadly weapon
if it becomes disconnected.
2. Station outlets shall be marked to indicate their
3509.7 Inspection. Hoses shall be inspected frequently for
intended usage.
leaks, burns, wear, loose connections or other defects render-
3. Signs shall be posted, indicating clearly the location ing the hose unfit for service.
and identity of section shutoff valves.
 Many places where welding or cutting operations are
 Signage for piping and hosing associated with mani- performed pose distinct hazards to welding and cut-
folded cylinders must indicate the content of the sys- ting hoses. Excessive abrasions, cuts, dry rot, crack-
tem, gas flow direction, intended use of the gas ing or discoloration are all signs that a hose needs to
outlets and location of shutoff valves. This informa- be replaced. Any hose sustaining burn damage or
tion helps to quickly assess emergencies and take having a damaged or deformed connection should be
corrective action. replaced immediately. When in doubt about the con-
3509.4 Manifolding of cylinders. Oxygen manifolds shall dition of a hose, it should be taken out of service and
not be located in an acetylene generator room. Oxygen mani- hydrostatically tested by qualified personnel in accor-
folds shall be located not less than 20 feet (6096 mm) away dance with the manufacturer’s recommendations
from combustible material such as oil or grease, and gas cyl- before being returned to service or replaced. Discard-
inders containing flammable gases, unless the gas cylinders ing defective lengths of hose improves the likelihood
are separated by a fire partition. that it will not be reused.
 Manifolds are groups of cylinders connected to one
another in a series in a gas supply system. As a gen- SECTION 3510
eral rule throughout the code, oxidizing and flamma- HOT WORK ON FLAMMABLE AND
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ble materials must be kept physically separated from COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID STORAGE TANKS
each other, either by space or fire-resistance-rated
construction. Acetylene is a flammable gas with an 3510.1 General. Hot work performed on the interior or exte-
explosive range of 2.5 to 100 percent and needs very rior of tanks that hold or have held flammable or combustible
little oxygen to burn. Excess oxygen may only make liquids shall be in accordance with Section 3510.2 and Chap-
an explosion worse; therefore, separation is required. ters 4, 5, 6, 7 and 10 of NFPA 326.
Other materials found in shop areas, such as sol-  Annually, there are numerous documented incidents
vents, oils and lubricants, must be kept clear of oxy- involving loss of life, injury and property damage
gen cylinders for similar reasons and may either be where hot work was conducted on tanks containing or
separated by distance or fire-resistive shielding. The that had contained flammable or combustible liquids
fire partitions required by this section must be con- and industry-specific precautions were not followed
structed in accordance with Section 708 of the Inter- or personnel did not understand the hazard or risk.
national Building Code® (IBC®).

This section improves the general guidelines in the

code and references the appropriate standard to
safely conduct hot work on tanks that contain or had
contained flammable or combustible liquids. Other
references to hot work on flammable and combustible
tanks are in Section 3504.1.7 and in 5704.2.7.6 of the
code, as well as Section 6.5.3 of NFPA 30.
3510.2 Prevention. The following steps shall be taken to
minimize hazards where hot work must be performed on a
flammable or combustible liquid storage container:
1. Use alternative methods to avoid hot work where possi-
ble.
2. Analyze the hazards prior to performing hot work,
identify the potential hazards and the methods of haz-
ard control.
3. Hot work shall conform to the requirements of the code
or standard to which the container was originally fabri-
cated.
4. Test the immediate and surrounding work area with a
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
combustible gas detector and provide for a means of
continuing monitoring while conducting the hot work.
5. Qualified employees and contractors performing hot
work shall use an industry-approved hot work permit
system to control the work.
6. Personnel shall be properly trained on hot work policies
and procedures regarding equipment, safety, hazard
controls and job-specific requirements.
7. On-site safety supervision shall be present where hot
work is in progress to protect the personnel conducting
the hot work and provide additional overview of site-
specific hazards.
 The United States Chemical Safety Board (CSB) has
published general guidelines applicable to almost
every situation where welding or cutting on flamma-
ble, combustible or toxic chemical tanks occurs.
Those general safety guidelines are listed in this sec-
tion.
Bibliography
code:
Complete Revision History to the 2015 I-Codes. Wash-
ington, DC: International Code Council, 2014.
Manz, A. “Welding, Cutting and Other Hotwork,” Section
6, Chapter 14. Fire Protection Handbook, 19th ed.
Quincy, MA: National Fire Protection Association,
2003.
35-12 Code Council

Chapter 36:
Marinas
General Comments caused the complete loss of 272 boats and houseboats
for a total loss of more than $67 million. Excluding the
Chapter 36 addresses fire protection and prevention scoping section, Chapter 36 is divided into four sec-
requirements for marinas. This chapter was developed tions:
in response to complications encountered by a number
of fire departments responsible for protecting marinas, Section 3602—Definitions
as well as fire loss history in marinas that lacked fire Section 3603—General Precautions
protection. Fire-fighting operations at marinas are more Section 3604—Fire Protection Equipment
of a challenge from the perspectives of access, hose
stream deployment and the proximity of exposures. Section 3605—Marine Motor Fuel-dispensing Stations
These factors are compounded because personal
marine craft are typically constructed of rigid thermo- Purpose
plastics or wood, do not burn as shielded fires when
Compliance with this chapter is to establish safe prac-
compared to fires involving passenger vehicles, and
tices in marina areas, provide an identification method
have flammable and combustible liquids on board in
for mooring spaces in the marina, provide fire fighters
varying amounts.
with safe operational areas and provide fire protection
Part of the basis for the approval of these require-
methods to extend hose lines in a safe manner.
ments was the United States’ fire loss history for marina
fires from 2003 through 2006, wherein marina fires
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
SECTION 3601 MARINA.

SCOPE PIER.
3601.1 Scope. Marina facilities shall be in accordance with VESSEL.
this chapter.
WHARF.
 This section identifies that marina facilities are cov-
ered in this chapter. It is possible to find and utilize  Definitions of terms can help in the understanding
the provisions found in this chapter among other sec- and application of code requirements. This section
tions of the code. However, it was felt that, for ease of directs the code user to Chapter 2 for the proper
use, a chapter specific to this special use would be application of the indicated terms used in this chap-
beneficial to those fire code officials with marinas in ter. Terms may be defined in Chapter 2 or in another
their jurisdictions. International Code® (I-Code®) as indicated in Section
3601.2 Plans and approvals. Plans for marina fire protection
needed (see also commentaries, Sections 201.1
facilities shall be approved prior to installation. The work
through 201.4).
shall be subject to final inspection and approval after installa-
tion.
 Plan approval prior to installation enables the jurisdic- SECTION 3603
tion to review the marina layout, the required fire pro- GENERAL PRECAUTIONS
tection features and general safety precautions for 3603.1 Combustible debris. Combustible debris and rubbish
the public, property and fire fighters. The inspection shall not be deposited or accumulated on land beneath marina
process verifies that the general safety precautions structures, piers or wharves.
are met and that the required fire protection features
are practiced.  Due to the combustible nature of most piers and
wharves, the code requires that combustible debris
not be deposited or allowed to accumulate under
SECTION 3602 them. Consistent with the provisions found in Section
DEFINITIONS 304.1.1, this section prohibits disorderly, unkempt
storage or accumulation of trash, waste rags, waste-
paper, litter and other combustible materials. Litter
ter 2:
and trash represent serious fire hazards because of
FLOAT. their ease of ignition and rapid heat release once

MARINAS
ignited. The importance of maintaining property and 3603.5 Electrical equipment. Electrical equipment shall be
buildings in good order seems obvious, but sloppy installed and used in accordance with its listing, Section 605
housekeeping still occurs and can be the cause of of this code and Chapter 5 of NFPA 303 as required for wet,
serious fires. damp and hazardous locations.
3603.2 Sources of ignition. Open-flame devices used for  Section 605 provides the basic requirements for the
lighting or decoration on the exterior of a vessel, float, pier or use of electrical cords, appliances, motors and space
wharf shall be approved. heaters. Chapter 5 of NFPA 303 covers the same
information and specifies requirements for new instal-
 Similar to Section 308.1.1, this section requires that lations. It also requires an annual inspection of the
open-flame devices used in marina areas—including marina’s electrical wiring and equipment. The inspec-
the wharf, pier, float or aboard a vessel—be tion must include all electrical grounds, verification of
approved. Fire code official approval ensures the the polarity of circuits and an inspection of all flexible
device is appropriate for the intended use and that cords and cables, including shore power cable sets
any needed precautions will be followed. that supply electricity to docked marine craft. Other
3603.3 Flammable or combustible liquid spills. Spills of elements include requirements that address the intro-
flammable or combustible liquids at or upon the water shall duction of hazards or uses that are greater than those
be reported immediately to the fire department or jurisdic- for which the electrical system was originally
tional authorities. designed.
 Spills of flammable and combustible liquids in a 3603.6 Berthing and storage. Berthing and storage shall be
marina create significant hazards due to the fact that in accordance with Chapter 7 of NFPA 303.
these materials have a specific gravity less than that  When vessels are either berthed or stored on land,
of water and will float on the water, spreading the liq- this section requires these activities be performed in
uid quickly around the many combustible materials accordance with the requirements in NFPA 303. The
found in vessels, floats, piers and wharves. The requirements are based on whether the storage is
vapors that are released from these materials may wet or dry, indoor or outdoor and rack storage. Berth-
easily find an ignition source with the resulting fire ing involves locating a marine craft or vessel in a
covering a large area. In addition to the fire problem, space between piers, wharves or docks. The berth is
rapid response can help mitigate issues that affect the area that is occupied by the water.
the environment, marine animals and birds. When wet berthed, the boat must be stored so that
3603.4 Rubbish containers. Containers with tight-fitting or it can be removed in an emergency without moving
self-closing lids shall be provided for temporary storage of other boats, and fire department access is required
combustible debris, rubbish and waste material. The rubbish around piers, wharves and floats. When dry storage
containers shall be constructed entirely of materials that com- is used, the standard has extensive requirements for
ply with any one of the following: the use of heaters and open flame-producing
devices, such as torches, on-board batteries, fuel
1. Noncombustible materials. tanks and types of equipment to access and remove
2. Materials that meet a peak rate of heat release not the vessels, in an emergency.
exceeding 300 kW/m2 where tested in accordance with 3603.7 Slip identification. Slips and mooring spaces shall be
ASTM E 1354 at an incident heat flux of 50 kW/m2 in individually identified by an approved numeric or alphabetic
the horizontal orientation. designator. Space designators shall be posted at the space.
Signs indicating the space designators located on finger piers
 The use of containers with tight-fitting or self-closing and floats shall be posted at the base of all piers, finger piers,
lids reduces the possibility that an accidental con- floats and finger floats.
tainer fire can be started and prevents continued
burning if ignition does occur. Rubbish containers  A slip is a berthing space located between two adja-
need not be constructed of metal or other noncom- cent piers. The term “mooring space” can also refer
bustible material. Other materials, including materials to a slip or an anchored space where the vessel is
that have been shown to be safe by meeting a very simply secured to a mooring buoy. Large marinas can
severe fire test similar to those required by Section have many hundreds of slips or mooring spaces on
808 for Group I-1, I-2 and I-3 occupancies and Sec- site.
tion 304.3.4 for general rubbish control, may be used. Similar to the premises identification provisions in
Note that the requirement covers all types of rubbish Section 505, this section provides for an approved
and is not intended to address spills of combustible or system of signs indicating how the marina is laid out
flammable liquids. The use of the phrase “combusti- to enable emergency responders to quickly identify
ble debris, rubbish and waste material” makes this the location of a fire or other emergency. The provi-
section consistent with other sections of the code. sion not only provides for a marina layout, but also
This section should be applied in conjunction with requires that individual float and slip identification be
Section 304.3. provided.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
36-2 Code Council

MARINAS
SECTION 3604 vided when it is determined by the fire code official

FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT that they are needed to properly protect the marina.
3604.1 General. Piers, marinas and wharves with facilities 3604.4 Portable fire extinguishers. One portable fire extin-
for mooring or servicing five or more vessels, and marine guisher of the ordinary (moderate) hazard type shall be pro-
motor fuel-dispensing facilities shall be equipped with fire vided at each required standpipe hose connection. Additional
protection equipment in accordance with Sections 3604.2 portable fire extinguishers, suitable for the hazards involved,
through 3604.6. shall be provided and maintained in accordance with Section
906.
 Marinas have a significant potential for a fire emer-
gency. Therefore, the fire protection to be provided  A 2-A:10-B-C-rated portable fire extinguisher placed
must be properly established, installed and identified adjacent to each standpipe hose connection would
for use in an emergency. meet the general requirement for this section. In addi-
3604.2 Standpipes. Marinas and boatyards shall be equipped tion, to meet the requirements of Table 906.3(1), a
throughout with standpipe systems in accordance with NFPA sufficient number of extinguishers must be provided
303. Systems shall be provided with hose connections located throughout the marina with a maximum travel dis-
such that no point on the marina pier or float system exceeds tance of 75 feet (22 860 mm) from any point along the
150 feet (15 240 mm) from a standpipe hose connection. piers, wharves or floats to an extinguisher.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3604.5 Communications. A telephone not requiring a coin to
 Standpipe systems in marinas are basically a hori-
operate or other approved, clearly identified means to notify
zontal standpipe to reach all parts of the float system,
the fire department shall be provided on the site in a location
piers and buildings with no more than 150 feet (15
approved by the fire code official.
240 mm) of travel distance from a fire hose connec-
tion. This section requires a Class I standpipe system  This section requires a public telephone to be pro-
that provides 21/2-inch (64 mm) hose connections for vided at locations approved by the fire code official.
fire department use. The system is allowed to be a The phone is to have the capability of coinlessly dial-
manual dry system in accordance with Section 6.4 of ing 911 or other means of notifying the fire depart-
NFPA 303, meaning that the only required water sup- ment. A sign identifying the location of the emergency
ply is a connection for fire apparatus and that piping phone must be provided. When a telephone is pro-
is not required to contain water at all times. In addi- vided, NFPA 303 requires a sign at the telephone
tion, NFPA 303 permits the omission of hose racks, indicating the address of the marina so that callers
hoses and standpipe cabinets at marinas and boat- may clearly and promptly communicate the location
yards, recognizing that these would be subject to mis- of any emergency.
use in such venues. 3604.6 Emergency operations staging areas. Space shall be
3604.2.1 Identification of standpipe outlets. Standpipe hose provided on all float systems for the staging of emergency
connection locations shall be clearly identified by a flag or equipment. Emergency operation staging areas shall provide
other approved means designed to be readily visible from the a minimum of 4 feet wide by 10 feet long (1219 mm by 3048
pier accessing the float system. mm) clear area exclusive of walkways and shall be located at
each standpipe hose connection. Emergency operation stag-
 To provide emergency responders with a visual cue
ing areas shall be provided with a curb or barrier having a
in locating standpipe hose connections, each connec-
minimum height of 4 inches (102 mm) and maximum space
tion must have an approved identification marker
between the bottom edge and the surface of the staging area
readily visible from the wharf or pier to which the
of 2 inches (51 mm) on the outboard sides of the staging area.
floats are attached.
3604.3 Access and water supply. Piers and wharves shall be An approved sign reading FIRE EQUIPMENT STAGING
provided with fire apparatus access roads and water-supply AREA—KEEP CLEAR shall be provided at each staging
systems with on-site fire hydrants where required by the fire area.
code official. Such roads and water systems shall be provided  Adjacent to each standpipe there is to be an open
and maintained in accordance with Sections 503 and 507. space at least 4 feet wide by 10 feet long (1219 mm
 So that emergency responders can quickly access by 3048 mm) in addition to the walkway width. This
the floats, fire apparatus access roads are to be pro- area is for the purpose of providing storage and work-
vided in close proximity to the gangways and standing space around the standpipe for equipment that
pipe inlets that serve the marina. The access roads must be transported to the area for operational
may be part of the parking lot system for the marina; needs. To ensure the equipment does not slide, roll
however, they must meet the minimum width, load- or otherwise fall into the water, a minimum 4-inch-
bearing capability and turning radius criteria for the high (102 mm) curb or barrier is to be provided. A
responding apparatus set forth in Section 503. In maximum 2-inch (51 mm) space between the surface
addition to the access roads, a fire hydrant system of the float deck and the bottom of the 4-inch-high
complying with the requirements of Section 508 may (102 mm) barrier is permitted on the water side of the
be required. Note that such systems are to be pro- staging area to allow for drainage of the surface of

MARINAS
the pier, float or dock. A sign is required to identify the

area as a dedicated fire department staging area and
to keep it clear of other items that may be placed
there by those who use the floats.
SECTION 3605
MARINE MOTOR FUEL-DISPENSING FACILITIES
3605.1 Fuel dispensing. Marine motor fuel-dispensing facili-
ties shall be in accordance with Chapter 23.
 Fuel-dispensing facilities in marinas are required to
be in accordance with Sections 2303 and 2310. Sec-
tion 2303 provides general requirements for all fuel-
dispensing facilities. Section 2310 contains the spe-
cific requirements for the marine fuel-dispensing facil-
ities, which are similar to other fuel-dispensing
facilities. Section 2310.1 also references the Interna-
tional Building Code® (IBC®) and NFPA 30A for con-
struction requirements of these fueling facilities and
Chapter 57 for fuel storage requirements.
Bibliography
code:
Fire Protection Handbook, 20th ed. Quincy, MA:
36-4 Code Council

Chapter 37:
Combustible Fibers
General Comments Because of these hazards, occupancies storing or
handling more than 100 cubic feet (3 m3) of loose, or
Operations involving combustible fibers are typically 1,000 cubic feet (28 m3) of baled, combustible fibers are
associated with salvage, paper milling, recycling, cloth classified as Group H-3 (high hazard) by the
manufacturing, carpet and textile mills and agricultural
International Building Code® (IBC®).
operations, among others.
The primary hazard associated with these operations
Purpose
is the abundance of materials and their ready
ignitability. These so-called “rag districts,” where cloth Chapter 37 establishes the requirements for the storage
scrap and clippings are collected and separated for and handling of combustible fibers, including animal,
reuse in paper manufacturing, have been associated vegetable and synthetic fibers, whether woven into tex-
with catastrophic conflagrations as recently as the tiles, baled, packaged or loose.
1970s.

GENERAL DEFINITIONS
3701.1 Scope. The equipment, processes and operations 3702.1 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chap-
involving combustible fibers shall comply with this chapter. ter 2:
 Fibers and textiles are an integral part of our daily BALED COTTON.
lives. Almost all fibers are combustible. This charac- BALED COTTON, DENSELY PACKED.
teristic is a problem when the fibers are manufac-
tured, made into fabrics and collected as waste. COMBUSTIBLE FIBERS.
3701.2 Applicability. Storage of combustible fibers in any SEED COTTON.
quantity shall comply with this section.  Definitions of terms can help in the understanding
 Fibers stored as raw material or finished product and application of code requirements. This section
must comply with this section. directs the code user to Chapter 2 for the proper
3701.3 Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in Sec- ter. Terms may be defined in Chapter 2 or in another
tion 105.6. International Code® (I-Code®) as indicated in Section
 The process of issuing permits gives the fire code 201.3, or the dictionary meaning may be all that is
official an opportunity to carefully evaluate and regu- needed (see also commentary, Sections 201.1
late hazardous operations. Permit applicants should through 201.4).
be required to demonstrate that their operations com- --`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ply with the intent of the code before the permit is

issued. See the commentary to Section 105.6 for a SECTION 3703
general discussion of operations requiring an opera- GENERAL PRECAUTIONS
tional permit, Section 105.6.8 for a discussion of spe- 3703.1 Use of combustible receptacles. Ashes, waste, rub-
cific quantity-based operational permits for the bish or sweepings shall not be placed in wood or other com-
materials regulated in this chapter and Section 105.7 bustible receptacles and shall be removed daily from the
for a general discussion of activities requiring a con- structure.
struction permit. The permit process also notifies the
fire department of the need for prefire planning for  The regular and proper disposal of ashes, waste, rub-
hazardous properties. bish and sweepings is of the utmost importance. Not
giving a fire a place of origin is the main objective.

COMBUSTIBLE FIBERS
The waste containers cannot be combustible. Rou- 3703.7 Sources of ignition. Sources of ignition shall comply
tine and regular handling and disposal of waste prod- with Sections 3703.7.1 and 3703.7.2.
ucts are integral parts of housekeeping.
 This section introduces the provisions for ignition
3703.2 Vegetation. Grass or weeds shall not be allowed to control. A form of heat is required to ignite combusti-
accumulate at any point on the premises. ble fibers. By limiting the sources of ignition in the
 Tall grass, dry weeds and bushes around buildings storage or use area, one can reduce the possibility of
and on and alongside roadways, highways and a fire.
streets present a definite fire hazard. Controlling or 3703.7.1 Smoking. Smoking shall be prohibited and “No
clearing grass, weeds and bushes reduces this haz- Smoking” signs provided as follows:
ard. 1. In rooms or areas where materials are stored or dis-
3703.3 Clearances. A minimum clearance of 3 feet (914 pensed or used in open systems.
mm) shall be maintained between automatic sprinklers and 2. Within 25 feet (7620 mm) of outdoor storage or open
the top of piles. use areas.
 Although a 3-foot (914 mm) clearance is required by 3. Facilities or areas within facilities that have been desig-
this section, other sections of the code and NFPA 13 nated as totally “no smoking” shall have “No Smoking”
allow less clearance. Sprinkler clearances are signs placed at all entrances to the facility or area. Des-
intended to provide room for the fire plume to ignated areas within such facilities where smoking is
develop, thus ensuring sprinkler activation and pre- permitted either permanently or temporarily shall be
venting obstruction of the sprinkler spray pattern. identified with signs designating that smoking is per-
3703.4 Agricultural products. Hay, straw, seed cotton or mitted in these areas only.
similar agricultural products shall not be stored adjacent to Signs required by this section shall be in English as a pri-
structures or combustible materials unless a clear horizontal mary language or in symbols allowed by this code and shall
distance equal to the height of a pile is maintained between comply with Section 310.
such storage and structures or combustible materials. Storage
shall be limited to stacks of 100 tons (91 metric tons) each.  The three areas listed in this section, because of their
Stacks shall be separated by not less than 20 feet (6096 mm) hazard characteristics, have been designated to
of clear space. Quantities of hay, straw, seed cotton and other receive “No Smoking” signs, in accordance with Sec-
agricultural products shall not be limited where stored in or tion 310 of the code.
near farm structures located outside closely built areas. A per- 3703.7.2 Open flames. Open flames and high-temperature
mit shall not be required for agricultural storage. devices shall not be used in a manner that creates a hazardous
 Farm and other agricultural buildings are exempt condition and shall be listed for use with the materials stored
from the requirements of this section. Agricultural out- or used. High-temperature devices and those devices utilizing
buildings probably represent the single largest class an open flame shall be listed for use with the materials stored
of buildings used for combustible fiber storage; how- or used.
ever, despite the hazards associated with the sponta-  Processes that use open flames must be installed
neous combustion of green hay, these occupancies and safeguarded in accordance with the manufac-
generally pose little threat to life or adjacent property. turer’s specifications. Safety is further enhanced by
3703.5 Dust collection. Where located within a building, the requirement for certain devices to be listed for
equipment or machinery that generates or emits combustible use in proximity to hazardous materials.
fibers shall be provided with an approved dust-collecting and
exhaust system. Such systems shall comply with Chapter 22
of this code and Section 511 of the International Mechanical SECTION 3704
Code. LOOSE FIBER STORAGE
3704.1 General. Loose combustible fibers, not in suitable
 Dust may create a considerable explosion when dis- bales or packages and stored outdoors in the open, shall com-
placed from a surface on which it rests, and it may ply with Section 2808 of this code. Occupancies involving
also be ignited by static sparks. For this reason, a the indoor storage of loose combustible fibers in amounts
dust-collecting hood and exhaust system is required. exceeding the maximum allowable quantity per control area
3703.6 Portable fire extinguishers. Portable fire extinguish- as set forth in Section 5003.1 shall comply with Sections
ers shall be provided in accordance with Section 906 as 3704.2 through 3704.6.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
required for extra-hazard occupancy protection as indicated

in Table 906.3(1).  This section identifies Section 2808 of the code as
the appropriate standard for the exterior storage of
 Section 906 gives the requirements for portable fire combustible fibers. The material hazards presented
extinguishers. Such extinguishers must be selected by combustible fibers are similar to the wood chips,
and installed for an extra-hazard occupancy because hogged materials, fines, compost, raw materials and
of the high possibility of ignition of combustible fibers solid biomass feedstock regulated by Section 2808.
or dust. This section further indicates that the more restrictive
37-2 Code Council

COMBUSTIBLE FIBERS
indoor storage of combustible fibers regulated by hour fire doors or windows in approved frames.
Sections 3704.2 through 3704.6 is for those facilities Again, the IBC establishes the requirements for the
that have amounts exceeding the maximum allowable construction of fire barriers and required opening pro-
quantity per control area (MAQ) as set forth in Sec- tectives.
tion 5003.1. If the hazards are controlled so as to 3704.5 Storage of more than 1,000 cubic feet. Loose com-
eliminate the application of Table 5003.1.1 of the bustible fibers in quantities exceeding 1,000 cubic feet (28
code [IBC Table [F]307.1(1)] and IBC Section 307.5, m3) shall be stored in rooms enclosed with 2-hour fire barri-
the increased protection levels for a Group H-3 occu- ers constructed in accordance with Section 707 of the Inter-
pancy would not be necessary. national Building Code or horizontal assemblies constructed
3704.2 Storage of 100 cubic feet or less. Loose combustible in accordance with Section 711 of the International Building
fibers in quantities of not more than 100 cubic feet (3 m3) Code, or both, with openings protected by an approved open-
located in a structure shall be stored in a metal or metal-lined ing protective assembly having a fire protection rating of 11/2
bin equipped with a self-closing cover. hours in accordance with the International Building Code.
 Small amounts of material may be stored inside a The storage room shall be protected by an automatic sprin-
kler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
building in approved containers. Acceptable recepta-
cles include metal or metal-lined containers with self-  The enclosure requirements in this section are the
closing lids that help prevent the loose fibers from same as in Section 3704.4; however, if the storage
being ignited by outside sources such as cigarettes, quantity exceeds 1,000 cubic feet (28 m3), the stor-
candles, friction, sparks, etc. The term “self-closing” age room must be sprinklered for extra protection.
means that the lid is equipped with an approved 3704.6 Detached storage structure. Not more than 2,500
device or is otherwise arranged to operate in a man- cubic feet (70 m3) of loose combustible fibers shall be stored
ner that will ensure its closing after having been in a detached structure suitably located, with openings pro-
opened. In many cases, these types of bins are top- tected against entrance of sparks. The structure shall not be
opening and need nothing more than gravity to meet occupied for any other purpose.
this requirement. See the commentary to the defini-
tion of “Self-closing” in Chapter 2.  Separate, special-purpose structures are required for
the storage of extremely large volumes of loose
3704.3 Storage of more than 100 cubic feet to 500 cubic
material. Only loose fiber material may be stored in
feet. Loose combustible fibers in quantities exceeding 100 the structure, and openings must restrict the entrance
cubic feet (3 m3) but not exceeding 500 cubic feet (14 m3)
of sparks. These occupancies must be classified in
shall be stored in rooms enclosed with 1-hour fire barriers Group H-3, and must be constructed and protected in
constructed in accordance with Section 707 of the Interna-
accordance with the IBC.
tional Building Code or horizontal assemblies constructed in
accordance with Section 711 of the International Building
Code, or both, with openings protected by an approved open- SECTION 3705
ing protective assembly having a fire protection rating of 3/4 BALED STORAGE
hour in accordance with the International Building Code.
3705.1 Bale size and separation. Baled combustible fibers
 Moderate quantities of material must be stored in 1- shall be limited to single blocks or piles not more than 25,000
hour fire-resistance-rated rooms. Openings in floors, cubic feet (700 m3) in volume, not including aisles or clear-
walls and ceilings must be protected with self-closing ances. Blocks or piles of baled fiber shall be separated from
or automatic-closing 3/4-hour fire doors or windows in adjacent storage by aisles not less than 5 feet (1524 mm)
approved frames. Section 707 of the IBC deals with wide, or by flash-fire barriers constructed of continuous
the construction of and fire-resistance ratings for fire sheets of noncombustible material extending from the floor to
barriers and with fire barriers used for separation of a minimum height of 1 foot (305 mm) above the highest point
incidental use areas. of the piles and projecting not less than 1 foot (305 mm)
3704.4 Storage of more than 500 cubic feet to 1,000 cubic beyond the sides of the piles.
feet. Loose combustible fibers in quantities exceeding 500  Bulk restrictions and aisle requirements for piles or
cubic feet (14 m3) but not exceeding 1,000 cubic feet (28 m3) blocks of combustible fibers are established in this
shall be stored in rooms enclosed with 2-hour fire barriers section. These restrictions provide access for fire
constructed in accordance with Section 707 of the Interna- fighting and limit the fuel load of piles and blocks.
tional Building Code or horizontal assemblies constructed in Aisles or flash-fire barriers must be provided between
accordance with Section 711 of the International Building piles and blocks. Aisles must be a minimum of 5 feet
Code, or both, with openings protected by an approved open- (1524 mm) wide to reduce the likelihood of horizontal
ing protective assembly having a fire protection rating of 11/2 fire spread between blocks or piles of stored material;
hours in accordance with the International Building Code. and to provide fire fighters access to fires. In place of
 Large amounts of material require a 2-hour fire-resis- aisles, protection in the form of flash-fire barriers con-
tance-rated enclosure. Openings in floors, walls and structed of noncombustible materials is considered
ceilings require self-closing or automatic-closing, 11/2- equivalent and may be used as specified in this sec-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

COMBUSTIBLE FIBERS
tion. Depending upon the height and array of the

baled storage, the provisions of Chapter 32 may also
apply to these materials.
Note that these provisions do not apply to densely
packed baled cotton based on its exclusion from the
definition of “Combustible fibers” in Section 202. See
the commentary to the various cotton definitions in
Section 202 for a discussion of the hazards of various
cotton processing and storage operations.
3705.2 Special baling conditions. Sisal and other fibers in
bales bound with combustible tie ropes, jute and other fibers
that swell when wet, shall be stored to allow for expansion in
any direction without affecting building walls, ceilings or col-
umns. A minimum clearance of 3 feet (914 mm) shall be
required between walls and sides of piles, except that where
the storage compartment is not more than 30 feet (9144 mm)
wide, the minimum clearance at side walls shall be 1 foot
(305 mm), provided that a center aisle not less than 5 feet
(1524 mm) wide is maintained.
 Allowances or clearances must be provided for the
expansion of combustible fibers susceptible to swell-
ing when wet. In addition to the lateral forces that
these piles may create if placed against structural
elements, their contribution to the building live load
should be considered. This section prescribes clear-
ances from building elements. Structural loading con-
cerns should be referred to the building official or to a
qualified structural engineer. As an example of spe-
cial baling conditions, rolled paper is commonly
stored on its side rather than on its end to promote
water runoff. Structural damage has resulted from the
expansion of wet paper rolls or bales of rags when
minimum clearances were not provided.
Bibliography
code:
Cotton Ginners Handbook. Washington, DC: U.S.
Department of Agriculture, Agriculture Research Ser-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
vice, Agricultural Handbook Number 503, 1994.

Wakelyn, P.J., B.M. Norman and D.W. Thompson.
“Why Cotton Ginning Is Considered Agriculture.” Cot-
ton Gin and Oil Mill Press, 2005.
Wakelyn, P.J. and P.J. Wan. “An Overview of Oil
Extraction and Refining.” Oil Mill Gazette, 2001.
Wakelyn, P.J. and S.E. Hughs. “Evaluation of the Flam-
mability of Cotton Bales.” Fire and Materials, 2002.
37-4 Code Council

CHAPTERS 38 through 49
RESERVED
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
38-2 Code Council

Part V—Hazardous Materials
Chapter 50:
Hazardous Materials—General Provisions
General Comments minimum safety requirements for the use, production
and storage of hazardous chemicals.
The requirements of this chapter apply to all hazardous
chemicals. Hazardous chemicals are defined as those
that pose an unreasonable risk to the health and safety Purpose
of operating or emergency personnel, the public and the This chapter contains the general requirements for haz-
environment if not properly controlled during handling, ardous chemicals in all occupancies. The general provi-
storage, manufacture, processing, packaging, use, dis- sions of this chapter are intended to be companion
posal or transportation. The requirements of this chap- provisions with the specific requirements of Chapters 51
ter and associated chapters are considered the and 53 through 67 regarding a given hazardous material.
4. The off-site transportation of hazardous materials

SECTION 5001 where in accordance with Department of Transpor-
GENERAL tation (DOTn) regulations.
5001.1 Scope. Prevention, control and mitigation of danger-
5. Building materials not otherwise regulated by this
ous conditions related to storage, dispensing, use and han-
code.
dling of hazardous materials shall be in accordance with this
chapter. 6. Refrigeration systems (see Section 606).
This chapter shall apply to all hazardous materials, includ- 7. Stationary storage battery systems regulated by
ing those materials regulated elsewhere in this code, except Section 608.
that where specific requirements are provided in other chap- 8. The display, storage, sale or use of fireworks and
ters, those specific requirements shall apply in accordance explosives in accordance with Chapter 56.
with the applicable chapter. Where a material has multiple
hazards, all hazards shall be addressed. 9. Corrosives utilized in personal and household
products in the manufacturers’ original consumer
Exceptions: packaging in Group M occupancies.
1. In retail or wholesale sales occupancies, the quan- 10. The storage of distilled spirits and wines in
tities of medicines, foodstuff or consumer products wooden barrels and casks.
and cosmetics containing not more than 50 percent
by volume of water-miscible liquids and with the 11. The use of wall-mounted dispensers containing
remainder of the solutions not being flammable alcohol-based hand rubs classified as Class I or II
shall not be limited, provided such materials are liquids where in accordance with Section 5705.5.
packaged in individual containers not exceeding  The purpose of Exception 1 is to address consumer
1.3 gallons (5 L). products, foodstuffs and cosmetics that are not for-
2. Quantities of alcoholic beverages in retail or mulated with flammable constituents and are stored
wholesale sales occupancies shall not be limited and displayed in Group M occupancies, provided the
providing the liquids are packaged in individual individual package is limited to a volume of 1.3 gal-
containers not exceeding 1.3 gallons (5 L). lons (5 L) or less. In the event of a leak or broken
package, the amount of hazardous material lost
3. Application and release of pesticide and agricul- would be small and present a smaller spill cleanup
tural products and materials intended for use in problem. This is limited to products containing no
weed abatement, erosion control, soil amendment more than 50 percent by volume of water-miscible liq-
or similar applications where applied in accor- uids and with the remaining content not being flam-
dance with the manufacturers’ instructions and mable, based on the code’s definition of “Flammable
label directions. liquid.” This percentage limitation further reduces the
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS—GENERAL PROVISIONS
hazard of a material spill due to the difficult ignitability within the domain of DOTn and the applicable regula-
of such materials. This exception would not apply to tory requirements are those adopted fire and building
any Level 2 or 3 aerosol as defined in Chapter 2, codes of the jurisdiction whose enforcement and inter-
because these consumer products are formulated pretation is the responsibility of the fire code official.
with either a flammable propellant or a flammable Exception 5 exempts commonly used building
base product. It also would not apply to many paints, materials that may exhibit some hazardous proper-
coatings, adhesives or lubricants formulated with ties, but do not fall into the realm of a hazardous
flammable or combustible liquids. Consumer prod- materials as defined in the code, from being regu-
ucts, such as household bleach (which is typically a lated as hazardous material. Without this exception,
mixture of less than 12.5-percent sodium hypochlorite the storage of certain building materials could result
by volume and water) or window cleaners (typically in a Group H occupancy classification.
formulated with 3 to 6 percent by volume of ammo- Exception 6 states that refrigeration systems are
nium hydroxide) would be exempted by this excep- governed by Section 606, which has specific require-
tion, as would a 1-gallon (3.9 L) bottle containing a ments that would be enforced over any general
solution of 37-percent hydrochloric acid and water requirements of the hazardous material chapters of
used for disinfecting swimming pool water or for the code.
cleaning concrete surfaces. Exception 7 notes that stationary storage battery
Similar to Exception 1, Exception 2 deals with the systems are governed by Section 608, which has
amount of storage allowed in Group M occupancies specific requirements that would be enforced over
where individual containers of alcoholic beverages do any general requirements of the hazardous material
not exceed 1.3 gallons (5 L) in wholesale and retail chapters of the code. Note that the International
stores. In the event of a leak or broken consumer Building Code (IBC) considers this an incidental
package, the amount of flammable or combustible storage area. See Table 509 of the IBC for incidental
beverage lost would be small and present a smaller use area requirements.
spill cleanup problem. This exception parallels Sec- Exception 8 refers to Chapter 56 for specific
tion 5701.2, Exception 3. requirements concerning fireworks and explosives.
Exception 3 states that the application of pesticides
Those specific requirements would be enforced over
and agricultural products is not considered a hazard-
any general requirements of the hazardous material
ous process if done in accordance with the manufac-
chapters of the code.
turer’s instructions and label directions, since those
Exception 9 states that corrosives used in personal
products and pesticides have been tested in these
and household products, such as certain cleaners or
application methods.
Exception 4 states that any time hazardous materi- detergents, are not considered hazardous when
als are transported over public highways or by public maintained in their original packaging in Group M
transportation, U.S. Department of Transportation areas. Note that this is specific to Group M use areas
(DOTn) requirements must be enforced. The code only. However, this exception does not apply to small
intends that when a material, good or commodity is containers of flammable aerosols or liquids in retail
transported off site, it is within the domain of the display areas where they are regulated in Chapter 51
DOTn while the material is in transit. In the case of or 57, respectively. Without this exception, many
hazardous materials, DOTn has ruled that the activi- common products in mercantile display areas could
ties associated with preparing the material for ship- be classified as hazardous materials resulting in gro-
ment, such as selection of the type of shipping cery stores and other mercantile occupancies being
container, placarding the container to identify its haz- inappropriately classified in occupancy classification
ards and the preparation of shipping papers, are Group H.
Exception 10 covers the storage of distilled spirits --`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
within the domain of DOTn and that local codes [e.g.,
the International Fire Code® (IFC®)] are preempted by and wines in wooden barrels and casks. This state-
the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act. Com- ment may appear to exempt all requirements for
monly, this includes storing goods and materials at a these products from being a Group H occupancy.
railroad siding for several months before they are However, the IBC will still classify the storage area as
consigned for shipment. The code has no authority a Group H occupancy if the amounts exceed the
when the material is in transit, including while ship- maximum allowable quantities (MAQs) per control
ping papers are being prepared or are in effect. Note, area listed in Table 307.1(1) of that code for flamma-
however, that while the code exempts hazardous ble or combustible liquids. All requirements for a
materials in transportation, it does not exempt the Group H occupancy in the IBC are still applicable;
facility where these materials are packaged and pre- however, any requirements from the code are not.
pared for shipment. Exception 11 provides a necessary cross reference
Once the material reaches the point where it has to provisions in Section 5705.5 to prevent alcohol-
been delivered and the shipping papers have been based hand rub dispensers from being considered
received by the consignee (e.g., the party responsible the same as other flammable liquids and exempting
for the material), the goods or commodity are no longer them from the limitations of Table 5003.1.1(1).
50-2 Code Council

5001.1.1 Waiver. The provisions of this chapter are waived sified as a physical hazard. The definition for the term
where the fire code official determines that such enforcement “physical hazard” is located in Section 202. Because
is preempted by other codes, statutes or ordinances. The of their potential detonation or fire hazard, buildings
details of any action granting such a waiver shall be recorded containing more than the MAQ of hazardous materi-
and entered in the files of the code enforcement agency. als listed in this section are classified as Group H-1,
H-2 or H-3. Materials posing multiple hazards must
 If the fire code official determines that the require-
be classified as both a health hazard and physical
ments of this chapter are preempted by other codes,
hazard, and meet the requirements of both classifica-
statutes or ordinances, he or she has the authority to
tions.
waive the requirements of this chapter. Documenta-
tion must be placed into the files of the code enforce- 5001.2.2.2 Health hazards. The material categories listed in
ment agency stating the reasons for the waiver. this section are classified as health hazards. A material with a
primary classification as a health hazard can also pose a
5001.2 Material classification. Hazardous materials are
physical hazard.
those chemicals or substances defined as such in this code.
Definitions of hazardous materials shall apply to all hazard- 1. Highly toxic and toxic materials.
ous materials, including those materials regulated elsewhere 2. Corrosive materials.
in this code.
 This section lists those hazardous materials regu-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
 Hazardous materials are chemicals or substances lated in Chapters 51 and 53 through 67 that are clas-
defined in the code as such. Be sure to view the sified as a health hazard. When hazardous chemicals
Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for information pose more of a health problem than a fire, explosion
on the properties of the material. or reactivity hazard, buildings containing more than
5001.2.1 Mixtures. Mixtures shall be classified in accor- the MAQ of hazardous materials listed in this section
dance with hazards of the mixture as a whole. Mixtures of are classified as Group H-4. This section also notes
hazardous materials shall be classified in accordance with that a hazardous material may pose multiple hazards
nationally recognized reference standards; by an approved and thus be considered both a physical hazard and
qualified organization, individual, or Material Safety Data health hazard. For example, a material classified as
Sheet (MSDS); or by other approved methods. toxic or corrosive may also be a Class 2 or 3 oxidizer.
 Mixtures are to be classified to their specific blend of Requirements for each material classification are
applicable where a multiple hazard exists.
chemicals, i.e., as a whole, not as to their component
ingredients. The MSDS are required sources of infor- 5001.3 Performance-based design alternative. Where
mation on the properties of the chemical mixtures. approved by the fire code official, buildings and facilities
5001.2.2 Hazard categories. Hazardous materials shall be where hazardous materials are stored, used or handled shall
be permitted to comply with this section as an alternative to
classified according to hazard categories. The categories
include materials regulated by this chapter and materials reg- compliance with the other requirements set forth in this chap-
ter and Chapters 51 through 67.
ulated elsewhere in this code.
 The purpose of performance-based design criteria is
 The properties of the chemical will mandate the haz-
to promote innovative, flexible and responsive solu-
ard categories under which the chemical is listed.
tions that optimize the expenditure and consumption
These properties are found in the MSDS.
of resources while preserving social and economic
5001.2.2.1 Physical hazards. The material categories listed value. The model codes, including the International
in this section are classified as physical hazards. A material Codes® (I-Codes®), have traditionally incorporated
with a primary classification as a physical hazard can also alternative materials, designs and methods of con-
pose a health hazard. struction provisions, such as those found in Section
1. Explosives and blasting agents. 104.9. This section provides a framework and oppor-
2. Combustible liquids. tunity to use new materials and methods when design
equivalence to the prescriptive requirements of the
3. Flammable solids, liquids and gases. code is demonstrated to and approved by the fire
4. Organic peroxide solids or liquids. code official.
Large chemical manufacturing and production facil-
5. Oxidizer, solids or liquids.
ities are typically required to comply with federal risk
6. Oxidizing gases. management plans (RMP) and process safety man-
7. Pyrophoric solids, liquids or gases. agement (PSM) requirements, which require a level
of safety that generally exceeds current hazardous
8. Unstable (reactive) solids, liquids or gases. materials regulations in the code. This section is
9. Water-reactive materials solids or liquids. intended to be compatible with federal RMP and PSM
10. Cryogenic fluids. programs, so it would reduce the burden on busi-
nesses in having to comply with duplicative or con-
 This section lists those hazardous materials regu- flicting local and federal regulations. Yet, compliance
lated in Chapters 51 and 53 through 67 that are clas- with these provisions will yield a level of safety that

should equal or exceed the prescriptive code require- States usually defer regulation of materials that pres-
ments. ent only a risk of chronic or environmental effects to
Based on the fact that performance-based other regulatory agencies, such as the Occupational
approaches are already in widespread use in federal Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) or the Envi-
laws regulating chemical storage and handling facili- ronmental Protection Agency (EPA). Exposure of
ties, the topic of hazardous materials regulation workers to hazardous materials in the normal course
stands out as a good place to start phasing perfor- of their jobs is also beyond the scope of building and
mance-based concepts into the code. While a casual fire codes. Such workplace safety issues are instead
glance through the text of Section 5001.3 might lead regulated by occupational safety and health codes,
one to conclude that the proposed section represents which in the United States fall under the jurisdiction of
a huge loophole for the industry to jump through to OSHA.
avoid compliance with the code’s prescriptive require- When developing a performance-based design
ments, a closer investigation will reveal that this is not involving hazardous materials concerns, consideration
the case. This text, duplicated from Chapter 22 of the should be given not only to the hazardous materials
ICC Performance Code® for Buildings and Facilities categories in Section 5001.2.2, but also to the quan-
(ICCPC®), was developed by trying to incorporate tity, state, situation (storage/use), arrangement and
federal RMP and PSM regulations and then looking location of materials and processes.
through the code’s prescriptive hazardous materials 5001.3.2 Functional statements. Performance-based design
regulations to pick up any topics that appeared to alternatives are based on the following functional statements:
have been overlooked.
The text of this section was developed through a 1. Provide safeguards to minimize the risk of unwanted
cooperative effort of fire officials and industry repre- releases, fires or explosions involving hazardous mate-
sentatives in the IFC Performance Code Develop- rials.
ment Forum. Those who worked on the text believed 2. Provide safeguards to minimize the consequences of an
that compliance with the proposed provisions would unsafe condition involving hazardous materials during
yield a facility that would be at least as safe, if not normal operations and in the event of an abnormal con-
safer, than a facility constructed in accordance with dition.
the code’s prescriptive requirements.
It is absolutely true that use of this approach would  This section includes two functional statements that
require a tremendous amount of time, money and serve the overall objective of Section 5001.3. These
effort on the part of a permit applicant to demonstrate two statements focus on reducing the probability of
code compliance to local fire code officials, and unsafe conditions involving hazardous materials and
clearly, the approach will not be for everyone; how- minimizing the consequences of an unsafe condition,
ever, even for those who might not use the approach if one occurs. The concepts can be summarized as
in its entirety, the performance objectives would prevention and control. Specific means by which
greatly assist code users and enforcers when dealing these functional statements can be accommodated
with alternative methods by better defining the intent are listed in Section 5001.3.3.
of the code. 5001.3.3 Performance requirements. Where safeguards,
See the ICCPC and its “User’s Guide” for a more systems, documentation, written plans or procedures, audits,
comprehensive discussion of performance-based process hazards analysis, mitigation measures, engineering
design concepts and philosophy. controls or construction features are required by Sections
5001.3.1 Objective. The objective of Section 5001.3 is to 5001.3.3.1 through 5001.3.3.18, the details of the design
protect people and property from the consequences of unau- alternative shall be subject to approval by the fire code offi-
thorized discharge, fires or explosions involving hazardous cial. The details of actions granting the use of the design
materials. alternatives shall be recorded and entered in the files of the
jurisdiction.
 The intent and scope of this section is to protect the
occupants of the building, people in the surrounding  Section 5001.3 allows the use of this section of the
area, emergency response personnel and property code based on the approval of the fire code official;
from acute consequences associated with unintended however, the specifics of the design alternatives
or unauthorized releases of hazardous materials. selected by designers, evaluators and operators
These performance-based design requirements should also be subject to review by a third party rep-
encourage the use of both accident prevention and resenting the public. The fire code official has the
control measures to reduce risk. responsibility to verify that the performance alterna-
It is not the intent of this section or the prescriptive tives provided by Section 5001.3 will protect from
requirements of the code to regulate all hazardous conditions hazardous to life, property or public wel-
materials. Within the scopes of building and fire fare, as required by Section 101.2. When acceptance
codes, hazardous materials are generally defined as for the use of the design is granted, a record of the
those materials that are acutely dangerous to people approval should be made in the public record to doc-
or property. Building and fire codes in the United ument acceptance of the design alternative.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
50-4 Code Council

5001.3.3.1 Properties of hazardous materials. The physi- tems than those with only small containers. Informa-
cal- and health-hazard properties of hazardous materials on tion that may be useful in determining whether a spill
site shall be known and shall be made readily available to is plausible and whether dangerous conditions would
employees, neighbors and the fire code official. result includes the following:
 This section correlates with the reporting require- • Specific material and process hazards involved.
ments set forth in the Superfund Amendments and • A block flow diagram for the facility.
Reauthorization Act of 1986 (SARA Title III) and to • Piping and instrument drawings.
some degree with the prescriptive reporting require-
ments set forth in the code. Compliance with these • A list of all safety devices showing their location,
reporting requirements can be accomplished through design basis and capacity, date of installation,
the use of MSDS; inventory reports; SARA Title III etc.
reporting documents, which are typically mandatory • Equipment manufacturers’ operational instruc-
under federal law; and Section 5001.5.2. This section tions, including safe operating limits for the
ensures that interested parties will have access to equipment.
information about the characteristics of hazardous • Equipment drawings and specifications that
materials that are located on site. reflect built and installed equipment.
5001.3.3.2 Reliability of equipment and operations. Equip- 5001.3.3.5 Ignition hazards. Safeguards shall be provided to
ment and operations involving hazardous materials shall be minimize the risk of exposing combustible hazardous materi-
designed, installed and maintained to ensure that they reliably als to unintended sources of ignition.
operate as intended.
 The primary design and operating intent is to ensure
 Equipment and operations at facilities regulated by that flammable and combustible materials are always
federal PSM rules should have little difficulty demon- completely controlled, in accordance with process
strating compliance with the requirements of this sec- design parameters; however, where flammable and
tion. The PSM rules generally address this topic area. combustible hazardous materials are present, a
At facilities that are not required to comply with degree of redundancy is sometimes necessary to
PSM rules, the selection of equipment and design of provide an additional level of safety. Where there is a
operations would have to go through a great deal of plausible risk of spills or leaks, such as in loading and
scrutiny by qualified individuals. In addition, equip- unloading or packaging operations, additional mea-
ment manuals and operational protocols would need sures, such as ignition source controls, are prudent.
to be developed and followed, as applicable. To that end, process design and operation should
5001.3.3.3 Prevention of unintentional reaction or release. ensure to the greatest degree possible that ignition
Safeguards shall be provided to minimize the risk of an unin- sources are kept away from areas where flammable
tentional reaction or release that could endanger people or or combustible hazardous materials are present.
property. Where separation is not feasible, ignition source con-
trols may be warranted. Such controls may involve
 Facilities regulated by federal RMP rules are required
the following:
to evaluate the potential consequences of various
release scenarios on the surrounding area; therefore, • Electrical classification of areas where
many such facilities provide safety systems to reduce flammable hazardous materials might be
these potential consequences, recognizing that the present.
consequence analysis information must be made • Classification of mobile equipment that might
available to the public. operate in areas where flammable hazardous
Depending on the classification and state (solid, materials might be present.
liquid or gas) of hazardous materials stored or used • The use of grounding systems and equipment to
at a given site, a variety of mitigation measures may minimize the potential for sparking in areas
be provided to comply with this provision. Such mea- where flammable hazardous materials might be
sures might include process controls, spill control and present.
containment systems, and ventilation controls.
5001.3.3.6 Protection of hazardous materials. Safeguards
5001.3.3.4 Spill mitigation. Spill containment systems or shall be provided to minimize the risk of exposing hazardous
means to render a spill harmless to people or property shall be materials to a fire or physical damage whereby such exposure
provided where a spill is determined to be a plausible event could endanger or lead to the endangerment of people or
and where such an event would endanger people or property. property.
 This requirement is primarily derived from the pre-  This section directs the designer and operator to
scriptive provisions in the code. As a general rule, review and ensure that vessels or systems containing
storage facilities are regarded as less likely candi- hazardous materials are not exposed to or are pro-
dates for dangerous spills than facilities that involve tected from damage by external fire. The design
dispensing or processing operations. In addition, dan- should focus, first, on reducing the possibility for fire
gerous spill conditions are probably more likely to or other hazards, such as vehicular impact, and, sec-
occur in facilities with large quantity vessels or sys-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

ond, on isolating hazardous materials from exposure tions are truly hazardous based on the presence of
to unsafe conditions, such as a fire. vapor fog or a noxious odor. Where this is not the
All storage areas and systems should be formally case, automatic detection systems and alarms may
reviewed to find and correct any sources of exposure be warranted. Sensors can take the form of ambient
to fire, including the following: sampling devices at strategic area locations, sam-
• Nearby storage of combustibles. pling devices in key vent streams or specially
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
designed leak-detection systems, such as acoustic
• Nearby hot work operation. emission systems. The performance measurement is
• Nearby vehicular operation. based on the ability of the sensing equipment or
operators to provide adequate warning so that safety
All systems subject to fire exposure should be precautions can be taken before unsafe conditions
formally reviewed to ensure adequate protection, are present.
including the following: Mitigation-based solutions can range from special
• Sprinkler installation. process equipment designs to elaborate ventilation
• Insulation of equipment. and air-scrubbing systems. Where practical, the sim-
• Fire-resistance-rated barriers. plest mitigation consists of overdesign of the process
system so that the likelihood of release is extremely
5001.3.3.7 Exposure hazards. Safeguards shall be provided
low. The performance measurement of a ventilation
to minimize the risk of and limit damage from a fire or explo-
or treatment system is based on the reduction of the
sion involving explosive hazardous materials whereby such
concentration of the hazardous materials in the work-
fire or explosion could endanger or lead to the endangerment
place and nearby environment to levels that are not
of people or property.
acutely hazardous.
 This section directs the designer and operator to
5001.3.3.9 Reliable power source. Where a power supply is
review and ensure that vessels or systems containing
relied upon to prevent or control an emergency condition that
hazardous materials are not subject to damage from
could endanger people or property, the power supply shall be
internal fire, chemical reaction or explosion. The
from a reliable source.
design criteria should be, first, to reduce the risk of an
internal fire or explosion and, second, where the first  This section is derived from the prescriptive require-
is not feasible, to design vessels and systems in such ments of the code. It is essential to ensure that a reli-
a manner that loss of integrity will not occur in an able power supply is provided for systems that are
overpressure situation. critical to safety. Some examples of systems that may
All systems should be formally reviewed to identify require a reliable power supply include mechanical
and correct any sources of internal fire, explosion or ventilation systems; treatment systems; gas detection
overpressure. The review should include the follow- and alarm systems; and emergency shutdown sys-
ing: tems. The reliability needs of the system are related
• The potential for inadvertent or improper mixing to the potential risks associated with system failure.
of reactive components. A reliable power source does not necessarily
• The potential for overheating of unstable equate to a generator or battery system. The type of
materials. system to be used depends on the relative level of
hazard that might result in the event of a power fail-
• The potential for inadequate venting of unstable ure. In some cases, such as those where hazardous
reaction byproducts. processes shut down upon loss of power, a connec-
• The potential for inadequate dilutent material tion ahead of the building’s main disconnect switch
supply. may be adequate to qualify as a reliable source.
Where overpressure or explosion conditions can- Guidance on the selection and performance require-
not be reasonably ruled out, the design should con- ments for power supply systems providing an alterna-
sider overpressure protection, containment and tive source of electrical power can be found in NFPA
explosion control systems. 110.
5001.3.3.8 Detection of gas or vapor release. Where a 5001.3.3.10 Ventilation. Where ventilation is necessary to
release of hazardous materials gas or vapor would cause limit the risk of creating an emergency condition resulting
immediate harm to persons or property, means of mitigating from normal or abnormal operations, means of ventilation
the dangerous effects of a release shall be provided. shall be provided.
 This section increases the likelihood that hazardous  In many cases involving hazardous materials, ventila-
vapor releases are detected and mitigated before tion must be provided to limit the risk of creating an
they can harm individuals or property. In occupied emergency condition. Ventilation might be necessary
areas, detection of a vapor release may be by sight, during both normal and abnormal operating condi-
smell or an automatic detection system. For many tions. Some examples of operations that may require
hazardous materials, such as chlorine or ammonia, ventilation are storage or processing of flammable
vapor releases are readily evident before concentra- and combustible liquids or gases inside buildings;
50-6 Code Council

drum-filling operations inside buildings; laboratory management of change documents have been
use of chemicals and dust-handling systems. Ventila- met.
tion may also be used as a means for reducing vapor • Training of each employee involved in operating
concentrations below lower flammable limits (LFL) in a process has been completed.
areas where ignition sources are present or for pres-
surization of areas to isolate hazardous vapors. 5001.3.3.13 Operating and emergency procedures. Written
Guidance on the performance requirements for documentation of operating procedures and procedures for
ventilation systems can be found in a number of emergency shut down shall be developed and enforced to
sources, including the OSHA Process Safety Man- ensure that operations are conducted in a safe manner. The
agement (PSM) regulations, DOL 29 CFR Part process of developing and updating such procedures shall
1910.119; NFPA 30; NFPA 45; NFPA 69; and NFPA involve the participation of affected employees.
497.  This section establishes an administrative safety con-
5001.3.3.11 Process hazard analyses. Process hazard analy- trol plan addressing written documentation of operat-
ses shall be conducted to ensure reasonably the protection of ing and emergency shutdown procedures. Guidance
people and property from dangerous conditions involving on developing written documentation for operating
hazardous materials. procedures and emergency shutdown techniques
 This section establishes an administrative safety con- can be found in the OSHA PSM regulation, DOL 29
trol plan addressing process hazard analysis. Guid- CFR, Part 1910.119. Overall, there are 14 elements
ance on process hazard analysis techniques can be that employers covered by PSM are required to com-
found in the OSHA PSM regulation, DOL 29 CFR, plete to meet the federal PSM regulations. Two ele-
Part 1910.119. The process hazard analysis must be ments that relate to this section are as follows:
appropriate to the complexity of the process and must • DOL 29 CFR Part 1910.119(c): This element
identify, evaluate and control the hazards involved in requires that employees and their
the process. The analysis can be accomplished representatives be consulted on the
through various methods. Some of these are “what-if” development and conduct of hazard
scenarios, process hazard analysis, fault tree, etc. A assessments and the development of chemical
person trained in these and other hazard evaluation accident prevention plans, and provide access
techniques should be employed to complete this to these and other records required under the
analysis. federal law.
5001.3.3.12 Pre-startup safety review. Written documenta- • DOL 29 CFR Part 1910.119(f): This element
tion of pre-startup safety review procedures shall be devel- requires that written operating procedures for
oped and enforced to ensure that operations are initiated in a the chemical process, including procedures for
safe manner. The process of developing and updating such each operating phase, operating limitations, and
procedures shall involve the participation of affected employ- safety and health considerations, must be
ees. developed and implemented.
 This section establishes an administrative safety con- 5001.3.3.14 Management of change. A written plan for
trol plan addressing prestartup safety review proce- management of change shall be developed and enforced. The
dures. Guidance on techniques for written process of developing and updating the plan shall involve the
documentation of prestartup safety review proce- participation of affected employees.
dures can be found in the OSHA PSM regulation,
DOL 29 CFR, Part 1910.119. Prestartup safety  This section establishes an administrative safety con-
reviews are typically necessary when new facilities trol plan addressing management of change. Guid-
are prepared for operation and where existing facili- ance on developing written documentation for
ties are modified to a degree that is significant management of change can be found in the OSHA
enough to require a change in the process safety PSM regulation, DOL 29 CFR, Part 1910.119. The
information. PSM element that relates to this section is DOL 29
A prestartup safety review should confirm that, CFR, Part 1910.119 (l), which states that this element
prior to the introduction of highly hazardous chemi- requires a review of the technical basis for the pro-
cals to a process, the following verifications have posed change; the impact of change on safety and
been accomplished at a minimum: health; possible modifications to operating proce-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
• Construction and equipment is in accordance dures and process safety information; the necessary
with design specifications. time period for the change; and authorization require-
ments for the proposed change.
• Safety, operating, maintenance and emergency Employees involved in operating a process, and
procedures are in place and are adequate. maintenance and contract employees whose job
• For new facilities, a process hazard analysis has tasks will be affected by a change in the process,
been performed and recommendations have should be informed of and trained in the change prior
been resolved or implemented before startup; to startup of the process or the affected part of the
for modified facilities, requirements contained in process.

5001.3.3.15 Emergency plan. A written emergency plan utilized in the analysis and selection of active and passive
shall be developed to ensure that proper actions are taken in hazard mitigation controls.
the event of an emergency, and the plan shall be followed if  This section establishes an administrative safety con-
an emergency condition occurs. The process of developing trol plan addressing an analysis of off-site conse-
and updating the plan shall involve the participation of quences. Guidance on accident investigation and
affected employees. reporting can be found in the EPA RMP regulation,
 This section establishes an administrative safety con- 40 CFR, Part 68. These regulations amend the acci-
trol plan addressing emergency response planning. dent release prevention requirements under Section
Guidance on developing written documentation for an 112(r) of the Clean Air Act.
emergency response plan can be found in the OSHA EPA’s RMP rules are a good source of examples
PSM regulation, DOL 29 CFR, Part 1910.119. The for alternative release scenarios for a particular site,
PSM element that relates to this section is 29 CFR, and, through the identification and analysis of plausi-
Part 1910.119(n), which references other portions of ble release scenarios, changes can be implemented
the federal regulations. Such plans may include iden- to minimize the probability and consequences of a
tification of actions to be taken by employees in the release. A plausible release is one that has occurred
event of an emergency and the assignment of a staff in the past or could occur under reasonable single-
liaison who can assist emergency response person- system failures.
nel. Devices that normally use some kind of motion or
5001.3.3.16 Accident procedures. Written procedures for energy to prevent or minimize the release represent
investigation and documentation of accidents shall be devel- active mitigation controls. Active mitigation controls
oped, and accidents shall be investigated and documented in might include valves, switches, pumps and blowers.
accordance with these procedures. Passive mitigation controls include devices that are
permanently in place and have an inherently safe
 This section establishes an administrative safety con- design that allows them to be used at all times. Pas-
trol plan addressing accident investigation and report- sive mitigation controls might include dikes, walls,
ing. Guidance on accident investigation and reporting ponds and sumps.
can be found in the OSHA PSM regulation, DOL 29 The off-site consequence analysis can be accom-
CFR, Part 1910.119. The PSM element that relates to plished through various methods. Those methods
this section is DOL 29 CFR, Part 1910.119(m). include “what-if” scenarios, process hazard analysis,
Some of the guidelines specified in the federal reg- Hazard and Operability Analysis (HAZOP) and fault
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ulations include the following: tree. A person trained in these and other hazard eval-
• The need for an incident investigation team to uation techniques should be used to complete this
be established, consisting of at least one person analysis.
knowledgeable in the process involved, a 5001.3.3.18 Safety audits. Safety audits shall be conducted
contract employee if the incident involved on a periodic basis to verify compliance with the require-
contractor work and other persons with ments of this section.
appropriate knowledge and experience to
thoroughly investigate and analyze the incident.  This section establishes an administrative safety con-
trol plan addressing safety compliance audits. Guid-
• The need for a report to be prepared at the
ance on safety audits can be found in the OSHA PSM
conclusion of each investigation, including, at a
regulation, DOL 29 CFR, Part 1910.119. The PSM
minimum, the date of the incident and when the
element that relates to this section is DOL 29 CFR,
investigation began; description of the incident;
Part 1910.119(o). On a routine basis, each facility
factors that contributed to the incident and
must review its continuing compliance with each of
recommendations resulting from the
the subsections in Section 5001.3 and other related
investigation.
provisions of the code. The word “periodic” reflects a
• The need for the establishment of a system to need for adequate frequency to check that safety pro-
promptly address and resolve the incident report grams, features and systems will perform as
findings and recommendations, and to intended. Recognizing that many code sections con-
document resolutions and corrective actions. tain issues that change very little over time, compli-
• The need for accident investigation reports to be ance audit frequencies will not be the same for all
reviewed by all affected persons whose job programs, features and systems. Depending on the
tasks are relevant to the incident findings, particular safety element, the audit frequency may
including contract employees, where applicable. range to as much as 5-year intervals under the PSM
5001.3.3.17 Consequence analysis. Where an accidental regulations.
release of hazardous materials could endanger people or 5001.4 Retail and wholesale storage and display. For retail
property, either on or off-site, an analysis of the expected and wholesale storage and display of nonflammable solid and
consequences of a plausible release shall be performed and nonflammable or noncombustible liquid hazardous materials
50-8 Code Council

in Group M occupancies and storage in Group S occupancies, within particular areas; where emergency responders
see Section 5003.11. will meet the fire department liaison; and the location
of all above-ground and underground tanks, sumps,
 This section deals only with nonflammable solid and
vaults or any other below-grade processes. This
nonflammable or noncombustible liquid hazardous
information is extremely beneficial to emergency
materials in Group M and S occupancies. For flam-
responders because it identifies locations where con-
mable or combustible liquids, see Section 5704.3.4 of
fined space entries may need to be performed. A
the code.
Hazardous Materials Management Plan (HMMP)
5001.5 Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in Sec- must also identify which areas are constructed as
tions 105.6 and 105.7. control areas and Group H occupancies.
When required by the fire code official, permittees shall HMMPs have commonly been used as tools to help
apply for approval to permanently close a storage, use or han- facilitate tactical preplanning of Group H occupancies
dling facility. Such application shall be submitted not less or facilities storing and handling large amounts of
than 30 days prior to the termination of the storage, use or hazardous materials, such as petroleum storage ter-
handling of hazardous materials. The fire code official is minals. HMMPs can be beneficial when preparing
authorized to require that the application be accompanied by tactical preplans, but can be cumbersome if actually
an approved facility closure plan in accordance with Section used as a tactical preplan. For example, consider a
5001.6.3. water treatment plant. Such a plant could have large
amounts of anhydrous chlorine, sulfur dioxide,
 The process of issuing permits gives the fire code sodium hydroxide and hydroflurosilic acid. To comply
official an opportunity to carefully evaluate and regu- with all of the requirements of an HMMP for the vari-
late hazardous operations. Permit applicants should ous storage and process piping drawings, plant lay-
be required to demonstrate that their operations com- out and process details could easily result in over 100
ply with the intent of the code before the permit is pages of information that would need to be read and
issued. See the commentary to Section 105.6 for a understood. This level of information has not always
general discussion of operations requiring an opera- been beneficial to emergency responders, especially
tional permit and Section 105.7 for a general discus- given that Section 5003.9.1.1 requires the permit
sion of activities requiring a construction permit. The holder to designate responsible persons to serve as
permit process also notifies the fire department of the fire department liaisons in the event of an incident. It
need for prefire planning for the hazardous property. is expected that these responsible persons have a
5001.5.1 Hazardous Materials Management Plan. Where good understanding of the hazardous materials and
required by the fire code official, an application for a permit the processes involving their storage and use.
shall include a Hazardous Materials Management Plan All plans must be legible and should be drawn to
(HMMP). The HMMP shall include a facility site plan desig- scale or dimensioned and be kept updated. The fire
nating the following: code official may waive the requirement for an
1. Access to each storage and use area. HMMP. By themselves, approvals of the building or
site may suffice for the HMMP when dealing with
2. Location of emergency equipment. small quantities of hazardous materials not posing a
3. Location where liaison will meet emergency respond- complex storage, use or maintenance problem.
ers. Appendix H [Hazardous Materials Management
4. Facility evacuation meeting point locations. Plan (HMMP) and Hazardous Materials Inventory
Statement (HMIS) Instructions] was developed to
5. The general purpose of other areas within the building. provide a standard reporting format for businesses
6. Location of all above-ground and underground tanks submitting an HMMP to the fire or building code offi-
and their appurtenances including, but not limited to, cial. Appendix H is not a mandatory appendix unless
sumps, vaults, below-grade treatment systems and pip- it is adopted by the jurisdiction. Some jurisdictions
ing. have already developed standard formats for submit-
7. The hazard classes in each area. tal of HMMPs, and Appendix H can be amended to
provide this information to the regulated community.
8. Locations of all control areas and Group H occupan-
cies. 5001.5.2 Hazardous Materials Inventory Statement
(HMIS). Where required by the fire code official, an applica-
9. Emergency exits. tion for a permit shall include an HMIS, such as Superfund
 This section requires information that allows emer- Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 (SARA) Title
gency responders to understand the basic construc- III, Tier II Report or other approved statement. The HMIS
tion and access features of a building or premises to shall include the following information:
be presented. Such features include emergency exits 1. Product name.
that can be used for access; the physical and health
2. Component.
hazards of hazardous materials stored and used
3. Chemical Abstract Service (CAS) number.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

4. Location where stored or used. sure is intended to enable proper measures to be

5. Container size. taken for disposing of or eliminating all hazardous
materials before the building owner vacates the
6. Hazard classification. premises.
7. Amount in storage. 5001.6.1 Temporarily out-of-service facilities. Facilities
8. Amount in use-closed systems. that are temporarily out of service shall continue to maintain
a permit and be monitored and inspected.
9. Amount in use-open systems.
 Facilities warranting a closure plan are considered to
 HMIS requirements provide information that will be either temporarily or permanently out of service.
prove beneficial to building and fire code officials, Although a facility may not be closed permanently,
plans examiners and fire code inspectors who are this section recognizes the need to regulate hazard-
attempting to determine that the amount of hazardous materials in buildings that may be temporarily out
ous materials in storage and use complies with the of service. Because the out-of-service condition may
applicable requirements of the code and the IBC. An be temporary, the storage or presence of any hazard-
HMIS must document the product’s name, its chemi- ous materials in a facility must be monitored and
cal constituents along with its respective Chemical inspected, as required by the fire code official.
Abstract Service (CAS) numbers, the volume of con-
5001.6.2 Permanently out-of-service facilities. Facilities for
tainers or tanks, the product’s hazard classification
which a permit is not kept current or is not monitored and
and the amount in storage, use-open systems and
inspected on a regular basis shall be deemed to be perma-
use-closed systems. This type of information is bene-
nently out of service and shall be closed in an approved man-
ficial for plans examiners to confirm the correct occu-
ner. Where required by the fire code official, permittees shall
pancy classification, if the mechanical ventilation
apply for approval to close permanently storage, use or han-
system should comply with Section 510 of the Inter-
dling facilities. The fire code official is authorized to require
national Mechanical Code®, (IMC®), as well as to ver-
that such application be accompanied by an approved facility
ify that the design of the process(es) complies with
closure plan in accordance with Section 5001.6.3.
the applicable requirements of the code.
To provide the necessary information for proper  Facilities warranting a closure plan are considered to
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
occupancy classification, IBC Section 414.1.3 be either temporarily or permanently out of service. A
requires that information similar to the requirements facility is to be classified as permanently out of ser-
for an HMIS be provided to the building code official. vice if approval is not kept current as required for a
This section now requires that plans reflect where temporarily out-of-service facility or it is not properly
hazardous materials will be stored and used in multi- monitored or inspected, as required by the fire code
ple-story buildings, which is necessary to verify com- official.
pliance with Table 5003.8.3.2 and IBC Table 414.2.2. 5001.6.3 Facility closure plan. Where a facility closure plan
SARA Title III, known as the Emergency Planning is required in accordance with Section 5001.5 to terminate
and Right to Know Act, established requirements for storage, dispensing, handling or use of hazardous materials, it
emergency planning and reporting on hazardous shall be submitted to the fire code official not less than 30
materials. SARA Title III, Tier II reports are represen- days prior to facility closure. The plan shall demonstrate that
tative of a typical HMIS as required by this section. hazardous materials that are stored, dispensed, handled or
The exception, which is listed in SARA and is similar used in the facility will be transported, disposed of or reused
to Section 5001.4.1, leaves the requirement for sub- in a manner that eliminates the need for further maintenance
mission of the HMIS up to the discretion of the fire and any threat to public health and safety.
code official for circumstances in which hazards can
be managed without the need for HMIS.  This plan is used to document the timetable for the
A new Appendix H [Hazardous Materials Manage- proper transportation, disposal or approved reuse of
ment Plan (HMMP) and Hazardous Materials Inven- all chemicals that are on site. It is important to note
tory Statement (HMIS) Instructions] was developed to that this could include any contaminated soils or dike
provide a standard reporting format for businesses facilities in the area.
submitting an HMIS to the fire or building code offi-
cial. Appendix H is not a mandatory appendix unless
it is adopted by the jurisdiction. Some jurisdictions SECTION 5002
have already developed standard formats for submit- DEFINITIONS
tal of HMISs, and Appendix H can be amended to 5002.1 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chap-
provide this information to the regulated community. ter 2:
5001.6 Facility closure. Facilities shall be placed out of ser- BOILING POINT.
vice in accordance with Sections 5001.6.1 through 5001.6.3.
CEILING LIMIT.
 This section contains requirements for handling and
disposing of hazardous materials prior to a facility’s CHEMICAL.
closure. The 30-day notice prior to the facility’s clo- CHEMICAL NAME.
50-10 Code Council

CLOSED CONTAINER. VAPOR PRESSURE.

CONTAINER.  Definitions of terms can help in the understanding
CONTROL AREA. and application of the code requirements. This sec-
CYLINDER. application of the indicated terms used in this chap-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
DAY BOX. ter. Terms may be defined in Chapter 2 or in another
DEFLAGRATION. International Code® (I-Code®) as indicated in Section
DESIGN PRESSURE. needed (see also commentary, Sections 201 through
DETACHED BUILDING. 201.4).
DISPENSING.
EXCESS FLOW CONTROL. SECTION 5003
EXHAUSTED ENCLOSURE. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
EXPLOSION. 5003.1 Scope. The storage, use and handling of all hazardous
materials shall be in accordance with this section.
FLAMMABLE VAPORS OR FUMES.
 Once a chemical is considered a hazardous chemical
GAS CABINET.
that is not exempt under the exceptions of Section
GAS ROOM. 5001.1, it is expected to meet the general require-
HANDLING. ments listed in Section 5003 and any of the refer-
enced codes or standards.
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS.
5003.1.1 Maximum allowable quantity per control area.
HEALTH HAZARD. The maximum allowable quantity per control area shall be as
IMMEDIATELY DANGEROUS TO LIFE AND specified in Tables 5003.1.1(1) through 5003.1.1(4).
HEALTH (IDLH). For retail and wholesale storage and display in Group M
INCOMPATIBLE MATERIALS. occupancies and Group S storage, see Section 5003.11.
LIQUID.  This section references Tables 5003.1.1(1) through
LOWER EXPLOSIVE LIMIT (LEL). 5003.1.1(4) for the maximum quantities allowed in a
control area (see Section 5003.8.2 for design and
LOWER FLAMMABLE LIMIT (LFL). protection requirements). If the quantity of chemicals
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET (MSDS). used in a building does not exceed the maximum
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER CON- allowed per control area and the number of control
TROL AREA. areas does not exceed the number and percentage of
chemicals allowed by Table 5003.8.3.2, those areas
NORMAL TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE (NTP). are considered part of the main use and do not have
OUTDOOR CONTROL AREA. to meet all of the requirements for a hazardous occu-
PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE LIMIT (PEL). pancy.
PESTICIDE. TABLE 5003.1.1(1). See page 50-17.
PHYSICAL HAZARD.  Table 5003.1.1(1) is subdivided based on whether
the material is in storage or in use in a closed or open
PRESSURE VESSEL. system. Definitions of both “Closed” and “Open” sys-
SAFETY CAN. tems are found in Section 202. Within these subdivi-
SECONDARY CONTAINMENT. sions, the appropriate MAQ is listed in accordance
with the physical state (solid, liquid or gas) of the
SEGREGATED. material. A column for gas in open systems is not
SOLID. indicated because gaseous hazardous materials
STORAGE, HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. should not be allowed in a system that is continuously
open to the atmosphere. Note that the third column of
SYSTEM. the table, “Group When the Maximum Allowable
TANK, ATMOSPHERIC. Quantity Is Exceeded,” is informational only, since
occupancy group determination is within the scope of
TANK, PORTABLE.
the IBC, not the code.
TANK, STATIONARY. Note also that the MAQ values for gases are indi-
TANK VEHICLE. cated (at the head of each gas column) as being “at
NTP,” i.e., at a “normal” temperature of 70°F (21°C)
UNAUTHORIZED DISCHARGE. and a pressure of one atmosphere, or 14.7 pounds
USE (MATERIAL). per square inch absolute (psia) (101 kPa). In other

words, the MAQs for gases are based on a certain that of propane, therefore representing the worst
volume of free gas, not gas under pressure in its cyl- case where mixtures of propane and butane are
inder. involved. The result of converting the 30-gallon (114
This table and Table 5003.1.1(3) for outdoor stor- L) threshold to a 150-pound (68 kg) threshold is in
age include a row for inert gases and inert cryogen- keeping with the philosophical approach used with
ics, thus clarifying that the amount of inert gases and gases, such as ammonia and chlorine, as they
inert cryogenics in storage or use is unlimited. There appear in Table 5003.1.1(2).
is also a definition in Section 202 for “Inert gas” that The threshold level of 15 gallons (57 L) for oxidiz-
provides a means of classifying gases considered ing gases is now expressed in terms of weight based
inert under conditions most commonly encountered on using any of a number of oxidizing gases as the
by fire code officials. This definition ensures that inert baseline. However, given the fact that a single cylin-
compressed gases, inert cryogenic fluids or gas mix- der of chlorine (an oxidizing, corrosive and toxic gas)
tures containing cryogenic fluid are properly classi- has been used as the baseline in Table 5003.1.1(2),
fied. See the commentary to that definition in Section it is reasonable to use a single cylinder of chlorine as
202. the baseline for the establishment of quantity in Table
Even though the quantity of inert gases and cryo- 5003.1.1(1), as well. To test the assumption, a com-
genics is not limited inside of a building, they are still parison was made to the 1,500-cubic-foot (42 m3)
subject to regulation. For example, storage of inert baseline maximum quantity for a nonliquefied gas
gases and cryogenic fluids requires an operational using oxygen as the model. Using a specific volume
permit in accordance with Sections 105.6.9 and for oxygen of 12.1 cubic feet per pound translates the
105.6.11, respectively. In addition, Section 5307 has 1,500 cubic feet (42 m3) allowed for the baseline
requirements for a mechanical ventilation system MAQ to 125 pounds (57 kg) if this gas was consid-
designed and operated in accordance with Section ered on a weight basis. The use of 150 pounds (68
5004.3 for storage and Section 5005.1.9 for use kg) as a baseline quantity for liquefied oxidizing
when a room or building contains inert compressed gases resolves the problem where a single cylinder of
gases. Rooms containing inert cryogenic com- chlorine would not trip the Group H-4 occupancy
pressed gases are required to comply with the con- threshold, but would trip the Group H-3 occupancy
struction and mechanical ventilation requirements in threshold where arguably the inherent health hazards
Section 5504.2. of the gas may represent a greater concern for public
The unit of measure for liquefied gases has histori- safety than do the physical hazards of the same gas.
cally been incorporated into the MAQ tables in terms It is recognized that this approach may appear to
of gallons (L) because that has been the conventional represent a major increase in the threshold for lique-
thinking. From a practical standpoint, the use of gal- fied oxidizing gases; however, it brings the threshold
lons (L) as a unit of measure for liquefied gases intro- levels into parity with those of liquefied flammable
duces an inconsistency into the concept due to the gases, which may represent the greater hazard given
fact that, unlike most liquids, the density of liquefied the potential for fire and/or explosion. The example
gases varies widely. using oxygen as the baseline shows that an increase
In commerce, liquefied gases are packaged and is justified and establishes a clear rationale that is
distributed based on weight as the unit of measure. based on practical examples of materials commonly
The table has been revised to reflect threshold quan- found in commerce, which have generally been
tities in terms of the units of measure that are readily accepted for use as the threshold for an increased
available from the commercial market and greatly level of control. In addition, the use of weight as a unit
simplifies the use of the code, thereby making it more of measure brings the code into correlation with units
user friendly. The revision required that a model be typically used by the suppliers of these products,
used as the basis for comparison. This approach was thereby mitigating the need for elaborate conversions
taken when thresholds were revised to base certain into units of measure not found in common use.
health-hazard threshold levels using a “chlorine Note a refers the user to Section 5003.8.3 to deter-
index” as the model. A similar approach was used as mine if a design strategy using the control area con-
a means to simplify the use of the table. cept is needed for a building to avoid being classified
In the case of liquefied flammable gases, probably in Group H.
the most commonly encountered liquefied gas is LP- Note b clearly indicates that the aggregate quantity
gas (LPG). LPG as defined can consist of propane, of hazardous materials in use and storage, within a
butane, propylene or others either in a mixed or pure given control area, cannot exceed the quantity listed
form. NFPA 58, Table B.1.2(a), lists the approximate in the table for storage.
densities of commercial propane and butane at 60°F Without Note c, many common alcoholic bever-
(16°C) as 4.20 and 4.81 pounds per gallon, respec- ages and household products containing a negligible
tively. Converting the 30-gallon (114 L) quantity to amount of a hazardous material could result in a
pounds and rounding up to the closest 5 pounds (2.3 Group M occupancy being classified as a high haz-
kg) yields a quantity of 150 pounds (68 kg) on a ard. Note c also recognizes the reduced hazard of the
weight basis. The density of butane is greater than materials based on their water miscibility and limited
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
50-12 Code Council

container size. A similar exception is indicated in health purposes. The quantities proposed are rea-
Table 5003.1.1(2), and in IBC Tables 307.1(1) and sonable for occupancies such as the health care
307.1(2). industry where Class III oxidizers are used for main-
Notes d and e of the table are significant in that, for tenance purposes, sterilization and sanitation of
certain materials, the MAQ may be increased due to equipment and operation sanitation. The method
the use of approved special hazardous material stor- used to store the oxidizers is subject to the evaluation
age methods as listed in the note, an approved auto- and approval of the fire code official.
matic sprinkler system, or both. The notes are Note l clarifies that the 125 pounds (57 kg) of stor-
intended to be cumulative in that up to four times the age permitted for consumer fireworks represents the
base MAQ may be allowed per control area, if the net weight of the pyrotechnic composition of the fire-
building is sprinklered and approved special storage works in a nonsprinklered building. This amount rep-
methods are used, without classifying the building as resents approximately 121/2 shipping cases (less than
Group H. While the use of approved special storage one and one-half pallet loads) of fireworks in a non-
methods is not always a feasible or practical method sprinklered storage condition. In cases where the net
of storage, they do provide sufficient additional pro- weight of the pyrotechnic composition of the fireworks
tection to warrant an increase if utilized to contain the is unknown, 25 percent of the gross weight of the fire-
entire MAQ (not just the increase amount). For exam- works is to be used. The gross weight is to include
ple, the tabular MAQ for the storage of Class IA flam- the weight of the packaging.
mable liquid is 30 gallons (114 L) and both Notes d Note n provides an exception when the amount of
and e apply. Applying the notes accumulatively, the hazardous material in storage and display in Group M
increased MAQ becomes 30  2 = 60  2 = 120 gal- and S occupancies meets the requirements of Sec-
lons (454 L). Note e also requires that a safety can, tion 5003.11.
when used for increasing the MAQ of flammable and While cotton is included in the definition of combus-
combustible liquids stored or used indoors, be a listed tible fibers, Note o recognizes the lesser hazard of
metal safety can meeting the requirements of UL 30, cotton when it is stored in densely packed bales. See
as required by Section 5003.9.10 (also see the com- the commentary to the Section 202 definitions of
mentary to that section). “Baled cotton, densely packed” and “Combustible
The code recognizes the relative lower hazard of fibers” for further information.
Class IIIB liquids as compared to that of other flam- Note p clarifies that vehicles and appliances with
mable and combustible liquids by classifying them as closed fuel systems should be treated no differently
Group H-3 and by establishing a base MAQ of 13,200 than machinery or equipment when applying the pro-
gallons (49 962 L). As indicated in Note f, the quantity visions of the table. The fuel contained within the fuel
of Class I oxidizers and Class IIIB liquids, without tanks of vehicles or motorized equipment is not to be
classifying the occupancy as Group H-3, would not considered when calculating the aggregate quantity
be limited, provided the building is fully sprinklered in of hazardous materials within a control area of a
accordance with NFPA 13. The hazard presented by building. For example, when evaluating a parking
Class I oxidizers is that they slightly increase the garage with several hundred cars parked inside, the
burning rate of combustible materials that they may capacity of their fuel tanks is not counted. Also, when
come into contact with during a fire. Class IIIB com- motorized equipment, such as a floor buffer or forklift,
bustible liquids have flash points at or above 200°F is stored or used, those fuels are not included as long
(93°C). Motor oil is a typical example of a Class IIIB as the other code requirements are followed. This
combustible liquid. note also allows a reasonable amount of alcohol-
Note g recognizes that the hazard presented by based hand rub for infection control and patient
certain materials is such that they may be stored or safety located in Group I-2 occupancies in appropri-
used only inside buildings that are fully sprinklered. ately sized dispensers to be located in control areas
Note h clarifies for the user that while there is a and permits the amounts not to be included in deter-
combination MAQ for flammable liquids, no individual mining the MAQ. Section 5705.5 addresses the spe-
class of liquid (Class IA, IB or IC) may exceed its own cifics regarding these amounts and locations.
individual MAQ. Note q draws attention to the particularly challeng-
Note i allows for a special quantity of inside coming hazards of combustible dusts. This note specifies
bustible liquid storage in tanks that are connected to that where combustible dusts are manufactured, gen-
a fuel-oil piping system in accordance with Section erated or used, and the concentration of dust or oper-
603.3.2. This would apply to most oil-fired stationary ating conditions creates a fire or explosion hazard,
equipment, whether in industrial, commercial or resi- the building or space must be classified as a Group
dential occupancies. Oil-fired heating equipment and H-2 occupancy. To avoid this occupancy classifica-
diesel engine-driven generator sets and their fuel tion, the analysis needs to demonstrate why such a
supplies are indicative of the types of fuel-oil piping classification is not warranted. It should include an
systems to which this note would apply. analysis of the material’s characteristics, and the type
Note k permits a larger amount of Class III oxidiz- of engineering and administrative controls that will be
ers in a building when used for maintenance and employed in the process to quantitatively mitigate the
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

risk of a dust deflagration. The basis for this determi- ing the need for the use of footnotes to address
nation must be documented in a technical report and ammonia. Compressed gases may be in liquid form
opinion in accordance with Section 104.7.2 (or IBC or they may be gaseous. Maintaining the use of chlo-
Section 414.1.3). See also the commentary to the rine as the index to the table for toxic and corrosive
definition of “Combustible dust” in Chapter 2 and the properties and listing the threshold for liquefied gases
commentary to Chapter 22. (as well as those that are nonliquefied) eliminates the
need for elaborate conversions in units of measure
TABLE 5003.1.1(2). See page 50-20.
using data that in many cases is not readily available.
 Table 5003.1.1(2), similar to Table 5003.1.1(1), spec- The index used to establish the weight threshold is
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ifies the MAQs of hazardous materials, liquids or based on the use of arsine, a highly toxic gas with a
chemicals allowed per control area before having to specific volume of 5.0 cubic feet per pound.
classify a part of the building (or the entire building) It may be argued that recognizing the common
as a Group H occupancy and is subdivided based on forms of gases, e.g., liquefied and nonliquefied,
whether the material is in storage or in use in a allows a de facto increase in the threshold levels
closed or open system. Definitions of both “Closed applied. It is possible that one could have a toxic gas
system” and “Open system” are found in Section 202. that is liquefied and also one that is nonliquefied in
Within these subdivisions, the appropriate MAQ is the same area, therefore doubling the aggregate
listed in accordance with the physical state (solid, liq- quantity of gas if all was considered. While this is the-
uid or gas) of the material. A column for gas in open oretically possible, it is not considered to be the norm.
systems is not indicated because hazardous gaseous In addition, there is precedent in using the approach
materials should not be allowed in a system that is as established in Table 5003.1.1(1) for flammable
continuously open to the atmosphere. This table con- and oxidizing gases. Also see the commentary to
tains health-hazard materials classified as Group H- Table 5003.1.1(1) for further discussion of liquefied
4, in accordance with IBC Section 307.6. gas MAQ units of measure.
While the materials listed in this table are consid- Note b clearly indicates that the aggregate quantity
ered health hazards, some of the materials may also of hazardous materials in use and storage, within a
possess physical hazard characteristics more indica- given control area, cannot exceed the quantity listed
tive of materials classified as Group H-1, H-2 or H-3 in the table for storage.
(see IBC Section 5001.1). The MAQs listed in the Without Note c, many common household prod-
table are indicative of industry practice and assume ucts containing a negligible amount of a hazardous
the materials are properly stored and handled, in material could result in a Group M occupancy being
accordance with the code. Group H-4 materials, while classified as a high hazard. Note c recognizes the
indeed hazardous, are primarily considered a han- reduced hazard of the materials based on their water
dling problem and do not possess the same fire, miscibility and limited container size. A similar excep-
explosion or reactivity potential associated with other tion is indicated in Table 5003.1.1(1), and IBC Tables
hazardous materials. 307.1(1) and 307.1(2).
Note that the MAQ values for gases are indicated Where applicable, Notes d and e provide an
(at the head of each gas column) as being “at NTP,” increase in the base maximum allowable amount
i.e., at a “normal” temperature of 70°F (21°C) and similar to that in Table 5003.1.1(1) [see commentary,
pressure of one atmosphere, or 14.7 psia (101 kPa). Table 5003.1.1(1)].
In other words, the MAQs for gases are based on a Note f provides an exception when the amount of
certain volume of free gas, not gas under pressure in hazardous material in storage and display in Group M
its cylinder. and S occupancies meets the requirements of Sec-
The MAQ of 810 cubic feet (23 m3) for corrosive tion 5003.11.
and toxic gases established in the table was based Note g of the table is significant in that, for certain
on a single cylinder of chlorine. Historically, Note g to materials, their hazard is so great that their MAQ may
the table that existed in previous editions of the code be stored in the building only when approved
(but which was deleted in 2009) recognized that a exhausted enclosures or gas cabinets complying with
single cylinder of ammonia should be allowed; how- Sections 5003.8.5 and 5003.8.6, respectively, are uti-
ever, the use of 810 cubic feet (23 m3) did not allow lized.
for this given the fact that, by comparison, a 150-
pound (68 kg) cylinder of ammonia contains over TABLE 5003.1.1(3). See page 50-21.
3,300 cubic feet (93 m3) of gas. The preferred solu-  Table 5003.1.1(3) specifies the MAQs of hazardous
tion in lieu of trying to justify or create a series of foot- materials, liquids or chemicals allowed per outdoor
notes to address individual gases was to use an control area before being subject to additional regula-
index system that created a standardized approach tions contained in Chapters 51 and 53 through 67,
to establish the unit of measure by using a widely dis- and is subdivided based on whether the material is in
tributed gas, such as chlorine, as an index. However, storage or in use in a closed or open system. Defini-
the unit of measure in terms of weight was not carried tions of both “Closed system” and “Open system” are
into the table when it was formulated, thereby creat- found in Section 202. Within these subdivisions, the
50-14 Code Council

appropriate MAQ is listed in accordance with the While hazardous materials within a closed or open
physical state (solid, liquid or gas) of the material. A system are considered to be “in use,” Note b clearly
column for gas in open systems is not indicated indicates that the aggregate quantity of hazardous
because hazardous gaseous materials should not be materials in use and storage within a given outdoor
allowed in a system that is continuously open to the control area cannot exceed the quantity listed in the
atmosphere. This table contains physical-hazard table for storage.
materials, as defined in Section 202. While the mate- Note c provides an exception when the amount of
rials listed in this table are considered physical haz- hazardous materials in outdoor storage in conjunction
ards, some of the materials may also possess health- with a retail or wholesale Group M occupancy meets
hazard characteristics, as defined in Section 202. the requirements of Section 5003.11. The outside
The MAQs per outdoor control area listed in the table storage area must be under the same ownership as
are indicative of industry practice and assume the the Group M occupancy.
materials are properly stored and handled in accor- TABLE 5003.1.1(4). See page 50-22.
dance with the code. The base MAQ per outdoor con-
trol area of 810 cubic feet (23 m3) for gases that are  Table 5003.1.1(4), similar to Table 5003.1.1(3), spec-
ifies the MAQs of hazardous materials, liquids or
either corrosive or toxic is based on a standard-size
chemicals allowed per outdoor control area before
chlorine cylinder. Note that the MAQ values for gases
being subject to additional regulations contained in
are indicated (at the head of each gas column) as
Chapters 51 and 53 through 67. It is also subdivided
being “at NTP,” i.e., at a “normal” temperature of 70°F
based on whether the material is in storage or in use
(21°C) and pressure of one atmosphere, or 14.7 psia
in a closed or open system. Definitions of both
(101 kPa). In other words, the MAQs for gases are
“Closed system” and “Open system” are found in
based on a certain volume of free gas, not gas under
Section 202. Within these subdivisions, the appropri-
pressure in its cylinder.
ate MAQ is listed in accordance with the physical
Historically, the concept of “outdoor control areas” state (solid, liquid or gas) of the material. A column
was introduced into the code as a means to establish for gas in open systems is not indicated because haz-
a threshold where the general provisions of Chapter ardous gaseous materials should not be allowed in a
50 would apply. When this table was created, the system that is continuously open to the atmosphere.
logic for assignment of threshold values was primarily This table contains health-hazard materials, as
based on the use of multipliers representing a multi- defined in Section 202.
ple increase of the basic tabular values shown in While the materials listed in this table are consid-
Table 5003.1.1(1). In the first draft of the code, this ered health hazards, some of the materials may also
table limited the MAQ of gaseous and liquefied flam- possess physical-hazard characteristics, as defined
mable gases to 1,500 cubic feet (42 m3) and 15 gal- in Section 202. The MAQs per outdoor control area
lons (57 L), respectively. The result was that the listed in the table are indicative of industry practice
threshold level for liquefied flammable gases in inte- and assume the materials are properly stored and
rior areas was greater than that allowed for the same handled in accordance with the code. These materi-
commodity when stored in outdoor areas. Assuming als, while indeed hazardous, are primarily considered
that the threshold level of 30 gallons (114 L) for a handling problem and do not possess the same fire,
indoor areas was correct, the value of 15 gallons (57 explosion or reactivity hazard associated with other
L) shown for outdoor areas is believed to have been hazardous materials.
in error. Code change F1324-98 increased the As in Tables 5003.1.1(1) through 5003.1.1(3), a
threshold quantities for flammable and oxidizing weight unit of measure has been established for liq-
gases, as well as a number of other commodities, in uefied gas MAQs and the table has been revised to
storage in outdoor areas by a factor of 2 resulting in recognize that these materials may exist in liquid, as
the increase for liquefied flammable gases from 15 to well as gaseous form. The index system used to
30 gallons (57 to 114 L), furthering the inconsistency. establish the quantity for toxics and corrosives is
The table corrects the MAQ inconsistency for lique- based on multiples of a single 150-pound (68 kg) cyl-
fied flammable gases and, as in Table 5003.1.1(1), inder of chlorine. The index system used to establish
changes the MAQ unit of measure to units of weight the threshold quantity for highly toxic liquefied gases
rather than those of volume. This eliminates confus- is based on arsine, a highly toxic gas with a specific
ing and elaborate calculations, thereby bringing the volume of 5.0 cubic feet per pound [also see com-
code closer into harmony with the commercial envi- mentary, Table 5003.1.1(1)].
ronment. The index system used to obtain a unit of Note b clearly indicates that the aggregate quantity
measure for weight is based on multiples for a single of hazardous materials in use and storage within a
150-pound (68 kg) cylinder of butane for flammable given outdoor control area cannot exceed the quan-
gases and a single 150-pound (68 kg) cylinder for tity listed in the table for storage.
chlorine. The row for oxidizing gases provides consis- Note c provides an exception when the amount of
tency and correlates in concept with conversion to a hazardous material in outdoor storage in conjunction
weight basis [also see commentary, Table with a retail or wholesale Group M occupancy meets
5003.1.1(1)]. the requirements of Section 5003.11. The outside
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
®
storage area must be under the same ownership as 5003.2.1 Design and construction of containers, cylinders
the Group M occupancy. and tanks. Containers, cylinders and tanks shall be designed
Note d of the table is significant in that, for certain and constructed in accordance with approved standards. Con-
materials, the hazard is so great that their MAQ may tainers, cylinders, tanks and other means used for contain-
be stored only when approved exhausted enclosures ment of hazardous materials shall be of an approved type.
or gas cabinets complying with Sections 5003.8.5 Pressure vessels not meeting DOTn requirements for trans-
and 5003.8.6, respectively, or laboratory fume hoods portation shall comply with the ASME Boiler and Pressure
are utilized. Vessel Code.
Note e states that when toxic liquids with a vapor  This section sets forth requirements for the construc-
pressure in excess of 1 psia (7 kPa) at 77°F (25°C) tion of containers, cylinders and tanks used for the
are stored, the MAQ is limited to the amount listed for storage of hazardous materials. It requires that pres-
highly toxic materials. sure vessels be constructed in accordance with the
5003.1.2 Conversion. Where quantities are indicated in ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (BPVC)
pounds and where the weight per gallon of the liquid is not where hazardous materials are stored, used or han-
provided to the fire code official, a conversion factor of 10 dled inside of vessels designed to be operated at
pounds per gallon (1.2 kg/L) shall be used. pressures greater than 15 pounds per square inch
 If the weight of a liquid is not given either in the gauge (psig) (103.4 kPa). This is consistent with the
MSDS or in other documentation on the material, the requirements for pressure vessels used for other than
fire code official is allowed to use a conversion rate of hazardous materials purposes, as set forth in Section
10 pounds of liquid to 1 gallon of material (Note: 1 1003.1 of the IMC.
U.S. gallon = 0.1336805 cubic foot). The reference to the BPVC is in response to an
incident investigated by the United States Chemical
5003.1.3 Quantities not exceeding the maximum allowable Safety Board (USCSB) involving an improperly modi-
quantity per control area. The storage, use and handling of fied pressure vessel at the Marcus Oil Company in
hazardous materials in quantities not exceeding the maximum Houston, Texas. The 12-foot-diameter (305 mm), 50-
allowable quantity per control area indicated in Tables foot-long (15 240 mm) pressure vessel, which had an
5003.1.1(1) through 5003.1.1(4) shall be in accordance with empty weight of approximately 50,000 pounds (22
Sections 5001 and 5003. 680 kg), lacked any evidence of being constructed in
 See the commentary to Section 5003.1.1. accordance with the BPVC. The pressure vessel was
5003.1.4 Quantities exceeding the maximum allowable not equipped with a pressure relief device. The pres-
quantity per control area. The storage and use of hazardous sure vessel was modified by the company by using
materials in quantities exceeding the maximum allowable an oxygen-acetylene torch to add a steam line that
quantity per control area indicated in Tables 5003.1.1(1) was used to melt polyethylene wax. The cut section
through 5003.1.1(4) shall be in accordance with this chapter. of the head was reinstalled and welded into place by
welders who were not qualified to perform work on
 Once the amounts of chemicals exceed the maxi- pressure vessels. After the vessel was modified, it
mum allowed in Tables 5003.1.1(1) through was not subjected to a hydrostatic pressure test to
5003.1.1(4) per control area, the area or building is determine if it would remain closed when subjected to
considered a hazardous occupancy and must meet its operating pressure.
the general requirements and specific requirements The vessel was returned to service and was pres-
in both the code and the IBC, based on the chemicals surized by a nitrogen/air mixture while heating the
being used. polyethylene wax at a temperature of 300°F (149°C).
5003.2 Systems, equipment and processes. Systems, equip- On the day of the incident, the vessel catastrophically
ment and processes utilized for storage, dispensing, use or failed and was propelled more than 150 feet (45 720
handling of hazardous materials shall be in accordance with mm) into an adjacent business. A 900-pound (408 kg)
Sections 5003.2.1 through 5003.2.8. section of the vessel was propelled 900 feet (274 m)
 Devices used in the process and storage or dispens- away and a 2-pound (0.9 kg) steel plate was found in
ing of hazardous materials are to meet the require- the front yard of a residence one-quarter mile from
ments of Sections 5003.1 through 5003.2.8. the explosion. Shattered glass and building structural
damage occurred one-quarter mile away from the
explosion.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
50-16 Code Council

TABLE 5003.1.1(1)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER CONTROL AREA OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS POSING A PHYSICAL HAZARDa, j, m, n, p
Copyright International2015
GROUP WHEN STORAGEb USE-CLOSED SYSTEMSb USE-OPEN SYSTEMSb
Code Council
THE MAXIMUM
MATERIAL CLASS ALLOWABLE Solid Liquid Gas Solid Liquid Gas Solid Liquid
QUANTITY IS pounds gallons (cubic feet pounds gallons (cubic feet pounds gallons
EXCEEDED (cubic feet) (pounds) at NTP) (cubic feet) (pounds) at NTP) (cubic feet) (pounds)
Combustible
NA H-2 See Note q NA NA See Note q NA NA See Note q NA
dust
INTERNATIONAL
Combustible Loose (100) (100) (20)
H-3 NA NA NA NA NA
fibersg Baledo (1,000) (1,000) (200)
d,e d
II H-2 or H-3 120 120 30d
Combustible
IIIA H-2 or H-3 NA 330d, e NA NA 330d NA NA 80d
liquidc, i
IIIB NA 13,200e, f 13,200f 3,300f
Consumer
1.4G H-3 125 e, l NA NA NA NA NA NA NA
fireworks
Cryogenic
NA H-2 NA 45d NA NA 45d NA NA 10d
Flammable
FIRE CODE® COMMENTARY

Cryogenic
NA NA NA NA NL NA NA NL NA NA
Inert
Cryogenic
NA H-3 NA 45d NA NA 45d NA NA 10d
Oxidizing
Division 1.1 H-1 1e, g (1)e, g 0.25g (0.25)g 0.25g (0.25)g
Division 1.2 H-1 1e, g (1)e, g 0.25g (0.25)g 0.25g (0.25)g
Division 1.3 H-1 or H-2 5e, g (5)e, g 1g (1)g 1g (1)g
Explosives Division 1.4 H-3 50e, g (50)e, g NA 50g (50)g NA NA NA
Division 1.4G H-3 125d, e, l NA NA NA NA NA
Division 1.5 H-1 1e, g (1)e,g 0.25g (0.25)g 0.25g (0.25)g
Division 1.6 H-1 1e, g NA NA NA NA NA
Flammable Gaseous NA 1,000d, e NA 1,000d, e
H-2 NA NA NA NA
gas Liquefied (150)d, e NA (150)d, e NA
IA H-2 30d, e 30d 10d
Flammable
or NA NA NA NA NA
liquidc
IB and IC H-3 120d, e 120d 30d
Flammable
H-2
liquid,
NA or NA 120d, e, h NA NA 120d, h NA NA 30d, h
combination
H-3
(IA, IB, IC)
Flammable
NA H-3 125d, e NA NA 125d NA NA 25d NA
solid
(continued)
50-17
TABLE 5003.1.1(1)—continued
Copyright International
GROUP WHEN STORAGEb USE-CLOSED SYSTEMSb USE-OPEN SYSTEMSb
THE MAXIMUM
MATERIAL CLASS ALLOWABLE Solid Liquid Gas Solid Liquid Gas Solid Liquid
QUANTITY IS pounds gallons (cubic feet pounds gallons (cubic feet pounds gallons
50-18 Code Council

EXCEEDED (cubic feet) (pounds) at NTP) (cubic feet) (pounds) at NTP) (cubic feet) (pounds)
Gaseous NA NA NA NL NA NA NL NA NA
Inert Gas
Liquefied NA NA NA NL NA NA NL NA NA ¬
UD H-1 1e, g (1)e, g 0.25g (0.25)g 0.25g (0.25)g
I H-2 5d, e (5)d, e 1d (1)d 1d (1)d
II H-3 50d, e (50)d, e 50d (50)d 10d (10)d
Organic peroxide NA NA
III H-3 125d, e (125)d, e 125d (125)d 25d (25)d
IV NA NL NL NL NL NL NL
V NA NL NL NL NL NL NL
4 H-1 1g (1)e, g 0.25g (0.25)g 0.25g (0.25)g
3k H-2 or H-3 10d, e (10)d, e 2d (2)d 2d (2)d
Oxidizer NA NA
2 H-3 250d, e (250)d, e 250d (250)d 50d (50)d
1 NA 4,000e,f (4,000)e,f 4,000f (4,000)f 1,000f (1,000)f
Gaseous NA 1,500d, e NA 1,500d, e

Oxidizing gas H-3 NA NA NA NA
Liquefied (150)d, e NA (150)d, e NA
e, g e, g e, g g g e, g
Pyrophoric NA H-2 4 (4) 50 1 (1) 10 0 0
e, g e, g e, g g g e, g g
4 H-1 1 (1) 10 0.25 (0.25) 2 0.25 (0.25)g
3 H-1 or H-2 5d, e (5)d, e 50d, e 1d (1)d 10d, e 1d (1)d
Unstable (reactive)
2 H-3 50d, e (50)d, e 750d, e 50d (50)d 750d, e 10d (10)d
1 NA NL NL NL NL NL NL NL NL
3 H-2 5d,e (5)d, e 5d (5)d 1d (1)d
Water reactive 2 H-3 50d, e (50)d, e NA 50d (50)d NA 10d (10)d
1 NA NL NL NL NL NL NL
For SI: 1 cubic foot = 0.02832 m3, 1 pound = 0.454 kg, 1 gallon = 3.785 L.
NA = Not Applicable, NL = Not Limited, UD = Unclassified Detonable.
a. For use of control areas, see Section 5003.8.3.
b. The aggregate quantity in use and storage shall not exceed the quantity listed for storage.
c. The quantities of alcoholic beverages in retail and wholesale sales occupancies shall not be limited providing the liquids are packaged in individual containers not exceeding 1.3 gallons. In retail and
wholesale sales occupancies, the quantities of medicines, foodstuff or consumer products and cosmetics containing not more than 50 percent by volume of water-miscible liquids with the remainder of the
solutions not being flammable shall not be limited, provided that such materials are packaged in individual containers not exceeding 1.3 gallons.
d. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent in buildings equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. Where Note e also applies,
the increase for both notes shall be applied accumulatively.
(continued)
2015 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE® COMMENTARY

--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
TABLE 5003.1.1(1)—continued
Code Council
e. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent where stored in approved storage cabinets, day boxes, gas cabinets, gas rooms, exhausted enclosures or in listed safety cans in accordance with
Section 5003.9.10. Where Note d also applies, the increase for both notes shall be applied accumulatively.
f. Quantities shall not be limited in a building equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
g. Allowed only in buildings equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system.
h. Containing not more than the maximum allowable quantity per control area of Class IA, Class IB or Class IC flammable liquids.
INTERNATIONAL
i. The maximum allowable quantity shall not apply to fuel oil storage complying with Section 603.3.2.
j. Quantities in parenthesis indicate quantity units in parenthesis at the head of each column.
k. A maximum quantity of 200 pounds of solid or 20 gallons of liquid Class 3 oxidizers is allowed where such materials are necessary for maintenance purposes, operation or sanitation of equipment where the
storage containers and the manner of storage are approved.
l. Net weight of pyrotechnic composition of the fireworks. Where the net weight of the pyrotechnic composition of the fireworks is not known, 25 percent of the gross weight of the fireworks including
packaging shall be used.
m.For gallons of liquids, divide the amount in pounds by 10 in accordance with Section 5003.1.2.
n. For storage and display quantities in Group M and storage quantities in Group S occupancies complying with Section 5003.11, see Table 5003.11.1.
o. Densely-packed baled cotton that complies with the packing requirements of ISO 8115 shall not be included in this material class.
p. The following shall not be included in determining the maximum allowable quantities:
1. Liquid or gaseous fuel in fuel tanks on vehicles.

2. Liquid or gaseous fuel in fuel tanks on motorized equipment operated in accordance with this code.
3. Gaseous fuels in piping systems and fixed appliances regulated by the International Fuel Gas Code.
4. Liquid fuels in piping systems and fixed appliances, regulated by the International Mechanical Code.
5. Alcohol-based hand rubs classified as Class I or II liquids in dispensers that are installed in accordance with Sections 5705.5 and 5705.5.1. The location of the alcohol-based hand rub (ABHR) dispensers
shall be provided in the construction documents.
q. Where manufactured, generated or used in such a manner that the concentration and conditions create a fire or explosion hazard based on information prepared in accordance with Section 104.7.2.
50-19
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
TABLE 5003.1.1(2)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER CONTROL AREA OF HAZARDOUS MATERIAL POSING A HEALTH HAZARDa, c, f, h, i
STORAGEb USE-CLOSED SYSTEMSb USE-OPEN SYSTEMSb
MATERIAL Liquid gallons Gas cubic feet at NTP Liquid gallons Gas cubic feet at NTP Liquid gallons
Solid poundsd, e Solid poundsd Solid poundsd
(pounds)d, e (pounds)d (pounds)d (pounds)d (pounds)d
50-20 Code Council

Gaseous 810e Gaseous 810e
Corrosives 5,000 500 5,000 500 1,000 100
Liquefied (150) Liquefied (150)
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Gaseous 20g Gaseous 20g
Highly Toxics 10 (10) 10 (10) 3 (3)
Liquefied (4)g Liquified (4)g
Gaseous 810e Gaseous 810e
Toxics 500 (500) 500 (500) 125 (125)
Liquefied (150)e Liquefied (150)e
For SI: 1 cubic foot = 0.02832 m3, 1 pound = 0.454 kg, 1 gallon = 3.785 L.
a. For use of control areas, see Section 5003.8.3.
b. The aggregate quantity in use and storage shall not exceed the quantity listed for storage.
c. In retail and wholesale sales occupancies, the quantities of medicines, foodstuff or consumer products and cosmetics, containing not more than 50 percent by volume of water-miscible liquids and with the
remainder of the solutions not being flammable, shall not be limited, provided that such materials are packaged in individual containers not exceeding 1.3 gallons.
d. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent in buildings equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. Where Note e also applies,
the increase for both notes shall be applied accumulatively.

e. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent where stored in approved storage cabinets, gas cabinets or exhausted enclosures. Where Note d also applies, the increase for both notes shall be
applied accumulatively.
f. For storage and display quantities in Group M and storage quantities in Group S occupancies complying with Section 5003.11, see Table 5003.11.1.
g. Allowed only where stored in approved exhausted gas cabinets or exhausted enclosures.
h. Quantities in parentheses indicate quantity units in parentheses at the head of each column.
i. For gallons of liquids, divide the amount in pounds by 10 in accordance with Section 5003.1.2.

TABLE 5003.1.1(3)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER CONTROL AREA OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS POSING A PHYSICAL HAZARD IN AN OUTDOOR CONTROL AREAa, b, c, d
STORAGEb USE-CLOSED SYSTEMSb USE-OPEN SYSTEMSb
Code Council
MATERIAL CLASS Solid pounds Liquid gallons Solid pounds Liquid gallons Solid pounds Liquid gallons
Gas cubic feet at NTP Gas cubic feet at NTP
(cubic feet) (pounds)d (cubic feet) (pounds)d (cubic feet) (pounds)d
Gaseous Not Applicable 3,000 Not Applicable 1,500

Flammable gas Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable
Liquefied (300) Not Applicable (150) Not Applicable
INTERNATIONAL
Flammable solid Not Applicable 500 Not Applicable Not Applicable 250 Not Applicable Not Applicable 50 Not Applicable
Inert Gas Gaseous Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Limited Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Limited Not Applicable Not Applicable
Liquefied Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Limited Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Limited Not Applicable Not Applicable
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Cryogenic inert Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Limited Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Limited Not Applicable Not Applicable
Unclassified
Organic peroxide 1 (1) Not Applicable 0.25 (0.25) Not Applicable 0.25 (0.25)
Detonable
I 20 (20) 10 (10) 2 (2)
II 200 (200) 100 (100) 20 (20)
Not Not
Organic peroxide III 500 (500) 250 (250) 50 (50)
Applicable Applicable

IV 1,000 (1,000) 500 (500) 100 (100)
V Not Limited Not Limited Not Limited Not Limited Not Limited Not Limited
4 2 (2) 1 (1) 0.25 (0.25)
3 40 (40) Not 20 (20) Not 4 (4)
Oxidizer
2 1,000 (1,000) Applicable 500 (500) Applicable 100 (100)
1 Not Limited Not Limited Not Limited Not Limited Not Limited Not Limited
Gaseous Not Not Applicable 6,000 Not Not Applicable 1,500 Not Not
Oxidizing gas
Liquefied Applicable (600) Not Applicable Applicable (300) Not Applicable Applicable Applicable
Pyrophoric Not
8 (8) 100 4 (4) 10 0 0
materials Applicable
4 2 (2) 20 1 (1) 2 0.25 (0.25)
Unstable 3 20 (20) 200 10 (10) 10 1 (1)
(reactive) 2 200 (200) 1,000 100 (100) 250 10 (10)
1 Not Limited Not Limited 1,500 Not Limited Not Limited Not Limited Not Limited Not Limited
3 20 (20) 10 (10) 1 (1)
Not Not
Water reactive 2 200 (200) 100 (100) 10 (10)
1 Not Limited Not Limited Not Limited Not Limited Not Limited Not Limited
For SI: 1 pound = 0.454 kg, 1 gallon = 3.785 L, 1 cubic foot = 0.02832 m3.
a. For gallons of liquids, divide the amount in pounds by 10 in accordance with Section 5003.1.2.
b. The aggregate quantities in storage and use shall not exceed the quantity listed for storage.
c. The aggregate quantity of nonflammable solid and nonflammable or noncombustible liquid hazardous materials allowed in outdoor storage per single property under the same ownership or control used for
retail or wholesale sales is allowed to exceed the maximum allowable quantity per control area where such storage is in accordance with Section 5003.11.
d. Quantities in parentheses indicate quantity units in parentheses at the head of each column.
50-21
TABLE 5003.1.1(4)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER CONTROL AREA OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS POSING A HEALTH HAZARD IN AN OUTDOOR CONTROL AREAa, b, c, f
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`--- STORAGE USE-CLOSED SYSTEMS USE-OPEN SYSTEMS
MATERIAL Liquid gallons Gas cubic feet at NTP Liquid gallons Gas cubic feet at NTP Liquid gallons
Solid pounds Solid pounds Solid pounds
(pounds) (pounds) (pounds) (pounds) (pounds)
50-22 Code Council

Gaseous 1,620 Gaseous 810
Corrosives 20,000 2,000 10,000 1,000 1,000 100
Gaseous 40d Gaseous 20d
Highly toxics 20 (20) 10 (10) 3 (3)
Liquefied (8)d Liquefied (4)d
Gaseous 1,620 Gaseous 810
Toxics 1,000 (l,000)e 500 50e 125 (125)e
For SI: 1 cubic foot = 0.02832 m3, 1 pound = 0.454 kg, 1 gallon = 3.785 L, 1 pound per square inch absolute = 6.895 kPa,°C = [(°F)-32/1.8].
a. For gallons of liquids, divide the amount in pounds by 10 in accordance with Section 5003.1.2.
b. The aggregate quantities in storage and use shall not exceed the quantity listed for storage.
c. The aggregate quantity of nonflammable solid and nonflammable or noncombustible liquid hazardous materials allowed in outdoor storage per single property under the same ownership or control used for
retail or wholesale sales is allowed to exceed the maximum allowable quantity per control area where such storage is in accordance with Section 5003.11.
d. Allowed only where used in approved exhausted gas cabinets, exhausted enclosures or under fume hoods.
e. The maximum allowable quantity per control area for toxic liquids with vapor pressures in excess of 1 psia at 77°F shall be the maximum allowable quantity per control area listed for highly toxic liquids.
f. Quantities in parentheses indicate quantity units in parentheses at the head of each column.

5003.2.2 Piping, tubing, valves and fittings. Piping, tubing, bulk source, the excess flow control shall be located as close
valves, and fittings conveying hazardous materials shall be to the bulk source as practical.
designed and installed in accordance with ASME B31 or Exceptions:
other approved standards, and shall be in accordance with
Sections 5003.2.2.1 and 5003.2.2.2. 1. Piping for inlet connections designed to prevent
backflow.
 The design and construction of piping, tubing, valves
and fittings must meet the requirements listed in 2. Piping for pressure relief devices.
Chapters 50 through 67, and the referenced standard  This section specifies minimum design requirements
or other approved standards acceptable to the fire for any piping system handling hazardous materials.
code official. ASME B31 is the primary code for pres- All associated piping, valves and fittings should also
sure piping. It is divided into nine sections, each regu- be compatible with the material to be used. As may
lating a different type of piping, and it has detailed be required by industry standards and OSHA regula-
requirements for installation, inspection and testing. tions, piping and tubing conveying hazardous materi-
Including ASME B31 in this general section on haz- als must be properly identified. Identification could
ardous material piping will assist designers in refer- include color-coded piping and permanent labeling on
encing the correct standard in project specifications. the piping and tubing. The method of operation of
5003.2.2.1 Design and construction. Piping, tubing, valves, accessible manual shutoff valves must be identified
fittings and related components used for hazardous materials as to what they control, as well. Backflow protection
shall be in accordance with the following: must be provided as necessary to protect potable
water supplies and the environment, as required by
1. Piping, tubing, valves, fittings and related components local health departments, environmental agencies
shall be designed and fabricated from materials that are and fire code officials. This section mandates that a
compatible with the material to be contained and shall means of leak detection and either an emergency
be of adequate strength and durability to withstand the shutoff valve or excess flow control are to be pro-
pressure, structural and seismic stress and exposure to vided.
which they are subject.
5003.2.2.2 Additional regulations for supply piping for
2. Piping and tubing shall be identified in accordance with health-hazard materials. Supply piping and tubing for gases
ASME A13.1 to indicate the material conveyed. and liquids having a health-hazard ranking of 3 or 4 in accor-
3. Readily accessible manual valves or automatic dance with NFPA 704 shall be in accordance with ASME
remotely activated fail-safe emergency shutoff valves B31.3 and the following:
shall be installed on supply piping and tubing at the fol- 1. Piping and tubing utilized for the transmission of
lowing locations: highly toxic, toxic or highly volatile corrosive liquids
3.1. The point of use. and gases shall have welded, threaded or flanged con-
3.2. The tank, cylinder or bulk source. nections throughout except for connections located
within a ventilated enclosure if the material is a gas, or
4. Manual emergency shutoff valves and controls for an approved method of drainage or containment is pro-
remotely activated emergency shutoff valves shall be vided for connections if the material is a liquid.
identified and the location shall be clearly visible,
accessible and indicated by means of a sign. 2. Piping and tubing shall not be located within corridors,
within any portion of a means of egress required to be
5. Backflow prevention or check valves shall be provided enclosed in fire-resistance-rated construction or in con-
where the backflow of hazardous materials could create cealed spaces in areas not classified as Group H occu-
a hazardous condition or cause the unauthorized dis- pancies.
charge of hazardous materials.
Exception: Piping and tubing within the space defined by
6. Where gases or liquids having a hazard ranking of: the walls of corridors and the floor or roof above or in
Health Class 3 or 4 concealed spaces above other occupancies where installed
Flammability Class 4 in accordance with Section 415.11.6.4 of the International
Instability Class 3 or 4 Building Code for Group H-5 occupancies.
in accordance with NFPA 704 are carried in pressurized  Requirements of this section are dependent on
piping above 15 pounds per square inch gauge (psig) (103 whether the hazardous material involved has a
kPa), an approved means of leak detection and emergency health-hazard ranking of 3 or 4 based on the hazard
shutoff or excess flow control shall be provided. Where the classification system in NFPA 704. This section is not
piping originates from within a hazardous material storage applicable to materials with a flammability or reactiv-
room or area, the excess flow control shall be located within ity rating of 3 or 4; rather, it addresses piping systems
the storage room or area. Where the piping originates from a handling highly toxic or toxic liquids and gases.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Leaks or piping failures are most common around required to comply with location and protection require-
threaded connections in the piping or tubing. There- ments for outdoor storage.
fore, a means of containment is required around con-  Requirements for above-ground tanks depend on the
nections unless metallic piping or tubing with welded hazards associated with the material being stored.
connections is used. Tank requirements can be found in Sections 2306,
Hazardous material piping may not be located in an 5404 and 5704.2. The exception allows the use of an
exit access corridor, exit or areas not classified as above-ground tank in a below-grade tank vault in lieu
high hazard so that the required means of egress are of an underground tank. Installation of a tank in a
available. The exception in this section recognizes vault is regarded as equivalent in safety to an under-
specific design provisions for existing hazardous pro- ground tank by Chapter 57, and it is a superior
duction materials facilities, which commonly transport method with regard to environmental safety. When
hazardous materials through service passages or such an installation is provided, requirements for
corridors. Also required are excess-flow control location on site and similar provisions should be
valves (to regulate the rate of flow of hazardous regarded as an underground installation.
materials within the piping system) and emergency
shutoff valves (to stop the flow of hazardous materi- 5003.2.4.2.1 Marking. Above-ground stationary tanks shall
als from possibly deteriorating further in an emer- be marked as required by Section 5003.5.
gency scenario).  This section requires that NFPA 704 hazard identifi-
5003.2.3 Equipment, machinery and alarms. Equipment, cation signs in accordance with Section 5003.5 be
machinery and required detection and alarm systems associ- provided for above-ground tanks to assist emergency
ated with the use, storage or handling of hazardous materials responders in identifying the hazards of the tanks’
shall be listed or approved. contents in case of a spill or fire incident.
 Equipment associated with the use or storage of haz- 5003.2.5 Empty containers and tanks. Empty containers
ardous materials must be listed or approved by a and tanks previously used for the storage of hazardous mate-
third-party testing agency. rials shall be free from residual material and vapor as defined
by DOTn, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
5003.2.4 Installation of tanks. Installation of tanks shall be (RCRA) or other regulating authority or maintained as speci-
in accordance with Sections 5003.2.4.1 through 5003.2.4.2.1. fied for the storage of hazardous material.
 The installation of tanks shall be in accordance with  Tanks must be purged and cleaned of all residual
Chapter 57, the referenced standards in Chapter 80 hazardous chemicals before reuse for storage. Con-
and Sections 5003.2.4.1 through 5003.2.4.2.1. tainers and tanks that have not been cleaned must be
5003.2.4.1 Underground tanks. Underground tanks used for stored in areas meeting the requirements for a haz-
the storage of liquid hazardous materials shall be provided ardous use area. Under the Resource Conservation
with secondary containment. In lieu of providing secondary and Recovery Act (RCRA), the EPA issues “cradle-
containment for an underground tank, an above-ground tank to-grave” regulations for storing, using and disposing
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
in an underground vault complying with Section 5704.2.8 of hazardous waste. The act, enacted by Congress in
shall be permitted. 1976, established a uniform national policy for haz-
 This section requires that all new underground tanks ardous and solid waste disposal. This section
for the storage of hazardous materials comply with requires that containers, cylinders and tanks, if still in
applicable code requirements regarding the hazard- use, either be properly maintained as required or
ous material in the tank. Secondary containment pro- comply with the EPA or other state and local environ-
vides an additional measure of confining hazardous mental regulations.
materials at their point of generation in case of a tank 5003.2.6 Maintenance. In addition to the requirements of
failure. As an alternative to providing secondary con- Section 5003.2.3, equipment, machinery and required detec-
tainment, an above-ground tank installed in an under- tion and alarm systems associated with hazardous materials
ground vault for flammable or combustible liquids in shall be maintained in an operable condition. Defective con-
accordance with Section 5704.2.8 is allowed as being tainers, cylinders and tanks shall be removed from service,
equivalent. Note that the requirement for secondary repaired or disposed of in an approved manner. Defective
containment is a general requirement subject to the equipment or machinery shall be removed from service and
limitations and exclusions of Section 5001.1. repaired or replaced. Required detection and alarm systems
5003.2.4.2 Above-ground tanks. Above-ground stationary shall be replaced or repaired where defective.
tanks used for the storage of hazardous materials shall be  Equipment, machinery and required detection and
located and protected in accordance with the requirements for alarm equipment must be maintained in an operable
outdoor storage of the particular material involved. condition at all times.
Exception: Above-ground tanks that are installed in vaults 5003.2.6.1 Tanks out of service for 90 days. Stationary
complying with Section 5303.16 or 5704.2.8 shall not be tanks not used for a period of 90 days shall be properly safe-
50-24 Code Council

guarded or removed in an approved manner. Such tanks shall tures containing highly toxic materials where the stor-
have the fill line, gauge opening and pump connection age or use exceeds the MAQ have an importance
secured against tampering. Vent lines shall be properly main- factor of 1.50.
tained. 5003.2.9 Testing. The equipment, devices and systems listed
 This section places a time limitation on out-of-service in Section 5003.2.9.1 shall be tested at the time of installation
storage tanks of hazardous materials. Within 90 and at one of the intervals listed in Section 5003.2.9.2.
days, proper steps should be taken to address any Records of the tests conducted or maintenance performed
potential hazard with the storage tank. Without a time shall be maintained in accordance with the provisions of Sec-
limitation for safeguarding the out-of-service storage tion 107.2.1.
tank, it is likely that the tank will not be properly moni- Exceptions:
tored or inspected as necessary and, consequently,
1. Periodic testing shall not be required where
the risk of the tank becoming defective increases.
approved written documentation is provided stating
Care shall be taken to prevent tampering with all
that testing will damage the equipment, device or
associated equipment. Vent lines must be kept clear
system and the equipment, device or system is main-
and be properly maintained during this time.
tained as specified by the manufacturer.
5003.2.6.1.1 Return to service. Tanks that are to be placed
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
back in service shall be tested in an approved manner. 2. Periodic testing shall not be required for equipment,
devices and systems that fail in a fail-safe manner.
 Tanks must be tested as a new installation before
3. Periodic testing shall not be required for equipment,
being placed back in service.
devices and systems that self-diagnose and report
5003.2.6.2 Defective containers and tanks. Defective con- trouble. Records of the self-diagnosis and trouble
tainers and tanks shall be removed from service, repaired in reporting shall be made available to the fire code
accordance with approved standards or disposed of in an official.
approved manner.
4. Periodic testing shall not be required if system acti-
 Damaged containers, cylinders and tanks pose the vation occurs during the required test cycle for the
potential hazard of content release. Care must be components activated during the test cycle.
taken to determine that disposal does not present a
greater hazard than the damaged container, cylinder 5. Approved maintenance in accordance with Section
or tank. 5003.2.6 that is performed not less than annually or
Small containers usually cannot be repaired easily. in accordance with an approved schedule shall be
Large containers and fixed tank installations often allowed to meet the testing requirements set forth in
cannot be easily replaced and must be repaired. Sections 5003.2.9.1 and 5003.2.9.2.
Temporary storage of hazardous materials during  This section establishes that the critical life safety and
container repair must comply with code requirements. property protection systems and equipment listed in
5003.2.7 Liquid-level limit control. Atmospheric tanks hav- Section 5003.2.9.1 associated with the storage, han-
ing a capacity greater than 500 gallons (1893 L) and that con- dling and use of hazardous materials must undergo
tain hazardous material liquids shall be equipped with a regular, documented maintenance to verify that they
liquid-level limit control or other approved means to prevent will perform as designed when needed. The section
overfilling of the tank. also requires that, as with any other safeguard
required by the code, maintenance records must be
 Overfilling of tanks has been a problem over the maintained and be available to the fire code official
years. This section requires atmospheric tanks with a (see commentary, Section 107.2).
capacity greater than 500 gallons (1893 L) containing Exception 1 recognizes that certain equipment,
hazardous materials to be equipped with an devices or systems are designed to function when
approved method of fill control. needed but could be damaged by periodic testing.
5003.2.8 Seismic protection. Machinery and equipment uti- This fact must be documented in writing by an author-
lizing hazardous materials shall be braced and anchored in ity on the equipment, device or system that is accept-
accordance with the seismic design requirements of the Inter- able to the fire code official. This would most likely be
national Building Code for the seismic design category in the equipment, device or system manufacturer since
which the machinery or equipment is classified. it is most familiar with its product. In addition to the
 In areas listed in IBC Chapter 16 as requiring seismic written documentation, the manufacturer’s mainte-
protection, machinery and equipment containing haz- nance specifications must be followed in order to take
ardous materials must be protected against seismic this exception.
activity. The IBC assigns importance factors in classi- Exception 2 recognizes that some equipment,
fying buildings. Buildings containing sufficient quanti- devices or systems are designed with a feature for
ties of toxic or explosive substances that are automatically counteracting the effect of an antici-
considered to be dangerous to the public if release pated failure and eliminating or mitigating a hazard-
occurs carry an importance factor of 1.25 and struc- ous condition caused by that failure by compensating
for it. The term “fail-safe” is defined in Chapter 2.

Exception 3 recognizes the reliability of technology code official determines that listing is required, the
that allows equipment, devices or systems to self- choice of testing frequency must be correlated with
monitor, diagnose and report any problems that could the manufacturer’s testing requirements, which are
lead to a failure. Many fire alarm systems have this often included as an integral part of the listing of the
capability. In order to take the exception, records of product.
the self-diagnosis and reporting must be kept and be 5003.3 Release of hazardous materials. Hazardous materi-
available to the fire code official in accordance with als in any quantity shall not be released into a sewer, storm
Section 107.2.1. drain, ditch, drainage canal, creek, stream, river, lake or tidal
Exception 4 states that, in the unlikely (but possi- waterway or on the ground, sidewalk, street, highway or into
ble) event that an actual activation of the equipment, the atmosphere.
device or system occurs during a scheduled test of
the equipment, device or system, the actual activa- Exceptions:
tion can be accepted in lieu of the scheduled test of 1. The release or emission of hazardous materials is
the affected components. allowed where in compliance with federal, state or
Exception 5 states that the maintenance required local governmental agencies, regulations or permits.
by Section 5003.2.6 of equipment, devices or sys-
tems can be conducted in accordance with Section 2. The release of pesticides is allowed where used in
5003.2.9.2, Item 1 or 4. accordance with registered label directions.
5003.2.9.1 Equipment, devices and systems requiring test- 3. The release of fertilizer and soil amendments is
ing. The following equipment, systems and devices shall be allowed where used in accordance with manufac-
tested in accordance with Sections 5003.2.9 and 5003.2.9.2. turer’s specifications.
1. Gas detection systems, alarms and automatic emer-  Because of the toxic and hazardous nature of chemi-
gency shutoff valves required by Section 6004.2.2.10 cals governed by this section, no amount of release is
for highly toxic and toxic gases. allowed, unless it is in compliance with federal, state
or local regulations. The release of pesticides is
2. Limit control systems for liquid level, temperature and
allowed when they are used in compliance with the
pressure required by Sections 5003.2.7, 5004.8 and
manufacturer’s instructions. Fertilizer and soil
5005.1.4.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
amendments are also allowed when they are used as

3. Emergency alarm systems and supervision required by the manufacturer specifies.
Sections 5004.9 and 5005.4.4. 5003.3.1 Unauthorized discharges. Where hazardous mate-
4. Monitoring and supervisory systems required by Sec- rials are released in quantities reportable under state, federal
tions 5004.10 and 5005.1.6. or local regulations, the fire code official shall be notified and
5. Manually activated shutdown controls required by Sec- the following procedures required in accordance with Sec-
tion 6403.1.1.1 for compressed gas systems conveying tions 5003.3.1.1 through 5003.3.1.4.
pyrophoric gases.  As stated above, release of hazardous chemicals is
 This section lists the equipment, devices and sys- prohibited; however, when a release does occur in
tems that are subject to the provisions of Sections quantities that exceed the requirements of federal,
5003.2.9 and 5003.2.9.2. state and local regulations, the fire code official must
be notified.
5003.2.9.2 Testing frequency. The equipment, systems and
devices listed in Section 5003.2.9.1 shall be tested at one of 5003.3.1.1 Records. Records of the unauthorized discharge
the frequencies listed below: of hazardous materials by the permittee shall be maintained.
1. Not less than annually.  The amounts released, the cause of the release, con-
tainment efforts, cleanup efforts and environmental
2. In accordance with the approved manufacturer’s
requirements. impact are items that should be included in the
records submitted and kept on the incident.
3. In accordance with approved recognized industry stan-
5003.3.1.2 Preparation. Provisions shall be made for con-
dards.
trolling and mitigating unauthorized discharges.
4. In accordance with an approved schedule.
 A facility preplan for controlling and mitigating a
 This section provides a list of suggested testing fre- release is recommended. After a release, this plan
quencies for equipment, devices and systems should be immediately implemented.
required by Section 5003.2.9.1 to be tested. The
5003.3.1.3 Control. Where an unauthorized discharge caused
party responsible for compliance with the testing
by primary container failure is discovered, the involved pri-
requirements can choose one of the four testing fre-
mary container shall be repaired or removed from service.
quencies that meets its needs. Note that Section
5003.2.3 requires that equipment, devices or systems  Once the cause of the release has been determined,
associated with the storage, handling and use of haz- repair of defective equipment or changes in operating
ardous materials be listed or approved. When the fire procedures must begin immediately.
50-26 Code Council

5003.3.1.4 Responsibility for cleanup. The person, firm or • The solubility of the chemical.
corporation responsible for an unauthorized discharge shall • The IDLH.
institute and complete all actions necessary to remedy the
• The LD50.
effects of such unauthorized discharge, whether sudden or
gradual, without cost to the jurisdiction. Where deemed nec- • The NFPA 704 classification.
essary by the fire code official, cleanup can be initiated by the • Any special consideration with the chemical.
fire department or by an authorized individual or firm. Costs
associated with such cleanup shall be borne by the owner, Note that as part of OSHA’s planned conversion to the
operator or other person responsible for the unauthorized dis- Globally Harmonized System of Classification and
charge. Labeling of Chemicals (GHS/HC) by 2016, the MSDS
will be reformatted to 16 sections and renamed as
 Cleanup is the responsibility of the person, firm or “Safety Data Sheets” (SDS). The format of the new
corporation responsible for an unauthorized release. SDS is expected to include the following information:
Cleanup must begin immediately once the incident is Section 1. Identification
stable. Section 2. Hazard(s) identification
5003.4 Material Safety Data Sheets. Material Safety Data Section 3. Composition/information on ingredi-
Sheets (MSDS) shall be readily available on the premises for ents
hazardous materials regulated by this chapter. Where a haz- Section 4. First-aid measures
ardous substance is developed in a laboratory, available infor- Section 5. Fire-fighting measures
mation shall be documented. Section 6. Accidental release measures
Exception: Designated hazardous waste. Section 7. Handling and storage
Section 8. Exposure controls/personal protection
 Both the number and the diversity of industrial chemi- Section 9. Physical and chemical properties
cals are constantly increasing. The inventory of Section 10. Stability and reactivity
chemicals at modern industrial operations is some- Section 11. Toxicological information
times quite variable. These factors make accurate Section 12. Ecological information
and timely information more important to emergency Section 13. Disposal considerations
responders. This section specifies requirements for Section 14. Transport information
submitting MSDS and other emergency response Section 15. Regulatory information
information. Regardless of quantity, MSDS are Section 16. Other information, including date of
required for all hazardous materials regulated by the preparation or last revision
code, even if the intended quantities do not require a
permit or exceed the maximum quantities allowed per The purpose of the GHS/HC system is rooted in the
control area relative to a high-hazard occupancy clas- agencies that will administer the regulations, i.e.,
sification. Preincident planning is essential for build- OSHA and the United Nations. Neither agency is
ings containing hazardous materials, regardless of exclusively focused on emergency responder notifi-
quantity. See the commentary to the definition of cations but, rather, they focus on worker/workplace
“Material safety data sheet” in Section 202. regulations and global transportation and shipping of
The exception recognizes that the information con- hazardous materials.
tained in the Uniform Hazardous Waste Manifest 5003.5 Hazard identification signs. Unless otherwise
(EPA Form 870022A) required by DOTn 49 CFR reg- exempted by the fire code official, visible hazard identifica-
ulations contains sufficient information on the haz- tion signs as specified in NFPA 704 for the specific material
ards of the waste material. Because EPA shipping contained shall be placed on stationary containers and above-
rules for hazardous waste require that the manifest ground tanks and at entrances to locations where hazardous
be with the waste material at all times, the manifest materials are stored, dispensed, used or handled in quantities
serves the same purpose as an MSDS. requiring a permit and at specific entrances and locations des-
The following is the minimum information needed ignated by the fire code official.
from the MSDS to assist in determining the hazard-
 This section contains requirements for identification
ous occupancy. The special consideration area will
signage and labeling of containers with hazardous
tell when items such as emergency showers, eye
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
materials. Signs are required to alert occupants who

wash centers, acid piping and special ventilation are
may unknowingly enter an area containing hazardous
required. The MSDS will have the following informa-
materials.
tion:
The hazard identification symbol (see Commentary
• The chemical name. Figure 5003.5) is a color-coded array of four numbers
• The boiling point. or letters arranged in a diamond shape. This symbol
• The flash point. appears on the label of many chemicals acquired
from commercial vendors.
• The UFL. The blue diamond, appearing on the left side of
• The LFL.

the label, conveys health hazard information. A num- represent the special hazard. Two of the common
ber from 0 to 4 appears in the blue diamond indicat- symbols are:
ing the degree of the hazard. The higher the number,
the higher the hazard, as follows: W —The material is water reactive.
0—No hazard. OX—An oxidizing agent.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1—Can cause irritation if not treated. Some labels use the white diamond to convey per-
sonal protective equipment or engineering controls
2—Can cause injury. Requires prompt treatment. required to work with the material safely. You may
3—Can cause serious injury despite medical see a picture of gloves, safety glasses or a fume hood
treatment. in the white diamond.
NFPA hazard ratings can be found on the MSDS
4—Can cause death or major injury despite for a given chemical. Also, this symbol, or a form of
medical treatment. this symbol, often appears on the label of commercial
The red diamond, appearing at the top of the label, chemical products.
conveys flammability hazard information. Again, the 5003.5.1 Markings. Individual containers, cartons or pack-
numbers 0 to 4 are used to rate the flammability ages shall be conspicuously marked or labeled in an approved
hazard as follows: manner. Rooms or cabinets containing compressed gases
0—No hazard. shall be conspicuously labeled: COMPRESSED GAS.
1—Ignites after considerable heating.  DOTn 49 CFR requires labels on all containers, car-
2—Ignites if moderately heated. tons and packages of hazardous materials during
transportation. Many manufacturers also post com-
3—Can be ignited at all normal temperatures. prehensive labels on all containers and packages.
4—Very flammable gases or very volatile These labels often include hazard information beyond
flammable liquid. that required by DOTn 49 CFR. The international pic-
torial symbols likely to be found on these labels are
The yellow diamond, appearing on the right side shown in Commentary Figure 5003.5.1.
of the label, conveys reactivity hazard information.
The numbers 0 to 4 are used to rank reactivity
hazards as follows:
0—Normally stable. Not reactive with water.
1—Normally stable. Unstable at high
temperatures and pressure. Reacts with water. Figure 5003.5.1
2—Normally unstable but will not detonate. HAZARD SYMBOLS
3—Can detonate or explode but requires strong

initiating force or heating under confinement. 5003.6 Signs. Signs and markings required by Sections
4—Readily detonates or explodes. 5003.5 and 5003.5.1 shall not be obscured or removed, shall
be in English as a primary language or in symbols allowed by
The white diamond, appearing at the bottom of the this code, shall be durable, and the size, color and lettering
label, conveys special hazard information. This shall be approved.
information is conveyed by the use of symbols that
 Signs must be in English as the primary language, or
in symbols allowed by the code, and be made of a
durable material with the size, color and lettering
approved by the fire code official or other sections of
the I-Codes.
5003.7 Sources of ignition. Sources of ignition shall comply
with Sections 5003.7.1 through 5003.7.3.
 This section introduces the provisions for ignition
control. A form of heat is required to ignite the vapors
of flammable and combustible liquids. By limiting the
sources of ignition in the storage or use area, one can
reduce the possibility of a fire.
5003.7.1 Smoking. Smoking shall be prohibited and “No
Smoking” signs provided as follows:
1. In rooms or areas where hazardous materials are stored
Figure 5003.5 or dispensed or used in open systems in amounts requir-
HAZARD IDENTIFICATION SYMBOLS ing a permit in accordance with Section 5001.5.
50-28 Code Council

2. Within 25 feet (7620 mm) of outdoor storage, dispens- those set forth in Table 5003.8.2 shall be in detached build-
ing or open use areas. ings.
3. Facilities or areas within facilities that have been desig-  The definition of a “Detached building” is found in
nated as totally “no smoking” shall have “No Smoking” Section 202. As defined, a detached storage building
signs placed at all entrances to the facility or area. Des- is a separate single-story building, without a base-
ignated areas within such facilities where smoking is ment or crawl space, that is used for the storage of
permitted either permanently or temporarily, shall be hazardous materials and located an approved dis-
identified with signs designating that smoking is per- tance from all other structures.
mitted in these areas only. The manufacture and storage of hazardous materi-
4. In rooms or areas where flammable or combustible haz- als are frequently integrated into a single building.
ardous materials are stored, dispensed or used. Additionally, it is not unusual for certain manufactur-
ing buildings to contain multiple Group H uses where
Signs required by this section shall be in English as a pri- the threshold quantities are exceeded. Limiting the
mary language or in symbols allowed by this code and shall uses of identified hazardous materials to separate
comply with Section 310. buildings containing only Group H uses maintains the
 The four areas listed in this section, because of their intent of the code, which is to isolate large quantities
hazard characteristics, have been designated to of certain physical hazardous materials from uses
receive “No Smoking” signs, in accordance with Sec- other than those in Group H.
tion 310.
TABLE 5003.8.2. See page 50-30.
5003.7.2 Open flames. Open flames and high-temperature
 Table 5003.8.2 gives the MAQs of materials that can
devices shall not be used in a manner that creates a hazardous
be stored in Group H occupancies without detached
condition and shall be listed for use with the hazardous mate-
storage.
rials stored or used.
5003.8.3 Control areas. Control areas shall comply with
 Processes that use open flames must be installed Sections 5003.8.3.1 through 5003.8.3.5.
and safeguarded in accordance with the manufac-
 As defined in Section 202, a “Control area” is a space
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
turer’s specifications. It should be noted that a chemi-
cal that is preheated can change from a within a building where quantities of hazardous mate-
nonhazardous classification to a hazardous classifi- rials not exceeding the MAQs per control area are
cation or move from a lower hazard to a higher haz- stored, dispensed, used or handled.
ard. Safety is further enhanced by the requirement for This section, in conjunction with the MAQ tables in
devices to be listed for use in proximity to hazardous Section 5003.1, utilizes a density concept for hazard-
materials. ous materials through the use of control areas. The
intent of the control area concept is to provide an
5003.7.3 Industrial trucks. Powered industrial trucks used
alternative method for the handling of hazardous
in areas designated as hazardous (classified) locations in
materials without classifying the occupancy as Group
accordance with NFPA 70 shall be listed and labeled for use
H. In order to not be considered Group H, the amount
in the environment intended in accordance with NFPA 505.
of hazardous materials within any single control area
 Powered industrial trucks used in hazardous loca- bounded by fire barriers, horizontal assemblies, fire
tions defined in accordance with NFPA 70 must meet walls or exterior walls cannot exceed the MAQ for a
the requirements of NFPA 505 (see also Section specific material listed in Table 5003.1.1(1) or
309). 5003.1.1(2) [see Commentary Figure 5003.8.3(1)]. A
5003.8 Construction requirements. Buildings, control control area may be an entire building or a portion
areas, enclosures and cabinets for hazardous materials shall thereof. Where a building is not compartmented as
be in accordance with Sections 5003.8.1 through 5003.8.6.3. required by the code for control areas, the entire
building would be considered a single control area, in
 Both the code and the IBC have requirements for which case the entire MAQ of material from Table
construction of hazardous use areas. Each of these 5003.1.1(1) or 5003.1.1(2) located on any story
codes must be consulted for the specific and general would be subject to the limitations of Table
requirements based on the chemicals being pro- 5003.8.3.2 based on IFC Committee Interpretations
tected. 51-07 and 52-07 of the table. Note that MAQs are
5003.8.1 Buildings. Buildings, or portions thereof, in which based on the physical state, situation and hazard
hazardous materials are stored, handled or used shall be con- classification of materials and that up to the MAQ of
structed in accordance with the International Building Code. each state of each class of material is permitted in
 Buildings must meet the construction requirements of each control area, subject to material incompatibility
the IBC. Note that IBC Section 414 is a good starting issues (see Section 5003.9.8).
point for this review. As noted above, application of the control area pro-
visions is intended only as a means for a building to
5003.8.2 Required detached buildings. Group H occupan- avoid classification as Group H. It is not intended in
cies containing quantities of hazardous materials in excess of

all cases to result in adequate separation of certain a single fire incident. A fire in a single control area
hazardous materials storage. For example, a control would involve only the amount of hazardous materi-
area for the storage of flammable liquids not exceed- als in that control area, which would not exceed the
ing the MAQ indicated in Table 5003.1.1(1) and con- MAQ.
structed in accordance with these sections may 5003.8.3.2 Percentage of maximum allowable quantities.
require a fire-resistance rating of 1 hour for a building The percentage of maximum allowable quantities of hazard-
to avoid classification in Group H. However, the provi- ous materials per control area allowed at each floor level
sions of Chapter 57 or the referenced standard on within a building shall be in accordance with Table
flammable liquids, NFPA 30, may require a higher 5003.8.3.2.
fire-resistance rating to provide proper separation
based on the hazards of the flammable liquid being  See the commentary to Table 5003.8.3.2.
stored. In such a case, the provisions requiring the TABLE 5003.8.3.2. See page 50-31.
higher rating would apply.
 Table 5003.8.3.2 establishes the maximum quantity
5003.8.3.1 Construction requirements. Control areas shall of hazardous materials permitted in a building and the
be separated from each other by fire barriers constructed in required fire-resistance-rated separation for control
accordance with Section 707 of the International Building areas. The overall maximum quantity of hazardous
Code or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance materials that can be present in the entire building is
with Section 711 of the International Building Code, or both. established based on the number of permitted control
 This section requires that control areas be separated areas in Table 5003.8.3.2 and the maximum quantity
both vertically and horizontally, from one another as of materials allowed in each control area per floor.
well as the rest of the building in which they are Based on the table, the first floor level could con-
located, by the same type of construction as is used tain four control areas with up to 100 percent of the
for occupancy separations. The fire barriers and hori- MAQ of each hazardous material per control area.
zontal assemblies thus required must be constructed For example, a single control area in a one-story,
in accordance with IBC Sections 707 and 711, nonsprinklered building could contain up to 30 gal-
respectively. Requiring fire-resistance-rated compart- lons (114 L) of Class 1A flammable liquids [see Table
mentation of control areas minimizes the possibility of 5003.1.1(1)], 125 pounds (57 kg) of Class III organic
simultaneous involvement of multiple control areas in peroxides [see Table 5003.1.1(1)], 250 pounds (114
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
TABLE 5003.8.2
DETACHED BUILDING REQUIRED
A DETACHED BUILDING IS REQUIRED WHERE THE QUANTITY OF MATERIAL EXCEEDS THAT LISTED HEREIN
Material Class Solids and liquids (tons)a, b Gases (cubic feet)a, b
Division 1.1 Maximum Allowable Quantity
Explosives Division 1.4 Maximum Allowable Quantity Not Applicable
Division 1.4c 1
Oxidizers Class 4 Maximum Allowable Quantity Maximum Allowable Quantity
Unstable (reactives) detonable Class 3 or 4 Maximum Allowable Quantity Maximum Allowable Quantity
Class 3 1,200
Oxidizer, liquids and solids Not Applicable
Class 2 2,000
Detonable Maximum Allowable Quantity
Class I Maximum Allowable Quantity
Organic peroxides Not Applicable
Class II 25
Class III 50
Class 3 1 2,000
Unstable (reactives) nondetonable
Class 2 25 10,000
Class 3 1
Water reactives Not Applicable
Class 2 25
Pyrophoric gases Not Applicable Not Applicable 2,000
For SI: 1 pound = 0.454 kg, 1 cubic foot = 0.02832 m3, 1 ton = 2000 lbs. = 907.2 kg.
a. For materials that are detonable, the distance to other buildings or lot lines shall be as specified in the International Building Code. For materials classified as
explosives, the required separation distances shall be as specified in Chapter 56.
b. “Maximum Allowable Quantity” means the maximum allowable quantity per control area set forth in Table 5003.1.1(1).
c. Limited to Division 1.4 materials and articles, including articles packaged for shipment, that are not regulated as an explosive under Bureau of Alcohol,
Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives regulations, or unpackaged articles used in process operations that do not propagate a detonation or deflagration between
articles, providing the net explosive weight of individual articles does not exceed 1 pound.
50-30 Code Council

kg) of Class 2 oxidizers [see Table 5003.1.1(1)] and various portions of the building. Without control
500 gallons (1892 L) of corrosive liquids [see Table areas, the MAQ for a hazardous material would be
5003.1.1(2)]. These quantities could be contained in limited to an entire building area regardless of the
four different control areas if they are separated from overall size or height of the building. For example, if
one another by a minimum 1-hour fire-resistance- control areas are not used, a 50,000-square-foot
rated fire barrier. (4645 m2) multistory building would be limited to the
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The amount of hazardous materials per control same MAQ of hazardous materials as a single-story
area and the number of control areas per floor are building of 5,000 square feet (465 m2), subject to the
reduced if hazardous materials are stored or used per-floor limitations of the table based on IFC Com-
above the first floor. Difficulty in gaining access for mittee Interpretations of Chapter 50.
fire fighting or other emergency response purposes Note a clarifies that the MAQ is based on Table
and potential hazard to building occupants who must 5003.1.1(1) or 5003.1.1(2) including the increases
egress that area are increased above the first floor. allowed by an automatic sprinkler system in accor-
The use of control areas on upper floors can be dance with NFPA 13, approved hazardous material
advantageous for multistory research and laboratory- storage cabinets or both where applicable.
type facilities that often have a functional need to use Note b clarifies the fire barrier separation needed to
limited amounts of hazardous materials throughout establish the boundaries of the control, area that
TABLE 5003.8.3.2
DESIGN AND NUMBER OF CONTROL AREAS
PERCENTAGE OF THE MAXIMUM
NUMBER OF CONTROL FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING FOR
FLOOR LEVEL ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER CON-
AREAS PER FLOOR FIRE BARRIERS IN HOURSb
TROL AREAa
Higher than 9 5 1 2
7-9 5 2 2
6 12.5 2 2
5 12.5 2 2
Above grade plane
4 12.5 2 2
3 50 2 1
2 75 3 1
1 100 4 1
1 75 3 1
Below grade plane 2 50 2 1
Lower than 2 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed
a. Percentages shall be of the maximum allowable quantity per control area shown in Tables 5003.1.1(1) and 5003.1.1(2), with all increases allowed in the
footnotes to those tables.
b. Separation shall include fire barriers and horizontal assemblies as necessary to provide separation from other portions of the building.
Figure 5003.8.3(1)
CONTROL AREAS

include not only the vertical wall assemblies but also each of the four control areas, separated as required
the floor/ceiling assemblies in order to be adequately by the code, and still maintain a Group F-1 classifica-
separated from all adjacent interior spaces. tion.
Example: Determine the maximum amount of If both an automatic sprinkler system and hazard-
Class IB flammable liquids that can be stored within a ous material storage cabinets are used to protect the
single-story, 10,000-square-foot (929 m2) nonsprin- Class IB flammable liquids, then the base quantity of
klered Group F-1 occupancy [see Commentary Fig- Table 5003.1.1(1) could be increased by a factor of
ure 5003.8.3(2)] of Type IIB construction without four. The building in this example, therefore, with both
classifying the storage area Group H-2. sprinkler protection and approved cabinets, could
Based on a MAQ of 120 gallons (454 L) for Class contain a total of 1,920 gallons (7267 L) with a maxi-
IB flammable liquids from Table 5003.1.1(1), a maximum of 480 gallons (1817 L) in each of the four con-
mum of 120 gallons (454 L) can be stored in each of trol areas, separated as required by the code, and
the four control areas; therefore, while the building still maintain a Group F-1 classification.
may actually contain a total of 480 gallons (1817 L), a The allowable increase in the MAQ is offset by the
maximum of 120 gallons (454 L) is permitted in each additional level or levels of protection. The use of
control area that is separated from all adjacent con- control areas provides a tradeoff based on building
trol areas by minimum 1-hour fire barriers con- compartmentation. Fire protection (automatic sprin-
structed in accordance with IBC Section 707. kler systems) and controlled storage through the use
The building, in this case, could still be classified as of approved hazardous material storage cabinets
Group F-1. An automatic fire suppression system also adds a degree of protection, justifying the
would not be required, since the 12,000-square-foot increased allowable quantities. See IFC Committee
(1115 m2) threshold for suppression of Group F-1 fire Interpretations 51-07 and 52-07 in Commentary Fig-
areas is not exceeded (see Section 903.2.3) and ure 5003.8.3.2.
there are no control areas containing hazardous 5003.8.3.3 Number. The maximum number of control areas
materials that exceed the MAQ. Notes d and e of per floor within a building shall be in accordance with Table
Table 5003.1.1(1) would allow the base quantity of 5003.8.3.2.
Class IB flammable liquids to be increased 100 per-
cent in buildings protected with an automatic sprinkler  It is not the code’s intent to require multiple control
system or when the material is stored in approved areas. As previously indicated, in a building that is
hazardous material storage cabinets. In this example, entirely one control area, if the total quantity of haz-
this would result in increasing the MAQ of Class IB ardous materials does not exceed the MAQ, the
flammable liquids by a factor of two; therefore, the building would not be classified as Group H. Similarly,
building could now contain a total of 960 gallons if the owner is satisfied with an occupancy classifica-
(3634 L) with a maximum of 240 gallons (908 L) in tion of Group H, multiple control areas would not be
required. Therefore, control areas are characterized
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
For SI: 1 square foot = 0.0929 m2, 1 gallon = 3.785 L.
Figure 5003.8.3(2)
CONTROL AREA EXAMPLE
50-32 Code Council

COMMITTEE INTERPRETATION NO. 51-07

Section 5003.8.3.2
Issued on 2006 edition – Issued 04-29-08
Q: Given a nonsprinklered, multistory building of Type IIB construction. The building is used for the storage of
hazardous materials that do not exceed the maximum allowable quantity per control area in accordance with
Tables 5003.1.1(1) and 5003.1.1(2) of the International Fire Code. The building contains no fire walls, interior
fire barriers or fire-resistance-rated horizontal assemblies. The entire building is defined as a single control
area.
Are the provisions of Section 5003.8.3.2 of the International Fire Code, which limit the percentage of the
maximum allowable quantity of hazardous materials for any floor, applicable to a multistory building
consisting of a single control area?
A: Yes. When the quantity of hazardous material stored in the building is equal to or less than the maximum
allowable quantity per control area in Tables 5003.1.1(1) and 5003.1.1(2), the entire building would be
considered the control area. When the entire building is the control area, the maximum allowable quantity of
material may be located anywhere in the building subject to the per-floor limitations of Table 5003.8.3.2.
COMMITTEE INTERPRETATION NO. 52-07

Section 5003.8.3.2
Issued on 2006 edition – Issued 04-29-08
Q: Given a nonsprinklered multistory building of Type IIB construction. The building is used for the storage of
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
hazardous materials that exceeds the maximum allowable quantity permitted for a single control area in
accordance with Tables 5003.1.1(1) and 5003.1.1(2) of the International Fire Code. An interior fire barrier is
constructed that spans from the foundation to the roof for the entire height of the building. There are no fire-
resistance-rated horizontal assemblies provided between floors. Therefore, the entire building is defined as
having two independent multistory control areas.
Are the provisions of Section 5003.8.3.2 of the International Fire Code, which limit the percentage of the
maximum allowable quantity of hazardous materials for any floor, applicable to a multistory building
consisting of multiple control areas?
A: Yes. When the quantity of hazardous material being stored in each control area is equal to or less than the
maximum allowable quantity per control area in Tables 5003.1.1(1) and 5003.1.1(2), the maximum allowable
quantity of material per control area may be located anywhere within a multistory control area, subject to the
per-floor limitations of Table 5003.8.3.2.
Figure 5003.8.3.2
COMMITTEE INTERPRETATIONS
as an alternative means by which a building can be control area shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less
classified as other than Group H. Again, the provi- than 2 hours.
sions are applicable only when control areas are cho- Exception: The floor assembly of the control area and the
sen as a design alternative to classification of the construction supporting the floor of the control area is
occupancy as Group H (see commentary, Table allowed to be 1-hour fire-resistance rated in buildings of
5003.8.3.2). Type IIA, IIIA and VA construction, provided that both of
5003.8.3.4 Fire-resistance-rating requirements. The the following conditions exist:
required fire-resistance rating for fire barriers shall be in
1. The building is equipped throughout with an auto-
accordance with Table 5003.8.3.2. The floor assembly of the
matic sprinkler system in accordance with Section
control area and the construction supporting the floor of the
903.3.1.1.

2. The building is three stories or less above grade such as oxidizers, to be stored in both retail display
plane. and stock areas of regulated mercantile occupancies
and in storage-related occupancies in excess of the
 The fire separation requirements for control areas, MAQs of Tables 5003.1.1(1) and 5003.1.1(2) without
both horizontal and vertical, are dependent on their classifying the building as Group H. Without this
location in a building in accordance with Table option, many mercantile and storage occupancies
5003.8.3.2. The amount of hazardous materials per could be classified technically as Group H. The
control area, as well as the number of control areas increased quantities of certain hazardous materials
per floor, are reduced if stored or used above the first are based on the recognition that while there is lim-
floor. ited risk in these occupancies, the packaging and
Where the control area is located above the first storage arrangements can be controlled. For further
floor, the floor assembly and all supporting construc- information on the storage limitations required for
tion for the control area would require a minimum 2- these types of materials, see Section 5003.11.3.
hour fire-resistance rating. The required 2-hour fire- This section, in conjunction with Table 5003.11.1,
resistance rating of the floor construction only refers establishes the maximum quantity of the indicated
to the floor of the control area. The increased fire- hazardous materials permitted within a single control
resistance rating and reduced quantities are intended area of a mercantile occupancy. As indicated in Table
to aid the fire department and other emergency 5003.11.1, this section only applies to certain non-
response personnel in overcoming the difficulties flammable solids and nonflammable or noncombusti-
associated with dealing with hazardous materials ble liquids. Note that this option is not applicable to
incidents above the level of fire department access mercantile and storage occupancies containing haz-
(see commentary, Table 5003.8.3.2). The use of con- ardous materials other than those indicated in Table
trol areas on upper floors provides an alternative 5003.11.1.
method for multistory research and laboratory-type
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
facilities that may need to use a limited amount of 5003.8.4 Gas rooms. Where a gas room is used to increase
hazardous materials throughout various portions of the maximum allowable quantity per control area or provided
the building. Without control areas, the MAQ for a to comply with the provisions of Chapter 60, the gas room
hazardous material would be limited to a single build- shall be in accordance with Sections 5003.8.4.1 and
ing area regardless of the overall size or height of the 5003.8.4.2.
building. For example, if control areas are not utilized,
 Where gas rooms are provided as required by Chap-
a 50,000-square-foot (4645 m2) single-story building
ter 60 or where they are used in accordance with
would be limited to the same quantity of hazardous
Table 5003.1.1(1), Note e to increase the maximum
materials as a two-story building with 5,000 square
allowable quantity per control area (MAQ) of hazard-
feet (464 m2) per floor.
ous materials, they must meet the requirements
Buildings of Type IIA, IIIA and VA construction are
stated in the subsections that follow. Gas rooms are
required to have floor construction with a minimum
required to be protected by automatic sprinklers, sep-
fire-resistance rating of 1 hour as indicated in IBC
arated based on the occupancy, and have ventilation
Table 601. The exception recognizes the combination
designed to operate at a negative pressure. These
of a 1-hour horizontal assembly in conjunction with
requirements are similar to those that apply to
sprinkler protection as a reasonable alternative for
exhausted enclosures that allow the quantity
the noted construction types. The three-story limita-
increase. This section will bring consistency between
tion is consistent with the fire-resistant-rating require-
the requirements for gas cabinets, exhausted enclo-
ments for fire barriers in Table 5003.8.3.2.
sures and gas rooms with respect to application and
5003.8.3.5 Hazardous material in Group M display and MAQ.
storage areas and in Group S storage areas. The aggregate
5003.8.4.1 Construction. Gas rooms shall be protected with
quantity of nonflammable solid and nonflammable or non-
an automatic sprinkler system. Gas rooms shall be separated
combustible liquid hazardous materials allowed within a sin-
from the remainder of the building in accordance with the
gle control area of a Group M display and storage area or a
requirements of the International Building Code based on the
Group S storage area is allowed to exceed the maximum
occupancy group into which it has been classified.
allowable quantities per control area specified in Tables
5003.1.1(1) and 5003.1.1(2) without classifying the building  Construction shall be based on the occupancy sepa-
or use as a Group H occupancy, provided that the materials ration requirements of IBC Table 302.3.3. A gas room
are displayed and stored in accordance with Section 5003.11. would typically be a Group H-4 occupancy; therefore,
the separation requirements would be from a Group
 This section addresses an option for control areas
H-4 occupancy to the other occupancy (i.e., busi-
containing certain nonflammable or noncombustible
ness, institutional, storage, etc.).
hazardous materials that are stored in mercantile and
storage occupancies, including outdoor control areas. 5003.8.4.2 Ventilation system. The ventilation system for
This option would allow Group H-4 materials, which gas rooms shall be designed to operate at a negative pressure
present a health hazard rather than a physical haz- in relation to the surrounding area. Highly toxic and toxic
ard, as well as limited Group H-2 and H-3 materials gases shall also comply with Section 6004.2.2.6. The ventila-
50-34 Code Council

tion system shall be installed in accordance with the Interna- 5003.8.6.1 Construction. Gas cabinets shall be constructed
tional Mechanical Code. in accordance with the following:
 The gas room exhaust ventilation system must be 1. Constructed of not less than 0.097-inch (2.5 mm) (No.
designed to operate at a negative pressure to the 12 gage) steel.
area in which it is located in order to maintain a safe 2. Be provided with self-closing limited access ports or
atmosphere outside the gas room in the event of a noncombustible windows to give access to equipment
leak. Section 6004.2.2.6 also has specific ventilation controls.
requirements for highly toxic and toxic gases. Ventila-
tion systems must comply with the IMC. 3. Be provided with self-closing doors.
5003.8.5 Exhausted enclosures. Where an exhausted enclo- 4. Gas cabinet interiors shall be treated, coated or con-
sure is used to increase maximum allowable quantity per constructed of materials that are compatible with the haz-
trol area or where the location of hazardous materials in ardous materials stored. Such treatment, coating or
exhausted enclosures is provided to comply with the provi- construction shall include the entire interior of the cabi-
sions of Chapter 60, the exhausted enclosure shall be in net.
accordance with Sections 5003.8.5.1 through 5003.8.5.3.  This section itemizes four requirements for the con-
 When exhausted enclosures are provided as required struction of gas cabinets. Listed and labeled gas cab-
by Chapter 60, they must meet the requirements of inets can be assumed to meet these minimum
the following subsections. requirements when they have been tested by an
approved third-party testing agency.
5003.8.5.1 Construction. Exhausted enclosures shall be of
noncombustible construction. 5003.8.6.2 Ventilation. Gas cabinets shall be provided with
an exhaust ventilation system. The ventilation system for gas
 See IBC Section 202 for the definition of “Noncom- cabinets shall be designed to operate at a negative pressure in
bustible construction.” relation to the surrounding area. Ventilation systems used for
5003.8.5.2 Ventilation. Exhausted enclosures shall be pro- highly toxic and toxic gases shall also comply with Items 1, 2
vided with an exhaust ventilation system. The ventilation sys- and 3 of Section 6004.1.2. The ventilation system shall be
tem for exhausted enclosures shall be designed to operate at a installed in accordance with the International Mechanical
negative pressure in relation to the surrounding area. Ventila- Code.
tion systems used for highly toxic and toxic gases shall also
 The gas cabinet exhaust ventilation system must be
comply with Items 1, 2 and 3 of Section 6004.1.2. The venti-
designed to operate at a negative pressure to the
lation system shall be installed in accordance with the Inter-
area in which it is located in order to maintain a safe
national Mechanical Code.
atmosphere in the area in the event of a leak. Section
 The exhausted enclosure exhaust ventilation system 6004.2.2.6 also has specific ventilation requirements
must be designed to operate at a negative pressure for highly toxic and toxic gases. Ventilation systems
to the area in which it is located in order to maintain a must comply with the IMC.
safe atmosphere in the area in the event of a leak. 5003.8.6.3 Maximum number of cylinders per gas cabinet.
Section 6004.2.2.6 also has specific ventilation The number of cylinders contained in a single gas cabinet
requirements for highly toxic and toxic gases. Ventila- shall not exceed three.
tion systems must comply with the IMC.
 This section limits the number of cylinders of com-
5003.8.5.3 Fire-extinguishing system. Exhausted enclosures
pressed gases within a gas cabinet for quantity con-
where flammable materials are used shall be protected by an
trol purposes in an effort to reduce the potential
approved automatic fire-extinguishing system in accordance
involvement of other gas cylinders in a fire.
with Chapter 9.
5003.8.7 Hazardous materials storage cabinets. Where
 Special care is required in selecting the correct type storage cabinets are used to increase maximum allowable
of automatic fire suppression system. The MSDS quantity per control area or to comply with this chapter, such
should be consulted for compatibility of the suppres- cabinets shall be in accordance with Sections 5003.8.7.1 and
sion system and the chemicals being used. 5003.8.7.2.
5003.8.6 Gas cabinets. Where a gas cabinet is used to
 This section recognizes that the use of approved stor-
increase the maximum allowable quantity per control area or
age cabinets is an acceptable alternative to increase
where the location of compressed gases in gas cabinets is
the MAQ of certain hazardous materials. For exam-
provided to comply with the provisions of Chapter 60, the gas
ple, the base MAQ in each control area for storage of
cabinet shall be in accordance with Sections 5003.8.6.1
Class IB flammable liquids is 120 gallons (454 L) as
through 5003.8.6.3.
indicated in Table 5003.1.1(1). However, if Class IB
 When gas cabinets are provided as required by flammable liquids are stored in an approved storage
Chapter 60, they must meet the requirements of the cabinet, the base MAQ could be increased to 240
following subsections. gallons (908 L). Therefore, a building could contain
240 gallons (908 L) of Class IB liquids in each control
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

area without classifying the building as a high-hazard 5003.9 General safety precautions. General precautions for
occupancy if all flammable liquids are stored in an the safe storage, handling or care of hazardous materials shall
approved storage cabinet. These types of storage be in accordance with Sections 5003.9.1 through 5003.9.10.
cabinets are sometimes known as flammable liquid  The following subsections deal with the safe handling
cabinets or acid storage cabinets. and storage of hazardous materials.
5003.8.7.1 Construction. The interior of cabinets shall be 5003.9.1 Personnel training and written procedures. Per-
treated, coated or constructed of materials that are nonreac- sons responsible for the operation of areas in which hazard-
tive with the hazardous material stored. Such treatment, coat- ous materials are stored, dispensed, handled or used shall be
ing or construction shall include the entire interior of the familiar with the chemical nature of the materials and the
cabinet. Cabinets shall either be listed in accordance with UL appropriate mitigating actions necessary in the event of fire,
1275 as suitable for the intended storage or constructed in leak or spill.
accordance with the following:
 Each tenant or owner should develop a mitigation
1. Cabinets shall be of steel having a thickness of not less
plan. This plan should be posted and be familiar to all
than 0.0478 inch (1.2 mm) (No. 18 gage). The cabinet,
workers. In the event of a release, this plan should be
including the door, shall be double walled with a 11/2-
immediately placed into effect.
inch (38 mm) airspace between the walls. Joints shall
be riveted or welded and shall be tight fitting. Doors 5003.9.1.1 Fire department liaison. Responsible persons
shall be well fitted, self-closing and equipped with a shall be designated and trained to be liaison personnel to the
self-latching device. fire department. These persons shall aid the fire department in
preplanning emergency responses and identifying the loca-
2. The bottoms of cabinets utilized for the storage of liq- tions where hazardous materials are located, and shall have
uids shall be liquid tight to a minimum height of 2 access to Material Safety Data Sheets and be knowledgeable
inches (51 mm). in the site’s emergency response procedures.
Electrical equipment and devices within cabinets used for
 It goes without saying that an emergency is not the
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
the storage of hazardous gases or liquids shall be in accor-

dance with NFPA 70. time to wonder who, what, when or where. The code
section recommends that a working relationship be
 This section gives two methods of acceptance. Either established with the emergency services prior to the
the cabinet is listed in accordance with UL 1275 or emergency. A plant engineer or chemist who knows
construction meets the requirements of this section. the type of materials, methods of storage, location of
This section specifies minimum construction storage in the structure and chemical makeup would
requirements for hazardous material storage cabinets typically be the best person for this liaison work.
similar to those cabinets required for flammable and 5003.9.2 Security. Storage, dispensing, use and handling
combustible liquids in NFPA 30. While both this sec- areas shall be secured against unauthorized entry and safe-
tion and NFPA 30 require the door of the cabinet to guarded in a manner approved by the fire code official.
be equipped with a latching device, this section does
not specifically require a three-point latch arrange-  Safeguards must be in place to assist in the preven-
ment on all cabinet doors. The three-point latch tion of unauthorized entry into the building or the
arrangement is recommended to enhance the integ- removal of hazardous chemicals.
rity of the cabinet in a fire. The door sill of hazardous 5003.9.3 Protection from vehicles. Guard posts or other
material storage cabinets used for storing liquids approved means shall be provided to protect storage tanks
must be raised 2 inches (51 mm) above the bottom of and connected piping, valves and fittings; dispensing areas;
the cabinet. The 2-inch (51 mm) raised sill is intended and use areas subject to vehicular damage in accordance with
to retain any spilled liquid within the cabinet. The sur- Section 312.
face of the cabinets must be compatible with the
material stored in the cabinets. Any electrical equip-  Storage, piping or other process equipment that
ment must comply with NFPA 70. could be damaged by vehicular traffic must be pro-
tected with barriers designed to meet the require-
5003.8.7.2 Warning markings. Cabinets shall be clearly ments of Section 312.
identified in an approved manner with red letters on a con-
trasting background to read: 5003.9.4 Electrical wiring and equipment. Electrical wiring
and equipment shall be installed and maintained in accor-
HAZARDOUS—KEEP FIRE AWAY. dance with NFPA 70.
 To warn the general public and employees of poten-  Article 500 of NFPA 70 is the applicable article for
tial exposure to hazardous materials within storage classified locations.
cabinets, appropriate warning labels are required.
Cabinets shall be clearly identified with the wording 5003.9.5 Static accumulation. Where processes or condi-
given in this section. tions exist where a flammable mixture could be ignited by
50-36 Code Council

static electricity, means shall be provided to prevent the accu- stored. Shelves shall be provided with a lip or guard where
mulation of a static charge. used for the storage of individual containers.
 NFPA 77 gives some guidance into the methods of Exceptions:
protection against static electricity. NFPA 70 also pro- 1. Storage in hazardous material storage cabinets or
vides guidance on the requirements. laboratory furniture specifically designed for such
5003.9.6 Protection from light. Materials that are sensitive use.
to light shall be stored in containers designed to protect them 2. Storage of hazardous materials in amounts not
from such exposure. requiring a permit in accordance with Section
 Light-sensitive chemicals must be protected from UV 5001.5.
lights or other spectrum patterns that may be damag- Shelf storage of hazardous materials shall be maintained in
ing. See the MSDS for additional information and an orderly manner.
requirements for chemicals.
 Where hazardous chemicals are stored on shelves,
5003.9.7 Shock padding. Materials that are shock sensitive the shelves must have a lip or guard at the edges.
shall be padded, suspended or otherwise protected against The shelving must be treated or otherwise protected
accidental dislodgement and dislodgement during seismic to be compatible with the chemicals stored.
activity.
5003.9.10 Safety cans. Safety cans shall be listed in accor-
 Several explosive chemicals are shock sensitive and dance with UL 30 where used to increase the maximum
must be protected against accidents that could knock allowable quantities per control area of flammable or com-
them from their shelves. If the building in which they bustible liquids in accordance with Table 5003.1.1(1). Safety
are stored or used is in a seismic zone, they must cans listed in accordance with UL 1313 are allowed for flam-
also be protected. mable and combustible liquids where not used to increase the
5003.9.8 Separation of incompatible materials. Incompati- maximum allowable quantities per control area and for other
ble materials in storage and storage of materials that are hazardous material liquids in accordance with the listing.
incompatible with materials in use shall be separated where
 This section specifically prescribes the use of metallic
the stored materials are in containers having a capacity of
safety cans listed in accordance with UL 30 when
more than 5 pounds (2 kg) or 0.5 gallon (2 L). Separation
increasing the MAQ of flammable and combustible liq-
shall be accomplished by:
uids in Table 5003.1.1(1). For all other physical haz-
1. Segregating incompatible materials in storage by a dis- ard classes of hazardous material, a listed safety can
tance of not less than 20 feet (6096 mm). constructed of either metal or nonmetallic material can
2. Isolating incompatible materials in storage by a non- be used to increase the MAQ provided that the safety
combustible partition extending not less than 18 inches can is suitable and listed for the particular hazardous
(457 mm) above and to the sides of the stored material. material.
It should be noted that metal safety cans listed
3. Storing liquid and solid materials in hazardous
under UL 30 are “...primarily intended to store and
material storage cabinets. handle flammable and combustible liquids, such as
4. Storing compressed gases in gas cabinets or gasoline, naphtha, kerosene, acetone, MEK and sim-
exhausted enclosures in accordance with Sections ilar liquids...,” according to the scope statement of
5003.8.5 and 5003.8.6. Materials that are incompati- that standard. As such, a listed safety can con-
ble shall not be stored within the same cabinet or structed of metal may not always be the appropriate
exhausted enclosure. container for hazardous materials presenting multiple
 Materials that are incompatible with each other must hazards. Consider acetic acid, which is not only a
be separated. This section gives four methods of sep- Class II combustible liquid, but also a corrosive liquid.
aration. If cabinets or exhausted enclosures are Galvanized steel is an inappropriate construction
used, only compatible chemicals can be stored in any material because the acid will corrode the steel. How-
one cabinet or enclosure. ever, a material like polyethylene, which is used in
the manufacturing of nonmetallic safety cans, is
5003.9.9 Shelf storage. Shelving shall be of substantial con- chemically compatible with acetic acid. Once again,
struction, and shall be braced and anchored in accordance however, the caution is raised that the scope state-
with the seismic design requirements of the International ment of UL 1313 states that nonmetallic safety cans
Building Code for the seismic zone in which the material is “...are primarily intended to store and handle fuel oil,
located. Shelving shall be treated, coated or constructed of gasoline, kerosene. Nonmetallic safety cans that are
materials that are compatible with the hazardous materials intended to store and handle liquid fuels other than
those specified...may be subjected to additional
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

requirements not covered in the Standard.” Also see NFPA 505. This section prohibits the transportation of
the commentary to Section 5002.1 for the definition of more than the MAQ of any material within an exit.
“Safety can” and Table 5003.1.1(1), Note e. The movement of hazardous materials through exit
5003.10 Handling and transportation. In addition to the enclosures within a building is undesirable. However,
requirements of Section 5003.2, the handling and transporta- it may also be unavoidable in multistory buildings.
tion of hazardous materials in corridors or enclosures for This section is intended to limit the amount of hazard-
stairways and ramps shall be in accordance with Sections ous materials within an exit at any time.
5003.10.1 through 5003.10.3.6. Exception 1 recognizes that two safety carriers can
be hand carried.
 This section deals with the handling and transporta- Exception 2 recognizes that a maximum of four
tion of hazardous chemicals in corridors or exit enclo- drums with a capacity of 55 gallons (208 L) or less
sures. can be transported using an approved drum truck.
5003.10.1 Valve protection. Hazardous material gas contain- Exception 3 recognizes that some containers and
ers, cylinders and tanks in transit shall have their protective cylinders of compressed gases can be transported if
caps in place. Containers, cylinders and tanks of highly toxic they are secured on approved hand trucks. Also, the
or toxic compressed gases shall have their valve outlets hand carrying of containers and cylinders is approved
capped or plugged with an approved closure device in accor- when they weigh no more than 25 pounds (11 kg).
dance with Chapter 53. Exception 4 recognizes that solid hazardous materi-
als not exceeding 100 pounds (45 kg) can be trans-
 Whenever a cylinder or tank of hazardous gases is ported using approved hand trucks. Single containers
transported, it can have a protective cover on the out- weighing no more than 50 pounds (23 kg) may be
let valves or be plugged with an approved closure hand carried.
valve as stated in Section 5303.4.
5003.10.3 Carts and trucks. Carts and trucks required by
5003.10.2 Carts and trucks required. Liquids in containers Section 5003.10.2 to be used to transport hazardous materials
exceeding 5 gallons (19 L) in a corridor or enclosure for a shall be in accordance with Sections 5003.10.3.1 through
stairway or ramp shall be transported on a cart or truck. Con- 5003.10.3.6.
tainers of hazardous materials having a hazard ranking of 3 or
4 in accordance with NFPA 704 and transported within corri-  Where carts and trucks are required, they must be
dors or interior exit stairways and ramps, shall be on a cart or designed in accordance with Sections 5003.10.3.1
truck. Where carts and trucks are required for transporting through 5003.10.3.6.
hazardous materials, they shall be in accordance with Section 5003.10.3.1 Design. Carts and trucks used to transport haz-
5003.10.3. ardous materials shall be designed to provide a stable base for
the commodities to be transported and shall have a means of
Exceptions: restraining containers to prevent accidental dislodgement.
1. Two hazardous material liquid containers that are Compressed gas cylinders placed on carts and trucks shall be
hand carried in acceptable safety carriers. individually restrained.
2. Not more than four drums not exceeding 55 gallons  Carts and trucks must be of an inherently stable
(208 L) each that are transported by suitable drum design to minimize tipping, rolling or other uncon-
trucks. trolled movement. They must also be equipped with a
means to restrain cylinders or other containers from
3. Containers and cylinders of compressed gases that
falling, tipping or rolling.
are transported by approved hand trucks, and con-
tainers and cylinders not exceeding 25 pounds (11 5003.10.3.2 Speed-control devices. Carts and trucks shall be
kg) that are hand carried. provided with a device that will enable the operator to control
safely movement by providing stops or speed-reduction
4. Solid hazardous materials not exceeding 100 pounds devices.
(45 kg) that are transported by approved hand
trucks, and a single container not exceeding 50  Carts and trucks must be equipped with speed con-
pounds (23 kg) that is hand carried. trol devices, brakes, steering stops or other controls
for use when uncontrolled movements occur.
 This section limits the amount of hazardous liquid that
5003.10.3.3 Construction. Construction materials for haz-
can be transported by hand in approved containers to
5 gallons (19 L) or less. Containers with hazardous ardous material carts or trucks shall be compatible with the
material transported. The cart or truck shall be of substantial
liquids exceeding 5 gallons (19 L) must be trans-
ported using approved carts or trucks that meet the construction.
construction requirements of Section 5003.10.3. This  The surface of the cart or truck must be compatible
section addresses not only hand push-type carts and with the material transported. Although this section
trucks, but also gas carts, motorized hand trucks and only clarifies that the cart or truck be made of sub-
specialized industrial trucks. Additional guidance on stantial construction, trucks are built of noncombusti-
the approved use and construction of motorized hand ble materials. The cart or truck should not be a
trucks and electrical industrial trucks can be found in contributing factor in a fire.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
50-38 Code Council

5003.10.3.4 Spill control. Carts and trucks transporting liq- as the various classes or physical state of a specific
uids shall be capable of containing a spill from the largest sin- material. For example, a given control area could
gle container transported. contain up to the permitted maximum quantity of
Class 2 solid oxidixers, Class 3 solid oxidizers and
 Each cart or hand truck used must be able to control
Class 2 liquid oxidizers, in addition to the permitted
the spill of the largest container it transports.
quantities of corrosive materials.
5003.10.3.5 Attendance. Carts and trucks used to transport Notes b and c would allow the listed maximum
materials shall not obstruct or be left unattended within any quantity in Table 5003.11.1 to be increased due to
part of a means of egress. the use of sprinklers or approved hazardous materi-
 When transporting material through a corridor or exit als storage cabinets, or both. The notes are intended
enclosure, the material must not be left unattended. to be cumulative in that up to four times the listed
amount may be allowed per control area, if the build-
5003.10.3.6 Incompatible materials. Incompatible materi-
ing is fully sprinklered and approved cabinets are uti-
als shall not be transported on the same cart or truck.
lized, without classifying the building as Group H.
 As has been stated throughout the code, incompati- Note d simply refers to Table 5003.8.3.2 for the
ble materials must not be mixed during transport. design and permitted number of control areas. Note b
5003.11 Group M storage and display and Group S stor- of Table 5003.8.3.2 limits mercantile and storage
age. The aggregate quantity of nonflammable solid and non- occupancies utilizing this option to two control areas.
flammable or noncombustible liquid hazardous materials The 100-percent increase in MAQs for outdoor
stored and displayed within a single control area of a Group control areas permitted by Note f is based on the
M occupancy, or an outdoor control area, or stored in a sin- reduced exposure hazard to the building and its occu-
gle control area of a Group S occupancy, is allowed to pants. The increase encourages exterior storage
exceed the maximum allowable quantity per control area applications without mandating sprinkler protection or
indicated in Section 5003.1 where in accordance with Sec- approved hazardous material storage cabinets.
tions 5003.11.1 through 5003.11.3.11. Notes g and h recognize that Class 2 and 3 solid
oxidizers include several disinfectants that are com-
 This section names three specific use or storage monly used in recreational, potable and waste water
areas in which limits on nonflammable solid and non- treatment. Without these exceptions, the tabular
flammable or noncombustible liquid chemicals may MAQs allowed in Group M and S occupancies would
be exceeded: not be sufficient to sustain trade demand during times
1. When they are being stored or displayed in a of peak usage. Because small containers of these
Group M occupancy. materials have not been involved in losses, the
exceptions permit additional containers of 10 pounds
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2. When they are being stored in a single control (5 kg) or less. Note that Section 5003.11.3.6 limits the
area of a Group S occupancy. tabular quantities to individual containers of 100
3. When they are in an outdoor control area. pounds (45 kg) or less, whereas these exceptions
give the retailer/wholesaler the option of increasing
MAQs can be exceeded when the area is protected
quantities on the shelves when the packaging sizes
as required by Sections 5003.11.1 through are limited to 10 pounds (5 kg) or less.
5003.11.3.10.
Note i recognizes the inherently higher level of pro-
5003.11.1 Maximum allowable quantity per control area tection and safety afforded by a sprinkler system and
in Group M or S occupancies. The aggregate amount of that, by definition, the only hazard presented by Class
nonflammable solid and nonflammable or noncombustible 1 oxidizers is they slightly increase the burning rate of
liquid hazardous materials stored and displayed within a sin- combustible materials they may contact with during a
gle control area of a Group M occupancy or stored in a single fire. Materials with such properties present nowhere
control area of a Group S occupancy shall not exceed the near the level of hazard of many ordinary commodi-
amounts set forth in Table 5003.11.1. ties that might be found in a Group M or S occu-
 The amounts of nonflammable solid and nonflamma- pancy, such as foam plastics. To put this matter into
ble or noncombustible liquid hazardous material perspective, Class 1 oxidizers are materials with a
stored and displayed in inside areas may not exceed degree of hazard similar to that of toilet bowl cleaner
the MAQs shown in Table 5003.11.1 unless a foot- crystals. Note i also provides correlation with Note f of
note allows an increase. Table 5003.1.1(1).
Note j further recognizes the lesser hazard of Class
TABLE 5003.11.1. See page 50-40. 1 oxidizers and the inherent safety of storing hazard-
 Table 5003.11.1 lists the hazardous materials eligible ous materials outdoors by allowing quantities to be
for the mercantile and storage occupancy option and unlimited in outdoor control areas. Note j also pro-
the corresponding MAQs depending on the extent of vides correlation with Table 5003.1.1(3).
protection provided. The permitted quantities of each 5003.11.2 Maximum allowable quantity per outdoor con-
listed material are independent of each other, as well trol area in Group M or S occupancies. The aggregate

amount of nonflammable solid and nonflammable or nonof liquids shall not exceed 20 gallons per square foot (0.50 L/
combustible liquid hazardous materials stored and displayed m2) of floor area actually occupied by liquid merchandise.
within a single outdoor control area of a Group M occupancy
 The key element to this section is the phrase “floor
shall not exceed the amounts set forth in Table 5003.11.1. area actually occupied by solid or liquid merchan-
 The amounts of storage of nonflammable solid and dise.” As an example, if 10 square feet (0.9 m2) of
nonflammable or noncombustible liquid hazardous floor area is to be used for storage or display, the limit
material stored and displayed in outside areas may allowed would be 2,000 pounds (908 kg) (200 pounds
not exceed the MAQs given in Table 5003.11.1.  10 square feet) of solid material or 200 gallons (757
5003.11.3 Storage and display. Storage and display shall be L) (20 gallons  10 square feet) of liquid material.
in accordance with Sections 5003.11.3.1 through 5003.11.3.2 Storage and display height. Display height
5003.11.3.11. shall not exceed 6 feet (1829 mm) above the finished floor in
display areas of Group M occupancies. Storage height shall
 Storage and display of nonflammable solid and non-
not exceed 8 feet (2438 mm) above the finished floor in stor-
flammable or noncombustible liquid chemicals must
age areas of Group M and Group S occupancies.
comply with Sections 5003.11.3.1 through
5003.11.3.10.  This section limits Group M display height to 6 feet
5003.11.3.1 Density. Storage and display of solids shall not (1829 mm). In storage areas of Group M occupancies
exceed 200 pounds per square foot (976 kg/m2) of floor area and Group S occupancies, the storage height is
actually occupied by solid merchandise. Storage and display increased to 8 feet (2438 mm) in recognition of the
fact that these areas are not normally open to the
TABLE 5003.11.1
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER INDOOR AND OUTDOOR CONTROL AREA IN GROUP M
AND S OCCUPANCIES—NONFLAMMABLE SOLIDS, NONFLAMMABLE AND NONCOMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDSd, e, f
CONDITION MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER CONTROL AREA
Materiala Class Solids pounds Liquids gallons
A. HEALTH-HAZARD MATERIALS—NONFLAMMABLE AND NONCOMBUSTIBLE SOLIDS AND LIQUIDS
1. Corrosivesb, c Not Applicable 9,750 975
b, c
2. Highly Toxics Not Applicable 20 2b, c
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
b, c
3. Toxics Not Applicable 1,000 100
B. PHYSICAL-HAZARD MATERIALS—NONFLAMMABLE AND NONCOMBUSTIBLE SOLIDS AND LIQUIDS
4 Not Allowed Not Allowed
3 1,150g 115
1. Oxidizersb, c h
2 2,250 225
1 18,000i, j 1,800i, j
4 Not Allowed Not Allowed
3 550 55
2. Unstable (Reactives)b, c
2 1,150 115
1 Not Limited Not Limited
3b, c 550 55
3. Water Reactives 2b, c 1,150 115
1 Not Limited Not Limited
3
For SI: 1 pound = 0.454 kg, 1 gallon = 3.785 L, 1 cubic foot = 0.02832 m .
a. Hazard categories are as specified in Section 5001.2.2.
b. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent in buildings equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system in accordance
with Section 903.3.1.1. Where Note c also applies, the increase for both notes shall be applied accumulatively.
c. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent where stored in approved storage cabinets in accordance with Section 5003.8. Where Note b
also applies, the increase for both notes shall be applied accumulatively.
d. See Table 5003.8.3.2 for design and number of control areas.
e. Maximum allowable quantities for other hazardous material categories shall be in accordance with Section 5003.1.
f. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent in outdoor control areas.
g. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased to 2,250 pounds where individual packages are in the original sealed containers from the manufacturer or
packager and do not exceed 10 pounds each.
h. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased to 4,500 pounds where individual packages are in the original sealed containers from the manufacturer or
packager and do not exceed 10 pounds each.
i. Quantities are unlimited where protected by an automatic sprinkler system.
j. Quantities are unlimited in an outdoor control area.
50-40 Code Council

public. These areas are also subject to the density construction documents have been submitted but are
requirements of Section 5003.11.3.1. no less important in the plan review process.
5003.11.3.3 Container location. Individual containers less 5003.12 Outdoor control areas. Outdoor control areas for
than 5 gallons (19 L) or less than 25 pounds (11 kg) shall be hazardous materials in amounts not exceeding the maximum
stored or displayed on pallets, racks or shelves. allowable quantity per outdoor control area shall be in accor-
dance with the following:
 When the capacity of individual containers is less
than either 5 gallons (19 L) or 25 pounds (11 kg), they 1. Outdoor control areas shall be kept free from weeds,
must be displayed on pallets, racks or shelves. debris and common combustible materials not neces-
5003.11.3.4 Racks and shelves. Racks and shelves used for sary to the storage. The area surrounding an outdoor
storage or display shall be in accordance with Section control area shall be kept clear of such materials for
5003.9.9. not less than 15 feet (4572 mm).
2. Outdoor control areas shall be located not closer than
 The design of racks and shelves must meet the
20 feet (6096 mm) from a lot line that can be built
requirements of Section 5003.9.9. See also Chapter
upon, public street, public alley or public way.
32 for high-piled combustible storage and rack stor-
age over 12 feet in height. Exceptions:
5003.11.3.5 Container type. Containers shall be approved 1. For solid and liquid hazardous materials, a 2-
for the intended use and identified as to their content. hour fire-resistance-rated wall without open-
ings extending not less than 30 inches (762
 Containers must be approved for the storage or dis-
play conditions. mm) above and to the sides of the storage area
shall be allowed in lieu of such distance.
5003.11.3.6 Container size. Individual containers shall not
exceed 100 pounds (45 kg) for solids or 10 gallons (38 L) for 2. For compressed gas hazardous materials,
liquids in storage and display areas. unless otherwise specified, the minimum
required distances shall not apply where fire
 The individual containers may not exceed 10 gallons barriers without openings or penetrations hav-
(38 L) for liquids or 100 pounds (45 kg) for solids. ing a minimum fire-resistance rating of 2
5003.11.3.7 Incompatible materials. Incompatible materi- hours interrupt the line of sight between the
als shall be separated in accordance with Section 5003.9.8. storage and the exposure. The configuration of
the fire barrier shall be designed to allow nat-
 Incompatible materials may not be stored together ural ventilation to prevent the accumulation of
unless separated in accordance with Section
hazardous gas concentrations.
5003.9.8.
3. Where a property exceeds 10,000 square feet (929 m2),
5003.11.3.8 Floors. Floors shall be in accordance with Sec-
tion 5004.12. a group of two outdoor control areas is allowed where
approved and where each control area is separated by a
 Floors in storage and display areas must meet the minimum distance of 50 feet (15 240 mm).
requirements of Section 5004.12. See the commen-
4. Where a property exceeds 35,000 square feet (3252
tary for that section.
m2), additional groups of outdoor control areas are
5003.11.3.9 Aisles. Aisles 4 feet (1219 mm) in width shall be allowed where approved and where each group is sepa-
maintained on three sides of the storage or display area. rated by a minimum distance of 300 feet (91 440 mm).
 The storage or display area must be surrounded on  This section lists four requirements for an outdoor
at least three sides with an aisle that is at least 4 feet control area:
(1219 mm) wide. Item 1 requires that outdoor control areas be kept
5003.11.3.10 Signs. Hazard identification signs shall be pro- clear of combustible materials for a minimum of 15
vided in accordance with Section 5003.5. feet (4572 mm) around the control area.
Item 2 requires the control area to either be 20 feet
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
 Signs meeting the requirements of NFPA 704 and

(6096 mm) from the lot lines, street, alley or public
Section 5003.5 must be installed.
way or have a 2-hour blank wall extending a mini-
5003.11.3.11 Storage plan. A storage plan illustrating the mum of 30 inches (762 mm) above and to either side
intended storage arrangement, including the location and of the storage area, if the distance requirement can-
dimensions of aisles, and storage racks shall be provided. not be met. Exception 1 allows encroachment on lot
 This section makes it clear that all racks and other lines, public streets, public alleys or public ways
arrays for merchandise and storage must be shown through the use of a protective 2-hour fire-resistance-
in order to do a complete and accurate plan review, rated wall, which acts as a shield between the stor-
especially with respect to verifying the adequacy of age and the exposure. Recognition of the protection
the means of egress and arrangement of aisles for thus provided can also be found in Section 5904.2.1,
fire protection of rack systems. These types of plans which contains comparable provisions for flammable
are often part of the fixture plan prepared after the solids identifying the use of a protective structure as a

means to allow encroachment on lot lines, public ability for preventing the spread of hazardous materi-
streets, public alleys or public ways. For gases, als spills in outdoor control areas (see commentary,
Exception 2 allows encroachment on property lines, Section 5004.2.3).
public streets, public ways, etc., through the use of an 5004.2.1 Spill control for hazardous material liquids.
unpenetrated protective 2-hour fire barrier (con- Rooms, buildings or areas used for the storage of hazardous
structed as required by IBC Section 707), which acts material liquids in individual vessels having a capacity of
as a shield between the storage and the exposure. more than 55 gallons (208 L), or in which the aggregate
This recognizes that a 2-hour fire-barrier provides an capacity of multiple vessels exceeds 1,000 gallons (3785 L),
equivalent means of achieving the objective of spatial shall be provided with spill control to prevent the flow of liq-
separation. Where a separation assembly is used uids to adjoining areas. Floors in indoor locations and similar
instead of a physical separation distance, the wall surfaces in outdoor locations shall be constructed to contain a
must interrupt the line of sight between storage and spill from the largest single vessel by one of the following
exposure and be configured so as to prevent a haz- methods:
ardous accumulation of gas.
Item 3 allows two control areas on properties larger 1. Liquid-tight sloped or recessed floors in indoor loca-
than 10,000 square feet (929 m2) when they are sep- tions or similar areas in outdoor locations.
arated by at least 50 feet (15 240 mm). The 20-foot 2. Liquid-tight floors in indoor locations or similar areas
(6096 mm) distance from the lot lines, street, alley or in outdoor locations provided with liquid-tight raised or
public way is still in effect. recessed sills or dikes.
Item 4 allows for more than two control areas when
3. Sumps and collection systems.
the property exceeds 35,000 square feet (3252 m2).
Each group must be separated by a minimum dis- 4. Other approved engineered systems.
tance of 300 feet (91 440 mm) to reduce the likeli- Except for surfacing, the floors, sills, dikes, sumps and
hood of simultaneous involvement of multiple outdoor collection systems shall be constructed of noncombustible
control areas in a single incident. material, and the liquid-tight seal shall be compatible with the
material stored. Where liquid-tight sills or dikes are provided,
they are not required at perimeter openings having an open-
SECTION 5004 grate trench across the opening that connects to an approved
STORAGE collection system.
5004.1 Scope. Storage of hazardous materials in amounts  The requirement for spill control in a room or area is
exceeding the maximum allowable quantity per control area based on two items. The first is that the storage con-
as set forth in Section 5003.1 shall be in accordance with Sec- tainer(s) have a capacity of more than 55 gallons
tions 5001, 5003 and 5004. Storage of hazardous materials in (208 L). The second is that the aggregate capacity of
amounts not exceeding the maximum allowable quantity per multiple vessels be more than 1,000 gallons (3785 L).
control area as set forth in Section 5003.1 shall be in accor- The area, once determined to require spill control,
dance with Sections 5001 and 5003. Retail and wholesale must be protected so that the containment area will
storage and display of nonflammable solid and nonflammable handle the release from the largest container in the
and noncombustible liquid hazardous materials in Group M area. This section recommends four methods of con-
occupancies and Group S storage shall be in accordance with tainment:
Section 5003.11.
1. Liquid-tight sloped or recessed floors. The
 This scope paragraph considers four storage situa- chemicals being stored or used in the area
tions: storage of quantities exceeding the maximum, must be evaluated to ensure that the method of
storage of quantities within the allowable limits, retail making the floor liquid tight will not cause a
and wholesale storage and display in Group M occu-
reaction with the chemicals.
pancies and storage areas in Group S occupancies.
Section references are given for each of the four stor- 2. Liquid-tight floors with a containment sill or
age and use situations. trench around the area. To determine the
5004.2 Spill control and secondary containment for liquid volume of the containment sill or dike, the
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
and solid hazardous materials. Rooms, buildings or areas following procedure is recommended:
used for the storage of liquid or solid hazardous materials • Determine the greatest amount of liquid
shall be provided with spill control and secondary contain- that can be released from the largest tank
ment in accordance with Sections 5004.2.1 through 5004.2.3. or container within the containment area.
Exception: Outdoor storage of containers on approved • If more than one tank or group of
containment pallets in accordance with Section 5004.2.3. containers are in the containment area,
the volume of the tank or group of
 This section introduces the specific requirements for containers below the height of the
spill control and secondary containment for solid and containment sill or dike can be subtracted
liquid hazardous materials. The exception recognizes from the volume of the containment sill or
the innovation of containment pallets and their suit- dike.
50-42 Code Council

• The following is the equation for m3) of containment. The largest container
determining the volumetric capacity of a [55-gallon (208 L) drum] would produce a
tank: spill volume of 7.91 cubic feet (0.2 m3).
3.1416  d  2 h Thus, the secondary containment of a 20-
V = --------------------------------- foot by 15-foot (6096 mm by 4572 mm)
4
room with a 4-inch (102 mm) curb would
where: contain the spill from the largest
V = Tank capacity, in gallons. container.
d = Diameter of tank, in feet. 3. Sumps and collection systems that can consist
h = Height of tank, in feet. of floor drains to a remote collection tank. Oil/
• Determine whether the containment sill or water separators would also be required by
dike is of sufficient size to control the spill. Section 1003.4 of the International Plumbing
Code® (IPC®) for floor drains that discharge into
• The following is the equation for
the building drainage system or other point of
determining the volumetric capacity of the
disposal.
containment sill or dike:
4. Any other approved engineered systems. Any
V = a*h system that has been engineered and evalu-
where: ated for the hazards present can be accepted
V = Volumetric capacity of dike, in by the fire code official.
gallons. 5004.2.2 Secondary containment for hazardous material
a* = Area of storage floor, in square feet. liquids and solids. Where required by Table 5004.2.2 build-
ings, rooms or areas used for the storage of hazardous materi-
h = Height of sill, in feet. als liquids or solids shall be provided with secondary
Example: containment in accordance with this section where the capac-
There is a sprinklered first-floor inside ity of an individual vessel or the aggregate capacity of multi-
storage room that is 20 feet by 15 feet ple vessels exceeds both of the following:
(6096 mm by 4572 mm). Storage consists 1. Liquids: Capacity of an individual vessel exceeds 55
of 32 drums [55 gallon (208 L)] of a Class gallons (208 L) or the aggregate capacity of multiple
II combustible liquid stacked two pallets vessels exceeds 1,000 gallons (3785 L).
high. The containment sill is 4 inches (102 2. Solids: Capacity of an individual vessel exceeds 550
mm) high. Is this height adequate for spill pounds (250 kg) or the aggregate capacity of multiple
containment? vessels exceeds 10,000 pounds (4540 kg).
The largest tank is 55 gallons (208 L). It
is 36 inches (914 mm) tall and 22 inches  Table 5004.2.2 specifies requirements for secondary
(559 mm) wide, and has a volumetric containment according to the type of material and
capacity of: method of storage. In addition, the capacity of an indi-
vidual container must exceed 55 gallons (208 L) of
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3.1416  22  12  2  36  12  liquid or the aggregate capacity of multiple containers
V = ------------------------------------------------------------------
4 must exceed 1,000 gallons (3785 L). If the chemical
(Convert inches to feet) is in solid form and the capacity of an individual con-
tainer exceeds 550 pounds (250 kg) or the cumula-
V = 7.91 cubic feet (0.22 m3) of spill from tive capacity of multiple containers exceeds 10,000
a 55-gallon (208 L) drum. pounds (4540 kg), secondary containment is required
There are four pallets that are 54 inches when called for in Table 5004.2.2.
by 54 inches square (1372 mm by 1372
TABLE 5004.2.2. See page 50-44.
mm) and 4 inches (102 mm) tall.
 This table is divided into three main columns: mate-
V = (54/12) × (54/12) × 4/12 inches rial, indoor storage and outdoor storage. Indoor and
V = 6.68 cubic feet (0.2 m3) per pallet. outdoor storage is further divided into two subcol-
6.68 × 4 (pallets) = 26.73 cubic feet umns: solids and liquids. This table indicates when
(0.76 m3) of space taken up in the secondary containment is required.
containment area. 5004.2.2.1 Containment and drainage methods. The build-
The room has a containment area of 20 ing, room or area shall contain or drain the hazardous materi-
feet by 15 feet by 4/12 or 99 cubic feet (3 als and fire protection water through the use of one of the
following methods:
m3).
When the volume of the pallets is 1. Liquid-tight sloped or recessed floors in indoor loca-
subtracted, there is 72.27 cubic feet (0.2 tions or similar areas in outdoor locations.

2. Liquid-tight floors in indoor locations or similar areas with the chemicals.

in outdoor locations provided with liquid-tight raised or Method 2 consists of liquid-tight floors with a con-
recessed sills or dikes. tainment sill or trench around the area.
3. Sumps and collection systems. To determine the height of the containment sill or
dike, the following procedure is recommended:
4. Drainage systems leading to an approved location.
• Determine the greatest amount of liquid that can
5. Other approved engineered systems. be released from the largest tank or container
 The five methods of containment and drainage for within the containment area.
secondary containment in this section are similar to • If more than one tank or group of containers are
those of spill control. in the containment area, the volume of the tank
Method 1 consists of liquid-tight sloped or recessed or group of containers below the height of the
floors. The chemicals being stored or used in the containment sill or dike must be subtracted from
area must be evaluated to ensure that the method of the volume of the containment sill or dike.
making the floor liquid tight will not cause a reaction
TABLE 5004.2.2
REQUIRED SECONDARY CONTAINMENT—HAZARDOUS MATERIAL SOLIDS AND LIQUIDS STORAGE
INDOOR STORAGE OUTDOOR STORAGE
MATERIAL
Solids Liquids Solids Liquids
1. Physical-hazard materials
Class II See Chapter 57 See Chapter 57
Combustible liquids Class IIIA Not See Chapter 57 Not See Chapter 57
Class IIIB Applicable See Chapter 57 Applicable See Chapter 57
Cryogenic fluids See Chapter 55 See Chapter 55
Explosives See Chapter 56 See Chapter 56
Class IA See Chapter 57 See Chapter 57
Not Not
Flammable liquids Class IB See Chapter 57 See Chapter 57
Class IC See Chapter 57 See Chapter 57
Flammable solids Not Required Not Applicable Not Required Not Applicable
Unclassified
Detonable
Class I
Required Required Not Required Not Required
Organic peroxides Class II
Class III
Class IV
Class V Not Required Not Required Not Required Not Required
Class 4
Class 3 Required Required Not Required Not Required
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Oxidizers
Class 2
Class 1 Not Required Not Required Not Required Not Required
Pyrophorics Not Required Required Not Required Required
Class 4
Class 3 Required Required Required Required
Unstable (reactives)
Class 2
Class 3
Required Required Required Required
Water reactives Class 2
2. Health-hazard materials
Corrosives Not Required Required Not Required Required
Highly toxics
Required Required Required Required
Toxics
50-44 Code Council

• The following is the equation for determining the sprinkler system as required by Section
volumetric capacity of a tank: 5004.2.2.3 must be factored in. From NFPA 13
3.1416  d  2 h Chapter 11, the design density is 0.2. This
V = --------------------------------- design density of 0.2 times the fire area of 300
4
square feet (28 m2) equals 60 gallons (227 L)
• Determine whether the containment sill or dike per minute discharge. The sprinkler discharge
is of sufficient size to control a spill and the fire- will be 60 gallons (227 L) × 20 minutes (as
fighting water, as required.
required by Section 5004.2.2.3) or 1,200
The following is the equation for determining
gallons (4542 L) of fire-fighting water.
the volumetric capacity of a containment sill or
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The conversion factor from gallon to cubic
dike:
foot is 0.1335805. Therefore, 1,200 gallons
V = (a) (h) (4542 L) of fire-fighting water × 0.1335805 =
where: 167.79 cubic feet (5 m3) of containment area
required.
V = Volume of the containment, in cubic feet.
The largest tank volume is 7.91 cubic feet
a = Area of the containment, in square feet. (0.2 m3).
h = Height of the sill or dike, in feet. The volume of the pallets is 26.73 cubic feet
Example: (0.8 m3).
There is a sprinklered first floor inside storage The volume for fire-fighting water is 167.79
room that is 20 feet by 15 feet (6096 mm by cubic feet (5 m3).
4572 mm). Stored in this area are 32 drums [55 Total cubic feet required for secondary
gallons (208 L)] of a Class II combustible liquid containment is 202.43 cubic feet (6 m3).
stacked two pallets high. The containment sill is
In this case, the secondary containment does not
4 inches (102 mm) high. Will this provide
have enough capacity. Although the 4-inch (102 mm)
secondary containment?
sill does give enough capacity for spill containment,
The largest tank is 55 gallons (208 L). It has
with the requirement of fire-fighting water there is now
dimensions of 36 inches (914 mm) tall and 22
no proper secondary containment.
inches (539 mm) wide, and has a volumetric Method 3 recommends sumps and collection sys-
capacity of: tems, which can consist of floor drains to remote col-
3.1416  22  12  2  36  12  lection tanks. It is important to remember that oil/
V = ------------------------------------------------------------------
4 water separators are required by IPC Section 1003.4
for floor drains that discharge into the building drain-
(Convert inches to feet) age system or other point of disposal.
V = 7.91 cubic feet (0.2 m3) of spill from Method 4 is a drainage system leading to an
a 55-gallon (208 L) drum. approved location. If water is being used as the auto-
There are four pallets with a size of 54 inches matic extinguishing agent for the area, a large con-
by 54 inches (1372 mm by 1372 mm) and 4 tainment area will be required to hold the runoff of the
inches (102 mm) tall. sprinkler water and the spill.
Method 5 is any other approved engineered sys-
V = (54/12)(54/12) (4/12) tem. Any system that has been engineered and eval-
V = 6.68 cubic feet (0.2 m3) per pallet uated for the hazards present can be accepted by the
fire code official.
6.68 × 4 (pallets) = 26.73 cubic feet (0.76 m3)
5004.2.2.2 Incompatible materials. Incompatible materials
of space taken up in the containment area.
used in open systems shall be separated from each other in the
The room has a containment area of 20 feet secondary containment system.
by 15 feet by 4 inches (6096 mm by 4572 mm
 Different containment areas cannot be manifolded if
by 102 mm) or 99 cubic feet (3 m3).
the products in the different areas are incompatible.
When the volume of the pallets is subtracted, Even in containment of a spill in a single area, incom-
there is 72.27 cubic feet (2 m3) of containment. patible materials must be kept separated.
The largest container [55-gallon (208 L) drum]
would produce a spill of 7.91 cubic feet (0.2 5004.2.2.3 Indoor design. Secondary containment for indoor
m3). Thus, the secondary containment of a 20- storage areas shall be designed to contain a spill from the
foot by 15-foot (6096 mm by 4572 mm) room largest vessel plus the design flow volume of fire protection
with a 4-inch (102 mm) curb would contain the water calculated to discharge from the fire-extinguishing sys-
tem over the minimum required system design area or area of
spill from the largest container. Now the
the room or area in which the storage is located, whichever is
requirements of the fire-fighting water from the

smaller. The containment capacity shall be designed to con- 2. Drains from indoor storage areas shall be sized to carry
tain the flow for a period of 20 minutes. the volume of the fire protection water as determined
by the design density discharged from the automatic
 Secondary containment must be sized to hold the fire-extinguishing system over the minimum required
release of the largest container in the area plus the system design area or area of the room or area in which
design flow volume of the fire protection for a 20-min- the storage is located, whichever is smaller.
ute period.
For example, there is a 500-square-foot (46 m2) 3. Drains from outdoor storage areas shall be sized to
flammable liquid storage area that is sprinklered. carry the volume of the fire flow and the volume of a
Section 5004.5 states that the minimum design of the 24-hour rainfall as determined by a 25-year storm.
sprinkler system is an ordinary hazard Group 2 with 4. Materials of construction for drainage systems shall be
the minimum design area of 3,000 square feet (279 compatible with the materials stored.
m2). From NFPA 13 Chapter 11, the design density is
0.2. This design density of 0.2 times the fire area of 5. Incompatible materials used in open systems shall be
500 square feet (46 m2) equals 100-gallon-per-minute separated from each other in the drainage system.
(6 L/s) discharge. 6. Drains shall terminate in an approved location away
The largest tank in the fire area is 100 gallons (379 from buildings, valves, means of egress, fire access
L). The secondary containment must be sized to hold roadways, adjoining property and storm drains.
the 100 gallons (379 L) plus the sprinkler discharge of
100 gallons (379 L) for 20 minutes, or 2,100 gallons  Drainage systems for hazardous materials must meet
(7949 L). This must be the minimum capacity of the the requirements of IPC Section 1003, in addition to
secondary containment. the six elements listed in this section:
5004.2.2.4 Outdoor design. Secondary containment for out- 1. The slope of the floor may not be more than 1
door storage areas shall be designed to contain a spill from percent.
the largest individual vessel. If the area is open to rainfall,
secondary containment shall be designed to include the vol- 2. The drains for an indoor storage area must be
ume of a 24-hour rainfall as determined by a 25-year storm sized to carry the automatic fire-extinguishing
and provisions shall be made to drain accumulations of agent from the room. If an agent other than a
groundwater and rainwater. liquid is used, no additional volume will be
needed for calculations.
 In addition to holding the volume of the largest con-
tainer, if the area is open to rainfall, the secondary 3. The drains for outdoor storage must be sized to
containment must include the volume of a 24-hour carry the volume of fire flow and the volume of a
rainfall, as determined by a 25-year storm. Drains 24-hour rainfall.
must be sized to carry off accumulations of ground 4. The piping and other elements of the system
water and rainwater. See IPC Section 1106.1 for must be chosen to be compatible with the
information on rainfall maps. chemicals and extinguishing agents that will be
5004.2.2.5 Monitoring. An approved monitoring method flowing through the drainage system.
shall be provided to detect hazardous materials in the second- 5. Incompatible materials pose a great hazard
ary containment system. The monitoring method is allowed both in use and when an emergency occurs.
to be visual inspection of the primary or secondary contain-
This section requires that incompatible
ment, or other approved means. Where secondary contain-
materials, when used in open systems, be
ment is subject to the intrusion of water, a monitoring method
separated into different drainage systems.
for detecting water shall be provided. Where monitoring
devices are provided, they shall be connected to approved 6. Drains must terminate in safe locations so that
visual or audible alarms. they do not pose additional threats to lives and
property.
 Visual inspection of the primary or secondary con-
tainment system is permitted; otherwise, an elec- 5004.2.3 Containment pallets. Where used as an alternative
tronic monitoring system must be installed. These to spill control and secondary containment for outdoor stor-
electronic systems must be connected to both audi- age in accordance with the exception in Section 5004.2, con-
ble and visual alarms. tainment pallets shall comply with all of the following:
5004.2.2.6 Drainage system design. Drainage systems shall 1. A liquid-tight sump accessible for visual inspection
be in accordance with the International Plumbing Code and shall be provided.
all of the following: 2. The sump shall be designed to contain not less than 66
1. The slope of floors to drains in indoor locations, or sim- gallons (250 L).
ilar areas in outdoor locations shall be not less than 1 3. Exposed surfaces shall be compatible with material
percent. stored.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
50-46 Code Council

4. Containment pallets shall be protected to prevent col- 2. The minimum rate for mechanical ventilation is
lection of rainwater within the sump. listed here; however, the MSDS must also be
 Another option now available is the use of contain- reviewed. The ventilation needed to maintain a
ment pallets. This type of pallet is designed to contain safe environment could require a much higher
a leak should one occur. This section specifies the flow rate.
minimum design for the pallet. 3. The exhaust system must provide continuous
5004.3 Ventilation. Indoor storage areas and storage build- ventilation in the area.
ings shall be provided with mechanical exhaust ventilation or
natural ventilation where natural ventilation can be shown to 4. The entry door into the area must be equipped
be acceptable for the materials as stored. with an emergency shutoff that can be used to
disable the ventilation system in case of a fire.
Exception: Storage areas for flammable solids complying
with Chapter 59. 5. The system design must consider the vapor
density of the chemicals being stored. The
 Indoor storage areas and buildings must be venti- vapor density for the chemicals can be found in
lated either mechanically or naturally so that the level the MSDS.
of vapors is maintained below the LFL or PEL. Keep-
ing the area/building at these levels maintains a level 6. The system must provide air movement across
of safety for the area. Storage areas for flammable the entire area being protected.
solids that meet the requirements of Chapter 59 are 7. Item 7 recognizes the possibility for contami-
exempted from this requirement. nant control and energy conservation for haz-
5004.3.1 System requirements. Exhaust ventilation systems ardous exhaust systems through air-recovery
shall comply with all of the following: systems. Some energy conservation opportuni-
1. Installation shall be in accordance with the Interna- ties use the exhausted air for heat recovery,
tional Mechanical Code. makeup air, or recirculation to occupied areas.
Those systems incorporate a variety of contam-
2. Mechanical ventilation shall be at a rate of not less than inant control strategies, including water mist
1 cubic foot per minute per square foot [0.00508 m3/(s • sprays, activated carbon filters and oxidizing
m2)] of floor area over the storage area. pellet filters.
3. Systems shall operate continuously unless alternative Air contaminated with explosive or flammable
designs are approved. vapors, fumes or dusts; flammable or toxic
gases; or radioactive material must be
4. A manual shutoff control shall be provided outside of
exhausted to the outdoors and, therefore, can-
the room in a position adjacent to the access door to the
not be recirculated or transferred to any other
room or in an approved location. The switch shall be a
space. Note that the recirculation of exhaust in
break-glass or other approved type and shall be
any form is in direct conflict with IMC Section
labeled: VENTILATION SYSTEM EMERGENCY
510.1, which requires hazardous exhaust to
SHUTOFF. discharge to the outdoors.
5. Exhaust ventilation shall be designed to consider the 5004.4 Separation of incompatible hazardous materials.
density of the potential fumes or vapors released. For Incompatible materials shall be separated in accordance with
fumes or vapors that are heavier than air, exhaust shall Section 5003.9.8.
be taken from a point within 12 inches (305 mm) of the
floor. For fumes or vapors that are lighter than air,  Incompatible materials must be kept separated so
exhaust shall be taken from a point within 12 inches that accidental mixing of chemicals in an emergency
(305 mm) of the highest point of the room. does not create a more dangerous incident.
6. The location of both the exhaust and inlet air openings 5004.5 Automatic sprinkler systems. Indoor storage areas
shall be designed to provide air movement across all and storage buildings shall be equipped throughout with an
portions of the floor or room to prevent the accumula- approved automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Sec-
tion of vapors. tion 903.3.1.1. The design of the sprinkler system shall be not
less than that required for Ordinary Hazard Group 2 with a
7. Exhaust air shall not be recirculated to occupied areas if
minimum design area of 3,000 square feet (279 m2). Where
the materials stored are capable of emitting hazardous
the materials or storage arrangement are required by other
vapors and contaminants have not been removed. Air
regulations to be provided with a higher level of sprinkler
contaminated with explosive or flammable vapors,
system protection, the higher level of sprinkler system protec-
fumes or dusts; flammable, highly toxic or toxic gases;
tion shall be provided.
or radioactive materials shall not be recirculated.
 The exhaust ventilation system must comply with all  This section requires a sprinkler system for indoor
of the seven requirements of this section: storage areas and buildings. The system must com-
ply with NFPA 13 and provide a minimum density as
1. Systems must be installed as required by IMC required for an Ordinary Hazard Group 2. The MSDS
Chapter 5. should be consulted for compatibility with water. If the
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

materials are incompatible, other methods of auto- utilized to process the accidental release of highly
matic extinguishing should be used. toxic or toxic compressed gases caused by a leak or
5004.6 Explosion control. Indoor storage rooms, areas and rupture in storage cylinders or tanks. Without emer-
buildings shall be provided with explosion control in accor- gency power, all required monitoring systems, includ-
dance with Section 911. ing the treatment system for neutralizing potential
leaking gas, would be rendered inoperative if a power
 Storage rooms and use areas must be provided with failure or other electrical system failure occurred.
explosion control in accordance with Table 911.1. Exempt application 4 exempts storage areas for
The design of the explosion control must meet the asphyxiant, irritant or radioactive gases because,
requirements of Section 911. unlike the requirements for other hazard categories,
5004.7 Standby or emergency power. Where mechanical which use the MAQ as a trigger threshold, the
ventilation, treatment systems, temperature control, alarm, requirement for ventilation in storage areas contain-
detection or other electrically operated systems are required, ing these gases is not quantity based. The construc-
such systems shall be provided with an emergency or standby tion of compressed gas containers is robust
power in accordance with Section 604. compared to the containers used for other materials
For storage areas for highly toxic or toxic materials, see that may be of glass, plastic or paper. The integrity of
Sections 6004.2.2.8 and 6004.3.4.2. the containers alone represents a major safeguard
against likely failure. While leakage from containers is
 A backup emergency power source is considered a consideration, the concern over reestablishing
essential for required systems monitoring and serving power to the ventilation system within 60 seconds is
hazardous materials; therefore, when limit controls, not warranted given the facts that the requirement
detection systems or mechanical ventilation is could be imposed for insignificant quantities of the
required for a specific hazardous material, an emer- gas, and that occupancy of a storage area during
gency electrical system or standby power system is power outage is not the norm.
required.
5004.7.2 Fail-safe engineered systems. Standby power for
5004.7.1 Exempt applications. Standby or emergency power mechanical ventilation, treatment systems and temperature
is not required for mechanical ventilation systems for any of control systems shall not be required where an approved fail-
the following: safe engineered system is installed..
1. Storage of Class IB and Class IC flammable and com-  This section recognizes the use of an engineered
bustible liquids in closed containers not exceeding 61/2 system designed to always fail in the appropriate
gallons (25 L) capacity. design mode without human intervention in lieu of the
2. Storage of Class 1 and 2 oxidizers. emergency power system. The intent of the exception
3. Storage of Class II, III, IV and V organic peroxides. is to permit alternative systems that are not subject to
power interruptions. Note that this exception does not
4. Storage of asphyxiant, irritant and radioactive gases. apply to detection and alarm systems, but addresses
 Exempt application 1 correlates with industry treat- those systems essential to the removal of hazardous
ment of portable container storage. Notably, storage fumes and vapors from potentially occupied areas.
of small, closed containers does not pose a risk that 5004.8 Limit controls. Limit controls shall be provided in
warrants ventilation for these materials. FM Data accordance with Sections 5004.8.1 and 5004.8.2.
Sheet 7-29, Ignitable Liquid Storage in Portable Con-
tainers, does not require mechanical ventilation for  Based on the MSDS, limit controls may be required to
flammable liquids in closed containers of not greater protect the chemicals.
than 61/2-gallon (25 L) individual capacity, with a flash 5004.8.1 Temperature control. Materials that must be kept
point of not greater than 100ºF (38°C) and a boiling at temperatures other than normal ambient temperatures to
point equal to or greater than 100ºF (38°C). NFPA 30 prevent a hazardous reaction shall be provided with an
also recognizes that closed container storage does approved means to maintain the temperature within a safe
not pose a risk that warrants ventilation (ventilation is range. Redundant temperature control equipment that will
required if there is open dispensing). These materials operate on failure of the primary temperature control system
are in sealed containers in storage. Any loss of power shall be provided. Where approved, alternative means that
would require an immediate cessation of operations, prevent a hazardous reaction are allowed.
which would eliminate spill risk. By limiting the con-
tainer size, the potential for accidental spills is signifi-  When a chemical is temperature sensitive, a tem-
cantly reduced. perature control system with a redundant backup is
Exempt applications 2 and 3 address low-hazard required.
oxidizers and organic peroxides that do not present a 5004.8.2 Pressure control. Stationary tanks and equipment
severe fire or reactivity hazard. Highly toxic and toxic containing hazardous material liquids that can generate pres-
materials (see Exception 5) must conform to applica- sures exceeding design limits because of exposure fires or
ble requirements of Chapter 37. For example, emer- internal reaction shall have some form of construction or
gency power may be required for treatment systems other approved means that will relieve excessive internal
50-48 Code Council

pressure. The means of pressure relief shall vent to an with the requirements for weather protection as required by
approved location or to an exhaust scrubber or treatment sys- the International Building Code.
tem where required by Chapter 60. Exception: Storage of explosive materials shall be consid-
 Emergency vents must be installed when the vapor ered as indoor storage.
density of a chemical could cause a boiling liquid  This section allows for the construction of noncom-
expanding vapor explosion (BLEVE) during a fire. bustible covers over outdoor storage areas for
5004.9 Emergency alarm. An approved manual emergency weather protection. This area is not considered inside
alarm system shall be provided in buildings, rooms or areas storage, except when explosive materials are stored
used for storage of hazardous materials. Emergency alarm- under the noncombustible roof. IBC Section 414.6.1
initiating devices shall be installed outside of each interior contains the specific requirements for weather-pro-
exit or exit access door of storage buildings, rooms or areas. tection construction.
Activation of an emergency alarm-initiating device shall
sound a local alarm to alert occupants of an emergency situa-
tion involving hazardous materials. SECTION 5005
USE, DISPENSING AND HANDLING
 A manual emergency alarm system that meets the
requirements of Section 908 must be installed (see 5005.1 General. Use, dispensing and handling of hazardous
commentary, Sections 908.1 through 908.6). materials in amounts exceeding the maximum allowable
quantity per control area set forth in Section 5003.1 shall be
5004.10 Supervision and monitoring. Emergency alarm,
in accordance with Sections 5001, 5003 and 5005. Use, dis-
detection and automatic fire-extinguishing systems required
pensing and handling of hazardous materials in amounts not
by Section 5004 shall be electrically supervised and moni-
exceeding the maximum allowable quantity per control area
tored by an approved supervising station or, where approved,
set forth in Section 5003.1 shall be in accordance with Sec-
shall initiate an audible and visual signal at a constantly
tions 5001 and 5003.
attended on-site location.
 Emergency alarm systems, detection systems and  The section references two conditions: when the
automatic extinguishing systems must be supervised amount of chemicals exceeds the MAQ; and when
by an approved central, proprietary or remote station the amount of chemicals is within the MAQ.
system. Where a facility has an on-site, “constantly 5005.1.1 Separation of incompatible materials. Separation
attended location” (as defined in Chapter 2) staffed of incompatible materials shall be in accordance with Section
by qualified personnel who can respond to signals in 5003.9.8.
a timely fashion, the fire code official may approve  When using, dispensing or handling incompatible
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
the monitoring of audible and visual signals by such materials, care must be taken to ensure that the
an attended location in lieu of off-site transmission to chemicals do not mix.
an approved supervising station.
5005.1.2 Noncombustible floor. Except for surfacing, floors
5004.11 Clearance from combustibles. The area surround- of areas where liquid or solid hazardous materials are dis-
ing an outdoor storage area or tank shall be kept clear of com- pensed or used in open systems shall be of noncombustible,
bustible materials and vegetation for a minimum distance of liquid-tight construction.
25 feet (7620 mm).
 When chemicals are used in an open system, the
 Vegetation and other combustible materials must be floors must be both liquid tight and of noncombustible
cut back for a distance of at least 25 feet (7620 mm) construction.
from outdoor storage to minimize the exposure to the
storage area in the event of a fire in the combustible 5005.1.3 Spill control and secondary containment for haz-
materials. Note that Section 5005.3.8 requires an ardous material liquids. Where required by other provisions
additional 5 feet (1524 mm) of clearance due to the of Section 5005, spill control and secondary containment
fact that in use, dispensing and handling scenarios, shall be provided for hazardous material liquids in accor-
vapors may be present, whereas in storage, contain- dance with Section 5004.2.
ers or tanks are closed and vapors are contained.  If required by Section 5005, the spill control and sec-
5004.12 Noncombustible floor. Except for surfacing, floors ondary containment must meet the requirements of
of storage areas shall be of noncombustible construction. Section 5004.2.
 The floor of hazardous occupancies must be of non- 5005.1.4 Limit controls. Limit controls shall be provided in
combustible construction. accordance with Sections 5005.1.4.1 through 5005.1.4.4.
5004.13 Weather protection. Where overhead noncombusti-  Limit controls required in use, dispensing and han-
ble construction is provided for sheltering outdoor hazardous dling areas are described in the four subsections to
material storage areas, such storage shall not be considered this section.
indoor storage where the area is constructed in accordance 5005.1.4.1 High-liquid-level control. Open tanks in which
liquid hazardous materials are used shall be equipped with a

liquid-level limit control or other means to prevent overfilling system. Where a facility has an on-site, “constantly
of the tank. attended location” (as defined in Chapter 2) staffed
by qualified personnel who can respond to signals in
 When there is a danger of overfilling a tank, espe-
a timely fashion, the fire code official may approve
cially in open systems, liquid-level controls are
the monitoring of audible and visual signals by such a
required.
location in lieu of off-site transmission to an approved
5005.1.4.2 Low-liquid-level control. Approved safeguards supervising station.
shall be provided to prevent a low-liquid level in a tank from
creating a hazardous condition, including but not limited to, 5005.1.7 Lighting. Adequate lighting by natural or artificial
means shall be provided.
overheating of a tank or its contents.
 If the method of storage can allow for the collapse of  All areas must be adequately lighted.
the tank or other types of failure as a result of a low 5005.1.8 Fire-extinguishing systems. Indoor rooms or areas
level of chemicals, low-liquid-level controls are in which hazardous materials are dispensed or used shall be
required. protected by an automatic fire-extinguishing system in accor-
5005.1.4.3 Temperature control. Temperature control shall dance with Chapter 9. Sprinkler system design shall be not
be provided in accordance with Section 5004.8.1. less than that required for Ordinary Hazard, Group 2, with a
minimum design area of 3,000 square feet (279 m2). Where
 See Section 5004.8.1 for requirements for tempera- the materials or storage arrangement are required by other
ture controls. regulations to be provided with a higher level of sprinkler
5005.1.4.4 Pressure control. Pressure control shall be pro- system protection, the higher level of sprinkler system protec-
vided in accordance with Section 5004.8.2. tion shall be provided.
 See Section 5004.8.2 for requirements for pressure  An automatic sprinkler system is required in use, dis-
control systems. pensing and handling areas. Special attention must
5005.1.5 Standby or emergency power. Where mechanical be paid to chemical/water compatibility.
ventilation, treatment systems, temperature control, manual 5005.1.9 Ventilation. Indoor dispensing and use areas shall
alarm, detection or other electrically operated systems are be provided with exhaust ventilation in accordance with Sec-
required by this code, such systems shall be provided with tion 5004.3.
emergency or standby power in accordance with Section 604. Exception: Ventilation is not required for dispensing and
 Mechanical ventilation, treatment systems, tempera- use of flammable solids other than finely divided particles.
ture controls or other important safety controls must  Exhaust ventilation meeting the requirements of Sec-
be connected to an emergency electrical system or tion 5004.3 must be installed in indoor use and dis-
standby power as required by Section 604 to pensing areas so that the level of vapors is
enhance their reliability in emergency situations. maintained below the LFL or the PEL. Keeping the
5005.1.5.1 Exempt applications. Standby power for area/building at these levels provides a level of safety
mechanical ventilation, treatment systems and temperature for the area.
control systems shall not be required where an approved fail- 5005.1.10 Liquid transfer. Liquids having a hazard ranking
safe engineered system is installed. of 3 or 4 in accordance with NFPA 704 shall be transferred
 This section recognizes the use of an engineered by one of the following methods:
system that is designed to always fail in the appropri- 1. From safety cans complying with UL 30.
ate design mode without human intervention in lieu of
the emergency power system. The exception is 2. Through an approved closed piping system.
intended to permit alternative systems that are not 3. From containers or tanks by an approved pump taking
subject to power interruptions. Note that this excep- suction through an opening in the top of the container
tion does not apply to detection and alarm systems, or tank.
but addresses those systems essential to the
removal of hazardous fumes and vapors from poten- 4. From containers or tanks by gravity through an
tially occupied areas. approved self-closing or automatic-closing valve where
the container or tank and dispensing operations are pro-
5005.1.6 Supervision and monitoring. Manual alarm, detec- vided with spill control and secondary containment in
tion and automatic fire-extinguishing systems required by accordance with Section 5004.2. Highly toxic liquids
other provisions of Section 5005 shall be electrically super- shall not be dispensed by gravity from tanks.
vised and monitored by an approved supervisory service or,
where approved, shall initiate an audible and visual signal at 5. Approved engineered liquid transfer systems.
a constantly attended on-site location. Exceptions:
 Manual fire alarm systems, detection systems and 1. Liquids having a hazard ranking of 4 where dis-
automatic extinguishing systems must be supervised pensed from approved containers not exceeding 1.3
by an approved central, proprietary or remote station gallons (5 L).
50-50 Code Council

2. Liquids having a hazard ranking of 3 8 dispensed with Section 5005.1 and Sections 5005.2.1 through
from approved containers not exceeding 5.3 gallons 5005.2.2.4 of the code.
(20 L). 5005.2.1 Open systems. Dispensing and use of hazardous
materials in open containers or systems shall be in accor-
 Liquids having a hazard rating of 3 or 4 in NFPA 704 dance with Sections 5005.2.1.1 through 5005.2.1.4.
must be transferred using one of the five methods
listed in this section. Exceptions include liquids hav-  See the commentary to the definition of “Open sys-
ing a hazard ranking of 4 being dispensed from tems” in Chapter 2.
approved containers not exceeding 1.3 gallons (5 L) 5005.2.1.1 Ventilation. Where gases, liquids or solids having
and liquids having a hazard ranking of 3 when dis- a hazard ranking of 3 or 4 in accordance with NFPA 704 are
pensed from approved containers not exceeding 5.3 dispensed or used, mechanical exhaust ventilation shall be
gallons (20 L). provided to capture gases, fumes, mists or vapors at the point
of generation.
5005.1.11 Design. Systems shall be suitable for the use
intended and shall be designed by persons competent in such Exception: Gases, liquids or solids that can be demon-
design. Controls shall be designed to prevent materials from strated not to create harmful gases, fumes, mists or vapors.
entering or leaving the process or reaction system at other  Areas where gases, liquids or solids having a ranking
than the intended time, rate or path. Where failure of an auto- of 3 or 4 in accordance with NFPA 704 are used or
matic control could result in a dangerous condition or reac- dispensed must have a mechanical exhaust system
tion, the automatic control shall be fail-safe. to capture vapors at the point of generation unless
the chemicals do not produce harmful fumes, mists or
 This section provides requirements that govern the
vapors.
use and dispensing of hazardous materials in quanti-
ties that exceed the MAQ by relocating a provision 5005.2.1.2 Explosion control. Explosion control shall be
that previously only applied to indoor dispensing and provided in accordance with Section 5004.6 where an explo-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
use activities to the general provisions. This is a sig- sive environment can occur because of the characteristics or
nificant improvement because it now requires pro- nature of the hazardous materials dispensed or used, or as a
cess design and safety controls to be considered for result of the dispensing or use process.
outdoor processes using quantities of hazardous  Based on the requirements of Section 5004.6, explo-
materials that exceed the outdoor control area MAQs. sion control must be provided when the dispensing or
A variety of hazardous processes are performed out- use of a chemical could cause an explosion.
side of buildings because of the physical size of the
5005.2.1.3 Spill control for hazardous material liquids.
process or to avoid constructing a building to the IBC
and code requirements for a Group H occupancy. By Buildings, rooms or areas where hazardous material liquids
locating this provision as a general requirement, out- are dispensed into vessels exceeding a 1.3-gallon (5 L) capac-
door hazardous materials processes are now subject ity or used in open systems exceeding a 5.3-gallon (20 L)
to design requirements that ensure process vari- capacity shall be provided with spill control in accordance
ables, such as time, rate, pressure, temperature, flow with Section 5004.2.1.
rate or sequencing the order of chemicals being  When dispensing hazardous materials into contain-
blended, are considered. ers larger than 1.3 gallons (5 L) or in an open system
This section requires that automatic process con- with a capacity of 5.3 gallons (20 L), spill control must
trols be “fail-safe,” as defined in Section 202. A fail- be provided.
safe design can include an automatic emergency 5005.2.1.4 Secondary containment for hazardous material
shutoff valve that is designed to close upon loss of liquids. Where required by Table 5005.2.1.4, buildings,
power or a process upset condition. It may include an rooms or areas where hazardous material liquids are dis-
excess flow control valve or feature, which is pensed or used in open systems shall be provided with sec-
designed to stop the flow of a gas or liquid when a ondary containment in accordance with Section 5004.2.2
preset flow rate is exceeded. In most cases, the fail- where the capacity of an individual vessel or system or the
safe condition would stop the movement or process- capacity of multiple vessels or systems exceeds the follow-
ing of hazardous materials. However, some pro- ing:
cesses require staged shutdown to be safely
stopped, and in these cases, a process hazard analy- 1. Individual vessel or system: greater than 1.3 gallons (5
sis is necessary to determine the true fail-safe mode. L).
2. Multiple vessels or systems: greater than 5.3 gallons
5005.2 Indoor dispensing and use. Indoor dispensing and (20 L).
use of hazardous materials shall be in buildings complying
with the International Building Code and in accordance with  Table 5005.2.1.4 lists conditions where secondary
Section 5005.1 and Sections 5005.2.1 through 5005.2.2.4. spill containment is required. The containment must
meet the requirements of Section 5004.2.2 where the
 Indoor dispensing and use areas must be con- capacity of a single vessel exceeds 1.3 gallons (5 L)
structed to meet the requirements of the IBC along or multiple vessels exceed 5.3 gallons (20 L).

TABLE 5005.2.1.4. See below. 5005.2.2.1 Ventilation. Where closed systems are designed
to be opened as part of normal operations, ventilation shall be
 This table specifies when secondary containment is
provided in accordance with Section 5005.2.1.1.
required. The table is divided into three columns:
material, indoor use and outdoor use. Subcolumns of  See Section 5005.2.1.1 for requirements on ventila-
solids and liquids further divide the table. By finding tion of areas with closed systems.
the type of material in question, the physical state 5005.2.2.2 Explosion control. Explosion control shall be
and the method of use, one can determine whether provided in accordance with Section 5004.6 where an explo-
secondary containment is required. sive environment exists because of the hazardous materials
5005.2.2 Closed systems. Use of hazardous materials in dispensed or used, or as a result of the dispensing or use pro-
closed containers or systems shall be in accordance with Sec- cess.
tions 5005.2.2.1 through 5005.2.2.4. Exception: Where process vessels are designed to contain
 See the definition of “Closed systems” in Chapter 2. fully the worst-case explosion anticipated within the ves-
TABLE 5005.2.1.4
REQUIRED SECONDARY CONTAINMENT—HAZARDOUS MATERIAL LIQUIDS USE
MATERIAL INDOOR LIQUIDS USE OUTDOOR LIQUIDS USE
1. Physical-hazard materials
Class II See Chapter 57 See Chapter 57
Combustible liquids Class IIIA See Chapter 57 See Chapter 57
Class IIIB See Chapter 57 See Chapter 57
Cryogenic fluids See Chapter 55 See Chapter 55
Explosives See Chapter 56 See Chapter 56
Class IA See Chapter 57 See Chapter 57
Flammable liquids Class IB See Chapter 57 See Chapter 57
Class IC See Chapter 57 See Chapter 57
Flammable solids Not Applicable Not Applicable
Unclassified Detonable Required Required
Class I
Class II
Organic peroxides Required Required
Class III
Class IV
Class V Not Required Not Required
Class 4
Class 3
Oxidizers Required Required
Class 2
Class 1
Pyrophorics Required Required
Class 4
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Class 3 Required Required

Unstable (reactives)
Class 2
Class 1 Not Required Required
Class 3
Required Required
Water reactives Class 2
Class 1 Not Required Required
2. Health-hazard materials
Corrosives
Highly toxics Required Required
Toxics
50-52 Code Council

sel under process conditions based on the most likely fail- quantity per control area indicated in Tables 5003.1.1(3) and
ure. 5003.1.1(4) shall be in accordance with Sections 5001 and
5003.
 If the use or process could produce an explosion and
the vessels are not rated as explosionproof, explo-  Where quantities in storage do not exceed the MAQs
sion control must meet the requirements of Section of Tables 5003.1.1(3) and 5003.1.1(4), the storage
5004.6. The exception covers process vessels must meet the requirements of Sections 5001 and
designed to contain potential explosions. 5003.
5005.2.2.3 Spill control for hazardous material liquids. 5005.3.3 Location. Outdoor dispensing and use areas for
Buildings, rooms or areas where hazardous material liquids hazardous materials shall be located as required for outdoor
are used in individual vessels exceeding a 55-gallon (208 L) storage in accordance with Section 5004.
capacity shall be provided with spill control in accordance  See the commentary to Section 5004 for the location
with Section 5004.2.1. of storage.
 In addition to the other requirements that have been 5005.3.4 Spill control for hazardous material liquids in
covered, if an individual vessel exceeds 55 gallons open systems. Outdoor areas where hazardous material liq-
(208 L), spill control is required. uids are dispensed in vessels exceeding a 1.3-gallon (5 L)
5005.2.2.4 Secondary containment for hazardous material capacity or used in open systems exceeding a 5.3-gallon (20
liquids. Where required by Table 5005.2.1.4, buildings, L) capacity shall be provided with spill control in accordance
rooms or areas where hazardous material liquids are used in with Section 5004.2.1.
vessels or systems shall be provided with secondary contain-  The dispensing and use areas of open systems
ment in accordance with Section 5004.2.2 where the capacity located outdoors also require spill controls when the
of an individual vessel or system or the capacity of multiple individual containers being filled exceed 1.3 gallons
vessels or systems exceeds the following: (5 L) or the combined vessels or systems exceed 5.3
1. Individual vessel or system: greater than 55 gallons gallons (20 L).
(208 L). 5005.3.5 Secondary containment for hazardous material
2. Multiple vessels or systems: greater than 1,000 gallons liquids in open systems. Where required by Table
(3785 L). 5005.2.1.4, outdoor areas where hazardous material liquids
are dispensed or used in open systems shall be provided with
 Secondary containment must be installed where
secondary containment in accordance with Section 5004.2.2
required by Table 5005.2.1.4, where the capacity of
where the capacity of an individual vessel or system or the
an individual vessel is over 55 gallons (208 L) or
capacity of multiple vessels or systems exceeds the follow-
where multiple vessels have a combined capacity
ing:
greater than 1,000 gallons (3785 L).
5005.3 Outdoor dispensing and use. Dispensing and use of 1. Individual vessel or system: greater than 1.3 gallons (5
hazardous materials outdoors shall be in accordance with L).
Sections 5005.3.1 through 5005.3.9. 2. Multiple vessels or systems: greater than 5.3 gallons
(20 L).
 The following sections refer to outdoor storage. It is
important to note that a noncombustible shed without  Dispensing and use areas of open systems located
sides is also considered outdoor storage. outdoors also require secondary spill controls when
5005.3.1 Quantities exceeding the maximum allowable the requirements of Table 5005.2.1.4 are met and the
quantity per control area. Outdoor dispensing or use of haz- individual containers being filled exceed 1.3 gallons
ardous materials, in either closed or open containers or sys- (5 L) or the combined vessels or systems exceed 5.3
tems, in amounts exceeding the maximum allowable quantity gallons (208 L).
per control area indicated in Tables 5003.1.1(3) and 5005.3.6 Spill control for hazardous material liquids in
5003.1.1(4) shall be in accordance with Sections 5001, 5003, closed systems. Outdoor areas where hazardous material liq-
5005.1 and 5005.3. uids are used in closed systems exceeding 55 gallons (208 L)
 Once the quantities in storage exceed the MAQs of shall be provided with spill control in accordance with Sec-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
tion 5004.2.1.
Table 5003.1.1(3) and Section 5003.11(4), the stor-
age must meet the requirements of Sections 5001,  Outdoor closed systems with a liquid capacity of over
5003, 5005.1 and 5005.3. 55 gallons (208 L) must have spill control.
5005.3.2 Quantities not exceeding the maximum allowable 5005.3.7 Secondary containment for hazardous material
quantity per control area. Outdoor dispensing or use of haz- liquids in closed systems. Where required by Table
ardous materials, in either closed or open containers or sys- 5005.2.1.4, outdoor areas where hazardous material liquids
tems, in amounts not exceeding the maximum allowable are dispensed or used in closed systems shall be provided

with secondary containment in accordance with Section area must meet the requirements of Sections 5001,
5004.2.2 where the capacity of an individual vessel or system 5003, 5005.1 and 5005.4.
or the capacity of multiple vessels or systems exceeds the fol- 5005.4.2 Quantities not exceeding the maximum allowable
lowing: quantity per control area. Handling of hazardous materials
1. Individual vessel or system: greater than 55 gallons in indoor locations in amounts not exceeding the maximum
(208 L). allowable quantity per control area indicated in Tables
5003.1.1(1) and 5003.1.1(2) shall be in accordance with Sec-
2. Multiple vessels or systems: greater than 1,000 gallons tions 5001, 5003 and 5005.1. Handling of hazardous materi-
(3785 L). als in outdoor locations in amounts not exceeding the
 Dispensing and use areas of closed systems located maximum allowable quantity per control area indicated in
outdoors also require secondary spill controls when Tables 5003.1.1(3) and 5003.1.1(4) shall be in accordance
the individual containers being filled exceed 55 gal- with Sections 5001 and 5003.
lons (208 L) or the combined vessels or systems  When the indoor storage amounts of chemicals
exceed 1,000 gallons (3785 L). exceed the MAQ, the area must meet the require-
5005.3.8 Clearance from combustibles. The area surround- ments of Sections 5001, 5003 and 5005.1. When out-
ing an outdoor dispensing or use area shall be kept clear of door storage exceeds the MAQs listed in Tables
combustible materials and vegetation for a minimum distance 5003.1.1(3) and 5003.1.1(4), the area must meet the
of 30 feet (9144 mm). requirements of Sections 5001 and 5003.
 Vegetation and other combustible materials must be 5005.4.3 Location. Outdoor handling areas for hazardous
cut back for a distance of at least 30 feet (9144 mm) materials shall be located as required for outdoor storage in
from outdoor storage to minimize the exposure to the accordance with Section 5004.
dispensing or use area in the event of a fire in the  Outdoor handling areas must meet the requirements
combustible materials. Note that this section requires of Section 5004.
an additional 5 feet (1524 mm) of clearance beyond
5005.4.4 Dispensing, use and handling. Where hazardous
that required by Section 5004.11 due to the fact that
materials having a hazard ranking of 3 or 4 in accordance
in use, dispensing and handling scenarios, vapors
with NFPA 704 are transported through corridors, interior
may be present, whereas in storage, containers are
exit stairways or ramps or exit passageways, there shall be an
closed and vapors are contained.
emergency telephone system, a local manual alarm station or
5005.3.9 Weather protection. Where overhead noncombus- an approved alarm-initiating device at not more than 150-foot
tible construction is provided for sheltering outdoor hazard- (45 720 mm) intervals and at each exit and exit access door-
ous material use areas, such use shall not be considered way throughout the transport route. The signal shall be
indoor use where the area is constructed in accordance with relayed to an approved central, proprietary or remote station
the requirements for weather protection as required in the service or constantly attended on-site location and shall also
International Building Code. initiate a local audible alarm.
Exception: Use of explosive materials shall be considered  When exit access corridors or exit enclosures are
as indoor use. used to transport hazardous materials with a ranking
 This section allows for the construction of noncom- of 3 or 4, a supervised emergency telephone system,
bustible covers over outdoor dispensing and use local manual alarm or approved alarm-initiating
areas for weather protection. This area is not consid- device must be installed at intervals of no more than
ered inside dispensing or use, except when explosive 150 feet (45 720 mm). In addition, these devices
materials are dispensed or used under the noncom- must be located at each exit and exit access doorway
bustible roof. IBC Section 414.6.1 contains the spe- throughout the transport route.
cific requirements for weather-protection construction.
5005.4 Handling. Handling of hazardous materials shall be Bibliography
in accordance with Sections 5005.4.1 through 5005.4.4. The following resource materials were used in the
 The handling of hazardous materials must meet the preparation of the commentary for this chapter of the
requirements of the following sections. code:
5005.4.1 Quantities exceeding the maximum allowable 2012 International Code Interpretations. Washington,
quantity per control area. Handling of hazardous materials DC: International Code Council, 2011.
in indoor and outdoor locations in amounts exceeding the Code Changes Resource Collection—2015 Interna-
maximum allowable quantity per control area indicated in tional Fire Code. Washington, DC: International
Tables 5003.1.1(1) through 5003.1.1(4) shall be in accor- Code Council, 2014.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
dance with Sections 5001, 5003, 5005.1 and 5005.4.

FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 7-29,
 When the indoor and outdoor storage amounts of Ignitable Liquid Storage in Portable Containers.
chemicals are below the MAQs per control area, the Johnston, RI: FM Global Research, April 2012.
50-54 Code Council

Chapter 51:
Aerosols
General Comments Increased sprinkler water density and sprinkler head
sensitivity, along with adequate separation and quantity
The adequacy of aerosol storage protection became a control, are the most important factors in controlling
major concern in the late 1970s and early 1980s aerosol product fires. Increased water density require-
because of a few major warehouse fires in which the ments improve the capability of the system to suppress
involvement of aerosol products was a primary factor. the fire, as opposed to just controlling its spread, by
These fire-loss incidents showed that, although these applying more water to the base of the fire. Increased
buildings were fully sprinklered, the level of sprinkler sprinkler activation speed also provides additional bene-
protection was inadequate and strict storage limitations fits. Early suppression fast-response (ESFR) sprinklers
for aerosol products were necessary. are specifically listed for high-challenge fire hazards.
The fire losses prompted extensive large-scale fire Increased sensitivity of ESFR sprinklers allows them to
tests to develop protection requirements for aerosol activate in response to a cardboard-carton packaging
product storage. The results of these tests led to the fire before aerosol cans rupture.
development, in 1990, of NFPA 30B, which is the basis
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
for the provisions of this chapter. NFPA 30B recognizes
that aerosol products represent a wide range of flamma- Purpose
bility and that classification criteria are necessary for all These requirements address the prevention, control and
aerosol products to determine the desired level of pro- extinguishment of fires and explosions in facilities where
tection. Prior to the development of NFPA 30B, flamma- retail aerosol products are displayed or stored. They
ble aerosols were classified as Class IA flammable impact both life safety and property protection from a
liquids in accordance with NFPA 30; however, this clas- fire; however, historically, aerosol product fires have
sification was based primarily on a flame extension test caused property loss more frequently than loss of life.
designed to assess the in-use aerosol flammability haz-
ard, but had little relevance to warehouse storage condi-
tions.
SECTION 5101 located in a separate building or are separated within

GENERAL a building and in spaces that have explosion venting
5101.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter, the Interna- because of the deflagration potential of the products
tional Building Code and NFPA 30B shall apply to the manu- being handled. See the commentary to Section
facturing, storage and display of aerosol products. 5107.1 for further information.
Manufacturing of aerosol products using hazardous materials 5101.2 Permit required. Permits shall be required as set
shall also comply with Chapter 50. forth in Section 105.6.
 In addition to the provisions of this chapter, NFPA  The process of issuing permits gives the fire code
30B is referenced for storing and displaying aerosol official an opportunity to carefully evaluate and regu-
products because it was the original source docu- late hazardous operations. Permit applicants should
ment for this chapter. The requirements in Chapter 50 be required to demonstrate that their operations com-
must also be complied with where applicable. ply with the intent of the code before a permit is
Although this chapter deals primarily with the stor- issued. See the commentary to Section 105.6 for a
age and retail display of aerosol products, Chapter general discussion of operations requiring an opera-
50, the International Building Code® (IBC®) and NFPA tional permit, Section 105.6.1 for a discussion of spe-
30B must be consulted for guidance on facilities cific quantity-based operational permits for the
involved in the manufacture of aerosol-containing materials regulated in this chapter and Section 105.7
products. For example, aerosol-charging operations for a general discussion of activities requiring a con-
that use flammable aerosols require special design struction permit. The permit process also notifies the
considerations and operating procedures. An aero- fire department of the need for prefire planning for
sol-charging room is where the aerosol containers hazardous properties.
are filled with the propellant. These rooms are either

AEROSOLS
5101.3 Material Safety Data Sheets. Material Safety Data 30B. Aerosol products in cartons that are not identified in accor-
Sheet (MSDS) information for aerosol products displayed dance with this section shall be classified as Level 3.
shall be kept on the premises at an approved location.
 Because of the wide range of flammability of aerosol
 This section gives the fire code official the authority to products, a classification system was established to
designate or approve the location where the Material determine the required level of fire protection. Cate-
Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) covering aerosol materi- gories are defined according to the aerosol’s chemi-
als are kept for use by authorized personnel and first cal heat of combustion expressed in British thermal
responders in case of an emergency. units per pound (Btu/lb) [kilojoules/gram (kJ/g)] (see
5101.4 Containers. Metal aerosol containers shall be limited the commentary to Table 5103.1 for additional dis-
to a maximum size of 33.8 fluid ounces (1000 ml). Plastic cussion of factors affecting classification).
aerosol containers shall be limited to a maximum 4 fluid Three categories determine the level of fire protec-
ounces (118 ml) except as provided in Section 5104.1.1. tion required (see Chapter 4 of NFPA 30B for fire pro-
Glass aerosol containers shall be limited to a maximum 4 tection requirements). Aerosol product classification
fluid ounces (118 ml). Levels 1, 2 and 3 are used to avoid confusion with
flammable and combustible liquid classifications
 Design criteria for aerosol containers, including the (Classes I, II and III). Table 5103.1 shows the three
maximum size and minimum strength, are set by the aerosol classifications. Appendices A and C of NFPA
U.S. Department of Transportation (DOTn 49 CFR). 30B also contain additional background information
These container regulations are necessary for the on the development of the classification system.
safe transportation of aerosol products. These con- This section also recognizes the importance of
tainer design criteria were formerly contained in the identifying the level of aerosols in storage cartons.
definition of “aerosol container” in Chapter 2 but were Unless cartons are marked to identify their contents,
moved since they are technical requirements that it is difficult to determine the allowable quantity and
belong with the subject matter they regulate. fire protection requirements. Where cartons are not
marked, there is no alternative but to consider the
aerosol storage as Level 3 and apply the code
SECTION 5102 requirements for that level (see commentary, Section
DEFINITIONS 5106.1).
5102.1 Definitions. The following terms are defined in TABLE 5103.1
Chapter 2: CLASSIFICATION OF AEROSOL PRODUCTS
AEROSOL. CHEMICAL HEAT OF COMBUSTION
AEROSOL
Greater than Less than or equal to CLASSIFICATION
Level 1 aerosol products. (Btu/lb) (Btu/lb)
Level 2 aerosol products. 0 8,600 1
Level 3 aerosol products. 8,600 13,000 2
AEROSOL CONTAINER. 13,000 — 3
AEROSOL WAREHOUSE. For SI: 1 British thermal unit per pound = 0.002326 kJ/g.
PROPELLANT.  Table 5103.1 shows how to classify aerosol products

based on their “chemical heat of combustion,” a term
RETAIL DISPLAY AREA.
defined in Section 3.3.16.1 of NFPA 30B. NFPA 30B
 Definitions of terms can help in the understanding contains tables giving the heat of combustion
and application of the code requirements. This sec- (expressed in kJ/g) for representative materials and
tion directs the code user to Chapter 2 for the proper gives examples for calculating the chemical heat of
application of the indicated terms used in this chap- combustion for aerosol products. Heat of combustion
ter. Terms may be defined in Chapter 2 or in another is determined using the method in ASTM D240. Fac-
International Code® (I-Code®) as indicated in Section tory Mutual Research Corporation (FMRC) correlated
201.3, or the dictionary meaning may be all that is the chemical heat of combustion with the results of
needed (see also commentary, Sections 201 through full-scale pallet tests to provide a classification
201.4). method based on chemical heat of combustion that is
more consistent than the original classification based
on weight percentages. Examples are given in NFPA
SECTION 5103 30B for calculating the heat of combustion for aerosol
CLASSIFICATION OF AEROSOL PRODUCTS products that contain a number of components so
5103.1 Classification levels. Aerosol products shall be classified that they can be classified using Table 5103.1.
as Level 1, 2 or 3 in accordance with Table 5103.1 and NFPA Examples of Level 1 aerosol products include air
51-2 Code Council

AEROSOLS
fresheners, shaving gels and whipped cream. Fire Group IV commodity in Section 3203.5; while aero-
tests involving Level 1 aerosols have demonstrated sols, including Level 3 aerosols, are not regulated as
that they pose a fire hazard no greater than that of hazardous materials, for the purpose of occupancy
Class III commodities as defined in NFPA 13. Conse- classification, Level 3 aerosols would still be consid-
quently, Level 1 aerosols are not regulated as a haz- ered a high-hazard commodity in accordance with
ardous material and are essentially exempt from the Section 3203.6.
requirements of this chapter. 5104.1.1 Plastic containers. Aerosol products in plastic con-
Examples of Level 2 aerosol products include tainers larger than 4 fluid ounces (118 ml), but not to exceed
some hair sprays and insect repellents, based on the 33.8 fluid ounces (1000 ml), shall be allowed only where in
values in Table 5103.1. accordance with this section. The commodity classification
Level 3 aerosol products, such as carburetor shall be Class III commodities, as defined in NFPA 13 where
cleaner and other petroleum-based aerosols, require any of the following conditions are met:
the highest level of fire protection.
1. Base product has no fire point where tested in accor-
5103.2 Identification. Cartons shall be identified on not less dance with ASTM D92, and nonflammable propellant.
than one side with the classification level of the aerosol prod-
ucts contained within the carton as follows: 2. Base product has no sustained combustion as tested in
accordance with Appendix H, “Method of Testing for
LEVEL ________ AEROSOLS Sustained Combustibility,” in DOTn 49 CFR Part 173,
 Aerosol products are generally stored and trans- and nonflammable propellant.
ported in cardboard cartons that must be clearly 3. Base product contains up to 20 percent by volume (15.8
marked with the level of aerosol products they con- percent by weight) of ethanol and/or isopropyl alcohol
tain so that the proper storage arrangements and fire in an aqueous mix, and nonflammable propellant.
protection are provided. The product label on the
aerosol container may define whether the product is 4. Base product contains 4 percent by weight or less of an
flammable or extremely flammable, but does not emulsified flammable liquefied gas propellant within
need to explain the actual classification level. If car- an aqueous base. The propellant shall remain emulsi-
tons are discarded or not marked, classification may fied for the life of the product. Where such propellant is
be obtained from the submitted MSDS (see Section not permanently emulsified, the propellant shall be
5101.3). Fire protection requirements for the highest nonflammable.
level of aerosols must be used where storage is  This section provides criteria for accepting certain
mixed or unknown (see Section 5103.1). aerosol product compositions in previously prohibited
plastic containers. It also provides correlation with the
referenced standard, NFPA 30B.
SECTION 5104 A significant amount of new research has been
INSIDE STORAGE OF AEROSOL PRODUCTS completed on aerosol products in plastic containers,
5104.1 General. The inside storage of Level 2 and 3 aerosol clearly defining a “low hazard” version of the product
products shall comply with Sections 5104.2 through 5104.7 that can be stored in general purpose warehouses
and NFPA 30B. Level 1 aerosol products and those aerosol without significantly increasing the fire hazard. The
products covered by Section 5104.1.1 shall be considered following discussions, excerpted from NFPA 308,
equivalent to a Class III commodity and shall comply with provide an overview of the work done and the conclu-
the requirements for palletized or rack storage in NFPA 13. sions drawn that resulted in the criteria in this section:
 Sections 5104.1.1 through 5104.7, the applicable 1. Aerosol Products in Plastic Containers –
requirements in NFPA 30B and the applicable provi- Propellant: Nonflammable; Base: Liquid Con-
sions of Chapter 32 regulate the inside storage of tent that Does not Support Combustion: The
aerosol products. Permissible quantities, separation fire hazard created by aerosol products in metal
and fire protection depend on the occupancy type containers is driven by their propellant and the liq-
(see Sections 5104.2 and 5104.7) and storage condi- uid content. An aerosol product that contains a
tion, such as a general purpose warehouse (see Sec- nonflammable propellant and a liquid content that
tion 5104.3), aerosol warehouse (see Section does not support combustion would have a chemi-
5104.4), inside flammable-liquid storage room (see cal heat of combustion of 0 kJ/g and be classified
Section 5104.5) or liquid warehouse (see Section as a Level 1 aerosol product. Level 1 aerosols are
5104.6). protected using the same protection criteria
This section also specifies the level of protection needed for Class III commodities provided by
required for Level 1 aerosols. The fire hazard associ- NFPA 13.
ated with Level 1 aerosols has been demonstrated to The fire hazard of an aerosol product in plastic
be equivalent to Class III commodities as defined in containers cannot be directly compared to aerosol
Section 202 and NFPA 13. Therefore, Sections products in metal containers. However, using
5104.2 through 5104.7, and the applicable provisions commodity classification information for plastic
of Chapter 32, apply only to Level 2 and 3 aerosol containers filled with liquids that do not burn sup-
products. Level 2 aerosol products are classified as a ports proposing a protection level for equivalent
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
®
AEROSOLS
aerosol products. In this case, the content of the Since the propellant will not burn, the only real
aerosol would not contribute to a fire. Only the pri- opportunity to change the burning behavior would
mary (plastic container) and secondary (carton) be to cause the alcohol/water mixture to burn
packaging would contribute. If the aerosol was not more severely (e.g., possibly produce fireballs
pressurized, it would directly compare to products when the mixture is ejected from the container
listed in NFPA 13 Annex A, Table A.5.6.3 and FM under pressure). To evaluate this potential, a
Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 8-1, small-scale test series was contracted with Under-
Section 2.2.2.2. Both standards treat a plastic con- writers Laboratories (UL) to investigate the impact
tainer filled with a liquid that does not burn as a of pressurizing aerosol products in plastic contain-
Class I commodity. The addition of a nonflamma- ers, filled with a 20-percent alcohol/80-percent
ble propellant to a plastic container will not change water mixture by volume with nonflammable pro-
the burning properties of the commodity (it may pellants. In the five tests that were run, two filling
result in a violent rupture with no change in burn- methods were investigated: direct fill (liquid and
ing rates or severity). The above discussion would propellant in same space) and bag-on-valve (liq-
point to classifying the aerosol products in plastic uid in one compartment, propellant in outer com-
containers charged with a nonflammable propel- partment). UL reported the number of container
lant and liquid that does not burn as a Class I com- failures. The overall fire behavior was provided
modity. However, in an effort to provide consistency through direct observation. The tests looked at two
in the protection of aerosols, the protection proposal cases of six containers arranged with a 6-inch (15
targets using the same protection currently recom- cm) flue between them and a point igniter in the
mended for Level 1 aerosols. flue space. The cases were in a small pan.
2. Aerosol Products in Plastic Containers – None of the tests produced a pool fire or fireball.
Propellant: Nonflammable; Base: Liquid Con- In all five tests, portions of the aerosol products in
tent Consists of up to 20 percent Ethanol or plastic containers and cardboard cases remained
Isopropyl Alcohol in Aqueous Solution: An unburned. Based on these tests, it appears that
aerosol product in a plastic container that contains the fire properties of the alcohol/water mixture
a liquid that burns will create a fire hazard at least remained unchanged when pressurized and that
as severe as the same liquid in an unpressurized using Class III commodity protection will provide
plastic container. The fire hazard may increase fully adequate protection for the aerosol products
because the container is pressurized and will defi- in plastic containers.
nitely increase if it is pressurized with a flammable 3. Aerosol Products in Plastic Containers –
propellant. As the fire hazard of the aerosol’s con- Propellant: 4 percent by Weight Nonflammable
tent increases, the fire hazard of the actual aerosol Propellant or Flammable Propellant that is
will increase as well. If, on the other hand, the Emulsified in Liquid Base; Base: Aqueous
aerosol product in a plastic container was charged Base with no Fire Point: An emulsion, in an
with liquid components that can easily be protected aerosol product, would be a mixture of two or
in an unpressurized plastic container, similar to the more liquids in which one is present as droplets, of
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
discussion under Item 1, there is a good chance microscopic or ultramicroscopic size, distributed
that the aerosol products in plastic containers can throughout the other. Emulsions are formed from
be similarly protected. the component liquids either spontaneously or,
FM Global has developed protection criteria for more often, by mechanical means, such as agita-
several alcohol water mixtures in plastic bottles. tion, provided that the liquids that are mixed have
The alcohols used in the testing were ethanol and no (or a very limited) mutual solubility. Emulsions
isopropyl alcohol. The mixtures ranged from 100- are stabilized by agents that form films at the sur-
percent alcohol (approximate) down to 20-percent face of the droplets (e.g., soap molecules) or that
alcohol/80-percent water by volume. Cartons of impart to them a mechanical stability (e.g., colloi-
the 20-percent alcohol/80-percent water mixture in dal carbon or bentonite). Colloidal distributions or
a plastic bottle were tested in a full-scale array. suspension of one or more liquid(s) with another
This alcohol/water mixture does have a definable will have a shelf life that varies with the efficiency
fire point; however, it produces unstable burning. of the recipe used.
Based on the results of this test, FM Global has A Level 1 aerosol (metal can) was defined by
recommended protecting 20-percent alcohol/80- the fire performance of shave cream. This product
percent water mixtures by volume in plastic bottles had limited amounts of flammable liquefied gas
with the same protection recommended for liquids propellant to eject the mixture and to cause foam-
that do not burn in plastic containers, i.e., Class I ing of the mixture. In a fire, the hydrocarbon pro-
commodities. A final question is whether pressur- pellant would be ejected and burn, but the large
izing a plastic container filled with a 20-percent quantities of foam mix and water tended to pro-
alcohol/80-percent water mixture by volume with duce a very limited fire severity. A similar product
nonflammable propellant will change the burning was evaluated when placed in a plastic aerosol
properties of the product. container.
51-4 Code Council

AEROSOLS
The product consisted of several liquid compo- fire test, a number of small-scale tests were also
nents that do not support combustion mixed with done to provide a visual documentation on how a
water and a maximum of 4 percent by weight flam- plastic aerosol container with a shave foam-type
mable liquefied gas propellant. The liquefied gas product behaves when exposed to fire without
was held within the liquid mixture as an emulsion. sprinkler protection. These tests consisted of plac-
The gas would eject the liquid product and cause ing two cases of six containers on each side of a
the liquid mixture to foam. Since the liquid compo- standard igniter. The containers were packed in a
nents do not burn, the main concern centers cardboard box. A shave cream and a hair mousse
around the flammable liquefied gas propellant. were tested.
The evaluation used small, intermediate, and full- Test 9 used a product that was very similar to
scale fire testing to evaluate the fire hazard cre- what was tested in the intermediate and large-
ated by this product. All of the testing was com- scale testing. It was a shave cream product that
pleted at UL. had a small percentage of a flammable liquefied
The large-scale test used the 12-pallet aerosol gas that was in a stable emulsion with a multi-
classification test protocol. This methodology only component liquid mixture. The liquid mixture did
applies to metal aerosol products but, lacking any not support combustion. The product in Test 10
test data, it was considered a good starting point. had a higher weight percent flammable liquefied
The 12 pallet load palletized array operated four gas that did not form a stable emulsion in the bot-
sprinklers in 10 seconds at around a minute and a tle. A liquefied gas layer formed in the container. It
half after ignition. The fire was quickly knocked was not clear what the liquid mixture was made up
down. The test was run for 32 minutes. The liquid of. In both products, the flammable liquefied gas
product was released during the test and did not was used to eject the liquid mixture out of the con-
contribute to the fire. The flammable liquefied gas tainer and cause the liquid product to create foam.
did create brief flare-ups of the fire when released In Test 9, all but two of the containers failed.
and continued to create small fireballs throughout The shave foam covered the cases, containers
the test. The high sprinkler discharge density [0.79 and pan after the test. The product burned weakly
gpm/ft2 (32 mm/min)] easily extinguished the and extinguished the igniter used in the test. The
majority of the array and limited the fire spread to product used in Test 10 did appear to burn more
the ignition flue located in the center of the array. vigorously. Container failure produced momentary
The fire test seemed to demonstrate that the lim- fireballs. While this limited-scale test cannot pre-
ited amount of flammable liquefied gas in the dict the behavior of a product in a full-scale
product would not produce a severe fire; however, arrangement, it did demonstrate that there were
the high water density does not permit easy com- differences between the shave cream and the hair
parison to a Class III commodity fire. mousse, and that the hair mousse produced a
more vigorous fire.
An intermediate-scale test was run under the
The results of the intermediate-scale testing, the
calorimeter at UL to evaluate the effect of a signifi-
full-scale testing and the small-scale testing indi-
cantly lower water density [0.25 gpm/ft2 (10 mm/
cate that an aerosol product in a plastic container
min)] on this product. The product was placed in a
filled with a liquid mixture that does not support
double-row rack with a storage height of 15 feet
combustion and no more than 4 percent by weight
(4.6 m). Four open sprinklers were located 10 feet
flammable liquefied gas in a stable emulsion with
(3 m) above the top of the array and arranged to
the liquid mixture can be protected using criteria
deliver a water density of 0.25 gallon per minute
recommended for a Class III commodity.
per square foot (10 mm/min). The sprinklers were
activated at approximately 1 minute after ignition. 5104.2 Storage in Groups A, B, E, F, I and R. Storage of
The test was terminated at 4 minutes since the fire Level 2 and 3 aerosol products in occupancies in Groups A,
was extinguished. The percent damage was not B, E, F, I and R shall be limited to the following maximum
provided in the UL report; however the pictures quantities:
indicate that the fire was again confined to the 1. A net weight of 1,000 pounds (454 kg) of Level 2 aero-
ignition flue. sol products.
NFPA 13 requires a water density of 0.25 gallon 2. A net weight of 500 pounds (227 kg) of Level 3 aerosol
per minute per square foot (10 mm/min) to protect products.
a 15-foot-high (4.6 m) double-row rack storage of
Class III commodity in a 25-foot (7.6 m) high build- 3. A combined net weight of 1,000 pounds (454 kg) of
ing using low temperature ceiling sprinklers [NFPA Level 2 and 3 aerosol products.
13, Table 16.2.1.3.2, Figure 16.2.1.3.2(c) curves E The maximum quantity shall be increased 100 percent
& F, Figure 16.2.1.3.4.1]. The intermediate-scale where the excess quantity is stored in storage cabinets in
test indicates that this same protection level easily accordance with Section 5704.3.2.
controlled/extinguished a fire involving the foam  This section strictly limits quantities of aerosols in
shave cream in a plastic aerosol container. buildings of Groups A, B, E, F, I and R because these
In addition to the intermediate and large-scale

AEROSOLS
occupancy types will have higher occupant loads and “mixed commodities”). Aerosol product storage
host many activities not related to the storage of located in general purpose warehouses is classified
aerosol products. Storage exceeding the maximum as either nonsegregated storage (see Section
permitted quantities would result in the building being 5104.3.1) or segregated storage (see Section
classified as a high-hazard, Group H occupancy in 5104.3.2).
accordance with the IBC. The indicated maximum Distribution warehouses for major department
quantities are applicable per building area and not store chains containing large amounts of aerosols
per control area (see commentary, Section 5003). and various common mercantile commodities are typ-
This section would also allow the maximum quanti- ical of buildings classified as general purpose ware-
ties to be increased by 100 percent, if the quantities houses. Proper protection and separation of aerosol
exceeding those indicated for Level 2 and 3 aerosol product storage areas are essential to protect ordi-
products are stored in approved storage cabinets in nary storage commodities from the hazards of aero-
accordance with Section 5704.3.2, which contains sol products in these types of buildings.
specific requirements for the design, construction and 5104.3.1 Nonsegregated storage. Storage consisting of solid
capacity of storage cabinets. pile, palletized or rack storage of Level 2 and 3 aerosol prod-
5104.2.1 Excess storage. Storage of quantities exceeding the ucts not segregated into areas utilized exclusively for the stor-
maximum quantities indicated in Section 5104.2 shall be age of aerosols shall comply with Table 5104.3.1.
stored in separate inside flammable liquid storage rooms in  Nonsegregated storage is located in a general pur-
pose warehouse in which Level 2 and 3 aerosol prod-
 This section recognizes that in certain occupancies, ucts are not physically or spatially separated from
the maximum quantities listed in Section 5104.2 may other commodities. The maximum quantity of Level 2
be exceeded. Any Level 2 or 3 aerosol product and 3 aerosol products that can be located in non-
exceeding the maximum quantities specified in Sec- segregated storage areas is specified in Table
tion 5104.2, including the exception for approved 5104.3.1.
storage cabinets, must be stored in a separate, TABLE 5104.3.1
inside, flammable liquid storage room to maintain a NONSEGREGATED STORAGE OF LEVEL 2 AND 3 AEROSOL
Group A, B, E, F, I or R occupancy classification for PRODUCTS IN GENERAL PURPOSE WAREHOUSESb
the building. MAXIMUM NET WEIGHT PER FLOOR (pounds)b
For example, 1,000 pounds (454 kg) of Level 2 AEROSOL Palletized or
Rack storage
aerosols are allowed in a building classified in occu- LEVEL solid-pile storage
pancy Group B. An additional 1,000 pounds (454 kg) Unprotected Protected a
Unprotected Protecteda
of Level 2 aerosols are also allowed, if the product is 2 2,500 12,000 2,500 24,000
stored in approved storage cabinets (see Section 3 1,000 12,000 1,000 24,000
5104.2). If additional storage is desired, 1,000
pounds (454 kg) of Level 2 aerosols would be Combination
2,500 12,000 2,500 24,000
2 and 3
allowed in an inside, flammable liquid storage room
having a floor area of 500 square feet (46 m2) or less, For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound = 0.454 kg, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m2.
in accordance with Section 5104.5.1. Therefore, as a. Approved automatic sprinkler system protection and storage arrangements
much as 3,000 pounds (1362 kg) of Level 2 aerosols shall comply with NFPA 30B. Sprinkler system protection shall extend 20
feet beyond the storage area containing the aerosol products.
could be stored in a building of Group B occupancy, if
b. Storage quantities indicated are the maximum permitted in any 50,000-
all excess storage is in approved storage cabinets square-foot area.
and in an inside, flammable liquid storage room hav-
ing a floor area of no more than 500 square feet (46  Table 5104.3.1 lists the maximum quantities of Level
m2). If an inside, flammable liquid storage room 2 and 3 aerosols permitted in general purpose ware-
exceeding 500 square feet (46 m2) were used for the houses with nonsegregated storage. Maximum quan-
excess storage, the allowable quantity of Level 2 tities of aerosol products depend on the type of
aerosols in the room could be increased to 2,500 storage condition and the level of sprinkler protection.
pounds (1135 kg). The increased allowed quantities Unprotected storage refers to areas that have no
in the larger storage room results from the presence sprinkler protection or in which the sprinkler system
of an automatic sprinkler system. Compliance with does not meet specific NFPA 30B design require-
these requirements would maintain the Group B ments; therefore, protected storage refers only to
occupancy classification for the building (see com- areas in which sprinkler protection meets NFPA 30B
mentary, Section 5104.5). design parameters for solid pile, palletized and rack
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
structure storage conditions.

5104.3 Storage in general purpose warehouses. Aerosol
The “Maximum Net Weight” referred to in the table
storage in general purpose warehouses utilized only for ware-
consists of the base aerosol product plus the propel-
housing-type operations involving mixed commodities shall
lant, as defined in NFPA 30B.
comply with Section 5104.3.1 or 5104.3.2.
5104.3.2 Segregated storage. Storage of Level 2 and 3 aero-
 General purpose warehouses are used for storing sol products segregated into areas utilized exclusively for the
general commodities and aerosol products (i.e.,
51-6 Code Council

AEROSOLS
storage of aerosols shall comply with Table 5104.3.2 and tance of 25 feet (7620 mm) from commodity classifi-
Sections 5104.3.2.1 and 5104.3.2.2. cations greater than Class III must be maintained
when using the separation area option (for additional
 Special requirements for storing aerosol products to
prevent mixing with other commodities recognize guidance on commodity classifications, see NFPA
13).
that, without proper sprinkler protection and separa-
tion, fires involving Level 2 and 3 aerosols are difficult Depending on the separation type provided, the
segregated storage area is limited by both a percent-
to control. Storage areas can be segregated by fire-
resistance-rated interior walls, a chain-link fence age of the building area and a maximum area limita-
tion, as indicated in Note a. The allowable area of
enclosure or the establishment of a separation area.
All aerosol product storage areas in segregated stor- segregated storage increases with the increased
degree of separation. Segregated storage areas of
age must have sprinkler protection in accordance
with NFPA 30B. The maximum quantity of Level 2 Level 2 and 3 aerosols must have sprinkler protection
in accordance with NFPA 30B.
and 3 aerosol products that can be placed in segre-
gated storage is specified in Table 5104.3.2. 5104.3.2.1 Chain-link fence enclosures. Chain-link fence
TABLE 5104.3.2
enclosures required by Table 5104.3.2 shall comply with the
SEGREGATED STORAGE OF LEVEL 2 AND 3 AEROSOL following:
PRODUCTS IN GENERAL PURPOSE WAREHOUSES 1. The fence shall not be less than No. 9 gage steel wire,
MAXIMUM woven into a maximum 2-inch (51 mm) diamond mesh.
SEGREGATED
STORAGE AREAa 2. The fence shall be installed from the floor to the under-
STORAGE SPRINKLER
SEPARATION Percentage Area REQUIREMENTS side of the roof or ceiling above.
of building limitation
area (square 3. Class IV and high-hazard commodities shall be stored
(percent) feet) outside of the aerosol storage area and not less than 8
Separation areae, f 15 20,000 Notes b, c feet (2438 mm) from the fence.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Chain-link fence enclosured 20 20,000 Notes b, c 4. Access openings in the fence shall be provided with
1-hour fire-resistance-rated either self- or automatic-closing devices or a labyrinth
20 30,000 Note b opening arrangement preventing aerosol containers
interior walls
2-hour fire-resistance-rated from rocketing through the access openings.
25 40,000 Note b
interior walls 5. Not less than two means of egress shall be provided
3-hour fire-resistance-rated from the fenced enclosure.
30 50,000 Note b
interior walls  Table 5104.3.2 establishes limits on the use of a
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m2. chain-link fence as a means of segregated storage of
a. The maximum segregated storage area shall be limited to the smaller of Level 2 and 3 aerosol products. A chain-link fence
the two areas resulting from the percentage of building area limitation and enclosure is intended to reduce the potential hazard
the area limitation. of “rocketing” aerosol cans in a fire. Both fire tests
b. Automatic sprinkler system protection in aerosol product storage areas and loss history have shown that ruptured aerosol
shall comply with NFPA 30B and be approved. Building areas not
containing aerosol product storage shall be equipped throughout with an cans in fires will “rocket” through the warehouse stor-
approved automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section age area, resulting in multiple ignition locations and
903.3.1.1. overtaxing of the fire protection systems. Chain-link
c. Automatic sprinkler system protection in aerosol product storage areas fence construction details as indicated in this section,
shall comply with NFPA 30B and be approved. Sprinkler system in combination with proper sprinkler protection as
protection shall extend a minimum 20 feet beyond the aerosol storage
area. specified in Notes b and c of Table 5104.3.2, provide
d. Chain-link fence enclosures shall comply with Section 5104.3.2.1. a measure of additional safety, allowing increased
e. A separation area shall be defined as an area extending outward from the storage quantities over that permitted where no phys-
periphery of the segregated aerosol product storage area as follows. ical barrier exists.
1. The limits of the aerosol product storage shall be clearly marked on The No. 9 gage steel requirement for the chain-link
the floor. fence is similar to a standard, industrial-grade chain-
2. The separation distance shall be not less than 25 feet and maintained link gage that is commonly used for fencing property.
clear of all materials with a commodity classification greater than This chain-link gage is considered the lightest accept-
Class III in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
able fencing and is capable of restraining flying aero-
f. Separation areas shall only be permitted where approved.
sol containers. A labyrinth opening arrangement in
 Table 5104.3.2 lists maximum quantities of Level 2 the fencing essentially works as an entryway maze.
and 3 aerosols allowed in general purpose ware- In place of a door, the access area to the chain-link
houses with segregated storage. Storage areas can fence enclosure would be constructed of other fenc-
be segregated using either fire-resistance-rated inte- ing, which is usually located at right angles, and
rior walls, a chain-link fence enclosure (see Section through its arrangement, would obstruct the opening
5104.3.2.1) or a separation area. to prevent the aerosol containers from rocketing
As indicated in Note e, a minimum separation dis- through the access opening.

AEROSOLS
5104.3.2.2 Aisles. The minimum aisle requirements for seg- as an aerosol warehouse complying with the provi-
regated storage in general purpose warehouses shall comply sions of Sections 5104.4.1 through 5104.4.4.
with Table 5104.3.2.2. 5104.4.1 Automatic sprinkler system. Aerosol warehouses
 Fires involving aerosol products can spread across shall be protected by an approved wet-pipe automatic sprin-
aisles located between two rows of racks or palletized kler system in accordance with NFPA 30B. Sprinkler protec-
and solid pile storage. If the fire is severe enough, the tion shall be designed based on the highest classification level
radiant energy may ignite combustible cartons across of aerosol product present.
an aisle, or a fireball from a rupturing container may  The automatic sprinkler system for aerosol ware-
be large enough to engulf adjacent storage. Table houses must be designed in accordance with NFPA
5104.3.2.2 gives aisle requirements for segregated 30B. The sprinkler protection must be designed for
storage of Level 2 and 3 aerosol products located in Level 3 aerosol products if both Level 2 and 3 aero-
general purpose warehouses. sols are stored in the aerosol warehouse. With the
TABLE 5104.3.2.2 approval of the fire code official, sprinkler protection
SEGREGATED STORAGE AISLE WIDTHS AND DISTANCE TO can be omitted from an aerosol warehouse where a
AISLES IN GENERAL PURPOSE WAREHOUSES
minimum separation distance of 100 feet (30 480
MINIMUM
MAXIMUM
DISTANCE FROM
mm) from a lot line or structure is maintained and
STORAGE CONDITION
AISLE WIDTH (feet) STORAGE TO exposure protection is provided. Exposure protection
AISLE (feet) would include either a public fire department or plant
Solid pile or palletizeda 4 feet between piles 25 fire brigade that could apply cooling water streams on
4 feet between racks and adjacent properties or structures. Exposure protec-
Racks with ESFR
adjacent Level 2 and 3 25 tion is not required where the distance is 200 feet (60
sprinklersa 960 mm) or more to other buildings or lot lines.
aerosol product storage
8 feet between racks and 5104.4.2 Pile and palletized storage aisles. Solid pile and
Racks without ESFR palletized storage shall be arranged so the maximum travel
adjacent Level 2 and 3 25
sprinklersa
aerosol product storage distance to an aisle is 25 feet (7620 mm). Aisles shall have a
minimum width of 4 feet (1219 mm).
a. Sprinklers shall comply with NFPA 30B.  The maximum travel distance of 25 feet (7620 mm) to
 Table 5104.3.2.2 shows a minimum aisle width and a an aisle provides an adequate means of egress if an
25-foot-maximum (7620 mm) separation distance emergency occurs. This results in an allowable stor-
from aerosol storage to aisles where aerosols cannot age area of 50 feet by 50 feet (15 240 mm by 15 240
be stored for segregated storage of Level 2 and 3 mm) surrounded by 4-foot (1219 mm) aisles for pal-
aerosol products located in general purpose ware- letized and pile storage. The 4-foot (1219 mm) aisle
houses. The minimum aisle width depends on the width, in conjunction with a sprinkler system and in
storage condition and the level of sprinkler protection. accordance with NFPA 30B, reduces the chance of
The 25-foot (7620 mm) distance between the storage fire spread across aisles involving pile and palletized
and aisle not only isolates aerosols but also limits storage.
travel distances within the storage area. 5104.4.3 Rack storage aisles. Rack storage shall be arranged
Note a is intended to require the design of the auto- with a minimum aisle width of 8 feet (2438 mm) between
matic sprinkler system to meet the requirements of rows of racks and 8 feet (2438 mm) between racks and adja-
NFPA 30B. If the automatic sprinkler system is not cent solid pile or palletized storage. Where early suppression
designed in accordance with the conditions for ESFR fast-response (ESFR) sprinklers provide automatic sprinkler
sprinklers in NFPA 30B, then aisles must be 8 feet protection, the minimum aisle width shall be 4 feet (1219
(2438 mm) wide when storing Level 2 or 3 aerosol mm).
products in rack structures. The storage area must be  The requirements in this section are similar to those
configured so that storage is no more than 25 feet in Table 5104.3.2.2 for segregated storage in general
(7620 mm) from the aisle, thus providing a storage purpose warehouses. This section requires 8-foot
footprint of 50 feet (15 240 mm) on a side. (2438 mm) aisles between rows of racks or between
5104.4 Storage in aerosol warehouses. The total quantity of racks and adjacent piles or palletized storage when
Level 2 and 3 aerosol products in a warehouse utilized for the the area is protected with sprinkler systems designed
storage, shipping and receiving of aerosol products shall not in accordance with NFPA 30B.
be restricted in structures complying with Sections 5104.4.1 The 8-foot (2438 mm) minimum aisle width allows
through 5104.4.4. two unimpeded parallel columns of egressing occu-
 Buildings classified as aerosol warehouses are pants to travel in opposite directions, in addition to
detached buildings or a separate portion of a building anticipating other obstructions occurring during an
used exclusively for storing and handling aerosol emergency situation. These obstructions could be in
products. This section does not limit the quantity of the form of a lift truck, or idle pallets or even the result
Level 2 and 3 aerosol products in a building classified of unstable commodities falling into the aisle. In addi-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
51-8 Code Council

AEROSOLS
tion, the 96-inch (2438 mm) width further reduces the cated in Sections 5104.5.1 and 5104.5.2, and the
hazard of aisle jumps (radiant heat from a burning storage of flammable and combustible liquids
rack or pile causing the rack or pile across the aisle to exceeding maximum allowable quantities (MAQs),
ignite) in case of a fire and provides the fire depart- must be classified as high-hazard Group H occupan-
ment with greater maneuvering capabilities during a cies.
fire, essentially providing an additional safety factor 5104.5.1 Storage rooms of 500 square feet or less. The stor-
where aerosols are stored. age of aerosol products in flammable liquid storage rooms
The second sentence of this section is an excep- less than or equal to 500 square feet (46 m2) in area shall not
tion that recognizes the increased safety of the higher exceed the following quantities:
level of sprinkler protection provided by an ESFR sys-
tem designed in accordance with NFPA 30B by allow- 1. A net weight of 1,000 pounds (454 kg) of Level 2
ing for a 50-percent reduction in aisle width. The aerosol products.
maximum travel distance to an aisle is intended to be 2. A net weight of 500 pounds (227 kg) of Level 3
25 feet (7620 mm), as indicated in Table 5104.3.2.2. aerosol products.
5104.4.4 Combustible commodities. Combustible commod- 3. A combined net weight of 1,000 pounds (454 kg) of
ities other than flammable and combustible liquids shall be Level 2 and 3 aerosol products.
permitted to be stored in an aerosol warehouse.
 This section limits the amount of Level 2 and 3 aero-
Exception: Flammable and combustible liquids in 1-quart sols that can be stored in an inside flammable liquid
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
(946 mL) metal containers and smaller shall be permitted storage room 500 square feet (46 m2) or less in area
to be stored in an aerosol warehouse. that complies with NFPA 30. The degree of fire-resis-
 Based on the full-scale aerosol product fire tests distance-rated construction depends on room size.
cussed in earlier sections of the commentary, this Sprinkler protection may or may not be required
section allows ordinary combustible commodities to depending on the quantity of other flammable and
be stored in aerosol warehouses, provided that the combustible liquids in the inside storage room (see
fire protection system for the entire facility is based commentary, Section 5104.2.1).
on the appropriate fire protection design table from 5104.5.2 Storage rooms greater than 500 square feet. The
NFPA 30B and Section 5104.4.1. This is consistent storage of aerosol products in flammable liquid storage
with and correlates with Section 6.3.6.7 of NFPA 30B. rooms greater than 500 square feet (46 m2) in area shall not
See the commentary to Section 3203 for information exceed the following quantities:
on the classification of combustible commodities. 1. A net weight of 2,500 pounds (1135 kg) of Level 2
The exception allows small, 1 quart [32 ounce aerosol products.
(0.95 L)] metal containers of flammable and combus-
tible liquids to be stored in aerosol warehouses, along 2. A net weight of 1,000 pounds (454 kg) of Level 3 aero-
with the ordinary combustible commodities discussed sol products.
in the previous paragraph, provided that the fire pro- 3. A combined net weight of 2,500 pounds (1135 kg) of
tection system for the entire facility is based on the Level 2 and 3 aerosol products.
appropriate fire protection design table from NFPA The maximum aggregate storage quantity of Level 2 and 3
30B. This is consistent with and correlates with Sec- aerosol products permitted in separate inside storage rooms
tion 6.3.6.8 of NFPA 30B. protected by an approved automatic sprinkler system in
5104.5 Storage in inside flammable liquid storage rooms. accordance with NFPA 30B shall be 5,000 pounds (2270 kg).
Inside flammable liquid storage rooms shall comply with
Section 5704.3.7. The maximum quantities of aerosol prod-  This section allows an increase in the quantity of
ucts shall comply with Section 5104.5.1 or 5104.5.2. Level 2 and 3 aerosols for inside, flammable, liquid
storage rooms exceeding 500 square feet (46 m2) in
 This section recognizes another option for storing area. These provisions assume that the storage room
Level 2 and 3 aerosols. Depending on the anticipated complies with fire-resistance-rated construction and
quantities, storage in a Group H-3 inside flammable the fire protection requirements of NFPA 30.
liquid storage room meeting the requirements of Sec- Increased quantities compared to Section 5104.5.1
tion 5704.3.7 may be more economical. for rooms less than 500 square feet (46 m2) in area
Sections 5104.5.1 and 5104.5.2 limit maximum are based on having an automatic sprinkler system
quantities of Level 2 and 3 aerosols that can be throughout the building in accordance with NFPA 13.
stored in an inside flammable liquid storage room The additional quantities allowed by the last para-
depending on the size of the room and the degree of graph of this section require the sprinkler system to
fire-resistance-rated separation and automatic sprin- comply with NFPA 30B (see commentary, Section
kler protection installed. Indicated maximum quanti- 5104.2.1).
ties of aerosol products are the same quantities listed 5104.6 Storage in liquid warehouses. The storage of Level
in Section 5104.2. See the commentary to Section 2 and 3 aerosol products in liquid warehouses shall comply
202 for the definition of “Liquid storage room.” with NFPA 30B. The storage shall be located within segre-
Storage of aerosols exceeding the quantities indi-

AEROSOLS
gated storage areas in accordance with Section 5104.3.2 and to as “back-stock” storage areas. The storage limita-
Sections 5104.6.1 through 5104.6.3. tion for aerosol products located in the retail sales
area of mercantile occupancies is specified in Section
 This section contains requirements for storing Level 2
5106.
and 3 aerosol products in warehouses used primarily
for storing flammable and combustible liquids. The TABLE 5104.7
MAXIMUM QUANTITIES OF LEVEL 2 AND 3 AEROSOL
aerosol product storage area is required to meet the PRODUCTS IN RETAIL STORAGE AREAS
segregated storage requirements of Section
MAXIMUM NET WEIGHT PER FLOOR (pounds)
5104.3.2, Sections 5104.6.1 through 5104.6.3 and
Segregated storage
NFPA 30B. This section is intended to address only Floor
Nonsegregated
storagea, b Storage Separated from
protection for the segregated aerosol product storage cabinetsb retail areac
area. NFPA 30 addresses protection for the flamma- Basement Not Permitted Not Permitted Not Permitted
ble and combustible liquids in the liquid warehouse.
Ground floor 2,500 5,000 Note d
5104.6.1 Containment. Spill control or drainage shall be Upper floors 500 1,000 Note d
provided to prevent the flow of liquid to within 8 feet (2438
mm) of the segregated storage area. For SI: 1 pound = 0.454 kg, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m2.
a. The total aggregate quantity on display and in storage shall not exceed the
 To reduce the potential for the segregated aerosol maximum retail display quantity indicated in Section 5106.3.
storage area to become involved in an emergency b. Storage quantities indicated are the maximum permitted in any 50,000-
created by the flammable and combustible liquids square-foot area.
stored elsewhere in the building, an approved means c. The storage area shall be separated from the retail area with a 1-hour fire-
of spill control and drainage must be provided. The resistance-rated assembly.
d. See Table 5104.3.2.
spill-control and drainage system is intended to keep
the liquids away from the aerosols. Section 5004.2  Table 5104.7 shows the maximum quantity limitations
contains additional guidance on the means of spill for Level 2 and 3 aerosol products in the back-stock
control and drainage for flammable and combustible storage areas of mercantile occupancies in both non-
liquids. segregated and segregated conditions. In nonsegre-
5104.6.2 Sprinkler design. Sprinkler protection shall be gated storage, the aerosol product storage is neither
designed based on the highest level of aerosol product pres- separated from the retail display by a fire-resistance-
ent. rated barrier nor stored in approved flammable liquid
storage cabinets. When the storage is nonsegre-
 Design requirements for the sprinkler system are gated, the quantity of Level 2 and 3 aerosols is the
based on the highest level of aerosol products stored total quantity in the back-stock storage and display
and the anticipated storage condition. The sprinkler areas combined. Level 2 and 3 aerosol products
system must be designed for Level 3 aerosol prod- would be limited to 2,500 pounds (1135 kg) and 500
ucts where both Level 2 and 3 aerosol products are pounds (227 kg) on the ground and upper floors,
stored. respectively, in any 50,000-square-foot (4645 m2)
5104.6.3 Opening protection into segregated storage area. In the case of segregated back-stock storage
areas. Fire doors or gates opening into the segregated storage using approved, flammable-liquid storage cabinets,
area shall either be self-closing or provided with automatic- the total aerosol product storage is independent of
closing devices activated by sprinkler water flow or an the displayed quantities. The back-stock storage area
approved fire detection system. quantities can be increased to those specified in
Table 5104.3.2.2 for segregated storage in general
 Openings for access to and from segregated storage
purpose warehouses where the storage has been
areas must provide the intended degree of protection.
separated from the retail sales area by no less than
Chain-link fence enclosures can have either self-clos-
1-hour fire-resistance-rated construction.
ing or automatic-closing gates. If the segregated stor-
age opening is protected with automatic-closing fire
doors or gates, the closing device must be activated SECTION 5105
by water flow from the sprinkler system or by an OUTSIDE STORAGE
approved fire detection system.
5105.1 General. The outside storage of Level 2 and 3 aerosol
5104.7 Storage in Group M occupancies. Storage of Level products, including storage in temporary storage trailers,
2 and 3 aerosol products in occupancies in Group M shall shall be separated from exposures in accordance with Table
comply with Table 5104.7. Retail display shall comply with 5105.1.
Section 5106.
 Outside storage of Level 2 and 3 aerosol products
 Both this section and Table 5104.7 contain storage must be separated from buildings, lot lines, public
limitations for Level 2 and 3 aerosol products in the ways and other outside combustible storage as shown
storage area of a mercantile occupancy that is physi- in Table 5105.1 to minimize potential exposure haz-
cally separated from the sales area and not accessi- ards to the aerosols. Temporary storage trailers must
ble to the public. These areas are generally referred also be located a minimum of 50 feet (15 240 mm)
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
51-10 Code Council

AEROSOLS
from buildings and other outside storage. Minimum mal merchandising not exceeding 8 feet (2438 mm) in height
separation distances are consistent with NFPA 30B shall be in accordance with Sections 5106.2.1 through
and NFPA 80A. Areas surrounding outdoor aerosol 5106.2.4.
storage areas also should be maintained free of mis-  Prior to about 1990, the typical mercantile store dis-
cellaneous combustible materials and vegetation for a played merchandise to heights of about 8 feet (2438
distance of at least 20 feet (6096 mm) to avoid expos- mm). In the years since, merchandising techniques
ing the aerosols being stored to ignition or damage have changed substantially so that item displays now
from unwanted fire involving rubbish, wind-borne exceed 8 feet (2438 mm) in what are called “big box”
debris and dry vegetation. stores. Section 5106.2 and its subsections regulate
TABLE 5105.1 the more traditional type of stores where display and
DISTANCE TO EXPOSURES FOR OUTSIDE STORAGE
OF LEVEL 2 AND 3 AEROSOL PRODUCTS
merchandising of Level 2 and 3 aerosol products do
not exceed 8 feet (2438 mm) in height. See the com-
MINIMUM DISTANCE FROM
EXPOSURE
AEROSOL STORAGE (feet)a mentary to Section 5106.3 for information on displays
Public alleys, public ways, public greater than 8 feet (2438 mm) in height.
20
streets 5106.2.1 Maximum quantities in retail display areas.
Buildings 50 Aerosol products in retail display areas shall not exceed
Exit discharge to a public way 50 quantities needed for display and normal merchandising and
shall not exceed the quantities in Table 5106.2.1.
Lot lines 20
Other outside storage 50  This section is intended to restrict the quantities of
aerosol products in display areas where the public
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm. would be exposed to them and where they might not
a. The minimum separation distance indicated is not required where exterior be protected by fire barriers or sprinkler systems, as
walls having a 2-hour fire-resistance rating without penetrations separate
the storage from the exposure. The walls shall extend not less than 30 they would be in approved storage areas.
inches above and to the sides of Level 2 and 3 aerosol products. TABLE 5106.2.1
MAXIMUM QUANTITIES OF LEVEL 2 AND 3 AEROSOL
 Table 5105.1 specifies minimum separation require- PRODUCTS IN RETAIL DISPLAY AREAS
ments for the outside storage of Level 2 and 3 aero- MAXIMUM NET WEIGHT PER FLOOR (pounds)b
sol products for various exposure conditions.
Protected in Protected in
In place of the minimum separation distance Floor Unprotecteda accordance with accordance with
requirement, Note a allows the use of a minimum 2- Section 5106.2 a, c
Section 5106.3c
hour fire-resistance-rated wall without openings or Basement Not allowed 500 500
penetrations as the means of exposure protection.
Ground 2,500 10,000 10,000
The wall with the required extensions beyond the
aerosol product storage area is intended to act as an Upper 500 2,000 Not allowed
effective shield to protect the exposed area from the For SI: 1 pound = 0.454 kg, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m2.
Level 2 and 3 aerosol products, equivalent to the spa- a. The total quantity shall not exceed 1,000 pounds net weight in any one
tial separations shown in the table. 100-square-foot retail display area.
b. Per 25,000-square-foot retail display area.
c. Minimum Ordinary Hazard Group 2 wet-pipe automatic sprinkler system
SECTION 5106 throughout the retail sales occupancy.
RETAIL DISPLAY  This table establishes quantity limits for display areas
5106.1 General. This section shall apply to the retail display that are protected by sprinklers as well as those that
of 500 pounds (227 kg) or more of Level 2 and 3 aerosol are not. Note a deals only with product display in
products. accordance with Section 5106.2. Note b deals with
the entire table and does allow these quantities for
 This section establishes the applicability of Section each 25,000 square feet (2323 m2) of retail display
5106 to the retail display of Level 2 and 3 aerosol area. This provides adequate separation of the quan-
products with a net weight exceeding 500 pounds tities while allowing the display of various product
(227 kg) in retail and wholesale stores classified in types, such as paint, insect control and personal care
Group M in accordance with IBC Section 309.1. products. Note c deals with Sections 5106.2 and
Quantities of Level 1 aerosol products are not lim- 5106.3, and does require, at a minimum, an Ordinary
ited in Group M mercantile display areas because of Hazard Group 2 wet pipe sprinkler system throughout
their low content of flammable product or propellant. the retail sales occupancy, except where higher lev-
5106.2 Aerosol display and normal merchandising not els of protection are required, such as in Level 2 and
exceeding 8 feet (2438 mm) high. Aerosol display and nor- 3 aerosol display areas.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

AEROSOLS
5106.2.2 Display of containers. Level 2 and 3 aerosol con- nary Hazard Group 2 occupancy. The system shall be pro-
tainers shall not be stacked more than 6 feet (1829 mm) high vided throughout the retail display area.
from the base of the aerosol array to the top of the aerosol  The reference to Section 903.3.1.1 indicates that the
array unless the containers are placed on fixed shelving or sprinkler system must meet the requirements of
otherwise secured in an approved manner. Where storage or NFPA 13, which classifies mercantile groups used for
retail display is on shelves, the height of such storage or retail retail display as an Ordinary Hazard Group 2 occu-
display to the top of aerosol containers shall not exceed 8 feet pancy. This would require a minimum sprinkler
(2438 mm). design density of 0.20 gallon per minute (gpm) per
 Restricting display heights of Level 2 and 3 aerosol square foot (8.14 L/min/m2) applied over the hydrauli-
containers where NFPA 30B protection tables are not cally most remote 1,500 square feet (139 m2) of sys-
followed serves three purposes. The first is, obvi- tem coverage, which is common for most mercantile
ously, to limit the quantity of aerosols that can be occupancies. In areas that are equipped with a sprin-
housed in a given area; the second is to make certain kler system conforming to NFPA 13, this section lim-
the displays are stable and not likely to topple; and its the quantity of aerosols on display to 2 pounds per
the third is to make certain the piles are not so high square foot (psf) (10 kg/m2) of the gross sales floor
that they would be likely to interfere with the efficient area with a maximum weight of 1,000 pounds (454
operation of area sprinklers. kg) of aerosols in any 10-foot by 10-foot (3048 mm by
5106.2.3 Combustible cartons. Aerosol products located in 3048 mm) area of the sales floor.
retail display areas shall be removed from combustible car- If more aerosol product storage is desired or antici-
tons. pated, Section 5106.3 must be followed.
Exceptions: 5106.3 Aerosol display and normal merchandising
exceeding 8 feet (2438 mm) high. Aerosol display and mer-
1. Display areas that use a portion of combustible car- chandising exceeding 8 feet in height shall be in accordance
tons that consist of only the bottom panel and not with Sections 5106.3.1 through 5106.3.3.
more than 2 inches (51 mm) of the side panel are
allowed.  Many modern stores classified in Group M are
included in the family of stores commonly know as
2. When the display area is protected in accordance “big box” or “warehouse”-type stores (Section 309.1
with Tables 6.3.2.7(a) through 6.3.2.7(l) of NFPA of the IBC calls them “wholesale stores”), so called
30B, storage of aerosol products in combustible car- because of their high-density, high-piled display and
tons is allowed. storage of products at heights greater than 8 feet
 Removing combustible cartons from display areas (2438 mm) in areas accessible to the public. This
reduces the potential fuel supply in case of a fire and section describes the requirements for displaying and
also removes the combustible material that would merchandising Level 2 and 3 aerosol products where
surround the aerosol containers and heat them to the they exceed 8 feet (2438 mm) in height.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
point that they could ignite, “rocket” or explode. It also 5106.3.1 Maximum quantities in retail display areas.
keeps the display more open so that sprinklers can Aerosol products in retail display areas shall not exceed
reach the individual containers more easily to help quantities needed for display and normal merchandising and
keep them below dangerous temperatures, as well as shall not exceed the quantities in Table 5106.2.1, with fire
control or extinguish fire in other surrounding com- protection in accordance with Section 5106.3.2.
bustibles.
Exception 1 allows cut-down cartons in displays  This section is intended, as is Section 5106.2.1, to
because they represent a somewhat reduced fuel restrict the quantities of hazardous materials in dis-
load for a fire and also leave the sides of the aerosol play areas where the public would be exposed to
containers exposed so that sprinkler water can reach them.
them. The carton bottoms also help stabilize stacks in 5106.3.2 Automatic sprinkler protection. Aerosol display
displays to keep them from toppling. and merchandising areas shall be protected by an automatic
Exception 2 allows use of cartons in aerosol dis- sprinkler system based on the requirements set forth in Tables
play and merchandising areas, which are protected in 6.3.2.7(a) through 6.3.2.7(l) of NFPA 30B and the following:
accordance with Tables 6.3.2.7(a) through 6.3.2.7(l) 1. Protection shall be based on the highest level of aerosol
of NFPA 30B in accordance with Section 5106.3. product in the array and the packaging method of the
5106.2.4 Retail display automatic sprinkler system. Where storage located more than 6 feet (1829 mm) above the
an automatic sprinkler system is required for the protected finished floor.
retail display of aerosol products, the wet-pipe automatic 2. Where using the cartoned aerosol tables of NFPA 30B,
sprinkler system shall be in accordance with Section uncartoned or display-cut Level 2 and 3 aerosols shall
903.3.1.1. The minimum system design shall be for an Ordi- be permitted not more than 6 feet (1829 mm) above the
finished floor.
51-12 Code Council

AEROSOLS
3. The design area for Level 2 and 3 aerosols shall extend beneath high-temperature sprinklers from activating
not less than 20 feet (6096 mm) beyond the Level 2 and ordinary-temperature sprinklers located away from
3 aerosol display and merchandising areas. the fire. This could put a strain on water availability in
4. Where ordinary and high-temperature ceiling sprinkler the fire area.
systems are adjacent to each other, noncombustible 5106.3.3 Separation of Level 2 and 3 aerosol areas. Separa-
draft curtains shall be installed at the interface. tion of Level 2 and 3 aerosol areas shall comply with the fol-
lowing:
 This section describes the automatic sprinkler protec-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
tion requirements for Level 2 and 3 aerosol products 1. Level 2 and 3 aerosol display and merchandising areas
where pile heights exceed 8 feet (2438 mm) in height. shall be separated from each other by not less than 25
The sprinkler protection is the same as that required feet (7620 mm). See Table 5106.2.1.
in a warehouse and must follow the appropriate 2. Level 2 and 3 aerosol display and merchandising areas
requirements in Tables 6.3.2.7(a) through 6.3.2.7(l) of shall be separated from flammable and combustible liq-
NFPA 30B. See Commentary Figure 5106.3.2. The uids storage and display areas by one or a combination
protection table to be used is based on: of the following:
• The highest level of aerosol product found in the 2.1. Segregating areas from each other by horizontal
array. distance of not less than 25 feet (7620 mm).
• The packaging method of product located more 2.2. Isolating areas from each other by a noncom-
than 6 feet (1829 mm) above the floor; that is, bustible partition extending not less than 18
whether the product is in cartons or is inches (457 mm) above the merchandise.
uncartoned.
2.3. In accordance with Section 5106.5.
• The display/storage method: bulk, palletized or
rack. 3. Where Item 2.2 is used to separate Level 2 or 3 aerosols
from flammable or combustible liquids, and the aerosol
When using the tables for cartoned product, all products are located within 25 feet (7620 mm) of flam-
product above the 6-foot (1829 mm) level must be mable or combustible liquids, the area below the non-
cartoned. This is to increase the likelihood that the combustible partition shall be liquid tight at the floor to
sprinkler protection will properly protect the storage prevent spilled liquids from flowing beneath the aero-
array. sol products.
The design area for the ceiling sprinklers for the
Level 2 or 3 aerosols must extend at least 20 feet  As indicated in Table 5106.2.1, Note b, the maximum
(6096 mm) beyond the display and merchandising net weight shown is for each 25,000 square feet
area. This is to provide the outer part of the aerosol (2323 m2) of sales display area. This section provides
area with adequate ceiling sprinkler water distribution for the separation of aerosols in any one of these
regardless of whether the fire is internal or external to areas from those in any other area. This 25-foot
the aerosols. (7620 mm) separation prevents back-to-back,
Noncombustible draft curtains are to be installed at 10,000-pound (4540 kg) arrays of product, which
interfaces between ordinary- and high-temperature would defeat the purpose of the MAQs.
ceiling sprinkler systems in order to prevent a fire Separation of Level 2 and 3 aerosol products from
TABLE 6.3.2.7 STORAGE METHOD PACKAGING TYPE AEROSOL LEVEL

SUFFIX Pallet or Solid Pile Rack Storage Cartoned Uncartoned Level 2 Level 3
(a) Metric
X X X X
(b) English
(c) Metric
X X X
(d) English
(e) Metric
X X X
(f) English
(g) Metric
X X X
(h) English
(i) Metric
X X X
(j) English
(k) Metric
X X X
(l) English
a. There Are Two Versions Of Each Table, One That Uses Si Units (Metric) And One That Uses English Units.
Figure 5106.3.2
GUIDE TO CONTENTS OF NFPA 30B TABLES 6.3.2.7(a) through (l)

AEROSOLS
flammable and combustible liquids is required in 5106.5 Special protection design for Level 2 and 3 aerosols
order to prevent a liquid spill fire from immediately adjacent to flammable and combustible liquids in double-
involving the aerosol products. The burning liquid row racks. The display and merchandising of Level 2 and 3
could easily overwhelm the automatic sprinkler pro- aerosols adjacent to flammable and combustible liquids in
tection provided for the aerosol products, thus double-row racks shall be in accordance with Sections
increasing the size of the loss. 5106.5.1 through 5106.5.8 or Section 5106.3.3.
The separation can be accomplished in any one or  This is the third method referred to in Section
a combination of three ways: 5106.3.3, Item 2.3, for the separation of Level 2 and 3
1. Separation by a horizontal distance of at least aerosol display and merchandising areas from flam-
25 feet (7620 mm). This will prevent immediate mable and combustible liquid storage and display
involvement of the aerosols; and, if the burning areas.
liquid does eventually flow toward the aerosols, This special protection design is based on large-
the in-rack sprinklers or fast-response scale fire testing, with the storage arrays and sprin-
sprinklers should activate so as to provide kler protection based on that testing. Rather than
prewetting of the area. requiring the separation of aerosols and liquids in
retail display and merchandising, it is a specific
2. A noncombustible partition between the method to allow some of these products to be adja-
products to prevent liquid flow into the aerosol cent to one another.
area. When the partition is used and the 5106.5.1 Fire protection. Fire protection for the display and
aerosols and liquids are within 25 feet (7620 merchandising of Level 2 and 3 aerosols in double-row racks
mm) of one another, this partition is to be liquid shall be in accordance with Table 7.4.1 and Figure 7.4.1 of
tight at the floor to prevent spilled liquids from NFPA 30B.
flowing under the aerosol products.
3. A special protection design in accordance with  This specific method requires that the aerosols be in
Section 5106.5. double-row racks, and that the fire protection be in
accordance with Table 7.4.1 and Figure 7.4.1 of
5106.4 Maximum quantities in storage areas. Aerosol NFPA 30B. This fire protection scheme is based on a
products in storage areas adjacent to retail display areas shall successful large-scale fire test.
not exceed the quantities in Table 5106.4.
5106.5.2 Cartoned products. Level 2 and 3 aerosols dis-
 This section establishes quantity limits on aerosol played or merchandised more than 8 feet (2438 mm) above
products held in storage areas adjacent to retail sales the finished floor shall be in cartons.
floors. The limits are given in Table 5106.4, except for
those in the right-hand column. Table 5104.7 desig-  The Level 2 and 3 aerosols displayed or merchan-
nates this column as applying to areas that are sepa- dised up to 8 feet (2438 mm) in height are allowed to
rated from the retail sales area. The requirement for a be uncartoned or in display-cut cartons. All aerosols
barrier having a 1-hour fire-resistance rating is given stored or displayed higher than 8 feet (2438 mm)
in the notes to Table 5104.7. Applicable quantities for must be in cartons to satisfy this special method.
that storage condition are given in Table 5104.3.2. In 5106.5.3 Shelving. Shelving in racks shall be limited to wire
the case of Table 5106.4, the separation is called a mesh shelving having uniform openings not more than 6
“1-hour occupancy separation,” which, within the IBC, inches (152 mm) apart, with the openings comprising not less
would be considered a fire barrier constructed in than 50 percent of the overall shelf area.
accordance with Section 707. The quantity limits are  All shelving in the racks for this special protection
as found in NFPA 30B. design must be wire mesh, with openings as pre-
TABLE 5106.4. See below. scribed in this section. This open wire mesh will allow
sprinkler water flow between shelves and will not
 The quantities stated in this table are the same as
allow early collapse of the shelves.
those in Table 5104.7 (see commentary, Table
5104.7).
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
TABLE 5106.4
MAXIMUM STORAGE QUANTITIES FOR STORAGE AREAS ADJACENT TO RETAIL DISPLAY OF LEVEL 2 AND 3 AEROSOLS
MAXIMUM NET WEIGHT PER FLOOR (pounds)
Separated
Floor Unseparateda,b
Storage Cabinetsb 1-hour Occupancy Separation
Basement Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed
Ground 2,500 5,000 In accordance with Sections 6.3.4.3 and 6.3.4.4 of NFPA 30B
Upper 500 1,000 In accordance with Sections 6.3.4.3 and 6.3.4.4 of NFPA 30B
2
For SI: 1 pound = 0.454 kg, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m .
a. The aggregate quantity in storage and retail display shall not exceed the quantity limits for retail display.
b. In any 50,000-square-foot area.
51-14 Code Council

AEROSOLS
5106.5.4 Aisles. Racks shall be arranged so that aisles not 2. Fire protection for Class I, II, IIIA and IIIB Liquids:
less than 71/2 feet (2286 mm) wide are maintained between Automatic sprinkler protection for Class I, II, IIIA and
rows of racks and adjacent solid-piled or palletized merchan- IIIB liquids shall be in accordance with Chapter 57.
dise.  This section identifies the maximum size and style of
 Aisles of at least 71/2 feet (2286 mm) in width must be metal containers that must be used for flammable
maintained. This is based on the successful large- and combustible liquids stored adjacent to the aero-
scale fire test and is to help prevent fire spread. sols. Section 6.8.1.3 and Appendix A-6.8.1.3 of
5106.5.5 Flue spaces. Flue spaces in racks shall comply with NFPA 30 provide information on relieving- and nonre-
the following: lieving-type metal containers.
No plastic containers of flammable or combustible
1. Transverse flue spaces—Nominal 3-inch (76 mm) liquids are allowed for this special protection design.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
transverse flue spaces shall be maintained between Fire protection for the flammable and combustible liq-
merchandise and rack uprights. uids must be in accordance with Chapter 57.
2. Longitudinal flue spaces—Nominal 6-inch (152 mm)
longitudinal flue spaces shall be maintained.
SECTION 5107
 This section requires nominal 3-inch (76 mm) trans- MANUFACTURING FACILITIES
verse flue spaces and nominal 6-inch (152 mm) longi-
tudinal flue spaces. These flue spaces are provided 5107.1 General. Manufacturing facilities shall be in accor-
to allow sprinkler discharge water to freely flow dance with NFPA 30B.
between rack levels. As in Section 5106.5.3, the flue  The hazards of aerosol manufacturing are signifi-
spaces are necessary so that lower levels of the cantly different from those of a storage facility where
array have adequate protection. aerosols are stored in cartons in their individual steel
5106.5.6 Horizontal barriers. Horizontal barriers con- or aluminum containers. The manufacturing process
structed of minimum 3/8-inch-thick (10 mm) plywood or min- involves the hazards of handling flammable and com-
imum 0.034-inch (0.086 mm) (No. 22 gage) sheet metal shall bustible liquids under pressure and potentially in
be provided and located in accordance with Table 7.4.1 and aerosol form, which is an even greater fire hazard.
Figure 7.4.1 of NFPA 30B where in-rack sprinklers are Since the manufacturing of aerosol products is not
installed. included in the list of exceptions to a Group H occu-
pancy classification found in IBC Section 307.1,
 Whenever in-rack sprinklers are used, horizontal bar- Exception 11, such facilities could warrant a Group H
riers of the thickness and materials indicated in this classification. See the commentary to Section 5101.1
section are to be provided directly above the in-rack for further information.
sprinklers. Their location shall be in accordance with The code relies upon the referenced standard,
Table 7.4.1 and Figure 7.4.1 of NFPA 30B. Their NFPA 30B, for the regulation of aerosol manufactur-
presence above the in-rack sprinkler will trap heat ing facilities. Chapter 5 of that standard includes
and ensure that these sprinklers, closest to any fire, basic requirements for manufacturing facilities,
will properly activate in a timely manner. including, among others, requirements for the protec-
5106.5.7 Class I, II, III, IV and plastic commodities. Class tion and separation of propellant-charging areas and
I, II, III, IV and plastic commodities located adjacent to Level pump rooms, explosion and deflagration venting,
2 and 3 aerosols shall be protected in accordance with NFPA special ventilation requirements, electrical require-
13. ments, control of static electricity and fire protection
 Class I through IV and plastic commodities located systems.
adjacent to the aerosols in this array must be pro-
tected in accordance with NFPA 13. Bibliography
5106.5.8 Flammable and combustible liquids. Class I, II, The following resource materials were used in the
III A and III B Liquids shall be allowed to be located adjacent preparation of the commentary for this chapter of the
to Level 2 and 3 aerosol products where both of the following code:
conditions are met:
ASTM D240—07, Standard Test Method for Heat of
1. Class I, II, IIIA and IIIB liquid containers: Containers Combustion of Liquid Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb
for Class I, II, IIIA and IIIB liquids shall be limited to Calorimeter. West Conshohocken, PA: ASTM Inter-
1.06-gallon (4 L) metal-relieving and nonrelieving style national, 2007.
containers and 5.3-gallon (20 L) metal-relieving style
containers.

AEROSOLS

Code Council, 2014.
Fredrickson, David L. “Manufacture and Storage of
Aerosol Products.” Section 6, Chapter 20, Fire Pro-
tection Handbook, 19th ed. Quincy, MA: National
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
51-16 Code Council

CHAPTER 52
RESERVED
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
®
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
52-2 Code Council

Chapter 53:
Compressed Gases
General Comments places atmospheric oxygen, thereby creating a danger-
ous, oxygen-deficient atmosphere. Many materials that
This chapter regulates the storage, use and handling of do not burn in atmospheric concentrations of oxygen
all flammable and nonflammable compressed gases, (19 to 21 percent) will support combustion at elevated
such as those that are used in medical facilities, air sep- levels. Chapter 60 contains specific provisions for highly
aration plants, industrial plants, agricultural equipment toxic and toxic compressed gases.
and similar occupancies. Standards for the design, con-
struction and marking of compressed gas cylinders and Container supports
pressure vessels are referenced. Compressed gases
used in welding and cutting, cryogenic liquids and lique- The one common danger presented by all compressed
fied petroleum gases (LP-gases) are also regulated gases is the enormous amount of energy released by
under Chapters 35, 55 and 61, respectively. Com- container or fitting failures. For this reason, Sections
pressed gases that are classified as hazardous materi- 5303.5 and 5303.5.2 require all compressed gas cylin-
als are also regulated in Chapter 50, which includes ders to be properly secured as a means of protection
general requirements. against physical or mechanical damage. Containers
should always be checked for obvious physical dam-
Purpose age. Dented, bulging, gouged or corroded cylinders
should be returned to the gas supplier for inspection
Chapter 53 sets requirements for the storage, handling and, if necessary, retesting.
and use of all compressed gases, whether flammable or
nonflammable. Overpressure protection
Flammable compressed gases All compressed gas storage vessels, except those con-
taining highly toxic materials, are equipped with pres-
The principal hazard posed by flammable compressed sure relief devices as a measure of protection against
gas is its ready ignitability, or even explosivity, when catastrophic container failure. These devices operate
mixed with air in the proper proportions. The question in when compressed gas pressure, temperature or both
a flammable gas release usually is not if the mixture will exceed safe limits. Fusible discs and plugs, bimetallic
ignite, but rather when or how it will ignite if not con- “snap” discs, spring-operated valves or a combination of
trolled. Consequently, occupancies storing or handling these methods are used to vent excess gas to the atmo-
more than 1,000 cubic feet (28 m3) of flammable com- sphere. Some of these devices self-restore and stop the
pressed gases or 30 gallons (114 L) of liquefied flamma- release of container contents; others do not. The fire
ble gases per control area are classified as Group H-2 code official should check pressure relief devices to see
(high hazard) by the International Building Code® (IBC®). that they have not been painted, removed, damaged,
contaminated, obstructed or otherwise impaired. Addi-
Nonflammable compressed gases tionally, temperature extremes in the operating area
The principal danger in the case of nonflammable com- [greater than 120°F (49°C) and less than 20°F (-7°C)]
pressed gas is its toxicity, reactivity or the ability to sup- should be avoided.
port combustion. Many gases do not fall into any of
these categories; however, oxygen, perhaps the most Housekeeping
abundant compressed gas, obviously does. Gaseous Check valves, filters, flash arrestors and other gas sys-
commodities containing oxygen, such as oxygen-helium tem apparatus must be maintained in good operating
and oxygen-nitrogen mixtures, oxides (e.g., nitrous condition. Dirt is the primary enemy of any gas system:
oxide) and peroxides, all support the combustion. Fluo- debris can clog filters and block valves; damaged valves
rine (F2) and chlorine (Cl2) may also support the com- may permit the gradual release of tank contents and
bustion of certain materials. Saacke and Associates accumulations of grease and other organic materials
(1990) discussed some of the properties of these two
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
become a fire hazard in the presence of oxidizing

gases. Since these commodities are stored under pres- gases. Combustibles should be kept clear of all com-
sure, their release from a cylinder causes them to pressed gas installations, especially oxidizing gases.
expand to many times their initial volume. In confined External fires involving accumulated combustibles can
and poorly ventilated spaces, this will cause certain cause containers to fail.
gases to create an oxygen-enriched atmosphere that
will accelerate burning. The release of other gases dis-

COMPRESSED GASES
Separation Ignition sources

Separating gas system installations and incompatible Controlling ignition sources around both flammable
gases (flammables and oxidizers) to minimize expo- compressed gas and oxidizing gas installations is the
sures is one of the simplest safeguards to implement. If most important and most difficult safeguard to imple-
possible, a suitable fire barrier should be constructed ment. Sparks, frictional heat, electrical arcs, static elec-
around container installations. The best location for tricity, smoking materials and hot surfaces are only a
compressed gas container installations is outside of few of the potential ignition sources. Every reasonable
buildings. In such cases, adequate access and weather effort must be made to eliminate these sources or limit
protection should be provided to facilitate maintenance the adverse impact of an unintentional ignition. Smok-
and emergency response. ing, welding, cutting and other obvious sources of igni-
tion must be prohibited in the vicinity of compressed
gases, and steps must be taken to prevent the accumu-
lation of static electricity. Compressed gas cylinders
should never be permitted to come into contact with
energized electrical equipment.
SECTION 5301 tems. The requirements of this chapter and the

GENERAL referenced standards are applicable, in addition to
5301.1 Scope. Storage, use and handling of compressed the general storage requirements of Chapter 50 for
gases in compressed gas containers, cylinders, tanks and sys- hazardous materials.
tems shall comply with this chapter and NFPA 55, including 5301.2 Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in Sec-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
those gases regulated elsewhere in this code. Partially full tion 105.6.
compressed gas containers, cylinders or tanks containing  The process of issuing permits gives the fire code
residual gases shall be considered as full for the purposes of official an opportunity to carefully evaluate and regu-
the controls required. late hazardous operations. Permit applicants should
Liquefied natural gas for use as a vehicular fuel shall also be required to demonstrate that their operations com-
comply with NFPA 52 and NFPA 59A. ply with the intent of the code before the permit is
Compressed gases classified as hazardous materials shall issued. See the commentary to Section 105.6 for a
also comply with Chapter 50 for general requirements and general discussion of operations requiring an opera-
chapters addressing specific hazards, including Chapters 58 tional permit; Section 105.6.9 for a discussion of spe-
(Flammable Gases), 60 (Highly Toxic and Toxic Materials), cific quantity-based operational permits for the
63 (Oxidizers, Oxidizing Gases and Oxidizing Cryogenic materials regulated in this chapter; and Section 105.7
Fluids) and 64 (Pyrophoric Materials). for a general discussion of activities requiring a con-
Compressed hydrogen (CH2) for use as a vehicular fuel fire department of the need for prefire planning for
shall also comply with Chapters 23 and 58 of this code, the hazardous properties.
International Fuel Gas Code and NFPA 2.
Cutting and welding gases shall also comply with Chapter
35. SECTION 5302
DEFINITIONS
LP-gas shall also comply with Chapter 61 and the Interna-
tional Fuel Gas Code. 5302.1 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chap-
ter 2:
Exceptions:
COMPRESSED GAS.
1. Gases used as refrigerants in refrigeration systems
(see Section 606). COMPRESSED GAS CONTAINER.
2. Compressed natural gas (CNG) for use as a vehicu- COMPRESSED GAS SYSTEM.
lar fuel shall comply with Chapter 23, NFPA 52 and NESTING.
the International Fuel Gas Code.
TUBE TRAILER.
3. Cryogenic fluids shall comply with Chapter 55.
 This section establishes the scope of Chapter 53 with and application of the code requirements. This sec-
respect to the storage, use and handling of com- tion directs the code user to Chapter 2 for the proper
pressed gases, containers, cylinders, tanks and sys- application of the indicated terms used in this chap-
53-2 Code Council

COMPRESSED GASES
ter. Terms may be defined in Chapter 2 or in another ments and freeze protection for pressure relief
International Code® (I-Code®) as indicated in Section devices.
201.3, or the dictionary meaning may be all that is 5303.3.1 Where required. Pressure relief devices shall be
needed (see also commentary, Sections 201 through provided to protect containers, cylinders and tanks containing
201.4). compressed gases from rupture in the event of overpressure.
Exception: Cylinders, containers and tanks where exempt
SECTION 5303 from the requirements for pressure relief devices specified
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS by the standards of design listed in Section 5303.3.2.
5303.1 Containers, cylinders and tanks. Compressed gas  All compressed gas containers, cylinders and tanks
containers, cylinders and tanks shall comply with this section. must be equipped with pressure relief protection to
Compressed gas containers, cylinders or tanks that are not reduce the likelihood of catastrophic vessel failure
designed for refillable use shall not be refilled after use of the because of an overpressure condition. The exception
original contents. recognizes that under certain conditions, the refer-
enced design standards may not require pressure
 This section addresses protection from physical dam- relief devices for certain vessels.
age and prevents the gas containers, cylinders and
tanks from being tampered with and otherwise dam- 5303.3.2 Design. Pressure relief devices to protect containers
aged. It also requires marking for identification of the shall be designed and provided in accordance with CGA S-
contents and the hazard degree. Only compressed 1.1, CGA S-1.2, CGA S-1.3 or the ASME Boiler and Pres-
gas containers, cylinders and tanks designed to be sure Vessel Code, Section VIII, as applicable.
refillable may be done so after the original contents  There are two forms of pressure relief devices
have been used. (PRDs): reusable devices or sacrificial devices. The
5303.2 Design and construction. Compressed gas contain- type of PRD selected is based on the size of the gas
ers, cylinders and tanks shall be designed, fabricated, tested, container and the characteristics and hazards of the
marked with the specifications of manufacture and main- stored gas. The reusable form of a PRD is a spring-
tained in accordance with the regulations of DOTn 49 CFR loaded safety relief valve that has the ability to open
Parts 100-185 or the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel and close as excess pressures are relieved. Sacrifi-
Code, Section VIII. cial PRDs are either a rupture disk or a fusible plug.
When a sacrificial PRD operates, it cannot reclose;
 This section establishes basic requirements for the
thus, its operation expels the entire contents of the
construction of pressure vessels. These requirements
gas container. Sacrificial PRDs operate when the
are in harmony with standards used by the suppliers
device’s pressure or temperature limits are
of compressed gases and also correlate the code with
exceeded.
standards promulgated by the Compressed Gas
Heat-activated PRDs are manufactured using fus-
Association (CGA) as adopted by the Occupational
ible relief valves, known as fusible plugs. Frangible
Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). Manufac-
plugs operate when they are subjected to direct heat-
turing pressure vessels to standards is an essential
ing or heat from an exposure fire. Fusible plugs are
element of safety that is warranted for materials of the
normally set to operate at 212-350°F and are manu-
type to be contained. Department of Transportation
factured with metals with extremely reliable and pre-
(DOTn) specification containers are used for pressure
dictable melting temperatures. Heat-activated PRDs
vessels in transport; while American Society of
operate when they are heated by direct fire contact or
Mechanical Engineers (ASME) design specifications
radiant and convective energies of an exposure fire.
are typically used for stationary installations or where
Pressure-activated PRDs are known as burst discs
the pressure vessel is not designed as a transport
or rupture discs. A burst disc is an engineered device
vessel. By providing these requirements in the code,
that uses a metal or graphite disc weakened by scor-
users who otherwise might devise a noncompliant
ing. Scoring is a mechanical process where the metal
system will be guided to appropriate standards of
is partially cut to cause a predictable failure at the
design.
opening pressure of the burst disc. The disc’s size,
5303.3 Pressure relief devices. Pressure relief devices shall geometry and material of construction governs its
be in accordance with Sections 5303.3.1 through 5303.3.5. opening or “burst” pressure. When a burst disc oper-
 Pressure relief devices are essential for compressed ates, it opens like a flower, and the gas is released
gases because of the high pressures at which they into the atmosphere.
are maintained. Pressure relief devices provide a Pressure relief devices are to be designed in accor-
method of relieving overpressures and avoiding a dance with established engineering principles. Three
hazardous situation. Sections 5303.3.1 through CGA standards that cover the full range of container
5303.3.5 contain requirements related to accessibility types, from portable to stationary, are referenced in
for maintenance, general sizing, installation require- this section, along with the ASME code, which is also
referenced in Section 5303.2 for compressed gas
container, cylinder and tank design.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
®
COMPRESSED GASES
5303.3.3 Sizing. Pressure relief devices shall be sized in accordance with Sections 5003.5 and 5003.6. Markings shall
accordance with the specifications to which the container was be visible from any direction of approach.
fabricated and to material-specific requirements as applica-  In order to provide emergency personnel with critical
ble. information regarding potential hazard exposure, gas
 This section contains only general language requiring storage vessels are to be marked in accordance with
that the pressure relief device be properly designed Sections 5003.5 (that references NFPA 704) and
to fit the needs of the particular container, cylinder or 5003.6 (see commentary, Sections 5003.5 and
tank. In most cases, the manufacturer will already 5003.6). The markings need to be readily visible from
have the devices installed on the vessel at the fac- any direction of approach (see Commentary Figure
tory. There are cases, however, when a compressed 5303.4.1).
gas system or vessel may be constructed for a spe- 5303.4.2 Portable containers, cylinders and tanks. Porta-
cific purpose and user. In those cases, the relief ble compressed gas containers, cylinders and tanks shall be
valves must be sized and installed by the user. marked in accordance with CGA C-7.
5303.3.4 Arrangement. Pressure relief devices shall be  Portable units are to be marked in accordance with
arranged to discharge upward and unobstructed to the open Compressed Gas Association (CGA) standard C-7.
air in such a manner as to prevent any impingement of escap- The scope of that standard is to provide guidance on
ing gas upon the container, adjacent structures or personnel. the appropriate labeling of containers of compressed
Exception: DOTn specification containers having an gases for the purpose of identifying their contents;
internal volume of 30 cubic feet (0.855 m3) or less. warning personnel of the physical and health hazards
 Pressure relief devices must be located so as to of the container contents, such as flammability, corro-
direct vented vapors away from personnel, containers sivity, pyrophoricity and poison, among others; and
and structures, as well as enclosed spaces to prevent providing information regarding precautions to be
personal injury and property damage. The arrange- taken relative to the container contents. Such labels
ment will vary from one installation to another based and markings must be prominently displayed and
on the use and location of the container and the sys- durable, identifying the standard that governed its
tem. The exception for DOTn containers with an inter- construction, the material of construction, its design
nal volume less than or equal to 30 cubic feet (0.855 pressure, and an indication that it is qualified for the
m3) recognizes that the amount of gas released from compressed gas it contains. These requirements are
these containers is small enough to make this section based on the hazardous material regulations promul-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
unnecessary. gated by the U.S. Department of Transportation
(DOTn) in 49 CFR Parts 100 through 185. DOTn
5303.3.5 Freeze protection. Pressure relief devices or vent markings indicate the specification to which the cylin-
piping shall be designed or located so that moisture cannot der was constructed, its type and material of con-
collect and freeze in a manner that would interfere with the struction, its service pressure measured in pounds
operation of the device. per square inch gage (PSIG), the manufacturer’s
 A concern related to the integrity of pressure relief mark and the cylinder’s serial number. Additional
valves is their exposure to below-freezing tempera- markings are required to indicate the month and year
tures that, in addition to having the tendency to make the cylinder was manufactured and the cylinder test-
materials brittle and more susceptible to failure, ing requirements.
cause accumulated moisture to freeze and possibly A common misconception is that the color of a cyl-
obstruct the relief valve opening, increasing the inder indicates its contents. The only means of identi-
potential for a catastrophic container overpressure fying the contents of a cylinder is by labeling or
failure. This section requires that pressure relief marking the cylinder. Cylinders require markings in
devices be either not subject to extreme tempera- accordance with CGA C-7. These labels are located
tures at all or provided with an approved freeze-pro- on the shoulder or wall of the cylinder. CGA C-7
tection technology as an integral part of the design. requires that markings contain the name of the haz-
5303.4 Marking. Stationary and portable compressed gas ardous material and its DOTn and UN hazardous-
containers, cylinders, tanks and systems shall be marked in material identification label and hazard-division iden-
accordance with Sections 5303.4.1 through 5303.4.3. tification number, which is used in the DOTn Hazard-
ous Materials Emergency Response Guidebook. If
 This section introduces the marking requirements for the compressed gas is an inhalation hazard, warning
specific systems or gas containers, cylinders and statements about this hazard are required, as is a
tanks, including color and labeling of the name of the statement about its reportable quantity (RQ), if such a
gas it contains. value is assigned by the DOTn.
5303.4.1 Stationary compressed gas containers, cylinders 5303.4.3 Piping systems. Piping systems shall be marked in
and tanks. Stationary compressed gas containers, cylinders accordance with ASME A13.1. Markings used for piping sys-
and tanks shall be marked with the name of the gas and in tems shall consist of the content’s name and include a direc-
53-4 Code Council

COMPRESSED GASES
tion-of-flow arrow. Markings shall be provided at each valve; 5303.5.3 Securing compressed gas containers, cylinders
at wall, floor or ceiling penetrations; at each change of direc- and tanks. Compressed gas containers, cylinders and tanks
tion; and at not less than every 20 feet (6096 mm) or fraction shall be secured to prevent falling caused by contact, vibra-
thereof throughout the piping run. tion or seismic activity. Securing of compressed gas contain-
Exceptions: ers, cylinders and tanks shall be by one of the following
methods:
1. Piping that is designed or intended to carry more
than one gas at various times shall have appropriate 1. Securing containers, cylinders and tanks to a fixed
signs or markings posted at the manifold, along the object with one or more restraints.
piping and at each point of use to provide clear iden- 2. Securing containers, cylinders and tanks on a cart or
tification and warning. other mobile device designed for the movement of
2. Piping within gas manufacturing plants, gas process- compressed gas containers, cylinders or tanks.
ing plants, refineries and similar occupancies shall 3. Nesting of compressed gas containers, cylinders and
be marked in an approved manner. tanks at container filling or servicing facilities or in
sellers’ warehouses not accessible to the public. Nest-
 Piping systems are to be marked in accordance with
ing shall be allowed provided the nested containers,
ASME A13.1 to provide information to personnel,
cylinders or tanks, if dislodged, do not obstruct the
including emergency responders, as to the piping
required means of egress.
content and flow. The marking locations indicated are
intended to provide continuity of identification of the 4. Securing of compressed gas containers, cylinders and
piping at valves, certain fittings and structure penetra- tanks to or within a rack, framework, cabinet or similar
tions. Exception 1 addresses piping systems that assembly designed for such use.
carry more than one gas. In these cases, signs are Exception: Compressed gas containers, cylinders
posted at the manifold and at each point of use. This and tanks in the process of examination, filling,
will provide a clear identification and warning. Excep- transport or servicing.
tion 2 recognizes that gas manufacturing plants need
to be evaluated individually to provide clear and ade-  A primary safety objective in the storage of com-
quate piping identification. pressed gas cylinders is the prevention of accidents
from cylinders being knocked over. The best method
5303.5 Security. Compressed gas containers, cylinders,
to reliably achieve this objective is somewhat depen-
tanks and systems shall be secured against accidental dis- dent on the frequency of cylinders being moved in
lodgement and against access by unauthorized personnel in
and out of storage. For operations involving the infre-
accordance with Sections 5303.5.1 through 5303.5.3. quent movement of cylinders, the safest operation,
 Compressed gas containers, cylinders and tanks obviously, would include chains or other means to
must be adequately safeguarded. A fence or other completely secure all cylinders in place.
approved protection should be provided around the Securing all cylinders in place is not necessarily
storage area to minimize the likelihood of someone efficient for high-volume operations that are not open
unknowingly entering the area, as well as to deter to the public, denoted in Method 3 of this section,
vandalism or theft. such as container filling or servicing facilities, or
5303.5.1 Security of areas. Areas used for the storage, use seller’s warehouses. When containers, cylinders and
and handling of compressed gas containers, cylinders, tanks tanks are frequently moved, a chain or other restrain-
and systems shall be secured against unauthorized entry and ing device can become a safety impediment to the
safeguarded in an approved manner. efficiency of the operation. The tendency in a high-
volume operation might be to drop a chain to the floor
 Areas such as yards, loading platforms and any area and roll cylinders over it, which would increase the
where gas containers, cylinders and tanks are used, likelihood of tripping a cylinder. Ideally, a chain
handled or stored are to be secured and safeguarded should be moved out of the way, but in high-volume
against unauthorized access. operations this can become impractical. Hence, the
5303.5.2 Physical protection. Compressed gas containers, permissibility of nesting for these cases. See the
cylinders, tanks and systems that could be exposed to physi- commentary to the Section 202 definition of “Nest-
cal damage shall be protected. Guard posts or other approved ing.”
means shall be provided to protect compressed gas contain- In summary, the fire code official must determine
ers, cylinders, tanks and systems indoors and outdoors from whether the frequency of cylinder movement would
vehicular damage and shall comply with Section 312. qualify an operation as a “seller’s warehouse” and
allow the nesting exception as a safe alternative to
 Compressed gas containers, cylinders and tanks
securing cylinders with chains or similar devices. This
must be adequately protected against physical or
decision should be based on criteria that is uniformly
mechanical damage to the container and any valves
applied throughout the jurisdiction but that considers
or fittings. Where damage from vehicles may occur,
the unique characteristics of each operation. For an
guard posts or other kinds of guards are required to
example of restrained cylinders in a compressed gas
afford protection that complies with Section 312.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
®
COMPRESSED GASES
system, see Commentary Figure 5303.4.1. protective devices shall have the caps or devices in place.
The exception recognizes that the container will not When outlet caps or plugs are installed, they shall be in place.
be secure when it is being filled, examined, trans- Exception: Compressed gas containers, cylinders or tanks
ported or serviced. The container should be attended in use, being serviced or being filled.
and monitored by adequately trained personnel
during these operations.  As stated in the commentary to Section 5303.6.1, in
gas containers, cylinders and tanks that are designed
5303.6 Valve protection. Compressed gas container, cylin-
to include valve protection caps or other protective
der and tank valves shall be protected from physical damage
devices, these devices must be tightly in place except
by means of protective caps, collars or similar devices in
when the container, cylinder or tank is in use or con-
accordance with Sections 5303.6.1 and 5303.6.2.
nected for use.
 This section states that all compressed gas con- 5303.7 Separation from hazardous conditions. Com-
tainer, cylinder and tank valves must be protected pressed gas containers, cylinders and tanks and systems in
from physical damage in accordance with Sections storage or use shall be separated from materials and condi-
5303.6.1 and 5303.6.2. Avoiding damage to the cylin- tions that pose exposure hazards to or from each other. Com-
der valves is extremely important because such dam- pressed gas containers, cylinders, tanks and systems in
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
age could result in the cylinder being propelled by the storage or use shall be separated in accordance with Sections
sudden release of its contents, which are under high 5303.7.1 through 5303.7.11.2.
pressure.
 This section recognizes the danger of improperly
5303.6.1 Compressed gas container, cylinder or tank pro-
storing materials, which can pose an exposure haz-
tective caps or collars. Compressed gas containers, cylin-
ard to surrounding materials. Compressed gas con-
ders and tanks designed for protective caps, collars or other
tainers, cylinders and tanks must, therefore, be
protective devices shall have the caps or devices in place
separated in accordance with Sections 5303.7.1
except when the containers, cylinders or tanks are in use or
through 5303.7.11.2.
are being serviced or filled.
5303.7.1 Incompatible materials. Compressed gas contain-
 Valve protection designed into the container, cylinder ers, cylinders and tanks shall be separated from each other
or tank by the manufacturer is the best means to pre- based on the hazard class of their contents. Compressed gas
vent damage that could result in a “rocketing cylinder” containers, cylinders and tanks shall be separated from
scenario. When the design of gas containers, cylin- incompatible materials in accordance with Section 5003.9.8.
ders or tanks includes protective caps, collars or
other protective devices, it only makes sense that  Separating gas systems to minimize exposures is
these devices must be in place, except when servic- one of the simplest safeguards to implement. Section
ing or filling the container, cylinder or tank makes it 5003.9.8 provides the minimum separation require-
impractical. ments for incompatible materials (see commentary,
Section 5003.9.8).
5303.6.2 Caps and plugs. Compressed gas containers, cylin-
ders and tanks designed for valve protection caps or other 5303.7.2 Combustible waste, vegetation and similar mate-
rials. Combustible waste, vegetation and similar materials
Figure 5303.4.1
STORAGE AND LABELING OF CYLINDERS
53-6 Code Council

COMPRESSED GASES
shall be kept not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) from com- tainer, cylinder or tank to above 125°F (52°C). Heating
pressed gas containers, cylinders, tanks and systems. A non- devices shall comply with the International Mechanical Code
combustible partition, without openings or penetrations and and NFPA 70. Approved heating methods involving tempera-
extending not less than 18 inches (457 mm) above and to the tures of less than 125°F (52°C) are allowed to be used by
sides of the storage area is allowed in lieu of such distance. trained personnel. Devices designed to maintain individual
The wall shall either be an independent structure, or the exte- compressed gas containers, cylinders or tanks at constant
rior wall of the building adjacent to the storage area. temperature shall be approved and shall be designed to be
fail-safe.
 This section indicates that combustible waste, vege-
tation and similar materials must be kept at least 10  This section requires that any heating devices comply
feet (3048 mm) from compressed gas containers, cyl- with the International Mechanical Code® (IMC®) and
inders and tanks because external fires involving NFPA 70. It also requires that heating devices be
accumulated combustibles can cause such vessels to used only by trained personnel and be designed to be
fail. This section does permit a noncombustible parti- fail-safe.
tion instead of the 10-foot (3048 mm) requirement, 5303.7.7 Sources of ignition. Open flames and high-tem-
provided the partition has no openings or penetra- perature devices shall not be used in a manner that creates a
tions and extends at least 18 inches (457 mm) above hazardous condition.
and 18 inches (457 mm) beyond the sides of the stor-
age area. The partition must be an independent  Controlling ignition sources around compressed gas
structure or may be an exterior wall of a building adja- is both very important and somewhat difficult. This
cent to the storage area. Note that no fire-resistance section addresses open flames and high-temperature
rating for this partition is required, only a stipulation devices. These ignition sources should be used only
that it be constructed of noncombustible materials. when necessary and by trained personnel, provided
adequate safeguards are in place.
5303.7.3 Ledges, platforms and elevators. Compressed gas
containers, cylinders and tanks shall not be placed near eleva- 5303.7.8 Exposure to chemicals. Compressed gas contain-
tors, unprotected platform ledges or other areas where falling ers, cylinders, tanks and systems shall not be exposed to cor-
would result in compressed gas containers, cylinders or tanks rosive chemicals or fumes that could damage containers,
being allowed to drop distances exceeding one-half the height cylinders, tanks, valves or valve-protective caps.
of the container, cylinder or tank.  This section requires protection against corrosive
 This section addresses concerns about gas contain- chemicals or fumes that could cause damage to the
ers, cylinders and tanks being damaged by a fall. Gas container or valves and valve caps.
containers, cylinders and tanks cannot be placed on 5303.7.9 Exhausted enclosures. Where exhausted enclo-
platform ledges, elevators and other areas where the sures are provided as a means to segregate compressed gas
container, if dropped, would fall more than one-half containers, cylinders and tanks from exposure hazards, such
the height of the container. enclosures shall comply with the requirements of Section
5303.7.4 Temperature extremes. Compressed gas contain- 5003.8.5.
ers, cylinders and tanks, whether full or partially full, shall  Exhausted enclosures, as defined in Section 5002.1,
not be exposed to artificially created high temperatures are one means of isolating compressed gas contain-
exceeding 125°F (52°C) or subambient (low) temperatures ers from hazardous conditions. When such equip-
unless designed for use under the exposed conditions. ment is utilized, performance requirements are
 This section identifies the limits of the temperature needed and may be found in Section 5003.8.5.
extremes to which gas containers, cylinders and 5303.7.10 Gas cabinets. Where gas cabinets are provided as
tanks can be exposed without creating a danger of a means to separate compressed gas containers, cylinders and
the possibility of catastrophic failure. The section also tanks from exposure hazards, such gas cabinets shall comply
recognizes the added safety of gas containers, cylin- with the requirements of Section 5003.8.6.
ders and tanks that are designed to be used beyond
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
 Gas cabinets, as defined in Section 202, are one

the indicated limitations.
means of isolating compressed gas containers from
5303.7.5 Falling objects. Compressed gas containers, cylin- hazardous conditions. When such equipment is uti-
ders, tanks and systems shall not be placed in areas where lized, performance requirements are needed and
they are capable of being damaged by falling objects. may be found in Section 5003.8.6.
 This section is similar in intent to Section 5303.5.2 for 5303.7.11 Tube trailers. Tube trailers, including those con-
the physical protection of gas containers, cylinders taining compatible compressed gases, shall be surrounded by
and tanks, except this section addresses falling a clear space of not less than 3 feet (914 mm) to allow for
objects, which could cause physical damage. maintenance, access and inspection.
5303.7.6 Heating. Compressed gas containers, cylinders and  This section presents minimum requirements for sit-
tanks, whether full or partially full, shall not be heated by ing one or more tube trailers (see Commentary Fig-
devices that could raise the surface temperature of the con- ure 5303.7.11) in an industrial plant or another setting

COMPRESSED GASES
for the supply of compressed gases. It also provides MINIMUM DISTANCE TO BUILDINGS ON THE
requirements for installations at a single location SAME PROPERTY:
delivering several compressed gases using multiple
tube trailers. To nonrated construction or opening within 25 feet
A minimum clear space must be provided between (7620 mm):
tube trailers, and between tube trailers and other 20 feet (6096 mm).
objects, including buildings, to allow for the access To 2-hour construction and no openings within 25 feet
and passage of personnel involved in activities asso- (7620 mm):
ciated with the servicing and use of the trailer. At fill- 5 feet (1524 mm).
ing plants, operators must access the vehicles for To 4-hour construction and no openings within 25 feet
maintenance and service-related work, and at user (7620 mm):
locations, access is needed to allow users unim- 0 feet (0 mm).
peded movement, including access and egress. A 5303.7.11.1 Individual tube trailers containing incompati-
clear space of 36 inches (914 mm) has been selected ble materials. Increased separation distances between indi-
to accommodate a “person width” of 22 inches (559 vidual tube trailers containing incompatible gases shall be
mm) while addressing the fact that there could be provided where required by Section 5303.7.1.
service-related connections or fittings that require the  See the commentary to the Section 202 definition of
trailer to be attended. This is similar to Section “Tube trailer,” and the commentary to Sections
2306.2.6, which requires a 3-foot (914 mm) clearance 5003.9.8 and 5303.7.1.
around flammable liquid tanks when installed in a
special enclosure inside of buildings to allow for 5303.7.11.2 Connections. Piping systems used to connect
access and maintenance. tube trailers to a user piping system shall not be viewed as an
It should also be noted that these minimum clear- encroachment into the 3-foot (914 mm) clear space.
ance requirements do not supercede or replace dis-  This section clarifies that the 3-foot (914 mm) clear-
tances from storage to exposures contained in other ance in Section 5303.7.11 is to be measured from a
chapters of the code. Siting of tube trailers will be building or object to the tube trailer itself. The exten-
based on the hazard classification of the compressed sion of any piping system to the tube trailer is not
gas. For example, consider a six-pack tube trailer of viewed as an encroachment on the clearance other-
compressed methane, a flammable gas regulated by wise required.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Chapter 58, with each tube having a rated volume of 5303.8 Wiring and equipment. Electrical wiring and equip-
10,000 standard cubic feet (scf) (283 m3) at a design ment shall comply with NFPA 70. Compressed gas contain-
pressure of 3,000 pounds per square inch gauge ers, cylinders, tanks and systems shall not be located where
(psig) (20 613 kPa) for a total volume of 60,000 scf they could become part of an electrical circuit. Compressed
(1699 m3). In this example, the application of Table gas containers, cylinders, tanks and systems shall not be used
5804.2.1 would result in the following minimum dis- for electrical grounding.
tances from the tube trailer to exposures:
 This section requires that any electrical wiring and
MINIMUM DISTANCE: equipment comply with NFPA 70. It further requires
Between storage areas: 10 feet (3048 mm). that no compressed gas containers, cylinders or
To lot lines of property that can be built upon: 20 feet tanks be placed where they could become part of an
(6096 mm). electrical circuit. Cylinders and systems cannot be
To public streets, public alleys or public ways: 20 feet part of any electrical grounding system.
(6096 mm). 5303.9 Service and repair. Service, repair, modification or
removal of valves, pressure-relief devices or other com-
pressed gas container, cylinder or tank appurtenances shall be
performed by trained personnel.
 This section requires individuals who service, repair
or modify gas containers, cylinders and tanks, or tank
appurtenances to be fully trained in the particular
function they are performing.
5303.10 Unauthorized use. Compressed gas containers, cyl-
inders, tanks and systems shall not be used for any purpose
other than to serve as a vessel for containing the product that
it is designed to contain.
 This section requires that gas containers, cylinders
and tanks hold only the product they were designed
Figure 5303.7.11 to contain. These containers, cylinders and tanks
TUBE TRAILER may not be used for any other purpose. This section
53-8 Code Council

COMPRESSED GASES
prohibits the filling of a gas container, cylinder or tank Where extreme temperatures prevail, overhead covers shall
with a gas for which it was not designed. be provided.
5303.11 Exposure to fire. Compressed gas containers, cylin-  This section requires that overhead cover be pro-
ders and tanks that have been exposed to fire shall be vided when extreme temperatures exist. Many of
removed from service. Containers, cylinders and tanks so these structures are constructed as an attached can-
removed shall be handled by approved, qualified persons. opy to provide ready access to materials. IBC Section
 This section requires any gas containers, cylinders 414.6 prescribes construction requirements applica-
and tanks that have been exposed to fire to be ble to weather protection for hazardous materials.
removed from service and be handled only by quali- 5303.15 Lighting. Approved lighting by natural or artificial
fied persons. This is especially important because the means shall be provided.
container may still be under pressure.  Lighting sufficient for good visibility must be main-
5303.12 Leaks, damage or corrosion. Leaking, damaged or tained at all times in both inside and outside areas.
corroded compressed gas containers, cylinders and tanks Natural light for outdoor areas may be sufficient
shall be removed from service. Leaking, damaged or cor- where operations are limited to daylight hours.
roded compressed gas systems shall be replaced or repaired 5303.16 Vaults. Generation, compression, storage and dis-
in accordance with the following:
pensing equipment for compressed gases shall be allowed to
1. Compressed gas containers, cylinders and tanks that be located in either above- or below-grade vaults complying
have been removed from service shall be handled in an with Sections 5303.16.1 through 5303.16.14.
approved manner.
 This section extends the permissible use of vaults to
2. Compressed gas systems that are determined to be include gaseous materials. The code previously
leaking, damaged or corroded shall be repaired to a ser- allowed vaults to be used for the protection of all haz-
viceable condition or removed from service. ardous material liquids, but the protection features
 Leaking, damaged or corroded gas containers, cylin- have been modified for inclusion in Chapter 53 to
ders and tanks must be removed from service and be accommodate the protection of compressed gases.
replaced or repaired in accordance with Items 1 and The provisions of the section are derived from Sec-
2 of this section. Damaged gas containers, cylinders tion 5704.2.8, which regulates vaults used for flam-
and tanks pose a potential content-release hazard. mable and combustible liquids. The code has
Care must be taken to determine that disposal does previously allowed gases to be stored and handled
not present a greater hazard than the damaged con- inside of buildings, and it is also appropriate to allow
tainer. Small gas containers, cylinders and tanks usu- gas storage and handling equipment to be in vaults,
ally cannot be repaired easily. Large gas containers, given that a vault environment is unoccupied and
cylinders and tanks, and fixed tank installations, often offers fewer possible accident scenarios.
cannot be easily replaced and must be repaired. 5303.16.1 Listing required. Vaults shall be listed by a
Temporary storage of materials during the repair of nationally recognized testing laboratory.
these gas containers, cylinders and tanks must com- Exception: Where approved by the fire code official,
ply with code requirements. below-grade vaults are allowed to be constructed on site,
5303.13 Surface of unprotected storage or use areas. provided that the design is in accordance with the Interna-
Unless otherwise specified in Section 5303.14, compressed tional Building Code and that special inspections are con-
gas containers, cylinders and tanks are allowed to be stored or ducted to verify structural strength and compliance of the
used without being placed under overhead cover. To prevent installation with the approved design in accordance with
bottom corrosion, containers, cylinders and tanks shall be Section 1707 of the International Building Code. Installa-
protected from direct contact with soil or unimproved sur- tion plans for below-grade vaults that are constructed on
faces. The surface of the area on which the containers are site shall be prepared by, and the design shall bear the
placed shall be graded to prevent accumulation of water. stamp of, a professional engineer. Consideration shall be
 This section requires that adequate protection be pro- given to soil and hydrostatic loading on the floors, walls
vided to prevent bottom corrosion of the container and lid; anticipated seismic forces; uplifting by ground
from direct contact with soil or unimproved surfaces. water or flooding; and to loads imposed from above, such
Grading is also required to eliminate the accumula- as traffic and equipment loading on the vault lid.
tion of water in the container storage area to prevent  Where prefabricated vaults are used, they must be
the container bottoms from being immersed. Over- listed by a testing laboratory experienced in evaluating
head cover is not required unless extreme tempera- such design and construction. While this section does
tures are present. Section 5303.14 addresses not reference any particular standard to which a vault
overhead protection. is to be listed, UL 2245 is the referenced standard in
5303.14 Overhead cover. Compressed gas containers, cylin- Section 5704.2.8.1 for vaults containing flammable or
ders and tanks are allowed to be stored or used in the sun combustible liquid tanks and could be used to provide
except in locations where extreme temperatures prevail. guidance to the fire code official.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

COMPRESSED GASES
The exception recognizes that vaults may also be ation of the effectiveness of secondary containment
site-built, provided that they are approved by the fire provided by a vault. It is much more difficult to accom-
code official. Site-built vaults must be designed by a plish a liquid-tight installation on a field-erected vault,
qualified design professional to comply with IBC as evidenced by the proliferation of leaky basements
Chapter 16, and the construction is to be overseen found throughout the country; therefore, to enhance
with special inspections conducted in accordance the quality of field-erected vaults, such units must be
with IBC Chapter 17. Flood hazard areas are defined certified for liquid tightness to the satisfaction of the
in IBC Section 202. fire code official. Methods that might be used include
5303.16.2 Design and construction. The vault shall com- third-party inspection/evaluation and full-scale liquid
pletely enclose generation, compression, storage or dispens- retention testing.
ing equipment located in the vault. There shall not be 5303.16.4 Internal clearance. There shall be sufficient clear-
openings in the vault enclosure except those necessary for ance within the vault to allow for visual inspection and main-
vault ventilation and access, inspection, filling, emptying or tenance of equipment in the vault.
venting of equipment in the vault. The walls and floor of the  Maintenance and inspection of the tank requires that
vault shall be constructed of reinforced concrete not less than
the clearance between the tank and the vault be suffi-
6 inches (152 mm) thick. The top of an above-grade vault cient for personnel to perform these functions.
shall be constructed of noncombustible material and shall be
designed to be weaker than the walls of the vault to ensure 5303.16.5 Anchoring. Vaults and equipment contained
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
that the thrust of any explosion occurring inside the vault is therein shall be suitably anchored to withstand uplifting by
directed upward. groundwater or flooding. The design shall verify that uplift-
ing is prevented even where equipment within the vault is
The top of an at- or below-grade vault shall be designed to empty.
relieve safely or contain the force of an explosion occurring
inside the vault. The top and floor of the vault and the tank  The tank and the vault may float if the water table is
foundation shall be designed to withstand the anticipated high or flooding occurs. The tank is to be anchored to
loading, including loading from vehicular traffic, where the vault to prevent the tank from floating while the
applicable. The walls and floor of a vault installed below vault is also to be anchored to prevent it, in turn, from
grade shall be designed to withstand anticipated soil and floating. Flood hazard areas are defined in IBC Sec-
hydrostatic loading. Vaults shall be designed to be wind and tion 202.
earthquake resistant, in accordance with the International 5303.16.6 Vehicle impact protection. Vaults shall be resis-
Building Code. tant to damage from the impact of a motor vehicle, or vehicle
 The vault is to be of noncombustible materials with impact protection shall be provided in accordance with Sec-
openings required only for the operation and mainte- tion 312.
nance of the equipment it contains. In order to provide  Protection from the impact of vehicles is provided by
structural integrity, thermal exposure protection and guard posts or other approved barriers. Section 312
equipment physical protection, reinforced concrete is contains the specifications for guard posts or the
to be used for the walls and floor. The vault top for design forces required for an approved barrier to
above-grade vaults is required only to be constructed comply with the code. Protection from vehicle impact
of noncombustible materials and must be designed to is also required under Section 5303.5.2.
vent the forces of an explosion. If the vault is con- 5303.16.7 Arrangement. Equipment in vaults shall be listed
structed such that the top is located below grade, or is or approved for above-ground use. Where multiple vaults are
subject to vehicular traffic, then the top must be provided, adjacent vaults shall be allowed to share a common
designed to withstand vehicle loads and also contain wall. The common wall shall be liquid and vapor tight and
the forces of an explosion. The structural design of the shall be designed to withstand the load imposed when the
vault must also comply with IBC Chapter 16 for wind vault on either side of the wall is filled with water.
and earthquake loads, as applicable.
 Tanks and equipment designed for underground use
5303.16.3 Secondary containment. Vaults shall be substan-
typically rely upon proper backfilling and burial in soil
tially liquid-tight and there shall not be backfill within the
for their structural support and stability; therefore,
vault. The vault floor shall drain to a sump. For premanufac-
tanks and equipment installed in the vault must be
tured vaults, liquid tightness shall be certified as part of the
appropriate for above-ground use since there will be
listing provided by a nationally recognized testing laboratory.
no backfill to provide support. Equipment and tanks
For field-erected vaults, liquid tightness shall be certified in
installed in vaults are to be independent of each other
an approved manner.
and a separate vault is to be constructed for each.
 The vault is to function as secondary containment for The individual vaults are allowed to use a common
the tank in the event of a leak or spillage. Any leak- separation wall if it does not allow the gases from one
age or spillage must be removed by draining to a vault to enter an adjacent vault. This common wall
sump in the vault floor. Premanufactured vaults are must be able to structurally resist the hydrostatic
required to be listed; during this listing process, an loads if the adjacent vault is flooded.
analysis program is performed that includes an evalu-
53-10 Code Council

COMPRESSED GASES
5303.16.8 Connections. Connections shall be provided to the quantities specified. The systems should have
permit the venting of each vault to dilute, disperse and battery backup in the event of a power failure, and
remove vapors prior to personnel entering the vault. are to sound an alarm on the premises at a constantly
attended location that is approved by the fire code
 In order to provide a safe environment for inspection
official (see commentary to the Section 202 definition
or repair personnel to operate inside the vault, open-
of “Constantly attended location”).
ings must be provided to facilitate the purging of
harmful or oxygen-depleting inert gases from the 5303.16.11 Liquid removal. Means shall be provided to
vault prior to entry. recover liquid from the vault. Where a pump is used to meet
this requirement, it shall not be permanently installed in the
5303.16.9 Ventilation. Vaults shall be provided with an
vault. Electric-powered portable pumps shall be suitable for
exhaust ventilation system installed in accordance with Sec-
use in Class I, Division 1 locations, as defined in NFPA 70.
tion 5004.3. The ventilation system shall operate continu-
ously or be designed to operate upon activation of the vapor  A method for removing liquid from the vault must be
or liquid detection system. The system shall provide ventila- provided. This can be a gravity drain, if the site is
tion at a rate of not less than 1 cubic foot per minute (cfm) per appropriate, or manual or portable electric pumps
square foot [0.00508 m3/(s • m2)] of floor area, but not less suitable for use in hazardous locations.
than 150 cfm (4 m3/min). The exhaust system shall be 5303.16.12 Relief vents. Vent pipes for equipment in the
designed to provide air movement across all parts of the vault vault shall terminate not less than 12 feet (3658 mm) above
floor for gases having a density greater than air and across all ground level.
parts of the vault ceiling for gases having a density less than
air. Supply ducts shall extend to within 3 inches (76 mm), but  Vent pipes must be terminated so as to direct gases
not more than 12 inches (305 mm), of the floor. Exhaust and vapors into the airstream and away from the
ducts shall extend to within 3 inches (76 mm), but not more vault and any nearby buildings. Some compressed
than 12 inches (305 mm) of the floor or ceiling, for heavier- gases are normally heavier than air so they will settle
than-air or lighter-than-air gases, respectively. The exhaust to lower levels. The termination of a vent pipe, a mini-
system shall be installed in accordance with the International mum of 12 feet (3658 mm) above grade, will provide
Mechanical Code. space for the gases to disperse to below the lower
flammable limit (LFL). This high termination elevation
 The removal of hazardous gases from a vault requires also reduces the potential for the termination being
that a ventilation system be installed in accordance close to grade-level ignition sources. The design fea-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
with Section 5004.3 and the IMC. The ventilation sys- tures of nearby buildings that may allow hazardous
tem must have supply and exhaust ducts 3 to 12 gases to reenter the building or to collect on the build-
inches (76 to 305 mm) from the vault floor. These ing are to be avoided.
ducts are to provide ventilation across the entire vault
5303.16.13 Accessway. Vaults shall be provided with an
floor to allow air movement across the lowest part of
approved personnel accessway with a minimum dimension of
the vault where heavier-than-air gases could settle,
30 inches (762 mm) and with a permanently affixed, nonfer-
remove them and provide breathable air.
rous ladder. Accessways shall be designed to be nonsparking.
5303.16.10 Monitoring and detection. Vaults shall be pro- Travel distance from any point inside a vault to an accessway
vided with approved vapor and liquid detection systems and shall not exceed 20 feet (6096 mm). At each entry point, a
equipped with on-site audible and visual warning devices warning sign indicating the need for procedures for safe entry
with battery backup. Vapor detection systems shall sound an into confined spaces shall be posted. Entry points shall be
alarm when the system detects vapors that reach or exceed 25 secured against unauthorized entry and vandalism.
percent of the lower explosive limit (LEL) or one-half the
immediately dangerous to life and health (IDLH) concentra-  Access to the vault must have a minimum dimension
tion for the gas in the vault. Vapor detectors shall be located of 30 inches (762 mm) for ease of personnel pas-
not higher than 12 inches (305 mm) above the lowest point in sage. Because there is the possibility of hazardous
the vault for heavier-than-air gases and not lower than 12 and potentially flammable gases in the vault, the
inches (305 mm) below the highest point in the vault for accessway and ladder are to be constructed of
lighter-than-air gases. Liquid detection systems shall sound approved, nonsparking material. Since gases can
an alarm upon detection of any liquid, including water. Liq- replace the air in a vault, for personnel safety, the
uid detectors shall be located in accordance with the manu- travel distance is limited and warning signs must be
facturers’ instructions. Activation of either vapor or liquid posted to remind personnel of the potential hazards.
detection systems shall cause a signal to be sounded at an 5303.16.14 Classified area. The interior of a vault containing
approved, constantly attended location within the facility a flammable gas shall be designated a Class I, Division 1
served by the tanks or at an approved location. Activation of location, as defined in NFPA 70.
vapor detection systems shall also shut off gas-handling  The interior of a vault storing flammable gas is classi-
equipment in the vault and dispensers. fied as a Class 1, Division I hazardous electrical loca-
 The vault is to have liquid and vapor detection sys- tion, in accordance with NFPA 70 for determining the
tems that sound an alarm when either is present in type of electrical system to be installed.

COMPRESSED GASES
SECTION 5304 5305.2 Controls. Compressed gas system controls shall be

STORAGE OF COMPRESSED GASES designed to prevent materials from entering or leaving pro-
5304.1 Upright storage. Compressed gas containers, cylin- cess or reaction systems at other than the intended time, rate
ders and tanks, except those designed for use in a horizontal or path. Automatic controls shall be designed to be fail safe.
position, and all compressed gas containers, cylinders and  In designing the system controls, provisions must be
tanks containing nonliquefied gases, shall be stored in an made to prevent materials from escaping the system
upright position with the valve end up. An upright position other than at the intended time. Automatic controls
shall include conditions where the container, cylinder or tank must be designed so that they are fail safe to provide
axis is inclined as much as 45 degrees (0.80 rad) from the ver- safe conditions when personnel are not present.
tical. 5305.3 Piping systems. Piping, including tubing, valves, fit-
Exceptions: tings and pressure regulators, shall comply with this section
1. Compressed gas containers with a water volume less and Chapter 50. Piping, tubing, pressure regulators, valves
than 1.3 gallons (5 L) are allowed to be stored in a and other apparatus shall be kept gas tight to prevent leakage.
horizontal position.  All apparatus, connected and part of the system, shall
2. Cylinders, containers and tanks containing nonflam- comply with this section and Chapter 50. Proper
mable gases, or cylinders, containers and tanks con- maintenance of all the components ensures that gas
taining nonliquefied flammable gases that have been leaks are prevented.
secured to a pallet for transportation purposes. 5305.4 Valves. Valves utilized on compressed gas systems
 Containers, cylinders or tanks designed to be used in shall be suitable for the use intended and shall be accessible.
the horizontal position with the valve end up and Valve handles or operators for required shutoff valves shall
accessible are to be stored in an upright position, not be removed or otherwise altered to prevent access.
unless the conditions of one of the two listed excep-  This section is intended to provide adequate safe-
tions are met. Exception 1 allows gas containers, cyl- guards for valves. Valves are to be employed solely
inders and tanks with a water volume of less than 1.3 for the use for which they were designed. They must
gallons (5 L) to be stored in the horizontal position. be accessible and must not be removed or altered to
Exception 2 permits gas containers, cylinders and prevent access.
tanks containing nonflammable gases to be in the 5305.5 Venting. Venting of gases shall be directed to an
horizontal position when secured to a pallet for trans- approved location. Venting shall comply with the Interna-
portation. tional Mechanical Code.
5304.2 Material-specific regulations. In addition to the
requirements of this section, indoor and outdoor storage of  This section indicates that gases must be vented to
compressed gases shall comply with the material-specific an approved location. It refers the user to the IMC to
provisions of Chapters 54, 58 and 60 through 67. ensure compliance with venting requirements.
5305.6 Upright use. Compressed gas containers, cylinders
 In addition to meeting the requirements of this sec- and tanks, except those designed for use in a horizontal posi-
tion, storage of compressed gases needs to comply tion, and all compressed gas containers, cylinders and tanks
with the material-specific provisions of Chapters 54, containing nonliquefied gases, shall be used in an upright
58 and 60 through 67. For example, the storage and position with the valve end up. An upright position shall
use of flammable gases must be in accordance with include conditions where the container, cylinder or tank axis
Chapter 58 in addition to the requirements of this sec- is inclined as much as 45 degrees (0.80 rad) from the vertical.
tion. Use of nonflammable liquefied gases in the inverted position
where the liquid phase is used shall not be prohibited pro-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
vided that the container, cylinder or tank is properly secured

SECTION 5305 and the dispensing apparatus is designed for liquefied gas
USE AND HANDLING OF COMPRESSED GASES use.
5305.1 Compressed gas systems. Compressed gas systems
Exception: Compressed gas containers, cylinders and
shall be suitable for the use intended and shall be designed by
tanks with a water volume less than 1.3 gallons (5 L) are
persons competent in such design. Compressed gas equip-
allowed to be used in a horizontal position.
ment, machinery and processes shall be listed or approved.
 This section has some of the general requirements
 This section contains requirements for gas systems.
found in Section 5304.1. Unless the container is
A system includes stationary or movable gas contain-
designed to be used in the horizontal position, it must
ers, cylinders and tanks; pressure regulators; safety
be in the upright position with the valve end up and
relief devices; manifolds; interconnecting piping; and
accessible. In a gas system, the container may be in
controls. It is important that persons designing these
the inverted position when using nonflammable lique-
systems be competent in this area. All equipment,
fied gases, provided that the container is secured and
machinery and processes need to be listed or
the dispensing apparatus is designed for liquefied
approved for that particular use.
gas use. Exception 1 to Section 5304.1 also applies
53-12 Code Council

COMPRESSED GASES
here: if the container has a water volume less than When carts or trucks are used inside buildings, they
1.3 gallons (5 L), it may be used in the horizontal must also comply with Section 5003.10. The potential
position. release of gas is greatly increased during the han-
5305.7 Transfer. Transfer of gases between containers, cyl- dling process. A leak caused by improper handling,
inders and tanks shall be performed by qualified personnel such as dropping a container, striking containers
using equipment and operating procedures in accordance against each other or striking a container on another
with CGA P-1. surface, poses a potential hazard to persons and
property. Proper handling of the containers greatly
Exception: The fueling of vehicles with CNG or CH2, reduces this risk.
conducted in accordance with Chapter 23.
5305.10.2 Lifting devices. Ropes, chains or slings shall not
 In order to increase the likelihood that the inherent be used to suspend compressed gas containers, cylinders and
hazards involved in the transfer of compressed gases tanks unless provisions at time of manufacture have been
between gas containers, cylinders and tanks are miti- made on the container, cylinder or tank for appropriate lifting
gated, this section requires that only qualified person- attachments, such as lugs.
nel, using equipment and procedures in accordance
with CGA P-1, execute the transfer. The exception to  This section states that, in order to be suspended by
this occurs when fueling vehicles with compressed ropes, chains or slings, compressed gas containers,
natural gas (CNG) or compressed hydrogen gas, pro- cylinders and tanks must be fitted with lifting attach-
vided that the fueling is conducted in accordance with ments at the time of manufacture.
the applicable provisions of Chapter 23 of the code.
5305.8 Use of compressed gas for inflation. Inflatable SECTION 5306
equipment, devices or balloons shall only be pressurized or MEDICAL GASES
filled with compressed air or inert gases.
5306.1 General. Medical gases at health care-related facili-
 This section permits inflatable items, such as bal- ties intended for patient care, inhalation or sedation includ-
loons, to be pressurized with compressed air or an ing, but not limited to, analgesia systems for dentistry,
inert gas only. podiatry, veterinary and similar uses shall comply with Sec-
5305.9 Material-specific regulations. In addition to the tions 5306.2 through 5306.4 in addition to other requirements
requirements of this section, indoor and outdoor use of com- of this chapter.
pressed gases shall comply with the material-specific provi-  Compressed gases used in healthcare-related facili-
sions of Chapters 54, 58 and 60 through 67. ties include oxygen, nitrogen and nitrogen oxides,
 In addition to the requirements of this section, storage carbon dioxide and other gases that pose a variety of
of compressed gases must comply with the material- hazards if not handled and stored properly. Oxygen,
specific provisions of Chapters 54, 58 and 60 through for example, represents both a fire and an explosion
67. For example, the storage and use of a flammable hazard. Nitrogen oxides are useful for sedation, but in
gas system must comply with Chapter 58 in addition uncontrolled amounts in a confined space can
to the requirements of this section. asphyxiate an unknowing occupant. The remainder of
5305.10 Handling. The handling of compressed gas contain- these sections are intended to minimize hazards by
ers, cylinders and tanks shall comply with Sections 5305.10.1 setting the requirements for storage and supply loca-
and 5305.10.2. tions. Note that the use of the phrase “healthcare-
related facilities” indicates the intent that these provi-
 The requirements of Sections 5303.10.1 and sions apply to not only hospitals but also to nursing
5305.10.2 are specific for handling gas containers, homes and ambulatory care facilities.
cylinders and tanks. 5306.2 Interior supply location. Medical gases shall be
5305.10.1 Carts and trucks. Containers, cylinders and tanks stored in areas dedicated to the storage of such gases without
shall be moved using an approved method. Where containers, other storage or uses. Where containers of medical gases in
cylinders or tanks are moved by hand cart, hand truck or other quantities greater than the permit amount are located inside
mobile device, such carts, trucks or devices shall be designed buildings, they shall be in a 1-hour exterior room, a 1-hour
for the secure movement of containers, cylinders or tanks. interior room or a gas cabinet in accordance with Section
Carts and trucks utilized for transport of compressed gas con- 5306.2.1, 5306.2.2 or 5306.2.3, respectively. Rooms or areas
tainers, cylinders and tanks within buildings shall comply where medical gases are stored or used in quantities exceed-
with Section 5003.10. Carts and trucks utilized for transport ing the maximum allowable quantity per control area as set
of compressed gas containers, cylinders and tanks exterior to forth in Section 5003.1 shall be in accordance with the Inter-
buildings shall be designed so that the containers, cylinders national Building Code for high-hazard Group H occupan-
and tanks will be secured against dropping or otherwise strik- cies.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ing against each other or other surfaces.

 This section states that medical gases must be stored
 This section contains regulations for moving gas con- in dedicated areas not used for other storage or any
tainers, cylinders and tanks with carts and trucks. other purpose. Where medical gases are stored

COMPRESSED GASES
inside buildings in quantities greater than the permit minimum rate of 1 cubic foot per minute per square foot
amount indicated in Table 105.6.9, they are required [0.00508 m3/(s  m2)] of the area of the room.
to be in a 1-hour exterior room, in a 1-hour interior
 This section contains specific construction, ventilation
room or a gas cabinet in accordance with Section and suppression requirements for interior rooms that
5306.2.1, 5306.2.2 or 5306.2.3.
contain medical gases in quantities greater than the
The section also makes it clear that where hazard- permit amount indicated in Table 105.6.9.
ous gases are stored or used in quantities in excess
of the maximum allowable quantity per control area 5306.2.3 Gas cabinets. Gas cabinets shall be constructed in
(MAQ), the storage room must be constructed as an accordance with Section 5003.8.6 and the following:
appropriate Group H area in accordance with the 1. The average velocity of ventilation at the face of access
IBC. ports or windows shall be not less than 200 feet per
5306.2.1 One-hour exterior rooms. A 1-hour exterior room minute (1.02 m/s) with not less than 150 feet per min-
shall be a room or enclosure separated from the remainder of ute (0.76 m/s) at any point of the access port or win-
the building by fire barriers constructed in accordance with dow.
Section 707 of the International Building Code or horizontal 2. They shall be connected to an exhaust system.
assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711 of the
International Building Code, or both, with a fire-resistance 3. They shall be internally sprinklered.
rating of not less than 1 hour. Openings between the room or  This section contains specific requirements for the
enclosure and interior spaces shall be self-closing smoke- and construction of gas cabinets that contain medical
draft-control assemblies having a fire protection rating of not gases in quantities greater than the permit amount
less than 1 hour. Rooms shall have not less than one exterior indicated in Table 105.6.8. These requirements are in
wall that is provided with not less than two nonclosable lou- addition to those contained in Section 5003.8.6. The
vered vents. Each vent shall have a minimum free opening cabinet ventilation system must be designed to oper-
area of 24 square inches (155 cm2) for each 1,000 cubic feet ate at a negative pressure and be connected to an
(28 m3) at normal temperature and pressure (NTP) of gas exhaust system to maintain a safe atmosphere inside
stored in the room and shall be not less than 72 square inches the room in the event of a leak, especially during the
(465 cm2) in aggregate free opening area. One vent shall be normal opening and closing of the cabinet. Addition-
within 6 inches (152 mm) of the floor and one shall be within ally, the section requires that gas cabinets be pro-
6 inches (152 mm) of the ceiling. Rooms shall be provided tected with an internal automatic sprinkler system to
with not less than one automatic sprinkler to provide con- provide cooling of the gas cylinders housed in the
tainer cooling in case of fire. cabinet in the event of a fire that is outside of the cab-
inet. Other types of extinguishing systems are prohib-
 This section contains specific construction, ventilation
ited.
and suppression requirements for exterior rooms that
contain medical gases in quantities greater than the 5306.3 Exterior supply locations. Oxidizer medical gas sys-
permit amount indicated in Table 105.6.9. All open- tems located on the exterior of a building with quantities
ings between medical gas storage rooms and build- greater than the permit amount shall be located in accordance
ing interior spaces are required to be protected by with Section 6304.2.1.
self-closing smoke- and fire-rated assemblies to  This section requires compliance with Section
maintain separate airspaces. Even automatic-closing 6304.2.1 for oxidizer medical gas systems located on
assemblies, which close on detection of fire or the exterior of the building in amounts greater than
smoke, are not allowed since they cause the air- permitted in Table 105.6.9 (see commentary, Section
spaces to be normally connected. The purpose of 6304.2.1).
keeping airspaces separate is to prevent gas that
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
5306.4 Transfilling. Transfilling areas and operations
may escape from a leak in the medical gas room from
including, but not limited to, ventilation and separation, shall
migrating into other areas of the building. These
comply with NFPA 99.
requirements are consistent with those of NFPA 99
and NFPA 101 used by the federal Centers for Medi-  Transfilling is the transfer of oxygen to smaller porta-
care Services (CMS) for healthcare facility licensure. ble containers from larger storage containers. This
5306.2.2 One-hour interior room. Where an exterior wall can occur in the liquid or gaseous state. The refer-
cannot be provided for the room, automatic sprinklers shall ence to NFPA 99 will provide restrictions on the con-
be installed within the room. The room shall be exhausted struction of floors used in transfilling areas, limiting
through a duct to the exterior. Supply and exhaust ducts shall them to concrete or ceramic tile due to their noncom-
be enclosed in a 1-hour-rated shaft enclosure from the room bustible nature.
to the exterior. Approved mechanical ventilation shall comply 5306.5 Medical gas systems. Medical gas systems including,
with the International Mechanical Code and be provided at a but not limited to, distribution piping, supply manifolds, con-
nections, pressure regulators and relief devices and valves,
53-14 Code Council

COMPRESSED GASES
shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 99 and the gen- 5307.2 Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in Sec-
eral provisions of this chapter. Existing medical gas systems tion 105.6.
shall be maintained in accordance with the maintenance,
 Operational permits in accordance with Section
inspection and testing provisions of NFPA 99 for medical gas 105.6.4 are required for CO2 systems used in the bev-
systems.
erage dispensing applications. See the commentary
 Compressed medical gas piping systems in hospitals to Section 5301.2.
and similar institutions may not be used to distribute 5307.3 Equipment. The storage, use, and handling of liquid
flammable gases. Nonflammable compressed gas carbon dioxide shall be in accordance with Chapter 53 and
piping systems installed and used as detailed in the applicable requirements of NFPA 55, Chapter 13. Insu-
NFPA 99 are permitted. Systems are to comply with
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
lated liquid carbon dioxide systems shall have pressure relief
the general, maintenance, inspection and testing pro- devices vented in accordance with NFPA 55.
visions of this chapter and NFPA 99.
 Components in compressed gas systems, including
CO2 systems, are required to comply with Chapter 53,
SECTION 5307 which covers items such as pressure vessel and pip-
CARBON DIOXIDE (CO2) SYSTEMS USED IN ing requirements, among others. An additional refer-
BEVERAGE DISPENSING APPLICATIONS ence to NFPA 55, Chapter 13 addresses insulated
liquid CO2 systems in indoor and outdoor locations
5307.1 General. Carbon dioxide systems with more than 100
consisting of containers with a capacity of 1,000
pounds (45.4 kg) of carbon dioxide used in beverage dispens-
pounds or less. The requirements address:
ing applications shall comply with Sections 5307.2 through
5307.5.2. • Pressure relief devices.
 Several fatal carbon dioxide (CO2) poisoning (asphyx- • Pressure and level indicators.
iation) incidents have occurred in restaurants where • Piping systems including materials of construc-
CO2 leaked from large storage tanks and displaced tion.
oxygen in the area. CO2 is an odorless and colorless • Operating instructions.
gas with a vapor density of 1.53, making it 50 percent
heavier than air. As such, the CO2 will fill a room from Some typical equipment are pictured in Commentary
the floor up and displace the oxygen in the room. Just Figures 5307.3(1) and (2).
a short exposure to a 10-percent concentration of CO2
can be fatal. A 2-percent CO2 concentration in air can
increase the breathing rate by 50 percent and a 3-per-
cent concentration can increase it by 100 percent. As
the breathing rate increases, so does the amount of
CO2 being drawn into the person’s system with the
eventual results being headache, nausea, dizziness,
disorientation, unconsciousness and death. The dis-
placement of oxygen is more severe in smaller rooms
or enclosures.
The intent of Section 5307 is to address locations,
typically restaurants or other food service facilities,
where liquefied CO2 is used in conjunction with car-
bonators to produce carbonated beverages. CO2 is
stored as a compressed gas or a liquefied com-
pressed gas but many larger restaurants are convert-
ing from gaseous CO2 and taking advantage of
liquefied CO2 because the reduced container size and
the reduced number of cylinders frees up valuable
floor space. Note that CO2 is not classified as a cryo-
genic fluid because its boiling point is -109°F.
A minimum trigger of more than 100 pounds was
selected for these requirements because it was felt Figure 5307.3(1)
that systems with lesser amounts of CO2 do not pose EXTERIOR FITTING TO FILL THE
as great a risk of asphyxiation as large quantities of BULK CO2 CYLINDER INSIDE THE BUILDING
the gas.

COMPRESSED GASES
ventilation in accordance with Section 5307.5.1 or an emer-

gency alarm system in accordance with Section 5307.5.2.
 This section requires buildings in which the CO2 sys-
tems are installed to be provided with either ventila-
tion that complies with Section 5307.5.1 or an
emergency alarm system that complies with Section
5307.5.2. It does not require that both ventilation and
gas detection be provided. The hazard associated
with these systems is that the heavier-than-air CO2
may accumulate and displace oxygen, creating an
asphyxiation hazard. Leaks are most likely to occur
from fittings and connections, but could also be from
plastic or other runs of piping.
5307.5.1 Ventilation. Mechanical ventilation shall be in
accordance with the International Mechanical Code and shall
comply with all of the following:
1. Mechanical ventilation in the room or area shall be at a
rate of not less than 1 cubic foot per minute per square
foot [0.00508 m3/(s • m2)].
2. Exhaust shall be taken from a point within 12 inches
(305 mm) of the floor.
3. The ventilation system shall be designed to operate at a
negative pressure in relation to the surrounding area.
 This section provides the requirements for mechani-
cal ventilation when such is the chosen means of pro-
tection for CO2 storage areas. The minimum
ventilation rate of not less than 1 cubic foot per min-
ute per square foot [0.00508 m3/(s • m2)] is a “stan-
dard” rate used for many applications throughout the
Figure 5307.3(2) code and the IMC. Since the room or area must be at
BULK CO2 CYLINDER IN A a negative pressure to the surrounding areas to pre-
CARBONATED BEVERAGE DISPENSING SYSTEM vent any fugitive CO2 from escaping the room, that
“standard” rate may need to be adjusted upward to
gain compliance. Though the exhaust system is not
5307.4 Protection from damage. Carbon dioxide systems specifically required to be constantly in operation,
shall be installed so the storage tanks, cylinders, piping and such a precaution would be advisable due to the
fittings are protected from damage by occupants or equip- asphyxiation hazard that could arise in the event of
ment during normal facility operations. an undetected CO2 leak. The exhaust ventilation
 A CO2 release can accumulate and displace oxygen, intakes must be located within 12 inches of the floor
creating an asphyxiation hazard. To prevent a poten- to allow the airflow to “sweep” the entire lowest part of
tial mishap, the CO2 storage tanks, cylinders, piping, the room, since CO2 is heavier than air.
and fittings must be protected from physical damage. 5307.5.2 Emergency alarm system. An emergency alarm
This section includes basic requirements intended to system shall comply with all of the following:
protect CO2 storage tanks, cylinders, piping and fit-
1. Continuous gas detection shall be provided to monitor
tings from damage by occupants or equipment during
areas where carbon dioxide can accumulate.
normal facility operations. This will decrease the
chance of damage that may cause leaks, especially 2. The threshold for activation of an alarm shall not
important in facilities where gas detection systems exceed 5,000 parts per million (9,000 mg/m3).
are not provided in accordance with Section 3. Activation of the emergency alarm system shall initiate
5307.5.2. a local alarm within the room or area in which the sys-
5307.5 Required protection. Where carbon dioxide storage tem is installed.
tanks, cylinders, piping and equipment are located indoors,  As the second alternative provided by Section
rooms or areas containing carbon dioxide storage tanks, cyl- 5307.5, this section contains the requirements for an
inders, piping and fittings and other areas where a leak of car- emergency alarm system consisting of continuous
bon dioxide can collect shall be provided with either gas detection with CO2 detectors of adequate number
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
53-16 Code Council

COMPRESSED GASES
and spacing to cover the protected area and a local exempted radioactive gases since they are highly reg-
alarm within the room where the CO2 is stored. The ulated in the U.S. at the state and federal level, and
emergency alarm trigger level of 5,000 parts per mil- their requirements are driven by the isotope and its
lion (ppm) is the 8-hour time-weighted average respective hazards.
(TWA) exposure limit for CO2 established by the At the time that the hazardous material regulations
United States Department of Labor, Occupational were being formulated, a number of fire code officials
Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) for CO2. were concerned about a release of simple asphyxiant
This section also provides correlation with CGA-6.5 gases within a room in which they were being stored.
which, although not referenced in the code, is a Because simple asphyxiant gases are colorless and
national standard on the subject. odorless, some fire code officials were concerned
about the potential for a person walking into a room
where a simple asphyxiant gas leak had occurred and
SECTION 5308 becoming incapacitated due to an oxygen deficient
COMPRESSED GASES atmosphere. To minimize this risk, Section 5308 was
NOT OTHERWISE REGULATED developed. And more recently, Section 5307 was cre-
5308.1 General. Compressed gases in storage or use not regated in response to several life-loss incidents involving
ulated by the material-specific provisions of Chapters 6, 54, asphyxiation by CO2 in public assembly occupancies.
55 and 60 through 67, including asphyxiant, irritant and 5308.2 Ventilation. Indoor storage and use areas and storage
radioactive gases, shall comply with this section in addition buildings shall be provided with mechanical exhaust ventila-
to other requirements of this chapter. tion or natural ventilation in accordance with the require-
ments of Section 5004.3 or 5005.1.9. Where mechanical
 Statistics show that there are more deaths every year ventilation is provided, the systems shall be operational
from the use of inert and asphyxiant gases than from during such time as the building or space is occupied
toxic gases. The indoor storage or use of compressed
gases falling into categories such as inerts, asphyx-  The provisions of this section are limited to basic ven-
iants, irritants and radioactive can be hazardous tilation requirements when these materials are stored
regardless of the type of gas involved simply due to the or used indoors. Section 5004.3 of the code provides
hazards related to asphyxiation. Sections 5301 through the fundamental requirements for ventilation sys-
5305 have been designed as generic provisions that tems. The basic provisions allow natural ventilation to
apply to all compressed gases. Sections 5306 and be used as a means to address the concern, and
5307 are unique in that they establish additional mechanical ventilation is not required when it can be
requirements for specific uses. This section is intended shown that natural ventilation is adequate. By includ-
to fill a void in the regulations of compressed gases by ing basic provisions for ventilation for the specified
addressing compressed gases posing material hazards material hazards, a reasonable level of safety for
not otherwise regulated while not creating unnecessary building occupants is maintained.
additional material-specific chapters in the code. Note
that this section requires that the storage and handling Bibliography
of cylinders containing the gases must comply with the
remaining requirements of Chapter 53 because their The following resource was used in the preparation of
contents are under positive pressure. the commentary for this chapter of the code:
The question is often asked as to why the code Code Changes Resource Collection—2015 Interna-
does not include more comprehensive regulation of tional Fire Code. Washington, DC: International
these “compressed gases not otherwise regulated.” Code Council, 2014.
Historically, the U.S. did not develop comprehensive
hazardous materials regulations in the model building
and fire codes until the mid-1980s. Prior to that time
there were various regulations but they were not cor-
related, and more importantly, were not tied to a build-
ing’s occupancy classification, a material’s hazard
classification or how the building was used. As a
result, a task group was formed that worked on com-
pletely revising the legacy building and fire codes by
creating comprehensive hazardous materials regula-
tions.
Part of these early requirements included require-
ments for radioactive, asphyxiant and irritant gases. In
recognition that some of these gases presented mini-
mal risks, the codes reduced the requirements for irri-
tant and asphyxiant gases. Later changes essentially
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
53-18 Code Council

Chapter 54:
Corrosive Materials
General Comments Corrosive materials may pose multiple hazards, such
as radioactivity, toxicity, flammability or detonability. The
This chapter regulates the storage of corrosive materi- focus of this chapter is on materials whose primary haz-
als, which pose unusual risks to fire fighters, emergency ard is corrosivity; that is, the ability to destroy or irrepa-
personnel and the general public when they are rably damage living tissue on contact.
involved in a spill, fire or explosion. These regulations are intended to minimize the expo-
Section 5401 establishes the scope of Chapter 54 sure of the public, fire fighters and other emergency
and the quantities requiring a permit. This section also responders to the harmful vapors, liquid matter or
lists the exempt amounts per control area for corrosive splashes resulting from fire or accidental releases.
materials to aid in establishing the appropriate occu- Advance knowledge of the materials in structures
pancy group classification for the building. through the permit process and the submittal of Material
Section 5402 provides the definition of “Corrosive,” Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) are essential for effective
which is derived from DOT 49 CFR, Part 173. prefire planning by the fire department. NFPA 471 pro-
Section 5403 provides the requirements for structures vides useful guidance for managing hazardous material
used for the storage of corrosive materials. These incidents.
requirements are applicable to storage in excess of the
exempt amounts per control area.
Section 5404 provides the maintenance provisions for Purpose
both indoor and outdoor storage conditions, regardless Chapter 54 addresses the hazards of corrosive materi-
of quantities. als that have a destructive effect on living tissues.
Section 5405 provides the requirements for both the Though corrosive gases exist, most corrosive materials
indoor and outdoor use of corrosives, regardless of the are solid and classified as either acids or bases (alka-
quantities. lis). These materials may pose a wide range of hazards
Corrosive materials may be found in solid, liquid or other than corrosivity, such as combustibility, reactivity
gaseous states, although the most frequently encoun- or oxidizing hazards. This chapter, however, addresses
tered corrosive materials are liquids and solids. They the hazards associated with the storage of materials
may be found in all types of occupancies, including based on their corrosivity only. Materials posing multiple
research laboratories, hospitals, industrial facilities, hazards must conform to the requirements of the code
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
warehouses and retail stores. with respect to all their known hazards.
SECTION 5401 ardous materials general storage requirements of

GENERAL Chapter 50.
5401.1 Scope. The storage and use of corrosive materials Exception 1 addresses mercantile displays to
shall be in accordance with this chapter. Compressed gases which this chapter is not applicable. Section 5003.11
shall also comply with Chapter 53. addresses requirements for the storage of hazardous
material in mercantile occupancies. Exceptions 2 and
Exceptions: 3 state that stationary lead-acid battery systems and
1. Display and storage in Group M and storage in R-717 refrigerants are not addressed in this chapter.
Group S occupancies complying with Section 5401.2 Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in Sec-
5003.11. tion 105.6.
2. Stationary storage battery systems in accordance  The process of issuing permits gives the fire code
with Section 608. official an opportunity to carefully evaluate and regu-
3. This chapter shall not apply to R-717 (ammonia) late hazardous operations. Permit applicants should
where used as a refrigerant in a refrigeration system be required to demonstrate that their operations com-
(see Section 606). ply with the intent of the code before the permit is
issued. See the commentary to Section 105.6 for a
 Chapter 54 details specific requirements for the stor-
age and use of corrosive materials. The requirements
tional permit, Section 105.6.21 for discussion of spe-
of this chapter are intended to complement the haz-
cific operational permits for hazardous materials,

CORROSIVE MATERIALS
Section 105.7 for a general discussion of activities control area indicated in Table 5003.1.1(2), shall be in accor-
requiring a construction permit and Section 105.7.10 dance with Sections 5001, 5003 and 5004 and this chapter.
for discussion of specific construction permits for haz-  Table 5003.1.1(2) gives the maximum quantities for
ardous materials. The permit process also notifies the an indoor storage control area. Section 5004
fire department of the need for prefire planning for addresses the storage requirements of hazardous
hazardous properties. materials in the amounts that exceed the MAQ.
5404.1.1 Liquid-tight floor. In addition to the provisions of
SECTION 5402 Section 5004.12, floors in storage areas for corrosive liquids
DEFINITION shall be of liquid-tight construction.
5402.1 Definition. The following term is defined in Chapter  Section 5004.12 requires that floors of storage areas
2: must be of noncombustible construction, except for
CORROSIVE. surfacing. This section requires them to be liquid
tight, as well.
 Definitions of terms can help in the understanding 5404.2 Outdoor storage. Outdoor storage of corrosive mate-
and application of the code requirements. This sec- rials in amounts exceeding the maximum allowable quantity
tion directs the code user to Chapter 2 for the proper per control area indicated in Table 5003.1.1(4) shall be in
application of the indicated term used in this chapter. accordance with Sections 5001, 5003 and 5004 and this chap-
Terms may be defined in Chapter 2 or in another ter.
201.3, or the dictionary meaning may be all that is  Table 5003.1.1(4) gives the maximum quantities for
needed (see also commentary, Sections 201.1 an outdoor storage control area. Section 5004
through 201.4). addresses storage of hazardous materials in
amounts that exceed the MAQ.
5404.2.1 Above-ground outside storage tanks. Above-
SECTION 5403 ground outside storage tanks exceeding an aggregate quantity
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS of 1,000 gallons (3785 L) of corrosive liquids shall be pro-
5403.1 Quantities not exceeding the maximum allowable vided with secondary containment in accordance with Sec-
quantity per control area. The storage and use of corrosive tion 5004.2.2.
materials in amounts not exceeding the maximum allowable  In order to help confine a leak or spill from an outside
quantity per control area indicated in Section 5003.1 shall be above-ground storage tank containing corrosive liq-
in accordance with Sections 5001, 5003 and 5401. uids, secondary containment in accordance with Sec-
 The stored quantities per control area are addressed tion 5004.2 must be provided. This section applies to
in Section 5001 if the quantities do not exceed the all outside storage areas with an aggregate tank
amounts in Table 5003.1.1(2) or 5003.1.1(4). The capacity in excess of 1,000 gallons (3785 L).
tables address quantities posing a health hazard for 5404.2.2 Distance from storage to exposures. Outdoor stor-
control areas located indoors and outdoors. age of corrosive materials shall not be within 20 feet (6096
5403.2 Quantities exceeding the maximum allowable mm) of buildings not associated with the manufacturing or
quantity per control area. The storage and use of corrosive distribution of such materials, lot lines, public streets, public
materials in amounts exceeding the maximum allowable alleys, public ways or means of egress. A 2-hour fire barrier
quantity per control area indicated in Section 5003.1 shall be without openings or penetrations, and extending not less than
in accordance with this chapter and Chapter 50. 30 inches (762 mm) above and to the sides of the storage
area, is allowed in lieu of such distance. The wall shall either
 Tables 5003.1.1(2) and 5003.1.1(4) give the maxi-
be an independent structure, or the exterior wall of the build-
mum allowable quantity per control area (MAQ). If the
ing adjacent to the storage area.
amounts exceed the allowable quantities, the occu-
pancy classifications in Chapter 2 and this chapter  The required separation distances for corrosive materi-
must be used for requirements. Section 5003.1.4 als are intended to reduce the hazard of radiant heat
states that compliance with Chapter 50 is also transfer from nearby exposures on or off the property.
required. This section also recognizes that a 2-hour fire barrier
constructed in accordance with Section 706 of the
International Building Code® (IBC®) will provide physi-
SECTION 5404 cal barrier protection as an alternative to the required
STORAGE separation distance. Note that the wall must be posi-
5404.1 Indoor storage. Indoor storage of corrosive materials tioned to restrict the spread of fire around or over it.
in amounts exceeding the maximum allowable quantity per
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
54-2 Code Council

CORROSIVE MATERIALS
SECTION 5405
USE
5405.1 Indoor use. The indoor use of corrosive materials in
amounts exceeding the maximum allowable quantity per con-
trol area indicated in Table 5003.1.1(2) shall be in accor-
dance with Sections 5001, 5003 and 5005 and this chapter.
 Table 5003.1.1(2) gives the MAQ for use in either a
closed system or an open system. Section 5005
addresses the use, dispensing and handling of haz-
ardous materials in amounts that exceed the MAQ.
5405.1.1 Liquid transfer. Corrosive liquids shall be trans-
ferred in accordance with Section 5005.1.10.
 Section 5005.1.10 lists five methods that can be used
for the transfer of corrosive liquids. These methods
are for liquids having a hazard ranking of 3 or 4 in
accordance with NFPA 704.
5405.1.2 Ventilation. Where corrosive materials are dis-
pensed or used, mechanical exhaust ventilation in accordance
with Section 5005.2.1.1 shall be provided.
 This section requires mechanical exhaust ventilation
for all storage areas containing corrosive liquids with
positive vapor pressures, which, if exposed under
standard room temperature and atmospheric pres-
sure, give off hazardous fumes and vapors. Adequate
mechanical ventilation will reduce the chance for the
accumulation of hazardous concentration levels of
toxic fumes and vapors. Corrosive liquids without a
positive vapor pressure do not readily give off vapors
at hazardous concentration levels under normal con-
ditions and, therefore, do not require mechanical
exhaust ventilation.
5405.2 Outdoor use. The outdoor use of corrosive materials
in amounts exceeding the maximum allowable quantity per
control area indicated in Table 5003.1.1(4) shall be in accor-
dance with Sections 5001, 5003 and 5005 and this chapter.
 Table 5003.1.1(4) gives the MAQ for an outdoor con-
trol area. Section 5005 addresses the use, dispens-
ing and handling of hazardous materials in the
amounts that exceed the MAQ.
5405.2.1 Distance from use to exposures. Outdoor use of
corrosive materials shall be located in accordance with Sec-
tion 5404.2.2.
 The required separation distances for corrosive materi-
als are intended to reduce the hazard of radiant heat
transfer to nearby structures or public areas. The dis-
tances also help protect the property in question from
heat exposure from incidents on or off the property.
The exception recognizes that a 2-hour fire separation
wall will provide physical barrier protection as an alter-
native to the required separation distance.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
54-4 Code Council

Chapter 55:
Cryogenic Fluids
General Comments oxygen-enriched atmosphere, which has the potential of
improving the conditions for combustion.
The code regulates the hazards associated with materi- Finally, a release of cryogens at extremely low tem-
als that are considered to be cryogenic fluids. These peratures has the effect of making some materials such
requirements are in addition to the other code require- as rubber, carbon steel and plastic so brittle that failure
ments that address hazards such as flammability and of those materials can occur very easily. Materials like
toxicity. Cryogenics are hazardous because they are stainless steel, copper, brass and most alloys of alumi-
held at extremely low temperatures and high pressures. num must be used when handling cryogenic fluids.
Many cryogenic fluids, however, are actually inert gases The extreme low temperatures also have the ten-
and would not be regulated elsewhere in the code. dency to create thermal stresses in badly designed
Cryogenics pose several hazards to humans who cryogen containment systems. Uneven temperature dis-
come in close contact with them. The first is the poten- tributions can create stress in some piping or related
tial for severe freeze burns and tissue damage that can equipment.
result from direct contact with cryogenic liquids, uninsu- The more common cryogens include helium, hydro-
lated cryogenic pipes or uninsulated cryogenic equip- gen, nitrogen, argon, oxygen and methane. Note that
ment. Also, a jet of cryogen can freeze the skin or the some of these gases are inert but, based on the specific
eyes faster than liquid contact. Eyes are especially sus- concerns related to cryogens, are still a potential haz-
ceptible to cryogen exposure. ard. Cryogens are used for many applications but spe-
In addition to freeze hazards, cryogens pose an cifically have had widespread use in the biomedical field
asphyxiation hazard because they rapidly boil and con- and in space programs.
vert from a liquid to a gas. As will be discussed in the
definitions, cryogens have extremely low boiling points.
When converting from a liquid to a gas, there is a great Purpose
deal of expansion that displaces breathable air. This Hazards created by cryogenic materials are sometimes
hazard is compounded when the gases are also toxic or compounded by additional hazard characteristics, such
flammable. as flammability or toxicity. These other characteristics
There is also the potential for air surrounding a cryo- are dealt with in Chapter 50 and other chapters, such as
gen containment system to condense. This is especially Chapter 58 dealing with flammable gases. This chapter
the case when transferring liquid nitrogen through unin- covers the storage, use and handling of cryogenic fluids
sulated metal pipes. Because nitrogen has a lower boil- through regulation of such things as pressure relief
ing point than oxygen, it will evaporate first and leave an mechanisms and proper container storage.
SECTION 5501 Flammable cryogenic fluids, including hydrogen, methane

GENERAL and carbon monoxide, shall comply with Chapters 23 and 58,
5501.1 Scope. Storage, use and handling of cryogenic fluids as applicable.
shall comply with this chapter and NFPA 55. Cryogenic flu- Inert cryogenic fluids, including argon, helium and nitro-
ids classified as hazardous materials shall also comply with gen, shall comply with ANSI/CGA P-18.
the general requirements of Chapter 50. Partially full contain-
 This section states that the chapter focuses on the
ers containing residual cryogenic fluids shall be considered as
hazards related to cryogenic fluids. If the materials
full for the purposes of the controls required.
are also classified as a hazardous material, additional
Exceptions: requirements, as found in Chapter 50, must be
1. Fluids used as refrigerants in refrigeration systems reviewed as well.
(see Section 606). Exception 1 is for cryogens used in refrigeration
systems, which are specifically regulated in Section
2. Liquefied natural gas (LNG), which shall comply 606 of the code.
with NFPA 59A. Exception 2 is for liquefied natural gas (LNG) since
Oxidizing cryogenic fluids, including oxygen, shall com- there are more specific and appropriate sections or
ply with Chapter 63, as applicable. standards that address those hazards, most notably
NFPA 59A.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

CRYOGENIC FLUIDS
Following the exceptions are three requirements SECTION 5503

that reference three additional chapters of the code GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
and an associated standard dealing with inert cryo- 5503.1 Containers. Containers employed for storage or use
genic fluids that must be adhered to in addition to of cryogenic fluids shall comply with Sections 5503.1.1
complying with Chapter 55. through 5503.1.3.2 and Chapter 50.
See also Appendix G for weight and volume equiv-
alents of cryogenic fluids. It is important to note that  The focus of this section is the proper use of contain-
the appendices are not considered part of the code ers when storing, using or handling cryogenic fluids
unless specifically adopted (see Section 1 of the so that they can handle concerns such as pressures,
sample adopting ordinance on page xxi of the code thermal stresses and embrittlement. Chapter 50
book). would also apply in cases where issues are not spe-
cifically dealt with in Chapter 55.
tion 105.6. 5503.1.1 Nonstandard containers. Containers, equipment
and devices that are not in compliance with recognized stan-
 The process of issuing permits gives the fire code dards for design and construction shall be approved upon pre-
official an opportunity to carefully evaluate and regu- sentation of satisfactory evidence that they are designed and
late hazardous operations. Permit applicants should constructed for safe operation.
ply with the code before the permit is issued. See the  Various standards are available for the construction of
commentary to Section 105.6 for a general discus- containers for use with cryogenic materials. In some
sion of operations requiring an operational permit, cases, applications using cryogenics can facilitate the
Section 105.6.11 for discussion of specific quantity- use of a uniquely designed container that does not
based operational permits for the materials regulated meet the specifics of the available standards. This
in this chapter and Section 105.7.4 for a discussion of section allows such containers with proper technical
activities involving cryogenic fluids requiring a con- justification; criteria are listed. Material properties of
struction permit. The permit process also notifies the cryogenic fluids vary based on differences in the boil-
fire department of the need for prefire planning for ing point and critical point. For instance, a material
hazardous property. with a lower boiling point would require colder tem-
peratures and perhaps higher pressures; therefore,
design calculations or test results must show that con-
SECTION 5502 tainer designs can meet the specific pressure and
DEFINITIONS temperature criteria for the cryogenic fluid to be
stored.
ter 2. 5503.1.1.1 Data submitted for approval. The following
data shall be submitted to the fire code official with reference
CRYOGENIC CONTAINER.
to the deviation from the recognized standard with the appli-
CRYOGENIC FLUID. cation for approval.
CRYOGENIC VESSEL. 1. Type and use of container, equipment or device.
FLAMMABLE CRYOGENIC FLUID. 2. Material to be stored, used or transported.
LOW-PRESSURE TANK. 3. Description showing dimensions and materials used in
 Definitions of terms can help in the understanding construction.
and application of the code requirements. This sec- 4. Design pressure, maximum operating pressure and test
tion directs the code user to Chapter 2 for the proper pressure.
application of the indicated terms used in this chap- 5. Type, size and setting of pressure relief devices.
International Code® as indicated in Section 201.3, or 6. Other data requested by the fire code official.
the dictionary meaning may be all that is needed (see  This section lists approval criteria for nonstandard
also commentary, Sections 201.1 through 201.4). containers that are to be used with cryogenic fluids.
Material properties of cryogenic fluids vary based on
differences in the boiling point and critical point. For
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
55-2 Code Council

CRYOGENIC FLUIDS
instance, a material with a lower boiling point would genic fluid containers within the range not covered are
require colder temperatures and perhaps higher pres- at risk. This section also correlates with the provisions
sures; therefore, design calculations or test results of NFPA 55.
must show that container designs can meet the spe- 5503.1.3.2 Corrosion protection. Portions of containers in
cific pressure and temperature criteria for the cryo- contact with foundations or saddles shall be painted to protect
genic fluid to be stored. Approval applications must against corrosion.
include specific references to the portions of recog-
nized standards from which they deviate.  Corrosion can occur for a number of reasons.
Because tanks and their supports will probably be
5503.1.2 Concrete containers. Concrete containers shall be constructed of dissimilar materials, this can cause
built in accordance with the International Building Code. galvanic corrosion. Exposure to moisture can cause
Barrier materials and membranes used in connection with oxidation of metals, otherwise known as rust.
concrete, but not functioning structurally, shall be compatible If the corrosion occurs in the metal skin of the tank,
with the materials contained. leakage of the cryogenic fluid could occur. If the cor-
 Because concrete containers are often built on site, rosion is extensive, tank failure and spillage of pres-
this section requires that they be built in accordance surized tank contents could occur.
with the International Building Code® (IBC®) and its If the corrosion occurs in the saddle or other part of
requirements in Chapter 16 for structural strength the supporting foundation structure, collapse of the
and other related issues. Additionally, this section structure could cause the tank to fall and rupture,
acknowledges the fact that any material in contact resulting in spillage of the cryogenic fluid. If the cryo-
with cryogens must be compatible. This will vary genic fluid is flammable, tank failure could lead to a
based on what cryogenic fluids are stored and the fire or explosion.
type of barrier materials chosen. Prevention of corrosion, therefore, is important.
5503.1.3 Foundations and supports. Containers shall be The most common way of protecting metal structures
provided with substantial concrete or masonry foundations, from corrosion is to paint them. This painting
or structural steel supports on firm concrete or masonry foun- becomes even more important where dissimilar met-
dations. Containers shall be supported to prevent the concen- als contact each other. This section specifies that the
tration of excessive loads on the supporting portion of the containers must be painted where they are in contact
shell. Foundations for horizontal containers shall be con- with foundation structures. Good maintenance prac-
structed to accommodate expansion and contraction of the tice suggests that both tanks and their supporting
container. Foundations shall be provided to support the structures might benefit from painting.
weight of vaporizers or heat exchangers. 5503.2 Pressure relief devices. Pressure relief devices shall
be provided in accordance with Sections 5503.2.1 through
 Critical to avoiding catastrophic failure of a container
5503.2.7 to protect containers and systems containing cryo-
is the proper construction of the elements that sup-
genic fluids from rupture in the event of overpressure. Pres-
port the container. The design must anticipate the
sure relief devices shall be designed in accordance with CGA
equipment loads that may be used in conjunction with
S-1.1, CGA S-1.2 and CGA S-1.3.
the container, such as vaporizers or heat exchang-
ers. The foundations and supports need to be strong  Pressure relief devices are essential for cryogenics
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
and firmly set in place by either placing the containers because of the high pressures and low temperatures
directly on a concrete or masonry foundation or on at which cryogenics are maintained. Although storage
steel supports that are set into a concrete or masonry tanks, other containers and transfer piping are nor-
foundation. mally well insulated, some heating of the contents will
5503.1.3.1 Temperature effects. Where container founda- occur over time, causing internal pressures to
tions or supports are subject to exposure to temperatures increase. Pressure relief mechanisms provide a
below -130°F (-90°C), the foundations or supports shall be method of relieving these overpressures and avoiding
constructed of materials to withstand the low-temperature a hazardous situation. Three Compressed Gas Asso-
effects of cryogenic fluid spillage. ciation (CGA) standards that cover the full range of
container types, from portable to stationary, are refer-
 As was mentioned in the general comments at the enced at the end of this section.
beginning of this chapter, exposure to extremely low Sections 5503.2.1 through 5503.2.7 contain
temperatures will cause some materials, such as car- requirements related to accessibility for maintenance,
bon steel, to become brittle and lose structural general sizing, installation requirements and device
strength. For this reason, any portion of a foundation integrity.
or structural support for cryogenic fluid tanks that
might be exposed to the fluid in case of a spill must be 5503.2.1 Containers. Containers shall be provided with pres-
constructed of materials that will not be affected by the sure relief devices.
exposure. A cryogenic fluid is defined in Chapter 2 as  This section states very clearly that pressure relief
having a boiling point lower than -130°F. The require- devices are required for cryogenic containers. Sec-
ments of this section should apply at that temperature, tion 5503.2.2 addresses associated equipment. Gen-
otherwise the foundations or supports of those cryo- erally, the container is the main area of concern

CRYOGENIC FLUIDS
because it is the primary storage vessel for cryogen- 5503.2.6 Shutoffs between pressure relief devices and con-
ics and has the largest potential for overpressuriza- tainers. Shutoff valves shall not be installed between pres-
tion. sure relief devices and containers.
5503.2.2 Vessels or equipment other than containers. Heat Exceptions:
exchangers, vaporizers, insulation casings surrounding con-
1. A shutoff valve is allowed on containers equipped
tainers, vessels and coaxial piping systems in which liquefied with multiple pressure relief device installations
cryogenic fluids could be trapped because of leakage from the
where the arrangement of the valves provides the
primary container shall be provided with a pressure relief full required flow through the minimum number of
device.
required relief devices at all times.
 Just as Section 5503.2.1 requires pressure relief 2. A locking-type shutoff valve is allowed to be used
devices on the container itself, this section mentions upstream of the pressure relief device for service-
other areas where overpressures occur if there is a related work performed by the supplier when in
leak in the primary container. This is a smaller hazard accordance with the requirements of the ASME
potential, but requirements make it more likely that all Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
potential overpressures are addressed.
5503.2.3 Sizing. Pressure relief devices shall be sized in  This section prohibits shutoff valves from being
installed between the pressure relief device and the
accordance with the specifications to which the container was
fabricated. The relief device shall have sufficient capacity to container because the closing of a valve in that posi-
tion would allow pressure in the tank to build without
prevent the maximum design pressure of the container or sys-
tem from being exceeded. relief. Exception 1 covers containers designed with
multiple pressure relief devices that can still handle
 This section contains only general language that the pressure relief even when a valve is shut off.
makes it likely that the pressure relief device is prop- Exception 2 is consistent with NFPA 55. The ASME
erly designed to fit the needs of the particular con- Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (BPVC) allows the
tainer. In most cases, the manufacturer will already use of a locking valve on the upstream side of a pres-
have the devices installed on the container. There are sure relief device in instances where it is impractical
cases, however, when a cryogenic system or con- to install multiple pressure relief devices and valves,
tainer may be constructed for a specific purpose and or where having the multiple valves creates more
user. In those cases, the relief valves must be sized potential safety hazards during maintenance work on
and installed by the user. the devices. The BPVC has detailed requirements for
5503.2.4 Accessibility. Pressure relief devices shall be working on relief devices with the use of upstream
located such that they are provided with ready access for valves, including the requirement to lock the valve
inspection and repair. open when not working on the valve and the require-
ment to lower pressure in the pressure vessel before
 This section addresses the long-term reliability of maintenance. The BPVC also requires that personnel
pressure relief devices by making maintenance and monitor vessel pressure during maintenance and
repair more convenient through accessibility. have access to an alternate valve other than a pres-
5503.2.5 Arrangement. Pressure relief devices shall be sure relief valve to relieve unexpected pressure rises
arranged to discharge unobstructed to the open air in such a during maintenance activities. Petrochemical plants
manner as to prevent impingement of escaping gas on person- and industrial gas plant personnel have used the pro-
nel, containers, equipment and adjacent structures or to enter cedures successfully for many years, as evidenced
enclosed spaces. by the continued endorsement of the procedure in the
Exception: DOTn-specified containers with an internal BPVC.
volume of 2 cubic feet (0.057 m3) or less. 5503.2.7 Temperature limits. Pressure relief devices shall
not be subjected to cryogenic fluid temperatures except when
 Pressure relief devices must be located to direct
operating.
vented vapors away from personnel, containers and
structures as well as enclosed spaces to prevent per-  One concern related to the integrity of the relief
sonal injury and property damage. The arrangement valves is deterioration of the valves as a result of
will vary from one installation to another based on the extended exposure to extremely low temperatures,
use and location of the container and the system. which often have the tendency to make materials brit-
The exception for Department of Transportation tle and more susceptible to failure. This requirement
(DOT) containers with an internal volume less than or ensures that pressure relief devices are not subject to
equal to 2 cubic feet (0.057 m3) recognizes that the these extreme temperatures. Instead, the materials
amount of vapor released from these containers is can directly interact with the pressure relief valve only
small enough to make this section impractical and when the valve is operating.
unnecessary. 5503.3 Pressure relief vent piping. Pressure relief vent-pip-
ing systems shall be constructed and arranged so as to remain
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
55-4 Code Council

CRYOGENIC FLUIDS
functional and direct the flow of gas to a safe location in room containing hazardous materials. This section
accordance with Sections 5503.3.1 and 5503.3.2. requires all rooms and buildings containing cryogenic
fluids, regardless of the amount, to be properly
 Because of tank locations, piping must sometimes be
marked.
used to extend the discharge location of the pressure
relief vent. This section generally states that piping 5503.4.2 Identification of contents. Stationary and portable
can be used along with the pressure relief device containers shall be marked with the name of the gas con-
when needed for safety. The requirements that follow tained. Stationary above-ground containers shall be placarded
are similar to those found in the section on pressure in accordance with Sections 5003.5 and 5003.6. Portable con-
relief devices. tainers shall be identified in accordance with CGA C-7.
5503.3.1 Sizing. Pressure relief device vent piping shall have  Because different cryogens present different haz-
a cross-sectional area not less than that of the pressure relief ards, the contents of the container must be specifi-
device vent opening and shall be arranged so as not to restrict cally identified. This section refers to other sections or
the flow of escaping gas. standards that contain more detailed identification
requirements.
 Though somewhat obvious, this section points out in
the most generic way the need for piping to have at 5503.4.3 Identification of containers. Stationary containers
least the same diameter as the pressure relief device shall be identified with the manufacturing specification and
itself, if not larger. This section also states that piping maximum allowable working pressure with a permanent
must be free of any bends or other features that could nameplate. The nameplate shall be installed on the container
potentially restrict the flow of gases. in an accessible location. The nameplate shall be marked in
accordance with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
5503.3.2 Arrangement. Pressure relief device vent piping
or DOTn 49 CFR Parts 100-185.
and drains in vent lines shall be arranged so that escaping gas
will discharge unobstructed to the open air and not impinge  This section establishes a requirement for the manu-
on personnel, containers, equipment and adjacent structures facturer of permanently installed tanks to label the
or enter enclosed spaces. Pressure relief device vent lines tanks with a nameplate meeting the requirements of
shall be installed in such a manner to exclude or remove the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (BPVC)
moisture and condensation and prevent malfunction of the or DOTn 49 CFR, Parts 100-185. The nameplate
pressure relief device because of freezing or ice accumula- must be clearly visible to anyone entering the tank
tion. location. The manufacturer’s specifications and maxi-
 This section is similar to Section 5503.2.5 in that it mum allowable tank working pressure must be
requires the vent piping to be arranged so that the included on the nameplate.
discharge itself does not cause additional damage 5503.4.4 Identification of container connections. Container
simply because of its location. As discussed in Sec- inlet and outlet connections, liquid-level limit controls,
tion 5503.2.5, cryogenic liquids can damage materi- valves and pressure gauges shall be identified in accordance
als and pose asphyxiation and burn hazards to with one of the following:
people in the surrounding areas. 1. Marked with a permanent tag or label identifying the
This section also addresses the fact that moisture function.
accumulated in piping has the potential to freeze and
cause an obstruction that could interfere with the 2. Identified by a schematic drawing that portrays the
proper operation of the pressure relief device. function and designates whether connected to the vapor
or liquid space of the container.
5503.4 Marking. Cryogenic containers and systems shall be
marked in accordance with Sections 5503.4.1 through Where a schematic drawing is provided, it shall be
5503.4.6. attached to the container and maintained in a legible condi-
tion.
 This section is important for the safe and effective
use of cryogenics and is also a necessary tool for  Cryogens are often used as part of a system or pro-
emergency response teams. The marking require- cess. Failure of parts of the system or process can be
ments apply to a variety of locations, from the area in as hazardous as failure of the main container. Also,
which these materials are stored, to the marking of the better the components of a process or system are
the piping and emergency shutoff valves. understood, the less likely a hazardous situation will
be. This section requires that all components, includ-
5503.4.1 Identification signs. Visible hazard identification ing shutoff valves, gauges, inlet and outlet connec-
signs in accordance with NFPA 704 shall be provided at tions and others, be labeled or that a schematic
entrances to buildings or areas in which cryogenic fluids are drawing of the process or system be attached to the
stored, handled or used. container. The labeling and drawings will help per-
 This section refers to the placarding requirements in sonnel responding to an emergency understand both
NFPA 704, which are an important tool for emer- what has gone wrong and how to most effectively
gency response teams when entering a building or handle the situation.

CRYOGENIC FLUIDS
5503.4.5 Identification of piping systems. Piping systems Those discussions can be just as useful for guidance
shall be identified in accordance with ASME A13.1. in the safeguarding of cryogen containers as they are
for compressed gases since the containers and haz-
 Piping systems are to be labeled using the industry
ards are similar. Fire code official approval is required
standard requirements found in ASME A13.1. This
for proposed security plans.
standard is specific to the identification of piping sys-
tems for all types of materials. Use of this standard 5503.5.3 Securing of vaporizers. Vaporizers, heat exchang-
results in consistency from one type of industrial pro- ers and similar equipment shall be anchored to a suitable
cess to another and again decreases the likelihood of foundation and its connecting piping shall be sufficiently
large-scale failures. flexible to provide for the effects of expansion and contrac-
tion due to temperature changes.
5503.4.6 Identification of emergency shutoff valves. Emer-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
gency shutoff valves shall be identified and the location shall  The stability of vaporizers and other equipment can
be clearly visible and indicated by means of a sign. be as important as the containers themselves
because they regulate the conditions of the fluids.
 Emergency valves can play the most important role
Equipment must be anchored securely and protected
during an emergency. For this reason, they must be
from damage. Piping must be able to expand and
clearly visible and identified using signs. This is par-
contract with temperature changes either from the
ticularly important because the emergency respond-
process itself or climatic conditions.
ers may not be as familiar with the facility as are the
daily occupants. 5503.5.4 Physical protection. Containers, piping, valves,
pressure relief devices, regulating equipment and other
5503.5 Security. Cryogenic containers and systems shall be
appurtenances shall be protected against physical damage and
secured against accidental dislodgement and against access
tampering.
by unauthorized personnel in accordance with Sections
5503.5.1 through 5503.5.4.  The wording of this section is broad and general
because the equipment involved can vary so widely.
 The security measures stated in the four subsections
The intent of the section is to ensure that all associ-
that follow this general statement are intended to
ated equipment, components and piping are pro-
safeguard cryogenic containers and systems from
tected from impacts that are fairly likely to occur
both accidental and intentional damage. Entry of
within a facility and also to reduce the chances for
unauthorized personnel into a cryogenic storage or
someone to tamper with the components. This could
use area can result in personal injury as well as phys-
ical damage. mean restricting access to certain critical areas of the
system.
5503.5.1 Security of areas. Containers and systems shall be
secured against unauthorized entry and safeguarded in an 5503.6 Electrical wiring and equipment. Electrical wiring
approved manner. and equipment shall comply with NFPA 70 and Sections
5503.6.1 and 5503.6.2.
 This section addresses the restriction of access to the
cryogenic containers and associated equipment. The  This section addresses compliance with NFPA 70
requirements are generic because each facility has requirements.
unique characteristics. The fire code official is 5503.6.1 Location. Containers and systems shall not be
responsible for reviewing and approving security located where they could become part of an electrical circuit.
plans.  Containers and systems accidentally becoming part
5503.5.2 Securing of containers. Stationary containers shall of an electrical circuit simply because of where they
be secured to foundations in accordance with the Interna- are placed could overheat, which could lead to
tional Building Code. Portable containers subject to shifting expansion of the fluids and overpressure situations.
or upset shall be secured. Nesting shall be an acceptable 5503.6.2 Electrical grounding and bonding. Containers and
means of securing containers. systems shall not be used for electrical grounding. Where
 This section focuses on the protection of containers electrical grounding and bonding is required, the system shall
from unintentional physical damage by increasing the comply with NFPA 70. The grounding system shall be pro-
integrity of the storage arrangement. Stationary con- tected against corrosion, including corrosion caused by stray
tainers are addressed through a reference to the IBC electric currents.
or requirements on foundations and similar support  Containers and systems should not be used to
systems because they are permanent structures. ground or bond because this may cause a rise in tem-
Portable containers are addressed only generally perature, which, similar to being part of a circuit, may
because container sizes and locations vary so widely; cause heating (see also Section 5503.6.1).
however, they must be secured to prevent falling due
to contact, vibration or seismic activity. See the com- 5503.7 Service and repair. Service, repair, modification or
mentary to the definition of “Nesting” in Section removal of valves, pressure relief devices or other container
5502.1 and the commentary to Section 5503.5.3. appurtenances shall comply with Sections 5503.7.1 and
55-6 Code Council

CRYOGENIC FLUIDS
5503.7.2 and the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, for specific lighting to address emergency response
Section VIII or DOTn 49 CFR Parts 100-185. in individual situations.
 To ensure that the initial reliability of the containers
and systems is maintained, minimum requirements SECTION 5504
for the qualifications and procedures for repair are STORAGE
mandated. The general requirements in Sections
5503.7.1 and 5503.7.2 are supplemented by a refer- 5504.1 General. Storage of containers shall comply with this
ence to the ASME BPVC and DOT requirements. section.
5503.7.1 Containers. Containers that have been removed  As with all the chapters associated with hazardous
from service shall be handled in an approved manner. materials, there is a section specific to storage and
one specific to use. This section covers storage
 This section requires that containers out of service aspects, which tend to be less hazardous than use.
must be handled according to procedures previously The requirements are split into indoor and outdoor
approved by the authority having jurisdiction. These storage locations. Whether cryogens are indoors or
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
procedures have to be written to accommodate all outdoors will affect the number and type of safe-
types and uses of containers, including stationary guards required.
and portable containers.
5504.2 Indoor storage. Indoor storage of containers shall be
5503.7.2 Systems. Service and repair of systems shall be per- in accordance with Sections 5504.2.1 through 5504.2.2.3.
formed by trained personnel.
 The indoor storage requirements are divided into sta-
 This section gives the jurisdiction having authority the tionary and portable containers.
right to enforce training requirements that are consis-
tent with the fluids being handled and the physical 5504.2.1 Stationary containers. Stationary containers shall
plant being operated. be installed in accordance with the provisions applicable to
the type of fluid stored and this section.
5503.8 Unauthorized use. Containers shall not be used for
any purpose other than to serve as a vessel for containing the  This section acknowledges that requirements will
product that it is designed to contain. vary depending on the type of fluid being stored.
 To ensure that the container can actually handle the 5504.2.1.1 Containers. Stationary containers shall comply
pressures and temperatures for which it was with Section 5503.1.
designed, containers are limited to the materials they  See the commentary to Section 5503.1.
were specifically designed to contain. This can be a
5504.2.1.2 Construction of indoor areas. Cryogenic fluids
material compatibility concern as well. A container
in stationary containers stored indoors shall be located in
designed to be compatible with one cryogenic fluid
buildings, rooms or areas constructed in accordance with the
may not be compatible with other fluids.
International Building Code.
5503.9 Leaks, damage and corrosion. Leaking, damaged or
corroded containers shall be removed from service. Leaking,  This section requires that indoor storage areas be
damaged or corroded systems shall be replaced, repaired or constructed in accordance with the IBC. This
removed in accordance with Section 5503.7. addresses occupancy requirements in terms of maxi-
mum allowable quantities (MAQs) and other relevant
 This requirement states that faulty containers must issues. Again, note that all cryogens do not necessar-
be removed from service before a failure can occur. ily have a characteristic that would classify them as
The section allows repair of the faulty container either hazardous in the context of MAQs.
before or after it is removed from service as well as
5504.2.1.3 Ventilation. Storage areas for stationary contain-
the option for replacement.
ers shall be ventilated in accordance with the International
5503.10 Lighting. Where required, lighting, including emer- Mechanical Code.
gency lighting, shall be provided for fire appliances and oper-
ating facilities such as walkways, control valves and gates  Ventilation is more critical for indoor areas than for
ancillary to stationary containers. outdoor areas because the fluids cannot disperse
and be removed as easily. This section refers to the
 This section gives the fire code official the authority to International Mechanical Code® (IMC®) for the venti-
require lighting around essential features of the facil- lation requirements. The IMC ventilation require-
ity both for routine use and during emergency opera- ments in Section 502 are based on the use of the
tions. This might include paths to such features. This space. Chapter 50 also addresses ventilation require-
requirement also allows the fire code official to ask for ments in Sections 5003.8 and 5005.2. These particu-
additional lighting that can be used as emergency lar requirements apply only when the maximum
lighting when it is appropriate. Typically, the phrase allowable quantities have been exceeded. Further
“where required” in other places within the code requirements for ventilation and treatment systems,
means that another section would enact the require- in some cases, are found in the hazard-specific chap-
ment. In this case, however, it appears that the intent ters of the code, such as Chapter 60, which
is to provide authority to the fire code official to ask addresses highly toxic and toxic materials.

CRYOGENIC FLUIDS
5504.2.2 Portable containers. Indoor storage of portable the provisions applicable to the type of fluid contained and
containers shall comply with the provisions applicable to the the minimum separation distances indicated in Table
type of fluid stored and Sections 5504.2.2.1 through 5504.3.1.1.
5504.2.2.3.  This section refers to Table 5504.3.1.1 and also
 This section is a reminder that storage requirements notes that there may be other separation require-
will vary with the fluid being stored. ments associated with the fluids that may increase
5504.2.2.1 Containers. Portable containers shall comply this distance. For example, Table 5804.2.1 for flam-
with Section 5503.1. mable gases has more restrictive distance require-
ments in certain cases. This table states that the
 See the commentary to Section 5503.1. minimum distance to buildings for 0 to 4,225 cubic
5504.2.2.2 Construction of indoor areas. Cryogenic fluids feet (0 to 120 m3) of flammable gases is 5 feet (1524
in portable containers stored indoors shall be stored in build- mm), whereas Table 5504.3.1.1 requires only a 1-
ings, rooms or areas constructed in accordance with the Inter- foot (305 mm) separation.
national Building Code. TABLE 5504.3.1.1
SEPARATION OF STATIONARY CONTAINERS FROM
 This section is the same as Section 5504.2.1.2 for EXPOSURE HAZARDS
stationary containers and requires compliance with
MINIMUM DISTANCE
the IBC for the construction of the building, which EXPOSURE
(feet)
means the occupancy classification and related con- Buildings, regardless of construction type 1
struction requirements must be considered. The use
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
of cryogenics alone may not drive the need for a Building exits 10
Group H occupancy. The additional hazard charac- Wall openings 1
teristics and amounts of fluids will drive those require- Air intakes 10
ments.
Lot lines 5
5504.2.2.3 Ventilation. Storage areas shall be ventilated in
Places of public assembly 50
accordance with the International Mechanical Code.
Nonambulatory patient areas 50
 These requirements are the same as those for sta-
tionary containers (see commentary, Section Combustible materials such as paper,
15
leaves, weeds, dry grass or debris
5504.2.1.3).
In accordance with
5504.3 Outdoor storage. Outdoor storage of containers shall Other hazardous materials
Chapter 50
be in accordance with Sections 5504.3.1 through
5504.3.1.2.3. For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
 This section is specific to outdoor areas, which are  This table has several different separation distance
generally less hazardous because the fluids can criteria for stationary containers. Generally, the dis-
more easily disperse if released, thereby reducing the tances are larger when exposure to people is
potential for harm to both people in the surrounding involved, such as places of public assembly and
area and property. Outdoor storage areas are, how- areas where nonambulatory patients are housed.
ever, more susceptible to damage from both weather These restrictions are related more to the hazards
and people. As with the indoor area section, the associated with their low temperatures, high pres-
requirements are divided into portable and stationary sures and asphyxiation hazards than they are to flam-
containers. mability or toxicity, which are dealt with in other
5504.3.1 Separation from hazardous conditions. Cryo- chapters. Depending on these additional characteris-
genic containers and systems in outdoor storage shall be sep- tics, larger distances to buildings and lot lines are
arated from materials and conditions that pose exposure sometimes required. Also, the restrictions in Table
hazards to or from each other in accordance with Sections 5504.3.1.1 of the code are for any amounts of cryo-
5504.3.1.1 through 5504.3.1.1.5. gens where the requirements for other hazards typi-
cally vary based on the volume of gas.
 This introductory statement emphasizes that cryo-
5504.3.1.1.1 Point-of-fill connections. Remote transfer
genic containers and systems, whether for storage or
points and fill connection points shall not be positioned closer
for use, must be separated from other materials and
to exposures than the minimum distances required for station-
conditions that could pose a hazard to them or when
ary containers.
they could be hazardous to other materials. The two
subsections that follow address stationary containers  Because there is a potential for a large release of
and portable containers. cryogens from faulty connections, the same separa-
5504.3.1.1 Stationary containers. Stationary containers tion requirements found in Table 5504.3.1.1 would
shall be separated from exposure hazards in accordance with apply to the point-of-fill connection.
55-8 Code Council

CRYOGENIC FLUIDS
5504.3.1.1.2 Surfaces beneath containers. Containers shall not specified because the needs for installation vary
be placed on surfaces that are compatible with the fluid in the considerably.
container. In terms of the drainage, if the fluids are released,
they cannot be held in the immediate vicinity of the
 To ensure that a reaction does not occur with the sur-
container; therefore, diking may be a practical
face below the container in the event of a cryogen
method of containment, but the impounded spill
spill, the surface beneath the container and its point
would have to be diverted away from the container
of fill must be compatible with the fluid stored. The
once it has been released.
surface below the container must never be made of
There is an exception for areas where the expo-
materials that may become brittle when exposed to
sure hazards are very low, such as a container in a
extremely low temperatures or be corroded by the
very remote location. Several factors need to be
stored fluid. Either embrittlement or corrosion could
addressed before such allowances can be given. In
weaken the supporting structure and affect the stabil-
some cases, a smaller container may be able to take
ity of the container.
advantage of this exception whereas a larger con-
5504.3.1.1.3 Location. Containers of cryogenic fluids shall tainer may not, based on the potential size of the dis-
not be located within diked areas containing other hazardous charge.
materials.
5504.3.1.2 Outdoor storage of portable containers. Out-
 Cryogenic fluids cannot share diked areas with other door storage of portable containers shall comply with Section
hazardous materials because of the risk that one type 5503 and Sections 5504.3.1.2.1 through 5504.3.1.2.3.
of hazardous material could create an exposure haz-
 Portable containers are typically smaller than station-
ard for the other. Cryogens, if released, will be at very
ary containers; therefore, the requirements are less
low temperatures and high pressures that could
detailed and are generally less substantial.
potentially compromise the integrity of the other con-
tainers and tanks. 5504.3.1.2.1 Exposure hazard separation. Portable contain-
ers in outdoor storage shall be separated from exposure haz-
5504.3.1.1.4 Areas subject to flooding. Stationary contain-
ards in accordance with Table 5504.3.1.2.1.
ers located in areas subject to flooding shall be securely
anchored or elevated to prevent the containers from separat-  Concerns with portable containers are similar to
ing from foundations or supports. those with stationary containers because of low tem-
 Because stationary containers are considered per- peratures and high pressures. This section refers to
manent, issues such as flooding and the effect that Table 5504.3.1.2.1 for the required separation dis-
flooding will have on the stability of the container are tances.
important. Flooding has the tendency to cause con- TABLE 5504.3.1.2.1
SEPARATION OF PORTABLE
tainers to pull away from their foundations because of CONTAINERS FROM EXPOSURE HAZARDS
their potential buoyancy. This section requires that
MINIMUM DISTANCE
the container either be anchored or elevated; if ele- EXPOSURE
(feet)
vated, containers must be elevated to or above the Building exits 10
elevation requirements of the IBC. Flood hazard
areas are defined in IBC Section 202. Wall openings 1
5504.3.1.1.5 Drainage. The area surrounding stationary con- Air intakes 10
tainers shall be provided with a means to prevent accidental Lot lines 5
discharge of fluids from endangering personnel, containers, Combustible materials such as paper,
equipment and adjacent structures or to enter enclosed 15
leaves, weeds, dry grass or debris
spaces. The stationary container shall not be placed where In accordance with
spilled or discharged fluids will be retained around the con- Other hazardous materials
Chapter 50
tainer.
Exception: These provisions shall not apply where it is
determined by the fire code official that the container does  Because portable tanks are generally much smaller
not constitute a hazard, after consideration of special fea- than stationary containers and are more easily
tures such as crushed rock utilized as a heat sink, topo- moved, the separation distances do not address
graphical conditions, nature of occupancy, proximity to areas of assembly or buildings housing nonambula-
structures on the same or adjacent property, and the capac- tory patients. Instead, the focus is on exits and areas
ity and construction of containers and character of fluids to where portable tanks are more likely to cause an
be stored. immediate threat. For those locations that correlate
with Table 5504.3.1.1 of the code, the distances are
 This section deals with both exposure hazards and
the same. For instance, the distance to wall openings
the need to avoid a buildup of spilled fluids. People
must be at least 1 foot (305 mm) for both stationary
and property must be protected from the exposure
and portable containers. Again, these separation
hazards of the initial spill. How this is to be done is
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

CRYOGENIC FLUIDS
requirements are for all amounts of cryogens stored cryogens is varied, a single listed system is not avail-
in portable containers. Concerns over flammability or able. There is, however, a requirement that all com-
toxicity are covered in other chapters. ponents of the system either be listed or specifically
5504.3.1.2.2 Surfaces beneath containers. The surface of approved.
the area on which stationary containers are placed, including The nature of the listing should be understood
the surface of the area located below the point where connec- because it may be unrelated to the performance of
tions are made for the purpose of filling such containers, shall the system. Use of listed parts and components alone
be compatible with the fluid in the container. does not guarantee that a system as a whole oper-
ates as intended.
 This section is identical in intent to Section
5505.1.2 Piping systems. Piping, tubing, valves and joints
5504.3.1.1.2; however, because portable containers
and fittings conveying cryogenic fluids shall be installed in
are not permanently attached to foundations or simi-
accordance with the material-specific provisions of Section
lar supports, they can be moved to various locations
5501.1 and Sections 5505.1.2.1 through 5505.1.2.6.
with different surfaces. Personnel responsible for
handling and placing the portable containers must be  See the commentary to Section 5501.1 and for the
educated and trained on the interaction of cryogenics subsections that follow.
with certain materials. 5505.1.2.1 Design and construction. Piping systems shall be
5504.3.1.2.3 Drainage. The area surrounding portable con- suitable for the use intended through the full range of pres-
tainers shall be provided with a means to prevent accidental sure and temperature to which they will be subjected. Piping
discharge of fluids from endangering adjacent containers, systems shall be designed and constructed to provide ade-
buildings, equipment or adjoining property. quate allowance for expansion, contraction, vibration, settle-
Exception: These provisions shall not apply where it is ment and fire exposure.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
determined by the fire code official that the container does  This section sets out the basic elements that need to
not constitute a hazard. be addressed in an acceptable design, including tem-
 This section requires placement of the containers perature and pressures and the type of events or cli-
where they will not further endanger buildings and matic exposures that the system must withstand. A
other exposures if a spill occurs. If impounding is competent designer must show that all of these ele-
used to contain a spill, the spilled fluid must be ments have been satisfied.
diverted to a location where it would not cause per- 5505.1.2.2 Joints. Joints on container piping and tubing shall
sonal injury or property damage. This requirement is be threaded, welded, silver brazed or flanged.
in addition to the distances specified in Section  This section lists the acceptable types of joints
5504.3.1. As in Section 5504.3.1.1.5, there is an allowed with cryogenic fluids. Joints represent poten-
exception that allows the fire code official to review tial weak points in a system if they are not properly
container locations and evaluate the potential hazard designed and constructed. Friction joints would not
of a spill. If the arrangement of the container does not be allowed. A high level of reliability is needed from
create a hazard, compliance with this section is not joints to decrease the likelihood of joint failure.
necessary. A good example is a well-isolated storage
area. 5505.1.2.3 Valves and accessory equipment. Valves and
accessory equipment shall be suitable for the intended use at
the temperatures of the application and shall be designed and
SECTION 5505 constructed to withstand the maximum pressure at the mini-
USE AND HANDLING mum temperature to which they will be subjected.
5505.1 General. Use and handling of cryogenic fluid con-  This section sets the basic criterion for approval,
tainers and systems shall comply with Sections 5505.1.1 which requires valves and any accessory equipment
through 5505.5.2. to be able to withstand the minimum temperature at
the highest operating pressure. This will ensure that
 These provisions are not quantity-specific but apply the valves can withstand the most critical forces to
generally any time cryogens are being used or han- which they may be subject during normal operation.
dled. This section addresses system components
and the integrity of the components. The container 5505.1.2.3.1 Shutoff valves on containers. Shutoff valves
itself is addressed primarily in Section 5504. shall be provided on all container connections except for
pressure relief devices. Shutoff valves shall be provided with
5505.1.1 Cryogenic fluid systems. Cryogenic fluid systems access thereto and located as close as practical to the con-
shall be suitable for the use intended and designed by persons tainer.
competent in such design. Equipment, machinery and pro-
cesses shall be listed or approved.  This section requires shutoff valves on all container
connections. This allows isolation of the container to
 This section contains general requirements for the prevent a large release. It is critical that shutoff valves
design of systems, including the requirement for the not be placed on pressure relief devices.
competency of the designer. Because the use of
55-10 Code Council

CRYOGENIC FLUIDS
5505.1.2.3.2 Shutoff valves on piping. Shutoff valves shall 5505.2 Indoor use. Indoor use of cryogenic fluids shall com-
be installed in piping containing cryogenic fluids where ply with the material-specific provisions of Section 5501.1.
needed to limit the volume of liquid discharged in the event  The code does not provide detail on the specifics of
of piping or equipment failure. Pressure relief valves shall be indoor use. That is contained in the standards listed
installed where liquid is capable of being trapped between in Section 5501.1, principally NFPA 55.
shutoff-valves in the piping system (see Section 5503.2).
5505.3 Outdoor use. Outdoor use of cryogenic fluids shall
 Further shutoff valves are required at strategic loca- comply with the material specific provisions of Sections
tions within the piping systems where a large release 5501.1, 5505.3.1 and 5505.3.2.
may be possible. The containers themselves must
have shutoff valves in accordance with Section  This section refers back to the standards, principally
5505.1.2.3.1. This section is quite general. Because NFPA 55, in Section 5501.1 for specific details on the
piping systems vary so much, there is no single solu- use of cryogens, and emphasizes the separation
tion based on either use or process layouts. There is requirements and placement of necessary shutoff
valves.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
an additional requirement for pressure relief devices
to be installed where shutoff of the flow could poten- 5505.3.1 Separation. Distances from lot lines, buildings and
tially cause a buildup of pressure between the source exposure hazards shall comply with Section 5504.3 and the
and the shutoff valve. material-specific provisions of Section 5501.1.
5505.1.2.4 Physical protection and support. Piping systems  Because use is more hazardous than storage, the
shall be supported and protected from physical damage. Pip- basic separation requirements found in Tables
ing passing through walls shall be protected from mechanical 5504.3.1.1 and 5504.3.1.2.1 would apply in addition
damage. to any of the restrictions found in the referenced stan-
 This is a general section that requires a level of pro- dards in Section 5501.1.
tection from physical and other damage when piping 5505.3.2 Emergency shutoff valves. Manual or automatic
is either exposed or passes through elements, such emergency shutoff valves shall be provided to shut off the
as walls and floors, that are subject to movement. cryogenic fluid supply in case of emergency. An emergency
These requirements, along with the others, are shutoff valve shall be located at the source of supply and at
intended to increase the reliability of the piping and the point where the system enters the building.
associated processes.
 This section establishes the requirement for emer-
5505.1.2.5 Corrosion protection. Above-ground piping that gency shutoff valves to be provided and be readily
is subject to corrosion because of exposure to corrosive atmo- available during an emergency to either on-site per-
spheres, shall be constructed of materials to resist the corro- sonnel or the local emergency response personnel.
sive environment or otherwise protected against corrosion. Essentially, the ability must exist to both shut down
Below-ground piping shall be protected against corrosion. the supply of cryogens and also to shut off the supply
 Another possible mode of failure is the weakening of at the location where it enters the building. Pressure
the piping system caused by corrosion. The extent of relief devices may be necessary where liquid could
corrosion protection required will depend on the pip- be trapped between the source and the emergency
ing material used, the particular climate or, in the shutoff valve at the entrance to the building (see also
case of the underground installations, the soil condi- the commentary to the definitions of “Emergency
tion and content of the soil. In some areas, this may shutoff valve,” “Emergency shutoff valve, manual”
be a significant problem whereas in others it may not. and “Emergency shutoff valve, automatic” in Section
Corrosion-resistant construction materials are the 202 and to Section 5505.1.2.3.2 for further informa-
preferred means of compliance with this section. tion).
5505.1.2.6 Testing. Piping systems shall be tested and 5505.4 Filling and dispensing. Filling and dispensing of
proven free of leaks after installation as required by the stan- cryogenic fluids shall comply with Sections 5505.4.1 through
dards to which they were designed and constructed. Test 5505.4.3.
pressures shall be not less than 150 percent of the maximum  Filling and dispensing is an activity that could result in
allowable working pressure where hydraulic testing is con- fluid release because of the connections and discon-
ducted or 110 percent where testing is conducted pneumati- nections involved with such processes. This section
cally. addresses the location and construction of dispens-
 To increase the reliability of the system to work as ing areas, the approval of loading and unloading
designed without the occurrence of leaks or other activities and controls on the amount of fluids dis-
more substantial failures, proof testing of the piping is pensed into stationary tanks. All of these require-
required. This section sets the testing criteria for ments focus on preventing an unwanted fluid release
either a hydraulic test or a pneumatic test. and possible physical damage or personal injury.

CRYOGENIC FLUIDS
5505.4.1 Dispensing areas. Dispensing of cryogenic fluids device, such carts, trucks or devices shall be designed for the
with physical or health hazards shall be conducted in secure movement of the container.
approved locations. Dispensing indoors shall be conducted in Carts and trucks used to transport cryogenic containers
areas constructed in accordance with the International Build- shall be designed to provide a stable base for the commodities
ing Code. to be transported and shall have a means of restraining con-
 This section focuses on dispensing of fluids with a tainers to prevent accidental dislodgement.
physical or health hazard rating, such as flammability  This section does not specify a particular handling
or toxicity. This section also refers back to the IBC for method, but gives the fire code official the authority to
construction requirements, primarily for the determi- determine whether the method chosen by the facility
nation of whether a Group H occupancy would be is acceptable. If carts, hand trucks or other similar
required. This specifically relates to whether the methods are chosen, they must be able to transport
MAQs of hazardous materials have been exceeded. the containers safely and securely. This includes
5505.4.1.1 Ventilation. Indoor areas where cryogenic fluids restraining containers while they are being moved.
are dispensed shall be ventilated in accordance with the 5505.5.2 Closed containers. Pressurized containers shall be
requirements of the International Mechanical Code in a man- transported in a closed condition. Containers designed for use
ner that captures any vapor at the point of generation. at atmospheric conditions shall be transported with appropri-
Exception: Cryogenic fluids that can be demonstrated not ate loose-fitting covers in place to prevent spillage.
to create harmful vapors.  This section recognizes that containers designed to
 In addition to the basic ventilation requirements for hold pressure can be moved safely if they are prop-
the indoor storage of cryogens, this section requires erly closed. Containers designed for use at normal
that vapors be captured at the source; therefore, spe- atmospheric pressure need only have an appropriate
cial ventilation would be required at the point of fill for cover to ensure that fluid does not escape.
the dispensing operation. These ventilation require-
ments appear to be for normal operation rather than Bibliography
emergency operation.
There is an exception if the amount and type of gas The following resource materials were used in the
would not be sufficient enough to create a hazardous preparation of the commentary for this chapter of the
situation. code:
5505.4.1.2 Piping systems. Piping systems utilized for filling Code Changes Resource Collection—2015 Interna-
or dispensing of cryogenic fluids shall be designed and con- tional Fire Code. Washington, DC: International
structed in accordance with Section 5505.1.2. Code Council, 2014.
 This is simply a reference back to Section 5505.1.2 Fire Protection Handbook, 20th ed. Quincy, MA:
for the general piping requirements to ensure correct National Fire Protection Association, 2008.
design and construction (see commentary, Section
5505.1.2).
5505.4.2 Vehicle loading and unloading areas. Loading or
unloading areas shall be conducted in an approved manner in
accordance with the standards referenced in Section 5501.1.
 Generally, loading, unloading, dispensing and filling
operations have a high potential for creating a haz-
ardous situation if not properly conducted. This sec-
tion ensures that the areas are constructed and
operated as required by approved standards.
5505.4.3 Limit controls. Limit controls shall be provided to
prevent overfilling of stationary containers during filling
operations.
 This is a mechanism to prevent a release of fluids
caused by an overflow.
5505.5 Handling. Handling of cryogenic containers shall
comply with Sections 5505.5.1 and 5505.5.2.
 This section is focused on portable containers and
the prevention of a fluid release.
5505.5.1 Carts and trucks. Cryogenic containers shall be
moved using an approved method. Where cryogenic contain-
ers are moved by hand cart, hand truck or other mobile
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
55-12 Code Council

Chapter 56:
Explosives and Fireworks
General Comments ing explosives laws and regulations, ATF investigates
incidents of theft or misuse of explosives and has exten-
The safe handling of explosives in transportation, stor- sive resources for investigating bombings and incendi-
age and use requires preventing ignitions and reducing ary acts. Recently, ATF’s inspection of explosives
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
the hazard to exposures. These exposures include peo- manufacturing plants has been credited with improving
ple who may be harmed and property that may be dam- industry safety.
aged by an accidental detonation and other Many states, especially where mining is an important
circumstances involving accidental or malicious detona- industry, also regulate explosives. States often pick up
tion of the explosive materials. All requirements applica- where federal authority ends, especially in the areas of
ble to explosives are based on these principles. To blasting and siting of explosive material facilities.
apply the requirements of this chapter, the fire code offi- Fireworks regulation is one of the most controversial
cial must recognize conditions that are liable to cause and hotly debated topics in American fire protection.
ignition or create exposures. The National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) and
To varying degrees, all explosives, ammunition and U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC)
blasting agents are susceptible to ignition from heat, have called for stricter rules to govern the sale and use
sparks and, in certain cases, shock or pressure. Explo- of common fireworks and trick and novelty items. To
sives are considered the most susceptible to ignition understand the tenor of the debate, it is helpful to appre-
from these stimuli and may detonate when exposed to ciate the scope of the problem and look back at the ori-
any of them, even under controlled conditions. Blasting gins of this chapter and other standards that were
agents are generally more stable and less susceptible drafted in response to fireworks misuse and injuries.
to detonation, but such agents may become sensitized According to statistics quoted by NFPA and gathered
or unstable when exposed to heat or contaminated by by the CPSC, more than 10,000 citizens are injured
certain organic materials. Sources of ignition include: each year by the misuse of common and illegally manu-
sparks from tools, friction, static electricity, electrical factured fireworks. These injuries result in millions of
devices, hot surfaces, open flames and open-flame dollars in medical and legal expenses, and untold suf-
devices, smoking materials, chemical reactions, electric fering. The injuries include burns and the loss of fingers,
currents, pressure and shock from explosions or impact. limbs, vision or hearing; most injuries leave permanent
Exposure protection involves protecting people, build- scarring. The overwhelming majority of persons injured
ings and public rights-of-way from detonations, and pro- are younger than 20 years old. Public displays of fire-
tecting explosives, ammunition and blasting agents from works have also resulted in several serious accidents.
fires or explosions occurring outside the magazine or Many of these accidents have involved local fire depart-
blasting area. Such protection also includes security— ments and untrained operators performing public fire-
protecting the magazine or blasting area from entry by works displays.
unauthorized personnel. Two techniques—separation Parts of Chapter 56 had their origin in former NFPA
distance requirements and security precautions—are 1121L, Model Fireworks Law, which was first published
used to reduce exposure hazards. in 1938. According to NFPA, this is the most widely
An excellent discussion of the origin and rationale adopted fireworks regulation in the United States. Many
behind the separation distances specified in Table states have enacted this model as part of state law and
5604.5.2(1) is presented in Appendix C of NFPA 495. prohibit all fireworks except toy paper or plastic caps
Required magazine construction features include: and authorized public displays. Other states have
weather resistance, bullet resistance, spark resistance, adopted modified versions that prohibit all but trick and
fire resistance, theft resistance and ventilation to pre- novelty items, toy paper or plastic caps and permitted
vent excessive heating or dampening of explosives. public displays. The NFPA Standards Council withdrew
Regulation of explosives is a complex enforcement NFPA 1121L as an NFPA standard and in 1988 trans-
issue. Local fire code officials must understand that ferred control of the document to the Fire Marshal’s
many state and federal agencies have concurrent juris- Association of North America (FMANA) [now the Inter-
diction over the manufacture, transportation, storage, national Fire Marshals Association (IFMA)], a member-
sale, handling and use of explosive materials. The U.S. ship section of NFPA. Copies of the document may be
Department of Justice, which oversees the Bureau of obtained from IFMA or from various internet sources.
Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) divi- This chapter requires the display of fireworks to com-
sion, is the federal agency responsible (see 18 USC, ply with NFPA 1123. The standard includes criteria for
Chapter 40) for regulating the manufacture, sale, distri- the firing and on-site storage of fireworks, display site
bution and storage of explosives. In addition to enforc- location, fallout area and operator qualifications. This

EXPLOSIVES AND FIREWORKS
chapter also references NFPA 1124 for the regulation of intended to protect the general public, emergency
fireworks manufacture and storage of fireworks at man- responders and individuals who handle explosives.
ufacturing plants. Federal regulations also provide use- This chapter regulates the manufacturing, retail sale,
ful guidance. display and wholesale distribution of fireworks, estab-
lishing the requirements for obtaining approval to manu-
Purpose facture, store, sell, discharge or conduct a public
display, and references national standards for regula-
Chapter 56 prescribes minimum requirements for the tions governing manufacture, storage and public dis-
safe manufacture, storage, handling and use of explo- plays.
sives, ammunition and blasting agents for commercial
and industrial occupancies. These provisions are
SECTION 5601 another chapter of the code or they may represent a

GENERAL low hazard.
5601.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall govern the Exception 1 recognizes that the U.S. military pro-
possession, manufacture, storage, handling, sale and use of mulgates its own regulations governing the manufac-
explosives, explosive materials, fireworks and small arms ture and storage of explosives, ammunition and
ammunition. blasting agents. These regulations are similar to
those that apply to civilian explosives with a few
Exceptions: exceptions for identifying and marking them in trans-
1. The Armed Forces of the United States, Coast Guard portation and storage.
or National Guard. An example of Exception 2 is nitroglycerin in tablet
2. Explosives in forms prescribed by the official United and transdermal patch form used for the treatment of
States Pharmacopoeia. angina pectoris and other pharmaceuticals containing
explosive materials which are not dangerous in the
3. The possession, storage and use of small arms form dispensed and thus are exempt from these
ammunition where packaged in accordance with requirements.
DOTn packaging requirements. Exception 4 exempts small amounts of materials
4. The possession, storage and use of not more than 1 for making small arms ammunition for personal use
pound (0.454 kg) of commercially manufactured based on the limited potential hazard due to the
sporting black powder, 20 pounds (9 kg) of smoke- quantity.
less powder and 10,000 small arms primers for hand Exception 5 is a limited exception that exempts cer-
loading of small arms ammunition for personal contain federal, state and local agencies from the appli-
sumption. cation of Article 56 when using explosive materials
while acting in the course of their official capacities.
5. The use of explosive materials by federal, state and
All other applicable provisions contained in the chap-
local regulatory, law enforcement and fire agencies
ter would apply, i.e., possession, storage and han-
acting in their official capacities.
dling regulations.
6. Special industrial explosive devices that in the Exception 6 exempts from the provisions of this
aggregate contain less than 50 pounds (23 kg) of chapter special industrial explosive devices in an
explosive materials. aggregate quantity of 50 pounds of explosive materi-
7. The possession, storage and use of blank industrial- als. See the commentary to Chapter 2 definitions of
power load cartridges where packaged in accordance “Special industrial explosive device” and “Explosive
with DOTn packaging regulations. material.”
Exception 7 exempts from the provisions of this
8. Transportation in accordance with DOTn 49 CFR chapter the possession, storage, and use of blank
Parts 100–185. industrial power load cartridges. Sometimes called
9. Items preempted by federal regulations. propellant-actuated power devices, these articles
 This chapter contains specific requirements for the include devices such as rivets, nail guns, bolt or stud
manufacture, transportation, handling, storage and drivers, punches and cutting tools which use explo-
use of explosives, ammunition and blasting agents by sive cartridges to perform their function. Devices
nonmilitary and nongovernmental agencies and indi- employing explosive mixtures to produce a flame or
viduals. jet for cutting, propelling or directing work would not
Exceptions in this section detail situations in which be included.
compliance with the requirements of this chapter is Exceptions 8 and 9 recognize that adequate regu-
not required. Generally, these situations are gov- lations may already exist at the federal level for cer-
erned by more stringent federal requirements or tain materials.
56-2 Code Council

5601.1.1 Explosive material standard. In addition to the 5601.1.4 Rocketry. The storage, handling and use of model
requirements of this chapter, NFPA 495 shall govern the and high-power rockets shall comply with the requirements
manufacture, transportation, storage, sale, handling and use of NFPA 1122, NFPA 1125 and NFPA 1127.
of explosive materials.  NFPA 1122 contains instructional guidelines and spe-
 The requirements in NFPA 495 apply to situations not cific standards for the design, construction, limitation
specifically addressed by this chapter. of charge and power, and reliability of rocket motors
5601.1.2 Explosive material terminals. In addition to the manufactured for sale to the general public; for the
requirements of this chapter, the operation of explosive mate- design and construction of rockets propelled by these
rial terminals shall conform to the provisions of NFPA 498. motors; and for tests, launchings and other opera-
tions involving such rockets in order to minimize haz-
 The requirements of NFPA 498 apply to situations not ards. NFPA 1125 applies to the manufacture of
specifically addressed by this chapter. model rocket motors designed, sold and used for the
5601.1.3 Fireworks. The possession, manufacture, storage, purpose of propelling recoverable aero models.
sale, handling and use of fireworks are prohibited. NFPA 1127 contains instructional guidelines and spe-
Exceptions: cific standards for the design, construction, limitation
of charge and power and reliability of high-power
1. Storage and handling of fireworks as allowed in rocket motors manufactured for sale to users; for the
Section 5604. qualification and certification of users; for the design
2. Manufacture, assembly and testing of fireworks as and construction of high-power rockets propelled by
allowed in Section 5605. these motors; and for tests, launchings and other
operations involving rockets so that hazards are mini-
3. The use of fireworks for fireworks displays as
mized.
allowed in Section 5608.
5601.1.5 Ammonium nitrate. The storage and handling of
4. The possession, storage, sale, handling and use of ammonium nitrate shall comply with the requirements of
specific types of Division 1.4G fireworks where NFPA 400 and Chapter 63.
allowed by applicable laws, ordinances and regula-
tions, provided such fireworks and facilities comply Exception: Storage of ammonium nitrate in magazines
with NFPA 1124, CPSC 16 CFR Parts 1500 and with blasting agents shall comply with the requirements of
1507, and DOTn 49 CFR Parts 100–185, for con- NFPA 495.
sumer fireworks.  NFPA 400 addresses storage and Chapter 63
 The possession, manufacture, storage, sale and addresses oxidizers and separation distances for
unauthorized use of fireworks are prohibited by this ammonium nitrate. Ammonium nitrate can be sensi-
section. The prohibition of retail sales allows commu- tized by both heat and contaminants, causing it to
nities to have direct control over the hazards associ- become a greater explosive danger (commercial
ated with small amounts of storage typical of retail blasting agents are made from a mixture of diesel oil
sales. Exception 1 allows storage and handling of and ammonium nitrate).
fireworks within the limitations of Section 5604. It cannot be determined when or if contamination
Exception 2 allows the manufacture, assembly and will occur. No matter how many times it has failed to
testing of fireworks within the limitations of Section explode in fires, the important point is that ammonium
5605. Exception 3 allows those displays to be specifi- nitrate might explode and has the potential to explode
cally approved by the fire code official in accordance in any fire.
with Section 5608. 5601.2 Permit required. Permits shall be required as set
Exception 4 recognizes that, in some instances, forth in Section 105.6 and regulated in accordance with this
the possession, storage, sale, handling and use of section.
certain types of fireworks may be allowed by provi-
sions of the preemptive laws of superior jurisdictions,  The process of issuing permits gives the fire code
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
most typically the state. Even if such laws preempt

the local jurisdiction, the exception stipulates that the late hazardous operations. Permit applicants should
fireworks and the facilities allowed by such laws must be required to demonstrate that their operations com-
still meet the minimum requirements of the refer- ply with the intent of the code before the permit is
enced standards. The scope of NFPA 1124 includes issued. See the commentary to Section 105.6 for a
important criteria related to construction, allowable general discussion of operations requiring an opera-
area, egress and protection which is not identified in tional permit and Section 105.6.14 for a discussion of
CPSC 16 CFR, Parts 1500 and 1507, or DOTn 49 specific quantity-based operational permits for the
CFR, Parts 100–185 for facilities for the storage, han- materials regulated in this chapter. The permit pro-
dling and sale of consumer fireworks. See also Sec- cess also notifies the fire department of the need for
tion 5609.1. prefire planning for the hazardous property.

5601.2.1 Residential uses. Persons shall not keep or store, responsible for issuing approvals or conducting
nor shall any permit be issued to keep or store, any explosives inspections. Moreover, third-party insurance may
at any place of habitation, or within 100 feet (30 480 mm) conflict with other coverages obtained by the jurisdic-
thereof. tion, as well as governmental immunity or tort claims
Exception: Storage of smokeless propellant, black pow- protections under state or local statutes.
der and small arms primers for personal use and not for 5601.2.4.1 Blasting. Before approval to do blasting is issued,
resale in accordance with Section 5606. the applicant for approval shall file a bond or submit a certifi-
cate of insurance in such form, amount and coverage as deter-
 Small amounts of materials for making small arms mined by the legal department of the jurisdiction to be
ammunition for personal use are exempt based on adequate in each case to indemnify the jurisdiction against
the limited potential hazard of the small quantities. any and all damages arising from permitted blasting.
5601.2.2 Sale and retail display. Persons shall not construct
a retail display nor offer for sale explosives, explosive materi-  Insurance coverage is required in an amount speci-
als or fireworks upon highways, sidewalks, public property fied by a jurisdiction’s legal department. This cover-
or in Group A or E occupancies. age is intended to indemnify the operator or
responsible individual from damages arising from
 Where retail sales are allowed by Section 5601.1.3, accidents involving blasting operations.
Exception 4, the intent of this section is to prohibit the
5601.2.4.2 Fireworks display. The permit holder shall fur-
retail display and sale of explosives, including fire- nish a bond or certificate of insurance in an amount deemed
works 1.3G and 1.4G, in public rights-of-way, on pub-
adequate by the fire code official for the payment of all poten-
lic property and in assembly (Group A) and tial damages to a person or persons or to property by reason
educational (Group E) buildings. This reduces the
of the permitted display, and arising from any acts of the per-
likelihood of theft and personal injury if a fire or explo- mit holder, the agent, employees or subcontractors.
sion occurs. See also the commentary to Section
5601.1.3 for further discussion of retail sales of fire-  The bonding requirement is intended to indemnify the
works. display operator and, if required by the fire code offi-
5601.2.3 Permit restrictions. The fire code official is autho- cial, the jurisdiction in the event of an accident. Juris-
rized to limit the quantity of explosives, explosive materials dictions desiring coverage under the display
or fireworks permitted at a given location. Persons possessing operator’s policy should require that the jurisdiction
a permit for storage of explosives at any place, shall not keep be named on the policy as an additional insured or a
or store an amount greater than authorized in such permit. named insured. (Before making this requirement,
Only the kind of explosive specified in such a permit shall be check with legal counsel to determine the fire code
kept or stored. official’s and the jurisdiction’s liability. Many tort
claims acts exempt the government from certain
 The fire code official may set limits on the quantity of claims, while others limit the amount of liability. The
explosive materials or blasting agents stored at any standard of care that must be exercised by the fire
site as a means of maintaining control over the code official when reviewing conditions for a permit
degree of hazard posed by explosive storage. Limits varies widely.)
should be based on the severity of the exposure if an The fire code official must exercise great care
explosion or fire occurs in the magazine. This section when establishing bonding requirements. Insurance
is not intended to give the fire code official authority to companies underwriting fireworks displays often
prohibit the storage of explosives or blasting agents issue a large number of policies at the same time of
on any site. year. Often the face value of these policies far
5601.2.4 Financial responsibility. Before a permit is issued, exceeds the total of the companies’ assets and
as required by Section 5601.2, the applicant shall file with the reserves. Insurance evaluation services should be
jurisdiction a corporate surety bond in the principal sum of consulted to evaluate the companies’ ratings. (Like
$100,000 or a public liability insurance policy for the same credit bureaus, these evaluation services rate the
amount, for the purpose of the payment of all damages to per- companies’ financial health on a letter scale—AAA
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
sons or property that arise from, or are caused by, the conduct being the highest rating, B and C the lowest.) Most
of any act authorized by the permit upon which any judicial policies include some coverage restrictions. Losses
judgment results. The fire code official is authorized to spec- within 150 feet (45 720 mm) of the discharge site are
ify a greater or lesser amount when, in his or her opinion, often excluded from coverage, and claims within 600
conditions at the location of use indicate a greater or lesser feet (182 m) of the discharge site are frequently
amount is required. Government entities shall be exempt severely limited. When included in the policy, these
from this bond requirement. separation distances usually conform to the separa-
tion requirements of NFPA 1123. This is done pur-
 The fire code official should understand that some
posely to encourage display operators to follow
insurance coverages are invalidated by violations of nationally recognized standards.
federal, state and local regulations. Insurance cover-
The fire code official may require the approval
ages obtained by an owner or operator provide no holder to submit an original copy of the certificate of
protection from liability for the fire code official who is
insurance verifying indemnification of the display.
56-4 Code Council

When an original copy cannot be obtained, a facsim- of age and shall demonstrate knowledge of all safety precau-
ile of the original from the issuing broker is a good tions related to the storage, handling or use of explosives,
alternative. Most insurance companies authorize only explosive materials or fireworks.
highly trusted, specially trained, bonded employees  The only discharge of fireworks permissible under the
to issue these certificates. The fire code official code is a public display conducted by competent
should examine the certificate carefully and never pyrotechnicians in accordance with the requirements
accept a photocopy of this document unless it can be of NFPA 1123 and authorized by the fire code official.
thoroughly authenticated. Unscrupulous operators The competence of the display operator is first
have been known to alter old certificates or produce among the important safeguards that must be
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
and submit counterfeit certificates. The fire code offi- observed for a safe and enjoyable public display.
cial may contact the broker, underwriter or other Chapter 6 of NFPA 1123 details the qualifications of
insurance company representative to verify cover- competent fireworks display operators. Many jurisdic-
age, although these agents may be reluctant to con- tions also require display operators to possess a
firm coverage if the jurisdiction is not named as an license or certificate of fitness. To obtain such a cer-
additional insured on the policy. tificate, the operator must be bonded or indemnified,
5601.3 Prohibited explosives. Permits shall not be issued or pass a written examination and serve an apprentice-
renewed for possession, manufacture, storage, handling, sale ship under another licensed or certified pyrotechni-
or use of the following materials and such materials currently cian.
in storage or use shall be disposed of in an approved manner. The best sites are free of overhead obstructions
1. Liquid nitroglycerin. and are well isolated, with clear viewing paths and
landing areas. Fallout areas should be large, open
2. Dynamite containing more than 60-percent liquid areas, clear of spectators, vehicles and combustible
explosive ingredient.
materials. Generally, the discharge site must have a
3. Dynamite having an unsatisfactory absorbent or one minimum radius of 70 feet (21 336 mm) for each inch
that permits leakage of a liquid explosive ingredient of aerial shell diameter. Table 31.3 of NFPA 1123
under any conditions liable to exist during storage. specifies the separation distances.
4. Nitrocellulose in a dry and uncompressed condition in Fireworks discharge sites must be separated from
a quantity greater than 10 pounds (4.54 kg) of net institutional and high-hazard occupancies by at least
weight in one package. twice the distance specified in the table [140 feet (42
672 mm) per inch of shell diameter]. When mortars
5. Fulminate of mercury in a dry condition and fulmi- are positioned vertically (zero degrees), they must be
nate of all other metals in any condition except as a located at the center of the display area. When mor-
component of manufactured articles not hereinafter tars or shells stored at the discharge site are angled,
forbidden. they must be aimed away from principal spectator
6. Explosive compositions that ignite spontaneously or viewing and shell storage areas. When angled, mor-
undergo marked decomposition, rendering the prod- tars may be placed up to one-third the distance from
ucts of their use more hazardous, when subjected for the center of the display area to the principal specta-
48 consecutive hours or less to a temperature of 167°F tor viewing area. Aerial shell trajectories must not
(75°C). come within 25 feet (7620 mm) of overhead obstruc-
7. New explosive materials until approved by DOTn, tions, such as power lines and trees. Tents and can-
except that permits are allowed to be issued to educa- vas structures must be at least 100 feet (30 480 mm)
tional, governmental or industrial laboratories for from the discharge site.
instructional or research purposes. High winds, precipitation or extremely hot, dry con-
ditions should be avoided. Moisture-damaged shells
8. Explosive materials forbidden for transport by DOTn. must not be fired. If, in the opinion of the fire code offi-
9. Explosive materials containing an ammonium salt and cial or the display operator, weather conditions pres-
a chlorate. ent a danger, the display must be postponed or
canceled.
10. Explosives not packed or marked as required by
DOTn 49 CFR Parts 100–185. 5601.5 Supervision. The fire code official is authorized to
require operations permitted under the provisions of Section
Exception: Gelatin dynamite.
5601.2 to be supervised at any time by the fire code official in
 The fire code official is not authorized to issue order to determine compliance with all safety and fire regula-
approval for manufacture, transportation, storage, tions.
sale or use because of extreme or unusual hazards
 Only supervised public displays of fireworks,
presented by the listed materials.
approved in advance by the fire code official, and
5601.4 Qualifications. Persons in charge of magazines, wholesale sales in accordance with Section 5601.1.3,
blasting, fireworks display or pyrotechnic special effect oper- Exception 4, are permitted under the requirements of
ations shall not be under the influence of alcohol or drugs that this chapter. Written application for approval of public
impair sensory or motor skills, shall be not less than 21 years displays must be made at least 15 days prior to the

display. Before approval can be issued, the fire code license with a hazardous materials endorsement is
official must review the qualifications and determine required, as well as a vehicle with special equipment
the competence of the display operator, verify the and inspections.
operator’s proof of insurance or indemnification, 5601.8 Establishment of quantity of explosives and dis-
inspect the proposed discharge site and viewing area tances. The quantity of explosives and distances shall be in
and review the operator’s fire protection and crowd accordance with Sections 5601.8.1 and 5601.8.1.1.
control plans.
 This section provides a methodology for establishing
5601.6 Notification. Whenever a new explosive material the explosive quantities and distances based on the
storage or manufacturing site is established, including a tem- class of explosives.
porary job site, the local law enforcement agency, fire depart-
ment and local emergency planning committee shall be 5601.8.1 Quantity of explosives. The quantity-distance (Q-
notified 48 hours in advance, not including Saturdays, Sun- D) tables in Sections 5604.5 and 5605.3 shall be used to pro-
days and holidays, of the type, quantity and location of explo- vide the minimum separation distances from potential explo-
sive materials at the site. sion sites as set forth in Tables 5601.8.1(1) through
5601.8.1(3). The classification and the weight of the explo-
 Local law enforcement, fire department and emer- sives are primary characteristics governing the use of these
gency planning officials must be notified of all new tables. The net explosive weight shall be determined in accor-
explosive materials storage and handling sites at dance with Sections 5601.8.1.1 through 5601.8.1.4.
least 48 hours, excluding weekends and holidays,
prior to operations beginning. This period is intended  The hazards presented by explosive materials range
to give officials time to prepare response plans for the across a spectrum identified by hazard Divisions 1.1
new site, communicate the operation’s potential haz- through 1.6. When all of the explosive materials are
ards to first responders and train site personnel and in a single hazard division, the quantity is easily
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
emergency responders on the management of emer- determined; however, when the materials are mixed
gencies at the new site. among multiple hazard divisions, a method is needed
In practice, this notice should be submitted well in to determine the level of hazard in order to apply the
advance of the required 48 hours. Approval should quantity-distance (Q-D) tables contained in Sections
not be granted or should be suspended if local law 5604 and 5605. The concepts in this and the follow-
enforcement, fire department or emergency planning ing sections have been drawn from applicable federal
officials believe that adequate and proper prepara- regulations governing the use of these materials [i.e.,
tions cannot be made to safeguard the public and the Department of Defense (DOD) Contractor’s
emergency responders prior to the planned start of Safety Manual for Ammunition and Explosives].
such operations. This section requires the quantity of explosives and
the distances used to be in accordance with the limits
5601.7 Seizure. The fire code official is authorized to remove
expressed in the Q-D Tables 5604.5.2(2),
or cause to be removed or disposed of in an approved man- 5604.5.2(3) and 5605.3, as appropriate, based on
ner, at the expense of the owner, explosives, explosive materi-
application of Tables 5601.8.1(1) through
als or fireworks offered or exposed for sale, stored, possessed 5601.8.1(3).
or used in violation of this chapter.
The intent of the tables is not unlike the intent
 The seizure and disposal of controlled articles, in this behind Table 5604.5.2(1). They serve as guides to
case fireworks, at the owner’s expense is usually assist the user in answering the question as to what
considered a lawful taking of private property under is the appropriate table to use when Q-D is to be
the U.S. Constitution. However, before taking such determined. The relationship between intraplant dis-
measures, fire code officials should consult with legal tance (IPD), intraline distance (ILD), intermagazine
counsel regarding due process requirements. distance (IMD), public traffic route (PTR), etc., is
Seizure requires probable cause that the article or cross referenced in each of the tables.
device being seized is unlawful itself, is being used in Guidance is provided as to the interpolation of dis-
an unlawful manner, has been used in conjunction tances when using the tables. In general, linear inter-
with an unlawful activity or poses an imminent danger polation is not appropriate for high explosives as the
to life and property. Recovery of expenses may effects of an explosion vary with the cube root of the
require the filing of civil or criminal charges against distance [Table 5601.8.1(1)]. Nonlinear interpolation
the owner or his or her agents. may be performed with the provision that the interpo-
Before taking possession of fireworks, it is also pru- lation be documented in an approved technical opin-
dent for the jurisdiction to verify that it has adequate ion and report as required by Section 104.7.2. For
facilities for safely handling, transporting, storing and materials with mass fire hazards shown in Table
disposing of the articles. The jurisdiction may require 5601.8.1(2), linear interpolation is allowed as noted in
assistance to dispose of large quantities of special Note b to the table.
fireworks. Transportation of special fireworks is gov- 5601.8.1.1 Mass-detonating explosives (Division 1.1, 1.2 or
erned by DOTn 49 CFR. A commercial driver’s 1.5). The total net explosive weight of mass-detonating explo-
56-6 Code Council

sives (Division 1.1, 1.2 or 1.5) shall be used. See Table 5601.8.1.2 Nonmass-detonating explosives (excluding
5604.5.2(1) or Table 5605.3 as appropriate. Division 1.4). Nonmass-detonating explosives (excluding
Exception: Where the TNT equivalence of the explosive Division 1.4) shall be as follows:
material has been determined, the equivalence is allowed 1. Division 1.3 propellants. The total weight of the propel-
to be used to establish the net explosive weight. lants alone shall be the net explosive weight. The net
weight of propellant shall be used. See Table
 Mass-detonating explosives are typically classified as
Group H-1 by the International Building Code® (IBC®), 5604.5.2(2).
and present a detonation hazard and a greater threat 2. Combinations of bulk metal powder and pyrotechnic
to adjacent objects and structures. The code, there- compositions. The sum of the net weights of metal
fore, contains provisions in Table 5605.3 to deal with powders and pyrotechnic compositions in the contain-
the separation distances for mass explosion hazards. ers shall be the net explosive weight. See Table
This section establishes the weights to be used when 5604.5.2(2).
applying that table as the total net weight of all mass-  This section establishes the explosive material weight
detonating explosive hazard divisions. for entering in Table 5604.5.2(3) for explosives clas-
TABLE 5601.8.1(1). See below. sified as nonmass detonating.
 See the commentary to Section 5601.8.1. 5601.8.1.3 Combinations of mass-detonating and non-
mass-detonating explosives (excluding Division 1.4). Com-
TABLE 5601.8.1(2). See below. bination of mass-detonating and nonmass-detonating
 See the commentary to Section 5601.8.1. explosives (excluding Division 1.4) shall be as follows:
TABLE 5601.8.1(3). See page 56-8. 1. Where Division 1.1 and 1.2 explosives are located in
 See the commentary to Section 5601.8.1. the same site, determine the distance for the total quan-
TABLE 5601.8.1(1)
APPLICATION OF SEPARATION DISTANCE (Q-D) TABLES—DIVISION 1.1, 1.2 AND 1.5 EXPLOSIVESa, b, c
PUBLIC
OPERATING INHABITED
ITEM MAGAZINE Q-D Q-D Q-D TRAFFIC Q-D
BUILDING BUILDING
ROUTE
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Table Table Table

Magazine IMD Table 5605.3 ILD or IPD IBD PTR
5604.5.2(1) 5604.5.2(1) 5604.5.2(1)
Operating Table Table Table
ILD or IPD Table 5605.3 ILD or IPD IBD PTR
building 5604.5.2(1) 5604.5.2(1) 5604.5.2(1)
Inhabited Table Table Not Not Not Not
IBD IBD
building 5604.5.2(1) 5604.5.2(1) Applicable Applicable Applicable Applicable
Public traffic Table Table Not Not Not Not
PTR PTR
route 5604.5.2(1) 5604.5.2(1) Applicable Applicable Applicable Applicable
a. The minimum separation distance (Do) shall be 60 feet. Where a building or magazine containing explosives is barricaded, the minimum distance shall be 30
feet.
b. Linear interpolation between tabular values in the referenced Q-D tables shall not be allowed. Nonlinear interpolation of the values shall be allowed subject to
an approved technical opinion and report prepared in accordance with Section 104.7.2.
c. For definitions of Quantity-Distance abbreviations IBD, ILD, IMD, IPD and PTR, see Chapter 2.
TABLE 5601.8.1(2)
APPLICATION OF SEPARATION DISTANCE (Q-D) TABLES—DIVISION 1.3 EXPLOSIVESa, b, c
PUBLIC
OPERATING INHABITED
BUILDING BUILDING
ROUTE
Table Table Table Table
Magazine IMD ILD or IPD IBD PTR
5604.5.2(2) 5604.5.2(2) 5604.5.2(2) 5604.5.2(2)
Operating Table Table Table Table
ILD or IPD ILD or IPD IBD PTR
building 5604.5.2(2) 5604.5.2(2) 5604.5.2(2) 5604.5.2(2)
IBD IBD
PTR PTR
a. The minimum separation distance (Do) shall be not less than 50 feet.
b. Linear interpolation between tabular values in the referenced Q-D table shall be allowed.

tity considered first as 1.1 and then as 1.2. The required 5601.8.1.4 Moderate fire—no blast hazards (Division 1.4).
distance is the greater of the two. Where the Division For Division 1.4 explosives, the total weight of the explosive
1.1 requirements are controlling and the TNT equiva- material alone is the net weight. The net weight of the explo-
lence of the 1.2 is known, the TNT equivalent weight of sive material shall be used.
the 1.2 items shall be allowed to be added to the total  This section establishes the explosive material weight
explosive weight of Division 1.1 items to determine the to be used when applying Table 5604.5.2(3) for
net explosive weight for Division 1.1 distance determi- explosives classified as a moderate fire hazard with-
nation. See Table 5604.5.2(2) or Table 5605.3 as out a blast hazard.
appropriate.
2. Where Division 1.1 and 1.3 explosives are located in
the same site, determine the distances for the total SECTION 5602
quantity considered first as 1.1 and then as 1.3. The DEFINITIONS
required distance is the greater of the two. Where the 5602.1 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chap-
Division 1.1 requirements are controlling and the TNT ter 2:
equivalence of the 1.3 is known, the TNT equivalent
weight of the 1.3 items shall be allowed to be added to AMMONIUM NITRATE.
the total explosive weight of Division 1.1 items to BARRICADE.
determine the net explosive weight for Division 1.1 dis- Artificial barricade.
tance determination. See Table 5604.5.2(1),
5604.5.2(2) or 5605.3, as appropriate. Natural barricade.
3. Where Division 1.1, 1.2 and 1.3 explosives are located BARRICADED.
in the same site, determine the distances for the total BLAST AREA.
quantity considered first as 1.1, next as 1.2 and finally
BLAST SITE.
as 1.3. The required distance is the greatest of the three.
As allowed by paragraphs 1 and 2 above, TNT equiva- BLASTER.
lent weights for 1.2 and 1.3 items are allowed to be BLASTING AGENT.
used to determine the net weight of explosives for Divi-
BULLET RESISTANT.
sion 1.1 distance determination. Table 5604.5.2(1) or
5605.3 shall be used where TNT equivalency is used to DETONATING CORD.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
establish the net explosive weight. DETONATION.
4. For composite pyrotechnic items Division 1.1 and Divi- DETONATOR.
sion 1.3, the sum of the net weights of the pyrotechnic
composition and the explosives involved shall be used. DISCHARGE SITE.
See Tables 5604.5.2(1) and 5604.5.2(2). DISPLAY SITE.
 This section establishes the explosive material EXPLOSIVE.
weights to be used when applying the various dis- High explosive.
tance tables in Sections 5604 and 5605 for mixed Low explosive.
storage combinations of explosives classified as both Mass-detonating explosives.
mass detonating and nonmass detonating. The most UN/DOTn Class 1 explosives.
hazardous explosives will likely drive the distance Division 1.1.
requirements. Division 1.2.
TABLE 5601.8.1(3)
APPLICATION OF SEPARATION DISTANCE (Q-D) TABLES—DIVISION 1.4 EXPLOSIVESa, b, c, d
PUBLIC
OPERATING INHABITED
BUILDING BUILDING
ROUTE
Table Table Table Table
Magazine IMD ILD or IPD IBD PTR
5604.5.2(3) 5604.5.2(3) 5604.5.2(3) 5604.5.2(3)
Operating Table Table Table Table
ILD or IPD ILD or IPD IBD PTR
building 5604.5.2(3) 5604.5.2(3) 5604.5.2(3) 5604.5.2(3)
IBD IBD
PTR PTR
a. The minimum separation distance (Do) shall be not less than 50 feet.
b. Linear interpolation between tabular values in the referenced Q-D table shall not be allowed.
d. This table shall not apply to consumer fireworks, 1.4G.
56-8 Code Council

Division 1.3. the dictionary meaning may be all that is needed (see
Division 1.4. also commentary, Sections 201.1 through 201.4).
Division 1.5.
Division 1.6.
SECTION 5603
EXPLOSIVE MATERIAL.
RECORD KEEPING AND REPORTING
FALLOUT AREA.
5603.1 General. Records of the receipt, handling, use or dis-
FIREWORKS. posal of explosive materials, and reports of any accidents,
Fireworks, 1.4G. thefts or unauthorized activities involving explosive materials
Fireworks, 1.3G. shall conform to the requirements of this section.
FIREWORKS DISPLAY.  An accumulation of invoices, sales slips, delivery tick-
HIGHWAY. ets, receipts or similar records representing individual
transactions will satisfy the requirements for record
INHABITED BUILDING.
keeping if they include the signature of the receiver of
MAGAZINE. the explosive materials.
Indoor. 5603.2 Transaction record. The permittee shall maintain a
Type 1. record of all transactions involving receipt, removal, use or
Type 2. disposal of explosive materials. Such records shall be main-
Type 3. tained for a period of 5 years.
Type 4.
Type 5. Exception: Where only Division 1.4G (consumer fire-
works) are handled, records need only be maintained for a
MORTAR. period of 3 years.
NET EXPLOSIVE WEIGHT (net weight).
 A permit holder must keep a record of all transactions
OPERATING BUILDING. or operations involving explosive materials for 5
OPERATING LINE. years and that record should be made available to
the issuing authority upon request.
PLOSOPHORIC MATERIAL.
5603.3 Loss, theft or unauthorized removal. The loss, theft
PROXIMATE AUDIENCE. or unauthorized removal of explosive materials from a maga-
PUBLIC TRAFFIC ROUTE (PTR). zine or permitted facility shall be reported to the fire code
PYROTECHNIC ARTICLE. official, local law enforcement authorities and the U.S.
Department of Treasury, Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Fire-
PYROTECHNIC COMPOSITION. arms and Explosives within 24 hours.
PYROTECHNIC SPECIAL EFFECT. Exception: Loss of Division 1.4G (consumer fireworks)
PYROTECHNIC SPECIAL-EFFECT MATERIAL. need not be reported to the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco,
Firearms and Explosives.
PYROTECHNICS.
 The loss, theft or unlawful removal of explosive materi-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
QUANTITY-DISTANCE (Q-D).
als must be reported within 24 hours to the ATF, to the
Inhabited building distance (IBD).
permit-issuing authority and to the local law enforce-
Intermagazine distance (IMD).
ment agency.
Intraline distance (ILD) or Intraplant distance (IPD).
Minimum separation distance (Do). 5603.4 Accidents. Accidents involving the use of explosives,
explosive materials and fireworks that result in injuries or
RAILWAY. property damage shall be reported to the fire code official
READY BOX. immediately.
SMALL ARMS AMMUNITION.  Accidents involving explosive material that cause a
SMALL ARMS PRIMERS. lost-time injury or property damage must be reported
immediately to the authority having jurisdiction for its
SMOKELESS PROPELLANTS. records.
SPECIAL INDUSTRIAL EXPLOSIVE DEVICE. 5603.5 Misfires. The pyrotechnic display operator or blaster
THEFT RESISTANT. in charge shall keep a record of all aerial shells that fail to fire
or charges that fail to detonate.
and application of the code requirements. This sec-  A record of all misfires must be kept, eliminating the
tion directs the code user to Chapter 2 for the proper possibility of using the misfires in other displays and
application of the indicated terms used in this chap- shows.
ter. Terms may be defined in Chapter 2 or in another 5603.6 Hazard communication. Manufacturers of explosive
International Code® as indicated in Section 201.3, or materials and fireworks shall maintain records of chemicals,

chemical compounds and mixtures required by DOL 29 CFR 5604.2 Magazine required. Explosives and explosive mate-
Part 1910.1200, and Section 407. rials, and Division 1.3G fireworks shall be stored in maga-
zines constructed, located, operated and maintained in
 Manufacturers of explosive materials and fireworks
accordance with the provisions of Section 5604 and NFPA
are required to assess the hazards of chemicals that
495 or NFPA 1124.
they produce or import. Employers must inform their
employees of the hazardous chemicals to which they Exceptions:
are exposed, using a hazard communication pro- 1. Storage of fireworks at display sites in accordance
gram, labels and other forms of warning, Material with Section 5608.5 and NFPA 1123 or NFPA 1126.
Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) and information and
training. In addition, this section requires distributors 2. Portable or mobile magazines not exceeding 120
to transmit the required information to employers. square feet (11 m2) in area shall not be required to
comply with the requirements of the International
5603.7 Safety rules. Current safety rules covering the opera- Building Code.
tion of magazines, as described in Section 5604.7, shall be
posted on the interior of the magazine in a visible location.  Explosives and blasting agents must be kept in mag-
azines when not in use to reduce the exposure haz-
 Magazine safety rules must be posted conspicuously ard.
on the interior of the magazine as a reminder to
employees of the requirements for the safe operation 5604.3 Magazines. The storage of explosives and explosive
of the magazine. These safety rules must cover secu- materials in magazines shall comply with Table 5604.3.
rity; open flames and lights; area around the maga-  This section gives the requirements for magazine
zine; separation distance of combustibles; storage of explosives and explosive materials. The
instructions for packing and unpacking; acceptable section covers high explosives, low explosives and
tools and equipment. detonating cord.
SECTION 5604  This table gives both the new and the old classifica-
EXPLOSIVE MATERIALS tion of explosives. It also states whether the explosive
STORAGE AND HANDLING is a low or high type of explosive. The table specifies
5604.1 General. Storage of explosives and explosive materi- the maximum amounts allowed in the control areas,
als, small arms ammunition, small arms primers, propellant- whether indoors or outdoors. The last columns spec-
actuated cartridges and smokeless propellants in magazines ify the type of magazine required for storage of vari-
shall comply with the provisions of this section. ous explosives. Then Table 5604.5.2(1) refers to the
proper table for separation distances.
 This section establishes requirements for various
5604.3.1 High explosives. Explosive materials classified as
magazines associated with explosive materials stor-
Division 1.1 or 1.2 or formerly classified as Class A by the
age.
TABLE 5604.3
STORAGE AMOUNTS AND MAGAZINE REQUIREMENTS FOR EXPLOSIVES, EXPLOSIVE MATERIALS AND
FIREWORKS, 1.3G MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER CONTROL AREA
NEW UN/ INDOORa (pounds) MAGAZINE TYPE REQUIRED
OLD DOTn ATF/OSHA OUTDOOR
DOTn Sprinklers (pounds)
CLASS CLASS Unprotected Cabinet Sprinklers 1 2 3 4 5
DIVISION & cabinet
b
1.1 A High 0 0 1 2 1 X X X — —
1.2 A High 0 0 1 2 1 X X X — —
1.2 B Low 0 0 1 1 1 X X X X —
1.3 B Low 0 0 5 10 1 X X X X —
1.4c B Low 0 0 50 100 1 X X X X —
1.5 C Low 0 0 1 2 1 X X X X —
Blasting Blasting
1.5 0 0 1 2 1 X X X X X
Agent Agent
Not Not
1.6 0 0 1 2 1 X X X X X
For SI: 1 pound = 0.454 kg, 1 pound per gallon = 0.12 kg per liter, 1 ounce = 28.35 g.
a. A factor of 10 pounds per gallon shall be used for converting pounds (solid) to gallons (liquid) in accordance with Section 5003.1.2.
b. Black powder shall be stored in a Type 1, 2, 3 or 4 magazine as provided for in Section 5604.3.1.
c. This table shall not apply to consumer fireworks, 1.4G.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
56-10 Code Council

U.S. Department of Transportation shall be stored in Type 1, ply with the requirements of Sections 5604.5.1.1 through
2 or 3 magazines. 5604.5.1.7.
Exceptions:  The following sections address the requirements for
1. Black powder shall be stored in a Type 1, 2, 3 or 4 indoor magazines. These sections cover the use,
magazine. construction, quantity limit, prohibited use, number
and separation distance of indoor magazines.
2. Cap-sensitive explosive material that is demon-
strated not to be bullet sensitive shall be stored in a 5604.5.1.1 Use. The use of indoor magazines for storage of
Type 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 magazine. explosives and explosive materials shall be limited to occu-
pancies of Group F, H, M or S, and research and development
 Type 1, 2 and 3 magazines are constructed with laboratories.
stricter requirements for the prevention of possible
fire, water damage or bullet hazards.  Section 5604.2 requires all explosives in storage to
be located in magazines. This section, however, rec-
5604.3.2 Low explosives. Explosive materials that are not ognizes that certain operations engaged in manufac-
cap sensitive shall be stored in a Type 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 maga- turing or research processes require the use of
zine. magazines (commonly referred to as “day boxes”)
 There are fewer restrictions on the storage of low inside the building for the purposes of storing small
explosives that are not cap sensitive. Protection quantities of material awaiting use.
against theft is a primary concern. 5604.5.1.2 Construction. Indoor magazines shall comply
5604.3.3 Detonating cord. For quantity and distance pur- with the following construction requirements:
poses, detonating cord of 50 grains per foot shall be calcu- 1. Construction shall be fire resistant and theft resistant.
lated as equivalent to 8 pounds (4 kg) of high explosives per
1,000 feet (305 m). Heavier or lighter core loads shall be 2. Exterior shall be painted red.
rated proportionally. 3. Base shall be fitted with wheels, casters or rollers to
 Standard detonating cord averaging about 50 grains facilitate removal from the building in an emergency.
per foot, which is considered the equivalent of 8 4. Lid or door shall be marked with conspicuous white let-
pounds (4 kg) of high explosives per 1,000 feet (305 tering not less than 3 inches (76 mm) high and mini-
m), is a benchmark for detonating cord. Heavier cord mum 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) stroke, reading
would be 60 grains per foot equaling 9 pounds (4 kg) EXPLOSIVES—KEEP FIRE AWAY.
of high explosive per 1,000 feet (305 m). 5. The least horizontal dimension shall not exceed the
5604.4 Prohibited storage. Detonators shall be stored in a clear width of the entrance door.
separate magazine for blasting supplies and shall not be
 Indoor magazines need not be bullet resistant if the
stored in a magazine with other explosive materials.
building in which they are located gives protection
 Storage of detonators with explosives may result in from bullet penetration. Not more than 50 pounds (23
an accidental mass detonation. Detonators may be kg) of high explosives may be stored in an indoor
stored with other explosives only if that storage is magazine, and not more than one indoor magazine
approved by the fire code official and is under the fol- may be stored inside a single building if the 50-pound
lowing conditions [see DOTy 27 CFR, Part (23 kg) limit has not been exceeded. The following
55.213(b)]: comments clarify the intent of special requirements
1. Nonmass-detonating detonators may be stored applying to magazines used indoors:
with electric squibs, safety fuses, ignitors and 1. Construction specifications in this section state
ignitor cord in a Type 4 magazine. the minimum acceptable degree of protection
2. Detonators may be stored with delay devices, from physical hazards and an exterior fire
electric squibs, safety fuses, ignitors and ignitor exposure when wood is used as a construction
cord in Type 1 and 2 magazines. material for the magazine. Interior nails and
5604.5 Location. The use of magazines for storage of explo- screws must be countersunk to prevent
sives and explosive materials shall comply with Sections damage to explosives and friction or sparks
5604.5.1 through 5604.5.3.3. when the magazine is in transit or explosives
are moved within the magazine.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
 Explosives and blasting agents must be kept in mag-

azines when not in use to reduce the exposure haz- 2. The required color serves as a reminder of
ard. flammable, explosive and detonation hazards.
5604.5.1 Indoor magazines. The use of indoor magazines 3. If a fire or an emergency occurs in the building,
for storage of explosives and explosive materials shall com- wheels or casters will permit the magazine to

be removed from the building or relocated to a Day boxes or magazines used for process operations
safer area. are used as a means to isolate in-process material from
a workstation and to minimize the potential for involve-
4. The required sign serves as a reminder to keep ment should an event occur within the immediate area
open flames and ignition sources away from the of the workstation. This same material could be located
magazine. in the same work space without the benefit of a day
5. In case of emergency, the magazine should box.
clear the opening of the door for transfer of the Quantity control for these in-process magazines is
magazine to the outdoors. limited to aggregating the quantity contained within
5604.5.1.3 Quantity limit. Not more than 50 pounds (23 kg) the Q-D relationships of the building as specified by
of explosives or explosive materials shall be stored within an Section 5605.4. The 50-pound (23 kg) limit specified
indoor magazine. by this section applies to the storage of material
where the storage can remain in an unattended mode
Exception: Day boxes used for the storage of in-process and left in place during times when the building is
material in accordance with Section 5605.6.4.1. unoccupied.
 Section 5605.6.4.1 establishes the requirements for 5604.5.1.4 Prohibited use. Indoor magazines shall not be
magazines used for in-process materials that are used within buildings containing Group R occupancies.
consumed over the course of the workday. Maga-
zines used in daily operations are generally referred  Indoor magazines are not permitted inside resi-
to as “day boxes” by the industry. The ATF uses the dences or dwellings because of the life hazard pres-
term “day box” in its description of a Type 3 maga- ent and the difficulty of maintaining control over their
zine. Magazines may either be used as storage mag- use through routine inspections.
azines or as designated holding containers or 5604.5.1.5 Location. Indoor magazines shall be located
structures within an operating building. The primary within 10 feet (3048 mm) of an entrance and only on floors at
differences between a storage magazine and the or having ramp access to the exterior grade level.
magazines that are used as day boxes are limited to  The location of these magazines must be chosen to
operational controls and the duration that the materi- minimize exposure of means of egress but maintain
als are allowed to be present in the work area. ready access from the exterior to facilitate fire fight-
A storage magazine is regulated by ATF, which ing.
requires materials present in the magazine to be
identified on written logs and the inventory closely 5604.5.1.6 Number. Not more than two indoor magazines
maintained during the time when it is present in the shall be located in the same building. Where two such maga-
magazine. On the other hand, ATF does not regulate zines are located in the same building, one magazine shall be
in-process materials that may be located in holding used solely for the storage of not more than 5,000 detonators.
containers or structures, including day boxes located  The location of magazines in wholesale and retail
within an operating building. establishments should be coordinated with and
Magazines (day boxes) that are used for the approved by the fire department’s prefire plans. Any
interim storage or staging of in-process materials are changes in magazine locations require prior approval
required to be emptied at the end of the work day. As of the fire code official and should be noted on the
containers for in-process material, they are not “stor- permit.
age” magazines, and as such are not further regu- 5604.5.1.7 Separation distance. Where two magazines are
lated by ATF. They are, however, regulated by located in the same building, they shall be separated by a dis-
Sections 5605.6.4 and 5605.6.4.1. The magazines tance of not less than 10 feet (3048 mm).
(day boxes) used for in-process materials are protec-
tive enclosures that serve to isolate the materials  Explosives and blasting agents that are offered for
from the work area and to minimize the exposure risk sale must be stored in separate magazines to prevent
to personnel when materials are located outside of an explosion in one magazine from triggering an
areas that may otherwise be provided with worksta- explosion in another magazine or mass detonation.
tion protection. They serve to protect the material 5604.5.2 Outdoor magazines. Outdoor magazines other than
contained from potential fire exposure as well as to Type 3 shall be located so as to comply with Table
serve as a means to separate various in-process 5604.5.2(2) or 5604.5.2(3) as set forth in Tables 5601.8.1(1)
materials in order to avoid propagation hazards. through 5601.8.1(3). Where a magazine or group of maga-
On the other hand, explosives stored in manufac- zines, as described in Section 5604.5.2.2, contains different
turing buildings where the materials are not staged classes of explosive materials, and Division 1.1 materials are
for in-process use are limited to quantities not present, the required separations for the magazine or maga-
exceeding 50 pounds (23 kg) net explosive weight. zine group as a whole shall comply with Table 5604.5.2(2).
This storage can remain in the building without regard
to a time limit, and all such storage may be further  Specified separation distances in the tables are
regulated by the operational controls required by intended to minimize the potential damage to life and
ATF. property that may result from a blast inside a maga-
56-12 Code Council

zine. Additionally, the separation distances help con- fied from other magazines or magazine groups, inhabited
trol the hazard to a given magazine from exposure buildings (IBD), public transportation routes (PTR) and oper-
fires involving ground cover or a fire occurring in ating buildings (ILD or IPD) as required.
another magazine and thus provide clear access for  See the commentary to Section 5604.5.2.
emergency response personnel. Separation and the
rules governing blasting for those magazines are TABLE 5604.5.2(2). See page 56-16.
addressed by Section 5607.  Magazines containing special fireworks, other than
Tables 5601.8.1(1) through (3) enhance the code special salutes, and black powder or other low explo-
and provide guidance in application for operating sives must be separated from each other and from
buildings as well as magazines. inhabited buildings, public highways and passenger
Sections 5604.5.2.1 and 5604.5.2.2 recognize the railways. Amounts of low explosives are located in
circumstance surrounding the use of multiple maga- the left two columns. The separation distances are
zines and magazines that are arranged in groups located on the row of the amount of low explosives in
where the separation between magazines is less reference to inhabited buildings, railways or other
than the tabular distance established by the interma- magazines.
gazine (inter = between or among) distances. The
basis for these provisions is Note d to the American TABLE 5604.5.2(3). See page 56-16.
Table of Distances [Table 5604.5.2(1)], except that  Items in Division 1.4 present a fire hazard with no
the permissive language has been removed and the blast hazard and virtually no fragmentation hazard
note divided into two distinct provisions. The provi- beyond the fire-hazard clearance ordinarily specified
sions of Sections 5604.5.2.1 and 5604.5.2.2 are con- for high-risk materials. Separate facilities for storage
sistent with the footnote, and applicable to Division and handling of this division should not be less than
1.3 and 1.4 materials as well as to the materials 100 feet (30 480 mm) from other facilities, except
addressed by Table 5604.5.2(1). It is common to those of noncombustible construction, which can be
group a number of magazines, each containing differ- 50 feet (15 240 mm) from each other, provided both
ent materials, on manufacturing sites for the pur- are noncombustible.
poses of operational control and dedication to Division 1.4 materials are finished goods or
specific manufacturing lines. devices that contain energetic materials. A fire or
5604.5.2.1 Separation. Where two or more storage maga- explosive event with Division 1.4 materials is limited
zines are located on the same property, each magazine shall to the individual devices involved and, unlike the
comply with the minimum distances specified from inhabited materials in the other divisions, there is no mass
buildings, public transportation routes and operating build- reaction. The table of distances has been based on
ings. Magazines shall be separated from each other by not federal regulations as published by the DOD.
less than the intermagazine distances (IMD) shown for the 5604.5.3 Special requirements for Type 3 magazines. Type
separation of magazines. 3 magazines shall comply with Sections 5604.5.3.1 through
 See the commentary to Section 5604.5.2. 5604.5.3.3.
 These requirements are intended to provide a rea-
TABLE 5604.5.2(1). See page 56-14.
sonable degree of safety for Type 3 magazines at
 Table 5604.5.2(1) establishes minimum separation blasting sites.
distances for the permanent storage of explosives
5604.5.3.1 Location. Wherever practicable, Type 3 maga-
from selected property classes. The intent of the table
zines shall be located away from neighboring inhabited build-
is to place explosive storage far enough away from
ings, railways, highways and other magazines in accordance
occupied buildings, highways, railways and other
with Table 5604.5.2(2) or 5604.5.2(3) as applicable.
magazines to reduce exposure of those properties to
damage if a detonation of a magazine occurs. Stor-  Type 3 magazines must be located as remotely as
age exceeding tabular amounts in a single magazine practical from public rights-of-way, buildings and
is rare and thus requires special approval by the fire other magazines to reduce exposures between them.
code official. 5604.5.3.2 Supervision. Type 3 magazines shall be attended
5604.5.2.2 Grouped magazines. Where two or more maga- when explosive materials are stored within. Explosive materi-
zines are separated from each other by less than the intermag- als shall be removed to appropriate storage magazines for
azine distances (IMD), such magazines as a group shall be unattended storage at the end of the work day.
considered as one magazine and the total quantity of explo-  The magazine must be constantly supervised by a
sive materials stored in the group shall be treated as if stored trained attendant when explosives are being stored to
in a single magazine. The location of the group of magazines prevent unauthorized removal of the contents and to
shall comply with the intermagazine distances (IMD) speci- enforce safety rules.

TABLE 5604.5.2(1)
AMERICAN TABLE OF DISTANCES FOR STORAGE OF EXPLOSIVES AS
APPROVED BY THE INSTITUTE OF MAKERS OF EXPLOSIVES AND REVISED JUNE 1991a
DISTANCES IN FEET
QUANTITY OF EXPLOSIVE Public highways with traffic
Public highways with traffic
MATERIALSc volume greater than 3,000
Inhabited buildings volume less than 3,000 vehi- Separation of magazinesd
vehicles per day and passen-
cles per day
ger railways
Pounds not
Pounds over Barricaded Unbarricaded Barricaded Unbarricaded Barricaded Unbarricaded Barricaded Unbarricaded
over
0 5 70 140 30 60 51 102 6 12
5 10 90 180 35 70 64 128 8 16
10 20 110 220 45 90 81 162 10 20
20 30 125 250 50 100 93 186 11 22
30 40 140 280 55 110 103 206 12 24
40 50 150 300 60 120 110 220 14 28
50 75 170 340 70 140 127 254 15 30
75 100 190 380 75 150 139 278 16 32
100 125 200 400 80 160 150 300 18 36
125 150 215 430 85 170 159 318 19 38
150 200 235 470 95 190 175 350 21 42
200 250 255 510 105 210 189 378 23 46
250 300 270 540 110 220 201 402 24 48
300 400 295 590 120 240 221 442 27 54
400 500 320 640 130 260 238 476 29 58
500 600 340 680 135 270 253 506 31 62
600 700 355 710 145 290 266 532 32 64
700 800 375 750 150 300 278 556 33 66
800 900 390 780 155 310 289 578 35 70
900 1,000 400 800 160 320 300 600 36 72
1,000 1,200 425 850 165 330 318 636 39 78
1,200 1,400 450 900 170 340 336 672 41 82
1,400 1,600 470 940 175 350 351 702 43 86
1,600 1,800 490 980 180 360 366 732 44 88
1,800 2,000 505 1,010 185 370 378 756 45 90
2,000 2,500 545 1,090 190 380 408 816 49 98
2,500 3,000 580 1,160 195 390 432 864 52 104
3,000 4,000 635 1,270 210 420 474 948 58 116
4,000 5,000 685 1,370 225 450 513 1,026 61 122
5,000 6,000 730 1,460 235 470 546 1,092 65 130
6,000 7,000 770 1,540 245 490 573 1,146 68 136
7,000 8,000 800 1,600 250 500 600 1,200 72 144
8,000 9,000 835 1,670 255 510 624 1,248 75 150
9,000 10,000 865 1,730 260 520 645 1,290 78 156
10,000 12,000 875 1,750 270 540 687 1,374 82 164
12,000 14,000 885 1,770 275 550 723 1,446 87 174
14,000 16,000 900 1,800 280 560 756 1,512 90 180
16,000 18,000 940 1,880 285 570 786 1,572 94 188
18,000 20,000 975 1,950 290 580 813 1,626 98 196
20,000 25,000 1,055 2,000 315 630 876 1,752 105 210
(continued)
56-14 Code Council

TABLE 5604.5.2(1)-continued
AMERICAN TABLE OF DISTANCES FOR STORAGE OF EXPLOSIVES AS
APPROVED BY THE INSTITUTE OF MAKERS OF EXPLOSIVES AND REVISED JUNE 1991a
DISTANCES IN FEET
QUANTITY OF EXPLO- Public highways with traffic
Public highways with traffic vol-
SIVE MATERIALSc volume greater than 3,000
Inhabited buildings ume less than 3,000 vehicles per Separation of magazinesd
vehicles per day and passen-
day
ger railways
Pounds Pounds not
Barricaded Unbarricaded Barricaded Unbarricaded Barricaded Unbarricaded Barricaded Unbarricaded
over over
25,000 30,000 1,130 2,000 340 680 933 1,866 112 224
30,000 35,000 1,205 2,000 360 720 981 1,962 119 238
35,000 40,000 1,275 2,000 380 760 1,026 2,000 124 248
40,000 45,000 1,340 2,000 400 800 1,068 2,000 129 258
45,000 50,000 1,400 2,000 420 840 1,104 2,000 135 270
50,000 55,000 1,460 2,000 440 880 1,140 2,000 140 280
55,000 60,000 1,515 2,000 455 910 1,173 2,000 145 290
60,000 65,000 1,565 2,000 470 940 1,206 2,000 150 300
65,000 70,000 1,610 2,000 485 970 1,236 2,000 155 310
70,000 75,000 1,655 2,000 500 1,000 1,263 2,000 160 320
75,000 80,000 1,695 2,000 510 1,020 1,293 2,000 165 330
80,000 85,000 1,730 2,000 520 1,040 1,317 2,000 170 340
85,000 90,000 1,760 2,000 530 1,060 1,344 2,000 175 350
90,000 95,000 1,790 2,000 540 1,080 1,368 2,000 180 360
95,000 100,000 1,815 2,000 545 1,090 1,392 2,000 185 370
100,000 110,000 1,835 2,000 550 1,100 1,437 2,000 195 390
110,000 120,000 1,855 2,000 555 1,110 1,479 2,000 205 410
120,000 130,000 1,875 2,000 560 1,120 1,521 2,000 215 430
130,000 140,000 1,890 2,000 565 1,130 1,557 2,000 225 450
140,000 150,000 1,900 2,000 570 1,140 1,593 2,000 235 470
150,000 160,000 1,935 2,000 580 1,160 1,629 2,000 245 490
160,000 170,000 1,965 2,000 590 1,180 1,662 2,000 255 510
170,000 180,000 1,990 2,000 600 1,200 1,695 2,000 265 530
180,000 190,000 2,010 2,010 605 1,210 1,725 2,000 275 550
190,000 200,000 2,030 2,030 610 1,220 1,755 2,000 285 570
200,000 210,000 2,055 2,055 620 1,240 1,782 2,000 295 590
210,000 230,000 2,100 2,100 635 1,270 1,836 2,000 315 630
230,000 250,000 2,155 2,155 650 1,300 1,890 2,000 335 670
250,000 275,000 2,215 2,215 670 1,340 1,950 2,000 360 720
275,000 300,000b 2,275 2,275 690 1,380 2,000 2,000 385 770
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound = 0.454 kg.
a. This table applies only to the manufacture and permanent storage of commercial explosive materials. It is not applicable to transportation of explosives or any
handling or temporary storage necessary or incident thereto. It is not intended to apply to bombs, projectiles or other heavily encased explosives.
b. Storage in excess of 300,000 pounds of explosive materials in one magazine is not allowed.
c. Where a manufacturing building on an explosive materials plant site is designed to contain explosive materials, such building shall be located with respect to
its proximity to inhabited buildings, public highways and passenger railways based on the maximum quantity of explosive materials permitted to be in the
building at one time.
d. Where two or more storage magazines are located on the same property, each magazine shall comply with the minimum distances specified from inhabited
buildings, railways and highways, and, in addition, they should be separated from each other by not less than the distances shown for separation of magazines,
except that the quantity of explosives in detonator magazines shall govern in regard to the spacing of said detonator magazines from magazines containing
other explosive materials. Where any two or more magazines are separated from each other by less than the specified separation of magazines distances, then
two or more such magazines, as a group, shall be considered as one magazine, and the total quantity of explosive materials stored in such group shall be
treated as if stored in a single magazine located on the site of any magazine in the group and shall comply with the minimum distances specified from other
magazines, inhabited buildings, railways and highways.

TABLE 5604.5.2(2)
TABLE OF DISTANCES (Q-D) FOR BUILDINGS AND MAGAZINES CONTAINING EXPLOSIVES—DIVISION 1.3 MASS-FIRE HAZARDa, b, c
QUANTITY OF DIVISION 1.3 EXPLOSIVES
DISTANCES IN FEET
(NET EXPLOSIVES WEIGHT)
Intraline Distance (ILD)
Inhabited Building Distance to Public Traffic Intermagazine Distance
Pounds over Pounds not over or Intraplant Distance
Distance (IBD) Route (PTR) (IMD)
(IPD)
0 1,000 75 75 50 50
1,000 5,000 115 115 75 75
5,000 10,000 150 150 100 100
10,000 20,000 190 190 125 125
20,000 30,000 215 215 145 145
30,000 40,000 235 235 155 155
40,000 50,000 250 250 165 165
50,000 60,000 260 260 175 175
60,000 70,000 270 270 185 185
70,000 80,000 280 280 190 190
80,000 90,000 295 295 195 195
90,000 100,000 300 300 200 200
100,000 200,000 375 375 250 250
200,000 300,000 450 450 300 300
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound = 0.454 kg
a. Black powder, where stored in magazines, is defined as low explosive by the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (BATF).
b. For quantities less than 1,000 pounds, the required distances are those specified for 1,000 pounds. The use of lesser distances is allowed where supported by
approved test data and/or analysis.
c. Linear interpolation of explosive quantities between table entries is allowed.
TABLE 5604.5.2(3)
TABLE OF DISTANCES (Q-D) FOR BUILDINGS AND MAGAZINES CONTAINING EXPLOSIVES—DIVISION 1.4c
QUANTITY OF DIVISION 1.4 EXPLOSIVES
DISTANCES IN FEET
(NET EXPLOSIVES WEIGHT)
Intraline Distance (ILD)
Inhabited Building Distance to Public Intermagazine
Pounds over Pounds not over or Intraplant Distancea
Distance (IBD) Traffic Route (PTR) Distancea, b (IMD)
(IPD)
50 Not Limited 100 100 50 50
a. A separation distance of 100 feet is required for buildings of other than Type I or Type II construction as defined in the International Building Code.
b. For earth-covered magazines, specific separation is not required.
1. Earth cover material used for magazines shall be relatively cohesive. Solid or wet clay and similar types of soil are too cohesive and shall not be used.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Soil shall be free from unsanitary organic matter, trash, debris and stones heavier than 10 pounds or larger than 6 inches in diameter. Compaction and
surface preparation shall be provided, as necessary, to maintain structural integrity and avoid erosion. Where cohesive material cannot be used, as in
sandy soil, the earth cover over magazines shall be finished with a suitable material to ensure structural integrity.
2. The earth fill or earth cover between earth-covered magazines shall be either solid or sloped, in accordance with the requirements of other construction
features, but not less than 2 feet of earth cover shall be maintained over the top of each magazines. To reduce erosion and facilitate maintenance
operations, the cover shall have a slope of 2 horizontal to 1 vertical.
c. Restricted to articles, including articles packaged for shipment, that are not regulated as an explosive under Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and
Explosives regulations, or unpacked articles used in process operations that do not propagate a detonation or deflagration between articles. This table shall not
apply to consumer fireworks, 1.4G.
56-16 Code Council

5604.5.3.3 Use. Not more than two Type 3 magazines shall to minimize the possibility of a bullet shot at the sign hitting
be located at the same blasting site. Where two Type 3 maga- the magazine.
zines are located at the same blasting site, one magazine shall
 Signs are intended to identify the public hazard and
used solely for the storage of detonators. provide warning to fire fighters. Signs should also be
 Detonators must be stored in separate magazines prominently displayed at the entrance to the property
from explosives to prevent an accidental mass deto- and at regular intervals around the perimeter of the
nation. property. Contrasting letters and backgrounds on the
5604.6 Construction. Magazines shall be constructed in signs (red on white preferred) should be used with
accordance with Sections 5604.6.1 through 5604.6.5.2. letters that are legible from a distance. A minimum 3-
inch (76 mm) height is recommended for the letters.
 Magazine construction requirements are based on The Institute of Makers of Explosives (IME) recom-
requirements in DOTy 27 CFR, Part 55 and NFPA mends the following wording in addition to that
495. Magazines are identified by designation as one required by this section:
of five types: Types 1 through 5.
5604.6.1 Drainage. The ground around a magazine shall be DANGER!
graded so that water drains away from the magazine. NEVER FIGHT EXPLOSIVE FIRES.
EXPLOSIVES ARE STORED AT THIS SITE.
 Grading land away from the magazine allows storm CALL: _________.
water to run off and not accumulate in, under or
Military and DOT explosives warning signs use
around a magazine. Water may damage explosives.
black letters, numerals and symbols on orange back-
Contaminated water may conduct an electric current,
grounds. Nonreflective sign materials make these
possibly resulting in the detonation of explosives.
types of signs difficult to identify and read. Signs must
5604.6.2 Heating. Magazines requiring heat shall be heated always be conspicuously posted and maintained in a
as prescribed in NFPA 495 by either hot water radiant heating clear, clean and legible condition.
within the magazine or by indirect warm air heating. Signs are attractive targets for irresponsible fire-
 Indirect heating systems can prevent freezing and arms bearers. Therefore, signs must be located, in
avoid excessive heating of magazine contents. These anticipation of an individual shooting a rifle or hand-
systems also do not constitute an ignition hazard. gun at the sign, so the bullet will not hit the magazine.
The absence of clear warning signs was cited as a
5604.6.3 Lighting. Where lighting is necessary within a mag-
contributing factor in the November 1988 deaths of
azine, electric safety flashlights or electric safety lanterns
six Kansas City, Missouri, fire fighters who were
shall be used, except as provided in NFPA 495.
approaching a Type 4 magazine at a remote highway
 Safety flashlights and safety lanterns used inside construction site when it exploded. A similar incident
magazines must be designed for use in hazardous in March 1989 in Peterborough, England, killed one
locations. Fixed electric lighting installed as specified fire fighter and injured 76 other persons, including six
in Section 65.5.1 of NFPA 495 is acceptable. All elec- fire fighters. The Peterborough, England, incident
trical work must conform to NFPA 70 requirements. occurred while fire fighters were trying to control a fire
DOTy 27 CFR, Part 55.217(c), requires that copies of in a motor carrier hauling explosives.
documents indicating that the electrical installation 5604.6.5.1 Access road signs. At the entrance to explosive
conforms to NFPA 70 to be maintained on site and material manufacturing and storage sites, all access roads
always available for inspections. Requirements of shall be posted with the following warning sign or other
NFPA 70 and NFPA 495 are intended to minimize the approved sign:
possibility that sparks generated by electrical arcing
during normal operations or through equipment fail- DANGER!
ures will ignite explosives within the magazine. NEVER FIGHT EXPLOSIVE FIRES.
EXPLOSIVES ARE STORED ON THIS SITE
5604.6.4 Nonsparking materials. In other than Type 5 mag- CALL _______.
azines, there shall not be exposed ferrous metal on the interior
of a magazine containing packages of explosives. The sign shall be weather-resistant with a reflective sur-
face and have lettering not less than 2 inches (51 mm) high.
 Ferrous metal must not be exposed in the interior of a
Type 1, 2, 3 or 4 magazine where the metal could  Signs are intended to identify the public hazard and
come in contact with packages of explosives. warn fire fighters. Signs should also be prominently
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
displayed at the entrance to the property and at regu-

5604.6.5 Signs and placards. Property upon which Type 1
lar intervals around the perimeter of the property.
magazines and outdoor magazines of Types 2, 4 and 5 are
Contrasting letters and backgrounds on the signs
located shall be posted with signs stating: EXPLOSIVES—
(red on white preferred) should be used with letters
KEEP OFF. These signs shall be of contrasting colors with a
that are legible from a distance. A minimum 2-inch
minimum letter height of 3 inches (76 mm) with a minimum
(51 mm) height is recommended for the letters.
brush stroke of 1/2 inch (12.7 mm). The signs shall be located

5604.6.5.2 Placards. Type 5 magazines containing Division 5604.7.3 Brush. The area located around a magazine shall be
1.5 blasting agents shall be prominently placarded as required kept clear of brush, dried grass, leaves, trash, debris and simi-
during transportation by DOTn 49 CFR Part 172 and DOTy lar combustible materials for a distance of 25 feet (7620 mm).
27 CFR Part 55.  Brush and dry grass, leaves, trash and other easily
 Requirements for placarding explosives shipments ignitable debris must be kept clear for a distance of
are found in DOTn 49 CFR; Part 172, Subpart F. 25 feet (7620 mm) around magazines containing
Commentary Figure 5604.6.5.2 depicts the format of explosives to minimize the threat to magazine con-
a typical explosives placard (black graphics on an tents from fire exposure.
orange background). Placards allow emergency 5604.7.4 Combustible storage. Combustible materials shall
response personnel to readily identify the explosive not be stored within 50 feet (15 240 mm) of magazines.
materials being transported if a fire or accident involv-
ing the transport vehicle occurs.  Elimination of combustible materials within 50 feet
(15 240 mm) of magazines eliminates both a fuel
source and a possible source of ignition for stored
explosives.
5604.7.5 Unpacking and repacking explosive materials.
Containers of explosive materials, except fiberboard contain-
ers, and packages of damaged or deteriorated explosive mate-
rials or fireworks shall not be unpacked or repacked inside or
within 50 feet (15 240 mm) of a magazine or in close proxim-
ity to other explosive materials.
EXPLOSIVES  The packing or unpacking of boxes, crates, drums or
other containers with metal staples, bands, nails or
other ferrous parts may generate sparks, which could
possibly ignite explosives stored within a magazine.
1.3 The separation distance is intended to reduce the
1 possibility of secondary explosions if an accident
involving the explosives being handled occurs.
5604.7.5.1 Storage of opened packages. Packages of explo-
sive materials that have been opened shall be closed before
Figure 5604.6.5.2 being placed in a magazine.
AN EXAMPLE OF AN EXPLOSIVES PLACARD  The closing of the opened packages eliminates the
hazard of mixing with other explosives, being avail-
5604.7 Operation. Magazines shall be operated in accor- able in case of an ignition source and causing an
dance with Sections 5604.7.1 through 5604.7.9. explosion or fire.
 The following sections address the operations of 5604.7.5.2 Nonsparking tools. Tools used for the opening
magazines. Items covered include security; open and closing of packages of explosive materials, other than
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
flames; brush; combustible storage; unpacking and metal slitters for opening paper, plastic or fiberboard contain-
packing; tools and equipment. ers, shall be made of nonsparking materials.
5604.7.1 Security. Magazines shall be kept locked in the  Nonsparking tools are used to avoid producing
manner prescribed in NFPA 495 at all times except during sparks and igniting explosives. These tools must
placement or removal of explosives or inspection. either be made from nonsparking materials or be
painted to prevent them from producing sparks.
 Security precautions must be taken to minimize the
possibility of theft, tampering or misuse of explosives. 5604.7.5.3 Disposal of packaging. Empty containers and
paper and fiber packaging materials that previously contained
5604.7.2 Open flames and lights. Smoking, matches, flame-
explosive materials shall be disposed of or reused in a
producing devices, open flames, firearms and firearms car-
approved manner.
tridges shall not be allowed inside of or within 50 feet (15
240 mm) of magazines.  Debris from explosives shipments or use, including
discarded packages, bags and cartons, must be dis-
 The carrying or use of open flames, spark-producing posed in accordance with the explosive manufac-
devices, matches and firearms is prohibited to pre-
turer’s instructions.
vent accidental ignition of explosives within the mag-
azine. 5604.7.6 Tools and equipment. Metal tools, other than non-
ferrous transfer conveyors and ferrous metal conveyor stands
56-18 Code Council

protected by a coat of paint, shall not be stored in a magazine tains general guidance on the subject of disposing
containing explosive materials or detonators. packages of explosives. Poor housekeeping often
indicates other safety hazards.
 Tools that can be stored in a magazine are limited to
those needed to maintain the magazine and facilitate 5604.8.2 Repairs. Explosive materials shall be removed from
the transfer of explosives. These tools must be non- the magazine before making repairs to the interior of a maga-
sparking or painted to prevent them from producing zine. Explosive materials shall be removed from the maga-
sparks. Ferrous tools with chipped or worn protective zine before making repairs to the exterior of the magazine
coatings must be removed from service and where there is a possibility of causing a fire. Explosive mate-
repainted before being placed back in use. rials removed from a magazine under repair shall either be
5604.7.7 Contents. Magazines shall be used exclusively for placed in another magazine or placed a safe distance from the
magazine, where they shall be properly guarded and pro-
the storage of explosive materials, blasting materials and
blasting accessories. tected until repairs have been completed. Upon completion of
repairs, the explosive materials shall be promptly returned to
 Additional materials likely to pose a fire hazard or the magazine. Floors shall be cleaned before and after repairs.
produce sparks when used cannot be stored inside
 Explosives must be removed from the magazine
magazines.
under repair and placed in another magazine or a
5604.7.8 Compatibility. Corresponding grades and brands of safe distance away before beginning repair activities
explosive materials shall be stored together and in such a that could cause sparks or fire, and the floor must be
manner that the grade and brand marks are visible. Stocks cleaned before beginning repairs inside a magazine.
shall be stored so as to be easily counted and checked. Pack- Explosives must be properly guarded until they are
ages of explosive materials shall be stacked in a stable man- returned to the magazine.
ner not exceeding 8 feet (2438 mm) in height.
5604.8.3 Floors. Magazine floors stained with liquid shall be
 Identical grades and brands of explosives must be dealt with in accordance with instructions obtained from the
stored together, with the brands and grade marks manufacturer of the explosive material stored in the maga-
showing. Explosive materials must be stored so they zine.
can be easily checked and counted.
 Floors stained with nitroglycerin must be cleaned
5604.7.9 Stock rotation. When explosive material is according to the manufacturer’s instructions. If the
removed from a magazine for use, the oldest usable stocks manufacturer cannot be identified or reached,
shall be removed first. another manufacturer, the nearest U.S. military instal-
 Use of the oldest usable stock first assists in elimina- lation, the ATF regional office or a local law enforce-
tion of explosive material before it can deteriorate and ment agency must be contacted to request an
become hazardous. explosive ordnance disposal (EOD) team.
5604.8 Maintenance. Maintenance of magazines shall com- 5604.9 Inspection. Magazines containing explosive materi-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ply with Sections 5604.8.1 through 5604.8.3. als shall be opened and inspected at maximum seven-day
intervals. The inspection shall determine whether there has
 This section addresses housekeeping, repairs and been an unauthorized or attempted entry into a magazine or
the floors on which the magazines are maintained. an unauthorized removal of a magazine or its contents.
5604.8.1 Housekeeping. Magazine floors shall be regularly
 The importance of magazine security and explosives
swept and be kept clean, dry and free of grit, paper, empty
accountability cannot be overestimated, especially in
packages and rubbish. Brooms and other cleaning utensils
light of the upsurge in incidents of international terror-
shall not have any spark-producing metal parts. Sweepings
ists using bombs. In most cases of illicit use of explo-
from magazine floors shall be disposed of in accordance with
sives, the source of the explosive materials has been
the manufacturers’ approved instructions.
legitimate operating explosive material users. Maga-
 Dirt and debris may contain materials that produce zines must be inspected at least weekly to determine
sparks or friction when explosives are moved within that no theft or attempted theft has occurred. Thefts
the magazine. Some blasting agents become sensi- or tampering should be reported immediately to the
tized or unstable when contaminated; therefore, regu- fire code official and local and federal law enforce-
lar cleaning and a maintenance schedule should be ment officials.
established and followed. 5604.10 Disposal of explosive materials. Explosive materi-
Cleaning implements with ferrous parts may pro- als shall be disposed of in accordance with Sections
duce sparks when used improperly. Only nonspark- 5604.10.1 through 5604.10.7.
ing tools may be used inside the magazine.
Finely divided residue on packages may pose an  Sections 5604.10.1 through 5604.10.7 cover the pro-
extreme fire hazard when improperly discarded. Most cedures for proper disposal of explosive materials.
manufacturers recommend burning packages and Areas covered are notification, deteriorated materi-
debris from explosives at an approved remote loca- als, qualified persons, storage of misfires, disposal
tion. The IME Safety Library Publication No. 21 con- sites, reuse of sites and personnel safeguards.

5604.10.1 Notification. The fire code official shall be noti- posed of according to the manufacturer’s recommen-
fied immediately where deteriorated or leaking explosive dations.
materials are determined to be dangerous or unstable and in 5604.10.5 Disposal sites. Sites for the destruction of explo-
need of disposal. sive materials and fireworks shall be approved and located at
 The notification must include the following for each the maximum practicable safe distance from inhabited build-
site where explosive material is stored: type of explo- ings, public highways, operating buildings and all other expo-
sives, magazine capacity and location. sures to ensure keeping air blast and ground vibration to a
5604.10.2 Deteriorated materials. Where an explosive minimum. The location of disposal sites shall not be closer to
magazines, inhabited buildings, railways, highways and other
material has deteriorated to an extent that it is in an unstable
or dangerous condition, or when a liquid has leaked from an rights-of-way than is allowed by Tables 5604.5.2(1),
5604.5.2(2) and 5604.5.2(3). Where possible, barricades
explosive material, the person in possession of such material
shall immediately contact the material’s manufacturer to shall be utilized between the destruction site and inhabited
buildings. Areas where explosives are detonated or burned
obtain disposal and handling instructions.
shall be posted with adequate warning signs.
 Damaged or deteriorated explosives may become
 A blasting shelter should be located near the burn
sensitized and unpredictable. Extreme caution must
area for protection from the blast and for emergency
be used in handling such materials. Some explo-
use of personnel.
sives, such as nitroglycerin, become shock sensitive
when contaminated or deteriorated because of age, 5604.10.6 Reuse of site. Unless an approved burning site has
exposure to ultraviolet light or excessive heating. been thoroughly saturated with water and has passed a safety
Emergency forces should be summoned for standby inspection, 48 hours shall elapse between the completion of a
while cleanup procedures are underway in situations burn and the placement of scrap explosive materials for a
involving sensitized or unstable explosives. If an acci- subsequent burn.
dent occurs, fire fighters should attempt to protect  Procedures and safeguards must be in place to pre-
exposures only from a distance and rescue individu- vent scrap explosive material from being placed in
als who are in immediate danger and safely reach- any burn location until at least 48 hours has passed
able. Explosives manufacturers do not recommend since the last fires have gone out.
fighting fires involving explosives because of the
extreme danger associated with such operations. 5604.10.7 Personnel safeguards. Once an explosive burn
operation has been started, personnel shall relocate to a safe
Manufacturers can provide advice and assistance in
identifying a safe means of disposing of damaged location where adequate protection from air blast and flying
debris is provided. Personnel shall not return to the burn area
explosives.
until the person in charge has inspected the burn site and
5604.10.3 Qualified person. The work of destroying explo- determined that it is safe for personnel to return.
sive materials shall be directed by persons experienced in the
destruction of explosive materials.  A warning device must be used when explosives and
fireworks materials are being destroyed. This warning
 Only an approved and experienced explosives tech- device may also be used to advise personnel when
nician is permitted to dispose of damaged, dangerous the area is safe for reentry.
or unstable explosives. IME Safety Library Publica-
tion No. 21 contains general guidance on the safe
destruction of damaged explosives and explosive SECTION 5605
waste. However, the manufacturer’s specific guid- MANUFACTURE, ASSEMBLY AND
ance should always be followed first. TESTING OF EXPLOSIVES, EXPLOSIVE
A military or law enforcement EOD team should be MATERIALS AND FIREWORKS
contacted if the licensee or permittee cannot provide
5605.1 General. The manufacture, assembly and testing of
a suitable explosives technician. Member companies
explosives, ammunition, blasting agents and fireworks shall
of the IME have entered into a cooperative agree-
comply with the requirements of this section and NFPA 495
ment to give advice and consultation to law enforce-
or NFPA 1124.
ment agencies, fire departments and regulatory
officials regarding the destruction or disposal of dan- Exceptions:
gerous, damaged or unstable commercial explosives. 1. The hand loading of small arms ammunition pre-
Another manufacturer can lend assistance if the man- pared for personal use and not offered for resale.
ufacturer of the damaged or dangerous goods cannot
be identified or located. 2. The mixing and loading of blasting agents at blast-
ing sites in accordance with NFPA 495.
5604.10.4 Storage of misfires. Explosive materials and fire-
works recovered from blasting or display misfires shall be 3. The use of binary explosives or plosophoric materi-
placed in a magazine until an experienced person has deter- als in blasting or pyrotechnic special effects applica-
mined the proper method for disposal. tions in accordance with NFPA 495 or NFPA 1126.
 Explosives recovered from misfires must be placed in  This section covers emergency planning; separation
a separate licensed magazine until they can be dis- of operating and manufacturing buildings; control
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
56-20 Code Council

areas; operations and maintenance for the manufac- 5605.2.3 Employee training. Workers who handle explo-
turing, assembling and testing of explosives, blasting sives or explosive charges or dispose of explosives shall be
agents and fireworks. Section 5606 covers small trained in the hazards of the materials and processes in which
arms ammunition. Exceptions 2 and 3 are addressed they are to be engaged and with the safety rules governing
in NFPA standards. such materials and processes.
Fireworks manufacturing is a relatively localized or  Employees who are required to handle the explosive
concentrated industry. Most fireworks plants have materials need instructions concerning the hazards of
settled and remain in predominantly rural locations the products. MSDS are a great source for the haz-
for several reasons. Substantial sites are required to
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ards of the materials. The employees must go
allow for isolation of manufacturing and storage build- through an orientation on the rules and regulations
ings from one another to limit hazard exposures. concerning the processes.
These sites permit insulation from regulatory supervi-
sion. Skilled workers are required to assemble the 5605.2.4 Emergency procedures. Approved emergency pro-
fireworks; as a result, a loyal workforce usually devel- cedures shall be formulated for each plant and shall include
ops in the regions where plants are located. Conse- personal instruction in any anticipated emergency. Personnel
quently, the local economy usually becomes heavily shall be made aware of an emergency warning signal.
dependent on the industry’s presence. Further, public  Emergency procedures must be developed for each
concern and outcry is minimized by these factors, plant and building. Fire and disaster drills must be
since occasional accidents are more or less conducted and records of those drills must be kept at
expected. Increased regulatory attention and the pro- the plant office.
hibition of common fireworks in many states has, 5605.3 Intraplant separation of operating buildings.
however, led to increased foreign competition that Explosives manufacturing buildings and fireworks manufac-
has further impacted the industry. Today, fewer than
turing buildings, including those where explosive charges are
100 American firms are engaged in this activity and
assembled, manufactured, prepared or loaded utilizing Divi-
they employ less than 3,000 persons. The U.S.
sion 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4 or 1.5 explosives, shall be separated
Department of Treasury (DOTy) enforces regulations
from all other buildings, including magazines, within the con-
(DOTy 27 CFR; 55 and 181) restricting the import,
fines of the manufacturing plant, at a distance not less than
manufacture, storage and use of fireworks and explo-
those shown in Table 5605.3 or 5604.5.2(3), as appropriate.
sives.
5605.2 Emergency planning and preparedness. Emer- Exception: Fireworks manufacturing buildings separated
gency plans, emergency drills, employee training and hazard in accordance with NFPA 1124.
communication shall conform to the provisions of this section The quantity of explosives in an operating building shall
and Sections 404, 405, 406 and 407. be the net weight of all explosives contained therein. Dis-
tances shall be based on the hazard division requiring the
 Reference to Sections 404, 405 and 407 are also
greatest separation, unless the aggregate explosive weight is
included for assistance with this section. See the
divided by approved walls or shields designed for that pur-
commentary to those sections.
pose. Where dividing a quantity of explosives into smaller
5605.2.1 Hazardous Materials Management Plans and stacks, a suitable barrier or adequate separation distance shall
Inventory Statements required. Detailed Hazardous Mate- be provided to prevent propagation from one stack to another.
rials Management Plans (HMMP) and Hazardous Materials
Inventory Statements (HMIS) complying with the require- Where distance is used as the sole means of separation
ments of Section 407 shall be prepared and submitted to the within a building, such distance shall be established by test-
local emergency planning committee, the fire code official ing. Testing shall demonstrate that propagation between
and the local fire department. stacks will not result. Barriers provided to protect against
explosive effects shall be designed and installed in accor-
 Section 407.6 requires that Hazardous Materials dance with approved standards.
Management Plans (HMMP) be in accordance with
Section 2701.4.1, which gives the requirements for a  Manufacturing operations frequently contain explo-
facility site plan. Section 407.5 requires that the Haz- sive materials that may fall into more than one divi-
ardous Materials Inventory Statements (HMIS) be in sion. When such is the case, Q-D relationships are
accordance with Section 2701.4.2, which gives the established on the most severe case. The separation
items required in an HMIS. of explosives into piles by distance or the construc-
tion of substantial dividing walls (barrier wall) is a rec-
5605.2.2 Maintenance of plans. A copy of the required ognized means of mitigating the effects of
HMMP and HMIS shall be maintained on site and furnished conflagration by propagation. Propagation distances
to the fire code official on request. are established by testing. The construction of barri-
 A copy of the plant’s plans must be kept in the office ers can be accomplished by various means; how-
on the premises of each explosives, ammunition, ever, the design of such structures must be specific
blasting agent or fireworks manufacturing plant and to address the nature (impulse pressures) and time
must be made available to the fire code official or an factors involved with the energy produced by explo-
authorized representative upon request. sive materials. The primary reference is U.S. Army

Technical Manual TM 51300, Air Force Manual 1.4 materials are limited to events with the individual
(AFM) 8822 and Navy NAVFAC P397, Structures to articles. Division 1.5 materials are capable of detona-
Resist the Effects of Accidental Explosions. tion, and including them in Table 5605.3 represents
The exception recognizes that NFPA 1124 require- the most conservative case. This table applies to the
ments cover site security; separation distances for separation distances of buildings within an explosive
manufacturing facilities; storage of salute and black manufacturing plant. Of course, the distance is
powder; building construction and transportation of related to the amount of explosives in storage. Dis-
fireworks. tance and barricades are means of reducing damage
to property and injury to personnel. With a barricade,
the distance is sufficient, but without a barricade, the
 Table 5605.3 has been designed to recognize explo- distance must be doubled to be the equivalent of a
sives that either detonate or present a mass-explo- barricade. The quantity is calculated in pounds in
sion hazard (Divisions 1.1, 1.2 and 1.5). Under the each structure or building.
classification system used by the code there is a
5605.4 Separation of manufacturing operating buildings
need to recognize the various hazards of explosive
from inhabited buildings, public traffic routes and maga-
materials when classified in other divisions, specifi-
zines. Where an operating building on an explosive materials
cally Division 1.3 and 1.4 materials. The hazards of
plant site is designed to contain explosive materials, such a
Division 1.3 materials are mass fire hazards where
building shall be located away from inhabited buildings, pub-
fire can involve the aggregate amount of undivided
lic traffic routes and magazines in accordance with Table
material. As finished goods, the hazards of Division
5604.5.2(2) or 5604.5.2(3) as appropriate, based on the maxi-
TABLE 5605.3
MINIMUM INTRALINE (INTRAPLANT) SEPARATION DISTANCES (ILD OR IPD) BETWEEN BARRICADED
OPERATING BUILDINGS CONTAINING EXPLOSIVES—DIVISION 1.1, 1.2 OR 1.5 MASS-EXPLOSION HAZARDa
NET EXPLOSIVE WEIGHT NET EXPLOSIVE WEIGHT
Intraline Distance (ILD) Intraline Distance (ILD)
Pounds over Pounds not over or Intraplant Distance (IPD) Pounds over Pounds not over or Intraplant Distance (IPD)
(feet) (feet)
0 50 30 20,000 25,000 265
50 100 40 25,000 30,000 280
100 200 50 30,000 35,000 295
200 300 60 35,000 40,000 310
300 400 65 40,000 45,000 320
400 500 70 45,000 50,000 330
500 600 75 50,000 55,000 340
600 700 80 55,000 60,000 350
700 800 85 60,000 65,000 360
800 900 90 65,000 70,000 370
900 1,000 95 70,000 75,000 385
1,000 1,500 105 75,000 80,000 390
1,500 2,000 115 80,000 85,000 395
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2,000 3,000 130 85,000 90,000 400
3,000 4,000 140 90,000 95,000 410
4,000 5,000 150 95,000 100,000 415
5,000 6,000 160 100,000 125,000 450
6,000 7,000 170 125,000 150,000 475
7,000 8,000 180 150,000 175,000 500
8,000 9,000 190 175,000 200,000 525
9,000 10,000 200 200,000 225,000 550
10,000 15,000 225 225,000 250,000 575
15,000 20,000 245 250,000 275,000 600
— — — 275,000 300,000 635
a. Where a building or magazine containing explosives is not barricaded, the intraline distances shown in this table shall be doubled.
56-22 Code Council

mum quantity of explosive materials permitted to be in the (23 kg) in a storage magazine are required to be
building at one time (see Section 5601.8). stored in outdoor magazines. For the storage of fin-
Exception: Fireworks manufacturing buildings con- ished goods or raw materials there is seldom a prob-
structed and operated in accordance with NFPA 1124. lem because the outdoor magazines are normally
located well away from the manufacturing area.
 Buildings and other facilities used for mixing of blast- The problem arises with storage of explosives,
ing agents at a fixed location must comply with the other than those designated for in-process use, when
separation requirements of Table 5604.5.2(1). The small quantities of up to 50 pounds (23 kg) are to be
buildings must be isolated for the protection of life located outdoors in a magazine that could otherwise
and nearby property. Suitable exterior barricades, be located indoors. Literally interpreted, the code
natural or artificial, are to be provided on pressure- requires a separation between any magazine and an
relief sides of buildings. The exception recognizes operating building regardless of the contents of the
that NFPA 1124 requirements cover site security; magazine. Whether an indoor magazine limited to 50
separation distances for manufacturing facilities; stor- pounds (23 kg) net explosive weight is located either
age of salute and black powder; building construction immediately inside an access door to the work area
and transportation of fireworks. or immediately outside the same door does not
5605.4.1 Determination of net explosive weight for operat- change the hazard of its contents. It is reasonable to
ing buildings. In addition to the requirements of Section restrict the quantities of explosive materials located
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
5601.8 to determine the net explosive weight for materials outside the door to an amount not to exceed that
stored or used in operating buildings, quantities of explosive which would otherwise be allowed to be located
materials stored in magazines located at distances less than inside the door, i.e., 50 pounds (23 kg). Quantities
intraline distances from the operating building shall be added that exceed the amount allowed indoors must be in
to the contents of the operating building to determine the net magazines located at not less than the tabular dis-
explosive weight for the operating building. tances specified by the IPD tables.
Explosives stored or used within the ILD assigned
 Manufacturing buildings are operating buildings to an operating building must be accounted for in
within the context of the code. Explosive materials determining the location of the building with its prox-
located in manufacturing buildings or process areas imity to others. This section requires that the aggre-
are classified as in-process materials and considered gate quantity of explosives stored or used in an
to be in use within the context of the code. The in-pro- operating building be derived by adding the totals of
cess materials are either located at workstations or all material stored in magazines inside or outside the
are being staged as they enter or exit the manufactur- building to the total of material in process.
ing process. Sections 5605.4.1.1 through 5605.4.1.4 limit the
It is common practice to utilize day boxes con- quantity of explosives allowed to be stored in maga-
structed to meet the requirements of a Type 3 magazines within the ILD whether located inside or outside
zine as a means to store explosives that are of the building, or both, to not more than 50 pounds
consumed over the course of a single workday or (23 kg), thereby maintaining the intent of the code,
work shift so the magazine may be located either which is to move larger quantities of material away
inside or immediately outside of the building in which from the building to storage arrangements of a more
the explosive materials are used. The use of pass- permanent nature.
through type magazines that allow for delivery of By establishing clear rules that recognize the need
explosive materials from the outside, and extraction for operating buildings to have limited quantities of
of the explosive material from inside the building is explosive materials other than in-process materials in
commonplace. When pass-throughs are used, the storage proximate to the point of use, operational
magazine is located to abut the exterior building wall, safety is enhanced and the concept of quantity con-
with access to the inside limited to one or more trol remains intact.
access doors. In the most conservative sense, such
5605.4.1.1 Indoor magazines. The storage of explosive
magazines are considered to be outdoors and the
materials located in indoor magazines in operating buildings
exception granted by Section 5606.6.4.1 applicable
shall be limited to a net explosive weight not to exceed 50
to in-process material does not apply.
pounds (23 kg).
When the storage is located outside the building,
there is a literal encroachment on the distances  See the commentary to Section 5605.4.1.
imposed by the code that require the magazines to 5605.4.1.2 Outdoor magazines with a net explosive weight
be separated from the building in which the material less than 50 pounds. The storage of explosive materials in
is used. The net explosive weight (or contents) of the outdoor magazines located at less than intraline distances
operating building or magazine is used to determine from operating buildings shall be limited to a net explosive
the separation distances required. Section 5604.5.1.3 weight not to exceed 50 pounds (23 kg).
allows the storage of up to 50 pounds (23 kg) of
explosive material to be located in an indoor maga-  See the commentary to Section 5605.4.1.
zine when such magazines are not regulated by Sec- 5605.4.1.3 Outdoor magazines with a net explosive weight
tion 5605.6.4.1. Quantities in excess of 50 pounds greater than 50 pounds. The storage of explosive materials

in outdoor magazines in quantities exceeding 50 pounds (23 ductwork and through which hazardous materials are
kg) net explosive weight shall be limited to storage in outdoor exhausted. Motors shall be located outside the duct.
magazines located not less than intraline distances from the  Ventilation and dust control equipment must be of
operating building in accordance with Section 5604.5.2. such a type and installed and operated to not endan-
 See the commentary to Section 5605.4.1. ger employees by possible ignition of explosives.
5605.4.1.4 Net explosive weight of materials stored in 5605.5.3 Work stations. Work stations shall be separated by
combination indoor and outdoor magazines. The aggre- distance, barrier or other approved alternatives so that fire in
gate quantity of explosive materials stored in any combina- one station will not ignite material in another work station.
tion of indoor magazines or outdoor magazines located at less Where necessary, the operator shall be protected by a person-
than the intraline distances from an operating building shall nel shield located between the operator and the explosive
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
not exceed 50 pounds (23 kg). device or explosive material being processed. This shield and
its support shall be capable of withstanding a blast from the
 See the commentary to Section 5605.4.1.
maximum amount of explosives allowed behind it.
5605.5 Buildings and equipment. Buildings or rooms that
exceed the maximum allowable quantity per control area of  Using safety precautions should eliminate most prob-
explosive materials shall be operated in accordance with this lems in a work station; however, sometimes acci-
section and constructed in accordance with the requirements dents happen beyond our control. The separation
of the International Building Code for Group H occupancies. requirements in this section are intended to protect
workstations from accidents in another station and
Exception: Fireworks manufacturing buildings con- their operators from all accidental blasts. Protection
structed and operated in accordance with NFPA 1124. of the worker must always be of high priority.
 The IBC addresses the issue of buildings that exceed 5605.6 Operations. Operations involving explosives shall
the maximum allowable quantities per control area comply with Sections 5605.6.1 through 5605.6.10.
(MAQ) found in Table 307.7(1) of the IBC as well as
in Chapter 50 of the code. The exception recognizes  The following sections address the operations that
that NFPA 1124 requirements cover site security, involve explosives. These sections apply to isolating
separation distances for manufacturing facilities, stor- the operations; controlling static electricity; using
age of salute and black powder, building construction approved containers for bulk materials; having quan-
and transportation of fireworks. tity limits; properly disposing of waste; abiding by
safety rules, posting limits and not storing explosive
5605.5.1 Explosives dust. Explosives dust shall not be materials near a heat source.
exhausted to the atmosphere.
5605.6.1 Isolation of operations. Where the type of material
 Exhausting explosive dust into the atmosphere cre- and processing warrants, mechanical operations involving
ates an explosive hazard. When the concentration of explosives in excess of 1 pound (0.454 kg) shall be carried on
air and dust reaches the ignition stage, explosions at isolated stations or at intraplant distances, and machinery
can occur and cause both physical and structural shall be controlled from remote locations behind barricades
damage. or at separations so that workers will be at a safe distance
5605.5.1.1 Wet collector. When collecting explosives dust, a while machinery is operating.
wet collector system shall be used. Wetting agents shall be  The machinery used in processing operations on
compatible with the explosives. Collector systems shall be explosive items weighing more than 1 pound (0.454
interlocked with process power supplies so that the process kg) must be controlled from remote locations and
cannot continue without the collector systems also operating. behind barricades for the safety of personnel. These
 Wet processes will be used wherever practicable in extra safety controls are not required when no unit or
mixing explosive materials. Wet processing elimi- separate article of any manufactured or assembled
nates the probability of dust being an explosive haz- explosive device contains more than 1 pound (0.454
ard. kg) of explosive material.
5605.5.1.2 Waste disposal and maintenance. Explosives 5605.6.2 Static controls. The work area where the screening,
dust shall be removed from the collection chamber as often as grinding, blending and other processing of static-sensitive
necessary to prevent overloading. The entire system shall be explosives or pyrotechnic materials is done shall be provided
cleaned at a frequency that will eliminate hazardous concen- with approved static controls.
trations of explosives dust in pipes, tubing and ducts.  The working area must be maintained above 20-per-
 Ducts are to be grounded and be as short and cent relative humidity. If the relative humidity drops
straight as possible with no caps, outlets, pockets or below 20 percent, the above operations must be
other dead-end spaces where explosives might accu- stopped and secured until the relative humidity can
mulate. be raised above 20 percent. It is desirable to keep the
5605.5.2 Exhaust fans. Squirrel cage blowers shall not be relative humidity above 20 to 30 percent, except
used for exhausting hazardous fumes, vapors or gases. Only where metal powders are involved. In that case, the
nonferrous fan blades shall be used for fans located within the relative humidity should be between 50 and 60 per-
56-24 Code Council

cent. Means must be provided and used to discharge the disposal of waste material, cleaning rags and
static electricity from hand trucks, buggies and similar other combustible waste and debris. The containers
equipment before they enter buildings containing must be emptied daily or at the end of each shift.
static-sensitive explosives. Conductive wheels, 5605.6.6 Safety rules. General safety rules and operating
including metal wheels that could not cause sparks, instructions governing the particular operation or process
are recommended for this equipment. conducted at that location shall be available at each location.
5605.6.3 Approved containers. Bulk explosives shall be  Operating instructions must be posted at or near
kept in approved, nonsparking containers when not being each working area. These instructions must include
used or processed. Explosives shall not be stored or trans- the technical steps for the process and the safety pre-
ported in open containers. cautions the operators must follow for their personal
 Explosive materials must be kept in covered contain- safety.
ers except when being used or processed. The 5605.6.7 Personnel limits. The number of occupants in each
closed containers eliminate the possibility of an igni- process building and in each magazine shall not exceed the
tion source falling into the containers and causing an number necessary for proper conduct of production opera-
explosion. tions.
5605.6.4 Quantity limits. The quantity of explosives at any  The number of persons involved in performing the
particular work station shall be limited to that posted on the
process must be held to a minimum to make sure
load limit signs for the individual work station. The total
there is enough room for those performing the opera-
quantity of explosives for multiple workstations shall not
tion. Too many occupants reduces operating space,
exceed that established by the intraplant distances in Table
increasing the potential for an accident that could
5605.3 or 5604.5.2(3), as appropriate.
result in injury or building damage.
 The maximum permissible quantities of explosive 5605.6.8 Pyrotechnic and explosive composition quantity
materials allowed by Table 5605.3 must be clearly limits. Not more than 500 pounds (227 kg) of pyrotechnic or
indicated with suitable signs, usually with letters not explosive composition, including not more than 10 pounds (5
less than 3 inches (76 mm) high. kg) of salute powder shall be allowed at one time in any pro-
5605.6.4.1 Magazines. Magazines used for storage in process building or area. Compositions not in current use shall be
cessing areas shall be in accordance with the requirements of kept in covered nonferrous containers.
Section 5604.5.1. Explosive materials shall be removed to Exception: Composition that has been loaded or pressed
appropriate storage magazines for unattended storage at the into tubes or other containers as consumer fireworks.
end of the work day. The contents of indoor magazines shall
be added to the quantity of explosives contained at individual  The maximum amount of pyrotechnic or explosive
workstations and the total quantity of material stored, pro- materials contained at any one time in any building
cessed or used shall be utilized to establish the intraplant sep- used for the manufacture or assembly of products
aration distances indicated by Table 5605.3 or 5604.5.2(3), as using or containing explosive materials must not
appropriate. exceed the amounts listed above. This action will
assist in eliminating the possibility of a catastrophic
 This section makes it clear that indoor magazines can explosion.
be used in manufacturing areas when in accordance
with the requirements of the code, including quantity 5605.6.9 Posting limits. The maximum number of occupants
limits, separation distances and limitations on the and maximum weight of pyrotechnic and explosive composi-
number of magazines. Materials contained in maga- tion permitted in each process building shall be posted in a
zines add to the net explosive weight (NEW) for the conspicuous location in each process building or magazine.
building, and intraplant separations are based on  Only persons essential to the operation can be
NEW. allowed in the mixing and packaging area. Usually, no
This section also recognizes that there may be more than one day’s production of explosive material
more than one workstation in a process area with the should be allowed in the mixing and packaging area.
control on the location of process areas established These limitations must be posted in an obvious loca-
by IPD. Removal of any residual stored contents at tion.
the end of the day is consistent with requirements of 5605.6.10 Heat sources. Fireworks, explosives or explosive
NFPA 495 and military standards governing process charges in explosive materials manufacturing, assembly or
operations. testing shall not be stored near any source of heat.
5605.6.5 Waste disposal. Approved receptacles with covers
Exception: Approved drying or curing operations.
shall be provided for each location for disposing of waste
material and debris. These waste receptacles shall be emptied  Storing the explosive materials near heat sources
and cleaned as often as necessary but not less than once each obviously will be an explosion hazard. Stored explo-
day or at the end of each shift. sive products must be separated an adequate dis-
tance from any heat source. The building heat source
 Waste receptacles with tight-fitting covers must be should be located outside the building.
supplied at or just outside of each working area for
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

5605.7 Maintenance. Maintenance and repair of explosives- cies. NFPA 495 also contains requirements for these
manufacturing facilities and areas shall comply with Section materials.
5604.8. 5606.2 Prohibited storage. Small arms ammunition shall not
 Section 5604.8 covers the subjects of housekeeping, be stored together with Division 1.1, Division 1.2 or Division
repairs and floors of buildings and facilities. Having a 1.3 explosives unless the storage facility is suitable for the
periodic maintenance program in place will keep haz- storage of explosive materials.
ards to a minimum.  Small arms ammunition must not be stored with
5605.8 Explosive materials testing sites. Detonation of explosives that have mass explosion, projection or
explosive materials or ignition of fireworks for testing pur- fire hazards. If the storage facility meets the require-
poses shall be done only in isolated areas at sites where dis- ments of the local fire code official, however, this stor-
tance, protection from missiles, shrapnel or flyrock, and other age is allowed. Separation and explosive wave
safeguards provides protection against injury to personnel or prevention are two requirements that should be met.
damage to property. 5606.3 Packages. Smokeless propellants shall be stored in
 Operations or activities on a site where explosive approved shipping containers conforming to DOTn 49 CFR
materials are used, stored or handled could be sub- Part 173.
ject to additional or more restrictive requirements or  Smokeless propellants must not be stored in their
conditions at the discretion of the local fire code offi- original factory containers. DOTn 49 CFR, Part 173
cial. addresses precautions such as not allowing metal
5605.8.1 Protective clothing and equipment. Protective (nails, staples, etc.) to penetrate the interior of a con-
clothing and equipment shall be provided to protect persons tainer, interior packaging not allowing contents to
engaged in the testing, ignition or detonation of explosive shift and become loose and packaging being made
materials. compatible with the explosives kept in the container.
 Personnel must be dressed in proper personal pro- 5606.3.1 Repackaging. The bulk repackaging of smokeless
tective equipment to eliminate the hazard of physical propellants, black powder and small arms primers shall not be
injury. performed in retail establishments.
5605.8.2 Site security. Where tests are being conducted or  Bulk repackaging must be performed by qualified per-
explosives are being detonated, only authorized persons shall sonnel. The product should be handled by trained
be present. Areas where explosives are regularly or frequently explosives personnel and in the proper location for
detonated or burned shall be approved and posted with ade- human and property safety.
quate warning signs. Warning devices shall be activated 5606.3.2 Damaged packages. Damaged containers shall not
before burning or detonating explosives to alert persons be repackaged.
approaching from any direction that they are approaching a
danger zone. Exception: Approved repackaging of damaged containers
of smokeless propellant into containers of the same type
 Only authorized personnel can be allowed in test and size as the original container.
area enclosures. Audible and visible warning devices
must be used to warn nearby personnel before deto-  Damaged containers must not be repackaged.
nating or burning any explosive material. Smokeless propellants must not be transferred from
the approved container into one that is not approved.
5605.9 Waste disposal. Disposal of explosive materials
waste from manufacturing, assembly or testing operations 5606.4 Storage in Group R occupancies. The storage of
small arms ammunition components in Group R occupancies
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
shall be in accordance with Section 5604.10.
shall comply with Sections 5606.4.1 through 5606.4.3.
 Section 5604.10 addresses the issues of notification,
deteriorated materials, qualified people, storage of  The following sections cover storage requirements for
misfires, sites for disposal and reuse and safety for black powder, smokeless propellants and small arms
personnel. primers in Group R occupancies [which do not
include detached one- and two-family dwellings or
townhouses constructed under the International Resi-
SECTION 5606 dential Code® (IRC®)].
SMALL ARMS AMMUNITION AND 5606.4.1 Black powder. Black powder for personal use in
SMALL ARMS AMMUNITION COMPONENTS quantities not exceeding 20 pounds (9 kg) shall be stored in
5606.1 General. Indoor storage and display of black powder, original containers in occupancies limited to Group R-3.
smokeless propellants, small arms primers and small arms Quantities exceeding 20 pounds (9 kg) shall not be stored in
ammunition shall comply with this section and NFPA 495. any Group R occupancy.
 This section addresses the storage of small arms  Black powder used in muzzle-loading firearms
ammunition and its components, including proper intended for personal use in quantities not exceeding
packaging, in residential and commercial occupan- 20 pounds (9 kg) in original containers may be stored
without restriction in Group R-3 occupancies. Quanti-
56-26 Code Council

ties exceeding 20 pounds (9 kg) are not allowed, original edition of the legacy Uniform Fire Code in
regardless of the type of container. 1971. This quantity was considered by the Interna-
5606.4.2 Smokeless propellants. Smokeless propellants for tional Conference of Building Officials (ICBO) mem-
personal use in quantities not exceeding 20 pounds (9 kg) bership to be the maximum allowable quantity in retail
shall be stored in original containers in occupancies limited to sales occupancies based on the potential risk posed
Group R-3. Smokeless propellants in quantities exceeding 20 to the public. There was no “magic reason” for estab-
pounds (9 kg) but not exceeding 50 pounds (23 kg) and kept lishing the 20-pound (9 kg) limit other than agreement
in a wooden box or cabinet having walls of not less than 1 by the various ICBO code development committees
inch (25 mm) nominal thickness shall be allowed to be stored that it would be unreasonable to expose the public to
in occupancies limited to Group R-3. Quantities exceeding potential accidents involving greater quantities.
these amounts shall not be stored in any Group R occupancy. According to records, the 20-pound (9 kg) limitation
originated from the Explosives Committee of the Cali-
 Small arms smokeless propellant intended for per- fornia Fire Chiefs Association/Southern Division, Fire
sonal use in quantities not exceeding 20 pounds (9 Prevention Officers Section. Quoting from this com-
kg) in original containers may be stored without mittee, its reason for the limit was as follows:
restriction in Group R-3 occupancies; quantities
“The quantities were arrived at over a protracted
exceeding 20 pounds (9 kg) but not exceeding 50
period of time by a mutual exchange of
pounds (23 kg) must be stored in a strong box or cab-
information between representatives of public and
inet constructed with 1-inch (25 mm) wood (minimum)
private sectors of the economy, who possessed
or equivalent on all sides, top and bottom.
experience in dealing with these materials.
5606.4.3 Small arms primers. Not more than 10,000 small Specific regulations represented a compromise
arms primers shall be stored in occupancies limited to Group between the various points of view expressed
R-3. during several meetings. In general, the public
 This section mirrors the provisions of NFPA 495, safety was the key issue in the final proposed
which allows storage of no more than 10,000 primers regulations. The committee would like to point out
in a private residence. Even the most avid small arms that at some point the line must be drawn. A
ammunition reloader should have no reason to store recent series of tests conducted by this committee
in excess of 1,000 each of large rifle, large rifle mag- on both smokeless and black powder indicated
num, small rifle, large pistol, large pistol magnum, that there is an appreciable hazard involved when
small pistol, small pistol magnum and shotgun prim- even small amounts of these materials are
ers, (a total of 8,000 primers). See the description of exposed to fire. Black powder is much more
Group R-3 occupancies in Chapter 2. sensitive than smokeless and should be kept in a
magazine at all times to reduce the chance of
5606.5 Display and storage in Group M occupancies. The
ignition and propagation. Smokeless powder,
display and storage of small arms ammunition components in
which is less sensitive than black powder, can be
Group M occupancies shall comply with Sections 5606.5.1
openly displayed, but the amount should be
through 5606.5.2.3.
limited due to its capacity for increasing a fire
 Ignited stored powder can raise pressure within the hazard. It is our feeling that the current 20 pound
storage area; therefore, there are specific require- limit on display should be the maximum.”
ments for keeping powder on hand. The first of these 5606.5.1.2 Black powder. Not more than 1 pound (0.454 kg)
is never to transfer any propellant from its original of black powder shall be displayed in Group M occupancies.
container, which is designed to burst or partially open
at very low pressures. Some container caps will sim-  Safety must be the first priority when black powder is
ply just push off if the contents are ignited. accessible to the public. The 1-pound (0.454 kg) lim-
5606.5.1 Display. Display of small arms ammunition compo- itation holds to the objective of keeping the public
nents in Group M occupancies shall comply with Sections from having access to enough black powder to cause
5606.5.1.1 through 5606.5.1.3. serious damage if mishandled.
5606.5.1.3 Small arms primers. Not more than 10,000 small
 The display quantities of smokeless propellants, arms primers shall be displayed in Group M occupancies.
black powder and small arms primers are given in the
following sections.  Because of their explosive nature, only the absolute
5606.5.1.1 Smokeless propellant. Not more than 20 pounds minimum should be kept on display. With care in
(9 kg) of smokeless propellants, in containers of 1 pound replacing exhausted supplies, it is not difficult to
(0.454 kg) or less capacity each, shall be displayed in Group adhere to the 10,000-primer limit.
M occupancies. 5606.5.2 Storage. Storage of small arms ammunition compo-
nents shall comply with Sections 5606.5.2.1 through
 Displayed containers of smokeless propellant must 5606.5.2.3.
be limited to 1 pound (0.454 kg) each. The total quan-
tity of smokeless propellant not in an approved maga-  Generally, propellants used in sporting arms car-
zine is limited to 20 pounds (9 kg). tridges will not explode or detonate when ignited.
The 20-pound (9 kg) limit can be traced back to the Burning smokeless propellants do not generate the
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

shock wave produced by an explosive. Unlike smoke- magazine in accordance with Section 5604 and NFPA
less propellants, shock waves produced by ignition of 495.
an explosive cannot be adequately vented, even
 Storage cabinets are often made of 1-inch-thick (25
when ignition occurs in the open. mm) wood with one or more walls designed to open
5606.5.2.1 Smokeless propellant. Commercial stocks of outward or blow free at very low pressures. They
smokeless propellants shall be stored as follows: should be many times larger than necessary to store
1. Quantities exceeding 20 pounds (9 kg), but not exceed- the minimum quantities of powder. Propellants must
ing 100 pounds (45 kg) shall be stored in portable not be stored in the same area with solvents, flamma-
wooden boxes having walls of not less than 1 inch (25 ble gases, primers or highly combustible materials.
mm) nominal thickness. Smoking should never be allowed in the storage
areas or while handling or using powder.
2. Quantities exceeding 100 pounds (45 kg), but not
exceeding 800 pounds (363 kg), shall be stored in non- 5606.5.2.2 Black powder. Commercial stocks of black pow-
portable storage cabinets having walls not less than 1 der in quantities less than 50 pounds (23 kg) shall be allowed
inch (25 mm) nominal thickness. Not more than 400 to be stored in Type 2 or 4 indoor or outdoor magazines.
pounds (182 kg) shall be stored in any one cabinet, and Quantities greater than 50 pounds (23 kg) shall be stored in
cabinets shall be separated by a distance of not less than outdoor Type 2 or 4 magazines. Where black powder and
25 feet (7620 mm) or by a fire partition having a fire- smokeless propellants are stored together in the same maga-
resistance rating of not less than 1 hour. zine, the total quantity shall not exceed that permitted for
black powder.
3. Storage of quantities exceeding 800 pounds (363 kg),
but not exceeding 5,000 pounds (2270 kg) in a building  Black powder must be stored in a magazine no mat-
shall comply with all of the following: ter the quantity. The guideline quantity of 50 pounds
(23 kg) is the dividing line between storage in an
3.1. The warehouse or storage room is unaccessible indoor or outdoor magazine. The code does allow
to unauthorized personnel. storage of smokeless propellants along with black
3.2. Smokeless propellant shall be stored in nonport- powder as long as the total quantity given in this sec-
able storage cabinets having wood walls not tion for black powder is not exceeded. The maximum
less than 1 inch (25 mm) nominal thickness and quantity is given to limit the explosive potential in con-
having shelves with not more than 3 feet (914 sidering life safety and property damage.
mm) of separation between shelves. 5606.5.2.3 Small arms primers. Commercial stocks of small
3.3. Not more than 400 pounds (182 kg) is stored in arms primers shall be stored as follows:
any one cabinet. 1. Quantities not to exceed 750,000 small arms primers
3.4. Cabinets shall be located against walls of the stored in a building shall be arranged such that not
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
storage room or warehouse with not less than 40 more than 100,000 small arms primers are stored in any
feet (12 192 mm) between cabinets. one pile and piles are not less than 15 feet (4572 mm)
3.5. The minimum required separation between cab- apart.
inets shall be 20 feet (6096 mm) provided that 2. Quantities exceeding 750,000 small arms primers
barricades twice the height of the cabinets are stored in a building shall comply with all of the follow-
attached to the wall, midway between each cab- ing:
inet. The barricades must extend not less than 2.1. The warehouse or storage building shall not be
10 feet (3048 mm) outward, be firmly attached accessible to unauthorized personnel.
to the wall and be constructed of steel not less
than 1/4 inch thick (6.4 mm), 2-inch (51 mm) 2.2. Small arms primers shall be stored in cabinets.
Not more than 200,000 small arms primers shall
nominal thickness wood, brick or concrete
be stored in any one cabinet.
block.
2.3. Shelves in cabinets shall have vertical separa-
3.6. Smokeless propellant shall be separated from
tion of not less than 2 feet (610 mm).
materials classified as combustible liquids,
flammable liquids, flammable solids or oxidiz- 2.4. Cabinets shall be located against walls of the
ing materials by a distance of 25 feet (7620 warehouse or storage room with not less than 40
mm) or by a fire partition having a fire-resis- feet (12 192 mm) between cabinets. The mini-
tance rating of 1 hour. mum required separation between cabinets shall
be allowed to be reduced to 20 feet (6096 mm)
3.7. The building shall be equipped throughout with
provided that barricades twice the height of the
an automatic sprinkler system installed in
cabinets are attached to the wall, midway
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
between each cabinet. The barricades shall be
4. Smokeless propellants not stored in accordance with firmly attached to the wall and shall be con-
Item 1, 2, or 3 above shall be stored in a Type 2 or 4 structed of steel not less than 1/4 inch thick (6.4
56-28 Code Council

mm), 2-inch (51 mm) nominal thickness wood, ing of the applicable codes and ordinances and
brick or concrete block. demonstrate adequate experience (usually a mini-
2.5. Small arms primers shall be separated from mum of three years) in handling explosives safely in
materials classified as combustible liquids, an approved apprenticeship program to obtain a fit-
flammable liquids, flammable solids or oxidiz- ness certificate.
ing materials by a distance of 25 feet (7620 5607.2 Manufacturer’s instructions. Blasting operations
mm) by a fire partition having a fire-resistance shall be performed in accordance with the instructions of the
rating of 1 hour. manufacturer of the explosive materials being used.
2.6. The building shall be protected throughout with  No blasting operation will be performed in a manner
an automatic sprinkler system installed in contrary to the instructions of the manufacturer of the
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. explosive materials being used. Each manufacturer
3. Small arms primers not stored in accordance with Item has its own instructions for discharging its explosives.
1 or 2 of this section shall be stored in a magazine 5607.3 Blasting in congested areas. Where blasting is done
meeting the requirements of Section 5604 and NFPA in a congested area or in close proximity to a structure, rail-
495. way or highway, or any other installation, precautions shall
be taken to minimize earth vibrations and air blast effects.
 Primers must be stored in a remote area away from Blasting mats or other protective means shall be used to pre-
any possible source of ignition, including bullet vent fragments from being thrown.
impact. Primers are by nature explosive. As a result,
they may explode if subjected to friction, percussion,  Precautions must be taken to minimize damage from
crushing or excessive heat from any cause, whether blasting operations where those operations are likely
open flame or not. Static electricity and many other to generate projectiles, scatter debris or produce sig-
abuses can cause primers to explode; therefore, pub- nificant blast-wave effects.
lic access to storage containers must not be allowed. 5607.4 Restricted hours. Surface-blasting operations shall
Primers must be stored away from oxidizing agents only be conducted during daylight hours between sunrise and
and flammable liquids and solids. Naturally, smoking sunset. Other blasting shall be performed during daylight
should be prohibited around primers. The storage hours unless otherwise approved by the fire code official.
cabinet is strongly recommended. The cabinet should
be constructed of 1-inch-thick (25 mm) lumber to  Darkness impairs the effectiveness of the most
delay the transfer of heat to contents in the event of a important sense involved in setting surface explosive
charges—sight. This section improves the safety of
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
fire or other mishap.

surface blasting by allowing it only between sunrise
and sunset when ample natural light is available.
SECTION 5607 Care must be taken throughout blasting operations to
BLASTING inspect all elements of the explosive setup.
Nighttime nonsurface blasting operations require
5607.1 General. Blasting operations shall be conducted only approved artificial illumination. The lighting could
by approved, competent operators familiar with the required pose a hazard if improper equipment or procedures
safety precautions and the hazards involved and in accor- are used. Only the fire code official may authorize
dance with the provisions of NFPA 495. nighttime blasting operations.
 Personnel using explosives must be at least 21 years 5607.5 Utility notification. Where blasting is being con-
old and possess all required federal [see Title 18 U.S. ducted in the vicinity of utility lines or rights-of-way, the
Code (USC), Chapter 40], state and local approvals blaster shall notify the appropriate representatives of the utili-
or permits. Employees under 21 years old but at least ties not less than 24 hours in advance of blasting, specifying
18 years old may serve as apprentices or assistants the location and intended time of such blasting. Verbal
under direct supervision of a permittee. In addition to notices shall be confirmed with written notice.
these requirements, individuals who handle explo-
sives must not: Exception: In an emergency situation, the time limit shall
not apply where approved.
1. Be under the influence of alcohol or drugs.  Steps must be taken to prevent disruption of public
2. Smoke or carry matches or firearms. utility services. Location of underground utilities in
many areas must be designated by a utility locator
3. Use or carry an open flame or open flame-
service before blasting or construction begins. Notifi-
producing device. cation may not relieve the blaster of liability if opera-
Many states require individuals who handle explo- tions disrupt utility service. Therefore, great care
sives to obtain a certificate of fitness, which is dubbed must be exercised when blasting in the vicinity of util-
a “blaster’s permit,” before being authorized to handle ities. Blasting must not proceed without the approval
or use explosives. The individual must be bonded or of utility officials and the fire code official.
show acceptable proof of insurance, pass a written The exception recognizes that there may be emer-
examination demonstrating an adequate understand- gency conditions under which it is not possible to

strictly comply with the full 24-hour advance notice set, only the individual making lead wire connections
requirement. Conditions represented as an emer- must fire the shot [see DOL 29 CFR, Parts 1910.109
gency must be approved as such by the fire code offi- (e)(4)(viii) and 1926.906(s)]. Similar precautions must
cial. (Note: Both verbal and written notification must be taken when firing explosives using other methods.
still be made in as timely a manner as the emergency Individuals performing or supervising loading and fir-
will permit prior to blasting operations.) ing operations must hold all required federal (see 18
5607.6 Electric detonator precautions. Precautions shall be USC Chapter 40 and DOTy 27 CFR 55, Subpart D),
taken to prevent accidental discharge of electric detonators state and local approvals or permits.
from currents induced by radar and radio transmitters, light- 5607.9 Drill holes. Holes drilled for the loading of explosive
ning, adjacent power lines, dust and snow storms, or other charges shall be made and loaded in accordance with NFPA
sources of extraneous electricity. 495.
 Wires connecting elements of the explosive train may  Drill holes must be large enough to allow free inser-
act as an antenna or conduct electricity from sources tion of cartridges of explosive materials and cannot
outside of those controlled by the blaster. Therefore, be collared in bootlegs or in holes that previously
special precautions are required to prevent inadver- contained explosive materials. Holes must not be
tent detonation of explosive materials: drilled where there is a danger of intersecting another
hole containing explosive material. Of utmost impor-
1. The 350-foot (106 m) separation distance pro-
tance, all drill holes must be inspected and cleared of
vides a significant safety margin. Recom-
any obstruction before loading. NFPA 495 gives other
mended minimum clearances for citizens band,
requirements for drilling the holes.
VHF, UHF and cellular telephone transmitters
with up to 50 watts vary from 5 to 180 feet 5607.10 Removal of excess explosive materials. After load-
(1524 to 54 864 mm). Nearly all mobile trans- ing for a blast is completed and before firing, excess explo-
mitters operate between 3 and 30 watts. sive materials shall be removed from the area and returned to
the proper storage facilities.
2. Power lines may also emit radio frequency
energy (see IME Safety Library Publication No.  After loading is completed, surplus explosive materi-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
20 for guidance on separation from other radio als must be returned to an approved magazine before
frequency sources). firing.
3. Lightning produces more than sufficient energy 5607.11 Initiation means. The initiation of blasts shall be by
to detonate explosive materials. Charges means conforming to the provisions of NFPA 495.
should not be placed when there has been ade-  Cap and fuse cannot be used to initiate blasts on or
quate warning of an approaching storm. If adjacent to highways open to traffic or in congested
charges have been set before warning of an areas. NFPA 495 gives the burning rate and safety
approaching storm is received, blast site work- fuse length in units of time.
ers should abandon their operations and take 5607.12 Connections. The blaster shall supervise the con-
cover until the storm passes. necting of the blastholes and the connection of the loadline to
5607.7 Nonelectric detonator precautions. Precautions the power source or initiation point. Connections shall be
shall be taken to prevent accidental initiation of nonelectric made progressively from the blasthole back to the initiation
detonators from stray currents induced by lightning or static point.
electricity.
Blasting lead lines shall remain shunted (shorted) and shall
 All elements of pneumatic loading devices must be not be connected to the blasting machine or other source of
electrically bonded and a positive grounding device current until the blast is to be fired.
for the equipment must be used to prevent the accu-
 Connections must be made progressively from the
mulation of static electricity. Water lines, air lines,
blast holes to the source of firing current. The shorted
rails or permanent electric grounding systems for
lead wire must remain unconnected until the blast is
other equipment must not be used to ground pneu-
ready for firing. Only insulated leading wire of ade-
matic loading equipment.
quate current-carrying capacity can be used.
5607.8 Blasting area security. During the time that holes are
5607.13 Firing control. A blast shall not be fired until the
being loaded or are loaded with explosive materials, blasting
blaster has made certain that all surplus explosive materials
agents or detonators, only authorized persons engaged in
are in a safe place in accordance with Section 5607.10, all
drilling and loading operations or otherwise authorized to
persons and equipment are at a safe distance or under suffi-
enter the site shall be allowed at the blast site. The blast site
cient cover and that an adequate warning signal has been
shall be guarded or barricaded and posted. Blast site security
given.
shall be maintained until after the post-blast inspection has
been completed.  The blaster must conduct a complete survey of the
blast site before blasting begins. Surplus charges
 Loading and firing operations are the most hazardous
must be placed in a magazine or day box and individ-
steps in the blasting process. To prevent inadvertent
uals and vehicles must be cleared from the blast site.
detonation while electrically fired charges are being
56-30 Code Council

A loud warning signal (claxon horn or whistle) must Occupational Safety and Health Administration
be sounded before charges are fired to alert workers (OSHA) waiting periods are those specified in DOL
that blasting is about to begin (see also IME Safety 29 CFR, Parts 1910.109 and 1926.911(d).
Library Publication Nos. 3, 4 and 17). The safest way to dispose of most misfires is by
5607.14 Post-blast procedures. After the blast, the follow- detonation; however, even this method has distinct
ing procedures shall be observed. hazards. Misfired explosives may be unstable or sen-
sitive, so any procedure to dispose of a misfire must
1. No person shall return to the blast area until allowed to be carried out with extreme caution. Removing a mis-
do so by the blaster in charge. fired explosive charge should be attempted only if all
2. The blaster shall allow sufficient time for smoke and other alternatives are unsuccessful or unadvisable.
fumes to dissipate and for dust to settle before returning After a misfired charge has been removed, it must be
to or approaching the blast area. transported immediately to a storage magazine and
3. The blaster shall inspect the entire blast site for misfires disposed of as soon as possible.
before allowing other personnel to return to the blast
area.
SECTION 5608
 Blast areas must not be reentered after firing until FIREWORKS DISPLAY
concentrations of smoke, dust and fumes have been 5608.1 General. Outdoor fireworks displays, use of pyro-
reduced to safe limits as determined by the blaster in technics before a proximate audience and pyrotechnic special
charge. The blaster must determine the length of time effects in motion picture, television, theatrical and group
before any person is permitted in the blast area. entertainment productions shall comply with Sections 5608.2
When a misfire is known or suspected, no person through 5608.10 and NFPA 1123 or NFPA 1126.
should enter the area for at least 1 hour.
 The only discharge of fireworks permissible under the
5607.15 Misfires. Where a misfire is suspected, all initiating
code is a public display conducted by competent
circuits shall be traced and a search made for unexploded
pyrotechnicians in accordance with the requirements
charges. Where a misfire is found, the blaster shall provide
of NFPA 1123 and NFPA 1126 and authorized by the
proper safeguards for excluding all personnel from the blast
fire code official.
area. Misfires shall be reported to the blasting supervisor
The use of pyrotechnic special effects in theatrical
immediately. Misfires shall be handled under the direction of
performances has become a topic of some concern.
the person in charge of the blasting operation in accordance
In December 1990, a pyrotechnic effect exploded
with NFPA 495.
during a band concert in a Florida hotel lounge, injur-
 All misfires are potential accidents. A misfire may be ing seven people, one critically. NFPA 1126 was pub-
caused by many different factors. Only qualified and lished in response to this event.
experienced personnel should attempt to handle dis- 5608.2 Permit application. Prior to issuing permits for a
posal of a misfire. DOL 29 CFR, Parts fireworks display, plans for the fireworks display, inspections
1910.109(e)(4)(v) and 1926.911(c) prohibit the of the display site and demonstrations of the display opera-
extraction of explosives from a blasthole unless it is tions shall be approved. A plan establishing procedures to
impossible to detonate the unexploded charge by follow and actions to be taken in the event that a shell fails to
insertion of a fresh primer. ignite in, or discharge from, a mortar or fails to function over
No one should enter the blasting area to handle a the fallout area or other malfunctions shall be provided to the
misfire or investigate the cause until it is safe to do fire code official.
so. Recommended waiting periods for investigating
misfires are listed in Commentary Figure 5607.15.  This section addresses approval and permit issuance
The IME waiting periods correspond with the recom- for fireworks displays. A 15-day time limitation is sug-
mendation in IME Safety Library Publication No. 17. gested to give the fire code official reasonable time to
verify the completeness and accuracy of the informa-
tion in the application and to allow a thorough inspec-
Description IME OSHA tion of the display site. Customarily, only the display
Blasting cap and fuse 30 minutes 1 hour operator or pyrotechnician may apply for approval
Electric blasting cap, shock and a permit. Issuing approvals and permits to corpo-
tube, gas tube or detonating 15 minutes 30 minutes rations, associations, boards or other corporate enti-
cord ties may hamper accountability. Because only a
Refiring of a misfired charge 1 hour 1 hour
single individual can be assigned overall control of
the discharge of fireworks, only the individual respon-
Source: DOL 29 CFR 1910 and IME Safety Library Publication sible for operating the display should be issued an
No. 17. approval, and ultimately a permit. However, all other
organizations, institutions or individuals acting
Figure 5607.15 together or alone to contract the display should also
RECOMMENDED WAITING PERIODS be named in the permit application and, if considered
FOR INVESTIGATING MISFIRES
appropriate by the fire code official, named as addi-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

tional insureds in the bond indemnifying the jurisdic- audience must be separated from concussion mor-
tion for the display. Strict prohibitions against tars by a minimum of 25 feet (7620 mm) and there
transfers and extensions are needed for the continu- must be no glowing or flaming particles within 10 feet
ing supervision of fireworks operations. (3048 mm) of the audience.
This section also requires the applicant for 5608.3 Approved fireworks displays. Approved fireworks
approval and permit to provide an action plan for displays shall include only the approved fireworks 1.3G, fire-
those occasions during the conduct of a fireworks dis- works 1.4G, fireworks 1.4S and pyrotechnic articles, 1.4G,
play when a shell fails in some manner (often referred which shall be handled by an approved, competent operator.
to as a “misfire,” a term which is often misinterpreted The approved fireworks shall be arranged, located, dis-
since it is not defined in either the code or NFPA charged and fired in a manner that will not pose a hazard to
1123). The terminology used in this section makes it property or endanger any person.
clear that the concerns are specifically with malfunc-
tions of shells that either fail to discharge from a mor-  The competence of the display operator is foremost
tar or fail to function properly within the fallout area of among the important safeguards that must be
the display venue, which could jeopardize safety of observed for a safe and enjoyable public display.
the audience or display operators. The fireworks dis- NFPA 1123 details the qualifications of competent
play industry has established procedures for fireworks display operators. Many jurisdictions
responding to various types and degrees of incidents require display operators to possess a license or cer-
that may occur as a result of a malfunction. This sec- tificate of fitness. To obtain such a certificate, the
tion enables the fire code official to be aware of the operator must be bonded or indemnified, pass a writ-
proposed procedures in order to evaluate their appro- ten examination and serve an apprenticeship under
priateness to the particular event. The terminology another licensed or certified pyrotechnician.
used is consistent with that found in NFPA 1123. 5608.4 Clearance. Spectators, spectator parking areas, and
5608.2.1 Outdoor fireworks displays. In addition to the dwellings, buildings or structures shall not be located within
requirements of Section 403, permit applications for outdoor the display site.
fireworks displays using Division 1.3G fireworks shall Exceptions:
include a diagram of the location at which the fireworks dis-
1. This provision shall not apply to pyrotechnic special
play will be conducted, including the site from which fire-
effects and fireworks displays using Division 1.4G
works will be discharged; the location of buildings,
materials before a proximate audience in accordance
highways, overhead obstructions and utilities; and the lines
with NFPA 1126.
behind which the audience will be restrained.
2. This provision shall not apply to unoccupied dwell-
 The best sites are free of overhead obstructions and ings, buildings and structures with the approval of
are well isolated, with clear viewing paths and landing the building owner and the fire code official.
areas. Fallout areas should be large, open areas,
clear of spectators, vehicles and combustible materi-  Aerial displays must meet the requirements of NFPA
als. Generally, the discharge site must have a mini- 1123. The site for the outdoor display should have at
mum radius of 70 feet (21 336 mm) for each inch of least a 70-foot (21 336 mm) radius per inch of the
aerial shell diameter. internal mortar diameter of the largest aerial shell
5608.2.2 Use of pyrotechnics before a proximate audience. being fired, except as noted in NFPA 1123. Some
Where the separation distances required in Section 5608.4 jurisdictions require 100 feet (30 480 mm) of radius
and NFPA 1123 are unavailable or cannot be secured, fire- per inch of diameter of aerial shell. No spectators,
works displays shall be conducted in accordance with NFPA dwellings or spectator parking areas can be located
1126 for proximate audiences. Applications for use of pyro- within the display site.
technics before a proximate audience shall include plans indi- 5608.5 Storage of fireworks at display site. The storage of
cating the required clearances for spectators and fireworks at the display site shall comply with the require-
combustibles, crowd control measures, smoke control mea- ments of this section and NFPA 1123 or NFPA 1126.
sures and requirements for standby personnel and equipment  NFPA 1123 addresses weather protection, inspec-
where provision of such personnel or equipment is required tion, sorting and ready boxes for fireworks. The stan-
by the fire code official. dard also addresses construction of display fireworks
 This section applies to any outdoor use of pyrotech- aerial shells.
nics at distances less than those required by NFPA 5608.5.1 Supervision and weather protection. Beginning as
1123. The use of pyrotechnics before a proximate soon as fireworks have been delivered to the display site, they
audience is not a display of fireworks as regulated by shall not be left unattended.
NFPA 1123 but is regulated by NFPA 1126.
The separation distance between the audience and  Never leave fireworks unattended. Too many events
where the pyrotechnic device is fired during a perfor- can cause serious problems during the show. For
mance must be at least 15 feet (4572 mm) but not example, someone could replace good fireworks with
less than twice the fallout radius of the device. The faulty ones. Constant supervision is necessary both
after and before inspection of the fireworks.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
56-32 Code Council

5608.5.2 Weather protection. Fireworks shall be kept dry shells according to their size, their designation as salutes
after delivery to the display site. or for the use of ready boxes.
 Protecting the fireworks from inclement weather is  A ready box should be a weather-resistant container
the responsibility of everyone involved in the display. that protects contents from burning debris with a self-
If the fireworks get wet from rain, they will not fire closing cover or equivalent means of closure
properly, thus possibly causing harm to personnel required. If the wind shifts during a display, the ready
and spectators. A tarpaulin will serve nicely for pro- boxes must be relocated to again be upwind from the
tection from rain. discharge site. Tarpaulins can be used as weather
5608.5.3 Inspection. Shells shall be inspected by the operator protection for ready boxes but not considered as
or assistants after delivery to the display site. Shells having ready boxes.
tears, leaks, broken fuses or signs of having been wet shall be 5608.6 Installation of mortars. Mortars for firing fireworks
set aside and shall not be fired. Aerial shells shall be checked shells shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 1123 and
for proper fit in mortars prior to discharge. Aerial shells that shall be positioned so that shells are propelled away from
do not fit properly shall not be fired. After the fireworks dis- spectators and over the fallout area. Under no circumstances
play, damaged, deteriorated or dud shells shall either be shall mortars be angled toward the spectator viewing area.
returned to the supplier or destroyed in accordance with the Prior to placement, mortars shall be inspected for defects,
supplier’s instructions and Section 5604.10. such as dents, bent ends, damaged interiors and damaged
Exception: Minor repairs to fuses shall be allowed. For plugs. Defective mortars shall not be used.
electrically ignited displays, attachment of electric  Mortars can be buried to a depth of at least two-thirds
matches and similar tasks shall be allowed. to three-quarters of their length in the ground, in
 Prior to acceptance of display fireworks from a whole- above-ground troughs or drums or however the local
saler, the permit holder or designated agent must fire code official considers necessary. Eliminating as
confirm that the outside of all cartons, containers or much of a risk as possible from spectator injury is a
cases is in good condition and all documentation is in good reason for angling away from the viewing area.
order. Shells can be damaged during transport from See also the commentary to the definition of “Fallout
the factory. It is good safety practice to examine all area” for further information.
shells before placing them into the mortars for firing. 5608.7 Handling. Aerial shells shall be carried to mortars by
If there is any sign of damage, the shells should be the shell body. For the purpose of loading mortars, aerial
set aside and not fired, reducing the risk of injury to shells shall be held by the thick portion of the fuse and care-
personnel. The exception does allow minor repairs fully loaded into mortars.
that are safe in the judgement of the pyrotechnician.  During the firing of the display, personnel in the dis-
5608.5.4 Sorting and separation. After delivery to the discharge site should wear head, eye, hearing and foot
play site and prior to the fireworks display, all shells shall be protection, and cotton, wool or similarly flame-resis-
separated according to their size and their designation as tant, long-sleeved, long-legged clothing. Personal
salutes. protective equipment, as necessary, should be worn
Exception: For electrically fired displays, or displays by the operator and assistants during the setup and
where all shells are loaded into mortars prior to the show, cleanup of the display. Shells must be carried from
there is no requirement for separation of shells according the storage area to the discharge site only by their
to their size or their designation as salutes. bodies and shall never be carried by their fuses.
 Where aerial shells are to be stored at the discharge 5608.8 Fireworks display supervision. Whenever in the
site for subsequent loading into mortars during the opinion of the fire code official or the operator a hazardous
display, the mortars must be placed usually at one- condition exists, the fireworks display shall be discontinued
sixteenth, but not more than one-third, the distance immediately until such time as the dangerous situation is cor-
from the center of the display site toward the main rected. --`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
spectator area.  All displays must be set up using methods that allow
5608.5.5 Ready boxes. Display fireworks, 1.3G, that will be an interruption in firing in case an unforseen danger
temporarily stored at the site during the fireworks display becomes evident. The judgement of the display oper-
shall be stored in ready boxes located upwind and not less ator and the fire code official will determine whether
than 25 feet (7620 mm) from the mortar placement and sepa- an ongoing display or one that has been set up and is
rated according to their size and their designation as salutes. ready to begin must be stopped or delayed because
of hazardous conditions.
Exception: For electrically fired fireworks displays, or
fireworks displays where all shells are loaded into mortars 5608.9 Post-fireworks display inspection. After the fire-
prior to the show, there is no requirement for separation of works display, the firing crew shall conduct an inspection of
the fallout area for the purpose of locating unexploded aerial

shells or live components. This inspection shall be conducted utility connections for more than 180 consecutive cal-
before public access to the site shall be allowed. Where fire- endar days—if the utilities remain in use for 90 con-
works are displayed at night and it is not possible to inspect secutive days or less and the building is not
the site thoroughly, the operator or designated assistant shall permanent as defined by NFPA 1124, it is defined as
inspect the entire site at first light. temporary. See also Section 5601.1.3, Exception 4.
A report identifying any shells that fail to ignite in, or dis-
charge from, a mortar or fail to function over the fallout area Bibliography
or otherwise malfunction, shall be filed with the fire code
official.
 This section is intended to identify those display fire- code:
works shells that fail to discharge or function properly 1997 Uniform Fire Code Applications Manual. Whittier,
over the fallout area of the fireworks display site, and CA: International Fire Code Institute, 1998.
provide a means of notification to the fire code official
of the disposition of malfunctioning or misfired fire- Structures to Resist the Effects of Accidental Explo-
works within the jurisdiction. sions. U.S. Army Technical Manual TM 51300. Air
The firing crew will consist of the operator and Force Manual (AFM) 8822 and Navy NAVFAC P397.
assistants. For the public’s own safety, no one should Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office.
be allowed entry into the fallout area of the display
site until inspection is completed. Mortar inspection
and removal should be conducted within 10 minutes
after show completion. When fireworks are displayed
at night and it is impossible to thoroughly inspect the
site, the crew must reinspect the entire site early the
following morning. Preparation of an inspection report
will enhance the level of safety provided for displays
and is consistent with the requirements of Section
5608.2. See the commentary to that section for a fur-
ther discussion of fireworks malfunctions.
5608.10 Disposal. Any shells found during the inspection
required in Section 5608.9 shall not be handled until not less
than 15 minutes have elapsed from the time the shells were
fired. The fireworks shall then be doused with water and
allowed to remain for not less than 5 additional minutes
before being placed in a plastic bucket or fiberboard box. The
disposal instructions of the manufacturer as provided by the
fireworks supplier shall then be followed in disposing of the
fireworks in accordance with Section 5604.10.
 In addition to the above requirements, any aerial shell
that misfires in a mortar should be left alone for a
minimum of 30 minutes, carefully loaded into a
bucket of water and left for a minimum of 15 minutes
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
and then properly disposed of.
SECTION 5609
TEMPORARY STORAGE OF
CONSUMER FIREWORKS
5609.1 General. Where the temporary storage of consumer
fireworks, 1.4G is allowed by Section 5601.1.3, Exception 4,
such storage shall comply with the applicable requirements of
NFPA 1124.
 Where approved by the fire code official, this section
allows for the temporary storage of consumer fire-
works in accordance with Chapter 6 of NFPA 1124.
NFPA 1124 defines “permanent” as any building or
structure constructed on a foundation that has fixed
56-34 Code Council

Chapter 57:
Flammable and Combustible Liquids
General Comments mal environmental conditions. On the other hand, com-
bustible liquids [those materials with flash points above
Flammable and combustible liquids are essential in our 100°F (38°C)] must usually be heated above their flash
modern lifestyles. These liquids are used for fuel, lubri- points, or in the case of extremely high flash point liq-
cants, cleaners, solvents, medicine and even drinking. uids, above their boiling points, before they will ignite.
The danger associated with flammable and combustible
liquids is that the vapors from these liquids, when com-
bined with air in their flammable range, will burn or Physical characteristics
explode at temperatures near our normal living and Flammable liquids possess other characteristics
working environment. besides their low flash points. Significant characteristics
The use of these liquids is accepted in all occupan- when evaluating relative fire hazards include ignition
cies if the liquids are in appropriate containers and the temperature, autoignition temperature, flammable
quantity is very limited. When the quantities exceed
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
(explosive) range, viscosity, vapor density, vapor pres-

these limited amounts or the use of the flammable or sure, boiling point, evaporation rate, specific gravity and
combustible liquids increases the potential danger, the water solubility. Once the liquid is ignited, these vari-
code requires that measures be taken to control the ables have little influence over the material’s heat
potential danger. These measures are to prevent the release rate; however, factors such as evaporation rate,
possibility of flammable and combustible liquids igniting. viscosity and water solubility may profoundly affect how
Although the dangers of flammable liquids are well these fires are extinguished.
known, accidents involving flammable liquids remain
one of the most common fire scenarios in the United Hazards
States. Statistically, the more common flammable or
combustible liquids (gasoline) rather than the most dan- In general, flammable and combustible liquids have low
gerous flammable or combustible liquids account for the specific gravities, high vapor densities and narrow flam-
most fires. There are five factors that account for the mable (explosive) ranges. These characteristics mean
involvement of flammable liquids in these fires: 1. Per- that the liquids will usually float on water, the vapors will
sonnel inadequately trained in safe operating proce- usually hug the ground and ignitable vapor-air mixtures
dures; 2. Hazardous operations not isolated from other will be confined to a range between 6 and 15 percent in
operations; 3. Equipment and flammable or combustible air. Thus, smothering is difficult and ignition sources
liquids improperly used; 4. Poor property maintenance near the ground are more likely to pose a hazard. Low
and supervision and 5. Inadequate control systems. and high concentrations within the flammable range are
These five factors suggest that a holistic approach to likely to produce deflagrations, while concentrations
flammable and combustible liquid fire safety is required. near the middle of the flammable (explosive) range are
By beginning with people, a safety system has a better more likely to produce detonations.
chance of working successfully and consistently.
Trained personnel recognize the importance of safe Protection
practices to their personal safety, and are more likely to
demand that necessary safeguards be installed in their The protection provided by the code is to prevent the
homes and workplaces. Because all of us tend to flammable and combustible liquids from becoming
become complacent as time passes, inspectors, own- ignited. This is accomplished by one or more of the fol-
ers, operators, managers and employees must work lowing procedures:
together to maintain vigilance over the system’s contin- 1. Preventing the flammable and combustible liq-
ued operation. uids from vaporizing. Equipment and devices are
used to safely store, transport, dispense, mix or
use the flammable and combustible liquids so
Hazardous characteristics
that the liquid does not have the opportunity to
Although the classification boundaries are somewhat evaporate except where intended.
arbitrary, flammable and combustible liquids are distin-
2. Preventing the concentration of vapors of flam-
guished by their flash points. The flash point is that tem-
mable and combustible liquids from reaching the
perature at which the liquid produces sufficient vapor to
vapor-air mixture between the lower flammable
form an ignitable vapor-air mixture above its surface.
limit (LFL) and the upper flammable limit (UFL).
Because Class I flammable liquids all have flash points
Ventilation of the area is used to dilute and
below 100°F (38°C), it is prudent to assume that they
may be capable of igniting when unconfined under nor-

FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS
disperse the vapors before the vapor-air mixture 8. Controlling the volume of flammable and com-
reaches the LFL. bustible liquids to reduce the size of a potential
3. Preventing an accumulation of the vapor-air mix- fire.
ture of flammable and combustible liquids. The 9. Providing fire-fighting equipment to control fire
ventilation of the area as well as the design of the from combustibles other than flammable and
area is used to prevent the vapors from collect- combustible liquids as well as fire from flamma-
ing. ble and combustible liquids.
4. Removing ignition sources from the area. These 10. Security to ensure that only trained personnel
ignition sources are from people, equipment or have access to flammable and combustible liq-
static electricity sources. uids.
5. Precautions against spontaneous ignition. 11. Training of personnel to ensure they are aware of
6. Removing other combustibles from the area. the potential dangers and know the operating
Other combustibles may become involved in a procedures and safety procedures.
fire, creating the ignition source for the flamma-
ble and combustible liquid. Purpose
7. Designing the equipment (piping, vessels, con- The requirements of this chapter are intended to reduce
tainers, etc.) and facilities to prevent the loss of the likelihood of fires involving the storage, handling,
flammable and combustible liquids and to protect use or transportation of flammable and combustible liq-
the flammable and combustible liquids from exte- uids. Adherence to these practices may also limit dam-
rior fire exposure. This protection is also used to age in the event of an accidental fire involving these
protect other property and flammable and com- materials.
bustible liquids from fire exposure.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
SECTION 5701 provided that such materials are packaged in individ-

GENERAL ual containers not exceeding 1.3 gallons (5 L).
5701.1 Scope and application. Prevention, control and miti- 3. Quantities of alcoholic beverages in retail or whole-
gation of dangerous conditions related to storage, use, dis- sale sales or storage occupancies, providied that the
pensing, mixing and handling of flammable and combustible liquids are packaged in individual containers not
liquids shall be in accordance with Chapter 50 and this chap- exceeding 1.3 gallons (5 L).
ter. 4. Storage and use of fuel oil in tanks and containers
 This chapter regulates the storage, handling and use connected to oil-burning equipment. Such storage and
of flammable and combustible liquids. Although U.S. use shall be in accordance with Section 603. For aban-
Department of Transportation (DOT) regulations gov- donment of fuel oil tanks, this chapter applies.
ern the construction of tank vehicles and the inter- 5. Refrigerant liquids and oils in refrigeration systems
state transportation of flammable and combustible (see Section 606).
liquids, this chapter regulates the parking, garaging,
filling and discharging of tank vehicles. This chapter 6. Storage and display of aerosol products complying
is used in conjunction with Chapter 50 to regulate with Chapter 51.
flammable and combustible liquids. Related opera- 7. Storage and use of liquids that do not have a fire point
tions, materials and processes are regulated else- when tested in accordance with ASTM D92.
where in the code. 8. Liquids with a flash point greater than 95°F (35°C) in
5701.2 Nonapplicability. This chapter shall not apply to liq- a water-miscible solution or dispersion with a water
uids as otherwise provided in other laws or regulations or and inert (noncombustible) solids content of more
chapters of this code, including: than 80 percent by weight, which do not sustain com-
1. Specific provisions for flammable liquids in motor bustion.
fuel-dispensing facilities, repair garages, airports and 9. Liquids without flash points that can be flammable
marinas in Chapter 23. under some conditions, such as certain halogenated
2. Medicines, foodstuffs, cosmetics and commercial or hydrocarbons and mixtures containing halogenated
institutional products containing not more than 50 hydrocarbons.
percent by volume of water-miscible liquids and with 10. The storage of distilled spirits and wines in wooden
the remainder of the solution not being flammable, barrels and casks.
57-2 Code Council

11. Commercial cooking oil storage tank systems located not regulated by the code.
within a building and designed and installed in accor- Item 10 makes the storage of distilled spirits and
dance with Section 610 and NFPA 30. wines in wooden barrels and casks exempt from this
 This section is an acknowledgment that some flam- chapter. Although their contents are classified as
flammable liquids, the containers do not pose the rup-
mable and combustible liquids are regulated by other
laws or by other chapters of the code. The application ture hazard that other containers do. Barrels and
casks will leak their contents and contribute to the fire
of these other laws or code chapters takes prece-
dence over the requirements in this chapter. Note as the metal bands that secure the staves expand
and loosen. Even this hazard feature is generally mit-
that most of the items listed in this section correlate to
Section 9.1.4 of NFPA 30 (see also commentary, igated by the operation of automatic sprinklers that
prevent the fire from progressing to the point where
Section 5001.1).
Item 1 covers the unique use of flammable liquids the metal bands get hot enough to expand. A similar
exception also appears in Section 5001.1.
at motor fuel-dispensing facilities, airports and mari-
nas, which require specific regulations that are Item 11 exempts high flash point cooking oil (Class
IIIB liquid) storage in a restaurant back-of-house set-
addressed in Chapter 23.
Item 2 indicates that individually packaged con- ting because it presents a different, and generally
lower, hazard than commonly anticipated by Chapter
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
sumer products consisting of medicines, foodstuffs,
cosmetics and commercial and institutional products 57, which is more relevant to industrial flammable
and combustible liquid tank requirements. This
with a limited quantity of flammable liquid used in the
product are exempt from the requirements of this exemption to Section 5701.2 unifies all pertinent fire
safety requirements into Section 610 and the stan-
chapter. Such products present a reduced hazard
due to their limited ignitability and because the pack- dards referenced therein and establishes the level of
safety commensurate with this hazard. This approach
aging limitation helps in keeping spills, due to a leak-
ing package or broken container, to a manageable is consistent with other exceptions in this section, in
particular the exception for fuel oil tanks connected
size. A similar exception appears in Section 5001.1.
with oil burning equipment.
Item 3 indicates that alcoholic beverages in retail or
wholesale Group M occupancies or in storage occu- 5701.3 Referenced documents. The applicable requirements
pancies are not regulated by this chapter where the of Chapter 50, other chapters of this code, the International
individual containers do not exceed 1.3 gallons (4.92 Building Code and the International Mechanical Code per-
L). The packaging limitation helps in keeping spills, taining to flammable liquids shall apply.
due to a leaking package or broken container, to a  The requirements to regulate the design, construction
manageable size. A similar exception appears in and maintenance of facilities using flammable and
Section 5001.1. combustible liquids are contained in more than one
Item 4 states that fuel oil tanks and containers con- document. The code contains several chapters that
nected to oil-burning equipment are regulated by Chap- address requirements for the storage, handling, dis-
ter 6. See the commentary to Sections 603.3 through pensing, processing, transportation and use of flam-
603.3.3. This chapter regulates abandoned fuel tanks. mable and combustible liquids. The International
Item 5 notes that refrigerant liquids and oils in refrig- Building Code® (IBC®) covers the construction
eration systems are also regulated by Chapter 6. requirements for the structure, while the International
Item 6 refers the reader to Chapter 51 for require- Mechanical Code® (IMC®) covers the construction
ments covering the storage and display of aerosol requirements for mechanical systems.
products. Where the storage or display of aerosols
does not comply with Chapter 51, this chapter will 5701.4 Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in Sec-
tions 105.6 and 105.7.
regulate the storage and display of aerosols in those
specific circumstances.  The process of issuing permits gives the fire code
Item 7 notes that the storage and use of a liquid official an opportunity to carefully evaluate and regu-
whose vapor cannot be ignited and sustain burning for late hazardous operations. Permit applicants should
a minimum of 5 seconds (fire point) is not regulated by be required to demonstrate that their operations com-
this chapter. The test procedure for determining the ply with the intent of the code before the permit is
fire point of a petroleum product is ASTM D92. The issued. See the commentary to Section 105.6 for a
fire point is based on a specific barometric pressure general discussion of operations requiring an opera-
established by ASTM International (ASTM). An exam- tional permit, Section 105.6.17 for discussion of spe-
ple of such a liquid would be water-based paints. cific quantity-based operational permits for the
Item 8 exempts certain liquids that, although they materials regulated in this chapter and Section
have a flash point, will not sustain combustion. 105.7.8 for a discussion of activities requiring a con-
Item 9 notes that some liquids do not have a flash struction permit. The permit process also notifies the
point except in specific circumstances; for example, fire department of the need for prefire planning for the
halogenated hydrocarbons that may become explo- hazardous property.
sive when exposed to aluminum. These liquids are

5701.5 Material classification. Flammable and combustible TANK, PRIMARY.

liquids shall be classified in accordance with the definitions  Definitions of terms can help in the understanding
in Chapter 2. and application of the code requirements. This sec-
When mixed with lower flash-point liquids, Class II or III tion directs the code user to Chapter 2 for the proper
liquids are capable of assuming the characteristics of the application of the indicated terms used in this chap-
lower flash-point liquids. Under such conditions, the appro- ter. Terms may be defined in Chapter 2 or in another
priate provisions of this chapter for the actual flash point of International Code® as indicated in Section 201.3, or
the mixed liquid shall apply. the dictionary meaning may be all that is needed (see
When heated above their flash points, Class II and III liq- also commentary, Sections 201.1 through 201.4).
uids assume the characteristics of Class I liquids. Under such
conditions, the appropriate provisions of this chapter for
flammable liquids shall apply. SECTION 5703
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
 Flammable and combustible liquids are defined in
5703.1 Electrical. Electrical wiring and equipment shall be
Chapter 2. Mixing or heating the liquid may modify
installed and maintained in accordance with Section 605 and
flammable and combustible liquids. This process will
NFPA 70.
change the flash point of the liquid. The mixed liquid
is to be classified and handled based on the flash  The installation of electrical wiring and equipment is
point determined by the appropriate test procedure regulated by NFPA 70.
and apparatus as specified in ASTM D56, ASTM D93 5703.1.1 Classified locations for flammable liquids. Areas
or ASTM D3278. A Class II or III liquid that is heated where flammable liquids are stored, handled, dispensed or
above its flash point during handling or processing mixed shall be in accordance with Table 5703.1.1. A classi-
must be treated as a Class I liquid. fied area shall not extend beyond an unpierced floor, roof or
other solid partition.
SECTION 5702 The extent of the classified area is allowed to be reduced,
DEFINITIONS or eliminated, where sufficient technical justification is pro-
vided to the fire code official that a concentration in the area
5702.1 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chap- in excess of 25 percent of the lower flammable limit (LFL)
ter 2: cannot be generated.
ALCOHOL-BASED HAND RUB.
 Electrical systems can create sparks that can be a
BULK PLANT OR TERMINAL. source of ignition. Areas of a building where flamma-
BULK TRANSFER. ble liquids are present are to have the electrical wir-
ing and equipment installed to prevent the electrical
COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID. system from becoming an ignition source. This type
Class II. of electrical installation is not required in other areas
Class IIIA. of the building where the construction prevents the
Class IIIB. spread of flammable liquids and their vapors. This
FIRE POINT. construction can be accomplished only by eliminating
FLAMMABLE LIQUID. penetrations. Class I equipment locations, which
Class IA. require special installation of wiring and equipment,
Class IB. are listed in Table 5703.1.1.
Class IC. TABLE 5703.1.1. See page 57-5.
FLASH POINT.  The table lists the Class I, Group D locations that
FUEL LIMIT SWITCH. require installation of the electrical system or its com-
ponents to prevent them from becoming an ignition
LIQUID STORAGE ROOM. source. Class I is defined as a location where flam-
LIQUID STORAGE WAREHOUSE. mable liquids or gases may be present in sufficient
MOBILE FUELING. quantities to produce an explosive or ignitable mix-
ture. Group D is defined as an atmosphere containing
PROCESS TRANSFER. flammable or combustible liquids or gases. Group D
REFINERY. is divided into two divisions: Division 1 is for locations
where flammable or combustible vapors are present;
REMOTE EMERGENCY SHUTOFF DEVICE.
Division 2 is for locations where flammable or com-
REMOTE SOLVENT RESERVOIR. bustible vapors may be present.
SOLVENT DISTILLATION UNIT.
57-4 Code Council

TABLE 5703.1.1
CLASS I ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT LOCATIONSa
LOCATION GROUP D DIVISION EXTENT OF CLASSIFIED AREA
Code Council
1 Pits, boxes or spaces below grade level, any part of which is within the Division 1 or 2
classified area.
Underground tank fill opening
2 Up to 18 inches above grade level within a horizontal radius of 10 feet from a loose-fill
connection and within a horizontal radius of 5 feet from a tight-fill connection.
INTERNATIONAL
1 Within 3 feet of open end of vent, extending in all directions.
Vent—Discharging upward
2 Area between 3 feet and 5 feet of open end of vent, extending in all directions.
Drum and container filling
Outdoor or indoor with adequate ventilation 1 Within 3 feet of vent and fill opening, extending in all directions.
2 Area between 3 feet and 5 feet from vent of fill opening, extending in all directions. Also up
to 18 inches above floor or grade level within a horizontal radius of 10 feet from vent or fill
opening.
Pumps, bleeders, withdrawal fittings, meters and similar devices
Indoor 2 Within 5 feet of any edge of such devices, extending in all directions, and up to 3 feet above
floor or grade level within 25 feet horizontally from any edge of such devices.

Outdoor 2 Within 3 feet of any edge of such devices, extending in all directions, and up to 18 inches
above floor or grade level within 10 feet horizontally from an edge of such devices.
Pits
Without mechanical ventilation 1 Entire area within pit if any part is within a Division 1 or 2 classified area.
With mechanical ventilation 2 Entire area within pit if any part is within a Division 1 or 2 classified area.
Containing valves, fittings or piping, and not within a Division 2 Entire pit.
1 or 2 classified area
Drainage ditches, separators, impounding basins

1 or 2 Same as pits.
Indoor
2 Area up to 18 inches above ditch, separator or basin, and up to 18 inches above grade
Outdoor
within 15 feet horizontal from any edge.
Tank vehicle and tank carb
Loading through open dome 1 Within 3 feet of edge of dome, extending in all directions.
2 Area between 3 feet and 15 feet from edge of dome, extending in all directions.
Loading through bottom connections with atmospheric venting 1 Within 3 feet of point of venting to atmosphere, extending in all directions.
2 Area between 3 feet and 15 feet from point of venting to atmosphere, extending in all direc-
tions. Also up to 18 inches above grade within a horizontal radius of 10 feet from point of
loading connection.
(continued)
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
57-5
TABLE 5703.1.1—continued
CLASS I ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT LOCATIONSa
LOCATION GROUP D DIVISION EXTENT OF CLASSIFIED AREA
Tank vehicle and tank carb—continued
57-6 Code Council

Loading through closed dome with atmospheric venting 1 Within 3 feet of open end of vent, extending in all directions.
2 Area between 3 feet and 15 feet from open end of vent, extending in all directions, and within 3
feet of edge of dome, extending in all directions.
Loading through closed dome with vapor control 2 Within 3 feet of point of connection of both fill and vapor lines, extending in all directions.
Bottom loading with vapor control or any bottom unloading 2 Within 3 feet of point of connection, extending in all directions, and up to 18 inches above
grade within a horizontal radius of 10 feet from point of connection.
1 Pits or spaces below floor level.
Storage and repair garage for tank vehicles
2 Area up to 18 inches above floor or grade level for entire storage or repair garage.
Where there is an opening to these rooms within the extent of an outdoor classified area, the entire
Garages for other than tank vehicles Ordinary
room shall be classified the same as the area classification at the point of the opening.
Outdoor drum storage Ordinary —

Indoor warehousing where there is no flammable liquid Where there is an opening to these rooms within the extent of an indoor classified area, the room
Ordinary
transfer shall be classified the same as if the wall, curb or partition did not exist.
1 Area within 5 feet of any edge of such equipment, extending in all directions.
Indoor equipment where flammable vapor/air mixtures 2 Area between 5 feet and 8 feet of any edge of such equipment, extending in all directions, and the
could exist under normal operations area up to 3 feet above floor or grade level within 5 feet to 25 feet horizontally from any edge of
such equipment.c
1 Area within 3 feet of any edge of such equipment, extending in all directions.
Outdoor equipment where flammable vapor/air mixtures 2 Area between 3 feet and 8 feet of any edge of such equipment extending in all directions, and the
could exist under normal operations area up to 3 feet above floor or grade level within 3 feet to 10 feet horizontally from any edge of
such equipment.
Tank—Above ground
Shell, ends or roof and dike area 1 Area inside dike where dike height is greater than the distance from the tank to the dike for
more than 50 percent of the tank circumference.
2 Area within 10 feet from shell, ends or roof of tank. Area inside dikes to level of top of dike.
Vent 1 Area within 5 feet of open end of vent, extending in all directions.
2 Area between 5 feet and 10 feet from open end of vent, extending in all directions.
Floating roof 1 Area above the roof and within the shell.
Where there is an opening to these rooms within the extent of an indoor classified location, the
Office and restrooms Ordinary
room shall be classified the same as if the wall, curb or partition did not exist.
a. Locations as classified in NFPA 70.
b. When classifying extent of area, consideration shall be given to the fact that tank cars or tank vehicles can be spotted at varying points. Therefore, the extremities of the loading or unloading positions shall be
used.
c. The release of Class I liquids can generate vapors to the extent that the entire building, and possibly a zone surrounding it, are considered a Class I, Division 2 location.

--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
5703.1.2 Classified locations for combustible liquids. submitted to the fire department within a time period estab-
Areas where Class II or III liquids are heated above their lished by the fire code official, not to exceed 60 days.
flash points shall have electrical installations in accordance  Site assessment is to ensure that a spill, leak or dis-
with Section 5703.1.1. charge of flammable or combustible liquid is investi-
Exception: Solvent distillation units in accordance with gated and corrective action is taken. The corrective
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Section 5705.4. action may involve only cleaning the area and cover-
 Electrical systems can create sparks that can be a ing the cause of the problem during personnel safety
source of ignition. The sparks may be caused by meetings or it may require a revision to the equip-
electrical current or static electricity. Areas of a build- ment or operation procedures. The fire code official is
ing where combustible liquids are heated to or above to establish the deadline for completion of the site
their flash points are treated the same as areas con- assessment. The maximum time for completing a site
taining flammable liquids. Class I equipment loca- assessment is 60 days. The corrective actions may
tions, which require special installation of the wiring take longer than the time to complete the site assess-
and equipment, are listed in Table 5703.1.1. ment.
The exception indicates that use of a solvent distil- 5703.4 Spill control and secondary containment. Where
lation unit for the recovery of combustible liquids is the maximum allowable quantity per control area is
not considered a Class I, Group D location. See the exceeded, and where required by Section 5004.2, rooms,
commentary to Section 2705.4 for information on sol- buildings or areas used for storage, dispensing, use, mixing or
vent distillation units. handling of Class I, II and IIIA liquids shall be provided with
5703.1.3 Other applications. The fire code official is autho- spill control and secondary containment in accordance with
rized to determine the extent of the Class I electrical equip- Section 5004.2.
ment and wiring location where a condition is not specifically  Where the maximum allowable quantity per control
covered by these requirements or NFPA 70. area (MAQ) of flammable or Class II or IIIA combusti-
 There may be situations when the code does not spe- ble liquids is exceeded, spills must be controlled to
cifically cover the hazardous location that should prevent the spread of liquid and vapors. Section
have Class I electrical equipment and wiring. The fire 5004.2 discusses the use of liquid-tight floors, curbs,
code official has the authority to require Class I elec- dikes and drainage systems to divert the liquid to a
trical equipment and wiring in a location not specifi- location where it can be contained and safely han-
cally identified by the code for Division 1 or 2 dled. Section 5004.3 discusses mechanical and natu-
locations. ral exhaust systems. The exhaust system is to
remove the vapors to prevent them from accumulat-
5703.2 Fire protection. Fire protection for the storage, use, ing in concentrations in the flammable range of the
dispensing, mixing, handling and on-site transportation of vapor. See also Section 5704.3.7.3.
flammable and combustible liquids shall be in accordance
with this chapter and applicable sections of Chapter 9. 5703.5 Labeling and signage. The fire code official is autho-
rized to require warning signs for the purpose of identifying
 The requirements of Chapter 9 apply to flammable the hazards of storing or using flammable liquids. Signage for
and combustible liquids. Fire protection is a principal identification and warning such as for the inherent hazard of
means of preventing and controlling the spread of flammable liquids or smoking shall be provided in accor-
fire. dance with this chapter and Sections 5003.5 and 5003.6.
5703.2.1 Portable fire extinguishers and hose lines. Porta-  Signs are used to identify the flammable or combusti-
ble fire extinguishers shall be provided in accordance with ble liquid being stored or used and to provide any
Section 906. Hose lines shall be provided in accordance with warning or information necessary for its storage or
Section 905. use. Sections 5003.5 and 5003.6 include a reference
 Portable fire extinguishers and hose lines are to be to NFPA 704, which details the locations and con-
installed where flammable and combustible liquids struction of the signs. NFPA 704 uses a diamond with
are stored, used or dispensed. These fire protection each of its four points colored either red, blue, yellow
devices, operated by trained personnel, are to handle or white. Each diamond point represents a different
small emergencies. They are not an alternative to fire hazard. For flammable and combustible liquids, the
protection systems mandated by this section, Chap- red diamond point (uppermost point) represents flam-
ter 9 of the code or the IBC. mability. The number in this diamond point will vary
5703.3 Site assessment. In the event of a spill, leak or dis- from 0 (will not burn) to 4 (rapidly burn). For flamma-
charge from a tank system, a site assessment shall be com- ble and combustible reference, numbers 2 to 4 usu-
pleted by the owner or operator of such tank system if the fire ally represent flammable and combustible liquids.
code official determines that a potential fire or explosion haz- These signs are permanent, durable signs that are to
ard exists. Such site assessments shall be conducted to ascer- be readily visible and are not to be covered or
tain potential fire hazards and shall be completed and removed.

5703.5.1 Style. Warning signs shall be of a durable material. and gas wells. Stationary and portable engines are
Signs warning of the hazard of flammable liquids shall have manufactured under other standards that are
white lettering on a red background and shall read: DAN- enforced by other state and federal agencies.
GER—FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS. Letters shall be not less Because the piping associated with heating equip-
than 3 inches (76 mm) in height and 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) in ment (fuel oil and pressure systems) is addressed by
stroke. the IMC, those requirements are not repeated.
 The signs used with flammable liquids are to read 5703.6.2 Design and fabrication of piping systems and
“DANGER–FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS.” The code components. Piping system components shall be designed
defines color and size of lettering to ensure unifor- and fabricated in accordance with the applicable standard
mity. listed in Table 5703.6.2 and Chapter 27 of NFPA 30, except
as modified by Section 5703.6.2.1.
5703.5.2 Location. Signs shall be posted in locations as
required by the fire code official. Piping containing flamma-  Rather than include lengthy requirements for piping
ble liquids shall be identified in accordance with ASME systems in the body of the code, this section provides
A13.1. correlation with Chapter 27 of NFPA 30, which refer-
ences the ASME B31 series of piping standards, not
 The location of signs is discussed in Section 5003.5
all of which are suitable or necessary for flammable
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
for containers, tanks, entrances, etc., by reference to

or combustible liquid piping. By including a table list-
NFPA 704. Signage for piping containing flammable
ing the four specific standards within ASME B31 that
liquids is covered under ASME A13.1. The signage is
are applicable for flammable liquid piping, the code is
in English text and requires arrows to indicate flow
made more user friendly. It is left to the code user to
direction.
select the correct standard to apply.
5703.5.3 Warning labels. Individual containers, packages
TABLE 5703.6.2
and cartons shall be identified, marked, labeled and placarded PIPING STANDARDS
in accordance with federal regulations and applicable state
PIPING USE STANDARD
laws.
Power Piping ASME B31.1
 The warning labels on individual containers, pack- Process Piping ASME B31.3
ages and cartons may be different than what is
Pipeline Transportation Systems for Liquid
required under NFPA 704. Other federal and state Hydrocarbons and Other Liquids
ASME B31.4
laws may address the warning label for these individ-
Building Services Piping ASME B31.9
ual containers, packages and cartons.
5703.5.4 Identification. Color coding or other approved  See the commentary to Section 5703.6.2.
identification means shall be provided on each loading and 5703.6.2.1 Special materials. Low-melting-point materials
unloading riser for flammable or combustible liquids to iden- (such as aluminum, copper or brass), materials that soften on
tify the contents of the tank served by the riser. fire exposure (such as nonmetallic materials) and nonductile
 More than one flammable or combustible liquid may material (such as cast iron) shall be acceptable for use under-
be present at a facility in addition to other liquids. The ground in accordance with the applicable standard listed in
loading and unloading risers are to be color coded or Table 5703.6.2. Where such materials are used outdoors in
identified by other approved identification means to above-ground piping systems or within buildings, they shall
ensure that operators know which material is being be in accordance with the applicable standard listed in Table
used. If color coding is not used, the fire code official 5703.6.2 and one of the following:
is to approve any other identification means. 1. Suitably protected against fire exposure.
5703.6 Piping systems. Piping systems, and their component 2. Located where leakage from failure would not unduly
parts, for flammable and combustible liquids shall be in expose people or structures.
accordance with Sections 5703.6.1 through 5703.6.11.
3. Located where leakage can be readily controlled by
 Piping must be designed to provide protection operation of accessible remotely located valves.
against overpressure or other conditions that could In all cases, nonmetallic piping shall be used in accor-
create leaks at joints or rupture the pipes. dance with Section 27.4.6 of NFPA 30.
5703.6.1 Nonapplicability. The provisions of Section 5703.6
 Piping that may fail under fire exposure as a result of
shall not apply to gas or oil well installations; piping that is
heat reducing its material strength is limited to spe-
integral to stationary or portable engines, including aircraft,
cific installations and locations. Pipes that have “low
watercraft and motor vehicles; and piping in connection with
melting points” can fail by sagging when exposed to
boilers and pressure vessels regulated by the International
fire. Sagging can cause a joint to separate or the
Mechanical Code.
pipes to burst if piping is under pressure. These fail-
 Piping of some applications of flammable and com- ures would result in the flammable and combustible
bustible liquids is addressed under other code docu- liquids being exposed to the fire and air. The limita-
ments or other laws. Other state and federal agencies tions on the use of these piping materials reduces
have laws and authority to regulate the piping for oil their exposure to a fire, or where a failure occurs,
57-8 Code Council

does not increase the potential danger. This kind of that the specifications for guard posts or the design
piping can also be used where the piping system can forces required for an approved barrier should com-
be isolated in an emergency. ply with the code.
5703.6.3 Testing. Unless tested in accordance with the appli- 5703.6.5 Protection from external corrosion and galvanic
cable section of ASME B31.9, piping, before being covered, action. Where subject to external corrosion, piping, related
enclosed or placed in use, shall be hydrostatically tested to fluid-handling components and supports for both under-
150 percent of the maximum anticipated pressure of the sys- ground and above-ground applications shall be fabricated
tem, or pneumatically tested to 110 percent of the maximum from noncorrosive materials, and coated or provided with
anticipated pressure of the system, but not less than 5 pounds corrosion protection. Dissimilar metallic parts that promote
per square inch gauge (psig) (34.47 kPa) at the highest point galvanic action shall not be joined.
of the system. This test shall be maintained for a sufficient  Deterioration of piping and components can cause
time period to complete visual inspection of joints and con- leaks and spillage of flammable and combustible liq-
nections. For not less than 10 minutes, there shall be no leak- uids. Using uncorrodible materials, protective coat-
age or permanent distortion. Care shall be exercised to ensure ings, galvanic protection or a combination of these
that these pressures are not applied to vented storage tanks. methods can protect the piping and components. Dis-
Such storage tanks shall be tested independently from the similar metals are prohibited because of the localized
piping. galvanic action that could occur between them. This
 Piping must be tested to a minimum pressure of 5 localized galvanic action could cause one of the met-
pounds per square inch gauge (psig) (34.47 kPa) or als to corrode so that the other metal is protected
to a pressure greater than the anticipated pressure of from corrosion. See Section 5704.2.7.9 for corrosion
the system. The pipe joints and connections are to be protection for tanks.
visually inspected. The test pressure is to be main- 5703.6.6 Valves. Piping systems shall contain a sufficient
tained for a minimum of 10 minutes, but not less than number of manual control valves and check valves to operate
the time required for a visual inspection. the system properly and to protect the plant under both nor-
5703.6.3.1 Existing piping. Existing piping shall be tested in mal and emergency conditions. Piping systems in connection
accordance with this section where the fire code official has with pumps shall contain a sufficient number of such valves
reasonable cause to believe that a leak exists. Piping that to control properly the flow of liquids in normal operation
could contain flammable or combustible liquids shall not be and in the event of physical damage or fire exposure.
tested pneumatically. Such tests shall be at the expense of the  Valves are essential to proper operation. Check
owner or operator.
valves prevent the backflow or siphonage of flamma-
Exception: Vapor-recovery piping is allowed to be tested ble and combustible liquids. Other valves are used to
using an inert gas. isolate piping sections and equipment for mainte-
 The fire code official may require testing of existing nance. Valves are also used to stop the flow of flam-
piping. Existing piping is to be tested to the same cri- mable and combustible liquids.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
teria as new piping, except that piping containing 5703.6.6.1 Backflow protections. Connections to pipelines
flammable or combustible liquids is not to be pneu- or piping by which equipment (such as tank cars, tank vehi-
matically tested. The introduction of air into these cles or marine vessels) discharges liquids into storage tanks
pipes can create a vapor and air mixture that reaches shall be provided with check valves or block valves for auto-
the flammable range. matic protection against backflow where the piping arrange-
The exception allows pneumatic testing of a vapor- ment is such that backflow from the system is possible.
recovery system with an inert gas (such as nitrogen, Where loading and unloading is done through a common pipe
carbon dioxide, etc.). Because vapor-recovery sys- system, a check valve is not required. However, a block
tems are designed to remove the flammable or com- valve, located so as to be readily accessible or remotely oper-
bustible vapors and recycle the liquid, these vapors able, shall be provided.
could be removed from the piping during the recovery  Check valves prevent the backflow or siphonage of
process; however, the inert gas is still required to pre- flammable and combustible liquids. A check valve
vent the vapor and air mixture from reaching the flam- cannot be used for a common pipe used to both load
mable range before or during the recovery process. and unload flammable and combustible liquids
5703.6.4 Protection from vehicles. Guard posts or other because check valves are designed to allow flow in
approved means shall be provided to protect piping, valves or only one direction. This type of valve would prohibit a
fittings subject to vehicular damage in accordance with Sec- common pipe for both loading and unloading. A block
tion 312. valve is to be used for this common pipe. The block
 Protection from vehicle impact is provided by guard valve control mechanism must be readily accessible
posts or other approved barriers. Section 312 states or remotely operable in the event that the valve is
needed to stop a spill or accidental discharge.

5703.6.6.2 Manual drainage. Manual drainage-control liquids will generate positive pressure in the pipe.
valves shall be located at approved locations remote from the This pressure, combined with any pressure required
tanks, diked area, drainage system and impounding basin to to support the dead weight of the piping system and
ensure their operation in a fire condition. flammable and combustible liquids in the piping sys-
tem, can cause the pipe wall to rupture.
 In case of a fire, it may be necessary to drain the pip-
The pumping action and the operation of the valve
ing system. This is to be accomplished by a manual
can cause shock waves to travel through the flamma-
drainage-control valve. The number of manual drain-
ble and combustible liquids in a pipe, which can cre-
age-control valves will depend on the facility. The
ate internal pressures several times larger than
manual drainage-control valves are to be located to
normal operating pressures. One type of shock wave
isolate sections of the piping and equipment for main-
is caused by the fast opening and closing of a valve.
tenance, repair, replacement and control of flamma-
This pressure wave can place high internal pressures
ble and combustible liquids during an emergency.
on the piping system.
5703.6.7 Connections. Above-ground tanks with connec- This section lists three methods of protecting pipe
tions located below normal liquid level shall be provided with supports from a fire:
internal or external isolation valves located as close as practi-
cal to the shell of the tank. Except for liquids whose chemical 1. The piping is required to have a minimum slope
characteristics are incompatible with steel, such valves, of 1 percent to allow for drainage. The viscosity
where external, and their connections to the tank shall be of of the flammable and combustible liquids may
steel. mandate a greater drainage slope.
 The isolation valve is located as near as practical to 2. The pipe supports must support the piping in a
above-ground tanks to control the flow of flammable fire for a minimum of 2 hours based on ASTM
and combustible liquids. This location is to reduce the E119 test criteria. This fire protection of the
quantity of flammable and combustible liquids that supports is to keep any flammable and
may be discharged during an emergency. The loss of combustible liquids in the pipe from adding to
a portion of the piping system between an above- an existing fire.
ground tank and the isolation valve may allow the dis- 3. The code always recognizes that there may be
charge of the flammable and combustible liquids other methods available for accomplishing the
under gravity flow. intent. The fire code official has the responsibil-
The isolation valve is to be of steel unless the flam- ity to review these alternative methods and the
mable and combustible liquids are not compatible authority to approve an alternative method, but
with steel. Other valve materials may be damaged only if it has been demonstrated or documented
and fail under the heat from a fire. If the isolation to comply with the intent of the code require-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
valve fails, the flammable and combustible liquids ment.

may be discharged under gravity flow and increase
the fire potential. 5703.6.9 Flexible joints. Flexible joints shall be listed and
approved and shall be installed on underground liquid, vapor
5703.6.8 Piping supports. Piping systems shall be substan- and vent piping at all of the following locations:
tially supported and protected against physical damage and
excessive stresses arising from settlement, vibration, expan- 1. Where piping connects to underground tanks.
sion, contraction or exposure to fire. The supports shall be 2. Where piping ends at pump islands and vent risers.
protected against exposure to fire by one of the following:
3. At points where differential movement in the piping
1. Draining liquid away from the piping system at a mini- can occur.
mum slope of not less than 1 percent.
 Flexible joints are necessary to handle expansion
2. Providing protection with a fire-resistance rating of not and contraction of the piping system and control
less than 2 hours. vibration. Expansion and contraction of the piping
3. Other approved methods. system will create stresses in the pipe and pipe joints
because of the increase or decrease in pipe length.
 Pipe supports are necessary to reduce stress on the These changes in pipe length may cause the pipe to
pipe from both external and internal sources. Person- buckle, or pull or push a joint apart. The vibration of a
nel are an external source of potential damage to pip- pipe may cause a fatigue failure. Fatigue failures
ing, as is unattached equipment hitting the piping result from the reversal of stresses in a material. The
system. The pipe supports are to absorb these flexing of the pipe wall or pipe joint from a positive
impact loads to protect the pipe from excess deflec- pressure to a negative pressure over time will create
tion. a fatigue failure in the pipe wall. This fatigue can
Internal forces are caused by the positive and neg- cause the pipe or pipe joint to finally break open
ative pressures created by the operation of pumps because of internal operating pressures or external
and valves. Pumping of flammable and combustible loading, such as dead weight or an impact load.
57-10 Code Council

This section lists three locations where flexible These two conditions are required before fiber-
joints must be used: glass-reinforced plastic piping can be used as the
flexible joint. Flexible joints can be used with fiber-
1. Piping connected to an underground tank. An glass-reinforced plastic piping. There are locations
underground tank is unmovable; therefore, the where there is not sufficient space to meet the two
flexible joint connecting the piping to the tank requirements for fiberglass-reinforced plastic piping
must handle the expansion and contraction of as a flexible joint or where the use of fiberglass-rein-
the pipe system. forced plastic piping is not desired. These locations
2. Piping ending at pump islands and vent risers. can use a flexible joint.
The mechanical equipment vibrations make it 5703.6.10 Pipe joints. Joints shall be liquid tight and shall be
necessary to isolate the piping with flexible welded, flanged or threaded except that listed flexible con-
joints at a pumping island. Equipment vibrations nectors are allowed in accordance with Section 5703.6.9.
can cause failure of vent risers or joints in vent Threaded or flanged joints shall fit tightly by using approved
risers. Vent risers may vibrate more than other methods and materials for the type of joint. Joints in piping
piping because there is no liquid in the pipe to systems used for Class I liquids shall be welded where
help dampen the vibrations. located in concealed spaces within buildings.
3. Points of differential movement. Any location Nonmetallic joints shall be approved and shall be installed
where differential settlement may occur will in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
need to be isolated by a flexible joint. Differen- Pipe joints that are dependent on the friction characteris-
tial settlement can cause the piping to become tics or resiliency of combustible materials for liquid tightness
the support or to have inadequate support. of piping shall not be used in buildings. Piping shall be
Either case can cause the pipe to buckle or fail. secured to prevent disengagement at the fitting.
5703.6.9.1 Fiberglass-reinforced plastic piping. Fiberglass-
reinforced plastic (FRP) piping is not required to be provided  Pipe joints are to be liquid tight. The code recognizes
with flexible joints in locations where both of the following only three types of generic mechanical joints as being
conditions are present: adequate for pipes carrying flammable and combusti-
ble liquids. Welded joints, flanged joints and threaded
1. Piping does not exceed 4 inches (102 mm) in diameter. joints provide a liquid-tight joint. ANSI B31.3 contains
2. Piping has a straight run of not less than 4 feet (1219 criteria for the welding of piping. This reference is not
mm) on one side of the connection where such connec- in this chapter, but is cited in Chapter 50.
tions result in a change of direction. Flanged joints are to be made with materials that
In lieu of the minimum 4-foot (1219 mm) straight run are compatible with the piping system and the flam-
length, approved and listed flexible joints are allowed to be mable and combustible liquids in the pipe.
used under dispensers and suction pumps, at submerged Threaded joints are to be fabricated by methods
pumps and tanks, and where vents extend above ground. that ensure a liquid-tight joint by the selection of
thread pitch and length of the threaded connection.
 Fiberglass-reinforced plastic piping is more flexible Listed flexible joints are to be approved by the fire
than metal piping. This flexibility of fiberglass-rein- code official.
forced plastic piping can be used to handle expansion Pipe joints in a building’s concealed space that
and contraction of piping, or vibrations that would be carry Class I flammable liquids are limited to welded
handled by a flexible joint under a set of conditions of joints. Because Class I flammable liquids can
pipe diameter and minimum straight section of fiber- become vapor at ambient temperature, a joint leak in
glass-reinforced plastic piping. This section lists two a concealed space could go unnoticed. There could
conditions that must be met: be no liquid escaping the concealed space for per-
sonnel to notice. A welded joint that has passed the
1. Maximum 4 inches (102 mm) in diameter. test requirements of Section 5703.6.3 would be a liq-
Fiberglass-reinforced plastic piping greater than uid-tight joint that meets code requirements.
4 inches (102 mm) in diameter can be too stiff
to have the flexibility necessary to be an 5703.6.11 Bends. Pipe and tubing shall be bent in accordance
alternative to a flexible joint. The greater the with ASME B31.9.
diameter of the pipe, the greater the stiffness of  Pipe direction can be changed using either fittings or
the pipe. bends. Bends are to be done according to ANSI
2. Minimum 4-foot (1219 mm) straight run. B31.9. Bending a pipe can damage the pipe. An
Straight runs of less than 4 feet (1219 mm) are improper bend may kink the interior portion of the
too stiff to have the flexibility necessary to be an pipe wall and that could cause increased pipe
alternative to a flexible joint. The longer a pipe stresses resulting from the kink restricting flow. An
improper bend could stretch the outer portion of the
run is, the more the pipe can flex without
pipe wall. The stretched portion of pipe would have a
causing stresses that will damage the pipe.
thinner wall thickness. This thinner wall could develop
pinhole leaks or even cause the pipe to rupture.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

SECTION 5704 or tank vehicles for permanent storage of flammable

STORAGE or combustible liquids is prohibited by this section
5704.1 General. The storage of flammable and combustible because, in many cases, these “tanks” do not comply
liquids in containers and tanks shall be in accordance with with the requirements of the referenced standard,
this section and the applicable sections of Chapter 50. NFPA 30. The U.S. Department of Transportation
(DOTn) allows motor carriers to transport flammable
 This section and Chapter 50 cover the storage of and combustible liquids in tank vehicles constructed
flammable and combustible liquids in containers and of aluminum. Section 5704.2.7 requires that tanks be
tanks. constructed in accordance with Section 21.4 of NFPA
5704.2 Tank storage. The provisions of this section shall 30, which, in turn, requires that they be constructed in
apply to: accordance with good engineering practices. All of
1. The storage of flammable and combustible liquids in the standards adopted in NFPA 30 for shop-fabri-
fixed above-ground and underground tanks. cated and field-erected above-ground storage tanks
prohibit the use of aluminum as a material of con-
2. The storage of flammable and combustible liquids in struction for storage tanks because of its low melting
fixed above-ground tanks inside of buildings. point. In addition, it is quite possible, for example, that
3. The storage of flammable and combustible liquids in someone could attempt to convert a milk tanker into
portable tanks whose capacity exceeds 660 gallons an above-ground storage tank for flammable or com-
(2498 L). bustible liquids. Such a tank would not, for one thing,
have an emergency vent, which is required by Sec-
4. The installation of such tanks and portable tanks.
tion 5704.2.7.4 of the code. Note that this section
 The scope of this section is limited to the storage of does not include the demountable intermediate bulk
flammable and combustible liquids in above-ground containers (IBCs) frequently seen in transport
tanks, underground tanks, above-ground tanks in secured on flatbed trucks. These portable tanks are
buildings, portable tanks exceeding 660 gallons regulated by Section 5704.3.
(2498 L) and the installation of these tanks. 5704.2.3 Labeling and signs. Labeling and signs for storage
5704.2.1 Change of tank contents. Tanks subject to change tanks and storage tank areas shall comply with Sections
in contents shall be in accordance with Section 5704.2.7. 5704.2.3.1 and 5704.2.3.2.
Prior to a change in contents, the fire code official is autho-
 Above-ground tanks, underground tanks, above-
rized to require testing of a tank.
ground tanks in buildings and portable tanks exceed-
Tanks that have previously contained Class I liquids shall ing 660 gallons (2498 L) are to be provided with
not be loaded with Class II or Class III liquids until such warning and identification signs.
tanks and all piping, pumps, hoses and meters connected 5704.2.3.1 Smoking and open flame. Signs shall be posted
thereto have been completely drained and flushed. in storage areas prohibiting open flames and smoking. Signs
 The type of flammable or combustible liquid stored in shall comply with Section 5703.5.
a tank can change. When the type of flammable or  Warning signs prohibiting smoking and open flames
combustible liquid is changed, the design and con- are to comply with NFPA 704.
struction of the tank is to comply with NFPA 30 for the
type of flammable or combustible liquid to be stored. 5704.2.3.2 Label or placard. Tanks more than 100 gallons
A change in the tank contents can effect safety by (379 L) in capacity, which are permanently installed or
altering the flashpoint of the contents through con- mounted and used for the storage of Class I, II or III liquids,
tamination. Accordingly, the fire code official has the shall bear a label and placard identifying the material therein.
authority to require the tank to be tested before plac- Placards shall be in accordance with NFPA 704.
ing the tank in operation with the new type of flamma- Exceptions:
ble and combustible liquid.
1. Tanks of 300-gallon (1136 L) capacity or less
If the change of flammable and combustible liquid
located on private property and used for heating and
is from a Class I to a Class II or III liquid, the tank and
cooking fuels in single-family dwellings.
accessory piping and equipment are to be drained
and cleaned of the Class I liquid. The Class I liquid 2. Tanks located underground.
left in the tank and accessory piping and equipment  In order to provide warning and information on the
can generate vapors that could create a hazard not hazards of their contents, permanently installed tanks
associated with the Class II or III liquid that has in excess of 100-gallon (379 L) capacity used to store
replaced the Class I liquid. Class I, II or III liquids are to be labeled to identify the
5704.2.2 Use of tank vehicles and tank cars as storage flammable or combustible liquid.
tanks. Tank cars and tank vehicles shall not be used as stor- There are two exceptions to this labeling of storage
age tanks. tanks based on the use of the storage tank and its
location. First, a 300-gallon (1136 L) storage tank for
 Even if the wheels were removed and the tank sup-
ported on adequate foundations, the use of tank cars use by a single-family dwelling does not need to be
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
57-12 Code Council

labeled. This exception is based on the tank’s sole manent nameplate or marking indicating the standard used as
use for the storage of heating or cooking fuel used by the basis of design.
the occupants of the single-family dwelling. Second,  Tanks are to be designed according to NFPA 30 and
underground tanks do not need to be labeled since labeled to indicate the design standard.
their location precludes it.
5704.2.7.1 Materials used in tank construction. The mate-
5704.2.4 Sources of ignition. Smoking and open flames are rials used in tank construction shall be in accordance with
prohibited in storage areas in accordance with Section NFPA 30. The materials of construction for tanks and their
5003.7. appurtenances shall be compatible with the liquids to be
Exception: Areas designated as smoking and hot work stored.
areas, and areas where hot work permits have been issued
 The preferred material for tank construction is steel or
in accordance with this code.
concrete, materials that have high levels of resis-
 Smoking and open flames are strictly limited around tance to heat. Because combustible and flammable
above-ground tanks, underground tanks, above- liquid tanks are being used to store an ever increas-
ground tanks in buildings and portable tanks exceeding number of liquids, including gasoline/ethanol
ing 660 gallons (2498 L). Section 5003.7 prohibits blends and diesel/biodiesels blends, this section
smoking or open flames within 25 feet (7620 mm) of requires that tank construction materials be compati-
outdoor storage of flammable and combustible liquids ble with the stored liquids. This is consistent with
and indoors where there are flammable and combus- NFPA 30, Section 21.4.1.1. Petroleum products con-
tible liquids or where vapors from flammable and taining mixtures that are not petroleum based may be
combustible liquids may occur. incompatible with components in the underground
The exception allows establishment of designated tank. The nonpetroleum products could attack liners,
smoking areas and hot work areas. Hot work may be gaskets, etc., and the loss of or damage to these
done in areas not designated as a hot work area components may cause the underground tank or pip-
when a hot work permit is obtained. ing system to develop leaks.
5704.2.5 Explosion control. Explosion control shall be pro- 5704.2.7.2 Pressure limitations for tanks. Tanks shall be
vided in accordance with Section 911 for indoor tanks. designed for the pressures to which they will be subjected in
 The vapor from flammable and combustible liquids accordance with NFPA 30.
can cause an explosion when the vapor-air mixture is  Tanks may be designed for operation under atmo-
in an explosive ratio. Explosion control is required for spheric pressure, low pressure or high pressure. The
a facility storing or using Class IA liquids or for a facil- design criteria for pressure are in NFPA 30.
ity that has open use or dispensing of Class IIB liq- 5704.2.7.3 Tank vents for normal venting. Tank vents for
uids. Section 911 requires deflagration venting to normal venting shall be installed and maintained in accor-
direct the force of an explosion out of the structure dance with Sections 5704.2.7.3.1 through 5704.2.7.3.5.3.
and into an unoccupied area. This section also refer-
ences NFPA 69, which may require monitoring of  Tanks are vented to maintain the internal tank pres-
gases and other methods to suppress factors affect- sure within the design operating range. A low pres-
ing an explosion. sure can increase the generation of vapors while a
5704.2.6 Separation from incompatible materials. Storage high pressure can damage the tank or piping system.
of flammable and combustible liquids shall be separated from Any pressure outside of the design pressure range
incompatible materials in accordance with Section 5003.9.8. can have an adverse affect on the operation of the
system as well as the piping and equipment.
Grass, weeds, combustible materials and waste Class I, II
5704.2.7.3.1 Vent lines. Vent lines from tanks shall not be
or IIIA liquids shall not be accumulated in an unsafe manner
used for purposes other than venting unless approved.
at a storage site.
 Vent lines are to be used only as vents unless an
 Materials that could create a fire or explosive hazard
additional use is approved by the fire code official.
when in contact with flammable or combustible liq-
uids are to be separated from flammable or combusti- 5704.2.7.3.2 Vent-line flame arresters and pressure-vac-
ble liquids by either distance or physical barriers. uum vents. Listed or approved flame arresters or pressure-
Materials that may not be incompatible with flam- vacuum (PV) vents that remain closed unless venting under
mable or combustible liquids but may be an ignition pressure or vacuum conditions shall be installed in normal
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
source or a fuel source are to be removed. vents of tanks containing Class IB and IC liquids.
5704.2.7 Design, fabrication and construction require- Exception: Where determined by the fire code official that
ments for tanks. The design, fabrication and construction of the use of such devices can result in damage to the tank.
tanks shall comply with NFPA 30. Each tank shall bear a per- Vent-line flame arresters shall be installed in accordance
with their listing or API 2000 and maintained in accordance

with Section 21.8.6 of NFPA 30 or API 2000. In-line flame 5704.2.7.3.3 Vent pipe outlets. Vent pipe outlets for tanks
arresters in piping systems shall be installed and maintained storing Class I, II or IIIA liquids shall be located such that the
in accordance with their listing or API 2028. Pressure-vac- vapors are released at a safe point outside of buildings and
uum vents shall be installed in accordance with Section not less than 12 feet (3658 mm) above the finished ground
21.4.3 of NFPA 30 or API 2000 and maintained in accor- level. Vapors shall be discharged upward or horizontally
dance with Section 21.8.6 of NFPA 30 or API 2000. away from adjacent walls to assist in vapor dispersion. Vent
outlets shall be located such that flammable vapors will not
 The vapors from a vent will mix with air and become
be trapped by eaves or other obstructions and shall be not less
an ignitable mixture. This condition requires that
than 5 feet (1524 mm) from building openings or lot lines of
measures be taken to either suppress an ignition
properties that can be built upon. Vent outlets on atmospheric
source or to disperse the ignitable mixture with addi-
tanks storing Class IIIB liquids are allowed to discharge
tional air to drop the vapor-air mixture below the LFL.
inside a building where the vent is a normally closed vent.
Previously, the code required that a flame arrester or
pressure-vacuum (PV) vent be installed in the normal Exception: Vent pipe outlets on tanks storing Class IIIB
vent of only protected above-ground tanks containing liquid inside buildings and connected to fuel-burning
flammable or combustible liquids, but did not have a equipment shall be located such that the vapors are
similar requirement for other above-ground tanks with released to a safe location outside of buildings.
a design and construction that provides significantly  Vent pipes must be terminated to direct vapors away
less protection than a protected above-ground tank. from the building. Vapors from flammable liquids are
This section has been revised to be consistent with normally heavier than air so that the vapor will settle
NFPA 30 in that, regardless of tank type, a listed to lower levels. The termination of a vent pipe a mini-
flame arrester or PV vent is only required for tanks mum of 12 feet (3658 mm) above grade will provide
containing Class IB and IC liquids, which are less space for the vapors to disperse to below the LFL.
prone to vaporization than Class IA liquids. This high termination elevation also reduces the
Because the primary function of a flame arrester is potential for the termination being close to grade-
to prevent the unrestricted propagation of flame level ignition sources. Because flammable liquid
through flammable gas or vapor mixtures, it is not vapors are heavier than air, attention needs to be
necessary to install a flame arrester on tanks contain- placed on the building design near the termination.
ing combustible liquids. Additionally, because flame Building design and features that may allow the flam-
arresters cannot prevent detonation or control flame mable liquid vapors to reenter the building or to col-
propagation speeds associated with a detonation lect on the building are to be eliminated. Because
(flame speeds greater than the speed of sound), Class IIIB liquids have a relatively high boiling point,
flame arresters are not effective when installed on the vent termination for atmospheric tanks containing
tanks containing Class IA liquids. This revision estab- these combustible liquids may terminate inside the
lishes a requirement for a tank-vent flame arrester building, if the vent is normally closed.
only when there is a sound technical reason to pro- Because of the increasing use of alternative fuels
vide one. The exception allows omitting the use of a derived from biological mass, the requirements for
PV vent or flame arrester in situations where the above-ground storage tanks located inside of build-
properties of the liquid can cause the tank to be dam- ings and that are connected to fuel-burning equip-
aged by their use. Properties of some Class IB and IC ment have been modified to address the use of
liquids (e.g., crystallization, polymerization, corrosion) biodiesel blends. Even though this section allows
can present obstructions in flame arresters that may tanks storing Class IIIB liquids to discharge their
justify omitting the device. vents inside the building, the exception applies to
This section clarifies that API 2028 addresses in- tanks providing fuel to fuel-burning equipment and
line flame arresters for piping systems. An end-of-line recognizes that a facility could discover after installa-
flame arrester is a flame arrester that is mounted at tion that the fuel-burning equipment either isn’t work-
the end of a pipe (flanged or threaded inlet connec- ing as efficiently as desired with the Class IIIB liquid
tion) and vents directly to the atmosphere, whereas biofuel, or the biofuel becomes unavailable or more
an in-line flame arrester may be mounted upstream of costly than traditional diesel fuel. Under such circum-
a PV relief vent or may be located upstream of a stances, the facility may elect to switch to a higher-
specified maximum length of vent piping to the atmo- hazard fuel such as Class II diesel fuel without a per-
sphere. Both in-line and end-of-line flame arresters mit as required by Section 105.6.16(8) or other notifi-
are acceptable devices. Not only is proper installation cation to the jurisdiction. The result of such a switch
of these devices important, but their maintenance is could be a significantly noncompliant tank system
critical. A blocked or corroded flame arrester can ren- where the quantity of Class II liquid fuel could far
der the device ineffective and lead to catastrophic exceed the code-allowed quantity of Class II liquid
results. As such, this section also addresses mainte- fuel. Such quantities of Class II diesel fuel in excess
nance of flame arresters and PV vents in accordance of that allowed inside of buildings in steel above-
with NFPA 30 or API 2000.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
57-14 Code Council

ground tanks would otherwise require providing a filled simultaneously. The introduction of flammable
Group H occupancy or a protected above-ground or combustible liquids into several tanks at the same
tank. Accordingly, tanks connected to and supplying time will require the vent system to release the vapor
fuel to fuel-burning equipment must be vented to an in the tank being displaced by the flammable or com-
approved location outside the building. bustible liquids. This displaced vapor could exceed
The exception does not specify a minimum termi- the capacity of the vent, causing a buildup of pres-
nation height for the vent opening nor a minimum sure.
separation distance from property lines or building
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
5704.2.7.3.5.3 Tanks storing Class I liquids. Vent piping
eaves. Instead, the terminus of the normal vent is for tanks storing Class I liquids shall not be manifolded with
required to be at a safe location outside of buildings. vent piping for tanks storing Class II and III liquids unless
Given that biodiesel and many biodiesel blends are positive means are provided to prevent the vapors from Class
classified as Class IIIA or IIIB liquids, it will be difficult I liquids from entering tanks storing Class II and III liquids,
to ignite the vapors exhausted through the normal to prevent contamination and possible change in classifica-
vent opening from a storage tank inside of a building. tion of less volatile liquid.
The exception will provide flexibility to the design pro-
fessional and fire code official in the placement of the  Vapor from a Class I liquid is not to be vented with
termination point for a normal vent discharging Class Class II or III liquid vapors unless a positive means is
IIIB liquid vapors. provided to prevent the Class I vapors from entering
tanks storing Class II or III liquids. The flash point of
5704.2.7.3.4 Installation of vent piping. Vent piping shall the Class I liquid vapor may affect the flash point of
be designed, sized, constructed and installed in accordance the vapors in the tanks storing the Class II or III liq-
with Section 5703.6. Vent pipes shall be installed such that uids.
they will drain toward the tank without sags or traps in which
liquid can collect. Vent pipes shall be installed in such a man- 5704.2.7.4 Emergency venting. Stationary, above-ground
ner so as not to be subject to physical damage or vibration. tanks shall be equipped with additional venting that will
relieve excessive internal pressure caused by exposure to
 Section 5703.6 covers the design, installation, testing fires. Emergency vents for Class I, II and IIIA liquids shall
and protection of vent pipes. Vent pipes are to drain not discharge inside buildings. The venting shall be installed
to the tank and not accumulate condensation in the and maintained in accordance with Section 22.7 of NFPA 30.
vent pipe.
Exceptions:
5704.2.7.3.5 Manifolding. Tank vent piping shall not be
manifolded unless required for special purposes such as 1. Tanks larger than 12,000 gallons (45 420 L) in
vapor recovery, vapor conservation or air pollution control. capacity storing Class IIIB liquids that are not
within the diked area or the drainage path of Class I
 The combining of vent pipes into a manifold is not or II liquids do not require emergency relief venting.
permitted as a function for venting unless it is
required for the purposes stated in this section. Mani- 2. Emergency vents on protected above-ground tanks
folding of several vents can cause pressure problems complying with UL 2085 containing Class II or IIIA
during tank-filling operations or in case of a fire in or liquids are allowed to discharge inside the building.
near the tanks. When vapor recovery, vapor conser-  Stationary above-ground tanks can be exposed to an
vation or pollution control is necessary, the vents can external fire that will heat the tank, generating a
be manifolded so that the same equipment can be greater volume of flammable or combustible liquid
used for multiple vents. vapors in the tank. These vapors can create pres-
5704.2.7.3.5.1 Above-ground tanks. For above-ground sures that could damage the tank or piping system,
tanks, manifolded vent pipes shall be adequately sized to pre- so these tanks are vented to relieve this additional
vent system pressure limits from being exceeded where man- pressure. If the tank is installed inside of a building
ifolded tanks are subject to the same fire exposure. and exposed to a fire, the tank is required to vent
itself, releasing flammable or combustible liquid
 Manifolding of above-ground tanks requires the mani- vapors into the building, which is already involved in a
fold to be designed to handle the additional pressure fire. Since the tank will be venting flammable vapors
generated by the heating of the flammable or com- into a fire scenario, vapor ignition would be immedi-
bustible liquid. This additional pressure could cause ate and the reaction would be continuous and uncon-
pressure to build up in other tanks or in the piping trolled. This hazard is mitigated by requiring that the
system. This additional pressure could create leaks emergency vents for Class I, II and IIIA liquid tanks
or failure of other tanks or piping. discharge outside the building.
5704.2.7.3.5.2 Underground tanks. For underground tanks, Recognizing the reduced hazard of Class IIIB liq-
manifolded vent pipes shall be sized to prevent system pres- uids, Exception 1 provides that stationary above-
sure limits from being exceeded when manifolded tanks are ground tanks storing more than 12,000 gallons (45
filled simultaneously. 420 L) of Class IIIB liquids do not need emergency
 Manifolding of underground tanks must consider the venting if the tank is not in the same containment
buildup of pressure when the underground tanks are area or drainage path as tanks with Class I or II liq-

uids. The high boiling point of Class IIIB liquids and erly identified and provided with a liquid-tight cap that shall
the high volume provide a degree of safety before the be closed when not in use.
buildup of internal pressure. With the tank safety fea- Filling and emptying connections to indoor tanks contain-
tures, the volume of Class IIIB liquid and having the ing Class IIIB liquids and connected to fuel-burning equip-
tank located so that it does not affect tanks storing ment shall be located at a finished ground level location
Class I or II liquids, emergency venting is not outside of buildings. Such openings shall be provided with a
required. liquid-tight cap that shall be closed when not in use. A sign in
Exception 2 recognizes the higher level of protec- accordance with Section 5003.6 that displays the following
tion afforded by a UL 2085-protected above-ground warning shall be permanently attached at the filling location:
tank storing Class II or IIIA liquid by allowing the
emergency vent to discharge inside the building. This TRANSFERRING FUEL OTHER THAN
is made possible by the fact that UL 2085 tanks are CLASS IIIB COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID TO
designed and constructed to withstand a 2-hour pool THIS TANK CONNECTION IS A VIOLATION
fire test of 2,000°F (1111°C) during which no single OF THE FIRE CODE AND IS STRICTLY
point temperature may exceed 400°F (204°C) and PROHIBITED
the average temperature rise throughout the internal  In order to eliminate the hazards associated with
tank can be no greater than 260°F (126.67°C). Given inside connections, tanks for Class I, II and IIIA liq-
the stringent UL 2085 testing requirements, activation uids are to have openings for filling, emptying and
of the emergency vent is likely only under extreme vapor recovery connections outside of the building
fire conditions over an extended period of time. Fur- and away from property lines and ignition sources in
ther, NFPA 30 requires that emergency vents placed accordance with Section 5704.2.7.5.6. The flash
on vent pipes that extend beyond 12 inches (305 point of the liquids creates a hazard that is not
mm) from the tank be reengineered to account for the acceptable inside a building where vapors could
potential back pressure and ensure activation at the accumulate and find their way to an ignition source.
appropriate pressure. It is not unusual to see vent The English-language sign complying with Section
lines extending 30 or 40 feet (9.14 or 12.19 m) or 5003.6 required by this section is to warn delivery
more through a building in order to achieve the exte- drivers that liquids other than Class IIIB liquids are
rior discharge. Allowing the emergency vent to dis- not to be delivered to the subject fill pipe. Since some
charge inside eliminates the need to reengineer the tanks storing Class IIIB liquid biodiesel fuels are
venting and ensures proper sizing and activation of allowed to vent inside the building in accordance with
the emergency vent. Section 5704.2.7.3.3, this is intended to prevent the
5704.2.7.5 Tank openings other than vents. Tank openings inadvertent delivery of higher hazard (i.e., lower flash
for other than vents shall comply with Sections 5704.2.7.5.1 point) liquids to the tank with the corresponding dis-
through 5704.2.7.5.8. charge of vapors inside the building (see commen-
tary, Section 5704.2.7.3.3).
 Tanks will have openings other than a vent opening.
It will be necessary to have openings for the transfer 5704.2.7.5.3 Piping, connections and fittings. Piping, con-
of flammable and combustible liquids to monitor the nections, fittings and other appurtenances shall be installed in
contents, sampling, etc. These openings will need to accordance with Section 5703.6.
be controlled to avoid the escape of vapors of flam-  Section 5703.6 covers the design, installation, testing
mable and combustible liquids or the entrance of air. and protection of vent pipes.
5704.2.7.5.1 Connections below liquid level. Connections 5704.2.7.5.4 Manual gauging. Openings for manual gaug-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
for tank openings below the liquid level shall be liquid tight. ing, if independent of the fill pipe, shall be provided with a
 Connections below the liquid level for flammable and liquid-tight cap or cover. Covers shall be kept closed when
combustible liquids are to be liquid tight. A connection not gauging. If inside a building, such openings shall be pro-
that is not liquid tight may allow the flammable or tected against liquid overflow and possible vapor release by
combustible liquid to leak from the connection. The means of a spring-loaded check valve or other approved
leakage could cause a vapor-air mixture that is device.
between the lower flammable limit and the upper  A manual gauge opening that has a liquid-tight cap
flammable limit. and protection against overfill and vapor release is
5704.2.7.5.2 Filling, emptying and vapor recovery connec- acceptable in tanks located inside a building. The
tions. Filling, emptying and vapor recovery connections to manual gauge opening is permitted if it meets the
tanks containing Class I, II or IIIA liquids shall be located safety requirements to prevent spillage, leakage and
outside of buildings in accordance with Section 5704.2.7.5.6 vapor release and has the operation feature that the
at a location free from sources of ignition and not less than 5 opening has to be closed except when used to check
feet (1524 mm) away from building openings or lot lines of the contents of the tank.
property that can be built upon. Such openings shall be prop-
57-16 Code Council

5704.2.7.5.5 Fill pipes and discharge lines. For top-loaded This is to prevent designs that propose to hoist fuel
tanks, a metallic fill pipe shall be designed and installed to delivery truck hose lines up the exterior of the build-
minimize the generation of static electricity by terminating ing to rooftops and other building levels above the fin-
the pipe within 6 inches (152 mm) of the bottom of the tank, ished ground level (see also commentary, Section
and it shall be installed in a manner that avoids excessive 5704.2.7.5.2).
vibration. 5704.2.7.5.7 Protection against vapor release. Tank open-
 The filling of a tank with flammable or combustible liq- ings provided for purposes of vapor recovery shall be pro-
uids can generate static electricity. To reduce the tected against possible vapor release by means of a spring-
generation of static electricity for a top-loaded tank, loaded check valve or dry-break connections, or other
the fill pipe is to be metallic and extend to within 6 approved device, unless the opening is a pipe connected to a
inches (152 mm) of the tank bottom. vapor processing system. Openings designed for combined
fill and vapor recovery shall also be protected against vapor
5704.2.7.5.5.1 Class I liquids. For Class I liquids other than
release unless connection of the liquid delivery line to the fill
crude oil, gasoline and asphalt, the fill pipe shall be designed
pipe simultaneously connects the vapor recovery line. Con-
and installed in a manner that will minimize the possibility of
nections shall be vapor tight.
generating static electricity by terminating within 6 inches
(152 mm) of the bottom of the tank.  Connections are to be vapor tight to prevent the
release of vapor from flammable or combustible liq-
 Class I liquids other than crude oil, gasoline and
uids into the area surrounding the tank. The release
asphalt are to comply with Section 5704.2.7.5.5.
of vapor from flammable or combustible liquids could
5704.2.7.5.5.2 Underground tanks. For underground tanks, create a vapor-air mixture that exceeds the LFL. The
fill pipe and discharge lines shall enter only through the top. code does permit connections that are not vapor tight
Fill lines shall be sloped toward the tank. Underground tanks if the connection is part of the vapor-recovery system.
for Class I liquids having a capacity greater than 1,000 gal- This exception is permitted because the vapor-recov-
lons (3785 L) shall be equipped with a tight fill device for ery system should be operating at a pressure lower
connecting the fill hose to the tank. than atmospheric pressure. This lower pressure
 Underground tanks are to have the fill pipe and dis- should prevent vapor from escaping the vapor-recov-
charge pipe through the top. These fill and discharge ery system.
pipes are to slope to the top to prevent the accumula- 5704.2.7.5.8 Overfill prevention. An approved means or
tion of flammable and combustible liquid. The tight fill method in accordance with Section 5704.2.9.7.6 shall be pro-
device for tanks having a capacity of 1,000 gallons vided to prevent the overfill of all Class I, II and IIIA liquid
(3785 L) of Class I liquid is to ensure a liquid-tight storage tanks. Storage tanks in refineries, bulk plants or ter-
mechanical connection of the fill hose to the tank. minals regulated by Section 5706.4 or 5706.7 shall have
This connection will reduce the potential for spills or overfill protection in accordance with API 2350.
leakage and the mixing of Class I vapors with air. An approved means or method in accordance with Section
5704.2.7.5.6 Location of connections that are made or 5704.2.9.7.6 shall be provided to prevent the overfilling of
broken. Filling, withdrawal and vapor-recovery connections Class IIIB liquid storage tanks connected to fuel-burning
for Class I, II and IIIA liquids that are made and broken shall equipment inside buildings.
be located outside of buildings, not more than 5 feet (1524
Exception: Outside above-ground tanks with a capacity of
mm) above the finished ground level, in an approved location
1,320 gallons (5000 L) or less.
in close proximity to the parked delivery vehicle. Such loca-
tion shall be away from sources of ignition and not less than 5  In the 2003 and earlier editions and drafts of the
feet (1524 mm) away from building openings. Such connec- code, this section required that all above-ground stor-
tions shall be closed and liquid tight when not in use and shall age tanks, regardless of capacity, be provided with
be properly identified. an approved means or method of overfill prevention.
For smaller tanks [less than 200- to 300-gallon (757
 The low flash point of liquids creates a hazard that is to 1136 L) capacity], technology exists to provide
not acceptable inside of a building where vapors such protection. However, it must be an engineered
could accumulate. In order to eliminate the hazards design using a liquid-level limit switch and shutoff
associated with inside connections that are made or valve in the tank fill opening, which can cost thou-
broken, tanks for Class I, II and IIIA liquids are to sands of dollars. Off-the-shelf overfill prevention
have their filling, emptying and vapor-recovery con- devices are generally not available in the market-
nections outside of the building and away from prop- place because most tank manufacturers provide fill
erty lines and ignition sources in accordance with this openings that are less than 2 inches (51 mm) in diam-
section. The flash point of the liquids creates a haz- eter on smaller tanks and the off-the-shelf overfill pre-
ard that is not acceptable inside a building where vention devices currently available are designed for
vapors could accumulate and find their way to an use with tank openings 2 inches (51 mm) or larger in
ignition source. diameter.
This section also requires that the tank-fill connec- A second issue relates to the frequency and size of
tion location is required to be at ground level where spills. The United States Coast Guard maintains data
the fuel delivery truck driver has direct access to it.

on spill amounts and locations in accordance with the 5704.2.7.7 Design of supports. The design of the supporting
Federal Water Pollution Control Act. A review of that structure for tanks shall be in accordance with the Interna-
data disclosed that the volume of spills has been on a tional Building Code and NFPA 30.
downward trend since 1974. For spills of 101 to 1,000  Footings, foundations and structural supports for
gallons (382 to 3785 L), 1,457 events occurred in tanks must comply with the IBC and NFPA 30.
1974, but in 2001, only 216 such spill events
occurred. Also, 87.6 percent of all the spills reported 5704.2.7.8 Locations subject to flooding. Where a tank is
to the Coast Guard are less than 100 gallons (379 L). located in an area where it is subject to buoyancy because of a
Certainly, while no spill is acceptable, the data clearly rise in the water table, flooding or accumulation of water
shows that when spills do occur, they are typically from fire suppression operations, uplift protection shall be
less than 100 gallons (379 L). provided in accordance with Sections 22.14 and 23.14 of
Overfill protection is important for flammable and NFPA 30.
combustible liquids but not necessary on small tanks.  The tank, with its content of flammable or combusti-
Those code requirements for overfill prevention for ble liquid, may weigh less than an equivalent volume
above-ground petroleum storage tanks align with the of water. If this occurs and the tank is subjected to
federal requirements for Spill Prevention Control and flooding, the tank will float. This will place stresses on
Countermeasures (SPCC) Plans. An SPCC plan is piping systems that could fail, causing the flammable
required in accordance with the U.S. Oil Pollution Act or combustible liquid to spill. The flooding may be
for most sites with an aggregate tank volume of over from natural causes or from fire suppression opera-
1,320 gallons (4996 L). Additionally, tanks over 660 tions. The application of water by a fire department
gallons (2498 L) typically have 2-inch (51 mm) or could cause flooding in the area of the tank. Section
larger openings that can accommodate off-the-shelf 26.6 of NFPA 30 contains the criteria for designing
overfill prevention devices discussed above. anchorage for both above-ground and underground
API 2350 includes recommended practices on pre- tanks. Flood hazard areas are defined in IBC Section
vention of overfills of above-ground tanks of greater 202.
than 1,320 gallons (4996 L) storing Class I and II liquids 5704.2.7.9 Corrosion protection. Where subject to external
associated with marketing, refining, pipeline and similar corrosion, tanks shall be fabricated from corrosion-resistant
facilities (see commentary, Section 5704.2.9.7.5). materials, coated or provided with corrosion protection in
Even though this section does not otherwise accordance with Section 23.3.5 of NFPA 30.
require overfill protection on tanks storing Class IIIB
liquids, it recognizes one of the major concerns about  Soil conditions and environmental conditions can
Class IIIB liquid biodiesel tanks connected to fuel- cause tanks to deteriorate. Corrosion can weaken the
burning equipment. That concern is that a facility tank, creating a potential for leakage. The tank is to
could discover after installation that the fuel-burning be protected from corrosion by use of corrosion-resis-
equipment either isn’t working as efficiently as tant material, coatings, cathodic protection or meth-
desired with the Class IIIB liquid biofuel, or the biofuel ods described in Section 23.3.4 of NFPA 30. See
becomes unavailable or more costly than traditional Section 5703.6.5 for requirements for corrosion pro-
diesel fuel. Under such circumstances, the facility tection for piping.
may elect to switch to a higher hazard fuel such as 5704.2.7.10 Leak reporting. A consistent or accidental loss
Class II diesel fuel without a permit as required by of liquid, or other indication of a leak from a tank system,
Section 105.6.16(8) or other notification to the juris- shall be reported immediately to the fire department, the fire
diction. The result of such a switch could be a signifi- code official and other authorities having jurisdiction.
cantly noncompliant tank system where now a Class
II liquid fuel storage tank exists where none did  The leakage of flammable or combustible liquids is a
before and is without the safeguard of overfill protec- serious fire hazard. This hazard is to be immediately
tion. The lower flash point of the Class II liquid cre- reported to the fire department, the fire code official
ates an overfill hazard potential that is not acceptable and other authorities having jurisdiction.
inside a building where vapors could accumulate and The leaking tank will have to be repaired or taken
find their way to an ignition source. out of service. The fire code official will have to review
plans and issue a permit for the repair.
5704.2.7.6 Repair, alteration or reconstruction of tanks 5704.2.7.10.1 Leaking tank disposition. Leaking tanks shall
and piping. The repair, alteration or reconstruction, includ- be promptly emptied, repaired and returned to service, aban-
ing welding, cutting and hot tapping of storage tanks and pip- doned or removed in accordance with Section 5704.2.13 or
ing that have been placed in service, shall be in accordance 5704.2.14.
with NFPA 30. Hot work, as defined in Section 202, on such
tanks shall be conducted in accordance with Section 3510.  Leaking tanks must be repaired, taken out of service
or removed. The fire code official must review plans
 Tanks and piping for flammable and combustible liq- and issue a permit for these activities.
uids can be repaired, altered or reconstructed under 5704.2.7.11 Tank lining. Steel tanks are allowed to be lined
the criteria of NFPA 30 and in accordance with Sec- only for the purpose of protecting the interior from corrosion
tion 3510. or providing compatibility with a material to be stored. Only
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
57-18 Code Council

those liquids tested for compatibility with the lining material Vaults shall be designed to be wind and earthquake resis-
are allowed to be stored in lined tanks. tant, in accordance with the International Building Code.
 Tanks are lined to prevent corrosion from attacking  The vault is to be of noncombustible materials with
the interior surface. Water vapor can condense inside openings required only for the operation and mainte-
a tank or the flammable or combustible liquid stored nance of the enclosed tank. Reinforced concrete is to
can be corrosive. The type of lining will limit the use be used for the walls and floor and the top is
of the tank to flammable and combustible liquids that designed to vent an explosion.
are compatible with the lining. 5704.2.8.3 Secondary containment. Vaults shall be substan-
5704.2.8 Vaults. Vaults shall be allowed to be either above or tially liquid tight and there shall not be backfill around the
below grade and shall comply with Sections 5704.2.8.1 tank or within the vault. The vault floor shall drain to a sump.
through 5704.2.8.18. For premanufactured vaults, liquid tightness shall be certified
as part of the listing provided by a nationally recognized test-
 Vaults are designed and constructed for the protec-
ing laboratory. For field-erected vaults, liquid tightness shall
tion of tanks and as a secondary containment for
be certified in an approved manner.
flammable and combustible liquids. Above-ground
tanks may be installed in vaults.  The vault is to function as a secondary containment
5704.2.8.1 Listing required. Vaults shall be listed in accor- for the tank in the event of a leak or spillage. Any
dance with UL 2245. leakage or spillage must be removed by draining to a
sump in the vault floor. Premanufactured vaults are
Exception: Where approved by the fire code official, required to be listed in accordance with UL 2245 by
below-grade vaults are allowed to be constructed on site, Section 5704.2.8.1, and part of the analysis program
provided that the design is in accordance with the Interna- performed is an evaluation during the listing process
tional Building Code and that special inspections are con- of the effectiveness of secondary containment pro-
ducted to verify structural strength and compliance of the vided by a vault. It is much more difficult to accom-
installation with the approved design in accordance with plish a liquid-tight installation on a field-erected vault,
Section 1707 of the International Building Code. Installa- as evidenced by the proliferation of leaky basements
tion plans for below-grade vaults that are constructed on found throughout the country; therefore, to enhance
site shall be prepared by, and the design shall bear the the quality of field-erected vaults, such units must be
stamp of, a professional engineer. Consideration shall be certified for liquid tightness to the satisfaction of the
given to soil and hydrostatic loading on the floors, walls fire code official. Methods that might be used include
and lid; anticipated seismic forces; uplifting by groundwa- third-party inspection/evaluation and full-scale liquid
ter or flooding; and to loads imposed from above such as retention testing.
traffic and equipment loading on the vault lid.
5704.2.8.4 Internal clearance. There shall be sufficient
 Vaults must be listed to UL 2245. The fire code offi- clearance between the tank and the vault to allow for visual
cial can approve below-grade vaults that are con- inspection and maintenance of the tank and its appurtenances.
structed on site. These below-grade vaults must be Dispensing devices are allowed to be installed on tops of
designed by a professional engineer to comply with vaults.
the IBC. The construction is to be inspected by a
design professional. Flood hazard areas are defined  Maintenance and inspection of the tank requires that
in IBC Section 202. the clearance between the tank and the vault be suffi-
cient for personnel to perform these functions.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
5704.2.8.2 Design and construction. The vault shall com-

pletely enclose each tank. There shall not be openings in the 5704.2.8.5 Anchoring. Vaults and their tanks shall be suit-
vault enclosure except those necessary for access to, inspec- ably anchored to withstand uplifting by ground water or
tion of, and filling, emptying and venting of the tank. The flooding, including when the tank is empty.
walls and floor of the vault shall be constructed of reinforced  The tank and the vault may float if the water table is
concrete not less than 6 inches (152 mm) thick. The top of an high or flooding occurs. The tank is to be anchored to
above-grade vault shall be constructed of noncombustible the vault to prevent the tank from floating, while the
material and shall be designed to be weaker than the walls of vault is also to be anchored to prevent it from floating.
the vault, to ensure that the thrust of an explosion occurring Anchoring is also required under Section 5704.2.7.8.
inside the vault is directed upward before significantly high Flood hazard areas are defined in IBC Section 202.
pressure can develop within the vault. 5704.2.8.6 Vehicle impact protection. Vaults shall be resis-
The top of an at-grade or below-grade vault shall be tant to damage from the impact of a motor vehicle, or vehicle
designed to relieve safely or contain the force of an explosion impact protection shall be provided in accordance with Sec-
occurring inside the vault. The top and floor of the vault and tion 312.
the tank foundation shall be designed to withstand the antici-
 Protection from impact by vehicles is provided by
pated loading, including loading from vehicular traffic, where guard posts or other approved barriers. Section 312
applicable. The walls and floor of a vault installed below
contains the specifications for guard posts or the
grade shall be designed to withstand anticipated soil and design forces required for an approved barrier to
hydrostatic loading.

comply with the code. Protection from vehicle impact alarm when the system detects vapors that reach or exceed 25
is also required under Section 5703.6.4. percent of the lower explosive limit (LEL) of the liquid
5704.2.8.7 Arrangement. Tanks shall be listed for above- stored. Vapor detectors shall be located not higher than 12
ground use, and each tank shall be in its own vault. Compart- inches (305 mm) above the lowest point in the vault. Liquid
mentalized tanks shall be allowed and shall be considered as detection systems shall sound an alarm upon detection of any
a single tank. Adjacent vaults shall be allowed to share a liquid, including water. Liquid detectors shall be located in
common wall. The common wall shall be liquid and vapor accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Activation
tight and shall be designed to withstand the load imposed of either vapor or liquid detection systems shall cause a signal
when the vault on either side of the wall is filled with water. to be sounded at an approved, constantly attended location
within the facility serving the tanks or at an approved loca-
 Above-ground tanks installed in vaults are to be inde- tion. Activation of vapor detection systems shall also shut off
pendent of each other; a separate vault is to be con- dispenser pumps.
structed for each tank. The individual vaults can use
a common separation wall if it does not allow the  The vault is to have liquid and vapor detection sys-
flammable and combustible liquids or their vapors tems that sound an alarm when either is present. The
from one vault to enter another vault. This common systems are to have battery backup in the event of a
wall must be able to resist the hydrostatic loads if the power failure.
adjacent vault is flooded. The liquid and vapor detection systems are to
sound an alarm at a constantly attended location that
5704.2.8.8 Connections. Connections shall be provided to is approved by the fire code official.
permit venting of each vault to dilute, disperse and remove The vapor detection system is to sound an alarm
vapors prior to personnel entering the vault. and shut off dispensing pumps when the detection
 Because flammable and combustible vapors are nor- system senses a vapor concentration of 25 percent or
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
mally heavier than air, the vault must have connec- greater of the flammable or combustible LFL.
tions for venting these vapors. 5704.2.8.12 Liquid removal. Means shall be provided to
5704.2.8.9 Ventilation. Vaults that contain tanks of Class I recover liquid from the vault. Where a pump is used to meet
liquids shall be provided with an exhaust ventilation system this requirement, the pump shall not be permanently installed
installed in accordance with Section 5004.3. The ventilation in the vault. Electric-powered portable pumps shall be suit-
system shall operate continuously or be designed to operate able for use in Class I, Division 1, or Zone 0 locations, as
upon activation of the vapor or liquid detection system. The defined in NFPA 70.
system shall provide ventilation at a rate of not less than 1  A method for removing liquid from the vault must be
cubic foot per minute (cfm) per square foot of floor area provided. This can be through a gravity drain, if the
[0.00508 m3/(s · m2)], but not less than 150 cfm (4 m3/min). site is appropriate, or by manual or portable electric
The exhaust system shall be designed to provide air move- pumps.
ment across all parts of the vault floor. Supply and exhaust
ducts shall extend to within 3 inches (76 mm), but not more 5704.2.8.13 Normal vents. Vent pipes that are provided for
than 12 inches (305 mm), of the floor. The exhaust system normal tank venting shall terminate not less than 12 feet
shall be installed in accordance with the International (3658 mm) above ground level.
Mechanical Code.  Vault vent pipe termination must comply with Section
 The removal of Class I vapors from a vault requires 5704.2.7.3.3.
that a ventilation system be installed according to 5704.2.8.14 Emergency vents. Emergency vents shall be
Section 5004.3 and the IMC. The ventilation system vapor tight and shall be allowed to discharge inside the vault.
must have supply and exhaust ducts within 3 inches Long-bolt manhole covers shall not be allowed for this pur-
(76 mm) to 12 inches (305 mm) of the vault floor. pose.
These ducts are to provide ventilation across the  An emergency vent is necessary to release any pres-
entire vault floor to remove the vapors and provide sure that develops in a tank when it is exposed to fire.
breathable air. The fire will cause a release of vapor from the flam-
5704.2.8.10 Liquid detection. Vaults shall be equipped with mable or combustible liquid, greatly exceeding pres-
a detection system capable of detecting liquids, including sures expected during normal operation. The
water, and activating an alarm. emergency vent on a tank is to prevent the tank from
 The liquid detection system is to identify any leakage rupturing, which would expose a greater volume of
or spillage of flammable or combustible liquids. There flammable or combustible liquids to the fire.
are two concerns for liquid detection: flammable or 5704.2.8.15 Accessway. Vaults shall be provided with an
combustible liquids and water leaking into the vault. approved personnel accessway with a minimum dimension of
5704.2.8.11 Monitoring and detection. Vaults shall be pro- 30 inches (762 mm) and with a permanently affixed, nonfer-
vided with approved vapor and liquid detection systems and rous ladder. Accessways shall be designed to be nonsparking.
equipped with on-site audible and visual warning devices Travel distance from any point inside a vault to an accessway
with battery backup. Vapor detection systems shall sound an shall not exceed 20 feet (6096 mm). At each entry point, a
warning sign indicating the need for procedures for safe entry
57-20 Code Council

into confined spaces shall be posted. Entry points shall be doned or out-of-service tank, yet require similar miti-
secured against unauthorized entry and vandalism. gation, such that the removal of such an unsafe tank
needs to be in accordance with the safeguards other-
 Access to the vault must have a minimum dimension
wise required.
of 30 inches (762 mm) for ease of personnel pas-
The reference to Section 106.4 addresses the
sage. Because there is the possibility of vapors from
issue of previous approvals that were mistakenly
flammable and combustible liquids in the vault, the
given by an inspector when a violation may have
accessway and ladder are to be nonsparking. Vapor
gone unnoticed.
from flammable and combustible liquids can replace
the air in a vault. For personnel safety, the travel dis- 5704.2.9.2 Fire protection. Fire protection for above-ground
tance is limited and warning signs must be posted to tanks shall comply with Sections 5704.2.9.2.1 through
remind personnel of potential hazards. 5704.2.9.2.4.
5704.2.8.16 Fire protection. Vaults shall be provided with a  Above-ground tanks are equipped with fire protection
suitable means to admit a fire suppression agent. to control exterior fire exposure, control fire from flam-
mable and combustible liquid, protect the tank struc-
 The fire suppression agent used to control a flamma-
ture and protect the facility.
ble or combustible liquid fire in a vault may be water,
foam or some combination. The vault must be 5704.2.9.2.1 Required foam fire protection systems. Where
equipped with a suitable means for applying the fire required by the fire code official, foam fire protection shall be
suppression agent. provided for above-ground tanks, other than pressure tanks
operating at or above 1 pound per square inch gauge (psig)
5704.2.8.17 Classified area. The interior of a vault contain-
(6.89 kPa) where such tank, or group of tanks spaced less
ing a tank that stores a Class I liquid shall be designated a
than 50 feet (15 240 mm) apart measured shell to shell, has a
Class I, Division 1, or Zone 0 location, as defined in NFPA
liquid surface area in excess of 1,500 square feet (139 m2),
70.
and is in accordance with one of the following:
 The interior of a vault storing Class I liquid is a Class
1. Used for the storage of Class I or II liquids.
I, Division 1, location for determining the type of elec-
trical system and components to be installed. 2. Used for the storage of crude oil.
5704.2.8.18 Overfill protection. Overfill protection shall be 3. Used for in-process products and is located within 100
provided in accordance with Section 5704.2.9.7.6. The use of feet (30 480 mm) of a fired still, heater, related frac-
a float vent valve shall be prohibited. tioning or processing apparatus or similar device at a
processing plant or petroleum refinery as herein
 Overfill protection is covered in Section 5704.2.9.7.6
defined.
and applies to all flammable and combustible liquids.
5704.2.9 Above-ground tanks. Above-ground storage of 4. Considered by the fire code official as posing an
flammable and combustible liquids in tanks shall comply unusual exposure hazard because of topographical con-
with Section 5704.2 and Sections 5704.2.9.1 through ditions; nature of occupancy, proximity on the same or
5704.2.9.7.9. adjoining property, and height and character of liquids
to be stored; degree of private fire protection to be pro-
 The storage of flammable and combustible liquids is vided; and facilities of the fire department to cope with
permitted in above-ground tanks if the tanks are flammable liquid fires.
equipped to prevent the flammable and combustible
liquid from escaping and becoming a vapor-air mix-  The fire code official has the authority to require a
ture in the flammable range. Operation of these foam fire protection system for above-ground tanks
above-ground tanks, sources of ignition, locations, when the tanks satisfy the criteria in this section.
security, etc., are covered to ensure a safe facility These limits are based on the capacity of the foam
and operation. fire protection system.
5704.2.9.1 Existing noncompliant installations. Existing 5704.2.9.2.2 Foam fire protection system installation.
above-ground tanks shall be maintained in accordance with Where foam fire protection is required, it shall be installed in
the code requirements that were applicable at the time of accordance with NFPA 11.
 Foam fire protection systems are to comply with
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
installation. Above-ground tanks that were installed in viola-

tion of code requirements applicable at the time of installa- NFPA 11. Such systems are for use on flammable
tion shall be made code compliant or shall be removed in and combustible liquid hazards in local areas of a
accordance with Section 5704.2.14, regardless of whether building, for storage tanks and for indoor or outdoor
such tank has been previously inspected (see Section 106.4). processing areas. NFPA 11 also covers systems for
 For existing, noncompliant above-ground storage use on liquid fuel fires in small enclosed or partially
tanks that constitute a hazard, such as an under- enclosed spaces.
ground tank being used above ground, straightfor- Foam can provide quick and effective coverage for
ward guidance and a clear-cut authorization, as flammable liquid spill fires where rapid vapor sup-
provided by this section, to remove the tank is pression is essential. High-expansion foams are for
needed. These situations are different from an aban- use on liquid fuel fires where depth of coverage is

important to fill volumes where fire exists at various fire instead of the ASTM E119 estimate of fuel con-
levels. High-expansion foams are more effective tent in a building.
indoors than outdoors. The exceptions to this fire rating for the structural
5704.2.9.2.2.1 Foam storage. Where foam fire protection is support are based on the fire protection provided by
required, foam-producing materials shall be stored on the other means listed under UL 2085, protection pro-
premises. vided by a waterspray system under NFPA 15 or for a
tank inside a sprinklered building.
Exception: Storage of foam-producing materials off the
premises is allowed as follows: 5704.2.9.2.4 Inerting of tanks storing boilover liquids. Liq-
uids with boilover characteristics shall not be stored in fixed
1. Such materials stored off the premises shall be of the roof tanks larger than 150 feet (45 720 mm) in diameter
proper type suitable for use with the equipment at unless an approved gas enrichment or inerting system is pro-
the installation where required. vided on the tank.
2. Such materials shall be readily available at the stor- Exception: Crude oil storage tanks in production fields
age location at all times. with no other exposures adjacent to the storage tank.
3. Adequate loading and transportation facilities shall  The application of water to a liquid with boilover char-
be provided. acteristics can cause a rapid increase in the fire. The
4. The time required to deliver such materials to the boilover liquid may be hot enough to vaporize water
required location in the event of fire shall be consis- that has been added to the fire or water that may be
tent with the hazards and fire scenarios for which the under the boilover liquid. The sudden release of
foam supply is intended. steam can cause the fire to greatly increase in inten-
5. At the time of a fire, these off-premises supplies sity or cause an explosion. Using an inert system to
shall be accumulated in sufficient quantities before suppress a fire in a large diameter tank will reduce
placing the equipment in operation to ensure foam the potential danger from boilover.
production at an adequate rate without interruption The exception notes that where the hazard is lim-
until extinguishment is accomplished. ited to an isolated crude oil tank in a production field,
the inert system is not required.
 When the fire code official requires a foam fire protec- 5704.2.9.3 Supports, foundations and anchorage. Sup-
tion system, the foam must be stored on site. ports, foundations and anchorages for above-ground tanks
The exception allows the fire code official to autho- shall be designed and constructed in accordance with NFPA
rize off-site foam storage if the off-site storage does
30 and the International Building Code.
not hamper the foam fire protection. Consideration
must be given to type of foam, availability, time  Footings, foundations and structural supports for
needed to get the foam material to the site and the above-ground tanks must comply with the IBC and
quantity of foam material required before authoriza- NFPA 30.
tion for off-site foam storage is approved. 5704.2.9.4 Stairways, platforms and walkways. Stairways,
5704.2.9.2.3 Fire protection of supports. Supports or pil- platforms and walkways shall be of noncombustible con-
ings for above-ground tanks storing Class I, II or IIIA liquids struction and shall be designed and constructed in accordance
elevated more than 12 inches (305 mm) above grade shall with NFPA 30 and the International Building Code.
have a fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 hours in accor-  Stairways, platforms and walkways for above-ground
dance with the fire exposure criteria specified in ASTM tanks must be of noncombustible construction and
E1529. comply with the IBC and NFPA 30.
Exceptions: 5704.2.9.5 Above-ground tanks inside of buildings.
1. Structural supports tested as part of a protected Above-ground tanks inside of buildings shall comply with
above-ground tank in accordance with UL 2085. Sections 5704.2.9.5.1 and 5704.2.9.5.2.
2. Stationary tanks located outside of buildings where  This section introduces the requirements for above-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
protected by an approved water-spray system ground storage tanks inside buildings.

designed in accordance with Chapter 9 and NFPA 5704.2.9.5.1 Overfill prevention. Above-ground tanks stor-
15. ing Class I, II and IIIA liquids inside buildings shall be
3. Stationary tanks located inside of buildings equipped with a device or other means to prevent overflow
equipped throughout with an approved automatic into the building including, but not limited to: a float valve; a
sprinkler system designed in accordance with Sec- preset meter on the fill line; a valve actuated by the weight of
tion 903.3.1.1. the tank’s contents; a low-head pump that is incapable of pro-
ducing overflow; or a liquid-tight overflow pipe not less than
 Above-ground tank supports extending more than 12
one pipe size larger than the fill pipe and discharging by grav-
inches (305 mm) above grade must have no less
ity back to the outside source of liquid or to an approved
than 2-hour fire protection. This fire rating is based on
location. Tanks containing Class IIIB liquids and connected
ASTM E1529, which is based on a hydrocarbon pool
57-22 Code Council

to fuel-burning equipment shall be provided with a means to 5704.2.9.6.1.1 Location of tanks with pressures 2.5 psig or
prevent overflow into buildings in accordance with Section less. Above-ground tanks operating at pressures not exceed-
5704.2.7.5.8. ing 2.5 psig (17.2 kPa) for storage of Class I, II or IIIA liq-
uids, which are designed with a floating roof, a weak roof-to-
 Overfilling of tanks containing Class I, II and IIIA liq-
shell seam or equipped with emergency venting devices lim-
uids inside a building can release vapors that could
iting pressure to 2.5 psig (17.2 kPa), shall be located in accor-
reach concentrations at or above the LFL. Devices
dance with Table 22.4.1.1(a) of NFPA 30.
and equipment for filling of these tanks must be
designed to prevent spillage and damage to the stor- Exceptions:
age tank. 1. Vertical tanks having a weak roof-to-shell seam and
Note that tanks storing Class IIIB liquids and not storing Class IIIA liquids are allowed to be located
connected to fuel-burning equipment, such as waste at one-half the distances specified in Table
motor oil, are not subject to these requirements due 22.4.1.1(a) of NFPA 30, provided the tanks are not
to the higher flash point (lower volatility) and thus the within a diked area or drainage path for a tank stor-
lower relative hazard of the liquid. ing Class I or II liquids.
Tanks storing Class IIIB liquids and connected to
fuel burning equipment, however, are subject to over- 2. Liquids with boilover characteristics and unstable
fill protection requirements in accordance with Sec- liquids in accordance with Sections 5704.2.9.6.1.3
tion 5704.2.7.5.8 due to the potential for the creation and 5704.2.9.6.1.4.
of hazardous conditions as discussed in the com- 3. For protected above-ground tanks in accordance
mentary to that section. with Section 5704.2.9.7 and tanks in at-grade or
5704.2.9.5.2 Fill pipe connections. Fill pipe connections for above-grade vaults in accordance with Section
tanks storing Class I, II and IIIA liquids and Class IIIB liq- 5704.2.8, the distances in Table 22.4.1.1(b) of
uids connected to fuel-burning equipment shall be in accor- NFPA 30 shall apply and shall be reduced by one-
dance with Section 5704.2.9.7.7. half, but not to less than 5 feet (1524 mm).
 This section requires fill pipes on above-ground tanks  Above-ground tanks for Class I, II and IIIA liquids are
located inside buildings to be equipped with a means to be located at clearances specified by Table
to make a direct connection with the tank vehicle’s 22.4.1.1(a) of NFPA 30.
fuel-delivery hose. Essentially, it requires a “camlock” Exception 1 permits locating above-ground tanks
or other similar device and prohibits filling a tank for Class IIIA liquids at half the clearances of Table
located inside a building through the use of a hand- 22.4.1.1(a) of NFPA 30 if the tanks are isolated from
held nozzle. This requirement exists already for pro- tanks containing Class I and II liquids.
tected above-ground tanks in Section 5704.2.9.7.6, Exception 2 recognizes the special hazards of boi-
so a reference in this section establishes parity lover and unstable liquids by deferring to Section
between protected tanks and other types of tanks. 5704.2.9.6.1.3 or 5704.2.9.6.1.4, respectively.
Exception 3 recognizes the additional fire protec-
5704.2.9.6 Above-ground tanks outside of buildings.
tion provided by protected above-ground tanks and
Above-ground tanks outside of buildings shall comply with
tanks in vaults by allowing reduced separation dis-
Sections 5704.2.9.6.1 through 5704.2.9.6.3.
tances.
 Above-ground tanks outside of a building are sepa- 5704.2.9.6.1.2 Location of tanks with pressures exceeding
rated from other tanks and facilities to minimize the 2.5 psig. Above-ground tanks for the storage of Class I, II or
exposure to fire and transfer of fire from tank to tank IIIA liquids operating at pressures exceeding 2.5 psig (17.2
or to another facility. kPa) or equipped with emergency venting allowing pressures
5704.2.9.6.1 Locations where above-ground tanks are to exceed 2.5 psig (17.2 kPa) shall be located in accordance
prohibited. Storage of Class I and II liquids in above-ground with Table 22.4.1.3 of NFPA 30.
tanks outside of buildings is prohibited within the limits Exception: Liquids with boilover characteristics and
established by law as the limits of districts in which such stor- unstable liquids in accordance with Sections
age is prohibited (see Section 3 of the Sample Legislation for 5704.2.9.6.1.4 and 5704.2.9.6.1.5.
Adoption of the International Fire Code on page xxi).
 Above-ground tanks for Class I, II and IIIA liquids are
 This section enables the adopting jurisdiction to pro- to be located at clearances specified by Table
hibit the installation of above-ground tanks in certain 22.4.1.3 of NFPA 30.
geographic areas of the jurisdiction by enumerating The exception prohibits this tank spacing if the
them in the adopting legislation. The code book tanks contain liquids with boilover characteristics and
includes a sample adopting ordinance that contains a unstable liquids (see commentary, Sections
blank space for the jurisdiction to fill in describing the 5704.2.9.6.1.4 and 5704.2.9.6.1.5).
particular areas where above-ground tank installa-
tions are to be prohibited. 5704.2.9.6.1.3 Location of tanks storing boilover liquids.
Above-ground tanks for storage of liquids with boilover char-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

acteristics shall be located in accordance with Table 22.4.1.4 Because the placement of tanks can create an
of NFPA 30. access problem for fire department equipment, the
fire code official has the authority to require a greater
 Above-ground tanks containing boilover liquids are to
separation than required by Table 22.4.2.1 of NFPA
be located at clearances specified by Table 22.4.1.4
30 to ensure fire equipment access.
of NFPA 30.
The exception allows a 3-foot (914 mm) clearance
5704.2.9.6.1.4 Location of tanks storing unstable liquids. between above-ground tanks containing Class IIIB
Above-ground tanks for the storage of unstable liquids shall liquid if they meet the requirements stated.
be located in accordance with Table 22.4.1.5 of NFPA 30. The minimum clearance for above-ground tanks
 Above-ground tanks for unstable liquids are to be containing unstable liquids must be greater because
located at clearances specified by Table 22.4.1.5 of of the greater hazard they pose.
NFPA 30. 5704.2.9.6.3 Separation between adjacent tanks contain-
5704.2.9.6.1.5 Location of tanks storing Class IIIB liquids. ing flammable or combustible liquids and LP-gas. The
Above-ground tanks for the storage of Class IIIB liquids, minimum horizontal separation between an LP-gas container
excluding unstable liquids, shall be located in accordance and a Class I, II or IIIA liquid storage tank shall be 20 feet
with Table 22.4.1.6 of NFPA 30, except where located within (6096 mm) except in the case of Class I, II or IIIA liquid
a diked area or drainage path for a tank or tanks storing Class tanks operating at pressures exceeding 2.5 psig (17.2 kPa) or
I or II liquids. Where a Class IIIB liquid storage tank is equipped with emergency venting allowing pressures to
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
within the diked area or drainage path for a Class I or II liq- exceed 2.5 psig (17.2 kPa), in which case the provisions of
uid, distances required by Section 5704.2.9.6.1.1 shall apply. Section 5704.2.9.6.2 shall apply.
 Above-ground tanks for Class IIIB liquids, excluding An approved means shall be provided to prevent the accu-
unstable liquids,are to be located at clearances spec- mulation of Class I, II or IIIA liquids under adjacent LP-gas
ified by Table 22.4.1.6 of NFPA 30. Because of the containers such as by dikes, diversion curbs or grading.
hazards of Class I and II liquids, when an above- Where flammable or combustible liquid storage tanks are
ground tank for Class IIIB liquids is not isolated from within a diked area, the LP-gas containers shall be outside the
these liquids, the clearances specified by NFPA 30 diked area and not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) away from the
are to apply. centerline of the wall of the diked area.
5704.2.9.6.1.6 Reduction of separation distances to adja- Exceptions:
cent property. Where two tank properties of diverse owner- 1. Liquefied petroleum gas containers of 125 gallons
ship have a common boundary, the fire code official is (473 L) or less in capacity installed adjacent to fuel-
authorized to, with the written consent of the owners of the oil supply tanks of 660 gallons (2498 L) or less in
two properties, apply the distances in Sections 5704.2.9.6.1.2 capacity.
through 5704.2.9.6.1.5 assuming a single property.
2. Horizontal separation is not required between
 The fire code official has the authority to consider two above-ground LP-gas containers and underground
independent properties as a single property for tank flammable and combustible liquid tanks.
farms for determining the clearances. This authority
is limited to having the written consent from both  Liquefied petroleum gas (LP-gas) above-ground
property owners. This does not reduce the clear- tanks need a minimum clearance of 20 feet (6069
ances between above-ground tanks. mm) from above-ground tanks containing Class I, II
or IIIA liquids. When the above-ground tanks contain-
5704.2.9.6.2 Separation between adjacent stable or unsta- ing Class I, II and IIIA liquids are under pressure
ble liquid tanks. The separation between tanks containing exceeding 2.5 psig (17.2 kPa), the minimum clear-
stable liquids shall be in accordance with Table 22.4.2.1 of ance is according to Section 5704.2.9.6.3.
NFPA 30. Where tanks are in a diked area containing Class I LP-gas tanks require additional protection from
or II liquids, or in the drainage path of Class I or II liquids, Class I, II and IIIA liquids. Spills and leakage of the
and are compacted in three or more rows or in an irregular flammable and combustible liquids are to be kept
pattern, the fire code official is authorized to require greater away from the LP-gas tank by not placing the tanks in
separation than specified in Table 22.4.2.1 of NFPA 30 or a common diked area. Drainage from the above-
other means to make tanks in the interior of the pattern acces- ground tanks containing Class I, II and IIIA liquids is
sible for fire-fighting purposes. to be directed away from the LP-gas tank.
Exception: Tanks used for storing Class IIIB liquids are The exception states that small tanks of LP-gas
allowed to be spaced 3 feet (914 mm) apart unless within a and small fuel oil tanks need not be separated. There
diked area or drainage path for a tank storing Class I or II is no separation required between LP-gas tanks and
liquids. underground tanks of flammable and combustible liq-
uids.
The separation between tanks containing unstable liquids
shall be not less than one-half the sum of their diameters. 5704.2.9.7 Additional requirements for protected above-
ground tanks. In addition to the requirements of this chapter
 NFPA 30 specifies clearances between above- for above-ground tanks, the installation of protected above-
ground tanks containing stable and unstable liquids.
57-24 Code Council

ground tanks shall be in accordance with Sections 5004.2 and NFPA 30. Section 5004.2 discusses the
5704.2.9.7.1 through 5704.2.9.7.9. use of liquid-tight curbs, dikes and drainage systems
to divert the liquid to a location where it can be con-
 Besides being located to have the required clearance
tained and safely handled (see commentary, Section
between above-ground tanks and between above-
5004.2).
ground tanks and property lines or other structures,
the above-ground tanks are to be designed and con- 5704.2.9.7.4 Vehicle impact protection. Where protected
structed with safety features to protect and control above-ground tanks, piping, electrical conduit or dispensers
flammable and combustible liquids. These features are subject to vehicular impact, they shall be protected there-
include venting, flame arresters, secondary contain- from, either by having the impact protection incorporated into
ment, impact protection, overfill protection and antisi- the system design in compliance with the impact test protocol
phon devices. of UL 2085, or by meeting the provisions of Section 312, or
where necessary, a combination of both. Where guard posts
5704.2.9.7.1 Tank construction. The construction of a pro-
or other approved barriers are provided, they shall be inde-
tected above-ground tank and its primary tank shall be in
pendent of each above-ground tank.
accordance with Section 5704.2.7.
 Above-ground tanks can be protected from vehicle
 Tanks are to be designed according to NFPA 30 and
impact in one of two ways. Either the above-ground
labeled to indicate the design standard according to
tank system can be designed to satisfy the impact cri-
Section 5704.2.7.
teria of UL 2085 or guard posts or other approved
5704.2.9.7.2 Normal and emergency venting. Normal and barriers complying with Section 312 can be used for
emergency venting for protected above-ground tanks shall be protection from vehicle impact. Section 312 contains
provided in accordance with Sections 5704.2.7.3 and the specifications for guard posts or the design forces
5704.2.7.4. The vent capacity reduction factor shall not be required for an approved barrier to comply with the
allowed. code.
 Tanks must be vented to maintain the internal tank 5704.2.9.7.5 Overfill prevention. Protected above-ground
pressure within the design operating range. A low tanks shall not be filled in excess of 95 percent of their capac-
pressure can increase the generation of vapors. A ity. An overfill prevention system shall be provided for each
high pressure can damage the tank or piping system.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
tank. During tank-filling operations, the system shall comply

Any pressure outside of the design pressure range with one of the following:
can have an adverse effect on the operation of the 1. The system shall:
system as well as on the piping and equipment. Vent
lines are to be used solely as vents unless other uses 1.1. Provide an independent means of notifying the
are approved by the fire code official. The termination person filling the tank that the fluid level has
of a vent pipe is to direct the vapors away from the reached 90 percent of tank capacity by provid-
building. Vapors from flammable liquids are normally ing an audible or visual alarm signal, providing
heavier than air so that the vapor will settle to lower a tank level gauge marked at 90 percent of tank
levels. The termination of a vent pipe a minimum of capacity, or other approved means; and
12 feet (3658 mm) above grade will provide space for 1.2. Automatically shut off the flow of fuel to the
the vapors to disperse to concentrations below the tank when the quantity of liquid in the tank
LFL. This high termination elevation also reduces the reaches 95 percent of tank capacity. For rigid
potential for the termination to be close to grade-level hose fuel-delivery systems, an approved means
ignition sources. Because flammable liquid vapors shall be provided to empty the fill hose into the
are heavier than air, attention needs to be given to tank after the automatic shutoff device is acti-
the building design near the termination. Building vated.
design and features that may allow the flammable liq-
2. The system shall reduce the flow rate to not more than
uid vapors to reenter the building or to collect on the
15 gallons per minute (0.95 L/s) so that at the reduced
building must be eliminated. Because Class IIIB has
flow rate, the tank will not overfill for 30 minutes, and
a relatively high boiling point, the vent termination for
automatically shut off flow into the tank so that none of
this combustible liquid may terminate inside the build-
the fittings on the top of the tank are exposed to product
ing if the vent is normally closed. Section 5703.6 cov-
because of overfilling.
ers the design, installation, testing and protection of
vent pipes. Vent pipes must drain to the tank and not  To prevent spillage during filling, above-ground tanks
accumulate condensation in the vent pipe. must be limited to 95 percent of their capacity by an
5704.2.9.7.3 Secondary containment. Protected above- overfill protection system. Several methods are
ground tanks shall be provided with secondary containment, acceptable that provide design flexibility utilizing either
drainage control or diking in accordance with Section 5004.2. an audible or visible alarm when the tank becomes
A means shall be provided to establish the integrity of the 90-percent full, including draining the fill hose into the
secondary containment in accordance with NFPA 30. above-ground tank without exceeding the 95-percent
capacity; an automatic shutoff at 95-percent full or by
 Protected above-ground tanks are to be located a means of reducing the fill rate to not more than 15
within secondary containment according to Section

gallons per minute (gpm) (0.95 L/sec) so that, at that 5704.2.9.7.8 Tank openings. Tank openings in protected
reduced flow rate, the tank will not overfill for 30 min- above-ground tanks shall be through the top only.
utes, after which the fill flow will stop automatically.  Above-ground tanks can have an opening only
5704.2.9.7.5.1 Information signs. A permanent sign shall be through the tank top.
provided at the fill point for the tank, documenting the filling 5704.2.9.7.9 Antisiphon devices. Approved antisiphon
procedure and the tank calibration chart. devices shall be installed in each external pipe connected to
Exception: Where climatic conditions are such that the the protected above-ground tank where the pipe extends
sign may be obscured by ice or snow, or weathered below the level of the top of the tank.
beyond readability or otherwise impaired, said procedures
 To prevent spillage by siphoning through the fill con-
and chart shall be located in the office window, lock box
nection, an approved antisiphon device must be
or other area accessible to the person filling the tank.
installed on the fill connection. An antisiphon valve is
 A permanent sign displaying filling instructions and a a normally closed valve used on above-ground stor-
tank calibration chart must be located at the fill point. age tanks to help prevent a drain off of tank contents
If weather conditions exist that make an outdoor if a rupture in a line occurs below the liquid level in
permanent sign impractical, the exception allows the tank.
storing the instructions and calibration charts at 5704.2.10 Drainage and diking. The area surrounding a tank
another location that is accessible to the individual fill- or group of tanks shall be provided with drainage control or
ing the tank. shall be diked to prevent accidental discharge of liquid from
5704.2.9.7.5.2 Determination of available tank capacity. endangering adjacent tanks, adjoining property or reaching
The filling procedure shall require the person filling the tank waterways.
to determine the gallonage (literage) required to fill it to 90 Exceptions:
percent of capacity before commencing the fill operation.
1. The fire code official is authorized to alter or waive
 As an additional safety measure, the filling procedure these requirements based on a technical report that
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
is to include a requirement that the operator deter- demonstrates that such tank or group of tanks does
mine the gallonage (literage) required to fill the tank not constitute a hazard to other tanks, waterways or
to 90-percent capacity before commencing the opera- adjoining property, after consideration of special
tion. features such as topographical conditions, nature of
5704.2.9.7.6 Fill pipe connections. The fill pipe shall be pro- occupancy and proximity to buildings on the same
vided with a means for making a direct connection to the tank or adjacent property, capacity, and construction of
vehicle’s fuel delivery hose so that the delivery of fuel is not proposed tanks and character of liquids to be stored,
exposed to the open air during the filling operation. Where and nature and quantity of private and public fire
any portion of the fill pipe exterior to the tank extends below protection provided.
the level of the top of the tank, a check valve shall be
2. Drainage control and diking is not required for listed
installed in the fill pipe not more than 12 inches (305 mm)
secondary containment tanks.
from the fill hose connection.
 Leaks and spills of flammable and combustible liq-
 The filling operation could create a vapor-air mixture
uids must be controlled by dikes and drainage. The
above the LFL. The fill hose is to be tight fitting to
flammable and combustible liquids are to be collected
reduce the potential for the flammable or combustible
in a manner that will not endanger other tanks, prop-
liquid to be exposed to air.
erties or waterways.
5704.2.9.7.7 Spill containers. A spill container having a Exception 1 gives the fire code official the authority
capacity of not less than 5 gallons (19 L) shall be provided for to consider installations where the use of drainage
each fill connection. For tanks with a top fill connection, spill and dikes may not be necessary if technical docu-
containers shall be noncombustible and shall be fixed to the mentation exists to show that this is practical.
tank and equipped with a manual drain valve that drains into Exception 2 states that listed secondary contain-
the primary tank. For tanks with a remote fill connection, a ment tanks do not require drainage control or dikes in
portable spill container shall be allowed. the surrounding area. The secondary containment
 To control spillage during filling, a spill container is to system in these tanks is considered equivalent to
be provided for each above-ground tank. The spill drainage and diking.
container must have a top fill connection, be noncom- 5704.2.10.1 Volumetric capacity. The volumetric capacity
bustible and be permanently fixed to the tank. This of the diked area shall be not less than the greatest amount of
spill container is to drain directly into the above- liquid that can be released from the largest tank within the
ground tank. A remote fill connection can use a porta- diked area. The capacity of the diked area enclosing more
ble spill container. than one tank shall be calculated by deducting the volume of
57-26 Code Council

the tanks other than the largest tank below the height of the Available dike storage volume for spill containment:
dike. 237,620 ft3 – 39,270 ft3 = 198,350 ft3 (5617 m3)
 The diked area must have sufficient capacity to con- Available dike storage volume for spill containment is
tain the spillage of flammable and combustible liq- sufficient to contain for the maximum potential spill.
uids. The volume of flammable and combustible 198,350 ft3 (5617 m3) > 196,350 ft3 (5560 m3)
liquid to be held in the diked area is the greatest
amount that can be released from the largest tank. Example 2:
This is the volume of the largest tank that is above Determine the dike storage volume for a dike with
the lowest elevation of the dike. For diked areas con- three tanks.
taining more than one tank, the volume is determined Tank 1:
using the volume of the largest tank. This determina-
tion is based on the assumption that major leakage Diameter = 100 feet (30 480 mm)
from more than one tank at any given time is very Height = 30 feet (9144 mm)
unlikely.
Because dike storage capacity is critical to spill Tank 2:
control, designers must make certain they design Diameter = 50 feet (15 240 mm)
their impoundment based on tank capacity. The fire Height = 20 feet (6096 mm)
code official, the plan reviewers and the inspectors
responsible for approving the design must also be Tank 3:
able to determine whether the design is adequate. Diameter = 50 feet (15 240 mm)
Below are two examples to aid in understanding the
Height = 20 feet (6096 mm)
calculations.
Dike:
Example 1:
Length = 300 feet (91 440 mm)
Determine the dike storage volume for a single tank.
Width = 150 feet (45 720 mm)
Tank:
Height = 5 feet (1524 mm)
Diameter = 100 feet (30 480 mm)
Maximum dike storage volume:
Height = 30 feet (9144 mm) 300 feet (150 feet) (5 feet) = 225,000 ft3 (6371 m3)
Dike: Maximum potential volume of spill:
Length = 140 feet (42 672 mm) Tank 1:
Width = 140 feet (42 672 mm) (100 feet/2)2 () (30 feet – 5 feet) = 196,350 ft3
Height = 5 feet (1524 mm) (5560 m3)
Maximum dike storage volume: Tank 1 volume below dike height:
(140 feet) (140 feet) (5 feet) = 98,000 ft3 (2775 m3) (100 feet/2)2 () (5 feet) = 39,270 ft3 (1112 m3)
Maximum potential volume of spill: Tank 2 volume below dike height:
(100 feet/2)2 () (30 feet – 5 feet) = 196,350 ft3 (5560 (50 feet/2)2 () (5 feet) = 9,817 ft3 (278 m3)
m3) Tank 3 volume below dike height:
Tank volume below dike height: (50 feet/2)2 () (5 feet) = 9,817 ft3 (278 m3)
(100 feet/2)2 () (5 feet) = 39,270 ft3 (1112 m3) Available dike storage volume for spill containment:
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Available dike storage volume for spill containment: 225,000 ft3 – 39,270 ft3 – 9,817 ft3 – 9,817 ft3 =
98,000 ft3 – 39,270 ft3 = 58,730 ft3 (1663 m3) 166,095 ft3 (4703 m3)
Available dike storage volume for spill containment is Available dike storage volume for spill containment is
not sufficient to contain for the maximum potential not sufficient to contain for the maximum potential
spill. spill. 166,095 ft3 (4703 m3) < 196,350 ft3 (5560 m3)
58,730 ft3 (1663 m3) < 196,350 ft3 (5560 m3) Revise the dike design by increasing the dike height
Determine the minimum size dike based on a square to 6 feet (1829 mm).
dike area. Maximum dike storage volume:
100  feet  2  2  30 feet  300 feet (150 feet) (6 feet) = 270,000 ft3 (7646 m3)
L = ------------------------------------------------------------ = 218 feet (66 446 mm)
5 Maximum potential volume of spill:
Maximum dike storage volume: Tank 1:
(218 feet) (218 feet) (5 feet) = 237,620 ft3 (6729 m3) (100 feet/2)2 () (30 feet – 6 feet) = 188,496 ft3
(5338 m3)

Tank 1 volume below dike height: mediate diking, berms, drainage or fire protection
(100 feet/2)2 () (6 feet) = 47,124 ft3 (1334 m3) such as water spray, monitors or resistive coating.
Tank 2 volume below dike height: 2. Fire protection equipment or controls that are appur-
tenances to the tanks or equipment being protected,
(50 feet/2)2 () (6 feet) = 11,781 ft3 (334 m3)
such as foam chambers or foam piping and water or
Tank 3 volume below dike height: foam monitors and hydrants, or hand and wheeled
(50 feet/2)2 () (6 feet) = 11,781 ft3 (334 m3) extinguishers.
Available dike storage volume for spill containment:  Equipment and controls must be located outside of
270,000 ft3 – 47,124 ft3 – 11,781 ft3 – 11,781 ft3 = the diked areas for fire protection. Piping must be in
199,314 ft3 (5644 m3) the diked areas to operate the facility, but the piping
Available dike storage volume for spill containment is must be underground except at the tank. This pro-
sufficient to contain for the maximum potential spill. vides as much fire protection for the piping as is prac-
199,314 ft3 (5644 m3) > 188,496 ft3 (5338 m3) tical while still allowing the facility to function.
Exception 1 allows locating equipment that is inte-
5704.2.10.2 Diked areas containing two or more tanks. gral to the tank inside the diked area. Other service
Diked areas containing two or more tanks shall be subdivided equipment that is provided with fire protection may
in accordance with NFPA 30. also be in diked areas. Separation (immediate dik-
 Diked areas are to be subdivided according to NFPA ing), water spray or coatings can accomplish this fire
30 to control the flow of flammable and combustible protection.
liquids. Exception 2 allows fire protection equipment that is
5704.2.10.3 Protection of piping from exposure fires. Pip- part of the tank system to be in the diked area.
ing shall not pass through adjacent diked areas or impounding 5704.2.11 Underground tanks. Underground storage of
basins, unless provided with a sealed sleeve or otherwise pro- flammable and combustible liquids in tanks shall comply
tected from exposure to fire. with Section 5704.2 and Sections 5704.2.11.1 through
5704.2.11.4.2.
 Piping can be damaged and fail as a result of fire
exposure. A failed pipe could add fuel to a fire. To  Underground tanks are exposed to conditions not
prevent a pipe from an adjacent diked area or associated with above-ground tanks. Leakage of
impoundment basin from providing additional fuel, the flammable and combustible liquids is harder to
pipe is to be protected with a sealed sleeve or other- detect. Protection from loads being placed on top of
wise protected from exposure to fire. The best or adjacent to the underground tank is needed to pre-
method is to install piping so that it does not enter an vent damage to the underground tank. The under-
adjacent diked area or impoundment basin whenever ground tank must be protected from flooding and
possible. The sealed pipe sleeve provides some pro- from floating in areas having a groundwater table that
tection from direct fire exposure and is also a second- may be above the bottom of the underground tank.
ary containment system. 5704.2.11.1 Location. Flammable and combustible liquid
5704.2.10.4 Combustible materials in diked areas. Diked storage tanks located underground, either outside or under
areas shall be kept free from combustible materials, drums buildings, shall be in accordance with all of the following:
and barrels. 1. Tanks shall be located with respect to existing founda-
 Good housekeeping must be practiced around flam- tions and supports such that the loads carried by the lat-
mable and combustible materials, whether they are ter cannot be transmitted to the tank.
solid or liquid. Combustible materials that accumulate 2. The distance from any part of a tank storing liquids to
in diked areas are a source of ignition and fuel. These the nearest wall of a basement, pit, cellar or lot line
materials must be removed. shall be not less than 3 feet (914 mm).
5704.2.10.5 Equipment, controls and piping in diked 3. A minimum distance of 1 foot (305 mm), shell to shell,
areas. Pumps, manifolds and fire protection equipment or shall be maintained between underground tanks.
controls shall not be located within diked areas or drainage
basins or in a location where such equipment and controls  Underground tanks must be located away from a
would be endangered by fire in the diked area or drainage building or structure so that the tank does not support
basin. Piping above ground shall be minimized and located as the building or structure. The loads from a building or
close as practical to the shell of the tank in diked areas or structure can cause the underground tank to rupture.
drainage basins. Underground tanks are to be a minimum of 3 feet
(914 mm) from the nearest below-grade wall or prop-
Exceptions: erty line. Any leakage from an underground tank may
1. Pumps, manifolds and piping integral to the tanks or migrate through the soil and enter a basement, cellar
equipment being served, which is protected by inter- or pit. The accumulation of flammable and combusti-
ble liquids in this location could develop into a hazard-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
57-28 Code Council

ous condition. Because the owner of the underground 5704.2.12.1 Acceptance testing. Prior to being placed into
tank does not own the adjacent property, the location service, tanks shall be tested in accordance with Section 21.5
of the underground tank should not affect the adjacent of NFPA 30.
property or the use of this property.  The acceptance test for tanks is described in Section
To ensure that underground tanks are independent 21.5 of NFPA 30.
of each other, a minimum clearance of 1 foot (305
mm) is required between the shells of adjacent 5704.2.12.2 Testing of underground tanks. Before being
underground tanks. covered or placed in use, tanks and piping connected to
underground tanks shall be tested for tightness in the pres-
5704.2.11.2 Depth and cover. Excavation for underground ence of the fire code official. Piping shall be tested in accor-
storage tanks shall be made with due care to avoid undermin- dance with Section 5703.6.3. The system shall not be covered
ing of foundations of existing structures. Underground tanks until it has been approved.
shall be set on firm foundations and surrounded with not less
than 6 inches (152 mm) of noncorrosive inert material, such  The fire code official is to be present for testing of
as clean sand. underground tanks. The tank, connections and piping
are to be tested for tightness. Piping is to be tested
 Excavation for underground tanks must not damage under Section 5703.6.3.
existing structures and must provide a sound founda-
tion for the underground tank. The use of 6 inches 5704.2.13 Abandonment and status of tanks. Tanks taken
(152 mm) of a noncorrosive material (sand) around out of service shall be removed in accordance with Section
an underground tank prevents concentrated loads 5704.2.14, or safeguarded in accordance with Sections
from being applied to the tank. These concentrated 5704.2.13.1 through 5704.2.13.2.3 and API 1604.
loads can be caused during backfilling when a hard  Tanks that are no longer in service are to be removed
solid object, such as a rock, comes in contact with the or secured. Abandoned tanks can develop leaks or
underground tank. Soil pressures on the rock can be be damaged when new construction occurs near the
concentrated into a small contact area with the under- tank. In addition to the referenced standard, API
ground tank. 1604, further guidance on this subject is available in
5704.2.11.3 Overfill protection and prevention systems. NFPA 30, Annex C.
Fill pipes shall be equipped with a spill container and an 5704.2.13.1 Underground tanks. Underground tanks taken
overfill prevention system in accordance with NFPA 30. out of service shall comply with Sections 5704.2.13.1.1
 To control spillage during filling of underground tanks, through 5704.2.13.1.5.
each tank must have a spill container that is noncom-  The procedure for safeguarding an underground tank
bustible and permanently fixed to the tank. This spill will depend on the period that the tank is to be out of
container is to drain directly into the underground service.
tank.
5704.2.13.1.1 Temporarily out of service. Underground
5704.2.11.4 Leak prevention. Leak prevention for under- tanks temporarily out of service shall have the fill line, gauge
ground tanks shall comply with Sections 5704.2.11.4.1 and opening, vapor return and pump connection secure against
5704.2.11.4.2. tampering. Vent lines shall remain open and be maintained in
 Leakage from underground tanks is to be detected by accordance with Sections 5704.2.7.3 and 5704.2.7.4.
either monitoring or an approved leak detection sys-  An underground tank that will be temporarily out of
tem. service for a period of less than 90 days is to be
5704.2.11.4.1 Inventory control. Daily inventory records for secured from tampering. The vents are to remain in
underground storage tank systems shall be maintained. operation and are to be maintained to allow for con-
tinuous venting of the tank. The flammable or com-
 Leakage detection by inventory control requires accu- bustible liquids may remain in the underground tank.
rate records of the volume of flammable and combus-
tible liquid dispensed into and removed from the 5704.2.13.1.2 Out of service for 90 days. Underground
underground tank. A discrepancy between these two tanks not used for a period of 90 days shall be safeguarded in
volumes is used to identify a leak. accordance with all the following or be removed in accor-
dance with Section 5704.2.14:
5704.2.11.4.2 Leak detection. Underground storage tank
systems shall be provided with an approved method of leak 1. Flammable or combustible liquids shall be removed
detection from any component of the system that is designed from the tank.
and installed in accordance with NFPA 30. 2. All piping, including fill line, gauge opening, vapor
 Leakage detection systems must comply with NFPA return and pump connection, shall be capped or
30. plugged and secured from tampering.
5704.2.12 Testing. Tank testing shall comply with Sections 3. Vent lines shall remain open and be maintained in
5704.2.12.1 and 5704.2.12.2. accordance with Sections 5704.2.7.3 and 5704.2.7.4.
 Tanks must be tested before being placed in service.  Flammable or combustible liquid must be removed
from underground tanks that are out of service for 90
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

days but less than a year. The tank is to be secured service shall be in accordance with this chapter, ASME
and vents are to be opened and maintained as Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (Section VIII), API 12-P,
required by Section 5704.2.13.1.1. API 1615, UL 58 and UL 1316.
The owner also has the option to remove the  An underground tank that is reinstalled for flammable
underground tank according to Section 5704.2.14.
or combustible liquids has to comply as a new instal-
The code does not provide the option for abandoning lation.
the underground tank in place because the tank could
not be returned to service. 5704.2.13.2 Above-ground tanks. Above-ground tanks
taken out of service shall comply with Sections 5704.2.13.2.1
5704.2.13.1.3 Out of service for one year. Underground
through 5704.2.13.2.3.
tanks that have been out of service for a period of one year
shall be removed from the ground in accordance with Section  The procedure for safeguarding an above-ground
5704.2.14 or abandoned in place in accordance with Section tank will depend on the period that the tank is to be
5704.2.13.1.4. out of service.
 An underground tank that is out of service for one 5704.2.13.2.1 Temporarily out of service. Above-ground
year is to be removed or abandoned in place. tanks temporarily out of service shall have all connecting
lines isolated from the tank and be secured against tampering.
5704.2.13.1.4 Tanks abandoned in place. Tanks abandoned
in place shall be as follows: Exception: In-place fire protection (foam) system lines.
1. Flammable and combustible liquids shall be removed  An above-ground tank that is temporarily out of ser-
from the tank and connected piping. vice for a period of less than 90 days is to be secured
2. The suction, inlet, gauge, vapor return and vapor lines from tampering, and all lines to the tank are to be dis-
connected. The flammable or combustible liquids
shall be disconnected.
may remain in the above-ground tank.
3. The tank shall be filled completely with an approved The exception requires keeping fire protection lines
inert solid material. intact. Disconnecting the fire protection lines would
4. Remaining underground piping shall be capped or reduce the fire safety of the above-ground tank.
plugged. 5704.2.13.2.2 Out of service for 90 days. Above-ground
5. A record of tank size, location and date of abandon- tanks not used for a period of 90 days shall be safeguarded in
ment shall be retained. accordance with Section 5704.2.13.1.2 or removed in accor-
dance with Section 5704.2.14.
6. All exterior above-grade fill piping shall be perma-
nently removed when tanks are abandoned or removed. Exceptions:
 An underground tank that is abandoned in place is to 1. Tanks and containers connected to oil burners that
have the flammable or combustible liquid removed. are not in use during the warm season of the year or
The tank is to be stripped of any appurtenances and are used as a backup heating system to gas.
filled with an inert material. Piping from the under- 2. In-place, active fire protection (foam) system lines.
ground tank is to be capped or plugged and the
 Flammable or combustible liquid must be removed
owner is to retain a record of the tank. This action from an above-ground tank that is out of service for at
should remove the flammable or combustible liquid
least 90 days but less than one year. The tank is to
from the underground tank and prevent any residue be secured and vents are to be opened and main-
from readily mixing with air. Annex C of NFPA 30 pro-
tained as required by Section 5704.2.13.1.1.
vides additional guidance on this topic. The owner has the option to remove the above-
Note that these provisions apply to all tanks without ground tank according to Section 5704.2.14.
exception, such as the one that existed in previous Exception 1 exempts an above-ground tank used
editions of the code for 1,100-gallon (4163 L) capacity for seasonal heating or as a backup for a gas heater
residential heating oil tanks. The majority of those from being considered out of service.
tanks were installed in the 1950s and 1960s and the Exception 2 requires fire protection lines to remain
estimated useful life of such unprotected, single wall, intact. To disconnect the fire protection lines would
steel underground fuel oil tanks is 35 to 40 years. reduce the fire safety of the above-ground tank.
This raises the question of who becomes responsible
when someone drives or falls into one of the empty 5704.2.13.2.3 Out of service for one year. Above-ground
voids left by these tanks when the steel finally cor- tanks that have been out of service for a period of one year
rodes away. In order to improve the safeguarding of shall be removed in accordance with Section 5704.2.14.
the public’s health and safety, the exception has been Exception: Tanks within operating facilities.
removed and all underground tanks abandoned in
 Tanks that have held hazardous materials must be
place must be filled with an approved, inert solid
properly decommissioned in order to abate the resid-
material.
ual hazards that they can present. An above-ground
5704.2.13.1.5 Reinstallation of underground tanks. Tanks tank that is out of service for one year is assumed by
that are to be reinstalled for flammable or combustible liquid the code to be at the end of its useful life and must be
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
57-30 Code Council

properly removed and disposed. The exception rec- 5704.2.15 Maintenance. Above-ground tanks, connected
ognizes that operating facilities such as refineries, piping and ancillary equipment shall be maintained in a safe
tank farms, etc. may hold a tank in reserve out of ser- operating condition. Tanks shall be maintained in accordance
vice for more than one year. The status of tanks with their listings. Damage to above-ground tanks, connected
should be monitored through the operating permit piping or ancillary equipment shall be repaired using materi-
required by Section 105.6.17(7). als having equal or greater strength and fire resistance or the
5704.2.14 Removal and disposal of tanks. Removal and dis- equipment shall be replaced or taken out of service.
posal of tanks shall comply with Sections 5704.2.14.1 and  This section addresses the general maintenance of
5704.2.14.2. above-ground flammable and combustible liquid
 Removal and disposal of above-ground and under- tanks and associated equipment. Similar text appears
ground tanks requires care because the vapors in the in Section 5003.2.6 for general maintenance of
tank may be above the LFL for the flammable or com- equipment associated with hazardous materials.
bustible liquid. Operations to remove equipment or However, it is useful and appropriate to also have
piping may involve heat that could ignite the vapor-air specific text to address the maintenance of above-
mixture or force the vapor-air mixture out of the tank ground flammable and combustible liquid tank sys-
where it may be ignited. tems available in Chapter 57 (see also commentary,
Section 5003.2.6).
5704.2.14.1 Removal. Removal of above-ground and under-
ground tanks shall be in accordance with all of the following: 5704.3 Container and portable tank storage. Storage of
flammable and combustible liquids in closed containers that
1. Flammable and combustible liquids shall be removed do not exceed 60 gallons (227 L) in individual capacity and
from the tank and connected piping. portable tanks that do not exceed 660 gallons (2498 L) in
2. Piping at tank openings that is not to be used further individual capacity, and limited transfers incidental thereto,
shall be disconnected. shall comply with Sections 5704.3.1 through 5704.3.8.5.
3. Piping shall be removed from the ground.  Storage containers not exceeding 60 gallons (227 L)
Exception: Piping is allowed to be abandoned in and portable tanks not exceeding 660 gallons (2798 L)
place where the fire code official determines that are regulated by this section. The use of these contain-
removal is not practical. Abandoned piping shall be ers and portable tanks is limited to incidental transfers
capped and safeguarded as required by the fire code of flammable or combustible liquids.
official. 5704.3.1 Design, construction and capacity of containers
4. Tank openings shall be capped or plugged, leaving a 1/ and portable tanks. The design, construction and capacity of
1 containers for the storage of Class I, II and IIIA liquids shall
8-inch to /4-inch-diameter (3.2 mm to 6.4 mm) opening
for pressure equalization. be in accordance with this section and Section 9.4 of NFPA
30.
5. Tanks shall be purged of vapor and inerted prior to
removal.  Design, construction and capacity of containers and
portable tanks are addressed in Section 9.4 of NFPA
6. All exterior above-grade fill and vent piping shall be 30.
permanently removed.
5704.3.1.1 Approved containers. Only approved containers
Exception: Piping associated with bulk plants, ter- and portable tanks shall be used.
minal facilities and refineries.
 It is difficult at best to determine by examination that a
 For tanks that will be removed and disposed, the container or portable tank complies with Section 9.4
flammable or combustible liquid is to be removed of NFPA 30. One practical approval method is to
from the tank and piping and the tank must be require listed containers or portable tanks.
purged. An inert gas, such as nitrogen or carbon
5704.3.2 Liquid storage cabinets. Where other sections of
dioxide, should be used to purge the tank, not air.
Tank openings are to be capped or plugged. Vent this code require that liquid containers be stored in storage
cabinets, such cabinets and storage shall be in accordance
openings are to be provided in capped tank openings
as a vent for equalization of internal and atmospheric with Sections 5704.3.2.1 through 5704.3.2.2.
pressure. Abandoned piping above ground or in the  Containers and portable storage tanks are to be
ground is to be removed to the maximum practical stored in liquid storage cabinets.
extent to avoid being mistaken for active piping. Any 5704.3.2.1 Design and construction of storage cabinets.
piping approved by the fire code official to remain in Design and construction of liquid storage cabinets shall be in
the ground is to be capped. accordance with Sections 5704.3.2.1.1 through 5704.3.2.1.4.
5704.2.14.2 Disposal. Tanks shall be disposed of in accor-
 Liquid storage cabinets are designed to protect con-
dance with federal, state and local regulations. tainers and portable storage tanks and their contents
 Other federal, state and local regulations address the from damage and ignition sources.
disposal of above-ground and underground tanks. Liquid storage cabinets can be constructed of
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

metal or wood. Cabinets listed under UL 1275 and uids in a liquid storage cabinet controls the fire
cabinets constructed according to this section are hazard by limiting the amount of liquid that can be
approved. involved in a single incident.
5704.3.2.1.1 Materials. Cabinets shall be listed in accor- 5704.3.3 Indoor storage. Storage of flammable and combus-
dance with UL 1275, or constructed of approved wood or tible liquids inside buildings in containers and portable tanks
metal in accordance with the following: shall be in accordance with Sections 5704.3.3.1 through
1. Unlisted metal cabinets shall be constructed of steel 5704.3.3.10.
having a thickness of not less than 0.044 inch (1.12 Exceptions:
mm) (18 gage). The cabinet, including the door, shall 1. Liquids in the fuel tanks of motor vehicles, aircraft,
be double walled with 11/2-inch (38 mm) airspace boats or portable or stationary engines.
between the walls. Joints shall be riveted or welded and
shall be tight fitting. 2. The storage of distilled spirits and wines in wooden
barrels or casks.
2. Unlisted wooden cabinets, including doors, shall be
constructed of not less than 1-inch (25 mm) exterior  Indoor storage in containers or portable tanks is gov-
grade plywood. Joints shall be rabbeted and shall be erned by this section with two exceptions.
fastened in two directions with wood screws. Door The requirements of this section are not applicable
hinges shall be of steel or brass. Cabinets shall be to fuel in vehicles and portable engines. The small
painted with an intumescent-type paint. quantity of fuel and the protection provided by the fuel
containers provide sufficient safety for these uses to
 Unlisted liquid storage cabinets and cabinet doors be indoors.
made of steel are to be double-wall cabinets with Distilled spirits and wines in wooden barrels or
tight-fitting joints. Minimum steel thickness is 18 gage casks are allowed indoors. This exception is covered
[0.044 inch (1.12 mm)]. in Section 5701.1.
Unlisted liquid storage cabinets and cabinet doors
made of wood are to use rabbet joints fastened with 5704.3.3.1 Portable fire extinguishers. Approved portable
wood screws in two directions to develop a tight joint. fire extinguishers shall be provided in accordance with spe-
The minimum wood is to be 1-inch (25 mm) exterior- cific sections of this chapter and Section 906.
grade plywood. The cabinet is to be painted with an  Portable fire extinguishers are useful for controlling
intumescent-type paint. The plywood grade will small fires. Section 906 contains the size and spacing
increase the cabinet’s durability and the intumescent- for portable fire extinguishers to be used on a fire
type paint will reduce the ignition properties of the involving flammable or combustible liquids that have
plywood. a liquid depth of 0.25 inch (6.4 mm) or less.
5704.3.2.1.2 Labeling. Cabinets shall be provided with a 5704.3.3.2 Incompatible materials. Materials that will react
conspicuous label in red letters on contrasting background with water or other liquids to produce a hazard shall not be
that reads: FLAMMABLE—KEEP FIRE AWAY. stored in the same room with flammable and combustible liq-
 Label the liquid storage cabinet to restrict ignition uids except where stored in accordance with Section
sources from the immediate area. 5003.9.8.
5704.3.2.1.3 Doors. Doors shall be well fitted, self-closing  Materials that generate heat or become combustible
and equipped with a three-point latch. when exposed to water or other liquids are not to be
in the same room as flammable or combustible liq-
 The door is to be self-closing and tight fitting. This uids. The exception is when one of the four methods
prevents flammable or combustible liquid that has of material separation from Section 5003.9.8 of the
leaked or spilled in the storage cabinet from easily code is used. This is to remove a potential ignition
escaping the storage cabinet. reaction.
5704.3.2.1.4 Bottom. The bottom of the cabinet shall be liq- 5704.3.3.3 Clear means of egress. Storage of any liquids,
uid tight to a height of not less than 2 inches (51 mm). including stock for sale, shall not be stored near or be allowed
 To control the flow of any spills, the cabinet is to be to obstruct physically the route of egress.
liquid tight for at least 2 inches (51 mm) from the bot-  The means of egress must be usable to be effective.
tom. This prevents flammable or combustible liquid The placement of flammable or combustible liquids
that has leaked or spilled in the storage cabinet from near or in the route used to exit the room or building
easily escaping the storage cabinet. produces a risk that is not acceptable.
5704.3.2.2 Capacity. The combined total quantity of liquids 5704.3.3.4 Empty containers or portable tank storage. The
in a cabinet shall not exceed 120 gallons (454 L). storage of empty tanks and containers previously used for the
 The quantity of flammable and combustible liquids in storage of flammable or combustible liquids, unless free from
a cabinet is not to exceed 120 gallons (454 L). Con- explosive vapors, shall be stored as required for filled con-
trolling the quantity of flammable and combustible liq- tainers and portable tanks. Portable tanks and containers,
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
57-32 Code Council

when emptied, shall have the covers or plugs immediately any adjacent storage of liquids. Main aisles shall be not less
replaced in openings. than 8 feet (2438 mm) wide.
 An empty container or portable tank is as dangerous  Rack storage indicates that a larger quantity of flam-
and possibly more dangerous than a full container or mable and combustible liquids is available for use.
portable storage tank. There is a possibility that the Requiring a minimum aisle width of 4 feet (1219 mm)
vapor-air mixture in the container or portable storage between racks and a minimum main aisle width of 8
tank could reach the LFL. This potential danger feet (2438 mm) provides room to access the flamma-
requires that empty containers and portable tanks be ble and combustible liquids while reducing interfer-
handled and stored as if full of flammable or combus- ence with other racks or other containers and
tible liquid. portable tanks. In case of a fire, these aisles are wide
enough to give emergency response personnel ready
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
5704.3.3.5 Shelf storage. Shelving shall be of approved con-
struction, adequately braced and anchored. Seismic require- access to the fire and also serve as fire breaks that
ments shall be in accordance with the International Building help prevent fire spread from rack to rack.
Code. 5704.3.3.7 Pile or palletized storage. Solid pile and pallet-
ized storage in liquid warehouses shall be arranged so that
 Shelving for containers and portable tanks is to be
piles are separated from each other by not less than 4 feet
adequate to support the container and portable tank
(1219 mm). Aisles shall be provided and arranged so that no
under normal loads and seismic loads. Failure of
container or portable tank is more than 20 feet (6096 mm)
shelving could cause damage to containers and por-
from an aisle. Main aisles shall be not less than 8 feet (2438
table tanks or leakage.
mm) wide.
5704.3.3.5.1 Use of wood. Wood of not less than 1 inch (25
mm) nominal thickness is allowed to be used as shelving,  The rationale for aisle widths is similar to that for rack
racks, dunnage, scuffboards, floor overlay and similar instal- storage. The 20-foot (6069 mm) restriction is
lations. intended to place containers and portable tanks
within easy range of on-site fire-fighting equipment as
 The minimum thickness of wood is to be 1 inch (25 well as minimize the number of items that must be
mm). moved to get to the desired container or portable
5704.3.3.5.2 Displacement protection. Shelves shall be of tank.
sufficient depth and provided with a lip or guard to prevent 5704.3.3.8 Limited combustible storage. Limited quantities
individual containers from being displaced. of combustible commodities are allowed to be stored in liquid
Exception: Shelves in storage cabinets or on laboratory storage areas where the ordinary combustibles, other than
furniture specifically designed for such use. those used for packaging the liquids, are separated from the
liquids in storage by not less than 8 feet (2438 mm) horizon-
 Shelving must be designed and constructed to pre-
tally, either by open aisles or by open racks, and where pro-
vent containers or portable tanks from sliding off the tection is provided in accordance with Chapter 9.
shelving. A container or portable tank that falls from a
shelf is subject to damage or leakage.  Combustible products may be stored in a storage
The exception covers shelving in storage cabinets, facility with flammable or combustible liquids because
which may have locked doors or doors fitting snugly having a separate storage facility for these combusti-
against the front of shelves to prevent containers from ble materials may be impractical. The storage of
falling. Shelving that is part of laboratory furniture is these combustible materials with flammable and
not required to have a lip or guard because typically combustible liquids results in a source of ignition that
this kind of shelving would hold only small containers. must be regulated. The code recognizes a clearance
Large containers or tanks would be floor mounted in of 8 feet (2438 mm) between the combustible materi-
nearly all laboratory settings. These kinds of shelves als and the flammable and combustible liquids, with
may also have other features to prevent containers or the building fire protection systems required by Chap-
portable tanks from sliding or being knocked off the ter 9, as being acceptable.
shelf. 5704.3.3.9 Idle combustible pallets. Storage of empty or
5704.3.3.5.3 Orderly storage. Shelf storage of flammable idle combustible pallets inside an unprotected liquid storage
and combustible liquids shall be maintained in an orderly area shall be limited to a maximum pile size of 2,500 square
manner. feet (232 m2) and to a maximum storage height of 6 feet
(1829 mm). Storage of empty or idle combustible pallets
 The handling of containers and portable tanks
inside a protected liquid storage area shall comply with
increases the possibility that an accident can occur.
NFPA 13. Pallet storage shall be separated from liquid stor-
Containers and portable tanks arranged on shelves in
age by aisles that are not less than 8 feet (2438 mm) wide.
an orderly manner make moving one container or
portable tank to get to another unnecessary.  The construction of combustible pallets with their
5704.3.3.6 Rack storage. Where storage on racks is allowed large air spaces and volume of wood or plastic
elsewhere in this code, a minimum 4-foot-wide (1219 mm) boards is a recipe for rapid consumption by fire.
aisle shall be provided between adjacent rack sections and Though they present a substantial fuel load, combus-

tible pallets are often necessary for the stable storage exceed the maximum allowable quantities per control area
of flammable and combustible liquids in containers. indicated in Table 5704.3.4.1.
Ideally, idle combustible pallets should be stored out- Storage of hazardous production material flammable and
doors; however, that is not always feasible and they combustible liquids in Group H-5 occupancies shall be in
may accumulate inside the building. accordance with Chapter 27.
When stored indoors in unprotected (nonsprin-
klered) liquid storage areas, the volume of idle com-  Whereas Table 5003.1.1(1) lists the MAQs for occu-
bustible pallets stored is regulated to limit the fire pancies other than Group M, Table 5704.3.4.1 lists
load. Note that the maximum volume of combustible the flammable and combustible liquid MAQ for Group
pallets that are allowed to be stored is 15,000 cubic M occupancies. The term “wholesale” is intended to
feet [2,500 square feet (232 m2) in area by 6 feet eliminate the question as to whether Group M provi-
(1829 mm) (425 m3) high]. sions apply to stores where goods are displayed and
Conversely, in protected (sprinklered) liquid stor- sold in bulk packaging or where bulk-packaged mer-
age areas, when combustible pallets are no longer in chandise is kept above customer displays, such as in
use, the quantity is not controlled in light of the the popular “big box” home-improvement centers and
enhanced fire protection provided in accordance with “club” stores. Conversely, these provisions would not
Section 12.12 of NFPA 13. apply to a storage warehouse with a customer ser-
The required separation aisles are intended to vice counter or similar arrangement. Such facilities
reduce the likelihood of fire spread from the pallet should be regulated using standard MAQs for occu-
storage pile to rack- or pallet-stored flammable or pancies other than Group M and would not qualify for
combustible liquid containers. the special MAQs of this section. It is very important
to note that any time the special MAQs for Group M
5704.3.3.10 Containers in piles. Containers in piles shall be
wholesale and retail-sale uses are applied, the limita-
stacked in such a manner as to provide stability and to pre-
tions on container types, capacities, fire protection
vent excessive stress on container walls. Portable tanks stored
and storage arrangements in Section 5704.3.6 must
more than one tier high shall be designed to nest securely,
be applied.
without dunnage. Material-handling equipment shall be suit-
able to handle containers and tanks safely at the upper tier TABLE 5704.3.4.1. See page 57-35.
level.  Group M (mercantile) occupancies used for whole-
 The requirements in this section for stacking contain- sale and retail sales of flammable and combustible
ers reduce the possibility of damaging the containers. liquids are not designed and constructed for flamma-
Piling containers can damage them by placing load- ble and combustible liquids. Business establishments
ing on sides that were not intended to be loaded. classified in Group M must be able to display flamma-
Piles are subject to collapse if stress loads on con- ble and combustible liquids for sale to the public. To
tainers become excessive. Collapse could cause the control the potential hazard, the quantities of flamma-
containers to rupture or rub against one another and ble and combustible liquids are limited in a control
bump one another, resulting in liquid spills and possi- area. The limitations are based on the type of flam-
bly sparking that could cause ignition. By controlling mable and combustible liquid in the control area, the
container stacks, this potential for damage is type of storage of the flammable and combustible liq-
reduced. uids and the automatic sprinkler system installed in
Unless tanks are specifically designed to allow the mercantile occupancy.
stacking, they must all be stored at ground level. The easier the flammable or combustible liquid is to
Requiring material-handling equipment to be ignite, the smaller the quantity of the liquid allowed.
designed specifically to handle the stored items is This table shows that the quantity of Class IA liquids
intended to increase safety and reduce the potential is smaller than any of the flammable and combustible
for serious accidents. liquids, and Class III liquids are unlimited in a building
5704.3.4 Quantity limits for storage. Liquid storage quan- with an automatic sprinkler system.
tity limitations shall comply with Sections 5704.3.4.1 through The automatic sprinkler system must be one com-
5704.3.4.4. plying with NFPA 13. Flammable and combustible liq-
uids displayed on shelves of 6 feet (1829 mm) or less
 The quantity of flammable and combustible liquids in are treated as Ordinary Hazard Group 2, which would
an area is limited to reduce the potential fire hazard. require a minimum sprinkler density of 0.19 gpm per
5704.3.4.1 Maximum allowable quantity per control area. square foot (7.7 L/min/m2) over the most remote
For occupancies other than Group M wholesale and retail 1,500-square-foot (139 m2) area.
sales uses, indoor storage of flammable and combustible liq- Because the flammable and combustible liquid is
uids shall not exceed the maximum allowable quantities per more exposed in individual packaging, the sprinkler
control area indicated in Table 5003.1.1(1) and shall not system can provide better fire control. If the flamma-
exceed the additional limitations set forth in this section. ble and combustible liquids are displayed or stored in
cartons, pallets or racks, the minimum sprinkler den-
For Group M occupancy wholesale and retail sales uses,
sity is 0.21 gpm per square foot (8.6 L/min/m2) over
indoor storage of flammable and combustible liquids shall not
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
57-34 Code Council

the most remote 1,500-square-foot (139 m2) area. 5. Group I occupancies: Quantities in Group I occupan-
This type of display or storage is limited to a maxi- cies shall not exceed that necessary for demonstration,
mum height of 4 feet, 6 inches (1372 mm). This type laboratory work, maintenance purposes and operation
of packaging is more difficult for the automatic sprin- of equipment, and shall not exceed quantities set forth
kler system to handle so a greater density is required. in Table 5003.1.1(1).
To allow a larger quantity of flammable and combusti- 6. Group M occupancies: Quantities in dining, office, and
ble liquids, the mercantile occupancy can use an school uses within Group M occupancies shall not
automatic sprinkler system that complies with Table exceed that necessary for demonstration, laboratory
5704.3.6.3(4), 5704.3.6.3(5) or 5704.3.7.5.1. These work, maintenance purposes and operation of equip-
tables require the automatic sprinkler system to have ment, and shall not exceed quantities set forth in Table
a greater capacity for fire fighting. 5003.1.1(1). The maximum allowable quantities for
5704.3.4.2 Occupancy quantity limits. The following limits storage in wholesale and retail sales areas shall be in
for quantities of stored flammable or combustible liquids accordance with Section 5704.3.4.1.
shall not be exceeded: 7. Group R occupancies: Quantities in Group R occupan-
1. Group A occupancies: Quantities in Group A occupancies shall not exceed that necessary for maintenance
cies shall not exceed that necessary for demonstration, purposes and operation of equipment, and shall not
treatment, laboratory work, maintenance purposes and exceed quantities set forth in Table 5003.1.1(1).
operation of equipment, and shall not exceed quantities 8. Group S occupancies: Quantities in dining and office
set forth in Table 5003.1.1(1). uses within Group S occupancies shall not exceed that
2. Group B occupancies: Quantities in drinking, dining, necessary for demonstration, laboratory work, mainte-
office and school uses within Group B occupancies nance purposes and operation of equipment, and shall
shall not exceed that necessary for demonstration, treat- not exceed quantities set forth in Table 5003.1.1(1).
ment, laboratory work, maintenance purposes and oper-
 Flammable and combustible liquids may be used in
ation of equipment, and shall not exceed quantities set
occupancies other than Group H. These other occu-
forth in Table 5003.1.1(1).
pancies are not designed specifically for flammable
3. Group E occupancies: Quantities in Group E occupan- and combustible liquids, so there are limitations on
cies shall not exceed that necessary for demonstration, the quantities that can be in use or stored in these
treatment, laboratory work, maintenance purposes and occupancies. The use of flammable and combustible
operation of equipment, and shall not exceed quantities liquids must be consistent with the function of the
set forth in Table 5003.1.1(1). occupancy. This prevents these other occupancies
4. Group F occupancies: Quantities in dining, office, and from becoming Group H occupancies. The quantities
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
school uses within Group F occupancies shall not of flammable and combustible liquid are listed in
exceed that necessary for demonstration, laboratory Table 5003.1.1(1). The occupancies covered by
work, maintenance purposes and operation of equip- these limitations are Groups A, B, E, F, I, M, R and S.
ment, and shall not exceed quantities set forth in Table 5704.3.4.3 Quantities exceeding limits for control areas.
5003.1.1(1). Quantities exceeding those allowed in control areas set forth
TABLE 5704.3.4.1
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER CONTROL AREA OF
FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS IN WHOLESALE AND RETAIL SALES OCCUPANCIESa
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER CONTROL AREA (gallons)
TYPE OF LIQUID b
Sprinklered in accordance with foot- Sprinklered in accordance with Tables 5704.3.6.3(4)
Nonsprinklered
note densities and arrangements through 5704.3.6.3(8) and Table 5704.3.7.5.1
Class IA 60 60 30
Class IB, IC, II and IIIA 7,500c 15,000c 1,600
Class IIIB Unlimited Unlimited 13,200
2 2
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m , 1 gallon = 3.785 L, 1 gallon per minute per square foot = 40.75 L/min/m .
a. Control areas shall be separated from each other by not less than a 1-hour fire barrier.
b. To be considered as sprinklered, a building shall be equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system with a design providing minimum
densities as follows:
1. For uncartoned commodities on shelves 6 feet or less in height where the ceiling height does not exceed 18 feet, quantities are those allowed with a
minimum sprinkler design density of Ordinary Hazard Group 2.
2. For cartoned, palletized or racked commodities where storage is 4 feet 6 inches or less in height and where the ceiling height does not exceed 18 feet,
quantities are those allowed with a minimum sprinkler design density of 0.21 gallon per minute per square foot over the most remote 1,500-square-foot
area.
c. Where wholesale and retail sales or storage areas exceed 50,000 square feet in area, the maximum allowable quantities are allowed to be increased by 2
percent for each 1,000 square feet of area in excess of 50,000 square feet, up to not more than 100 percent of the table amounts. A control area separation is
not required. The cumulative amounts, including amounts attained by having an additional control area, shall not exceed 30,000 gallons.

in Section 5704.3.4.1 shall be in liquid storage rooms or liq- need to transport Class I liquids vertically in buildings
uid storage warehouses in accordance with Sections 5704.3.7 (out of the basement) after use is complete.
and 5704.3.8. Class II and IIIA liquids are also permitted in a
basement provided with a fire suppression system
 It is possible to have a quantity of flammable and
and other required protection called for in Chapter 9.
combustible liquids greater than allowed in Section
5704.3.4.1. To control the potential hazard, these 5704.3.5.2 Storage pile heights. Containers having less than
quantities must be given additional protection by a 30-gallon (114 L) capacity that contain Class I or II liquids
being in specifically designed liquid storage rooms. shall not be stacked more than 3 feet (914.4 mm) or two con-
tainers high, whichever is greater, unless stacked on fixed
5704.3.4.4 Liquids for maintenance and operation of
shelving or otherwise satisfactorily secured. Containers of
equipment. In all occupancies, quantities of flammable and
Class I or II liquids having a capacity of 30 gallons (114 L) or
combustible liquids in excess of 10 gallons (38 L) used for
more shall not be stored more than one container high. Con-
maintenance purposes and the operation of equipment shall
tainers shall be stored in an upright position.
be stored in liquid storage cabinets in accordance with Sec-
tion 5704.3.2. Quantities not exceeding 10 gallons (38 L) are  The storage height of containers of flammable and
allowed to be stored outside of a cabinet where in approved combustible liquids increases the risk by having a
containers located in private garages or other approved loca- larger quantity per floor area and possible damage to
tions. the container. The stacking operation and the weight
of containers can damage the containers, creating
 The operation of a building will require the use of
leaks.
flammable and combustible liquids for maintenance.
A quantity of 10 gallons (38 L) or less of flammable 5704.3.5.3 Storage distance from ceilings and roofs. Piles
and combustible liquids is recognized as practical to of containers or portable tanks shall not be stored closer than
allow the use of such liquids for maintenance without 3 feet (914 mm) to the nearest beam, chord, girder or other
requiring fire protection. See also Section 313.1 and obstruction, and shall be 3 feet (914 mm) below sprinkler
its commentary for additional regulations on this deflectors or discharge orifices of water spray or other over-
topic. head fire protection system.
5704.3.5 Storage in control areas. Storage of flammable and  The storage of containers or portable tanks near a
combustible liquids in control areas shall be in accordance ceiling or roof can create several problems. The high
with Sections 5704.3.5.1 through 5704.3.5.4. fire load that close to a structural member could over-
 The location of flammable and combustible liquids in power the fire protection of the structure or mem-
a control area can increase the fire hazard. brane, allowing the fire to spread to another level or
cause a collapse. The height could reduce the effec-
5704.3.5.1 Basement storage. Class I liquids shall be tiveness of the automatic sprinkler system. If the
allowed to be stored in basements in amounts not exceeding flammable and combustible liquid containers and por-
the maximum allowable quantity per control area for use- table tanks are stacked too high, the sprinkler heads
open systems in Table 5003.1.1(1), provided that automatic may not be able to effectively apply water to the fire.
suppression and other fire protection are provided in accor- The containers and portable tanks may be above the
dance with Chapter 9. Class II and IIIA liquids shall also be sprinkler spray or the containers and portable tanks
allowed to be stored in basements, provided that automatic may shield areas from the spray. Note that the gen-
suppression and other fire protection are provided in accor- eral storage clearances contained in Section 315.3.1
dance with Chapter 9. are superceded by these specific requirements as
 The storage of Class I liquids in basements in provided in Section 102.9.
amounts not exceeding the MAQ in Table 5704.3.5.4 Combustible materials. In areas that are inacces-
5003.1.1(1) (including the increases allowed by the sible to the public, Class I, II and IIIA liquids shall not be
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
table notes) is allowed by this section. Since storage stored in the same pile or rack section as ordinary combusti-
is typically thought to be a safer condition than any ble commodities unless such materials are packaged together
use condition (no transport, no transfer, etc.), storage as kits.
in a basement of amounts at least equal to what is
 The mixing of flammable and combustible liquid con-
allowed for use-open system MAQs in a basement
tainers and portable tanks with other combustibles
(Section 5705.3.7.2) is allowed. This reflects actual
can place the flammable and combustible liquid in the
practice in the field with no known loss experience
vicinity of a possible ignition source and a fuel
indicating that it has been a problem. Compliance
source.
with control area requirements must still be achieved,
the MAQ limitations must still apply and the basement 5704.3.6 Wholesale and retail sales uses. Flammable and
must be provided with a fire suppression system and combustible liquids in Group M occupancy wholesale and
other required protection called for in Chapter 9. It retail sales uses shall be in accordance with Sections
also enhances the level of safety by eliminating the 5704.3.6.1 through 5704.3.6.5, or Sections 10.10.2, 12.3.8,
57-36 Code Council

16.4.1 through 16.4.3, 16.5.1 through 16.5.2.12, Tables 5704.3.6.3 Fire protection and storage arrangements. Fire
16.5.2.1 through 16.5.2.12, and Figures 16.4.1(a) through protection and container storage arrangements shall be in
16.14.1(c) of NFPA 30. accordance with Table 5704.3.6.3(1) or the following:
 A mercantile (Group M) occupancy is not designed to 1. Storage on shelves shall not exceed 6 feet (1829 mm) in
address the fire hazards associated with flammable height, and shelving shall be metal.
and combustible liquids, so the limited quantities, 2. Storage on pallets or in piles greater than 4 feet 6 inches
specific packing requirements and handling are used (1372 mm) in height, or where the ceiling exceeds 18
to control the fire hazard. feet (5486 mm) in height, shall be protected in accor-
5704.3.6.1 Container type. Containers for Class I liquids dance with Table 5704.3.6.3(4), and the storage heights
shall be metal. and arrangements shall be limited to those specified in
Exception: In sprinklered buildings, an aggregate quantity Table 5704.3.6.3(2).
of 120 gallons (454 L) of water-miscible Class IB and 3. Storage on racks greater than 4 feet 6 inches (1372 mm)
Class IC liquids is allowed in nonmetallic containers, each in height, or where the ceiling exceeds 18 feet (5486
having a capacity of 16 ounces (0.473 L) or less. mm) in height shall be protected in accordance with
Tables 5704.3.6.3(5), 5704.3.6.3(6), and 5704.3.6.3(7)
 Metal containers are required for Class I liquids.
as appropriate, and the storage heights and arrange-
Class II and III liquids may be stored in any container
ments shall be limited to those specified in Table
designed for that specific liquid.
5704.3.6.3(3).
The exception recognizes that the additional fire
protection provided by an automatic sprinkler system Combustible commodities shall not be stored above flam-
will allow an aggregate quantity of 120 gallons (454 mable and combustible liquids.
L) of Class IB and IC liquids to be in individual non-  The methods and the maximum height of storage are
combustible containers of 16 ounces (0.473 L) or intended to control the flammable and combustible
less. The lower flash point of these Class I liquids, liquids so that damage to containers is limited and fire
combined with the individual packaging in an auto- protection equipment adequately protects flammable
matic sprinkler building, is the rationale for this excep- and combustible liquids and controls fire.
tion.
TABLE 5704.3.6.3(1). See page 57-41.
5704.3.6.2 Container capacity. Containers for Class I liq-
uids shall not exceed a capacity of 5 gallons (19 L).  The storage height of flammable and combustible liq-
uids has an effect on the ability of the automatic
Exception: Metal containers not exceeding 55 gallons sprinkler system to control a fire. The first to be con-
(208 L) are allowed to store up to 240 gallons (908 L) of sidered is storage: the higher the storage, the greater
the maximum allowable quantity per control area of Class the quantity. By limiting the height of storage, the
IB and IC liquids in a control area. The building shall be code limits the volume of flammable and combustible
equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler liquids under a sprinkler head. Because the auto-
system in accordance with Table 5704.3.4.1. The contain- matic sprinkler system is designed to deliver a mini-
ers shall be provided with plastic caps without cap seals mum density of water per square foot of area, the
and shall be stored upright. Containers shall not be stacked less flammable and combustible the liquid is, the eas-
or stored in racks and shall not be located in areas accessi- ier it will be for the automatic sprinkler system to con-
ble to the public. trol the fire.
 Limiting the capacity of containers in a wholesale or The second function of limiting the height of stor-
retail establishment reduces the size of a potential age is to make certain the automatic sprinkler system
spill or fire. will cover the flammable and combustible liquids. The
The lengthy and detailed exception recognizes that upper containers of flammable and combustible liq-
sprinklers provide additional protection so that a uids could act as a shield for lower containers. This
greater quantity of flammable and combustible liquids shielding could divert the water spray from the sprin-
can be placed in the wholesale or retail establish- kler head away from the fire. With the automatic
ment. Even with this greater fire protection, the flam- sprinkler system shielded during early development
mable and combustible liquids must have the of the fire, the fire could develop to a stage that the
physical property that would allow them to be mixed automatic sprinkler system would not be effective.
with water. This ability will allow the sprinkler system Note a helps to ensure that storage heights will not
to dilute the flammable and combustible liquid. exceed the capabilities of the level of sprinkler protec-
Restrictions on the size of individual containers con- tion provided. It also clarifies that protection schemes
trol the volume of Class IB and IC liquids that can be demonstrated with metallic containers and portable
exposed at one time. tanks are not suitable for nonmetallic containers and
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

portable tanks, which present a much more signifi- Note c recognizes the enhanced level of safety pro-
cant fire challenge. Without this clarification, which vided by smaller containers.
correlates with NFPA 30, the height limits established Note d recognizes that low-flash point, unsaturated
by the tables place sprinklered buildings at risk of polyester resins (UPRs) have a fire behavior more
having the sprinkler system fail to control a fire closely resembling that of Class IIIB liquids than
because the protection scheme might not be properly Class I liquids, and that sprinkler protection schemes
matched with stored commodities. more closely associated with protection of Class III
liquids can satisfactorily protect UPRs packaged in
TABLE 5704.3.6.3(2). See page 57-42.
relieving-style metal drums. The American Compos-
 The palletized or solid-pile storage of flammable and ites Manufacturing Association recently completed a
combustible liquids in liquid storage rooms and ware- full-scale, two-phase fire test series to demonstrate
houses is regulated by floor, type of container, maxi- the safety of UPR storage when protected in that
mum storage height, maximum quantity per pile and manner.
maximum quantity per room. The table restricts the Phase I of the test program, which included three
storage by floor to require that the basement not be tests, was conducted at Omega Point Laboratories in
used for the storage of Class I liquids. The accumula- San Antonio, Texas. These tests involved totally
tion of vapors from Class I liquids in a basement with engulfing single 55-gallon (208 L) relieving-style
a low ignition point for these vapors is not an accept- drums containing a representative UPR in a UPR liq-
able situation. uid pool fire to determine the behavior of the com-
The type of container is regulated to control the modity in extreme fire conditions. The results of the
problem of leakage and damage to the container Phase I tests were considered successful in demon-
caused by handling. strating that UPRs are a unique commodity that do
The storage height is used to control the quantity of not behave like “typical” flammable or combustible
flammable and combustible liquids and to provide liquids in a fire condition because of their high viscos-
access to the flammable and combustible liquids for ity and density. During the Phase I tests, no signifi-
water spray from the automatic sprinkler system. cant increases in internal drum pressure were
The maximum quantity per pile is to limit the vol- observed in any case even though drum contents
ume of flammable and combustible liquids so that the completely polymerized during the tests, changing
automatic sprinkler system can control a fire based from a liquid to a dense jelly-like consistency.
on the design density of the automatic sprinkler sys- Phase II tests were conducted at Southwest
tem. Research Institute in San Antonio, Texas, in a simu-
The maximum quantity per room of flammable and lated warehouse environment, and included arrange-
combustible liquids is to control the volume of flam- ments ranging in size from a single pallet load to a
mable and combustible liquids with the automatic three-high pallet array. These tests successfully
sprinkler system. demonstrated that UPRs respond better to the appli-
The sprinkler system is designed for a minimum cation of sprinkler water than “typical” low-flash point
flow rate. If the volume of flammable and combustible flammable liquids. The unique fire behavior, which
liquids in a room is not regulated, the room could con- resembled that of a Class IIIB liquid as opposed to a
tain more flammable and combustible liquids than the Class IC liquid (which is the true classification based
design flow rate of the automatic sprinkler system on the flash point), can be attributed to at least two
could handle. factors. First, UPRs are more viscous than typical flu-
Note a recognizes that since liquid storage ware- ids, which tends to limit the size of associated pool
houses are dedicated to storage of those materials fires, and second, UPRs are heavier than water,
only, unlimited quantities are acceptable based on which allows sprinkler discharge to cool the surface
Section 5704.3.8.1. See the commentary to Section of a burning pool fire more efficiently than with typical
5704.3.8.1 for further discussion. This is consistent liquids.
with Table 5704.3.6.3(3), Note a. Given that the testing conducted clearly demon-
Note b helps to ensure that storage heights will not strated that a 10-foot-high (3048 mm) array of UPR
exceed the capabilities of the level of sprinkler protec- can be satisfactorily protected with a water-only
tion provided. It also clarifies that protection schemes sprinkler system discharging at a rate of 0.45 gpm
demonstrated with metallic containers and portable per square foot (18 L/min/m2); and the testing clearly
tanks are not suitable for nonmetallic containers and demonstrated that pile length and width and the asso-
portable tanks, which present a much more signifi- ciated liquid volume were not factors in determining
cant fire challenge. Without this clarification, which the effectiveness of sprinkler protection, it is appropri-
correlates with NFPA 30, the height limits established ate to allow limits on storage arrays of UPRs to paral-
by the tables place sprinklered buildings at risk of lel the code requirements for Class III liquids, rather
having the sprinkler system fail to control a fire than Class I liquids. Accordingly, the pile quantity lim-
because the protection scheme might not be properly its for UPRs in containers are those currently listed in
matched with stored commodities. this table for Class III liquids. However, the recom-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
57-38 Code Council

mended height limit is restricted to 10 feet (3048 mm) table. The containers and arrangements control the
because that was the height limit utilized in the refer- quantity of flammable and combustible liquid that is
enced fire tests. exposed. The sprinkler system criteria have been
It is also important to note that there is a code- increased to provide a higher density, larger water
based precedence for UPRs to be uniquely regulated demand and longer duration than normally required
as a Class IIIB liquid, even though the actual flash under NFPA 13. These additional sprinkler require-
point-based classification is ordinarily Class IC. ments permit an increase in quantity of flammable
Under NFPA 30, UPRs were generally regarded as and combustible liquids that are permitted per control
“viscous” liquids, which allowed them to be protected area in wholesale and retail uses.
as Class IIIB liquids even though the actual designa- Note that the provisions in this table are based on
tion was Class IC. fire tests or historic protection schemes that were
based on protection of metal containers and portable
TABLE 5704.3.6.3(3). See page 57-42.
tanks. The schemes are inadequate for protection of
 The storage of flammable and combustible liquids in liquids in containers and portable tanks constructed
liquid storage rooms and warehouses is regulated by of other materials, such as plastic. NFPA 30 includes
floor, type of rack, maximum storage height and max- a limited number of protection schemes for nonmetal
imum quantity per room. The table restricts the stor- containers, and those schemes, which require far
age by floor to ensure that the basement is not used more protection than the code prescribes in Tables
for the storage of Class I liquids. The accumulation of 5704.3.6.3(4) through (8), can still be recognized
vapors from Class I liquids in a basement with a low through the application of Section 5704.3.7.5.1 or
ignition point for these vapors is not an acceptable 5704.3.8.4. Storage configurations that do not have
situation. demonstrated or code-recognized protection
The storage height is used to control the quantity of schemes, such as putting plastic containers into an
flammable and combustible liquids and to provide area protected for metallic containers, should not be
access to the flammable and combustible liquids for permitted.
water spray from the automatic sprinkler system.
The maximum quantity per room of flammable and TABLE 5704.3.6.3(5). See page 57-44.
combustible liquids is to control the volume of flam-  Rack storage is designed for easy access by person-
mable and combustible liquids with the automatic nel and to contain huge quantities of goods that are
sprinkler system. stored to great heights. The rack storage arrange-
The automatic sprinkler system is designed for a ment maximizes the fuel surface area accessible to
minimum flow rate. If the volume of flammable and flames. Fire can rapidly spread up between contain-
combustible liquids in a room is not regulated, the ers. Heat from flames burning on one surface aug-
room could contain more flammable and combustible ments the heat transfer from the flames burning on
liquids than the design flow rate of the automatic the opposing surface. Rack storage geometry can be
sprinkler system could handle. the most hazardous of all fire geometries. High-rack
Note a recognizes that since liquid storage ware- storage is often protected with in-rack sprinklers
houses are dedicated to storage of those materials inside or on the face of the high-rack storage. The
only, unlimited quantities are acceptable based on storage of flammable and combustible liquids can be
Section 5704.3.8.1. See the commentary to Section as high as 25 feet (7620 mm) because the containers
5704.3.8.1 for further discussion. This is consistent have been limited in size to control volume in individ-
with Table 5704.3.6.3(2), Note a. ual containers, and the sprinkler system requirements
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Note b helps to ensure that storage heights will not have been increased to provide more fire protection.
exceed the capabilities of the level of sprinkler protec- Note that the provisions in this table are based on
tion provided. It also clarifies that protection schemes fire tests or historic protection schemes that were
demonstrated with metallic containers and portable based on protection of metal containers and portable
tanks are not suitable for nonmetallic containers and tanks. The schemes are inadequate for protection of
portable tanks, which present a much more signifi- liquids in containers and portable tanks constructed
cant fire challenge. Without this clarification, which of other materials, such as plastic. NFPA 30 includes
correlates with NFPA 30, the height limits established a limited number of protection schemes for nonmetal
by the tables place sprinklered buildings at risk of containers, and those schemes, which require far
having the sprinkler system fail to control a fire more protection than the code prescribes in Tables
because the protection scheme might not be properly 5704.3.6.3(4) through (8), can still be recognized
matched with stored commodities. through the application of Section 5704.3.7.5.1 or
5704.3.8.4. Storage configurations that do not have
TABLE 5704.3.6.3(4). See page 57-43.
demonstrated or code-recognized protection
 The quantity of flammable and combustible liquids schemes, such as putting plastic containers into an
can be increased if they are in containers and area protected for metallic containers, should not be
arranged as described in this table and the sprinkler permitted.
system criteria are increased to comply with this

TABLE 5704.3.6.3(6). See page 57-45. liquids in containers and portable tanks constructed
of other materials, such as plastic. NFPA 30 includes
 Rack storage is designed for easy access by person-
a limited number of protection schemes for nonmetal
nel and to contain huge quantities of goods that are
containers, and those schemes, which require far
stored to great heights. The rack storage arrange-
more protection than the code prescribes in Tables
ment maximizes the fuel surface area accessible to
5704.3.6.3(4) through (8), can still be recognized
flames. Fire can rapidly spread up between contain-
through the application of Section 5704.3.7.5.1 or
ers. Heat from flames burning on one surface aug-
ments the heat transfer from the flames burning on
the opposing surface. Rack storage geometry can be
schemes, such as putting plastic containers into an
the most hazardous of all fire geometries. High-rack
area protected for metallic containers, should not be
storage is often protected with in-rack sprinklers
permitted.
inside or on the face of the high-rack storage. The
storage of Class I and II liquids up to 25 feet (7620 TABLE 5704.3.6.3(8). See page 57-46.
mm) and for Class III liquids up to 40 feet (12 192  Group M (mercantile) occupancies used for whole-
mm) in containers larger than 5-gallon (19 L) capacity sale and retail sales of flammable and combustible
is similar to Table 5704.3.6.3(5), except the sprinkler liquids are not designed and constructed for flamma-
system requirements have been increased to provide ble and combustible liquids. Table 5704.3.4.1 permits
more fire protection. the display and storage of Class I liquid if the auto-
Note that the provisions in this table are based on matic fire protection system complies with this table.
fire tests or historic protection schemes that were The limited container size, the limited volume under
based on protection of metal containers and portable Table 5704.3.4.1 and the sprinkler protection pro-
tanks. The schemes are inadequate for protection of vided under this table permit display and storage in
liquids in containers and portable tanks constructed racks up to 6 feet, 6 inches (1981 mm) high.
of other materials, such as plastic. NFPA 30 includes Rack storage is designed for easy access by per-
a limited number of protection schemes for nonmetal sonnel and to contain huge quantities of goods that
containers, and those schemes, which require far are stored to great heights. The rack storage arrange-
more protection than the code prescribes in Tables ment maximizes the fuel surface area accessible to
5704.3.6.3(4) through (8), can still be recognized flames. Fire can rapidly spread up between contain-
through the application of Section 5704.3.7.5.1 or ers. Heat from flames burning on one surface aug-
5704.3.8.4. Storage configurations that do not have ments the heat transfer from the flames burning on
demonstrated or code-recognized protection the opposing surface. Rack storage geometry can be
schemes, such as putting plastic containers into an the most hazardous of all fire geometries. High-rack
area protected for metallic containers, should not be storage is often protected with in-rack sprinklers
permitted. inside or on the face of the high-rack storage. Dou-
TABLE 5704.3.6.3(7). See page 57-46. ble-row racks are rack storage that has two racks
placed back to back. The double-row rack storage
 Rack storage is designed for easy access by person-
requires additional sprinkler heads to control fire
nel and to contain huge quantities of goods that are
between containers within the rack storage. This
stored to great heights. The rack storage arrange-
table provides the requirements for the additional
ment maximizes the fuel surface area accessible to
sprinkler heads and increases the sprinkler density.
flames. Fire can rapidly spread up between contain-
Note that the provisions in this table are based on
ers. Heat from flames burning on one surface aug-
fire tests or historic protection schemes that were
ments the heat transfer from the flames burning on
based on protection of metal containers and portable
the opposing surface. Rack storage geometry can be
tanks. The schemes are inadequate for protection of
the most hazardous of all fire geometries. High-rack
liquids in containers and portable tanks constructed
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
storage (see also Chapter 23) is often protected with

of other materials, such as plastic. NFPA 30 includes
in-rack sprinklers inside or on the face of the high-
a limited number of protection schemes for nonmetal
rack storage. Aqueous film-forming foam (AFFF) is
containers, and those schemes, which require far
effective because the film forms a barrier that starves
more protection than the code prescribes in Tables
the fire for oxygen, cools the hydrocarbon and sup-
5704.3.6.3(4) through (8), can still be recognized
presses the release of flammable vapors. The
through the application of Sections 5704.3.7.5.1 or
increased fire protection provided by the additional
requirements on the AFFF above that required under
NFPA 13 allows the storage of flammable and com-
schemes, such as putting plastic containers into an
bustible liquids with in-rack storage.
area protected for metallic containers, should not be
Note that the provisions in this table are based on
permitted.
fire tests or historic protection schemes that were
based on protection of metal containers and portable 5704.3.6.4 Warning for containers. Cans, containers and
tanks. The schemes are inadequate for protection of vessels containing flammable liquids or flammable liquid
57-40 Code Council

compounds or mixtures offered for sale shall be provided 5704.3.6.3(3) and Sections 5704.3.7.2.1 through
with a warning indicator, painted or printed on the container 5704.3.7.2.3.
and stating that the liquid is flammable, and shall be kept  Liquid storage rooms are limited in the quantity of
away from heat and an open flame. flammable and combustible liquids and the method of
 Individual containers and their packaging must bear storage of flammable and combustible liquids. The
labels warning handling personnel and the public of maximum height and maximum volume per pile are
flammable and combustible liquids. This warning is to limited by Tables 5704.3.6.3(2) and 5704.3.6.3(3).
prevent the containers from being accidently or delib- 5704.3.7.2.1 Mixed storage. Where two or more classes of
erately exposed to heat or open flame. liquids are stored in a pile or rack section, both of the follow-
5704.3.6.5 Storage plan. Where required by fire the code ing shall apply:
official, aisle and storage plans shall be submitted in accor- 1. The quantity in that pile or rack shall not exceed the
dance with Chapter 50. smallest of the maximum quantities for the classes of
 The storage plan would be needed if there are condi- liquids stored in accordance with Table 5704.3.6.3(2)
tions that the fire code official believes would lead to or 5704.3.6.3(3).
the mishandling of flammable and combustible liq- 2. The height of storage in that pile or rack shall not
uids. Such conditions include, but are not limited to, exceed the smallest of the maximum heights for the
quantity of flammable and combustible liquids, the classes of liquids stored in accordance with Table
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
turnover rate of flammable and combustible liquids 5704.3.6.3(2) or 5704.3.6.3(3).
and the turnover rate of personnel.
 A liquid storage room is intended for the storage of a
5704.3.7 Liquid storage rooms. Liquid storage rooms shall maximum quantity of flammable and combustible liq-
comply with Sections 5704.3.7.1 through 5704.3.7.5.2. uid. When more than one class of flammable and
 Liquid storage rooms are protected locations for the combustible liquid is stored in the same room, the
storage of flammable and combustible liquids in aggregate quantity of flammable and combustible liq-
occupancies normally not associated with the use uids cannot exceed the smallest quantity allowed in
and storage of flammable and combustible liquids. Table 5704.3.6.3(2) or 5704.3.6.3(3) for the flamma-
Liquid storage rooms are intended to store flammable ble and combustible liquids being stored:
and combustible liquids that exceed the quantities
permitted in a control area. 1. Because the liquid storage room is adequate
for a maximum volume of a flammable or
5704.3.7.1 General. Quantities of liquids exceeding those set combustible liquid, the liquid storage room will
forth in Section 5704.3.4.1 for storage in control areas shall be adequate for the aggregate quantity based
be stored in a liquid storage room complying with this section
on the allowable volume of the most hazardous
and constructed and separated as required by the Interna-
flammable and combustible liquid being stored.
2. Because the liquid storage room is adequate
 Liquid storage rooms are intended to store flammable for a maximum height of a flammable or com-
and combustible liquids that exceed the quantities bustible liquid, the liquid storage room will be
permitted in a control area. adequate for the height based on the allowable
5704.3.7.2 Quantities and arrangement of storage. The height of the most hazardous flammable and
quantity limits and storage arrangements in liquid storage combustible liquid being stored.
rooms shall be in accordance with Tables 5704.3.6.3(2) and
TABLE 5704.3.6.3(1)
MAXIMUM STORAGE HEIGHT IN CONTROL AREA
NONSPRINKLERED AREA SPRINKLERED AREAa SPRINKLERED WITH IN-RACK PROTECTIONa, b
TYPE OF LIQUID
(feet) (feet) (feet)
Flammable liquids:
Class IA 4 4 4
Class IB 4 8 12
Class IC 4 8 12
Combustible liquids:
Class II 6 8 12
Class IIIA 8 12 16
Class IIIB 8 12 20
a In buildings protected by an automatic sprinkler system, the storage height for containers and portable tanks shall not exceed the maximum storage height
permitted for the fire protection scheme set forth in NFPA 30 or the maximum storage height demonstrated in a full-scale fire test, whichever is greater.
NFPA 30 criteria and fire test results for metallic containers and portable tanks shall not be applied to nonmetallic containers and portable tanks.
b. In-rack protection shall be in accordance with Table 5704.3.6.3(5), 5704.3.6.3(6) or 5704.3.6.3(7).

TABLE 5704.3.6.3(2)
STORAGE ARRANGEMENTS FOR PALLETIZED OR SOLID-PILE STORAGE IN LIQUID STORAGE ROOMS AND WAREHOUSES
MAXIMUM QUANTITY PER PILE MAXIMUM QUANTITY PER ROOMa
MAXIMUM STORAGE HEIGHT
(gallons) (gallons)
CLASS STORAGE LEVEL
Containersb Portable tanksb
Drums Containers Portable tanks Containers Portable tanks
(feet) (feet)
Ground floor 1 5 Not Allowed 3,000 Not Allowed 12,000 Not Allowed
IA Upper floors 1 5 Not Allowed 2,000 Not Allowed 8,000 Not Allowed
Basements 0 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed
Ground floor 1 6.5 7 5,000 20,000 15,000 40,000
IB Upper floors 1 6.5 7 3,000 10,000 12,000 20,000
Ground floord 1 6.5c 7 5,000 20,000 15,000 40,000
IC Upper floors 1 6.5c 7 3,000 10,000 12,000 20,000
Ground floord 3 10 14 10,000 40,000 25,000 80,000
II Upper floors 3 10 14 10,000 40,000 25,000 80,000
Basements 1 5 7 7,500 20,000 7,500 20,000
Ground floor 5 20 14 15,000 60,000 50,000 100,000
III Upper floors 5 20 14 15,000 60,000 50,000 100,000
Basements 3 10 7 10,000 20,000 25,000 40,000

a. See Section 5704.3.8.1 for unlimited quantities in liquid storage warehouses.
b. In buildings protected by an automatic sprinkler system, the storage height for containers and portable tanks shall not exceed the maximum storage height
c. These height limitations are allowed to be increased to 10 feet for containers having a capacity of 5 gallons or less.
d. For palletized storage of unsaturated polyester resins (UPR) in relieving-style metal containers with 50 percent or less by weight Class IC or II liquid and no
Class IA or IB liquid, height and pile quantity limits shall be permitted to be 10 feet and 15,000 gallons, respectively, provided that such storage is protected
by sprinklers in accordance with NFPA 30 and that the UPR storage area is not located in the same containment area or drainage path for other Class I or II
liquids.
TABLE 5704.3.6.3(3)
STORAGE ARRANGEMENTS FOR RACK STORAGE IN LIQUID STORAGE ROOMS AND WAREHOUSES
MAXIMUM STORAGE HEIGHTb MAXIMUM QUANTITY PER ROOMa
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
CLASS TYPE RACK STORAGE LEVEL (feet) (gallons)
Containers Containers
Ground floor 25 7,500

IA Double row or Single row Upper floors 15 4,500
Basements Not Allowed Not Allowed
IB
Double row or Single row Upper floors 15 9,000
IC
Basements Not Allowed Not Allowed
II Double row or Single row Upper floors 25 24,000
Basements 15 9,000
Multirow Ground floor 40 48,000
III Double row Upper floors 20 48,000
Single row Basements 20 24,000

a. See Section 5704.3.8.1 for unlimited quantities in liquid storage warehouses.
b. In buildings protected by an automatic sprinkler system, the storage height for containers and portable tanks shall not exceed the maximum storage height
57-42 Code Council

TABLE 5704.3.6.3(4)
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER PROTECTION FOR SOLID-PILE AND PALLETIZED STORAGE OF LIQUIDS IN METAL CONTAINERS AND PORTABLE TANKSa
STORAGE CONDITIONS CEILING SPRINKLER DESIGN AND DEMAND
MINIMUM DURATION
Code Council
MINIMUM HOSE
Area (square feet) SPRINKLERS AND
Density Maximum spacing STREAM DEMAND
Class liquid Container size and arrangement HOSE STREAMS
(gpm/ft2) High temperature Ordinary temperature (square feet) (gpm)
(hours)
sprinklers sprinklers
5 gallons or less, with or without cartons, palletized or
0.30 3,000 5,000 100 750 2
solid pileb
INTERNATIONAL
IA
Containers greater than 5 gallons, on end or side,
0.60 5,000 8,000 80 750
palletized or solid pile
0.30 3,000 5,000 100
solid pileb
IB, IC and II 500 2
Containers greater than 5 gallons on pallets or solid pile,
0.25 5,000 8,000 100
one high
II 0.60 5,000 8,000 80 750 2
more than one high, on end or side
IB, IC and II Portable tanks, one high 0.30 3,000 5,000 100 500 2

II Portable tanks, two high 0.60 5,000 8,000 80 750 2
0.25 3,000 5,000 120 500 1
solid pile
0.25 3,000 5,000 120 500 1
on end or sides, up to three high
III
Containers greater than 5 gallons, on pallets or solid
0.35 3,000 5,000 100 750 2
pile, on end or sides, up to 18 feet high
Portable tanks, one high 0.25 3,000 5,000 120 500 1
Portable tanks, two high 0.50 3,000 5,000 80 750 2
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 gallon = 3.785 L, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m2, 1 gallon per minute = 3.785 L/m, 1 gallon per minute per square foot = 40.75 L/min/m2.
a. The design area contemplates the use of Class II standpipe systems. Where Class I standpipe systems are used, the area of application shall be increased by 30 percent without revising density.
b. For storage heights above 4 feet or ceiling heights greater than 18 feet, an approved engineering design shall be provided in accordance with Section 104.7.2.
57-43
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
TABLE 5704.3.6.3(5)
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS FOR RACK STORAGE OF LIQUIDS IN METAL CONTAINERS OF 5-GALLON CAPACITY OR LESS WITH OR WITHOUT
CARTONS ON CONVENTIONAL WOOD PALLETSa
CEILING SPRINKLER DESIGN
IN-RACK SPRINKLER ARRANGEMENT AND DEMAND
AND DEMAND
MINIMUM
MINIMUM
57-44 Code Council

30 psi DURATION
Area HOSE
CLASS (standard ori- SPRINKLER
(square feet) STREAM
LIQUID Density Maximum Racks more than fice) Number of sprin- AND HOSE
Racks up to 9 feet deep DEMAND
(gpm/ft2) spacing 9 feet to 12 feet deep klers operating STREAM
High- Ordinary (gpm)
14 psi (hours)
temperature temperature
(large orifice)
1. Ordinary temperature, quick- 1. Eight sprinklers if

1. Ordinary temperature, quick- only one level
response sprinklers, maxi- response sprinklers, maximum 8
mum 8 feet 3 inches 2. Six sprinklers each
horizontal spacing feet 3 inches horizontal spacing on two levels if
I
2. One line sprinklers above each 30 psi only two levels
(maximum 2 2. One line sprinklers above
0.40 3,000 5,000 80 ft /head level of storage (0.5- inch 3. Six sprinklers each 750 2
25-foot height) each level of storage
3. Locate in transverse flue spaces, orifice) on top three levels,
Option 1 3. Locate in longitudinal flue

staggered vertical and within 20 if three or more
space, staggered vertical
inches of aisle levels
4. Shields required where
4. Shields required where multilevel 4. Hydraulically
multilevel
most remote
1. Ordinary temperature, quick-
response sprinklers, maxi- 1. Ordinary temperature, quick-
I mum 8 feet 3 inches response sprinklers, maximum 8
feet 3 inches horizontal spacing 14 psi
(maximum Not 100 ft2/ horizontal spacing See
0.55 2,000b 2. See 2 above (0.53-inch 500 2
25-foot height) Applicable head 2. See 2 above 1 through 4 above
orifice)
Option 2 3. See 3 above 3. See 3 above
4. See 4 above
4. See 4 above
I and II
(maximum 14-
Not Applicable
foot storage Not 100 ft2/
0.55c 2,000d None for maximum Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable 500 2
height) Applicable head
6-foot-deep racks
(maximum
three tiers)
1. Ordinary temperature
sprinklers 8 feet apart hori- 1. Ordinary temperature sprinklers 8
zontally feet apart horizontally Hydraulically most
2. One line sprinklers between 2. Two lines between levels at nearest remote—six
II levels at nearest 10-foot 10-foot vertical intervals
100 ft2/ sprinklers at each
(maximum 25- 0.30 3,000 5,000 vertical intervals 30 psi 750 2
head 3. Locate in transverse flue spaces, level, up to a
foot height)
3. Locate in longitudinal flue staggered vertical and within 20 maximum of three
space, staggered vertical inches of aisle levels
4. Shields required where 4. Shields required where multilevel
multilevel
III 120 ft2/ Same as for
0.25 3,000 5,000 Same as for Class II liquids Same as for Class II liquids 30 psi 500 2
(40-foot height) head Class II liquids
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m2, 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa, 1 gallon = 3.785 L, 1 gallon per minute = 3.785 L/m, 1 gallon per minute per square foot = 40.75
L/min/m2.
a. The design area contemplates the use of Class II standpipe systems. Where Class I standpipe systems are used, the area of application shall be increased by 30 percent without revising density.
b. Using listed or approved extra-large orifices, high-temperature quick-response or standard element sprinklers under a maximum 30-foot ceiling with minimum 7.5-foot aisles.
c. For friction lid cans and other metal containers equipped with plastic nozzles or caps, the density shall be increased to 0.65 gpm per square foot using listed or approved extra-large orifice, high-temperature
quick-response sprinklers.
d. Using listed or approved extra-large orifice, high-temperature quick-response or standard element sprinklers under a maximum 18-foot ceiling with minimum 7.5-foot aisles and metal containers.

--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
TABLE 5704.3.6.3(6)
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS OR RACK STORAGE OF LIQUIDS IN METAL CONTAINERS GREATER THAN 5-GALLON CAPACITYa
CEILING SPRINKLER DESIGN AND
IN-RACK SPRINKLER ARRANGEMENT AND DEMAND
Code Council
DEMAND MINIMUM
MINIMUM
DURATION
Area HOSE
CLASS SPRINKLER
(square feet) On-end storage Minimum STREAM
LIQUID Density Maximum On-side storage racks up to Number of sprin- AND HOSE
(on pallets) up to nozzle DEMAND
(gpm/ ft2) High- Ordinary spacing 9-foot-deep racks klers operating STREAM
9-foot-deep racks pressure (gpm)
temperature temperature (hours)
INTERNATIONAL
1. Ordinary temperature 1. Ordinary temperature
sprinklers 8 feet apart hor- sprinklers 8 feet apart
izontally horizontally
2. One line sprinklers above Hydraulically
IA 2. One line sprinklers above
each tier of storage each tier of storage most remote—
(maximum 0.60 3,000 5,000 80 ft2/head 30 psi 1,000 2
3. Locate in longitudinal six sprinklers
25-foot height) 3. Locate in longitudinal flue flue space, staggered ver-
space, staggered vertical at each level
tical
multilevel 4. Shields required where
multilevel

1. See 1 above 1. See 1 above
Hydraulically
IB, IC and II 2. One line sprinklers every 2. See 2 above
three tiers of storage most remote—
(maximum 0.60 3,000 5,000 100 ft2/head 30 psi 750 2
six sprinklers
25-foot height) 3. See 3 above 3. See 3 above
at each level
Hydraulically
III 2. One line sprinklers every 2. One line sprinklers every
sixth level (maximum) third level (maximum) most remote—
(maximum 0.25 3,000 5,000 120 ft2/head 15 psi 500 1
six sprinklers
40-foot height) 3. See 3 above 3. See 3 above
at each level
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m2, 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa, 1 gallon = 3.785 L, 1 gallon per minute = 3.785 L/m, 1 gallon per minute per square foot = 40.75 L/min/m2.
a. The design assumes the use of Class II standpipe systems. Where a Class I standpipe system is used, the area of application shall be increased by 30 percent without revising density.
57-45
TABLE 5704.3.6.3(7)
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
AUTOMATIC AFFF WATER PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS FOR RACK STORAGE OF LIQUIDS IN METAL CONTAINERS GREATER THAN 5-GALLON CAPACITYa,b
CEILING SPRINKLER DESIGN
IN-RACK SPRINKLER ARRANGEMENT AND DEMANDc
AND DEMAND
DURATION DURATION
Area Minimum AFFF WATER
CLASS LIQUID Hose stream
57-46 Code Council

Density (square feet) On-end storage of drums nozzle pres- Number of sprin- SUPPLY SUPPLY
demandd (minimum) (hours)
(gpm/ft2) High-tempera- Ordinary tempera- on pallets, up to 25 feet sure klers operating
(gpm)
ture sprinklers ture sprinklers (psi)
1. Ordinary temperature sprinkler up

to 10 feet apart horizontally
2. One line sprinklers above each Three
IA, IB, level of storage
0.30 1,500 2,500 30 sprinklers per 500 15 2
IC and II
3. Locate in longitudinal flue space, level
staggered vertically
4. Shields required for multilevel
L/min/m2.
a. System shall be a closed-head wet system with approved devices for proportioning aqueous film-forming foam.
b. Except as modified herein, in-rack sprinklers shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 13.
c. The height of storage shall not exceed 25 feet.
d. Hose stream demand includes 11/2-inch inside hose connections, where required.
TABLE 5704.3.6.3(8)
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS FOR CLASS I LIQUID STORAGE IN METAL CONTAINERS OF 1-GALLON CAPACITY OR LESS
WITH UNCARTONED OR CASE-CUT SHELF DISPLAY UP TO 6.5 FEET, AND PALLETIZED STORAGE ABOVE IN A DOUBLE-ROW RACK ARRAYa
CEILING SPRINKLER DESIGN AND DEMAND IN-RACK SPRINKLER ARRANGEMENT AND DEMAND MINIMUM
MINIMUM
DURATION
Area HOSE
STORAGE SPRINKLERS
Density (square feet) Maximum Racks 9 to Minimum nozzle Number of sprinklers STREAM
HEIGHT Racks up to 9 feet deep AND HOSE
(gpm/ft2) spacing 12 feet pressure operating DEMAND
High Ordinary STREAM
(gpm)
temperature temperature (hours)
1. Ordinary temperature,
quick-response sprinklers,
maximum 8 feet 3 inches
horizontal spacing
30 psi 1. Six sprinklers each
Maximum 2. One line of sprinklers at the
b Not 6-foot level and the 11.5- Not (standard orifice) on two levels
20-foot storage 0.60 2,000 100 ft2/head 500 2
Applicable foot level of storage Applicable or 14 psi (large 2. Hydraulically most
height
3. Locate in longitudinal flue orifice) remote 12 sprinklers
space, staggered vertical
multilevel
L/min/m2.
a. This table shall not apply to racks with solid shelves.
b. Using extra-large orifice sprinklers under a ceiling 30 feet or less in height. Minimum aisle width is 7.5 feet.

5704.3.7.2.2 Separation and aisles. Piles shall be separated Section 5004.3, which discusses mechanical and nat-
from each other by not less than 4-foot (1219 mm) aisles. ural exhaust systems. The exhaust system is to
Aisles shall be provided so that all containers are 20 feet remove the vapors to prevent them from accumulat-
(6096 mm) or less from an aisle. Where the storage of liquids ing in concentrations in the flammable range of the
is on racks, a minimum 4-foot-wide (1219 mm) aisle shall be vapor.
provided between adjacent rows of racks and adjacent storage 5704.3.7.4 Ventilation. Liquid storage rooms shall be venti-
of liquids. Main aisles shall be not less than 8 feet (2438 mm) lated in accordance with Section 5004.3.
wide.
 See the commentary to Section 5004.3 for discus-
Additional aisles shall be provided for access to doors, sions of ventilation requirements.
required windows and ventilation openings, standpipe con-
nections, mechanical equipment and switches. Such aisles 5704.3.7.5 Fire protection. Fire protection for liquid storage
shall be not less than 3 feet (914 mm) in width, unless greater rooms shall comply with Sections 5704.3.7.5.1 and
widths are required for separation of piles or racks, in which 5704.3.7.5.2.
case the greater width shall be provided.  This section introduces the fire protection require-
 Aisles in a liquid storage room are designed to the ments for liquid storage rooms.
same aisle criteria as for rack storage. A minimum 5704.3.7.5.1 Fire-extinguishing systems. Liquid storage
aisle width of 4 feet (1219 mm) between piles and a rooms shall be protected by automatic sprinkler systems
minimum main aisle of 8 feet (2438 mm) is to provide installed in accordance with Chapter 9 and Tables
clearance for personnel to access the flammable and 5704.3.6.3(4) through 5704.3.6.3(7) and Table 5704.3.7.5.1.
combustible liquids without interference with other In-rack sprinklers shall also comply with NFPA 13.
piles. Automatic foam-water systems and automatic aqueous
Egress from the room for evacuation and access to film-forming foam (AFFF) water sprinkler systems shall not
fire protection and other facilities within the room be used except where approved.
must be maintained.
Protection criteria developed from fire modeling or full-
5704.3.7.2.3 Stabilizing and supports. Containers and piles scale fire testing conducted at an approved testing laboratory
shall be separated by pallets or dunnage to provide stability are allowed in lieu of the protection as shown in Tables
and to prevent excessive stress to container walls. Portable 5704.3.6.3(2) through 5704.3.6.3(7) and Table 5704.3.7.5.1
tanks stored over one tier shall be designed to nest securely where approved.
without dunnage.
 The fire protection system must be designed to han-
Requirements for portable tank design shall be in accor-
dle anticipated fires. For a liquid storage room that
dance with Chapters 9 and 12 of NFPA 30. Shelving, racks,
contains a variety of flammable and combustible liq-
dunnage, scuffboards, floor overlay and similar installations
uids, the fire protection needs to be selected from
shall be of noncombustible construction or of wood not less
Tables 5704.3.6.3(4) through 5704.3.6.3(7) and
than a 1-inch (25 mm) nominal thickness. Adequate material-
Table 5704.3.7.5.1. These tables address the classifi-
handling equipment shall be available to handle tanks safely
cation of flammable and combustible liquids, con-
at upper tier levels.
tainer size and the method of storing the liquids. The
 The requirements of this section are intended to pre- installation of this fire protection is to comply with
vent piles from collapsing and causing container Chapter 9. For liquid storage rooms that use rack
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
damage or liquid spills. Requiring pallets or dunnage storage not covered in the tables, use NFPA 13 for
spreads stress loads over broad surfaces, reducing the fire protection requirements.
stresses in container walls that could lead to damage Automatic foam-water systems and AFFF are to be
or leakage. used if approved by the fire code official. These fire
Requirements for portable tank design are protection systems starve the fire for oxygen by form-
intended to result in stability that will prevent tanks ing a barrier between the hydrocarbon and the air, by
from toppling. Having materials-handling equipment cooling the hydrocarbon and by suppressing the
that is designed to handle the tanks also helps to release of flammable vapors.
ensure safe storage and handling. These fire protection systems, however, can be
5704.3.7.3 Spill control and secondary containment. Liq- harmful to the environment. Containment of the foam
uid storage rooms shall be provided with spill control and solution should be considered when using these sys-
secondary containment in accordance with Section 5004.2. tems.
The code is designed to reflect that there may be
 Spills must be contained and controlled to prevent the other methods available for meeting code require-
spread of the liquid and the vapors. Section 5004.2 ments. The fire code official is responsible for review-
discusses the use of liquid-tight floors, curbs, dikes ing proposed alternative methods and has the
and drainage systems to divert the liquid to a location authority to approve them when they have been
where it can be contained and safely handled. Stor- demonstrated or documented to comply with the
age rooms shall be ventilated in accordance with code.

TABLE 5704.3.7.5.1. See below. table fire extinguisher is for the control of small flam-
mable liquid fires.
 Solid-pile or palletized storage of flammable and
combustible liquids, except for Class IA liquids, in 5704.3.8 Liquid storage warehouses. Buildings used for
metal containers is allowed when AFFF is installed. storage of flammable or combustible liquids in quantities
The storage system permits these flammable and exceeding those set forth in Section 5704.3.4 for control
combustible liquids to either be in cartons or uncar- areas and Section 5704.3.7 for liquid storage rooms shall
toned. Flammable and combustible liquids in carton comply with Sections 5704.3.8.1 through 5704.3.8.5 and
packaging can be piled 11 feet (3353 mm) high while shall be constructed and separated as required by the Interna-
uncartoned containers can be piled 12 feet (3658 tional Building Code.
mm) high. The higher storage is allowed for contain-  Liquid storage warehouses, as defined in Section
ers out of cartons because the combustible cartons 5702.1, are buildings that are designed to store flam-
have been removed, reducing the fire load. mable and combustible liquids in quantities that
AFFF is effective fire protection for this storage exceed the quantities allowed in a control area or a
because it forms a barrier that starves the fire for oxy- liquid storage room. A liquid storage warehouse is
gen, cools the hydrocarbon and suppresses the classified in Group H-2 or H-3 depending on whether
release of flammable vapors. The 5-gallon (19 L) the liquid is (H-2) or is not (H-3) under pressure. It
metal containers provide some protection from igni- can be a separate, detached building or it can be an
tion as well as limit the quantity of flammable and attached building separated from other parts of the
combustible liquids that can be exposed. The cartons structure by a fire wall complying with IBC Section
and pallets are a source of combustibles. 706. This section establishes the applicability of Sec-
The AFFF provides fire prevention and fire protections 5704.3.8.1 through 5704.3.8.5 to these unique
tion in case of a liquid spill or pool fire. The AFFF will buildings. See the commentary to Section 5702.1 and
also provide protection for the metal containers if the definition of “Liquid storage warehouse” for further
cartons or pallets become involved in a fire. The information.
increased fire protection provided by using 5-gallon
5704.3.8.1 Quantities and storage arrangement. The total
(19 L) containers or less with the additional require-
quantities of liquids in a liquid storage warehouse shall not be
ments on the AFFF above that required under NFPA
limited. The arrangement of storage shall be in accordance
13 permit the storage of flammable and combustible
with Table 5704.3.6.3(2) or 5704.3.6.3(3).
liquids in solid-piled and palletized storage.
5704.3.7.5.2 Portable fire extinguishers. Not less than one  Liquid storage warehouses are not restricted in the
approved portable fire extinguisher complying with Section quantity of flammable and combustible liquids that
906 and having a rating of not less than 20-B shall be located may be stored; however, the maximum height and
not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) or more than 50 feet (15 240 maximum volume per pile is limited by Tables
mm) from any Class I or II liquid storage area located outside 5704.3.6.3(2) and 5704.3.6.3(3), which effectively
of a liquid storage room. limit the quantity of flammable or combustible liquids
that can be stored in a given space. Aisle width
Not less than one portable fire extinguisher having a rating requirements further restrict quantities.
of not less than 20-B shall be located outside of, but not more
than 10 feet (3048 mm) from, the door opening into a liquid 5704.3.8.1.1 Mixed storage. Mixed storage shall be in accor-
storage room. dance with Section 5704.3.7.2.1.
 Portable fire extinguishers are to be available outside  Liquid storage warehouses have to meet the same
of the liquid storage room because a fire in the liquid criteria as a liquid storage room. Liquid storage ware-
storage room could prevent personnel from getting to houses are intended for the storage of a maximum
portable fire extinguishers in the room. The 20-B por- quantity of flammable and combustible liquid. When
TABLE 5704.3.7.5.1
AUTOMATIC AFFF-WATER PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS FOR SOLID-PILE AND
PALLETIZED STORAGE OF LIQUIDS IN METAL CONTAINERS OF 5-GALLON CAPACITY OR LESSa, b
CEILING SPRINKLER DESIGN AND DEMAND DURATION DURATION
STORAGE HOSE
PACKAGE CLASS AFFF WATER
Density Area Temperature Maximum Orifice size HEIGHT DEMAND
TYPE LIQUID SUPPLY SUPPLY
(gpm/ft2) (square feet) rating spacing (inch) (feet) (gpm)c (minimum) (hours)
IB, IC, II 100 ft2/
Cartoned 0.40 2,000 286°F 0.531 11 500 15 2
and III head
IB, IC, II 100 ft2/ 0.5 or
Uncartoned 0.30 2,000 286°F 12 500 15 2
and III head 0.531
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m2, 1 gallon per minute = 3.785 L/m, 1 gallon per minute per square foot = 40.75 L/min/
m2, °C = [(°F)-32]/1.8.
a. System shall be a closed-head wet system with approved devices for proportioning aqueous film-forming foam.
b. Maximum ceiling height of 30 feet.
c. Hose stream demand includes 11/2-inch inside hose connections, where required.
57-48 Code Council

more than one class of flammable and combustible and Tables 16.5.2.1 through 16.5.2.12 and Figures 16.4.1(a)
liquid is stored in the same liquid storage warehouse, through 16.4.1(c) of NFPA 30. In-rack sprinklers shall also
the aggregate quantity of flammable and combustible comply with NFPA 13.
liquids cannot exceed the smallest quantity allowed in Automatic foam-water systems and automatic AFFF water
Table 5704.3.6.3(2) or 5704.3.6.3(3) for the flamma- sprinkler systems shall not be used except where approved.
ble and combustible liquids being stored.
Because the liquid storage warehouse is adequate Protection criteria developed from fire modeling or full-
for a maximum volume of a flammable or combustible scale fire testing conducted at an approved testing laboratory
liquid, the liquid storage warehouse will be adequate are allowed in lieu of the protection as shown in Tables
for the aggregate quantity based on the allowable vol- 5704.3.6.3(2) through 5704.3.6.3(7) and Table 5704.3.7.5.1
ume of the most hazardous flammable and combusti- where approved.
ble liquid being stored.  The fire protection system must be designed to cope
Because the liquid storage warehouse is adequate with anticipated fires. For a liquid storage warehouse
for a maximum height of a flammable or combustible that contains a variety of flammable and combustible
liquid, the liquid storage warehouse will be adequate liquids, the fire protection needs to be selected from
for the height based on the allowable height of the Tables 5704.3.6.3(4) through 5704.3.6.3(7) and
most hazardous flammable and combustible liquid Table 5704.3.7.5.1. These tables address the classifi-
being stored. cation of flammable and combustible liquids, con-
5704.3.8.1.2 Separation and aisles. Separation and aisles tainer size and the method of storing the liquids. The
shall be in accordance with Section 5704.3.7.2.2. installation of this fire protection is to comply with
Chapter 9. For liquid storage warehouses that use
 Liquid storage warehouses must meet the same cri-
rack storage not covered in the tables, use NFPA 13
teria as a liquid storage room. A liquid storage ware-
for the fire protection requirements.
house is designed to the same aisle criteria as rack
Automatic foam-water systems and AFFF are to be
storage. A minimum aisle width of 4 feet (1219 mm)
used if approved by the fire code official. These fire
between piles and a minimum main aisle of 8 feet
protection systems starve the fire for oxygen by form-
(2438 mm) provide clearance for personnel and ing a barrier between the hydrocarbon and the air, by
materials-handling equipment to access the flamma-
cooling the hydrocarbon and by suppressing the
ble and combustible liquids without interference with release of flammable vapors.
other piles. The aisles are also intended for ready
These fire protection systems, however, can be
access by emergency responders. harmful to the environment. Containment of the foam
Egress from the warehouse for evacuation and
solution should be considered when using these sys-
access to fire protection and other facilities within the tems.
warehouse need to be maintained.
The code always recognizes that there may be
5704.3.8.2 Spill control and secondary containment. Liq- other methods available for accomplishing its intent.
uid storage warehouses shall be provided with spill control The fire code official is responsible for reviewing
and secondary containment as set forth in Section 5004.2. these alternative methods and has the authority to
 The spill must be controlled to prevent the spread of approve them if they have been demonstrated or doc-
liquid. Section 5004.2 discusses the use of liquid-tight umented to comply with the intent of the code
floors, curbs, dikes and drainage systems to divert requirement.
the liquid to a location where it can be contained and 5704.3.8.5 Warehouse hose lines. In liquid storage ware-
safely handled. houses, either 11/2-inch (38 mm) lined or 1-inch (25 mm) hard
5704.3.8.3 Ventilation. Liquid storage warehouses storing rubber hose lines shall be provided in sufficient number to
containers greater than 5 gallons (19 L) in capacity shall be reach all liquid storage areas and shall be in accordance with
ventilated at a rate of not less than 0.25 cfm per square foot Section 903 or 905.
(0.075 m3/s · m2) of floor area over the storage area.  The requirements for hose lines stated in this section
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
 This section specifies the ventilation rate for liquid are consistent with the requirements of Chapter 9.
warehouses storing containers whose capacity They may be supplied by either the automatic sprin-
exceeds 5 gallons (19 L). Note that the provisions of kler system in accordance with Section 903 or a
Section 5004.3 do not apply. The exhaust system is standpipe system in accordance with Section 905.
to remove the vapors to prevent them from accumu- 5704.4 Outdoor storage of containers and portable tanks.
lating in concentrations in the flammable range of the Storage of flammable and combustible liquids in closed con-
vapor. tainers and portable tanks outside of buildings shall be in
5704.3.8.4 Automatic sprinkler systems. Liquid storage accordance with Section 5703 and Sections 5704.4.1 through
warehouses shall be protected by automatic sprinkler systems 5704.4.8. Capacity limits for containers and portable tanks
installed in accordance with Chapter 9 and Tables shall be in accordance with Section 5704.3.
5704.3.6.3(4) through 5704.3.6.3(7) and Table 5704.3.7.5.1,  Outdoor storage in containers and portable tanks is
or Sections 16.4.1 through 16.4.3, 16.5.1 through 16.5.2.12, regulated to prevent ignition sources from coming in

contact with containers and portable tanks, to prevent distance between a pile and a structure or property
damage to containers and portable tanks and to pro- line serves several functions. The clearance is
tect property and buildings. greater for flammable or combustible liquids with a
5704.4.1 Plans. Storage shall be in accordance with approved lower ignition point to protect the flammable and com-
plans. bustible liquid from an ignition source as well as pro-
tecting the surrounding area from a pool fire of
 The fire code official must approve the layout of the flammable or combustible liquid.
outdoor storage. The clearances between tanks,
5704.4.2.1 Mixed liquid piles. Where two or more classes of
buildings and property lines are to ensure that ignition
liquids are stored in a single pile, the quantity in the pile shall
sources are not in the immediate vicinity of the out-
not exceed the smallest of maximum quantities for the classes
door storage area.
of material stored.
5704.4.2 Location on property. Outdoor storage of liquids
in containers and portable tanks shall be in accordance with  When more than one class of flammable and com-
Table 5704.4.2. Storage of liquids near buildings located on bustible liquid is stored in the same pile, the aggre-
the same lot shall be in accordance with this section. gate quantity of flammable and combustible liquids
cannot exceed the smallest quantity allowed in Table
 Restrictions on pile size, required pile separation dis- 5704.4.2.
tances and required distances from lot lines, struc- Because the pile is adequate for a maximum vol-
tures and public throughways are intended to result in ume of a flammable or combustible liquid, the pile will
improved fire safety. Limiting quantities that can be be adequate for the aggregate quantity based on the
stored in a single pile limits the potential fuel load in allowable volume of the most hazardous flammable
any fire. Keeping piles away from structures, lot lines and combustible liquid being stored.
and public ways protects the piles from stray ignition Because the pile is adequate for a maximum height
sources as well as keeping buildings, personnel and of a flammable or combustible liquid, the pile will be
the general public safe from the hazards of a possible adequate for the height based on the allowable height
fire. of the most hazardous flammable and combustible
TABLE 5704.4.2. See below. liquid being stored.
 The outdoor storage of flammable and combustible 5704.4.2.2 Access. Storage of containers or portable tanks
liquids in containers and portable tanks is limited to shall be provided with fire apparatus access roads in accor-
control the size and location of a fire. The volume of dance with Chapter 5.
flammable and combustible liquids is limited based  Access roads for fire department apparatus must be
on the type of liquid. The lower the ignition point of maintained in the outdoor storage so that fire depart-
the liquid, the smaller the volume of the liquid permit- ment apparatus can gain access to any pile storage.
ted in a pile. The same approach is taken in determin- Access may involve more than one access point.
ing the maximum height of a pile. These two features Consideration must be given to the turning radius of
control the size of a fire. fire apparatus, dead-end lanes and entrance through
Separation is used to control the spread of fire from security gates or locked gates.
pile to pile and from a pile to a structure or other prop-
5704.4.2.3 Security. The storage area shall be protected
erty. The distance between piles is the same for all
against tampering or trespassers where necessary and shall be
classes of flammable and combustible liquids. The
TABLE 5704.4.2
OUTDOOR LIQUID STORAGE IN CONTAINERS AND PORTABLE TANKS
CONTAINER STORAGE— PORTABLE TANK STORAGE— MINIMUM DISTANCE TO MINIMUM DISTANCE TO
MINIMUM DIS-
MAXIMUM PER PILE MAXIMUM PER PILE LOT LINE OF PROP- PUBLIC STREET, PUB-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
CLASS OF TANCE BETWEEN
ERTY THAT CAN BE LIC ALLEY OR PUBLIC
LIQUID Quantitya, b Height Quantitya, b Height PILES OR RACKS c, d
(feet)
BUILT UPON WAYd
(gallons) (feet) (gallons) (feet) (feet) (feet)
IA 1,100 10 2,200 7 5 50 10
IB 2,200 12 4,400 14 5 50 10
IC 4,400 12 8,800 14 5 50 10
II 8,800 12 17,600 14 5 25 5
III 22,000 18 44,000 14 5 10 5
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 gallon 3.785 L.
a. For mixed class storage, see Section 5704.4.2.
b. For storage in racks, the quantity limits per pile do not apply, but the rack arrangement shall be limited to not more than 50 feet in length and two rows or 9
feet in depth.
c. If protection by a public fire department or private fire brigade capable of providing cooling water streams is not available, the distance shall be doubled.
d. When the total quantity stored does not exceed 50 percent of the maximum allowed per pile, the distances are allowed to be reduced 50 percent, but not less
than 3 feet.
57-50 Code Council

kept free from weeds, debris and other combustible materials not designed for the exterior fire exposure. Limiting
not necessary to the storage. the quantity of flammable and combustible liquid to
1,100 gallons (4136 L) in closed containers reduces
 Unauthorized personnel may not know the potential
the exterior fire exposure. If the exterior quantity of
dangers associated with flammable and combustible
flammable and combustible liquid exceeds 1,100 gal-
liquids. By controlling access to the outdoor storage
lons (4136 L) in closed containers, or this building
facility, the owner will be able to monitor sources of
does not meet the criteria for construction, height or
heat and open flame. Security will be able to monitor
use as storage for flammable and combustible liq-
the accumulation of combustibles and take appropri-
uids, the fire protection must be increased by using
ate action to remove these fuel sources.
the distance between the building and the pile. The
5704.4.2.4 Storage adjacent to buildings. Not more than clearance required between the class of flammable
1,100 gallons (4163 L) of liquids stored in closed containers and combustible liquid and the property line is to be
and portable tanks is allowed adjacent to a building located used.
on the same premises and under the same management, pro- A building can have outdoor storage next to it when
vided that: the building exterior wall adjacent to the storage of
1. The building does not exceed one story in height.Such flammable and combustible liquid has a minimum 2-
building shall be of fire-resistance-rated construction hour fire-resistance rating and protected openings.
with noncombustible exterior surfaces or noncombusti- The restriction on openings above grade is to prevent
ble construction and shall be used principally for the an interior or exterior fire from bypassing the 2-hour
storage of liquids; or fire-resistance-rated wall construction. The restric-
tion on an opening below grade is to prevent flamma-
2. The exterior building wall adjacent to the storage area
ble or combustible liquid or vapors from entering the
shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than 2
building. The maximum quantity of flammable and
hours, having no openings to above-grade areas within
combustible liquid is limited to 1,100 gallons (4136 L)
10 feet (3048 mm) horizontally of such storage and no
in closed containers per pile. More than one pile can
openings to below-grade areas within 50 feet (15 240
be located adjacent to this fire-resistant construction
mm) horizontally of such storage.
if the piles are located a minimum of 10 feet (3480
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The quantity of liquids stored adjacent to a building pro- mm) from the building.
tected in accordance with Item 2 is allowed to exceed 1,100
5704.4.3 Spill control and secondary containment. Storage
gallons (4163 L), provided that the maximum quantity per
areas shall be provided with spill control and secondary con-
pile does not exceed 1,100 gallons (4163 L) and each pile is
tainment in accordance with Section 5703.4.
separated by a 10-foot-minimum (3048 mm) clear space
along the common wall. Exception: Containers stored on approved containment
pallets in accordance with Section 5004.2.3 and containers
Where the quantity stored exceeds 1,100 gallons (4163 L)
adjacent to a building complying with Item 1, or the provi- stored in cabinets and lockers with integral spill contain-
sions of Item 1 cannot be met, a minimum distance in accor- ment.
dance with Table 5704.4.2, column 7 (“Minimum Distance to  Outdoor storage of flammable or Class II combustible
Lot Line of Property That Can Be Built Upon”) shall be liquids must be controlled to prevent the spread of liq-
maintained between buildings and the nearest container or uid. Section 5004.2 discusses the use of liquid-tight
portable tank. floors, curbs, dikes and drainage systems to divert
 Storage of flammable and combustible liquid next to a the liquid to a location where it can be contained and
building can expose the flammable and combustible safely handled.
liquid or the building to a fire; however, placing flam- The exception allows use of approved containment
mable and combustible liquids next to a building may pallets as an acceptable alternative to an integral spill
be necessary for the operation of the facility. To con- containment for containers. Section 5004.2.3
trol the fire exposure, both the flammable and com- requires containment pallets to have a liquid-tight
bustible liquid next to the building and the building sump that is accessible for visible inspection with a
itself must be on the same property and under the minimum capacity of 66 gallons (250 L). The contain-
same management. Two types of buildings may have ment pallet must be designed to prevent the collec-
flammable and combustible liquid stored adjacent to tion of rainwater in the sump.
them. 5704.4.4 Security. Storage areas shall be protected against
A building of noncombustible construction not more tampering or trespassers by fencing or other approved control
than one story in height used for the storage of flam- measures.
mable and combustible liquid that is of noncombusti-  Unauthorized personnel may not know the potential
ble construction and not more than one story in dangers associated with flammable and combustible
height can have outdoor storage next to it. This build- liquids. By controlling access to the outdoor storage
ing has fire protection features installed to protect the facility, the owner will be able to monitor sources of
building and its contents from an interior fire, but is heat and open flame.

5704.4.5 Protection from vehicles. Guard posts or other and other special operations shall be in accordance with Sec-
means shall be provided to protect exterior storage tanks from tion 5706.
vehicular damage. Where guard posts are installed, the posts Exception: Containers of organic coatings having no fire
shall be installed in accordance with Section 312. point and which are opened for pigmentation are not
 Protection from vehicle impact is provided by guard required to comply with this section.
posts or other approved barriers. Section 312 con-  The dispensing, use, mixing and handling of flamma-
tains the specifications for guard posts or the design ble and combustible liquids provide opportunities for
forces required for an approved barrier to comply with flammable and combustible liquids to become mixed
the code. with air. These operations can create a vapor-air mix-
5704.4.6 Clearance from combustibles. The storage area ture between the LFL and the UFL.
shall be kept free from weeds, debris and combustible materi- This section does not cover organic coating with no
als not necessary to the storage. The area surrounding an fire point used for pigmentation. This exception is
exterior storage area shall be kept clear of such materials for a also covered in Section 5701.1.
minimum distance of 15 feet (4572 mm). 5705.2 Liquid transfer. Liquid transfer equipment and
 This is the same requirement as in Section methods for transfer of Class I, II and IIIA liquids shall be
5704.4.2.3, with the additional focus that combustible approved and be in accordance with Sections 5705.2.1
materials be cleared for a minimum of 15 feet (4572 through 5705.2.6.
mm) around the storage area. Keeping combustibles  The low flash points for Class I, II and IIIA liquids
a minimum of 15 feet (4572 mm) from each pile require restrictions on transferring flammable and
removes a fuel source from the immediate area. combustible liquids.
5704.4.7 Weather protection. Weather protection for out- 5705.2.1 Pumps. Positive-displacement pumps shall be pro-
door storage shall be in accordance with Section 5004.13. vided with pressure relief discharging back to the tank, pump
 Weather protection is not required for outdoor stor- suction or other approved location, or shall be provided with
age; however, where an overhead structure is interlocks to prevent over-pressure.
erected, it must conform to the requirements of Sec-  Positive-displacement pumps are used because the
tion 5004.13, which refers to the requirements of the pumping action is forward only and is a good pump
IBC. The code reference notes that an open structure for viscous fluids. The positive-displacement pump
consisting of only a noncombustible roof structure will create pressure waves in the fluid. A buildup of
does not change the storage facility to indoor storage. pressure can damage the pump and the piping sys-
Natural airflow through a structure with no walls and tem. This pressure buildup must be relieved by dis-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
only a noncombustible roof has sufficient ventilation charging the excess pressure into the tank or the
for the storage area to be treated as outdoor storage pump suction (intake) or other approved location.
for flammable and combustible liquids.
5705.2.2 Pressured systems. Where gases are introduced to
5704.4.8 Empty containers and tank storage. The storage provide for transfer of Class I liquids, or Class II and III liq-
of empty tanks and containers previously used for the storage uids transferred at temperatures at or above their flash points
of flammable or combustible liquids, unless free from explo- by pressure, only inert gases shall be used. Controls, includ-
sive vapors, shall be stored as required for filled containers ing pressure relief devices, shall be provided to limit the pres-
and tanks. Tanks and containers when emptied shall have the sure so that the maximum working pressure of tanks,
covers or plugs immediately replaced in openings. containers and piping systems cannot be exceeded. Where
 An empty container or portable tank is at least as devices operating through pressure within a tank or container
dangerous as and possibly more dangerous than a are used, the tank or container shall be a pressure vessel
full container or portable storage tank. There is a pos- approved for the intended use. Air or oxygen shall not be
sibility that a vapor-air mixture in the container or por- used for pressurization.
table storage tank could reach the LFL. This potential Exception: Air transfer of Class II and III liquids at tem-
danger requires that empty containers and portable peratures below their flash points.
tanks be handled and stored as if full of flammable or
combustible liquid.  Compressed inert gas can be used to transfer flam-
mable and combustible liquids. The inert gas pre-
vents a vapor-air mixture from entering the LFL. The
SECTION 5705 pressure system must be designed to prevent over-
DISPENSING, USE, MIXING AND HANDLING loading any component of the system. An overload
could create a leak or failure in the system.
5705.1 Scope. Dispensing, use, mixing and handling of flam-
The use of air as the compressed gas is permitted
mable liquids shall be in accordance with Section 5703 and
for Class II and III liquids under limited conditions. If
this section. Tank vehicle and tank car loading and unloading
the Class II and III liquids are to be dispensed at a
57-52 Code Council

temperature below their flash points, there is no igni- and are near the point of ignition. Transferring these
tion source. liquids to a container must be done in a manner to
5705.2.3 Piping, hoses and valves. Piping, hoses and valves prevent a static spark. Grounding the container and
used in liquid transfer operations shall be approved or listed the nozzle will remove the potential for an electrical
for the intended use. hazard and the possibility for a spark to jump.
5705.2.6 Automatic container-filling operations for Class
 Piping, hoses and valves must be designed to func-
I liquids. Container-filling operations for Class I liquids
tion with the flammable or combustible liquid being
involving conveyor belts or other automatic-feeding opera-
transferred and at the temperatures and pressures of
tions shall be designed to prevent static accumulations.
the dispensing system.
5705.2.4 Class I, II and III liquids. Class I liquids or, when  The conveyor belts and other automatic-feeding
heated to or above their flash points, Class II and Class III equipment can develop a static charge. This static
liquids, shall be transferred by one of the following methods: charge must be discharged by grounding the equip-
ment so that no electrical potential can develop.
1. From safety cans complying with UL 30.
5705.3 Use, dispensing and mixing inside of buildings.
2. Through an approved closed piping system. Indoor use, dispensing and mixing of flammable and combus-
3. From containers or tanks by an approved pump taking tible liquids shall be in accordance with Section 5705.2 and
suction through an opening in the top of the container Sections 5705.3.1 through 5705.3.5.3.
or tank.  The use, dispensing and mixing of flammable and
4. For Class IB, IC, II and III liquids, from containers or combustible liquids creates an environment where
tanks by gravity through an approved self-closing or vapor may accumulate. Theses vapors must be con-
automatic-closing valve where the container or tank trolled to keep the vapor-air mixture from reaching the
and dispensing operations are provided with spill con- LFL.
trol and secondary containment in accordance with 5705.3.1 Closure of mixing or blending vessels. Vessels
Section 5703.4. Class IA liquids shall not be dispensed used for mixing or blending of Class I liquids and Class II or
by gravity from tanks. III liquids heated up to or above their flash points shall be
5. Approved engineered liquid transfer systems. provided with self-closing, tight-fitting, noncombustible lids
Exception: Liquids in original shipping containers not that will control a fire within such vessel.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
exceeding a 5.3-gallon (20 L) capacity. Exception: Where such devices are impractical, approved
automatic or manually controlled fire-extinguishing
 This section correlates with Section 5701.5 and simi-
lar provisions in Section 18.4.2 of NFPA 30. The devices shall be provided.
lower flash points for Class I liquids require that dis-  Flammable and combustible liquids being mixed or
pensing be done by an approved procedure to avoid blended near or above their flash points will generate
the development of a vapor-air mixture above the vapors and are near the point of ignition. Using a ves-
LFL. Class II and III liquids, when they are heated up sel with a self-closing, tight-fitting, noncombustible lid
to or above their flash point, become as readily ignit- will allow a fire to be contained within the vessel and
able as Class I liquids. for the fire to be cut off from any source of additional
The exception exempts original shipping contain- air.
ers no larger than 5.3 gallons (20 L) from the limita- The exception covers situations in which the use of
tions of this section with the intent of preventing the a vessel to contain and extinguish the fire may be
use of temporary, single-use containers. impractical. These processes can use a fire-extin-
5705.2.5 Manual container filling operations. Class I liq- guishing device that operates automatically or manu-
uids or Class II and Class III liquids that are heated up to or ally.
above their flash points shall not be transferred into contain- 5705.3.2 Bonding of vessels. Where differences of potential
ers unless the nozzle and containers are electrically intercon- could be created, vessels containing Class I liquids or liquids
nected. Acceptable methods of electrical interconnection handled at or above their flash points shall be electrically
include either of the following: connected by bond wires, ground cables, piping or similar
1. Metallic floor plates on which containers stand while means to a static grounding system to maintain equipment at
filling, where such floor plates are electrically con- the same electrical potential to prevent sparking.
nected to the fill stem.  Static electricity will spark between surfaces with dif-
2. Where the fill stem is bonded to the container during ferent electrical potential. This spark is an ignition
filling by means of a bond wire. source for Class I liquids. Vessels used to contain
Class I liquids near or above their flash points are to
 Flammable and combustible liquids being transferred be bonded using wires, ground cables, metal piping
near or above their flash points will generate vapors or other similar means that will carry current.

5705.3.3 Heating, lighting and cooking appliances. Heat- Flammable liquid is stable.
ing, lighting and cooking appliances that utilize Class I liq-
uids shall not be operated within a building or structure. Factors from Table 5705.3.4(1):
Emergency relief venting under 2.5 psig (17 kPa)
Exception: Operation in single-family dwellings. with stable liquid = 1
 The use of Class I liquids for the operation of heating, Minimum distance from Table 5705.3.4(2):
lighting and cooking appliances is not permitted Distance from lot line or opposite side of public
inside of a building or structure except for a single- way = 15 feet (4572 mm)
family dwelling. Distance to nearest side of public way or important
5705.3.4 Location of processing vessels. Processing vessels building = 5 feet (1524 mm)
shall be located with respect to distances to lot lines of
adjoining property that can be built on, in accordance with Adjustment to the minimum distance resulting from
Tables 5705.3.4(1) and 5705.3.4(2). emergency relief venting and stability of flammable
liquid:
Exception: Where the exterior wall facing the adjoining Distance from lot line or opposite side of public way:
lot line is a blank wall having a fire-resistance rating of 1 (15 feet) = 15 feet (4572 mm)
not less than 4 hours, the fire code official is authorized to Distance to nearest side of public way or important
modify the distances. The distance shall be not less than building:
that set forth in the International Building Code, and 1 (5 feet) = 5 feet (1524 mm)
where Class IA or unstable liquids are involved, explosion
control shall be provided in accordance with Section 911. Example 2:
 Adjacent property is protected from processing ves- Processing vessel:
sels by separation. The three factors to be consid- Tank capacity = 800 gallons (3028 L)
ered in determining the minimum clearance to protect Emergency relief venting = 3 psig (21 kPa)
property are the processing vessel operating pres- Flammable liquid is stable.
sure, the processing vessel capacity and the stability
of the flammable or combustible liquid. The larger Factors from Table 5705.3.4(1):
these factors become, the greater the clearance Emergency relief venting over 2.5 psig (17 kPa)
needed for safety. Processing an unstable flammable with stable liquid = 2.5
or combustible liquid will require a greater clearance Minimum distance from Table 5705.3.4(2):
than a similar operation using a stable flammable or Distance from lot line or opposite side of public
combustible liquid. Tables 5705.3.4(1) and way = 15 feet (4572 mm)
5705.3.4(2) are used together to determine the mini- Distance to nearest side of public way or important
mum clearance required to protect adjacent property building = 5 feet (1524 mm)
or important buildings on the same property.
The exception allows fire-resistant construction to Adjustment to the minimum distance resulting from
be substituted for clearance to a property. A 4-hour emergency relief venting and stability of flammable
fire-resistant exterior wall without any openings may liquid:
be used to reduce the clearance to as little as 30 feet Distance from lot line or opposite side of public way:
(9144 mm). The fire code official can use the require- 2.5 (15 feet) = 37.5 feet (11 430 mm)
ments in IBC Section 415.6.1, along with a 4-hour Distance to nearest side of public way or important
fire-resistance-rated exterior wall without any open- building: 2.5 (5 feet) = 12.5 feet (3810 mm)
ings, to approve smaller clearance to a property line.
Example 3:
The clearances in IBC Section 415.6.1 establish the
minimum clearance. Processing vessel:
For process vessels using Class I liquids, this Tank capacity = 800 gallons (3028 L)
exception requires that the building be designed for Emergency relief venting = 2 psig (14 kPa)
explosion control as well as having a 4-hour fire-
Flammable liquid is stable.
resistant exterior wall without any openings to take
advantage of the smaller clearance. Factors from Table 5705.3.4(1):
Here are some sample problems to determine the Emergency relief venting under 2.5 psig (17 kPa)
separation for processing vessels: with stable liquid = 1.5
Example 1: Minimum distance from Table 5705.3.4(2):
Distance from lot line or opposite side of public
Processing vessel: way = 15 feet (4572 mm)
Tank capacity = 800 gallons (3028 L) Distance to nearest side of public way or important
Emergency relief venting = 2 psig (14 kPa) building = 5 feet (1524 mm)
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
57-54 Code Council

Adjustment to the minimum distance resulting from The operating pressure of the processing vessel is
emergency relief venting and stability of flammable divided into two categories: 2.5 psig (17 kPa) or less
liquid: and over 2.5 psig (17 kPa). Pressure can be the
Distance from lot line or opposite side of public way: cause of damage to the processing system, and this
1.5 (15 feet) = 22.5 feet (6858 mm) damage could result in a vapor or liquid leak of flam-
Distance to nearest side of public way or important mable or combustible liquid. A higher pressure would
building: 1.5 (5 feet) = 7.5 feet (2286 mm) also force more vapor or liquid out of the system
during a leak. To provide protection from a process-
Example 4: ing vessel with an operating pressure greater than
Processing vessel: 2.5 psig (17 kPa), the separation distance is several
Tank capacity = 800 gallons (3028 L) times greater than for a processing vessel with an
Emergency relief venting = 3 psig (17 kPa) operating pressure 2.5 psig (17 kPa) or less. These
two factors are cumulative. One or both of these fac-
Flammable liquid is unstable. tors may increase the separation distance. This table
Factors from Table 5705.3.4(1): provides the factor to be used to calculate the sepa-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Emergency relief venting over 2.5 psig (17 kPa) with ration distance listed in Table 5705.3.4(2).
unstable liquid = 4 TABLE 5705.3.4(2). See page 57-56.
Minimum distance from Table 5705.3.4(2):  The separation distance from the processing vessel
Distance from lot line or opposite side of public is affected by the tank capacity of the processing ves-
way = 15 feet (4572 mm) sel and the object. The larger the tank capacity, the
Distance to nearest side of public way or important greater the separation distance. This greater separa-
building = 5 feet (1524 mm) tion distance is to handle the potential pool fire with
the tank capacity. The separation distance is greater
Adjustment to the minimum distance resulting from
to a property line to protect the processing vessel
emergency relief venting and stability of flammable
from ignition sources that are not under control of the
liquid: facility operators, as well as to protect the adjacent
Distance from lot line or opposite side of public way: property from a potential fire. The separation distance
4 (15 feet) = 60 feet (18 288 mm) to an important building on the property or to a public
Distance to nearest side of public way or important way is the same or less than for a property line.
building: 4 (5 feet) = 20 feet (6096 mm) Because buildings on the property are under the con-
TABLE 5705.3.4(1). See below. trol and operation of the facility operators, these
 Processing vessels containing flammable and com- buildings should be maintained and operated to pre-
bustible liquids must be located a minimum distance vent an ignition source. The separation from a public
from property lines. The clearance is to protect flam- way is handled the same as from an important build-
mable and combustible liquids from ignition sources ing on the property. The public way does not have
that are not under the control of facility operators. buildings that have ignition sources, so the potential
This clearance also protects the property adjacent to is not as great as from an adjacent property.
the facility. 5705.3.5 Quantity limits for use. Liquid use quantity limita-
The separation varies depending on the type of tions shall comply with Sections 5705.3.5.1 through
flammable and combustible liquid and operating pres- 5705.3.5.3.
sure of the processing vessel. The table divides flam-
 The volume of flammable and combustible liquid is
mable and combustible liquids into two categories:
controlled to limit the potential fire. The smaller the
stable and unstable. An unstable liquid can self-react
quantity, the smaller the potential fire. The dispensing
when exposed to heat. This autoignition property
and mixing of flammable and combustible liquids
requires that the separation distance for an unstable
indoors can generate a vapor-air mixture. If this
flammable or combustible liquid be several times
vapor-air mixture is ignited, the size of the fire could
greater than for a stable flammable or combustible
increase because of the availability of flammable and
liquid.
combustible liquid in the area. Limiting the volume will
help control the overall size of any fire.
TABLE 5705.3.4(1)
SEPARATION OF PROCESSING VESSELS FROM LOT LINES
LOCATIONa
PROCESSING VESSELS WITH EMERGENCY RELIEF VENTING
Stable liquids Unstable liquids
Not in excess of 2.5 psig Table 5705.3.4(2) 2.5 times Table 5705.3.4(2)
Over 2.5 psig 1.5 times Table 5705.3.4(2) 4 times Table 5705.3.4(2)
For SI: 1 pound per square inch gauge = 6.895 kPa.
a. Where protection of exposures by a public fire department or private fire brigade capable of providing cooling water streams on structures is not provided,
distances shall be doubled.

5705.3.5.1 Maximum allowable quantity per control area. purposes and operation of equipment, and shall not
Indoor use, dispensing and mixing of flammable and combus- exceed quantities set forth in Table 5003.1.1(1).
tible liquids shall not exceed the maximum allowable quantity 2. Group B occupancies: Quantities in drinking, din-
per control area indicated in Table 5003.1.1(1) and shall not ing, office and school uses within Group B occupan-
exceed the additional limitations set forth in Section cies shall not exceed that necessary for
5705.3.5. demonstration, treatment, laboratory work, mainte-
Exception: Cleaning with Class I, II and IIIA liquids shall nance purposes and operation of equipment, and
be in accordance with Section 5705.3.6. shall not exceed quantities set forth in Table
Use of hazardous production material flammable and com- 5003.1.1(1).
bustible liquids in Group H-5 occupancies shall be in accor- 3. Group E occupancies: Quantities in Group E occu-
dance with Chapter 27. pancies shall not exceed that necessary for demon-
stration, treatment, laboratory work, maintenance
 The maximum quantity per control area for use, dis-
purposes and operation of equipment and shall not
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
pensing and mixing of flammable and combustible

exceed quantities set forth in Table 5003.1.1(1).
liquids indoors is identical to that for indoor storage
(see Section 5704.3.3) with some additional limits 4. Group F occupancies: Quantities in dining, office
caused by the processing operation. Table and school uses within Group F occupancies shall
5003.1.1(1) contains the quantity permitted per con- not exceed that necessary for demonstration, labora-
trol area. By limiting the quantity per control area, the tory work, maintenance purposes and operation of
flammable and combustible liquid hazard is reduced equipment, and shall not exceed quantities set forth
to a level that the fire protection can handle and that in Table 5003.1.1(1).
will not interfere with egress requirements, which 5. Group I occupancies: Quantities in Group I occu-
results in a building that can function and provide a pancies shall not exceed that necessary for demon-
reasonable degree of safety. stration, laboratory work, maintenance purposes and
Cleaning with Class I, II, and IIIA liquids is covered operation of equipment, and shall not exceed quanti-
in Section 5705.3.6. ties set forth in Table 5003.1.1(1).
The use of flammable and combustible liquids in a
semiconductor fabrication facility is covered by Chap- 6. Group M occupancies: Quantities in dining, office
ter 27. and school uses within Group M occupancies shall
not exceed that necessary for demonstration, labora-
5705.3.5.2 Occupancy quantity limits. The following limits tory work, maintenance purposes and operation of
for quantities of flammable and combustible liquids used, dis- equipment, and shall not exceed quantities set forth
pensed or mixed based on occupancy classification shall not in Table 5003.1.1(1).
be exceeded:
7. Group R occupancies: Quantities in Group R occu-
Exception: Cleaning with Class I, II, or IIIA liquids shall pancies shall not exceed that necessary for mainte-
be in accordance with Section 5705.3.6. nance purposes and operation of equipment, and
1. Group A occupancies: Quantities in Group A occu- shall not exceed quantities set forth in Table
pancies shall not exceed that necessary for demon- 5003.1.1(1).
stration, treatment, laboratory work, maintenance
TABLE 5705.3.4(2)
REFERENCE TABLE FOR USE WITH TABLE 5705.3.4(1)
MINIMUM DISTANCE FROM LOT LINE OF MINIMUM DISTANCE FROM NEAREST SIDE OF
TANK CAPACITY A LOT WHICH IS OR CAN BE BUILT UPON, ANY PUBLIC WAY OR FROM NEAREST IMPORTANT
(gallons) INCLUDING THE OPPOSITE SIDE OF A PUBLIC WAY BUILDING ON THE SAME PROPERTY
(feet) (feet)
275 or less 5 5
276 to 750 10 5
751 to 12,000 15 5
12,001 to 30,000 20 5
30,001 to 50,000 30 10
50,001 to 100,000 50 15
100,001 to 500,000 80 25
500,001 to 1,000,000 100 35
1,000,001 to 2,000,000 135 45
2,000,001 to 3,000,000 165 55
3,000,001 or more 175 60
57-56 Code Council

8. Group S occupancies: Quantities in dining and mable range. The use of cleaning machines using
office uses within Group S occupancies shall not flammable or combustible liquids is regulated to con-
exceed that necessary for demonstration, laboratory trol the vapor-air mixture, ignition sources and quan-
work, maintenance purposes and operation of equip- tity of flammable or combustible liquids in the
ment and shall not exceed quantities set forth in machines and the work area.
Table 5003.1.1(1). The exception directs the reader to other chapters
for a detailed discussion of dry cleaning operations
 Flammable and combustible liquids may be used in
and spray nozzle cleaning.
occupancies other than Group H. The control of these
liquids is based on the quantity in that occupancy. 5705.3.6.1 Cleaning operations. Class IA liquids shall not
The limitations for occupancies are based on the be used for cleaning. Cleaning with Class IB, IC or II liquids
quantity limits for the storage of flammable and com- shall be conducted as follows:
bustible liquids in containers and portable tanks in 1. In a room or building in accordance with Section
other occupancies. These other occupancies are not 5705.3.7; or
designed for flammable and combustible liquids so
2. In a parts cleaner listed, labeled and approved for the
there are limitations on the quantity of flammable and
purpose in accordance with Section 5705.3.6.2.
combustible liquids that can be stored or used in
these occupancies. Exception: Materials used in commercial and industrial
The use of flammable and combustible liquids must process-related cleaning operations in accordance with
be consistent with the function of the occupancy. This other provisions of this code and not involving facilities
prevents these other occupancies from being con- maintenance cleaning operations.
verted into Group H. The MAQs of flammable and  The lower flash point for a Class IA liquid is the rea-
combustible liquids are listed in Table 5003.1.1(1). son for prohibiting its use as a cleaning solution.
The occupancies covered by these limitations are Class IB, IC and II liquids can be used in rooms
Groups A, B, E, F, I, M, R and S. designed and constructed with adequate fire protec-
5705.3.5.3 Quantities exceeding limits for control areas. tion, spillage control and ventilation, or in a machine
that is designed to protect and control the liquid. The
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Quantities exceeding the maximum allowable quantity per
control area indicated in Sections 5705.3.5.1 and 5705.3.5.2 exception is provided to make it clear that process-
shall be in accordance with the following: related cleaning operations not considered part of
1. For open systems, indoor use, dispensing and mixing of facility maintenance cleaning and having a good
flammable and combustible liquids shall be within a safety history are not included in the operations regu-
room or building complying with the International lated by this section.
Building Code and Sections 5705.3.7.1 through 5705.3.6.2 Listed and approved machines. Parts cleaning
5705.3.7.5. and degreasing conducted in listed and approved machines in
2. For closed systems, indoor use, dispensing and mixing accordance with Section 5705.3.6.1 shall be in accordance
of flammable and combustible liquids shall be within a with Sections 5705.3.6.2.1 through 5705.3.6.2.7.
room or building complying with the International  Prior to the development of parts-washing machines,
Building Code and Sections 5705.3.7 through the typical method of washing automotive or other
5705.3.7.4 and Section 5705.3.7.6. machinery parts was primitive and dangerous and
 It is possible to have a quantity of flammable and typically consisted of allowing parts to soak in an
combustible liquids greater than allowed in Sections open bucket of gasoline or low-flash-point solvent.
5704.3.5 and 5705.3.5.2. To use, dispense and mix Labeled machines used for the washing of parts are
flammable and combustible liquids indoors in quanti- similar to the spray equipment cleaning machines
ties larger than approved in this section, the building discussed in the commentary to Section 2403.3.5.1.
or room must be designed and constructed to provide Such machines consist of a sink-like open container
additional protection. The design and construction set upon a solvent reservoir or connected to it by
requirements are based on the potential for the use, approved hoses. A noncombustible lid on the sink is
dispensing and mixing to generate vapors. typically held in the open position by a fusible ele-
ment that will melt and allow the lid to close in the
5705.3.6 Cleaning with flammable and combustible liq- event of a fire in the sink [see Commentary Figure
uids. Cleaning with Class I, II and IIIA liquids shall be in 5705.3.6.2(1)].
accordance with Sections 5705.3.6.1 through 5705.3.6.2.7. Some labeled parts washing machines do not
Exceptions: include a solvent reservoir but are simply a solvent-
filled, sink-like rinsing tank in which parts may be
1. Dry cleaning shall be in accordance with Chapter
soaked, manually agitated or scrubbed with a brush,
21.
but in which circulation of the solvent does not occur
2. Spray-nozzle cleaning shall be in accordance with [see Commentary Figure 5705.3.6.2(2)]. The manu-
Section 2403.3.5. facturers’ installation instructions are evaluated as
 Cleaning machines using flammable or combustible part of the labeling process and, thus, must be care-
liquids may generate a vapor-air mixture in the flam-

fully followed when setting up and using these gate of 240 gallons (908 L) per control area in build-
machines. ings not equipped throughout with an approved
5705.3.6.2.1 Solvents. Solvents shall be classified and shall automatic sprinkler system and an aggregate of 480
be compatible with the machines within which they are used. gallons (1817 L) per control area in buildings equipped
throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler sys-
 Manufacturers of labeled parts-washing machines tem in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
either manufacture and market or recommend spe-
cific solvents that may be used in their machines in 4. Machines with remote solvent reservoirs using Class
order to maintain the level of safety contemplated in IIIA liquids shall be limited to 80 gallons (303 L) per
the design of the machine. The testing and labeling machine.
process is based on only the manufacturer-recom-  This section lists four restrictions on solvent quanti-
mended solvents being used in the machines. Typi- ties in machines:
cally, these are Class II or III solvents.
1. A machine without a remote solvent reservoir is
5705.3.6.2.2 Machine capacities. The quantity of solvent
under the quantity limitations for a control area.
shall not exceed the listed design capacity of the machine for
The quantity of solvent in the machine and any
the solvent being used with the machine.
other flammable and combustible liquids in the
 The machine listing states the quantity of solvent per- control area cannot exceed the maximum
mitted. The listing agency tests the machine to deter- quantity permitted under Table 5003.1.1(1).
mine the maximum capacity of flammable or These quantities can be increased by the
combustible liquid. The listing indicates that the application of Section 5705.3.5.3.
machine is safe for use based on the quantities per-
mitted. 2. A machine with a remote solvent reservoir
using Class IB or IC liquids is treated the same
5705.3.6.2.3 Solvent quantity limits. Solvent quantities shall as a machine without a remote solvent
be limited as follows: reservoir.
1. Machines without remote solvent reservoirs shall be
3. A machine with a remote solvent reservoir
limited to quantities set forth in Section 5705.3.5.
using Class II liquid is permitted to have larger
2. Machines with remote solvent reservoirs using Class I quantities than Table 5003.1.1(1) allows. The
liquids shall be limited to quantities set forth in Section allowable quantity is increased even more if the
5705.3.5. control area has an automatic sprinkler system.
3. Machines with remote solvent reservoirs using Class II The safety features built into the machine
liquids shall be limited to 35 gallons (132 L) per permit the increase in Class II solvent quantities
machine. The total quantities shall not exceed an aggre- for each machine and for the control area.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 5705.3.6.2(1)
PARTS CLEANING MACHINE WITH SOLVENT RESERVOIR
57-58 Code Council

4. A machine with a remote solvent reservoir the vapor-air mixture from accumulating in concentra-
using Class IIIA liquid is permitted to have 80 tions above the LFL.
gallons (303 L) per machine. 5705.3.6.2.7 Installation. Machines shall be installed in
5705.3.6.2.4 Immersion soaking of parts. Work areas of accordance with their listings.
machines with remote solvent reservoirs shall not be used for  Listed machines normally have written installation
immersion soaking of parts. instructions that must be followed to make certain the
 The action of immersion soaking of parts for a machine is installed correctly. A machine installed
machine with a remote reservoir would have the incorrectly could generate vapors, leaks or sparks.
effect of changing the machine from having a remote 5705.3.7 Rooms or buildings for quantities exceeding the
reservoir to a machine without a remote reservoir. maximum allowable quantity per control area. Where
This function of immersion soaking of parts changes required by Section 5705.3.5.3 or 5705.3.6.1, rooms or build-
the justification for permitting machines with a remote ings used for the use, dispensing or mixing of flammable and
reservoir to have greater quantities of solvent than combustible liquids in quantities exceeding the maximum
machines without a remote reservoir. allowable quantity per control area shall be in accordance
5705.3.6.2.5 Separation. Multiple machines shall be sepa- with Sections 5705.3.7.1 through 5705.3.7.6.3.
rated from each other by a distance of not less than 30 feet  Some uses of flammable and combustible liquids
(9144 mm) or by a fire barrier with a minimum 1-hour fire- may require a quantity that is greater than the MAQ.
resistance rating. These sections state requirements for a room or
 Machines are isolated from one another to reduce the building so that a greater quantity of flammable and
potential of a fire from one machine affecting an adja- combustible liquid may be used.
cent machine. The isolation can be by a clearance of 5705.3.7.1 Construction, location and fire protection.
30 feet (9144 mm) or by a 1-hour fire-resistant bar- Rooms or buildings classified in accordance with the Interna-
rier. tional Building Code as Group H-2 or H-3 occupancies based
5705.3.6.2.6 Ventilation. Machines shall be located in areas on use, dispensing or mixing of flammable or combustible
adequately ventilated to prevent accumulation of vapors. liquids shall be constructed in accordance with the Interna-
 The machines are to be located in areas having
mechanical or natural ventilation complying with Sec-  Group H-2 occupancy is the classification for a facility
tion 5004.3 to remove the vapors in order to prevent that uses or stores Class I, II or III liquids in open con-
For SI: 1 gallon = 3.785 L.

Figure 5705.3.6.2(2)
PARTS CLEANING MACHINE WITHOUT SOLVENT RESERVOIR
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

tainers and systems, or in closed containers or sys- foot [0.00508 m3/(s · m2)] of floor area over the design area.
tems under a pressure greater than 15 psig (103 Provisions shall be made for introduction of makeup air in
kPa). Group H-3 occupancy is the classification for a such a manner to include all floor areas or pits where vapors
facility that uses or stores Class I, II or III liquids in can collect. Local or spot ventilation shall be provided where
closed containers or systems under a pressure of 15 needed to prevent the accumulation of hazardous vapors.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
psig (103 kPa) or less. IBC Sections 414 and 415 Ventilation system design shall comply with the Interna-
give guidance for determining the construction tional Building Code and International Mechanical Code.
requirements for these two occupancies. Exception: Where natural ventilation can be shown to be
5705.3.7.2 Basements. In rooms or buildings classified in effective for the materials used, dispensed or mixed.
accordance with the International Building Code as Group H-
2 or H-3, dispensing or mixing of flammable or combustible  The requirements of this section for a mechanical
ventilation system are identical to those in Section
liquids shall not be conducted in basements.
5004.3. The mechanical ventilation system must
 The mixing and dispensing of flammable and com- remove the vapors to prevent accumulation in con-
bustible liquids may generate vapors. The accumula- centrations in the flammable range for the flammable
tion of flammable and combustible liquids or vapors in and combustible liquids being used.
a basement could develop into a hazardous condi- The exception allows use of natural ventilation
tion. These operations are prohibited in a basement complying with Section 5004.3 that can be demon-
of a Group H-2 or H-3 occupancy. strated to be effective for the flammable and combus-
5705.3.7.3 Fire protection. Rooms or buildings classified in tible liquids being used.
accordance with the International Building Code as Group H- 5705.3.7.5.2 Explosion control. Explosion control shall be
2 or H-3 occupancies shall be equipped with an approved provided in accordance with Section 911.
automatic fire-extinguishing system in accordance with
 Refer to Section 911 for deflagration venting to direct
Chapter 9.
the force of an explosion out of the structure into an
 Group H-2 and H-3 occupancies must have an auto- unoccupied area. That section also references NFPA
matic sprinkler system according to Section 903.2.5.1 69, which may require monitoring of gases and other
of the code. Any building that can be classified as a methods to suppress factors affecting an explosion.
Group H-2 or H-3 occupancy that is not equipped 5705.3.7.5.3 Spill control and secondary containment.
with an automatic sprinkler system is in violation of Spill control shall be provided in accordance with Section
the code. 5703.4 where Class I, II or IIIA liquids are dispensed into
5705.3.7.4 Doors. Interior doors to rooms or portions of such containers exceeding a 1.3-gallon (5 L) capacity or mixed or
buildings shall be self-closing fire doors in accordance with used in open containers or systems exceeding a 5.3-gallon (20
the International Building Code. L) capacity. Spill control and secondary containment shall be
 Interior fire-resistance-rated wall construction used to provided in accordance with Section 5703.4 where the capac-
separate or isolate portions of a building must have ity of an individual container exceeds 55 gallons (208 L) or
fire-resistance-rated doors in the openings in the wall. the aggregate capacity of multiple containers or tanks
A fire-resistance-rated interior door consists of the exceeds 100 gallons (378.5 L).
door, door frame, latches, locks, hinges, closers and  Spill control complying with Section 5703.4 must be
any other hardware that is necessary for the door to built into a room or a building where Class I, II or IIIA
function. The door is to be self-closing to ensure that liquids are used in open containers or open systems
the door is not open during a fire. IBC Section 716 that dispense the liquid into containers greater than
contains the criteria for the fire-resistance-rated door. 1.3 gallons (5 L), or mixed or used in quantities
Any obstruction to the operation of or damage to this greater than 5.3 gallons (20 L). In addition, secondary
door that prevents the door from forming a barrier containment must be provided for individual contain-
with the fire-resistance-rated wall must be removed ers greater than 55 gallons or multiple containers with
or repaired. an aggregate capacity greater than 100 gallons. This
5705.3.7.5 Open systems. Use, dispensing and mixing of section references Section 5004.2, which discusses
flammable and combustible liquids in open systems shall be the use of liquid-tight floors, curbs, dikes and drain-
in accordance with Sections 5705.3.7.5.1 through age systems to divert the liquid to a location where it
5705.3.7.5.3. can be contained and safely handled.
 Rooms and buildings where flammable and combus- 5705.3.7.6 Closed systems. Use or mixing of flammable or
tible liquids are dispensed, mixed or used in open combustible liquids in closed systems shall be in accordance
containers or open systems must be designed and with Sections 5705.3.7.6.1 through 5705.3.7.6.3.
constructed to control the potential fire hazard cre-  Rooms and buildings where flammable and combus-
ated by the liquid and its vapor. tible liquids are dispensed, mixed or used in closed
5705.3.7.5.1 Ventilation. Continuous mechanical ventilation systems must be designed and constructed to control
shall be provided at a rate of not less than 1 cfm per square the potential fire hazard created by the liquid and its
vapor.
57-60 Code Council

5705.3.7.6.1 Ventilation. Closed systems designed to be tem is 1,000 gallons (3785 L) and only 100 gallons
opened as part of normal operations shall be provided with (379 L) for an open system.
ventilation in accordance with Section 5705.3.7.5.1. 5705.3.8 Use, dispensing and handling outside of build-
 The requirements of this section for a mechanical ings. Outside use, dispensing and handling shall be in accor-
ventilation system are identical to those in Section dance with Sections 5705.3.8.1 through 5705.3.8.4.
5004.3. The mechanical ventilation system must Dispensing of liquids into motor vehicle fuel tanks at
remove the vapors to prevent accumulation in con- motor fuel-dispensing facilities shall be in accordance with
centrations in the flammable range for the flammable Chapter 23.
and combustible liquids being used. Natural ventila-
tion complying with Section 5004.3 that can be  Dispensing and handling of flammable and combusti-
demonstrated to be effective for the flammable and ble liquids outside of a building requires that the loca-
combustible liquids being used is an acceptable alter- tion be protected from ignition sources by separating
native. it from structures, property lines, streets, etc. Spill
control and drainage control must be designed into
5705.3.7.6.2 Explosion control. Explosion control shall be the outside location to prevent flammable and com-
provided where an explosive environment can occur as a bustible liquids from affecting other areas. Dispensing
result of the mixing or use process. Explosion control shall be into motor vehicle fuel tanks is covered in Chapter 23.
designed in accordance with Section 911.
5705.3.8.1 Spill control. Outside use, dispensing and han-
Exception: Where process vessels are designed to contain dling areas shall be provided with spill control as set forth in
fully the worst-case explosion anticipated within the ves- Section 5703.4.
sel under process conditions considering the most likely
failure.  Outside use, dispensing and handling areas must
have spill control according to Section 5703.4. Sec-
 Refer to Section 911 for deflagration venting to direct tion 5004.2 discusses the use of liquid-tight floors,
the force of an explosion out of the structure into an curbs, dikes and drainage systems to divert the liquid
unoccupied area. This section also references NFPA to a location where it can be contained and safely
69, which may require monitoring of gases and other handled.
methods to suppress factors affecting an explosion.
5705.3.8.2 Location on property. Dispensing activities that
The exception recognizes that a closed system can
exceed the quantities set forth in Table 5705.3.8.2 shall not be
be designed to absorb the forces from an internal
explosion. If the closed system is designed to resist conducted within 15 feet (4572 mm) of buildings or combus-
the worst-case explosion, the room or building does tible materials or within 25 feet (7620 mm) of building open-
not have to be designed to comply with Section 911. ings, lot lines, public streets, public alleys or public ways.
Dispensing activities that exceed the quantities set forth in
5705.3.7.6.3 Spill control and secondary containment. Table 5705.3.8.2 shall not be conducted within 15 feet (4572
Spill control shall be provided in accordance with Section mm) of storage of Class I, II or III liquids unless such liquids
5703.4 where flammable or combustible liquids are dispensed are stored in tanks that are listed and labeled as 2-hour pro-
into containers exceeding a 1.3-gallon (5 L) capacity or tected tank assemblies in accordance with UL 2085.
mixed or used in open containers or systems exceeding a 5.3-
gallon (20 L) capacity. Spill control and secondary contain- Exceptions:
ment shall be provided in accordance with Section 5703.4 1. The requirements shall not apply to areas where
where the capacity of an individual container exceeds 55 gal- only the following are dispensed: Class III liquids;
lons (208 L) or the aggregate capacity of multiple containers liquids that are heavier than water; water-miscible
or tanks exceeds 1,000 gallons (3785 L). liquids; and liquids with viscosities greater than
 Spill control complying with Section 5703.4 must be 10,000 centipoise (cp) (10 Pa • s).
designed into a room or a building where flammable 2. Flammable and combustible liquid dispensing in
or combustible liquids are used in closed systems refineries, chemical plants, process facilities, gas
that dispense the liquid into containers greater than and crude oil production facilities and oil-blending
1.3 gallons (5 L), or mixed or used in quantities and packaging facilities, terminals and bulk plants.
greater than 5.3 gallons (20 L). In addition, secondary  The dispensing of flammable and combustible liquids
containment must be provided for individual contain- can generate vapors. Flammable and combustible
ers greater than 55 gallons or multiple containers with liquid exceeding the quantities in Table 5705.3.8.2
an aggregate capacity greater than 1,000 gallons. must be separated from combustibles, buildings,
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
This section references Section 5004.2, which dis- other property, public property, etc. The separation
cusses the use of liquid-tight floors, curbs, dikes and allows the vapor to disperse to a vapor-air mixture
drainage systems to divert the liquid to a location below its LFL. The clearance isolates the dispensing
where it can be contained and safely handled. This is area from ignition sources and other fuel sources.
identical to the requirement for an open system When the quantity of flammable and combustible liq-
except that the aggregate quantity for a closed sys- uid exceeds the quantity in Table 5705.3.8.2, the

storage tank for the flammable or combustible liquid 5705.3.8.3 Location of processing vessels. Processing ves-
must be protected by separation from the dispensing sels shall be located with respect to distances to lot lines that
area. The clearance between the storage tank and can be built on in accordance with Table 5705.3.4(1).
the dispensing area can be reduced if the storage Exception: In refineries and distilleries.
tank is a 2-hour protected tank in accordance with UL
2085.  Processing vessels outside of a building must be
Exception 1 is based on the viscosity of the hazard- treated the same as a processing vessel inside a
ous liquid. Class III liquids, liquids heavier than water, building. The exception covers refineries and distill-
water-miscible liquids and liquids with a viscosity eries, which are designed specifically for the process-
greater than 10,000 cp need not be isolated. The iso- ing of large quantities of hazardous liquids.
lation is not necessary for liquids with higher flash 5705.3.8.4 Weather protection. Weather protection for out-
points, liquids that can be mixed with water, liquids door use shall be in accordance with Section 5005.3.9.
that can be covered by a barrier of water or liquids
 Weather protection is not required for outdoor use;
that are slow moving. These liquids can be controlled
by other procedures rather than mandate a clear- however, where an overhead protective structure is
erected, it must conform to the requirements of Sec-
ance.
Exception 2 exempts facilities that are designed tion 5004.13. That section also notes that an open
structure consisting of only a noncombustible roof
specifically for processing, manufacturing, storage or
transfer of large quantities of flammable and combus- structure does not change the storage facility to being
considered as indoor storage, provided that the roof
tible liquids.
structure is constructed in accordance with the con-
Table 5705.3.8.2. See below. struction requirements of IBC Section 414.6.1. Natu-
 The quantities of flammable and combustible liquids ral airflow through a structure with no walls and only a
dispensed outdoors are limited when the dispensing noncombustible roof is considered sufficient ventila-
is near a building. This table contains the maximum tion for the storage area to be treated as outdoor stor-
volume of flammable and combustible liquids that can age for flammable and combustible liquids.
be dispensed in an outdoor control area. An outdoor 5705.4 Solvent distillation units. Solvent distillation units
control area is defined as the area within 15 feet shall comply with Sections 5705.4.1 through 5705.4.9.
(4572 mm) of a building, combustible materials or a
Class I, II or III liquid storage tank unless the storage  Distillation units generate vapors by heating the flam-
mable and combustible liquids. This process must be
tanks have 2-hour fire protection, or within 25 feet
(7620 mm) of a building opening, a property line, a controlled to prevent the vapor-air mixture from
reaching the LFL or an ignition source from coming
street, an alley or a public way. This quantity limit pro-
tects the vapor of flammable or combustible liquids into contact with the mixture.
from ignition sources. It also protects the building and 5705.4.1 Unit with a capacity of 60 gallons or less. Solvent
adjacent property from a fire involving flammable or distillation units used to recycle Class I, II or IIIA liquids
combustible liquids. having a distillation chamber capacity of 60 gallons (227 L)
TABLE 5705.3.8.2
or less shall be listed, labeled and installed in accordance
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITIES FOR with Section 5705.4 and UL 2208.
DISPENSING OF FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE Exceptions:
LIQUIDS IN OUTDOOR CONTROL AREASa, b
CLASS OF LIQUID QUANTITY (gallons) 1. Solvent distillation units used in continuous
Flammable
through-put industrial processes where the source of
Class IA 10 heat is remotely supplied using steam, hot water, oil
Class IB 15 or other heat transfer fluids, the temperature of
Class IC 20 which is below the auto-ignition point of the solvent.
Combination Class IA, IB and IC 30c 2. Approved research, testing and experimental pro-
Combustible cesses.
Class II 30
Class IIIA 80  Distillation equipment with a distillation chamber
Class IIIB 3,300 (sometimes called a "still pot") of the stated size can
be manufactured so that the design, construction and
For SI: 1 gallon = 3.785 L. operation can be tested for safety. These units are
a. For definition of “Outdoor Control Area,” see Section 5002.1. tested, listed and labeled according to this section
b. The fire code official is authorized to impose special conditions regarding and UL 2208. There are two exceptions to these
locations, types of containers, dispensing units, fire control measures and
other factors involving fire safety. requirements: Exception 1 exempts solvent distilla-
c. Containing not more than the maximum allowable quantity per control tion units that are in continuous operation, do not use
area of each individual class. heat from fluid transfer and the heat transfer fluid
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
57-62 Code Council

temperature is below the autoignition point. Exception 5705.4.6 Location. Solvent distillation units shall be used in
2 exempts solvent distillation units that are approved locations in accordance with the listing. Solvent distillation
for research or experimental processes from comply- units shall not be used in basements.
ing with this section or UL 2208.  The label and instruction manual will include informa-
5705.4.2 Units with a capacity exceeding 60 gallons. Sol- tion on acceptable locations, separation from ignition
vent distillation units used to recycle Class I, II or IIIA liq- sources, light sources, ventilation, etc. Regardless of
uids, having a distillation chamber capacity exceeding 60 the instruction manual, the distillation unit cannot be
gallons (227 L) shall be used in locations that comply with located in a basement. Vapors that may escape
the use and mixing requirements of Section 5705 and other during distillation will normally be heavier than air and
applicable provisions in this chapter. settle to the lower levels, making their removal from a
 Distillation units with a distillation chamber (some- basement location difficult.
times called a “still pot”) of the stated size must be 5705.4.7 Storage of liquids. Distilled liquids and liquids
treated as if the unit was for mixing and blending. The awaiting distillation shall be stored in accordance with Sec-
operation involves vapor concentrations from flam- tion 5704.
mable or combustible liquid that may be in the flam-  Distilled liquids governed by this section will always
mable range. present storage hazards. It is therefore important that
5705.4.3 Prohibited processing. Class I, II and IIIA liquids all the liquids, both before and after distillation, be
that are also classified as unstable (reactive) shall not be pro- handled as prescribed in Section 5704.
cessed in solvent distillation units. 5705.4.8 Storage of residues. Hazardous residue from the
Exception: Appliances listed for the distillation of unsta- distillation process shall be stored in accordance with Section
ble (reactive) solvents. 5704 and Chapter 50.
 Flammable and combustible liquids that are also  The residue from the distillation process may be a
unstable are prohibited from being processed by a flammable or combustible material, or some other
solvent distillation unit. An unstable liquid can self- hazardous material. The instruction manual must
react when exposed to heat. By removing the heat include information on the products that the distilla-
source, the code is reducing the potential danger. tion unit is designed to process and identify the resi-
The exception recognizes that some equipment is due. If the residue is hazardous, it must be handled
designed for the safe distillation of unstable flamma- according to Section 5704 and Chapter 50.
ble and combustible liquids and is listed for that func- 5705.4.9 Portable fire extinguishers. Approved portable fire
tion. extinguishers shall be provided in accordance with Section
5705.4.4 Labeling. A permanent label shall be affixed to the 906. Not less than one portable fire extinguisher having a rat-
unit by the manufacturer. The label shall indicate the capacity ing of not less than 40-B shall be located not less than 10 feet
of the distillation chamber, and the distance the unit shall be (3048 mm) or more than 30 feet (9144 mm) from any solvent
placed away from sources of ignition. The label shall indicate distillation unit.
the products for which the unit has been listed for use or refer
to the instruction manual for a list of the products.  Portable fire extinguishers must be located in clear
view and within 30 feet (9144 mm) of the distillation
 The distillation unit is to be permanently labeled to unit. The 40-B portable fire extinguisher is for the
provide information for its safe operation. At mini- control of small flammable liquid fires.
mum, the label must indicate capacity, clearance 5705.5 Alcohol-based hand rubs classified as Class I or II
from ignition sources and information on products the liquids. The use of wall-mounted dispensers containing alco-
unit is designed to process. hol-based hand rubs classified as Class I or II liquids shall be
5705.4.5 Manufacturer’s instruction manual. An instruc- in accordance with all of the following:
tion manual shall be provided. The manual shall be readily
1. The maximum capacity of each dispenser shall be 68
available for the user and the fire code official. The manual
ounces (2 L).
shall include installation, use and servicing instructions. It
shall identify the liquids for which the unit has been listed for 2. The minimum separation between dispensers shall be
distillation purposes along with each liquid’s flash point and 48 inches (1219 mm).
auto-ignition temperature. For units with adjustable controls, 3. The dispensers shall not be installed above, below, or
the manual shall include directions for setting the heater tem- closer than 1 inch (25 mm) to an electrical receptacle,
perature for each liquid to be instilled. switch, appliance, device or other ignition source. The
 Manufacturers of listed and labeled equipment nor- wall space between the dispenser and the floor or inter-
mally prepare an instruction manual for their equip- vening counter top shall be free of electrical recepta-
ment. The instruction manual is to be available for cles, switches, appliances, devices or other ignition
use by installation personnel and the fire code official. sources.
The instruction manual should include not only instal- 4. Dispensers shall be mounted so that the bottom of the
lation instructions, but also operating procedures and dispenser is not less than 42 inches (1067 mm) and not
the products the unit can distill.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

more than 48 inches (1219 mm) above the finished aged in pump bottles or soft bladders for insertion
floor. into a pump dispenser. They are closed to the atmo-
5. Dispensers shall not release their contents except when sphere with no mixing or refilling of containers. The
the dispenser is manually activated. Facilities shall be likelihood of ignition is extremely remote. But if,
permitted to install and use automatically activated somehow, a dispenser were to ignite, the burn char-
acteristics must be understood to better determine
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
“touch free” alcohol-based hand-rub dispensing
devices with the following requirements: the risks. The American Society of Healthcare Engi-
neering (ASHE) commissioned a fire modeling analy-
5.1. The facility or persons responsible for the dis- sis to study the overall effects of placing dispensers
pensers shall test the dispensers each time a new in corridors and suites of rooms. The Fire Dynamics
refill is installed in accordance with the manu- Simulator (FDS) Version 3.1, published by the
facturer’s care and use instructions. National Institute of Standards and Technology
5.2. Dispensers shall be designed and must operate (NIST), was used for the modeling. The results of the
in a manner that ensures accidental or malicious FDS model were used to evaluate the potential haz-
activations of the dispensing device are mini- ards and characteristics including:
mized. At a minimum, all devices subject to or • Tenability of the space.
used in accordance with this section shall have • Ignition of adjacent fuel loads/combustibles.
the following safety features:
• Sprinkler activation.
5.2.1. Any activations of the dispenser shall
only occur when an object is placed Because the modeling was for sick patients
within 4 inches (98 mm) of the sensing incapable of self-preservation, the tenability value
device. (temperature, visibility, and carbon monoxide) was
5.2.2. The dispenser shall not dispense more chosen to be conservative (factor of safety of 10).
than the amount required for hand Several fire scenarios were modeled with variables
hygiene consistent with label instruc- of dispenser volume, spacing and space
tions as regulated by the United States configuration. In each scenario, a "worst case" was
Food and Drug Administration simulated that consisted of a complete rupture of the
(USFDA). dispenser and simultaneous ignition resulting in a
pool fire. The results indicated that both ethyl and
5.2.3. An object placed within the activation
isopropyl alcohol-based products met the tenability
zone and left in place will cause only
criteria when controlled in volume (1.2-L container in
one activation.
a corridor and 2 L in a room) and in dispenser
6. Storage and use of alcohol-based hand rubs shall be in placement [6-foot wide (1829 mm) corridor]. The
accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections results showed that with adequate horizontal spacing
5704 and 5705. [48 inches (1219 mm)], none of the fuel targets put
7. Dispensers installed in occupancies with carpeted into the models would ignite, indicating that the
floors shall only be allowed in smoke compartments or proposed spacing was reasonable to prevent
fire areas equipped throughout with an approved auto- additional ignition. Sprinkler activation was not
matic sprinkler system in accordance with Section predicted for most of the scenarios modeled
903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2. (activation only occurred with the larger 2-L spills).
Additionally, the results indicate the scenario with a
 Alcohol-based hand rubs are essential in health care
carpeted floor is a concern because of visibility
occupancies for controlling the spread of unwanted
problems.
infectious microorganisms. Numerous studies con-
This section and Section 5705.5.1 are the result of
ducted on their use have found that they provide a
the ICC ad hoc committee’s consensus proposals and
vastly improved efficacy against numerous patho-
gens and are more effective for a longer time period also reflect the opinion of the International Fire Code®
when compared to simple hand-washing with soap (IFC®) Code Development Committee and the ICC
and water. membership as to the appropriate level of regulation
In 2003, the American Hospital Association (AHA) necessary in allowing the use of alcohol-based hand
approached the International Code Council® (ICC®) rubs in buildings. The intent of this section is to
regarding the safety issues related to the use of alco- provide a means to avoid the code being utilized as a
hol-based hand rub products in health care occupan- barrier to infection control while maintaining an
cies. Specifically, they were concerned that some appropriate level of safety in health care and other
code officials had prohibited the installation of alco- environments where alcohol-based hand rubs are an
hol-based hand rub dispensers in corridors. The ICC important public health tool. It should be noted that,
Board of Directors appointed an ad hoc committee while the AHA approached the ICC specifically
with broad representation to address the issue and regarding health care occupancies, these provisions
develop appropriate code change proposals. are not occupancy-specific because the ad hoc
Alcohol-based hand rub solution is typically pack- committee recognized that the use of alcohol-based
57-64 Code Council

hand rubs affects more than a single occupancy continue to cycle and dispense additional doses of
group. Section 5001.1 also provides the necessary alcohol.
cross reference to these new provisions to prevent 5705.5.1 Corridor installations. In addition to the provi-
the alcohol-based hand rub dispensers from being sions of Section 5705.5, where wall-mounted dispensers con-
considered the same as other flammable liquids, taining alcohol-based hand rubs are installed in corridors or
thereby exempting them from the MAQs in Table rooms and areas open to the corridor, they shall be in accor-
5003.1.1(1). dance with all of the following:
This section outlines seven criteria that are 1. Level 2 and 3 aerosol containers shall not be allowed in
necessary, based in large part on fire modeling tests, corridors.
to safely utilize alcohol-based hand rubs in buildings
of any occupancy. These include regulating fuel load 2. The maximum capacity of each Class I or II liquid dis-
penser shall be 41 ounces (1.21 L) and the maximum
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
by controlling dispenser volume based on established
industry practices (Criterion 1), minimizing the capacity of each Level 1 aerosol dispenser shall be 18
potential for ignition of other dispensers by ounces (0.51 kg).
establishing horizontal spacing requirements 3. The maximum quantity allowed in a corridor within a
(Criterion 2), minimizing the potential for ignition of control area shall be 10 gallons (37.85 L) of Class I or
dispensers by establishing clearance requirements to II liquids or 1135 ounces (32.2 kg) of Level 1 aerosols,
ignition sources (Criterion 3), access to dispensers or a combination of Class I or II liquids and Level 1
consistent with accessibility requirements (Criterion aerosols not to exceed, in total, the equivalent of 10 gal-
4), control of dripping (Criterion 5), regulation of lons (37.85 L) or 1,135 ounces (32.2 kg) such that the
alcohol-based hand rub storage and use (Criterion 6) sum of the ratios of the liquid and aerosol quantities
and mitigation of concerns over the visibility of divided by the allowable quantity of liquids and aero-
leakage on carpeting by requiring sprinkler protection sols, respectively, shall not exceed one.
(Criterion 7). When combined, these controls 4. The minimum corridor width shall be 72 inches (1829
effectively manage and minimize fire risk while mm).
allowing personnel ready access to these hand
5. Projections into a corridor shall be in accordance with
hygiene products.
Section 1003.3.3.
It should be noted that, originally, Criterion 5 of this
section allowed only manual activation of hand-rub  Though these provisions are not occupancy specific,
dispensers by actual physical contact with the unit, in health care occupancies, hand rub dispensers are
which did not include operation by means of an often located in the patient room. But due to a variety
infrared sensor. Infrared sensor operation has gained of clinical issues, including patient population (psychi-
in popularity as use of hand rubs has grown, resulting atric and pediatric patients), care delivery models
in a revised Criterion 5 that allows “touch-free” (teaching hospitals with multiple residents in contact
operation. Touch-free dispensers have been with patients) and patient room space constraints
developed to eliminate the need for persons to touch
the dispenser, which creates a potential path for
passing of microorganisms. (See Commentary Figure
5705.5) The devices are generally activated by
passing hands in front of or under an optical scanner,
which dispenses a specified dose of ethanol or
isopropanol. In addition to compliance with all seven
of the requirements of this section, these particular
dispensers are required by Item 5.1 to be tested each
time the dispenser is refilled in accordance the
manufacturer’s care and use instructions. Item 5.2
requires that dispenser design be such that accidental
or malicious activations are minimized. To prevent
accidental activation of the device, such as when a
cart or gurney is pushed near a touch-free dispenser,
Item 5.2.1 only allows dispenser activation to occur
when an object is placed within 4 inches (102 mm) of
the device. Item 5.2.2 requires the discharged dose to
be limited to the amount necessary for hand hygiene.
Figure 5705.5
Finally, if a cart or other object is “parked” close TOUCH-FREE ALCOHOL-BASED
enough to activate the dispenser, Item 5.2.3 only HAND RUB DISPENSER
allows the device to dispense a single dose, i.e., the (Credit: Gojo Industries, Akron, OH)
dispenser must be designed so that it does not

(lack of available space for mounting a dispenser penser containers in the fire modeling scenarios.
away from constricted traffic flow, electric outlets and Item 5 is intended to prevent dispensers from pro-
electric switches), mounting the dispenser in the jecting into areas over walking surfaces as regulated
patient room may not be possible or may compromise in Section 1003.3.3. See the commentary for Section
effective patient care. In these instances, dispensers 1003.3.3 for further discussion of projections into the
mounted in the corridor best meet the clinical needs. required width of corridors.
Because of life safety hazards in health care occu-
pancies, various medical professional associations
approached the ASHE to address the challenge of SECTION 5706
understanding, and if possible, allowing the installa- SPECIAL OPERATIONS
tion of a number of dispensers containing a small 5706.1 General. This section shall cover the provisions for
quantity of alcohol-based hand rubs (Class 1B flam- special operations that include, but are not limited to, storage,
mable liquid) in egress corridors of health care facili- use, dispensing, mixing or handling of flammable and com-
ties. Concerned that the introduction of alcohol-based bustible liquids. The following special operations shall be in
hand rubs may simply be reducing one risk while cre- accordance with Sections 5701, 5703, 5704 and 5705, except
ating another (fire safety), ASHE responded by inves- as provided in Section 5706.
tigating the current use of alcohol-based hand rub
1. Storage and dispensing of flammable and combustible
solutions and analyzing the risks presented by them.
liquids on farms and construction sites.
The ad hoc committee reviewed the results of the fire
modeling in corridors and recommended the five 2. Well drilling and operating.
safeguards contained in this section. 3. Bulk plants or terminals.
Item 1 prohibits the use of Level 2 and 3 aerosol
alcohol-based hand rub dispensers in exit access 4. Bulk transfer and process transfer operations utilizing
corridors because aerosol containers were not con- tank vehicles and tank cars.
sidered in the fire modeling for the original project. 5. Tank vehicles and tank vehicle operation.
This exclusion is appropriate for Level 2 and 3 aero- 6. Refineries.
sols but not for Level 1 aerosols, because they are
treated as ordinary combustibles by the code. Their 7. Vapor recovery and vapor-processing systems.
alcohol content is equal to that currently permitted in  This section covers uses of flammable and combusti-
Class I and II liquid or gel hand sanitizers. The aero- ble liquids for specific occupancies. The requirements
sol industry was asked to conduct its own study and of Sections 5701, 5703, 5704 and 5705 apply to
testing to show that aerosols could also be allowed in these occupancies except as specifically directed by
the same application. The study determined that the Section 5706.
hazard of level 1 aerosols was less than that of the
5706.2 Storage and dispensing of flammable and combus-
allowed Class I and II liquid or gel hand sanitizers and
tible liquids on farms and construction sites. Permanent
that the aerosol can would not release its contents
and temporary storage and dispensing of Class I and II liquids
before the temperatures in the corridor became
for private use on farms and rural areas and at construction
untenable.
sites, earth-moving projects, gravel pits or borrow pits shall
Item 2 is based on the fact that the fire modeling
be in accordance with Sections 5706.2.1 through 5706.2.8.1.
and aerosol industry test results indicated that both
ethyl and isopropyl alcohol-based products and aero- Exception: Storage and use of fuel oil and containers con-
sols met the tenability criteria when controlled in vol- nected with oil-burning equipment regulated by Section
ume to 41-ounce (1158 g) liquid and 18-ounce (509 603 and the International Mechanical Code.
g) aerosol dispenser containers in corridors. For  These provisions cover both temporary and perma-
aerosols, the capacity is based on typical industry nent storage and dispensing of Class I and II liquids,
containers. primarily in outdoor locations.
In arriving at Item 3, based on usage patterns, pri- The exception covers storage and use of fuel oil for
marily in health care occupancies, it was felt that building service equipment, which is governed by
establishing a 10-gallon (38 L) allowable amount or other sections of the code as well as other codes.
combined liquid and aerosol equivalent allowable
amount, which is well below the MAQs for Class I or II 5706.2.1 Combustibles and open flames near tanks. Stor-
liquids in Table 5003.1.1(1), is reasonable and safe age areas shall be kept free from weeds and extraneous com-
bustible material. Open flames and smoking are prohibited in
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
for any occupancy. A simple method of calculating

the maximum allowable quantity of combined liquids flammable or combustible liquid storage areas.
and aerosols is provided and is based on IBC Section  The area around storage tanks is to be free of com-
508.4.2. For example, if 4 gallons (15 L) of liquids and bustibles and ignition sources.
500 ounces (14 175 g) of aerosols were present, 4/10 5706.2.2 Marking of tanks and containers. Tanks and con-
plus 500/1135 is less than one and, therefore, below tainers for the storage of liquids above ground shall be con-
the maximum combined allowable quantity. spicuously marked with the name of the product that they
Item 4 is based on the performance of the dis-
57-66 Code Council

contain and the words: FLAMMABLE—KEEP FIRE AND in a manner that prevents localized overheating or flame
FLAME AWAY. Tanks shall bear the additional marking: impingement on any part of the tank in the event that vapors
KEEP 50 FEET FROM BUILDINGS. from such vents are ignited.
 When hazardous liquids are stored in above-ground  The need for normal venting and emergency venting
storage tanks, signs containing safety information is no different than required on other storage tanks.
and warnings to keep ignition sources from the tanks The requirements of Sections 5702.7.3 and 5702.7.4
are to be placed on the tanks. apply to venting the storage tanks.
5706.2.3 Containers for storage and use. Metal containers 5706.2.4.3 Location. Tanks containing Class I or II liquids
used for storage of Class I or II liquids shall be in accordance shall be kept outside and not less than 50 feet (15 240 mm)
with DOTn requirements or shall be of an approved design. from buildings and combustible storage. Additional distance
Discharge devices shall be of a type that do not develop an shall be provided where necessary to ensure that vehicles,
internal pressure on the container. Pumping devices or equipment and containers being filled directly from such
approved self-closing faucets used for dispensing liquids tanks will not be less than 50 feet (15 240 mm) from struc-
shall not leak and shall be well-maintained. Individual con- tures, haystacks or other combustible storage.
tainers shall not be interconnected and shall be kept closed  The clearance required between above-ground stor-
when not in use. age tanks containing Class I and II liquids, combusti-
Containers stored outside of buildings shall be in accor- ble storage and other structures is 50 feet (15 240
dance with Section 5704 and the International Building mm). Vehicles, equipment or containers using the
Code. storage tank are to have a clearance of 50 feet (15
240 mm) from these same ignition sources and fuel
 Individual containers for the storage of Class I and II sources.
liquids are to be DOT approved or approved for use
5706.2.4.4 Locations where above-ground tanks are pro-
with these liquids. To prevent leaks and spills, the
hibited. The storage of Class I and II liquids in above-ground
discharge devices must be designed for use with
tanks is prohibited within the limits established by law as the
Class I and II liquids. The storage of individual con-
limits of districts in which such storage is prohibited (see
tainers outside of a building is to be treated as out-
Section 3 of the Sample Legislation for Adoption of the Inter-
side storage under Section 5704.
national Fire Code on page xxi).
5706.2.4 Permanent and temporary tanks. The capacity of
permanent above-ground tanks containing Class I or II liq-  This section enables the adopting jurisdiction to pro-
uids shall not exceed 1,100 gallons (4164 L). The capacity of hibit the installation of above-ground tanks in certain
temporary above-ground tanks containing Class I or II liquids geographic areas by enumerating them in the adopt-
shall not exceed 10,000 gallons (37 854 L). Tanks shall be of ing legislation. Page xxi of the code (ix in this volume)
the single-compartment design. shows a sample ordinance containing blank space for
the jurisdiction to fill in describing the particular areas
Exception: Permanent above-ground tanks of greater where above-ground tank installations are to be pro-
capacity that meet the requirements of Section 5704.2. hibited.
 Above-ground, single-compartment storage tanks 5706.2.5 Type of tank. Tanks shall be provided with top
must be used for permanent or temporary storage of openings only or shall be elevated for gravity discharge.
Class I and II liquids. Permanent storage is limited to
1,100 gallons (3785 L) where temporary storage is  Above-ground storage tanks are to be top-opening or
limited to 10,000 gallons (37 854 L). gravity discharge tanks.
The exception covers permanent storage of quanti- 5706.2.5.1 Tanks with top openings only. Tanks with top
ties larger than 1,100 gallons (3785 L). Requirements openings shall be mounted in accordance with either of the
for permanent storage of larger quantities are con- following:
tained in Section 5704.2. 1. On well-constructed metal legs connected to shoes or
5706.2.4.1 Fill-opening security. Fill openings shall be runners designed so that the tank is stabilized and the
equipped with a locking closure device. Fill openings shall be entire tank and its supports can be moved as a unit.
separate from vent openings. 2. For stationary tanks, on a stable base of timbers or
 Security to prevent the dispensing of flammable and blocks approximately 6 inches (152 mm) in height that
combustible liquids is provided by a locking device on prevents the tank from contacting the ground.
the fill opening. Fill openings are separated from vent  Above-ground storage tanks with top openings must
openings so that locking does not affect the operation be on stable supports of metal or wood. The above-
of the vent openings. ground storage tank shell is not to be in contact with
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
5706.2.4.2 Vents. Tanks shall be provided with a method of the ground. Stability is extremely important because
normal and emergency venting. Normal vents shall be in movement of the tank could damage the tank shell or
accordance with Section 5704.2.7.3. connected piping, creating a leak.
Emergency vents shall be in accordance with Section 5706.2.5.1.1 Pumps and fittings. Tanks with top openings
5704.2.7.4. Emergency vents shall be arranged to discharge only shall be equipped with a tightly and permanently

attached, approved pumping device having an approved hose dikes and drainage to control leaks or spills from a
of sufficient length for filling vehicles, equipment or contain- tank. The flammable and combustible liquids must be
ers to be served from the tank. Either the pump or the hose collected in a manner that will not endanger other
shall be equipped with a padlock to its hanger to prevent tam- tanks, properties or waterways.
pering. An effective antisiphoning device shall be included in The fire code official has the authority to consider
the pump discharge unless a self-closing nozzle is provided. installations where the use of drainage and dikes may
Siphons or internal pressure discharge devices shall not be not be necessary, such as listed secondary contain-
used. ment tanks in lieu of drainage control or dikes. The
secondary containment system in these tanks is con-
 Above-ground storage tanks with top openings must
sidered equivalent to drainage and diking.
be equipped with an approved, permanently attached
tight-fitting pump and hose. Pumps must be secured 5706.2.7 Portable fire extinguishers. Portable fire extin-
against unauthorized use and designed to prevent guishers with a minimum rating of 20-B:C and complying
siphoning through the pump. with Section 906 shall be provided where required by the fire
code official.
5706.2.5.2 Tanks for gravity discharge. Tanks with a con-
nection in the bottom or the end for gravity-dispensing liq-  Portable fire extinguishers must be in clear view and
uids shall be mounted and equipped as follows: within 50 feet (15 240 mm) of the storage tank. The
1. Supports to elevate the tank for gravity discharge shall 20-B:C portable fire extinguisher is for the control of
be designed to carry all required loads and provide sta- small flammable liquid fires and electrical fires.
bility. 5706.2.8 Dispensing from tank vehicles. Where approved,
liquids used as fuels are allowed to be transferred from tank
2. Bottom or end openings for gravity discharge shall be
vehicles into the tanks of motor vehicles or special equip-
equipped with a valve located adjacent to the tank shell
ment, provided:
that will close automatically in the event of fire through
the operation of an effective heat-activated releasing 1. The tank vehicle’s specific function is that of supplying
device. Where this valve cannot be operated manually, fuel to motor vehicle fuel tanks.
it shall be supplemented by a second, manually oper- 2. The dispensing hose does not exceed 100 feet (30 480
ated valve. mm) in length.
The gravity discharge outlet shall be provided with an 3. The dispensing nozzle is an approved type.
approved hose equipped with a self-closing valve at the dis-
charge end of a type that can be padlocked to its hanger. 4. The dispensing hose is properly placed on an approved
reel or in a compartment provided before the tank vehi-
 Above-ground storage tanks for gravity discharge cle is moved.
must be elevated on stable supports capable of sup-
porting all required loads. Valves for bottom and end 5. Signs prohibiting smoking or open flames within 25
openings must be located adjacent to the tank shell. feet (7620 mm) of the vehicle or the point of refueling
These valves are to be heat-activated valves that are prominently posted on the tank vehicle.
must close in case of a fire. The valve is to prevent 6. Electrical devices and wiring in areas where fuel dis-
the tank from dispensing its content through one of pensing is conducted are in accordance with NFPA 70.
the tank openings. If the heat-activated valve cannot 7. Tank vehicle-dispensing equipment is operated only by
be manually operated, a second manually operable designated personnel who are trained to handle and dis-
valve must be installed. The hose must be secured to pense motor fuels.
prevent unauthorized operation.
8. Provisions are made for controlling and mitigating
5706.2.6 Spill control drainage control and diking. Indoor
unauthorized discharges.
storage and dispensing areas shall be provided with spill con-
trol and drainage control as set forth in Section 5703.4. Out-  The dispensing of fuel at a farm or construction site
door storage areas shall be provided with drainage control or may be from a tanker to a vehicle or equipment. Dis-
diking as set forth in Section 5704.2.10. pensing fuel using a tanker requires the tanker to be
designed and equipped specifically for fueling other
 Indoor above-ground storage tanks must be
vehicles and equipment. The dispensing line cannot
equipped to control leaks and spills to prevent the
exceed 100 feet (30 480 mm). The tanker operator is
spread of liquid and vapors. Section 5004.2 dis-
responsible for the dispensing line and the tanker, so
cusses the use of liquid-tight floors, curbs, dikes and
these two items need to be in the same area. The dis-
drainage systems to divert the liquid to a location
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
pensing cannot be done around an ignition source,

where it can be contained and safely handled. Sec-
such as smoking, or electrical equipment that is not
tion 5004.3 discusses mechanical and natural
classified for use in hazardous locations. Note that
exhaust systems. The exhaust system is to remove
these provisions apply to all classes of liquid fuel, not
the vapors to prevent them from accumulating in con-
Class II and III only, as in Section 5706.5.4.5.
centrations in the flammable range of the vapor.
Outdoor above-ground storage tanks must use
57-68 Code Council

5706.2.8.1 Location. Dispensing from tank vehicles shall be 5706.3.1.3 Buildings. Wells shall not be drilled within 100
conducted not less than 50 feet (15 240 mm) from structures feet (30 480 mm) of buildings not necessary to the operation
or combustible storage. of the well.
 Fuel must be dispensed at least 50 feet (15 240 mm)  Sources of ignition from buildings are to be kept a
from a structure or combustible storage to prevent the minimum of 100 feet (30 480 mm) from a well head.
accumulation of vapor-air mixtures, control ignition Building equipment and occupancy can become
sources and to minimize the potential loss of prop- sources of ignition. The building also represents a
erty. potential for loss of life and property. The distance
5706.3 Well drilling and operating. Wells for oil and natu- provides an area for any vapors leaking from the well
ral gas shall be drilled and operated in accordance with Sec- head to dilute to a vapor-air mixture below the LFL.
tions 5706.3.1 through 5706.3.8. The separation distance also protects buildings
and their occupants from hazards associated with the
 The drilling and operation of a well may allow the well and its operation.
escape of vapors from petroleum products. Well drill- A building necessary for operation of a well need
ing and operation are essential for the extraction of not be remote from the well head, but it should be
petroleum products. The requirements are to prevent constructed and maintained to prevent it from becom-
the vapor-air mixture from reaching the LFL, to pre- ing an ignition source.
vent ignition sources from being in the immediate
5706.3.1.3.1 Group A, E or I buildings. Wells shall not be
vicinity and other functions to control the hazard.
drilled within 300 feet (91 440 mm) of buildings with an
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
5706.3.1 Location. The location of wells shall comply with occupancy in Group A, E or I.
Sections 5706.3.1.1 through 5706.3.1.3.2.
 Sources of ignition from a Group A, E, or I occupancy
 The location of wells is regulated to permit the dilution must be kept a minimum of 300 feet (91 440 mm)
of any vapor-air mixtures that may escape the well from a well head. Building equipment and occupancy
head or facilities, prevent ignition sources from being can become sources of ignition. Because these occu-
in close proximity and other safety and security to pancies also represent a potential for loss of life and
control the hazards created by the well drilling and property, the clearance has been increased over that
production operation. required for other occupancies. The distance pro-
5706.3.1.1 Storage tanks and sources of ignition. Storage vides an area for any vapors leaking from the well
tanks or boilers, fired heaters, open-flame devices or other head to dilute to a vapor-air mixture below the LFL.
sources of ignition shall not be located within 25 feet (7620 5706.3.1.3.2 Existing wells. Where wells are existing, build-
mm) of well heads. Smoking is prohibited at wells or tank ings shall not be constructed within the distances set forth in
locations except as designated and in approved posted areas. Section 5706.3.1 for separation of wells or buildings.
Exception: Engines used in the drilling, production and  The same problems exist regardless of whether the
serving of wells. well head is installed first or the building is con-
 Sources of ignition from equipment and open flame structed first. The code regulates whichever is built
must be kept a minimum of 25 feet (7620 mm) from a second. The well head clearance to the building is to
well head. The distance provides an area for any be maintained.
vapors leaking from the well head to dilute to a vapor- 5706.3.2 Waste control. Control of waste materials associ-
air mixture below the LFL. ated with wells shall comply with Sections 5706.3.2.1 and
Only equipment necessary for the drilling, installa- 5706.3.2.2.
tion and production of the well is permitted. These
engines are designed for this use.  Liquids containing petroleum or its products are to be
disposed of according to federal and state laws and
5706.3.1.2 Streets and railways. Wells shall not be drilled any local ordinances.
within 75 feet (22 860 mm) of any dedicated public street,
highway or nearest rail of an operating railway. 5706.3.2.1 Discharge on a street or water channel. Liquids
containing crude petroleum or its products shall not be dis-
 Sources of ignition from vehicle and rail traffic are to charged into or on streets, highways, drainage canals or
be kept a minimum of 75 feet (22 860 mm) from a ditches, storm drains or flood control channels.
well head. Vehicle traffic can produce sources of igni-
tion from either the vehicle or the passengers. The  The discharge of liquids containing petroleum or its
rail traffic can produce sources of ignition by engine, products is prohibited. The unregulated discharge of
brakes or personnel. The distance provides an area liquids containing petroleum or its products can place
for any vapors leaking from the well head to dilute to flammable or combustible liquids and gases into con-
a vapor-air mixture below the LFL. tact with ignition sources. The liquids and their vapors
also can become environmental problems and can
cause health concerns.

5706.3.2.2 Discharge and combustible materials on equipment shall meet federal, state and other applicable juris-
ground. The surface of the ground under, around or near diction requirements.
wells, pumps, boilers, oil storage tanks or buildings shall be  A blowout is the uncontrolled release of oil, gas or
kept free from oil, waste oil, refuse or waste material. water from a well. Pressure relief equipment must be
 The discharge of liquids containing petroleum or its installed and maintained on a drilling apparatus to
products is prohibited. The unregulated discharge of reduce the likelihood of an uncontrolled release of oil,
liquids containing petroleum or its products can place gas or water. Oil vapor or gas escaping in an uncon-
flammable or combustible liquids and gases into controlled manner poses an extreme hazard and can
tact with ignition sources and become a source of generate enough energy to ignite during its release,
environmental contamination and health hazards. which can lead to the destruction of the drilling appa-
5706.3.3 Sumps. Sumps associated with wells shall comply ratus or the site itself with a corresponding potential
with Sections 5706.3.3.1 through 5706.3.3.3. for loss of life. Federal and state regulations govern
the protective equipment required to prevent blow-
 Sumps and basins may be necessary to temporarily outs.
store drilling materials that may contain petroleum
5706.3.5 Storage tanks. Storage of flammable or combusti-
products. The use of sumps and basins is regulated
ble liquids in tanks shall be in accordance with Section 5704.
to control their size, service life and security.
Oil storage tanks or groups of tanks shall have posted in a
5706.3.3.1 Maximum width. Sumps or other basins for the conspicuous place, on or near such tank or tanks, an approved
retention of oil or petroleum products shall not exceed 12 feet sign with the name of the owner or operator, or the lease
(3658 mm) in width. number and the telephone number where a responsible person
 The maximum width of 12 feet (3658 mm) for a sump can be reached at any time.
or basin keeps the surface area of the sump or basin  The storage requirements for flammable and com-
at a size that will help in diluting the vapor-air mixture bustible liquids at a well head are identical to those
to below the LFL and that is readily accessible to fire- for any other storage of flammable and combustible
fighting equipment. The narrow width allows the liquids. Clearances, security, corrosion protection,
vapors of the petroleum products to diffuse with a drainage, diking, signing, etc., are to control ignition
greater volume of air than if the sump or basin were sources, combustibles, leaks, spills, etc.
allowed to be larger.
5706.3.6 Soundproofing. Where soundproofing material is
5706.3.3.2 Backfilling. Sumps or other basins for the reten- required during oil field operations, such material shall be
tion of oil or petroleum products larger than 6 feet by 6 feet noncombustible.
by 6 feet (1829 mm by 1829 mm by 1829 mm) shall not be
maintained longer than 60 days after the cessation of drilling  The operation of drilling, pumping and dispensing
operations. equipment may create noise that needs to be
reduced. Soundproofing material must not add a fuel
 The temporary storage of oil or petroleum products in source around the flammable or combustible liquids.
sumps or basins larger than 6 feet by 6 feet by 6 feet Combustible soundproofing is to be used only at loca-
(1829 mm by 1829 mm by 1829 mm) is restricted to tions that are beyond the distances for the clearance
no more than 60 days. Drilling operations may require between flammable and combustible liquids and
that materials containing petroleum products be combustibles.
stored in a sump or basin. This open storage may
allow the vapors from the petroleum products to mix 5706.3.7 Signs. Well locations shall have posted in a conspic-
with air, creating a hazard. To control the hazard, the uous place on or near such tank or tanks an approved sign
use of a sump or basin is restricted to a maximum of with the name of the owner or operator, name of the leasee or
60 days. The storage of oil or petroleum products in the lease number, the well number and the telephone number
volumes greater than the capacity of these sumps or where a responsible person can be reached at any time. Such
basins needs to be equipped with safety features to signs shall be maintained on the premises from the time mate-
control the hazard. rials are delivered for drilling purposes until the well is aban-
doned.
5706.3.3.3 Security. Sumps, diversion ditches and depres-
sions used as sumps shall be securely fenced or covered.  Well heads may or may not have personnel on site,
so it may be necessary to contact the operator/owner.
 Security for the open storage of oil or petroleum prod- The signs need to provide sufficient information so
ucts in sumps, basins and ditches is needed to pre- the operator/owner can be notified of any problems
vent unauthorized access. Individuals may not realize with the site.
the hazard presented by this open storage and acci-
dentally introduce ignition sources. 5706.3.8 Field-loading racks. Field-loading racks shall be in
5706.3.4 Prevention of blowouts. Protection shall be pro-
vided to control and prevent the blowout of a well. Protection  See the commentary to Section 5706.5.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
57-70 Code Council

5706.4 Bulk plants or terminals. Portions of properties or natural. Because the vapors from Class I liquids
where flammable and combustible liquids are received by are heavier than air, the ventilation must remove the
tank vessels, pipelines, tank cars or tank vehicles and stored air at the floor level. Natural ventilation must be to the
or blended in bulk for the purpose of distribution by tank ves- outdoors.
sels, pipelines, tanks cars, tank vehicles or containers shall be 5706.4.4.1 Basements and pits. Class I liquids shall not be
in accordance with Sections 5706.4.1 through 5706.4.10.4. stored or used within a building having a basement or pit into
 Bulk plants and terminals are used for the blending or which flammable vapors can travel, unless such area is pro-
transferring of large volumes of flammable and com- vided with ventilation designed to prevent the accumulation
bustible liquids. Besides normally involving large of flammable vapors therein.
quantities of flammable and combustible liquids,  The vapors from Class I liquids are heavier than air,
these facilities can create numerous opportunities for so these vapors can settle from the upper floors and
leaks, spills and the escape of vapors. accumulate in a basement or pit. In a building with a
5706.4.1 Building construction. Buildings shall be con- basement or pit that has any connection between the
structed in accordance with the International Building Code. basement or pit and upper floors, the basement or pit
is not to be used for the storage or mixing of Class I
 These facilities are hazardous occupancies divided
liquids. The vapors from Class I liquids may settle in
into Group H-2 or H-3. Sections 414 and 415 of the
the basement or pit through openings for mechanical
IBC contain guidance for determining the construc-
systems or that are part of an egress path, creating a
tion requirements for these two occupancies.
hazard. Unless there is a mechanical or natural venti-
5706.4.2 Means of egress. Rooms in which liquids are lation system that is adequate for removing accumu-
stored, used or transferred by pumps shall have means of lated vapors from the basement or pit, the building
egress arranged to prevent occupants from being trapped in cannot be used for the storage or mixing of Class I
the event of fire. liquids.
 The means of egress from rooms where flammable or 5706.4.4.2 Dispensing of Class I liquids. Containers of
combustible liquids are present must be an escape Class I liquids shall not be drawn from or filled within build-
route for personnel that cannot be blocked in case of ings unless a provision is made to prevent the accumulation
a fire. This may require having more than one inde- of flammable vapors in hazardous concentrations. Where
pendent escape route or having a short travel dis- mechanical ventilation is required, it shall be kept in opera-
tance to a door exiting the room. Doors exiting rooms tion while flammable vapors could be present.
should swing in the direction of exit travel.
 Containers of Class I liquids cannot be dispensed or
5706.4.3 Heating. Rooms in which Class I liquids are stored filled in a building unless ventilation is installed to
or used shall be heated only by means not constituting a remove accumulated vapors. To make certain that
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
source of ignition, such as steam or hot water. Rooms con- vapors do not accumulate, any mechanical ventilation
taining heating appliances involving sources of ignition shall system must operate continuously or whenever con-
be located and arranged to prevent entry of flammable tainers of Class I liquids are open.
vapors.
5706.4.5 Storage. Storage of Class I, II and IIIA liquids in
 Heating units that use open flames and other ignition bulk plants shall be in accordance with the applicable provi-
sources must be separated from areas where flam- sions of Section 5704.
mable or combustible liquids are present or where
vapors from these liquids can migrate. The low flash  The potential hazards of storing Class I, II and IIIA liq-
point for Class I liquids requires that where Class I liquids are the same for bulk plants and terminals as for
uid is present, either steam or hot water must be used any other facility. The requirements for storage are
as the heat source. covered in Section 5704.
5706.4.4 Ventilation. Ventilation shall be provided for 5706.4.6 Overfill protection of Class I and II liquids. Man-
rooms, buildings and enclosures in which Class I liquids are ual and automatic systems shall be provided to prevent over-
pumped, used or transferred. Design of ventilation systems fill during the transfer of Class I and II liquids from mainline
shall consider the relatively high specific gravity of the pipelines and marine vessels in accordance with API 2350.
vapors. Where natural ventilation is used, adequate openings  Overfill protection must comply with API 2350. This
in outside walls at floor level, unobstructed except by louvers standard is limited to above-ground tanks that receive
or coarse screens, shall be provided. Where natural ventila- liquids from main pipelines or marine vessels. The
tion is inadequate, mechanical ventilation shall be provided in standard accomplishes overfill protection by aware-
accordance with the International Mechanical Code. ness of available tank capacity and inventory and
 The low flash point for Class I liquids requires that careful monitoring and control of product movement.
where Class I liquid is present the area be ventilated 5706.4.7 Wharves. This section shall apply to all wharves,
to prevent the accumulation of a vapor-air mixture piers, bulkheads and other structures over or contiguous to
above the LFL. Ventilation can be either mechanical navigable water having a primary function of transferring liq-

uid cargo in bulk between shore installations and tank ves- loading facilities against excessive pressure. Relief devices
sels, ships, barges, lighter boats or other mobile floating craft. shall be tested not less than annually to determine that they
Exception: Marine motor fuel-dispensing facilities in function satisfactorily at their set pressure.
accordance with Chapter 23.  Pump systems must be designed so that excess
 This section regulates the transfer of flammable and pressure cannot be created in the piping and storage
combustible liquids in bulk quantities between a system. If excess pressure develops and is not
shore installation and any marine vessel or other relieved, the equipment or piping and storage system
floating craft, except for marine motor fuel-dispensing can be damaged. A damaged system could develop
facilities, which are covered in Chapter 23. a leak.
5706.4.7.1 Transferring approvals. Handling packaged 5706.4.7.6 Piping, valves and fittings. Piping valves and fit-
cargo of liquids, including full and empty drums, bulk fuel tings shall be in accordance with Section 5703.6 except as
and stores, over a wharf during cargo transfer shall be subject modified by the following:
to the approval of the wharf supervisor and the senior deck 1. Flexibility of piping shall be ensured by appropriate
officer on duty. layout and arrangement of piping supports so that
motion of the wharf structure resulting from wave
 The handling and transferring of flammable and com-
action, currents, tides or the mooring of vessels will not
bustible liquids, including any container that contains
subject the pipe to repeated excessive strain.
or has contained these liquids, must be approved by
the personnel responsible for the wharf. This will usu- 2. Pipe joints that depend on the friction characteristics of
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ally be the wharf supervisor or senior deck officer. combustible materials or on the grooving of pipe ends
Because these materials represent a potential hazard for mechanical continuity of piping shall not be used.
if mishandled, the person in authority must be aware 3. Swivel joints are allowed in piping to which hoses are
of the potential hazard and approve the process connected and for articulated, swivel-joint transfer sys-
being used. tems, provided the design is such that the mechanical
5706.4.7.2 Transferring location. Wharves at which liquid strength of the joint will not be impaired if the packing
cargoes are to be transferred in bulk quantities to or from tank materials fail such as by exposure to fire.
vessels shall be not less than 100 feet (30 480 mm) from any 4. Each line conveying Class I or II liquids leading to a
bridge over a navigable waterway; or from an entrance to, or wharf shall be provided with a readily accessible block
superstructure of, any vehicular or railroad tunnel under a valve located on shore near the approach to the wharf
waterway. The termination of the fixed piping used for load- and outside of any diked area. Where more than one
ing or unloading at a wharf shall be not less than 200 feet (60 line is involved, the valves shall be grouped in one
960 mm) from a bridge or from an entrance to, or superstruc- location.
tures of, a tunnel.
5. Means shall be provided for easy access to cargo line
 Transportation facilities on a wharf must be protected valves located below the wharf deck.
by separation from public throughways. The separa-
tion distance required for vessel loading or unloading 6. Piping systems shall contain a sufficient number of
is 100 feet (30 480 mm). Fixed piping must terminate valves to operate the system properly and to control the
200 feet (60 960 mm) from the same throughways. flow of liquid in normal operation and in the event of
physical damage.
5706.4.7.3 Superstructure and decking material. Super-
structure and decking shall be designed for the intended use. 7. Piping on wharves shall be bonded and grounded where
Decking shall be constructed of materials that will afford the Class I and II liquids are transported. Where excessive
desired combination of flexibility, resistance to shock, dura- stray currents are encountered, insulating joints shall be
bility, strength and fire resistance. installed. Bonding and grounding connections on pip-
ing shall be located on the wharf side of hose riser insu-
 The wharf superstructure and decking materials have lating flanges, where used, and shall be accessible for
to be selected to withstand normal loads, impact inspection.
loads, fire exposure, environmental factors, etc.
8. Hose or articulated swivel-joint pipe connections used
5706.4.7.4 Tanks allowed. Tanks used exclusively for bal- for cargo transfer shall be capable of accommodating
last water or Class II or III liquids are allowed to be installed the combined effects of change in draft and maximum
on suitably designed wharves. tidal range, and mooring lines shall be kept adjusted to
 Tanks other than tanks used for Class I liquids can be prevent surge of the vessel from placing stress on the
installed on a wharf if the wharf is designed for this cargo transfer system.
purpose. 9. Hoses shall be supported to avoid kinking and damage
5706.4.7.5 Transferring equipment. Loading pumps capa- from chafing.
ble of building up pressures in excess of the safe working
 The general requirements of Section 5703.6 apply to
pressure of cargo hose or loading arms shall be provided with
the piping on a wharf, with the exception of specific
bypasses, relief valves or other arrangements to protect the
57-72 Code Council

requirements that are unique to the design and oper- review of the area involved, methods to be employed and pre-
ation of a wharf, as indicated in this section: cautions necessary.
1. Wharves, especially floating wharves, need  Work on the wharf or transfer equipment and piping
flexible piping that can withstand wharf are prohibited during the transfer of flammable or
movement. combustible liquids. Work can introduce an ignition
source or possible damage to the equipment or pip-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2. Slip-joint pipe connections and threaded ing system.
connections are prohibited. The flexible piping
5706.4.8 Sources of ignition. Class I, II or IIIA liquids shall
required to handle the wharf’s movement may
not be used, drawn or dispensed where flammable vapors can
move enough to cause these types of joints to
reach a source of ignition. Smoking shall be prohibited except
loosen. A loose joint can create a leak or a spill.
in designated locations. “No Smoking” signs complying with
3. Swivel joints are necessary for connections Section 310 shall be conspicuously posted where a hazard
between wharves, between the wharf and land, from flammable vapors is normally present.
and between the wharf and marine vessels.  One of the principal safety measures for using flam-
These joints are to be designed to withstand mable and combustible liquids is to keep sources of
loads placed on them even if the packing ignition away from the liquids.
material used to seal the joint fails.
5706.4.9 Drainage control. Loading and unloading areas
4. Lines carrying Class I and II liquids require a shall be provided with drainage control in accordance with
block valve on each line feeding the wharf. The Section 5704.2.10.
block valve is to be near the wharf and outside
of the dike area. A block valve is used to isolate  Flammable and combustible liquids that leak or spill
the line from the wharf. from a tank must be controlled by dikes and drainage.
The flammable and combustible liquids are to be col-
5. Piping under a wharf used to transfer lected in a manner that will not endanger other tanks,
flammable and combustible liquids must be properties or waterways. The fire code official has the
accessible. If these lines are not accessible, it authority to consider installations where the use of
may be difficult or impossible to inspect, drainage and dikes may not be necessary. Listed
maintain or provide fire protection to these secondary containment tanks need not be sur-
lines. rounded by drainage control or dikes. The secondary
containment system in these tanks is considered
6. Valves must be installed in the piping system so
equivalent to drainage and diking.
that sections of the system can be isolated for
maintenance or repairs or to stop the transfer of 5706.4.10 Fire protection. Fire protection shall be in accor-
flammable and combustible liquids in case of dance with Chapter 9 and Sections 5706.4.10.1 through
leaks, spills or fire. 5706.4.10.4.
7. Piping must be bonded to prevent static sparks  Fire protection complying with Chapter 9 is required
or sparks from the electrical equipment. for wharves.
5706.4.10.1 Portable fire extinguishers. Portable fire extin-
8. Swivel joints must be protected from loads
guishers with a rating of not less than 20-B and complying
caused by movement of the wharf relative to
with Section 906 shall be located within 75 feet (22 860 mm)
movement of the marine vessel.
of hose connections, pumps and separator tanks.
9. Hoses must be maintained to prevent damage.
 Portable fire extinguishers must be located within 75
5706.4.7.7 Loading and unloading. Loading or discharging feet (22 860 mm) of hose connections, pumps and
shall not commence until the wharf superintendent and offi- separator tanks. These locations are where a possi-
cer in charge of the tank vessel agree that the tank vessel is ble leak can occur and a portable fire extinguisher
properly moored and connections are properly made. may be adequate in preventing a fire or controlling a
 Section 5706.4.7.1 requires approval from the individ- small, flammable-liquid fire. The 20-B portable fire
ual responsible for the wharf for transferring flamma- extinguisher is for the control of a small, flammable-
ble and combustible liquids over the wharf. This liquid fire.
section requires that this same individual approve the 5706.4.10.2 Fire hoses. Where piped water is available,
mooring of the marine vessel before transfer begins. ready-connected fire hose in a size appropriate for the water
Failure of the moorings or excessive movement of the supply shall be provided in accordance with Section 905 so
marine vessel can damage the piping. that manifolds where connections are made and broken can
5706.4.7.8 Mechanical work. Mechanical work shall not be be reached by not less than one hose stream.
performed on the wharf during cargo transfer, except under  If the fire control system uses piped water, a fire hose
special authorization by the fire code official based on a of adequate size for the piped water and complying

with Section 905 must be available. The fire hose between the transfer and process operation and
must be capable of washing down manifolds in case buildings, property lines, streets, etc.
of a leak or spill or for fighting a fire at the manifold. 5706.5.1.2 Weather protection canopies. Where weather
5706.4.10.3 Obstruction of equipment. Material shall not protection canopies are provided, they shall be constructed in
be placed on wharves in such a manner that would obstruct accordance with Section 5004.13. Weather protection cano-
access to fire-fighting equipment or important pipeline con- pies shall not be located within 15 feet (4572 mm) of a build-
trol valves. ing or combustible material or within 25 feet (7620 mm) of
building openings, lot lines, public streets, public alleys or
 Access for fire equipment and to valves for isolating
public ways.
and controlling flammable and combustible liquids
must be kept clear. Obstruction would prevent or slow  This section makes clear that an open structure con-
any response to a leak, spill or fire. sisting of only a noncombustible roof structure is con-
5706.4.10.4 Fire apparatus access. Where the wharf is sidered outdoor storage. A structure with no walls
accessible to vehicular traffic, an unobstructed fire apparatus and only a noncombustible roof provides sufficient
access road to the shore end of the wharf shall be maintained ventilation for the storage area to be treated as out-
in accordance with Chapter 5. door storage. Separation from buildings and open-
ings is needed to prevent the vapors from flammable
 Wharves that are accessible to vehicle traffic are to and combustible liquids from being exposed to an
be made accessible for fire department equipment. ignition source. These separation requirements also
The access requirements are in Chapter 5. Where limit potential property and life losses.
vehicle access to the wharf does not exist, fire
5706.5.1.3 Ventilation. Ventilation shall be provided to pre-
department equipment access is not required.
vent accumulation of vapors in accordance with Section
5706.5 Bulk transfer and process transfer operations. 5705.3.7.5.1.
Bulk transfer and process transfer operations shall be
approved and be in accordance with Sections 5706.5.1  The requirements of this section for a mechanical
through 5706.5.4.5. Motor fuel-dispensing facilities shall ventilation system are identical to those in Section
comply with Chapter 23. 5004.3. The mechanical ventilation system must
remove vapors to prevent accumulation in concentra-
 This section gives the fire code official the authority to tions in the flammable range for the flammable and
require approval of bulk transfer and process transfer combustible liquids being used. Natural ventilation
operations. complying with Section 5004.3 that can be demon-
5706.5.1 General. The provisions of Sections 5706.5.1.1 strated to be effective for the flammable and combus-
through 5706.5.1.18 shall apply to bulk transfer and process tible liquids being used is an acceptable alternative.
transfer operations; Sections 5706.5.2 and 5706.5.2.1 shall 5706.5.1.4 Sources of ignition. Sources of ignition shall be
apply to bulk transfer operations; Sections 5706.5.3 through controlled or eliminated in accordance with Section 5003.7.
5706.5.3.3 shall apply to process transfer operations and Sec-
tions 5706.5.4 through 5706.5.4.5 shall apply to dispensing  Smoking and open flames are strictly limited around
from tank vehicles and tank cars. flammable and combustible liquids. Section 5003.7
prohibits smoking or open flames within 25 feet (7620
 Facilities that are used for bulk transferring, bulk pro- mm) of outdoor storage of flammable and combusti-
cessing and bulk dispensing to tank vehicles and tank ble liquids and anywhere indoors where there are
cars are covered by these sections. flammable and combustible liquids or where vapors
5706.5.1.1 Location. Bulk transfer and process transfer oper- from flammable and combustible liquids may occur.
ations shall be conducted in approved locations. Tank cars 5706.5.1.5 Spill control and secondary containment. Areas
shall be unloaded only on private sidings or railroad-siding where transfer operations are located shall be provided with
facilities equipped for transferring flammable or combustible spill control and secondary containment in accordance with
liquids. Tank vehicle and tank car transfer facilities shall be Section 5703.4. The spill control and secondary containment
separated from buildings, above-ground tanks, combustible system shall have a design capacity capable of containing the
materials, lot lines, public streets, public alleys or public ways capacity of the largest tank compartment located in the area
by a distance of 25 feet (7620 mm) for Class I liquids and 15 where transfer operations are conducted. Containment of the
feet (4572 mm) for Class II and III liquids measured from the rainfall volume specified in Section 5004.2.2.6 is not
nearest position of any loading or unloading valve. Buildings required.
for pumps or shelters for personnel shall be considered part of
the transfer facility.  Where flammable or combustible liquids are present,
spills must be controlled to prevent the spread of liq-
 The volume of flammable and combustible liquids uid and vapors. Section 5004.2 discusses the use of
being transferred and processed requires that the liquid-tight floors, curbs, dikes and drainage systems
location be protected from ignition sources. This is to divert the liquid to a location where it can be con-
accomplished by maintaining minimum clearance tained and safely handled. Section 5004.3 discusses
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
57-74 Code Council

mechanical and natural exhaust systems for indoor have been used to carry Class I liquids are to be
facilities. The exhaust system must remove the bonded. Vehicles with open domes are to be bonded
vapors to prevent them from accumulating in concen- before the dome is opened. Bonding to control static
trations in the flammable range. The diked area must electricity can be done using wires, ground cables,
have sufficient capacity to contain the largest spillage metal piping or other similar means that will carry cur-
of flammable and combustible liquids that can be rent. Open dome tanks must use a downspout that
released from the largest tank. This would be the vol- extends to near the bottom of the tank. This down-
ume of the largest tank that extends above the top of spout will reduce the mixing of the flammable or com-
the dike. bustible liquid with air.
5706.5.1.6 Fire protection. Fire protection shall be in accor- Bonding to control static electricity is not necessary
dance with Section 5703.2. where static electricity is not an issue or a static spark
would not act as an ignition source. Three exceptions
 The requirements of Chapter 9 apply to flammable are given to this section:
and combustible liquids. Fire protection is a principal
means of preventing and controlling the spread of a 1. Combustible liquids whose viscosity prevents
fire. the accumulation of static electricity.
5706.5.1.7 Static protection. Static protection shall be pro- 2. Facilities and vehicles that do not handle Class
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
vided to prevent the accumulation of static charges during I liquids.
transfer operations. Bonding facilities shall be provided 3. Vehicles that use a closed system for loading
during the transfer through open domes where Class I liquids and unloading flammable and combustible liq-
are transferred, or where Class II and III liquids are trans- uids. These closed systems prevent the vapors
ferred into tank vehicles or tank cars that could contain of flammable and combustible liquids from mix-
vapors from previous cargoes of Class I liquids. ing with air to form a vapor-air mixture that can
Protection shall consist of a metallic bond wire perma- reach the LFL.
nently electrically connected to the fill stem. The fill pipe 5706.5.1.8 Stray current protection. Tank car loading facil-
assembly shall form a continuous electrically conductive path ities where Class I, II or IIIA liquids are transferred through
downstream from the point of bonding. The free end of such open domes shall be protected against stray currents by per-
bond wire shall be provided with a clamp or equivalent manently bonding the pipe to not less than one rail and to the
device for convenient attachment to a metallic part in electri- transfer apparatus. Multiple pipes entering the transfer areas
cal contact with the cargo tank of the tank vehicle or tank car. shall be permanently electrically bonded together. In areas
For tank vehicles, protection shall consist of a flexible bond where excessive stray currents are known to exist, all pipes
wire of adequate strength for the intended service and the entering the transfer area shall be provided with insulating
electrical resistance shall not exceed 1 megohm. For tank sections to isolate electrically the transfer apparatus from the
cars, bonding shall be provided where the resistance of a tank pipelines.
car to ground through the rails is 25 ohms or greater.
 Bonding of piping to the transfer apparatus and to a
Such bonding connection shall be fastened to the vehicle, rail prevents any stray current from arcing. Any elec-
car or tank before dome covers are raised and shall remain in trical equipment can develop stray current. Ground-
place until filling is complete and all dome covers have been ing of electrical equipment, dispensing piping and
closed and secured. vehicles will prevent the accumulation of electrical
Exceptions: potential, which will prevent the stray current from
1. Where vehicles and cars are loaded exclusively with arcing and forming an ignition source.
products not having a static-accumulating tendency, 5706.5.1.9 Top loading. When top loading a tank vehicle
such as asphalt, cutback asphalt, most crude oils, with Class I and II liquids without vapor control, valves used
residual oils and water-miscible liquids. for the final control of flow shall be of the self-closing type
2. Where Class I liquids are not handled at the transfer and shall be manually held open except where automatic
facility and the tank vehicles are used exclusively means are provided for shutting off the flow when the tank is
for Class II and III liquids. full. Where used, automatic shutoff systems shall be provided
with a manual shutoff valve located at a safe distance from
3. Where vehicles and cars are loaded or unloaded the loading nozzle to stop the flow if the automatic system
through closed top or bottom connections whether fails.
the hose is conductive or nonconductive.
When top loading a tank vehicle with vapor control, flow
Filling through open domes into the tanks of tank vehicles control shall be in accordance with Section 5706.5.1.10. Self-
or tank cars that contain vapor-air mixtures within the flam- closing valves shall not be tied or locked in the open position.
mable range, or where the liquid being filled can form such a
mixture, shall be by means of a downspout which extends to  A top-loading tank vehicle for use with Class I and II
near the bottom of the tank. flammable and combustible liquids must have either
a self-closing valve, a control valve that is manually
 Static electricity will spark between surfaces with dif- held open or an automatic shutoff control valve to
ferent electrical potential. Vehicles that are or may prevent overfilling and spillage. The automatic shutoff

control valve is to have a manual backup control tion or by physical barriers. Any damage to the vapor
valve located a safe distance from the loading nozzle. recovery equipment could create a vapor-air mixture
If the dispensing system includes vapor control, that is flammable. The same damage could generate
the top loading is to comply with Section 5706.5.1.10. an ignition source.
5706.5.1.10 Bottom loading. When bottom loading a tank 5706.5.1.11 Switch loading. Tank vehicles or tank cars that
vehicle or tank car with or without vapor control, a positive have previously contained Class I liquids shall not be loaded
means shall be provided for loading a predetermined quantity with Class II or III liquids until such vehicles and all piping,
of liquid, together with an automatic secondary shutoff con- pumps, hoses and meters connected thereto have been com-
trol to prevent overfill. The connecting components between pletely drained and flushed.
the transfer equipment and the tank vehicle or tank car  Class I liquids and their vapors must be cleaned from
required to operate the secondary control shall be function- a tank vehicle before loading it with Class II or III
ally compatible. combustible liquids. The vapors from Class I liquids
 Spillage is prevented when filling a bottom-loading can affect the response to Class II or III liquids by
tank vehicle by using a loading system that loads a being the source of ignition and the initial fuel source
predetermined quantity of flammable or combustible to start a Class II or III liquid fire.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
liquid. An automatic secondary shutoff control valve 5706.5.1.12 Loading racks. Where provided, loading racks,
is required for a bottom-loading tank vehicle. stairways or platforms shall be constructed of noncombusti-
5706.5.1.10.1 Dry disconnect coupling. When bottom load- ble materials. Buildings for pumps or for shelter of loading
ing a tank vehicle, the coupling between the liquid loading personnel are allowed to be part of the loading rack. Wiring
hose or pipe and the truck piping shall be a dry disconnect and electrical equipment located within 25 feet (7620 mm) of
coupling. any portion of the loading rack shall be in accordance with
Section 5703.1.1.
 To prevent spillage when disconnecting the dispens-
ing system from the bottom-loading vehicle, the sys-  Loading racks and buildings that are part of the load-
tem is to use a dry connection. ing rack and used to shelter pumps and loading per-
5706.5.1.10.2 Venting. When bottom loading a tank vehicle sonnel are to be noncombustible. This reduces the
or tank car that is equipped for vapor control and vapor con- fuel sources in the vicinity of the flammable and com-
trol is not used, the tank shall be vented to the atmosphere to bustible liquids. Electrical equipment within 25 feet
prevent pressurization of the tank. Such venting shall be at a (7620 mm) of the loading racks is to be classified as a
height equal to or greater than the top of the cargo tank. hazardous location. This removes an ignition source
from the immediate vicinity.
 Pressure is relieved in a bottom-loading tank during
the loading process by venting the tank to the atmo- 5706.5.1.13 Transfer apparatus. Bulk and process transfer
sphere. The tank vent is to be above the top of the apparatus shall be of an approved type.
upper limit to which flammable and combustible liquid  This section gives the fire code official the authority to
can be loaded. This prevents the vent from spilling approve any transfer apparatus.
flammable or combustible liquid. 5706.5.1.14 Inside buildings. Tank vehicles and tank cars
5706.5.1.10.3 Vapor-tight connection. Connections to the shall not be located inside a building while transferring Class
plant vapor control system shall be designed to prevent the I, II or IIIA liquids, unless approved by the fire code official.
escape of vapor to the atmosphere when not connected to a Exception: Tank vehicles are allowed under weather pro-
tank vehicle or tank car. tection canopies and canopies of automobile motor vehicle
 Vapor recovery systems must be designed so that fuel-dispensing stations.
when they are not in use, vapors cannot escape the  Tank vehicles are to be loaded outside of a building
connection to the tank vehicle. unless approved by the fire code official. The poten-
5706.5.1.10.4 Vapor-processing equipment. Vapor-pro- tial for the accumulation of vapors in a building where
cessing equipment shall be separated from above-ground the bulk loading of tank vehicles takes place pro-
tanks, warehouses, other plant buildings, transfer facilities or duces an unacceptable hazard.
nearest lot line of adjoining property that can be built on by a The exception allows loading tank vehicles under a
distance of not less than 25 feet (7620 mm). Vapor-process- canopy because a canopy structure is considered to
ing equipment shall be protected from physical damage by be outdoor usage.
remote location, guard rails, curbs or fencing. 5706.5.1.15 Tank vehicle and tank car certification. Certi-
 Vapor recovery is the most dangerous component of fication shall be maintained for tank vehicles and tank cars in
flammable or combustible liquid transfer. To protect accordance with DOTn 49 CFR Parts 100-185.
property and life, the vapor recovery equipment is to  Tank vehicles for use with flammable and combusti-
be separated from other buildings, equipment, prop- ble liquids are regulated under DOTn 49 CFR, Parts
erty lines, etc. The vapor recovery equipment must 100-185. Tank vehicles and tank cars not having a
be protected from physical damage either by separa- current certification are not to be used.
57-76 Code Council

5706.5.1.16 Tank vehicle and tank car stability. Tank vehi- 2. Installation approved by the fire code official
cles and tank cars shall be stabilized against movement that provides security complying with the intent
during loading and unloading in accordance with Sections of the code.
5706.5.1.16.1 through 5706.5.1.16.3.
3. Facilities or properties that are completely
 The stability of tank vehicles and tank cars is to be enclosed or protected from entry by unautho-
maintained during loading and unloading. The move- rized persons.
ment of a tank vehicle or tank car during loading or 5706.5.2 Bulk transfer. Bulk transfer shall be in accordance
unloading could cause a spill. with Sections 5706.5.1 and 5706.5.2.1.
5706.5.1.16.1 Tank vehicles. When the vehicle is parked for
 The operation of a motor vehicle is prohibited during
loading or unloading, the cargo trailer portion of the tank
bulk transfer to prevent the presence of an ignition
vehicle shall be secured in a manner that will prevent unin-
source.
tentional movement.
5706.5.2.1 Vehicle motor. Motors of tank vehicles or tank
 Cargo trailers must be secured to prevent movement cars shall be shut off during the making and breaking of hose
during loading and unloading. connections and during the unloading operation.
5706.5.1.16.2 Chock blocks. Not less than two chock blocks Exception: Where unloading is performed with a pump
not less than 5 inches by 5 inches by 12 inches (127 mm by deriving its power from the tank vehicle motor.
127 mm by 305 mm) in size and dished to fit the contour of
the tires shall be used during transfer operations of tank vehi-  The engine of a motor vehicle is a source of ignition.
cles. This source of ignition is to be turned off during trans-
fer of flammable or combustible liquids.
 Tank vehicles are to use chock blocks that conform to The exception allows the engine of a motor vehicle
the wheels to prevent movement. Movement of the to operate during transfer of flammable or combusti-
tank vehicle could cause a spill. ble liquids only if the pump to move the flammable or
5706.5.1.16.3 Tank cars. Brakes shall be set and the wheels combustible liquids is powered by the vehicle engine.
shall be blocked to prevent rolling. 5706.5.3 Process transfer. Process transfer shall be in accor-
 Tank cars are to use both the tank car brakes and dance with Section 5706.5.1 and Sections 5706.5.3.1 through
blocks to prevent movement. Movement of the tank 5706.5.3.3.
car could cause a spill.  Safety features are installed in the processing system
5706.5.1.17 Monitoring. Transfer operations shall be moni- to protect the system from failure. The failure may be
tored by an approved monitoring system or by an attendant. caused by operational procedures or equipment. The
Where monitoring is by an attendant, the operator or other process transfer is to be designed and operated to
competent person shall be present at all times. prevent leaks, spills, overpressure buildup,
 To prevent spillage, the transfer operations are to be siphonage, accumulation of vapors, exposure to igni-
continually monitored by an individual at the site. tion sources, etc.
5706.5.1.18 Security. Transfer operations shall be sur- 5706.5.3.1 Piping, valves, hoses and fittings. Piping, valves,
rounded by a noncombustible fence not less than 5 feet (1524 hoses and fittings that are not a part of the tank vehicle or
mm) in height. Tank vehicles and tank cars shall not be tank car shall be in accordance with Section 5703.6. Caps or
loaded or unloaded unless such vehicles are entirely within plugs that prevent leakage or spillage shall be provided at all
the fenced area. points of connection to transfer piping.
Exceptions:  Piping complying with Section 5703.6 provides pro-
tection against leaks and overpressures that may cre-
1. Motor fuel-dispensing facilities complying with ate leaks at joints or rupture of the pipes. To prevent
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Chapter 23. any residue from leaking or spilling from the piping
2. Installations where adequate public safety exists system, caps or plugs are to be available for all open-
because of isolation, natural barriers or other factors ings.
as determined appropriate by the fire code official. 5706.5.3.1.1 Shutoff valves. Approved automatically or man-
3. Facilities or properties that are entirely enclosed or ually activated shutoff valves shall be provided where the
protected from entry. transfer hose connects to the process piping, and on both
sides of any exterior fire-resistance-rated wall through which
 Transfer operations must take place in a fenced-in
the piping passes. Manual shutoff valves shall be arranged so
area to prevent access by unauthorized personnel
that they are accessible from grade. Valves shall not be
and the possibility of introduction of ignition sources
locked in the open position.
around the transfer operation.
The three exceptions cover special sets of circum-  Shutoff valves must be installed to isolate portions of
stances: the piping system. The valves must be located where
the flammable or combustible liquids connect to the
1. Motor fuel-dispensing facilities that comply with process equipment. Valves are to be located on both
Chapter 23.

sides of exterior fire-resistance-rated walls. Valves cial equipment where approved by the fire code official, and
are not to be locked in the open position. where:
5706.5.3.1.2 Hydrostatic relief. Hydrostatic pressure-limit- 1. The tank vehicle’s specific function is that of supplying
ing or relief devices shall be provided where pressure buildup fuel to fuel tanks.
in trapped sections of the system could exceed the design 2. The operation is not performed where the public has
pressure of the components of the system. access or where there is unusual exposure to life and
Devices shall relieve to other portions of the system or to property.
another approved location.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3. The dispensing line does not exceed 50 feet (15 240
 Pressure relief valves must be installed to prevent mm) in length.
damage to the system by releasing the pressure 4. The dispensing nozzle is approved.
either into another portion of the system or to an
approved location. This prevents any vapors from the  Transfer of motor fuel into marine craft and special
flammable and combustible liquids from being equipment is covered by this section.
released into the atmosphere of the building or facil- The tank vehicle or tank car must be designed and
ity. equipped specifically for fueling other vehicles and
equipment and the dispensing equipment must be
5706.5.3.1.3 Antisiphon valves. Antisiphon valves shall be
approved for this use. The dispensing line cannot be
provided where the system design would allow siphonage.
more than 50 feet (15 240 mm) long. The dispensing
 To prevent leakage or spillage by siphoning flamma- must be done in a controlled area where there is min-
ble or combustible liquids from one portion of the pro- imal exposure to life or property.
cess system to another, an approved antisiphon 5706.5.4.2 Emergency refueling. Where approved by the
device must be installed. fire code official, dispensing of motor vehicle fuel from tank
5706.5.3.2 Vents. Normal and emergency vents shall be vehicles into the fuel tanks of motor vehicles is allowed
maintained operable at all times. during emergencies. Dispensing from tank vehicles shall be
 Vents are installed to help prevent overpressurization in accordance with Sections 5706.2.8 and 5706.6.
of tanks and transfer piping. If these vents fail to oper-  Emergency refueling of vehicles is permitted only
ate as designed, serious damage to the system could when approved by the fire code official.
result. 5706.5.4.3 Aircraft fueling. Transfer of liquids from tank
5706.5.3.3 Motive power. Motors of tank vehicles or tank vehicles to the fuel tanks of aircraft shall be in accordance
cars shall be shut off during the making and breaking of hose with Chapter 20.
connections and during the unloading operation.
 Chapter 20 covers the requirements for aircraft fuel-
Exception: When unloading is performed with a pump ing.
deriving its power from the tank vehicle motor.
5706.5.4.4 Fueling of vehicles at farms, construction sites
 Because there is always a possibility that vapors or and similar areas. Transfer of liquid from tank vehicles to
minor liquid spillage could present a fire hazard, it is motor vehicles for private use on farms and rural areas and at
important to remove all possible sources of ignition construction sites, earth-moving projects, gravel pits and bor-
from the vicinity. Requiring internal combustion row pits is allowed in accordance with Section 5706.2.8.
engines to be shut off before connections are made
 Fueling of vehicles at farms, construction sites and
or broken removes an ignition source from the vicin-
similar areas is covered by Section 5706.2.8. The dis-
ity.
pensing of fuel at a farm or construction site may be
The exception acknowledges that some pumps are
from a tanker to a vehicle or equipment. Dispensing
powered by the engine of the tank vehicle involved in
using a tanker requires that the tanker be designed
the liquid transfer operation.
and equipped specifically for fueling other vehicles
5706.5.4 Dispensing from tank vehicles and tank cars. and equipment. The dispensing equipment must be
Dispensing from tank vehicles and tank cars into the fuel approved for this use. The dispensing line cannot be
tanks of motor vehicles shall be prohibited unless allowed by more than 100 feet (30 480 mm) long.
and conducted in accordance with Sections 5706.5.4.1 The tanker operator is responsible for the dispens-
through 5706.5.4.5. ing line and the tanker, so these two items need to be
 The dispensing of flammable or combustible liquids in the same area. The dispensing cannot be done
from a tank vehicle or tank car into the fuel tank of a around an ignition source, such as smoking, or elec-
motor vehicle is covered by this section. trical equipment that is not classified for use in haz-
ardous locations.
5706.5.4.1 Marine craft and special equipment. Liquids
intended for use as motor fuels are allowed to be transferred 5706.5.4.5 Commercial, industrial, governmental or man-
from tank vehicles into the fuel tanks of marine craft and spe- ufacturing. Dispensing of Class II and III motor vehicle fuel
57-78 Code Council

from tank vehicles into the fuel tanks of motor vehicles ments. The tank vehicle’s specific functions shall
located at commercial, industrial, governmental or manufac- include that of supplying fuel to motor vehicle fuel
turing establishments is allowed where permitted, provided tanks. The vehicle and all its equipment shall be main-
such dispensing operations are conducted in accordance with tained in good repair.
the following: 8. Signs prohibiting smoking or open flames within 25
1. Dispensing shall occur only at sites that have been feet (7620 mm) of the tank vehicle or the point of
issued a permit to conduct mobile fueling. fueling shall be prominently posted on three sides of
2. The owner of a mobile fueling operation shall provide the vehicle including the back and both sides.
to the jurisdiction a written response plan which 9. A portable fire extinguisher with a minimum rating of
demonstrates readiness to respond to a fuel spill and 40:BC shall be provided on the vehicle with signage
carry out appropriate mitigation measures, and clearly indicating its location.
describes the process to dispose properly of contami- 10. The dispensing nozzles and hoses shall be of an
nated materials. approved and listed type.
3. A detailed site plan shall be submitted with each 11. The dispensing hose shall not be extended from the
application for a permit. The site plan shall indicate: reel more than 100 feet (30 480 mm) in length.
all buildings, structures and appurtenances on site and
their use or function; all uses adjacent to the lot lines 12. Absorbent materials, nonwater-absorbent pads, a 10-
of the site; the locations of all storm drain openings, foot-long (3048 mm) containment boom, an approved
adjacent waterways or wetlands; information regard- container with lid and a nonmetallic shovel shall be
ing slope, natural drainage, curbing, impounding and provided to mitigate a minimum 5-gallon (19 L) fuel
how a spill will be retained upon the site property; and spill.
the scale of the site plan. 13. Tank vehicles shall be equipped with a “fuel limit”
Provisions shall be made to prevent liquids spilled switch such as a count-back switch, to limit the
during dispensing operations from flowing into build- amount of a single fueling operation to not more than
ings or off-site. Acceptable methods include, but shall 500 gallons (1893 L) before resetting the limit switch.
not be limited to, grading driveways, raising doorsills Exception: Tank vehicles where the operator
or other approved means. carries and can utilize a remote emergency shut-
4. The fire code official is allowed to impose limits on off device which, when activated, immediately
the times and days during which mobile fueling oper- causes flow of fuel from the tank vehicle to
ations is allowed to take place, and specific locations cease.
on a site where fueling is permitted. 14. Persons responsible for dispensing operations shall be
5. Mobile fueling operations shall be conducted in areas trained in the appropriate mitigating actions in the
not accessible to the public or shall be limited to times event of a fire, leak or spill. Training records shall be
when the public is not present. maintained by the dispensing company.
6. Mobile fueling shall not take place within 15 feet 15. Operators of tank vehicles used for mobile fueling
(4572 mm) of buildings, property lines, combustible operations shall have in their possession at all times
storage or storm drains. an emergency communications device to notify the
proper authorities in the event of an emergency.
Exceptions:
16. The tank vehicle dispensing equipment shall be con-
1. The distance to storm drains shall not apply stantly attended and operated only by designated per-
where an approved storm drain cover or an sonnel who are trained to handle and dispense motor
approved equivalent that will prevent any fuels.
fuel from reaching the drain is in place
prior to fueling or a fueling hose being 17. Fuel dispensing shall be prohibited within 25 feet
placed within 15 feet (4572 mm) of the (7620 mm) of any source of ignition.
drain. Where placement of a storm drain 18. The engines of vehicles being fueled shall be shut off
cover will cause the accumulation of exces- during dispensing operations.
sive water or difficulty in conducting the
19. Nighttime fueling operations shall only take place in
fueling, such cover shall not be used and
adequately lighted areas.
the fueling shall not take place within 15
feet (4572 mm) of a drain. 20. The tank vehicle shall be positioned with respect to
vehicles being fueled to prevent traffic from driving
2. The distance to storm drains shall not apply
over the delivery hose.
for drains that direct influent to approved
oil interceptors. 21. During fueling operations, tank vehicle brakes shall
be set, chock blocks shall be in place and warning
7. The tank vehicle shall comply with the requirements
lights shall be in operation.
of NFPA 385 and local, state and federal require-
22. Motor vehicle fuel tanks shall not be topped off.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

23. The dispensing hose shall be properly placed on an 2. Fueling is a safer operation when carried out by
approved reel or in an approved compartment prior to a trained, focused specialist who is familiar with
moving the tank vehicle. the dispensing equipment and safety
24. The fire code official and other appropriate authorities regulations, is trained in spill control and
shall be notified when a reportable spill or unautho- mitigation and knows what steps to take should
rized discharge occurs. an incident occur.
25. Operators shall place a drip pan or an absorbent pil- 3. Fuel-consuming fleet operators recognize both
low under each fuel fill opening prior to and during safety and cost benefits by not involving a
dispensing operations. Drip pans shall be liquid-tight. multitude of employees in a fueling operation
The pan or absorbent pillow shall have a capacity of for which they are not trained and are not likely
not less than 3 gallons (11.36 L). Spills retained in the to develop an overriding concern for safety.
drip pan or absorbent pillow need not be reported.
Operators, when fueling, shall have on their person an 4. Additional safety controls are evolving through
absorbent pad capable of capturing diesel fuel over- the use of technology systems. Some systems
fills. Except during fueling, the nozzle shall face are not economically feasible unless they
include additional services. For example, some
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
upward and an absorbent pad shall be kept under the

nozzle to catch drips. Contaminated absorbent pads or mobile fueling operations bring cost-saving
pillows shall be disposed of regularly in accordance advantages to their clients through the
with local, state and federal requirements. provision of a data-capturing system. In
addition to having instant remote fuel-flow
 This section codifies minimum safety requirements stopping capabilities, the system frees the
for the regulation of certain mobile fueling operations, operator to concentrate solely on the task of
provides administrative controls over fueling sites, safe dispensing.
specifies the types of tank vehicles required in such
operations and specifies training and licensing 5. On-site mobile fueling eliminates the traffic
requirements for persons engaged in mobile fueling hazards and air pollution problems associated
operations. with driving fleets of vehicles to a fixed fueling
Regardless of previous allowances or restrictions facility.
by the legacy model fire codes (i.e., national, stan- There is no known adverse fire incident history asso-
dard and uniform), mobile fueling is flourishing ciated with mobile fueling. Given the length of time
nationally and is welcomed in many jurisdictions. In that mobile fueling has been occurring, the data
fact, a number of local jurisdictions have developed points to an outstanding safety record. There is no
regulations specifically allowing for expanded mobile safety-related reason that mobile fueling operations
fueling operations. The regulations in this section are should not be allowed, provided such operations are
consistent with those local regulations as well as carried out in keeping with reasonable safety require-
those contained in NFPA 30A and provide an interna- ments, including those designed to protect water sup-
tional model for jurisdictions to follow. ply and environment, as provided in this section.
The greatest operational uses of mobile fueling are 5706.6 Tank vehicles and vehicle operation. Tank vehicles
in conjunction with fueling of fleets, such as trucking shall be designed, constructed, equipped and maintained in
companies, bus companies, delivery companies, accordance with NFPA 385 and Sections 5706.6.1 through
municipal fleets, the U.S. Postal Service fleets and 5706.6.4.
similar operations. Nationwide, the annual mobile
fueling volume is conservatively estimated to exceed  This section sets forth rules for the operation of tank
500,000,000 gallons (18,992,500,000 L) and it is vehicles used for the transportation of flammable and
increasing at a rate exceeding 30 percent per year. It combustible liquids. Included are parking and garag-
is a business carried out by both public and private ing regulations, fire extinguisher requirements and
entities. One private company alone delivers over regulations for the discharge of flammable and com-
120,000,000 gallons (454,200,000 L) per year. There bustible liquids into underground storage tanks.
are several other companies that deliver from These requirements are intended to apply to the
500,000 to 3,000,000 gallons (1,892,500 to extent that they do not conflict with federal require-
11,355,000 L) per month. These operations are ments detailed in DOTn 49 CFR and other federal
occurring in all regions of the United States since the transportation regulations.
early 1990s and in some areas, even longer. NFPA 385 details requirements for materials and
Mobile fueling thrives because it meets several methods of construction for flammable and combusti-
needs: ble liquid tank vehicles to provide protection for their
cargo under highway conditions. Design and con-
1. It is more cost efficient to bring delivery of fuel struction of these vehicles must also conform to the
to high-volume consuming vehicles versus requirements set forth in DOTn 49 CFR.
having each of those vehicles go to the fuel
source.
57-80 Code Council

5706.6.1 Operation of tank vehicles. Tank vehicles shall be ment by expansion of the contents caused by rise in tempera-
utilized and operated in accordance with NFPA 385 and Sec- ture in transit.
tions 5706.6.1.1 through 5706.6.1.11.  To allow for the thermal expansion of flammable or
 NFPA 385 outlines the requirements for the operation combustible liquids, the maximum allowable capacity
of tank vehicles. These requirements detail required of a cargo tank or compartment is 99 percent of the
practices during transit, parking, loading and unload- actual capacity. The expansion of flammable or com-
ing, maintenance and repair designed to reduce the bustible liquids in a confined space will create internal
potential for accidental release of the vehicle cargo. pressures, which may damage the cargo tank or
5706.6.1.1 Vehicle maintenance. Tank vehicles shall not be compartment, possibly creating a leak.
operated unless they are in proper state of repair and free 5706.6.1.5 Overfill protection. The driver, operator or atten-
from accumulation of grease, oil or other flammable sub- dant of a tank vehicle shall, before making delivery to a tank,
stance, and leaks. determine the unfilled capacity of such tank by a suitable
gauging device. To prevent overfilling, the driver, operator or
 Good housekeeping practices extend to tank vehicles
attendant shall not deliver in excess of that amount.
just as much as they do to permanent facilities. Keep-
ing vehicles clean and in good repair reduces the  The individual responsible for the operation of the
possibility for accumulations of flammable materials tank vehicle is also responsible for overfill protection.
to become a fuel source for a fire. This individual is to calculate the fill quantity. This is
5706.6.1.2 Leaving vehicle unattended. The driver, operator the maximum quantity that the individual responsible
or attendant of a tank vehicle shall not remain in the vehicle for the operation of the tank vehicle is to deliver.
cab and shall not leave the vehicle while it is being filled or 5706.6.1.6 Securing hatches. During loading, hatch covers
discharged. The delivery hose, when attached to a tank vehi- shall be secured on all but the receiving compartment.
cle, shall be considered to be a part of the tank vehicle.  To ensure that the minimum amount of flammable
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
 The tank vehicle driver, operator or attendant must be and combustible liquids is exposed to air or to an igni-
prepared to immediately suspend dispensing, loading tion source, only hatches in actual use during dis-
or unloading operations; control a spill; or extinguish pensing are to be opened.
a fire should an incident occur. This section and 5706.6.1.7 Liquid temperature. Materials shall not be
NFPA 385 emphasize that the driver, operator or loaded into or transported in a tank vehicle at a temperature
attendant must be outside the cab of the vehicle in above the material’s ignition temperature unless safeguarded
order to be in compliance. It further clarifies that the in an approved manner.
driver, operator or attendant may be no further away
from the vehicle than the length of the delivery hose  Loading and transporting of flammable and combusti-
connected to the vehicle. These restrictions are espe- ble liquids above their ignition temperature are pro-
cially important in climates subject to extreme hibited unless the loading operation and the
weather, where drivers are often tempted to sit in the transporting process are protected from the hazards
truck cab or go into a building to keep cool or warm. involved in this process. Risks are increased signifi-
Keeping the person most qualified to take prompt cantly when the liquid is at an elevated temperature.
emergency action in the best possible location to do 5706.6.1.8 Bonding to underground tanks. An external
so reduces the likelihood of a major spill in the event bond-wire connection or bond-wire integral with a hose shall
of an equipment failure or accident. be provided for the transferring of flammable liquids through
5706.6.1.3 Vehicle motor shutdown. Motors of tank vehi- open connections into underground tanks.
cles or tractors shall be shut down during the making or  Static electricity will spark between surfaces with dif-
breaking of hose connections. If loading or unloading is per- ferent electrical potential. This spark is an ignition
formed without the use of a power pump, the tank vehicle or source for flammable and combustible liquids. Bond-
tractor motor shall be shut down throughout such operations. ing of the dispensing hose to the underground tank is
 Motors must be shut down when not required to oper- required, if the transfer is through an open connec-
ate unloading equipment. When the vehicle motor is tion. Bonding can be done using wires, ground
required to operate transfer pumps, it must be shut cables, metal piping or other similar means that will
off when loading or unloading is commencing or is carry current.
completed and before hose connections are made or 5706.6.1.9 Smoking. Smoking by tank vehicle drivers, help-
broken in order to control it as a source of ignition. ers or other personnel is prohibited while they are driving,
5706.6.1.4 Outage. A cargo tank or compartment thereof making deliveries, filling or making repairs to tank vehicles.
used for the transportation of flammable or combustible liq-  Smoking is prohibited in the vicinity of the tank vehi-
uids shall not be loaded to absolute capacity. The vacant cle. This eliminates a source of ignition.
space in a cargo tank or compartment thereof used in the
5706.6.1.10 Hose connections. Delivery of flammable liq-
transportation of flammable or combustible liquids shall be
uids to underground tanks with a capacity of more than 1,000
not less than 1 percent. Sufficient space shall be left vacant to
gallons (3785 L) shall be made by means of approved liquid
prevent leakage from or distortion of such tank or compart-

and vapor-tight connections between the delivery hose and each delivery hose to the tank fill pipe. The pressure
tank fill pipe. Where underground tanks are equipped with generated by the delivery could cause one or more of
any type of vapor recovery system, all connections required the delivery hoses to leak or to disconnect if the con-
to be made for the safe and proper functioning of the particu- nections are not tight.
lar vapor recovery process shall be made. Such connections 5706.6.1.11 Hose protection. Upon arrival at a point of
shall be made liquid and vapor tight and remain connected delivery and prior to discharging any flammable or combusti-
throughout the unloading process. Vapors shall not be dis- ble liquids into underground tanks, the driver, operator or
charged at grade level during delivery. attendant of the tank vehicle shall ensure that all hoses uti-
 The delivery of Class I liquids to either an above- lized for liquid delivery and vapor recovery, where required,
ground or underground storage tank that exceeds will be protected from physical damage by motor vehicles.
1,000 gallons (3785 L) in capacity must be through a Such protection shall be provided by positioning the tank
liquid- and vapor-tight fitting to reduce the potential vehicle to prevent motor vehicles from passing through the
for the escape of flammable liquid or vapors at the area or areas occupied by hoses, or by other approved equiva-
point of connection. These fittings include liquid lent means.
transfer lines and vapor recovery lines, which are  Whenever possible, fill connections for new under-
designed to prevent the release of polluting, flamma- ground storage tanks should be located where tank
ble vapors during transfer. These requirements pro- vehicle hose lines will be out of the way of traffic
hibit the extremely dangerous, but not uncommon, during liquid transfer operations. Otherwise, the tank
practice of delivery tanker operators not connecting vehicle should be positioned to minimize the likeli-
vapor return hoses, thus allowing the vapors dis- hood of damage to the discharge line (which could
placed during delivery to escape at grade level from result in a large spill and potentially a large fire), or
the unmade connections. Incidents have been traffic cones or pylons should be placed to warn
reported where the vapors have traveled to nearby approaching vehicles (see Commentary Figure
buildings, found an ignition source and exploded (see 5706.6.1.11).
also commentary, Section 2305.1.3).
5706.6.2 Parking. Parking of tank vehicles shall be in accor-
5706.6.1.10.1 Simultaneous delivery. Simultaneous delivery dance with Sections 5706.6.2.1 through 5706.6.2.3.
to underground tanks of any capacity from two or more dis-
charge hoses shall be made by means of mechanically tight Exception: In cases of accident, breakdown or other
connections between the hose and fill pipe. emergencies, tank vehicles are allowed to be parked and
left unattended at any location while the operator is obtain-
 The simultaneous delivery of flammable and combus- ing assistance.
tible liquids to an underground tank using two or more
hoses requires a mechanically tight connection for  The parking of tank vehicles is as important as
above-ground tank storage. The quantity of flamma-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 5706.6.1.11
TANK VEHICLE POSITIONING DURING UNLOADING
57-82 Code Council

ble and combustible liquids can be substantial in a specific in describing the limited conditions under
tank vehicle and exposure to ignition sources is more which the vehicle operator may be absent from the
problematic than in a secured area. The facilities vehicle. The locations where such absence is permit-
adjacent to the tank vehicle may represent a potential ted may be expected to be generally off limits to the
for large loss of life or large property damage. The public (i.e., unauthorized personnel) or, in the case of
spread of fire from a tank vehicle is not contained by meal breaks, sufficiently lighted so as to discourage
dikes or a similar containment and drainage system. vandalism and reduce the likelihood of accidental col-
The fire can spread to areas outside of the tank vehi- lision.
cle location and fire-fighting operations may not be 5706.6.2.3 Duration exceeding 1 hour. Tank vehicles
effective if the fire goes into an underground drainage parked at one point for longer than 1 hour shall be located off
system. of public streets, highways, public avenues or alleys, and in
The restrictions on parking do not apply in case of accordance with either of the following:
a vehicle breakdown. Because it is impossible to pre-
dict or prevent all vehicle failures, the code does not 1. Inside of a bulk plant and either 25 feet (7620 mm) or
make temporary parking resulting from mechanical more from the nearest lot line or within a building
failure of the tank vehicle a violation. approved for such use.
5706.6.2.1 Parking near residential, educational and insti- 2. At other approved locations not less than 50 feet (15
tutional occupancies and other high-risk areas. Tank vehi- 240 mm) from the buildings other than those approved
cles shall not be left unattended at any time on residential for the storage or servicing of such vehicles.
streets, or within 500 feet (152 m) of a residential area, apart-  In order to prevent the tank vehicle from being sub-
ment or hotel complex, educational facility, hospital or care ject to accidents or vandalism, this section requires
facility. Tank vehicles shall not be left unattended at any tank vehicles that are parked for durations exceeding
other place that would, in the opinion of the fire chief, pose 1 hour to be located off streets, highways, avenues or
an extreme life hazard. alleys, and either inside of a bulk plant or at other
 Tank vehicles must not be parked or left unattended approved locations as specified in the code.
in residential districts or near schools, nursing Security should be a major consideration in
homes, hospitals or similar buildings where the haz- approving an off-street location for overnight parking.
ards to life may be high and the occupants are more If a satisfactory location cannot be found, as an alter-
vulnerable. native method based on Section 104.9, the fire code
Maintaining a distance of 500 feet (152 400 mm) to official could consider designating areas in a parking
the listed premises provides a spatial buffer between lot for tank vehicles that provide the maximum avail-
the tank vehicle and the high life-risk property in case able separation from buildings and are well-lighted,
of a spill, accident or ignition. This section also allows away from traffic areas, drained away from buildings,
the fire chief to declare certain other areas of the etc.
jurisdiction as being off limits to parking, based on the 5706.6.3 Garaging. Tank vehicles shall not be parked or
hazard exposures present. Some jurisdictions have, garaged in buildings other than those specifically approved
by local ordinance, specified certain road routes to be for such use by the fire code official.
used by hazardous cargo vehicles, further reducing  This section prohibits the parking or garaging of tank
the likelihood of a major hazardous materials incident vehicles inside of buildings. There is an exception,
or fire. although it is not shown in the code style, that allows
5706.6.2.2 Parking on thoroughfares. Tank vehicles shall the fire code official to specifically approve a building
not be left unattended on a public street, highway, public ave- for the parking or garaging of tank vehicles. Criteria
nue or public alley. for such specific approval could include a require-
Exceptions: ment that all liquid cargo be off-loaded (outside the
building), and the tank vehicle’s cargo tank, piping
1. The necessary absence in connection with loading or and hoses cleaned and purged of vapors or made
unloading the vehicle. During actual fuel transfer, inert in an approved manner before moving into any
Section 5706.6.1.2 shall apply. The vehicle location building or structure.
shall be in accordance with Section 5706.6.2.1. An alternative criterion for specific approval could
2. Stops for meals during the day or night, where the be that the building or structure be specifically
street is well lighted at the point of parking. The designed for that purpose and classified in Group H-3
vehicle location shall be in accordance with Section (assuming that the cargo tank is at atmospheric pres-
5706.6.2.1. sure). Group H buildings used for the garaging of
tank vehicles would include all code-required safety
 Leaving a tank vehicle parked or unattended in a features for the indoor storage of flammable or com-
public way invites malicious vandalism to the vehicle bustible liquids, including safety features for control of
or an accidental collision by another vehicle, either of leaks, spills and ignition sources; fire and fire contain-
which could cause a release of the cargo, creating a ment and higher levels of ventilation that are not
large-scale spill or possible large-area fire if ignition found in other buildings.
were to occur. The exceptions in this section are very
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

In a Group H-3 scenario, the cargo would not need underground petroleum storage systems. The guide
to be off-loaded and the tank and appurtenances applies to underground storage tank systems that
purged or inerted; however, the length of time that a store petroleum products for retail and commercial
tank vehicle is allowed to be kept inside of a building facilities.
must be included in the approval and permit process
since Section 5704.2.2 very specifically prohibits the API RP 2001: The publication provides an
use of tank vehicles as storage tanks, whether inside understanding of the fire protection problems and the
or outside of a building. steps needed to ensure the safe storage, handling
and processing of petroleum products in refineries
5706.6.4 Portable fire extinguisher. Tank vehicles shall be
and the safe shipment of petroleum products.
equipped with a portable fire extinguisher complying with
Section 906 and having a minimum rating of 2-A:20-B:C. API RP 2003: The publication describes some of the
During unloading of the tank vehicle, the portable fire conditions that have resulted in fires caused by
extinguisher shall be out of the carrying device on the vehicle electrical sparks and arcs from natural causes. The
and shall be 15 feet (4572 mm) or more from the unloading publication describes methods currently used to
valves. prevent ignition from these sources.
 A fire extinguisher (2-A:20-B:C) must be available to API Publ. 2009: The publication contains suggested
control a small fire. The fire extinguisher is designed precautions for the protection of personnel from injury
for use on ordinary combustible fires, flammable liq- and property from damage by fire that may arise
uid fires and electrical fires. The extinguisher is to be during the operation of gas and electric cutting and
at least 15 feet (4572 mm) from the unloading valve. welding equipment in and around petroleum
This location is convenient for the attendant to close operations.
the valve, control the flow of the flammable or com- API STD 2015: The standard contains safety
bustible liquid and have access to the fire extin- procedures for preparing, emptying, isolating,
guisher to control a fire. ventilating, atmospheric testing, cleaning, entry, hot
5706.7 Refineries. Plants and portions of plants in which work and recommissioning activities in, on and
flammable liquids are produced on a scale from crude petro- around atmospheric and low pressure [15 psig (103
leum, natural gasoline or other hydrocarbon sources shall be kPa) or less] above-ground storage tanks. The
in accordance with Sections 5706.7.1 through 5706.7.3. standard applies to stationary tanks used in
Petroleum-processing plants and facilities or portions of petroleum and petrochemical plants and terminals.
plants or facilities in which flammable or combustible liquids
are handled, treated or produced on a commercial scale from API RP 2023: The publication is a recommended
crude petroleum, natural gasoline, or other hydrocarbon practice that describes the phenomena that can occur
sources shall also be in accordance with API 651, API 653, and precautions to be taken in the storage of asphalt
API 752, API 1615, API 2001, API 2003, API 2009, API products and residue derived from crude oil
2015, API 2023, API 2201 and API 2350. petroleum. The recommendations apply when these
materials are stored in heated tanks at refineries and
 Refineries process crude petroleum or other hydro- bulk storage facilities and transported in tank
carbon sources into flammable or combustible liquids vehicles.
on a commercial scale. These facilities are covered
by American Petroleum Institute (API) standards: API RP 2201: The publication covers the safety
aspects to be considered when hot tapping or welding
API RP 651: The standard describes corrosion without hot tapping on in-service piping or equipment.
problems characteristic to above-ground storage API RP 2350: The publication is a recommended
tanks and associated piping systems. The standard practice to prevent petroleum storage tanks from
covers the two current methods used to provide being overfilled. Tank overfill can be effectively
cathodic protection against corrosion. reduced by developing and implementing practical
API STD 653: The standard covers the inspection, and safe operating procedures for storage facilities
repair, alteration and reconstruction of steel above- and by providing for careful selection and application
ground storage tanks and includes the minimum of equipment, scheduled maintenance programs and
requirements for maintaining the integrity of welded or personnel training. The publication covers overfill pro-
riveted, nonrefrigerated, atmospheric pressure, tection for above-ground storage tanks in petroleum
above-ground storage tanks that have been placed in facilities, including refineries, terminals, bulk plants
service. and pipeline terminals for Class I liquids from main-
line pipelines or marine vessels.
API RP 752: The guide describes a methodology for 5706.7.1 Corrosion protection. Above-ground tanks and
assessing and evaluating the hazards associated with piping systems shall be protected against corrosion in accor-
the location of process plant buildings. dance with API 651.
API RP 1615: The guide contains the procedures and  Above-ground tanks must have corrosion protection
lists equipment needed for the proper installation of complying with API 651. Soil and environmental con-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
57-84 Code Council

ditions can cause the deterioration of tanks. Corro- Chapter 23. A service station system not complying
sion can weaken the tank, creating a potential for with Chapter 23 is in violation of the code. The motor
leakage. fuel-dispensing facility system is to be brought into
Cathodic protection uses a sacrificial metal to pre- compliance with Chapter 23.
vent the corrosion of the metal storage tank. The sac- 5706.8.1 Over-pressure/vacuum protection. Tanks and
rificial metal is bonded to the tank so the equipment shall have independent venting for over-pressure
electrochemical reaction of the sacrificial metal pre- or vacuum conditions that might occur from malfunction of
vents the corrosion of the steel storage tank. The the vapor recovery or processing system.
sacrificial metal is the anode, the steel storage tank is
the cathode and a power supply connects the two. Exception: For tanks, venting shall comply with Section
Replacement of the anode will depend on the rate of 5704.2.7.3.
corrosion.  A vapor-recovery system must be equipped with an
5706.7.2 Cleaning of tanks. The safe entry and cleaning of independent system for venting overpressure or a
petroleum storage tanks shall be conducted in accordance vacuum. An overpressure condition can damage the
with API 2015. vapor-recovery system, creating leaks or other dam-
age. The leak or damage could allow the vapor from
 The safe entry and cleaning of tanks must comply a flammable or combustible liquid to escape and gen-
with API 2015. The environment in a storage tank can erate a vapor-air mixture in the flammable range.
be hostile for personnel because the air may not be A vacuum condition can result in the introduction of
breathable or may contain a vapor-air mixture within air into the vapor-recovery system. The introduction
the flammable range. The standard provides mitiga- of air could generate a vapor-air mixture in the flam-
tion protocols for personnel hazards. See the com- mable range within the vapor-recovery system.
mentary to Section 5706.7 for a more detailed The exception recognizes that tank venting com-
description of the standard. plying with Section 5704.2.7.3 is exempt from this
5706.7.3 Storage of heated petroleum products. Where requirement. Tanks are vented to maintain the inter-
petroleum-derived asphalts and residues are stored in heated nal tank pressure within the design operating range.
tanks at refineries and bulk storage facilities or in tank vehi- A low pressure can increase the generation of
cles, such products shall be in accordance with API 2023. vapors. A high pressure can damage the tank or pip-
 The storage of heated petroleum products must coming system. Any pressure outside of the design pres-
ply with API 2023. The guide describes the phenom- sure range can have an adverse affect on the
ena that can occur and the precautions to be taken in operation of the system as well as the piping and
the storage and handling of asphalt products and res- equipment.
idue derived from crude-oil petroleum. The heating of 5706.8.2 Vent location. Vents on vapor-processing equip-
these flammable and combustible liquids can result in ment shall be not less than 12 feet (3658 mm) from adjacent
the release of vapors as well as increase the potential ground level, with outlets located and directed so that flam-
for ignition. mable vapors will disperse to below the lower flammable
5706.8 Vapor recovery and vapor-processing systems. limit (LFL) before reaching locations containing potential
Vapor-processing systems in which the vapor source operates ignition sources.
at pressures from vacuum, up to and including 1 psig (6.9  The termination of a vent pipe must direct vapors
kPa) or in which a potential exists for vapor mixtures in the away from the building. Vapors from flammable liq-
flammable range, shall comply with Sections 5706.8.1 uids are normally heavier than air so that the vapor
through 5706.8.5. will settle to lower levels. The termination of a vent
Exceptions: pipe a minimum of 12 feet (3658 mm) above grade
will provide space for the vapors to disperse to below
1. Marine systems complying with federal transporta- the LFL. This high termination elevation also reduces
tion waterway regulations such as DOTn 33 CFR the potential for the termination being in close proxim-
Parts 154 through 156, and CGR 46 CFR Parts 30, ity to grade-level ignition sources. Because flamma-
32, 35 and 39. ble liquid vapor is heavier than air, attention must be
2. Motor fuel-dispensing facility systems complying given to the building design near the termination.
with Chapter 23. 5706.8.3 Vapor collection systems and overfill protection.
 Vapor-recovery systems must function to prevent the The design and operation of the vapor collection system and
release of vapors and protect the vapor-recovery sys- overfill protection shall be in accordance with this section
tem during operation in the flammable range. and Section 19.5 of NFPA 30.
Exception 1 covers marine systems complying with  The vapor collection system and overfill protection
federal regulations. A marine system not complying are to comply with Section 7.10 of NFPA 30. This
with federal regulations is in violation of the code and section addresses the same topics as Section
should be reported to the appropriate federal author- 5706.8. Section 7.10 of NFPA 30 contains additional
ity for enforcement of federal regulations. Exception 2 requirements not specifically listed in Section 5706.8.
addresses service station systems complying with These requirements are in other sections of this
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
®
chapter, but not specifically contained in this section.

These additional requirements are: 1. The vapor
collection system is to be designed not to trap liquid
in the vapor collection piping; 2. Unless the vapor-
recovery system is designed to handle flammable or
combustible liquid, the system is to be designed to
eliminate any liquid from the vapor-recovery system;
3. Provide protection from ignition sources; 4. Classi-
fication of locations for electrical system; 5. Protec-
tion from static electricity; 6. Precautions against
spontaneous ignition; 7. Prevent friction heat or
sparks from mechanical equipment; 8. Prevent the
propagation of flame through the vapor-recovery sys-
tem; 9. When necessary, provisions for explosion
prevention; and 10. Requirements for an emergency
shutdown system.
5706.8.4 Liquid-level monitoring. A liquid knock-out vessel
used in the vapor collection system shall have means to verify
the liquid level and a high-liquid-level sensor that activates
an alarm. For unpopulated facilities, the high-liquid-level
sensor shall initiate the shutdown of liquid transfer into the
vessel and shutdown of vapor recovery or vapor-processing
systems.
 Liquid monitoring is necessary to prevent the liquid
knockout vessel from overfilling. The liquid-level mon-
itor must sound an alarm or shut down the vapor-
recovery process before the liquid knockout vessel is
overfilled. Overfill of the liquid knockout vessel could
cause a spill of the flammable or combustible liquid.
5706.8.5 Overfill protection. Storage tanks served by vapor
recovery or processing systems shall be equipped with over-
fill protection in accordance with Section 5704.2.7.5.8.
 Section 5704.2.7.5.8 requires compliance with Sec-
tions 5704.2.9.6.6 through 5704.2.9.6.6.2 for tanks
storing Class I, II and IIIA liquids. To prevent spillage
of liquid from storage tanks served by a vapor-recov-
ery or processing system, the tanks are limited to 95
percent of their capacity by an overfill protection sys-
tem. Several methods are acceptable. The protection
system must include provisions for draining the
vapor-recovery or processing system into the storage
tank without exceeding the 95-percent capacity.
Bibliography
code:
Code Council, 2014.
NFPA 30-12, Flammable and Combustible Liquids
Code. Quincy, MA: National Fire Protection Associa-
tion, 2011.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
57-86 Code Council

Chapter 58:
Flammable Gases and
Flammable Cryogenic Fluids
General Comments Of the three physical states of matter, only gas will
ignite without preheating. In order to burn, all other
The requirements of Chapter 58 address flammable materials must be transformed into a vaporous or gas-
gases and flammable cryogenic fluids, principally bulk eous state, regardless of their initial phase. The princi-
hydrogen gas stored as either a compressed gas or as pal hazard posed by flammable gas and flammable
a cryogenic fluid. Note that, while Chapter 55 is cryogenic fluids is ready ignitability, or even explosivity,
intended to apply to all cryogenic fluids regardless of when mixed with air in the proper proportions. The
classification, the flammable characteristics will now be question in a release usually is not whether the mixture
regulated by Chapter 58. will ignite, but rather when or how it will ignite if not con-
Excluding liquefied petroleum gases whose require- trolled. Consequently, occupancies storing or handling
ments are contained in Chapter 61, this chapter aggre- more than 1,000 cubic feet (28 m3) of flammable gas or
gates all of the requirements for flammable gases that 30 gallons (114 L) of liquefied flammable gas per control
are compressed, liquefied compressed or stored as a area or 45 gallons (170 L) of flammable cryogenic fluid
cryogenic fluid. Section 5806 is divided into two major are classified as Group H-2 (high hazard) by the Inter-
subsections: Section 5806.3 addresses requirements national Building Code® (IBC®).
for above-ground liquid hydrogen vessels and Section
5806.4 addresses the requirements for underground liq-
uid hydrogen vessels. Sections 5806.3.1 and 5806.4.1 Purpose
require above-ground liquid hydrogen tanks that are not Chapter 58 sets requirements for the storage and use of
U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) cylinders and flammable gases and flammable cryogenic fluids. For
underground liquid hydrogen tanks to be constructed to safety purposes, there is a limit on the quantities
the requirements of the American Society of Mechanical allowed per control area. Exceeding these limitations
Engineers (ASME) Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code increases the possibility of damage to both property and
(BPVC), Section VIII, Division 1 for unfired pressure individuals.
vessels. Section 5807 provides regulation of metal
hydride storage systems.
SECTION 5801 3. Fuel-gas systems and appliances regulated under the

GENERAL International Fuel Gas Code other than gaseous
5801.1 Scope. The storage and use of flammable gases and hydrogen systems and appliances.
flammable cryogenic fluids shall be in accordance with this 4. Pyrophoric gases in accordance with Chapter 64.
chapter and NFPA 55. Compressed gases shall also comply
 This section establishes the scope of Chapter 58 with
with Chapter 53 and cryogenic fluids shall also comply with
respect to the storage and use of flammable and non-
Chapter 55. Flammable cryogenic fluids shall comply with
flammable gases, cryogenic fluids and flammable
Section 5806. Hydrogen motor fuel-dispensing stations and
cryogenic fluids. The requirements of this chapter
repair garages and their associated above-ground hydrogen
and the referenced standards are applicable in addi-
storage systems shall also be designed, constructed and main-
tion to the general storage requirements of Chapter
tained in accordance with Chapter 23 and NFPA 2.
23 for flammable gas motor fuel dispensing facilities
Exceptions: and Chapter 50 for hazardous materials.
1. Gases used as refrigerants in refrigeration systems 5801.2 Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in Sec-
(see Section 606). tion 105.6.
2. Liquefied petroleum gases and natural gases regu-  The process of issuing permits gives the fire code
lated by Chapter 61. official an opportunity to carefully evaluate and regu-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

FLAMMABLE GASES AND FLAMMABLE CRYOGENIC FLUIDS
late hazardous operations. Permit applicants should liquefied gases not exceeding a capacity of 40
be required to demonstrate that their operations compounds (18 kg) each at normal temperature and
ply with the intent of the code before the permit is pressure (NTP) used for maintenance purposes,
issued. See the commentary to Section 105.6 for a patient care or operation of equipment.
general discussion of operations requiring an opera- 2. Food service operations in accordance with Section
tional permit, Sections 105.6.9 and 105.6.11 for dis- 6103.2.1.7.
cussion of specific quantity-based operational
permits for the materials regulated in this chapter and 3. Hydrogen gas systems located in a hydrogen fuel
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Section 105.7 for a general discussion of activities gas room constructed in accordance with Section
requiring a construction permit. The permit process 421 of the International Building Code.
also notifies the fire department of the need for prefire  Flammable gases must not be stored or used where
planning for hazardous property. an accident could cause a large loss of life. They
must be stored and used in accordance with preven-
tive guidelines for safety purposes. The limitation to
SECTION 5802 office spaces in Group B occupancies allows small
DEFINITIONS laboratories, doctor or dental spaces or other nonof-
5802.1 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chap- fice uses classified as Group B to store and use
ter 2: quantities up to the MAQs of flammable or oxidizing
FLAMMABLE GAS. gases.
Exception 1 provides that small quantities of lique-
FLAMMABLE LIQUEFIED GAS. fied or nonliquefied gases are allowed for mainte-
GASEOUS HYDROGEN SYSTEM. nance of buildings, taking care of patients and
equipment operation. Flammable gas systems are
HYDROGEN FUEL GAS ROOM.
not allowed for these purposes because the large vol-
METAL HYDRIDE. ume would create the potential for a catastrophic
METAL HYDRIDE STORAGE SYSTEM. event with large loss of life and property.
Exception 2 refers the code user to the code provi-
 Definitions of terms can help in the understanding sions for use of liquefied petroleum gas (LP-gas) in
and application of the code requirements. This sec- cooking operations in buildings.
tion directs the code user to Chapter 2 for the proper Starting with the 2003 editions of the code and the
application of the indicated terms used in this chap- IBC, there existed provisions for the use of a "hydro-
ter. Terms may be defined in Chapter 2 or in another gen cutoff room" as an incidental use for the storage
International Code® as indicated in Section 201.3, or and use of hydrogen. The purpose was to provide
the dictionary meaning may be all that is needed (see rules for the indoor application of the then-new hydro-
also commentary, Sections 201.1 through 201.4). gen fuel technology. Though language was added to
Chapter 23 pointing to the “hydrogen cutoff room”
provisions for indoor motor fuel dispensing opera-
SECTION 5803 tions, no pointer was provided for other uses of the
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS new technology, such as the use of hydrogen fuel
5803.1 Quantities not exceeding the maximum allowable cells with hydrogen gas cylinders as a fuel supply for
quantity per control area. The storage and use of flammable clean energy backup power systems. The use of the
gases in amounts not exceeding the maximum allowable hydrogen fuel cell for backup power supplies is not
quantity per control area indicated in Section 5003.1 shall be occupancy group specific and, though Exception 1
in accordance with Sections 5001, 5003, 5801 and 5803. permits the use of hydrogen for operation of equip-
 When the amounts stored or used do not exceed the ment, the allowed hydrogen capacity is insufficient for
maximum allowable quantities per control area the backup power application. Exception 3 provides a
(MAQs), certain factors that must be adhered to needed pointer to the use of the “hydrogen cutoff
include systems and processes, release of hazard- room” (renamed “hydrogen fuel gas room”) and
ous materials into the air, Material Safety Data allows use of this technology in the occupancy
Sheets (MSDS), hazard identification signs, sources groups otherwise restricted by this section. The limit-
of ignition and construction requirements. ing factor would be the MAQ for flammable gas cur-
rently specified by the code. See the commentary to
5803.1.1 Special limitations for indoor storage and use. Section 5808.
Flammable gases shall not be stored or used in Group A, E, I
or R occupancies or in offices in Group B occupancies. 5803.1.1.1 Medical gases. Medical gas system supply cylin-
ders shall be located in medical gas storage rooms or gas cab-
Exceptions: inets as set forth in Section 5306.
1. Cylinders of nonliquefied compressed gases not  Section 5306 gives requirements for storage rooms
exceeding a capacity of 250 cubic feet (7.08 m3) or and gas cabinets. Storage rooms are to be of 1-hour-
58-2 Code Council

rated construction and be either interior or exterior or if the source is other than cylinders, an indepen-
rooms. Gas cabinets must be connected to an dent shutoff valve is required to be installed in the
exhaust system, sprinklered internally and meet cer- piping system.
tain air velocity ventilation requirements. 5803.1.3.2 Shutoff at point of use. A manual or automatic
5803.1.1.2 Aggregate quantity. The aggregate quantities of emergency shutoff valve shall be installed on the supply pip-
flammable gases used for maintenance purposes and opera- ing at the point of use or at a point where the equipment using
tion of equipment shall not exceed the maximum allowable the gas is connected to the supply system.
quantity per control area indicated in Table 5003.1.1(1).  Emergency shutoff valves are to be installed on the
 Table 5003.1.1(1) contains categories of storage, supply piping either at the use point or where equip-
use-closed systems and use-open systems. Flamma- ment is connected. Either manual or automatic valves
ble gas is categorized only in the storage and use- are allowed to be used. For example, it is common in
closed systems. Because gas is in closed containers some installations to have gas piped to a room for
and systems, use-open systems do not apply. The use with portable or fixed equipment. Emergency
base MAQ for either storage or use-closed systems is shutoff valves are typically provided at the point
1,000 cubic feet (28 m3); however, increases for where the piping first enters the room. Equipment
sprinklers and using approved storage cabinets may may not be connected to the valve; however, the
be applied. valve represents the point of connection for use.
5803.1.2 Storage containers. Cylinders and pressure vessels When equipment is connected to the supply system,
for flammable gases shall be designed, constructed, installed, a valve that isolates the equipment is required. It may
tested and maintained in accordance with Chapter 53. or may not be the same valve at that used at the point
of penetration. Either valve is allowed to be manual or
 Sections 5303 and 5304 give requirements for stor- automatic, and either valve serves as an emergency
age containers, such as markings on tanks, securing shutoff valve.
the tanks to prevent dislodging, protection of the
5803.1.4 Ignition source control. Ignition sources in areas
valves, separation from hazards, electrical wiring,
containing flammable gases in storage or in use shall be con-
exposure to fire, unauthorized use, leak prevention,
trolled in accordance with Section 5003.7.
overhead protection and grounding to properly pre-
vent a lightning hazard. Exception: Fuel gas systems connected to building ser-
5803.1.3 Emergency shutoff. Compressed gas systems con- vice utilities in accordance with the International Fuel
veying flammable gases shall be provided with approved Gas Code.
manual or automatic emergency shutoff valves that can be  As discussed in the commentary to Chapter 3, an
activated at each point of use and at each source. ignition source is needed to ignite a fuel load and
 In order to maintain control over the flow of flamma- cause a fire. Making sure electrical equipment
ble gases under emergency conditions, each supply located in gas storage areas is properly grounded is
source, as well as each point of use of flammable one of the primary ways to control ignition sources.
compressed gas, must have an approved emergency The exception exempts flammable gas systems that
shutoff valve. These valves must be excess flow con- are used primarily as a source of fuel furnished by a
trol valves to regulate the rate of flow of hazardous public utility service. The term “service utilities” is
materials within the piping system, fail-safe valves or used in IBC Section 112 to describe those utilities
other approved types that will operate automatically, that are used to provide building service. Without this
or there must be a manual means of operation to give exception, any area in which a fuel gas is used would
the fire department or other responsible persons the be required to be posted.
ability to stop the flow of hazardous materials in an The exception is focused on building services and
emergency. The valves must be readily accessible as such is not intended to address the use of flamma-
and comply with Section 5003.2.2.1. See also the ble gases such as hydrogen that may be generated
commentary to the definitions of “Emergency shutoff on site, or otherwise supplied to an area of dispens-
valve,” “Emergency shutoff valve, manual” and ing or use.
“Emergency shutoff valve, automatic” in Section 202. 5803.1.4.1 Static-producing equipment. Static-producing
5803.1.3.1 Shutoff at source. A manual or automatic fail- equipment located in flammable gas storage areas shall be
safe emergency shutoff valve shall be installed on supply pip- grounded.
ing at the cylinder or bulk source. Manual or automatic cylin-  This requirement is intended to reduce the likelihood
der valves are allowed to be used as the required emergency of a buildup of static electricity that could produce a
shutoff valve where the source of supply is limited to unman- spark that may become an ignition source for flam-
ifolded cylinder sources. mable gas. This requirement is similar to grounding
 Where the source of the gas is limited to cylinder requirements for electrical equipment in other hazard-
sources that are not manifolded, the shutoff valve can ous material storage and handling areas, such as
be the cylinder valve itself. If cylinders are manifolded flammable liquids or LP-gas, and in combustible dust-
producing environments. Although the text of this
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
®
section is the same as that of Section 5803.1.5.2, the tems located in hazardous or electrically classified
applicability here is to equipment other than electrical areas, because in these areas ignition is likely and
wiring and equipment. differences in electrical potential represent the great-
5803.1.4.2 Signs. “No Smoking” signs shall be posted at est hazard.
entrances to rooms and in areas containing flammable gases 5803.1.5.2 Static-producing equipment. Static-producing
in accordance with Section 5003.7.1. equipment located in flammable gas storage or use areas shall
be grounded.
 Establishing no-smoking zones in, around and at the
entrance to flammable gas storage and use areas is  This requirement is intended to reduce the likelihood
another means of controlling a common ignition of a buildup of static electricity that could produce a
source. Section 5003.7.1, Item 4 requires signage in spark that may become an ignition source for flam-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
the room or area where flammable materials are mable gas. This requirement is similar to grounding
stored, dispensed or used. Even if the entire facility is requirements for electrical equipment in other hazard-
designated as a “No Smoking” facility, entrance doors ous material storage and handling areas, such as
to flammable gas areas are required to be posted flammable liquids or LP-gas, and in combustible dust-
(see Section 5003.7.1, Item 3). With the development producing environments. Although the text of this
of provisions for the use of hydrogen as an alternative section is the same as that of Section 5803.1.4.1, the
fuel, hydrogen cutoff rooms have been created. applicability here is to electrical wiring and equipment
These rooms are to be used for compression, gener- as sources of static electricity.
ation, storage and dispensing of hydrogen. See IBC 5803.1.6 Liquefied flammable gases and flammable gases
Section 421 for further information on hydrogen cutoff in solution. Containers of liquefied flammable gases and
rooms. flammable gases in solution shall be positioned in the upright
There are a multitude of other instances where position or positioned so that the pressure relief valve is in
posting should be provided to warn users of the direct contact with the vapor space of the container.
potential presence of flammable gases prior to enter-
ing a room or area. Posting at the entrance to the Exceptions:
room or area in which flammable gases are com- 1. Containers of flammable gases in solution with a
pressed or generated provides early warning of the capacity of 1.3 gallons (5 L) or less.
hazard prior to entering the space. Signage on the 2. Containers of flammable liquefied gases, with a
outside entrances to such areas, as well as inside the capacity not exceeding 1.3 gallons (5 L), designed to
area, is warranted. Signs should be in accordance preclude the discharge of liquid from safety relief
with Section 310. devices.
5803.1.5 Electrical. Electrical wiring and equipment shall be
 This section requires that pressure relief valves com-
installed and maintained in accordance with Section 605 and
municate with the container vapor space where there
NFPA 70.
is a liquid component to the flammable gas storage
 This section establishes the applicability of NFPA 70 method. Pressure relief valves are designed on the
to all electrical wiring and equipment in flammable basis of gas flow, not liquid flow. As such, in the event
gas occupancies. In order to control the ignition and of an abnormal increase in container pressure that
personnel hazards of electrical wiring located where could cause the pressure relief valve to operate, a
flammable gas might be released by malfunctioning pressure relief valve that is in contact with and
equipment, rupture or breakage, they are typically attempts to pass liquid will operate much more slowly
classified as Class I, Division 2 wiring methods and to reduce container pressure, thus increasing the
equipment under the provisions of NFPA 70. potential for container failure. Passing liquid through
5803.1.5.1 Bonding of electrically conductive materials a pressure relief valve to the atmosphere can also
and equipment. Exposed noncurrent-carrying metal parts, lead to a sudden vaporization of the liquid into a
including metal gas piping systems, that are part of flamma- much larger quantity of flammable gas than would be
ble gas supply systems located in a hazardous (electrically released had the valve communicated with the vapor
classified) location shall be bonded to a grounded conductor space. The magnitude of the vaporization depends
in accordance with the provisions of NFPA 70. upon the expansion ratio [from liquid to gas at 14.7
psia (101 kPa)] of the liquefied gas being stored. Pro-
 NFPA 70 requires bonding and grounding of metal pane, for example, has an expansion ratio of 1 to
gas piping systems and other noncurrent-carrying 270.
metal parts that are likely to become energized. The exceptions recognize the lesser hazard of
Flammable gas piping and supply and transfer sys- small containers used in everyday commerce, such
tems are subject to differences in electrical potential as torch cylinders, table-top grill cylinders, etc.
as gas is transferred from one portion of the system Exception 1 focuses on small containers containing
to another. By bonding the system and connecting gases that are dissolved in solution (such as acety-
the bond to ground, the system will be brought to a lene dissolved in acetone). Exception 2 focuses on
common potential. The limitation is placed on sys- similar small containers that are designed specifically
58-4 Code Council

to prevent liquid discharge through the pressure relief SECTION 5806

valve. FLAMMABLE CRYOGENIC FLUIDS
5803.2 Quantities exceeding the maximum allowable 5806.1 General. The storage and use of flammable cryogenic
quantity per control area. The storage and use of flammable fluids shall be in accordance with Sections 5806.2 through
gases in amounts exceeding the maximum allowable quantity 5806.4.8.3 and Chapter 55.
per control area indicated in Section 5003.1 shall be in accor-  This section introduces the following sections that
dance with Chapter 50 and this chapter. address the requirements for the storage and use of
 Section 5003.1.4 addresses quantities that exceed flammable cryogenic fluids. In addition to these haz-
the MAQ. The MAQs are located in Tables ard-specific requirements, the general provisions
5003.1.1(1) through 5003.1.1(4). applicable to cryogenic fluids in Chapter 55 also
apply. Note that Sections 5806.4 through 5806.4.8.3
were formerly contained in Chapter 55.
SECTION 5804 5806.2 Limitations. Storage of flammable cryogenic fluids
STORAGE in stationary containers outside of buildings is prohibited
5804.1 Indoor storage. Indoor storage of flammable gases in within the limits established by law as the limits of districts in
amounts exceeding the maximum allowable quantity per con- which such storage is prohibited (see Section 3 of the Sample
trol area indicated in Table 5003.1.1(1), shall be in accor- Legislation for Adoption of the International Fire Code on
dance with Sections 5001, 5003 and 5004, and this chapter. page xxi).
 Sections 5003.1 through 5003.11 give the require-  This section reminds users that there may be an ordi-
ments for the indoor storage of flammable gases, nance in the jurisdiction that would limit the location
including design and construction; equipment; main- or amount of cryogenic fluid that could be stored out-
tenance; markings and signs. side of buildings. Generally, such restrictions will be
5804.1.1 Explosion control. Buildings or portions thereof based on locations in densely populated areas or
containing flammable gases shall be provided with explosion similar factors. This section does not limit the amount
control in accordance with Section 911. that can be stored; it is simply a note to the code user
to review any local rules or ordinances for restrictions
 Table 911.1 gives the barricade and explosion control before investing time and money in designing a facil-
requirements for flammable gases. Section 911 gives ity that may not be usable. If such areas do exist in
deflagration, explosion venting and barricade require- the adopting community, they must be enumerated in
ments. the adopting ordinance.
5804.2 Outdoor storage. Outdoor storage of flammable 5806.3 Above-ground tanks for liquid hydrogen. Above-
gases in amounts exceeding the maximum allowable quantity ground tanks for the storage of liquid hydrogen shall be in
per control area indicated in Table 5003.1.1(3) shall be in accordance with Sections 5806.3 through 5806.3.2.1.
accordance with Sections 5001, 5003 and 5004, and this
chapter.  This section introduces the following sections that
address the requirements for above-ground tank con-
 Section 5001 covers the classification of the hazard struction in a more specific manner than that
of flammable gases. The MAQs of the gases are described in Section 5003.2.1. The requirements for
given in Table 5003.1.1(3). Section 5004 deals with construction for above-ground tanks parallel those
the storage of flammable gases. The section covers found for underground tanks with the exception that
ventilation, separation, fire-extinguishing systems, the vacuum jacket (outer tank) is not required to be
emergency power, limit controls, supervision and constructed to meet requirements of the ASME
weather protection. BPVC. The vacuum jacket is designed to provide an
insulated layer around the inner vessel through the
use of vacuum and an insulating layer. It is also
SECTION 5805 designed to contain and relieve a release of hydrogen
USE should a leak occur in the annular space. The jacket
5805.1 General. The use of flammable gases in amounts is designed to a safety factor of two. For underground
exceeding the maximum allowable quantity per control area tanks, the safety factor is increased due to potential
indicated in Table 5003.1.1(1) or 5003.1.1(3) shall be in loading by the use of ASME requirements where the
accordance with Sections 5001, 5003 and 5005, and this safety factor of three and a half is used.
chapter. The design criteria are found in CGA H-3 which,
 Section 5005 addresses separation, spill control, limit while not referenced in the code, is available for use
controls, lighting, fire-extinguishing systems, open by those that seek to establish more detailed design
systems, ventilation, outdoor dispensing and han- requirements than would otherwise be available
dling of flammable gases. through the use of Section 5003.2.1. The minimum
design requirements established by Section 5806.3
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

coupled with the general requirements of Chapter 55 5806.3.2.1 Vacuum-level monitoring. A connection shall be
applicable to all cryogens result in greater consis- provided on the exterior of the vacuum jacket to allow mea-
tency and an increase in public safety. surement of the pressure within the annular space between
5806.3.1 Construction of the inner vessel. The inner vessel the inner and outer vessel. The connection shall be fitted with
of storage tanks in liquid hydrogen service shall be designed a bellows-sealed or diaphragm-type valve equipped with a
and constructed in accordance with Section VIII, Division 1, vacuum gauge tube that is shielded to protect against damage
of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and shall be from impact.
vacuum jacketed in accordance with Section 5806.3.2.  This section and Section 5806.4.8.3 require a means
 Hydrogen in a liquid state must be stored at very low of monitoring the underground and above-ground liq-
temperatures in tanks insulated to maintain that tem- uid hydrogen tanks to ensure that vacuum pressure is
perature. The inner vessel of the assemby must be maintained. Loss of vacuum pressure will result in the
constructed as a pressure vessel in accordance with increased heating of the primary vessel, which will
the ASME BPVC, Section VIII, Division 1 to withstand increase the pressure inside of the container. Eventu-
the liquid hydrogen pressures. ally the pressure will reach and exceed the vessel’s
Liquid hydrogen storage tanks are designed and maximum allowable working pressure, which will
manufactured as double-walled tanks equipped with result in the operation of the pressure relief device.
a layer of insulation between the inner tank and the For above-ground liquid hydrogen tanks, a connec-
outer jacket. Additionally, the annular space between tion with a tube or pipe terminated into the vacuum
the inner tank and outer jacket is held under a vac- space is required by this section to terminate at a
uum for further insulation. Leakage of either the outer valve equipped with a vacuum pressure gauge so the
jacket through external corrosion or the inner tank pressure can be monitored. This section specifies the
through an internal crack will result in a loss of vac- use of a bellows-sealed or diaphragm valve. A bel-
uum and early detection of the leak. lows valve is constructed with a steel bellows that is
welded to the valve stem and the valve bonnet. This
5806.3.2 Construction of the vacuum jacket (outer vessel). bellows creates a multiple layer barrier that prevents
The vacuum jacket used as an outer vessel for storage tanks the release of any product around the valve packing
in liquid hydrogen service shall be of welded steel construc- or the valve gasket. Bellows valves are generally
tion designed to withstand the maximum internal and external specified based on the number of cycles the valve
pressure to which it will be subjected under operating condi- can anticipate over its service life, which can vary
tions to include conditions of emergency pressure relief of the from 2,000 to 10,000 cycles. A diaphragm valve is
annular space between the inner and outer vessel. The jacket constructed in a similar manner in that the internal
shall be designed to withstand a minimum collapsing pres- diaphragm isolates the working parts of the valve
sure differential of 30 psi (207 kPa). from the cryogenic hydrogen and isolates the valve
 The construction requirements for the vacuum jacket inlet from the valve outlet. Regarding underground
will be different depending on whether the vessel will liquid hydrogen containers, Section 5806.4.8.3
be installed above ground or underground. For abo- requires that the method of monitoring the vacuum
veground liquid hydrogen vessels, the requirements pressure be approved.
in this section are applicable and for underground 5806.4 Underground tanks for liquid hydrogen. Under-
vessels, Section 5806.4.8. ground tanks for the storage of liquid hydrogen shall be in
Above-ground vacuum-jacketed vessels must be accordance with Sections 5806.4.1 through 5806.4.8.3.
designed to withstand the maximum internal and
external pressure to which they may be subjected.  Underground storage of fuel is a common practice at
Because the primary inner vessel is designed as a consumer sites such as motor fuel-dispensing facili-
pressure vessel, the vacuum jacket must be ties. The benefits of underground storage include
designed to withstand a collapse due to the loss of reduced risk of fire and hazards resulting from dam-
vacuum and be capable of withstanding the pressure age caused by vehicles or vandals. Also, unlike
that can result in the event the liquid hydrogen vessel underground fuel storage tanks containing petroleum
becomes involved in a fire or is subjected to the radi- products, liquid hydrogen tanks present no known
ation energy of an exposure fire. While the probability risk to groundwater should a leak, spill or overfill
of such an event is low, it is possible that hydrogen occur. Released hydrogen will evaporate to the atmo-
could leak from the primary pressure vessel into the sphere and will not contaminate groundwater.
annular space created by the vacuum jacket. This Cryogenic liquid storage tanks traditionally have
section requires that the outer vessel be designed for been installed above ground. This practice is docu-
a minimum collapse pressure differential of 30 psig mented in CGA P-12, which states, “Bulk storage
(207 kPa) and with a means of pressure relief to tanks and vessels should be installed above ground
ensure that the inner primary vessel and the outer and out-of-doors so that they are readily accessible to
jacket safely relieve any pressure in the event the mobile supply equipment at ground level and to
vessel is subjected to fire exposure. authorized personnel.” Further, CGA G-5.4 states,
“Liquid hydrogen piping shall not be installed under-
ground.”
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
58-6 Code Council

The current interest in hydrogen vehicle fueling sta- 3. A minimum distance of 1 foot (305 mm), shell to shell,
tions in locations similar to present gasoline-fueling shall be maintained between underground tanks.
stations demonstrates an increased need to place liq-  Underground tanks must be located away from a
uid hydrogen tanks at sites with limited space for a building or structure so that the tank does not support
typical above-ground installation. Based on the com- the building or structure since such loads can cause
pressed gas industry’s extensive experience with the underground tank to rupture.
cryogenic liquid storage tanks and their associated Underground tanks are to be a minimum of 3 feet
piping systems, installing cryogenic liquid storage (914 mm) from the nearest below-grade wall or prop-
tanks underground with proper engineering and con- erty line because any leakage from an underground
trols is thought to be a safe alternative to the tradi- tank may migrate through the soil and enter an adja-
tional practice of limiting installations to above ground cent basement, cellar or pit. The accumulation of
only. hydrogen gas in such locations could develop into a
Underground tanks require special care and atten- hazardous condition. Because the owner of the
tion in design and installation because they are underground tank does not own the adjacent prop-
exposed to conditions not associated with above- erty, the location of the underground tank should not
ground tanks. Leakage is harder to detect and protec- have the potential to affect the adjacent property or
tion from loads being placed on top of or adjacent to the use of this property.
the underground tank is needed to prevent damage To provide physical independence between under-
to it. Additionally, the underground tank must be pro- ground tanks so that they share no common or pro-
tected from flooding and from floating in areas having jected loads, a minimum shell-to-shell clearance of 1
a groundwater table that may be above the bottom of foot (305 mm) is required between adjacent under-
the underground tank. Safeguards to mitigate these ground tanks.
effects are contained in Sections 5806.4.1 through
5806.4.8.3. 5806.4.3 Depth, cover and fill. The tank shall be buried such
that the top of the vacuum jacket is covered with not less than
5806.4.1 Construction. Storage tanks for liquid hydrogen 1 foot (305 mm) of earth and with concrete not less than 4
shall be designed and constructed in accordance with ASME inches (102 mm) thick placed over the earthen cover. The
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (Section VIII, Division 1) concrete shall extend not less than 1 foot (305 mm) horizon-
and shall be vacuum jacketed in accordance with Section tally beyond the footprint of the tank in all directions. Under-
5806.4.8. ground tanks shall be set on firm foundations constructed in
 Hydrogen in a liquid state must be stored at very low accordance with the International Building Code and sur-
temperatures, usually at or below -423°F (-253°C), in rounded with not less than 6 inches (152 mm) of noncorro-
tanks insulated to maintain that temperature and con- sive inert material, such as sand.
structed to withstand the liquid hydrogen pressures. Exception: The vertical extension of the vacuum jacket as
Liquid hydrogen storage tanks, designed, built and required for service connections.
stamped in accordance with ASME BPVC, Section
VIII, Division 1, can be installed underground as long  Excavation for underground tanks must not damage
as certain minimum criteria are met. Liquid hydrogen existing adjacent structures and must provide a
tanks are designed and manufactured as double- sound foundation for the underground tank. The use
walled tanks equipped with a layer of insulation of 6 inches (152 mm) of well-tamped, noncorrosive
between the inner tank and the outer jacket. Addition- material (e.g., sand or clean pea gravel) around an
ally, the annular space between the tanks is held underground tank prevents concentrated loads from
under a vacuum for further insulation. Leakage of being applied to the tank. These concentrated loads
either the outer jacket through external corrosion or can be caused during backfilling when a hard solid
the inner tank through an internal crack will result in a object, such as a rock, comes in contact with the
loss of vacuum and early detection of the leak. underground tank. Soil pressures on the rock can be
5806.4.2 Location. Storage tanks shall be located outside in concentrated into a small contact area with the under-
accordance with the following: ground tank and lead to a leak in the vacuum jacket.
While the 1 foot (305 mm) of earth cover plus a 4-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1. Tanks and associated equipment shall be located with inch (102 mm) concrete slab will provide physical pro-
respect to foundations and supports of other structures tection for the tank from most predictable load sce-
such that the loads carried by the latter cannot be trans- narios, it would not alone provide adequate protection
mitted to the tank. from the imposition of vehicular loads upon the tank.
2. The distance from any part of the tank to the nearest However, the provisions of this section and those for
wall of a basement, pit, cellar or lot line shall be not vacuum jacket construction in Section 5806.4.8 of the
less than 3 feet (914 mm). code are intended to work together to provide ade-
quate protection from all anticipated loads, including
vehicle loads.

The exception recognizes the practical limitations vacuum jacket installed below grade shall be designed to
of maintaining the required burial depth and cover on withstand anticipated soil, seismic and hydrostatic loading.
vertical vacuum jacket extensions used to provide  This section, along with Section 5806.4.3, requires
above-ground control and monitoring points, such as that the design of the tank’s vacuum jacket and the
for vacuum and liquid level gauges, manually oper- tank’s burial depth and cover work together to provide
ated valves, controls, pressure relief devices and a tank installation unlikely to be affected by any antic-
instrumentation, which need to be readily accessible ipated loading conditions, including the possibility of
to mobile supply equipment at ground level and to vehicles being driven over the installation site.
authorized personnel.
5806.4.8.1 Material. The vacuum jacket shall be constructed
5806.4.4 Anchorage and security. Tanks and systems shall of stainless steel or other approved corrosion-resistant mate-
be secured against accidental dislodgement in accordance rial.
with this chapter.
 Soil conditions and environmental conditions can
 Sections 5503.5.2 and 5504.3.1.1.4 of the code detail cause tanks to deteriorate. Corrosion can weaken the
the provisions for security of cryogenic fluid contain- tank, creating a potential for leakage. The tank must
ers. See the commentary to those sections for further be protected from corrosion by use of corrosion-resis-
information. tant material, coatings, cathodic protection or alterna-
5806.4.5 Venting of underground tanks. Vent pipes for tive methods approved by the fire code official.
underground storage tanks shall be in accordance with Sec- 5806.4.8.2 Corrosion protection. The vacuum jacket shall
tion 5503.3. be protected by approved or listed corrosion-resistant materi-
 Section 5503.3 regulates pressure relief vent piping. als or an engineered cathodic protection system. Where
Additional venting requirements were formerly con- cathodic protection is utilized, an approved maintenance
tained in Section 2309.5.4 but were removed in the schedule shall be established. Exposed components shall be
2012 edition. For additional pressure relief device inspected not less than twice a year. Records of maintenance
venting, the provisions of Chapter 8 of NFPA 2 apply and inspection events shall be maintained.
in accordance with Section 5801.1. See the commen-
 Deterioration of tanks, piping and components
tary to Sections 5503.3 through 5503.3.2.
caused by corrosion can allow leaks and spillage of
5806.4.6 Underground liquid hydrogen piping. Under- liquid hydrogen. Using noncorrodible materials of
ground liquid hydrogen piping shall be vacuum jacketed or construction or cathodic (galvanic) protection can
protected by approved means and designed in accordance protect the tank, piping and components from deterio-
with Chapter 55. ration and failure from corrosive effects.
 Piping associated with underground liquid hydrogen Cathodic protection uses a sacrificial anode to pre-
storage tanks must be provided with the same level vent the corrosion of the metal vacuum jacket of the
of design integrity as the tank that it serves. If the pip- storage tank. The sacrificial anode is electrically
ing is not designed with a vacuum jacket, an engi- bonded to the tank, so the electrochemical reaction of
neered design complying with the performance the sacrificial anode reduces or prevents the corro-
requirements of Chapter 55 and approved by the fire sion of the steel vacuum jacket of the storage tank.
code official must be provided. The sacrificial anode and the steel vacuum jacket of
the storage tank, acting as a cathode, are intercon-
5806.4.7 Overfill protection and prevention systems. An nected with a power supply. The need to replace the
approved means or method shall be provided to prevent the
anode will depend on the rate of corrosion.
overfill of all storage tanks. While not specifically prohibited by this section, the
 The purpose of spill and overfill protection equipment joining of dissimilar metals in system construction
is to reduce the potential for a hydrogen release should be avoided because of the localized galvanic
during deliveries by stopping product flow, reducing action that could occur between them. This localized
product flow or alerting the delivery person during galvanic action could cause one of the metals to cor-
delivery before the tank becomes full and begins rode to failure so that the other metal is protected
releasing hydrogen into the environment. The equip- from corrosion.
ment must be maintained in proper working order and Because cathodic protection systems are more
used properly to provide adequate protection from complex than other corrosion protection methodolo-
overfills. gies and in order to verify that the system is function-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
5806.4.8 Vacuum jacket construction. The vacuum jacket ing properly, a fire code official’s approved
shall be designed and constructed in accordance with Section maintenance and inspection schedule must be estab-
VIII of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and shall be lished with all activities recorded. Records must be
designed to withstand the anticipated loading, including load- retained and should be made available for examina-
ing from vehicular traffic, where applicable. Portions of the tion by the fire code official or a duly authorized repre-
sentative of the fire code official when requested.
58-8 Code Council

5806.4.8.3 Vacuum-level monitoring. An approved method be either listed or approved by the code official and
shall be provided to indicate loss of vacuum within the vac- any addition or removal of metal hydrides is to be per-
uum jacket(s). formed by the original equipment manufacturer.
When being filled, Section 5807.1.9.2 requires that
 In order for vacuum-jacketed tanks to be effective in
the hydrogen be of a purity specified by the manufac-
maintaining liquid hydrogen at the required subzero
turer.
temperature, the vacuum must be maintained at the
manufacturer’s design level. This section requires 5807.1.3 Containers, design and construction. Compressed
that an approved method of monitoring the integrity of gas containers, cylinders and tanks shall be designed and con-
the vacuum jacket be provided. Though no alarm sys- structed in accordance with Section 5303.2.
tem is required to be activated upon loss of the inter-  Containers, tanks and cylinders used in MHSS are to
stitial vacuum, it is important that administrative be constructed in accordance with U.S. DOT and
procedures require regular checking of the monitoring Compressed Gas Association (CGA) requirements
method to reduce the likelihood of loss of the liquid for cylinders or in accordance with Section VIII, Divi-
hydrogen (see also commentary, Section sion 1 of the ASME BPVC. This section requires all
5806.3.2.1). cylinders, containers or tanks used for the primary
containment of metal hydrides and hydrogen to meet
the requirements of Section 5303.2. See the com-
SECTION 5807 mentary to that section for further information.
METAL HYDRIDE STORAGE SYSTEMS
5807.1.4 Service life and inspection of containers. Metal
5807.1 General requirements. The storage and use of metal hydride storage system cylinders, containers or tanks shall be
hydride storage systems shall be in accordance with Sections inspected, tested and requalified for service at not less than 5-
5801, 5803, 5804, 5805 and 5807. Those portions of the sys- year intervals.
tem that are used as a means to store or supply hydrogen shall
also comply with Chapters 50 and 53 as applicable.  To ensure that hydrogen and metal hydrides are
safely contained, the cylinders, tanks and containers
 Metal hydride storage systems (MHSS) are subject to are also subject to periodic inspection and requalifi-
the requirements in Section 5003.1.1 and IBC Sec- cation in accordance with U.S. DOT requirements
tions 414 and 415 for hazardous materials, in addition and this section. This section establishes a maximum
to the indicated provisions of this chapter. The requalification frequency of 5 years.
requirements include that the total volume of hydro-
gen in the fuel cells cannot exceed the compressed 5807.1.5 Marking and labeling. Marking and labeling of
flammable gas MAQ of 1,000 cubic feet (28 m3) at cylinders, containers, tanks and systems shall be in accor-
NTP in a single control area located at the grade dance with Section 5303.4 and Sections 5807.1.5.1 through
plane of a building. 5807.1.5.4.
5807.1.1 Classification. The hazard classification of the  The requirements for MHSS include marking and
metal hydride storage system, as required by Section labeling of important system components to confirm
5001.2.2, shall be based on the hydrogen stored without that the design complies with the requirements of
regard to the metal hydride content. Chapters 50 and 53, as well as those in Section
5807.
 When classifying the metals and hydrogen contained
in an MHSS, this section prescribes that only the 5807.1.5.1 System marking. Metal hydride storage systems
compressed hydrogen be considered in the classifi- shall be marked with all of the following:
cation and determination of the amount of com- 1. Manufacturer’s name.
pressed gas. The type and amount of metal used to 2. Service life indicating the last date the system can be
adsorb the hydrogen is not considered when classify- used.
ing hazardous materials contained in a MHSS. For
the purpose of determining the MAQ, Section 3. A unique code or serial number specific to the unit.
5807.1.1 specifies all MHSSs should only be evalu- 4. System name or product code that identifies the system
ated based on the amount of compressed flammable by the type of chemistry used in the system.
gas. 5. Emergency contact name, telephone number or other
5807.1.2 Listed or approved systems. Metal hydride storage contact information.
systems shall be listed or approved for the application and
6. Limitations on refilling of containers to include rated
designed in a manner that prevents the addition or removal of
charging pressure and capacity.
the metal hydride by other than the original equipment manu-
facturer.  The marking requirements in this section for various
components of the assembled MHSS are intended to
 The design of an MHSS must prevent the addition or
ensure that the MHSS is properly filled and the
removal of the metal hydride by unauthorized individ-
design pressure and temperature of the system is not
uals. Some metal hydrides can present other physical
exceeded. The markings must also identify the basic
and health hazards. This section requires that MHSS
chemistry of the MHSS in the unlikely event a metal
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

hydride is released from a container. Markings are this section requires that MHSS be located in an area
required for the cylinder valve in accordance with where they are not subject to artificially high or low
Section 5807.1.5.2, the pressure relief device in temperatures. It prohibits any MHSS from exposure
accordance with the requirements in Section to temperatures in excess of 125°F (52°C) or exces-
5807.1.5.3 and the cylinder or pressure vessel con- sively low temperatures unless it is designed for use
taining the metal hydride and hydrogen in accor- in such environments.
dance with Section 5807.1.5.4. 5807.1.7 Falling objects. Metal hydride storage systems
5807.1.5.2 Valve marking. Metal hydride storage system shall not be placed in areas where they are capable of being
valves shall be marked with all of the following: damaged by falling objects.
1. Manufacturer’s name.  The intent of this section is to prevent damage to the
2. Service life indicating the last date the valve can be MHSS from falling objects. As such, this section
used. requires that MHSS be located in an area where they
are not subject to being struck by falling objects. In
3. Metal hydride service in which the valve can be used, climates subject to freezing, this could include keep-
or a product code that is traceable to this information. ing the MHSS well clear of buildings or other struc-
 See the commentary to Section 5807.1.5.1. tures where accumulated ice could fall from the
5807.1.5.3 Pressure relief device marking. Metal hydride structure and strike the MHSS.
storage system pressure relief devices shall be marked with 5807.1.8 Piping systems. Piping, including tubing, valves,
all of the following: fittings and pressure regulators, serving metal hydride storage
systems, shall be maintained gas tight to prevent leakage.
1. Manufacturer’s name.
2. Metal hydride service in which the device can be used,  All apparatus, connected and part of the MHSS, shall
or a product code that is traceable to this information. comply with this section and Chapter 50. Proper
maintenance of all the components ensures that gas
3. Activation parameters to include temperature, pressure leaks with possible ignition are prevented.
or both.
5807.1.8.1 Leaking systems. Leaking systems shall be
 See the commentary to Section 5807.1.5.1. removed from service.
5807.1.5.3.1 Pressure relief devices integral to container  Accidental spills create a vapor release that can
valves. The required markings for pressure relief devices that quickly travel from the spill point to an ignition source.
are integral components of valves used on cylinders, contain- Because spills need immediate attention to neutralize
ers and tanks shall be allowed to be placed on the valve. and remove the hazard, the local fire department
 See the commentary to Section 5807.1.5.1. should be notified; it is the agency best prepared to
deal with the immediate hazards of a spill.
5807.1.5.4 Pressure vessel markings. Cylinders, containers
Leaks can indicate a developing problem with
and tanks used in metal hydride storage systems shall be
equipment or piping needing immediate repair. Until
marked with all of the following:
repairs are made, the equipment or piping must be
1. Manufacturer’s name. taken out of service.
2. Design specification to which the vessel was manufac- 5807.1.9 Refilling of containers. The refilling of listed or
tured. approved metal hydride storage systems shall be in accor-
3. Authorized body approving the design and initial dance with the listing requirements and manufacturer’s
inspection and test of the vessel. instructions.
4. Manufacturer’s original test date.  MHSS that are listed or approved in accordance with
Section 5807.1.2 must be refilled strictly in accor-
5. Unique serial number for the vessel. dance with their manufacturer’s instructions which
6. Service life identifying the last date the vessel can be are considered part of the listing of a system. MHSS
used. that are approved but not listed must also be refilled
7. System name or product code that identifies the system in accordance with their manufacturer’s instructions,
by the type of chemistry used in the system. which were included in the fire code official’s
approval. Approval records should also be reviewed
 See the commentary to Section 5807.1.5.1. for any additional conditions for refilling of the system.
5807.1.6 Temperature extremes. Metal hydride storage sys- 5807.1.9.1 Industrial trucks. The refilling of metal hydride
tems, whether full or partially full, shall not be exposed to storage systems serving powered industrial trucks shall be in
artificially created high temperatures exceeding 125°F (52°C) accordance with Section 309.
or subambient (low) temperatures unless designed for use
under the exposed conditions.  One MHSS application is fuel cells powering material-
handling equipment such as forklifts or motorized pal-
 The intent of this section is to prevent damage to the let jacks. At locations where industrial trucks are
MHSS or the accidental release of hydrogen due to fueled, this section requires that the fueling area com-
the cylinder exceeding its design pressure. As such, ply with the requirements of Section 309, which, in
58-10 Code Council

turn, includes requirements for proper refilling of ing cylinders from movement, dislodgement or impact
equipment. with other objects while the equipment is in operation
5807.1.9.2 Hydrogen purity. The purity of hydrogen used so as to avoid damage to the equipment.
for the purpose of refilling containers shall be in accordance 5807.2.1.2.1 Protection from damage. Metal hydride stor-
with the listing and the manufacturer’s instructions. age systems, including cylinders, containers, tanks and fit-
tings, shall not extend beyond the platform of the mobile
 Keeping the hydrogen as pure as possible in keeping
equipment.
with the MHSS’s listing is critical for the efficient oper-
ation of a turbine. Every 2-percent reduction in the  To protect MHSS components such as cylinders, reg-
purity of the hydrogen coolant increases windage ulators, pipe, valves and fittings from impact, the
losses in the turbine and the cost of running an 800- MHSS and its components must be installed so they
megawatt generator is increased significantly. Con- do not extend beyond the platform of the mobile
taminants in the hydrogen can also be very danger- equipment.
ous and air is the most common impurity due to 5807.2.2 Valves. Valves on containers, cylinders and tanks
leaks. When the oxygen in the air is mixed with shall remain closed except when containers are connected to
hydrogen, a potentially explosive condition can be closed systems and ready for use.
created. However, hydrogen does not support com-
bustion in a nearly pure state (greater than 90 per-  In order to reduce the likelihood of hydrogen leakage
cent) with the balance being air. By using a from containers, cylinders and tanks when they are
continuous gas analyzer transmitter to constantly not connected to or in use in a closed system, their
monitor the hydrogen purity, any potentially hazard- valves must be kept closed.
ous condition can be avoided, enhancing safety and
maximizing efficiency and profitability (see also com-
mentary to Section 5807.1.9). SECTION 5808
HYDROGEN FUEL GAS ROOMS
5807.1.10 Electrical. Electrical components for metal
hydride storage systems shall be designed, constructed and 5808.1 General. Where required by this code, hydrogen fuel
installed in accordance with NFPA 70. gas rooms shall be designed and constructed in accordance
with Sections 5808.1 through 5808.7 and the International
 NFPA 70 regulates the design and installation of Building Code.
electrical systems, components and equipment. All
electrical work must also be in compliance with any  This section is simply stating that all hydrogen fuel
specific electrical classifications and conditions con- gas rooms are to be constructed in accordance with
tained in the listing or approval for each MHSS. the provisions contained in this section and IBC Sec-
tion 421. Hydrogen fuel gas rooms were created to
5807.2 Portable containers or systems. Portable containers address the increasing and emerging concepts of fuel
or systems shall comply with Sections 5807.2.1 through cells that use hydrogen and actually generate hydro-
5807.2.2. gen on site to run the fuel cells. The provisions of this
 This section introduces the provisions for portable section and IBC Section 421 address construction-
metal hydride containers or MHSS. related issues for hydrogen cutoff rooms such as
5807.2.1 Securing containers. Containers, cylinders and location, fire-resistance-rated separation, ventilation
tanks shall be secured in accordance with Section 5303.5.3. and safety features such as gas detection and explo-
sion control. The provisions of Section 5808 are
 See the commentary to Section 5303.5.3. intended to be consistent with those of the referenced
5807.2.1.1 Use on mobile equipment. Where a metal standard, NFPA 2.
hydride storage system is used on mobile equipment, the 5808.2 Location. Hydrogen fuel gas rooms shall not be
equipment shall be designed to restrain containers, cylinders located below grade.
or tanks from dislodgement, slipping or rotating when the
equipment is in motion.  Restrictions against installation of hydrogen fuel gas
rooms below grade are similar to those restricting the
 This section requires MHSS installed on mobile location of flammable and combustible liquids in
equipment to be designed for such an application and basements. Explosion hazards are the primary con-
be capable of restraining cylinders from movement cern, and placement of materials that have an ability
while in motion so as to avoid damage to the equip- to cause an explosion in below-grade spaces is not
ment. appropriate. Such spaces are more difficult to evacu-
5807.2.1.2 Motorized equipment. Metal hydride storage ate, create a fire and explosion hazard to the struc-
systems used on motorized equipment, shall be installed in a ture above and are very difficult for the fire
manner that protects valves, pressure regulators, fittings and department to access.
controls against accidental impact. 5808.3 Design and construction. Hydrogen fuel gas rooms
 This section requires MHSS installed on motorized not exceeding the maximum allowable quantity per control
equipment to be designed to be capable of restrain- area in Table 5003.1.1(1) shall be separated from other areas
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

of the building in accordance with Section 509.1 of the Inter- 5808.5 Gas detection system. Hydrogen fuel gas rooms shall
national Building Code. be provided with an approved flammable gas detection sys-
tem in accordance with Sections 5808.5.1 through 5808.5.4.
 Hydrogen fuel gas rooms are required to be sepa-
rated by not less than 1-hour fire-resistance-rated fire  Some gases contain additives that produce pungent
barriers or horizontal assemblies, or both, which is odors for easy recognition. Systems using nonodor-
consistent with the requirements in IBC Table 509 for ized gases, such as hydrogen and liquefied natural
incidental uses. In addition, the classification of the gas (LNG), must utilize gas detection systems to
space will affect the separation requirements. Hydro- detect leaks. This section specifically requires such
gen fuel gas rooms can contain any amount of hydro- detection due to the hazards associated with a build-
gen up to the maximum allowable quantities per up of hydrogen at hazardous levels within a building.
control area (MAQ). However, if the MAQs are 5808.5.1 System design. The flammable gas detection sys-
exceeded, the room can no longer be considered an tem shall be listed for use with hydrogen and any other flam-
incidental use and instead must be classified as a mable gases used in the hydrogen fuel gas room. The gas
separated Group H-2 occupancy. In all cases, sepa- detection system shall be designed to activate when the level
ration in accordance with IBC Table 508.4 would of flammable gas exceeds 25 percent of the lower flammable
apply in addition to the applicable occupancy-specific limit (LFL) for the gas or mixtures present at their anticipated
requirements.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
temperature and pressure.
5808.3.1 Pressure control. Hydrogen fuel gas rooms shall be
 The detection system must initiate the operations
provided with a ventilation system designed to maintain the
specified in Section 5808.5.3 at any time that the
room at a negative pressure in relation to surrounding rooms
flammable gas concentration exceeds one-fourth of
and spaces.
the concentration necessary to support combustion.
 This section requires hydrogen fuel gas rooms to be Early detection of the presence of a flammable gas
maintained at a negative pressure with regard to sur- will allow adequate mitigation procedures to be taken.
rounding spaces to provide some level of protection Hydrogen fires are not normally extinguished until the
against a flammable mixture being attained in other supply of hydrogen has been shut off because of the
parts of the building. danger of reignition or explosion. A gas detection sys-
5808.3.2 Windows. Operable windows in interior walls shall tem in the room or space housing a gaseous hydro-
not be permitted. Fixed windows shall be permitted where in gen system results in early notification of a leak that
accordance with Section 716 of the International Building is occurring before the escaping gas reaches a haz-
Code. ardous concentration.
 Operable windows are prohibited in order to further 5808.5.2 Gas detection system components. Gas detection
system control units shall be listed and labeled in accordance
reduce the likelihood of allowing hydrogen to escape
from the room into other portions of the building that with UL 864 or UL 2017. Gas detectors shall be listed and
labeled in accordance with UL 2075 for use with the gases
may not be properly ventilated. An operable window
could inadvertently be left in the open or partially and vapors being detected.
open position and go unnoticed. Fixed window open-  This section requires gas detection equipment to be
ings must meet the requirements of IBC Section 716 listed in accordance with UL 2075 for use with the dif-
to ensure that the requirements for opening protec- ferent gases it will detect. Under UL 2075, a set of
tives are met. More specifically, the proper fire pro- flammable gases and concentrations, measured in
tection ratings for openings in fire barriers are parts per million (ppm), is developed for each detec-
required. tor or sensor, and the manufacturer is required to pro-
5808.4 Exhaust ventilation. Hydrogen fuel gas rooms shall vide information as to what gases and the
be provided with mechanical exhaust ventilation in accord- concentrations the device is designed to detect.
ance with the applicable provisions of Section 2311.7.1.1. Tests under the standard then verify the performance
of each detector or sensor for each gas it is designed
 The purpose of this section is to prevent a dangerous to detect. The gases that the equipment will detect
accumulation of flammable gas in the room through may be shown in the manufacturer’s instructions
the use of an exhaust ventilation system. The ventila- rather than on the product. This section also is
tion must be at the rate of 1 cfm per 12 cubic feet of intended to ensure that gas detection system control
room volume, which is as required for ventilation of components are listed in accordance with nationally
motor vehicle repair shops that repair hydrogen- recognized safety standards. These standards
fueled vehicles and is consistent with the require- include a comprehensive set of construction and per-
ments in Chapter 5 of the International Mechanical formance requirements that are used to evaluate and
Code® (IMC®). See the commentary to Section list gas detection system control units and gas detec-
2311.7.1.1. tors.
58-12 Code Council

5808.5.3 Operation. Activation of the gas detection system systems. Chapter 50 also allows for systems that are
shall result in both of the following: fail-safe in Sections 5004.7.2 and 5005.1.5.1 in
1. Initiation of distinct audible and visual alarm signals hydrogen fuel gas rooms where hydrogen is either
both inside and outside of the hydrogen fuel gas room. generated or stored.
2. Activation of the mechanical exhaust ventilation sys-
tem. Bibliography
 The required local alarm is intended to alert the occu- The following resource materials were used in the
pants to an emerging hazardous condition in the preparation of the commentary for this chapter of the
vicinity. The monitor control equipment must also ini- code:
tiate operation of the mechanical ventilation system in ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. New York:
the event of a leak or rupture in the gaseous hydro- The American Society of Mechanical Engineers,
gen system to prevent an accumulation of flammable 2007.
gas. Barlen W., F.C. Saacke and G.R. Spies. Industrial Fire
In addition to causing alarms to activate the detec- Hazards Handbook, 3rd ed. Quincy, MA: National
tion system must also activate the mechanical venti- Fire Protection Association, 1990.
lation system required by Section 5808.4.
5808.5.4 Failure of the gas detection system. Failure of the CGA G-5 (2006), Cryogenic Hydrogen Storage. Arling-
gas detection system shall result in activation of the mechani- ton, VA: Compressed Gas Association, 2006.
cal exhaust ventilation system, cessation of hydrogen genera- CGA H-3 (2006), Cryogenic Hydrogen Storage. Arling-
tion and the sounding of a trouble signal in an approved ton, VA: Compressed Gas Association, 2006.
location.
CGA P-12 (2006), Cryogenic Hydrogen Storage. Arling-
 Gas detection systems must be designed to be self- ton, VA: Compressed Gas Association, 2006.
monitoring and fail-safe in that all safety systems are
activated to alert any occupants that a problem exists
and to prevent more hydrogen from being generated
Code Council, 2014.
by any appliances in the room when hazardous con-
ditions cannot be monitored. Fire Protection Guide to Hazardous Materials, 13th ed.
5808.6 Explosion control. Explosion control shall be pro- Quincy MA: National Fire Protection Association,
vided where required by Section 911. 2001.
 The requirements of this section are intended to Fire Protection Handbook, 20th ed. Quincy MA:
address the circumstance resulting from a cata- National Fire Protection Association, 2008.
strophic failure of the hydrogen fuel gas room. These Handbook of Compressed Gases, 3rd ed. Arlington,
requirements are the final safeguard in case safety VA: Compressed Gas Association, 1999.
features such as interlocked doors, ventilation and
gas detection systems should fail. An ignited hydro-
gen mixture produces large quantities of heat, caus-
ing a rapid expansion of the surrounding air. This can
cause a pressure increase in a confined space and a
catastrophic failure. Explosion control methods are
identified in Section 911 to prevent such a cata-
strophic failure. The explosion control requirements
for gaseous and liquefied hydrogen are consistent
with the requirements in Section 6.9 of NFPA 2.
5808.7 Standby power. Mechanical ventilation and gas
detection systems shall be connected to a standby power sys-
tem in accordance with Section 604.
 The ventilation system and gas detection system are
life safety systems and, therefore, must be depend-
able. Both safety systems must remain active in the
event of a failure of the primary power supply. Hydro-
gen is a colorless, odorless gas; a release might go
undetected if detection systems are not functioning.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The accumulation of hydrogen in an unventilated

area can lead to mixtures in the flammable range if
safety systems and mechanical ventilation systems
are not in operation. Section 604 and Chapter 50
address standby power requirements for essential

--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
58-14 Code Council

Chapter 59:
Flammable Solids
General Comments chemical extinguishers are not effective on titanium
fires. Additionally, water, foam and vaporizing liquids
This chapter addresses magnesium almost to the exclu- should never be used on lithium, sodium and potassium
sion of all other flammable solids; however, it is import- fires. Each material is different and requires different
ant to know that several other solid materials, primarily extinguishing treatment.
metals, are also flammable and under the right condi- The National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) has
tions can be explosion hazards. It should also be noted developed standards for handling several of the listed
that, although the definition of “Flammable solid” could materials, which are included in the bibliography at the
be literally interpreted as being applicable to a much end of this chapter. Most industry associations and
wider variety of common materials having an ignition companies manufacturing primary metals and alloys
temperature below 212°F (100°C), it is not the intent of also have available recommended practices for storage,
this chapter to regulate such materials. See the com- handling, use and scrap disposal that are based on
mentary for “Flammable solid” in Chapter 2. extensive testing and usage history. The fire code offi-
The list of other metals that can become fire hazards cial should require any person or business storing, han-
consists of titanium, zirconium, hafnium, calcium, zinc, dling or processing any of these materials to
sodium, lithium, potassium, sodium/potassium alloys, demonstrate a thorough knowledge of safe practices in
aluminum, iron and steel, uranium, thorium and pluto- both facility design and operating procedures.
nium. Some of these metals have a few highly special-
ized commercial uses; they are almost exclusively
laboratory materials. But because of where they are Purpose
used, both plant and fire service personnel must be This chapter sets general requirements for storage and
trained to handle emergency situations. Because ura- handling of flammable solids in the first five sections
nium, thorium and plutonium are also radioactive mate- before addressing the subject of magnesium in Section
rials, they present still more specialized problems for 5906.
plant fire brigades and local fire service personnel. A word of caution is necessary when applying the
The form of the material being used (powder, sheets, general requirements stated in Sections 5901 through
castings or billets) also is critical to the way fire services 5905. Each of the flammable metals mentioned in the
respond to an incident. Fine powders of any of the “General Comments” section requires special precau-
materials listed can ignite or even explode under vari- tions. What works with one material may cause a major
ous atmospheres, including nitrogen. Some molten met- disaster with another. It is always best to make certain
als can ignite or explode under certain conditions. the building, facility and operating conditions proposed
Castings of some of these metals can ignite or detonate by the owner, architect or builder are based on the lat-
if they are not handled properly. Even bulky billets can est safety information available from the suppliers of the
be ignited if there is sufficient heat to bring the metal to materials to be used or stored. The fire code official
its ignition temperature, resulting in self-sustained burn- should verify that the emergency plan prepared for use
ing. by the owner or tenant is workable and compatible with
Conventional fire-extinguishing agents may only the emergency response personnel and equipment
increase the intensity of the fire being fought. Magne- available to the jurisdiction.
sium, for example, burns fiercely in a steam atmo-
sphere. Likewise, carbon dioxide, foam and dry
SECTION 5901 5901.2 Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in Sec-
GENERAL tion 105.6.
5901.1 Scope. The storage and use of flammable solids shall  The process of issuing permits gives the fire code
be in accordance with this chapter. official an opportunity to carefully evaluate and regu-
 This section establishes the applicability of this chap- late hazardous operations. Permit applicants should
ter to all materials meeting the definition of and clas- be required to demonstrate that their operations com-
sified as flammable solids. ply with the intent of the code before the permit is
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

FLAMMABLE SOLIDS
issued. See the commentary to Section 105.6 for a building is classified in Occupancy Group H. The
general discussion of operations requiring an opera- requirements of Chapter 50 apply to the storage and
tional permit and Section 105.6.21 for discussion of use of flammable solids, in addition to the require-
specific operational permits for hazardous materials, ments of this chapter.
Section 105.7 for a general discussion of activities
requiring a construction permit and Section 105.7.10
for discussion of specific construction permits for haz- SECTION 5904
ardous materials. The permit process also notifies the STORAGE
fire department of the need for pre-fire planning for 5904.1 Indoor storage. Indoor storage of flammable solids
hazardous properties. in amounts exceeding the maximum allowable quantity per
control area indicated in Table 5003.1.1(1) shall be in accor-
dance with Sections 5001, 5003, 5004 and this chapter.
SECTION 5902
DEFINITIONS  This section regulates the indoor storage of flamma-
ble solids when in excess of the MAQ in buildings or
5902.1 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chap- portions of buildings classified in Occupancy Group
ter 2: H. The general and storage requirements of Chapter
FLAMMABLE SOLID. 50 are applicable in addition to the requirements of
MAGNESIUM. this section. Storage of flammable solids inside of
structures must comply with Sections 5904.1.1
 Definitions of terms can help in the understanding through 5904.1.3 to prevent exposure to conditions
and application of the code requirements. This sec- that may result in a fire or explosion.
5904.1.1 Pile size limits and location. Flammable solids
stored in quantities greater than 1,000 cubic feet (28 m3) shall
International Code® as indicated in Section 201.3, or be separated into piles each not larger than 1,000 cubic feet
(28 m3).
the dictionary meaning may be all that is needed (see
also commentary, Sections 201.1 through 201.4).  Storage piles are restricted to 1,000 cubic feet (28
m3) in size to limit the quantity of flammable solids
exposed to a single fire and to facilitate fire-fighting
SECTION 5903 operations. Aisles must be provided on all sides to
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS permit access for fire fighting and reduce the likeli-
5903.1 Quantities not exceeding the maximum allowable hood of the spread of fire to adjacent piles if a pile
quantity per control area. The storage and use of flammable collapse occurs.
solids in amounts not exceeding the maximum allowable 5904.1.2 Aisles. Aisle widths between piles shall not be less
quantity per control area as indicated in Section 5003.1 shall than the height of the piles or 4 feet (1219 mm), whichever is
be in accordance with Sections 5001, 5003 and 5901. greater.
 This section complements the requirements of Chap-  As with all other storage, aisles allow fire response
ter 50 in structures occupied for the storage, handling personnel ready access to the immediate area of the
or use of flammable solids. The regulations assume fire. The requirement that aisle width depends on pile
that the quantity of flammable solids in a given build- height acknowledges the effectiveness of physical
ing is limited to the maximum allowable quantity per separation in preventing fire spread as well as mak-
control area (MAQ) as established in Section 5003.1; ing room for more or larger fire-fighting equipment
thus, the building is not classified in Occupancy that may be needed to fight fires in large storage piles
Group H. The general requirements of Sections 5001 of flammable solids. Additionally, keeping aisle widths
and 5003 are fully applicable to the storage and use the same as the pile heights reduces the likelihood of
of flammable solids, in addition to the requirements of the spread of fire to adjacent piles or creating a “dom-
this chapter. ino effect” in the event of a pile collapse, since a pile
5903.2 Quantities exceeding the maximum allowable will generally not tip over intact.
quantity per control area. The storage and use of flammable 5904.1.3 Basement storage. Flammable solids shall not be
solids exceeding the maximum allowable quantity per control stored in basements.
area as indicated in Section 5003.1 shall be in accordance
 Basement storage is prohibited because of the lim-
with Chapter 50 and this chapter.
ited access for fire suppression and ventilation opera-
 This section complements the requirements of Chap- tions in most basements and the hazards associated
ter 50 for structures occupied for the storage, han- with the vigorous and persistent fires that can occur
dling or use of flammable solids. The regulations in flammable solids.
contained in this section assume that the quantity of 5904.2 Outdoor storage. Outdoor storage of flammable sol-
flammable solids in a given building is in excess of ids in amounts exceeding the maximum allowable quantities
the MAQ as established in Section 5003.1; thus, the per control area indicated in Table 5003.1.1(1) shall be in
59-2 Code Council

FLAMMABLE SOLIDS
accordance with Sections 5001, 5003, 5004 and this chapter. The use of magnesium shall be in accordance with Section
Outdoor storage of magnesium shall be in accordance with 5906.
Section 5906.
 This section applies to all indoor and outdoor use and
 This section regulates the outdoor storage of flamma- handling operations involving flammable solids,
ble solids when in excess of the MAQ established by except magnesium, when the amounts being used or
Table 5003.1.1(3). The general and storage require- handled are in excess of the MAQ [buildings or por-
ments of Chapter 50 are applicable, in addition to the tions of buildings classified in Occupancy Group H
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
requirements of this section. Storage of flammable and outdoor control area indicated in Tables
solids in outdoor control areas must comply with Sec- 5003.1.1(1) and 5003.1.1(3), respectively]. The
tions 5904.2.1 and 5904.2.2 to reduce the likelihood administrative, general use and handling provisions
of uncontrolled release or exposure to conditions that of Chapter 50 are applicable, in addition to the
may result in a fire or explosion. requirements of this chapter.
5904.2.1 Distance from storage to exposures. Outdoor stor-
age of flammable solids shall not be located within 20 feet
(6096 mm) of a building, lot line, public street, public alley, SECTION 5906
public way or means of egress. A 2-hour fire barrier without MAGNESIUM
openings or penetrations and extending 30 inches (762 mm) 5906.1 General. Storage, use, handling and processing of
above and to the sides of the storage area is allowed in lieu of magnesium, including the pure metal and alloys of which the
such distance. The wall shall either be an independent struc- major part is magnesium, shall be in accordance with Chapter
ture, or the exterior wall of the building adjacent to the stor- 50 and Sections 5906.2 through 5906.5.8.
age area.  This section establishes the applicability of Section
 The required separation distance is intended to mini- 5906 and Chapter 50 to the production, storage, pro-
mize radiant heat transfer between exposures. Sepa- cessing and disposal of magnesium products. These
ration distances provide a measure of protection requirements are applicable not only to pure magne-
against the possibility of fire spread if a fire occurs sium but also to alloys having a magnesium content
involving either the stored material or another expo- in excess of 50 percent.
sure, such as a building located on the same or an 5906.2 Storage of magnesium articles. The storage of mag-
adjacent lot or a vehicle in the public right-of-way. nesium shall comply with Sections 5906.2.1 through
An alternative to the 20-foot (6069 mm) distance is 5906.4.3.
offered in this section. Essentially, it would allow the
use of a 2-hour fire barrier, constructed in accordance  The requirements of Sections 5906.2.1 through
with Section 707 of the International Building Code® 5906.4.3 apply to the storage of any quantity of mag-
(IBC®) and without openings, that extends 30 inches nesium based on the various physical forms of the
(763 mm) above and to the sides of the storage. material and the fire hazard and extinguishing prob-
lems it poses.
5904.2.2 Pile size limits. Outdoor storage of flammable sol-
ids shall be separated into piles not larger than 5,000 cubic 5906.2.1 Storage of greater than 50 cubic feet. Magnesium
feet (141 m3) each. Piles shall be separated by aisles with a storage in quantities greater than 50 cubic feet (1.4 m3) shall
minimum width of not less than one-half the pile height or 10 be separated from storage of other materials that are either
feet (3048 mm), whichever is greater. combustible or in combustible containers by aisles. Piles shall
be separated by aisles with a minimum width of not less than
 Outside storage piles may be increased in size (over the pile height.
inside storage) to 5,000 cubic feet (141 m3) based on
the reduced danger to people and property associ-  This is a general criterion applicable to all forms of
ated with outdoor storage. Required aisles are magnesium. As is noted in the following sections,
intended to facilitate fire-fighting access and prevent storage requirements and allowable quantities vary
the spread of fire to adjacent piles if a pile collapse with the form of the product being stored.
occurs. Aisles should permit unobstructed access to Isolation of magnesium from other combustible
the pile on all sides, as well as permit approach from materials of any kind helps reduce the amount of
more than one direction. magnesium exposed to a single fire originating out-
side of the magnesium pile and protects materials
outside the magnesium pile from exposure to it. Prop-
SECTION 5905 erly established and maintained aisles provide fire
USE suppression personnel ready access to the immedi-
ate area of the fire as well as proper egress circula-
5905.1 General. The use of flammable solids in amounts tion in the storage area. The requirement that aisle
width depends on pile height acknowledges the effec-
indicated in Table 5003.1.1(1) or 5003.1.1(3) shall be in tiveness of physical separation in preventing fire
accordance with Sections 5001, 5003, 5005 and this chapter.
spread.

FLAMMABLE SOLIDS
5906.2.2 Storage of greater than 1,000 cubic feet. Magne- 5906.3 Storage of pigs, ingots and billets. The storage of
sium storage in quantities greater than 1,000 cubic feet (28 magnesium pigs, ingots and billets shall comply with Sec-
m3) shall be separated into piles not larger than 1,000 cubic tions 5906.3.1 and 5906.3.2.
feet (28 m3) each. Piles shall be separated by aisles with a  The requirements of Sections 5906.3.1 and 5906.3.2
minimum width of not less than the pile height. Such storage
apply to the storage of any quantity of magnesium in
shall not be located in nonsprinklered buildings of Type III, the forms of pigs (a mass of magnesium that has
IV or V construction, as defined in the International Building
been run into a mold while molten), ingots (a mass of
Code. magnesium cast in a convenient form for further pro-
 Again, this is a general criterion applicable to all cessing) and billets (a bar of magnesium forged from
forms of magnesium and establishes the maximum an ingot) and the hazards they pose. The quantities
pile size at 1,000 cubic feet (28 m3) of material (see allowed again indicate that ignition of these large
also the discussion in the commentary to Section shapes is unlikely under the conditions required.
5906.2.1). In this scenario, a pile could be approxi- 5906.3.1 Indoor storage. Indoor storage of pigs, ingots and
mately 10 feet long by 10 feet wide by 10 feet high billets shall only be on floors of noncombustible construction.
(3048 mm by 3048 mm by 3048 mm) with an estab- Piles shall not be larger than 500,000 pounds (226.8 metric
lished aisle width between piles of 10 feet (3048 mm). tons) each. Piles shall be separated by aisles with a minimum
Note that when the quantity of stored magnesium width of not less than one-half the pile height.
exceeds 1,000 cubic feet (28 m3), this section
requires that the storage building be of Type I or II  This section establishes maximum quantity for single
construction, or when equipped throughout with an piles, but does not restrict the number of piles that
automatic sprinkler system, of Type III, IV or V con- can be located in one building or structure. The
struction. requirement for aisles that are at least half the pile
height allows adequate clearance for both materials-
5906.2.3 Storage in combustible containers or within 30 handling equipment and emergency response equip-
feet of other combustibles. Where in nonsprinklered build- ment and personnel. Where pile heights are kept low,
ings of Type III, IV or V construction, as defined in the Inter- the aisles must still be maintained at a width that will
national Building Code, magnesium shall not be stored in allow for equipment travel between piles. Requiring
combustible containers or within 30 feet (9144 mm) of other storage on a noncombustible surface reduces the
combustibles. likelihood that the floor would contribute any fuel or
 This section recognizes the increased hazard of stor- contribute to the spread of a fire involving magne-
ing magnesium in nonsprinklered buildings of Type sium.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
III, IV and V construction by requiring that any con- 5906.3.2 Outdoor storage. Outdoor storage of magnesium
tainers used for the storage of magnesium be con- pigs, ingots and billets shall be in piles not exceeding
structed of noncombustible material to provide a layer 1,000,000 pounds (453.6 metric tons) each. Piles shall be sep-
of shielding to the magnesium in the event of a fire. arated by aisles with a minimum width of not less than one-
To further isolate magnesium piles, reduce the likeli- half the pile height. Piles shall be separated from combustible
hood of fire spread among adjacent piles and materials or buildings on the same or adjoining property by a
enhance the effectiveness of the shielding provided distance of not less than the height of the nearest pile.
by noncombustible storage containers where used,
this section requires a substantial increase in the spa-  This section recognizes the inherently higher level of
tial separation between the magnesium and any safety provided by the storage of materials outdoors
other combustible materials. Note that this increased by doubling the amount of magnesium per pile that
separation is not related to pile height. can be stored. The required separation distance is
intended to minimize radiant heat transfer between
5906.2.4 Storage in foundries and processing plants. The exposures. Separation distances provide a measure
size of storage piles of magnesium articles in foundries and of protection against the possibility of fire spread if a
processing plants shall not exceed 1,250 cubic feet (25 m3). fire occurs either in the stored material or in another
Piles shall be separated by aisles with a minimum width of exposure, such as a building located on the same or
not less than one-half the pile height. an adjacent lot. Separation also serves the purpose
 Allowing storage of an increased quantity of flamma- of allowing passage of materials-handling equipment
ble solids in foundries and processing plants and emergency response equipment.
acknowledges that ignition of pigs, ingots and billets 5906.4 Storage of fine magnesium scrap. The storage of
is unlikely under conditions normally found in found- scrap magnesium shall comply with Sections 5906.4.1
ries and other processing buildings where ordinary through 5906.4.3.
combustible materials are rarely found in any signifi-
cant quantity.  The requirements of Sections 5906.4.1 through
5906.4.3 apply to the storage of any quantity of mag-
59-4 Code Council

FLAMMABLE SOLIDS
nesium in the form of scrap chips, fines and dust and any quantity of magnesium and the processing haz-
the hazards they pose. These less-dense forms of ards it poses.
magnesium, typically produced in machine process- 5906.5.1 Melting pots. Floors under and around melting pots
ing and recovered for subsequent reuse, present a shall be of noncombustible construction.
substantial fire and explosion risk, which is
addressed in the following sections.  This requirement should seem obvious for any opera-
tion that involves melting any quantity of any metal. It
5906.4.1 Separation. Magnesium fines shall be kept separate
is particularly important with flammable metals, how-
from other combustible materials. ever, because of the possibility of fire from an over-
 Separation of stored magnesium fines from ordinary heated melting pot or an explosion caused by the
combustible materials is required because fines are addition of alloying metal to the molten magnesium
extremely combustible and easily ignitable. A small that has not been thoroughly dried before being
pile of fines can be ignited by a common match flame. added to the pot. Any quantity of absorbed moisture
Section 5906.2.1 contains minimum separation crite- on the added metal will turn instantly to steam and
ria for all types of magnesium storage. cause a violent eruption of molten metal from the pot.
5906.4.2 Storage of 50 to 1,000 cubic feet. Storage of fine Eruptions of molten metal present a serious burn
magnesium scrap in quantities greater than 50 cubic feet (1.4 hazard to personnel as well as the potential for the
m3) [six 55-gallon (208 L) steel drums] shall be separated hot metal to ignite combustible construction under or
from other occupancies by an open space of not less than 50 near the pot.
feet (15 240 mm) or by a fire barrier constructed in accor- When molten magnesium is handled according to
dance with Section 707 of the International Building Code. standard industry safety practices, it is not a serious
hazard. Magnesium has been used for well over 50
 Because fines are usually wet with coolant from the years in both military and commercial applications
processing operation, there is a possibility of hydro- with very few serious fires. This long history of safe
gen generation. For this reason, fines must be stored operations suggests that safety rules and precautions
in approved steel containers with vented lids to pre- developed by both suppliers and users are effective.
vent hydrogen buildup. Because there is also a possi- The fire code official must require that a user of mol-
bility of spontaneous heating of fines, they must be ten magnesium have safe operating procedures in
stored separately from combustible materials, includ- place as well as an emergency response plan that
ing other storage piles of magnesium. The required includes both plant fire brigades and jurisdiction
separation distance is intended to minimize radiant emergency response units.
heat transfer between the stored magnesium and
5906.5.2 Heat-treating ovens. Approved means shall be pro-
other materials and provide a measure of protection
vided for control of magnesium fires in heat-treating ovens.
against the possibility of spread if a fire occurs.
An alternative to the 20-foot (6069 mm) distance  Heat-treating ovens present a significant potential for
is offered in this section. Essentially, it would allow fires. Some of the heat treatments required to obtain
the use of a 2-hour fire barrier, constructed in accor- the physical properties necessary for certain applica-
dance with IBC Section 707 and without openings, tions are done at temperatures very close to the igni-
that extends 30 inches (763 mm) above and to the tion temperature of magnesium. Accordingly, this
sides of the storage. section requires that fire control means approved by
5906.4.3 Storage of greater than 1,000 cubic feet. Storage the fire code official be readily available to the heat-
of fine magnesium scrap in quantities greater than 1,000 treating process. Large castings that have thick sec-
cubic feet (28 m3) shall be separated from all buildings other tions are not as likely to ignite, but fine fins or very
than those used for magnesium scrap recovery operations by thin sections can ignite if overheated, as can dust or
a distance of not less than 100 feet (30 480 mm). fine chips. For this reason, oven controls are critical
to safe operation. Making sure items to be heat
 This section recognizes the increased risk associated treated are free of dust and chips is also essential.
with the storage of significant quantities of magne- Fire control can also be achieved in higher tempera-
sium fines by establishing a blanket 100-foot (30 480 ture ovens by operating them with an inert gas atmo-
mm) separation distance to any building that is not sphere to reduce the risk of magnesium ignition.
specifically part of a magnesium recovery operation. Although not stated specifically in this section, the
5906.5 Use of magnesium. The use of magnesium shall com- requirement for keeping the heat-treating area clear
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ply with Sections 5906.5.1 through 5906.5.8. of scrap and other combustibles should be obvious.
 The requirements of Sections 5906.5.1 through 5906.5.3 Dust collection. Magnesium grinding, buffing and
5906.5.8 apply to the use, handling and processing of wire-brushing operations, other than rough finishing of cast-

FLAMMABLE SOLIDS
ings, shall be provided with approved hoods or enclosures for 5906.5.3.2 Independent dust separators. Each machine
dust collection that are connected to a liquid-precipitation shall be equipped with an individual dust-separating unit.
type of separator that converts dust to sludge without contact Exceptions:
(in a dry state) with any high-speed moving parts.
1. One separator is allowed to serve two dust-produc-
 The potential for fires and explosions involving mag- ing units on multiunit machines.
nesium dust and other fines has already been stated.
The dust from grinding, buffing and wire brushing 2. One separator is allowed to serve not more than four
operations must be collected and contained in a portable dust-producing units in a single enclosure
closed system that is equipped with a water spray or stand.
dust precipitator and an exhaust blower. The exhaust  This requirement complements Section 5906.5.3.1,
system is required because wet magnesium fines will which mandates that ducts be straight and of mini-
generate hydrogen gas that must be diluted below its mum length in order to reduce the likelihood of static
lower flammable limit (LFL). buildup and dust buildup in the duct.
Equipment used for grinding, buffing and wire- Exception 1 does allow two units working in tan-
brushing must be dedicated for use on magnesium dem to be served by one collector; however, the
only. Commentary Figure 5906.5.3 shows a typical ducts must still meet the specifications in Section
grinding machine setup. 5906.5.3.1.
5906.5.3.1 Duct construction. Connecting ducts or suction Exception 2 allows one collector to serve up to four
tubes shall be completely grounded, as short as possible, and small units if they are operated in an enclosure that
without bends. Ducts shall be fabricated and assembled with would prevent dust from escaping into the general
a smooth interior, with internal lap joints pointing in the work area. The collector would function in approxi-
direction of airflow and without unused capped side outlets, mately the same way as a vacuum system in a paint
pockets or other dead-end spaces that allow an accumulation booth. The requirements for exhausting, water spray
of dust. and ductwork would still apply.
Chapter 22 regulates combustible dusts and
 Although the requirements stated in this section are includes a reference to NFPA 484, Standard for Com-
applicable to magnesium manufacturing operations, bustible Metals. See the commentary to that chapter
they are virtually the same as the requirements for for further information.
handling any other kind of flammable or detonable
dust and fine particles. The construction specifica- 5906.5.4 Power supply interlock. Power supply to machines
tions are intended to prevent fines from accumulating shall be interlocked with exhaust airflow, and liquid pressure
in sufficient quantities to become a hazard. Ground- level or flow. The interlock shall be designed to shut down
ing is required to prevent sparking that could become the machine it serves when the dust removal or separator sys-
a source of ignition. See the commentary to Sections tem is not operating properly.
510 and 511 of the International Mechanical Code®  Allowing magnesium dust-producing operations to
(IMC®) for a discussion of hazardous exhaust sys- continue when the dust collection system required by
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
tems and dust conveying systems. Section 5906.5.3 is malfunctioning could allow the
Figure 5906.5.3
A SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF WATER PRECIPITATION-TYPE COLLECTOR
59-6 Code Council

FLAMMABLE SOLIDS
dangerous buildup of extremely flammable magne- fire conditions is generally slight. If magnesium burns
sium fines at the machines. The ready ignitability of in the open, an excess of oxygen will be available to
this collected material creates a hazard that this sec- burn any hydrogen as rapidly as it is generated, thus
tion is intended to mitigate by interlocking the dust- preventing formation of an explosive accumulation of
producing machines with the exhaust system so that gas. Despite the noted dangers, however, magnesium
the production of dust and flyings will halt if the fires can be extinguished by cooling the metal below
exhaust is not performing as designed. its melting point using relatively large amounts of
5906.5.5 Electrical equipment. Electric wiring, fixtures and water carefully applied from a safe distance.
equipment in the immediate vicinity of and attached to dust- The use of sand can produce a similar reaction to
producing machines, including those used in connection with the use of water. Sand is composed of silicon dioxide
separator equipment, shall be of approved types and shall be (SiO2) molecules that will break down, allowing the
approved for use in Class II, Division 1 hazardous locations oxygen to support the combustion of the magnesium.
in accordance with NFPA 70. Carbon dioxide cannot be used on magnesium
fires for the same reason. Magnesium reacts so
 This requirement for classified electrical equipment is strongly with oxygen that the carbon dioxide will
intended to reduce the likelihood that any fixed or decompose, giving the fire additional oxygen and
portable electrical wiring and electrical equipment making it burn more intensely.
attached to or located or used near dust-producing In extreme cases, magnesium will even burn in a
and dust-collecting machines will become an ignition nitrogen atmosphere, forming magnesium nitride.
source. Halon cannot be used because magnesium reacts
5906.5.6 Grounding. Equipment shall be securely grounded violently with the chlorine molecules in the gas to
by permanent ground wires in accordance with NFPA 70. form magnesium chloride.
Consequently, special fire-fighting agents are
 As with Section 5906.5.5, this requirement is
required for fighting magnesium and other flammable
intended to reduce the likelihood of a buildup of static
metal fires. Because flammable metal fires are con-
electricity that could produce a spark that would be
sidered Class D fires, it is important to verify that por-
an ignition source for flammable solids dust. This
table fire extinguishers provided in accordance with
requirement is similar to grounding requirements for
this section are labeled as being effective on such
electrical equipment in other dust-producing environ-
fires. Similarly, any installed fire-extinguishing system
ments.
must be chosen carefully with the focus on extin-
5906.5.7 Fire-extinguishing materials. Fire-extinguishing guishing agent compatibility with the protected con-
materials shall be provided for every operator performing tent.
machining, grinding or other processing operation on magne- The form of the material involved in the fire will dic-
sium in accordance with either of the following: tate what can be used to extinguish it. The most diffi-
1. Within 30 feet (9144 mm), a supply of extinguishing cult fire is one involving fines. Normally, a dry
materials in an approved container with a hand scoop extinguishing agent is manually spread over the fire
or shovel for applying the material. to smother the burning material. Care must be taken,
however, to make sure the application does not raise
2. Within 75 feet (22 860 mm), a portable fire extin-
a dust cloud that could cause an explosion.
guisher complying with Section 906.
The long history of magnesium use has resulted in
All extinguishing materials shall be approved for use on a well-documented fire-fighting strategy for each form
magnesium fires. Where extinguishing materials are stored in of magnesium that could be involved in a fire. The fire
cabinets or other enclosed areas, the enclosures shall be open- code official must verify that the user facility is
able without the use of a key or special knowledge. equipped to fight potential fires and that emergency
 Magnesium fires present unusual fire suppression response personnel are trained in the hazards they
challenges because none of the common extinguish- may face as well as in the use of the available extin-
ing materials can be used safely. The problem of guishers.
using water has already been mentioned, but it must Prompt control of magnesium fires requires ready
be emphasized again. Water sprayed on a magne- access to fire-extinguishing materials and equipment
sium fire will do two things. First, if the fire involves by every operator at every workstation processing the
small pieces such as chips, fines or dust, the reaction metal. The fire extinguisher access travel distance of
of the burning metal with water can be explosive, 75 feet (22 860 mm) correlates with Section 906. The
causing burning brands to fly onto surrounding materi- 30-foot (9144 mm) travel distance to a stockpiled
als and equipment. Second, the extraordinary heat supply of dry extinguishing agent correlates with the
generated by burning magnesium can break the travel distance for an extra-hazard occupancy and
chemical bonds between hydrogen and oxygen atoms recognizes the potential need to make repeated trips
in the water molecule. Once this occurs, the hydrogen to the stockpile to bring a sufficient amount of agent
will be burned and the oxygen will support continued to accomplish extinguishment.
combustion, making the fire that much more intense; 5906.5.8 Collection of chips, turnings and fines. Chips,
however, the danger of a hydrogen explosion under turnings and other fine magnesium scrap shall be collected
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

FLAMMABLE SOLIDS
from the pans or spaces under machines and from other

places where they collect not less than once each working
day. Such material shall be placed in a covered, vented steel
container and removed to an approved location.
 This requirement for collection of highly flammable
material is really nothing more than good housekeep-
ing. Keeping the working area free of accumulations
of fire fuel means that the fuel load for any potential
fire is minimized. As indicated in the commentary to
Section 5906.4.2, because magnesium chips, turn-
ings and fines are usually wet with coolant from the
processing operation, there is a possibility of hydro-
gen generation. For this reason, fines must be stored
in accordance with Section 5906.4 and in approved
steel containers with vented lids to prevent hydrogen
buildup.
As was discussed in Chapter 3, the three required
elements for a fire are fuel, oxygen and an ignition
source. If any one of these three is absent, there will
be no fire. Depriving a potential fire of its fuel source
is one of the primary ways to prevent fires. Following
the other requirements in this chapter will also mini-
mize the oxygen supply and prevent fuel from coming
in contact with ignition sources.
Bibliography
code:
CPSC 16 CFR, 1500 44, Method for Testing Extremely
Flammable and Flammable Solids. Bethesda, MD:
Consumer Product Safety Commission, 2001.
Fire Protection Handbook, 20th Ed. Quincy, MA:
59-8 Code Council

Chapter 60:
Highly Toxic and Toxic Materials
General Comments This chapter deals with all three states of toxic and
highly toxic materials: solids, liquids and gases. As will
Toxic and highly toxic materials are addressed in the be discussed, gases will generally require treatment
code because of the immediate threat they pose to systems and related ventilation systems.
occupants, others in the vicinity of a building and facility
and emergency responders. As with other health hazard
materials, the solid state is usually the least hazardous, Purpose
while the gaseous form is the most hazardous. The main purpose of this chapter is, as noted, to protect
Materials are often listed as being toxic or highly toxic occupants, emergency responders and those in the
on Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS). These descrip- immediate area of the building and facility from short-
tors do not necessarily mean that the materials would term, acute hazards associated with a release of or gen-
be considered toxic or highly toxic according to the spe- eral exposure to toxic and highly toxic materials. The
cific definitions found in Chapter 2. Those definitions code does not address long-term exposure effects.
provide specific criteria that will be discussed in more Such issues are addressed by agencies such as the
detail. Generally, the requirements for toxic and highly Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and Occupa-
toxic materials are the most regulated health hazards in tional Safety and Health Administration (OSHA).
the code.
SECTION 6001 hazards associated with the fact that the material is a
GENERAL compressed gas.
6001.1 Scope. The storage and use of highly toxic and toxic There are various exceptions to this chapter.
materials shall comply with this chapter. Compressed gases Exception 1 is related to the increased amounts
shall also comply with Chapter 53. allowed for storage and display in Group M and S
occupancies. These increased amounts apply only to
Exceptions: solids and liquids. For this exception to apply, all
1. Display and storage in Group M and storage in requirements found in Section 5003.11 are applica-
Group S occupancies complying with Section ble.
5003.11. Exception 2 is specific to pesticides or other agri-
2. Conditions involving pesticides or agricultural prod- culture-related products. Essentially, only storage in a
ucts as follows: building or facility would be regulated. The applica-
tion, release or transportation of such materials would
2.1. Application and release of pesticide, agricul- be exempt because federal standards would preempt
tural products and materials intended for use in a local jurisdiction from enforcement. In terms of
weed abatement, erosion control, soil amend- application and release, regulations are specific to
ment or similar applications when applied in activities such as weed control, erosion control and
accordance with the manufacturer’s instruction soil amendment. Additionally, pesticides approved for
and label directions. use around homes, gardens, pools, spas and patios
2.2. Transportation of pesticides in compliance can be stored without regulation in private garages
with the Federal Hazardous Materials Trans- and within dwellings.
portation Act and regulations thereunder. 6001.2 Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in Sec-
2.3. Storage in dwellings or private garages of pes- tion 105.6.
ticides registered by the U.S. Environmental  The process of issuing permits gives the fire code
Protection Agency to be utilized in and around official an opportunity to carefully evaluate and regu-
the home, garden, pool, spa and patio. late hazardous operations. Permit applicants should
 This section states that highly toxic materials must be be required to demonstrate that their operations com-
stored and used in accordance with this chapter. ply with the intent of the code before the permit is
Additionally, it notes that gases are subject to the issued. See the commentary to Section 105.6 for a
requirements in Chapter 53, which focuses on the general discussion of operations requiring an opera-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

HIGHLY TOXIC AND TOXIC MATERIALS
tional permit, Section 105.6.21 for a discussion of code user must comply with Section 6001 as well as
specific quantity-based operational permits for the Sections 5001 and 5003, which are the general
materials regulated in this chapter and Section 105.7 requirements for hazardous materials related to per-
for a general discussion of activities requiring a con- mits, material classification and management plans,
struction permit. The permit process also notifies the hazard identification and other basic requirements.
fire department of the need for prefire planning for Section 6003 would not apply.
hazardous property. 6003.1.2 Quantities exceeding the maximum allowable
quantity per control area. The indoor storage or use of
highly toxic and toxic solids or liquids in amounts exceeding
SECTION 6002 the maximum allowable quantity per control area set forth in
DEFINITIONS Table 5003.1.1(2) shall be in accordance with Section 6001,
6002.1 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chap- Sections 6003.1.3 through 6003.1.5.3 and Chapter 50.
ter 2:
 When the MAQs have been exceeded, the require-
CONTAINMENT SYSTEM. ments in Sections 6001 and 6003 and all of Chapter
CONTAINMENT VESSEL. 50 are applicable.
EXCESS FLOW VALVE. 6003.1.3 Treatment system—highly toxic liquids. Exhaust
scrubbers or other systems for processing vapors of highly
HIGHLY TOXIC. toxic liquids shall be provided where a spill or accidental
OZONE-GAS GENERATOR. release of such liquids can be expected to release highly toxic
PHYSIOLOGICAL WARNING THRESHOLD LEVEL. vapors at normal temperature and pressure. Treatment sys-
tems and other processing systems shall be installed in accor-
REDUCED FLOW VALVE. dance with the International Mechanical Code.
TOXIC.  This requirement is specific to highly toxic liquids and
 Definitions of terms can help in the understanding would require a treatment system to collect and pro-
and application of the code requirements. This sec- cess any vapors that might escape if a spill should
tion directs the code user to Chapter 2 for the proper occur at “normal temperature and pressure.” In other
application of the indicated terms used in this chap- words, if at normal temperature and pressure condi-
ter. Terms may be defined in Chapter 2 or in another tions vapors would not be highly toxic, a treatment
International Code® as indicated in Section 201.3, or system would not be required. The focus of this sec-
the dictionary meaning may be all that is needed (see tion is on the inhalation hazards associated with
also commentary, Sections 201.1 through 201.4). highly toxic materials. A material may be considered
highly toxic by skin contact or ingestion, but not cre-
ate an inhalation hazard because of the low volatility
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
SECTION 6003 of the liquid.

HIGHLY TOXIC AND TOXIC SOLIDS AND LIQUIDS 6003.1.4 Indoor storage. Indoor storage of highly toxic and
6003.1 Indoor storage and use. The indoor storage and use toxic solids and liquids shall comply with Sections 6003.1.4.1
of highly toxic and toxic materials shall comply with Sections and 6003.1.4.2.
6003.1.1 through 6003.1.5.3.  This section is specific to indoor storage and focuses
 As noted in the “General Comments” section, liquids on floor surfaces and separation requirements.
and solids are dealt with in one section and gases are 6003.1.4.1 Floors. In addition to the requirements set forth in
dealt with in another. Generally, gases pose a greater Section 5004.12, floors of storage areas where highly toxic
hazard because they are more difficult to contain and and toxic liquids are stored shall be of liquid-tight construc-
can have a much more immediate effect. This section tion.
contains requirements for indoor storage and use.
Outdoor storage and use are discussed in Section  This requirement increases the likelihood that if a
6003.2. highly toxic or toxic liquid comes in contact with the
floor of the storage area, it will not soak in and be dif-
6003.1.1 Quantities not exceeding the maximum allowable
ficult to remove. If concrete is not properly treated,
spills could seep into the floor and give off vapors
highly toxic and toxic solids or liquids in amounts not
over time. The use of liquid-tight floors is one of the
methods mentioned in Section 5004 for drainage
indicated in Table 5003.1.1(2) shall be in accordance with
control and secondary containment. The require-
Sections 5001, 5003 and 6001.
ments of this section would apply in any case.
 This section sends the code user to the appropriate The reference to Section 5004.12 requires the floor
sections when the maximum allowable quantities per to be noncombustible except for the surfacing; there-
control area (MAQs) have not been exceeded. As fore, the method used to make the floor liquid tight
with other materials, when the MAQs have not been does not need to be noncombustible. The same
exceeded, the requirements are less restrictive. The requirement is stated in Section 5004.2.1.
60-2 Code Council

6003.1.4.2 Separation—highly toxic solids and liquids. In toxic liquids used in open systems in accordance with Section
addition to the requirements set forth in Section 5003.9.8, 5005.2.1.1.
highly toxic solids and liquids in storage shall be located in Exception: Liquids that do not generate highly toxic or
approved hazardous material storage cabinets or isolated toxic fumes, mists or vapors.
from other hazardous material storage by construction in
accordance with the International Building Code.  This section requires any open use of highly toxic or
toxic liquids to be properly ventilated and refers to
 In order to reduce the possibility of releasing hazard- Section 5005.2.1.1. That section contains the general
ous fumes and vapors due to a fire involving highly ventilation requirements for open systems using
toxic liquids and solids, adequate separation from gases, liquids or solids with a hazard ranking of 3 or
other hazardous materials is required. The intent of 4. Essentially, it requires that vapors be captured at
this section is to separate flammable, explosive or the point of generation.
other highly reactive materials from all highly toxic The exceptions to both Sections 5005.2.1.1 and
solids and liquids. A 1-hour fire barrier, constructed in 6003.1.5.2 state that liquids that do not produce haz-
accordance with Section 707 of the International ardous vapors, mists or fumes need not comply with
Building Code® (IBC®), a 1-hour horizontal assembly these ventilation requirements. Much of this will
constructed in accordance with IBC Section 711 or depend on the volatility of the liquid, the degree of
both, or an approved hazardous material storage hazard of the liquid and how it is used.
cabinet reduces the potential for involvement of
highly toxic materials in a fire involving other hazard- 6003.1.5.3 Exhaust ventilation for closed systems.
ous materials. This section would not allow a physical Mechanical exhaust ventilation shall be provided for highly
separation or a fire barrier that extended above and toxic and toxic liquids used in closed systems in accordance
to the sides of the material, as would be possible with with Section 5005.2.2.1.
other hazardous materials. Note that these require- Exception: Liquids that do not generate highly toxic or
ments are in addition to the code’s requirements for toxic fumes, mists or vapors.
separation of incompatible materials. See the com-  Section 5005.2.2.2 requires ventilation in accordance
mentary to Section 5003.9.8 for further information on with Section 5005.1.1 if the closed system is
that topic. designed to be opened during normal operations.
6003.1.5 Indoor use. Indoor use of highly toxic and toxic Section 5005.1.1 is for open systems using materials
solids and liquids shall comply with Sections 6003.1.5.1 with a hazard ranking of 3 or 4. The same exception
through 6003.1.5.3. is stated in Section 6003.1.5.2, which exempts liquids
 Use is more hazardous than storage because the that do not produce highly toxic or toxic fumes,
materials are more susceptible to release. The focus vapors or mists (see commentary, Section
of this particular section is on the transfer of highly 6003.1.5.2).
toxic liquids and requirements for exhaust ventilation 6003.2 Outdoor storage and use. Outdoor storage and use
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
systems where highly toxic and toxic materials are of highly toxic and toxic materials shall comply with Sections
being used. 6003.2.1 through 6003.2.6.
6003.1.5.1 Liquid transfer. Highly toxic and toxic liquids  Outdoor storage and use is generally less hazardous
shall be transferred in accordance with Section 5005.1.10. than indoor storage and use because the vapors can
 This section refers the code user back to Section disperse more easily to the atmosphere, posing less
5005.1.10 for requirements on the transfer of liquids of a hazard to occupants and those in the vicinity of
with a hazard ranking of 3 or 4. These liquids can be the building. Because the materials are located out-
transferred using several different methods, including side, however, there are other exposure concerns,
safety cans, closed piping, approved pump arrange- such as weather and location of storage and use.
ments, an approved engineered liquid transfer sys- 6003.2.1 Quantities not exceeding the maximum allowable
tem or, under certain conditions, by gravity. It should quantity per control area. The outdoor storage or use of
be noted that Section 5005.1.10 prohibits highly toxic highly toxic and toxic solids or liquids in amounts not
liquids from being transferred where gravity feed is exceeding the maximum allowable quantity per control area
involved regardless of the safeguards. There are indicated in Table 5003.1.1(4) shall be in accordance with
exceptions for small amounts of liquids [1.3 gallons (5 Sections 5001, 5003 and 6001.
L) for a hazard ranking of 4 and 5.3 gallons (20 L) for
 As with indoor storage and use, when the MAQs
a hazard ranking of 3]. Section 5005.1.10 is also ref-
have not been exceeded, the only requirements are
erenced in Section 6003.2.6 for outdoor liquid trans-
those found in Section 6001 and the general require-
fer.
ments of Chapter 50. These requirements address
6003.1.5.2 Exhaust ventilation for open systems. Mechani- issues such as permits, hazardous materials plans,
cal exhaust ventilation shall be provided for highly toxic and pipe connections (especially with health-hazard rank-

ing materials of 3 or 4), facility closures and hazard highly toxic liquid shall be provided where a spill or acciden-
identification and signage. tal release of such liquids can be expected to release highly
6003.2.2 Quantities exceeding the maximum allowable toxic vapors at normal temperature and pressure (NTP).
quantity per control area. The outdoor storage or use of Treatment systems and other processing systems shall be
highly toxic and toxic solids or liquids in amounts exceeding installed in accordance with the International Mechanical
the maximum allowable quantity per control area set forth in Code.
Table 5003.1.1(4) shall be in accordance with Sections 6001  This section is the same as Section 6003.1.3 for
and 6003.2 and Chapter 50. indoor storage and the use of highly toxic liquids (see
 When the MAQs have been exceeded for the outdoor commentary, Section 6003.1.3).
control areas, the requirements become more exten- 6003.2.4 Outdoor storage piles. Outdoor storage piles of
sive. More specifically, compliance with Section highly toxic and toxic solids and liquids shall be separated
6003.2 is required in addition to Section 6001 and into piles not larger than 2,500 cubic feet (71 m3). Aisle
Chapter 50, as applicable. widths between piles shall be not less than one-half the height
6003.2.3 General outdoor requirements. The general of the pile or 10 feet (3048 mm), whichever is greater.
requirements applicable to the outdoor storage of highly toxic  The requirement in this section seeks to reduce the
or toxic solids and liquids shall be in accordance with Sec- hazard level of a release of highly toxic and toxic liq-
tions 6003.2.3.1 and 6003.2.3.2. uids and solids by reducing the amount allowed in a
 This section sets general requirements for the loca- single pile. Additionally, minimum separations
tion and the need for treatment systems to collect between piles are required. These separations serve
vapors from highly toxic liquids. both as a fire barrier and as access for emergency
responders. If the piles become too large, they
6003.2.3.1 Location. Outdoor storage or use of highly toxic become difficult to manage if a release should hap-
or toxic solids and liquids shall not be located within 20 feet
pen or a fire should occur.
(6096 mm) of lot lines, public streets, public alleys, public
ways, exit discharges or exterior wall openings. A 2-hour fire 6003.2.5 Weather protection for highly toxic liquids and
barrier without openings or penetrations extending not less solids—outdoor storage or use. Where overhead weather
than 30 inches (762 mm) above and to the sides of the storage protection is provided for outdoor storage or use of highly
is allowed in lieu of such distance. The wall shall either be an toxic liquids or solids, and the weather protection is attached
independent structure, or the exterior wall of the building to a building, the storage or use area shall either be equipped
adjacent to the storage area. throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, or storage or use vessels
 This section requires that toxic and highly toxic solids shall be fire resistive. Weather protection shall be provided in
and liquids be at least 20 feet (6096 mm) from possi- accordance with Section 5004.13 for storage and Section
ble exposure hazards, such as an exit discharge. The 5005.3.9 for use.
concern with highly toxic and toxic materials is the
health hazards for building occupants, emergency  This section is specific to outdoor storage or use of
responders and others in the immediate area. highly toxic liquids and solids when they are located
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
An alternative to the 20-foot (6096 mm) distance is in an area with weather protection attached to a build-
offered in this section. Essentially, it would allow the ing. The storage or use must be either sprinklered or
use of a 2-hour fire barrier constructed in accordance placed within fire-resistive containers. Because the
with IBC Section 707 and without openings, that storage or use area is next to the building, the con-
extends 30 inches (763 mm) above and to the sides cern for a fire and the potential release of liquids and
of the storage. The wall can be either freestanding or solids is greater. This poses a hazard to both building
a wall of the building that fits the requirements as a 2- occupants and emergency responders. Section
hour fire barrier without openings. Generally, this wall 5004.13 contains the general requirements for
and the distance requirements are for the protection weather-protected storage and references the
of the toxic and highly toxic liquids and solids from fire weather protection provisions of IBC Section 414.6.1.
exposures that could lead to the release of materials. 6003.2.6 Outdoor liquid transfer. Highly toxic and toxic
Additionally, both methods allowed in this section liquids shall be transferred in accordance with Section
result in a separation (by either distance or construc- 5005.1.10.
tion) from people to reduce the likelihood of contact
 This section refers to Section 5005.1.10 for the gen-
with hazards.
eral requirements for liquid transfer. This is the same
6003.2.3.2 Treatment system—highly toxic liquids. reference used in Section 6003.1.5.1 for indoor liquid
Exhaust scrubbers or other systems for processing vapors of transfer (see commentary, Section 6003.1.5.1).
60-4 Code Council

SECTION 6004 offices, retail sales or classroom portions of Group B, F, M or

HIGHLY TOXIC AND TOXIC COMPRESSED GASES S occupancies.
6004.1 General. The storage and use of highly toxic and Exception: In classrooms of Group B occupancies, cylin-
toxic compressed gases shall comply with this section. ders with a capacity not exceeding 20 cubic feet (0.566
 This section requires all highly toxic and toxic gases m3) at NTP are allowed in gas cabinets or fume hoods.
to comply with the following subsections.  This section does not completely prohibit the storage
6004.1.1 Special limitations for indoor storage and use by and use of highly toxic liquids in these particular
occupancy. The indoor storage and use of highly toxic and occupancies, but instead focuses on certain portions
toxic compressed gases in certain occupancies shall be sub- of occupancies. In particular, this section addresses
ject to the limitations contained in Sections 6004.1.1.1 the offices, retail sales areas and classrooms of
through 6004.1.1.3. Group B, F, M or S occupancies. A normal storage
area with no public access, therefore, could be used
 This section places additional limitations on the stor- to store highly toxic or toxic gases, but the office inci-
age and use of toxic and highly toxic gases in several dental to that storage facility could not.
occupancy types and uses. These are further restric- The exception allows small cylinders in classrooms
tions on the MAQs given in Chapter 50. in Group B occupancies when they are used within
6004.1.1.1 Group A, E, I or U occupancies. Toxic and gas cabinets or fume hoods. This acknowledges spe-
highly toxic compressed gases shall not be stored or used cial needs at university laboratories and similar facili-
within Group A, E, I or U occupancies. ties.
Exception: Cylinders not exceeding 20 cubic feet (0.566 6004.1.2 Gas cabinets. Gas cabinets containing highly toxic
m3) at normal temperature and pressure (NTP) are or toxic compressed gases shall comply with Section
allowed within gas cabinets or fume hoods. 5003.8.6 and the following requirements:
 This section prohibits having any large quantities of 1. The average ventilation velocity at the face of gas cabi-
highly toxic and toxic gases in these occupancies. net access ports or windows shall be not less than 200
With the exception of Group U, these are occupan- feet per minute (1.02 m/s) with not less than 150 feet
cies that have typically high occupant densities or a per minute (0.76 m/s) at any point of the access port or
vulnerable population. The prohibition for Group U window.
occupancies is likely related to the potential lack of 2. Gas cabinets shall be connected to an exhaust system.
supervision and the types of materials that are likely
to be stored along with such gases. 3. Gas cabinets shall not be used as the sole means of
The exception to this section allows small amounts exhaust for any room or area.
of gases if they are stored or used within gas cabinets 4. The maximum number of cylinders located in a single
or fume hoods. The allowance for small cylinders gas cabinet shall not exceed three, except that cabinets
results from the small potential for release when they containing cylinders not exceeding 1 pound (0.454 kg)
are stored in a cabinet or used within a fume hood net contents are allowed to contain up to 100 cylinders.
and the probability that the volume of the release 5. Gas cabinets required by Section 6004.2 or 6004.3 shall
would be low. be equipped with an approved automatic sprinkler sys-
6004.1.1.2 Group R occupancies. Toxic and highly toxic tem in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. Alternative
compressed gases shall not be stored or used in Group R fire-extinguishing systems shall not be used.
occupancies.
 This section sets additional requirements for gas cab-
 This section prohibits the storage and use of highly inets used specifically for highly toxic and toxic
toxic and toxic gases in all Group R occupancies gases. Section 5003.8.6 contains the general require-
without exception. Group R occupancies cover a ments for all gas cabinets. More specifically, that sec-
wide variety of dwelling-type occupancies, such as tion sets out construction specifications, requires
one- and two-family dwellings, apartment buildings, negative pressure for ventilation and restricts the
hotels, motels, etc. The hazards posed by the storage number of cylinders to three. Section 6004.1.2 is
and use of toxic or highly toxic gases would be much more restrictive, requiring an air velocity of at least
higher than would reasonably be anticipated by the 200 feet per minute (1.02 m/s) at the face of the cabi-
occupants. net as well as a connection to an exhaust system and
6004.1.1.3 Offices, retail sales and classrooms. Toxic and an area ventilation system in addition to the ventila-
highly toxic compressed gases shall not be stored or used in tion system in the gas cabinet. A sprinkler system is
also required.

Section 6004.2.2.7 would require the exhaust to be compressed gases shall be as set forth in Sections 6004.2.1.1
connected to a treatment system. Item 4 in Section through 6004.2.1.3.
6004.1.2 does allow up to 100 small cylinders [under  This section clarifies which requirements apply based
1 pound (0.454 kg) each] instead of the restriction of on the amount of material in storage or in use.
three larger cylinders. This allowance recognizes the
reduced potential for a large release and increases 6004.2.1.1 Quantities not exceeding the maximum allow-
flexibility to meet the needs of the facilities such as able quantity per control area. The indoor storage or use of
laboratories. highly toxic and toxic gases in amounts not exceeding the
maximum allowable quantity per control area set forth in
6004.1.3 Exhausted enclosures. Exhausted enclosures con- Table 5003.1.1(2) shall be in accordance with Sections 5001,
taining highly toxic or toxic compressed gases shall comply 5003, 6001 and 6004.1.
with Section 5003.8.5 and the following requirements:
 When the MAQs have not been exceeded, only the
1. The average ventilation velocity at the face of the
more general requirements would apply. These
enclosure shall be not less than 200 feet per minute
include restrictions on the storage and use in certain
(1.02 m/s) with not less than 150 feet per minute (0.76
occupancies, piping connection requirements based
m/s).
on the level of health hazards, permits and other sim-
2. Exhausted enclosures shall be connected to an exhaust ilar requirements. Tables 5003.1.1(2) and
system. 5003.1.1(4) would require putting highly toxic gases
3. Exhausted enclosures shall not be used as the sole in a gas cabinet or exhausted enclosure regardless of
means of exhaust for any room or area. the amount of gases stored or used. These gas cabi-
nets and exhausted enclosures need to be in accor-
4. Exhausted enclosures required by Section 6004.2 or dance only with the basic requirements of Chapter 50
6004.3 shall be equipped with an approved automatic and do not need to be connected to a treatment sys-
sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. tem.
Alternative fire-extinguishing systems shall not be
used. 6004.2.1.2 Quantities exceeding the maximum allowable
 This section, like Section 6004.1.2, requires compli- highly toxic and toxic gases in amounts exceeding the maxi-
ance with the general exhausted enclosure require- mum allowable quantity per control area set forth in Table
ments in Section 5003.8.5. Section 5003.8.5, like 5003.1.1(2) shall be in accordance with Sections 6001,
Section 5003.8.6 for gas cabinets, contains basic 6004.1, 6004.2 and Chapter 50.
construction specifications and requires that the
enclosure be at a negative pressure. Additionally,  If the MAQs have been exceeded, the requirements
there is a requirement in Section 5003.8.5.3 that a become much more extensive. This requires compli-
fire-extinguishing system be installed when the mate- ance with all applicable sections of Chapter 50 and
rials stored or used in the enclosure are flammable. also Section 6004.2, which has requirements for
Section 6004.1.3 additionally requires an air veloc- treatment systems and gas detection systems.
ity of at least 200 feet per minute (1.02 m/s) at the 6004.2.1.3 Ozone gas generators. The indoor use of ozone
face of the enclosure and that the enclosure be con- gas-generating equipment shall be in accordance with Section
nected to an exhaust system that is not the sole 6005.
source of ventilation for that area. In addition, this
 This section is a specific reference to Section 6005,
section requires a sprinkler system in the enclosure.
which deals with the process of ozone generation.
This is independent of whether the material is consid-
The operation is unique and, therefore, has unique
ered flammable.
requirements. The requirements in Section 6005
6004.2 Indoor storage and use. The indoor storage and use apply when the ozone-generating capacity exceeds
of highly toxic or toxic compressed gases shall be in accor- 0.5 pound (0.227 kg) in a 24-hour period.
dance with Sections 6004.2.1 through 6004.2.2.10.4.
6004.2.2 General indoor requirements. The general
 This section is specific to the indoor storage and use requirements applicable to the indoor storage and use of
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
of toxic and highly toxic gases. When Section 6004.2 highly toxic and toxic compressed gases shall be in accor-
applies, it focuses on the location of cylinders and the dance with Sections 6004.2.2.1 through 6004.2.2.10.4.
removal of unwanted releases of gases. Treatment
 The requirements in this section are for both storage
systems are required to process any gases collected
and use of toxic and highly toxic gases when the
when ventilating results in the release of toxic and
MAQs have been exceeded.
highly toxic gases.
6004.2.2.1 Cylinder and tank location. Cylinders shall be
6004.2.1 Applicability. The applicability of regulations gov-
located within gas cabinets, exhausted enclosures or gas
erning the indoor storage and use of highly toxic and toxic
60-6 Code Council

rooms. Portable and stationary tanks shall be located within based on three conditions: the vessel or system must
gas rooms or exhausted enclosures. be sufficiently sized to contain the potential release; a
trained person must be available; and the contain-
 Toxic and highly toxic gases pose a high threat to
ment vessel or system must be transportable to the
occupants and emergency responders if released to
leaking cylinder or tank.
the atmosphere; therefore, this section places restric-
tions on where cylinders and tanks can be located. 6004.2.2.3.1 Location. Gas cabinets and exhausted enclo-
More specifically, cylinders must be in a gas cabinet sures shall be located in gas rooms and connected to an
or within gas rooms or exhausted enclosures. Tanks, exhaust system.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
both portable and stationary, must be either in a gas  When gas cabinets and exhausted enclosures are
room or an exhausted enclosure. Gas cabinets are used with leaking tanks, they must be contained in
not an option because of the size of portable and sta- gas rooms. Containment vessels and systems would
tionary tanks. Gas cabinets, exhausted enclosures not have to be located in a gas room.
and gas rooms have specific requirements in Sec-
tions 6004.1.2, 6004.1.3 and 6004.2.2.6, respec- 6004.2.2.4 Local exhaust for portable tanks. A means of
tively, in addition to the general requirements in local exhaust shall be provided to capture leaks from portable
Chapter 50. tanks. The local exhaust shall consist of portable ducts or col-
lection systems designed to be applied to the site of a leak in a
6004.2.2.2 Ventilated areas. The room or area in which gas valve or fitting on the tank. The local exhaust system shall be
cabinets or exhausted enclosures are located shall be pro- located in a gas room. Exhaust shall be directed to a treatment
vided with exhaust ventilation. Gas cabinets or exhausted system in accordance with Section 6004.2.2.7.
enclosures shall not be used as the sole means of exhaust for
any room or area.  This section requires portable tanks located in gas
rooms to have an additional local exhaust mecha-
 This section requires that gas cabinets and nism. More specifically, Section 6004.2.2.1 requires
exhausted enclosures not be the only ventilation pro- locating portable tanks in a gas room or exhausted
vided when toxic or highly toxic gases are stored or enclosure as a minimum. Since exhausted enclo-
used. The room or area must have additional ventila- sures would be considered local, an additional local
tion. The exhaust ventilation for the room need not be exhaust system would not be required. Only when the
processed through a treatment system. sole exhaust mechanism is a gas room would a local
6004.2.2.3 Leaking cylinders and tanks. One or more gas exhaust be required. The exhaust from the gas room
cabinets or exhausted enclosures shall be provided to handle and the local exhaust system must be processed
leaking cylinders, containers or tanks. through a treatment system in accordance with Sec-
Exceptions: tion 6004.2.2.7. The focus of a local exhaust system
should be on the valves or valve fittings where a leak
1. Where cylinders, containers or tanks are located is more likely.
within gas cabinets or exhausted enclosures.
6004.2.2.5 Piping and controls—stationary tanks. In addi-
2. Where approved containment vessels or contain- tion to the requirements of Section 5003.2.2, piping and con-
ment systems are provided in accordance with all of trols on stationary tanks shall comply with the following
the following: requirements:
2.1. Containment vessels or containment systems 1. Pressure relief devices shall be vented to a treatment
shall be capable of fully containing or termi- system designed in accordance with Section
nating a release. 6004.2.2.7.
2.2. Trained personnel shall be available at an Exception: Pressure relief devices on outdoor tanks
approved location. provided exclusively for relieving pressure due to
2.3. Containment vessels or containment systems fire exposure are not required to be vented to a treat-
shall be capable of being transported to the ment system provided that:
leaking cylinder, container or tank. 1. The material in the tank is not flammable.
 Section 6004.2.2.1 requires the use of gas cabinets, 2. The tank is not located in a diked area with
exhausted enclosures or gas rooms for the storage of other tanks containing combustible materials.
cylinders and tanks. This section takes the require-
ments one step further and requires that one or more 3. The tank is located not less than 30 feet (9144
additional gas cabinets or exhausted enclosures be mm) from combustible materials or structures
provided and ready to receive leaking cylinders or or is shielded by a fire barrier complying with
tanks. Exception 1 is for cylinders and tanks that are Section 6004.3.2.1.1.
already contained within gas cabinets or exhausted 2. Filling or dispensing connections shall be provided
enclosures. with a means of local exhaust. Such exhaust shall be
Exception 2 allows the use of containment vessels designed to capture fumes and vapors. The exhaust
and containment systems in place of a gas cabinet or shall be directed to a treatment system in accordance
exhausted enclosure to address the release of gases with Section 6004.2.2.7.

3. Stationary tanks shall be provided with a means of 2. Gas rooms shall be equipped with an approved auto-
excess flow control on all tank inlet or outlet connec- matic sprinkler system. Alternative fire-extinguishing
tions. systems shall not be used.
Exceptions:  The requirements in Chapter 50 address construction
and basic ventilation. General gas room requirements
1. Inlet connections designed to prevent back- are found in Section 5003.8.3. More specifically, Sec-
flow. tion 5003.8.3 requires an automatic sprinkler system,
2. Pressure relief devices. separation as required in the IBC and maintaining
negative pressure in the room. This section takes the
 This section is in addition to Section 5003.2.2, which requirements one step further and requires that
addresses piping, tubing, valves and fittings in gen- exhaust ventilation be directed to an exhaust system.
eral for all hazardous materials. This section focuses Section 6004.2.2.7 also requires directing this
on exhaust ventilation for potential leaks and exhaust system to a treatment system. The second
releases associated with piping, filling and dispensing criterion is a restriction that does not allow any alter-
connections on stationary tanks. Section 5003.2.2 native fire-extinguishing systems in place of an auto-
contains general requirements covering issues such matic sprinkler system.
as compatibility, shutoff valves, backflow prevention
and leak detection. This section is specific to station- 6004.2.2.7 Treatment systems. The exhaust ventilation from
ary tanks because they are more permanent and pip- gas cabinets, exhausted enclosures and gas rooms, and local
ing and other controls are more likely on stationary exhaust systems required in Sections 6004.2.2.4 and
tanks versus portable tanks and cylinders. 6004.2.2.5 shall be directed to a treatment system. The treat-
The specific requirements found in this section are ment system shall be utilized to handle the accidental release
as follows: of gas and to process exhaust ventilation. The treatment sys-
tem shall be designed in accordance with Sections
1. If a pressure relief valve is used, the release 6004.2.2.7.1 through 6004.2.2.7.5 and Section 510 of the
must be vented directly to a treatment system. International Mechanical Code.
There is an exception that pertains to outdoor Exceptions:
tanks with pressure valves specifically for
1. Highly toxic and toxic gases—storage. A treatment
pressure relief in a fire. There are several
system is not required for cylinders, containers and
conditions for the exception that address
tanks in storage where all of the following controls
exposure hazards, such as neighboring tanks are provided:
or combustible hazards. Also, the material in
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
the tank itself cannot be flammable. Although 1.1. Valve outlets are equipped with gas-tight
this exception for outdoor tanks is found in the outlet plugs or caps.
indoor storage and use requirements, Section 1.2. Handwheel-operated valves have handles
6004.3 for outdoor storage and use has a secured to prevent movement.
specific requirement in Section 6004.3.2.3 that
1.3. Approved containment vessels or contain-
refers back to this section for piping and
ment systems are provided in accordance
controls for outdoor stationary tanks. with Section 6004.2.2.3.
2. This item requires a local exhaust system 2. Toxic gases—use. Treatment systems are not
connected to a treatment system for filling and required for toxic gases supplied by cylinders or
dispensing connections. portable tanks not exceeding 1,700 pounds (772 kg)
3. Excess flow control is required at every tank water capacity where the following are provided:
inlet and outlet to reduce the size of the release 2.1. A listed or approved gas detection system
and to avoid dangerous reactions and over- with a sensing interval not exceeding 5 min-
pressures in other areas of a process designed utes.
for a particular flow rate and pressure. There 2.2. A listed or approved automatic-closing fail-
are two exceptions that relate to devices serv-
safe valve located immediately adjacent to
ing a specific purpose, which include an inlet
cylinder valves. The fail-safe valve shall
connection designed to address backflow or a
close when gas is detected at the permissible
pressure relief valve. A pressure relief valve is
exposure limit (PEL) by a gas detection sys-
specifically designed to allow excessive flow
tem monitoring the exhaust system at the
beyond the design pressures of the tank to
point of discharge from the gas cabinet,
avoid overpressures in the tank.
exhausted enclosure, vent-ilated enclosure or
6004.2.2.6 Gas rooms. Gas rooms shall comply with Section gas room. The gas detection system shall
5003.8.4 and both of the following requirements: comply with Section 6004.2.2.10.
1. The exhaust ventilation from gas rooms shall be  Treatment systems are required for all exhaust venti-
directed to an exhaust system. lation and accidental releases of toxic and highly toxic
60-8 Code Council

gases. A treatment system essentially treats the 6004.2.2.7.2 Performance. Treatment systems shall be
exhaust through methods such as diluting, absorbing, designed to reduce the maximum allowable discharge con-
burning and other various methods, which are dis- centrations of the gas to one-half immediate by dangerous to
cussed in Section 6004.2.2.7.1. Generally, Section life and health (IDLH) at the point of discharge to the atmo-
6004.2.2.7 and related subsections contain the sphere. Where more than one gas is emitted to the treatment
design criteria for such systems. system, the treatment system shall be designed to handle the
There are two overall exceptions where treatment worst-case release based on the release rate, the quantity and
systems would not be required. They are broken into the IDLH for all compressed gases stored or used.
storage and use, respectively. Treatment systems
can be very costly and the exceptions give credit to  Now that the method and the capacity have been
situations where the hazard is low and the benefit of a established in Section 6004.2.2.7.1, the actual treat-
costly treatment system cannot be justified. ment capabilities are described in this section. More
Exception 1 deals with cylinders, containers and specifically, this section describes how well the gases
tanks in storage. A treatment system would not be need to be treated. Once treated, the output from the
required if all three criteria are met. The criteria treatment system must not exceed one-half of the
include caps or plugs on any valves to provide a level immediately dangerous to life and health (IDLH) con-
of redundancy in case of an accidental release; hand- centration. If the treatment system is used for a vari-
wheel-operated valves that are secured in place; and ety of different stored gases that have various levels
the installation of containment vessels or containment of toxicity, the treatment system must be able to
systems. accommodate the worst-case situation. As an exam-
Exception 2 is for toxic gases supplied by cylinders ple, the least-toxic gas may have the largest release
limited to a size of 1,700 pounds (772 kg) water potential, but the treatment system does not have to
capacity. The 1,700-pound (772 kg) limit was derived work as hard to reduce the IDLH; therefore, both the
as follows: A ton container typically holds about 1,600 level of hazard and the amount of the gas must be
pounds (726 kg) of water, and a filling density of addressed.
approximately 125 percent of the water capacity is 6004.2.2.7.3 Sizing. Treatment systems shall be sized to pro-
allowed for chlorine [1,600 x 1.25 = 2,000 pounds cess the maximum worst-case release of gas based on the
(908 kg)]. The resulting weight of product in a filled maximum flow rate of release from the largest vessel utilized.
container is one ton for chlorine. The maximum The entire contents of the largest compressed gas vessel shall
capacity of 1,700 pounds versus 1,600 pounds (772 be considered.
kg versus 726 kg) is intended to accommodate manu-
facturing variations that occur from one container to  This section re-emphasizes that the treatment system
the next, but this does not affect the ultimate gas must be capable of treating the largest single vessel.
capacity of a filled container, which is limited to 2,000 In addition, this section requires that the maximum
pounds (908 kg) regardless of the variation in water flow rates be considered; therefore, it is not simply
capacity. To avoid the use of a treatment system, a the capacity of the largest single vessel but also how
gas detection system must also be accompanied by a fast that gas is released. Treatment systems need to
fail-safe valve adjacent to the cylinder valve. The fail- account for only a single failure of a vessel, but at the
safe valve must operate when gas is detected at the highest flow rate.
point of discharge of the location of the cylinder (see 6004.2.2.7.4 Stationary tanks. Stationary tanks shall be
commentary to the Section 202 definition of “Fail-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
labeled with the maximum rate of release for the compressed

safe”). Section 6004.2.2.1 requires cylinders to be gas contained based on valves or fittings that are inserted
located in a gas cabinet, an exhausted enclosure or a directly into the tank. Where multiple valves or fittings are
gas room. provided, the maximum flow rate of release for valves or fit-
6004.2.2.7.1 Design. Treatment systems shall be capable of tings with the highest flow rate shall be indicated. Where liq-
diluting, adsorbing, absorbing, containing, neutralizing, burn- uefied compressed gases are in contact with valves or fittings,
ing or otherwise processing the contents of the largest single the liquid flow rate shall be utilized for computation pur-
vessel of compressed gas. Where a total containment system poses. Flow rates indicated on the label shall be converted to
is used, the system shall be designed to handle the maximum cubic feet per minute (cfm/min) (m3/s) of gas at normal tem-
anticipated pressure of release to the system when it reaches perature and pressure (NTP).
equilibrium.
 The potential release rates of all valves directly con-
 This section states that a treatment system must pro- nected to the tank that have the potential for a
cess the exhaust ventilation or an accidental release. release of gases must be properly labeled. In addi-
Various methods are listed but the section is written tion, the valves that have the highest potential
to allow exploration of other methods. Additionally, release rates need to be specifically identified. This is
this section sets important capacity criteria for the especially important when there are multiple valves.
treatment system, which would require it to either be Another requirement of this section is for situations
capable of processing the largest vessel or handle in which the valve is located where it is interacting
the maximum pressure of release at equilibrium when with the liquid form of the compressed gas. Such
a total containment system is used. interaction will alter the release rate; therefore, the

liquid rate of release must be used. When a gas is in 4. Smoke detection system.
liquid form it is denser than the gas form. If released, 5. Temperature control system.
the liquid vaporizes, expanding into a much larger
volume of gas. Finally, to more readily assess the 6. Fire alarm system.
amount of gas that can be released into the room or 7. Emergency alarm system.
area, the tank liquid flow rate must be shown on the
label as the equivalent gas volume in cubic feet per  Because of the immediate health hazard posed by
the release of toxic or highly toxic gases, emergency,
minute at normal temperature and pressure (NTP). In
other words, the flow rate is not as important as the rather than standby, power is required. The major dif-
ference between them is that standby power acti-
gas volume it will produce when released into the
room or area. NTP provides a comparable base vates within 60 seconds whereas emergency power
activates within 10 seconds. This section provides a
value.
specific list of systems that would require emergency
6004.2.2.7.5 Portable tanks and cylinders. The maximum power. The most critical is likely the treatment sys-
flow rate of release for portable tanks and cylinders shall be tem.
calculated based on the total release from the cylinder or tank
6004.2.2.8.1 Fail-safe engineered systems. Emergency
within the time specified in Table 6004.2.2.7.5. Where porta-
ble tanks or cylinders are equipped with approved excess power shall not be required for mechanical exhaust ventila-
tion, treatment systems and temperature control systems
flow or reduced flow valves, the worst-case release shall be
determined by the maximum achievable flow from the valve where approved fail-safe engineered systems are installed.
as determined by the valve manufacturer or compressed gas  This section permits the use of an engineered system
supplier. Reduced flow and excess flow valves shall be per- designed to fail in the appropriate design mode with-
manently marked by the valve manufacturer to indicate the out human intervention in place of an emergency
maximum design flow rate. Such markings shall indicate the power system. The exception is intended to permit
flow rate for air under normal temperature and pressure. alternative systems that are not subject to power
 Given that flow rates of different portable tanks and interruptions.
cylinders tend to vary because of their portability, this 6004.2.2.9 Automatic fire detection system—highly toxic
information would be difficult to track; therefore, this compressed gases. An approved automatic fire detection
section simply requires that the maximum flow rate system shall be installed in rooms or areas where highly toxic
be determined based on the capacity of the tank and compressed gases are stored or used. Activation of the detec-
the time prescribed in Table 6004.2.2.7.5. For exam- tion system shall sound a local alarm. The fire detection sys-
ple, say a portable tank had a capacity (at NTP) of tem shall comply with Section 907.
1,000 cubic feet (28 m3) and was not under liquefied  This section requires a fire detection system in rooms
conditions. The maximum rate of release based on or areas where highly toxic gases are stored or used.
the criteria given in Table 6004.2.2.7.5 would be as The intent is that a fire in the area could lead to the
follows: release of the highly toxic gases. Fires can heat
1,000 cubic feet/40 minutes = gases stored and cause expansion, leading to over-
25 cubic feet per minute at NTP pressures and releases; therefore, warning of a fire is
critical to avoiding such releases. The alarm system
In some cases, portable tanks and cylinders may needs to provide a local alarm at the building, but the
be equipped with valves that either alter the rate of detection is required only in the room or area where
flow or will stop in the case of flow over the designed the highly toxic gas is stored.
rate. In those cases, credit is given to the actual 6004.2.2.10 Gas detection system. A gas detection system
amount of gas released at NTP in determining the shall be provided to detect the presence of gas at or below the
maximum flow rate. Valves that are used in this man- PEL or ceiling limit of the gas for which detection is pro-
ner must be properly labeled to note the specific flow vided. The system shall be capable of monitoring the dis-
rate at NTP or function. charge from the treatment system at or below one-half the
TABLE 6004.2.2.7.5 IDLH limit.
RATE OF RELEASE FOR CYLINDERS AND PORTABLE TANKS
VESSEL TYPE NONLIQUEFIED (minutes) LIQUEFIED (minutes) Exception: A gas detection system is not required for
toxic gases when the physiological warning threshold
Containers 5 30
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
level for the gas is at a level below the accepted PEL for
Portable tanks 40 240 the gas.
6004.2.2.8 Emergency power. Emergency power shall be  This section requires a system to detect the presence
provided for the following systems in accordance with Sec- of gas in a large enough concentration to exceed the
tion 604: permissible exposure limit (PEL). The system must
1. Exhaust ventilation system. also be designed to be capable of detecting whether
one-half the IDLH has been exceeded at the dis-
2. Treatment system. charge from the treatment system. This is to ensure
3. Gas detection system. that the treatment system is working to capacity or to
60-10 Code Council

indicate that there may be other problems, such as a transmitted. The alarm is intended to alert those both
release larger than the treatment system has been inside the particular area of detection and in the
designed to handle. It is important to stress the termi- immediate vicinity. This is to prevent any gases that
nology of “capable,” which would not require monitor- escape from causing harm to those outside the area
ing but would require an installation that would enable of release.
such monitoring if desired. In many cases, monitoring The notification to the control station provides infor-
is done intermittently with portable monitors. Such mation to those who must take a role in emergency
monitoring may become necessary as a result of response, whereas the local alarm is a warning for
environmental restrictions, which are beyond the those in the vicinity of the release.
scope of the code. A signal need not be sent to the control station if
There is an exception to the requirement of a gas the amount of gas stored or used is a maximum of
detection system where the odor of the gas or its one cylinder. In that case, a local alarm is sufficient to
physical effects are noticeable far before the PEL is notify people of the immediate hazard.
reached. Those indicators should be sufficient to 6004.2.2.10.3 Shut off of gas supply. The gas-detection sys-
notify people to leave the area. tem shall automatically close the shutoff valve at the source
6004.2.2.10.1 Gas detection system components. Gas on gas supply piping and tubing related to the system being
detection system control units shall be listed and labeled in monitored for whichever gas is detected.
accordance with UL 864 or UL 2017, or approved. Gas detec-
Exception: Automatic shutdown is not required for reac-
tors shall be listed and labeled in accordance with UL 2075
tors utilized for the production of highly toxic or toxic
for use with the gases and vapors being detected, or
compressed gases where such reactors are:
approved.
1. Operated at pressures less than 15 pounds per square
 This section requires gas detection equipment to be inch gauge (psig) (103.4 kPa).
listed in accordance with UL 2075 for use with the dif-
ferent gases it will detect. Under UL 2075, a set of 2. Constantly attended.
flammable gases and concentrations in parts per mil- 3. Provided with readily accessible emergency shutoff
lion (PPM) is developed for each detector or sensor
valves.
and the manufacturer is required to provide informa-
tion as to what gases and concentrations the device  The gas detection system also initiates the shutdown
is designed to detect. Tests under the standard then of gases at the source for gas supply piping and tub-
verify the performance of each detector or sensor for ing, making this requirement more applicable to the
each gas it is designed to detect. The gases that the use of the gas than to storage. The exception applies
equipment will detect may be shown in the manufac- only to equipment used to make toxic or highly toxic
turer’s instructions rather than on the product. This gases, and only when all three of the stated condi-
section is intended to ensure that gas detection sys- tions are met. This exception recognizes that pres-
tem control components are listed in accordance with sure is a critical element in how much and how fast a
nationally recognized safety standards. These stan- gas is released. A low operating pressure normally
dards include a comprehensive set of construction means a smaller, more easily controlled release.
and performance requirements that are used to eval- Having an operator monitoring the equipment at all
uate and list gas detection system control units and times is considered an adequate safeguard when
gas detectors. This section also provides the fire shutoff valves are easy to reach in case of an emer-
code official with the ability to approve gas detection gency. Under these circumstances, notification by an
system components that may not be listed and alarm system and a signal to a constantly attended
labeled. control station is sufficient to deal with the particular
6004.2.2.10.2 Alarms. The gas detection system shall initiate hazard. Automatic shutoff would probably be overly
a local alarm and transmit a signal to a constantly attended restrictive.
control station when a short-term hazard condition is 6004.2.2.10.4 Valve closure. Automatic closure of shutoff
detected. The alarm shall be both visual and audible and shall valves shall be in accordance with the following:
provide warning both inside and outside the area where gas is
detected. The audible alarm shall be distinct from all other 1. Where the gas-detection sampling point initiating the
alarms. gas detection system alarm is within a gas cabinet or
exhausted enclosure, the shutoff valve in the gas cabi-
Exception: Signal transmission to a constantly attended net or exhausted enclosure for the specific gas detected
control station is not required where not more than one shall automatically close.
cylinder of highly toxic or toxic gas is stored.
2. Where the gas-detection sampling point initiating the
 Once the gas is detected at the levels noted in Sec- gas detection system alarm is within a gas room and
tion 6004.2.2.10, a local alarm must be initiated and a compressed gas containers are not in gas cabinets or
signal at a constantly attended control station (such exhausted enclosures, the shutoff valves on all gas lines
as a security room or fire command center) must be for the specific gas detected shall automatically close.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

3. Where the gas-detection sampling point initiating the compressed gases shall be as set forth in Sections 6004.3.1.1
gas detection system alarm is within a piping distribu- through 6004.3.1.3.
tion manifold enclosure, the shutoff valve for the com-  This section defines which requirements of the code
pressed container of specific gas detected supplying the apply based on the amount of gases stored and
manifold shall automatically close. used.
Exception: Where the gas-detection sampling point initi- 6004.3.1.1 Quantities not exceeding the maximum allow-
ating the gas-detection system alarm is at a use location or able quantity per control area. The outdoor storage or use
within a gas valve enclosure of a branch line downstream of highly toxic and toxic gases in amounts not exceeding the
of a piping distribution manifold, the shutoff valve in the maximum allowable quantity per control area set forth in
gas valve enclosure for the branch line located in the pip- Table 5003.1.1(4) shall be in accordance with Sections 5001,
ing distribution manifold enclosure shall automatically 5003 and 6001.
close.
 This section states that when the MAQs have not
 This section describes three common situations in been exceeded, the general requirements found in
which gas lines need to automatically close when gas Sections 5001 and 5003 would apply, as appropriate.
is detected. If the gas is detected within a gas cabinet Section 6001, primarily Section 6001.2, would also
or exhausted enclosure, only the gas line related to apply; therefore, the requirements would be fairly lim-
the gas cylinder or container within the cabinet or ited for amounts under the MAQs.
enclosure must be shut down. If the gas is detected 6004.3.1.2 Quantities exceeding the maximum allowable
within a gas room, all gas lines containing that partic- quantity per control area. The outdoor storage or use of
ular gas must be shut down because it is difficult to highly toxic and toxic gases in amounts exceeding the maxi-
determine where the leak originates when the stor- mum allowable quantity per control area set forth in Table
age and use are in a larger area. The next criterion is 5003.1.1(4) shall be in accordance with Sections 6001 and
related to situations where the gas sampling occurs 6004.3 and Chapter 50.
within a piping manifold enclosure. Gas sampling in
such locations is much more localized and the code  When the MAQs have been exceeded, the require-
requires shutting down only the cylinder supplying the ments become more restrictive. All of Chapter 50
manifold. would apply, as appropriate to the outdoor storage
The exception is for situations where the gas is and use of gases, and Section 6004.3 would apply in
clearly being released downstream from the piping its entirety.
distribution manifold enclosure. The problem is with 6004.3.1.3 Ozone gas generators. The outdoor use of ozone
the piping or perhaps at a point of use and can be iso- gas-generating equipment shall be in accordance with Section
lated by simply shutting off that particular branch line 6005.
from the piping distribution manifold enclosure. This
would be allowed only if the gas detection system  Section 6605 contains the bulk of the requirements
was sampling at the location of use or within a gas for outdoor use of ozone gas-generating equipment
valve enclosure downstream from the distribution pip- (see commentary, Section 6605).
ing. Otherwise, it would be difficult to determine 6004.3.2 General outdoor requirements. The general
where the leak originated and the supply at the cylin- requirements applicable to the outdoor storage and use of
der or tank would have to be shut down. highly toxic and toxic compressed gases shall be in accor-
dance with Sections 6004.3.2.1 through 6004.3.2.4.
6004.3 Outdoor storage and use. The outdoor storage and
use of highly toxic and toxic compressed gases shall be in  This section contains the bulk of the requirements for
accordance with Sections 6004.3.1 through 6004.3.4. outdoor storage and the use of highly toxic and toxic
gases. In several places, the text refers back to vari-
 Outdoor storage and use is generally less hazardous ous sections in Section 6004.2 to avoid repetitive
than indoor storage and use because the toxic and wording when the same requirements apply to both
highly toxic gases, if released, are more easily diluted indoor and outdoor storage and use. The sections
and, thus, the hazard to the people in the surrounding that are unique to outdoor storage and use concern
area is reduced. When gases are released outdoors, location and exposures.
however, it is more difficult to control where the
released gases will go and what or who is being 6004.3.2.1 Location. Outdoor storage or use of highly toxic
exposed to the hazards; therefore, this section con- or toxic compressed gases shall be located in accordance with
tains restrictions on locations and distance to expo- Sections 6004.3.2.1.1 through 6004.3.2.1.3.
sures. This section refers back to many of the Exception: Compressed gases located in gas cabinets
requirements found in Section 6004.2, such as for complying with Sections 5003.8.6 and 6004.1.2 and
piping and controls for stationary tanks and gas located 5 feet (1524 mm) or more from buildings and 25
detection. feet (7620 mm) or more from an exit discharge.
6004.3.1 Applicability. The applicability of regulations gov-  As noted, highly toxic and toxic gases used and
erning the outdoor storage and use of highly toxic and toxic stored outdoors are more difficult to contain because
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
60-12 Code Council

an accidental release could disperse in various direc- terms of buildings not associated with the manufac-
tions based on the configuration of the storage, the ture or distribution of highly toxic and toxic gases
properties of the gases stored and used and climatic because buildings associated with those activities
conditions. Additionally, there is less control of expo- would not have separation requirements. It would be
sure hazards, which may affect the storage and use impractical for such facilities to be laid out with this
of such gases. The following subsections address kind of separation, and the level of hazard is known
distance to exposures, openings in exposed buildings and accepted at these facilities. An alternative to the
and hazards associated with air intakes into build- 75-foot (22 860 mm) separation is allowed when cer-
ings. tain conditions are met. A 2-hour fire barrier con-
There is an exception when cylinders are constructed in accordance with IBC Section 707 can be
tained in a gas cabinet that complies with both the substituted when the conditions stated in this section
general requirements of Chapter 50 and the specific are met [see Commentary Figure 6004.3.2.1.1(1)].
requirements of Section 6004.1.2 for use of highly The code criteria do not set a limit on the height or
toxic and toxic gases. In addition, the cabinet must be width of the barrier as long as it interrupts the line of
sufficiently separated from buildings and the exit dis- sight between the storage and the exposure,
charge. although areas located above and to the sides of the
6004.3.2.1.1 Distance limitation to exposures. Outdoor barrier will likely have more restrictive limitations on
storage or use of highly toxic or toxic compressed gases shall openings (see commentary, Section 6004.3.2.1.2).
not be located within 75 feet (22 860 mm) of a lot line, public Limitations are placed on barriers in terms of the
street, public alley, public way, exit discharge or building not number of walls creating the separation based on the
associated with the manufacture or distribution of such gases, angle of the walls to one another. These are shown in
unless all of the following conditions are met: Commentary Figure 6004.3.2.1.1(2). Generally, the
limitations are related to the fact that when more than
1. Storage is shielded by a 2-hour fire barrier that inter- one wall is used there is the potential that some of the
rupts the line of sight between the storage and the expo- natural ventilation of the outdoor storage location
sure. would be lost. For instance, allowing three walls at 90
2. The 2-hour fire barrier shall be located not less than 5 degrees (1.57 rad) versus two walls practically
feet (1524 mm) from any exposure. encloses the storage. The allowance of three walls at
3. The 2-hour fire barrier shall not have more than two 135-degree (2.36 rad) angles still results in a level of
sides at approximately 90-degree (1.57 rad) directions, openness that allows the benefits of natural ventila-
or three sides with connecting angles of approximately tion.
135 degrees (2.36 rad). 6004.3.2.1.2 Openings in exposed buildings. Where the
storage or use area is located closer than 75 feet (22 860 mm)
 A minimum distance of 75 feet (22 860 mm) is to a building not associated with the manufacture or distribu-
required to exposures such as an exit discharge, lot tion of highly toxic or toxic compressed gases, openings into
line or public way. The distance to exposures is in a building other than for piping are not allowed above the

Figure 6004.3.2.1.1(1)
FIRE BARRIER
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

height of the top of the 2-hour fire barrier or within 50 feet 6004.3.2.1.3 Air intakes. The storage or use area shall not be
(15 240 mm) horizontally from the storage area whether or located within 75 feet (22 860 mm) of air intakes.
not shielded by a fire barrier.  This section addresses the threat of a release of toxic
 When a fire barrier is used in place of the 75-foot (22 or highly toxic gases getting into a building’s heating,
860 mm) separation, there are further limitations on ventilating and air-conditioning (HVAC) system. The
openings. Openings other than pipe penetrations are 75-foot (22 860 mm) separation is consistent with the
allowed only when the exposure is 50 feet (15 240 distances previously laid out. The important distinc-
mm) or more from the barrier, and then only below tion with this section is that exposure of the building’s
the height of the barrier. Piping penetrations are exterior is not a concern. Instead, the concern is for
allowed because they are small enough to be consid- the health risks of a gas released into the building’s
ered an insignificant hazard (see Commentary Figure HVAC system.
6004.3.2.1.2). This section does not differentiate between a build-
The primary intent of this section is to protect the ing associated with the storage and manufacture of
highly toxic and toxic gases from a release caused by highly toxic and toxic gases and one that is not. The
a fire in the building. Openings such as windows risk to building occupants and emergency responders
increase the likelihood of a fire heating up a cylinder and the potential hazards of such gases entering a
or tank and causing overpressures that could result in facility’s main air source would be the same in either
a release. A solid wall decreases the possibility of a case. Also, gases entering other openings do not
fire penetrating or the radiation from the fire from con- have the same potential for circulation around the
tacting the storage area. Also, openings are a poten- building as those entering an air intake with the spe-
tial method for highly toxic and toxic gases to enter a cific purpose of circulation.
building. A fire barrier will not stop gases from travel-
ing upward if they are lighter than air.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
For SI: 1 degree = 0.01745 rad.

Figure 6004.3.2.1.1(2)
FIRE BARRIER LIMITATIONS
60-14 Code Council

6004.3.2.2 Leaking cylinders and tanks. The requirements A containment vessel or containment system could
of Section 6004.2.2.3 shall apply to outdoor cylinders and also be used as long as several criteria are met (see
tanks. Gas cabinets and exhausted enclosures shall be located definitions for “Containment vessel” and “Contain-
within or immediately adjacent to outdoor storage or use ment system” in Section 202 and the commentary to
areas. Section 6004.2.2.3).
 This section refers back to Section 6004.2.2.3 for 6004.3.2.3 Local exhaust for portable tanks. Local exhaust
requirements for handling leaking cylinders and for outdoor portable tanks shall be provided in accordance
tanks. Essentially, a gas cabinet or exhausted enclo- with the requirements set forth in Section 6004.2.2.4.
sure is required to contain leaking cylinders and  This section refers to Section 6004.2.2.4, which
tanks. Section 6004.2.2.3.1 requires that gas cabi- would require local exhaust systems for portable
nets and exhausted enclosures used with leaking cyl- tanks to address areas on a tank where leaks are
inders and tanks be located in a gas room. Although likely to occur. These systems need to be flexible to
this section refers back to these requirements, the address the types of tanks likely to be stored or used.
code was not intended to require a gas room in out- Although Section 6004.2.2.4 would require the
door storage and use areas. If a gas room with either exhaust system to be located in a gas room, the
a gas cabinet or exhausted enclosure is available intent of this section would warrant the elimination of
nearby, it can be used, but to require an outdoor stor- a gas room where the exhaust system is in or imme-
age and use area to go indoors would be impractical. diately adjacent to the outdoor storage area. Again,
Regardless, gas rooms, gas cabinets and exhausted the intent is not to require outdoor storage to be
enclosures would have to be connected to an placed indoors in a gas room. Outdoor storage has
exhaust system that would then be connected to a slightly different concerns, such as exposure hazards
treatment system. The major difference between the (see commentary, Section 6004.2.2.4).
indoor requirements and the outdoor requirements is
6004.3.2.4 Piping and controls-stationary tanks. Piping
that cylinders, portable tanks and stationary tanks
and controls for outdoor stationary tanks shall be in accor-
stored outside of buildings need not be placed in gas
dance with the requirements set forth in Section 6004.2.2.5.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
cabinets, exhausted enclosures or gas rooms except
when they are leaking.

Figure 6004.3.2.1.2
OPENINGS

 This section refers to Section 6004.2.2.5 for require- door use shall be located in gas cabinets or exhausted
ments. The exception to Section 6004.2.2.5, Item 1 is enclosures and shall comply with Sections 6004.3.4.1
specific to outdoor tanks. This exception allows for through 6004.3.4.3.
the elimination of a treatment system to collect a
release from a pressure relief device that is specifi-  Because use is more likely than storage to lead to a
cally installed for overpressure caused by fire. To release of gas, the cylinders, containers or portable
take advantage of this exception, several criteria tanks that supply the gases need to be located in a
must be met. These criteria address the reduction of gas cabinet or exhausted enclosure and be equipped
possible fire hazards by ensuring both that the gas with a treatment system, emergency power and a gas
stored is not flammable and the exposures to other detection system in accordance with Sections
fire hazards are reduced. This exception recognizes 6004.3.4.1 through 6004.3.4.3.
that gases are more readily dispersed outside, which 6004.3.4.1 Treatment systems. The treatment system
reduces the need for a treatment system to process a requirements set forth in Section 6004.2.2.7 shall apply to
release (see commentary, Section 6004.2.2.5). highly toxic or toxic gases located outdoors.
6004.3.3 Outdoor storage weather protection for portable  This section refers to the design criteria for treatment
tanks and cylinders. Weather protection in accordance with systems in Section 6004.2. As noted in Section
Section 5004.13 shall be provided for portable tanks and cyl- 6004.2.2.7, a treatment system is required for
inders located outdoors and not within gas cabinets or exhaust ventilation coming from gas cabinets,
exhausted enclosures. The storage area shall be equipped exhausted enclosures, gas rooms and local exhaust
with an approved automatic sprinkler system in accordance systems. There are exceptions in Section 6004.2.2.7
with Section 903.3.1.1. for both storage and use. The storage exception
Exception: An automatic sprinkler system is not required focuses on securing valve outlets and using contain-
when: ment vessels and systems.
The use exception requires gas detection and fail-
1. All materials under the weather protection structure, safe valve operation. Note that the exception for use
including hazardous materials and the containers in is specific only to toxic gases.
which they are stored, are non-combustible. For outdoor areas there are only a few occasions
2. The weather protection structure is located not less where a gas cabinet, exhausted enclosure, gas room
than 30 feet (9144 mm) from combustible materials or local exhaust would be required. Again, this is
or structures or is separated from such materials or related to the fact that gases stored and used out-
structures using a fire barrier complying with Sec- doors can be more easily dispersed if a release
tion 6004.3.2.1.1. should occur, generally posing a lower hazard to
those in the area. The requirements generally are
 Cylinders and portable tanks that are used strictly for based on the location of the gases. Treatment sys-
the outdoor storage of highly toxic and toxic gases tems would come into play only for gas cabinets,
must be placed in gas cabinets and exhausted enclo- exhausted enclosures and gas rooms associated with
sures only if they are leaking. Otherwise, outdoor leaking cylinders or tanks and local exhaust for porta-
storage simply requires protection from the elements. ble containers.
Sprinklers are required unless every material under
the weather protection is noncombustible and the 6004.3.4.2 Emergency power. The requirements for emer-
weather protection structure is properly separated gency power set forth in Section 6004.2.2.8 shall apply to
either by distance or by construction from combusti- highly toxic or toxic gases located outdoors.
ble exposures such as other storage or buildings. The  See the commentary to Section 6004.2.2.8.
exception refers back to the exposure requirements
in Section 6004.3.2.1.1 for construction require- 6004.3.4.3 Gas detection system. The gas detection system
ments. Protecting materials from the elements requirements set forth in Section 6004.2.2.10 shall apply to
reduces the likelihood of the tanks and cylinders highly toxic or toxic gases located outdoors.
being damaged and potential release through corro-  Because this section pertains to outdoor storage and
sion. Additionally, the sprinklers protect the storage use of highly toxic and toxic gases, the requirement
from a large release if a fire were to occur, causing for gas detection systems is less restrictive than it is
overpressures in tanks and cylinders and ultimately for indoor storage and use. Essentially, detection sys-
releases of gases. This protection is especially tems would be required for small enclosures, such as
important because these particular gases are not gas cabinets and exhausted enclosures, and for local
being processed through a treatment system should enclosures, such as piping manifold enclosures. Oth-
a release occur. erwise, gas detection is fairly ineffective in the out-
6004.3.4 Outdoor use of cylinders, containers and porta- doors. The detailed requirements for gas detection
ble tanks. Cylinders, containers and portable tanks in out- are found in Section 6004.2.2.10.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
60-16 Code Council

SECTION 6005 the ozone is present in the atmosphere at concentra-

OZONE GAS GENERATORS tions that would be harmful to people. Ozone is actu-
6005.1 Scope. Ozone gas generators having a maximum ally considered a pollutant when in the atmosphere
ozone-generating capacity of 0.5 pound (0.23 kg) or more we breathe.
over a 24-hour period shall be in accordance with Sections The ability of ozone to react with organic materials
6005.2 through 6005.6. is why it is used in purification. It is this same ability
that causes harm to humans. The following table is
Exceptions: taken from documentation from the EPA regarding
1. Ozone-generating equipment used in Group R-3 the health effects, risk factors and health standards of
occupancies. various federal agencies.
2. Ozone-generating equipment where used in Group Because of the nature of fire codes, the main goal
H-5 occupancies where in compliance with Chapters of the requirements in this section is to avoid a situa-
27 and 50 and the other provisions in this chapter for tion where building occupants and emergency
highly toxic gases. responders are exposed to unsafe levels of ozone on
a more immediate basis, which is slightly different
 This section differs from most of the rest of this chap- than the objectives of the federal agencies listed in
ter because it deals with the generation (i.e., creation) Commentary Figure 6005.1.
of a highly toxic gas and not simply its storage or use. These requirements apply only to generators that
The requirements center on the design, location, pip- produce 0.5 pound (0.23 kg) or more over a 24-hour
ing integrity and methods of ozone generator shut- period. These tend to be the larger commercial and
down. industrial application generators.
Ozone is a molecule composed of three atoms of Exception 1 for ozone generators that are found in
oxygen. Two atoms of oxygen form the basic oxygen one- and two-family dwellings (Group R-3) is based
molecule, which is the oxygen we breathe. The third on the assumption that these generators would not
oxygen atom can detach from the ozone molecule produce the quantity noted in this section. This
and reattach to molecules of other substances, exception avoids impractical enforcement.
thereby altering their chemical composition. Gener- Exception 2 clarifies that the general conditions in
ally, this ability to reattach is the reason ozone is gen- Section 6005.1 do not apply to ozone-generating
erated and used as a method of purification. The equipment used in Group H-5 occupancies. Ozone in
primary uses are for the purification of water and air. a Group H-5 occupancy is a hazardous production
The two uses are very different in their applications material (HPM) gas specifically regulated as a highly
and the success of the air purification is a controver- toxic, oxidizing HPM gas in Chapters 27, 50 and 60.
sial one because it appears to be ineffective unless
HEALTH EFFECTS RISK FACTORS HEALTH STANDARDS*

Potential risk of experiencing: Factors expected to increase risk Food and Drug Administration (FDA)
Decreases in lung function and severity of health effects are: requires ozone output of indoor medical
Aggravation of asthma Increase in ozone concentration in air devices to be no more than 0.05 ppm.
Throat irritation and cough Greater duration of exposure for
Chest pain and shortness of breath some health effects Occupational Safety and Health Admin-
Inflammation of lung tissue Activities that raise the breathing rate istration (OSHA) requires that worker
(e.g., exercise) exposure be limited to an average concen-
Higher susceptibility to respiratory
Certain pre-existing lung diseases tration of no more than 0.10 ppm for a
infection
(e.g., asthma) maximum of 8 hours.
National Institute of Occupational

Safety and Health (NIOSH) recommends
an upper limit of 0.10 ppm, not to be
exceeded at any time.
Environmental Protection Agency

(EPA)’s National Ambient Air Quality Stan-
dard for Ozone is a maximum of 8-hour
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
average outdoor concentration of 0.08

ppm.
(*ppm = parts per million)
Figure 6005.1
FEDERAL AGENCY OZONE STANDARDS

6005.2 Design. Ozone gas generators shall be designed, fab- equipped with a continuous gas detection system that will
ricated and tested in accordance with NEMA 250. shut off the generator and sound a local alarm when concen-
trations above the permissible exposure limit occur.
 Ozone is generated by applying an electrical current
to at least one ozone-generating plate that then Ozone gas generator rooms shall not be normally occu-
charges oxygen in the incoming air and produces pied, and such rooms shall be kept free of combustible and
ozone; therefore, the generator must comply with hazardous material storage. Room access doors shall display
NEMA 250 for design, fabrication and testing. an approved sign stating: OZONE GAS GENERATOR—
6005.3 Location. Ozone generators shall be located in HIGHLY TOXIC—OXIDIZER.
approved cabinets or ozone generator rooms in accordance  For larger generators and particular processes, an
with Section 6005.3.1 or 6005.3.2. ozone gas generator room may be more practical
Exception: An ozone gas generator within an approved than cabinets. This section gives the criteria for
pressure vessel where located outside of buildings. design and construction for these rooms. The key
construction element is the ventilation requirement of
 Because of the potential health hazards related to the six air changes per hour, which is the same require-
generation of ozone, this section states limitations on ment as for cabinets. A gas detection system is also
the location of generating equipment. Ozone genera- required that will activate a local alarm when the per-
tors must be either in an approved cabinet or in an missible exposure limit has been reached. This limit
ozone gas generator room. Details of each are dis- appears to be 10 parts per million (ppm) in accor-
cussed in the subsections that follow. dance with the information provided by the EPA.
The exception for ozone gas generators located Because ozone is also an oxidizer, combustibles
outside of buildings is applicable only if the genera- would not be allowed within the room to reduce the
tors are contained in an approved pressure vessel. potential for an intense fire. In addition, because of
Generally, as with storage and use of gases out- the health effects, the rooms are not intended to be
doors, the gas is more likely to be dispersed to the normally occupied. These two limitations essentially
atmosphere without harming people in the surround- necessitate a mechanical room-type arrangement.
ing area. The labeling of the generator room is essential to
6005.3.1 Cabinets. Ozone cabinets shall be constructed of emergency responders and also to those unfamiliar
approved materials and compatible with ozone. Cabinets with the facility.
shall display an approved sign stating: OZONE GAS GEN-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
6005.4 Piping, valves and fittings. Piping, valves, fittings
ERATOR—HIGHLY TOXIC—OXIDIZER. and related components used to convey ozone shall be in
Cabinets shall be braced for seismic activity in accordance accordance with Sections 6005.4.1 through 6005.4.3.
with the International Building Code.  The requirements found in this section are intended
Cabinets shall be mechanically ventilated in accordance to reduce the weak links in the system that can be
with the International Mechanical Code with not less than six found with improper piping connections or fittings.
air changes per hour. 6005.4.1 Piping. Piping shall be welded stainless steel piping
The average velocity of ventilation at makeup air openings or tubing.
with cabinet doors closed shall be not less than 200 feet per Exceptions:
minute (1.02 m/s).
1. Double-walled piping.
 This section lists criteria for the design and construc-
2. Piping, valves, fittings and related components
tion of cabinets intended for the ozone gas genera-
tors. This includes labeling, ventilation and seismic located in exhausted enclosures.
bracing requirements. For ventilation, it both refers to  A welded connection is required for piping because it
the International Mechanical Code® (IMC®) for is more reliable than a friction connection or a
requirements and states the following criteria: threaded connection. Additionally, this section
• Six air changes per hour. requires the piping to be stainless steel to reduce the
likelihood of corrosion to which other piping may be
• Average velocity of 200 feet per minute (1.02 m/s) susceptible.
across the opening of the cabinet. There are two exceptions to the welded connection
These criteria result in a negative pressure cabinet and stainless steel requirement: double wall piping or
with appropriate intake air sizing. where all portions of the piping, valves and fittings are
6005.3.2 Ozone gas generator rooms. Ozone gas generator located in an exhausted enclosure. Both of these
rooms shall be mechanically ventilated in accordance with methods reduce the likelihood that a failure in the pip-
the International Mechanical Code with not less than six air ing, valves or fittings would result in a release of
changes per hour. Ozone gas generator rooms shall be highly toxic ozone to the atmosphere.
60-18 Code Council

6005.4.2 Materials. Materials shall be compatible with Bibliography

ozone and shall be rated for the design operating pressures.
 It is important that valves or fittings used are compati- preparation of the commentary for this chapter of the
ble with ozone. Section 6005.4.1 requires the piping code:
to be stainless steel unless one of the two exceptions
applies. Regardless, the materials used need to be Code Changes Resource Collection—2015 Interna-
compatible. Essentially, the intent is to avoid leaks or tional Fire Code. Washington, DC: International
major failures resulting from corrosion. Code Council, 2014.
Also, this section discusses the need for piping to EPA-452/R-96-007, Review of National Ambient Air
withstand the pressures that are expected, because Quality Standards for Ozone: Assessment of Scien-
that could be another potential mode of failure. tific and Technical Information. OAQPS Staff Paper.
6005.4.3 Identification. Piping shall be identified with the Research Triangle Park, NC: Office of Air Quality
following: OZONE GAS—HIGHLY TOXIC—OXIDIZER. Planning and Standards, U.S. Environmental Protec-
tion Agency (U.S. EPA), 1996.
 To alert occupants and emergency responders to the
potential dangers of ozone, the piping carrying the EPA-600/R-95-154, Ozone Generators in Indoor Air
ozone must be labeled to list the hazards of this Settings. Report prepared for the Office of Research
highly toxic and oxidizing gas. and Development by Raymond Steiber. Research
Triangle Park, NC: National Risk Management
6005.5 Automatic shutdown. Ozone gas generators shall be
Research Laboratory, U.S. Environmental Protec-
designed to shut down automatically under the following
tion Agency (U.S. EPA), 1995.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
conditions:
1. When the dissolved ozone concentration in the water
being treated is above saturation when measured at the
point where the water is exposed to the atmosphere.
2. When the process using generated ozone is shut down.
3. When the gas detection system detects ozone.
4. Failure of the ventilation system for the cabinet or
ozone-generator room.
5. Failure of the gas detection system.
 There are several conditions where the ozone gener-
ator needs to shut down automatically. These include
when dissolved ozone in water being treated in a
water purification system is above saturation, when
the ozone being generated is not placed directly into
use, as in the case of water purification, when ozone
is detected or the ventilation and gas detection sys-
tems fail. This adds to the levels of redundancies
available to enhance personnel safety.
6005.6 Manual shutdown. Manual shutdown controls shall
be provided at the generator and, where in a room, within 10
feet (3048 mm) of the main exit or exit access door.
 A manual shutdown control on the ozone generator is
a backup to the automated shutdown system that
uses sensors to detect leaks, sound alarms and shut
down the system. Because an ozone generator
located in a room would almost always be a large-
capacity machine, the manual shutdown controls are
needed near the main access door to minimize the
possibility that any significant quantity of escaping
ozone would reach building occupants. Having the
controls near the door also minimizes the chance that
the person who shuts down the generator in an emer-
gency would be exposed to harmful amounts of
ozone. With smaller generators that would more likely
be located in a ventilated cabinet or exhausted enclo-
sure, there is no requirement for manual shutdown
controls other than those on the generator itself.

--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
60-20 Code Council

Chapter 61:
Liquefied Petroleum Gases
General Comments cle fuel, and its characteristic as a clean-burning fuel
has resulted in the addition of propane dispensers to
The use and popularity of liquefied petroleum gas (LP- service stations throughout the country.
gas) for domestic purposes varies depending on loca- Another use for propane, although less popular
tion. In the United States, propane is the most widely because it is flammable, is as the working fluid in a
used LP-gas, with butane a distant runner-up. Rural refrigeration cycle. In some applications, it is a suitable
communities, especially those located in cooler cli- alternative to R-22 and other chlorofluorocarbon (CFC)-
mates, tend to use propane as a principal fuel source for rich refrigerants.
domestic cooking, clothes drying, water heating and Future uses for LP-gas, and propane in particular,
space heating. This practice tends to be less common in may arise out of an intense interest in independent elec-
urban and suburban communities served by public util- trical power generation units, such as fuel cell and
ity companies supplying piped natural gas. On the other microturbine generators. Propane is a leading candidate
hand, LP-gas is widely used by industries as a motor for these units because of its portability and moderate
fuel for industrial lift trucks; aerosol charging; welding storage pressures. Additionally, ongoing research on
and cutting; auxiliary heating and lighting and, in the absorption refrigeration cycles may lead to greater inter-
agricultural community, as a fuel for drying crops, oper- est in propane-powered air conditioners.
ating pumps and heating livestock shelters.
Propane is well known as a camping fuel for cooking,
lighting, heating and refrigerating. LP-gas also remains Purpose
a popular standby fuel supply for auxiliary generators. Chapter 61 includes requirements for handling, storing
Additionally, utility companies use propane as a substi- and using LP-gas, principally propane, to reduce the
tute for natural gas as a “peak shaving” alternative when possibility of damage to containers, accidental releases
supplies run low or prices are high; in this application, of LP-gas and exposure of flammable concentrations of
propane is usually mixed with air to achieve the same LP-gas to ignition sources.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
energy content per cubic foot as natural gas.
Propane is widely used as an alternative motor vehi-
SECTION 6101 itself and the entire system cools down. Commentary
GENERAL Figure 6101.1(2) shows the vapor pressure of pro-
6101.1 Scope. Storage, handling and transportation of lique- pane at various temperatures.
fied petroleum gas (LP-gas) and the installation of LP-gas LP-gases are heavier than air, and although public
equipment pertinent to systems for such uses shall comply perception holds that they will sink to the lowest level
with this chapter and NFPA 58. Properties of LP-gases shall of a space, these gases disperse according to the
be determined in accordance with Appendix B of NFPA 58. laws of physics just as other gases do. It is not safe to
assume that all LP-gases, such as propane, immedi-
 Some of the principal characteristics of LP-gases are ately sink to the floor and “pool” there. LP-gases can
shown in Commentary Figure 6101.1(1). They and will, under ambient conditions, disperse to all
include the limits of flammability, the specific gravity parts of a room or space.
of the gas vapor at 60°F (16°C) and the ignition tem- LP-gases, such as propane, must be odorized with
peratures of the flammable mixtures. a warning agent that is detectable at a minimum con-
It is important to recognize that LP-gases exist in centration of one-fifth the lower limit of flammability.
both liquid and vapor states at ambient temperatures. The most frequently used odorant for propane is ethyl
When stored in a pressure vessel, the liquid and mercaptan, which is usually added at a pipeline termi-
vapor states of LP-gases will be in equilibrium until nal or other supply point before the gas is shipped to
the system is called upon to deliver vapor to the appli- a retail bulk storage facility.
ance it is serving. When this happens, the pressure in LP-gas containers pose the danger of a boiling-liq-
the container drops and the liquid begins to boil to uid expanding-vapor explosion (BLEVE) if they are
produce more vapor and once again reach equilib- exposed to a fire. Prolonged flame impingement
rium. As vapor is produced through the boiling pro- above the liquid-gas interface, where the heat-
cess, the liquid in the container begins to refrigerate absorbing properties of the liquid cannot protect the

LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GASES
container shell from thermal stress, may generate “in commerce” is defined to be transportation by a
catastrophic failures, expelling tank contents in a fire- commercial entity. In other words, transportation of a
ball and propelling container fragments from the site propane grill cylinder in the passenger compartment
of the accident. of a car is not regulated by the DOT but is by NFPA
Such violent container failures are extremely dan- 58.
gerous and were much more common in the past, 6101.2 Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in Sec-
before safety improvements in railcars and cargo tions 105.6 and 105.7.
transport trucks were introduced. Recently, the pro-
pane industry, through the National Propane Gas Distributors shall not fill an LP-gas container for which a
Association and the Propane Education and permit is required unless a permit for installation has been
Research Council, has developed a program for issued for that location by the fire code official.
training emergency response personnel to respond  The process of issuing permits gives the fire code
effectively and knowledgeably to threatening inci- official an opportunity to carefully evaluate and regu-
dents involving the transportation, storage or use of late hazardous operations. Permit applicants should
propane. The curriculum was made available free of be required to demonstrate that their operations com-
charge to every fire department in the United States. ply with the intent of the code before the permit is
The requirements of this chapter are intended to issued. See the commentary to Section 105.6 for a
address hazards associated with the storage, han- general discussion of operations requiring an opera-
dling and use of LP-gas. NFPA 58 is supplemented tional permit, Section 105.6.28 for a discussion of
by NFPA 59, which specifically addresses the use of specific quantity-based operational permits for the
LP-gas at utility gas plants. materials regulated in this chapter and Section 105.7
The U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) clas- for a general discussion of activities requiring a con-
sifies LP-gas as a hazardous material, and the trans- struction permit. The permit process also notifies the
portation of LP-gases “in commerce” is regulated by fire department of the need for prefire planning for
Title 49 of the Code of Federal Regulations. The term hazardous property.
IGNITION TEMPERATURE LOWER FLAMMABLE UPPER FLAMMABLE SPECIFIC GRAVITY OF

GAS
(°F) LIMITATIONSa LIMITATIONSa VAPOR @ 60°F
Butane 550 1.9 8.5 2.0
1-Butene 725 1.6 10.0 1.9
2-Butene (cis) 617 1.7 9.0 1.9
2-Butene (trans) 615 1.8 9.7 1.9
Propane 920 2.1 9.5 1.5
Propylene 851 2.0 11.1 1.5
For SI: °C = [(°F) - 32]/1.8.
a. Lower and upper flammable limitations are percentages of gas in gas-air mixtures. Specific gravity describes the relative weight of a unit
of gas compared to air (air = 1.0).
Source: NFPA 325M, Properties of Flammable Solids, Liquids and Gases (1991).
Figure 6101.1(1)
PROPERTIES OF COMMON LP-GASES
TEMP (°F) PRESS. (psig) TEMP (°F) PRESS. (psig) TEMP (°F) PRESS. (psig) TEMP (°F) PRESS. (psig)
130 257 70 109 20 40 -20 10
120 225 65 100 10 31 -25 8
110 197 60 92 0 23 -30 5
100 172 50 77 -5 20 -35 3
90 149 40 63 -10 16 -40 1
80 128 30 51 -15 13 -44 0
For SI: °C = [(°F) - 32]/1.8.
Figure 6101.1(2)
VAPOR PRESSURES OF PROPANE
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
61-2 Code Council

An operational permit for installations using or stor- • Name, address and telephone number of
ing LP-gas is required except when the installation is installer and servicing contractor.
a container of 500-gallon (1893 L) water capacity or
less and serving a Group R-3 occupancy. In addition,
Section 105.7.8 requires that a construction permit be SECTION 6102
obtained for any installation of or modification to an DEFINITIONS
LP-gas system.
The last sentence of this section is addressing sta-
ter 2:
tionary installations of LP-gas and states that for
those installations requiring a permit, the container LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS (LP-gas).
must not be filled unless that permit has been issued.
LP-GAS CONTAINER.
6101.3 Construction documents. Where a single LP-gas
container is more than 2,000 gallons (7570 L) in water capac-  Definitions of terms can help in the understanding
ity or the aggregate water capacity of LP-gas containers is and application of the code requirements. This sec-
more than 4,000 gallons (15 140 L), the installer shall submit tion directs the code user to Chapter 2 for the proper
construction documents for such installation. application of the indicated terms used in this chap-
 This section applies to those installations for which a International Code® as indicated in Section 201.3, or
construction permit is required, namely when a new the dictionary meaning may be all that is needed (see
system is being installed or an existing system is also commentary, Sections 201.1 through 201.4).
being modified. When container size exceeds the
thresholds specified, applicants must submit plans
indicating compliance with requirements before SECTION 6103
approval can be authorized. Plans should be clear INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT
concise, legible, prepared on standard-sized paper
and include the following: 6103.1 General. LP-gas equipment shall be installed in
• Location and legal identification (address and lot accordance with the International Fuel Gas Code and NFPA
or parcel number) of the lot or site. 58, except as otherwise provided in this chapter.
• Legal boundaries of the site, including reference  The International Fuel Gas Code® (IFGC®) addresses
to source or survey. the installation of equipment downstream from the
• Location of significant buildings on the lot or site final pressure regulator in the system, which typically
and adjacent lots or sites. is the second-stage regulator. The IFGC would,
therefore, regulate LP-gas piping typically installed
• Location of nearest public roadways and site indoors, as well as appliance installations.
access. The remainder of Chapter 61 is devoted primarily
• Location of all underground and overhead to energy-consuming installations at which fuel-burn-
utilities. ing appliances are installed. NFPA 58 should be
• North arrow. referred to for propane bulk plant installations; refrig-
erated storage installations; marine shipping and
• Topographical features. receiving installations and equipment-specific
• Proposed container location with respect to requirements such as for installing vaporizers and
buildings, building openings, lot lines, public dispensers. The more detailed provisions in NFPA 58
roadways and underground or overhead utilities. should be reviewed by the fire code official before
• Container dimensions and capacity. approving any LP-gas installation.
• Container compliance markings (e.g., ASME, 6103.2 Use of LP-gas containers in buildings. The use of
DOT, API). LP-gas containers in buildings shall be in accordance with
Sections 6103.2.1 and 6103.2.2.
• Details of container foundation and supports.
• Section through container showing supports and  In general, storing and using LP-gas inside buildings
anchors and, if an underground tank, backfill is limited to relatively small quantities. There are
and corrosion protection. some exceptions, such as the use of LP-gas for tem-
porary heating in buildings under construction.
• Arrangement of valves and piping.
LP-gas containers are either fabricated to the
• Specifications for containers, valves, piping, requirements of the American Society of Mechanical
tank mounts and pads and other related Engineers (ASME) Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
equipment and appliances. (BPVC) or the DOT rules contained in Title 49 of the
• Means for protecting valves from tampering. Code of Federal Regulations.
• Name, address and telephone number of 6103.2.1 Portable containers. Portable LP-gas containers, as
property owner. defined in NFPA 58, shall not be used in buildings except as
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
®
specified in NFPA 58 and Sections 6103.2.1.1 through system design should take into account the expected
6103.2.1.7. temperatures at the location and an expected leak
rate from the piping system.
 Portable containers are typically DOT cylinders,
Only LP-gas containers are prohibited from being
which are used in the vertical position. This is not
used in basements, pits and similar locations. Hard-
always the case though; some recreational vehicles
piped systems in which the container remains outside
use DOT cylinders in a horizontal position (see Com-
the building can serve systems installed in base-
mentary Figure 6103.2.1).
ments, pits and similar locations. The hazard associ-
One of the most common violations involving LP-
ated with containers in buildings relates to the fact
gas is the storage or use of it inside buildings, particu-
that the pressure in the container is dependent on the
larly residential structures. This is a long-standing
temperature of the propane within it and can exceed
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
requirement that relates to the potential for releasing
100 pounds per square inch gauge (psig) at 70°F
propane within a building.
(21°C), whereas the pressure in the building piping of
In the past, any propane cylinder would release
a propane service is usually 0.5 psig (3 kPa).
propane simply by opening the service valve; how-
In the past, the model codes prohibited the use of
ever, advances have been made in the technologies
any propane system in spaces below grade. The U.S.
used in the propane industry. Since 1995, propane
Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC) staff
cylinders shipped with new outdoor cooking equip-
concluded, however, that the rate of incidents occur-
ment (grills, smokers, etc.) must be fitted with valves
ring in propane systems used in basements and
that will not release propane even if the valve handle
underground locations is no different than that occur-
is opened, unless a positive, leak-tight connection is
ring in above-ground locations.
made between the cylinder and the cooking equip-
The exception to this requirement acknowledges
ment. This technology, as well as two others that
the use of self-contained torch assemblies, which are
would stop the flow of gas under fire conditions or if
limited to about 1 pound (0.454 kg) (2.5 pounds
there were a hose line break, are required by ANSI
water) of propane per container.
Z21.58.
6103.2.1.2 Construction and temporary heating. Portable
6103.2.1.1 Use in basement, pit or similar location. LP-gas
LP-gas containers are allowed to be used in buildings or areas
containers shall not be used in a basement, pit or similar loca-
of buildings undergoing construction or for temporary heat-
tion where heavier-than-air gas might collect. LP-gas con-
ing as set forth in Sections 6.19.4, 6.19.5 and 6.19.8 of NFPA
tainers shall not be used in an above-grade underfloor space
58.
or basement unless such location is provided with an
approved means of ventilation.  The referenced sections in NFPA 58 address the use
Exception: Use with self-contained torch assemblies in of temporary heating in buildings undergoing con-
accordance with Section 6103.2.1.6. struction or renovations, or industrial buildings under
certain conditions.
 Because propane has a specific gravity of 1.52 at 6103.2.1.3 Group F occupancies. In Group F occupancies,
60°F (16°C) (which means it is 1.52 times heavier portable LP-gas containers are allowed to be used to supply
than air at that temperature), it has been assumed to quantities necessary for processing, research or experimenta-
automatically sink to the ground when it is released to tion. Where manifolded, the aggregate water capacity of such
the atmosphere. Even though the laws of physics containers shall not exceed 735 pounds (334 kg) per mani-
have proven this concept to be untrue, concerns per- fold. Where multiple manifolds of such containers are present
sist about the ability for propane to disperse in loca- in the same room, each manifold shall be separated from
tions where air circulation is restricted. Any ventilation
For SI: 1 pound = 0.454 kg.

Figure 6103.2.1
TYPICAL DOT CYLINDERS
61-4 Code Council

other manifolds by a distance of not less than 20 feet (6096 21/2-pound (1.13 kg) water capacity. This section,
mm). which correlates with Section 6.20.9.3 of NFPA 58, is
not contingent on the type of operation or whether it
 The use of manifolds to connect containers increases
the overall capacity of the system by increasing its is permanent or temporary. Thus, this section allows
jewelry manufacturers to use portable LP-gas con-
vaporization capacity. The vaporization rate is directly
related to the total surface area of the containers. tainers in accordance with the requirements set forth
in NFPA 58. NFPA 58 also requires that these LP-
Using manifolds, however, also increases the number
of connections made on a system, and, because the gas containers comply with UL 147A, Nonrefillable
(Disposable Type Fuel Gas Cylinder Assemblies.
connections in a piping system under pressure are
where leaks are likely to originate, the total volume of 6103.2.1.7 Use for food preparation. Where approved,
propane in manifolded systems is limited to that listed LP-gas commercial food service appliances are allowed
shown. The amount of propane in pounds can be cal- to be used for food-preparation within restaurants and in
culated from the water capacity in pounds by multiply- attended commercial food-catering operations in accordance
ing by 0.42. In this instance, the amount of propane with the International Fuel Gas Code, the International
permitted is about 310 pounds (141 kg). Mechanical Code and NFPA 58.
6103.2.1.4 Group E and I occupancies. In Group E and I  Although not stated explicitly, this section intends to
occupancies, portable LP-gas containers are allowed to be permit the use of LP-gas containers in buildings with
used for research and experimentation. Such containers shall commercial food service cooking appliances. The
not be used in classrooms. Such containers shall not exceed a code requires that those appliances be approved.
50-pound (23 kg) water capacity in occupancies used for edu- Typically, this type of appliance will be labeled in
cational purposes and shall not exceed a 12-pound (5 kg) accordance with one of the ANSI Z83 series stan-
water capacity in occupancies used for institutional purposes. dards for commercial gas cooking equipment.
Where more than one such container is present in the same 6103.2.2 Industrial vehicles and floor maintenance
room, each container shall be separated from other containers machines. LP-gas containers on industrial vehicles and floor
by a distance of not less than 20 feet (6096 mm). maintenance machines shall comply with Sections 11.13 and
 Further restrictions on the use of propane in educa- 11.14 of NFPA 58.
tional (schools) and institutional occupancies reflect  This section simply refers to the correct section refer-
the likelihood that the occupants of those spaces will ence in NFPA 58 for containers serving engines
be limited in their ability to respond to an emergency. mounted on industrial vehicles and floor maintenance
The minimum distance of 20 feet (6096 mm) is machines.
intended to provide a factor of safety so that if one
installation becomes a source of an ignited jet plume, 6103.3 Location of equipment and piping. Equipment and
piping shall not be installed in locations where such equip-
any other similar installations would not be directly
exposed to the plume. ment and piping is prohibited by the International Fuel Gas
Code.
6103.2.1.5 Demonstration uses. Portable LP-gas containers
are allowed to be used temporarily for demonstrations and  With respect to LP-gas systems, the IFGC addresses
public exhibitions. Such containers shall not exceed a water equipment and piping downstream of the second-
capacity of 12 pounds (5 kg). Where more than one such con- stage regulator, which would typically include all pip-
tainer is present in the same room, each container shall be ing and appliances within the building.
separated from other containers by a distance of not less than
20 feet (6096 mm).
SECTION 6104
 This section restricts the size of LP-gas containers LOCATION OF LP-GAS CONTAINERS
used for demonstrations to roughly 5 pounds (2.3 kg)
6104.1 General. The storage and handling of LP-gas and the
of propane capacity. There is no restriction on the
installation and maintenance of related equipment shall com-
number of containers, however; only a limitation that
ply with NFPA 58 and be subject to the approval of the fire
they be separated by at least 20 feet (6096 mm) for
code official, except as provided in this chapter.
the same reason as specified in the previous section.
6103.2.1.6 Use with self-contained torch assemblies. Porta-  This section reinforces the need to review NFPA 58
ble LP-gas containers are allowed to be used to supply for detailed provisions before any installation of LP-
approved self-contained torch assemblies or similar appli- gas is approved.
ances. Such containers shall not exceed a water capacity of 6104.2 Maximum capacity within established limits.
21/2 pounds (1 kg). Within the limits established by law restricting the storage of
liquefied petroleum gas for the protection of heavily popu-
 A common example of the use described in this sec- lated or congested areas, the aggregate capacity of any one
tion is jewelry making using portable LP-gas contain- installation shall not exceed a water capacity of 2,000 gallons
ers to supply approved self-contained torch
assemblies when such containers do not exceed a
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

(7570 L) (see Section 3 of the Sample Legislation for Adop- not result in absolute protection from fire exposures
tion of the International Fire Code on page xxi). and leaks, they do provide a measure of access for
Exception: In particular installations, this capacity limit establishing fire-fighting positions to protect tanks
shall be determined by the fire code official, after consid- and exposures.
eration of special features such as topographical condi- TABLE 6104.3. See page 61-7.
tions, nature of occupancy, and proximity to buildings,  This table has its origins in NFPA 58 and has existed
capacity of proposed LP-gas containers, degree of fire pro- for many years. This establishes reasonable dis-
tection to be provided and capabilities of the local fire tances that can be used to determine separation
department. requirements between an LP-gas container installa-
 This section originated in NFPA 58 and is intended to tion and buildings, lot lines and public ways, as well
establish a limit on ordinary above-ground containers as between multiple containers installed at the same
in densely populated areas. The requirement estab- site. The important factors to consider when estab-
lishes a level of acceptable risk to the general public; lishing suitable distances include the container
however, the scientific basis for the 2,000-gallon (908 capacity and whether it is installed above ground,
kg) limitation is not clear. mounded or below ground. See Commentary Figure
The question is often asked, “What is the definition 6104.3(1) for a graphic depiction of the requirements.
of heavily populated or congested areas?” Heavily As one would expect, the required distances are
populated and congested areas are those areas that reduced for containers that are mounded or installed
are determined by the fire code official to pose a risk underground because of the reduced exposure of the
of substantial loss from a fire involving large contain- container to external sources of heat. Although not
ers of LP-gas and are designated in the jurisdiction’s defined in the code, the difference between a
adopting ordinance. Such areas could be likened to mounded container and one installed underground is
the areas designated as “fire districts” in Appendix D that a mounded container is an ASME container
of the IBC. This section refers to “the limits estab- labeled for underground installation but installed
lished by law” to cross reference those provisions in above the minimum depth required for underground
the ordinance adopting the code. The model adopting service. NFPA 58 contains specific provisions for
ordinance on page xxi of the International Fire Code® mounding tanks.
(IFC®) includes Section 3 to correlate with this section Note a to Table 6104.3 defines the endpoint for
in defining these limits. measuring the separation distance for underground
The exception recognizes that consideration of the containers as being the relief device, which will
specific features of the installation, such as fire pro- release propane to the atmosphere only under abnor-
tection systems, mounding or burying of containers or mal conditions, and the filling connection and liquid-
the capabilities of the local fire-fighting service, level gauge, both of which release propane during a
should be taken into account before establishing any normal filling operation.
limit on the system’s capacity. Note b contains a requirement for building over-
6104.3 Container location. LP-gas containers shall be hangs in which the overhang is less than 50 feet (15
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
located with respect to buildings, public ways and lot lines of 240 mm) above the relief device discharge outlet.
adjoining property that can be built upon, in accordance with This dimension represents what is considered a safe
Table 6104.3. distance to prevent the accumulation of LP-gas
should the relief device discharge [see Commentary
 This paragraph references Table 6104.3, which con- Figure 6104.3(2)].
tains the requirements for siting LP-gas containers on Note c requires that clearances be provided to
a piece of property. allow installation and maintenance, if necessary, for
Separating and protecting containers from each underground tanks, which must be done using a
other and from buildings and heat-producing appli- backhoe or some other large piece of equipment.
ances are the principal means for preventing con- Note d anticipates an increase in the hazard of
tainer failures and accidental ignitions. Separation those installations made up of at least four containers
serves at least two purposes. Outside a building, sep- because of the greater number of joints and connec-
arating tanks from structures allows escaping gas to tions needed as well as perhaps a greater risk of
disperse or dilute before it can enter a building or involvement of the storage system in a building fire.
come in contact with an ignition source. Similarly, the Note e addresses installing smaller containers and
container is protected to an extent from a hazardous focuses on requirements for locating relief devices
exposure if escaping gas is ignited, and the tank is and other appurtenances an acceptable distance
protected if the building becomes involved in a fire. from potential sources of ignition.
Separating containers from each other or from Note f permits a reduction in the required distances
other groups of containers minimizes the scale of an for a 1,200-gallon (4,542 L) water capacity container,
accident if a tank or group of containers becomes which is typically the maximum size for a container
involved in a fire. Though the separation distances do that would be used for any residential service.
61-6 Code Council

TABLE 6104.3
LOCATION OF LP-GAS CONTAINERS
MINIMUM SEPARATION BETWEEN LP-GAS CONTAINERS AND
BUILDINGS, PUBLIC WAYS OR LOT LINES OF ADJOINING
PROPERTY THAT CAN BE BUILT UPON MINIMUM SEPARATION
LP-GAS CONTAINER CAPACITY
BETWEEN LP-GAS CONTAINERSb, c
(water gallons) Mounded or underground Above-ground (feet)
LP-gas containersa LP-gas containersb
(feet) (feet)
Less than 125c, d 10 5e None
125 to 250 10 10 None
251 to 500 10 10 3
501 to 2,000 10 25e, f 3
2,001 to 30,000 50 50 5
30,001 to 70,000 50 75
(0.25 of sum of diameters of
70,001 to 90,000 50 100
adjacent LP-gas containers)
90,001 to 120,000 50 125
a. Minimum distance for underground LP-gas containers shall be measured from the pressure relief device and the filling or liquid-level gauge vent connection
at the container, except that all parts of an underground LP-gas container shall be not less than 10 feet from a building or lot line of adjoining property that can
be built upon.
b. For other than installations in which the overhanging structure is 50 feet or more above the relief-valve discharge outlet. In applying the distance between
buildings and ASME LP-gas containers with a water capacity of 125 gallons or more, not less than 50 percent of this horizontal distance shall also apply to all
portions of the building that project more than 5 feet from the building wall and that are higher than the relief valve discharge outlet. This horizontal distance
shall be measured from a point determined by projecting the outside edge of such overhanging structure vertically downward to grade or other level upon
which the LP-gas container is installed. Distances to the building wall shall be not less than those prescribed in this table.
c. Where underground multicontainer installations are composed of individual LP-gas containers having a water capacity of 125 gallons or more, such
containers shall be installed so as to provide access at their ends or sides to facilitate working with cranes or hoists.
d. At a consumer site, if the aggregate water capacity of a multicontainer installation, comprised of individual LP-gas containers having a water capacity of less
than 125 gallons, is 500 gallons or more, the minimum distance shall comply with the appropriate portion of Table 6104.3, applying the aggregate capacity
rather than the capacity per LP-gas container. If more than one such installation is made, each installation shall be separated from other installations by not
less than 25 feet. Minimum distances between LP-gas containers need not be applied.
e. The following shall apply to above-ground containers installed alongside buildings:
1. LP-gas containers of less than a 125-gallon water capacity are allowed next to the building they serve where in compliance with Items 2, 3 and 4.
2. Department of Transportation (DOTn) specification LP-gas containers shall be located and installed so that the discharge from the container pressure
relief device is not less than 3 feet horizontally from building openings below the level of such discharge and shall not be beneath buildings unless the
space is well ventilated to the outside and is not enclosed for more than 50 percent of its perimeter. The discharge from LP-gas container pressure relief
devices shall be located not less than 5 feet from exterior sources of ignition, openings into direct-vent (sealed combustion system) appliances or
mechanical ventilation air intakes.
3. ASME LP-gas containers of less than a 125-gallon water capacity shall be located and installed such that the discharge from pressure relief devices shall
not terminate in or beneath buildings and shall be located not less than 5 feet horizontally from building openings below the level of such discharge and
not less than 5 feet from exterior sources of ignition, openings into direct vent (sealed combustion system) appliances, or mechanical ventilation air
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
intakes.
4. The filling connection and the vent from liquid-level gauges on either DOTn or ASME LP-gas containers filled at the point of installation shall be not less
than 10 feet from exterior sources of ignition, openings into direct vent (sealed combustion system) appliances or mechanical ventilation air intakes.
f. This distance is allowed to be reduced to not less than 10 feet for a single LP-gas container of 1,200-gallon water capacity or less, provided such container is
not less than 25 feet from other LP-gas containers of more than 125-gallon water capacity.

30,000 GALLONS EACH

UNDERGROUND
5,000 GALLONS
50′-0″ MINIMUM
50′-0″
MINIMUM
5′-0″ MINIMUM
STREET
10′-0″
25′-0″ MINIMUM
500 GALLONS
BUILDING
3′-0″ MINIMUM PL
10′-0″
25′-0″
BUILDING 1,000 GALLONS
2,000 GALLONS EACH 25′-0″

PLAN
NOTE: ALL LPG CYLINDERS, ALL ABOVE GROUND EXCEPT WHERE NOTED.
Figure 6104.3(1)
LOCATION OF LPG CYLINDER/CONTAINER PER TABLE 6104.3
Figure 6104.3(2)
LOCATION OF DOT AND ASME CONTAINERS
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
61-8 Code Council

6104.3.1 Installation on roof prohibited. LP-gas containers cylinders are required on a building roof or inside a
used in stationary installations shall not be located on the building for temporary maintenance or construction
roofs of buildings. reasons, their on-site transportation and use should
comply with the requirements of Section 6.20 of
 Installation of stationary containers on the roof of
NFPA 58 for cylinders, equipment, piping and appli-
buildings is permitted by NFPA 58; however, based
ances in buildings, building roofs and exterior balco-
on this section, stationary LP-gas containers are not
nies.
allowed on the roof of any building. This prohibition
takes precedence over the NFPA 58 requirements 6104.3.2 Special hazards. LP-gas containers shall be located
because of Section 102.7 of the code. Note that the with respect to special hazards including, but not limited to,
use of the word “stationary” is intended to make it above-ground flammable or combustible liquid tanks, oxygen
clear that this section should not be misinterpreted to or gaseous hydrogen containers, flooding or electric power
include containers used for temporary applications lines as specified in Section 6.4.5 of NFPA 58.
such as applying roofing materials or brazing opera-  Additional requirements may apply when siting an
tions. A stationary LP-gas installation is defined in LP-gas container. Other products stored in the vicin-
Chapter 3 of NFPA 58 as “An installation of LP-gas ity may present specific hazards that must be
containers, piping and equipment for indefinite use at addressed. Flood hazard areas are defined in Sec-
a particular location; an installation is not normally tion 202 of the International Building Code® (IBC®).
expected to change in status, condition, or location.”
A stationary installation is assembled from approved 6104.4 Multiple LP-gas container installations. Multiple
DOT cylinders or ASME-compliant containers, piping LP-gas container installations with a total water storage
and equipment such as pressure regulators that capacity of more than 180,000 gallons (681 300 L) [150,000-
remain on the site for an indefinite time period. Sec- gallon (567 750 L) LP-gas capacity] shall be subdivided into
tion 105.7.12 requires a construction permit for any groups containing not more than 180,000 gallons (681 300 L)
LP-gas system. Temporary operations require an in each group. Such groups shall be separated by a distance of
operational permit in accordance with Section not less than 50 feet (15 240 mm), unless the containers are
105.6.28 and possibly other operational permits, protected in accordance with one of the following:
depending on the specific operation being conducted. 1. Mounded in an approved manner.
For example, LP-gas is commonly used by contrac- 2. Protected with approved insulation on areas that are
tors for soldering water or refrigerant piping systems. subject to impingement of ignited gas from pipelines or
Many roof covering systems are applied using LP- other leakage.
gas-fueled torch systems, which constitute hot work
and must comply with the requirements in Chapter 35 3. Protected by fire walls of approved construction.
(see Commentary Figure 6104.3.1). Torch-applied 4. Protected by an approved system for application of
roofing systems also need to comply with the require- water as specified in Table 6.4.2 of NFPA 58.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ments of Section 3317 for hot work. When LP-gas 5. Protected by other approved means.
Where one of these forms of protection is provided, the
separation shall be not less than 25 feet (7620 mm) between
LP-gas container groups.
 These separation requirements are intended to mini-
mize the exposure of adjacent containers following
ignition of a release and to establish access for fire
fighting. When used, insulation must be capable of
preventing container temperatures from exceeding
800°F (427°C) for at least 50 minutes. Annex H of
NFPA 58 details the performance test for LP-gas tank
insulation systems.
SECTION 6105
PROHIBITED USE OF LP-GAS
6105.1 Nonapproved equipment. LP-gas shall not be used
for the purpose of operating devices or equipment unless such
device or equipment is approved for use with LP-gas.
 Appliances and equipment must be approved for use
with LP-gas. For example, appliances should be
listed for use with LP-gas; hoses used to serve LP-
Figure 6104.3.1
gas installations should be listed and labeled for that
TORCH-APPLIED ROOFING APPARATUS
use.

6105.2 Release to the atmosphere. LP-gas shall not be determined by the required percentage of the water capacity
released to the atmosphere, except in accordance with Section marked on the container. Portable LP-gas containers shall not
7.3 of NFPA 58. be refilled unless equipped with an overfilling prevention
device (OPD) where required by Section 5.7.3 of NFPA 58.
 The release of LP-gas to the atmosphere is not rec-
ommended, but sometimes cannot be avoided. Prior  Overfilling a container can result in a catastrophic
to the 2015 edition, the code permitted LP-gas to be release of LP-gas because of the relatively high coef-
released to the atmosphere only while the container ficient of expansion of liquid LP-gas. Depending on
is being filled, through the fixed maximum liquid level how much a container has been overfilled, a temper-
gauge. One such common instance is when filling a ature difference of just a few degrees can result in the
container at a residence. The delivery person must container becoming “liquid full,” which increases the
rely on the fixed liquid-level gauge to determine when pressure in the container dramatically and leads to
the maximum amount of LP-gas has been reached. the pressure relief device opening, releasing LP-gas
This gauge has a very small circular orifice that is to the atmosphere.
connected to a tube that extends into the container to Detailed requirements for filling containers are
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
a level consistent with the height of the liquid when given in NFPA 58. As stated there, the maximum
the container would be 80-percent full. When the liq- amount of LP-gas permitted in a container may vary
uid level in the container being filled reaches the bot- between containers filled by weight or by volume
tom of the tube opening, a small amount of liquid because the density of liquid LP-gas varies greatly
escapes from the gauge to the atmosphere, causing with different temperatures.
it to vaporize. The vaporizing gas cools the surround- Since 2002, NFPA 58 has not permitted the filling
ing air to the point that the moisture in the air con- of cylinders for vapor service in the 4- to 40-pound
denses and forms a white cloud. When the delivery (1.8 kg and 18 kg) range unless the cylinder is
person observes this cloud, the filling operation is equipped with an overfill prevention device (OPD). An
stopped. OPD is a float-operated mechanism that is designed
Another instance in which the release of gas to the to act as a backup to the normal filling procedures
atmosphere is unavoidable is when the filling hose is (using either a scale or the fixed liquid-level gauge)
disconnected from the container fill valve. The liquid and will automatically close the filler valve when the
remaining in the hose is released to the atmosphere liquid in the container reaches 80 percent of the con-
and vaporizes. tainer volume. The OPD cannot be seen, but new
There are many other situations that require the containers having this safety device are identifiable
release of LP-gas under controlled conditions. Sec- by the three lobes on the handwheel on the valve
tion 7.3 of NFPA 58 recognizes additional circum- (see Commentary Figure 6106.2). Accordingly, all
stances that necessitate the release of gas to the cylinders in a cylinder exchange program must be
atmosphere, including the release of gas when the
filling hose is disconnected from the filler valve on the
container; the release of gas necessary to make cyl-
inders and other containers safe prior to being ser-
viced; and the release of gas that may be necessary
in order to properly purge a container of air to make it
safe for filling. These are a few of the common occur-
rences in the propane industry that necessitate the
release of LP-gas to the atmosphere.
SECTION 6106
DISPENSING AND OVERFILLING
6106.1 Attendants. Dispensing of LP-gas shall be performed
by a qualified attendant.
 This section requires that any person transferring LP-
gas must be qualified, which means that person must
be trained. A number of training materials are avail-
able, most notably the Certified Employees Training
Program published by the National Propane Gas
Association (NPGA).
6106.2 Overfilling. LP-gas containers shall not be filled or
maintained with LP-gas in excess of either the volume deter-
mined using the fixed liquid-level gauge installed in accor- Figure 6106.2
dance with the manufacturer’s specifications and in CYLINDER VALVE WITH
OVERFILL PREVENTION DEVICE
accordance with Section 5.7.5 of NFPA 58 or the weight
61-10 Code Council

equipped with or retrofitted with an OPD. Prior to the (7620 mm) of a point of transfer, while filling operations are
introduction of OPDs, overfilled cylinders may have in progress at LP-gas containers or vehicles, shall be prohib-
initially held their charge, but later leaked when cylin- ited.
der pressure increased due to high ambient tempera- Control of other sources of ignition shall comply with
ture exposures. This safeguard against overfilling Chapter 3 of this code and Section 6.22 of NFPA 58.
portable containers is found in referenced Section
5.7.3 of NFPA 58.  Because of the nature of the filling operation, it may
This section requires the use of a manufacturer- be inevitable that some quantity of gas will be
installed liquid level gauge to fill a container. The liq- released to the atmosphere; therefore, strict obser-
uid level gauge is generally an integral part of the ser- vance of the requirement for prohibiting sources of
vice valve which is used to turn the tank on and off. ignition within the limits prescribed here is essential.
Service valves have rubber or plastic o-rings that can 6107.3 Clearance to combustibles. Weeds, grass, brush,
start to leak over time. It is common practice in the trash and other combustible materials shall be kept not less
industry to field repair and replace valves and gauges than 10 feet (3048 mm) from LP-gas tanks or containers.
on both ASME tanks and DOTn cylinders, as needed.
 The concern addressed here is the potential threat to
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
When a service valve becomes faulty, a new valve is
a container of LP-gas from the ignition of nearby
installed with a liquid level gauge tube of exactly the
combustible material. It has been common practice to
same length. In addition, OPD systems on DOT cylin-
exempt from this requirement landscaping materials,
ders may also require periodic replacement. The pro-
such as grass and shrubs, that are regularly main-
pane industry has procedures and training to
tained.
successfully perform these replacements and repair.
This section also acknowledges that the service 6107.4 Protecting containers from vehicles. Where
and repair of propane containers in the field does exposed to vehicular damage due to proximity to alleys,
take place and NFPA 58 Section 5.7.5 covers the driveways or parking areas, LP-gas containers, regulators and
requirements for proper installation and the use of liq- piping shall be protected in accordance with NFPA 58.
uid level gauges.  Because NFPA 58 is specific to LP-gas and contains
6106.3 Dispensing locations. The point of transfer of LP-gas requirements for vehicle impact protection as well as
from one LP-gas container to another shall be separated from annex guidance on how to accomplish such protec-
exposures as specified in NFPA 58. tion, it makes sense for this section to reference
NFPA 58 for this topic to avoid conflicts between the
 Because the release of LP-gas to the atmosphere in
code and the referenced standard.
small quantities may be unavoidable when filling a
container, all possible sources of ignition in the vicin-
ity of the point of transfer must be accounted for. SECTION 6108
NFPA 58 includes detailed requirements for estab- FIRE PROTECTION
lishing clearances from those sources of ignition.
6108.1 General. Fire protection shall be provided for instal-
lations having LP-gas storage containers with a water capac-
SECTION 6107 ity of more than 4,000 gallons (15 140 L), as required by
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND DEVICES Section 6.25 of NFPA 58.
6107.1 Safety devices. Safety devices on LP-gas containers,  This section refers to NFPA 58 for the criteria to
equipment and systems shall not be tampered with or made establish where fire protection should be installed at
ineffective. any location where the aggregate water capacity of
 The safety devices found on all propane containers LP-gas containers exceeds 4,000 gallons (15 140 L).
include the service valve, the filler valve (part of the The objective is to provide protection to those con-
service valve on some containers) and the pressure tainers that are exposed to the threat of fire. NFPA 58
relief device. In addition, small cylinders with a pro- should be referred to for exceptions to this require-
pane capacity between 4 and 40 pounds (1.8 and 18 ment.
kg) now may have a separate device called an OPD 6108.2 Portable fire extinguishers. Portable fire extinguish-
attached to the service valve inside the container. ers complying with Section 906 shall be provided as specified
See the commentary to Section 6106.2 for further dis- in NFPA 58.
cussion of OPDs.  Refer to NFPA 58 to determine where fire extinguish-
6107.2 Smoking and other sources of ignition. “No Smok- ers must be provided.
ing” signs complying with Section 310 shall be posted where
required by the fire code official. Smoking within 25 feet

SECTION 6109 6109.4 Separation from means of egress. LP-gas containers

STORAGE OF PORTABLE LP-GAS stored in buildings in accordance with Sections 6109.9 and
CONTAINERS AWAITING USE OR RESALE 6109.11 shall not be located near exit access doors, exits,
6109.1 General. Storage of portable LP-gas containers of stairways or in areas normally used, or intended to be used, as
1,000 pounds (454 kg) or less, whether filled, partially filled a means of egress.
or empty, at consumer sites or distribution points, and for  This section states that LP-gas containers may not be
resale by dealers or resellers shall comply with Sections stored where they would block a means of egress in a
6109.2 through 6109.15.1. building. The required means of egress widths and
Exceptions: capacities must not be infringed upon by either LP-
gas containers or the cabinets in which they may be
1. LP-gas containers that have not previously been in stored.
LP-gas service.
6109.5 Quantity. Empty LP-gas containers that have been in
2. LP-gas containers at distribution plants. LP-gas service shall be considered as full containers for the
3. LP-gas containers at consumer sites or distribution purpose of determining the maximum quantities of LP-gas
points, which are connected for use. allowed in Sections 6109.9 and 6109.11.
 This section is intended to apply to DOT cylinders,  Because the actual quantity of LP-gas in a container
which are distinguishable from ASME containers by cannot always be determined, every container stored
their vertical orientation (ASME containers are usu- at a location must be treated as a full container.
ally horizontally oriented) and markings on the collar 6109.6 Storage on roofs. LP-gas containers that are not con-
(see Commentary Figure 6103.2.1). nected for use shall not be stored on roofs.
The container size threshold of 1,000 pounds (454
kg) is the water capacity of the container; therefore,  The roof is a location that is likely to become warmer
the maximum propane capacity would be 420 pounds than atmospheric conditions on a sunny day; there-
(191 kg). fore, LP-gas containers must not be stored on roofs
Exception 1 applies to containers that are brand when they are not connected for use.
new and have never contained LP-gas. Such contain- 6109.7 Storage in basement, pit or similar location. LP-gas
ers would not be subject to this chapter but, rather, containers shall not be stored in a basement, pit or similar
would be treated as any other mercantile product. location where heavier-than-air gas might collect. LP-gas
Exceptions 2 and 3 include those containers already containers shall not be stored in above-grade underfloor
in use and those at LP-gas distribution plants, at spaces or basements unless such location is provided with an
which employees are trained in the hazards of LP- approved means of ventilation.
gas and whose everyday job functions include the Exception: Department of Transportation (DOTn) specifi-
handling of the containers. cation cylinders with a maximum water capacity of 21/2
6109.2 Exposure hazards. LP-gas containers in storage shall pounds (1 kg) for use in completely self-contained hand
be located in a manner that minimizes exposure to excessive torches and similar applications. The quantity of LP-gas
temperature rise, physical damage or tampering. shall not exceed 20 pounds (9 kg).
 Because of the relatively high coefficient of expan-  Because propane has a specific gravity of 1.52 at
sion for liquid LP-gas, precautions must be taken to 60°F (16°C) (which means it is 1.52 times heavier
prevent overheating of containers that could lead to than air at that temperature), it has been assumed to
releases of LP-gas to the atmosphere. automatically sink to the ground when it is released to
6109.3 Position. LP-gas containers in storage having individ- the atmosphere. Even though the laws of physics
ual water capacity greater than 21/2 pounds (1 kg) [nominal 1- have proven this concept to be untrue, concerns per-
sist about propane dispersing in locations where air --`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
pound (0.454 kg) LP-gas capacity] shall be positioned with
the pressure relief valve in direct communication with the circulation is restricted. Any proposed ventilation sys-
vapor space of the container. tem should take into account the expected tempera-
tures at the location.
 Liquid propane released to the atmosphere through The exception to this section would permit very
the relief valve will expand to 270 times its original small, disposable cylinders to be stored in these loca-
volume after it vaporizes, whereas propane vapor will tions.
expand much less. To avoid the release of liquid pro-
6109.8 Protection of valves on LP-gas containers in stor-
pane, it is important to keep the pressure relief device
age. LP-gas container valves shall be protected by screw-on-
in contact with the vapor space. Most cylinders are
type caps or collars that shall be securely in place on all con-
designed to be oriented vertically, so the relief device
tainers stored regardless of whether they are full, partially full
is at the top of the cylinder; however, some cylinders
or empty. Container outlet valves shall be closed or plugged.
used in the recreational vehicle industry are designed
for horizontal orientation only, and must be kept in  Valve assemblies must be protected from physical
that position for the relief valve to be in contact with impact. Cylinders having propane capacities up to 60
the vapor space. Some cylinders are designed for pounds (27 kg) will usually have collars that extend
use in either the horizontal or vertical orientation. above the height of the valves. Larger cylinders will
61-12 Code Council

have screw-on caps or domes that serve the same 6109.10.1 Quantities on equipment and vehicles. LP-gas
function. containers carried as part of service equipment on highway
6109.9 Storage within buildings accessible to the public. mobile vehicles need not be considered in the total storage
Department of Transportation (DOTn) specification cylinders capacity in Section 6109.10, provided such vehicles are
with maximum water capacity of 21/2 pounds (1 kg) used in stored in private garages and do not carry more than three LP-
completely self-contained hand torches and similar applica- gas containers with a total aggregate LP-gas capacity not
tions are allowed to be stored or displayed in a building exceeding 100 pounds (45.4 kg) per vehicle. LP-gas con-
accessible to the public. The quantity of LP-gas shall not tainer valves shall be closed.
exceed 200 pounds (91 kg) except as provided in Section  This section addresses vehicles carrying LP-gas that
6109.11. is ancillary to service equipment on the vehicle. Typi-
 This section recognizes that retail stores require cally, LP-gas may be found on fabrication trucks and
inventory that is accessible to the public where hand- mechanics’ trucks for use with welding equipment,
held torch assemblies are sold. The smaller cylinders roofing tar trucks for torches used on roofs and
in this section are also used as “starters” for charcoal plumbers’ trucks for use with lead melting pots.
grills and as fuel for insecticidal foggers and camp 6109.11 Storage within rooms used for gas manufactur-
lanterns. The phrase “accessible to the public” ing. Storage within buildings or rooms used for gas manufac-
describes circumstances where public exposure to a turing, gas storage, gas-air mixing and vaporization, and
fire or explosion would be a concern. Where public compressors not associated with liquid transfer shall comply
access to a building is available, such as in Group M with Sections 6109.11.1 and 6109.11.2.
occupancies, a fire or explosion involving LP-gas
could place nonemployees at risk. By limiting quanti-  The requirements of this section might typically apply
ties and container sizes in such publicly accessible to the storage of LP-gas containers used for standby
facilities, the code minimizes this risk. gas systems in which LP-gas is mixed with air to
achieve an energy content similar to that of natural
6109.10 Storage within buildings not accessible to the
gas, thereby permitting gas appliances and equip-
public. The maximum quantity allowed in one storage loca-
ment to continue operating without a change in
tion in buildings not accessible to the public, such as indus-
burner controls. These systems are commonly found
trial buildings, shall not exceed a water capacity of 735
in larger industrial applications.
pounds (334 kg) [nominal 300 pounds (136 kg) of LP-gas].
Where additional storage locations are required on the same 6109.11.1 Quantity limits. The maximum quantity of LP-gas
floor within the same building, they shall be separated by not shall be 10,000 pounds (4540 kg).
less than 300 feet (91 440 mm). Storage beyond these limita-
 Limiting LP-gas to 10,000 pounds (4,540 kg) [roughly
tions shall comply with Section 6109.11.
3,000-gallon (11 355 L) water capacity container] is
 This section is applicable to industrial or storage facil- considered to be an acceptable threshold for the safe
ities where LP-gas-powered forklift trucks are fre- and efficient operation of standby gas systems.
quently operated and maintained by trained 6109.11.2 Construction. The construction of such buildings
personnel. The requirement permits up to 300 and rooms shall comply with requirements for Group H occu-
pounds (136 kg) of propane to be stored at a single pancies in the International Building Code, Chapter 10 of
location. Forklift cylinders, which typically have a 33- NFPA 58 and both of the following:
pound (15 kg) propane capacity, can be stored in
small quantities for convenient exchange during a 1. Adequate vents shall be provided to the outside at both
working shift. Where larger quantities of cylinders are top and bottom, located not less than 5 feet (1524 mm)
needed by the building operations, to reduce the from building openings.
excess storage exposure to a single-fire incident, the 2. The entire area shall be classified for the purposes of
excess quantity must be physically separated by ignition source control in accordance with Section 6.22
space. Where such spatial separation cannot be of NFPA 58.
achieved, the more restrictive provisions of Section
6109.11 must be applied to provide the needed level  Section 508 of the International Building Code®
of safety. (IBC®) contains specific requirements to address the
The reference to Section 6109.11 applies where separation of mixed occupancies to isolate the haz-
more than 300 pounds (136 kg) must be stored at a ard of storing up to 10,000 pounds (4540 kg) of LP-
location without the required 300-foot (91 440 mm) gas in a room or a building. In addition to those
separation distance. requirements, Item 1 of this section requires ade-
The phrase “not accessible to the public” describes quate ventilation openings to assist in the dilution of
circumstances where public exposure to a fire or gas should a leak occur. Chapter 10 of NFPA 58 con-
explosion would be a relatively minor concern. Where tains information on venting as well as other aspects
public access to a building is not available, such as in of the design of rooms of this nature. Item 2 refers to
Group F or S occupancies, a fire or explosion involv- NFPA 58, which contains extensive information on
ing LP-gas would not place nonemployees at risk. establishing the proper hazard classification that

would govern the requirements for electrical wiring the doorway or openings in a single-exit building (see
systems and limit ignition sources. Section 1006.2) based on quantity of gas stored. If a
6109.12 Location of storage outside of buildings. Storage fire occurs inside of a building, the presence of a pro-
outside of buildings of LP-gas containers awaiting use, resale pane exchange station outside is not an egress or life
or part of a cylinder exchange program shall be located in safety concern. Individuals leaving the building could
accordance with Table 6109.12. simply exit past the station. If a fire occurs outside,
the fire will have to achieve a size that is adequate to
 This section regulates, by reference to Table raise the temperature of stored propane to the 150°F
6109.12, the placement of cylinders awaiting use or (66°C) range before a standard cylinder relief vent
resale and cylinder exchange cabinets, which are would be expected to operate. Given the minimum
increasingly being used to distribute the 20-pound (9 required 10-foot (3048 mm) separation to combusti-
kg) gas grill cylinders to the public. Exchange cabi- bles in Column 7, it is reasonable to assume that
nets are typically constructed of steel and are venti- building occupants would have time to evacuate a
lated to permit the dispersal of gas should a leak single-exit building before an exposure fire caused
occur. cylinder venting. Scenarios involving a release of gas
TABLE 6109.12. See below. from an overfilled cylinder and subsequent migration
to an ignition source are no longer regarded as plau-
 This table provides correlation with NFPA 58 and
sible based on the mandatory use of OPDs and the
allows all code users to quickly identify minimum
likely use of leak-resistant cylinder valves. With
required separation distances to all regulated expo-
regard to Column 7, it should be noted that this pre-
sures. As in Section 6104, this table is based on the
scriptive separation from combustible materials is not
quantity of LP-gas stored (not the size of the con-
consistent with NFPA 58, which uses a more perfor-
tainer) and is intended to limit the two-way exposure
mance-oriented approach. However, the fire service’s
between containers and the built environment.
desire for a specific minimum distance has been
Regarding Column 5 of the table, prior to the intro-
clearly expressed in the past; therefore, the distance
duction of OPDs, overfilled cylinders may have ini-
was retained in the table.
tially held their charge, but later leaked when cylinder
Column 8 contains a required 20-foot (6096 mm)
pressure increased due to high ambient temperature
separation to motor fuel dispensers which completes
exposures, a significant source of concern. Today,
the reference to Chapter 61 made in Section 2307.4.
cylinder exchange operators report that cylinder leaks
Motor fuel-dispensing facilities are considered Group
due to overfill have declined to almost zero based on
M occupancies and frequently include convenience
the use of OPDs and by the widespread use of new
stores in addition to motor fuel-dispensing operations.
grill cylinder valves that will only allow gas to flow if a
Column 8 specifies a minimum separation distance
cylinder valve is mated to an appliance connection
between the LP-gas container area and any flamma-
device. These measures prevent fugitive releases
ble or combustible liquid-dispensing operation or the
due to exposure of overfilled cylinders to high ambi-
outdoor storage of combustible materials to reduce
ent temperatures and due to cylinder valves that have
the potential fire hazard exposure.
not been completely closed. By using cylinders that
mitigate the risk of vapor releases based on improved 6109.13 Protection of containers. LP-gas containers shall be
equipment technologies, cylinder exchange stations stored within a suitable enclosure or otherwise protected
are now much safer than they were in the early- to against tampering. Vehicle impact protection shall be pro-
mid-1990s when it was necessary to rely on minimum vided as required by Section 6107.4.
separation distances to prevent fugitive vapors from Exception: Vehicle impact protection shall not be
entering nearby buildings. required for protection of LP-gas containers where the
Column 6 of the table considers separation from
TABLE 6109.12
SEPARATION FROM EXPOSURES OF LP-GAS CONTAINERS AWAITING USE,
RESALE OR EXCHANGE STORED OUTSIDE OF BUILDINGS
MINIMUM SEPARATION DISTANCE FROM STORED LP-GAS CYLINDERS TO (feet):
QUANTITY OF Nearest important Line of adjoining property occupied Doorway or Doorway or

Motor
LP-GAS STORED building or group of by schools, places of religious LP-gas opening to a opening to a
Combustible vehicle
(pounds) buildings or line of worship, hospitals, athletic fields or dispensing building with two or building with
materials fuel
adjoining property that other points of public gathering; station more means of one means of
dispenser
may be built upon busy thoroughfares; or sidewalks egress egress
720 or less 0 0 5 5 10 10 20
721 – 2,500 0 10 10 5 10 10 20
2,501 – 6,000 10 10 10 10 10 10 20
6,001 – 10,000 20 20 20 20 20 10 20
Over 10,000 25 25 25 25 25 10 20
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound = 0.454 kg. --`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
61-14 Code Council

containers are kept in lockable, ventilated cabinets of 3. A sign shall be posted on the entry door of the business
metal construction. operating the cylinder exchange stating “DO NOT
BRING LP-GAS CYLINDERS INTO THE BUILD-
 At public facilities, tampering with LP-gas containers
ING” or similar approved wording.
may be a problem. For that reason, locked metal cab-
inets are used to provide not only tamper protection 4. An emergency contact information sign shall be posted
but also substantial protection from vehicular impact within 10 feet (3048 mm) of the cylinder storage cabi-
(see Commentary Figure 6109.13). See the commen- net. The content, lettering, size, color and location of
tary to Section 6107.4. The exception reflects the the required sign shall be as required by the fire code
results of impact testing done on a variety of cabinet official.
designs, which found that lockable metal cabinet con-  Cylinder exchange cabinets, such as the one shown
struction provided equivalent protection. in Commentary Figure 6109.13, for 20-pound (9 kg)
6109.14 Alternative location and protection of storage. LP-gas cylinders have been available to consumers
Where the provisions of Sections 6109.12 and 6109.13 are for over 15 years and have a very respectable safety
impractical at construction sites, or at buildings or structures record. Cabinets for exchange of industrial cylinders,
undergoing major renovation or repairs, the storage of con- such as those found on forklift trucks, are also in use.
tainers shall be as required by the fire code official. While a limited number of incidents resulting from
 These requirements permit the fire code official to impact from vehicles have been reported, none of
approve storage sites for LP-gas even if compliance these events has resulted in loss of life or severe inju-
with Sections 6109.12 and 6109.13 is not practical. ries. It is estimated that several million sales transac-
This would especially be the case at construction tions occur annually at cylinder exchange stations.
sites and other transient installations in which LP-gas This section addresses all LP-gas cylinder
containers may be moved frequently. exchange stations, whether they are manual or auto-
matic. Item 1 requires that all cylinder exchange cabi-
6109.15 LP-gas cylinder exchange for resale. In addition to nets be designed so the cabinet provides ventilation
other applicable requirements of this chapter, facilities oper- for the stored cylinders and is equipped with a means
ating LP-gas cylinder exchange stations that are accessible to of securing cylinders against tampering.
the public shall comply with the following requirements. Item 2 limits access to cylinders to authorized per-
1. Cylinders shall be secured in a lockable, ventilated sonnel or to users of automated cylinder exchange
metal cabinet or other approved enclosure. stations. At an automated cylinder exchange station,
2. Cylinders shall be accessible only by authorized per- Item 5 of Section 6109.1.5.1 requires that when a
sonnel or by use of an automated exchange system in manual override occurs, it must be performed by an
accordance with Section 6109.15.1. authorized person before returning the station to
automatic operation. In the absence of a definition for
Figure 6109.13
INSTALLATION OF LP-GAS CONTAINERS FOR RETAIL SALE OR EXCHANGE
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
®
the term “authorized personnel,” fire code officials filled and code-compliant cylinder of LP-gas while the
could apply the requirements in Section 4.4 of NFPA supplier receives an empty cylinder in return (see
58 for qualification of personnel who are involved in Commentary Figure 6109.13).
the operation of cylinder exchange stations. NFPA 58 This section contains provisions for regulating
requires that they receive documented training in these automated LP-gas cylinder exchange stations.
proper cylinder-handling procedures with refresher These requirements increase the likelihood that con-
training at least every 3 years. Training can often be sumers will properly remove filled cylinders and
provided by the LP-gas supplier and many suppliers return empty cylinders. Item 1 requires that the vend-
offer programs prepared by the Propane Education ing system be designed to limit the consumer to one
and Research Council, which offers a Certified cylinder per transaction. Item 2 requires that the sys-
Employee Training Program to its members. In Item tem accommodate cylinders placed only in the
3, an approved sign is required to inform consumers upright position. As indicated in Item 3, door-release
that bringing cylinders inside of a building is prohib- components inside the exchange cabinet can be
ited, based on the requirement in Section 6109.9, and powered by pneumatic, mechanical or electrical
Item 4 requires a sign that provides emergency con- energy. Where door release components or other
tact information in the event of a leaking cylinder or equipment in the cabinet are electrically operated,
other emergency involving the exchange station. Item 4 requires hazardous location electrical equip-
6109.15.1 Automated cylinder exchange stations. Cylinder ment in accordance with Article 500 of NFPA 70 and
exchange stations that include an automated vending system specifies the boundary [within 5 feet (1524 mm)] of
for exchanging cylinders shall comply with the following the hazardous location to mitigate the risk of igniting
additional requirements: fugitive gas. Normally, flammable gases in storage do
not require classified hazardous location electrical
1. The vending system shall only permit access to a single equipment, but in the case of these automated LP-
cylinder per individual transaction. gas cylinder exchange stations, the possibility exists
2. Cabinets storing cylinders shall be designed such that for a cylinder valve to not be completely closed on a
cylinders can only be placed inside when they are ori- cylinder that has been returned by a consumer. Some
ented in the upright position. cabinet manufacturers provide a remote POS kiosk
that is located more than 5 feet (1524 mm) from the
3. Devices operating door releases for access to stored exchange station to accommodate this requirement
cylinders shall be permitted to be pneumatic, mechani- with ordinary electrical equipment. As with any
cal or electrically powered. mechanical or electro-mechanical vending device,
4. Electrical equipment inside of or within 5 feet (1524 failures can and do occur and Item 5 provides a
mm) of a cabinet storing cylinders, including but not means for authorized personnel to deal with such fail-
limited to electronics associated with vending opera- ures by using a manual override control. Item 6
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
tions, shall comply with the requirements for Class I, requires that automated cylinder exchange stations
Division 2 equipment in accordance with NFPA 70. be inspected by authorized personnel (see commen-
tary, Section 6109.15, Item 5) at a frequency speci-
5. A manual override control shall be permitted for use by fied by the fire code official. Factors to consider in
authorized personnel. On newly installed cylinder establishing a required inspection frequency could
exchange stations, the vending system shall not be include the servicing/refilling interval for the cabinet.
capable of returning to automatic operation after a man-
ual override until the system has been inspected and
reset by authorized personnel. SECTION 6110
6. Inspections shall be conducted by authorized personnel LP-GAS CONTAINERS NOT IN SERVICE
to verify that all cylinders are secured, access doors are 6110.1 Temporarily out of service. LP-gas containers
closed and the station has no visible damage or obvious whose use has been temporarily discontinued shall comply
defects that necessitate placing the station out of ser- with all of the following:
vice. The frequency of inspections shall be as specified
by the fire code official. 1. Be disconnected from appliance piping.
 One of the bigger advancements in LP-gas cylinder 2. Have LP-gas container outlets, except relief valves,
exchange programs is the use of automation at the closed or plugged.
point-of-sale (POS). These improvements have 3. Be positioned with the relief valve in direct communi-
allowed exchange stations to become self-service, cation with the LP-gas container vapor space.
meaning that retailers can allow their employees to
focus on other interests in the store rather than man-  When a new LP-gas supplier installs a tank at a cus-
aging the exchange of LP-gas cylinders. Consumers tomer’s facility, he or she is responsible for ensuring
can now use an electronic banking card at automated that the previous supplier’s tank is removed from ser-
exchange stations where they receive a properly vice and safely stored until it can be retrieved.
61-16 Code Council

6110.2 Permanently out of service. LP-gas containers to be 3. At other approved locations not less than 50 feet (15
placed permanently out of service shall be removed from the 240 mm) from buildings other than those approved for
site. the storage or servicing of such vehicles.
 This provision is an extension of Section 6110.1 and  When a vehicle will be parked for more than 1 hour, it
requires that any container placed out of service must will probably be unattended and, therefore, special
be retrieved by its owner. conditions are imposed.
The first condition specifies that the vehicle must
not be parked on a public way. The second condition
SECTION 6111 permits the vehicle to be parked in an LP-gas bulk
PARKING AND GARAGING OF plant, which is a plant with containers used for storing
LP-GAS TANK VEHICLES LP-gas, until the gas is delivered to the end user. The
6111.1 General. Parking of LP-gas tank vehicles shall com- third condition permits the fire code official to approve
ply with Sections 6111.2 and 6111.3. alternative locations for parking LP-gas cargo tank
vehicles. The fire code official might base approval on
Exception: In cases of accident, breakdown or other the proximity to occupied buildings and spaces as
emergencies, LP-gas tank vehicles are allowed to be well as the potential for tampering with the vehicle.
parked and left unattended at any location while the opera-
6111.3 Garaging. Garaging of LP-gas tank vehicles shall be
tor is obtaining assistance.
as specified in NFPA 58. Vehicles with LP-gas fuel systems
 In this context, LP-gas tank vehicles include bulk are allowed to be stored or serviced in garages as specified in
cargo tank vehicles, either transports (semitruck trail- Section 11.16 of NFPA 58.
ers) or bobtails [usually up to 5,000-gallon (18 925 L)
 This section applies not only to cargo tank vehicles
water capacity]. The exception to this section recog-
used to transport and deliver LP-gas, but also to
nizes the possibility of a mechanical breakdown of a
motor vehicles fueled by LP-gas. NFPA 58 contains
vehicle while in service.
extensive provisions for garaging these vehicles.
6111.2 Unattended parking. The unattended parking of LP- Section 6.24.9 of NFPA 58 contains parking, service
gas tank vehicle shall be in accordance with Sections and repair requirements for vehicles equipped with
6111.2.1 and 6111.2.2. an LP-gas system not used for propulsion, such as a
 Unattended parking may be defined as the parking of recreational vehicle with an on-board LP-gas cooking
a cargo tank vehicle used to transport LP-gas where system.
either the driver or other responsible person is not
able to respond to situations involving the vehicle that Bibliography
may occur.
6111.2.1 Near residential, educational and institutional preparation of the commentary for this chapter.
occupancies and other high-risk areas. LP-gas tank vehi-
cles shall not be left unattended at any time on residential ANSI Z21.58-2007/CSA 1.6-2007, Outdoor Cooking
streets or within 500 feet (152 m) of a residential area, apart- Appliances. New York: American National Standards
ment or hotel complex, educational facility, hospital or care Institute, 2007.
facility. Tank vehicles shall not be left unattended at any Code Changes Resource Collection—2015 Interna-
other place that would, in the opinion of the fire code official, tional Fire Code. Washington, DC: International
pose an extreme life hazard. Code Council, 2014.
 Because of the hazardous cargo involved, operator NFPA 59-08, Utility LP-gas Plant Code. Quincy, MA:
control must be maintained over cargo tank vehicles National Fire Protection Association, 2008.
used to transport LP-gas. In other words, LP-gas UL 147A-05, Standard for Nonrefillable (Disposable)
transports must not be left unattended. This is espe- Type Fuel Gas Cylinder Assemblies. Northbrook, IL:
cially true in areas where high occupancy levels exist Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., 2005.
and the possibility of tampering with the vehicle
increases.
6111.2.2 Durations exceeding 1 hour. LP-gas tank vehicles
parked at any one point for longer than 1 hour shall be located
as follows:
1. Off public streets, highways, public avenues or public
alleys.
2. Inside of a bulk plant.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
61-18 Code Council

Chapter 62:
Organic Peroxides
General Comments J.S. Townsend (1993) notes that some organic perox-
ides are just as dangerous when they become too cold
This chapter addresses the hazards associated with the as when they are too hot. For example, acetyl peroxide
storage, handling and use of organic peroxides. These becomes unstable above 122°F (50°C)—its self-accel-
chemicals possess the characteristics of flammable or erating decomposition temperature (SADT). When
combustible liquids and are also strong oxidizers. Class cooled below 17°F (-8.3°F), acetyl peroxide forms crys-
V organic peroxides pose little fire hazard; therefore, tals that are shock sensitive. Consequently, special pre-
these materials are not regulated by specific storage or cautions must be taken to transport and store acetyl
use requirements. Some organic peroxides are unstable peroxide between 32°F (0°C) and 90°F (32°C).
and become increasingly reactive with age or heating. Organic peroxides are commonly used in the plastics
Organic peroxides pose the dual hazard of being both industry to initiate polymerization. Although the require-
oxidizers and flammable or explosive compounds. This ments of this chapter pertain to industrial applications in
unusual combination of properties requires special stor- which significant quantities of organic peroxides are
age and handling precautions to prevent uncontrolled stored or used, smaller quantities of organic peroxides
release, contamination, hazardous chemical reactions, still pose a significant hazard. These materials, there-
fires or explosions. In addition to these properties, fore, must be stored and used in accordance with the
organic peroxides are unusually sensitive to tempera- applicable provisions of this chapter and Chapter 50.
ture. Heat, whether by fire exposure or environmental, is
a major factor in the decomposition of peroxide com-
pounds. Some organic peroxides will decompose Purpose
uneventfully when subject to a gradual temperature The provisions of this chapter are intended to manage
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
increase but may explode if they undergo the thermal the fire and oxidation hazards of organic peroxides by
shock of a rapid, uncontrolled temperature rise. preventing their uncontrolled release.
SECTION 6201 6201.2 Permits. Permits shall be required for organic perox-
GENERAL ides as set forth in Section 105.6.
6201.1 Scope. The storage and use of organic peroxides shall  The process of issuing permits gives the fire code
be in accordance with this chapter and Chapter 50. official an opportunity to carefully evaluate and regu-
Unclassified detonable organic peroxides that are capable late hazardous operations. Permit applicants should
of detonation in their normal shipping containers under con- be required to demonstrate that their operations com-
ditions of fire exposure shall be stored in accordance with ply with the intent of the code before the permit is
Chapter 56. issued. See the commentary to Section 105.6 for a
 The specific requirements for the storage, handling and tional permit and Section 105.7 for a general discus-
use of organic peroxides in this chapter are intended to sion of activities requiring a construction permit. The
complement the general hazardous materials require- permit process also notifies the fire department of the
ments of Chapter 50. Because of the hazards to people need for prefire planning for hazardous property.
and property, organic peroxides capable of being deto-
nated in their usual shipping containers or packages
under fire conditions must be stored in accordance with SECTION 6202
the provisions of Chapter 56 for explosives. Examples DEFINITION
of unclassified detonable (UD) materials are organic
6202.1 Definition. The following term is defined in Chapter
peroxides classified as Type A by DOTn 49 CFR;
2:
173.128(b)(1) and materials classified as explosives by
DOTn 49 CFR; 173, Subpart C. DOTn Type A organic ORGANIC PEROXIDE.
peroxides have an SADT of 122°F (50°C) or less. Class I.
Class II.

ORGANIC PEROXIDES
Class III. Group A, E, I or U occupancies must be stored in an

Class IV. approved hazardous materials storage cabinet con-
Class V. structed and placarded in accordance with Section
Unclassified detonable. 5003.8.7 to reduce the exposure of the materials to
hazards from the surrounding environment.
In accordance with Note g in Table 5003.1.1(1),
storage of UD organic peroxide in any amount is
allowed only in buildings equipped throughout with an
application of the indicated term used in this chapter.
approved automatic sprinkler system, in accordance
Terms may be defined in Chapter 2 or in another
with Section 903.3.1. Also, based on Note e in Table
International Code® as indicated in Section 201.3, or
5003.1.1(1), where an approved storage cabinet is
the dictionary meaning may be all that is needed (see
used, the MAQ that can be kept in the occupancies
also commentary, Sections 201.1 through 201.4).
can be doubled.
To reduce the likelihood of contamination of the
SECTION 6203 organic peroxide materials or damage to their pack-
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS aging, Item 2 prohibits the storage of other materials
in the approved organic peroxide storage cabinet.
6203.1 Quantities not exceeding the maximum allowable In accordance with Section 6201.1, storage of UD
quantity per control area. The storage and use of organic organic peroxides must also comply with the applica-
peroxides in amounts not exceeding the maximum allowable ble provisions of Chapter 56 for explosives.
quantity per control area indicated in Section 5003.1 shall be
in accordance with Sections 5001, 5003, 6201 and 6203. 6203.1.1.2 Group R occupancies. Unclassified detonable
and Class I organic peroxides shall not be stored or used
 The provisions of this section complement the within Group R occupancies.
requirements of Chapter 50 in structures occupied for
the storage, handling or use of organic peroxides.  Because of their explosive or higher deflagration haz-
The regulations contained in Sections 6203.1.1 ard characteristics, UD and Class I organic peroxide
through 6203.1.1.4 assume that the quantity of cannot be stored in any residential occupancy within
organic peroxides in a given building is limited to the the scope of the code’s regulations. Storage would
maximum allowable quantities (MAQs) per control result in an increased danger to the occupants, as
area as established in Section 5003.1; thus, the build- well as exposure of the peroxides to the otherwise
ing is not classified in Occupancy Group H. The gen- unregulated environment.
eral requirements of Sections 5001 and 5003 are fully 6203.1.1.3 Group B, F, M or S occupancies. Unclassified
applicable to the storage and use of organic perox- detonable and Class I organic peroxides shall not be stored or
ides, in addition to the provisions of this chapter. used in offices, or retail sales areas of Group B, F, M or S
6203.1.1 Special limitations for indoor storage and use by occupancies.
occupancy. The indoor storage and use of organic peroxides  Because of their explosive or higher deflagration haz-
shall be in accordance with Sections 6203.1.1.1 through ard characteristics, UD and Class I organic peroxide
6203.1.1.4. cannot be stored in occupancies in Group B, F, M or
 Because certain occupancies may need to have S. Storage would result in an increased danger to the
organic peroxides on hand, Sections 6203.1.1.1 occupants, as well as exposure of the peroxides to
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
through 6203.1.1.4 provide regulations specific to the higher relative fire loads typically encountered in
occupancy group classifications and that recognize these occupancies.
the relative hazards of both the occupancy and the 6203.1.1.4 Classrooms. In classrooms in Group B, F or M
organic peroxide. occupancies, any amount of unclassified detonable and Class
6203.1.1.1 Group A, E, I or U occupancies. In Group A, E, 1 organic peroxides shall be stored in accordance with the
I or U occupancies, any amount of unclassified detonable and following.
Class I organic peroxides shall be stored in accordance with 1. Unclassified detonable and Class 1 organic peroxides
the following: shall be stored in hazardous materials storage cabinets
1. Unclassified detonable and Class I organic peroxides complying with Section 5003.8.7.
shall be stored in hazardous materials storage cabinets 2. The hazardous materials storage cabinets shall not con-
complying with Section 5003.8.7. tain other storage.
2. The hazardous materials storage cabinets shall not con-  It is the intent of this section to allow for the occa-
tain other storage. sional use of limited amounts of organic peroxides in
 Because of their respective explosive or higher defla- certain scientific, experimental or demonstration set-
gration hazard characteristics, even the smallest tings; however, this section does not allow storage of
quantity of UD or Class I organic peroxides present in any quantity of these materials for any length of time.
62-2 Code Council

ORGANIC PEROXIDES
The fire code official may limit the amount of organic H. The general and storage provisions of Chapter 50
peroxides brought into a structure for these uses. The are applicable in addition to the requirements of this
quantity actually needed for the experiment should section. Storage of organic peroxides inside of struc-
determine the amount allowed into a structure. tures must comply with Sections 6204.1.1 through
Because of their explosive or higher deflagration 6204.1.11 to prevent uncontrolled release or expo-
hazard characteristics, even the smallest quantity of sure to conditions that may result in a fire or explo-
UD or Class I organic peroxides must be stored in an sion.
approved hazardous materials storage cabinet con- Because of the explosion hazard, UD organic per-
structed and placarded in accordance with Section oxides must be stored in accordance with the provi-
5003.8.7 to reduce the exposure of the materials to sions of this section and Chapter 56 for explosives.
hazards from the surrounding environment. 6204.1.1 Detached storage. Storage of organic peroxides
In accordance with Note g in Table 5003.1.1(1), stor- shall be in detached buildings where required by Section
age of UD organic peroxide in any amount is allowed 5003.8.2.
only in buildings equipped throughout with an approved
automatic sprinkler system, in accordance with Section  Detached structures designed and constructed for
903.3.1. Also, based on Note g in Table 5003.1.1(1), the sole purpose of organic peroxide storage provide
where an approved storage cabinet is used, the MAQ the best protection for people and property from fire
that could be kept in these occupancies can be dou- and explosions. Detached storage structures should
bled. be constructed of noncombustible materials to pre-
To reduce the likelihood of contaminating organic vent them from becoming involved in an outside fire
peroxide materials or damaging their packaging, Item that may endanger their contents or a fire stemming
2 prohibits the storage of other materials in the from ignited contents in storage.
approved organic peroxide storage cabinet. Section 5003.8.2 and Table 5003.8.2 require
Note that in accordance with Section 6201.1, stor- detached storage when the indoor storage quantities
age of UD organic peroxides must also comply with are more than 2 tons (4 metric tons) of Class I, more
the applicable provisions of Chapter 56 for explo- than 25 tons (50 metric tons) of Class II and more
sives. than 50 tons (100 metric tons) of Class III organic
peroxides. See the commentary to Section 5003.8.2
6203.2 Quantities exceeding the maximum allowable and Table 5003.8.2 for further discussion of detached
quantity per control area. The storage and use of organic storage requirements. Commentary Figure 6204.1.1
peroxides in amounts exceeding the maximum allowable shows a cross-sectional diagram of a typical
quantity per control area indicated in Section 5003.1 shall be detached storage building.
in accordance with Chapter 50 and this chapter.
6204.1.2 Distance from detached buildings to exposures.
 The provisions of this section complement the In addition to the requirements of the International Building
requirements of Chapter 50 in structures occupied for Code, detached storage buildings for Class I, II, III, IV and V
the storage, handling or use of organic peroxides. organic peroxides shall be located in accordance with Table
The regulations in this section assume that the quan- 6204.1.2. Detached buildings containing quantities of
tity of organic peroxides in a given building is in unclassified detonable organic peroxides in excess of those
excess of the MAQ as established in Section 5003.1 set forth in Table 5003.8.2 shall be located in accordance
and, therefore, that the building is classified in Occu- with Table 5604.5.2(1).
pancy Group H. The requirements of Chapter 50
apply to the storage and use of organic peroxides in  The International Building Code® (IBC®) prescribes
addition to the provisions of this chapter. minimum fire-resistance ratings for exterior walls of
buildings based on clearances from adjacent struc-
tures and lot lines. The separation distances pre-
SECTION 6204 scribed by this section are minimums notwithstanding
STORAGE the inherent fire-resistance ratings of the exterior wall
6204.1 Indoor storage. Indoor storage of organic peroxides assemblies. These clearances are intended to reduce
in amounts exceeding the maximum allowable quantity per the hazard to nearby structures and people in the
control area indicated in Table 5003.1.1(1) shall be in accor- event of a fire or explosion in a detached storage
dance with Sections 5001, 5003, 5004 and this chapter. structure used for the storage of organic peroxides.
Indoor storage of unclassified detonable organic peroxides TABLE 6204.1.2. See page 62-4.
that are capable of detonation in their normal shipping con-  The separation distances specified in the table are
tainers under conditions of fire exposure shall be stored in intended to reduce the effects of radiant heat expo-
accordance with Chapter 56. sure in the event of a fire in an adjacent storage
structure. Separation distances for UD organic perox-
 This section regulates the indoor storage of organic
ides must conform to the requirements of Table
peroxides when in excess of the MAQ in buildings or
5604.5.2(2).
portions of buildings classified in Occupancy Group
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

ORGANIC PEROXIDES
6204.1.3 Liquid-tight floor. In addition to the requirements shall comply with the requirements for electrical Class I,
of Section 5004.12, floors of storage areas shall be of liquid- Division 2 locations.
tight construction.
 Because of the danger of ignition by arcs or sparks in
 In addition to the requirement of Section 5004.12 that the event of an accidental spill or leak, electrical
floors be constructed of noncombustible materials, equipment and devices in storage areas for organic
liquid-tight floors are required so as to prevent the peroxides must be classified for use in Class I, Divi-
passage of liquids to adjacent spaces. sion 2 hazardous locations as described in NFPA 70.
6204.1.4 Electrical wiring and equipment. In addition to 6204.1.5 Smoke detection. An approved supervised smoke
the requirements of Section 5003.9.4, electrical wiring and detection system in accordance with Section 907 shall be pro-
equipment in storage areas for Class I or II organic peroxides vided in rooms or areas where Class I, II or III organic perox-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 6204.1.1
TYPICAL DETACHED STORAGE STRUCTURE
TABLE 6204.1.2
ORGANIC PEROXIDES—DISTANCE TO EXPOSURES FROM DETACHED STORAGE BUILDINGS OR OUTDOOR STORAGE AREAS
MAXIMUM STORAGE QUANTITY (POUNDS) AT MINIMUM SEPARATION DISTANCE
ORGANIC Distance to buildings, lot lines, public streets, Distance between individual detached storage
PEROXIDE CLASS public alleys, public ways or means of egress buildings or individual outdoor storage areas
50 feet 100 feet 150 feet 20 feet 75 feet 100 feet
I 2,000 20,000 175,000 2,000 20,000 175,000
II 100,000 200,000 No Limit 100,000a No Limit No Limit
III 200,000 No Limit No Limit 200,000a No Limit No Limit
IV No Limit No Limit No Limit No Limit No Limit No Limit
V No Limit No Limit No Limit No Limit No Limit No Limit
a. Where the amount of organic peroxide stored exceeds this amount, the minimum separation shall be 50 feet.
62-4 Code Council

ORGANIC PEROXIDES
ides are stored. Activation of the smoke detection system exceed the amounts set forth in Table 5003.8.2. Maximum
shall sound a local alarm. allowable quantities per building in a detached storage build-
Exception: A smoke detection system shall not be ing shall not exceed the amounts specified in Table 6204.1.2.
required in detached storage buildings equipped through-  This section establishes the maximum allowable
out with an approved automatic fire-extinguishing system indoor storage quantities of organic peroxide on a
complying with Chapter 9. per-building basis, as opposed to a per-control area
 An automatic fire detection system with central, basis, and regulates both mixed occupancy buildings
remote or proprietary station supervision and a local and detached organic peroxide storage buildings.
alarm signal is required to provide early warning of 6204.1.7 Storage arrangement. Storage arrangements for
fire to building occupants and fire suppression per- organic peroxides shall be in accordance with Table 6204.1.7
sonnel. Detectors and installation methods in organic and shall comply with all of the following:
peroxide storage areas should be selected for com- 1. Containers and packages in storage areas shall be
patibility with the materials stored. Fire alarm equip- closed.
ment and installation methods must comply with
Section 907. Materials that give off strong vapors 2. Bulk storage shall not be in piles or bins.
may interfere with fire detection system components 3. A minimum 2-foot (610 mm) clear space shall be main-
or trigger nuisance alarm signals. The required local tained between storage and uninsulated metal walls.
alarm is intended to alert the occupants in the imme- 4. Fifty-five-gallon (208 L) drums shall not be stored
diate vicinity of the storage area to a potential hazard- more than one drum high.
ous condition. The local alarm is not intended to be
part of an evacuation alarm system for the entire  These provisions detail storage requirements related
to the hazards of release or ignition of liquids and
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
structure.
The exception indicates that automatic fire detec- vapors of organic peroxide stored in structures. Some
tion is not required in detached storage buildings of the factors that are considered are as follows:
when an automatic fire suppression system is pro-
1. Open containers or packages may permit the
vided. Automatic sprinklers or other approved fire
release of flammable or oxidizing materials or
suppression systems reduce the danger to people
vapors.
and property from fire by detecting the fire, sounding
an alarm, transmitting the alarm to the fire depart- 2. Containers in bulk piles or bins may be
ment and containing or suppressing the fire. Sprinkler susceptible to physical damage from stacking
systems in detached storage buildings must be or product movement, which could damage the
supervised by a connection to a central station, a container and lead to an uncontrolled release of
remote supervising station or a proprietary supervis- product.
ing station, or, when approved by the fire code offi-
3. The required separation distance is intended to
cial, connected to a system that produces an audible
minimize the effects of radiant heat exposures
and visual signal monitored at a constantly attended
on-site location. See the commentary to Section to stored materials in the event of a fire outside
903.4 for further discussion of sprinkler system the structure.
supervision and Section 904.3.5 for further discus- 4. The stacking of drums may result in a container
sion of alternative automatic fire-extinguishing sys- being damaged during product movement if a
tem supervision. drum is dropped or tipped over.
6204.1.6 Maximum quantities. Maximum allowable quanti- TABLE 6204.1.7. See below.
ties per building in a mixed occupancy building shall not  See the commentary to Section 6204.2.4.
TABLE 6204.1.7
STORAGE OF ORGANIC PEROXIDES
PILE CONFIGURATION
ORGANIC MAXIMUM QUANTITY
PEROXIDE CLASS Maximum width Maximum height Minimum distance to next pile Minimum distance to walls PER BUILDING
(feet) (feet) (feet) (feet)
I 6 8 4a 4b Note c
II 10 8 4a 4b Note c
III 10 8 4a 4b Note c
IV 16 10 3a, d 4b No Requirement
V No Requirement No Requirement No Requirement No Requirement No Requirement
a. Not less than one main aisle with a minimum width of 8 feet shall divide the storage area.
b. Distance to noncombustible walls is allowed to be reduced to 2 feet.
c. See Table 6204.1.2 for maximum quantities.
d. The distance shall be not less than one-half the pile height.

ORGANIC PEROXIDES
6204.1.8 Location in building. The storage of Class I or II treatment systems and temperature control systems where
organic peroxides shall be on the ground floor. Class III approved fail-safe engineered systems are installed.
organic peroxides shall not be stored in basements.  This section recognizes the use of an engineered
 Class I and II organic peroxides may not be stored system designed to always fail in the appropriate
above or below the ground floor because of concerns design mode without human intervention rather than
for fire-fighter access. Because of their lower relative an emergency power system. The exception is
hazard, Class III organic peroxides may be stored on intended to permit alternative systems that are not
floors above grade; however, they may not be stored subject to power interruptions.
on floors below grade because of the difficulty of 6204.2 Outdoor storage. Outdoor storage of organic perox-
manual fire suppression operations in below-grade ides in amounts exceeding the maximum allowable quantities
areas. per control area indicated in Table 5003.1.1(3) shall be in
6204.1.9 Contamination. Organic peroxides shall be stored accordance with Sections 5001, 5003, 5004 and this chapter.
in their original DOTn shipping containers. Organic perox-  This section regulates the outdoor storage of organic
ides shall be stored in a manner to prevent contamination. peroxides when in excess of the MAQ per outdoor
 Organic peroxides must be kept in original U.S. control area established by Table 5003.1.1(3). The
Department of Transportation (DOT)-approved ship- general and storage provisions of Chapter 50 are
ping containers to facilitate identification and to mini- applicable in addition to the requirements of this sec-
mize the possibility of accidental spills or ignition. The tion. Storage of organic peroxides in outdoor control
stability of organic peroxides can be markedly areas must comply with Sections 6204.2.1 through
reduced through contamination by various materials, 6204.2.5 to prevent uncontrolled release or exposure
such as strong acids or alkalis, sulfur-based com- to conditions that may result in a fire or explosion.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
pounds or reducing agents of any type. Storage prac- 6204.2.1 Distance from storage to exposures. Outdoor stor-
tices must prevent contamination and the hazards age areas for organic peroxides shall be located in accordance
associated with it. with Table 6204.1.2.
6204.1.10 Explosion control. Indoor storage rooms, areas  The IBC prescribes minimum fire-resistance ratings
and buildings containing unclassified detonable and Class I for exterior walls of buildings based on clearances
organic peroxides shall be provided with explosion control in from adjacent structures and lot lines. The separation
accordance with Section 911. distances prescribed by this section are minimums
 Because of the possibility of a deflagration or detona- notwithstanding the inherent fire-resistance ratings of
tion in the event of ignition of Class I organic perox- the exterior wall assemblies. These clearances are
ides, explosion relief venting must be provided to intended to reduce the hazard to nearby structures
protect the storage building or structure from col- and people in the event of a fire or explosion in a
lapse. Explosion venting must conform to the require- detached storage structure or outdoor area used for
ments in Section 911. the storage of organic peroxides.
6204.1.11 Standby power. Standby power shall be provided 6204.2.2 Electrical wiring and equipment. In addition to
in accordance with Section 604 for the following systems the requirements of Section 5003.9.4, electrical wiring and
used to protect Class I and unclassified detonable organic equipment in outdoor storage areas containing unclassified
peroxide: detonable, Class I or II organic peroxides shall comply with
1. Exhaust ventilation system. the requirements for electrical Class I, Division 2 locations.
2. Treatment system.  Because of the danger of ignition by arcs or sparks in
the event of an accidental spill or leak, electrical
3. Gas detection system. equipment and devices in outdoor organic peroxide
4. Smoke detection system. storage areas must be classified for use in Class I,
5. Temperature control system. Division 2 hazardous locations as described in NFPA
70.
6. Fire alarm system.
6204.2.3 Maximum quantities. Maximum quantities of
7. Emergency alarm system. organic peroxides in outdoor storage shall be in accordance
 A standby power system complying with Section 604 with Table 6204.1.2.
is required as a backup power supply for the systems  Outdoor storage of organic peroxides must comply
listed in this section. These systems may also be with the requirements specified in Table 6204.1.2,
connected to an approved emergency power system which establishes the minimum separation distances
instead of a separate standby power system (see required between the outdoor storage area and expo-
commentary, Section 604). sures, including other outdoor storage areas, and the
6204.1.11.1 Fail-safe engineered systems. Standby power MAQ of organic peroxides being stored.
shall not be required for mechanical exhaust ventilation,
62-6 Code Council

ORGANIC PEROXIDES
6204.2.4 Storage arrangement. Storage arrangements shall Bibliography

be in accordance with Table 6204.1.7.
 Similar to Section 6204.1.7 for indoor storage, this preparation of the commentary for this chapter of the
section references the provisions of Table 6204.1.7 code:
for organic peroxide storage arrangements. Pile limi-
tations specified in the table are based on the relative Bulletin 19A, Suggested Relative Hazard Classification
hazard of the material when involved in fire. These of Organic Peroxides. Washington, DC: Society of
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
limits apply to Class I, II, III and IV organic peroxides the Plastics Industry, 1975.
in combustible and noncombustible containers and Code Changes Resource Collection—2015 Interna-
packages. tional Fire Code. Washington, DC: International
6204.2.5 Separation. In addition to the requirements of Sec- Code Council, 2014.
tion 5003.9.8, outdoor storage areas for organic peroxides in
DOTn 49 CFR; 100-178-05, Specification for Transpor-
amounts exceeding those specified in Table 5003.8.2 shall be
tation of Explosive and Other Dangerous Articles,
located a minimum distance of 50 feet (15 240 mm) from
Shipping Containers. Washington, DC: U.S. Depart-
other hazardous material storage.
ment of Transportation, 2005.
 The required minimum 50-foot (15 240 mm) separa-
Publication AS109, Safety and Handling of Organic Per-
tion distance from other hazardous materials storage
oxides: A Guide. Washington, DC: Society of the
is intended to reduce the hazard of dangerous chemi-
Plastics Industry, 1999.
cal reactions with other incompatible materials in the
event of a spill, fire or explosion. Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous
Goods, Test and Criteria, Parts I, II and III, 10th rev.
ed. New York: United Nations, 1997.
SECTION 6205
Townsend, J.S. “Heat: The Forgotten Reactant.” Indus-
USE
trial Fire World, p. 1416 May/June 1993.
6205.1 General. The use of organic peroxides in amounts
indicated in Table 5003.1.1(1) or 5003.1.1(3) shall be in
accordance with Sections 5001, 5003, 5005 and this chapter.
 This section applies to indoor and outdoor dispens-
ing, use and handling of organic peroxides when the
amounts being dispensed, used or handled are in
excess of the MAQ per indoor or outdoor control area
indicated in Table 5003.1.1(1) or 5003.1.1(3), respec-
tively. The administrative, general, use, dispensing
and handling provisions of Chapter 50 are applicable,
in addition to the requirements of this chapter.
Once the MAQ of organic peroxide per control area
has been exceeded, indoor areas where materials
are being dispensed, used or handled must be
located in a building or portion of a building complying
with the IBC for a Group H occupancy because of the
increased hazards associated with quantity.
Although no occupancy group is assigned to them,
outside organic peroxide use areas require an
increased level of regulation when quantities exceed
the MAQs per outdoor control area. The MAQs per
control area listed in Tables 5003.1.1(1) and
5003.1.1(3) have been divided into closed-use and
open-use systems. Corresponding MAQs recognize
that an open-use condition is generally more hazard-
ous than a closed-use condition because the organic
peroxide is more directly exposed to the surrounding
environment and can become more readily involved
in an incident than if it is totally confined. The MAQs
for use are based on the aggregate quantity in both
use and storage, not exceeding the exempt amount
listed for storage.

--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
62-8 Code Council

Chapter 63:
Oxidizers, Oxidizing Gases and
Oxidizing Cryogenic Fluids
General Comments Materials like carbon steel and all plastics are not
acceptable for cryogenic fluid service.
Solid, liquid and gaseous oxidizers and oxidizing cryo- Cryogenic fluids are gases that have been condensed
genic fluids are common industrial chemicals. These into a fluid and have extremely large expansion ratios.
compounds are often used because of their reactive LOX has a liquid-to-gas expansion ratio [measured from
properties. Common oxidizers include bromates, chlo- its boiling point temperature to normal temperature and
rates, chlorites, dichromates, hypochlorites, nitrates, pressure (NTP)] of one to 960. Because of the large
nitrites, permanganates, inorganic peroxides and inor- expansion ratio, the design of the containers must
ganic superoxides. Oxidizing cryogenic fluids include include a means of pressure relief anywhere in the pip-
liquid oxygen, which is regulated by this chapter in addi- ing system where LOX can be trapped, such as a pipe
tion to Chapter 55. located between two valves that are closed.
Requirements for the storage and use of liquid oxy- The physical hazard as an oxidizer remains when
gen for respiratory care in Group I-1, I-4 and R occupan- oxygen is converted to LOX. As a result, a small release
cies are now specified in Chapter 63. Section 6306 was of liquid may produce a sufficient volume of oxygen to
developed in response to changes in technology that create an oxygen-enriched atmosphere. An atmosphere
improve in-home care of patients with respiratory ail- containing 23 percent or more by volume of oxygen is
ments. This section now allows patients to utilize a liq- considered to be oxygen enriched. LOX and its cold
uid oxygen ambulatory care container and to be able to vapors are capable of causing severe burns to human
refill the container from a liquid oxygen home care con- tissues.
tainer in a home setting. The oxidizer hazard classifications defined in this chap-
Although oxidizers themselves do not burn, they pose ter do not correspond to those given in NFPA 704. The
unique fire hazards because of their ability to support NFPA 704 system indicates whether a given material will
combustion by breaking down and giving off oxygen. support combustion by using the “OXY” symbol in the
The hazard classification system for these materials lower quadrant of the placard. No numerical hazard value
described in the definition of “Oxidizer” in Section is assigned to a material’s oxidizing ability in the NFPA
6302.1 reflects the varying reactivity of oxidizers when 704 system.
they come in contact with combustible materials. The When the specific hazard classification of a material
classification system originated in NFPA 430, upon is not known, the fire code official must use judgment in
which the provisions of this chapter are based but that is approving the assignment of materials to specific haz-
not referenced by the code except for sprinkler design ard classes. The best source of guidance is the informa-
criteria in Section 6304.1.4. tion supplied by the Material Safety Data Sheets
Cryogenic oxygen regulated by this chapter is also (MSDS) (see commentary, Section 407).
known as liquid oxygen (LOX). Oxygen is converted to
LOX because it is less bulky and costly to handle when
compared to an equivalent volume of compressed oxy- Purpose
gen stored in high-pressure cylinders. LOX is defined in Chapter 63 addresses the hazards associated with oxi-
Section 6302.1 as an oxidizing gas in the cryogenic state dizing materials and establishes criteria for their safe
and has a boiling point temperature of -297.3°F (-165°C). storage and protection in indoor and outdoor storage
LOX, as with other cryogenic fluids, presents a number facilities, minimizing the potential for uncontrolled
of hazards. releases and contact with fuel sources. The chapter
Because of the extremely low boiling points of cryo- also provides reasonable safeguards for the storage
genic fluids, containers for cryogenic fluids, piping and and use of medical oxygen in home health care set-
pressure relief and control devices must be constructed tings.
of materials that are resistant to these temperatures.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

OXIDIZERS, OXIDIZING GASES AND OXIDIZING CRYOGENIC FLUIDS
SECTION 6301 similar statement in Section 5301.1 sends the user to

GENERAL this chapter for regulation of oxidizing gases (includ-
6301.1 Scope. The storage and use of oxidizing materials ing oxygen), which will get the user to Section 6306,
shall be in accordance with this chapter and Chapter 50. Oxi- as well.
dizing gases shall also comply with Chapter 53. Oxidizing 6301.2 Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in Sec-
cryogenic fluids shall also comply with Chapter 55. tion 105.6.
Exceptions:  The process of issuing permits gives the fire code
1. Display and storage in Group M and storage in official an opportunity to carefully evaluate and regu-
Group S occupancies complying with Section late hazardous operations. Permit applicants should
5003.11. be required to demonstrate that their operations com-
2. Bulk oxygen systems at industrial and institutional issued. See the commentary to Section 105.6 for a
consumer sites shall be in accordance with NFPA general discussion of operations requiring an opera-
55. tional permit, Section 105.6.21 for a discussion of
3. Liquid oxygen stored or used in home health care in specific quantity-based operational permits for the
Group I-1, I-4 and R occupancies in accordance with materials regulated in this chapter and Section 105.7
Section 6306. for a general discussion of activities requiring a con-
 This chapter is based in part on former NFPA 430
fire department of the need for prefire planning for
(now Chapter 15 of NFPA 400), addressing the haz-
hazardous property.
ards presented by the storage and use of oxidizers.
In addition to the requirements of this chapter, oxidiz-
ing compressed gases are subject to Chapter 53 and SECTION 6302
oxidizing cryogenic fluids to Chapter 55. DEFINITIONS
Exception 1 states that this chapter does not apply
to oxidizers where stored and displayed in Group M 6302.1 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chap-
occupancies or where stored in Group S occupan- ter 2:
cies. Instead, they are governed by Section 5003.11 BULK OXYGEN SYSTEM.
for those occupancy groups. In that section, Class 4
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
LIQUID OXYGEN AMBULATORY CONTAINER.

oxidizers are prohibited in Group M mercantile occu-
pancies because of their detonable hazard potential. LIQUID OXYGEN HOME CARE CONTAINER.
Quantities of all other oxidizer classes are limited on OXIDIZER.
a per-control-area basis to limit exposure to people Class 4.
and property (see commentary, Section 5003.11). Class 3.
This exception would permit an increase above the Class 2.
maximum allowable quantities per control area Class 1.
(MAQs) indicated in Table 5003.1.1(1) for oxidizers
OXIDIZING CRYOGENIC FLUID.
while still maintaining a mercantile or storage occu-
pancy group classification. OXIDIZING GAS.
Exception 2 makes it clear that bulk oxygen sys-  Definitions of terms can help in the understanding
tems, as defined in Section 6302.1, are not within the and application of the code requirements. This sec-
scope of this chapter but are required to comply with tion directs the code user to Chapter 2 for the proper
the provisions of NFPA 55. application of the indicated terms used in this chap-
It is not realistic to apply the MAQ/control area con- ter. Terms may be defined in Chapter 2 or in another
cept set forth in Chapter 50 to the widespread use International Code® as indicated in Section 201.3, or
and distribution of liquid oxygen in home health care the dictionary meaning may be all that is needed (see
settings. Exception 3 clarifies that LOX stored and also commentary, Sections 201.1 through 201.4).
used for home health care in the indicated occupan-
cies in accordance with Section 6306 is not required
to also comply with Chapter 50 or 55 provisions. The SECTION 6303
concept in Section 6306 is to limit not only the individ- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
ual container size but also the total number of con-
tainers allowed in an individual dwelling unit. Trying to 6303.1 Quantities not exceeding the maximum allowable
further regulate the quantity in a building is not con- quantity per control area. The storage and use of oxidizing
sidered by either industry or the fire service to be a materials in amounts not exceeding the maximum allowable
reasonable or enforceable regulatory approach. A quantity per control area indicated in Section 5003.1 shall be
63-2 Code Council

in accordance with Sections 5001, 5003, 6301 and 6303. Oxi- in occupancies equipped with sprinklers can be dou-
dizing gases shall also comply with Chapter 53. bled.
 The provisions of this section complement the 6303.1.1.1.2 Group R occupancies. Class 4 liquid and solid
requirements of Chapter 50 in structures used for the oxidizers shall not be stored or used within Group R occupan-
storage, handling or use of oxidizing materials. cies.
Unless otherwise indicated in a particular section, the  Because Class 4 liquid and solid oxidizers are a great
regulations contained in Sections 6303.1.1 through explosive hazard, they cannot be stored in any resi-
6303.1.3 assume that the quantity of oxidizers in a dential occupancy within the scope of the code’s reg-
given building is limited to the MAQs established in ulations because of the increased danger to the
Section 5003.1; thus, the building is not classified in occupants and the otherwise unregulated environ-
Occupancy Group H. The general requirements of ment to which the materials could be exposed.
Sections 5001 and 5003 are fully applicable to the
6303.1.1.1.3 Offices and retail sales areas. Class 4 liquid
storage and use of organic peroxides in addition to
and solid oxidizers shall not be stored or used in offices or
the provisions of this chapter. In the event that the
retail sales areas of Group B, F, M or S occupancies.
oxidizer being stored is a gas, it will also be subject to
Chapter 53.  Because Class 4 liquid and solid oxidizers are a great
6303.1.1 Special limitations for indoor storage and use by explosive hazard, they cannot be stored in offices or
occupancy. The indoor storage and use of oxidizing materi- retail sales areas of occupancies in Group B, F, M or
als shall be in accordance with Sections 6303.1.1.1 through S because of the increased danger to the occupants
6303.1.1.3. and the higher relative fire loads typically encoun-
tered in these occupancies.
 Because certain occupancies may need to have oxi-
6303.1.1.1.4 Classrooms. In classrooms of Group B, F or M
dizing materials on hand, Sections 6303.1.1.1
occupancies, any amount of Class 4 liquid and solid oxidizers
through 6303.1.1.3 provide regulations that are spe-
shall be stored in accordance with the following:
cific to occupancy group classifications and recognize
the relative hazards of both the occupancy and the 1. Class 4 liquid and solid oxidizers shall be stored in haz-
oxidizing material. ardous materials storage cabinets complying with Sec-
6303.1.1.1 Class 4 liquid and solid oxidizers. The storage tion 5003.8.7.
and use of Class 4 liquid and solid oxidizers shall comply 2. Hazardous materials storage cabinets shall not contain
with Sections 6303.1.1.1.1 through 6303.1.1.1.4. other storage.
 Because of their explosive or higher deflagration haz-  This section allows the occasional use of limited
ard characteristics, Class 4 liquid and solid oxidizers amounts of Class 4 liquid and solid oxidizers in cer-
warrant special consideration and limitations when tain scientific, experimental or demonstration set-
stored or used in certain occupancies, as indicated in tings; however, storage of any quantity of these
Sections 6303.1.1.1.1 through 6303.1.1.1.4. materials for any length of time is not allowed. The
6303.1.1.1.1 Group A, E, I or U occupancies. In Group A, fire code official may limit the amount of Class 4 liquid
E, I or U occupancies, any amount of Class 4 liquid and solid and solid oxidizers brought into a structure for these
oxidizers shall be stored in accordance with the following: uses. The quantity actually needed for the experi-
ment should determine the amount allowed into a
1. Class 4 liquid and solid oxidizers shall be stored in haz- structure.
ardous materials storage cabinets complying with Sec- Because of their explosive hazard characteristics,
tion 5003.8.7. even the smallest quantity of Class 4 liquid and solid
2. The hazardous materials storage cabinets shall not con- oxidizers must be stored in an approved hazardous
tain other storage. materials storage cabinet, constructed and placarded
 Because of their explosive or higher deflagration haz- in accordance with Section 5003.8.6, to reduce the
ard characteristics, even the smallest quantity of exposure of the materials to hazards from the sur-
Class 4 liquid and solid oxidizers present in Group A, rounding environment. Based on Note e to Table
E, I or U occupancies must be stored in an approved 5003.1.1(1), where an approved storage cabinet is
hazardous materials storage cabinet constructed and used, the MAQ that could be kept in such occupan-
placarded in accordance with Section 5003.8.6 to cies can be doubled.
reduce the exposure of the materials to hazards from Note g to Table 5003.1.1(1) allows storage of Class
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
the surrounding environment. 4 liquid and solid oxidizers in any amount only in
It should also be noted that Note g to Table buildings equipped throughout with an approved
5003.1.1(1) limits storage of Class 4 liquid and solid automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Sec-
oxidizers in any amount to buildings equipped tion 903.3.1.1.
throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler sys- To reduce the likelihood of contamination of the
tem in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. Also, Class 4 oxidizer materials or damage to their packag-
based on Note e to Table 5003.1.1(1), if an approved ing, Item 2 prohibits the storage of other materials in
storage cabinet is used, the MAQ that could be kept the approved storage cabinet.

6303.1.1.2 Class 3 liquid and solid oxidizers. Not more than regulate the rate of flow of hazardous materials in the
200 pounds (91 kg) of solid or 20 gallons (76 L) of liquid piping system, fail-safe valves or other approved
Class 3 oxidizer is allowed in storage and use where such types that will operate automatically, or there must be
materials are necessary for maintenance purposes or opera- a manual means of operation to give the fire depart-
tion of equipment. The oxidizers shall be stored in approved ment or other responsible persons the ability to stop
containers and in an approved manner. the flow of hazardous materials in an emergency. The
valves must be readily accessible and comply with
 The higher amounts of Class 3 liquid and solid oxidiz-
Section 5003.2.2.1. Also see the commentary to the
ers permitted by this section in storage and use are in
definitions of “Emergency shutoff valve,” “Emergency
recognition of their common use for building mainte-
shutoff valve, manual” and “Emergency shutoff valve,
nance purposes or equipment operation. Proper stor-
automatic” in Section 202.
age practices and safeguards must still be observed.
6303.1.2.1 Shutoff at source. A manual or automatic fail-
6303.1.1.3 Oxidizing gases. Except for cylinders of nonliq-
safe emergency shutoff valve shall be installed on supply pip-
uefied compressed gases not exceeding a capacity of 250
ing at the cylinder or bulk source. Manual or automatic cylin-
cubic feet (7 m3) or liquefied compressed gases not exceeding
der valves are allowed to be used as the required emergency
a capacity of 46 pounds (21 kg) each used for maintenance
shutoff valve where the source of supply is limited to unman-
purposes, patient care or operation of equipment, oxidizing
ifolded cylinder sources.
gases shall not be stored or used in Group A, E, I or R occu-
pancies or in offices in Group B occupancies.  Where the source of the gas is limited to “cylinder
The aggregate quantities of gases used for maintenance sources” that are not manifolded, the shutoff valve
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
purposes and operation of equipment shall not exceed the can be the cylinder valve itself. If cylinders are mani-
maximum allowable quantity per control area listed in Table folded or if the source is other than cylinders, an inde-
5003.1.1(1). pendent shutoff valve is required to be installed on
the piping system.
Medical gas systems and medical gas supply cylinders
6303.1.2.2 Shutoff at point of use. A manual or automatic
shall also be in accordance with Section 5306.
emergency shutoff valve shall be installed on the supply pip-
 In Occupancy Groups A, E, I or R, or offices in Group ing at the point of use or at a point where the equipment using
B occupancies, up to the MAQ of oxidizing gases per the gas is connected to the supply system.
control area established in Table 5003.1.1(1) are
 Emergency shutoff valves at the point of use are to
allowed for maintenance and critical functions, such
be installed on the supply piping either at the use
as patient care and maintenance of equipment.
point or where equipment is connected. Either man-
To limit the amount of gas that could be released in
ual or automatic valves are allowed to be used. For
any given incident, no individual cylinder may exceed
example, it is common in some installations to have
a capacity of 250 cubic feet (7 m3) for nonliquefied
gas piped to a room for use with portable or fixed
compressed gases or 46 pounds (21 kg) for liquefied
equipment. Emergency shutoff valves are typically
compressed gases. Consistent with Section 6301.1,
provided at the point where the piping first enters the
the provisions of Chapter 53 are also applicable to
room. Equipment may not be connected to the valve;
oxidizer gases, in addition to the provisions of this
however, the valve represents the point of connection
section.
for use. When equipment is connected to the supply
The quantity limitation to office spaces in Group B
system, a valve that isolates the equipment is
occupancies allows small laboratories, doctor or den-
required. It may or may not be the same valve as that
tal spaces, or other nonoffice uses classified as
used at the point of penetration. Either valve is
Group B to store and use quantities up to the MAQs
allowed to be manual or automatic, and either valve
of flammable or oxidizing gases.
serves as an emergency shutoff valve.
6303.1.2 Emergency shutoff. Compressed gas systems con-
6303.1.3 Ignition source control. Ignition sources in areas
veying oxidizing gases shall be provided with approved man-
containing oxidizing gases shall be controlled in accordance
ual or automatic emergency shutoff valves that can be
with Section 5003.7.
activated at each point of use and at each source.
 Given the fact that oxidizers enhance or accelerate
 In order to maintain control over the flow of oxidizer
the combustion process, ignition sources, such as
gases under emergency conditions, each supply
smoking and open flames, must be strictly controlled
source and point of use of oxidizer compressed gas
in oxidizer storage or use areas in accordance with
must have an approved emergency shutoff valve.
the provisions of Section 5003.7 to reduce the likeli-
These valves must be excess flow control valves to
hood of a fire involving the stored material.
63-4 Code Council

6303.2 Class 1 oxidizer storage configuration. The storage prevent uncontrolled release or exposure to condi-
configuration of Class I liquid and solid oxidizers shall be as tions that may result in a fire or explosion.
set forth in Table 6303.2. 6304.1.1 Explosion control. Indoor storage rooms, areas and
 See the commentary to Table 6303.2. buildings containing Class 4 liquid or solid oxidizers shall be
TABLE 6303.2
provided with explosion control in accordance with Section
STORAGE OF CLASS 1 OXIDIZER LIQUIDS AND SOLIDS 911.
STORAGE CONFIGURATION LIMITS (feet)  Because of the possibility of a deflagration or detona-
Piles
tion in the event of ignition of oxidizers, explosion
Maximum width 24 relief venting meeting the requirements of Section
Maximum height 20 911 must be installed to protect the storage building
Maximum distance to aisle 12 or structure from collapse.
Minimum distance to next pilea 4 6304.1.2 Automatic sprinkler system. The automatic sprin-
Minimum distance to wallsb 2 kler system for oxidizer storage shall be designed in accor-
dance with NFPA 400.
Maximum quantity per pile 200 tons
 This section, as with all of Section 6304.1, is applica-
Maximum quantity per building No Limit ble to oxidizer storage buildings or portions of build-
ings classified in Occupancy Group H. Section
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound = 0.454 kg, 1 ton = 0.907185 metric ton.
a. The minimum aisle width shall be equal to the pile height, but not less
903.2.5.1 generally requires that sprinklers be
than 4 feet and not greater than 8 feet. installed throughout the Group H occupancy in accor-
b. There shall be no minimum distance from the pile to a wall for amounts dance with Section 903.3.1.1. Because of the unique
less than 9,000 pounds. fire protection challenges presented by the storage of
 Class 1 oxidizers are the least susceptible to sponta- liquid and solid oxidizers, this section mandates that
neous reactions at elevated temperatures (such as the sprinkler design for oxidizer storage be in accor-
from exposure fires). The limitations of Table 6303.2 dance with NFPA 400, which includes special sprin-
apply to Class 1 oxidizers in containers and pack- kler design densities based on the class of oxidizer
ages. Combustible containers such as fiber drums, being protected and the manner of storage. These
cardboard or plastic boxes, paper or plastic bags and requirements are also duplicated in NFPA 13.
plastic bottles or jugs are common packaging materi- Note that only the sprinkler design criteria con-
als for oxidizers. Expanded polystyrene foam and tained in NFPA 400 may be used because the rest of
other plastic and cellulosic combustible materials are the standard is not included in the reference and,
also commonly used as packing materials. Noncom- therefore, would not be applicable. See the commen-
bustible containers, such as glass jugs and bottles, tary to Section 102.7 for further discussion of the lim-
are common containers but are usually shipped in itations on the use of referenced standards.
combustible packing materials and boxes to prevent 6304.1.3 Liquid-tight floor. In addition to Section 5004.12,
damage. Occasionally, some materials may be floors of storage areas for liquid and solid oxidizers shall be
shipped or stored in metal drums. Whenever possi- of liquid-tight construction.
ble, materials should be kept in original shipping con-  Floors and sills of rooms or areas used to contain
tainers to prevent spillage or contamination. hazardous material spills must be liquid tight to pre-
vent the flow of liquids to adjoining areas (see com-
mentary, Section 5004.2). The floor surface should
SECTION 6304 be compatible with the oxidizer materials to be
STORAGE retained and must be noncombustible, as required by
6304.1 Indoor storage. Indoor storage of oxidizing materials Section 5004.12.
in amounts exceeding the maximum allowable quantity per 6304.1.4 Smoke detection. An approved supervised smoke
control area indicated in Table 5003.1.1(1) shall be in accor- detection system in accordance with Section 907 shall be
dance with Sections 5001, 5003 and 5004 and this chapter. installed in liquid and solid oxidizer storage areas. Activation
 This section regulates the indoor storage of oxidizing of the smoke detection system shall sound a local alarm.
materials when quantities are in excess of the MAQ Exception: Detached storage buildings protected by an
and classified in Occupancy Group H. The general approved automatic fire-extinguishing system.
and storage provisions of Chapter 50 are applicable
in addition to the requirements of this section. Stor-  An automatic fire detection system with central,
age of oxidizing materials inside structures must remote or proprietary station supervision and a local
comply with Sections 6304.1.1 through 6304.2.4 to alarm signal is required for early warning of fire to
building occupants and fire suppression personnel.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Detectors and installation methods in oxidizer storage TABLE 6304.1.5(1)

areas must be selected for compatibility with the STORAGE OF CLASS 2 OXIDIZER LIQUIDS AND SOLIDS
materials stored. Fire alarm equipment and installa- LIMITS
tion methods must comply with Section 907. Materi- STORAGE CONFIGURATION Control Group H
als that emit strong vapors may interfere with fire area occupancy
Detached
storage
detection system components or trigger nuisance storage storage
alarm signals. The required local alarm is intended to Piles
alert the occupants in the immediate vicinity of the Maximum width 16 feet 25 feet 25 feet
storage area to a potentially hazardous condition. Maximum height Note a Note a Note a
The alarm is not intended to be part of an evacuation Maximum distance to aisle 8 feet 12 feet 12 feet
alarm system for the entire structure. Minimum distance to next pile Note b Note b Note b
The exception indicates that automatic fire detec- Minimum distance to walls 2 feet 2 feetc 2 feetc
tion is not required in detached storage buildings Maximum quantity per pile MAQ 100 tons 100 tons
where there is an automatic fire suppression system.
Automatic sprinklers or approved alternative fire- Maximum quantity per building MAQ 2000 tons No Limit
extinguishing systems reduce the danger to people
and property from fire by detecting the fire, sounding For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound = 0.454 kg, 1 ton = 0.907185 metric ton.
an alarm, transmitting the alarm to the fire depart- a. Maximum storage height in nonsprinklered buidlings is limited to 6 feet.
In sprinklered buildings see NFPA 400 for storage heights based on
ment and suppressing the fire. ceiling sprinkler protection.
Fire-extinguishing systems in detached storage b. The minimum aisle width shall be equal to the pile height, but not less
buildings must be supervised by connection to a cen- than 4 feet and not greater than 8 feet.
tral station, a remote supervising station or a propri- c. For protection level and detached storage under 4,500 pounds, there shall
etary supervising station or, when approved by the be no minimum separation distance between the pile and any wall.
fire code official, connected to a system that pro-  Table 6304.1.5(1) applies equally to Class 3 oxidizers
duces an audible and visual signal monitored at a in combustible and noncombustible containers and
constantly attended on-site location. See the com- packages in control areas, Group H storage rooms
mentary to Section 903.4 for further discussion of and detached storage structures. Aisle widths that
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
sprinkler system supervision, and Section 904.3.5 for are equal to the pile height, as stated in Note b,
further discussion of alternative automatic fire-extin- reduce the fire exposure hazard between piles and, in
guishing system supervision. the event of a fire-related collapse of a pile, reduce
6304.1.5 Storage conditions. The maximum quantity of oxi- the likelihood of a “domino” effect that could not only
dizers per building in storage buildings shall not exceed those increase fire intensity but also completely block
quantities set forth in Tables 6304.1.5(1) through access to pile areas by fire suppression personnel.
6304.1.5(3). TABLE 6304.1.5(2)
The storage configuration for liquid and solid oxidizers STORAGE OF CLASS 3 OXIDIZER LIQUIDS AND SOLIDS
shall be as set forth in Table 6303.2 and Tables 6304.1.5(1) LIMITS
through 6304.1.5(3). STORAGE CONFIGURATION Control Group H
Detached
area occupancy
Class 2 oxidizers shall not be stored in basements except storage
storage storage
where such storage is in stationary tanks. Piles
Class 3 and 4 oxidizers in amounts exceeding the maxi- Maximum width 12 feet 16 feet 20 feet
mum allowable quantity per control area set forth in Section Maximum height Note a Note a Note a
5003.1 shall be stored on the ground floor only. Maximum distance to aisle 8 feet 10 feet 10 feet
Minimum distance to next pile Note b Note b Note b
 This section covers storage requirements related to Minimum distance to walls 4 feet 4 feetc 4 feetc
the hazards of oxidizers stored in storage structures. Maximum quantity per pile NA 30 tons 100 tons
MAQs of oxidizers and their arrangement in the build-
ing must comply with Tables 6304.1.5(1) through (3). No
Maximum quantity per building MAQ 1200 tons
Because of the moderate hazard of Class 2 oxidiz- Limit
ers, they can be stored in basements, but only when For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound = 0.454 kg, 1 ton = 0.907185 metric ton.
contained in approved stationary tanks that comply a. Maximum storage height in nonsprinklered buildings is limited to 6 feet.
with the applicable provisions of Section 5003.2. In sprinklered buildings see NFPA 400 for storage heights based on
Because of their greater relative hazard, storage of ceiling sprinkler protection.
b. The minimum aisle width shall be equal to the pile height, but not less
Class 3 and 4 oxidizers in excess of the MAQs above than 4 feet and not greater than 8 feet.
or below the ground floor is prohibited. The greater c. For protection level and detached storage under 2,300 pounds, there shall
hazard results in more problems associated with be no minimum separation distance between the pile and any wall.
manual fire suppression operations in below-grade
 Table 6304.1.5(2) applies equally to Class 3 oxidizers
areas. Ground-floor storage also facilitates fire-fighter
in combustible and noncombustible containers and
access to the storage area.
63-6 Code Council

packages in control areas, Group H storage rooms compatible. Noncombustible materials, such as
and detached storage structures. Aisle widths that unprotected ferrous metals, may corrode or react vio-
are equal to the pile height, as stated in Note b, lently in the presence of certain oxidizing materials.
reduce the fire exposure hazard between piles and, in For example, concentrated hydrogen peroxide
the event of a fire-related collapse of a pile, reduce (greater than 52-percent solution) may produce a vio-
the likelihood of a “domino” effect that could not only lent decomposition reaction in contact with iron, cop-
increase fire intensity but also completely block per, chromium, brass, bronze, lead, silver and
access to pile areas by fire suppression personnel. manganese. The corrosive effects of many oxidizers
TABLE 6304.1.5(3) may also damage concrete surfaces.
STORAGE OF CLASS 4 OXIDIZER LIQUIDS AND SOLIDS 6304.1.8 Detached storage. Storage of liquid and solid oxi-
STORAGE CONFIGURATION LIMITS (feet) dizers shall be in detached buildings where required by Sec-
Piles tion 5003.8.2.
Maximum length 10  Section 5003.8.2 and Table 5003.8.2 require
Maximum width 4 detached storage for Class 4 oxidizer solids and liq-
Maximum height 8
uids when the MAQ is exceeded. See the commen-
Minimum distance to next pile 8
tary to Section 5003.8.2 and Table 5003.8.2.
Maximum quantity per building No Limit 6304.1.8.1 Separation distance. Detached storage buildings
for Class 4 oxidizer liquids and solids shall be located not less
than 50 feet (15 240 mm) from other hazardous materials
 Table 6304.1.5(3) applies to the storage of Class 4 storage.
oxidizers in quantities greater than the exempt
amounts specified in Table 5003.1.1(1). Aisle widths  When the MAQ is exceeded for Class 4 oxidizer liq-
that are equal to the pile height, as required in the uids and solids, the occupancy group is Group H-1,
table, reduce the fire exposure hazard between piles the same as for explosives. The minimum separation
and, in the event of a fire-related collapse of a pile, distance specified is intended to reduce the effects of
reduce the likelihood of a “domino” effect that could radiant heat or physical damage exposure in the
not only increase fire intensity but also completely event of a fire or explosion in a detached storage
block access to pile areas by fire suppression person- building.
nel. 6304.2 Outdoor storage. Outdoor storage of oxidizing mate-
6304.1.6 Separation of Class 4 oxidizers from other materials in amounts exceeding the maximum allowable quantities
rials. In addition to the requirements in Section 5003.9.8, per control area set forth in Table 5003.1.1(3) shall be in
Class 4 oxidizer liquids and solids shall be separated from accordance with Sections 5001, 5003, 5004 and this chapter.
other hazardous materials by not less than a 1-hour fire bar- Oxidizing gases shall also comply with Chapter 53.
rier or stored in hazardous materials storage cabinets.  This section regulates the outdoor storage of oxidiz-
 Above all else, oxidizers must be kept away from ing materials when in excess of the MAQ established
flammable and combustible liquids and explosive by Table 5003.1.1(3). The general and storage provi-
materials. Other chemicals may also react violently sions of Chapter 50 are applicable in addition to the
with some oxidizers and some oxidizers will react requirements of this section. Storage of oxidizing
with other oxidizers. For example, triazinetriones materials in outdoor control areas must comply with
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
(chlorinated isocyanurates) are incompatible with Sections 6304.2.1 through 6304.2.4 to prevent
hypochlorites. Materials should be checked for com- uncontrolled release or exposure to conditions that
patibility before storage arrangements are approved. may result in a fire or explosion. In addition to the
See the MSDS for each product for guidance on com- requirements of this chapter, oxidizing compressed
patibility. gases are subject to the requirements of Chapter 53.
Class 4 oxidizers must be stored in separate haz- 6304.2.1 Distance from storage to exposures for oxidizing
ardous materials storage cabinets or in rooms sepa- gases. Outdoor storage areas for oxidizing gases shall be
rated from other storage areas by 1-hour fire- located in accordance with Table 6304.2.2.
resistance-rated construction.  Table 6304.2.1 contains separation distances for out-
6304.1.7 Contamination. Liquid and solid oxidizers shall door storage of oxidizing gases that are intended to
not be stored on or against combustible surfaces. Liquid and minimize radiant heat transfer and fire spread
solid oxidizers shall be stored in a manner to prevent contam- between exposures.
ination. TABLE 6304.2.1. See page 63-8.
 Combustible surfaces may be ignited in the event of a  Table 6304.2.1 establishes spatial separation (or
spill or uncontrolled release of oxidizing material, alternative) safeguards required for the outside stor-
including its vapors. Protective floor and wall coverage of oxidizing compressed gases when in excess
ings should be checked for compatibility with the oxi- of the outside storage MAQ shown in Table
dizing materials even if the underlying material is 5003.1.1(3).

The required separation distance is intended to tion distances for the outdoor storage of oxidizer
minimize radiant heat transfer between exposures. gases when in excess of the outside storage MAQ
Separation distances provide a measure of protection shown in Table 5001.1.1(3).
against the possibility of fire spread in the event of a
fire involving the stored material or an incident involv-
ing another exposure, such as a building on the same SECTION 6305
or an adjacent lot, or a vehicle in the public right-of- USE
way. IBC Section 414.6 contains additional protection 6305.1 Scope. The use of oxidizers in amounts exceeding the
requirements for outside storage conditions in areas maximum allowable quantity per control area indicated in
that are provided with an overhead roof structure or Table 5003.1.1(1) or 5003.1.1(3) shall be in accordance with
canopy to protect the materials from the weather. Sections 5001, 5003, 5005 and this chapter. Oxidizing gases
Note a allows encroachment on property lines, shall also comply with Chapter 53.
public streets, public ways, etc., through the use of a
protective 2-hour fire barrier (constructed as required  This section applies to all indoor and outdoor dis-
by IBC Section 707, which acts as a shield between pensing, use and handling of oxidizers when these
amounts are in excess of the MAQ per indoor or out-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
the storage and the exposure. The note recognizes
that a 2-hour fire-barrier wall provides an equivalent door control area indicated in Table 5003.1.1(1) or
means of achieving the objective of spatial separa- 5003.1.1(3), respectively. The administrative, general
tion. Where a separation assembly is used instead of use, handling and dispensing provisions of Chapter
a physical separation distance, the wall must extend 50 are applicable in addition to the requirements of
vertically beyond the roof or wall opening of the larger this chapter.
structure on each side (top and sides) to prevent a Once the MAQs of oxidizers per control area have
fire from lapping over or extending around the wall been exceeded, indoor areas where materials are
and must be arranged to prevent hazardous accumu- being dispensed, used or handled must be located in
lation of gas. a building or portion of a building complying with the
IBC for a Group H occupancy as a result of the
6304.2.1.1 Oxidizing cryogenic fluids. Outdoor storage increased hazards associated with quantity.
areas for oxidizing cryogenic fluids shall be located in accor- Although no occupancy group is assigned to them,
dance with Chapter 55. outside oxidizer use areas must have an increased
 This section indicates that outdoor storage areas for level of regulation when quantities exceed the MAQs
oxidizing cryogenic fluids are subject to the outdoor per outdoor control area listed in Table 5003.1.1(3).
storage requirements found in Section 5504.3. Corresponding MAQs recognize that an open-use
6304.2.2 Storage configuration for liquid and solid oxidiz- condition is generally more hazardous than a closed-
ers. Storage configuration for liquid and solid oxidizers shall use condition because the oxidizer is more directly
be in accordance with Table 6303.2 and Tables 6304.1.5(1) exposed to the surrounding environment and can
through 6304.1.5(3). become more readily involved in an incident than if
totally confined. The MAQs for use are based on the
 The outside storage arrangements for liquid and solid aggregate quantity in both use and storage being
oxidizers are the same as for inside storage arrange- within the MAQs listed for storage.
ments contained in Section 6304.1.8 and its refer-
enced tables (see commentary, Section 6304.1.8).
6304.2.3 Storage configuration for oxidizing gases. Storage SECTION 6306
configuration for oxidizing gases shall be in accordance with LIQUID OXYGEN IN HOME HEALTH CARE
Table 6304.2.2. 6306.1 General. The storage and use of liquid oxygen (LOX)
 To minimize radiant heat transfer and fire spread in home health care in Group I-1, I-4 and R occupancies shall
between exposures, Table 6304.2.2 contains separa-
TABLE 6304.2.1
OXIDIZER GASES—DISTANCE FROM STORAGE TO EXPOSURESa
DISTANCE TO A BUILDING NOT ASSOCIATED WITH THE
QUANTITY OF GAS STORED
MANUFACTURE OR DISTRIBUTION OF OXIDIZING GASES OR DISTANCE BETWEEN STORAGE AREAS (feet)
(cubic feet at NTP)
PUBLIC WAY OR LOT LINE THAT CAN BE BUILT UPON (feet)
0 – 50,000 5 5
50,001 – 100,000 10 10
100,001 or greater 15 10
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 cubic foot = 0.02832 m3.

a. The minimum required distances shall not apply where fire barriers without openings or penetrations having a minimum fire-resistance rating of 2 hours
interrupt the line of sight between the storage and the exposure. The configuration of the fire barrier shall be designed to allow natural ventilation to prevent
the accumulation of hazardous gas concentrations.
63-8 Code Council

comply with Sections 6306.2 through 6306.6, or shall be capacity of 15.8 gallons (60 L) in Group I-1, I-4 and R occu-
stored and used accordance with Chapter 50. pancies. Liquid oxygen ambulatory containers are allowed in
Group I-1, I-4 and R occupancies. Containers of liquid oxy-
 As the population ages, the use of LOX in home
gen in home health care shall also be stored, used and filled in
health care settings is expected to increase. Section
accordance with Section 6306 and Sections 5503.1 and
6306 was developed in response to changes in tech-
5503.2.
nology that improve the care of patients with respira-
tory ailments in their own homes allowing them to  The sizes of LOX ambulatory and health care con-
utilize a LOX ambulatory care container and to be tainers in Group I-1, I-4 and R occupancies are lim-
able to refill it from a LOX home care container. Sec- ited to 0.396 gallons (0.75 L) and 15.8 gallons (60 L),
tion 6306 will enhance public safety by establishing respectively, as established in the definitions in Sec-
minimum requirements for LOX storage and use in tion 6302.1 and by this section. It is necessary to
the occupancies where the material is most fre- establish container size limits because there has
quently encountered. In addition, Section 6306 been a trend to increase the size of the containers
requires that the suppliers provide a reasonable level delivered to the user, in some cases, simply in order
of information regarding safeguards to be supplied by to avoid more frequent deliveries. If it is necessary to
the users, and fills a void in the code that has been have individual containers larger than the limits
characterized by a growing concern and “need to established here, then the MAQ and control area con-
know” expressed by the code enforcement commu- cept set forth in Chapter 50 will apply. The general
nity. There may be certain circumstances that make requirements of Chapter 55 for containers and their
compliance with the provisions of Section 6306 pressure relief devices are also applicable to these
impractical or impossible, in which case, the provi- containers.
sions of Chapters 50 and 55 of the code would be 6306.3.2 Manufacturer’s instructions and labeling. Con-
applicable. tainers shall be stored, used and operated in accordance with
6306.2 Information and instructions to be provided. The the manufacturer’s instructions and labeling.
seller of liquid oxygen shall provide the user with informa-  Compliance with the LOX container manufacturer’s
tion in written form that includes, but is not limited to, the storage, use and operating instructions is a funda-
following: mental requirement consistent with all International
1. Manufacturer’s instructions and labeling for safe stor- Codes® and those instructions are considered an
age and use of the containers. enforceable extension of the code. Federal, state,
2. Locating containers away from ignition sources, exits, county or municipal laws might supercede part of or
electrical hazards and high-temperature devices in be applied in addition to the requirements in the
accordance with Section 6306.3.3. instructions.
3. Restraint of containers to prevent falling in accordance 6306.3.3 Locating containers. Containers shall not be
with Section 6306.3.4. located in areas where any of the following conditions exist:
4. Requirements for handling containers in accordance 1. They can be overturned due to operation of a door.
with Section 6306.3.5. 2. They are in the direct path of egress.
5. Safeguards for refilling containers in accordance with 3. They are subject to falling objects.
Section 6306.3.6. 4. They can become part of an electrical circuit.
6. Signage requirements in accordance with Section 5. Open flames and high-temperature devices can cause a
6306.6. hazard.
 This section requires that the LOX purveyor provide  The requirements in this section ensure that LOX
the customer with written, basic instructions on the home care and ambulatory containers are not located
safe storage, use, handling and refilling of LOX con- in areas where they can be damaged, near sources
tainers. of ignition or in the direct path of egress. Home care
6306.3 Liquid oxygen home care containers. Containers of and ambulatory containers must be located so that
liquid oxygen in home health care shall be in accordance with they are protected from being overturned resulting
Sections 6306.3.1 through 6306.3.6. from the impact of a door or from falling objects, such
 This section introduces the requirements applicable as a bookshelf. Containers are not allowed to be
to home health care LOX containers. See the com- located in the direct path of a means of egress to
avoid damage to containers or injury to occupants
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
mentary to the Chapter 2 definitions of “Liquid oxygen

home care container” and “Liquid oxygen ambulatory egressing the area. Containers also must be located
container.” so they cannot become part of an electrical circuit or
near open flames or high-temperature devices.
6306.3.1 Maximum individual container capacity. Liquid
oxygen home care containers shall not exceed an individual

6306.3.4 Restraining containers. Liquid oxygen home care patient or other individuals and written instructions for
containers shall be restrained while in storage or use to pre- the proper filling of these containers are provided by
vent falling caused by contact, vibration or seismic activity. the home care container manufacturer.
Containers shall be restrained by one of the following meth- 6306.3.6.2 Incompatible surfaces. A drip pan compatible
ods: with liquid oxygen shall be provided under home care con-
1. Restraining containers to a fixed object with one or tainer fill and vent connections during the filling process in
more restraints. order to protect against liquid oxygen spillage from coming
into contact with combustible surfaces, including asphalt.
2. Restraining containers within a framework, stand or
assembly designed to secure the container.  This section requires the use of a LOX-compatible
3. Restraining containers by locating a container against drip pan located beneath the container to prevent any
two points of contact such as the walls of a corner of a spilled LOX from contacting surfaces whose combus-
room or a wall and a secure furnishing or object such as tibility would be greatly enhanced by contact with the
a desk. LOX. Asphalt surfaces are especially problematic
because LOX that contacts asphalt can act as a con-
 To avoid physical damage to the containers and to tact explosive, resulting in a low-pressure explosion.
protect the user from injury due to falling containers, 6306.3.6.3 Open flames and high-temperature devices.
LOX home care containers are required to be The use of open flames and high-temperature devices shall be
restrained. This section specifies three approved in accordance with Section 5003.7.2.
methods of restraint to prevent a home care container
from being overturned due to mechanical impact or a  During LOX container filling operations, open flame
seismic event. sources and high-temperature devices must be sepa-
6306.3.5 Container handling. Containers shall be handled rated from home care and ambulatory containers in
by use of a cart or hand truck designed for such use. accordance with Section 5003.7.2 (see commentary,
Section 5003.7.2).
Exceptions:
6306.4 Maximum aggregate quantity. The maximum
1. Liquid oxygen home care containers equipped with aggregate quantity of liquid oxygen allowed in storage and in
a roller base. use in each dwelling unit shall be 31.6 gallons (120 L).
2. Liquid oxygen ambulatory containers are allowed to Exceptions:
be hand carried.
1. The maximum aggregate quantity of liquid oxygen
 This section requires that if containers are moved, to allowed in Group I-4 occupancies shall be limited
avoid damage due to dropping or upset, they must be by the maximum allowable quantity set forth in
transported using a cart or hand truck suitable for the Table 5003.1.1(1).
purpose. Because the level of stability and efficiency
2. Where individual sleeping rooms are separated from
in container moving is provided by roller bases that
the remainder of the dwelling unit by fire barriers
are made for the container, Exception 1 exempts
constructed in accordance with Section 707 of the
LOX home care containers equipped with rollers or
International Building Code, and horizontal assem-
caster wheels in their bases. Exception 2 recognizes
blies constructed in accordance with Section 711 of
that some ambulatory containers are made for porta-
the International Building Code, or both, having a
bility and are hand carried.
minimum fire-resistance rating of 1 hour, the maxi-
6306.3.6 Filling of containers. The filling of containers shall mum aggregate quantity per dwelling unit shall be
be in accordance with Sections 6306.3.6.1 through increased to allow not more than 31.6 gallons (120
6306.3.6.3. L) of liquid oxygen per sleeping room.
 This section introduces the following requirements  This section establishes a maximum aggregate
applicable to the filling of home health care LOX con- amount of 31.6 gallons (120 L) inside of each dwell-
tainers. ing unit. This allows for one container to be in use
6306.3.6.1 Filling location. Liquid oxygen home care con- and an additional cylinder in storage.
tainers and ambulatory containers shall be filled outdoors. Exception 1 further requires that the total amount of
LOX stored indoors in Group I-4 occupancies not
Exception: Liquid oxygen ambulatory containers are
exceed the MAQ for cryogenic oxidizing liquids speci-
allowed to be filled indoors where the supply container is
fied in Table 5003.1.1(1). That table establishes an
specifically designed for filling such containers and writ-
MAQ for LOX of 45 gallons (170.3 L) in a one-story,
ten instructions are provided by the container manufac-
Group I-4 occupancy constructed as a single control
turer.
area and allows the quantity to be increased by 100
 A requirement for filling LOX home care and ambula- percent if the building is protected throughout by an
tory containers outdoors is specified in this section. approved automatic sprinkler system complying with
The exception allows ambulatory LOX containers to NFPA 13. Additional amounts of LOX are permitted if
be filled indoors, provided the supply container is it is stored in approved hazardous materials storage
designed for the filling of such containers by the cabinets or if a Group I-4 occupancy is constructed
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
63-10 Code Council

with additional control areas. Keep in mind that even code official. Some jurisdictions may not want this
though these occupancies may be equipped with information due to the potentially large volume of
automatic sprinklers, the ability to increase the MAQ information involved or the lack of resources to pro-
by 100 percent in Table 5003.1.1(1) is only applicable cess it.
when the sprinkler system is designed in accordance
with NFPA 13. Designs in accordance with NFPA Bibliography
13D or 13R would not qualify for an increase.
Exception 2 permits a maximum of 31.6 gallons The following resource materials were used in the
(120 L) of LOX in an individual sleeping room when preparation of the commentary for this chapter of the
the room is separated from the remainder of the code:
dwelling unit by 1-hour fire-resistance-rated fire barri- 21 USC Chapter 9, Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic
ers and horizontal assemblies constructed in accor- Act. Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing
dance with the requirements in IBC Chapter 7. Office, 2007.
6306.5 Smoking prohibited. Smoking shall be prohibited in Code Changes Resource Collection—2015 Interna-
rooms or areas where liquid oxygen is in use. tional Fire Code. Washington, DC: International
 Smoking is a significant ignition source and LOX is a Code Council, 2014.
hazardous material that can enhance the burning rate DOTn 49 CFR; 100-178-94, Hazardous Materials Reg-
of combustible materials. Smoking is therefore pro- ulations. Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Trans-
hibited in all areas where LOX is in use (also see portation, 1994.
commentary, Sections 310 and 6306.6.1).
Holtzclaw, H.F and W.R. Robinson. General Chemistry,
6306.6 Signs. Warning signs for occupancies using home
8th ed. Lexington, MA: DC Heath and Co., 1988.
health care liquid oxygen shall be in accordance with Sec-
tions 6306.6.1 and 6306.6.2.
 This section introduces the requirements for warning
signs applicable to home health care LOX storage,
use or transfer.
6306.6.1 No smoking sign. A sign stating “OXYGEN—NO
SMOKING” shall be posted in each room or area where liq-
uid oxygen containers are stored, used or filled.
 Since smoking is prohibited by Section 6306.5, it is
reasonable to provide appropriate warning signs in
each room where LOX is stored, used or transferred
stating that smoking is banned (see Section 310 for
additional requirements for these signs).
6306.6.2 Premises signage. Where required by the fire code
official, each dwelling unit or sleeping unit shall have an
approved sign indicating that the unit contains liquid oxygen
home care containers.
 When the fire code official deems it necessary, this
section authorizes him or her to require a sign for
each sleeping or dwelling unit to identify the presence
of LOX to fire fighters. During the development of
Section 6306, concern was expressed that there
could be privacy and personal safety issues in plac-
ing such signage in public spaces. Accordingly, this
section should be applied judiciously and sparingly,
and only when absolutely essential to fire-fighter
safety.
6306.7 Fire department notification. Where required by the
fire code official, the liquid oxygen seller shall notify the fire
department of the locations of liquid oxygen home care con-
tainers.
 This section requires the seller of the LOX to notify
the fire code official of the locations where LOX is
being used for home health care. Note that this sec-
tion is only applicable when it is required by the fire
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
63-12 Code Council

Chapter 64:
Pyrophoric Materials
General Comments gen. This chapter only addresses silane gas or mixtures
of silane gas that behave as a pyrophoric and flamma-
Because of their capacity to ignite spontaneously at low ble gas.
temperatures, pyrophoric materials pose unusual defla- Silane is classified as a pyrophoric material and a
gration and detonation hazards to building occupants Class 1 Unstable (reactive) compressed gas. It can
and fire-fighting personnel. Advance knowledge of the autoignite or spontaneously ignite when it is exposed to
materials present in the building through the issuance of air without any source of ignition. Silane has a lower
permits and the submittal of Material Safety Data flammable limit of 1.37 percent by volume in air. It
Sheets (MSDS), as noted in Section 407, are essential begins to exhibit pyrophoric characteristics at about 4.5
for effective preplanning by the fire department. The percent volume in air. Silane is a unique hazardous
ability to fight fires involving pyrophoric materials may material in that it is also metastable, meaning that it can
be somewhat limited since many pyrophoric materials have delayed ignition. This metastable characteristic is
are also highly reactive with water. Interior fire fighting dangerous because it allows a volume of gas to accu-
may not be an option unless adequate alternative extin- mulate inside of a building. In such cases, a deflagration
guishing agents are available. can occur, which can cause structural damage to build-
Some flammable liquids may also be considered ings, injure or kill individuals located close to the
pyrophoric liquids. Diethylzine, for example, is consid- release, and complicate the emergency response due
ered a pyrophoric liquid in accordance with NFPA 49 to its potential energy. It is for this reason that Section
(found in the NFPA Fire Protection Guide to Hazardous 911.1 and Table 911.1 require deflagration venting
Materials), but has a U.S. Department of Transportation when the amount of silane stored inside of buildings
(DOT) classification as a flammable liquid. Since this exceeds its maximum allowable quantity.
material is known to ignite spontaneously when Because of silane’s importance in the manufacturing
exposed to air, the multiple hazards of being both pyro- of semiconductors and photovoltaic products and its
phoric and flammable must be addressed. increased use, manufacturers of silane in conjunction
Alkali metals, such as sodium, potassium and lithium, with its users have performed extensive testing of this
are examples of pyrophoric solids. Most of these reac- hazardous material. These tests, along with incident
tive metals are not found free in nature, but are com- experiences and peer-reviewed scientific data, resulted
bined with other elements. Sodium, for example, burns in the development of the 2006 edition of ANSI/CGA
violently and ignites spontaneously when exposed to Standard G-13, Storage and Handling of Silane and
moist air. Sodium that comes in contact with water may Silane Mixtures.
be accompanied by hydrogen explosions. Excluding the introduction, scope, definitions and ref-
Diborane and phosphine are pyrophoric gases that erences, CGA G-13 is divided into 14 sections. These
must comply with the provisions of this chapter as well sections address the following:
as those of Chapter 53.
The proper classification of materials as pyrophoric is • Physical and chemical properties of silane.
essential to providing adequate means of hazard mitiga- • Requirements for its proper indoor and outdoor
tion. Pyrophoric materials, as indicated earlier, may also storage.
pose multiple hazards similar to flammable liquids, flam- • Configuration of the piping, valves and fitting.
mable solids and water-reactive materials. • Packaging of silane, gas and flame detection
In previous editions of the code, there were extensive systems.
regulations in Section 6406 for silane gas tetrahydride
(SiH4); CAS No. 7803-62-5], a common but dangerous • Fire protection.
pyrophoric gas that is also classified as unstable (reac- • Ventilation.
tive)(see commentary, Chapter 66). Due to the develop- • Purge gas systems.
ment of a standard for its storage and handling, this
• Electrical installation requirements.
chapter now regulates silane by reference to the appli-
cable Compressed Gas Association (CGA) standard, G- • Supervisory controls of mechanical ventila-
13. Silane gas or mixtures of silane gas are commonly tion, gas monitoring and flame detection
found in the semiconductor and photovoltaic cell manu- systems.
facturing processes and allied industries. Silane gas is The standard also contains four informational appen-
distributed at 100-percent concentration or it can be dis- dices that address protective equipment required for
tributed as a mixture with other gases, such as various personnel working on silane systems, the compressibil-
concentrations of silane mixed with nitrogen or hydro- ity of silane, minimum separation distances from silane

PYROPHORIC MATERIALS
storage to certain thermal flux (e.g., radiant energy) pants because a frame structure can normally withstand
exposures and blast overpressure. that level of external force with no serious structural
The requirements for outdoor storage are based on a damage, and it is unlikely that human beings inside the
series of silane release tests and the development of a building would normally suffer any serious injury.
mathematic model that were sponsored by the CGA. The separation distances from the exposures are
During these tests silane was released from DOT tube based on the stored pressure within the bulk containers
trailers, International Standards Organization (ISO) or cylinders and the diameter of the pressure relief
module packs (which are another form of bulk com- device. CGA G-13 limits the maximum pressure in the
pressed packaging), and containers with a volume of bulk containers or cylinders to 1,600 psig (11 032 kPa)
more than 16 cubic feet (450 L). The testing results and requires minimum separation distances from a bulk
were used in the development of requirements for sepa- silane source and exposures.
ration distances of cylinders and large bulk sources of CGA G-13 also contains extensive requirements for
silane. the indoor storage and use of silane. It is important to
For cylinders with a volume of less than 16 cubic feet note that some of the requirements of CGA G-13
(450 L), CGA G-13 requires the outdoor separation dis- exceed the requirements of former Section 4106, which
tance to be established based on the volume of silane was deleted in the 2012 edition of the code.
gas in each nest of compressed gas cylinders (see
Chapter 2 for the definition of “Nesting”). The separation Purpose
distances are intended to limit the thermal flux of the
radiation produced by a silane jet fire and are limited This chapter regulates the hazards associated with
based on the volume of each cylinder in each nest and if pyrophoric materials, which are capable of spontane-
the cylinder is constructed of steel, fiber overwrapped ously igniting in the air at or below a temperature of
aluminum or aluminum. 130°F (54°C). Many pyrophoric materials also pose
For bulk storage containers including silane tube trail- severe flammability or reactivity hazards. This chapter
ers, ISO modules and containers greater than 450 liters addresses only the hazards associated with pyrophoric
(16 cubic feet) in volume, the CGA standard establishes materials. Other materials that pose multiple hazards
minimum separation distances to protect exposures must conform to the requirements of the code with
from the energy of a 0.5 psig (3.44 kPa) blast overpres- respect to all hazards (see Section 5001.1). Strict com-
sure. Blast overpressure is the pressure above the pliance with the provisions of this chapter, along with
ambient pressure that is manifested in the shock wave proper housekeeping and storage arrangements, can
of a deflagration or a detonation. The threshold of 0.5 reduce the exposure hazards associated with the
psig (3.44 kPa) value was chosen as the acceptable involvement of pyrophoric materials in a fire or other
level of blast overpressure for both buildings and occu- emergency.
SECTION 6401 issued. See the commentary to Section 105.6 for a

GENERAL general discussion of operations requiring an opera-
6401.1 Scope. The storage and use of pyrophoric materials tional permit, Section 105.6.21 for discussion of spe-
shall be in accordance with this chapter. Compressed gases cific quantity-based operational permits for the
shall also comply with Chapter 53. materials regulated in this chapter and Section 105.7
for a general discussion of activities requiring a con-
 This chapter details specific requirements for the struction permit.
storage of pyrophoric materials. The requirements of The permit process also notifies the fire depart-
this chapter are intended to complement the general ment of the need for prefire planning for hazardous
requirements for hazardous materials in Chapter 50. property.
Pyrophoric gases are also regulated by Chapter 53.
The classification of pyrophoric materials is based on
the definition indicated in Section 202, which is SECTION 6402
derived from DOL 29 CFR; Part 1910.1200. DEFINITION
6401.2 Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in Sec- 6402.1 Definition. The following term is defined in Chapter
tion 105.6. 2:
 The process of issuing permits gives the fire code PYROPHORIC.
late hazardous operations. Permit applicants should
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
64-2 Code Council

application of the indicated terms used in this chap- trol from radiant heat in a fire event. When the source
ter. Terms may be defined in Chapter 2 or in another of supply is limited to unmanifolded cylinders, the cyl-
International Code® as indicated in Section 201.3, or inder valve is allowed to be either manual or auto-
the dictionary meaning may be all that is needed (see matic.
also commentary, Sections 201.1 through 201.4). 6403.1.1.2 Shutoff at point of use. A manual or automatic
emergency shutoff valve shall be installed on the supply pip-
ing at the point of use or at a point where the equipment using
SECTION 6403 the gas is connected to the supply system.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
 Emergency shutoff valves at the point of use are to
6403.1 Quantities not exceeding the maximum allowable
be installed on the supply piping either at the use
quantity per control area. The storage and use of pyro-
point or where equipment is connected. Either man-
phoric materials in amounts not exceeding the maximum
ual or automatic valves are allowed to be used. For
allowable quantity per control area indicated in Section
example, it is common in some installations to have
5003.1 shall be in accordance with Sections 5001, 5003, 6401
gas piped to a room for use with portable or fixed
and 6403.
equipment. Emergency shutoff valves are typically
 The provisions of this section complement the provided at the point where the piping first enters the
requirements of Chapter 50 for structures occupied room. Equipment may not be connected to the valve;
for the storage, handling or use of pyrophoric materi- however, the valve represents the point of connection
als. The general requirements of Sections 5001 and for use. When equipment is connected to the supply
5003, in addition to the provisions of this chapter, are system, a valve that isolates the equipment is
fully applicable to the storage and use of organic per- required. It may or may not be the same valve as that
oxides. used at the point of penetration. Either valve is
6403.1.1 Emergency shutoff. Compressed gas systems con- allowed to be manual or automatic, and either valve
veying pyrophoric gases shall be provided with approved serves as an emergency shutoff valve.
manual or automatic emergency shutoff valves that can be 6403.2 Quantities exceeding the maximum allowable
activated at each point of use and at each source. quantity per control area. The storage and use of pyro-
 To provide control over the flow of pyrophoric gases phoric materials in amounts exceeding the maximum allow-
under emergency conditions, each supply source as able quantity per control area indicated in Section 5003.1
well as each point of use of pyrophoric compressed shall be in accordance with Chapter 50 and this chapter.
gas must be equipped with an approved emergency  This section complements the requirements of Chap-
shutoff valve. These are excess flow control valves ter 50 for structures used for the storage, handling or
that regulate the rate of flow of hazardous materials use of pyrophoric materials. The regulations con-
in the piping system, fail-safe valves or other tained in this section assume that the quantity of
approved types that will operate automatically or pyrophoric materials in a given building is in excess
manually to give the fire department or other respon- of the maximum allowable quantities per control area
sible persons the ability to stop the flow of hazardous (MAQ) as established in Section 5003.1, thus classi-
material in an emergency. The valves must be readily fying the building as a Group H occupancy. The
accessible and comply with Section 5003.2.2.1. See requirements of Chapter 50 apply to the storage and
also the commentary to the definitions of “Emergency use of pyrophoric materials, in addition to the provi-
shutoff valve,” “Emergency shutoff valve, manual” sions of this chapter.
and “Emergency shutoff valve, automatic” in Section
202.
6403.1.1.1 Shutoff at source. An automatic emergency shut- SECTION 6404
off valve shall be installed on supply piping at the cylinder or STORAGE
bulk source. The shutoff valve shall be operated by a 6404.1 Indoor storage. Indoor storage of pyrophoric materi-
remotely located manually activated shutdown control als in amounts exceeding the maximum allowable quantity
located not less than 15 feet (4572 mm) from the source of per control area indicated in Table 5003.1.1(1), shall be in
supply. Manual or automatic cylinder valves are allowed to accordance with Sections 5001, 5003 and 5004 and this chap-
be used as the required emergency shutoff valve where the ter.
source of supply is limited to unmanifolded cylinder sources. The storage of silane gas, and gas mixtures with a silane
 This section requires that an automatic emergency concentration of 1.37 percent or more by volume, shall be in
shutoff valve be provided on pyrophoric compressed accordance with CGA G-13.
gas systems activated by a remotely located, manu-  This section regulates the indoor storage of pyro-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ally activated control. A minimum distance of 15 feet phoric materials when they exceed the MAQ in build-
(4572 mm) has been specified to provide reasonable ings or portions of buildings classified as a Group H
separation distance between the control and the occupancy. The general and storage provisions of
source as a means to protect persons using the con- Chapter 50 are applicable, in addition to the require-

ments of this section. Storage of pyrophoric materials Detached structures designed and constructed for
inside of structures must comply with Sections the sole purpose of pyrophoric material storage pro-
6404.1.1 through 6404.1.4 to prevent uncontrolled vide the best protection for people and property from
release or exposure to conditions that may result in a fire and explosion. Detached storage structures
fire or explosion. Section 6405.3 covers silane gas should be constructed of noncombustible materials to
use. See the commentary introduction to this chapter prevent them from becoming involved in an outside
for a detailed discussion of silane. fire that may endanger their contents or a fire stem-
6404.1.1 Liquid-tight floor. In addition to the requirements ming from ignited contents in storage (see the com-
of Section 5004.12, floors of storage areas containing pyro- mentary to Section 5004.14 and Table 5004.14 for
phoric liquids shall be of liquid-tight construction. further discussion of detached storage requirements).
6404.1.4 Separation from incompatible materials. In addi-
 Floors and sills of rooms or areas used to contain
hazardous material spills must be liquid tight to pre- tion to the requirements of Section 5003.9.8, indoor storage
of pyrophoric materials shall be isolated from incompatible
vent the flow of liquids to adjoining areas (see com-
mentary, Section 5004.2). The floor surface should hazardous materials by 1-hour fire barriers with openings
protected in accordance with the International Building
be compatible with the pyrophoric materials to be
retained and must be noncombustible, as required by Code.
Section 5004.12. Exception: Storage in approved hazardous materials stor-
6404.1.2 Pyrophoric solids and liquids. Storage of pyro- age cabinets constructed in accordance with Section
phoric solids and liquids shall be limited to a maximum area 5003.8.7.
of 100 square feet (9.3 m2) per pile. Storage shall not exceed  This section is intended to separate all incompatible,
5 feet (1524 mm) in height. Individual containers shall not be flammable, explosive or other highly reactive materi-
stacked. als from the inside storage areas of pyrophoric mate-
Aisles between storage piles shall be not less than 10 feet rials. A 1-hour fire barrier assembly or, as allowed by
(3048 mm) in width. the exception, an approved hazardous materials stor-
age cabinet can reduce the potential involvement of
Individual tanks or containers shall not exceed 500 gallons pyrophoric materials in a fire involving other incom-
(1893 L) in capacity. patible hazardous materials. Note that the provisions
 Inside storage restrictions, including pile height, con- of Section 6404.1.4 are to be applied in addition to
tainer arrangement and aisle width, are intended to the requirements of Section 5003.9.8.
reduce the potential involvement of multiple piles, 6404.2 Outdoor storage. Outdoor storage of pyrophoric
reduce the exposure hazard to occupants and facili- materials in amounts exceeding the maximum allowable
tate fire department access to the storage areas. quantity per control area indicated in Table 5003.1.1(3) shall
Inside storage of pyrophoric liquids in tanks or con- be in accordance with Sections 5001, 5003 and 5004, and this
tainers is limited to an individual capacity of 500 gal- chapter.
lons (1893 L) to reduce the exposure hazard in the
The storage of silane gas, and gas mixtures with a silane
event of a single container failure. Prohibiting the
concentration of 1.37 percent or more by volume, shall be in
stacking of individual containers reduces the likeli-
accordance with CGA G-13.
hood of container failure from stacking stresses.
Wide aisles reduce the fire exposure hazard between  Sections 6404.2.1 and 6404.2.2 are applicable for the
piles and, in the event of a fire-related collapse of a outdoor storage of pyrophoric materials in excess of
pile, reduce the likelihood of a “domino” effect that the MAQ listed in Table 5003.1.1(3). The provisions
could not only increase fire intensity but also com- of this section, in addition to the provisions of Sec-
pletely block access to pile areas by fire suppression tions 5001, 5003 and 5004, are applicable to outdoor
personnel. While not specifically mentioned in this areas used for the storage of pyrophoric materials
section, inside storage must also be protected as because of the severity of the hazards posed by
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
required by Chapter 50, which includes provisions for these materials. Regardless of quantity, silane gas
incompatible material storage, security, signage, con- and certain silane gas mixtures must also comply
trol of ignition sources and submittal of a storage with the provisions of CGA G-13. See the commen-
plan. tary introduction to this chapter for a detailed discus-
6404.1.3 Pyrophoric gases. Storage of pyrophoric gases sion of silane.
shall be in detached buildings where required by Section 6404.2.1 Distance from storage to exposures. The separa-
5003.8.2. tion of pyrophoric solids, liquids and gases from buildings,
lot lines, public streets, public alleys, public ways or means of
 This section is an important cross reference to Sec-
egress shall be in accordance with the following:
tion 5004.14 and Table 5004.14. The table requires
that storage of more than 2,000 cubic feet (57 m3) of 1. Solids and liquids. Two times the separation required
pyrophoric gas must be in a detached building com- by Chapter 57 for Class IB flammable liquids.
plying with Section 5004.14.
64-4 Code Council

2. Gases. The location and maximum amount of pyro- materials, this section is a specific provision applica-
phoric gas per storage area shall be in accordance with ble to pyrophoric materials that requires roofed-over
Table 6404.2.1. outdoor storage areas to be sprinklered.
 To minimize radiant heat transfer and fire spread
between stored pyrophoric solid and liquid materials
SECTION 6405
and the listed exposures, the values shown for Class
USE
IB flammable liquids in Table 5704.4.2 are applied
and then doubled. Similarly, Table 6404.2.1 is refer- 6405.1 General. The use of pyrophoric materials in amounts
enced for the outdoor storage of pyrophoric gases. exceeding the maximum allowable quantity per control area
indicated in Table 5003.1.1(1) or 5003.1.1(3) shall be in
TABLE 6404.2.1. See below. accordance with Sections 5001, 5003, 5005 and this chapter.
 Table 6404.2.1 establishes the spatial separation dis-  This section applies to all indoor and outdoor dis-
tance (or alternative safeguards) required for the out- pensing, use and handling of pyrophoric material
side storage of pyrophoric compressed gases when when the amounts being dispensed, used or handled
in excess of the outside storage MAQ shown in Table are in excess of the MAQs per indoor or outdoor con-
5003.1.1(3). trol area as indicated in Table 5003.1.1(1) or
The required separation distance is intended to 5003.1.1(3), respectively. The administrative, general
minimize radiant heat transfer between storage and use, handling and dispensing provisions of Chapter
exposures. Separation distances provide a measure 50 are applicable, in addition to the requirements of
of protection against the possibility of fire spread in this chapter.
the event of a fire involving either the stored material Once the MAQ of pyrophoric material has been
or another exposure, such as a building on the same exceeded, indoor areas where materials are being
or an adjacent lot or a vehicle in the public right-of- dispensed, used or handled must be located in a
way. Section 414.6 of the International Building building or portion of a building complying with the
Code® (IBC®) contains additional protection require- IBC for a Group H occupancy because of the
ments for outside storage in areas that have an over- increased hazards associated with quantity.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
head roof structure or canopy to protect the materials Although no occupancy group is assigned to them,
from the weather. outside pyrophoric material use areas require an
Note a recognizes that a 2-hour fire barrier wall increased level of regulation when quantities exceed
(constructed in accordance with IBC Section 707), the MAQs per outdoor control area listed in Table
provides an equivalent means of achieving the objec- 5003.1.1(3). Corresponding MAQs recognize that an
tives of spatial separation. Where a separation open-use condition is generally more hazardous than a
assembly is used instead of the tabular separation closed-use condition because the pyrophoric material
distance, the wall must be arranged to prevent a haz- is more directly exposed to the surrounding environ-
ardous accumulation of gas. ment and can become more readily involved in an inci-
6404.2.2 Weather protection. Where overhead construction dent than if it is totally confined. The maximum
is provided for sheltering outdoor storage areas of pyrophoric allowable quantities per control area for use are based
materials, the storage areas shall be provided with approved on the aggregate quantity in both use and storage not
automatic fire-extinguishing system protection. exceeding the maximum allowable quantities per con-
 The general requirements for construction of weather trol area listed for storage.
protection roofs over outdoor storage areas are con- 6405.2 Weather protection. Where overhead construction is
tained in Section 5004.13 of the code and IBC Sec- provided for sheltering of outdoor use areas of pyrophoric
tion 414.6; however, due to the hazards of pyrophoric
TABLE 6404.2.1
PYROPHORIC GASES—DISTANCE FROM STORAGE TO EXPOSURESa
MINIMUM DISTANCE MINIMUM DISTANCE TO BUILDINGS ON THE SAME PROPERTY
MINIMUM MINIMUM DISTANCE
MAXIMUM TO PUBLIC
DISTANCE TO LOT LINES OF Nonrated Two-hour Four-hour
AMOUNT PER STREETS, PUBLIC
BETWEEN PROPERTY THAT construction or construction and no construction and no
STORAGE AREA ALLEYS OR PUBLIC
STORAGE AREAS CAN BE BUILT UPON openings within openings within openings within
(cubic feet) WAYS
(feet) (feet) 25 feet 25 feet 25 feet
(feet)
250 5 25 5 5 0 0
2,500 10 50 10 10 5 0
7,500 20 100 20 20 10 0
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 cubic foot = 0.02832 m3.
a. The minimum required distances shall be reduced to 5 feet when protective structures having a minimum fire resistance of 2 hours interrupt the line of sight
between the container and the exposure. The protective structure shall be at least 5 feet from the exposure. The configuration of the protective structure shall
allow natural ventilation to prevent the accumulation of hazardous gas concentrations.

materials, the use areas shall be provided with approved auto-

matic fire-extinguishing system protection.
 The general requirements for the construction of
weather protection roofs over outdoor use areas are
contained in Section 5005.3.9 of the code and IBC
Section 414.6; however, due to the hazards of pyro-
phoric materials, this section is a specific provision
applicable to pyrophoric materials that requires
roofed-over outdoor use areas to be sprinklered.
6405.3 Silane gas. The use of silane gas, and gas mixtures
with a silane concentration of 1.37 percent or more by vol-
ume, shall be in accordance with CGA G-13.
 Regardless of quantity, the use of silane gas and cer-
tain silane gas mixtures must comply with the provi-
sions of CGA G-13. See the commentary introduction
to this chapter for a discussion of silane.
Bibliography
The following resource material was used in the
code:
Fire Protection Guide to Hazardous Materials, 13th ed.
2001.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
64-6 Code Council

Chapter 65:
Pyroxylin (Cellulose Nitrate) Plastics
General Comments lin plastic possess hazards similar to those of the sol-
vent involved. Because nitrocellulose becomes
Pyroxylin (cellulose nitrate) plastic is formulated from a increasingly unstable as temperatures increase and
combination of cellulose, nitric acid and sulfuric acid. may ignite easily from frictional heat, drums must never
The resulting compound, also known as pyroxylin or be pushed, rolled or dragged across the floor. Pyroxylin
nitrocellulose, is an unstable and extremely combustible (cellulose nitrate) plastic is especially susceptible to
plastic. Once exposed to elevated temperatures, pyrox- ignition, burns vigorously once ignited (at a rate approx-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ylin (cellulose nitrate) plastic is subject to spontaneous imately 15 times that of a comparable mass of paper),
ignition. The products of combustion of pyroxylin (cellu- produces toxic nitrogen oxides and will burn in the
lose nitrate) plastic are extremely toxic because nitro- absence of oxygen.
gen oxides are produced at the elevated temperatures
reached when this material burns rapidly.
Pyroxylin (cellulose nitrate) plastic, also called “gun Purpose
cotton,” was discovered to be a powerful explosive and This chapter addresses the significant hazards associ-
replaced common gunpowder as the explosive charge ated with pyroxylin (cellulose nitrate) plastics, which are
in the ammunition for rifles and artillery in World War I. the most dangerous and unstable of all plastic com-
Other early uses included being a replacement material pounds. The chemically bound oxygen in their structure
for elephant tusk ivory in billiard balls (which had a ten- permits them to burn vigorously in the absence of atmo-
dency to explode on a hard break), as casino dice and spheric oxygen. Although these compounds produce
as the laminating adhesive in early forms of automotive approximately the same amount of energy when they
safety glass. It has also been used as a film base for burn as paper, pyroxylin (cellulose nitrate) plastics burn
photographic film, as well as to encase documents, at a rate 15 times greater than comparable common
book leaves, etc.; however, its flammability and the fact combustibles. When burning, these materials release
that it causes severe deterioration of the materials it highly flammable and toxic combustion byproducts.
supposedly protects has prevented its widespread use Consequently, pyroxylin (cellulose nitrate) plastic fires
in preservation work. are very difficult to control and must be virtually flooded
Many of these products are no longer manufactured to extinguish them. Even storage cabinets, which may
from pyroxylin (cellulose nitrate) plastic. Although it has be used only for temporary (e.g., overnight) storage of
been replaced in many applications by safer plastics, it pyroxylin (cellulose nitrate) plastic films, must be sprin-
is still used in many industrial applications such as shoe klered. Strict compliance with the provisions of this
heels, housewares and lacquers. chapter, along with proper housekeeping and storage
Raw pyroxylin (cellulose nitrate) plastic is usually arrangements, help to reduce the hazards associated
shipped in drums and covered with water or another sol- with pyroxylin (cellulose nitrate) plastics in a fire or other
vent, usually alcohol. emergencies.
Water-wet pyroxylin plastic presents the least hazard,
while alcohol-wet and other types of solvent-wet pyroxy-
SECTION 6501 (cellulose nitrate) plastic are subject to the regula-

GENERAL tions of this chapter. This is true even if the materials
6501.1 Scope. This chapter shall apply to the storage and are called something other than pyroxylin (cellulose
handling of plastic substances, materials or compounds with nitrate) plastic, such as xyloidin, collodion, photocot-
cellulose nitrate as a base, by whatever name known, in the ton, pyrocollodion, guncotton or smokeless powder.
form of blocks, sheets, tubes or fabricated shapes. Compliance with the applicable provisions of Section
407 and Chapter 50, which include, but are not lim-
Cellulose nitrate motion picture film shall comply with the ited to, Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) submit-
requirements of Section 306. tal, hazard identification signs and labeling
 This section establishes that any raw materials or fin- provisions, is also required. Pyroxylin (cellulose
ished products containing any amount of pyroxylin nitrate) plastic in the form of motion picture film is reg-
ulated by Section 306, as noted in this section.

PYROXYLIN (CELLULOSE NITRATE) PLASTICS
6501.2 Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in Sec- Prohibiting the storage or accumulation of any com-
tion 105.6. bustible material beneath tables on which pyroxylin
(cellulose nitrate) plastic display objects are arrayed
will reduce the display’s exposure to fire in the event
such stored materials were to be ignited.
late hazardous operations. Permit applicants should
be required to demonstrate that their operations com- 6503.3 Location. Sales or display tables shall be so located
ply with the intent of the code before the permit is that in the event of a fire at the table, the table will not inter-
issued. See the commentary to Section 105.6 for a fere with free means of egress from the room in not less than
general discussion of operations requiring an opera- one direction.
tional permit; Section 105.6.39 for discussion of spe-  Display tables placed in corridors or aisles may
cific operational permits for the storage, handling or unduly expose egressing persons to rapidly burning
use of pyroxylin plastics; and Section 105.7 for a gen- pyroxylin (cellulose nitrate) plastic objects, reduce
eral discussion of activities requiring a construction required egress capacity or require substantial effort
permit. The permit process also notifies the fire to remove the tables or negotiate the reduced egress
department of the need for prefire planning for haz- path quickly. Anything that slows egress may also
ardous property. impede access, particularly to fire fighters who may
be called to rescue occupants or fight the fire.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
SECTION 6502 6503.4 Lighting. Lighting shall not be located directly above
DEFINITIONS cellulose nitrate (pyroxylin) plastic material, unless provided
with a suitable guard to prevent heated particles from falling.
6502.1 Terms defined in Chapter 2. Words and terms used
in this chapter and defined in Chapter 2 shall have the mean-  Because it is pyroxylin (cellulose nitrate) plastic’s
ings ascribed to them as defined therein. nature to rapidly deteriorate and ignite when exposed
to heat, the hazard posed by light fixtures located
 This section directs the code user to Chapter 2 of the over display tables must be reduced in an approved
code for the proper application of the terms used in manner. Ideally, the display tables should be located
this chapter. These terms may be defined in Chapter where hot particles from a broken light bulb cannot
2 of the code or in another International Code® as fall on the pyroxylin (cellulose nitrate) plastic materi-
indicated in Section 201.3, or may retain their ordi- als. When that is not possible, fixtures must be
nary (dictionary) meaning (see also commentary, enclosed to prevent debris from a broken bulb from
Sections 201.1 through 201.4). falling out of the fixture.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS STORAGE AND HANDLING
6503.1 Displays. Cellulose nitrate (pyroxylin) plastic articles 6504.1 Raw material. Raw cellulose nitrate (pyroxylin) plas-
are allowed to be placed on tables not more than 3 feet (914 tic material in a Group F building shall be stored and handled
mm) wide and 10 feet (3048 mm) long. Tables shall be in accordance with Sections 6504.1.1 through 6504.1.7.
spaced at least 3 feet (914 mm) apart. Where articles are dis-
played on counters, they shall be arranged in a like manner.  Raw pyroxylin (cellulose nitrate) plastic materials
present increased hazards when they are involved in
 Because of pyroxylin (cellulose nitrate) plastic’s haz- manufacturing processes. To reduce those increased
ardous instability and easily ignitable composition, its hazards, the provisions of Sections 6504.1.1 through
exposure to the ambient environment in public ven- 6504.1.7 are applicable to buildings used for the fab-
ues must be strictly controlled to minimize the amount rication of items containing pyroxylin (cellulose
of material exposed to potential ignition sources and nitrate) plastic.
the number of persons exposed to its hazards, should
it be ignited. This section places strict limits on the 6504.1.1 Storage of incoming material. Where raw material
size of an individual display surface and requires that in excess of 25 pounds (11 kg) is received in a building or fire
multiple display surfaces be separated from one area, an approved vented cabinet or approved vented vault
another by minimum 3-foot (914 mm) aisles to not equipped with an approved automatic sprinkler system shall
only limit the number of tables involved in a single be provided for the storage of material.
incident but also to provide free egress circulation in  The amount of heat liberated by pyroxylin (cellulose
the event of an emergency. nitrate) plastic when burning and the speed with
6503.2 Space under tables. Spaces underneath tables shall which it burns make conventional extinguishment vir-
be kept free from storage of any kind and accumulation of tually impossible. This, coupled with the poisonous
paper, refuse and other combustible material. combustion gases, produce conditions that require
material confinement and rapid fire suppression. This
 The importance of good housekeeping in reducing section requires that quantities of pyroxylin (cellulose
the exposure of pyroxylin (cellulose nitrate) plastic nitrate) plastic in excess of 25 pounds (11 kg) be con-
display objects to fire exposure cannot be overstated.
65-2 Code Council

fined to an approved storage cabinet complying with stock or finished product exposed to the hazards of
Section 5003.8.7 or an approved vault constructed in manufacturing operations by mandating that all
accordance with the International Building Code® pyroxylin (cellulose nitrate) plastic materials, whether
(IBC®). While typical pyroxylin (cellulose nitrate) plas- raw stock or finished product, be stored in sprin-
tic storage cabinets are limited to a 30-cubic-foot (0.8 klered, vented vaults or cabinets.
m3) volume, typical pyroxylin (cellulose nitrate) plastic 6504.1.6 Operators. In workrooms of cellulose nitrate
vault construction has a fire-resistance rating of 4 (pyroxylin) plastic factories, operators shall not be stationed
hours because of the violent nature of the stored closer together than 3 feet (914 mm), and the amount of mate-
material. Cabinets and vaults must be vented to the rial per operator shall not exceed one shift’s supply and shall
outdoors to relieve the pressure buildup resulting be limited to the capacity of three tote boxes, including mate-
from the rapid decomposition of the stored material rial awaiting removal or use.
and equipped with automatic sprinklers designed in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.  To isolate the manufacturing hazard of labor (i.e., the
hazards involved in the manipulation of materials in
6504.1.2 Capacity limitations. Cabinets in any one work- the manufacturing, packing or shipping of finished
room shall not contain more than 1,000 pounds (454 kg) of products), as well as the in-process quantity of pyrox-
raw material. Each cabinet shall not contain more than 500 ylin (cellulose nitrate) plastic (either raw or finished
pounds (227 kg). Each compartment shall not contain more product), this section requires that workstations in the
than 250 pounds (114 kg). factory have a clearance from one another of no less
 To provide a reasonable quantity of material to work than 3 feet (914 mm). Depending on the specific arti-
with in the manufacturing process while minimizing cles being manufactured, the quantity of pyroxylin
the quantity of pyroxylin (cellulose nitrate) plastic raw material or finished product allowed at any work-
exposed to a single fire, this section limits the aggre- station may vary but cannot exceed the amount
gate and per-cabinet and cabinet compartment quan- needed for a single work shift or three tote boxes,
tities. whichever is the greater amount. The term “tote box,”
6504.1.3 Storage of additional material. Raw material in although not defined in the code, describes portable
excess of that allowed by Section 6504.1.2 shall be kept in containers used to transport raw pyroxylin (cellulose
vented vaults not exceeding 1,500-cubic-foot capacity (43 nitrate) plastic or finished pyroxylin (cellulose nitrate)
m3) of total vault space, and with approved construction, plastic products between a central storage vault and
venting and sprinkler protection. a workstation.
6504.1.7 Waste material. Waste cellulose nitrate (pyroxylin)
 Quantities of pyroxylin (cellulose nitrate) plastic in
plastic materials such as shavings, chips, turnings, sawdust,
excess of the 1,000 pounds (454 kg) allowed by Sec-
edgings and trimmings shall be kept under water in metal
tion 6504.1.2 to be readily accessible in cabinets in
receptacles until removed from the premises.
work spaces must be stored in approved sprinklered
and vented vaults no larger than 1,500 cubic feet  The manufacturing process may involve shaving,
each in volume [approximately 10 feet by 15 feet by scraping, sanding or cutting of pyroxylin (cellulose
10 feet (3048 mm by 4572 mm by 3048 mm) high] to nitrate) plastic, all of which produce finely divided
limit the amount of material involved in a fire. scrap material that presents much more surface area
6504.1.4 Heat sources. Cellulose nitrate (pyroxylin) plastic susceptible to the hazards of ignition than the larger,
shall not be stored within 2 feet (610 mm) of heat-producing more dense work pieces from which they came. To
appliances, steam pipes, radiators or chimneys. reduce the measurable increase in the hazard, this
section requires extraordinary collection and storage
 Because pyroxylin (cellulose nitrate) plastic rapidly safeguards for such scrap material in water-filled
decomposes and will spontaneously burst into flame metal containers. These containers should be
when in contact with heated objects in the presence removed from the work area at the end of each shift
of sufficient oxygen, it is extremely important to for disposal.
reduce the hazard by keeping stored materials well
6504.2 Fire protection. The manufacture or storage of arti-
away from the common sources of heat noted in this
cles of cellulose nitrate (pyroxylin) plastic in quantities
section. Storing pyroxylin (cellulose nitrate) plastic in
exceeding 100 pounds (45 kg) shall be located in a building
an unheated room would be an ideal strategy for this
or portion thereof equipped throughout with an approved
hazard.
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section
6504.1.5 Accumulation of material. In factories manufac- 903.3.1.1.
turing articles of cellulose nitrate (pyroxylin) plastics,
approved sprinklered and vented cabinets, vaults or storage  Because pyroxylin (cellulose nitrate) plastics pose
rooms shall be provided to prevent the accumulation in work- unusual and substantial fire risks, burn at a rate 15
rooms of raw stock in process or finished articles. times greater than comparable common combusti-
bles and, when burning, release highly flammable
 This section reinforces the provisions of Sections and toxic combustion byproducts, fires involving
6504.1.1, 6504.1.2 and 6504.1.3 and intends to limit these materials are very difficult to control. This sec-
the amount of raw pyroxylin (cellulose nitrate) plastic tion mirrors the provisions of Section 1103.5.1 and
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

specifies a sprinkler threshold quantity of 100 pounds

(45 kg); however, the need for additional fire protec-
tion should be considered for pyroxylin (cellulose
nitrate) plastics in any amount.
6504.3 Sources of ignition. Sources of ignition shall not be
located in rooms in which cellulose nitrate (pyroxylin) plastic
in excess of 25 pounds (11 kg) is handled or stored.
 Consistent with the hazards presented by pyroxylin
(cellulose nitrate) plastic, this section prohibits the
presence of recognized ignition sources in storage
and manufacturing areas where more than 25
pounds (11 kg) of material are present to minimize
the amount of material exposed.
6504.4 Heating. Rooms in which cellulose nitrate (pyroxy-
lin) plastic is handled or stored shall be heated by low-pres-
sure steam or hot water radiators.
 This section reinforces the provisions of Sections
6504.1.4 and 6504.3 by mandating indirect heat only
by either low-pressure steam or hot water in rooms
where pyroxylin (cellulose nitrate) plastic is stored or
processed. In this way, the hazards of open-flame,
fuel-fired heat sources do not exist and cannot
expose the pyroxylin (cellulose nitrate) plastic to igni-
tion.
Bibliography
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
code:
Barrow, William J. Manuscripts and Documents: Their
Deterioration and Restoration, 2nd ed. Charlottes-
ville, VA: University of Virginia Press, 1972.
Cellulose Nitrate, FM Global Property Loss Prevention
Data Sheet 7-86; Johnson, RI: Factory Mutual Global
Research, 2000.
“Pyroxylin (cellulose nitrate) Plastic.” Special Interest
Bulletin No. 49. New York: American Insurance
Association, 1971.
65-4 Code Council

Chapter 66:
Unstable (Reactive) Materials
General Comments or, in cases of larger spills, flushing with large volumes
of water if no additional hazard will be created.
This chapter regulates the storage of unstable (reactive) Fires in structures or vehicles storing or carrying
materials. Unstable (reactive) materials may react spon- unstable chemicals should be approached with extreme
taneously with themselves, other chemicals or when caution to avoid injury from an explosion, such as a tank
exposed to light, heat, cold, moisture, air or physical boiling liquid expending vapor explosion (BLEVE).
shock. These materials may burn, explode, polymerize Unless and until specific and reliable information on the
or decompose to form toxic materials. Unstable (reac- stored materials is available to fire command personnel,
tive) materials are used in a variety of industrial applica- the scene should be treated as though the incident
tions, including food processing and the manufacture of involves explosives, and personnel and apparatus
plastics, textiles, fireworks, explosives, rocket propel- should be kept well away.
lants, special fuel systems and dyes. These hazardous
materials may also be found in the preparation of cer-
tain medicines or fumigants. They pose unusual and Purpose
substantial risks to the general public, fire fighters and This chapter addresses the hazards of unstable (reac-
emergency response personnel under a variety of con- tive) liquid and solid materials, as well as unstable
ditions. (reactive) compressed gas materials. In addition to their
Advance knowledge of the materials being stored in unstable reactivity, these materials may pose other haz-
structures through the permit process and the submittal ards, such as toxicity, corrosivity, explosivity, flammabil-
of Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS), in accordance ity or oxidizing potential. This chapter, however, is
with Section 407, is essential for adequate control of the intended to address those materials whose primary haz-
hazard and for prefire planning by the fire department. ard is unstable reactivity. Materials that pose multiple
This is especially important for unstable (reactive) liquid hazards must conform to the requirements of the code
and solid materials because of their unpredictable and with respect to all hazards (see commentary, Section
violent nature. 5001.1). Strict compliance with the provisions of this
During a mishap, a variety of hazards can be created chapter, along with proper housekeeping and storage
by these materials, including explosions, violent decom- arrangements, help to reduce the exposure hazards
position, toxic products of combustion, toxic vapors, cor- associated with unstable (reactive) materials in a fire or
rosion injuries, poisoning or violent polymerization. other emergency.
Spills or leaks of unstable materials may be handled
by absorbing them with inert materials and then removal
SECTION 6601 Chapter 50. Hazardous gases are also regulated by

Chapter 53. The chemicals classified as unstable
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
GENERAL
6601.1 Scope. The storage and use of unstable (reactive) (reactive) are based on the definition in Section
materials shall be in accordance with this chapter. Com- 6602.1, which is derived from NFPA 704.
pressed gases shall also comply with Chapter 53. Exception 1 makes it clear that this chapter does
not apply to unstable (reactive) materials stored and
Exceptions: displayed in Group M occupancies or stored in Group
1. Display and storage in Group M and storage in S occupancies; Section 5003.11 covers those occu-
Group S occupancies complying with Section pancy groups. Also in that section, Class 4 unstable
5003.11. (reactive) materials are prohibited in Group M (mer-
2. Detonable unstable (reactive) materials shall be cantile) occupancies because of their detonable haz-
stored in accordance with Chapter 56. ard potential. Quantities of all other classes are
limited on a per-control area basis to limit exposure to
 This chapter details specific requirements for the people and property (see commentary, Section
storage of unstable (reactive) materials. The require- 5003.11). This exception would permit an increase
ments of this chapter are intended to complement the above the maximum allowable quantity per control
hazardous materials general storage requirements of area (MAQ) indicated in Table 5003.1.1(1) for unsta-

UNSTABLE (REACTIVE) MATERIALS
ble (reactive) materials while still maintaining a mer- 6603.1.1 General. The storage and use of unstable (reactive)
cantile or storage occupancy group classification. materials in amounts not exceeding the maximum allowable
Exception 2 recognizes the violent, explosive quantity per control area indicated in Section 5003.1 shall be
nature of detonable unstable (reactive) materials and in accordance with Sections 5001, 5003, 6601 and 6603.
directs that they be stored in accordance with the
requirements for explosives and blasting agents in  This section complements the requirements of Chap-
Chapter 56 to provide the safeguards commensurate ter 50 in structures occupied for the storage, handling
with their hazards. or use of unstable (reactive) materials. Unless other-
wise indicated in a particular section, the regulations
6601.2 Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in Sec- contained in Sections 6603.1.2 through 6603.1.2.5
tion 105.6. assume that the quantity of unstable (reactive) materi-
 The process of issuing permits gives the fire code als in a given building is limited to the MAQs as estab-
official an opportunity to carefully evaluate and regu- lished in Section 5003.1. The general requirements of
late hazardous operations. Permit applicants should Sections 5001 and 5003 are fully applicable to the
be required to demonstrate that their operations com- storage and use of unstable (reactive) materials, in
ply with the intent of the code before the permit is addition to the provisions of this chapter.
issued. See the commentary to Section 105.6 for a 6603.1.2 Limitations for indoor storage and use by occu-
general discussion of operations requiring an opera- pancy. The indoor storage of unstable (reactive) materials
tional permit; Section 105.6.21 for discussion of spe- shall be in accordance with Sections 6603.1.2.1 through
cific quantity-based operational permits for the 6603.1.2.5.
materials regulated in this chapter; and Section 105.7
for a general discussion of activities requiring a con-  Because unstable (reactive) materials may be
struction permit. The permit process also notifies the needed in certain occupancies, Sections 6603.1.2.1
fire department of the need for prefire planning for through 6603.1.2.5 provide regulations that are spe-
hazardous property. cific to occupancy group classifications and that rec-
ognize the relative hazards of both the occupancy
and the unstable (reactive) materials.
SECTION 6602 6603.1.2.1 Group A, E, I or U occupancies. In Group A, E,
DEFINITION I or U occupancies, any amount of Class 3 and 4 unstable
6602.1 Definition. The following term is defined in Chapter (reactive) materials shall be stored in accordance with the fol-
2: lowing:
UNSTABLE (REACTIVE) MATERIAL. 1. Class 3 and 4 unstable (reactive) materials shall be
Class 4. stored in hazardous material storage cabinets comply-
Class 3. ing with Section 5003.8.7.
Class 2.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Class 1. 2. The hazardous material storage cabinets shall not con-

tain other storage.
and application of the code requirements. This sec-  Because of their explosive or higher deflagration haz-
tion directs the code user to Chapter 2 for the proper ard characteristics, even the smallest quantity of
application of the indicated term used in this chapter. Class 3 and 4 unstable (reactive) materials present in
Terms may be defined in Chapter 2 or in another Group A, E, I or U occupancies must be stored in an
International Code® as indicated in Section 201.3, or approved hazardous material storage cabinet con-
the dictionary meaning may be all that is needed (see structed and placarded in accordance with Section
also commentary, Sections 201.1 through 201.4). 5003.8.6 to reduce the exposure of the materials to
hazards from the surrounding environment.
In accordance with Table 5003.1.1(1), Note g, stor-
SECTION 6603 age of Class 4 unstable (reactive) materials in any
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS amount is allowed only in buildings equipped
throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler sys-
6603.1 Quantities not exceeding the maximum allowable
tem in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. Also,
quantity per control area. Quantities of unstable (reactive)
based on Table 5003.1.1(1), Note e, where an
materials not exceeding the maximum allowable quantity per
approved storage cabinet is used, the MAQ of unsta-
control area shall be in accordance with Sections 6603.1.1
ble (reactive) materials that could be kept in those
through 6603.1.2.5.
occupancies can be doubled.
 The regulations contained in Sections 6603.1.1 To reduce the likelihood of contamination of the
through 6603.1.2.5 assume that the quantity of unsta- organic peroxide materials or damage to their pack-
ble (reactive) materials in a given building is limited to aging, Item 2 prohibits the storage of other materials
the MAQs as established in Section 5003.1; thus, the in the approved unstable (reactive) materials storage
building is not classified in Occupancy Group H. cabinet.
66-2 Code Council

6603.1.2.2 Group R occupancies. Class 3 and 4 unstable age of Class 4 unstable (reactive) materials in any
(reactive) materials shall not be stored or used within Group amount is allowed only in buildings equipped
R occupancies. throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler sys-
tem in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. Also,
 Because of their respective explosive or higher defla-
based on Table 5003.1.1(1), Note e, where an
gration hazard characteristics, Class 3 and 4 unsta-
approved storage cabinet is used, the MAQ that
ble (reactive) materials storage in any residential
could be kept in such occupancies can be doubled.
occupancy within the scope of the code’s regulations
To reduce the likelihood of contamination of the
is prohibited because of the increased danger to the
unstable (reactive) materials or damage to their pack-
occupants and the otherwise unregulated environ-
aging, Item 2 prohibits the storage of other materials
ment to which those materials could be exposed.
in the approved unstable (reactive) material storage
6603.1.2.3 Group M occupancies. Class 4 unstable (reac- cabinet.
tive) materials shall not be stored or used in retail sales por-
6603.2 Quantities exceeding the maximum allowable
tions of Group M occupancies.
quantity per control area. The storage and use of unstable
 Because of their explosive hazard characteristics, (reactive) materials in amounts exceeding the maximum
Class 4 unstable (reactive) materials storage in occu- allowable quantity per control area indicated in Section
pancies in Group M is prohibited because of the 5003.1 shall be in accordance with Chapter 50 and this chap-
increased danger to the occupants and the higher rel- ter.
ative fire loads typically encountered in these occu-
 This section complements the requirements of Chap-
pancies to which the materials could be exposed.
ter 50 in structures occupied for the storage, handling
6603.1.2.4 Offices. Class 3 and 4 unstable (reactive) materi- or use of unstable (reactive) materials. The regula-
als shall not be stored or used in offices of Group B, F, M or S tions contained in this section assume that the quan-
occupancies. tity of unstable (reactive) material in a given building
 Because of their explosive hazard characteristics, or portion of a building is in excess of the MAQs as
Class 3 and 4 unstable (reactive) materials storage in established in Section 5003.1; thus, the building or
office areas of occupancies in Group B, F, M or S is portion of the building is classified in Occupancy
prohibited because of the increased danger to the Group H. The requirements of Chapter 50 apply to
occupants and the higher relative fire loads typically the storage and use of unstable (reactive) material, in
encountered in these occupancies. addition to the provisions of this chapter.
6603.1.2.5 Classrooms. In classrooms in Group B, F or M
occupancies, any amount of Class 3 and 4 unstable (reactive) SECTION 6604
materials shall be stored in accordance with the following: STORAGE
1. Class 3 and 4 unstable (reactive) materials shall be 6604.1 Indoor storage. Indoor storage of unstable (reactive)
stored in hazardous material storage cabinets comply- materials in amounts exceeding the maximum allowable
ing with Section 5003.8.7. quantity per control area indicated in Table 5003.1.1(1) shall
2. The hazardous material storage cabinets shall not con- be in accordance with Sections 5001, 5003, 5004 and this
tain other storage. chapter.
 This section is intended to allow for the occasional In addition, Class 3 and 4 unstable (reactive) detonable
use of limited amounts of Class 3 and 4 unstable materials shall be stored in accordance with the International
(reactive) materials in certain scientific, experimental Building Code requirements for explosives.
or demonstration settings; however, it is not the intent  This section regulates the indoor storage of unstable
to allow storage of any quantity of these materials for (reactive) materials when in excess of the MAQ in
any length of time. The fire code official may limit the buildings or portions of buildings classified in Occu-
amount of unstable (reactive) materials brought into a pancy Group H. The general and storage provisions
structure for these uses. The quantity actually of Chapter 50 are applicable in addition to the
needed for the experiment or demonstration should requirements of this section. Storage of unstable
determine the amount allowed into a structure. (reactive) materials inside structures must comply
Because of its respective explosive or higher defla- with Sections 6604.1.1 through 6604.1.5 to prevent
gration hazard characteristics, even the smallest uncontrolled release or exposure to conditions that
quantity of Class 3 or 4 unstable (reactive) materials may result in a fire or explosion.
must be stored in an approved hazardous material Because of the explosion hazard, Class 3 and 4
storage cabinet constructed and placarded in accor- detonable unstable (reactive) materials must be
dance with Section 5003.8.6 to reduce the exposure stored as required by this section, Chapter 56 and the
of the materials to hazards from the surrounding envi- International Building Code® (IBC®) requirements for
ronment. explosives.
In accordance with Table 5003.1.1(1), Note g, stor-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

6604.1.1 Detached storage. Storage of unstable (reactive) a “domino” effect that could not only increase fire
materials shall be in detached buildings when required in intensity but also completely block access to pile
Section 5003.8.2. areas by fire suppression personnel.
 Detached structures designed and constructed for Although not specifically mentioned in this section,
inside storage must also be protected in accordance
the sole purpose of unstable (reactive) materials stor-
age are the best protection for people and property with Chapter 50, which includes provisions for incom-
patible material storage, security, signage, control of
from fire and explosion. Detached storage structures
should be constructed of noncombustible materials to ignition sources and submittal of a storage plan.
prevent them from becoming involved in either an 6604.1.5 Location in building. Unstable (reactive) materials
outside fire that may endanger their contents or an shall not be stored in basements.
indoor fire due to the structure’s contents igniting.  Storage of unstable (reactive) material below the
Section 5003.8.2 and Table 5003.8.2 require ground floor is prohibited to facilitate fire-fighter
detached storage when the indoor storage quantities access and also because of the inherent difficulty
are more than 1 ton (908 kg) of Class 3 unstable associated with manual fire suppression operations in
(reactive) solid or liquid materials, more than 25 tons below-grade areas.
(22 700 kg) of Class 2 unstable (reactive) solid or liq-
6604.2 Outdoor storage. Outdoor storage of unstable (reac-
uid material, more than 2,000 cubic feet (57 m3) of
tive) materials in amounts exceeding the maximum allowable
Class 3 gaseous unstable (reactive) material or more
quantities per control area indicated in Table 5003.1.1(3)
than 10,000 cubic feet (283 m3) of Class 2 unstable
shall be in accordance with Sections 5001, 5003, 5004 and
(reactive) gaseous material. See the commentaries to
this chapter.
Section 5003.8.2 and Table 5003.8.2 for further dis-
cussion of detached storage requirements.  This section regulates the outdoor storage of unsta-
6604.1.2 Explosion control. Indoor storage rooms, areas and ble (reactive) materials when in excess of the MAQ
buildings containing Class 3 or 4 unstable (reactive) materials established by Table 5003.1.1(3). The general and
shall be provided with explosion control in accordance with storage provisions of Chapter 50 are applicable in
Section 911. addition to the requirements of this section. Storage
of unstable (reactive) materials in outdoor control
 Because of the possibility of a deflagration or detona- areas must comply with Sections 6604.2.1 and
tion in the event of ignition of Class 3 or 4 unstable 6604.2.2 to prevent uncontrolled release or exposure
(reactive) materials, explosion relief venting must be to conditions that could result in a fire or explosion.
installed to protect the storage building or structure
6604.2.1 Distance from storage to exposures Class 4 and 3
from collapse. Explosion venting must conform to the
(detonable) materials. Outdoor storage of Class 4 or 3 (deto-
requirements of Section 911.
nable) unstable (reactive) material shall be in accordance
6604.1.3 Liquid-tight floor. In addition to Section 5004.12, with Table 5604.5.2(2). The number of pounds of material
floors of storage areas for liquids and solids shall be of liquid- listed in the table shall be the net weight of the material pres-
tight construction. ent. Alternatively, the number of pounds of material shall be
 Floors and sills of rooms or areas used to contain based on a trinitrotoluene (TNT) equivalent weight.
hazardous material spills must be liquid tight to pre-  The distance requirements are divided into three sub-
vent the flow of liquids to adjoining areas (see com- sections to address the different natures of unstable
mentary, Section 5004.2). The floor surface should (reactive) materials. As previously drafted, suitable
be compatible with the unstable (reactive) materials locations for Class 4 and 3 (detonable) unstable reac-
to be retained and must be noncombustible, as tive materials had not been addressed. The tabular
required by Section 5004.12. distances listed in Table 5604.5.2(2) provided by the
6604.1.4 Storage configuration. Unstable (reactive) materi- Institute of Makers of Explosives have been devel-
als stored in quantities greater than 500 cubic feet (14 m3) oped based on pounds of trinitrotoluene (TNT) or a
shall be separated into piles, each not larger than 500 cubic TNT weight. A TNT equivalent weight is comparable
feet (14 m3). Aisle width shall not be less than the height of to the net explosive weight as used by the table (also
the piles or 4 feet (1219 mm), whichever is greater. see the commentary to the definition of “Net explo-
Exception: Materials stored in tanks. sive weight” in Section 202).
6604.2.2 Distance from storage to exposures Class 3 (def-
 These provisions detail storage requirements related lagratable) materials. Outdoor storage of deflagratable
to the hazards of release or ignition of unstable (reac- Class 3 unstable (reactive) materials shall be in accordance
tive) materials stored in structures and are intended with Table 5604.5.2(3). The number of pounds of material
to reduce the amount of material exposed in a single listed shall be the net weight of the material present.
incident by managing pile sizes and their separation.
Aisle widths that are equal to the pile height or are 4  This section addresses Class 3 (deflagrating) unsta-
feet (3048 mm), whichever is greater, reduce the fire ble (reactive) materials and relies on Table
exposure hazard between piles and, in the event of a 5604.5.2(3) for the quantity-distance regulations.
fire-related collapse of a pile, reduce the likelihood of Note that the use of TNT equivalent weights are not
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
66-4 Code Council

applied but, rather, the net weight of stored material be in accordance with Sections 5001, 5003, 5005 and this
is used. chapter.
6604.2.3 Distance from storage to exposures Class 2 and 1  This section applies to all indoor and outdoor dis-
materials. Outdoor storage of Class 2 or 1 unstable (reactive) pensing, use and handling of unstable (reactive)
materials shall not be located within 20 feet (6096 mm) of materials when the amounts being dispensed, used
buildings not associated with the manufacture or distribution or handled are in excess of the MAQs per indoor or
of such materials, lot lines, public streets, public alleys, pub- outdoor control area indicated in Table 5003.1.1(1) or
lic ways or means of egress. The minimum required distance 5003.1.1(3), respectively. The administrative general,
shall not apply when fire barriers without openings or pene- use, handling and dispensing provisions of Chapter
trations having a minimum fire-resistance rating of 2 hours 50 are applicable, in addition to the requirements of
interrupt the line of sight between the storage and the expo- this chapter.
sure. The fire barrier shall either be an independent structure Once the MAQ of unstable (reactive) materials has
or the exterior wall of the building adjacent to the storage been exceeded, indoor areas where materials are
area. being dispensed, used or handled must be located in
 This section addresses Class 2 unstable (reactive) a building or portion of a building complying with the
materials. The provisions of this section from the pre- IBC for a Group H occupancy because of the
vious edition have been retained with a modification increased hazards associated with quantity. Although
that exempts buildings associated with the manufac- no occupancy group is assigned to them, outside
ture or distribution of Class 2 and 1 materials. The unstable (reactive) materials use areas must be regu-
exemption is similar to that provided for the manufac- lated more closely when quantities exceed the MAQs
ture and distribution of toxic or highly toxic com- per outdoor control area.
pressed gases found in Section 6004.3.2.1.2 or for The MAQs listed in Table 5003.1.1(1) or
oxidizing gases found in Table 6304.2.2. The exemp- 5003.1.1(3) have been divided into closed-use and
tion has been broadened to include solids, liquids and open-use systems. Corresponding MAQs recognize
gases based on the fact that manufacturing buildings that an open-use system is generally more hazard-
processing these materials typically stage or store ous than a closed-use system because the unstable
materials inside and immediately outside of the build- (reactive) materials are more directly exposed to the
ing where processing is conducted, while materials surrounding environment and can become more
that have explosive effects are (or should be) located readily involved in an incident than if they are totally
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
at distances comparable to those used for explosive confined. The MAQs for use are based on the aggre-
materials. Line of sight protection is used in lieu of a gate quantity in both use and storage not exceeding
30-inch (762 mm) requirement for the protection from the MAQ listed for storage.
radiant flux.
6604.2.4 Storage configuration. Piles of unstable (reactive) Bibliography
materials shall not exceed 1,000 cubic feet (28 m3). The following resource materials were used in the
 The size of storage piles of unstable (reactive) materi- preparation of the commentary for this chapter of the
als is regulated by this section based on the hazards code:
of the unstable (reactive) materials being stored. To Fire Protection Guide on Hazardous Materials, 13th ed.
limit the amount of material involved in a single fire, Quincy, MA: National Fire Protection Association,
unstable (reactive) materials are limited to piles no 2001.
larger than 10 feet by 10 feet by 10 feet (3048 mm by
3048 mm by 3048 mm) high. Isman, W.E. and G.P. Carlson. Hazardous Materials.
Encino, CA: Glencoe Publishing Co., Inc., 1980.
6604.2.5 Aisle widths. Aisle widths between piles shall not
be less than one-half the height of the pile or 10 feet (3048 NFPA 704-12, Identification of the Fire Hazards of
mm), whichever is greater. Materials for Emergency Response. Quincy, MA:
 Minimum 10-foot-wide (3048 mm) aisles provide
access to the storage area for emergency personnel Police and Fire Interest Bulletin No 7, Unstable (Reac-
and reduce the likelihood of a “domino” effect that tive) Chemicals. New York: American Insurance
could not only increase fire intensity but also com- Association, 1973.
pletely block access to pile areas by fire suppression
personnel should a pile topple over.
SECTION 6605
USE
6605.1 General. The use of unstable (reactive) materials in
amounts exceeding the maximum allowable quantity per con-
trol area indicated in Table 5003.1.1(1) or 5003.1.1(3) shall

--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
66-6 Code Council

Chapter 67:
Water-Reactive Solids and Liquids
General Comments such as Lith-X or Met-L-X, both manufactured by the
Ansul Fire Protection Company.
Water-reactive materials are used in a variety of indus- If a manageable spill occurs without a fire, the material
trial applications for the processing of other materials, can be confined by a dam of dry sand and then covered
such as descaling (salt) baths in the metal processing with an absorbent material, such as vermiculite, dolomite
industry, dehydrating agents in sulfonation processes or more dry sand. Once absorbed, the material must be
(the addition of fuming sulfuric acid to a product being moved outside with care for disposal. Water-reactive
treated) and a variety of other complex chemical indus- materials that are spilled outdoors are sometimes best
trial processes. They also may be found in the manufac- handled by allowing them to react and hastening that
ture of a variety of consumer products, such as soaps process by applying water. Large volumes of water are
and detergents, rodenticides, fertilizers, silicone rubber required for this procedure and they must be applied
and pharmaceutical products. from a safe distance by personnel wearing full protective
Advance knowledge of the materials stored in struc- clothing and breathing apparatus. This method will not
tures through permits and the submittal of Material only accelerate the reaction, but also disperse and dilute
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) are essential for effective the fumes generated.
prefire planning by the fire department. This is especially
important in prefire planning for water-reactive materials,
because the presence of these materials severely limits Purpose
the fire department’s ability to use water as the primary This chapter addresses the hazards associated with
fire suppression tool. water-reactive materials that are solid or liquid at normal
Water-reactive materials may react to water in a vari- temperatures and pressures. In addition to their water
ety of ways, including explosion, violent splattering, pro- reactivity, these materials may pose a wide range of
duction of toxic gases, rapid decomposition with the other hazards, such as toxicity, flammability, corrosive-
evolution of large volumes of heat that may ignite nearby ness or oxidizing potential. This chapter addresses only
combustibles or any combination of these reactions. those materials whose primary hazard is water reactiv-
Alternative fire suppression protocols must be devel- ity. Materials that pose multiple hazards must conform
oped well in advance of an incident and the requisite to the requirements of the code with respect to all haz-
alternative suppression medium obtained, rather than ards (see commentary, Section 5001.1). Strict compli-
having to go searching for it at the time of an emergency. ance with the requirements of this chapter, along with
Depending on the specific water-reactive material proper housekeeping and storage arrangements, helps
involved in an incident, the alternative extinguishing to reduce the exposure hazards associated with water-
media could include dry graphite, soda ash, sodium reactive materials in a fire or other emergency.
chloride, dry sand or specialized dry powder agents,
SECTION 6701 hazardous materials general storage requirements of

GENERAL Chapter 50. Classification of solids and liquids as
6701.1 Scope. The storage and use of water-reactive solids being water reactive is based on their relative degree
and liquids shall be in accordance with this chapter. of hazard as described in the definition in Section
6502.
Exceptions: Exception 1 makes it clear that this chapter does
1. Display and storage in Group M and storage in not apply to water-reactive materials stored and dis-
Group S occupancies complying with Section played in Group M occupancies or stored in Group S
5003.11. occupancies, and defers to the requirements of Sec-
tion 5003.11 for those occupancy groups. In that sec-
2. Detonable water-reactive solids and liquids shall be
stored in accordance with Chapter 56. tion, quantities are limited on a per-control-area basis
to limit exposure to people and property (see com-
 This chapter contains specific requirements for the mentary, Section 5003.11). This exception would per-
storage of water-reactive materials. The require- mit an increase above the maximum allowable
ments of this chapter are intended to complement the quantities per control area (MAQ) indicated in Table

WATER-REACTIVE SOLIDS AND LIQUIDS
5003.1.1(1) for water-reactive materials while still requirements of Sections 5001 and 5003 are fully
maintaining a mercantile or storage occupancy group applicable to the storage and use of water-reactive
classification. materials, in addition to the requirements of this chap-
Exception 2 recognizes the violent, explosive ter.
nature of detonable water-reactive materials and 6703.2 Quantities exceeding the maximum allowable
directs that they be stored in accordance with the quantity per control area. The storage and use of water-
requirements for explosives and blasting agents (see reactive solids and liquids in amounts exceeding the maxi-
Chapter 56) to provide the safeguards commensurate mum allowable quantity per control area indicated in Section
with their hazards. 5003.1 shall be in accordance with Chapter 50 and this chap-
6701.2 Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in Sec- ter.
tion 105.6.
 This section complements the requirements of Chap-
 The process of issuing permits gives the fire code ter 50 in structures occupied for the storage, handling
official an opportunity to carefully evaluate and regu- or use of water-reactive materials. The regulations
late hazardous operations. Permit applicants should contained in this section assume that the quantity of
be required to demonstrate that their operations com- water-reactive materials in a given building is in
ply with the intent of the code before the permit is excess of the MAQs as established in Section
issued. See the commentary to Section 105.6 for a 5003.1; thus, the building is classified in Occupancy
general discussion of operations requiring an opera- Group H. The requirements of Chapter 50 apply to
tional permit; Section 105.6.21 for a discussion of the storage and use of water-reactive material, in
specific quantity-based operational permits for the addition to the requirements of this chapter.
materials regulated in this chapter; and Section 105.7
for a general discussion of activities requiring a con-
struction permit. The permit process also notifies the SECTION 6704
fire department of the need for prefire planning for STORAGE
hazardous property. 6704.1 Indoor storage. Indoor storage of water-reactive sol-
ids and liquids in amounts exceeding the maximum allowable
quantity per control area indicated in Table 5003.1.1(1),
SECTION 6702 shall be in accordance with Sections 5001, 5003, 5004 and
DEFINITION this chapter.
6702.1 Definition. The following term is defined in Chapter
 This section regulates the indoor storage of water-
2:
reactive materials when in excess of the MAQ in
WATER-REACTIVE MATERIAL. buildings or portions of buildings classified in Occu-
Class 3. pancy Group H. The general and storage require-
Class 2. ments of Chapter 50 are applicable in addition to the
Class 1. requirements of this section. Storage of water-reac-
 Definitions of terms can help in the understanding tive materials inside structures must comply with Sec-
tions 6701.1 through 6704.1.7 to prevent uncontrolled
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
tion directs the code user to Chapter 2 for the proper release or exposure to conditions that may result in a
application of the indicated terms used in this chap- fire or explosion.
ter. Terms may be defined in Chapter 2 or in another 6704.1.1 Detached storage. Storage of water-reactive solids
International Code® as indicated in Section 201.3, or and liquids shall be in detached buildings where required by
the dictionary meaning may be all that is needed (see Section 5003.8.2.
also commentary, Sections 201.1 through 201.4).  This section regulates the indoor storage of water-
reactive materials when in excess of the MAQ in
buildings or portions of buildings classified in Occu-
SECTION 6703 pancy Group H. The general and storage require-
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ments of Chapter 50 are applicable in addition to the
6703.1 Quantities not exceeding the maximum allowable requirements of this section. Storage of water-reac-
quantity per control area. The storage and use of water- tive materials inside structures must comply with Sec-
reactive solids and liquids in amounts not exceeding the max- tions 6701.1 through 6704.1.7 to prevent uncontrolled
imum allowable quantity per control area indicated in Sec- release or exposure to conditions that may result in a
tion 5003.1 shall be in accordance with Sections 5001, 5003, fire or explosion.
6701 and 6703. 6704.1.2 Liquid-tight floor. In addition to the provisions of
 This section complements the requirements of Chap- Section 5004.12, floors in storage areas for water-reactive
ter 50 in structures occupied for the storage, handling solids and liquids shall be of liquid-tight construction.
or use of water-reactive materials limited to the MAQs  Floors and sills of rooms or areas used to contain
as established in Section 5003.1. The general hazardous material spills must be liquid tight to pre-
67-2 Code Council

vent the flow of liquids to adjoining areas (see com- Class 3 water-reactive solids and liquids shall not be
mentary, Section 5004.2). The floor surface should stored in basements.
be compatible with the water-reactive materials to be Class 2 or 3 water-reactive solids and liquids shall not be
retained and must be noncombustible, as required by stored with flammable liquids.
Section 5004.12.
 This section details storage requirements related to
6704.1.3 Waterproof room. Rooms or areas used for the
storage of water-reactive solids and liquids shall be con- the hazards of release or ignition of water-reactive
materials stored in structures and is intended to
structed in a manner which resists the penetration of water
through the use of waterproof materials. Piping carrying reduce the amount of material exposed in a single
incident by managing pile sizes and their separation.
water for other than approved automatic sprinkler systems
shall not be within such rooms or areas. Water-reactive materials are limited to piles no larger
than 500 cubic feet (14 m3) in volume [approximately
 The design and construction of rooms used for stor- 8 feet by 8 feet by 8 feet high (2438 mm by 2438 mm
ing water-reactive materials must prevent water from by 2438 mm)]. Aisle widths that are equal to the pile
coming into contact with the stored materials. The height or 4 feet (1219 mm), whichever is greater,
building materials should be noncombustible so they reduce the fire exposure hazard between piles and, in
do not contribute fuel to a fire or reaction and should the event of a fire-related collapse of a pile, reduce
be designed to resist the passage of flowing water. the likelihood of a “domino” effect that could not only
A major safeguard is planning the design of the increase fire intensity but also completely block
room and locating it to minimize water hazards. For access to pile areas by fire suppression personnel.
example, in a two-story building it would not be Although not specifically mentioned in this section,
appropriate to put a water-reactive materials storage inside storage must also comply with Chapter 50,
room directly below a locker room with showers or a which includes provisions for incompatible material
bathroom located on the second floor. storage, security, signage, control of ignition sources
Similarly, the enclosure walls of a storage room and submittal of a storage plan.
should not contain plumbing piping. Though water The exception exempts tank storage from the
piping may not be run into or through storage rooms, requirements of this section; however, the tanks must
the code recognizes that automatic sprinkler systems conform to the requirements of Section 5003.2.
are a more regulated type of water piping system and Because Class 2 oxidizers are potentially explo-
have a low leakage and failure rate when properly sive, they may be stored in basements only when
installed and maintained. contained in approved stationary tanks or containers
6704.1.4 Water-tight containers. Where Class 3 water-reac- that comply with the applicable requirements of Sec-
tive solids and liquids are stored in areas equipped with an tion 5003.2 and this section.
automatic sprinkler system, the materials shall be stored in Because Class 3 water-reactive materials are vio-
closed water-tight containers. lently reactive, they may not be stored in a basement
because of the limited access for fire suppression
 In the event of a sprinkler discharge in response to a operations, the potential for increased damage to the
fire, the application of water should not aggravate the structure and exposure of the occupants to danger.
fire by causing a violent exothermic reaction with the Class 2 and 3 water-reactive materials may not be
water-reactive materials in storage that might not oth- stored in the same room or area as flammable liquids
erwise become involved. To reduce this hazard and
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
because of their violent reactivity and their incompati-
to complement the provisions of Section 6704.1.4, bility. See the commentary to Section 5003.9.8 for a
water-reactive materials must be stored in water-tight discussion of precautions to be taken with incompati-
containers of 60 gallons (227 L) or less than capacity ble materials.
that comply with Section 5003.2 (see the commen-
tary to the Section 202 definition of “Container”). 6704.1.6 Explosion control. Indoor storage rooms, areas and
buildings containing Class 2 or 3 water-reactive solids and
6704.1.5 Storage configuration. Water-reactive solids and liquids shall be provided with explosion control in accor-
liquids stored in quantities greater than 500 cubic feet (14 m3) dance with Section 911.
shall be separated into piles, each not larger than 500 cubic
feet (14 m3). Aisle widths between piles shall not be less than  The violently reactive nature of Class 2 and 3 water-
the height of the pile or 4 feet (1219 mm), whichever is reactive materials can seriously damage or destroy a
greater. storage room or structure. To prevent damage or
destruction in storage rooms or structures where
Exception: Water-reactive solids and liquids stored in Class 2 or 3 water-reactive materials are stored, an
tanks. explosion control system must be installed as
Class 2 water-reactive solids and liquids shall not be required in Section 911.
stored in basements unless such materials are stored in closed 6704.2 Outdoor storage. Outdoor storage of water-reactive
water-tight containers or tanks. solids and liquids in quantities exceeding the maximum

allowable quantity per control area indicated in Table rier, constructed in accordance with Section 707 of
5003.1.1(3) shall be in accordance with Sections 5001, 5003, the International Building Code® (IBC®), is an equiva-
5004 and this chapter. lent way to meet the objectives of spatial separation.
 This section regulates the outdoor storage of water- Where a separation assembly is installed instead of
having the separation distance, the wall must extend
reactive material when in excess of the MAQ estab-
lished by Table 5003.1.1(3). The general and storage vertically beyond the roof or wall of the larger struc-
ture on each side (top and sides) to prevent a fire
provisions of Chapter 50 are applicable, in addition to
the requirements of this section. from lapping over or extending around the wall.
6704.2.4 Storage conditions. Class 3 water-reactive solids
6704.2.1 General. Outdoor storage of water-reactive solids
and liquids shall be within tanks or closed water-tight con- and liquids shall be limited to piles not greater than 500 cubic
feet (14 m3).
tainers and shall be in accordance with Sections 6704.2.2
through 6704.2.5. Class 2 water-reactive solids and liquids shall be limited to
piles not greater than 1,000 cubic feet (28 m3).
 Similar to Sections 6704.1.3 and 6704.1.5, which
require waterproof rooms and water-tight containers Aisle widths between piles shall not be less than one-half
for the storage of water-reactive materials, this sec- the height of the pile or 10 feet (3048 mm), whichever is
tion carries the protection of the material one step fur- greater.
ther by requiring that water-reactive materials stored  The size of storage piles of water-reactive materials
outdoors be in closed, water-tight containers or tanks is regulated by this section based on the hazards of
to reduce the likelihood that rain or snow will come the water-reactive materials being stored. To limit the
into contact with them. Storage of water-reactive amount of material involved in a single fire, water-
material in outdoor control areas must comply with reactive materials are limited to piles no larger than
Sections 6704.2.1 through 6704.2.5 to prevent approximately 8 feet by 8 feet by 8 feet high (2438
uncontrolled release or exposure to conditions that mm by 2438 mm by 2438 mm) for Class 3 or 10 feet
could result in a fire or explosion. by 10 feet by 10 feet high (3048 mm by 3048 mm by
6704.2.2 Class 3 distance to exposures. Outdoor storage of 3048 mm) for Class 2 materials. The required aisle
Class 3 water-reactive solids and liquids shall not be within width ensures access to the storage area for emer-
75 feet (22 860 mm) of buildings, lot lines, public streets, gency personnel and reduces the likelihood of a
public alleys, public ways or means of egress. “domino” effect that could not only increase fire inten-
 The required separation distances are based on the sity, but also completely block access to pile areas by
fire suppression personnel should a pile topple over.
class of water-reactive material and are intended to
reduce the hazard of radiant heat transfer to nearby 6704.2.5 Containment. Secondary containment shall be pro-
structures, public streets or alleys or egress elements vided in accordance with the provisions of Section 5004.2.2.
from buildings. The distances also protect the prop-  To prevent the flow of water-reactive liquids to adjoin-
erty in question from heat exposure from incidents on ing rooms or spaces, secondary containment comply-
or off the property. ing with Section 5004.2.2 is required by this section.
6704.2.3 Class 2 distance to exposures. Outdoor storage of The design of drainage and secondary containment
Class 2 water-reactive solids and liquids shall not be within systems must take into consideration automatic
20 feet (6096 mm) of buildings, lot lines, public streets, pub- sprinkler design discharge flow rates and fire sup-
lic alleys, public ways or means of egress. A 2-hour fire bar- pression hand line [typically 11/2- or 13/4-inch (38 or 44
rier without openings or penetrations, and extending not less mm) hose] flows.
than 30 inches (762 mm) above and to the sides of the storage Note that secondary containment requirements do
area, is allowed in lieu of such distance. The wall shall either not provide for control of the flammable, irritating or
be an independent structure, or the exterior wall of the build- toxic vapors given off by reacted materials, and care
ing adjacent to the storage area. must be taken to minimize exposure to hazardous
 The required separation distances in this section are vapors.
based on the less violently reactive Class 1 and 2 Runoff from spills or manual fire suppression activi-
water-reactive materials and are intended to reduce ties may result in environmental contamination if not
the hazard of radiant heat transfer to nearby struc- properly controlled (see commentary, Section
tures, public streets or alleys or egress elements from 5004.2).
buildings. The distances also protect the property in
question from heat exposure from incidents on or off
SECTION 6705
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
the property.
USE
This section also recognizes that, for these less
violently reactive water-reactive materials, a minimum 6705.1 General. The use of water-reactive solids and liquids
separation distance of 20 feet (6096 mm) provides in amounts exceeding the maximum allowable quantity per
adequate protection and that a solid, 2-hour fire bar- control area indicated in Table 5003.1.1(1) or 5003.1.1(3)
67-4 Code Council

shall be in accordance with Sections 5001, 5003, 5005 and

this chapter.
 This section applies to all indoor and outdoor dis-
pensing, use and handling operations of water-reac-
tive materials when the amounts being dispensed,
used or handled are in excess of the MAQs in accor-
dance with indoor or outdoor areas indicated in Table
5003.1.1(1) or 5003.1.1(3), respectively. The admin-
istrative, general use, handling and dispensing provi-
sions of Chapter 50 are applicable, in addition to the
requirements of this chapter.
Once the MAQ per control area of water-reactive
materials has been exceeded, indoor areas where
materials are being dispensed, used or handled must
be located in a building or portion of a building com-
plying with the IBC for a Group H occupancy because
of the increased hazards associated with quantity.
Although no occupancy group is assigned to them,
outside water-reactive materials use areas must be
regulated more heavily when quantities exceed the
MAQs.
The MAQs listed in Table 5003.1.1(1) or
5003.1.1(3) have been divided into closed-use and
open-use systems. Corresponding MAQs recognize
that an open-use system is generally more hazard-
ous than a closed-use system because the water-
reactive materials are more directly exposed to the
surrounding environment and can become more
readily involved in an incident than if they are totally
confined. The MAQs for use are based on the aggre-
gate quantity in both use and storage not exceeding
the MAQ listed for storage.
Bibliography
code:
“Cellar Fires.” Special Interest Bulletin No. 67. New
York: National Board of Fire Underwriters, 1953.
Davenport, John A. Section 6.23, “Storage and Han-
dling of Chemicals.” Fire Protection Handbook.
2003.
Fire Protection Guide on Hazardous Materials, 13th ed.
2001.
Isman, W.E. and G.P. Carlson. Hazardous Materials.
Encino, CA: Glencoe Publishing Co., Inc., 1980.
“Sodium.” Special Interest Bulletin No. 208. New York:
National Board of Fire Underwriters, 1956.
“Sodium Hydride Descaling.” Special Interest Bulletin
No. 209. New York: National Board of Fire Underwrit-
ers, 1956.

--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
67-6 Code Council

CHAPTERS 68 through 79
RESERVED
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
68-2 Code Council

Part VI—Referenced Standards
Chapter 80:
Referenced Standards
General Comments 10. The standard shall not state that its provisions
shall govern whenever the referenced standard
Not every document related to fire safety system is in conflict with the requirements of the refer-
design, installation and construction is qualified to be a encing code.
referenced standard. The International Code Council®
(ICC®) has adopted a criterion that referenced stan- 11. The preface to the standard shall announce that
dards in the International Codes® and standards the standard is promulgated according to a con-
intended for adoption into the International Codes must sensus procedure.
meet to qualify as a referenced standard. The policy is Standard Promulgation:
as follows: 1. The standard shall be completed and readily
Referenced Standards: In order for a standard to be available prior to final action consideration. In
considered for reference or to continue to be referenced order for a new standard to be considered for ref-
by the codes, a standard shall meet the following crite- erence by the code, two copies of such a stan-
ria: dard shall be submitted in at least a consensus
draft form.
Code References:
2. The standard shall be developed and maintained
1. The standard and the manner in which it is to be
through a consensus process, such as ASTM or
utilized shall be specifically referenced in the
ANSI.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
code text.
2. The need for the standard to be referenced shall Once a standard is incorporated into the code through
be established. the code development process, it becomes an enforce-
able part of the code, subject to the limitations of the
Standard Content: text reference in accordance with Section 102.7. When
1. A standard or portions of a standard intended to the code is adopted by a jurisdiction, the referenced
be enforced shall be written in mandatory lan- portion (only the referenced portion) of the standard is
guage. also part of that jurisdiction’s adopted code. It is for this
reason that the criteria were developed.
2. The standard shall be appropriate for the subject Compliance with this policy means that documents or
covered. portions of documents incorporated into the code by ref-
3. All terms shall be defined when they deviate from erence are, among others, developed through the use
an ordinarily accepted meaning or a dictionary of a consensus process, written in mandatory language
definition. and do not mandate the use of proprietary materials or
4. The scope or application of a standard shall be agencies. The requirement that a standard be devel-
clearly described. oped through a consensus process is vital, because it
means that the standard will be representative of the
5. The standard shall not have the effect of requir- most current body of available knowledge on the subject
ing proprietary materials. as determined by a broad range of interested or
6. The standard shall not prescribe a proprietary affected parties without dominance by any single inter-
agency for quality control or testing. est group. A true consensus process has many attri-
7. The test standard shall describe, in detail, prepa- butes, including, but not limited to:
ration of the test sample, sample selection or • An open process that has formal (published) pro-
both. cedures allowing for the consideration of all view-
points.
8. The test standard shall prescribe the reporting
format for the test results. The format shall iden- • A definitive review period that allows for the stan-
tify the key performance criteria of the element(s) dard to be updated or revised.
tested. • A process of notification to all interested parties.
9. The measure of performance for which the test is • An appeals process.
conducted shall be clearly defined in either the
test standard or in code text.

REFERENCED STANDARDS
Many available documents related to fire safety sys- on a document’s promulgating agency (see Commen-
tem design, installation and construction, though useful, tary Figure 80):
are not “standards” and are not appropriate for refer- • The promulgating agency (the agency’s title).
ence in the code. Often, these documents are devel-
• The promulgating agency’s acronym.
oped or written with the intention of being used for
regulatory purposes and are unsuitable for use as a reg- • The promulgating agency’s address.
ulation because of extensive use of recommendations, For example, a reference to an ASME standard within
advisory comments and nonmandatory terms. Typical the code indicates that the document is promulgated by
examples of such documents include installation the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME),
instructions, guidelines and practices. which is located in New York City. Chapter 80 lists the
The ICC standards policy results in regulations that standards’ agencies alphabetically for ease of identifica-
are clear, concise and enforceable; thus the require- tion.
ment that standards be written in mandatory language. Chapter 80 also includes the following information on
This requirement is not intended to mean that a stan- the referenced document itself (see Commentary Figure
dard cannot contain informational or explanatory mate- 80):
rial that will aid the user of the standard in its
• The document’s publication designation.
application. When it is the desire of the standard’s pro-
mulgating agency for such material to be included, how- • The document’s edition year.
ever, the information must appear in a nonmandatory • The document’s title.
location, such as an annex or appendix, and be clearly • Any addenda or revisions to the document known
identified as not being part of the standard. at the time of the code’s publication.
Overall, standards referenced by the code must be
authoritative, relevant, up to date and, most important, • Every section of the code in which the document is
reasonable and enforceable. Standards that comply referenced.
with ICC’s standards policy fulfill these expectations. For example, a reference to ASME B16.18 indicates
that this document can be found in Chapter 80 under
Purpose the heading ASME. The specific standards designation
is B16.18. For convenience, these designations are
As a performance-based code, the International Fire listed in alphanumeric order. Chapter 80 identifies that:
Code® (IFC®) contains numerous references to docu- ASME 16.18 is titled Cast Copper-Alloy Solder Joint
ments that are used to regulate materials and methods Pressure Fittings, the applicable edition (its year of pub-
of construction. The references to these documents lication) is 2001, and it is referenced in one specifically
within the code text consist of the promulgating identified section of the code.
agency’s acronym and its publication designation (for Using the system established for the family of Interna-
example, ASME A17.1), as well as a further indication tional Codes, the specific edition of a specific standard
that the document being referenced is the one that is is clearly identified and the requirements necessary for
listed in Chapter 80. Chapter 80 contains all of the infor- compliance can be readily determined. The basis for
mation that is necessary to identify the specific refer- code compliance is, therefore, established and available
enced document. Included is the following information on an equal basis to the fire code official, builder,
designer and owner.
PROMULGATING
AGENCY’S PROMULGATING
ACRONYM AGENCY’S TITLE
The American Society of Mechanical Engineers PROMULGATING
ASME
Standard
Two Park Avenue
New York, NY 10016-5990
AGENCY’S
ADDRESS
Referenced
reference in code
number Title section number
A17.1/B16.18—2012 Cast Copper-Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 909.13.1
TITLE OF
STANDARD
PUBLICATION SECTION(S) OF THE
DESIGNATION EDITION CODE IN WHICH THE
YEAR STANDARD IS
REFERENCED
Figure 80
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
80-2 Code Council

This chapter lists the standards that are referenced in various sections of this document. The standards are listed herein by the
promulgating agency of the standard, the standard identification, the effective date and title, and the section or sections of this
document that reference the standard. The application of the referenced standards shall be as specified in Section 102.7.
AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials

444 North Capitol Street, Northwest, #249
Washington, DC 20001
Standard Referenced
reference in code
HB-17—2002 Specification for Highway Bridges, 17th Edition 2002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503.2.6
AFSI Architectural Fabric Structures Institute

c/o Industrial Fabric Association International
1801 County Road B West
Roseville, MN 55113
Standard Referenced
reference in code
ASI—77 Design and Standard Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3103.10.2
ANSI American National Standards Institute

25 West 43rd Street, Fourth Floor
New York, NY 10036
Standard Referenced
reference in code
ANSI E1.21—2006 Entertainment Technology: Temporary Ground Supported Overhead Structures
Used to Cover the Stage Areas and Support Equipment in the Production of
Outdoor Entertainment Events. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3105.1
ANSI Z21.69/
CSA 6.16—09 Connectors for Movable Gas Appliances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .609.4
API American Petroleum Institute

1220 L Street, Northwest
Standard Referenced
reference in code
Spec 12P—3rd Edition
(Reaffirmed 2008) Specification for Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5704.2.13.1.5
RP 651 3rd Edition (2007) Cathodic Protection of Aboveground Petroleum Storage Tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5706.7, 5706.7.1
Std 653—4th Edition
(2009) Tank Inspection, Repair, Alteration and Reconstruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5706.7
RP 752— 3rd Edition
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
(2009) Management of Hazards Associated with Location of Process Plant

Buildings, CMA Managers Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5706.7
RP 1604—3rd Edition
(1996 R2010) Closure of Underground Petroleum Storage Tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5704.2.13
RP 1615—(1996) Installation of Underground-petroleum Storage Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5704.2.13.1.5, 5706.7
6th
Edition (2011)
(2009) Venting Atmosphere and Low-pressure Storage Tanks:
Nonrefrigerated and Refrigerated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5704.2.7.3.2

API—continued
9th
RP 2001— Edition
(2012) Fire Protection in Refineries, 8th Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5706.7
RP 2003—
7th
Edition (2008) Protection Against Ignitions Arising out of Static, Lightning and Stray Currents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5706.7
Publ 2009 7th Edition—
(2002, R2012) Safe Welding and Cutting Practices in Refineries, Gas Plants and Petrochemical Plants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5706.7
2001 (R2006) Safe Entry and Clearing of Petroleum Storage Tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5706.7, 5706.7.2
RP 2023 3rd Edition—
(2001, R2006) Guide for Safe Storage and Handling of Heated Petroleum-derived Asphalt
Products and Crude-oil Residue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5706.7, 5706.7.3
Publ 2028 3rd Edition—
(2002, R2012) Flame Arrestors in Piping Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5704.2.7.3.2
Publ 2201 5th Edition—
(2003, R2010) Procedures for Welding or Hot Tapping on Equipment in Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5706.7
RP 2350— 4th Edition
(2012) Overfill Protection for Storage Tanks in Petroleum Facilities, 3rd Edition . . . . . . 5704.2.7.5.8, 5706.4.6, 5706.7
ASCE/SEI American Society of Civil Engineers

Structural Engineering Institute
1801 Alexander Bell Drive
Reston, VA 20191
Standard Referenced
reference in code
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ASCE/SEI 24—13 Flood Resistant Design and Construction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .604.1.7
ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc.

1791 Tullie Circle, NE
Atlanta, GA 30329
Standard Referenced
reference in code
15—2013 Safety Standard for Refrigeration Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .606.12.1
ASME The American Society of Mechanical Engineers

Two Park Avenue
New York, NY 10016-5990
Standard Referenced
reference in code
A13.1—2007 Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems . . . . . . . . . . . .3509.3, 5003.2.2.1, 5303.4.3, 5503.4.5, 5703.5.2
ASME A17.1/CSA
B44—2013 Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .508.1.6, 607.1, 907.3.3, 1009.4
A17.3—2008 Safety Code for Existing Elevators and Escalators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1103.3.1, 1103.3.2
B16.18—2012 Cast Copper-Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .909.13.1
B16.22—2001 (R2010) Wrought Copper and Copper-Alloy Solder-joint Pressure Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .909.13.1
B31.1—2012 Power Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5003.2.2, Table 5703.6.2
B31.3—2012 Process Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5003.2.2.2, Table 5703.6.2
B31.4—2012 Pipeline Transportation Systems for Liquid Hydrocarbons and Other Liquids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 5703.6.2
B31.9—2011 Building Services Piping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 5703.6.2, 5703.6.3, 5703.6.11
BPVC—
2010/2011 addenda ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
(Sections I, II, IV, V & VI, VIII) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5003.2.1, 5303.2, 5303.3.2, 5503.2.6, 5503.4.3,
5503.7, 5704.2.13.1.5, 5806.3.1, 5806.4.1, 5806.4.8
80-4 Code Council

ASSE American Society of Safety Engineers

1800 East Oakton Street
Des Plaines, IL 60018
Standard Referenced
reference in code
ANSI/ASSE Z359.1-2007 Safety Requirements for Personal Fall Arrest Systems, Subsystems and Components,
Part of the Fall Protection Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1015.6, 1015.7
ASTM ASTM International

100 Barr Harbor Drive
West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959
Standard Referenced
reference in code
B42—10 Specification for Seamless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 909.13.1
B43—09 Specification for Seamless Red Brass Pipe, Standard Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 909.13.1
B68—11 Specification for Seamless Copper Tube, Bright Annealed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 909.13.1
B88—09 Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 909.13.1
B251—10 Specification for General Requirements for Wrought Seamless Copper and Copper-alloy Tube . . . . . . 909.13.1
B280—08 Specification for Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Service . . . . . . . 909.13.1
D56—05(2010) Test Method for Flash Point by Tag Closed Tester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
D86—2012 Test Method for Distillation of Petroleum Products at Atmospheric Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
D92—12b Test Method for Flash and Fire Points by Cleveland Open Cup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202, 2401.2, 5104.1.1, 5701.2
D93—12 Test Method for Flash Point by Pensky-Martens Closed Up Tester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
D323—08 Test Method for Vapor Pressure of Petroleum Products (Reid Method). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
D2859—06(2011) Standard Test Method for Ignition Characteristics of
Finished Textile Floor Covering Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 804.3.3.1, 804.3.3.2
D3278—96(2011) Test Methods for Flash Point of Liquids by Small Scale Closed-cup Apparatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
E84—2013A Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202, 803.1, 803.1.1,
803.1.2, 803.5.1, 803.5.2, 803.6, 803.7,
803.10, 804.1, 804.1.1, 804.2.4
E108—2011 Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317.3
E681—2009 Test Method for Concentration Limits of Flammability of Chemicals (Vapors and Gases) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
E1354—2013 Standard Test Method for Heat and Visible Smoke Release Rates
for Materials and Products Using an Oxygen Consumption Calorimeter . . . . . . . . . . . 304.3.2, 304.3.4, 318.1,
808.1, 808.2, 2310.5.3, 3304.2.3, 3603.4
E1529—13 Test Method for Determining Effects of Large Hydrocarbon
Pool Fires on Structural Members and Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5704.2.9.2.3
E1537—13 Test Method for Fire Testing of Upholstered Furniture. . . . . . . . . . . . . 805.1.1.2, 805.2.1.2, 805.3.1.2, 805.4.1.2
E1590—13 Test Method for Fire Testing of Mattresses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .805.1.2.2, 805.2.2.2, 805.3.2.2.1, 805.4.2.2
E1966—2012A Test Method for Fire-resistant Joint Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
E2072—10 Standard Specification for Pholuminescent (Phosphorescent) Safety Markings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1025.4
E2404—2013E1 Standard Practice for Specimen Preparation and Mounting of Textile,
Paper or Vinyl Wall or Ceiling Coverings to
Assess Surface Burning Characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 803.5.2, 803.6, 803.7
E2573—12 Standard Practice for Specimen Preparation and Mounting of
Site-fabricated Stretch Systems to Assess Surface Burning Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .803.10
F1085—10 Standard Specification for Mattress and Box Springs for Use in Berths in Marine Vessels . . . . . . . . . 805.3.2.2.2
F2006—10 Standard/Safety Specification for Window Fall Prevention Devices for
Non-Emergency Escape (Egress) and Rescue (Ingress) Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1015.8
F2090—10 Specification for Window Fall Prevention Devices with
Emergency Escape (Egress) Release Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1015.8, 1015.8.1
F2200—13 Standard Specification for Automated Vehicular Gate Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503.5, 503.6
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers’ Association

355 Lexington Avenue, 15th Floor
New York, NY 10017
Standard Referenced
reference in code
A156.10—2011 American National Standard for Power-operated Pedestrian Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1010.1.4.2
A156.19—2013 American National Standard for Power Assist and Low-energy Power-operated Doors. . . . . . . . . . . . 1010.1.4.2
A156.27—2011 Power and Manual Operated Revolving Pedestrian Doors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1010.1.4.1, 1010.1.4.3.1
CA State of California Department of Consumer Affairs

Bureau of Electronics and Appliance Repair, Home Furnishings and Thermal Insulation
4244 South Market Court, Suite D
Sacramento, CA 95834-1243
Standard Referenced
reference in code
California
Technical Bulletin
129—1992 Flammability Test Procedure for Mattresses for Use in Public Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 805.1.1.2, 805.2.2.2,
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
805.3.2.2.1, 805.4.2.2
California
Technical Bulletin
133—1991 Flammability Test Procedure for Seating Furniture for Use in Public Occupancies . . . . . . . 805.1.1.2, 805.2.1.2,
805.4.1.2
CGA Compressed Gas Association

14501 George Carter Way, Suite 103
Chantilly, VA 20151
Standard Referenced
reference in code
C-7—(2011) Guide to the Preparation of Precautionary Labeling and Marking of
Compressed Gas Containers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5303.4.2, 5503.4.2
G-13—(2006) Storage and Handling of Silane and Silane Mixtures
(an American National Standard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6404.1, 6404.2, 6405.3
P-1—(2000) Safe Handling of Compressed Gases in Containers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5305.7
ANSI/P-18—(2006) Standard for Bulk Inert Gas Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5501.1
S-1.1—(2011) Relief Device Standards—Part 1—Cylinders for Compressed Gases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5303.3.2, 5503.2
S-1.2—(2005) Pressure Relief Device Standards—Part 2—Cargo and
Portable Tanks for Compressed Gases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5303.3.2, 5503.2
S-1.3—(2008) Pressure Relief Device Standards—Part 3—Stationary
Storage Containers for Compressed Gases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5303.3.2, 5503.2
V-1—(2005) Standard for Gas Cylinder Valve Outlet and Inlet Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3505.2.1
CGR Coast Guard Regulations

c/o Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington, DC 20402-9325
Standard Referenced
reference in code
46 CFR Parts 30, 32,
35 & 39—1999 Shipping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5706.8
80-6 Code Council

CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission

4330 East West Highway
Bethesda, MD 20814
Standard Referenced
reference in code
16 CFR Part
1500.41—2009 Method for Testing Primary Irritant Substances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
16 CFR Part
1500.42—2009 Test for Eye Irritants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
16 CFR Part
1500.44—2009 Method for Testing Extremely Flammable and Flammable Solids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
16 CFR Part
1500—2009 Hazardous Substances and Articles; Administration and Enforcement Regulations. . . . . . . . . . . . . 202, 5601.1.3
16 CFR
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Part 1507—2002 Fireworks Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5601.1.3
16 CFR Part 1630—2007 Standard for the Surface Flammability of Carpets and Rugs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 804.3.3.1, 804.3.3.2
DOC U.S. Department of Commerce

1401 Constitution Avenue, NW
Standard Referenced
reference in code
16 CFR Part 1632—2009 Standard for the Flammability of Mattress
and Mattress Pads (FF 4-72, Amended). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 805.1.2.1, 805.2.2.1, 805.3.2.1, 805.4.2.1
DOL U.S. Department of Labor

Standard Referenced
reference in code
29 CFR Part
1910.1000—2009 Air Contaminants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202, 2104.2.1
29 CFR Part
1910.1200—2009 Hazard Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202, 5603.6
DOTn U.S. Department of Transportation

Office of Hazardous Material Safety
1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE
East Building, 2nd Floor
Standard Referenced
reference in code
33 CFR Part 154—1998 Facilities Transferring Oil or Hazardous Material in Bulk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5706.8
33 CFR Part 155—1998 Oil or Hazardous Material Pollution Prevention Regulations for Vessels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5706.8
33 CFR Part 156 —1998 Oil and Hazardous Material Transfer Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5706.8
49 CFR Parts 100-185—
2005 Hazardous Materials Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202, 3505.4, 5303.2, 5503.4.3, 5503.7,
5601.1, 5601.1.3, 5601.3, 5706.5.1.15
49 CFR
Part 172—2009 Hazardous Materials Tables, Special Provisions, Hazardous Materials Communications,
Emergency Response Information and Training Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5604.6.5.2

DOTn—continued
49 CFR
Part 173—2009 Shippers—General Requirements for Shipments and Packagings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5104.1.1, 5606.3
49 CFR Part
173.137—2009 Shippers—General Requirements for Shipments and
Packagings: Class 8—Assignment of Packing Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202
DOTy U.S. Department of Treasury

Standard Referenced
reference in code
27 CFR Part 55—1998 Commerce in Explosives, as amended through April 1, 1998 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202, 5604.6.5.2
EN European Committee for Standardization (EN)

Central Secretariat
Rue de Stassart 36
B-10 50 Brussels
Standard Referenced
reference in code
European Standard
EN 1081 1998 Resilient Floor Coverings—Determination of the Electrical Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2309.5.1.1
FCC Federal Communications Commission

Wireless Telecommunications Bureau (WTB)
445 12th Street, SW
Standard Referenced
reference in code
47 CFR Part 90.219—2007 Private Land Mobile Radio Services—Use of Signal Boosters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .510.5.4
FM Factory Mutual Global Research

Standards Laboratories Department
1301 Atwood Avenue, P.O. Box 7500
Johnston, RI 02919
Standard Referenced
reference in code
4430—12 Approval Standard for Heat and Smoke Vents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .910.3.1
ANSI/FM 4996—13 Approval Standard for Classification of Pallets and Other
Material Handling Products as Equivalent to Wood Pallets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3206.4.1.1
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
80-8 Code Council

ICC International Code Council, Inc.

500 New Jersey Avenue, NW
6th Floor
Standard Referenced
reference in code
ICC A117.1—09 Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities. . . . . . . . . . . .907.5.2.3.3, 1009.9, 1009.11, 1010.14.9.7, 1012.1,
1012.6.5, 1012.10, 1013.4, 1023.9
ICC 300—12 Standard on Bleachers, Folding and Telescopic Seating and Grandstands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1029.1.1, 1029.16
IBC—15 International Building Code® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102.3, 102.4, 201.3, 202,
304.1.3, 306.1, 311.1.1, 311.3, 313.1, 317.1, 403.8.2, 403.11.4,
404.2.1, 504.1, 508.1, 508.1.2, 603.2, 603.5.2, 603.6.1, 603.8,
604.1.2, 604.1.7, 604.2.2, 604.2.6, 604.2.7, 604.2.9, 604.2.13, 604.2.16,
605.11, 607.3, 607.4, 607.5, 607.6, 608.4, 608.8, 701.1, 704.1, 801.1,
803.1, Table 803.3, 803.7.2, 803.8.1, 803.8.2, 807.3, 807.5.1.2, 808.1, 808.2,
901.4.1, 901.4.2, 901.4.3, 901.8.2, 903.2, 903.2.5.2, 903.2.8.3.2, 903.2.9.1,
903.2.10, 903.3.1.1.1, 903.3.1.2, 903.3.2, 904.13, 907.1.1, 907.2.1, 907.2.1.9,
907.2.6.2, 907.2.6.3.3, 907.2.7, 907.2.13, 907.2.18, 907.2.21, 907.5.2.1,
907.5.2.2.4, 907.6.6, 909.1, 909.2, 909.3, 909.4.3, 909.5, 909.5.3, 909.5.3.1,
909.5.3.2, 909.6.3, 909.10.5, 909.11.1, 909.18.8, 909.21.1, 910.4.5, Table 911.1,
911.2, 914.1, 914.2.1, 914.3.1, 914.3.2, 914.4.1, 914.5.3, Table 914.8.3, 914.8.3.2,
914.10, 915.1.6, 1003.2, 1003.5, Table 1004.1.2, 1004.4, 1005.7.2, 1006.2.1, 1009.2,
1009.4, 1009.5, 1009.6.4, 1010.1.4.1, 1010.1.4.3, 1010.1.5, 1010.1.7, 1010.1.9.1,
1010.1.9.11, 1011.10, 1011.11, 1011.12.2, 1012.6.3, 1012.6.4, 1014.1, 1015.2, 1015.2.1,
1016.2, 1018.3, 1018.5, 1019.3, 1019.4,1020.1, Table 1020.1, 1021.4, 1023.2, 1023.3.1,
1023.4, 1023.5, 1023.6, 1023.7, 1023.11.1, 1023.11.2, 1024.3, 1024.4, 1024.5, 1024.6,
1024.7, 1026.2, 1026.3, 1027.5, 1028.1.6, 1029.1.1.1, 1101.2, 1101.3, 1103.1, 1103.3.2,
1103.4.1, 1103.4.8, 1103.4.9.1, 1103.4.9.2.1, 1103.4.9.2.2, 1103.4.9.4, 1103.4.9.5, 1103.4.10,
1104.5, 1104.17, 1104.17.1, Table 1104.17.2, 1105.3.1, 1105.3.3.1, 1105.3.3.2, 1105.4.7,
1105.6.2, 1105.6.3, 1105.6.4, 1105.6.5, 1105.6.6, 1105.6.7, 1105.7, 2004.6, 2006.17, 2007.1,
2007.4, 2103.3, 2107.1, 2301.1, 2301.4, 2303.1, 2307.4, 2308.3, 2308.3.1, 2308.3.1.2,
2309.3.1.5.1, 2309.3.2, 2309.6.1.2.3, 2310.1, 2311.1, 2311.3.1, 2311.4.1, 2404.2, 2404.3.1,
2404.3.2.6, 2404.3.3, 2405.2, 2701.1, 2701.4, 2703.2.2, 2703.3.1, 2703.3.2, 2703.3.3, 2703.3.4,
2703.3.8, 2703.14, 2703.14.1, 2703.14.2, 2703.15.1, 2704.3.1, 2705.2.3.2, 2705.3.1, 2705.3.2.1,
2705.3.3, 2803.1, 2905.1, 2909.2, 2909.4, 2909.6, 3101.1, 3103.1, 3103.8.2, 3103.8.4, 3103.9.1,
3104.1, 3105.5, 3314.1, 3403.1, 3704.3, 3704.4, 3704.5, 5003.2.2.2, 5003.2.8, 5003.8.1, Table 5003.8.2,
5003.8.3.1, 5003.8.4.1, 5003.9.9, 5004.13, 5005.2, 5005.3.9, 5101.1, 5303.16.1, 5303.16.2, 5306.2,
5306.2.1, 5503.1.2, 5503.5.2, 5504.2.1.2, 5504.2.2.2, 5505.4.1, 5604.2, Table 5604.5.2(3), 5605.5,
5701.3, 5704.2.7.7, 5704.2.8.1, 5704.2.8.2, 5704.2.9.3, 5704.2.9.4, 5704.3.3.5, 5704.3.7.1, 5704.3.8,
5705.3.4, 5705.3.5.3, 5705.3.7.1, 5705.3.7.2, 5705.3.7.3, 5705.3.7.4, 5705.3.7.5.1, 5706.2.3, 5706.4.1,
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
5803.1.1, 5806.4.3, 5808.1, 5808.3, 5808.3.2, 5906.2.2, 5906.2.3, 5906.4.2, 6003.1.4.2, 6005.3.1,
6109.11.2, 6204.1.2, 6306.4, 6404.1.4, 6604.1
IEBC—15 International Existing Building Code® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1011.5.2, 1103.1
IFGC—15 International Fuel Gas Code® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201.3, 603.1, 603.1.2, 603.5.2, 603.8, 2301.1,
2301.6, 2309.3.1.2, 2309.3.1.5, 2504.5, 3001.1, 3003.1,
3004.1, 3004.2, 3104.15.1, 3104.15.2, 3104.16.1, 3303.1,
3303.3, 3306.2.1, Table 5003.1.1(1), 5301.1, 5801.1, 5803.1.4,
6103.1, 6103.2.1.7, 6103.3
IMC—15 International Mechanical Code® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201.3, 202, 308.3, 603.1,
603.1.2, 603.2, 603.3, 603.3.2.4, 603.5.2, 603.8, 606.1,
606.2, 606.3, 606.4, 606.7, 606.8, 606.9, 606.16, 608.6.1,
609.1, 903.2.11.4, 904.12, 907.3.1, 909.1, 909.10.2, 909.13.1,
910.4.7, 1006.2.2.3, 1011.16, 1020.5.1, 2104.2.1, 2105.3, 2301.1,
2301.6, 2309.3.1.2, 2309.3.2.3, 2311.3.1, 2311.4.3, 2311.7.1,
2404.7, 2404.7.2, 2504.5, 2703.2.2, 2703.10.4, 2703.14, 2803.2,
2803.3, 3001.1, 3003.1, 3004.2, 3104.15.1, 3104.15.2, 3303.1,
3703.5, Table 5003.1.1(1), 5003.8.4.2, 5003.8.5.2, 5003.8.6.2,
5004.3.1, 5303.7.6, 5303.16.9, 5305.5, 5306.2.2, 5307.5.1,
5504.2.1.3, 5504.2.2.3, 5505.4.1.1, 5701.3, 5703.6.1,
5704.2.8.9, 5705.3.7.5.1, 5706.2, 5706.4.4, 6003.1.3,
6003.2.3.2, 6004.2.2.7, 6005.3.1,
6005.3.2, 6103.2.1.7
IPC—15 International Plumbing Code® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201.3, 903.3.5, 904.11.1.3, 912.6, 2311.2.3, 5004.2.2.6
IPMC—15 International Property Maintenance Code® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311.1.1
IRC—15 International Residential Code® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102.5, 202, 605.11, 605.11.1.2, 1001.1
IWUIC—15 International Wildland-Urban Interface Code® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304.1.2

IIAR International Institute of Ammonia Refrigeration

1001 N. Fairfax Street, Suite 503
Alexandria, VA 22314
Standard Referenced
reference in code
IIAR-2—2014 Equipment, Design and Installation of Closed-Circuit Ammonia
Mechanical Refrigerating Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606.12.1.1
IIAR-7—2013 Developing Operating Procedures for Closed-Circuit Ammonia
Mechanical Refrigerating Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606.12.1.1
IKECA International Kitchen Exhaust Cleaning Association

100 North 20th Street, Suite 400
Philadelphia, PA 19103
Standard Referenced
reference in code
C10—2011
ANSI/IKECA Standard for Cleaning of Commercial Kitchen Exhaust Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609.3.3.2
ISO International Organization for Standardization (ISO)

ISO Central Secretariat
1 ch, de la Voie-Creuse, Case postale 56
CH-1211 Geneva 20, Switzerland
Standard Referenced
reference in code
ISO 8115—86 Cotton Bales—Dimensions and Density. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 2704.2.2.1, Table 5003.1.1(1)
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1300 N. 17th Street, Suite 1752
Rosslyn, VA 22209
Standard Referenced
reference in code
250—2003 Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1,000 Volt Maximum) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6005.2
NFPA National Fire Protection Association

1 Batterymarch Park
Quincy, MA 02169-7471
Standard Referenced
reference in code
02—11 Hydrogen Technologies Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2309.3.1.1, 2309.3.1.2, 5301.1, 5307.3, 5801.1
10—13 Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 901.6.1, 906.2, 906.3, Table 906.3(1),
Table 906.3(2), 906.3.2, 906.3.4, 3006.3, I101.1
11—10 Standard for Low-, Medium- and High-expansion Foam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 904.7, 5704.2.9.2.2
12—11 Standard on Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 901.6.1, 904.8, 904.12
12A—09 Standard on Halon 1301 Fire Extinguishing Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 901.6.1, 904.9
13—13 Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .903.3.1.1, 903.3.2, 903.3.8.2
903.3.8.5, 904.12, 905.3.4, 907.6.4, 914.3.2,
1019.3, 1103.4.8, 3201.1, 3204.2, Table 3206.2,
3206.4.1, 3206.9, 3207.2, 3207.2.1, 3208.2.2, 3208.2.2.1,
3208.4, 3210.1, 3401.1, 5104.1, 5104.1.1, 5106.5.7,
5704.3.3.9, Table 5704.3.6.3(7),
5704.3.7.5.1, 5704.3.8.4
80-10 Code Council

NFPA—continued
13D—13 Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One- and
Two-family Dwellings and Manufactured Homes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .903.3.1.3
13R—13 Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in
Low Rise Residential Occupancies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .903.3.1.2, 903.3.5.2, 903.4
14—13 Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and
Hose Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 905.2, 905.3.4, 905.4.2, 905.6.2, 905.8
15—12 Standard for Water Spray Fixed Systems for Fire Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5704.2.9.2.3
16—15 Standard for the Installation of Foam-water Sprinkler and Foam-water Spray Systems. . . . . . . . . . 904.7, 904.12
17—13 Standard for Dry Chemical Extinguishing Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 901.6.1, 904.6, 904.12
17A—13 Standard for Wet Chemical Extinguishing Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 901.6.1, 904.5, 904.12
20—13 Standard for the Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 913.1, 913.2, 913.5.1
22—13 Standard for Water Tanks for Private Fire Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507.2.2
24—13 Standard for Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances . . . . . . . . . . . . .507.2.1, 2809.5
25—14 Standard for the Inspection, Testing and Maintenance of
Water-based Fire Protection Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507.5.3, Table 901.6.1, 904.7.1, 912.7, 913.5
30—12 Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610.1, 5701.2, 5703.6.2, 5703.6.2.1,
5704.2.7, 5704.2.7.1, 5704.2.7.2, 5704.2.7.3.2, 5704.2.7.4,
5704.2.7.6, 5704.2.7.7, 5704.2.7.8, 5704.2.7.9, 5704.2.9.3,
5704.2.9.4, 5704.2.9.6.1.1, 5704.2.9.6.1.2, 5704.2.9.6.1.3,
5704.2.9.6.1.4, 5704.2.9.6.1.5, 5704.2.9.6.2, 5704.2.9.7.3,
5704.2.10.2, 5704.2.11.3, 5704.2.11.4.2, 5704.2.12.1, 5704.3.1,
5704.3.6, Table 5704.3.6.3(1), Table 5704.3.6.3(2),
Table 5704.3.6.3(3), 5704.3.7.2.3,
5704.3.8.4, 5706.8.3
30A—15 Code for Motor Fuel-dispensing Facilities and Repair Garages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2301.4, 2301.5, 2301.6,
2306.6.3, 2310.1
30B—15 Code for the Manufacture and Storage of Aerosol Products . . . . . . . . . . 5101.1, 5103.1, 5104.1, Table 5104.3.1,
Table 5104.3.2, Table 5104.3.2.2, 5104.4.1, 5104.5.2,
5104.6, 5106.2.3 5106.3.2, Table 5106.4,5106.5.1, 5106.5.6, 5107.1
31—11 Standard for the Installation of Oil-burning Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603.1.7, 603.3.1, 603.3.3
32—11 Standard for Dry Cleaning Plants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2107.1, 2107.3
33—15 Standard for Spray Application Using Flammable or Combustible Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2404.3.2
34—15 Standard for Dipping, Coating and Printing Processes Using Flammable or
Combustible Liquids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2405.3, 2405.4.1.1
35—11 Standard for the Manufacture of Organic Coatings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2901.3, 2905.4
40—11 Standard for the Storage and Handling of Cellulose Nitrate Film . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .306.2
51—13 Standard for the Design and Installation of Oxygen-fuel Gas
Systems for Welding, Cutting and Allied Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3501.5, 3507.1, 3509.1
51A—12 Standard for Acetylene Cylinder Charging Plants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3508.1
52—13 Vehicular Gaseous Fuel System Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5301.1
55—13 Compressed Gases and Cryogenic Fluids Code. . . . . . . . . . . . .2309.2.1, 5301.1, 5307.3, 5501.1, 5801.1, 6301.1
56—12 Standard for Fire and Explosion Prevention during Cleaning and
Purging of Flammable Gas Piping Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3306.2.1
58—14 Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603.4.2.1.1, 6101.1, 6103.1, 6103.2.1, 6103.2.1.2,
6103.2.1.7, 6103.2.2, 6104.1, 6104.3.2, 6104.4, 6105.2, 6106.2,
6106.3, 6107.2, 6107.4, 6108.1, 6108.2, 6109.11.2, 6111.3
59A—13 Standard for the Production, Storage and Handling of Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG) . . . . . . . . . . 5301.1, 5501.1
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
61—13 Standard for the Prevention of Fires and Dust Explosions in

Agricultural and Food Processing Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 2204.1
69—14 Standard on Explosion Prevention Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .911.1, 911.3, Table 2204.1
70—14 National Electrical Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .603.1.3, 603.1.7, 603.5.2,
604.1.2, 605.3, 605.4, 605.9, 605.11, 606.16,
610.6, 610.7, 904.3.1, 907.6.1, 909.12.2, 909.16.3,
910.4.6, 2006.3.4, 2104.2.3, 2108.2, Table 2204.1, 2301.5,
2305.4, 2308.8.1.2.4, 2309.2.3, 2309.6.1.2.4, 2311.3.1, 2403.2.1,
2403.2.1.1, 2403.2.1.4, 2403.2.5, 2404.6.1.2.2, 2404.9.4, 2504.5,
2603.2.1, 2606.4, 2703.7.1, 2703.7.2, 2703.7.3, 2803.4, 2904.1,
3103.12.6.1, 3104.15.7, 3304.7, 3506.4, 5003.7.3, 5003.8.7.1,
5003.9.4, 5303.7.6, 5303.8, 5303.16.11, 5303.16.14, 5503.6, 5503.6.2,
5703.1, Table 5703.1.1, 5703.1.3, 5704.2.8.12, 5704.2.8.17, 5706.2.8,
5803.1.5, 5803.1.5.1, 5807.1.10, 5906.5.5,
5906.5.6, 6109.15.1
72—13 National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .508.1.6, 604.2.4, Table 901.6.1,
903.4.1, 904.3.5, 907.2, 907.2.6, 907.2.9.3,
907.2.11, 907.2.13.2, 907.3, 907.3.3, 907.3.4,
907.5.2.1.2, 907.5.2.2, 907.5.2.2.5, 907.6, 907.6.1,
907.6.2, 907.6.6, 907.7, 907.7.1, 907.7.2, 907.8,
907.8.2, 907.8.5, 1103.3.2

NFPA—continued
80—13 Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703.1.3, 1010.1.4.3
85—15 Boiler and Combustion System Hazards Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 2204.1
86—15 Standard for Ovens and Furnaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3001.1
92—15 Standard for Smoke Control Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .909.7, 909.8
99—15 Health Care Facilities Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611.1, 1105.5.2, 1105.10.1, 1105.10.2, 5306.4, 5306.5
101—15 Life Safety Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1029.6.2
105—13 Standard for Smoke Door Assemblies and Other Opening Protectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .703.1.2
110—13 Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .604.1.2, 604.4, 604.5, 913.5.2, 913.5.3
111—13 Standard on Stored Electrical Energy Emergency and Standby Power Systems . . . . . . . . . .604.1.2, 604.4, 604.5
120—15 Standard for Fire Prevention and Control in Coal Mines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 2204.1
160—11 Standard for the Use of Flame Effects Before an Audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308.3.2
170—15 Standard for Fire Safety and Emergency Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1025.2.6.1
204—15 Standard for Smoke and Heat Venting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 901.6.1, 910.5.1
211—13 Standard for Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents and Solid Fuel-burning Appliances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603.2
241—13 Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alteration and Demolition Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3301.1
253—15 Standard Method of Test for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor
Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 804.3.1, 804.3.2, 804.4
260—13 Methods of Tests and Classification System for
Cigarette Ignition Resistance of Components of Upholstered Furniture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 805.1.1.1, 805.2.1.1,
805.3.1.1, 805.4.1.1
261—13 Standard Method of Test for Determining Resistance of Mock-up Upholstered
Furniture Material Assemblies to Ignition by Smoldering Cigarettes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .805.2.1.1,
805.3.1.1, 805.4.1.1
265—11 Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Evaluating Room Fire Growth Contribution
of Textile Wall Coverings in Full Height Panels and Walls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 803.5.1, 803.5.1.1, 803.5.1.2,
803.5.2, 803.6
286—15 Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Evaluating Contribution of
Wall and Ceiling Interior Finish to Room Fire Growth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .803.1, 803.1.2,
803.1.2.1, 803.5.1, 803.5.2, 803.6, 803.7
289—13 Standard Method of Fire Test for Individual Fuel Packages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .806.2, 807.4, 807.5.1.1, 808.3
303—11 Fire Protection Standard for Marinas and Boatyards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 905.3.7, 3603.5, 3603.6, 3604.2
318—15 Standard for the Protection of Semiconductor Fabrication Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2703.16
326—10 Standard for the Safeguarding of Tanks and Containers for Entry, Cleaning, or Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3510.1
385—12 Standard for Tank Vehicles for Flammable and Combustible Liquids . . . . . . . . . . .5706.5.4.5, 5706.6, 5706.6.1
400—13 Hazardous Materials Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5601.1.5, 6304.1.2, Table 6304.1.5(1), Table 6304.1.5(2)
407—12 Standard for Aircraft Fuel Servicing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2006.2, 2006.3
409—11 Standard for Aircraft Hangars. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 914.8.3, Table 914.8.3, 914.8.3.1, 914.8.6
410—10 Standard on Aircraft Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2004.7
484—15 Standard for Combustible Metals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 2204.1
495—13 Explosive Materials Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202, 911.1, 911.4, 5601.1.1, 5601.1.5, 5604.2,
5604.6.2, 5604.6.3, 5604.7.1, 5605.1, 5606.1, 5606.5.2.1,
5606.5.2.3, 5607.1, 5607.9, 5607.11, 5607.15
498—13 Standard for Safe Havens and Interchange Lots for Vehicles Transporting Explosives . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5601.1.2
505—13 Fire Safety Standard for Powered Industrial Trucks, Including Type Designations,
Areas of Use, Maintenance and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5003.7.3
654—13 Standard for Prevention of Fire and Dust Explosions from the Manufacturing,
Processing and Handling of Combustible Particulate Solids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 2204.1
655—12 Standard for the Prevention of Sulfur Fires and Explosions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 2204.1
664—12 Standard for the Prevention of Fires and Explosions in Wood Processing and
Woodworking Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 2204.1, 2805.3
701—10 Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Flame-propagation of Textiles and Films . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 806.2, 807.4,
807.5.1.2, 2603.5, 3104.2
703—15 Standard for Fire Retardant-Wood and Fire-Retardant Coatings for Building Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 803.4
704—12 Standard System for Identification of the Hazards of
Materials for Emergency Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606.7, 202, 3104.2, 5003.2.2.1, 5003.2.2.2,
5003.5, 5003.10.2, 5005.1.10, 5005.2.1.1,
5005.4.4, 5503.4.1, 5704.2.3.2,
720—15 Standard for the Installation of Carbon Monoxide (CO) Detection and
Warning Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 915.5.1, 915.5.2, 915.6
750—14 Standard on Water Mist Fire Protection Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202, Table 901.6.1, 904.11.1.1
914—10 Code for Fire Protection of Historic Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1103.1.1
1122—13 Code for Model Rocketry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5601.1.4
1123—14 Code for Fireworks Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202, 5604.2, 5608.1, 5608.2.2, 5608.5, 5608.6
1124—06 Code for the Manufacture, Transportation, Storage and
Retail Sales of Fireworks and Pyrotechnic Articles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202, 5601.1.3, 5604.2,
5605.1, 5605.3, 5605.4, 5605.5, 5609.1
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
80-12 Code Council

NFPA—continued
1125—12 Code for the Manufacture of Model Rocket and High Power Rocket Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5601.1.4
1126—11 Standard for the Use of Pyrotechnics Before a
Proximate Audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5604.2, 5605.1, 5608.1, 5608.2.2, 5608.4, 5608.5
1127—13 Code for High Power Rocketry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5601.1.4
2001—15 Standard on Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 901.6.1, 904.10
UL Underwriters Laboratories LLC

333 Pfingsten Road
Northbrook, IL 60062
Standard Referenced
reference in code
10C—09 Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1010.1.10.1
30—95 Metal Safety Cans—with revisions through July 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5003.9.10, 5005.1.10, 5705.2.4
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
58—96 Steel Underground Tanks for Flammable and

Combustible Liquids—with revisions through July 1998 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5704.2.13.1.5
80—07 Steel Tanks for Oil-Burner Fuels and Other Combustible Liquids—
with revisions Through August 2009. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .610.2
87A—12 Outline of Investigation for Power-Operated Dispensing Devices for Gasoline and
Gasoline/Ethanol Blends with Nominal Ethanol Concentrations up to 85 Percent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2306.8.1
142—06 Steel Aboveground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids—with revisions
through February 12, 2010. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .610.2, 2306.2.3
199E—04 Outline of Investigation for Fire Testing of Sprinklers and Water Spray Nozzles
for Protection of Deep Fat Fryers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .904.12.4.1
217—06 Single and Multiple Station Smoke Alarms—with revisions through April 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . 907.2.11, 915.4.3
268—09 Smoke Detectors for Fire Alarm Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907.2.6.2, 907.2.11.7, 915.5.3
294—1999 Access Control System Units—with revisions through September 2010 . . . . .1010.1.9.6, 1010.1.9.8, 1010.1.9.9
300—05(R2010) Fire Testing of Fire Extinguishing Systems for Protection of Commercial Cooking Equipment—
with revisions through July 16, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 904.12
300A—06 Outline of Investigation for Extinguishing System Units for
Residential Range Top Cooking Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .904.13
305—2012 Panic Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1010.1.10.1
325—02 Door, Drapery, Gate, Louver and Window Operators and Systems—
with revisions through June 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503.5, 503.6
499—05 Standard for Electrical Heating Appliances—with revisions through February 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .610.6
710B—2011 Recirculating Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609.2, 904.12
723—08 Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials—
with revisions through September 2010. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202, 803.5.1, 803.5.2,
803.6, 803.7, 803.10, 804.1, 804.2.4
790—04 Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings—
with revisions through October 2008. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317.2, 317.3
793—08 Automatically Operated Roof Vents for Smoke and Heat—
with revisions through September 2011. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910.3.1
864—03 Control Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems—
with revisions through August 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .909.12, 2311.7.2.1.1, 5808.5.2, 6004.2.2.10.1
900—04 Air Filter Units—with revisions through February 2012. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2404.7.8
924—06 Standard for Safety Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment—
with revisions through February 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1013.5, 3103.12.6.1
1037—99 Antitheft Alarms and Devices—with revisions through December 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .506.1
1275—05 Flammable Liquid Storage Cabinets—with revisions through
February 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5003.8.7.1, 5704.3.2.1.1
1313—93 Standard for Nonmetallic Safety Cans for Petroleum Products—
with revisions through November 2012. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5003.9.10
1315—95 Standard for Safety for Metal Waste Paper Containers—
with revisions through September 2012. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 808.1, 808.2
1316—94 Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic Underground Storage Tanks for
Petroleum Products, Alcohols, and Alcohol-gasoline Mixtures—
with revisions through May 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5704.2.13.1.5
1363—07 Relocatable Power Taps—with revisions through September 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605.4.1
1975—06 Fire Tests for Foamed Plastics Used for Decorative Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 807.4.2.1, 808.3
1994—04 Standard for Luminous Egress Path Marking Systems—
with revisions through November 2010. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1008.2.1, 1025.2.1, 1025.2.3, 1025.2.4, 1025.4
2017—08 General-Purpose Signaling Devices and Systems—
with revisions through May 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2311.7.2.1.1, 5808.5.2, 6004.2.2.10.1

UL—continued
2034—08 Single and Multiple Station Carbon Monoxide Alarms—
with revisions through February 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 915.4.2, 915.4.3, 1103.9
2075—2013 Standard for Gas and Vapor Detectors and Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 915.5.1, 915.5.3, 2311.7.2.1.1,
5808.5.2, 6004.2.2.10.1
2079—04 Tests for Fire Resistance of Building Joint Systems—
with revisions through December 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202
2085—97 Protected Above-ground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids—
with revisions through September 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202, 2306.2.2, 2306.2.3,
5704.2.7.4, 5704.2.9.2.3, 5704.2.9.7.4, 5705.3.8.2
2196—2001 Tests for Fire Resistive Cables—with revisions through March 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604.3, 913.2.2
2200—2012 Stationary Engine Generator Assemblies—with revisions through June 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .604.1.1
2208—2010 Solvent Distillation Units—with revisions through March 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5705.4.1
2245—06 Below-grade Vaults for Flammable Liquid Storage Tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5704.2.8.1
2335—10 Fire Tests of Storage Pallets—with revisions through September 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3206.4.1.1, 3208.2.1
2360—00 Test Methods for Determining the Combustibility Characteristics of
Plastics Used in Semi-Conductor Tool Construction—
with revisions through May 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2703.10.1.2
USC United States Code

--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Standard Referenced
reference in code
18 USC Part 1, Chapter 40 Importation, Manufacture, Distribution and Storage of Explosive Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202
21 USC Chapter 9 United States Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4002.1
80-14 Code Council

Part VII—Appendices
Appendix A:
Board of Appeals
The provisions contained in this appendix are not mandatory unless specifically referenced in the adopting ordinance.

When adopted, this appendix provides jurisdictions This appendix contains optional criteria for adminis-
with detailed appeals board member qualifications trative procedures of the board of appeals and
and administrative procedures to supplement the board member qualifications. A jurisdiction that
basic requirements found in Section 108 of the wants to make this appendix a mandatory part of
code. the code needs to specifically list this appendix in its
adoption ordinance (see page xxi of the code for a
sample ordinance for adoption).
SECTION A101 board. The five subsections, Sections A101.2.1

GENERAL through A101.2.5, list the recommended makeup of
A101.1 Scope. A board of appeals shall be established within the board and the qualifications each member should
the jurisdiction for the purpose of hearing applications for have to serve on the board.
modification of the requirements of the International Fire It is important that the decisions of the appeals
Code pursuant to the provisions of Section 108 of the Inter- board be based purely on the technical merits
national Fire Code. The board shall be established and oper- involved in an appeal and that only technical people
ated in accordance with this section, and shall be authorized rule on technical matters, with due regard for state-of-
to hear evidence from appellants and the fire code official the-art fire protection and construction technology.
pertaining to the application and intent of this code for the The board should not be expected to engage in policy
purpose of issuing orders pursuant to these provisions. or political deliberations. Members of the appeals
board are expected to have experience in matters of
 Section 108 establishes a board of appeals, provides fire safety and building construction technology as
a framework for the composition of the board, defines prescribed in Sections A101.2.1 through A101.2.5.
the limits of the board’s authority and requires that The board of appeals is to consist of five members
the board adopt a set of rules of procedure for its recommended by the fire code official and appointed
operation. This appendix describes a model board of by the chief administrative officer of the jurisdiction—
appeals that the jurisdiction may adopt and gives typically, the mayor or city manager. To enhance the
both a recommended board membership and a rec- integrity of the board and its deliberations and pre-
ommended operating procedure for the conduct of clude any accusations of partiality on the part of a
the board. The jurisdiction must adopt this appendix board member, the members are to serve strictly as
as part of its fire code before the board and its opera- volunteers in the community interest, without salary,
tions, as described in the appendix, can be autho- stipend or any other form of compensation.
rized.
A101.2.1 Design professional. One member shall be a prac-
A101.2 Membership. The membership of the board shall ticing design professional registered in the practice of engi-
consist of five voting members having the qualifications neering or architecture in the state in which the board is
established by this section. Members shall be nominated by established.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
the fire code official or the chief administrative officer of the

jurisdiction, subject to confirmation by a majority vote of the  The architectural or engineering design professional
governing body. Members shall serve without remuneration serves on the board to give a balanced perspective to
or compensation, and shall be removed from office prior to board deliberations. His or her role should be to eval-
the end of their appointed terms only for cause. uate the general design features of the appeal to
determine whether they satisfy the intent of the code.
 This section details the method of appointment and
the general administrative policy pertaining to the

Code Council FIRE CODE® COMMENTARY APPENDIX A-1
APPENDIX A
A101.2.2 Fire protection engineering professional. One Chamber of Commerce or Industrial Development
member shall be a qualified engineer, technologist, techni- Board.
cian or safety professional trained in fire protection engineer- A101.3 Terms of office. Members shall be appointed for
ing, fire science or fire technology. Qualified representatives terms of 4 years. No member shall be reappointed to serve
in this category shall include fire protection contractors and more than two consecutive full terms.
certified technicians engaged in fire protection system design.
 Limiting terms of service serves two purposes. First, it
 This board member is expected to evaluate appeals ensures a turnover of membership so that profession-
to determine whether they represent good, logical als not currently on the board will have an opportunity
solutions to fire safety questions that satisfy code to serve. Second, it tells the prospective board nomi-
requirements and are consistent with current fire pro- nee that there is a definite term of service being com-
tection engineering principles. Note that this position mitted to. In larger jurisdictions where the board may
does not specifically require professional registration be very busy, these principles can also help reduce
in the state but may be filled by any technical person the potential for the so-called “burnout” syndrome
qualified in fire protection technology, including expe- among board members.
rienced fire protection system installation contractors
A101.3.1 Initial appointments. Of the members first
and system designers.
appointed, two shall be appointed for a term of 1 year, two for
A101.2.3 Industrial safety professional. One member shall a term of 2 years, one for a term of 3 years.
be a registered industrial or chemical engineer, certified
hygienist, certified safety professional, certified hazardous  The staggered terms for initial appointees ensures
materials manager or comparably qualified specialist experi- that no more than two board members will come up
enced in chemical process safety or industrial safety. for reappointment or replacement in any one year
unless one or more members resigns for personal
 The key words in this section are “chemical process reasons or is replaced for cause. This method of
safety” or “industrial safety.” This board member staggered appointment also allows for a smooth tran-
should contribute specialized knowledge of this field sition of board of appeals members, providing conti-
to board deliberations. His or her concerns should be nuity of board action over the years.
more with industrial processes and inventories than
A101.3.2 Vacancies. Vacancies shall be filled for an unex-
with design or safety features, although his or her
pired term in the manner in which original appointments are
knowledge of the processes and the materials
required to be made. Members appointed to fill a vacancy in
involved in them should bear on both. Note that this
position also does not necessarily require profes- an unexpired term shall be eligible for reappointment to two
sional registration in the state but may be filled by any full terms.
technical person qualified in matters of chemical or  This section authorizes filling vacancies on the board
industrial safety. This member’s input would be espe- outside of regular term expirations and sets the limits
cially valuable in appeals involving the application on terms of service for the new appointee. Vacancies
and enforcement of the hazardous material provi- are filled in the same manner as outlined in Section
sions of the code. A101.2, with persons possessing qualifications equiv-
A101.2.4 General contractor. One member shall be a con- alent to those of the board member being replaced.
tractor regularly engaged in the construction, alteration, A101.3.3 Removal from office. Members shall be removed
maintenance, repair or remodeling of buildings or building from office prior to the end of their terms only for cause.
services and systems regulated by the code. Continued absence of any member from regular meetings of
 The experienced general contractor adds to the the board shall, at the discretion of the applicable governing
board’s expertise in determining the practicality of an body, render any such member liable to immediate removal
appeal. This member many times may be a counter- from office.
balance to the opinion of the design professional.  No board member can be removed from office with-
That is, the design may satisfy the definition of good out cause. Although there may be many reasons for
engineering practice but not be practical or economi- removing a serving board member, the only one iden-
cal to construct or be compatible with an existing tified here is chronic failure to perform board duties
structure in the case of building modifications or addi- by attending scheduled regular meetings. This does
tions. not mean absence is the only reason for removal.
A101.2.5 General industry or business representative. A101.4 Quorum. Three members of the board shall consti-
One member shall be a representative of business or industry tute a quorum. In varying the application of any provisions of
not represented by a member from one of the other categories this code or in modifying an order of the fire code official,
of board members described above. affirmative votes of the majority present, but not less than
 This board member, as stated in the code text, is three, shall be required.
expected to represent a point of view not represented  This section clearly defines a quorum and also states
by the other four board members. This member that no matter how many members are present at the
could, for example, be nominated by the jurisdiction’s meeting, at least three affirmative votes are required
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
APPENDIX
Copyright International A-2
Code Council 2015 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE® COMMENTARY
APPENDIX A
for passage of a proposal for code variance or modifi- otherwise to the appellant, and a copy shall be kept publicly
cation. posted in the office of the fire code official for 2 weeks after
A101.5 Secretary of board. The fire code official shall act as filing.
secretary of the board and shall keep a detailed record of all  This section establishes guidelines for posting deci-
its proceedings, which shall set forth the reasons for its decisions and notifying appellants. Once an appeal is
sions, the vote of each member, the absence of a member and concluded and a board has taken action, the board
any failure of a member to vote. secretary must prepare one or more certified copies
 This section establishes the fire code official as the of the written report for record and distribution. The
board secretary and defines the secretary’s duties. report copies must be certified as required by applica-
Because the deliberations and actions of a board of ble state laws pertaining to such matters, which can
appeals are considered legal proceedings, the secre- often be accomplished by a commissioned notary
tary is required to record the proceedings in substan- public. The office of the municipal clerk or the board’s
tial detail. These details may be needed for any future legal counsel should be able to provide guidance on
review of the board’s decision or for documentation in the subject. To ensure that the decisions and actions
executing the procedures established by this appen- of the board are publicly broadcast, a copy of all deci-
dix. sions must be posted in a publicly accessible location
in the office of the fire code official for at least two
A101.6 Legal counsel. The jurisdiction shall furnish legal weeks from the date of the action. The appellant must
counsel to the board to provide members with general legal also be given a certified copy of the decision by per-
advice concerning matters before them for consideration. sonal service or ordinary mail service, although certi-
Members shall be represented by legal counsel at the jurisdic- fied mail with a requested return receipt would be
tion's expense in all matters arising from service within the advisable.
scope of their duties.
A101.10 Procedures. The board shall be operated in accor-
 This section requires the jurisdiction to appoint legal dance with the Administrative Procedures Act of the state in
counsel to give the board opinions on the legality of which it is established or shall establish rules and regulations
proposed variances and also to represent board for its own procedure not inconsistent with the provisions of
members at the jurisdiction’s expense should a legal this code and applicable state law.
action result from their decisions within the scope of
their duties. This legal representation for board mem-  This section establishes the responsibility of the
bers would not be considered remuneration or com- board to operate using procedures established by the
pensation to the board member, which is prohibited state or jurisdiction having authority. If those adminis-
by Section A101.2. trative procedures do not exist in a given jurisdiction,
the board is to write its own procedures consistent
A101.7 Meetings. The board shall meet at regular intervals, with both the code and existing state law.
to be determined by the chairman. In any event, the board Hearings before the board must be open to the
shall meet within 10 days after notice of appeal has been public as required by state law. The appellant, the
received. appellant’s representative, the building official and
 This section establishes ground rules for when meet- any person whose interests are affected must be
ings are to be held and gives the chairperson of the heard.
board the responsibility for making sure meetings are
held to give timely response to appellants. In order
that an appellant’s request be heard in a timely man-
ner, the board must meet within 10 days of the filing
of an appeal. In large jurisdictions, where there are
likely to be more appeals, the board will often set a
regular schedule of meeting dates, such as monthly,
and the 10-day rule would not apply.
A101.8 Conflict of interest. Members with a material or
financial interest in a matter before the board shall declare
such interest and refrain from participating in discussions,
deliberations and voting on such matters.
 This section defines conflict of interest for board
members and states their expected behavior. All
members must recuse themselves from any appeal
proceeding in which they have a personal, profes-
sional or financial interest.
A101.9 Decisions. Every decision shall be promptly filed in
writing in the office of the fire code official and shall be open
to public inspection. A certified copy shall be sent by mail or
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Code Council FIRE CODE® COMMENTARY APPENDIX A-3
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
APPENDIX
Copyright International A-4
Appendix B:
Fire-Flow Requirements for Buildings
General Comments gave.

Fire-flow determination is not an exact science. Sev-
The availability of water is essential for fire-fighting eral methods beyond the one presented by ISO have
operations. The amount of water required to fight a fire been available over the years and none is able to pro-
depends on many things, including the type of construc- vide a correct answer for all situations. Fires grow
tion, the location of the fire, the contents of the building, quickly during their initial stages and the amount of
response time and the capabilities of the fire depart- water necessary increases as the fire grows. The larger
ment. Fires will increase in size very quickly from the the fire, the larger the water supply necessary. This is
time of ignition to the arrival of the fire department. Cou- why sprinklers require, comparably, much less water as
ple these unknowns with the fact that the actual water they can attack the fire at a very early stage. For these
available varies significantly from one jurisdiction to reasons, this appendix does not provide a single
another and, in many cases, from one location to answer to solve the problem of determining the amount
another in the same jurisdiction, and it is easy to see of fire flow required. It is a decision that must involve
that determining the necessary water supply is not an many factors.
exact science. The fire-flow rates given in this appendix This appendix was developed independent of the
are a simplified version of the method previously pub- sprinkler standards NFPA 13, 13R and 13D. These
lished by the Insurance Services Office (ISO), Guide for standards sometimes have requirements for inside and
Determination of Required Fire Flow (ISO 1972). This outside hose streams that are independent of the fire-
particular method took several factors into account that flow requirements.
included construction type, size and location of the
building. The actual equation used with the ISO guide
was as follows: Purpose
F = 18 C(A)0.5 This appendix provides a tool for jurisdictions to estab-
lish a policy for fire-flow requirements. The determina-
where: tion of required fire flow is not an exact science, but
F = Required fire flow (gpm). having some level of information provides a consistent
way of choosing the appropriate fire flow for buildings
C = Coefficient related to the type of construction.
throughout a jurisdiction.
A = Total floor area (including all stories but The primary tool used in this appendix is Table
excluding the basement). B105.1, which presents fire flows based on construction
type and building area. This table is based on the corre-
Type of Construction Coefficient lation of the ISO method and the construction types
Wood-frame construction 1.5 used in the International Building Code® (IBC®).
For ordinary construction 1.0 Because of the wide variations in water availability and
the application of fire flow in different communities,
Noncombustible construction 0.8 these provisions are presented in this appendix.
Fire-resistive construction 0.6 The important message sent by this appendix is that
some sort of policy should be in place to provide
This equation came with various increases and requirements that are consistent within a jurisdiction.
decreases that will be discussed throughout this com- Fire-flow requirements have the tendency to be some-
mentary. The simplified version of this method is what controversial for the simple reasons that the facili-
included here for two reasons. First, the guidelines were ties needed to provide them can be very costly to
difficult to obtain; and second, the methodology was construct and install and appear to the building owners,
considered overly complex for the degree of accuracy it in many cases, to yield little benefit.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Code Council FIRE CODE® COMMENTARY APPENDIX B-1
APPENDIX B
SECTION B101 order to minimize the possibility of creating a negative

GENERAL pressure in the water main and damaging the water
B101.1 Scope. The procedure for determining fire-flow supply system. It also provides a consistent point
requirements for buildings or portions of buildings hereafter from which to measure the available flow. Flow will
constructed shall be in accordance with this appendix. This vary based on the pressure for each system. NFPA
appendix does not apply to structures other than buildings. 291 provides information on fire-flow testing and for-
mulae for calculating test results, including how to
 This appendix is clearly intended for buildings only calculate the flow available at the 20 psi (138 KPa)
and would not be applicable to outside storage areas residual pressure.
or similar hazards. Target hazards such as petroleum FIRE-FLOW CALCULATION AREA. The floor area, in
bulk plants, refineries, lumberyards, junk yards, etc., square feet (m2), used to determine the required fire flow.
which present high-challenge fire suppression sce-
narios, must be specifically evaluated and protected  This term defines what portion of the building is to be
commensurate with the hazards and operational accounted for when applying Table B105.1. This term
challenges that they present. differs from the IBC definition of “Fire area” in that this
The provisions of this appendix were originally definition allows a fire-flow calculation area, for the
drafted based on the ISO Guide for Determination of purposes of defining fire flow, to be divided only by a
Required Fire Flow (now called the Guide for Deter- fire wall with no openings or penetrations. Fire barri-
mination of Needed Fire Flow), which focuses on ers and fire partitions could not be used to create
buildings only and takes into account the construction separate fire-flow calculation areas (see commen-
type and building size as well as exposures from tary, Section B104.2).
other buildings nearby. This method may not trans-
late very well to other hazards but could be used as a
starting point for other types of facilities. Also, the SECTION B103
scope of this appendix is intended for new construc- MODIFICATIONS
tion rather than existing buildings. Providing fire flow B103.1 Decreases. The fire chief is authorized to reduce the
is generally costly, and requiring it for existing build- fire-flow requirements for isolated buildings or a group of
ings would likely be unreasonable. buildings in rural areas or small communities where the
Note that the appendix applies only if specifically development of full fire-flow requirements is impractical.
adopted by ordinance by a jurisdiction. See the com-
mentary to Sections 102.5 and 507.1 for a discussion  The purpose of this section is to recognize that many
of this appendix’s application (if adopted) to buildings factors may require adjustments to the numbers in
constructed under the International Residential Table B105.1. This particular section generally
Code® (IRC®). addresses issues such as proximity to exposures,
general location, configuration and practicality.
This section gives the fire code official the authority
SECTION B102 to make adjustments based on the impracticality of
DEFINITIONS fire-flow requirements in rural areas. The text con-
veys the message that the requirements found here
B102.1 Definitions. For the purpose of this appendix, certain will not be appropriate for all situations. For example,
terms are defined as follows: requiring that a fire main be extended to a house
 Definitions can help in the understanding and appli- located by itself in the middle of a large open field is
cation of the code requirements. Having the defini- impractical. This is especially the case if the fire
tions here puts them close to the subject matter to department has a considerable response time. When
which they pertain. a considerable response time exists for buildings,
such as one- and two-family dwellings in isolated
FIRE-FLOW. The flow rate of a water supply, measured at locations, the effectiveness of fire flow is likely to be
20 pounds per square inch (psi) (138 kPa) residual pressure, low because intervention may not be necessary once
that is available for fire fighting. the fire department arrives. Although, if this same
 A consistent criterion is used to measure the water house is located in an wildland-urban interface area,
available for fire fighting. The criterion is that the fire this may be a different issue. The house may be a
flow available be measured at a residual pressure of complete loss, but the protection of the wildland from
20 pounds per square inch (psi) (138 kPa). Residual the exposure of this fire may be necessary.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
pressure is the pressure in the water main measured This section is intended to provide flexibility to bet-
when the water is flowing, as opposed to static pres- ter fit the needs of a specific community. In addition to
sure, which is measured when the water is not flow- the example above, the following examples describe
ing. instances where requiring the full fire flow given in
The residual pressure criterion of 20 psi (138 kPa) Table B105.1(2) would be unreasonable:
is used because it is the minimum pressure recom- • A rural area dependent on tanker supplies and
mended for fire engine use by water authorities in on-site water sources.
APPENDIX
Copyright International B-2
APPENDIX B
• A water system for a small town or community SECTION B104

provided for domestic consumption with some FIRE-FLOW CALCULATION AREA
incidental fire hydrants, but with no serious B104.1 General. The fire-flow calculation area shall be the
intent to provide fire protection water. total floor area of all floor levels within the exterior walls,
• A fire department that does not have the and under the horizontal projections of the roof of a building,
equipment to pump the required fire flow. except as modified in Section B104.3.
Section B103.3 discusses alternative approaches  This section establishes the area that is to be taken to
for water supplies. Tables B105.1(1) and B105.1(2) to determine the
B103.2 Increases. The fire chief is authorized to increase the minimum fire flow, including how to separate a build-
fire-flow requirements where conditions indicate an unusual ing into multiple fire-flow calculation areas in order to
susceptibility to group fires or conflagrations. An increase have lower fire-flow requirements. Fire-flow calcula-
shall not be more than twice that required for the building tion areas are defined differently here than is the term
under consideration. “Fire area” in the IBC. This difference is described in
the commentary for the definition of “Fire-flow calcu-
 As discussed in Section B103.1, the fire flows pro- lation area” in Section B102 of this appendix.
vided in this appendix are not appropriate for all situa- The fire-flow calculation area includes all floors and
tions. This section gives jurisdictions the authority to horizontal projections of a building (see Figure
increase fire flow when necessary. The focus of this B104.1). The area under horizontal projections is
section is on densely populated occupancies and on important because either combustibles may be
buildings arranged in a way that makes conflagration located below those areas or the construction itself is
more likely. These provisions were based on the ISO combustible. Both situations add to the fire loading of
guide, and this particular section is primarily focusing the building. In some cases, horizontal projections
on proximity to exposures. The ISO guide included can cover a significant area. There are some excep-
specific increases for close proximity buildings and tions for Type IA and IB construction because they
other exposures. This appendix does not include spe- are inherently less combustible structures (see com-
cific increases but does give jurisdictions the author- mentary, Section B104.3).
ity to make adjustments based on these concerns.
Adjustments, however, are not to exceed twice the
required fire flow. This section and Section B103.1
together suggest that each jurisdiction have a specific
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
policy that can anticipate various scenarios to enable
a consistent approach to those undertaking construc-
tion in the jurisdiction.
B103.3 Areas without water supply systems. For informa-
tion regarding water supplies for fire-fighting purposes in
rural and suburban areas in which adequate and reliable water
supply systems do not exist, the fire code official is autho-
rized to utilize NFPA 1142 or the International Wildland-
Urban Interface Code.
 In many cases the infrastructure simply does not exist
to provide the large amounts of water required by
Table B105.1, but the hazards require that some level
of water be available for fire-fighting activities. This
section provides an outside resource in the use of
either NFPA 1142 or the International Wildland-Urban
Interface Code® (IWUIC®). NFPA 1142 gives options
for areas where adequate and reliable water supplies
are not available. It provides minimum requirements
for situations where the water is to come from drafting
sources, such as a river, canal, stream or pond.
The IWUIC, in Chapter 4, includes alternative
approaches to address the lack of water supplies in
areas where providing necessary fire flow is typically
difficult. Such alternatives include more restrictive
construction types and providing defensible spaces to Figure B104.1
compensate for a reduced water supply. Also, water FIRE-FLOW CALCULATION AREA =
supply methodologies are presented for both natural A WAREHOUSE + A LOADING DOCK
and man-made sources.

APPENDIX B
B104.2 Area separation. Portions of buildings which are SECTION B105

separated by fire walls without openings, constructed in FIRE-FLOW REQUIREMENTS FOR BUILDINGS
accordance with the International Building Code, are allowed B105.1 One- and two-family dwellings, Group R-3 and R-
to be considered as separate fire-flow calculation areas. 4 buildings and townhouses. The minimum fire-flow and
 To reduce the amount of fire flow required, fire walls flow duration requirements for one- and two-family dwell-
without openings can be constructed to create sepa- ings, Group R-3 and R-4 buildings and townhouses shall be
rate fire-flow calculation areas. Fire barriers or fire as specified in Tables B105.1(1) and B105.1(2).
partitions cannot be used to create separate fire-flow  This section establishes fire-flow requirements for
calculation areas. It should be noted that IBC Section one- and two-family dwellings, in two distinct catego-
706 regulates the construction of fire walls and would ries. The first category is one- and two-family dwell-
generally allow properly protected openings in them ings, Group R3 and R4 buildings and townhouses
(see IBC Section 706.8). However, consistent with through reference to Tables B105.1(1) and
Section 102.10 of the code, this section would super- B105.1(2). Table B105.1(1) essentially addresses
cede the IBC fire wall opening provisions since this two different area ranges and whether automatic
section is a specific prohibition on any openings in sprinkler systems are installed. Where the area is
fire walls that are used to reduce the fire-flow calcula- 3,600 square feet or greater, reference is made to
tion area. Table B105.1(2). It should be noted that automatic
B104.3 Type IA and Type IB construction. The fire-flow sprinkler systems shall comply with either NFPA 13D
calculation area of buildings constructed of Type IA and or IRC Section 2904. Buildings addressed by Section
Type IB construction shall be the area of the three largest suc- B105.2 allow a larger decrease in fire flow but require
cessive floors. an NFPA 13 or NFPA 13R system.
Exception: Fire-flow calculation area for open parking TABLE B105.1(1). See below.
garages shall be determined by the area of the largest  This table sets out the requirements for one- and two-
floor. family dwellings, Group R3 and R4 buildings and
 Type IA and IB construction are essentially noncom- townhouses. The criteria for fire flow is based on two
bustible and have the tendency to limit fire spread major factors. The first is the area of the building. The
within the buildings more so than other construction table addresses buildings up to 3,600 square feet and
types. Therefore, the fire-flow calculation area needs greater than 3,600 square feet. The second is
to include only the three largest successive floors. whether a sprinkler system is provided. The type of
Successive floors are specified because of the logical sprinkler system is either that required by NFPA 13D
progression of a fire. The concept of three largest or IRC P2904. The assumption would be that more
successive floors appears to come from the ISO restrictive systems, such as those required by
guide. These guidelines allowed the fire-flow calcula- NFPA13R or 13, would also be permitted.
tion area for fire-resistive construction to only include Essentially, for less than 3,600 square feet, the fire
six successive floors if vertical openings were not flow is reduced by 50 percent. This is consistent with
protected, and three successive floors if the vertical exceptions present in past editions of the code. Once
openings were protected. Taking the three largest 3,600 square feet has been reached, compliance with
floors when they are separated from one another may Table B105.1(2) is required. Note that a 50-percent
be overly conservative. reduction is allowed by Table B105.1(2) for these
The exception to this section allows open parking buildings.
garages to count only the largest floor for the fire-flow The original ISO guide provided a simplified
calculation area. This is probably related to the facts approach for one- and two-family dwellings. That
that fires in such facilities tend to be limited to one or approach stated that fire flows should be based on a
two cars and that such facilities have large openings limitation of two stories and a relationship to proximity
through which the hot gases and smoke from a fire of exposures. The fire-flow requirements based on
can dissipate quickly, limiting the intensity of the fire.
TABLE B105.1(1)
REQUIRED FIRE-FLOW FOR ONE- AND TWO-FAMILY DWELLINGS, GROUP R-3 AND R-4 BUILDINGS AND TOWNHOUSES
FIRE-FLOW CALCULATION AREA AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM MINIMUM FIRE-FLOW FLOW DURATION
(square feet) (Design Standard) (gallons per minute) (hours)
0-3,600 No automatic sprinkler system 1,000 1
Value in Table Duration in Table B105.1(2)
3,601 and greater No automatic sprinkler system
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
B105.1(2) at the required fire-flow rate

Section 903.3.1.3 of the International Fire Code or 1
0-3,600 Section P2904 of the International Residential Code 500 /2
1
Section 903.3.1.3 of the International Fire Code or /2 value in Table
3,601 and greater Section P2904 of the International Residential Code 1
B105.1(2)
For SI: 1 square foot = 0.0929 m2, 1 gallon per minute = 3.785 L/m.
APPENDIX
APPENDIX B
proximity to exposures in the ISO guide were as fol- hours. Flow duration may be an issue that each juris-
lows: diction may need to consider when assessing the
capabilities of the department, the hazards presented
EXPOSURE DISTANCE (ft) FIRE-FLOW REQUIREMENT (gpm)
and the availability of water supply (see commentary,
Over 100 500 Section B105.1).
31-100 750-1000 Applying this table, for example, a 50,000-square-
foot (4546 m2) Type IV construction building would
11-30 1000-1500
require a fire flow of 4,000 gpm (15 140 L/min) with a
10 or less 1500-2000 duration of 4 hours. If the building was sprinklered in
accordance with NFPA 13, the required fire flow
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 gallon per minute = 3.785 L/m.
would only be 25 percent or 1,000 gpm (5678 L/min).
This appendix uses 1,000 gpm (3785 L/min), which This table does not address use and occupancy
would be equivalent to a 30-foot (9144 mm) distance classifications. A Type IA construction building hous-
from exposures. This was taken as an average to ing a Group A occupancy would be treated the same
provide a reasonable number for a majority of one- as a Type IA construction building housing a Group H
and two-family dwellings. Also, as discussed in the or F occupancy. Again, this table was formed based
beginning of this appendix, based on the amount of on the approaches presented by the ISO guide,
variability involved with fighting fires, taking an aver- which focus on construction types.
age and applying it to all one- and two-family dwell- A common question when applying this table is
ings may be the most reasonable approach. how to deal with a building that incorporates multiple
This appendix also does not use the two-story lim- construction types. Such scenarios would be better
itation but, rather, uses an area limitation of 3,600 addressed through a percentage approach. For
square feet (345 m2) for the 1,000-gpm (3785 L/min) example, in a building that has two construction
requirement. This is a more realistic approach types, Types IA and VA, having areas of 25,000
because the ISO guide probably did not anticipate the square feet (2323 m2) and 10,000 square feet (929
larger floor area of today’s houses and the large num- m2), respectively, the fire flow would be calculated as
ber of townhouses. follows:
The table recognizes the efficacy of automatic
sprinkler systems in reducing the amount of water Total building area
needed to suppress fires and allows a reduction in 25,000 square feet (Type IA) + 10,000 square feet
fire flow of 50 percent where sprinklers are installed.
This allowance for sprinklers does not amount to a (Type VA) = 35,000 square feet (3252 m2)
requirement that a sprinkler system be installed. Fire flow per construction type
Rather, it allows a design alternative to be utilized in Type IA at 35,000 square feet = 2,000 gpm (7370 L/min)
the event that there is insufficient water available to Type VA at 35,000 square feet = 3,250 gpm
meet the required fire flow for a building established (12 112 L/min)
by this appendix. Table B105.2 allows a similar
reduction for all other types of buildings. Percentage of building
A review of the original ISO guide reveals that there IA = 25,000/35,000 × 100 = 71.4 percent
was no reduction for sprinklers in one- and two-family
dwellings. However, in 1972 sprinklers were VA = 10,000/35,000 × 100 = 28.6 percent
extremely uncommon within homes, and since that Therefore
time sprinkler technology has changed dramatically. 0.714 (2,000 gpm) + 0.286 (3,250 gpm) = 2,357.5 =
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Section B105.2 contains more discussion on the Approximately 2,350 gpm (8894 L/min)
application of this concept of reductions for sprinklers.
B105.2 Buildings other than one- and two-family dwell-
Generally, the reduction is intended to encourage
ings, Group R-3 and R-4 buildings and townhouses. The
installation of an automatic sprinkler system because
minimum fire-flow and flow duration for buildings other than
it is easier to control a fire that is attacked during the
one- and two-family dwellings, Group R-3 and R-4 buildings
incipient stages.
and townhouses shall be as specified in Tables B105.2 and
TABLE B105.1(2). See page B-6. B105.1(2).
 Table B105.1(2) establishes the fire-flow and duration  This section refers all buildings that are not one- and
requirements based on the fire-flow calculation area, two-family dwellings to Tables B105.1(2) and B105.2
as defined by the definition in this appendix and Sec- for the minimum fire-flow and duration requirements.
tion B103, and the construction types defined in the Table B105.1(2) provides the fire flow and Table
IBC. As the construction type becomes more com- B105.2 provides the reductions allowed for having
bustible, the fire-flow requirements increase. Like- either an NFPA 13 or NFPA 13R automatic sprinkler
wise, as the area of the building increases, the fire- system. In such buildings, the reduction is 75 percent
flow requirements increase. The last column also versus the 50-percent reduction allowed for one- and
specifies a minimum duration of fire flow. The dura- two-family dwellings in Table B105.1(1).
tion of fire flow varies from a minimum of 2 hours to 4 The tabular fire flows, based on the 1972 ISO

APPENDIX B
guide, are extremely high and it is doubtful that many use of sprinklers. It does not link to any other portions
water supply systems and fire departments can of the code or the IBC in terms of height and area
develop them. Also, it should be noted that the cur- requirements and limitations. Therefore, it can be
rent ISO guide on this topic for sprinklered buildings used in addition to any trade-offs for sprinklers. Keep
requires providing only the calculated sprinkler in mind that as the area of the building increases so
demand plus hose stream allowances, calling the do the fire-flow requirements. Therefore, even though
continued validity of this appendix into question. The a reduction may be given to a building that has
updated ISO publication, Guide for the Determination already increased its area based on sprinklers, the
of Needed Fire Flows, as with its predecessor, is a overall fire flow will be larger because of this area
tool for the development of fire insurance ratings and increase.
is not intended to be used for legislating an individual The original ISO guide allowed only a 25-percent
sprinklered building’s fire flow. That document states, reduction for sprinklers. As mentioned in Section
“ISO does not determine a needed fire flow for build- B105.1, sprinkler technology has changed dramati-
ings rated and coded by ISO as protected by an auto- cally since the guidelines were developed in the early
matic sprinkler system meeting applicable National 1970s. Also, the ISO guide allowed reduction in fire
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Fire Protection Association standards.” flow for buildings with light fire loads that this appen-
The allowance for buildings equipped with an auto- dix does not.
matic sprinkler system is intended to encourage the
TABLE B105.1(2)
REFERENCE TABLE FOR TABLES B105.1(1) AND B105.2
FIRE-FLOW CALCULATION AREA (square feet) FIRE-FLOW FLOW DURATION
Type IA and IBa Type IIA and IIIAa Type IV and V-Aa Type IIB and IIIBa Type V-Ba (gallons per minute)b (hours)
0-22,700 0-12,700 0-8,200 0-5,900 0-3,600 1,500

22,701-30,200 12,701-17,000 8,201-10,900 5,901-7,900 3,601-4,800 1,750
30,201-38,700 17,001-21,800 10,901-12,900 7,901-9,800 4,801-6,200 2,000
2
38,701-48,300 21,801-24,200 12,901-17,400 9,801-12,600 6,201-7,700 2,250
48,301-59,000 24,201-33,200 17,401-21,300 12,601-15,400 7,701-9,400 2,500
59,001-70,900 33,201-39,700 21,301-25,500 15,401-18,400 9,401-11,300 2,750
70,901-83,700 39,701-47,100 25,501-30,100 18,401-21,800 11,301-13,400 3,000
83,701-97,700 47,101-54,900 30,101-35,200 21,801-25,900 13,401-15,600 3,250
3
97,701-112,700 54,901-63,400 35,201-40,600 25,901-29,300 15,601-18,000 3,500
112,701-128,700 63,401-72,400 40,601-46,400 29,301-33,500 18,001-20,600 3,750
128,701-145,900 72,401-82,100 46,401-52,500 33,501-37,900 20,601-23,300 4,000
145,901-164,200 82,101-92,400 52,501-59,100 37,901-42,700 23,301-26,300 4,250
164,201-183,400 92,401-103,100 59,101-66,000 42,701-47,700 26,301-29,300 4,500
183,401-203,700 103,101-114,600 66,001-73,300 47,701-53,000 29,301-32,600 4,750
203,701-225,200 114,601-126,700 73,301-81,100 53,001-58,600 32,601-36,000 5,000
225,201-247,700 126,701-139,400 81,101-89,200 58,601-65,400 36,001-39,600 5,250
247,701-271,200 139,401-152,600 89,201-97,700 65,401-70,600 39,601-43,400 5,500
271,201-295,900 152,601-166,500 97,701-106,500 70,601-77,000 43,401-47,400 5,750
295,901-Greater 166,501-Greater 106,501-115,800 77,001-83,700 47,401-51,500 6,000 4
— — 115,801-125,500 83,701-90,600 51,501-55,700 6,250
— — 125,501-135,500 90,601-97,900 55,701-60,200 6,500
— — 135,501-145,800 97,901-106,800 60,201-64,800 6,750
— — 145,801-156,700 106,801-113,200 64,801-69,600 7,000
— — 156,701-167,900 113,201-121,300 69,601-74,600 7,250
— — 167,901-179,400 121,301-129,600 74,601-79,800 7,500
— — 179,401-191,400 129,601-138,300 79,801-85,100 7,750
— — 191,401-Greater 138,301-Greater 85,101-Greater 8,000
For SI: 1 square foot = 0.0929 m2, 1 gallon per minute = 3.785 L/m, 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa.
a. Types of construction are based on the International Building Code.
b. Measured at 20 psi residual pressure.
APPENDIX
APPENDIX B
TABLE 105.2. See below. International Residential Table

ICC IRC—15
Code B105.1(1)
 This table provides allowances for reduced fire flow
based on the installation of an automatic sprinkler Standard on Water Supplies
system. More specifically, the fire flow obtained from NFPA 1142—12 for Suburban and Rural Fire B103.3
Fighting
Table B105.1(2) can be reduced to 25 percent where
an NFPA 13 or NFPA 13R system is installed. The
only major difference in the allowance given for both Bibliography
sprinkler systems is the minimum flow permitted. The following resource materials were used in the
NFPA 13 systems can have a fire flow as low as preparation of the commentary for this appendix of the
1,000 gpm, whereas an NFPA 13R system will allow
code.
a reduction to a minimum of 1,500 gpm. This is
related to the relative performance of the type of Davis, L. “Rural Fire Fighting Operations.” Fire Service
sprinkler system. More credit was deemed necessary Information. Iowa State University, February 1984.
for NFPA 13 systems. Note with the reductions in this
table and also Table B105.1(1) for one- and two-fam- Fire Service Hydraulics and Water Supply, 1st ed.
ily dwellings, Group R3 and R4 Buildings and town- Stillwater, OK: International Fire Service Training
houses that there is no specific approval required by Association Fire Protection Publications, 2005.
the fire official to apply these reductions. In the past, Guide for Determination of Needed Fire Flow. Jersey
this approach has led to confusion as to how to differ-
City, NJ: Insurance Services Office, 2005.
entiate situations where such an allowance was
appropriate and where a lesser reduction was neces- Guide for Determination of Required Fire Flow. New
sary. York: Insurance Services Office, 1972.
B105.3 Water supply for buildings equipped with an auto- IFCI, UFC Code Applications Manual. Whittier, CA:
matic sprinkler system. For buildings equipped with an
approved automatic sprinkler system, the water supply shall International Fire Code Institute, 1998.
be capable of providing the greater of: NFPA 291-10, Fire Flow Testing and Marking of
1. The automatic sprinkler system demand, including hose Hydrants. Quincy, MA: National Fire Protection
stream allowance. Association, 2010.
2. The required fire-flow. NFPA 1141-08, Fire Protection Infrastructure for Land
 This section clarifies that the fire-flow requirements Development in Suburban and Rural Areas. Quincy,
are not in addition to the sprinkler demand. What is MA: National Fire Protection Association, 2008.
required is determining which needs a larger water
NFPA 1142-12, Water Supplies for Suburban and Rural
supply. The greater of the sprinkler demand or the
demand developed in accordance with Appendix B Fire Fighting. Quincy, MA: National Fire Protection
will be the required fire flow. Association, 2011.
Smith, P.D. “What Are the Real Fire Flow
Requirements?” Fire Journal, 1975.
SECTION B106
REFERENCED STANDARDS Wenzel, L.J. “Water Supply Requirements for Public
Supply Systems,” Section 10, Chapter 4. NFPA Fire
ICC IBC—15 International Building Code B104.2,
Protection Handbook, 19th ed. Quincy, MA: National
Tables Fire Protection Association, 2003.
ICC IFC—15 International Fire Code B105.1(1) and
B105.2
ICC IWUIC—15 International Wildland- B103.3

Urban Interface Code
TABLE B105.2
REQUIRED FIRE-FLOW FOR BUILDINGS OTHER THAN ONE- AND
TWO-FAMILY DWELLINGS, GROUP R-3 AND R-4 BUILDINGS AND TOWNHOUSES
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM MINIMUM FIRE-FLOW FLOW DURATION
(Design Standard) (gallons per minute) (hours)
No automatic sprinkler system Value in Table B105.1(2) Duration in Table B105.1(2)
Section 903.3.1.1 of the International Fire Code 25% of the value in Table B105.1(2)a Duration in Table B105.1(2) at the reduced flow rate
Section 903.3.1.2 of the International Fire Code 25% of the value in Table B105.1(2)b Duration in Table B105.1(2) at the reduced flow rate
For SI: 1 gallon per minute = 3.785 L/m.
a. The reduced fire-flow shall be not less than 1,000 gallons per minute.
b. The reduced fire-flow shall be not less than 1,500 gallons per minute.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
APPENDIX
Appendix C:
Fire Hydrant Locations and Distribution

Fire hydrants are among the primary ways to access Section 507.5.1 requires hydrants to be within 400 feet
water for fighting fires. The location and spacing of (122 m) of all portions of new buildings and facilities. If a
hydrants are important to the success of fire-fighting building or facility cannot meet that criterion, on-site fire
operations. The difficulty with determining the spacing hydrants and mains are required. This appendix pro-
of fire hydrants is that every situation is unique and has vides some guidance on the spacing of the on-site
unique challenges. Finding one methodology for deter- hydrants based on the required fire flow. These guide-
mining hydrant spacing is difficult. This particular lines could also be used to require hydrants on public
appendix gives one methodology fire departments can streets and roads where no other entity regulates such
work with to set a policy for new buildings and facilities. hydrants.
This methodology is located in an appendix because, The general approach is to use fire-flow requirements
as with fire-flow requirements (Appendix B), many fac- to determine the number and spacing of hydrants—the
tors affect the need for and location of hydrants. Also, in higher the fire-flow requirements, the larger the number
many jurisdictions, hydrant spacing is prescribed by of hydrants required and the smaller the spacing
zoning regulations or by the water authority. This between hydrants. The spacings given in this appendix
appendix is simply one approach for spacing hydrants are independent of the distance to a building and are
that can be used when no other guidelines are given. simply focused on having the correct number and spac-
ing of hydrants on a fire apparatus access road.
SECTION C101 A question that often arises is whether the code is

GENERAL intended to regulated fire hydrant systems in residen-
C101.1 Scope. In addition to the requirements of Section tial developments where buildings are constructed
507.5.1 of the International Fire Code, fire hydrants shall be under the provisions of the International Residential
provided in accordance with this appendix for the protection Code® (IRC®). That question is specifically addressed
of buildings, or portions of buildings, hereafter constructed or in Section 102.5. See the commentary to that section
moved into the jurisdiction. for further discussion of this topic.
 This section establishes the applicability of this
appendix, where specifically adopted, to only new SECTION C102
buildings and portions of buildings constructed or NUMBER OF FIRE HYDRANTS
moved into a jurisdiction. Another important aspect of C102.1 Minimum number of fire hydrants for a building.
this section is that these requirements are in addition The number of fire hydrants available to a building shall be
to what is already required in Section 507.5.1. This is not less than the minimum specified in Table C102.1.
similar to the scope of Appendix B. Generally, both
fire flow and fire hydrants are fairly expensive and  This section is focused only on the number of
requiring them for an existing building would likely be hydrants required. Table C102.1 shows a minimum
cost prohibitive. Note also that the provisions in this number of hydrants based on the required fire flow. In
appendix may not be adequate for structures other many cases, a particular fire flow may require only
than buildings or for outside storage or processing one or two hydrants.
operations. Target hazards such as petroleum bulk TABLE C102.1. See page Appendix C-2.
plants, refineries, lumberyards, junk yards, etc.,
which present high-challenge fire suppression sce-  This table is referenced throughout this appendix for
narios, must be specifically evaluated and protected the minimum number of hydrants and spacing limits.
commensurate with the hazards and operation chal- These limits are based on the fire flow required for a
lenges they present. particular building. In terms of the spacing limitations,
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Code Council FIRE CODE® COMMENTARY APPENDIX C-1
APPENDIX C
there are two criteria. First is the average distance Note b

between hydrants. Second is a maximum distance The intent of this note is to provide guidance for
limitation from any point on a street or accessway to a placing hydrants along boulevards with uncrossable
hydrant. When the number of required fire hydrants medians and multilane roads that carry a heavy traffic
increases, the maximum distance does not always load each day. Such roadways present the fire
correspond to half of the average distance between department with several challenges to rapidly
hydrants. Instead, this distance is larger than half the accessing installed fire hydrants. Boulevards with
distance to compensate for the fact that the average built-up or walled medians can prevent ready access
spacing between hydrants as the number of hydrants to hydrants if they are on the opposite side of the
increases may result in spacings larger than those street from a fire incident. Accordingly, fire hydrants
shown in column three. Otherwise, the maximum dis- are required to be installed on both sides of the
tance listed in column four would limit the spacing boulevard right-of-way. Arterial streets with high traffic
[see Commentary Figure C102.1(1)]. flows are also problematic as accessing hydrants on
One question that is often asked with these the opposite side of the street presents risk to fire
requirements is whether the table—or the entire fighters and apparatus when leading out or manually
appendix, for that matter—requires minimum flows
dragging supply hoses across such busy
per hydrant. This particular appendix does not
thoroughfares.
address minimum flow per hydrant or how the flow is
In addition to those dangers, police agencies
to be subdivided. Fire-flow requirements are
already faced with the traffic control needs of the fire
addressed in Appendix B.
scene are often opposed to shutting down major
Note a streets for prolonged periods of time since doing so
This note is referenced in the third column for the can have an adverse “domino effect” on traffic
average spacing between hydrants and restricts the management in other areas of the community. These
spacing between hydrants on dead-end streets or hydrants are typically intended for use only with
roads to 100 feet less than the required spacing. This highway hazards and may be spaced every 500 feet
avoids a hydrant being located an impractical (152 m) on each side in alternating positions
distance from hazards. Otherwise, a hydrant could [resulting in a hydrant every 250 feet (76 200 mm)]
literally be placed at the end of street and provide little [see Commentary Figure C102.1(2)]
benefit to buildings on that street.
TABLE C102.1
REQUIRED NUMBER AND SPACING OF FIRE HYDRANTS
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
AVERAGE SPACING MAXIMUM DISTANCE FROM ANY

FIRE-FLOW REQUIREMENT MINIMUM NUMBER
BETWEEN HYDRANTSa, b, c, f, g POINT ON STREET OR ROAD
(gpm) OF HYDRANTS
(feet) FRONTAGE TO A HYDRANTd, f, g
1,750 or less 1 500 250
2,000-2,250 2 450 225
2,500 3 450 225
3,000 3 400 225
3,500-4,000 4 350 210
4,500-5,000 5 300 180
5,500 6 300 180
6,000 6 250 150
6,500-7,000 7 250 150
7,500 or more 8 or moree 200 120
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 gallon per minute = 3.785 L/m.
a. Reduce by 100 feet for dead-end streets or roads.
b. Where streets are provided with median dividers that cannot be crossed by fire fighters pulling hose lines, or where arterial streets are provided with four or
more traffic lanes and have a traffic count of more than 30,000 vehicles per day, hydrant spacing shall average 500 feet on each side of the street and be
arranged on an alternating basis.
c. Where new water mains are extended along streets where hydrants are not needed for protection of structures or similar fire problems, fire hydrants shall be
provided at spacing not to exceed 1,000 feet to provide for transportation hazards.
d. Reduce by 50 feet for dead-end streets or roads.
e. One hydrant for each 1,000 gallons per minute or fraction thereof.
f. A 50-percent spacing increase shall be permitted where the building is equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
Section 903.3.1.1 of the International Fire Code.
g. A 25-percent spacing increase shall be permitted where the building is equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
Section 903.3.1.2 or 903.3.1.3 of the International Fire Code or Section P2904 of the International Residential Code.
APPENDIX
Copyright International C-2
APPENDIX C
Note c Note g
This note requires that new fire mains installed along Similar to Note f, this note is consistent with the
fire apparatus access roads or streets without decreases in fire flow allowed in Appendix B. This
structures have hydrants at least every 1,000 feet note allows a 25-percent increase in spacing between
(305 m) for the protection of hazards such as car fires hydrants where buildings are equipped throughout
or other traffic- or transportation-related hazards. This with an NFPA 13R or 13D automatic sprinkler sys-
note does not require that water mains specifically be tem.
placed along roadways for this purpose; only that
when such mains are installed or extended, hydrants
SECTION C103
must be provided.
FIRE HYDRANT SPACING
Note d C103.1 Hydrant spacing. Fire apparatus access roads and
This note requires, as does Note a, that the distance public streets providing required access to buildings in accor-
to a hydrant be reduced by 50 feet (13 240 mm) on dance with Section 503 of the International Fire Code shall
dead-end streets and roads. Again, this avoids a be provided with one or more fire hydrants, as determined by
hydrant being unnecessarily far from buildings. Section C102.1. Where more than one fire hydrant is
Note e required, the distance between required fire hydrants shall be
This note applies only to situations where the table in accordance with Sections C103.2 and C103.3.
requires eight or more hydrants and that hydrants be  This section specifies that when fire apparatus
added for every 1,000 gpm (3785 L/min) or fraction access roads are required by Section 503 such roads
thereof of fire flow required beyond 7,500 gpm (28 387 be provided with hydrants as set forth in Section
L/min). This means that one additional hydrant would C102.1. Where more than one hydrant is required,
be required for fire flows up to 8,500 gpm (2028 L/ the distance between hydrants is more specifically
min). No minimum fire flow per hydrant is specified. dealt with in Sections C103.2 and C103.3. If there is a
Note f complex of buildings, each with a low required fire
This note is consistent with the decreases in fire flow flow, the spacing requirements would dictate addi-
allowed in Appendix b. This note allows a 50-percent tional hydrants. A fire flow of 2,000 gpm (7570 L/min)
increase in spacing between hydrants where build- would require only two hydrants with a maximum
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ings are equipped throughout with an NFPA 13 auto- average spacing of 450 feet (137 160 mm), but
matic sprinkler system. because of the size of the complex additional

Figure C102.1(1)
TRAVEL DISTANCE TO HYDRANTS

APPENDIX C
hydrants may be necessary to achieve proper spac- SECTION C104

ing along the access road (see Commentary Figure CONSIDERATION OF EXISTING FIRE HYDRANTS
C103.1). In this particular case, the number of C104.1 Existing fire hydrants. Existing fire hydrants on
hydrants, not the spacing, drives the layout. public streets are allowed to be considered as available to
C103.2 Average spacing. The average spacing between fire meet the requirements of Sections C102 and C103. Existing
hydrants shall be in accordance with Table C102.1. fire hydrants on adjacent properties are allowed to be consid-
Exception: The average spacing shall be permitted to be ered as available to meet the requirements of Sections C102
increased by 10 percent where existing fire hydrants pro- and C103 provided that a fire apparatus access road extends
vide all or a portion of the required number of fire between properties and that an easement is established to pre-
hydrants. vent obstruction of such roads.
 This section states that the spacing designated in  To meet the number and spacing requirements of this
Table C102.1 is an average. Real-life conditions, appendix, existing hydrants may be counted as avail-
however, often result in the need for approximate able. In smaller buildings, this could mean that the
spacing of hydrants. In some cases, good judgment fire hydrants available may be sufficient to meet the
would dictate deviation from rigid exact spacing so hydrant spacing needs. Hydrants on adjacent prop-
that hydrants could be located where more than one erty should not be used unless access is always
building could access them [see Commentary Figure available to the fire department. This may require an
C103.2]. easement on the adjacent property.
The exception allows a 10-percent deficiency in
average hydrant spacing when using existing
SECTION C105
hydrants. For example, if the average spacing
allowed is 350 feet (106 m), the largest average
spacing allowed by this exception would be 350 × ICC IFC—15 International Fire Code C101.1,
1.10 = 385 feet (117 m). The allowance of longer C103.1,
Table
average spacing for existing hydrants is important in C102.1
enabling their use with new buildings. ICC IRC—15 International Residential Code Table
C103.3 Maximum spacing. The maximum spacing between C102.1
fire hydrants shall be in accordance with Table C102.1.
 This section requires that no point on a street or Bibliography
access road be beyond the distance to a hydrant The following resource material was used in the prepa-
shown in the last column of Table C102.1. This dis- ration of the commentary for this appendix of the code.
tance is not an average but a maximum distance (see IRC-15, International Residential Code. Washington,
Commentary Figure C103.3). DC: International Code Council, 2014.

Figure C102.1(2)
HYDRANT SPACING ALONG BOULEVARDS AND HIGH-VOLUME ARTERIAL STREETS
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
APPENDIX
APPENDIX C

Figure C103.1
HYDRANT SPACING
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

APPENDIX C
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 gallon per minute = 3.785 L/min.
Figure C103.2
AVERAGE HYDRANT SPACING

Figure C103.3
TRAVEL DISTANCE TO HYDRANTS
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
APPENDIX
Appendix D:
Fire Apparatus Access Roads
General Comments 503. Section 503 gives some minimum criteria, such as
a maximum distance of 150 feet (45 720 mm) and a
Fire apparatus access is essential to successful fire- minimum width of 20 feet (6090 mm), but in many cases
fighting and rescue operations. Fire department vehi- Section 503 does not state specific criteria. For exam-
cles vary widely in size and operational needs and must ple, what specific load should a fire apparatus access
be able to maneuver into position to properly undertake road be able to carry and what specific grade is
their fire-fighting activities. The needs of each jurisdic- allowed? Section 503 cannot go to this level of detail
tion will therefore vary with the equipment used. Needs because needs vary widely from one jurisdiction to
assessment should also include consideration of another. This appendix, like Appendices B and C, is a
mutual-aid companies that may respond from outside tool for jurisdictions seeking guidance in establishing
the jurisdiction. Access roads must be designed to pro- access requirements.
vide the fire department with the required access to all Some of the other requirements found in this appen-
structures on a site. dix address access layouts for multiple-family residen-
tial developments and large one- and two-family
Purpose subdivisions. Also, specific examples for various types
This appendix contains more detailed elements for use of turnarounds for fire department apparatus and park-
with the basic access requirements found in Section ing regulation signage are included.
SECTION D101 SECTION D102

GENERAL REQUIRED ACCESS
D101.1 Scope. Fire apparatus access roads shall be in accor- D102.1 Access and loading. Facilities, buildings or portions
dance with this appendix and all other applicable require- of buildings hereafter constructed shall be accessible to fire
ments of the International Fire Code. department apparatus by way of an approved fire apparatus
access road with an asphalt, concrete or other approved driv-
 If this appendix has been adopted by a jurisdiction,
ing surface capable of supporting the imposed load of fire
this particular section simply states that all fire appa-
apparatus weighing at least 75,000 pounds (34 050 kg).
ratus access roads must meet the requirements of
this appendix and other applicable requirements.  This section contains more detailed specifications for
More specifically, Section 503 would also apply. the road surface and applied loads. In Section 503, it
Be aware that essentially all roads leading to a par- simply states that the road must be able to withstand
ticular building or facility, whether public or private, the loads and be of “all-weather driving capability.”
are fire apparatus access roads. Generally, the This section states that the surface be of asphalt,
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
requirements of this appendix and Section 503 would concrete or other approved material and be able to
be required only for new buildings and facilities. How- withstand a load of 75,000 pounds (34 050 kg).
ever, in some cases, improvements to existing roads
and access ways may be necessary to meet the
needs of the fire department. SECTION D103
Note that the appendix applies only if specifically MINIMUM SPECIFICATIONS
adopted by ordinance by a jurisdiction. See the com- D103.1 Access road width with a hydrant. Where a fire
mentary to Sections 102.5 and 507.1 for a discussion hydrant is located on a fire apparatus access road, the mini-
of this appendix’s application (if adopted) to buildings mum road width shall be 26 feet (7925 mm), exclusive of
constructed under the International Residential Code® shoulders (see Figure D103.1).
(IRC®).
 The access road width of 20 feet (6096 mm) stated in
Section 503 does not specifically account for the

Code Council FIRE CODE® COMMENTARY APPENDIX D-1
APPENDIX D
presence of the hydrant. This section specifically vary. For example, some fire department apparatus is
requires a minimum width of 26 feet (7925 mm) when able to handle steeper grades than others, and the
a hydrant is located along that access roadway (see likelihood of inclement weather, such as snow, will
Figure D103.1). This provides more room for the fire affect the ability of the vehicles to handle the terrain.
department vehicle to maneuver and connect to the This appendix states a numerical criterion of not
hydrant. In many cases, a full 26-foot (7925 mm) more than 10 percent, which is fairly conservative for
width may not be possible for a majority of the access most situations. This number gives something spe-
road and a possible solution is to simply widen the cific for a jurisdiction to cite without having to deter-
access road for a short distance to accommodate mine the actual grade. There is an exception to this
hydrant use. Including adjacent road shoulders in the section that would allow the fire chief to approve a
width measurement could yield substandard and grade greater than 10 percent. This gives the jurisdic-
inadequate driving surfaces for apparatus. Accord- tion flexibility for specific situations where terrain
ingly, this section makes it clear that any road shoul- might call for a steeper grade.
ders are not to be included in the minimum fire D103.3 Turning radius. The minimum turning radius shall
apparatus access road width. Section 503 is generic be determined by the fire code official.
because available water supplies are not always
accessed using hydrants. In some cases, the water  The turning radius is left generic within both Section
comes from a tanker or from an on-site water supply. 503 and this section because of the large variation in
the equipment used by fire departments. Each fire
D103.2 Grade. Fire apparatus access roads shall not exceed department must assess the specific abilities of its
10 percent in grade. vehicles to set a minimum turning radius. The dia-
Exception: Grades steeper than 10 percent as approved by grams in Figure D103.1 set the turning radius at 28
the fire chief. feet (8534 mm), which may not be satisfactory for all
 Section 503 discusses grade in generalities and jurisdictions.
states that the grade be within the limits established D103.4 Dead ends. Dead-end fire apparatus access roads in
by the fire code official. The criteria are generic excess of 150 feet (45 720 mm) shall be provided with width
because the conditions in different jurisdictions will and turnaround provisions in accordance with Table D103.4.
60-FOOT “Y” MINIMUM CLEARANCE

AROUND A FIRE
HYDRANT

FIGURE D103.1
DEAD-END FIRE APPARATUS ACCESS ROAD TURNAROUND
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
APPENDIX
Copyright International D-2
APPENDIX D
TABLE D103.4 4. Gate components shall be maintained in an operative

REQUIREMENTS FOR DEAD-END condition at all times and replaced or repaired when
FIRE APPARATUS ACCESS ROADS
defective.
LENGTH WIDTH
TURNAROUNDS REQUIRED
(feet) (feet) 5. Electric gates shall be equipped with a means of open-
0-150 20 None required ing the gate by fire department personnel for emer-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
120-foot Hammerhead, 60-foot “Y” or
gency access. Emergency opening devices shall be
151-500 20 96-foot diameter cul-de-sac in accor- approved by the fire code official.
dance with Figure D103.1 6. Methods of locking shall be submitted for approval by
120-foot Hammerhead, 60-foot “Y” or the fire code official.
501-750 26 96-foot diameter cul-de-sac in accor-
dance with Figure D103.1 7. Electric gate operators, where provided, shall be listed
in accordance with UL 325.
Over 750 Special approval required
8. Gates intended for automatic operation shall be
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm. designed, constructed and installed to comply with the
 Though the widths of the access roadways may be requirements of ASTM F 2200.
sufficient to move and operate the necessary equip-  Gates are sometimes required by the fire code official
ment at a fire scene, they may not be wide enough for to limit access to certain hazardous fire areas. They
the vehicles to turn around. On through streets this is are also often used as a security mechanism for
not an issue, but when the road is a dead end and is gated communities and complexes. Section 503 dis-
sufficiently long, some means are necessary to cusses the use of gates in more general terms
enable fire department vehicles to turn around rather whereas this section provides more specific guide-
than having to back up over excessive distances. The lines. The nine requirements stated here all must be
three major methods used to provide a turn-around complied with where applicable. They focus on main-
area are a cul-de-sac, hammerhead and “Y.” Figure taining the required width, ease of use and ability to
D103.1 shows examples of all three types. Section open in an emergency. The construction and installa-
503 does not give any specific guidance. Each juris- tion of gates and methods for opening the gates,
diction can choose from a variety of ways to accom- whether by manual means or by a listed electrical
plish this. mechanism, must comply with the referenced stan-
Dead ends require a fire vehicle turnaround when dards and be approved by the fire code official. This
they exceed 150 feet (45 720 mm). The turnaround is ensures that the operating procedures of the fire
to be located at the end of the roadway or within 150 department are taken into account. See the commen-
feet (45 720 mm) of the end of the roadway to limit tary to Sections 503.5 and 503.6 for further informa-
the backing distance to a maximum of 150 feet (45 tion on gates.
720 mm). Backing a large vehicle, such as a tower
ladder, over 150 feet (45 720 mm) can be especially D103.6 Signs. Where required by the fire code official, fire
challenging, especially in cases where the engineer apparatus access roads shall be marked with permanent NO
may have to use a video camera-equipped back-up PARKING—FIRE LANE signs complying with Figure
system due to the vehicle’s length. Refer to the table D103.6. Signs shall have a minimum dimension of 12 inches
for more guidance in determining the kind of turning (305 mm) wide by 18 inches (457 mm) high and have red let-
radius required. In any event, the configuration of the ters on a white reflective background. Signs shall be posted
roadway and turnaround must be approved by the fire on one or both sides of the fire apparatus road as required by
code official. Section D103.6.1 or D103.6.2.
This table, which is based on the length of a dead  One of the more challenging aspects of access roads
end, sets minimum widths and recommends which is maintaining the necessary width. Parked cars can
types of turnarounds should be used. The diagrams reduce this width if parking is not prohibited and the
in Figure D103.1 show the configurations of these prohibition is posted. Section 503.3 addresses this
turnarounds. need by giving the fire code official the authority to
D103.5 Fire apparatus access road gates. Gates securing require marking of fire access roads. This section and
the fire apparatus access roads shall comply with all of the Figure D103.6 add wording and dimension specifica-
following criteria: tions for the signs needed to mark areas where park-
ing is prohibited.
1. Where a single gate is provided, the gate width shall be
not less than 20 feet (6096 mm). Where a fire apparatus D103.6.1 Roads 20 to 26 feet in width. Fire lane signs as
road consists of a divided roadway, the gate width shall specified in Section D103.6 shall be posted on both sides of
be not less than 12 feet (3658 mm). fire apparatus access roads that are 20 to 26 feet wide (6096
to 7925 mm).
2. Gates shall be of the swinging or sliding type.
 This section requires that parking be prohibited on
3. Construction of gates shall be of materials that allow both sides of narrower fire apparatus access roads.
manual operation by one person. Twenty feet (6096 mm) is the appropriate width

APPENDIX D
needed for two average-size fire trucks to pass one equipped throughout with approved automatic sprinkler
another. If that width is reduced by parking even on systems.
one side, it will be potentially difficult for a fire depart-
 Where buildings are very large in area, two separate
ment to undertake emergency operations in that fire apparatus access roads are required because a
area.
large building may be difficult to access rapidly and, if
one of the access roads is blocked, there is a poten-
SIGN TYPE "A" SIGN TYPE "C" SIGN TYPE "D" tial for a large fire loss. The exception acknowledges
the ability of automatic sprinklers to prevent most
NO NO NO fires from growing out of control quickly even when
PARKING PARKING PARKING the building area is doubled and there is only a single,
18″ approved fire apparatus access road.
FIRE LANE FIRE LANE FIRE LANE
D104.3 Remoteness. Where two fire apparatus access roads
are required, they shall be placed a distance apart equal to not
less than one half of the length of the maximum overall diag-
12″ 12″ 12″ onal dimension of the lot or area to be served, measured in a
straight line between accesses.
FIGURE D103.6  This concept is similar to the one dealing with the
FIRE LANE SIGNS remoteness of exits in Section 1007.1.1. One of the
primary reasons for multiple access roads is to
D103.6.2 Roads more than 26 feet in width. Fire lane signs ensure that if one access road is blocked or other-
as specified in Section D103.6 shall be posted on one side of wise unavailable, another will allow access to the fire
fire apparatus access roads more than 26 feet wide (7925 department. Therefore, when more than one access
mm) and less than 32 feet wide (9754 mm). road is required, they need to be separated by
enough distance to avoid a situation where both
 Because this width is more than sufficient for maneu-
would be blocked or unavailable simply because they
vering at least two fire department vehicles by one are too close to one another.
another, parking would be allowed on one side.
SECTION D105
SECTION D104 AERIAL FIRE APPARATUS ACCESS ROADS
COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENTS
D105.1 Where required. Where the vertical distance
D104.1 Buildings exceeding three stories or 30 feet in
between the grade plane and the highest roof surface exceeds
height. Buildings or facilities exceeding 30 feet (9144 mm)
30 feet (9144 mm), approved aerial fire apparatus access
or three stories in height shall have at least two means of fire
roads shall be provided. For purposes of this section, the
apparatus access for each structure.
highest roof surface shall be determined by measurement to
 This section addresses commercial and industrial the eave of a pitched roof, the intersection of the roof to the
buildings that, because of their height, can create a exterior wall, or the top of parapet walls, whichever is
large challenge to a fire department. This section, greater.
along with Sections D105, D106 and D107, contains  Aerial apparatus access roads are required when the
requirements for fire apparatus access roads for spe- fire department cannot reach the roof or upper stories
cific kinds of buildings or developments. Section 503 with ground ladders. The Insurance Services Office
gives the fire code official the authority to require (ISO) Fire Suppression Rating Schedule suggests
more access roads but does not specify when the that fire departments carry a 35-foot ground ladder.
additional roads are required. The need for additional When setting up a 35-foot ground ladder appropri-
access roads will depend on so many factors that ately, the effective vertical reach of the ladder is
each situation must be judged individually. approximately 30 feet; hence the 30-foot requirement
Because of the height of these buildings, various within this section. Note that the measurement in this
types of vehicles may be needed, and having two or section is from grade plane to the edge of the roof
more means of approaching the site may be neces- where the ladder would be placed. If this measure-
sary to manage and manipulate the vehicles. ment is greater than 30 feet, then an aerial apparatus
D104.2 Buildings exceeding 62,000 square feet in area. access road would be required. The term eave is the
Buildings or facilities having a gross building area of more most common term used in the International Building
than 62,000 square feet (5760 m2) shall be provided with two Code® (IBC®) when describing the edge of a peaked
separate and approved fire apparatus access roads. roof and is thus used herein. See also the commen-
Exception: Projects having a gross building area of up to tary to the definition of “Grade plane” in Chapter 2.
124,000 square feet (11 520 m2) that have a single D105.2 Width. Aerial fire apparatus access roads shall have
approved fire apparatus access road when all buildings are a minimum unobstructed width of 26 feet (7925 mm), exclu-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
APPENDIX
APPENDIX D
sive of shoulders, in the immediate vicinity of the building or dwelling units shall be equipped throughout with two sepa-
portion thereof. rate and approved fire apparatus access roads.
 This section specifies the minimum road width Exception: Projects having up to 200 dwelling units may
needed for aerial apparatus. This width allows the have a single approved fire apparatus access road when all
aerial apparatus outriggers to be set solidly on the buildings, including nonresidential occupancies, are
road surface for safe operation of the aerial equip- equipped throughout with approved automatic sprinkler
ment. Including adjacent road shoulders in the width systems installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or
measurement could yield substandard and inade- 903.3.1.2.
quate driving or set-up surfaces for aerial apparatus.  This section is intended to provide some specific
Accordingly, this section makes it clear that any road guidance to jurisdictions for dealing with larger apart-
shoulders are not to be included in the minimum fire ment complexes. Again, Section 503 suggests that
apparatus access road width. more than one access road is needed when there is a
D105.3 Proximity to building. At least one of the required potential for an access road to be unavailable. In a
access routes meeting this condition shall be located within a large complex there is a large potential for loss. Lack
minimum of 15 feet (4572 mm) and a maximum of 30 feet of access should not become a factor in such a loss.
(9144 mm) from the building, and shall be positioned parallel This section requires at least two separate access
to one entire side of the building. The side of the building on roads any time the number of dwelling units exceeds
which the aerial fire apparatus access road is positioned shall 100. The term “approved” is used because the layout
be approved by the fire code official. of the complex may require some specific consider-
 This section requires that the access road be specifi- ations when providing the access roads. For exam-
cally located where aerial equipment will have maxi- ple, having two access roads leading onto a facility
mum access to the building. The fire code official, in that come together before reaching the actual build-
consultation with the fire chief, must approve the final ings may not satisfy the criterion of remoteness to be
location of the aerial fire apparatus access road effective in an emergency.
required by this section. Although not stated in this The exception would allow a single access road for
section, fireground operation protocols often place an up to 200 dwelling units if all buildings on the site are
aerial apparatus/truck company on the front side of fully sprinklered to meet code requirements. This
the building so that the entire front, which could exception acknowledges the effectiveness of sprin-
include emergency escape and rescue openings, can klers in slowing the growth of fires; therefore, the risk
be reached by the ladder or the tower basket. The of having the access road blocked or unusable is
road that will meet the requirements of this section more acceptable.
will often be the public street upon which the building D106.2 Projects having more than 200 dwelling units.
fronts. The distance from the building to the road Multiple-family residential projects having more than 200
must be reviewed and approved to match the capabil- dwelling units shall be provided with two separate and
ities of the fire department aerial equipment versus approved fire apparatus access roads regardless of whether
the building’s height. they are equipped with an approved automatic sprinkler sys-
D105.4 Obstructions. Overhead utility and power lines shall tem.
not be located over the aerial fire apparatus access road or  Because of the large size of such complexes and the
between the aerial fire apparatus road and the building. Other potential for large losses, even where sprinklers are
obstructions shall be permitted to be placed with the approval installed as required by Section 903.2.8, two
of the fire code official. approved access roads must be provided. This sec-
 This section establishes requirements for controlling tion emphasizes that the exception in Section D106.1
overhead obstructions to aerial fire apparatus posi- is for up to 200 units only.
tioned on aerial fire apparatus access roads to avoid D106.3 Remoteness. Where two fire apparatus access roads
the possibility of personnel injury and equipment are required, they shall be placed a distance apart equal to not
damage, especially from electrical shock. The less than one-half of the length of the maximum overall diag-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
requirements prohibit overhead obstructions between onal dimension of the property or area to be served, measured
the aerial fire apparatus access road and the building, in a straight line between accesses.
but permit the fire code official to allow limited  This concept is similar to the one dealing with the
obstructions that do not affect the placement or use remoteness of exits in Section 1007.1.1. One of the
of aerial fire apparatus, such as site vegetation or a primary reasons for multiple access roads is to
porte-cochere at the entrance to a building. ensure that if one access road is blocked or other-
wise unavailable, another will allow access by the fire
department. Therefore, when more than one access
SECTION D106
road is required, those roads must be separated by
MULTIPLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENTS
enough distance to avoid a situation where both
D106.1 Projects having more than 100 dwelling units. would be blocked or unavailable simply because they
Multiple-family residential projects having more than 100 are too close to one another.

APPENDIX D
SECTION D107 ensure that if one access road is blocked or other-

ONE- OR TWO-FAMILY wise unavailable, another will allow access by the fire
RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENTS department. Therefore, when more than one access
D107.1 One- or two-family dwelling residential develop- road is required, those roads must be separated by
ments. Developments of one- or two-family dwellings where enough distance to avoid a situation where both
the number of dwelling units exceeds 30 shall be provided would be blocked or unavailable simply because they
with two separate and approved fire apparatus access roads. are too close to one another.
Exceptions:
1. Where there are more than 30 dwelling units on a SECTION D108
single public or private fire apparatus access road REFERENCED STANDARDS
and all dwelling units are equipped throughout with ASTM F2200—13 Standard Specification for
an approved automatic sprinkler system in accor- Automated Vehicular Gate
dance with Section 903.3.1.1, 903.3.1.2 or 903.3.1.3 Construction D103.5
of the International Fire Code, access from two ICC IFC—15 International Fire Code D101.1,
directions shall not be required. D107.1
2. The number of dwelling units on a single fire appa- UL 325—02 Door, Drapery, Gate, Louver,
ratus access road shall not be increased unless fire and Window Operators and
apparatus access roads will connect with future Systems, with Revisions
development, as determined by the fire code official. through June 2013 D103.5
 This section requires that one- and two-family dwell-
ing subdivisions with more than 30 dwellings have Bibliography
more than one fire apparatus access road into the
development. The second access road is needed in The following resource material was used in the
case one access road for any reason becomes unus- preparation of the commentary for this appendix of the
able code.
Exception 1 states that when there are more than 2015 International Code Interpretations. Washington,
30 dwelling units equipped throughout with an DC: International Code Council, 2015.
approved sprinkler system in accordance with NFPA
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
13, 13R or 13D, as applicable or approved, a second
access road is not required. This recognizes the
effectiveness and reliability of properly designed and
installed automatic sprinkler systems in mitigating the
need to have two access points.
Exception 2 requires approval by the fire code offi-
cial any time a new house is constructed on an exist-
ing access road. Once the maximum number of
dwelling units allowed by this section has been
reached, no further development may occur unless
the fire code official determines that there will be a
future road connection that will prevent creation of an
excessive dead-end situation with no means for
apparatus turn-around. Such determination by the fire
code official should consider the phased develop-
ment of an individual project or adjacent projects.
Requiring evidence of legal agreements for specific
future development would be prudent, especially in
times of economic uncertainty. This gives the fire
code official an opportunity to assess whether addi-
tional access is required in the interim.
D107.2 Remoteness. Where two fire apparatus access roads
are required, they shall be placed a distance apart equal to not
less than one-half of the length of the maximum overall diag-
onal dimension of the property or area to be served, measured
in a straight line between accesses.
 This concept is similar to the one dealing with the
remoteness of exits in Section 1007.1.1. One of the
primary reasons for multiple access roads is to
APPENDIX
Appendix E:
Hazard Categories
This appendix is for information purposes and is not intended for adoption.

This appendix contains guidance for designers, engi- The descriptive materials and explanations of hazard-
neers, architects, building officials, plans reviewers and ous materials and how to report and evaluate them on
inspectors in the classifying of hazardous materials so the MSDS that are contained in this appendix are
that proposed designs can be evaluated intelligently and intended to be instructional as well as informative. A
accurately and can be an extremely useful tool for all thorough understanding of how to prepare and interpret
concerned. A thorough understanding of how Material the MSDS makes the code user’s job easier.
Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) are created and how to
read them makes these hazard evaluations much easier.
SECTION E101 SECTION E102

GENERAL HAZARD CATEGORIES
E101.1 Scope. This appendix provides information, explana- E102.1 Physical hazards. Materials classified in this section
tions and examples to illustrate and clarify the hazard catego- pose a physical hazard.
ries contained in Chapter 50 of the International Fire Code.  A chemical presents a physical hazard when there is
The hazard categories are based upon the DOL 29 CFR. evidence that it is a combustible liquid, compressed
Where numerical classifications are included, they are in gas, cryogenic, explosive, a flammable gas, a flam-
accordance with nationally recognized standards. mable liquid, a flammable solid, an organic peroxide,
This appendix should not be used as the sole means of an oxidizer, or a pyrophoric or unstable (reactive) or
hazardous materials classification. water-reactive material (see commentary, Section
 Although this appendix contains guidance in classify- 5001.2.2.1).
ing hazardous materials, there are several other E102.1.1 Explosives and blasting agents. The current UN/
sources available to the fire code official or building DOT classification system recognized by international
official. The actual MSDS should be the only method authorities, the Department of Defense and others classifies
used in the final classification of products because of all explosives as Class 1 materials. They are then divided into
the different characteristics that a blend of products six separate divisions to indicate their relative hazard. There
produces. General classification information can is not a direct correlation between the designations used by
come from NFPA 704, Chemical Hazards Response the old DOT system and those used by the current system nor
Information System (CHRIS) manuals, MSDS online is there correlation with the system (high and low) estab-
and other methods. lished by the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and
It is important to remember that many chemicals Explosives (BATF). Table 5604.3 of the International Fire
have multiple hazards associated with them. A chem- Code provides some guidance with regard to the current cate-
ical may be a toxic poison (Group H-4) and also have gories and their relationship to the old categories. Some items
a flammable or combustible base (Group H-2 or H-3), may appear in more than one division, depending on factors
which creates additional problems. Section 5001 such as the degree of confinement or separation, by type of
states, “Where a material has multiple hazards, all packaging, storage configuration or state of assembly.
hazards shall be addressed.” This means that the In order to determine the level of hazard presented by
building must be protected in the above example as a explosive materials, testing to establish quantitatively their
Group H-4 use, as well as a Group H-3 use when the explosive nature is required. There are numerous test methods
products are in sealed containers and a Group H-2 that have been used to establish the character of an explosive
use if they are open to the air. material. Standardized tests, required for finished goods con-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
®
Code Council FIRE CODE COMMENTARY APPENDIX E-1
APPENDIX E
taining explosives or explosive materials in a packaged form 5. Division 1.5 (Blasting Agents). Consists of very
suitable for shipment or storage, have been established by insensitive explosives. This division comprises sub-
UN/DOT and BATF. However, these tests do not consider stances that have a mass explosion hazard, but are so
key elements that should be examined in a manufacturing sit- insensitive that there is very little probability of ini-
uation. In manufacturing operations, the condition and/or the tiation or of transition from burning to detonation
state of a material may vary within the process. The in-pro- under normal conditions of transport. Materials are
cess material classification and classification requirements not cap sensitive; however, they are mass detonating
for materials used in the manufacturing process may be dif- where provided with sufficient input. Examples:
ferent from the classification of the same material where oxidizer and liquid fuel slurry mixtures and gels,
found in finished goods depending on the stage of the process ammonium nitrate combined with fuel oil.
in which the material is found. A classification methodology 6. Division 1.6. Consists of extremely insensitive arti-
must be used that recognizes the hazards commensurate with cles that do not have a mass explosive hazard. This
the application to the variable physical conditions as well as division comprises articles that contain only
potential variations of physical character and type of explo- extremely insensitive detonating substances and that
sive under consideration. demonstrate a negligible probability of accidental
Test methods or guidelines for hazard classification of initiation or propagation. Although this category of
energetic materials used for in-process operations shall be materials has been defined, the primary application
approved by the fire code official. Test methods used shall be is currently limited to military uses. Examples: Low
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
DOD, BATF, UN/DOT or other approved criteria. The vulnerability military weapons.
results of such testing shall become a portion of the files of Explosives in each division are assigned a compatibility
the jurisdiction and be included as an independent section of group letter by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous
any Hazardous Materials Management Plan (HMMP) Materials Safety (DOT) based on criteria specified by
required by Section 5605.2.1 of the International Fire Code. DOTn 49 CFR. Compatibility group letters are used to
Also see Section 104.7.2 of the International Fire Code. specify the controls for the transportation and storage
Examples of materials in various Divisions are as follows: related to various materials to prevent an increase in haz-
1. Division 1.1 (High Explosives). Consists of explo- ard that might result if certain types of explosives were
sives that have a mass explosion hazard. A mass stored or transported together. Altogether, there are 35
explosion is one that affects almost the entire pile of possible classification codes for explosives, e.g., 1.1A,
material instantaneously. Includes substances that, 1.3C, 1.4S, etc.
where tested in accordance with approved methods,  It is recognized that the hazard classification of goods
can be caused to detonate by means of a blasting cap packaged for release to the Department of Transpor-
where unconfined or will transition from deflagra- tation (DOT) system is likely to be different from that
tion to a detonation where confined or unconfined. of the same material when found in an unpackaged
Examples: dynamite, TNT, nitroglycerine, C-3, or bulk form. For example, a finished article as manu-
HMX, RDX, encased explosives, military ammuni- factured or packaged and classified as Division 1.4
tion. may contain Division 1.1 or 1.3 material. Although the
2. Division 1.2 (Low Explosives). Consists of explo- ingredients may in fact be classified differently when
sives that have a projection hazard, but not a mass removed from the package or article, the hazard level
explosion hazard. Examples: nondetonating encased of the finished device may be classified with a differ-
explosives, military ammunition and the like. ent level of hazard from the ingredients alone. Classi-
fication, in part, is based on the protection offered by
3. Division 1.3 (Low Explosives). Consists of explo- the final package, the article itself, as well as the con-
sives that have a fire hazard and either a minor blast figuration or nature of the energetic materials as they
hazard or a minor projection hazard or both, but not exist within the article. Recognizing the fact that the
a mass explosion hazard. The major hazard is radi- hazard level of an energetic material can vary based
ant heat or violent burning, or both. Can be defla- on the physical character (size and shape) or configu-
grated where confined. Examples: smokeless ration (physical arrangement) in which the material is
powder, propellant explosives, display fireworks. found is key to understanding the nature of explo-
4. Division 1.4. Consists of explosives that pose a sives and proper application of the code.
minor explosion hazard. The explosive effects are Scientific methods are needed to appraise the haz-
largely confined to the package and no projection of ards of materials as they appear in the manufacturing
fragments of appreciable size or range is expected. process. By granting the fire code official authority to
An internal fire must not cause virtually instanta- approve test methods, flexibility is provided while at
neous explosion of almost the entire contents of the the same time maintaining a reasonable level of con-
package. Examples: squibs (nondetonating igniters), trol. By recording the technical basis of decision
explosive actuators, explosive trains (low-level deto- within the Hazardous Materials Management Plan
nating cord). (HMMP), a record of the criteria used to establish the
APPENDIX
Copyright International E-2
APPENDIX E
hazard level is maintained by the applicant. The refer- Division 1.5. Very insensitive explosives. This
ence to Section 104.7.2 refers the fire code official division comprises substances that have a mass
back to the administrative section of the code to exer- explosion hazard but are so insensitive that there
cise authority for outside technical assistance in is very little probability of initiation or of transition
those cases where such assistance is warranted. The from burning to detonation under normal
terminology used in the examples reflects the current conditions of transport.
terminology, and examples accurately portray materi-
als that may be encountered. The explanatory lan- Division 1.6. Extremely insensitive articles that do
guage has been drawn in pertinent part from 49 CFR not have a mass explosion hazard. This division
Sections 173.50 and 173.58. Although the DOT has comprises articles that contain only extremely
eliminated the Class A, B and C nomenclature, the insensitive detonating substances and which
Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explo- demonstrate a negligible probability of accidental
sives (ATF) has retained the use of the terms “high initiation or propagation.
explosives” and “low explosives.” These terms are The term “explosive material” means explo-
included in parenthesis where appropriate. sives, blasting agents and detonators.
By definition, an “Explosive” is a chemical com- Chemicals in this classification must meet the
pound, mixture or device, the primary or common minimum requirements of Sections 5001, 5003,
purpose of which is to function by explosion. The 5004 and 5005, and Chapter 56.
term includes, but is not limited to, dynamite, black E102.1.2 Compressed gases. Examples include:
powder, pellet powder, initiating explosives, detona-
tors, safety fuses, squibs, detonating cord, igniter 1. Flammable: acetylene, carbon monoxide, ethane, ethyl-
cord, igniters and display fireworks, 1.3G. ene, hydrogen, methane. Ammonia will ignite and burn
The term “explosive” includes any material deter- although its flammable range is too narrow for it to fit
mined to be within the scope of USC Title 18: Chapter the definition of “Flammable gas.”
63 and also includes any material classified as an For binary mixtures where the hazardous component
explosive other than consumer fireworks, 1.4G, by is diluted with a nonflammable gas, the mixture shall
the hazardous materials regulations of DOTn 49 be categorized in accordance with CGA P-23.
CFR. See the commentary to the definition of “Explo-
2. Oxidizing: oxygen, ozone, oxides of nitrogen, chlorine
sive” in Section 202.
and fluorine. Chlorine and fluorine do not contain oxy-
The former classification system used by DOTn
gen but reaction with flammables is similar to that of
(UN/DOTn Class 1 explosives) included the terms
oxygen.
“high explosives” and “low explosives.” The following
terms further define explosives under the current sys- 3. Corrosive: ammonia, hydrogen chloride, fluorine.
tem used by DOTn for all explosive materials defined 4. Highly toxic: arsine, cyanogen, fluorine, germane,
as hazard Class 1 materials. Compatibility group let- hydrogen cyanide, nitric oxide, phosphine, hydrogen
ters are used together with the division to specify fur- selenide, stibine.
ther limitations on each division noted; for example,
the letter “G” identifies the material as a pyrotechnic 5. Toxic: chlorine, hydrogen fluoride, hydrogen sulfide,
substance or article containing a pyrotechnic sub- phosgene, silicon tetrafluoride.
stance and similar materials. 6. Inert (chemically unreactive): argon, helium, krypton,
neon, nitrogen, xenon.
Division 1.1. Explosives that are a mass explosion
7. Pyrophoric: diborane, dichloroborane, phosphine,
hazard. A mass explosion is one that affects silane.
almost the entire load instantaneously.
8. Unstable (reactive): butadiene (unstabilized), ethylene
Division 1.2. Explosives that have a projection oxide, vinyl chloride.
hazard but not a mass explosion hazard.  Compressed gases by definition are a material, or
Division 1.3. Explosives that have a fire hazard mixture of materials, that:
and either a minor blast hazard or a minor 1. Is a gas at 68°F (20°C) or less at 14.7 pounds
projection hazard or both, but not a mass per square inch atmosphere (psia) (101 kPa) of
explosion hazard. pressure; and
Division 1.4. Explosives that pose a minor 2. Has a boiling point of 68°F (20°C) or less at
explosion hazard. The explosive effects are 14.7 psia (101 kPa), which is either liquefied,
largely confined to the package and no projection nonliquefied or in solution, except those gases
of fragments of appreciable size or range is to be that have no other health or physical hazard
expected. An external fire must not cause virtually properties and are not considered to be
instantaneous explosion of almost the entire compressed until the pressure in the packaging
contents of the package. exceeds 41 psia (282 kPa) at 68°F (20°C).
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Code Council FIRE CODE® COMMENTARY APPENDIX E-3
APPENDIX E
The states of a compressed gas are categorized as 2. Inorganic solids: decaborane, lithium amide, phospho-
follows: rous heptasulfide, phosphorous sesquisulfide, potas-
sium sulfide, anhydrous sodium sulfide, sulfur.
1. Nonliquefied compressed gases are gases,
other than those in solution, that are in a 3. Combustible metals (except dusts and powders):
packaging under the charged pressure and are cesium, magnesium, zirconium.
entirely gaseous at a temperature of 68°F  A flammable solid is a solid, other than a blasting
(20°C). agent or explosive, that is capable of causing fire
2. Liquefied compressed gases are gases that, in through friction, absorption of moisture, spontaneous
chemical change or retained heat from manufacturing
a packaging under the charged pressure, are
or processing; has an ignition temperature below
partially liquid at a temperature of 68°F (20°C).
212°F (100°C); or that burns so vigorously and per-
3. Compressed gases in solution are nonliquefied sistently when ignited as to create a serious hazard.
gases that are dissolved in a solvent. A chemical shall be considered a flammable solid as
4. Compressed gas mixtures consist of a mixture determined in accordance with the test method of
of two or more compressed gases contained in CPSC 16 CFR; Part 1500.44 if it ignites and burns
with a self-sustained flame at a rate greater than 0.1
a packaging, the hazard properties of which are
inch (2.5 mm) per second along its major axis.
represented by the properties of the mixture as
Chemicals in this classification must meet the mini-
a whole.
mum requirements of Sections 5001, 5003, 5004 and
Chemicals in this classification must meet the mini- 5005, and Chapter 59.
mum requirements of Sections 5001, 5003, 5004,
E102.1.5 Combustible dusts and powders. Finely divided
5005 and 6004 and Chapters 53, 54, 55 and 58. In
solids that could be dispersed in air as a dust cloud: wood
addition, flammable gases that are binary mixtures
sawdust, plastics, coal, flour, powdered metals (few excep-
(i.e., compounded or consisting of two things or parts)
tions).
diluted with a nonflammable gas present special cate-
gorization challenges, and therefore must be evalu-  Combustible dusts and combustible fibers are listed
ated in accordance with CGA P-23. This standard separately because they are not subcategories of
provides consistency with industry standards for cate- flammable solids in either the maximum allowable
gorization. quantity tables in Chapter 50 or in their respective
E102.1.3 Flammable and combustible liquids. Examples material-specific hazard chapters.
include: E102.1.6 Combustible fibers. See Section 5202.1.
1. Flammable liquids.  See the commentary to Section E102.1.5.
Class IA liquids shall include those having flash points E102.1.7 Oxidizers. Examples include:
below 73°F (23°C) and having a boiling point at or 1. Gases: oxygen, ozone, oxides of nitrogen, fluorine and
below 100°F (38°C). chlorine (reaction with flammables is similar to that of
Class IB liquids shall include those having flash points oxygen).
below 73°F (23°C) and having a boiling point at or 2. Liquids: bromine, hydrogen peroxide, nitric acid, per-
above 100°F (38°C). chloric acid, sulfuric acid.
Class IC liquids shall include those having flash points 3. Solids: chlorates, chromates, chromic acid, iodine,
at or above 73°F (23°C) and below 100°F (38°C). nitrates, nitrites, perchlorates, peroxides.
2. Combustible liquids.
 An oxidizer is material that readily yields oxygen or
Class II liquids shall include those having flash points other oxidizing gas, or that readily reacts to promote
at or above 100°F (38°C) and below 140°F (60°C). or initiate combustion of combustible materials. An
Class IIIA liquids shall include those having flash oxidizing gas is a gas that can support and accelerate
points at or above 140°F (60°C) and below 200°F combustion of other materials. Examples of other oxi-
(93°C). dizing gases include bromine, chlorine and fluorine.
Class IIIB liquids shall include those liquids having E102.1.7.1 Examples of liquid and solid oxidizers accord-
flash points at or above 200°F (93°C). ing to hazard.
 Chemicals in this classification must meet the mini- Class 4: ammonium perchlorate (particle size greater than
mum requirements of Sections 5001, 5003, 5004 and 15 microns), ammonium permanganate, guanidine nitrate,
5005, and Chapter 57. hydrogen peroxide solutions more than 91 percent by
weight, perchloric acid solutions more than 72.5 percent
E102.1.4 Flammable solids. Examples include: by weight, potassium superoxide, tetranitromethane.
1. Organic solids: camphor, cellulose nitrate, naphthalene.
APPENDIX
APPENDIX E
Class 3: ammonium dichromate, calcium hypochlorite Class 3. An oxidizer that will cause a severe increase
(over 50 percent by weight), chloric acid (10 percent max- in the burning rate of combustible materials with
imum concentration), hydrogen peroxide solutions which it comes in contact or that will undergo vigorous
(greater than 52 percent up to 91 percent), mono-(tri- self-sustained decomposition as a result of
chloro)-tetra-(monopotassium di-chloro)-penta-s-triazine- contamination or exposure to heat.
trione, nitric acid, (fuming -more than 86 percent
concentration), perchloric acid solutions (60 percent to 72 Class 2. An oxidizer that will cause a moderate
percent by weight), potassium bromate, potassium chlo- increase in the burning rate or that causes
rate, potassium dichloro-s-triazinetrione (potassium spontaneous ignition of combustible materials with
dichloro-isocyanurate), potassium perchlorate (99 per- which it comes in contact.
cent), potassium permanganate (greater than 97.5 percent), Class 1. An oxidizer whose primary hazard is that it
sodium bromate, sodium chlorate, sodium chlorite (over slightly increases the burning rate but that does not
40 percent by weight) and sodium dichloro-s-triazinetri- cause spontaneous ignition when it comes in contact
one anhydrous (sodium dichloro-isocyanurate anhydrous). with combustible materials.
Class 2: barium bromate, barium chlorate, barium hypo- Chemicals in this classification must meet the mini-
chlorite, barium perchlorate, barium permanganate, 1- mum requirements of Sections 5001, 5003, 5004 and
bromo-3-chloro-5, 5-dimethylhydantoin, calcium chlorate, 5005, and Chapter 63.
calcium chlorite, calcium hypochlorite (50 percent or less
E102.1.8 Organic peroxides. Organic peroxides contain the
by weight), calcium perchlorate, calcium permanganate,
double oxygen or peroxy (-o-o) group. Some are flammable
calcium peroxide (75 percent), chromium trioxide (chro-
compounds and subject to explosive decomposition. They are
mic acid), copper chlorate, halane (1, 3-di-chloro-5, 5-
available as:
dimethylhydantoin), hydrogen peroxide (greater than 27.5
percent up to 52 percent), lead perchlorate, lithium chlo- 1. Liquids.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
rate, lithium hypochlorite (more than 39 percent available 2. Pastes.

chlorine), lithium perchlorate, magnesium bromate, mag-
nesium chlorate, magnesium perchlorate, mercurous chlo- 3. Solids (usually finely divided powders).
rate, nitric acid (more than 40 percent but less than 86  Organic peroxides can pose an explosion hazard
percent), perchloric acid solutions (more than 50 percent (detonation or deflagration) or they can be shock sen-
but less than 60 percent), potassium peroxide, potassium sitive. They can also decompose into various unsta-
superoxide, silver peroxide, sodium chlorite (40 percent or ble compounds over an extended period of time.
less by weight), sodium perchlorate, sodium perchlorate E102.1.8.1 Classification of organic peroxides according
monohydrate, sodium permanganate, sodium peroxide, to hazard.
sodium persulfate (99 percent), strontium chlorate, stron-
tium perchlorate, thallium chlorate, urea hydrogen perox- Unclassified: Unclassified organic peroxides are capable
ide, zinc bromate, zinc chlorate and zinc permanganate. of detonation and are regulated in accordance with Chap-
ter 56 of the International Fire Code.
Class 1: all inorganic nitrates (unless otherwise classified),
all inorganic nitrites (unless otherwise classified), ammo- Class I: acetyl cyclohexane sulfonyl 60-65 percent con-
nium persulfate, barium peroxide, hydrogen peroxide centration by weight, fulfonyl peroxide, benzoyl peroxide
solutions (greater than 8 percent up to 27.5 percent), lead over 98 percent concentration, t-butyl hydroperoxide 90
dioxide, lithium hypochlorite (39 percent or less available percent, t-butyl peroxyacetate 75 percent, t-butyl peroxy-
chlorine), lithium peroxide, magnesium peroxide, manga- isopropylcarbonate 92 percent, diisopropyl peroxydicar-
nese dioxide, nitric acid (40 percent concentration or less), bonate 100 percent, di-n-propyl peroxydicarbonate 98
perchloric acid solutions (less than 50 percent by weight), percent, and di-n-propyl peroxydicarbonate 85 percent.
potassium dichromate, potassium monopersulfate (45 per- Class II: acetyl peroxide 25 percent, t-butyl hydroperoxide
cent KHSO5 or 90 percent triple salt), potassium percar- 70 percent (with DTBP and t-BuOH diluents), t-butyl per-
bonate, potassium persulfate, sodium carbonate peroxide, oxybenzoate 98 percent, t-butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate
sodium dichloro-s-triazinetrione dihydrate, sodium 97 percent, t-butyl peroxyisobutyrate 75 percent, t-butyl
dichromate, sodium perborate (anhydrous), sodium perbo- peroxyisopropyl-carbonate 75 percent, t-butyl peroxypiva-
rate monohydrate, sodium perborate tetra-hydrate, sodium late 75 percent, dybenzoyl peroxydicarbonate 85 percent,
percarbonate, strontium peroxide, trichloro-s-triazinetri- di-sec-butyl peroxydicarbonate 98 percent, di-sec-butyl
one (trichloroisocyanuric acid) and zinc peroxide. peroxydicarbonate 75 percent, 1,1-di-(t-butylperoxy)-
 Class 4. An oxidizer that can undergo an explosive 3,5,5-trimethyecyclohexane 95 percent, di-(2-ethythexyl)
reaction as a result of contamination or exposure to peroxydicarbonate 97 percent, 2,5-dymethyl-2-5 di (ben-
thermal or physical shock. In addition, the oxidizer will zoylperoxy) hexane 92 percent, and peroxyacetic acid 43
enhance the burning rate and can cause spontane- percent.
ous ignition of combustibles.

APPENDIX E
Class III: acetyl cyclohexane sulfonal peroxide 29 percent, 3. Solids: cesium, hafnium, lithium, white or yellow phos-
benzoyl peroxide 78 percent, benzoyl peroxide paste 55 phorous, plutonium, potassium, rubidium, sodium, tho-
percent, benzoyl peroxide paste 50 percent peroxide/50 rium.
percent butylbenzylphthalate diluent, cumene hydroperox-
 Pyrophoric materials are two or more unmixed, com-
ide 86 percent, di-(4-butylcyclohexyl) peroxydicarbonate
mercially manufactured, prepackaged chemical sub-
98 percent, t-butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate 97 percent, t-
stances, including oxidizers, flammable liquids or
butyl peroxyneodecanoate 75 percent, decanoyl peroxide
solids or similar substances that are not indepen-
98.5 percent, di-t-butyl peroxide 99 percent, 1,1-di-(t-
dently classified as explosives but that, when mixed
butylperoxy)3,5,5-trimethylcyclohexane 75 percent, 2,4-
or combined, form an explosive that is intended for
dichlorobenzoyl peroxide 50 percent, di-isopropyl per-
blasting.
oxydicarbonate 30 percent, 2,-5-di-methyl-2,5-di-(2-ethyl-
hexanolyperoxy)-hexane 90 percent, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-di-
(t-butylperoxy) hexane 90 percent and methyl ethyl ketone
5005, and Chapter 64.
peroxide 9 percent active oxygen diluted in dimethyl
phthalate. E102.1.10 Unstable (reactive) materials. Examples include:
Class IV: benzoyl peroxide 70 percent, benzoyl peroxide Class 4: acetyl peroxide, dibutyl peroxide, dinitrobenzene,
paste 50 percent peroxide/15 percent water/35 percent ethyl nitrate, peroxyacetic acid and picric acid (dry) trini-
butylphthalate diluent, benzoyl peroxide slurry 40 percent, trobenzene.
benzoyl peroxide powder 35 percent, t-butyl hydroperox- Class 3: hydrogen peroxide (greater than 52 percent),
ide 70 percent, (with water diluent), t-butyl peroxy-2-eth- hydroxylamine, nitromethane, paranitroaniline, perchloric
ylhexanoate 50 percent, decumyl peroxide 98 percent, di- acid and tetrafluoroethylene monomer.
(2-ethylhexal) peroxydicarbonate 40 percent, laurel perox-
ide 98 percent, p-methane hydroperoxide 52.5 percent, Class 2: acrolein, acrylic acid, hydrazine, methacrylic
methyl ethyl ketone peroxide 5.5 percent active oxygen acid, sodium perchlorate, styrene and vinyl acetate.
and methyl ethyl ketone peroxide 9 percent active oxygen Class 1: acetic acid, hydrogen peroxide 35 percent to 52
diluted in water and glycols. percent, paraldehyde and tetrahydrofuran.
Class V: benzoyl peroxide 35 percent, 1,1-di-t-butyl per-  An unstable (reactive) material is a material, other
oxy 3,5,5-trimethylcyclohexane 40 percent, 2,5-di-(t-butyl than an explosive, that in its pure state or as commer-
peroxy) hexane 47 percent and 2,4-pentanedione peroxide cially produced, will vigorously polymerize, decom-
4 percent active oxygen. pose, condense or become self-reactive and undergo
 Unclassified detonable. Organic peroxides that are other violent chemical changes, including explosion,
capable of detonation. These peroxides pose an when:
extremely high explosion hazard through rapid explo- 1. Exposed to heat, friction, or shock;
sive decomposition.
2. In the absence of an inhibitor;
Class I. Those formulations that are capable of
3. In the presence of contaminants; or
deflagration but not detonation.
Class II. Those formulations that burn very rapidly 4. In contact with incompatible materials.
and that pose a moderate reactivity hazard. Unstable (reactive) materials are subdivided as fol-
Class III. Those formulations that burn rapidly and lows:
that pose a moderate reactivity hazard. Class 4. Materials that in themselves are readily
Class IV. Those formulations that burn in the capable of detonation, explosive decomposition or
same manner as ordinary combustibles and that reaction at normal temperatures and pressures.
pose a minimal reactivity hazard. This class includes materials that are sensitive to
mechanical or localized thermal shock at normal
Class V. Those formulations that burn with less
temperatures and pressures.
intensity than ordinary combustibles or do not
sustain combustion and that pose no reactivity Class 3. Materials that in themselves are capable
hazard. of detonation, explosive decomposition or reaction
Chemicals in this classification must meet the mini- but that require a strong initiating source or must
mum requirements of Sections 5001, 5003, 5004 and be heated under confinement before initiation.
5005, and Chapter 62. This class includes materials that are sensitive to
thermal or mechanical shock at elevated
E102.1.9 Pyrophoric materials. Examples include: temperatures and pressures.
1. Gases: diborane, phosphine, silane. Class 2. Materials that in themselves are normally
2. Liquids: diethylaluminum chloride, di-ethylberylli-um, unstable and readily undergo violent chemical
diethylphosphine, diethylzinc, dimethylarsine, triethyl- change but do not detonate. This class includes
aluminum etherate, tri-ethylbismuthine, triethylboron, materials that can undergo chemical change with
trimethylaluminum, trimethylgallium. rapid release of energy at normal temperatures
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
APPENDIX
APPENDIX E
and pressures, and that can undergo violent E102.2 Health hazards. Materials classified in this section
chemical change at elevated temperatures and pose a health hazard.
pressures.  If a chemical is classified as a health hazard, there is
Class 1. Materials that in themselves are normally statistically significant evidence that it can cause
stable but that can become unstable at elevated acute or chronic health effects in exposed persons.
temperatures and pressures. The term “health hazard” includes chemicals that are
toxic, highly toxic and corrosive.
mum requirements of Sections 5001, 5003, 5004 and E102.2.1 Highly toxic materials. Examples include:
5005, and Chapter 66. 1. Gases: arsine, cyanogen, diborane, fluorine, germane,
E102.1.11 Water-reactive materials. Examples include: hydrogen cyanide, nitric oxide, nitrogen dioxide,
ozone, phosphine, hydrogen selenide, stibine.
Class 3: aluminum alkyls such as triethylaluminum, isobu-
tylaluminum and trimethylaluminum; bromine pentafluo- 2. Liquids: acrolein, acrylic acid, 2-chloroethanol (ethyl-
ride, bromine trifluoride, chlorodiethylaluminium and ene chlorohydrin), hydrazine, hydrocyanic acid, 2-
diethylzinc. methylaziridine (propylenimine), 2-methyl-acetonitrile
(acetone cyanohydrin), methyl ester isocyanic acid
Class 2: calcium carbide, calcium metal, cyanogen bro-
(methyl isocyanate), nicotine, tetranitromethane and
mide, lithium hydride, methyldichlorosilane, potassium
tetraethylstannane (tetraethyltin).
metal, potassium peroxide, sodium metal, sodium perox-
ide, sulfuric acid and trichlorosilane. 3. Solids: (aceto) phenylmercury (phenyl mercuric ace-
tate), 4-aminopyridine, arsenic pentoxide, arsenic triox-
Class 1: acetic anhydride, sodium hydroxide, sulfur mono-
ide, calcium cyanide, 2-chloroacetophenone, aflatoxin
chloride and titanium tetrachloride.
B, decaborane(14), mercury (II) bromide (mercuric
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
 A water-reactive material explodes; violently reacts; bromide), mercury (II) chloride (corrosive mercury
produces flammable, toxic or other hazardous gases; chloride), pentachlorophenol, methyl parathion, phos-
or evolves enough heat to cause self-ignition or igni- phorus (white) and sodium azide.
tion of nearby combustibles upon exposure to water
 A highly toxic material produces a lethal dose or
or moisture. Water-reactive materials are subdivided
lethal concentration that falls within any of the follow-
as follows:
ing categories:
Class 3. Materials that react explosively with water
without requiring heat or confinement. 1. A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LD50)
of 50 milligrams or less per kilogram of body
Class 2. Materials that may form potentially
weight when administered orally to albino rats
explosive mixtures with water.
weighing between 200 and 300 grams each.
Class 1. Materials that may react with water with
some release of energy, but not violently. 2. A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LD50)
of 200 milligrams or less per kilogram of body
weight when administered by continuous
contact for 24 hours (or less if death occurs
within 24 hours) with the bare skin of albino
E102.1.12 Cryogenic fluids. The cryogenics listed will exist rabbits weighing between 2 and 3 kilograms
as compressed gases where they are stored at ambient tem- each.
peratures.
3. A chemical that has a median lethal
1. Flammable: carbon monoxide, deuterium (heavy concentration (LC50) in air of 200 parts per
hydrogen), ethylene, hydrogen, methane.
million by volume or less of gas or vapor, or 2
2. Oxidizing: fluorine, nitric oxide, oxygen. milligrams per liter or less of mist, fume or dust,
3. Corrosive: fluorine, nitric oxide. when administered by continuous inhalation for
4. Inert (chemically unreactive): argon, helium, krypton, 1 hour (or less if death occurs within 1 hour) to
neon, nitrogen, xenon. albino rats weighing between 200 and 300
grams each.
5. Highly toxic: fluorine, nitric oxide.
Mixtures of these materials with ordinary materials,
 A cryogenic fluid is liquid having a boiling point lower such as water, might not warrant classification as
than 150°F (101°C) at 14.7 pounds per square inch highly toxic. Although this system is basically simple
atmosphere (psia) (101 kPa). in application, any hazard evaluation that is required
A flammable cryogenic fluid is cryogenic fluid that for the precise categorization of this type of material
is flammable in its vapor state. must be performed by experienced, technically com-
Chemicals in this classification must meet the mini- petent persons.

APPENDIX E
Chemicals in this classification must meet the mini- (greater than 6 percent, perchloric, sulfuric (4 percent
mum requirements of Sections 5001, 5003, 5004 and or more).
5005, and Chapter 60. 2. Bases (alkalis): hydroxides-ammonium (greater than 10
E102.2.2 Toxic materials. Examples include: percent), calcium, potassium (greater than 1 percent),
1. Gases: boron trichloride, boron trifluoride, chlorine, sodium (greater than 1 percent); certain carbonates-
chlorine trifluoride, hydrogen fluoride, hydrogen sul- potassium.
fide, phosgene, silicon tetrafluoride. 3. Other corrosives: bromine, chlorine, fluorine, iodine,
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2. Liquids: acrylonitrile, allyl alcohol, alpha-chlorotolu- ammonia.
ene, aniline, 1-chloro-2,3-epoxypropane, chloroformic Note: Corrosives that are oxidizers, e.g., nitric acid, chlo-
acid (allyl ester), 3-chloropropene (allyl chloride), o- rine, fluorine; or are compressed gases, e.g., ammonia,
cresol, crotonaldehyde, dibromomethane, diisopropyl- chlorine, fluorine; or are water-reactive, e.g., concentrated
amine, diethyl ester sulfuric acid, dimethyl ester sulfu- sulfuric acid, sodium hydroxide, are physical hazards in
ric acid, 2-furaldehyde (furfural), furfural alcohol, addition to being health hazards.
phosphorus chloride, phosphoryl chloride (phosphorus  Corrosive chemicals cause visible destruction of, or
oxychloride) and thionyl chloride.
irreversible alterations in, living tissue by chemical
3. Solids: acrylamide, barium chloride, barium (II) nitrate, action at the point of contact. A chemical shall be
benzidine, p-benzoquinone, beryllium chloride, cad- considered corrosive if, when tested on the intact skin
mium chloride, cadmium oxide, chloroacetic acid, of albino rabbits by the method described in DOTn 49
chlorophenylmercury (phenyl mercuric chloride), chro- CFR, Part 173, it destroys or changes irreversibly the
mium (VI) oxide (chromic acid, solid), 2,4-dinitrotolu- structure of the tissue at the point of contact following
ene, hydroquinone, mercury chloride (calomel), an exposure period of 4 hours. This term does not
mercury (II) sulfate (mercuric sulfate), osmium tetrox- refer to action on inanimate surfaces.
ide, oxalic acid, phenol, P-phenylenediamine, phenyl- Chemicals in this classification must meet the mini-
hydrazine, 4-phenylmorpholine, phosphorus sulfide, mum requirements of Sections 5001, 5003, 5004 and
potassium fluoride, potassium hydroxide, selenium 5005, and Chapter 54.
(IV) disulfide and sodium fluoride.
 A toxic chemical falls within any of the following cate-
SECTION E103
gories:
EVALUATION OF HAZARDS
1. A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LD50) E103.1 Degree of hazard. The degree of hazard present
of more than 50 milligrams per kilogram, but not depends on many variables that should be considered individ-
more than 500 milligrams per kilogram of body ually and in combination. Some of these variables are as
weight when administered orally to albino rats shown in Sections E103.1.1 through E103.1.5.
weighing between 200 and 300 grams each.  How can the degree of hazard presented by the vari-
2. A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LD50) ous chemicals that may be in the structure under
of more than 200 milligrams per kilogram but design or review be determined? The only way to
not more than 1,000 milligrams per kilogram of ensure that the structure is constructed or reviewed
body weight when administered by continuous to the correct standards is to obtain and review the
contact for 24 hours (or less if death occurs MSDS on the specific chemicals proposed. Owners
within 24 hours) with the bare skin of albino can expect their structures to be required to meet a
rabbits weighing between 2 and 3 kilograms number of federal laws that regulate hazardous mate-
each. rials, including: the Superfund Amendments and
Reauthorization Act of 1986 (SARA), the Resource
3. In air of more than 200 parts per million but not Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (RCRA), the
more than 2,000 parts per million by volume of Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (HMTA), the
gas or vapor, or more than 2 milligrams per liter Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA), the
but not more than 20 milligrams per liter of mist, Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) and the Clean
fume or dust, when administered by continuous Air Act and Title III of SARA.
inhalation for 1 hour (or less if death occurs Community building/fire departments must make
within 1 hour) to albino rats weighing between certain that the properties in their areas meet Title III
200 and 300 grams each. of SARA, which regulates the packaging, labeling,
Chemicals in this classification must meet the mini- handling, storage and transportation of hazardous
mum requirements of Sections 5001, 5003, 5004 and materials. The law requires facilities to furnish infor-
5005, and Chapter 60. mation about the quantities and health effects of
materials used at the facility and to promptly notify
E102.2.3 Corrosives. Examples include:
local and state officials whenever a significant
1. Acids: Examples: chromic, formic, hydrochloric (muri- release of hazardous materials occurs. Title 42,
atic) greater than 15 percent, hydrofluoric, nitric Chapter 116, Subchapter II, Section 11021 of the
APPENDIX
APPENDIX E
Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know pared to air) are both physical properties that are important in
Act contains the following requirements for the sub- evaluating the hazards of a material.
mittal of MSDS:  When we think of physical properties, what should we
Basic requirement be looking for in the MSDS?
1. Submission of MSDS or list Flammable and combustible liquids classifications
are determined by their chemical flash points and
The owner or operator of any facility which is boiling points. The only difference between the vari-
required to prepare or have available a material ous classifications of flammable and combustible liq-
safety data sheet for a hazardous chemical under the uids is the degree difference in these two chemical
Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (29 U.S. properties.
C. 651 et seq.) and regulations promulgated under Ignition temperature is the temperature that the fuel
that Act shall submit a material safety data sheet for in air must be heated for self-sustained combustion
each chemical. without help from a heat source. This gives the
These MSDS are a guide to determining the spe- MSDS user a point to determine how the method of
cific hazards presented to a community. The sections storage can change the properties of the chemical.
that follow, along with their commentary, should help Flammability range is a very important property to
determine whether the MSDS is complete and correct understand because it will relate to the amount of
in identifying the properties and characteristics of the ventilation that may be required to satisfy the Interna-
hazardous materials expected in the subject occu- tional Mechanical Code® (IMC®). If a storage atmo-
pancy. sphere is within the flammability range, a dangerous
E103.1.1 Chemical properties of the material. Chemical situation exists. In this condition the only element
properties of the material determine self reactions and reac- missing to start a fire is an ignition source; thus, an
tions that could occur with other materials. Generally, materi- incident could happen at any time. In the reverse,
als within subdivisions of hazard categories will exhibit when the storage arrangement is outside the flamma-
similar chemical properties. However, materials with similar bility range, a much safer condition exists because
chemical properties could pose very different hazards. Each the air-to-chemical ratio must be within the range
individual material should be researched to determine its haz- prior to a dangerous incident.
ardous properties and then considered in relation to other Specific gravity is the weight of the item compared
materials that it might contact and the surrounding environ- to the weight of an equal volume of water. Water is
ment. given a specific gravity of 1.00. If the chemical has a
specific gravity less than 1.00, the chemical will float
 When we think of chemical properties, what should
on water. For that reason, water would not be an
we be looking for in the MSDS in terms of reactivity
effective extinguishing tool. Also, the chemical will
hazards?
flow with any runoff of fire-fighting water. Diking or
Hypergolic materials are those chemicals that will
another containment method is needed to contain the
ignite when they come in contact with each other.
fire-fighting water and chemicals. If the chemical has
Rocket propellants and military munitions are the
a specific gravity greater than 1.00, the chemical will
most common uses of this type of material.
sink in water. It is important to note that most flamma-
Pyrophoric materials react and ignite on contact
ble liquids have a specific gravity less than 1.00.
with air. Common storage practices have this type of
Review the MSDS for the specific requirements for
material stored in inert substances or under pressure
the chemicals.
in sealed containers to prevent the introduction of air.
Vapor density is similar to specific gravity; how-
Water-reactive materials will react on contact with
ever, it is a comparison between the densities of a
water. It is very important to the emergency person-
gas/vapor and air. Again, air is given a density of
nel that these chemicals be identified and labeled
1.00. If the chemical has a vapor density less than
properly. The use of fire hoses and sprinklers with
1.00, it will rise. In many cases the vapor density
this type of material can be very dangerous for the
being less than 1.00 is a good property because
responding personnel.
there are far fewer high ignition sources; however,
Unstable materials can violently decompose with
remember that in an incident, the gas/vapor can be
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
little or no outside stimulus. Several of the materials

spread over a larger area. The spreading can reduce
used in the development of plastics can exhibit these
the flammability range enough to greatly lessen the
traits.
possibility of a fire. If the vapor density is greater than
E103.1.2 Physical properties of the material. Physical 1.00, the gas/vapor will sink to the lowest point in the
properties, such as whether a material is a solid, liquid or gas storage area. An example of a protection method in
at ordinary temperatures and pressures, considered along with the codes for this property is the requirement that
chemical properties will determine requirements for contain- gas-fired appliances in garages must be 18 inches
ment of the material. Specific gravity (weight of a liquid (457 mm) above the floor surface. This allows a
compared to water) and vapor density (weight of a gas com- chemical with a high vapor density to spread across

APPENDIX E
the floor surface without encountering an ignition Ceiling limit (TLVC) is the amount of chemical that
source. normally will not cause immediate irritation. This limit
Water solubility refers to the chemical’s ability to should never be reached in normal operation, even
mix with water. This information can be used in creat- for an instant.
ing a proper response to an emergency incident.
E103.1.3.1 Mixtures. Gases—toxic and highly toxic gases
E103.1.3 Amount and concentration of the material. The include those gases that have an LC50 of 2,000 parts per mil-
amount of material present and its concentration must be con- lion (ppm) or less when rats are exposed for a period of 1
sidered along with physical and chemical properties to deter- hour or less. To maintain consistency with the definitions for
mine the magnitude of the hazard. Hydrogen peroxide, for these materials, exposure data for periods other than 1 hour
example, is used as an antiseptic and a hair bleach in low con- must be normalized to 1 hour. To classify mixtures of com-
centrations (approximately 8 percent in water solution). Over pressed gases that contain one or more toxic or highly toxic
8 percent, hydrogen peroxide is classed as an oxidizer and is components, the LC50 of the mixture must be determined.
toxic. Above 90 percent, it is a Class 4 oxidizer “that can Mixtures that contain only two components are binary mix-
undergo an explosive reaction when catalyzed or exposed to tures. Those that contain more than two components are mul-
heat, shock or friction,” a definition that incidentally also ticomponent mixtures. Where two or more hazardous
places hydrogen peroxide over 90-percent concentration in substances (components) having an LC50 below 2,000 ppm
the unstable (reactive) category. Small amounts at high con- are present in a mixture, their combined effect, rather than
centrations could present a greater hazard than large amounts that of the individual substance components, must be consid-
at low concentrations. ered. In the absence of information to the contrary, the effects
 Many chemicals exhibit combined chemical traits, of the hazards present must be considered as additive. Excep-
one of which is toxicity. The amount of damage that tions to the above rule could be made when there is a good
can be inflicted on the environment is based on the reason to believe that the principal effects of the different
toxicity and the threshold limit values, lethal dosage, harmful substances (components) are not additive.
lethal concentration or emergency exposure limits. For binary mixtures where the hazardous component is
Review the chemicals that will be housed in the diluted with a nontoxic gas such as an inert gas, the LC50 of
structure or used in the process. Look at their chemi- the mixture is estimated by use of the methodology contained
cal, physical and toxicity properties. The method of in CGA P-20. The hazard zones specified in CGA P-20 are
storage and the amounts of chemical will also play a applicable for DOTn purposes and shall not be used for haz-
major role in determining hazards. Chemical and ard classification.
physical characteristics were covered in Sections
E103.1.1 and E103.1.2. This section covers the prop-  This information allows evaluation of the methods of
erties of toxicity. calculation submitted by the chemical engineer. It is
Threshold limit value, also known as “time not designed for the inspector/plans examiner to per-
weighted average” (TLV/TWA), is the maximum form the calculations during inspection or plan
amount of chemical that the human body can be review. Mixtures and chemicals should be evaluated
exposed to for 8 hours a day or 40 hours a week with- by a qualified person such as a chemical engineer,
out dangerous effects. This number is important with the information submitted to the inspector/plans
when checking or reviewing the ventilation for a struc- examiner. MSDS for the specific mixtures can be
ture. TLV/TWA is normally expressed in parts per mil- submitted in place of separate chemical engineering
lion, while others are sometimes expressed as a evaluations. Calculations for toxic gas mixtures are
percentage per billion. This is the number of mole- included in the referenced standard CGA P-20 and
cules of chemical per molecules of air. It is important will bring consistency to the definition of “Toxic gas
to note that the smaller the ratio, the more toxic the mixtures.” It is easy to determine the proper hazard
material. classification of toxic gas mixtures by using CGA P-
Lethal dosage (LD) is the minimum amount of solid 20.
or liquid that, when ingested or absorbed through the E103.1.4 Actual use, activity or process involving the
skin, may be fatal. MSDS provide this information typ- material. The definition of handling, storage and use in
ically as LD50. This notation represents the amount of closed systems refers to materials in packages or containers.
chemical that will kill at least 50 percent of the test Dispensing and use in open containers or systems describes
subjects when exposed. The amount is expressed in situations where a material is exposed to ambient conditions
milligrams per kilogram of body weight. or vapors are liberated to the atmosphere. Dispensing and use
Lethal concentration (LC) is the minimum concen- in open systems, then, are generally more hazardous situa-
tration in the gaseous state that, when inhaled, may tions than handling, storage or use in closed systems. The
be fatal. MSDS provide this information typically as actual use or process could include heating, electric or other
LC50. This notation is expressed in milligrams per sparks, catalytic or reactive materials and many other factors
liter. that could affect the hazard and must therefore be thoroughly
Emergency exposure limit or TLV short-term expo- analyzed.
sure limit (EEL or TLVSTEL) is the maximum amount
of chemical that can be tolerated with no permanent  The owner must be asked how the products will be
toxic effects. used in the facility. Tables 5003.1.1(1) and (2) are
APPENDIX
APPENDIX E
based on normal storage arrangements, open sys- thus, different protection and exempt amounts are
tems and closed systems. The amount of chemical allowed and required for the chemical. It is important
allowed per control area is based on how the chemi- to note that the changing of one letter in the chemical
cal is being used or stored. Correct interpretation of name can change a chemical that is not considered
the tables depends on knowing how the chemicals hazardous to one that is extremely hazardous. Pre-
will be used. Remember that any process that cise information is required to determine whether a
changes the chemical traits must be accounted for. hazardous use group designation is needed.
These would include preheating and pressurizing the 2. What are the concentration and strength?
chemicals.
 Based on the blend, concentration and strength of
E103.1.5 Surrounding conditions. Conditions such as other
solution, each chemical takes on different traits. One
materials or processes in the area, type of construction of the
MSDS does not cover all concentrations and blends;
structure, fire protection features (e.g., fire walls, sprinkler
a separate MSDS must be submitted for each spe-
systems, alarms, etc.), occupancy (use) of adjoining areas,
cific chemical.
normal temperatures, exposure to weather, etc., must be taken
into account in evaluating the hazard. 3. What is the physical form of the material? Liquids,
gases and finely divided solids have differing require-
 Final elements in determining hazards are the condi- ments for spill and leak control and containment.
tions of storage and use. Will the chemical be in out-
door storage, indoor storage or in a detached  The physical form of the material is important from
building? What types of protection for the chemicals the standpoint of hazards and the concept of fire.
are proposed? What types of protection are required Gases are more dangerous than liquids and liquids
for the type of hazard? What are the requirements for are more dangerous than solids. Understanding the
temperature control for the chemicals? What types of form and makeup of the chemical will assist in deter-
processes will the chemicals be used in? The mining the danger to the structure and the commu-
answers to these questions will determine whether nity. Each physical form will have its own problems
the proposed structure meets the minimum require- with protection and containment that must be consid-
ments of the code. ered in the review.
E103.2 Evaluation questions. The following are sample 4. How much material is present? Consider in relation to
evaluation questions: permit amounts, maximum allowable quantity per
control area (from Group H occupancy require-
 Evaluating each chemical proposed to be in a struc-
ments), amounts that require detached storage and
ture and determining whether the structure will be a
overall magnitude of the hazard.
hazardous use group is very important. In today’s
society, even those occupancies that would normally  A review of the chemicals and amounts of product
not be thought of as having hazardous materials can that will be present will raise some questions: Will the
have enough involved in production to change the chemicals be in an open or closed container? What
use group. For example, during review of a dentist’s type of protection will be provided? Will the chemical
office (normally considered a business use group) be placed in control areas in accordance with Section
MSDS were requested for all chemicals, along with 5003.8.2? Will the amounts be more than the exempt
the amounts and storage methods. When the MSDS amounts allowed by Tables 5003.1.1 and 5003.1.1(2)
were received, the chemicals reported included one or be one of the exceptions listed in Section 5001.1?
that was listed as explosive when at room tempera- The answers to these questions will govern the types
ture. The occupancy was to have 3 pounds (1.4 kg) of of requirements that must be addressed.
the product. 5. What other materials (including furniture, equipment
The introduction of this one chemical made the and building components) are close enough to interact
structure move from a Group B use to a Group H-1 with the material?
use, and the product had to be stored in a detached
storage building.These questions must be asked and  Will other items be stored close to the chemical stor-
evaluated to determine whether a building is a Group age? Will the storage of other chemicals that are nor-
H use. mally not hazardous cause a more hazardous
condition when mixed with the hazardous chemicals
1. What is the material? Correct identification is impor-
in an emergency? Is the fire load of the area
tant; exact spelling is vital. Check labels, MSDS, ask
increased by the presence of the chemicals and gen-
responsible persons, etc.
eral storage? If so, additional protection may be
 The properties of chemicals change with the mixture, required based on the additional fire loading and haz-
manufacturer and blends. Generic information cannot ards created.
be used; information recorded on the MSDS must 6. What are the likely reactions?
match the exact chemical that will be used. Currently,
there are at least six different blends of diesel fuel  Will the mixing of chemical or fire protection features
that, based on the flash point and boiling point, can create a dangerous or hazardous condition if the
range from a Class IC to a Class III flammable liquid; chemicals are not separated into different contain-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

APPENDIX E
ment areas? Checking the MSDS for adverse reac- 11.3. Enclosure in cabinets or rooms.
tions to other products in the storage area is  Third-party tested hazardous materials storage cabi-
extremely important. nets can be used to increase the exempt amounts
7. What is the activity involving the material? allowed by Tables 5003.1.1(1) and (2). These cabi-
 What process will the chemical be used in? Will the nets must meet the minimum requirements of Sec-
physical conditions of the chemical be changed by tions 5003.8.4, 6004.1.2 and other related sections.
heating, pressurizing or other methods during the Gas rooms must meet the requirements of Sections
use, process or manufacturing of the final product? It 5003.8.3, 6004.1.2 and other related sections. Flam-
is important to note that some nonhazardous chemi- mable liquid storage rooms must meet the require-
cals, through the processing phases, can create a ments of Section 5704.3.7.3 and related codes.
hazardous atmosphere. As much information and 11.4. Spill control, drainage and containment.
knowledge as possible of the processing system and  If one can minimize the spill area and contain any
use of the chemical must be gained for a good accidental release, the amount of potential damage
review/inspection process. will be greatly reduced. Cleanup will be easier and
8. How does the activity impact the hazardous character- the hazard reduced for fire service and emergency
istics of the material? Consider vapors released or workers. Spill control, drainage and containment
hazards otherwise exposed. must meet the minimum requirements of Section
 Is the chemical being used in an open atmosphere? 5004.2 and related sections. Remember that the con-
Chemicals in an open system are normally much tainment area is, in a lot of cases, more hazardous
more dangerous than they would be in a closed sys- than the initial storage area.
tem. When dealing with a toxic chemical, what types 11.5. Control systems-ventilation, special electrical,
of filters are required to protect personnel and the detection and alarm, extinguishment, explo-
environment? sion venting, limit controls, exhaust scrubbers
9. What must the material be protected from? Consider and excess flow control.
other materials, temperature, shock, pressure, etc.  The methods of control, how much ventilation, spe-
 High explosives can be detonated by light to moder- cial detection and alarms will be obtained from the
ate shock. Some chemicals can react to changes in MSDS. Section 5003 contains guidance into require-
temperatures. Containers under pressure can react ments for additional protection.
violently. The MSDS must be checked for these types 11.6. Administrative (operational) controls-signs,
of hazards to make certain protective storage and ignition source control, security, personnel
use arrangements fit requirements. training, established procedures, storage plans
10. What effects of the material must people and the envi- and emergency plans.
ronment be protected from? Evaluation of the hazard is a strongly subjective process;
therefore, the person charged with this responsibility must
 What are the dangers to the environment or to per- gather as much relevant data as possible so that the decision
sonnel if there is an emergency release? Dikes, spe- will be objective and within the limits prescribed in laws, pol-
cial filters, distance from other structures and other icies and standards.
methods of protection may be required to reduce the
impact from an emergency release. It could be necessary to cause the responsible persons in
charge to have tests made by qualified persons or testing lab-
11. How can protection be accomplished? Consider:
oratories to support contentions that a particular material or
11.1. Proper containers and equipment. process is or is not hazardous. See Section 104.7.2 of the
 Plastic pint bottles, glass bottles, safety cans, drums, International Fire Code.
barrels, above-ground tanks and underground tanks  Posting signs, as required by Section 5003.5, is an
are just a few of the types of containers that may be important component to alert emergency response
used for storage. Each type of container has special personnel to possible dangers to them and the com-
requirements for size and methods of storage. These munity. Section 5003.7 contains guidance on the
requirements can be found in Chapter 50 and other requirements for ignition source controls. Section
related references. 5003.9.1 contains information on personnel training.
11.2. Separation by distance or construction. Section 5003.9.2 contains information on security.
Storage plans and emergency plans requirements
 Group H-1 use areas must be located in a detached can be found in Sections 407, 408 and 5001.4.1 and
building. Outdoor storage must be separated from other related sections. Having an up-to-date emer-
other buildings and property lines by distances as gency plan is very important to both the community
outlined in Section 5003.12 and other related sec- and emergency services; however, it is often over-
tions. looked.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
APPENDIX
APPENDIX E
SECTION E104
CGA P-20— Standard for Classification
(2009) of Toxic Mixtures E103.1.3.1
CGA P-23— Standard for Categorizing
(2008) Gas Mixtures Containing
Flammable and
Nonflammable
Components E102.1.2
ICC IFC—15 International Fire Code E101.1,
E102.1.1,
E102.1.8.1,
E103.2

--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
APPENDIX
Appendix F:
Hazard Ranking

The presence of hazardous materials in all types of The code regulates the storage, dispensing and use of
occupancies is becoming more common. While indus- all hazardous materials classified as either physical or
trial facilities are constantly developing and expanding health hazards. These materials pose diverse hazards,
their use of hazardous materials, significant quantities including instability, reactivity, flammability, oxidizing
of an ever-increasing variety of materials can also be potential or toxicity; therefore, identifying them by haz-
found in other occupancies, such as hospitals, research ard ranking is essential. The information in this appen-
laboratories and even mercantile uses. Knowledge of dix is intended to be a companion to the specific
hazardous materials within a given occupancy is essen- requirements of Chapters 51 through 67.
tial not only for proper code enforcement but also for The table included in this appendix lists the various
prefire planning purposes. Although submittal of Mate- hazardous materials categories that are defined in
rial Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) and compliance with Chapter 2 of the code, along with the NFPA 704 hazard
right-to-know legislation are necessary to determine the ranking for each. Once a specific material is properly
proper mitigation means for all hazardous materials, it is identified and categorized as meeting a given hazard-
also true that in an emergency response situation, ous material definition, the appropriate flammability,
responders must have a clear and readily available health, reactivity, oxidizing and special hazard designa-
warning of the material hazards that confront them. The tions of the NFPA 704 system can be readily found in
NFPA 704 hazard classification system was developed the table.
for that express purpose and it is the intent of this
appendix to provide the fire code official with a ready
reference tool for approval of the hazard warnings
required by Chapter 50, among others.
SECTION F101 degree of hazard assigned for the same material can vary
GENERAL when assessed by different people of equal competence.
F101.1 Scope. Assignment of levels of hazards to be applied The hazard rankings assigned to each class represent rea-
to specific hazard classes as required by NFPA 704 shall be sonable minimum hazard levels for a given class based on the
in accordance with this appendix. The appendix is based on use of criteria established by NFPA 704. Specific cases of use
application of the degrees of hazard as defined in NFPA 704 or storage may dictate the use of higher degrees of hazard in
arranged by hazard class as for specific categories defined in certain cases.
Chapter 2 of the International Fire Code and used through-
These two paragraphs explain the rationale for the
out.
hazard rankings shown in Table F101.2. The word of
This paragraph establishes the relationship between caution sounded here is that rankings will vary
the hazardous materials definitions found in Chapter depending on the circumstances of each individual
2 and the methods used in NFPA 704 to establish the application. In addition, because fire code officials are
degree of hazard for a wide variety of hazardous required to use personal judgement to determine rank-
materials. ings, those rankings may vary from one official to
F101.2 General. The hazard rankings shown in Table F101.2 another because of their differing personal back-
have been established by using guidelines found within grounds and experience.
NFPA 704. As noted in Section 4.2 of NFPA 704, there could The message given in the last sentence of the first
be specific reasons to alter the degree of hazard assigned to a paragraph is very significant. The fire code official will
specific material; for example, ignition temperature, flamma- be called upon to use every bit of knowledge gained
ble range or susceptibility of a container to rupture by an through years of experience to make judgments of
internal combustion explosion or to metal failure while under hazards on a case-by-case basis. The rankings shown
pressure or because of heat from external fire. As a result, the in Table F101.2 are minimums. The fire code official
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Code Council FIRE CODE® COMMENTARY APPENDIX F-1
APPENDIX F
may decide that circumstances in individual cases Diamond” sign depicted in Chapter 9 of NFPA 704
require higher rankings than are shown in the table. and required by Sections 407.3 and 5003.5. Consis-
As an example of how conditions can cause a tent with Section 5001.2.2, the materials listed in this
change in ranking, consider this. The method of stor- table may posses multiple hazard characteristics that
age and processing of a chemical can greatly change must be displayed in additional quadrants of the
the ranking. If a Class IIIB combustible liquid is pre- “NFPA 704 Diamond.” The construction and content
heated to its flashpoint, or pressurized to greater than of the signs must be approved by the fire code official
15 psi (103 kPa), it will exhibit the same traits as a as required by Section 5003.6. Note that the designa-
Class IA flammable liquid. Thus, the ranking would tions in this table are not to be confused with occu-
change from a 1 (F1) in the flammable diamond to a 4 pancy group designations established by Chapter 3
(F4). This increase in ranking is a result of the change of the International Building Code® (IBC®).
of storage method and process, not any change in the
chemical makeup of the combustible liquid.
TABLE F101.2. See below.
The alpha-numeric designations indicated in this table
represent the primary hazard information that is to
appear in the various quadrants of the “NFPA 704
TABLE F101.2
FIRE FIGHTER WARNING PLACARD DESIGNATIONS BASED ON HAZARD CLASSIFICATION CATEGORIES
HAZARD CATEGORY DESIGNATION
F2
F2
Combustible liquid II F1
Combustible liquid IIIA F4
Combustible liquid IIIB F3
Combustible dust F4, H3
Combustible fiber
Cryogenic flammable OX, H3
Cryogenic oxidizing R4
Explosive F2
Flammable solid F4
Flammable gas (gaseous) F4
Flammable gas (liquefied) F4
Flammable liquid IA F3
Flammable liquid IB F3
Flammable liquid IC R4
Organic peroxide, UD
Organic peroxide I F4, R3
Organic peroxide II F3, R3
Organic peroxide III F2, R2
Organic peroxide IV F1, R1
Organic peroxide V None
Oxidizing gas (gaseous) OX
Oxidizing gas (liquefied) OX
Oxidizer 4 OX4
Oxidizer 3 OX3
Oxidizer 2
Oxidizer 1 OX2
Pyrophoric gases OX1
Pyrophoric solids, liquids F4
Unstable reactive 4D F3
Unstable reactive 3D R4
Unstable reactive 3N R4
Unstable reactive 2 R2
Unstable reactive 1 R2
Water reactive 3
Water reactive 2 None
Corrosive W3
Toxic W2
Highly toxic H3, COR
H3
H4
F—Flammable category. COR—Corrosive.
R—Reactive category. UD—Unclassified detonable material.
H—Health category. 4D—Class 4 detonable material.
W—Special hazard: water reactive. 3D—Class 3 detonable material.
OX—Special hazard: oxidizing properties. --`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3N—Class 3 nondetonable material.
APPENDIX
Copyright International F-2
APPENDIX F
SECTION F102
ICC IFC—15 International Fire Code F101.1
NFPA 704—12 Standard System for F101.1
Identification of the Hazards F101.2
of Materials for Emergency
Response

Code Council FIRE CODE® COMMENTARY APPENDIX F-3
APPENDIX
Copyright International F-4
Appendix G:
Cryogenic Fluids—Weight and
Volume Equivalents
This appendix is for information purposes and is not intended for adoption.
General Comments nonflammable are used. The presence of oxygen, for

example, will greatly increase the combustibility of ordi-
Chapter 55 of the code regulates cryogenic fluids (lique- nary combustible materials, and may even cause some
fied gases) that are used to provide very low tempera- noncombustible materials like carbon steel to burn read-
tures in a variety of scientific and industrial processes. ily under the right conditions. Liquefied inert gases,
Low temperatures in cryogenic processes are achieved such as liquid nitrogen or liquid helium, are also capa-
primarily by the liquefaction of gases, resulting in the ble, under the right conditions, of condensing oxygen
family of hazardous materials known as cryogenic fluids from the atmosphere and causing unsuspected oxygen
(see the commentary to the definition of “Cryogenic enrichment or entrapment in areas where there may be
fluid” in Section 202). More than 25 such cryogens are ignition sources. Reduction of such conditions, and the
currently in use in the cryogenic industry; however, this potential asphyxiation hazard of cryogenic fluids (lique-
appendix focuses on the six that account for the great- fied gases) discussed above, may be accomplished, in
est volume of use and application in research and part, by a properly designed ventilation system.
industry: helium, hydrogen, nitrogen, argon, oxygen and To properly apply the requirements of Chapter 55 to
liquefied natural gas (LNG; methane). reduce the hazards discussed here, the volume of gas
Although cryogenic fluids are characterized by capable of being generated by a cryogenic fluid installa-
extreme low temperatures, ranging from a boiling point tion must be determined. Rather than leaving such
of 258.5°F (161.4°C) for LNG to 453.1°F (269.5°C) for determination to case-by-case mathematical calcula-
helium, they also posses another hazard characteristic: tion, this appendix gives the fire code official and design
a high volume expansion ratio from liquid to gas, from professional a convenient tool for determining the cor-
approximately 696 to 1 for nitrogen, to 860 to 1 for oxy- rect gas volumes for selected cryogenic fluids. For fur-
gen. And while argon, helium, oxygen and nitrogen in ther discussion of cryogenic fluids, see the commentary
the cryogenic range are not toxic or flammable, they can to Chapter 55.
cause asphyxiation by displacing the air necessary for
the support of life when released. Even pure oxygen, an
oxidizer, may have harmful physiological effects if it is Purpose
breathed over an extended period. This appendix gives the fire code official a ready refer-
There is also the flammable gas hazard when cryo- ence tool for the conversion of the liquid weight and vol-
genic fluids, such as hydrogen and LNG, are stored or ume of cryogenic fluid to their corresponding volume of
used. However, the fire hazard may also be greatly gas and vice versa.
increased when cryogenic fluids normally thought to be
SECTION G101 Anyone who has followed a truck containing liquid

GENERAL nitrogen down a highway has seen the vapor plume
G101.1 Scope. This appendix is used to convert from liquid venting from the tank. Anyone who has watched the
to gas for cryogenic fluids. launch of a liquid-fueled rocket, such as the space
shuttle booster or the Saturn V used to put Apollo
This appendix gives the liquid volume for the most fre- capsules in moon orbit, has seen a vapor plume com-
quently used cryogenic fluids for a given weight at the ing from the liquid oxygen tanks. In both cases the
normal boiling point of the liquid, and then shows the plume is water vapor that has been condensed from
volume of gas that will expand from that volume of liq- the air by the cold gas escaping from the tanks
uid at normal temperature and pressure (NTP). An through overpressure valves.
example showing how to use the table is given in the All of these common cryogenics represent hazards
paragraphs that follow. of one kind or another. LNG and hydrogen are both
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
®
Code Council FIRE CODE COMMENTARY APPENDIX G-1
APPENDIX G
flammable and present combustion and explosion portable oxygen bottles for individuals needing
hazards at concentrations that are addressed in breathing assistance. An exhaust hood will be
Chapter 55. Oxygen can also contribute tremen- installed over the tank to assist in carrying off any
dously to the intensity of a fire, its size and its spread. oxygen vapors. To be determined is whether the floor
On the other hand, helium, argon and nitrogen are structure of the existing room will carry the added
nonflammable, but are not breathable. Helium, being load of the filled tank and also what volume of oxygen
lighter than air, would rise to the highest levels of the gas would have to be exhausted in case of a valve
storage space, presenting a minimal hazard unless failure.
the concentration became so large that it displaced Table G101.2 shows that 1 gallon (3.785 L) of LOX
breathable air at lower levels. Nitrogen and argon are weighs 9.527 pounds (4.3 kg). The weight of the tank
heavier and would concentrate at lower levels, dis- and its contents may then be calculated as follows:
placing breathable air.
75 gal.× 9.527 lb/gal = 714.525 lb (324.4 kg)
G101.2 Conversion. Table G101.2 shall be used to deter- 714.525 lb + 200 lb = 915 lb (415 kg)
mine the equivalent amounts of cryogenic fluids in either the Add safety factor of 2 = 1,830 lb (831 kg)
liquid or gas phase.
The floor structure would have to support the added
Table G101.2 is a convenient reference to determine load of the LOX tank and its contents having a weight
the volume of gas that will expand from a given vol- of approximately 2,000 pounds (1080 kg) [see the
ume of cryogenic fluid. This kind of information is commentary to Chapter 16 of the International
important to the decision of what quantities can be Building Code® (IBC®) for discussion of structural
safely stored or used under any set of conditions and loads].
also to the determination of what ventilation capacity Table G101.2 also shows that 1 gallon (3.785 L) of
would be required for those storage or use condi- LOX will expand to 115.05 cubic feet (3.26 m3) of gas.
tions. Assuming the tank is full and a valve failure would
G101.2.1 Use of the table. To use Table G101.2, read hori- result in the tank emptying completely in 2 hours, the
zontally across the line of interest. For example, to determine exhaust hood would have to be able to remove the
the number of cubic feet of gas contained in 1.0 gallon (3.785 following volume of gas:
L) of liquid argon, find 1.000 in the column entitled “Volume
75 gal. × 115.05 cu. ft./gal. = 8628.75 cu. ft.
of Liquid at Normal Boiling Point.” Reading across the line
under the column entitled “Volume of Gas at NTP” (70°F and (244.4 m3) total
1 atmosphere/14.7 psia), the value of 112.45 cubic feet (3.184 8628.75 cu. ft. ÷ 120 min. = 71.9 cfm (2 m3/min)
m3) is found. The exhaust hood fan would have to be able to
remove 72 cubic feet per minute (cfm) (0.03 m3/s) of
This example emphasizes the importance of expan- gas from the room.
sion volume of these cryogenic liquids to determining This example is obviously a simplified version of a
safe storage and use conditions. Leakage of as little real problem. In real-world terms, more information
as 10 gallons (38 L) of liquid argon would displace all would be needed about the volume of the room the
air in a space measuring 10 feet by 10 feet by 10 feet tank is in, and additional safety features to make sure
(3048 mm by 3048 mm by 3048 mm), unless the ven- no spark sources or flammable materials are added
tilation system for this space is sized to remove the where concentrations of oxygen could intensify a fire
expanding gas as it escapes from its container or would need to be considered. But it does serve to
transport system. show how Table G101.2 can be used to help design-
G101.2.2 Other quantities. If other quantities are of interest, ers, contractors, inspectors, plans examiners and
the numbers obtained can be multiplied or divided to obtain building owners and tenants determine whether
planned installations meet minimum safety require- --`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
the quantity of interest. For example, to determine the num-
ber of cubic feet of argon gas contained in a volume of 1,000 ments.
gallons (3785 L) of liquid argon at its normal boiling point,
multiply 112.45 by 1,000 to obtain 112,450 cubic feet (3184
m3).
This example shows that the basic numbers in the
table can be used to calculate the effect of any quan-
tity of cryogenic liquid on any given storage or work
space.
The table can also be used to calculate needed
information about design requirements. Consider this
simplified example:
Assume a cryogenic tank that holds 75 gallons
(284 L) of liquid oxygen (LOX) and weighs 200
pounds (91 kg) empty. The tank is to be located in a
room in an existing retirement home building to fill
APPENDIX
Copyright International G-2
APPENDIX G
TABLE G101.2
WEIGHT AND VOLUME EQUIVALENTS FOR COMMON CRYOGENIC FLUIDS
VOLUME OF LIQUID AT NORMAL
WEIGHT OF LIQUID OR GAS VOLUME OF GAS AT NTP
CRYOGENIC FLUID BOILING POINT
Pounds Kilograms Liters Gallons Cubic feet Cubic meters
1.000 0.454 0.326 0.086 9.67 0.274
2.205 1.000 0.718 0.190 21.32 0.604
3.072 1.393 1.000 0.264 29.71 0.841
Argon
11.628 5.274 3.785 1.000 112.45 3.184
10.340 4.690 3.366 0.889 100.00 2.832
3.652 1.656 1.189 0.314 35.31 1.000
1.000 0.454 3.631 0.959 96.72 2.739
2.205 1.000 8.006 2.115 213.23 6.038
0.275 0.125 1.000 0.264 26.63 0.754
Helium
1.042 0.473 3.785 1.000 100.82 2.855
1.034 0.469 3.754 0.992 100.00 2.832
0.365 0.166 1.326 0.350 35.31 1.000
1.000 0.454 6.409 1.693 191.96 5.436
2.205 1.000 14.130 3.733 423.20 11.984
0.156 0.071 1.000 0.264 29.95 0.848
Hydrogen
0.591 0.268 3.785 1.000 113.37 3.210
0.521 0.236 3.339 0.882 100.00 2.832
0.184 0.083 1.179 0.311 35.31 1.000
1.000 0.454 0.397 0.105 12.00 0.342
2.205 1.000 0.876 0.231 26.62 0.754
2.517 1.142 1.000 0.264 30.39 0.861
Oxygen
9.527 4.321 3.785 1.000 115.05 3.250
8.281 3.756 3.290 0.869 100.00 2.832
2.924 1.327 1.162 0.307 35.31 1.000
1.000 0.454 0.561 0.148 13.80 0.391
2.205 1.000 1.237 0.327 30.43 0.862
1.782 0.808 1.000 0.264 24.60 0.697
Nitrogen
6.746 3.060 3.785 1.000 93.11 2.637
7.245 3.286 4.065 1.074 100.00 2.832
2.558 1.160 1.436 0.379 35.31 1.000
1.000 0.454 1.052 0.278 22.968 0.650
2.205 1.000 2.320 0.613 50.646 1.434
0.951 0.431 1.000 0.264 21.812 0.618
LNGa
3.600 1.633 3.785 1.000 82.62 2.340
4.356 1.976 4.580 1.210 100.00 2.832
11.501 5.217 1.616 0.427 35.31 1.000
For SI: 1 pound = 0.454 kg, 1 gallon = 3.785 L, 1 cubic foot = 0.02832 m3, °C = [(°F)-32]/1.8, 1 pound per square inch atmosphere = 6.895 kPa.
a. The values listed for liquefied natural gas (LNG) are “typical” values. LNG is a mixture of hydrocarbon gases, and no two LNG streams have exactly the
same composition.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Code Council FIRE CODE® COMMENTARY APPENDIX G-3
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
APPENDIX
Copyright International G-4
Appendix H:
Hazardous Materials Management Plan
(HMMP) and Hazardous Materials Inventory
Statement (HMIS) Instructions
General Comments 3. H103: Emergency Plan

The requirements for a Hazardous Materials Manage- 4. H104: Referenced Standards
ment Plan (HMMP) or Hazardous Materials Inventory The sample forms in this appendix and available
Statement (HMIS) have existed in some form since the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) provide the basis
1988 edition of the legacy Uniform Fire Code. HMMP for the evaluations. The use of the forms should pro-
and HMIS must be submitted with permit applications mote uniformity in the manner that hazardous materials
when required by the fire code official. Appendix H pro- information is provided, stored and used.
vides an example format for these documents and clari-
fies the information to be submitted to the building code
official for review of plans to determine compliance with Purpose
the hazardous material requirements in International Sections 407.5 and 407.6 of the International Fire
Building Code® (IBC®) Sections 414 and 415. Code® (IFC®) require that HMIS and HMMP be pro-
Appendix H was developed to provide a standard vided. Sections 5001.5.1 and 5001.5.2 specify their
reporting format for businesses submitting an HMMP or contents when these documents are required to be sub-
HMIS to the fire or building code official based on the mitted with a permit application by the fire code official.
classification and quantities of materials that would be They focus on three important goals. First, the HMIS is
found on site for storage or use. Appendix H is not man- formatted so that plan reviewers can determine the cor-
datory unless it is adopted by the jurisdiction. Some rect occupancy classification of the building based on
jurisdictions have already developed standard formats material hazards. Second, the HMMP and HMIS pro-
for submittal of HMMP and HMIS. Appendix H can be vide hazardous materials storage and use information
amended to provide this information to the regulated necessary for inspectors. Third, the HMMP includes
community. information that fire department operations personnel
Appendix H is divided into four distinct sections: need before and during an emergency response.
1. H101: Hazardous Materials Management Plan The amounts of each hazard class in storage and use
and the applicable maximum allowable quantities are
2. H102: Hazardous Materials Inventory State- provided in the HMIS.
ment
SECTION H101 ments of an HMMP for the various storage and pro-
HMMP cess piping drawings, plant layout and process
details could easily result in over 100 pages of infor-
HMMP have commonly been used as a tool to help
mation that would need to be read and understood.
facilitate tactical preplanning of Group H occupancies This level of information has not always been benefi-
or facilities storing and handling large amounts of
cial to emergency responders, especially given that
hazardous materials, such as petroleum storage ter- Section 5003.9.1.1 requires that the permit holder
minals. They can be beneficial when preparing tacti-
designate responsible persons to serve as fire
cal preplans, but can be cumbersome if actually used department liaisons in the event of an incident. It is
as such. For example, consider a typical water treat-
expected that these responsible persons have a good
ment plant that could have large amounts of anhy- understanding of the hazardous materials and the
drous chlorine, sulfur dioxide, sodium hydroxide and
processes involving their storage and use.
hydroflurosilic acid. To comply with all of the require-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Code Council FIRE CODE® COMMENTARY APPENDIX H-1
APPENDIX H
H101.1 Part A (See Example Format in Figure 1). 3.7. Show hazard classes in each area.
1. Fill out items and sign the declaration. 3.8. Show locations of all Group H occupancies,
2. Part A of this section is required to be updated and sub- control areas, and exterior storage and use
mitted annually, or within 30 days of a process or man- areas.
agement change. 3.9. Show emergency exits.
The business information portion of the plan is to In creating the facility map, it is usually best to follow
identify the business, location and responsible people the map maker’s guide of orientating the site so that
who will interact with the fire department, both during North is at the top of the page, identified by the use of
normal review periods and during an emergency inci- a compass arrow pointing toward the top of the page.
dent. Also included is general information regarding Wherever possible, standard map symbols should be
the type of process, procedures and storage; and the used. In any event, clear identification of required fea-
number of people normally in the facility during each tures is essential to the effectiveness of the map.
shift and time period the business is open to assist in NFPA 170, Fire Safety and Emergency Symbols,
accounting for them during an emergency. This plan may be useful in map preparation.
assists not only the fire department, but also the busi- Identify the use, storage and waste storage using
ness to establish a listing of employees to be different symbols. With the areas identified, it is
accounted for during an emergency. The plan must important to identify the access to each area and
be continually reviewed by the company to ensure emergency exits, and the location of emergency
the information is current and reviewed by the fire equipment that is available for the hazard. The desig-
department during inspections. nated location for the facility liaison to meet the fire
H101.2 Part B–General Facility Description/Site Plan department is important for the prompt exchange of
(See Example Format in Figure 2). information regarding the facility and as a location
where employees are to go to be safe and out of the
1. Provide a site plan on 81/2 by 11 inch (215 mm by 279 way of emergency responders.
mm) paper, showing the locations of all buildings, The location of tanks at the facility, especially the
structures, outdoor chemical control or storage and use underground tanks, piping and valves, and the material
areas, parking lots, internal roads, storm and sanitary classes are needed in addition to the control areas or
sewers, wells and adjacent property uses. Indicate the Group H occupancies within the buildings. Exterior
approximate scale, northern direction and date the storage and use areas also need to be clearly identi-
drawing was completed. fied.
The facility description and site plan is a description of
what occurs at the facility and where. This form must
correlate the processes and procedures with loca- SECTION H102
tions on the building and site plans to be provided on HMIS
Figure 3 (see commentary, Section H101.3). HMIS are commonly used for determining a building’s
H101.3 Part C–Facility Storage Map–Confidential Infor- occupancy classification and to satisfy the require-
mation (See Example Format in Figure 3). ments in Section 105 for operational permits to store,
handle, dispense and use hazardous materials. Sec-
1. Provide a floor plan of each building identified on the tion 5001.5.2 previously required that product infor-
site plan as containing hazardous materials on 81/2-inch mation, the MSDS for each product, the hazard
by 11-inch (215 mm by 279 mm) paper, identifying the classification of the material using the criteria in Sec-
northern direction, and showing the location of each tion 5001.2.2 and the maximum quantity stored on
storage and use area. site be reported. While this information is helpful in
2. Identify storage and use areas, including hazard waste understanding the hazards that may be associated
storage areas. with a particular occupancy or premises, it does not
3. Show the following: require reporting amounts in open or closed systems
or the identification of the control areas locations.
3.1. Accesses to each storage and use area.
H102.1 Inventory statement contents.
3.2. Location of emergency equipment. 1. HMIS Summary Report (see Example Format in Figure
3.3. Location where liaison will meet emergency 4).
responders. 1.1. Complete a summary report for each control
3.4. Facility evacuation meeting point locations. area and Group H occupancy.
3.5. The general purpose of other areas within the 1.2. The storage summary report includes the HMIS
building. Inventory Report amounts in storage, use-
3.6. Location of all aboveground and underground closed and use-open conditions.
tanks to include sumps, vaults, below-grade 1.3. Provide separate summary reports for storage,
treatment systems, piping, etc. use-closed and use-open conditions.
APPENDIX
Copyright International H-2
APPENDIX H
1.4. IBC/IFC Hazard Class. SECTION H103

1.5. Inventory Amount. [Solid (lb), Liquid (gal), EMERGENCY PLAN
Gas (cu ft, gal or lbs)]. 1. Emergency Notification. (See Example Format in Figure
1.6. IBC/IFC Maximum Allowable Quantity per 6.)
control area (MAQ). (If applicable, double 2. Where OSHA or state regulations require a facility to have
MAQ for sprinkler protection and/or storage in either an Emergency Action Plan (EAP) or an Emergency
cabinets. For wholesale and retail sales occu- Response Plan (ERP), the EAP or ERP shall be included
pancies, go to Tables 5003.11.1 and 5704.3.4.1 as part of the HMMP.
of the International Fire Code for MAQs.).
2. HMIS Inventory Report (see Example Format in Figure When state or Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA) regulations require an Emer-
5).
gency Action Plan or Emergency Response Plan, the
2.1. Complete an inventory report by listing prod- plan must provide contact information for liaisons of
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ucts by location. the business to the appropriate response agencies.
2.2. Product Name.
2.3. Components. (For mixtures specify percent- SECTION H104
ages of major components if available.) REFERENCED STANDARDS
2.4. Chemical Abstract Service (CAS) Number. ICC IBC—15 International Building Code H102.1
(For mixtures list CAS Numbers of major ICC IFC—15 International Fire Code H102.1
components if available.)
2.5. Location. (Identify the control area or, if it is a
Group H occupancy, provide the classifica-
tion, such as H-2, H-3, etc.)
2.6. Container with a capacity of greater than 55
gallons (208 L). (If product container, vessel
or tank could exceed 55 gallons, indicate yes
in column.)
2.7. Hazard Classification. (List applicable classi-
fications for each product.)
2.8. Stored. (Amount of product in storage condi-
tions.)
2.9. Closed. (Amount of product in use-closed sys-
tems.)
2.10. Open. (Amount of product in use-open sys-
tems.)
Facilities that have prepared, filed and submitted a Tier II
Inventory Report required by the U.S. Environmental Protec-
tion Agency (USEPA) or required by a state that has secured
USEPA approval for a similar form shall be deemed to have
complied with this section.
Facilities that have prepared, filed and submitted a
Tier II Inventory Report required by the U.S. Environ-
mental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA) or required by
a state which has secured U.S. EPA approval for a
similar form shall be deemed to have complied with
this section.
The HMIS Report is a comprehensive summary of
the hazardous materials to be found at the facility for
each control area or Group H occupancy area, and is
to contain all of the information listed in Items 1 and 2
of this section (see also Section 5001.5.2). Note that
this section of the HMIS is only needed if a SARA
Tier II Report has not been filed.

APPENDIX H
FIGURE 1
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS MANAGEMENT PLAN
SECTION I: FACILITY DESCRIPTION
1. Business Name: ___________________________________________________ Phone:__________________

Address: _________________________________________________________________________________
2. Person Responsible for the Business

Name: Title: Phone:
_________________________________ ________________________ _______________________
3. Emergency Contacts:
Name: Title:_____ Home Number: Work Number:
_________________________ _____________________ _________________ _________________
_________________________ _____________________ _________________ _________________
_________________________ _____________________ _________________ _________________
_________________________ _____________________ _________________ _________________
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
_________________________ _____________________ _________________ _________________
4. Person Responsible for the Application/Principal Contact:

Name: Title: Phone:
_________________________________ ________________________ _______________________
5. Principal Business Activity:

________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
6. Number of Employees:_________
7. Number of Shifts: _____________

a. Number of Employees per Shift:
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
8. Hours of Operation: ___________
APPENDIX
APPENDIX H
FIGURE 2
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS MANAGEMENT PLAN SECTION I: FACILITY DESCRIPTION
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________

APPENDIX H
FIGURE 3
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS MANAGEMENT PLAN SECTION I: FACILITY DESCRIPTION PART C—FACILITY MAP
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Business Name Date
Address Page of
APPENDIX
APPENDIX H
FIGURE 4
SECTION II—HAZARDOUS MATERIALS INVENTORY STATEMENT (HMIS) HMIS SUMMARY REPORTa (Storageb Conditions)c
IBC/IFC HAZARD CLASS HAZARD CLASS INVENTORY AMOUNT IBC/IFC MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITYd
(Abbrev) Solid (lb) Liquid (gal) Gas (cu ft, gal, lb) Solid (lb) Liquid (gal) Gas (cu ft, gal, lb)
Combustible C2 5 120
Liquid
C3A 330
C3B 6 13,200
Combustible Fiber Loose/Baled

Cryogenics, Flammable Cryo-Flam 45
Cryogenic, Oxidizing Cryo-OX 45
Flammable Gas FLG

(Gaseous) 150 1,000
(Liquefied) 30
Flammable Liquid F1A 30

F1B & F1C 5 120
Combination (1A, 1B, 1C) 5 120
Flammable Solid FLS 125
Organic Peroxide OPU 0

OP1 5
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
OP2 50
OP3 125
OP4 NL
OP5 NL
Oxidizer OX4 0
OX3 10
OX2 250
OX1 4,000
a. Complete a summary report for each control area and Group H occupancy.
b. Storage = storage + use-closed + use-open systems.
c. Separate reports are required for use-closed and use-open systems.
d. Include increases for sprinklefrs or storage in cabinets, if applicable.
(This is an example; add additional hazard classes as needed.)

APPENDIX H
FIGURE 5
SECTION II — HAZARDOUS MATERIALS INVENTORY STATEMENT (HMIS) HMIS INVENTORY REPORT
(Sort Products Alphabetically by Location of Product and then Alphabetically by Product Name)
Product Name Container Haz Haz Haz

Stored Stored Stored Closed Closed Closed Open Open
CAS Number Locationa Class Class Class
(Components)c > 55 galb (Ibs) (gal) (gas)d (lbs) (gal) gasd (Ibs) (gal)
1 2 3
ACETYLENE Control
(Acetylene gas) 74-86-2 FLG UR2 150
Area 1
BLACK AEROSOL Control

SPRAY PAINT Mixture A-L3 24
(Mixture) Area 1
GASOLINE,
UNLEADED 8006-61-9
(Gasoline-Mixture)
Methyl-t-Butyl-Ether-15% 1634-04-4 Control F1B 5
Diisopropyl Ether-7% 108-20-3 Area 1
Ethanol-11% 64-17-5
Toluene-12% 108-88-3
Xylene-11% 1330-20-7
MOTOR OIL-10W40
(Hydrotreated Heavy 64742-54-7 Control
Paraffinic Distillate-85%; C3B 3
Mixture Area 1
Additives-20%)
DIESEL 68476-34-6 Control

(Diesel-99-100%; Yes C2 225
Additives) Proprietary Area 2
TRANSMISSION FLUID Control

(Oil-Solvent-Neutral; 64742-65-0 C3B 3
Performance Additives) Area 2
OXYGEN, GAS
(Oxygen) 7782-44-7 H-3 OXG 5,000
a. Identify the control area or, if it is a Group H occupancy, provide the classification, such as H-2, H-3, etc.
b. If the product container, vessel or tank could exceed 55 gallons, indicate yes in the column.
c. Specify percentages of main components if available.
d. In cubic feet, gallons or pounds.
(This is an example; add additional hazard classes as needed.)
APPENDIX
APPENDIX H
FIGURE 6
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS MANAGEMENT PLAN
SECTION III: EMERGENCY PLAN
1. In the event of an emergency, the following shall be notified:

a. Facility Liaison
Name Title ______Home Number Work Number

________________________ ______________________ _________________ ________________
________________________ ______________________ _________________ ________________
________________________ ______________________ _________________ ________________
________________________ ______________________ _________________ ________________
________________________ ______________________ _________________ ________________
b. Agency
Agency Contact Phone Number

Fire Department ________ _______________________ _______________________
LEPC _____________ _______________________ _______________________
Other _____________ _______________________ _______________________
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
®
Code Council FIRE CODE COMMENTARY APPENDIX H-9
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
APPENDIX
Appendix I:
Fire Protection Systems—
Noncompliant Conditions
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
General Comments off the source of the water supply, not extending sprin-
kler protection into rooms or areas that are not pro-
Appendix I addresses unsafe conditions for fire protec- tected, or the introducting goods or commodities that
tion systems. This particular appendix was developed cannot be controlled based on the sprinkler system’s
by the ICC Hazard Abatement in Existing Buildings discharge density.
Committee to help building owners and fire code offi- Excluding the general provision in Section I101.1, the
cials improve their awareness of fire protection system appendix is divided into two sections. Section I101.2
deficiencies that have a high probability of causing a addresses noncompliant conditions that require the
system to be inoperative. replacement of sprinklers and system gauges, including
Appendix I does not contain any requirements for sprinklers that are damaged, painted or improperly ori-
identifying unsafe conditions in alternative fire-extin- ented. It also requires sprinklers manufactured in 1919
guishing systems such as dry chemical, carbon dioxide or earlier to be replaced. Section I101.3 addresses non-
or clean agent systems or wet chemical alternative fire compliant conditions for automatic sprinkler systems,
extinguishing systems designed to protect commercial standpipes, their fire department connections, fire
kitchen cooking activities. pumps, fire alarm and detections systems and portable
While it is not a comprehensive list of inspection and fire extinguishers.
maintenance requirements for fire protection systems,
Appendix I is intended to identify problems that are
readily observable during fire inspections and can be Purpose
used in conjunction with Chapter 9 of the and the appli- The requirements in Appendix I focus on the identifica-
cable NFPA standards for the indicated fire protection tion of unsafe conditions for water-based fire protection
equipment and systems and their maintenance. For systems including automatic sprinkler systems, stand-
example, water supply reliability data for water-based pipes, fire pumps and automatic fire detection and sig-
fire protection systems show that the major causes for naling systems. It also identifies unsafe conditions for
failure of automatic sprinkler systems include shutting portable fire extinguishers.
SECTION I101 I101.2 Noncompliant conditions requiring component

NONCOMPLIANT CONDITIONS replacement. The following conditions shall be deemed non-
I101.1 General. This appendix is intended to identify condi- compliant and shall cause the related component(s) to be
tions that can occur where fire protection systems are not replaced to comply with the provisions of this code:
properly maintained or components have been damaged. This 1. Sprinkler heads having any of the following conditions:
appendix is not intended to provide comprehensive inspec- 1.1. Signs of leakage.
tion, testing and maintenance requirements, which are found
in NFPA 10, 25 and 72. Rather, its intent is to identify prob- 1.2. Paint or other ornamentation that is not factory
lems that are readily observable during fire inspections. applied.
During inspections, it is important to observe and 1.3. Evidence of corrosion including, but not limited
report conditions that may lead to failure of fire pro- to, discoloration or rust.
tection systems. Section 901.6 references the system 1.4. Deformation or damage of any part.
installation standards that refer to maintenance of the 1.5. Improper orientation of sprinkler head.
equipment and or system(s) being reviewed. This
section lists items to be included. Note the list 1.6. Empty glass bulb.
includes some, but not all, of the items that might 1.7. Sprinkler heads manufactured prior to 1920.
need review. The ICC has published a document,
1.8. Replacement sprinkler heads that do not match
Fire Plan Review and Inspection Guidelines, that pro-
existing sprinkler heads in orifice size, K-factor
vides a more comprehensive look at this issue.
temperature rating, coating or deflector type.

Code Council FIRE CODE® COMMENTARY APPENDIX I-1
APPENDIX I
1.9. Sprinkler heads for the protection of cooking 4.4. Cabinet locked, except as permitted by this
equipment that have not been replaced within code.
one year. 4.5. Cabinet door will not fully open.
2. Water pressure and air pressure gauges that have been 4.6. Door glazing cracked or broken.
installed for more than 5 years and have not been tested
to within 3 percent accuracy. 5. Portable fire extinguishers having any of the following
conditions:
Item 1 addresses sprinkler heads only, as they are
the component that is replaced in the system after 5.1. Broken seal or tamper indicator.
activation and where an error may be made in the 5.2. Expired maintenance tag.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
process replacing of a sprinkler head. Note that some
5.3. Pressure gauge indicator in “red.”
of the items are easily found by a visual inspection,
while others will require a review of the inspection file 5.4. Signs of leakage or corrosion.
(1.7, 1.8, and 1.9) to determine if the sprinkler heads 5.5. Mechanical damage, denting or abrasion of
are in compliance. Item 2 also belongs to the group tank.
that will need to be validated from information in the
inspection file. 5.6. Presence of repairs such as welding, soldering
or brazing.
I101.3 Noncompliant conditions requiring component
repair or replacement. The following shall be deemed non- 5.7. Damaged threads.
compliant conditions and shall cause the related compo- 5.8. Damaged hose assembly, couplings or swivel
nent(s) to be repaired or replaced to comply with the joints.
provisions of this code:
6. Fire alarm and detection control equipment, initiating
1. Sprinkler and standpipe system piping and fittings hav- devices and notification appliances having any of the
ing any of the following conditions: following conditions:
1.1. Signs of leakage. 6.1. Corroded or leaking batteries or terminals.
1.2. Evidence of corrosion. 6.2. Smoke detectors having paint or other ornamen-
1.3. Misalignment. tation that is not factory-applied.
1.4. Mechanical damage. 6.3. Mechanical damage to heat or smoke detectors.
2. Sprinkler piping support having any of the following 6.4. Tripped fuses.
conditions: 7. Fire department connections having any of the follow-
2.1. Materials resting on or hung from sprinkler piping conditions:
ing. 7.1. Fire department connections are not visible or
2.2. Damaged or loose hangers or braces. accessible from the fire apparatus access road.
3. Class II and Class III standpipe systems having any of 7.2. Couplings or swivels are damaged.
the following conditions: 7.3. Plugs and caps are missing or damaged.
3.1. No hose or nozzle, where required. 7.4. Gaskets are deteriorated.
3.2. Hose threads incompatible with fire department 7.5. Check valve is leaking.
hose threads.
7.6. Identification signs are missing.
3.3. Hose connection cap missing.
8. Fire pumps having any of the following conditions:
3.4. Mildew, cuts, abrasions and deterioration evi-
dent. 8.1. Pump room temperature is less than 40°F
(4.4°C).
3.5. Coupling damaged.
8.2. Ventilating louvers are not freely operable.
3.6. Gaskets missing or deteriorated.
8.3. Corroded or leaking system piping.
3.7. Nozzle missing or obstructed.
8.4. Diesel fuel tank is less than two-thirds full.
4. Hose racks and cabinets having any of the following
conditions: 8.5. Battery readings, lubrication oil or cooling
water levels are abnormal.
4.1. Difficult to operate or damaged.
This section lists inspection items for components in
4.2. Hose improperly racked or rolled. various types of fire protection systems. All of these
4.3. Inability of rack to swing 90 degrees (1.57 rad) are visual or manipulative items that can be easily
out of the cabinet. verified during an inspection.
APPENDIX
Copyright International I-2
APPENDIX I
SECTION I102
NFPA 10—13 Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers I101.1
NFPA 25—13 Standard for the Inspection, Testing and
Maintenance of Water-based I101.1
Fire Protection Systems
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
NFPA 72—13 National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code I101.1

Code Council FIRE CODE® COMMENTARY APPENDIX I-3
APPENDIX
Copyright International I-4
Appendix J:
Building Information Signs

Prefire or preincident planning is a long-standing opera- The purpose of Appendix J is to establish standard
tional tool wherein information is collected by fire code guidelines for prefire plans. It sets forth requirements for
officials and fire department personnel to assist in iden- a building information sign (BIS) that may be useful to
tifying hazards and the equipment, supplies, personnel, fire fighters in understanding basic information about
skills and procedures needed to deal with a potential the building where the sign is posted. The provisions
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
incident in a building. provide a uniform format so that the type of information

provided to emergency responders is consistent across
the jurisdiction’s territory.
SECTION J101 3. Conspicuously placed inside an enclosed entrance

GENERAL lobby, on any vertical surface within 10 feet (254 mm)
J101.1 Scope. New buildings shall have a building informa- of the entrance door at a minimum height of 42 inches
tion sign(s) that shall comply with Sections J101.1.1 through (1067 mm) above the walking surface.
J101.7. Existing buildings shall be brought into conformance 4. Inside the building’s fire command center.
with Sections J101.1 through J101.9 when one of the follow- 5. On the exterior of the fire alarm control unit or on the
ing occurs: wall immediately adjacent to the fire alarm control unit
1. The fire department conducts an annual inspection door where the alarm panel is located in the enclosed
intended to verify compliance with this section, or any main lobby.
required inspection.
Acceptable sign locations are specified in Section
2. When a change in use or occupancy has occurred. J101.1.1 and include the entrance to a building on the
Exceptions: side that has the posted address, the interior of a
building’s enclosed entrance lobby, the fire command
1. Group U occupancies. center or at a building’s fire alarm control unit. The
2. One- and two-family dwellings. chosen location should be approved by both the fire
Because building information is critical to executing code official and the fire chief so that it is consistent
an effective fire attack, with the exception of one- and with the tactical approaches to the building.
two-family dwellings and Group U occupancies, the J101.1.2 Sign features. The building information sign shall
provisions in Section J101.1 are applicable to all new consist of all of the following:
buildings and are retroactive to any building that 1. White reflective background with red letters.
undergoes a fire inspection or change of occupancy.
2. Durable material.
J101.1.1 Sign location. The building information sign shall
be placed at one of the following locations: 3. Numerals shall be Roman or Latin numerals, as
required, or alphabet letters.
1. Upon the entry door or sidelight at a minimum height
of 42 inches (1067 mm) above the walking surface on 4. Permanently affixed to the building or structure in an
the address side of the building or structure. approved manner.
2. Upon the exterior surface of the building or structure on Section J101.1.2 specifies the materials of construc-
either side of the entry door, not more than 3 feet (76 tion of the BIS and requires that it be permanently
mm) from the entrance door, at a minimum height of 42 attached to the building in a manner acceptable to the
inches (1067 mm) above the walking surface on the fire code official based on the materials of construc-
address side of the building or structure. tion of the building.

Code Council FIRE CODE® COMMENTARY APPENDIX J-1
APPENDIX J
J101.1.3 Sign shape. The building information sign shall be J101.3 Construction type (top wing). The construction
a Maltese cross as shown in Figure J101.1.3. types shall be designated by assigning the appropriate Roman
numeral, and letter, placed inside the top wing of the Maltese
The BIS is configured as a Maltese cross which is a
traditional symbol universally recognized by the U.S. cross. The hourly rating provided is for the structural framing
in accordance with Table 601 of the International Building
fire service.
Code.
J101.1.4 Sign size and lettering. The minimum size of the
FIRE-RESISTANCE
building information sign and lettering shall be in accordance CONSTRUCTION TYPE
RATING
with the following:
IA—Noncombustible 3 Hours
1. The width and height shall be 6 inches by 6 inches (152
IB—Noncombustible 2 Hours
mm by 152 mm).
IIA—Noncombustible 1 Hour
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2. The height or width of each Maltese cross wing area
shall be 11/8 inches (29 mm) and have a stroke width of IIB—Noncombustible 0 Hours
1
/2 inch (13 mm). IIIA—Noncombustible/combustible 1 Hour
3. The center of the Maltese cross, a circle or oval, shall IIIB—Noncombustible/combustible 0 Hours
be 3 inches (76 mm) in diameter and have a stroke IV—Heavy timber (HT) HT
width of 1/2 inch (6 mm). VA—Combustible 1 Hour
4. All Roman numerals and alphabetic designations, shall VB—Combustible 0 Hours
be 11/4 inch (32 mm) height and have a stroke width of
1
/4 inch (6 mm). Section J101.3 requires the sign to convey the build-
The BIS must meet the dimensional requirements in ing’s construction type based on its International
Section J101.1.4 and be assembled using reflective Building Code (IBC) construction classification.
materials that are visible in the dark (see Section See Chapter 6 of the IBC for detailed descriptions of
J101.1.2). the construction types.
J101.2 Sign designations. Designations shall be made based J101.4 Fire protection systems (right wing). The fire pro-
upon the construction type, content, hazard, fire protection tection system shall be designated by determining its level of
systems, life safety and occupancy. Where multiple designa- protection and assigning the appropriate designation to the
tions occur within a classification category, the designation right wing of the Maltese cross. Where multiple systems are
used shall be based on the greatest potential risk. provided, all shall be listed:
AS Automatic sprinkler system installed throughout
Section J101.2 requires the sign to convey pertinent
information about the building to assist the incident DS Dry sprinkler system and designated areas
commander in sizing up the incident and deploying FA Fire alarm system
resources safely and effectively.
(Top wing)
IIA & IIIA
(Left wing) MH PS 3&4 (Right wing)

TC
E, A & M
(Bottom wing)
FIGURE J101.1.3
EXAMPLE OF COMPLETED BUILDING INFORMATION SIGN
APPENDIX
Copyright International J-2
APPENDIX J
FP Fire pump building’s fuel load. Fire code officials should ensure
FW Fire wall and designated areas that the selected fuel load classification system is
consistent so its application in applying a designation
PAS Pre-action sprinkler system and designated floor to the information sign is uniform to avoid confusion
PS Partial automatic sprinkler system, and designate floor among emergency responders.
CES Chemical extinguishing system and designated area J101.7 Tactical considerations (center circle). The center
circle shall include the name of the local fire service and
CS Combination sprinkler and standpipe system when required the letters TC for tactical considerations.
S Standpipe system Where fire fighters conduct preplan operations, a unique situ-
NS No system installed ation(s) for tactical considerations shall be identified and the
information provided to the fire dispatch communications
Section J101.4 requires the sign to convey the type of center to further assist fire fighters in identifying that there is
fire protection systems in the building. If a building, special consideration(s) for this occupancy. Special consider-
even a nonsprinklered building, is partially protected ation designations include, but are not limited to:
by an automatic sprinkler system, the areas or floors
of the building that are protected must be identified. 1. Impact-resistant drywall.
J101.5 Occupancy type (bottom wing). The occupancy of a 2. Impact-resistant glazing, such as blast or hurricane-type
building or structure shall be designated in accordance with glass.
the occupancy classification found in Section 302.1 of the 3. All types of roof and floor structural members includ-
International Building Code and the corresponding designa- ing but not limited to post-tension concrete, bar joists,
tion shall be placed in the bottom wing of the Maltese cross. solid wood joists, rafters, trusses, cold-formed galva-
Where a building or structure contains a mixture of uses and nized steel, I-joists and I-beams; green roof with vege-
occupancies; all uses and occupancies shall be identified. tation, soil and plants.
A Assembly 4. Hazardous materials (explosives, chemicals, plastics,
B Business etc.).
E Educational 5. Solar panels and DC electrical energy.
F Factory or Industrial 6. HVAC system; and smoke management system for
pressurization and exhaust methods.
H High Hazard
7. Other unique characteristic(s) within the building that
I Institutional are ranked according to a potential risk to occupants
M Mercantile and fire fighters.
R Residential Section J101.7 requires the sign to convey relevant
Section J101.5 requires the sign to convey the occu- tactical information that can be used by fire fighters
pancy classification. In mixed-occupancy buildings all prior to commencing an interior fire attack. This could
occupancy groups are required to be identified on the include the use of terrorism-resistant building materi-
sign. See the definitions of “Occupancy classification” als; impact-resistant glazing or construction; the stor-
in Chapter 2 of the code or Chapter 3 of the IBC. age or use of hazardous materials; certain types of
structural components that may have a propensity for
J101.6 Hazards of content (left wing). The hazards of build- rapid failure under fire exposure or any other potential
ing contents shall be designated by one of the following clas- hazards that could impact the health and safety of
sifications as defined in NFPA 13 and the appropriate emergency responders.
designation shall be placed inside the left wing of the Maltese
cross: J101.8 Sign classification maintenance, building informa-
tion. Sign maintenance shall comply with each of the follow-
LH Light hazard ing:
MH Moderate hazard 1. Fire departments in the jurisdiction shall define the des-
HH High hazard ignations to be placed within the sign.
Section J101.6 requires the sign to convey an estima- 2. Fire departments in the jurisdiction shall conduct
tion of the building’s fuel load using the hazard classi- annual inspections to verify compliance with this sec-
fication criteria of NFPA 13 for light, ordinary and tion of the code and shall notify the owner, or the
extra-hazard occupancies. The section does not align owner’s agent, of any required updates to the sign in
the classifications with the NFPA 13 definitions for accordance with fire department designations and the
occupancy hazard classifications; however, the intent owner, or the owner’s agent, shall comply within 30
is to provide a standard method for estimating a days.

Code Council FIRE CODE® COMMENTARY APPENDIX J-3
APPENDIX J
3. The owner of a building shall be responsible for the

maintenance and updates to the sign in accordance with
fire department designations.
Prior to implementing the requirements for building
information signs, Section J101.8 requires that the
fire department define unique or special designations
required on signs. If a building warrants this particular
sign, the owner has 30 days to provide and install it.
As with other warning signage and markings required
throughout the code, this section also requires that
the BIS be maintained so that it continues to be effec-
tive in providing important tactical information to first
responders.
J101.9 Training. Jurisdictions shall train fire department
personnel on Sections J101.1 through J101.9.
Section J101.9 requires the jurisdiction to train all fire
department personnel on the provisions in Appendix
J to maximize the effectiveness of the BIS. Jurisdic-
tions should also consider cross-training with neigh-
boring fire departments that are part of the area’s
mutual-aid network.
SECTION J102
ICC IBC—15 International Building Code J101.3,
J101.5
NFPA 13—13 Standard for the Installation
of Sprinkler Systems J101.6
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
APPENDIX
Copyright International J-4
Appendix K:
Construction Requirements for
Existing Ambulatory Care Facilities
General Comments post-2009 surgery centers and freestanding emergency

departments. It could also be used to bring those earlier
This is an especially important option for federal author- facilities into compliance with current standards at the
ities having jurisdiction (AHJ), which have long-standing discretion of the adopting jurisdiction.
minimum fire and life safety standards for ambulatory The technical requirements are based on current IBC
care facilities. Those federal standards were applied to language. The significant difference from the IBC is a
new and existing construction long before the creation relaxation of the sprinkler requirement for existing facili-
of the ambulatory care facility use that currently exists in ties. This appendix would only require retroactive sprin-
the International Building Code® (IBC®). Therefore, we klering of unprotected construction, which is consistent
have a situation where some (but not all) ambulatory with the overall concept of current federal requirements.
care facilities were built with very specific defend-in-
place features. This subset of facilities were certified by
the federal government as “ambulatory surgical facili- Purpose
ties.” Many other medical facilities that would be classi- This section is intended to provide jurisdictions an
fied today as ambulatory care were not required to have option for assessing minimum fire and life safety
defend-in-place features, such as smoke compartmen- requirements for buildings containing ambulatory care
tation. The federal AHJ highly value these defend-in- facilities. While this appendix is written with the intent to
place concepts and need retroactive requirements. apply retroactive minimum standards, it is recognized
This appendix would also be useful for those local that ambulatory care requirements are relatively recent
and state jurisdictions that are specifically focused on additions to the code. For that reason, these require-
ensuring safety for existing ambulatory care facilities. ments are presented as an appendix, so that the adopt-
Surgery centers constructed as recently as 2009 would ing authority can exercise judgment in the adoption and
not have defend-in-place features required by the ICC application of this section.
family of codes. This appendix could be used to assess
SECTION K101 dix is focused on ambulatory care facilities and helps

GENERAL those jurisdictions that want such facilities to be con-
K101.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall apply to sistent with federal requirements. This section basi-
existing buildings containing ambulatory care facilities in cally states that compliance with Chapter 11 and this
addition to the requirements of Chapter 11 of the Interna- appendix is necessary to fully address existing ambu-
tional Fire Code. Where the provisions of this chapter con- latory care facilities. If there is a conflict, the most
flict with either the construction requirements in Chapter 11 restrictive provison would apply.
of the International Fire Code or the construction require- It should be noted that the International Existing
ments that applied at the time of construction, the most Building Code® (IEBC®) work-area method would
restrictive provision shall apply. specifically require compliance with IBC Section 422
where the change of occupancy (whether use or
 These provisions are similar in application to those occupancy classification) is to an ambulatory care
found in Chapter 11 for Group I-2 occupancies. In facility. In other words, if an office building was
other words, they are construction requirements for changed to an ambulatory care facility, IBC Section
existing buildings. Chapter 11 provides various 422, which is more restrictive than this appendix,
requirements that apply to a number of different occu- would apply.
pancy classifications for existing buildings. Section
K101.2 Intent. The intent of this appendix is to provide a
1105 is unique to Group I-2 occupancies. This appen-
minimum degree of fire and life safety to persons occupying
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Code Council FIRE CODE® COMMENTARY APPENDIX K-1
APPENDIX K
and existing buildings containing ambulatory care facilities K102.2.2 Independent egress. A means of egress shall be
where such buildings do not comply with the minimum provided from each smoke compartment created by smoke
requirements of the International Building Code. barriers without having to return through the smoke compart-
 This appendix is primarily applicable to ambulatory ment from which means of egress originated.
care facilities that were not regulated by the federal  This section is the same as that required for new
requirements for healthcare and built prior to publica- buildings. It would not be appropriate to have to
tion of the 2009 IBC. Most ambulatory care facilities egress back through the smoke compartment of
will already meet these minimum requirements and egress origin. IBC Section 422.3.3 provides the same
no changes will be necessary. limitation.
K102.3 Automatic sprinkler systems. An automatic sprin-
kler system shall be provided throughout the entire floor con-
SECTION K102 taining an ambulatory care facility in Type IIB, IIIB and VB
FIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR construction where either of the following conditions exist at
EXISTING AMBULATORY CARE FACILITIES any time:
K102.1 Separation. Ambulatory care facilities where the 1. Four or more care recipients are incapable of self-pres-
potential exists for four or more care recipients to be incapa- ervation, whether rendered incapable by staff or staff
ble of self-preservation at any time, whether rendered incapa- has accepted responsibility for care recipients already
ble by staff or staff has accepted responsibility for a care incapable.
recipient already incapable, shall be separated from adjacent
spaces, corridors or tenants with a fire partition installed in 2. One or more care recipients that are incapable of self-
accordance with Section 708 of the International Building preservation are located at other than the level of exit
Code. discharge serving such a facility.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
 This section is consistent with IBC Section 422.2. In buildings where ambulatory care is provided on levels
Many existing facilities may already meet this require- other than the level of exit discharge, an automatic sprinkler
ment. This applies only to those that were not system shall be installed throughout the entire floor where
addressed by the CMS program standards. such care is provided and all floors below, and all floors
between the level of ambulatory care and the nearest level of
K102.2 Smoke compartments. Where the aggregate area of exit discharge, including the level of exit discharge.
one or more ambulatory care facilities is greater than 10,000
square feet (929 m2) on one story, the story shall be provided  This section is less restrictive than Section 903.2.2. It
with a smoke barrier to subdivide the story into no fewer than focuses on combustible construction and whether the
two smoke compartments. The area of any one such smoke ambulatory care facility is located on a level other
compartment shall be not greater than 22,500 square feet than the level of exit discharge. Unlike Group I-2
(2092 m2). The travel distance from any point in a smoke occupancies, ambulatory care facilities can often be
compartment to a smoke barrier door shall be not greater than located in buildings housing other types of occupan-
200 feet (60 960 mm). The smoke barrier shall be installed in cies. Therefore, compliance with retroactive sprinkler
accordance with Section 709 of the International Building requirements becomes more difficult. If, at a mini-
Code with the exception that smoke barriers shall be continu- mum, combustible construction and ambulatory care
ous from an outside wall to an outside wall, a floor to a floor, facilities located on other than the level of exit dis-
or from a smoke barrier to a smoke barrier or a combination charge are addressed, compliance with federal
thereof. requirements is addressed.
 This section is the same as that required for new K102.4 Automatic fire alarm system. Fire areas containing
ambulatory care facilities in IBC Section 422.3. ambulatory care facilities shall be provided with an electroni-
cally supervised automatic smoke detection system installed
K102.2.1 Refuge area. Not less than 30 net square feet (2.8 within the ambulatory care facility and in public use areas
m2) for each nonambulatory care recipient shall be provided outside of tenant spaces, including public corridors and ele-
within the aggregate area of corridors, care recipient rooms, vator lobbies.
treatment rooms, lounge or dining areas and other low-hazard
areas within each smoke compartment. Each occupant of an Exception: Buildings equipped throughout with an auto-
ambulatory care facility shall be provided with access to a matic sprinkler system in accordance with Section
refuge area without passing through or utilizing adjacent ten- 903.3.1.1 of the International Fire Code, provided the
ant spaces. occupant notification appliances will activate throughout
the notification zones upon sprinkler waterflow.
 As with smoke compartments and separation, this
requirement is the same as that for a new building.  These requirements for smoke detection systems are
The requirements are the same as IBC Section the same as those in Section 907.2.2.1. The retroac-
422.3.2. tive installation of a fire alarm system is more feasible
than an automatic sprinkler system.
APPENDIX
Copyright International K-2
APPENDIX K
SECTION K103 buildings. The concern is that those areas designated

INCIDENTAL USES IN EXISTING as incidental uses pose a risk to the remainder of the
AMBULATORY CARE FACILITIES building and, as such, some degree of protection is
K103.1 General. Incidental uses associated with and located required. The nature of these incidental uses is such
within existing ambulatory care facilities required to be sepa- that they are small areas not frequented by building
rated by Section 422 in the International Building Code, and occupants in which a fire could start and go unnoticed
that generally pose a greater level of risk to such occupancies, for a longer time than in a part of the building that is
shall comply with the provisions of Sections K103.2 through constantly occupied.
K103.4.2.1. Incidental uses in ambulatory care facilities K103.2 Occupancy classification. Incidental uses shall not
required to be separated by Section 422 of the International be individually classified in accordance with Section 302.1 of
Building Code are limited to those listed in Table K103.1. the International Building Code. Incidental uses shall be
included in the building occupancies in which they are
 Incidental use area provisions are applicable to new
located.
construction in IBC Section 509; however, similar
provisions are needed for existing ambulatory care  Consistent with the IBC, this section expressly states
facilities since the hazards posed by such rooms or that incidental uses are not considered as separate
spaces are no different than in new buildings. Section and distinct occupancy classifications but, rather, are
and Table K103.1 are very similar to and based upon classified the same as the occupancies in which they
IBC Section and Table 509, except that references to are located. For example, a waste and linen collec-
occupancies other than ambulatory care are not tion room in a ambulatory care facility would be clas-
included. The basic requirements proposed for inci- sified as a portion of the ambulatory care facility even
dental uses in existing healthcare occupancies rely though it may present a level of hazard more akin to a
upon the provisions of the IBC for the specifics of Group S-1 occupancy if it were to be classified sepa-
construction and protection. Sections K103.2 through rately.
K103.4.2.1 are based on IBC Sections 509.2 through K103.3 Area limitations. Incidental uses shall not occupy
509.4.2.1. These provisions will provide correlation more than 10 percent of the building area of the story in
with not only the IBC but also with the operational and which they are located.
CMS program standards for existing ambulatory care
facilities.  The proposed floor-area limitation of 10 percent for
This section establishes the scope of Section K103 incidental uses emphasizes the ancillary nature of
and its applicability to ambulatory care facilities. Inci- such rooms and areas and correlates with the IBC.
dental uses are rooms or areas that constitute special Each incidental use would be limited to a maximum of
hazards or risks to life safety not typically addressed 10 percent of the floor area of the story in which it is
by the provisions for the occupancy group in which located. Where there are two or more tenants located
they occur, even though such rooms or areas may on the same story, the 10-percent limitation is based
functionally be an extension of the primary use. Only upon the floor area of each individual tenant space
those rooms or areas indicated in Table K103.1 are rather than that of the entire story. The application of
to be regulated as incidental uses. Incidental uses the limit on a tenant-by-tenant basis is consistent with
can be located in both single- and mixed-occupancy the concept of incidental uses typically being ancillary
TABLE K103.1
INCIDENTAL USES IN EXISTING AMBULATORY CARE FACILITIES
ROOM OR AREA SEPARATION AND/OR PROTECTION
Furnace room where any piece of equipment is over 400,000 Btu per hour input 1 hour or provide automatic sprinkler system
Rooms with boilers where the largest piece of equipment is over 15 psi and 10 horsepower 1 hour or provide automatic sprinkler system
Refrigerant machinery room 1 hour or provide automatic sprinkler system
Hydrogen fuel gas rooms, not classified as Group H 1 hour in ambulatory care facilities
Incinerator rooms 2 hours and provide automatic sprinkler system
Laboratories not classified as Group H 1 hour or provide automatic sprinkler system
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Laundry rooms over 100 square feet 1 hour or provide automatic sprinkler system
Waste and linen collection rooms with containers with total volume of 10 cubic feet or
greater 1 hour or provide automatic sprinkler system
Storage rooms greater than 100 square feet 1 hour or provide automatic sprinkler system
Stationary storage battery systems having a liquid electrolyte capacity of more than 50 gal-
lons for flooded lead-acid, nickel cadmium or VRLA, or more than 1,000 pounds for lith- 1 hour in ambulatory care facilities
ium-ion and lithium metal polymer used for facility standby power, emergency power or
uninterruptible power supplies
For SI: 1 square foot = 0.0929 m2, 1 pound per square inch (psi) = 6.9 kPa, 1 British thermal unit (Btu) per hour = 0.293 watts,
1 horsepower = 746 watts, 1 gallon = 3.785 L.

APPENDIX K
only to a portion of the building, i.e., the specific ten- ties, doors serving as means of egress from patient treatment
ant occupancy. rooms shall provide a clear width of not less than 32 inches
K103.4 Separation and protection. The incidental uses (813 mm). The maximum width of a swinging door leaf shall
listed in Table K103.1 shall be separated from the remainder be 48 inches (1219 mm) nominal. The height of doors open-
of the building or equipped with an automatic sprinkler sys- ings shall be not less than 80 inches (2032 mm).
tem, or both, in accordance with the provisions of that table. Exceptions:
 In addition to identifying those rooms or areas that 1. Door openings to storage closets less than 10 square
warrant regulation as incidental uses, Table K103.1 feet (0.93 m2) in area shall not be limited by the min-
also indicates the required degree of protection or imum width.
separation. The requirements identified in Table 2. Width of door leafs in revolving doors that comply
K103.1 vary depending on the incidental use. In with Section 1008.1.4.1 shall not be limited.
some cases, a specific type of separation and/or pro-
tection is required, while in others there is an option. 3. Exit access doors serving a room not larger than 70
square feet (6.5 m2) shall be not less than 24 inches
K103.4.1 Separation. Where Table K103.1 specifies a fire-
(610 mm) in door width.
resistance-rated separation, the incidental uses shall be sepa-
rated from the remainder of the building in accordance with 4. Door closers and door stops shall be permitted to be
Section 509.4.1 of the International Building Code. 78 inches (1980 mm) minimum above the door.
 Where a fire-resistance rated separation would be  This section is quite similar to Section 1104.7 and
required, the incidental use would need to be sepa- generally these requirements would therefore already
rated from other portions of the building in accor- be applicable without this appendix. However, the
dance with assemblies complying with the IBC. exceptions are specific to ambulatory care facilities.
K103.4.2 Protection. Where Table K103.1 permits an auto- The height is also consistent with Section 1010.1.1
for new buildings.
matic sprinkler system without a fire-resistance-rated separa-
tion, the incidental uses shall be separated from the remainder K104.2 Corridor and aisle width. Corridor width shall be
of the building by construction capable of resisting the pas- as determined in Section 1005.1 of the International Fire
sage of smoke in accordance with Section 509.4.2 of the Code and this section. The minimum width of corridors and
International Building Code. aisles that serve gurney traffic in areas where patients receive
care that causes them to be incapable of self-preservation
 In this section, where Table K103.1 would allow pro- shall be not less than 72 inches (1829 mm).
tection by an automatic sprinkler system without a
fire-resistance-rated separation, the construction  This section is consistent with new building require-
enclosing the incidental use would still need to resist ments. Reference is made to Section 1005.1 and a
the passage of smoke. Construction details for resist- corridor width of 72 inches is prescribed. Table
ing the passage of smoke are provided in the IBC. 1020.2 requires a 72-inch width for corridors and
Note that this requirement is not specifying a smoke areas serving stretcher traffic in ambulatory care
partition. IBC Section 710 provides specific smoke facilities.
partition requirements that must be directly refer- K104.3 Existing elevators. Existing elevators, escalators,
enced. dumbwaiters and moving walks shall comply with the
K103.4.2.1 Protection limitation. Except as otherwise spec- requirements of Sections K104. 3.1 and K104.3.2.
ified in Table K103.1 for certain incidental uses, where an  Sections K104.3.1 and K104.3.2 set forth some mini-
automatic sprinkler system is provided in accordance with mum requirements for existing elevators. Of primary
Table K103.1, only the space occupied by the incidental use importance are the emergency operation features.
need be equipped with such a system.
K104.3.1 Elevators, escalators, dumbwaiters and moving
 This section makes it clear that the sprinkler systems walks. Existing elevators, escalators, dumbwaiters and mov-
stipulated in Table K103.1 are required for the inci- ing walks in ambulatory care facilities required to be sepa-
dental use area only. rated by Section 422 of the International Building Code shall
comply with ASME A17.3.
SECTION K104  Not only are existing elevators required to comply

MEANS OF EGRESS REQUIREMENTS FOR with ASME A17.3, but escalators and moving walks
must also comply. Note that IBC Section 3001.2
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
EXISTING AMBULATORY CARE FACILITIES

requires ongoing maintenance of all elevators and
K104.1 Size of doors. The minimum width of each door conveying systems. This section specifically calls out
opening shall be sufficient for the occupant load thereof and ASME A17.3 for such maintenance.
shall provide a clear width of not less than 28 inches (711 The healthcare industry has historically been
mm). Where this section requires a minimum clear width of required to comply with regulations set forth by
28 inches (711 mm) and a door opening includes two door accreditation and certification agencies, such as The
leaves without a mullion, one leaf shall provide a clear open- Joint Commission. ASME A17.3 has been referenced
ing width of 28 inches (711 mm). In ambulatory care facili- by guidelines adopted by The Joint Commission for
APPENDIX
APPENDIX K
more than a decade and this code change will corre-

late the IFC with the mandated healthcare industry
standard.
Adding a reference to ASME A17.3 will require that
existing elevators, escalators and moving walks and
their related operating equipment in ambulatory care
facilities comply with a minimum level of safety.
Because the occupants of these types of facilities are
often incapable of self-preservation, this reference
provides important features essential for occupant
safety, including escalator and moving walk emer-
gency stop buttons and automatic skirt obstruction
stop features.
K104.3.2 Elevator emergency operation. Existing elevators
with a travel distance of 25 feet (7620 mm) or more above or
below the main floor or other level of a building and intended
to serve the needs of emergency personnel for fire-fighting or
rescue purposes shall be provided with emergency operation
in accordance with ASME A17.3.
 This section is consistent with Section 1103.3.2,
which applies to any elevator that travels 25 feet or
more above or below the main floor or other level of a
building. It should be noted, however, that the excep-
tions found in Section 1103.3.2 are not located in this
appendix. Therefore, there are no specific exceptions
to this requirement.
SECTION K105
ICC IBC—15 International Building Code K101.2,
K102.1,
K102.2,
K103.1,
K103.2,
K103.4.1,
K103.4.2,
K104.3.1,
ICC IFC—15 International Fire Code K101.1,
K102.4,
K104.2
ASME A17.3-08 K104.3.1, K104.3.2
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

APPENDIX
Appendix L:
Requirements for Fire Fighter Air
Replenishment Systems
General Comments hundred systems have been installed and are now
operational. The system has been called a “standpipe
Breathing air is critical for fire-fighting operations. His- for air,” which is an accurate description. The system
torically, fire departments have supplied air bottles by consists of stainless steel, high-pressure piping that is
means of a “bottle brigade,” whereby fire fighters manu- supplied by on-site air storage, fire department air sup-
ally transport air bottles up stairways. This is usually ply units, or both; a few systems have breathing air
accomplished by stationing a fire fighter on alternating compressors installed. Air filling stations are then strate-
floors, and each fire fighter carries two to four bottles at gically located throughout the building, using either
a time up two floors, passes them to the next fire fighter, quick fill connections or rupture containment fill stations
then goes down two flights of stairs and receives more complying with NFPA 1901. These systems allow fire
air bottles from the fire fighter stationed below. This pro- fighters to refill breathing air cylinders inside the fire
cess is extraordinarily fire-fighter intensive, and takes building, negating the required “bottle brigade”, and
fire fighters away from their primary mission of rescue making more fire fighters available for search, rescue,
and fire fighting. Even when fires are insignificant or and fire suppression operations.
controlled by sprinklers, copious amounts of smoke and
other combustion byproducts require the use of self-
contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) for extended Purpose
periods of time to conduct search, rescue, suppression While not every jurisdiction will necessarily embrace
and overhaul. These extended missions require a large this technology, there is a need to standardize the
number of air bottles to be transported to support the installation criteria in jurisdictions that determine the
operation. Transporting bottles is not the highest and systems are needed. It is now being recognized as a
best use of highly trained fire fighters. It is a costly solu- basic principle of fire protection that, once a community
tion to a serious problem that can be addressed by has identified an unacceptable risk, risk mitigation must
installing fire fighter air replenishment systems. occur to reduce that risk to a level that allows the fire
Technology exists at this point in time to address the department to be both efficient and effective in coping
issue using in-building air supply systems. Fire fighter with it. Therefore, this appendix provides model require-
Breathing Air Systems were introduced in the late ments to jurisdictions considering fire fighter air replen-
1980’s. These systems are now required in a number of ishment systems.
communities throughout the United States, and several
SECTION L101 2. Special hazards, other than buildings, that require

GENERAL unique accommodations to allow the fire department to
L101.1 Scope. Fire fighter air replenishment systems (FARS) replenish fire fighter breathing air.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
shall be provided in accordance with this appendix. The 3. Fire department staffing level.
adopting ordinance shall specify building characteristics or 4. Availability of a fire department breathing air replen-
special hazards that establish thresholds triggering a require- ishment vehicle.
ment for the installation of a FARS. The requirement shall be
based upon the fire department’s capability of replenishing  This section clarifies that such systems are required
fire fighter breathing air during sustained emergency opera- when the appendix is adopted. The adopting ordi-
tions. Considerations shall include: nance must specify when such systems are required.
Many buildings (e.g., a two-story Group B occu-
1. Building characteristics, such as number of stories
pancy) would not need such systems. Therefore, the
above or below grade plane, floor area, type of con-
applicability must clearly be provided. Suggestions
struction and fire-resistance of the primary structural
are provided as to what types of buildings and facili-
frame to allow sustained fire-fighting operations based
ties may need such systems.
on a rating of not less than 2 hours.

Code Council FIRE CODE® COMMENTARY APPENDIX L-1
APPENDIX L
SECTION L102 L104.2 Standards. Fire fighter air replenishment systems

DEFINITIONS shall be in accordance with Sections L104.2.1 and L104.2.2.
L102.1 Definitions. For the purpose of this appendix, certain  Sections L104.2.1 and L104.2.2 set out the basic
terms are defined as follows: design standards for such systems within the build-
FIRE FIGHTER AIR REPLENISHMENT SYSTEM ing. Later sections will prescribe standard for onsite
(FARS). A permanently installed arrangement of piping, stored pressure air supply.
valves, fittings and equipment to facilitate the replenishment L104.2.1 Pressurized system components. Pressurized sys-
of breathing air in self contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) tem components shall be designed and installed in accor-
for fire fighters engaged in emergency operations. dance with ASME B31.3.
 This definition describes what is considered part of  This standard reference addresses the quality of the
the fire fighter air replenishment systems (FARS) as piping and connections used.
far as the code is concerned. It also explains that the L104.2.2 Air quality. The system shall be designed to con-
purpose of such systems is to provide breathing air to vey breathing air complying with NFPA 1989.
fire fighters.
 Such systems in order to be of assistance to the fire
service must meet minimum air quality standards.
SECTION L103 NFPA 1989 provides these minimum requirements.
PERMITS This standard prescribes the type of pipes such air
L103.1 Permits. Permits shall be required to install and can be conveyed through.
maintain a FARS. Permits shall be in accordance with Sec- L104.3 Design and operating pressure. The minimum
tions L103.2 and L103.3. design pressure shall be 110 percent of the fire department’s
normal SCBA fill pressure. The system design pressure shall
 These systems need to be installed and modified be marked in an approved manner at the supply connections,
appropriately and be maintained for the successful and adjacent to pressure gauges on any fixed air supply com-
long term use of such systems. Permits facilitate ponents. Pressure shall be maintained in the system within 5
these activities occurring. percent of the design pressure.
L103.2 Construction permit. A construction permit is
required for installation of or modification to a FARS. The  This section sets the minimum design pressure for
construction permit application shall include documentation the system to ensure that the appropriate pressurized
of an acceptance and testing plan as specified in Section air can be provided during refills. There is a 10-per-
L105. cent level of flexibility provided at any time in the sys-
tem.
 This permit is for the initial installation and for modifi- L104.4 Cylinder refill rate. The FARS shall be capable of
cations to such systems. This will include documenta- refilling breathing air cylinders of a size and pressure used by
tion to demonstrate that they have been appropriately the fire department at a rate of not less than two empty cylin-
tested and installed as designed.
ders in 2 minutes.
L103.3 Operational permit. An operational permit is
required to maintain a FARS.  For practical use of such systems, the FARS must be
able to fill two empty cylinders in a defined amount of
 Quality installation and modifications to the system time. This must be tested once the installation is com-
are important but just as important is the long term plete (see Section L105.1).
maintenance of such systems to make sure they
L104.5 Breathing air supply. Where a fire department
remain in operating condition. This also reminds the mobile air unit is available, the FARS shall be supplied by an
fire department that such systems are provided at
external mobile air connection in accordance with Section
those locations. L104.14. Where a fire department mobile air unit is not avail-
able, a stored pressure air supply shall be provided in accor-
dance with Section L104.5.1. A stored pressure air supply
SECTION L104
shall be permitted to be added to a system supplied by an
DESIGN AND INSTALLATION
external mobile air connection provided that a means to
L104.1 Design and installation. A FARS shall be designed bypass the stored pressure air supply is located at the external
and installed in accordance with Sections L104.2 through mobile air connection.
L104.15.
 There are two sources from which breathing air can
 These sections contain the various design criteria, originate: a mobile air unit or an on-site stored pres-
standards and other considerations such as location, sure air supply.
security measures and compatibility with the fire
L104.5.1. Stored pressure air supply. A stored pressure air
departments equipment.
supply shall be designed based on Chapter 24 of NFPA 1901
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
APPENDIX
Copyright International L-2
APPENDIX L
except that provisions applicable only to mobile apparatus or L104.10 Protection of piping. System piping shall be pro-
not applicable to system design shall not apply. A stored pres- tected from physical damage in an approved manner.
sure air supply shall be capable of refilling not less than 50
 This section provides protection from physical dam-
empty breathing air cylinders of a size and pressure used by
age that can occur to elements of a building and it
the fire department.
systems due to human error.
 The design standard for on-site pressure air supply L104.11 Compatibility. Fittings and connections intended to
along with the capacity of storage is specified in this be used by the fire department shall be compatible with the
section. The stored supply must fill a minimum of 50 fire department’s equipment.
cylinders based upon the type the fire department
uses.  This section ensures that the wide variety of fire-fight-
ing components associated with buildings will be
L104.5.2. Retrofit of external mobile air connection. A compatible with the building’s fittings and connec-
FARS not initially provided with an external mobile air con- tions. Section 912 addresses similar concerns.
nection due to the lack of a mobile air unit shall be retrofitted
with an external mobile air connection where a mobile air L104.12 Security. Connections to a FARS shall be safe-
unit becomes available. Where an external mobile air connec- guarded from unauthorized access in an approved manner.
tion is provided, a means to bypass the stored pressure air  This section addresses intentional damage inflicted
supply shall be located at the external mobile air connection. on or general unauthorized use of such systems.
The retrofit shall be completed not more than 12 months after Some type of safeguard is necessary to protect such
notification by the fire code official. systems. However, such protection must take into
account how the fire department can access such
 This section mandates a mobile air connection to be
systems. A specific method is not prescribed. The
provided to a system that was initially only designed
term “approved manner” acknowledges that safe-
for on-site pressure air when such units become
guarding methods will vary based on each situation.
available. This also involves some reworking of the
system to provide a bypass of the on-site air. Flexibil- L104.13 Fill stations. Fire fighter air replenishment fill sta-
ity is provided to building owners to comply with this tions shall comply with Section L104.13.1 through
based upon notice from the fire code official. L104.13.3.
L104.6 Isolation valves. System isolation valves that are  The next several sections address the location and
accessible to the fire department shall be installed on the sys- features of the fire fighter interface with such sys-
tem riser to allow piping beyond any air cylinder refill panel tems.
to be blocked. L104.13.1 Location. Fill stations for refilling breathing air
 This section requires that isolation of the system in cylinders shall be located as follows:
terms of valving is provided. 1. Fill stations shall be provided at the fifth floor above
L104.7 Pressure relief valve. Pressure relief valves shall be and below the ground level floor and every third floor
installed at each point of supply and at the top or end of every level thereafter.
riser. The relief valve shall meet the requirements of CGA S- 2. On floor levels requiring fill stations, one fill station
1.3 and shall not be field adjustable. Pressure relief valves shall be provided adjacent to a required exit stair at a
shall discharge in a manner that does not endanger personnel location designated by the fire code official. In build-
who are in the area. Valves, plugs or caps shall not be ings required to have three or more exit stairs, addi-
installed in the discharge of a pressure relief valve. Where tional fill stations shall be provided at a ratio of one fill
discharge piping is used the end shall not be threaded. station for every three stairways.
 It is necessary for such systems to provide pressure  This section details where filling stations must be
relief valves. This specifies where they are to be located both vertically (see Commentary Figure
located and that they cannot be adjusted in the field. L104.13) and on any floor in a building. In most build-
ings where the floor must be provided with a filling
L104.8 Materials and equipment. Pressurized system com-
station only one will be required. The filling station
ponents shall be listed or approved for their intended use and
must be located next to a required interior exit stair-
rated for the maximum allowable design pressure in the sys-
way. In buildings with many stairways, one filling sta-
tem. Piping and fittings shall be stainless steel.
tion is required for each three interior exit stairways.
 This section prevents system failure based on inap- L104.13.2 Design. Fill stations for breathing air cylinders
propriately rated piping and fittings. Stainless steel is shall be designed to meet the following requirements:
necessary for air quality purposes.
1. A pressure gauge and pressure-regulating devices and
L104.9 Welded connections. Piping connections that are controls shall be provided to allow the operator to con-
concealed shall be welded. trol the fill pressure and fill rate on each cylinder fill
 Welded connections are less likely to fail than hose.
threaded connections. When located within a wall, 2. Valves controlling cylinder fill hoses shall be slow-
where failures can go undetected, this is critical. operating valves.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

APPENDIX L
3. A separate flow restriction device shall be provided on must be verified during the design and installation
each fill hose. process.
4. A method shall be provided to bleed each cylinder fill L104.13.3 Cylinder refill rate. Fill stations shall be capable
hose. of simultaneously filling two or more empty breathing air
cylinders equivalent to those used by the fire department to
5. The fill station shall be designed to provide a contain-
ment area that fully encloses any cylinder being filled the cylinders’ design pressure within 2 minutes.
and flexible cylinder fill hoses, and directs the energy  This section echoes the design criteria in Section
from a failure away from personnel. Fill stations shall L104.4, which mandates the ability to fill two cylinders
be designed to prohibit filling of cylinders that are not within 2 minutes. Speed is essential fire fighting and
enclosed within the containment area. filling the cylinders should be a quick process. The
Exception: Where required or approved by the fire chief, overall intent of such systems is to make obtaining
fill stations providing for the direct refilling of the fire breathing air faster and less labor intensive.
fighters’ breathing air cylinders using Rapid Intervention L104.14 External mobile air connection. An external
Crew/Company Universal Air Connection (RIC/UAC) fit- mobile air connection shall be provided for fire department
tings shall be used in lieu of cylinder fill stations that uti- mobile air apparatus where required by Section L104.5 to
lize containment areas. supply the system with breathing air.
 This section provides specific design specifications  This section requires that the mobile air apparatus
for fill stations. This addresses the various features can be connected to the system. This is similar to the
needed, such as slow-operating valves and the ability concept of a standpipe connection for a standpipe
to bleed each cylinder fill hose. All of these features
3RD FLOOR
LEVEL
FILL STATION
3RD FLOOR
LEVEL
FILL STATION
3RD FLOOR
LEVEL
FILL STATION
FARS - FILL CONNECTION

5TH FLOOR
ABOVE
GROUND
FLOOR
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
LEVEL
FARS - FILL CONNECTION
Figure L104.13
FILL STATION LOCATIONS
APPENDIX
APPENDIX L
system except that this system supplies critical 4. A nitrogen level below 75 percent or above 81 percent.
breathing air rather than fire-fighting water. 5. Hydrocarbon (condensed) content exceeds 5 milli-
L104.14.1 Location. The location of the external mobile air grams per cubic meter of air.
connection shall be accessible to mobile air apparatus and 6. The moisture concentration exceeds 24 ppm by vol-
approved by the fire chief. ume.
 The FARS is critical to fire-fighting operations. The 7. The pressure falls below 90 percent of the maintenance
connection must be located where it is feasible for the pressure specified in Section L104.3.
mobile air apparatus to make a connection. Approval
from the fire chief is specifically called out as this is a  This section simply provides the criteria as to what
fire-fighter operations issue. constitutes a hazard and should initiate an alarm.
L104.14.2 Protection from vehicles. A means of vehicle L104.15.2 Alarm supervision, monitoring and notifica-
impact protection in accordance with Section 312 shall be tion. The air monitoring system shall be electrically super-
provided to protect mobile air connections that are subject to vised and monitored by an approved supervising station, or
vehicular impact. where approved, shall initiate audible and visual supervisory
signals at a constantly attended location.
 Similar requirements are found for other building con-
nections related to fire department connections.  This section requires supervision and monitoring but
Impact protection helps to ensure that connections does not mandate an audible or visual alarm. If
will be in usable condition to make a proper connec- approved, in place of a supervising station a local
tion to the mobile air apparatus. audible and visual signal may be provided at a con-
stantly attended location. This could be in a security
L104.14.3 Clear space around connections. A working office within a building that is staffed 24 hours.
space of not less than 36 inches (914 mm) in width, 36 inches
(914 mm) in depth and 78 inches (1981 mm) in height shall L104.15.3 Air quality status display. Air quality status shall
be provided and maintained in front of and to the sides of be visually displayed at the external mobile air connection
external mobile air connections. required by Section L104.14.
 This section is very similar to Section 912.4 for  In addition to monitoring and supervision at the con-
access to fire department connections. Space must nection for the mobile air apparatus, a visual display
be provided to manipulate equipment and make of current air quality is required. This is a location
proper connections. easily identified by the fire department.
L104.15 Air monitoring system. An approved air monitor-
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ing system shall be provided. The system shall automatically SECTION L105
monitor air quality, moisture and pressure on a continual ACCEPTANCE TESTS
basis. The air monitoring system shall be equipped with not
less than two content analyzers capable of detecting carbon L105.1 Acceptance tests. Upon completion of the installa-
monoxide, carbon dioxide, nitrogen, oxygen, moisture and tion, a FARS shall be acceptance tested to verify compliance
hydrocarbons. with equipment manufacturers’ instructions and design docu-
ments. Oversight of the acceptance tests shall be provided by
 In addition to the testing and maintenance required a registered design professional. Acceptance testing shall
by Section L106.1, this section requires monitoring of include all of the following:
the air at all times. The focus is on making sure that
1. A pneumatic test in accordance with ASME B31.3 of
the air is of the correct quality, moisture content and
the complete system at a minimum test pressure of 110
pressure. Sections L105.15.1 through L105.15.3
percent of the system design pressure using oil free dry
focus on the actual alarm system requirements. The
air, nitrogen or argon shall be conducted. Test pressure
requirements address what creates an alarm condi-
shall be maintained for not less than 24 hours. During
tion (L104.15.1), where notification of a problem is
this test, all fittings, joints and system components shall
communicated (L104.15.2) and that air quality status
be inspected for leaks. Defects in the system or leaks
shall be visually communicated at the mobile air con-
detected shall be documented and repaired.
nection to let fire fighters know of any problem
(L105.15.3). 2. A cylinder-filling performance test shall be conducted
to verify compliance with the required breathing air
L104.15.1 Alarm conditions. The air monitoring system
cylinder refill rate from the exterior mobile air connec-
shall transmit a supervisory signal when any of the following
tion and, where provided, a stored air pressure supply
levels are detected:
system.
1. Carbon monoxide exceeds 5 ppm.
3. The air quality monitoring system shall be tested to ver-
2. Carbon dioxide exceeds 1,000 ppm. ify both of the following conditions:
3. An oxygen level below 19.5 percent or above 23.5 per- 3.1. Visual indicators required by Section L104.15.1
cent. function properly.

APPENDIX L
3.2. Supervisory signals are transmitted as required

by Section L104.15.2 for each sensor based on a
sensor function test.
4. Connections intended for fire department use shall be
confirmed as compatible with the fire department’s
mobile air unit, SCBA cylinders and, where provided,
RIC/UAC connections.
5. Air samples shall be taken from not less than two fill
stations and submitted to an approved gas analysis lab-
oratory to verify compliance with NFPA 1989. The
FARS shall not be placed into service until a written
report verifying compliance with NFPA 1989 has been
provided to the fire code official.
 This section provides specific testing requirements
regarding the installation and modification of such
systems. Section L103.2 requires a construction per-
mit along with documentation to show compliance
with this section.
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
SECTION L106
INSPECTION, TESTING AND MAINTENANCE
L106.1 Periodic inspection, testing and maintenance. A
FARS shall be continuously maintained in an operative con-
dition and shall be inspected not less than annually. Not less
than quarterly, an air sample shall be taken from the system
and tested to verify compliance with NFPA 1989. The labora-
tory test results shall be maintained on site and readily avail-
able for review by the fire code official.
 Ongoing maintenance is critical to the success of the
air replenishment systems, which rely on consistent
air quality and pressure. Operational permits help
ensure that quarterly air samples are taken and
annual inspections made.
SECTION L107
ASME B31.3—2012 Process Piping L104.2.1,
L105.1
CGA S-1.3—2008 Pressure Relief Device
Standards – Part 3
Stationary Storage
Containers for
Compressed Gases L104.7
NFPA 1901—09 Standard for Automotive
Fire Apparatus L104.5.1,
NFPA 1989—13 Breathing Air Quality
for Fire Emergency
Services Respiratory
Protection L104.2.2,
L105.1,
L106.1
APPENDIX
Appendix M:
High-rise Buildings—Retroactive
Automatic Sprinkler Requirement
General Comments In an emergency, the movement of people out of a

building is particularly difficult. A prime example of
Modern fire and building codes require complete auto- this hazard is the One Meridian Plaza fire. This fire
matic fire sprinkler protection and a variety of other occurred on the 22nd floor of the 38-story Meridian
safety features in new high-rise construction. Many Bank Building and was reported to the Philadelphia
older high-rise buildings lack automatic fire sprinkler Fire Department on February 23, 1991 and burned
protection and other basic fire protection features nec- for more than 19 hours. The fire caused three fire-
essary to protect occupants, emergency responders, fighter fatalities and injuries to 24 fire fighters. The
and the structure itself. Without complete automatic fire 12 alarms brought 51 engine companies, 15 ladder
sprinkler protection, fire departments cannot provide the companies, 11 specialized units, and more than
level of protection that high-rise buildings demand. 300 fire fighters to the scene. It was the largest
Existing high-rise buildings that are not protected with high-rise office building fire in modern American
fire sprinklers represent a significant hazard to occu- history, completely consuming eight floors of the
pants and fire fighters. Additionally, high-rise fires can building, and was only controlled only when it
significantly impact a community’s infrastructure and reached a floor that was protected by automatic
economic viability. sprinklers. In 1999, the building was torn down
Between 2003 and 2006, there was an average of amidst a storm of litigation.
13,400 reported structure fires in high-rise buildings
annually. These incidents resulted in 62 civilian deaths, • The HVAC and other utilities in some high-rises
490 civilian injuries, and $179 million in direct property service multiple levels and can facilitate the spread
damage per year. Furthermore, from 1977 to 2009, 25 of smoke and flame through a building.
fire fighters died from nonstress-related cardiac death • Due to the height of the building, response times
during fire suppression operations in high-rise buildings. for the fire department to reach the actual fire itself
By their very nature, high-rise fires present unique are extended, contributing to larger fire growth and
fire-fighting challenges that are extremely difficult for fire more extensive smoke spread.
fighters to mitigate without the presence of automatic
sprinkler systems. Some of these challenges include: Purpose
• High-rise structure fires require significantly more
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
This appendix provides model code text for adoption by
resources, such as personnel and equipment, to jurisdictions that choose to require existing high-rise
extinguish than do fires in other types of buildings to be retrofitted with fire sprinklers. It is recog-
occupancies. This further strains the responding nized that not all jurisdictions may choose to or have
fire department and fire fighters. legal authority to enact a retroactive construction
• Due to their height, smoke movement in high-rise requirement of this nature, so an adoptable appendix
structures is very different from that of other has been provided. This appendix will provide the basic
structures. Temperature gradients result in varying tools to those jurisdictions that have the ability to adopt
pressures throughout the structure, which can such requirements. The appendix contains the basic
allow for the rapid, uncontrolled movement of automatic sprinkler system requirements and provides
smoke and flame (known as the “stack effect”). By reasonable timeframes for building owners to meet such
design, exits from high-rise structures are limited. requirements.

Code Council FIRE CODE® COMMENTARY APPENDIX M-1
APPENDIX M
SECTION M101 SECTION M104

SCOPE REFERENCED STANDARD
M101.1 Scope. An automatic sprinkler system shall be ICC IFC—15 International Fire Code M102.1
installed in all existing high-rise buildings in accordance with
the requirements and compliance schedule of this appendix.
 This section provides a tool for jurisdictions to imple-
ment a retroactive requirement for the installation of
an automatic sprinkler system in high-rise buildings.
This appendix also provides a method for building
owners to file a compliance schedule for their build-
ing.
SECTION M102
WHERE REQUIRED
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
M102.1 High-rise buildings. An automatic sprinkler system
installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 of the Interna-
tional Fire Code shall be provided throughout existing high-
rise buildings.
Exceptions:
1. Airport traffic control towers.
2. Open parking structures.
3. Group U occupancies.
4. Occupancies in Group F-2.
 This section contains the focus of the appendix,
which is the enabling language for a jurisdiction to
require an NFPA 13 automatic sprinkler system to be
installed in existing high-rise buildings. In jurisdictions
that use this appendix, the enabling language will be
consistent. Several exceptions are similar to the
exceptions in Section 403.1 addressing the applica-
bility of the high-rise special use requirements.
SECTION M103
COMPLIANCE
M103.1 Compliance schedule. Building owners shall file a
compliance schedule with the fire code official not later than
365 days after the first effective date of this code. The com-
pliance schedule shall not exceed 12 years for an automatic
sprinkler system retrofit.
 The requirement for the retroactive installation of a
sprinkler system in a high-rise building is one that is
costly and often a disruption to the use of the build-
ing. This is understood and flexibility is built into the
appendix to ease the burden and recognize such
installations cannot occur overnight. Instead, it pro-
vides some reasonable limits as to when a compli-
ance schedule is to be provided to a jurisdiction (1
year after effective date). Additionally, this section
allows up to 12 years for the installation process to be
completed. The owners may prioritize based, for
example, on changing tenants or planned renova-
tions as to which portion of the building will be retrofit-
ted first.
APPENDIX
Copyright International M-2
INDEX
A Approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.6.1, 401.2, 603.1.2,

2307.2, 2308.2, 3101.2, 5706.4.7.1
24-HOUR BASIS
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Approved materials and equipment . . . . . . . . . 104.7
ABANDONED PREMISES Board of appeal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108.1
(see VACANT PREMISES) Emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.11
ABANDONMENT General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Flammable and combustible Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.6.2, 106
liquid tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5704.2.13 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
ACCEPTANCE TESTING Permits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.2, 105
Fire protection system Right of entry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.3
installations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901.5, 904.4, 907.8 Unsafe buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Fire pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 913.5.1 Violations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Flammable and combustible AEROSOL CONTAINER
liquid tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5704.2.12.1 Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Single- and multiple-station Glass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5101.4
smoke alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907.8.1 Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5101.4, 5104.1.1
Smoke control systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 909.18 AEROSOL WAREHOUSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5104.4
ACCESS, FIRE DEPARTMENT Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Aviation facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2003.4 AEROSOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 51
Construction and demolition sites. . . . . . . . . . 3310.1 Classification levels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5103.1
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Doors for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504.2, 3205.4, 3206.6.1 Classification of products . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5103.1

Equipment to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509 Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
High-piled storage buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3206.6 Inside storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5104
Tire storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3406 Manufacturing facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5107
ACCESS ROADS, FIRE APPARATUS . . . . . . . . . 503 Nonsegregated storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5104.3.1,
Aviation facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2003.4 Table 5104.3.1
Bridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503.2.6 Outside storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5105
Building openings and roofs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504 Permit required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105.6.1
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Retail display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5106
High-piled storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3206.6 Segregated storage . . . . . . 5104.3.2, Table 5104.3.2
Lumber yards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2803.6, 2809.3 AGENCY
Obstructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503.4 Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Tents and membrane structures. . . . . . . . . . 3103.8.1 AGENT
ACCESSIBLE MEANS OF EGRESS . . . . . . . . . . 1009 Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 AGRICULTURAL BUILDING
Standby power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604.2.1 (Occupancy Group U)
ACCESSIBLE ROUTE Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Occupant load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 1004.1.2
ACETYLENE AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS . . . . . . . 5203.4, 6001.1
(see WELDING AND OTHER HOT WORK) AGRO-INDUSTRIAL
Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3505.4 Byproducts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2801.1
Generators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3508 Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
ADDRESS NUMBER Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2804.1, 2808.1
(see PREMISES IDENTIFICATION) AIR-INFLATED STRUCTURES (see TENTS AND
ADMINISTRATION OTHER MEMBRANE STRUCTURES)
Alternative methods and materials . . . . . 104.9, 501.4 Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Applicability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Permit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105.6.4.5

Code Council FIRE CODE® COMMENTARY INDEX-1
INDEX
AIR-SUPPORTED STRUCTURES ALARM, NUISANCE

(see TENTS AND OTHER Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
MEMBRANE STRUCTURES) . . . . . . . . . Chapter 31 ALARM SIGNAL
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Permit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105.6.4.5 ALARM, SMOKE
AIRCRAFT Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Defueling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2006.5, 2006.18 ALARM VERIFICATION FEATURE
Fueling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2006 Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Hangars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 914.8.3 ALCOHOL-BASED HAND RUB. . . . . . 5001.1, 5705.5
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2004 Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
AIRCRAFT MOTOR-VEHICLE FUEL- ALCOHOL-BLENDED FUELS
DISPENSING FACILITY . . . . . . . . . . 2006.1, 2301.1
Compatibility of components . . . . . . . . . . . . 2306.8.2
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
AIRCRAFT OPERATION AREA (AOA)
Dispensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2306.8
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Listed equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2306.8.1
Housekeeping in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2003.3
ALTERATION
Smoking prohibited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2003.2
Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
AIRCRAFT-RELATED OCCUPANCIES,
ALTERNATING TREAD DEVICE. . . . . . . . . . . 1011.14
FIRE PROTECTION FOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 914.8
Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
AIRPORT
ALTERNATIVE AUTOMATIC
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
FIRE-EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . 904
AIRPORT TRAFFIC
ALTERNATIVE MATERIALS
CONTROL TOWERS . . . . . . . . 604.2.18, 907.2.13,
AND METHODS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.9
907.2.22, 914.8.1, 914.8.2
AMBULATORY CARE FACILITY
AISLE ACCESSWAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1018.4 (Occupancy Group B)
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Automatic sprinklers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.2.2
AISLE(S). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308.1.7.1, 1018 Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1029 Fire alarm systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907.2.2.1
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Cross . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1029.16.2 AMMONIA

Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Diffusion systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606.12.6
Fixed seating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1004.4 Refrigerant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606.12.3
Hazardous materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5003.11.3.9 AMMONIUM NITRATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5601.1.5
High-piled combustible storage . . . . . 3205.4, 3206.9 Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Obstruction of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1031.3, 1031.5 AMMUNITION, SMALL ARMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5606
Tents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3103.12.5 Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Travel distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1029.7 Storage and handling . . . . . 105.6.14, 5601.2.1, 5604
Walking surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1003.4 AMUSEMENT BUILDING, SPECIAL
Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1018.3, 1029.9.1, 1104.22, (see SPECIAL AMUSEMENT BUILDING)
3206.9.1, 5904.1.2 AMUSEMENT PARK STRUCTURES
ALARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.4.2, 2405.9.3, (Assembly, Group A-5)
2703.13.2.1, 6004.2.2.10.1 Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
ANNUNCIATOR
Activations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401.3.2
Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Audible. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907.5.2.1
APPEALS, BOARD OF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Coded signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408.8.3
APPENDICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101.2.1
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.4.1, 2703.12.3
APPLIANCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605.7
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901.5, 901.6, 904.4.2
Chimneys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603.6
Visible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907.5.2.3
Commercial kitchen hoods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
Warning signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 904.3.4
Cooking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5705.3.3
ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE. . . . . . . 907.5.2
Fuel-fired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Gas piping connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609.4
INDEX-2
INDEX
Heat-producing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2301.6 Pyroxylin-coated fabric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 807.5.1.4

Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603.5, 605.10, 5705.3.3 Pyroxylin plastic motion picture film storage . . . 306.1
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5705.3.3 Seating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1029
Unsafe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603.7 Seating plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403.2.1
APPLICABILITY (of the code) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Standpipe systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 905
APPROVED Storage, flammable liquids . . . . . . . . . . . . 5704.3.4.2
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Tents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 31
ARC WELDING Vehicles in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3104.18.4
(see WELDING AND OTHER HOT WORK) ASSISTED RESCUE AREAS, EXTERIOR . . . . 1009.7
AREA, BUILDING ATRIUM
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
AREA OF REFUGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1009.6 Sprinklers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.2.8.3.1, 903.2.8.3.2
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 ATRIUM FIRE PROTECTION . . . . . . . 907.2.14, 914.4
ARRAY (storage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3205.7, 3207.4 ATTIC
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
ARRAY, CLOSED (storage). . . . . . . . . 3205.7, 3207.4 ATTIC STORAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315.2.4, 903.2.8.3.1
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 AUDIBLE ALARM NOTIFICATION
ARTIFICIAL BARRICADE (see BARRICADE) APPLIANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907.5.2.1
ASH TRAYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310.6 Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
ASHES, HOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305.2 AUTOMATED RACK STORAGE
ASPHALT (TAR) KETTLES . . . . . . . . . . . 303, 3317.2 Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
ASPHYXIANT GASES . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5004.7, 5307.1 Emergency shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3209.4
ASSEMBLY OCCUPANCIES (Group A) AUTOMATIC
Aisles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1029 Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Announcements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403.2.2 AUTOMATIC FIRE-EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM
Automatic sprinklers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.2 (see FIRE-EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS,
Candles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 ALTERNATIVE)
Cellulose nitrate film . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105.6.6, 306 AUTOMATIC SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEM
Decorative materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 806, 807 Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Defined (Occupancy classification). . . . . . . . . . . . 202 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1010 SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2108.2, 2703.10, 2804.3,
Egress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 10 3206.4, 3209.2, 3314, 6304.1.4
Emergency evacuation drill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4051 Aerosol warehouses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5104.4.1
Employee training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406 Alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.4.2, 2703.10.5
Evacuation plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404 Basements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.2.11.1.3
Fire alarm systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907.2.1 Chutes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1103.4.9.3
Fire safety plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404 Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Furnishings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 807.5.1 Dip-tank operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2405.4
Interior finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 803 Gas rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5003.8.4.1
LP-gas installations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 61 Group A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.2.1, 1103.5.1
Motion picture projection rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . 306.1 Group B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.2.2
Multiple fire areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.2.1.7 Group E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.2.3
Obstruction of exits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1031.3 Group F-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.2.4
Occupant load calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1004 Group H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.2.5
On roofs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.2.1.6 Group I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.2.6, 1103.5.2, 1103.5.3
Open-flame devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308.3 Group M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.2.7
Panic hardware. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1008.1.10 Group R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.2.8
Permits required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105.6.36 Group S-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.2.9
Portable fire extinguishers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 906 Group S-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.2.10
Posting maximum occupant load . . . . . . . . . . 1004.3 Hazardous exhaust ducts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.2.11.4
Prohibit smoking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 High-piled storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.2.7.1
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

INDEX
Hose threads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.3.6 AWNING

Installation requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.3 Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Kitchen exhaust hood and
ducts systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.2.11.5
Limited area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.3.8
B
Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.4 BACKFLOW PREVENTION . . . . . . . . . . 903.3.5, 912.6
NFPA 13 sprinkler systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.3.1.1 BALCONIES . . . . . . . . . . . . 308.3.1, 903.3.1.2.1, 1021
NFPA 13D sprinkler systems . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.3.1.3 BALCONY, EXTERIOR
NFPA 13R sprinkler systems . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.3.1.2 Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Open-ended corridors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.3.1.2.2 BARRICADE
Pyroxylin plastics . . . . . . 903.2.4.3, 903.6.1, 1103.5.4 Artificial defined (for explosives) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Repair garages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.2.9.1 Defined (for explosives) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Riser rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901.4.6 Fire apparatus access road . . . . . . . . . 503.5, 503.5.1
Rubbish and linen chutes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.2.11.2 Natural defined (for explosives) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Secondary water supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 914.3.2 Placement at fire scene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.11.1
Spray rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2404.4 BARRICADED (explosives)
Water supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.3.5 Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Windowless stories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.2.11.1 BASEMENT . . . . . . . 603.3.2.5, 903.2.11.1.3, 905.3.1,
Woodworking operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.2.4.1 1006.3.2.2, 1030.1, 2311.4.3,
Zones. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907.6.3 2903.1, 3003.1, 5704.3.5.1, 5705.3.7.2,
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS 5704.6, 5706.4, 5904.1.3, 6103.2.1.1,
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 6109.7, 6204.1.8, 6304.1.7,
Early Suppression Fast 6604.1.5, 6704.1.5
Response (ESFR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910.2, Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Table 3206.2, Table 3208.3, BATTERY CHARGING
Table 5104.3.2.2, 5104.4.3 (see POWERED INDUSTRIAL TRUCKS)
Obstructions to discharge . . . . . . . . 315.3.1, 903.3.3 BATTERY SYSTEM, STATIONARY LEAD-ACID
Quick response (QR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.3.2, Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Table 5704.3.6.3(5) BATTERY SYSTEM,
STATIONARY STORAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
Residential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.3.2
AUTOMATIC WATER MIST SYSTEM . . . . . . . . 904.11 Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Permit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105.7.2
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Room design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608.4
AUTOMOBILE UNDERCOATING
(see SPRAY FINISHING) Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608.7
AUTOMOTIVE MOTOR FUEL- Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608.6
DISPENSING FACILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 23 BATTERY TYPES—Defined
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Lithium-ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
AVERAGE AMBIENT SOUND LEVEL . . . 907.5.2.1.1 Lithium metal polymer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Nickel cadmium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
AVIATION FACILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 20 Nonrecombinant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
(see also AIRCRAFT-RELATED OCCUPANCIES, Recombinant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
FIRE PROTECTION FOR) Stationary storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Cleaning parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2004.3 Valve-regulated lead acid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Combustible storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2003.6 Vented (flooded) lead acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Dispensing hoses and nozzles . . . . . . . . . . 2006.3.3 BIN BOX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3208.1
Dispensing of flammable and Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
combustible liquids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2003.5 BIOFUEL, SOLID (see SOLID BIOFUEL)
Fire protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 914.8 BIOMASS
Fueling and defueling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2006 Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Portable fire extinguishers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2005 BIOMASS FEEDSTOCK, SOLID
Radar equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2006.21 (see SOLID BIOMASS FEEDSTOCK)
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
INDEX-4
INDEX
BLAST AREA BULK OXYGEN SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 63

Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
BLAST SITE BULK PLANT OR TERMINAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5706.4
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
BLASTER BULK TRANSFER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5706.5
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
BLASTING AGENT BULLET RESISTANT
(see also EXPLOSIVES AND FIREWORKS) Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 BURNING (see OPEN BURNING)
BLEACHERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1029.1.1 BUTANE (see LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS)
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 BUTYLENE (see LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS)
Occupant load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1004.4
BOARDING HOUSE (Occupancy Group R)
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 C
BOILING POINT CABINETS
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Fire equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . 905.7, 906.8, 2005.7.1
BOND Flammable liquid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5704.3.2
For explosives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5601.2.4.1 Hazardous material. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5003.8.7
For fireworks display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5601.2.4.2 Ozone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6005.3.1
BONDING AND GROUNDING . . . . 2104.2.4, 2106.3.4 CABINETS, GAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2703.3.5, 2703.10.2,
Aircraft fueling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2006.3.7.1, 2006.5.2 2703.13.1.3, 5003.8.6, 5306.2.3,
CNG motor fuel-dispensing 6004.1.2, 6406.2.2, 6406.4.1
facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2308.8.1.2.4 CANDLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105.6.34, 308, 806.4
Cryogenic fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5503.7.2 CANOPY
Organic coating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2904.3 Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Piping, valves and fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5706.4.7.6 CANOPY, TEMPORARY STAGE
Powdered coating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2406.6.4 (see TEMPORARY STAGE CANOPY)
Roll-coating operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2405.11 CAPTIONS, EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM
Underground tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5706.6.1.8 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . 907.5.2.2.4
Vessels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5705.3.2 CARBON DIOXIDE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM
BONFIRES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307.4.1 Commercial cooking systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 904.11
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Permit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105.6.30, 307.2 Emergency alarms for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 908.7
BREAKAWAY PROTECTION Permit required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105.6.4
(see EMERGENCY BREAKAWAY DEVICES) CARBON DIOXIDE SYSTEMS
BREAKOUT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1010.1.4 USED IN BEVERAGE DISPENSING . . . . . . . . . 5307
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 CARBON MONOXIDE ALARMS AND
BREATHING APPARATUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2603.3.2 DETECTION SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 915, 1103.9
BRIDGES (see ACCESS ROADS, CARE, 24-HOUR (Occupancy Group I)
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
FIRE APPARATUS) Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
BRITISH THERMAL UNIT (BTU) CARE FACILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.2.8.4
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 CARE SUITE
BUILDING Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 CARNIVALS AND FAIRS
Unsafe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Permit required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105.6.5
Vacant (see VACANT PREMISES) Place of assembly tent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3103.3
BUILDING INFORMATION CARD . . . . . . . 508.1.5(13) CARTON
BUILDING OFFICIAL . . . . . . . . . . . 403.11.1.4, 510.1, Combustible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5106.5
3105.2, 3105.5 Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 CEILING LIMIT
BUILDING SERVICES AND SYSTEMS . . . . Chapter 6 Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

INDEX
CELLULOSE NITRATE MOTION CNG MOTOR FUEL-DISPENSING

PICTURE FILM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105.6.6, 306 FACILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2308
CELLULOSE NITRATE PLASTICS [see PYROXYLIN COLD DECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2806.2
(CELLULOSE NITRATE) PLASTICS] Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
CERTIFICATION OF SERVICE PERSONNEL COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY
Automatic fire-extinguishing systems . . . . . . 904.1.1 BUILDINGS, GROUP R-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 403.10.2.1,
Portable fire extinguishers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 906.2.1 Table 405.2, 907.2.9.3
CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102.3 COMBUSTIBLE DUST
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
CHANGE OF USE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102.3 COMBUSTIBLE DUST-PRODUCING
CHEMICAL OPERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 22
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Permit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105.6.7
CHEMICAL NAME COMBUSTIBLE FIBERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 37
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
CHIMNEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603.2, 603.6 General precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3703
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Permit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105.6.8
Factory-built . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603.6.4 Portable fire extinguishers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3703.6
Masonry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603.6.1 COMBUSTIBLE GAS DETECTOR . . . . . . . . . . 3510.2
Metal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603.6.2 Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
CHRISTMAS TREE COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2306,
(see DECORATIVE VEGETATION) 3104.17, Chapter 57
CHUTES, RUBBISH AND LINEN . . . . . . . . 903.2.11.2 Classified locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5703.1.2
CLASSIFICATION Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Aerosols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5103 Dispensing, use, mixing and
Commodity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3203 handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5705.3, 5705.3.8
Dry cleaning plants and systems . . . . . . . . . . . 2103.2 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5701.5
Dry cleaning solvent or liquid. . . . . . . . . . 202, 2103.1 Indoor storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5704.3.3
Flammable and combustible liquids. . . . . . . . . . . 202 Mixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5701.5
Floor finish materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 804.3.1 Outdoor storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5704.4
Hazardous materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5001.2 Permit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105.6.17, 105.7.8
Occupancy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Portable fire extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5706.2.7
Refrigerant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606.3 Special operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5706
CLEAN AGENT Tank storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5704.2
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Waste control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5706.3.3
CLEANING Wholesale and resale use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5704.3.6
Cooking equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609.3.3 COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL
Flammable liquids used for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2004.3 STORAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105.6.30, 315, 2003.6
Powder coating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2406.5.1 COMBUSTIBLE WASTE MATERIAL . . . . . 304, 2505
Piping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3306.2 At construction sites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3304.2
Repair garages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2311.2.1 Containers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304.3
Tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5706.7.2 Storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304.2
Tire rebuilding buffing areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3403.3 COMMERCIAL COOKING APPLIANCES
CLEARANCE Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Storage to ceiling or COMMERCIAL KITCHEN COOKING
sprinklers . . . . . . . . . . 315.2.1, 903.3.3, 5704.3.5.3 OIL STORAGE TANK SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . 610
CLINIC, OUTPATIENT (Occupancy Group B) COMMERCIAL KITCHEN HOODS . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 COMMERCIAL MOTOR VEHICLE. . . . . . . . . . 903.2.9
CLOSED CONTAINER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5505.5.2 Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 COMMODITY
CLOSED SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5705.3.7.6 Classifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3203
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
INDEX-6
INDEX
COMMON PATH OF CONTAINMENT SYSTEM

EGRESS TRAVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1006.2.1, 1018.4, Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
1029.8, Table 1104.18.2 CONTAINMENT VESSEL
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
COMMON USE AREAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907.5.2.3.1 CONTINUOUS GAS DETECTION SYSTEM
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 (see GAS DETECTION SYSTEM, CONTINUOUS)
COMPATIBILITY (Hazardous materials) CONTROL AREAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5003.8.3
(see INCOMPATIBLE MATERIALS) Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
COMPRESSED GAS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 53 COOKING
Containers, cylinders, tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5303.1 Appliances, commercial, defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Commercial, automatic
Medical gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5306 sprinkler systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.2.11.5
Not otherwise regulated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5308 Commercial, fire-extinguishing systems . . . . . 904.11
Permit required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105.6.9 Commercial, hoods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5303 Commercial, oil storage tank systems . . . . . . . . . 610
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5304 Commercial, portable fire extinguishers . . . . 904.11.5
Use and handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5305 Devices, open-flame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308.1.4
Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5303.6 Group I-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 904.13
COMPRESSED GAS CONTAINER On balconies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308.1.4
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 CORRIDOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1020, 1104.17
COMPRESSED GAS SYSTEM Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Open-ended (see OPEN-ENDED CORRIDOR)
Motor fuel-dispensing facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2308 CORROSION PROTECTION
COMPRESSED NATURAL GAS (CNG). . . . . . 5301.1 Cryogenic fluid containers. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5503.1.3.2
CONFLICTING PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102.9 Cryogenic fluid piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5505.1.2.5
CONGREGATE CARE FACILITY General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5703.6.5
(Occupancy Group I) Tanks and piping. . . . . . . . . . . . 5704.2.7.9, 5706.7.1
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 CORROSIVE
CONGREGATE LIVING FACILITY Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
(Occupancy Group R) CORROSIVE MATERIALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 54
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Indoor storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5404.1
CONSTANTLY ATTENDED Indoor use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5405.1
LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . 903.4.1, 907.2.1.1, 907.2.6, Outdoor storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5404.2
907.2.7.1, 907.2.10.1, 907.2.12.1, Outdoor use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5405.2
907.2.13, 907.2.18.2, 907.3, 907.3.1, Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5403
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
907.5, 907.5.1, 913.4, 5704.2.8.11 COTTON, BALED . . . . . . . . . .Table 5003.1.1(1), 3705
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION COTTON,
FIRE SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 33 DENSELY PACKED BALED . . . . .Table 5003.1.1(1)
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . 105.4 Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 COTTON, SEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3703.4
CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT, MOTORIZED Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
(see MOTORIZED CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT) COURT
CONTAINER Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 COURT, EGRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1028.4
CONTAINER AND PORTABLE Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
TANK STORAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5704.3,
COVERED AND OPEN MALL BUILDINGS
Table 5704.3.6.3(4),
Automatic sprinkler system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 914.2.1
5704.4, Table 5704.4.2 Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
CONTAINMENT PALLETS Emergency planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403.11.1
Flammable and combustible liquids . . . . . . . 5704.4.3 Emergency voice/alarm
Hazardous materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5004.2.3 communication system . . . . . . . . 907.2.20, 914.2.3

INDEX
Permit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105.6.10 DEFLAGRATION

Standpipe system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 905.3.3, 914.2.2 Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Tenant identification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403.11.1.5 DEFUELING
Unoccupied tenant spaces . . . . . . 311.6, 403.11.1.6 Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2006.5
CRANKCASE OIL (see WASTE OIL) Hydrogen fuel tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2309.6
CRITICAL CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604.3 DELAYED EGRESS LOCKS . . . . . 907.4.2, 1010.1.9.7
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 DELUGE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903.4, 2805.2
CROP-RIPENING AND COLORING PROCESSES Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
(see FRUIT AND CROP RIPENING) DEMOLITION OF BUILDINGS
CROWD MANAGERS . . . . . . . . . 403.12.3, 3104.20.2 FIRE SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 33
CRYOGENIC CONTAINER DESIGN PRESSURE
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Handling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5505.5 DETACHED BUILDING
Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5503.4 Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5503.5 Group H occupancies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5003.8.2
CRYOGENIC FLUIDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 55 Storage. . . . . . . . 6204.1.1, 6304.1.1, Table 6304.1.2
Containers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5503.1 DETEARING
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5505.4 DETECTOR, HEAT
Flammable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5806 Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Indoor storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5504.2 DETONATING CORD
Indoor use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5505.2 Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Outdoor storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5504.3 DETONATION
Outdoor use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5505.3 Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Permit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105.6.11 DETONATOR
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5503 Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Underground storage tanks . . . . . . . . 5504.4, 5504.5 DETOXIFICATION FACILITY (Group I-2)
CRYOGENIC VESSEL Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 DIP TANK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2405
CUSTODIAL CARE (Occupancy Group I) Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 DIPPING OPERATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2405
CUTTING AND WELDING DISCHARGE, EXIT (see EXIT DISCHARGE)
(see WELDING AND OTHER HOT WORK) DISCHARGE OF HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
CYLINDER (see RELEASE OF HAZARDOUS MATERIAL)
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 DISCHARGE SITE
Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
DISPENSING
D
Aircraft fueling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2006
DAMPER Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Fire extinguishers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2305.5
DANGER, IMMINENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110.2 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2303.1
DAY BOX (Magazine, Type 3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Motor fuel-dispensing operations . . . . . . . . . . . . 2304
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2305, 5005
DEAD END . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1020.4 DISPENSING DEVICE, OVERHEAD-TYPE
DECK Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 DISPLAY SITE (Fireworks)
DECORATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 805 Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Exit obstruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1031.5 DISPLAYS
DECORATIVE MATERIALS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 807 Aerosol products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5106
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Cellulose nitrate
DECORATIVE VEGETATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 806 (pyroxylin) plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314.3, 6503.1
INDEX-8
INDEX
Fireworks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5608 Permit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105.6.13

Group M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5003.11 Requirements, general . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2104
Indoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 Requirements, operating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2105
Motor vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314.4, 3104.18 Solvent or liquid classifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Retail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5001.4, 5106, 5601.2.2 Spotting and pretreating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2106
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5003.11.3 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2107
DOOR, BALANCED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1010.1.10.2 DRY CLEANING PLANT
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
DOOR, DUTCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1105.4.4.2.3 DRY CLEANING ROOM
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
DOOR, LOW ENGERY DRY CLEANING SYSTEM
POWER-OPERATED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1010.1.4.2 Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 DRYING APPARATUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2404.6.1.2
DOOR, POWER-ASSISTED . . . . . . . . . . . . 1010.1.4.2 DRYING OVENS (see INDUSTRIAL OVENS)
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 DRYING ROOMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 914.10
DOOR, POWER-OPERATED . . . . . . . . . . . 1010.1.4.2, DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907.3.1
1010.1.4.3 DUMPSTERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304.3
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 DUST COLLECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5203.5, 5906.5.3
DOORWAY, EXIT ACCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1006 DUST EXPLOSION HAZARDS. . . . . Chapter 22, 2803
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Explosion venting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2803.2.1
DORMITORIES DWELLING
(see OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION, Residential Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Group R and COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY DWELLING UNIT
BUILDINGS, Group R-2)
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
DRAFT CURTAIN
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1019.3, 1103.4.5, E
1103.4.6, 1103.4.8, 5106.3.2 EARLY SUPPRESSION
DRAFTSTOP FAST-RESPONSE SPRINKLER (ESFR)
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 (see AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS)
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703.1.1 EGRESS (see MEANS OF EGRESS)
DRAINAGE CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . 2903.10, 2905.3, ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
5004.2.2.6, 5705.3.8.1, Aviation facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2006.14
5706.2.6, 5706.4.9 Dust-producing machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5906.5.5
Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605.3.1, 608.7.1
DRAINS
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Dip-tank bottom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2405.3.2 Workstations in HPM facilities. . . . . . . . . . . . 2703.7.2
ELECTROSTATIC APPARATUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2407
Exhaust duct sprinkler system . . . . . . . 2703.10.4.4.3
ELECTROSTATIC FLUIDIZED BED
HPM liquids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2705.2.2.2
Magazines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5604.6.1 Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
ELEVATOR GROUP
Outdoor cryogenic fluid storage
containers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5504.3.1.3 Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Portable containers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5204.3.2.2 Emergency voice/alarm
communication system in . . . . . . . . . . . . 907.5.2.2
DRAPERIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 807.1, 1031.5
DRILLING, WELL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5706.3 ELEVATOR HOISTWAYS. . . . . . . . . . . . 704.1, 1103.4
Pressurization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 909.21
DRY-CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHING AGENT
Water protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607.6
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
DRY CLEANING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 21 ELEVATOR KEYS, FIRE SERVICE
(see KEYS, FIRE SERVICE ELEVATOR)
Classifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2103.1
ELEVATOR KEYS, NONSTANDARDIZED
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 FIRE SERVICE
Fire protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2108 Key boxes for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506.1.2

INDEX
ELEVATOR RECALL/ EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM

EMERGENCY OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607 COMMUNICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907.5.2.2
EMERGENCY ALARM Atriums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907.2.14
SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 908, 5004.9, 5005.4.4 Captions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907.5.2.2.4
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Covered mall buildings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907.2.20
EMERGENCY Deep underground buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . 907.2.19
BREAKAWAY DEVICES . . . . . 2306.7.5.1, 2307.6.3 Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
EMERGENCY CONTROL STATION . . . . . . . . . 2703.1 Group A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907.2.1.1
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 High-rise building . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907.2.13
EMERGENCY ESCAPE Special amusement buildings . . . . . . . . . . 907.2.12.3
AND RESCUE OPENING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1030
EMPLOYEE TRAINING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
EMPLOYEE WORK AREA
EMERGENCY EVACUATION DRILL. . . . . . . . . . . 405
Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
ENTRY, RIGHT OF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.3
Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405.2, Table 405.2
EQUIPMENT, FUELED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
EMERGENCY LIGHTING EQUIPMENT
EQUIPMENT PLATFORM
Inspection and testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604.6
Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
EMERGENCY PLANNING
Guards required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1015.2
AND PREPAREDNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 4
ESCALATOR OPENINGS
EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
(see FLOOR OPENINGS AND SHAFTS)
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
ESCAPE OPENINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1030
EMERGENCY RELIEF VENTING . . . . . . . 2306.6.2.5,
ESFR SPRINKLERS
5704.2.7.4 (see AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS)
EMERGENCY REPAIRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105.1.4 ETHYLENE
EMERGENCY RESPONDER Gas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2503
RADIO COVERAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510 Generators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2506
In existing buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1103.2 EVACUATION. . . . . . . . . . . . 110.2, 1703.3.4, 1704.3.5
Permit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105.7.5 EVACUATION DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . 403.10.1.1,
EMERGENCY SHUTOFF VALVE . . . . . . . 5003.2.2.1, 403.10.2.3
5503.4.6, 5505.3.2,
EVACUATION DRILLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
5803.1.3, 6303.1.2, 6403.1.1
Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405.2, Table 405.2
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405.6
EMERGENCY SHUTOFF VALVE, Recall and reentry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405.9
AUTOMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2305.2.4, 2306.7.4,
EVACUATION PLANS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
5003.2.9.1, 5505.3.2, 5803.1.3,
EXCESS FLOW CONTROL
5803.1.3.2, 6303.1.2, 6303.1.2.2,
Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
6403.1.1, 6403.1.1.1,
EXCESS FLOW VALVE
6403.1.1.2
Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 EXHAUSTED ENCLOSURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5003.8.5
EMERGENCY SHUTOFF VALVE, Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
MANUAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2309.5.2,
EXHIBIT GALLERY
2309.5.2.1, 5505.3.2, 5803.1.3,
Occupancy load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 1004.1.2
5803.1.3.2, 6303.1.2, 6303.1.2.2,
EXHIBITION HALLS (Occupancy Group A-3) . . . 202
6403.1.1, 6403.1.1.2
EXHIBITS AND TRADE SHOWS . . . . . . . . . . 105.6.14
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 EXISTING
EMERGENCY VENTING FOR TANKS . . . . . . . 610.5, Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
2306.5, 5704.2.7.4, EXISTING BUILDINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 11
5704.2.9.6.1.1, 5704.2.9.6.1.2, EXIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1022
5704.2.9.6.3, 5704.2.9.7.2, Defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
5706.2.4.2 Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1023
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
INDEX-10
INDEX
Horizontal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1026 F
Number required. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1006
FABRICATION AREA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2705.2
Passageways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1024
Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2703.3.1
EXIT ACCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1016
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Electrical wiring and equipment . . . . . . . . . . 2703.7.1
Doorway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Existing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2701.4
Ramp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Gas detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2703.13.1.1
Stairway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2704.2
EXIT DOORS, EXTERIOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1022
FACILITY
EXIT RAMP, EXTERIOR . . . . . 1006.3, 1008.3.2, 1027
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
FAIL-SAFE . . . . . . . 5003.2.2.1, 5004.7.2, 5005.1.5.1,
EXIT STAIRWAY, EXTERIOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1027 5005.1.11, 6004.2.2.7,
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 6004.2.2.8.1, 6204.1.11.1
EXIT DISCHARGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1028
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
FAIRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105.6.5
EXIT DISCHARGE, LEVEL OF
FALLOUT AREA
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
EXIT ENCLOSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1022
FALSE ALARM
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
EXIT, HORIZONTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1026
FEES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
FILL PIPE CONNECTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . 5704.2.9.5.2
EXIT PASSAGEWAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1024
FILM, CELLULOSE NITRATE
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 MOTION PICTURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
EXPANDED PLASTIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 3203.7.4 Projection rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306.1
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306.2
EXPANDED VINYL WALL OR FINES (in woodworking operations)
CEILING COVERINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 803.6 (see also VIOLATION PENALTIES)
EXPLOSION Defined (in woodworking operations) . . . . . . . . . . 202
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Storage and processing
EXPLOSION CONTROL . . . . . . 911, 2803.1, 2803.2.1, (in woodworking operations) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2808
2905.4, 5004.6, 5005.2.1.2, FINISHED PRODUCTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2909.6
5005.2.2.2, 5704.2.5, 5705.3.4, FIRE ALARM
5705.3.7.5.2, 5705.3.7.6.2, Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
5804.1.1, 5808.6, 6204.1.10, Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401.3.2, 3309
6304.1.1, 6604.1.2, FIRE ALARM BOX (see MANUAL FIRE ALARM BOX)
6704.1.6 FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNIT
EXPLOSIVE MATERIAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 56 Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 FIRE ALARM SIGNAL
EXPLOSIVES AND FIREWORKS . . . . . . . Chapter 56 Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
Permits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105.6.15 Annunciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907.6.3.1, 907.6.4.1
EXTENSION CORDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605.5 Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
EXTERIOR ASSISTED RESCUE AREAS . . . . 1009.7 Existing buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907.9, 1103.7
EXTERIOR WALL Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907.8
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907.6.6
EXTINGUISHERS Notification appliances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907.5
(see FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, PORTABLE) Out of service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901.7
EXTRA-HIGH-RACK COMBUSTIBLE STORAGE Permit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105.7.6
Approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3208.5 Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907.6.2
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Presignal feature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907.5.1
Fire protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3208.5.1 Telephone dialing devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907.6.6.1
--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

INDEX
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907.8 Buildings under construction or demolition . . . . 3315

Where required, existing buildings. . . . . . . . . . 1103.7 Commercial cooking equipment. . . . . . . . . . 904.11.5
Where required, new buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907.2 Dry cleaning plants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2108.4
Zones. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907.6.4 Flammable finishes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2404.4.1,
FIRE AND SMOKE 2405.4.2, 2406.4.2
PROTECTION FEATURES. . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 7 Lumber yards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2804.2, 2808.8
FIRE APPARATUS ACCESS ROAD . . . . . . . . . . . 503 FIRE-EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS,
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 ALTERNATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 904
Gates and barricades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503.5, 503.6 Commercial cooking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .904.12
Obstructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503.4 Fire alarm system interconnection . . . . 904.3.5, 907.6
FIRE AREA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901.4.3 Flammable and combustible
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 liquids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5704.3.7.5.1, 5704.3.8.4
FIRE BARRIER Flammable finishing . . . . . . . . . . . . 2404.4, 2405.4.1,
Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

International Fire Code Commentary Vol. 2 - 2015

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

International Fire Code Commentary Vol. 2 - 2015

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

International Fire Code Commentary Vol. 2 - 2015

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

--`,`,,,,,,`,,,,`,````,`,,,,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2015 CODE AND

First Printing: July 2015

ISBN: 978-1-60983-286-5 (soft-cover edition)

PRINTED IN THE U.S.A.

Copyright International Code Council

Copyright International2015 INTERNATIONAL

2015 ORGANIZATION OF THE IFC

IFC Chapter Subject

Copyright International2015 INTERNATIONAL

SAMPLE LEGISLATION FOR ADOPTION OF

Copyright International2015 INTERNATIONAL

Part IV—Special Occupancies and Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-1

CHAPTER 20 AVIATION FACILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-1 – 20-18

CHAPTER 21 DRY CLEANING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-1 – 21-12

CHAPTER 22 COMBUSTIBLE DUST-PRODUCING OPERATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-1 – 22-4

CHAPTER 23 MOTOR FUEL-DISPENSING FACILITIES AND REPAIR GARAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-1 – 23-44

CHAPTER 24 FLAMMABLE FINISHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-1 – 24-36

CHAPTER 25 FRUIT AND CROP RIPENING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-1 – 25-4

CHAPTER 26 FUMIGATION AND INSECTICIDAL FOGGING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-1 – 26-6

CHAPTER 27 SEMICONDUCTOR FABRICATION FACILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-1 – 27-22

CHAPTER 28 LUMBER YARDS AND AGRO-INDUSTRIAL, SOLID BIOMASS AND

CHAPTER 29 MANUFACTURE OF ORGANIC COATINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-1 – 29-10

CHAPTER 30 INDUSTRIAL OVENS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-1 – 30-4

CHAPTER 31 TENTS AND OTHER MEMBRANE STRUCTURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31-1 – 31-18

CHAPTER 32 HIGH-PILED COMBUSTIBLE STORAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-1 – 32-30

CHAPTER 33 FIRE SAFETY DURING CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-1 – 33-10

CHAPTER 34 TIRE REBUILDING AND TIRE STORAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-1 – 34-6

CHAPTER 35 WELDING AND OTHER HOT WORK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-1 – 35-12

CHAPTER 36 MARINAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36-1 – 36-4

CHAPTER 37 COMBUSTIBLE FIBERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-1 – 37-4

Part V—Hazardous Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-1

CHAPTER 50 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS—GENERAL PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-1 – 50-54

Copyright International2015 INTERNATIONAL

CHAPTER 51 AEROSOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51-1 – 51-16

CHAPTER 53 COMPRESSED GASES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53-1 – 53-18

CHAPTER 54 CORROSIVE MATERIALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-1 – 54-4

CHAPTER 55 CRYOGENIC FLUIDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-1 – 55-12

CHAPTER 56 EXPLOSIVES AND FIREWORKS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-1 – 56-34

CHAPTER 58 FLAMMABLE GASES AND FLAMMABLE CRYOGENIC FLUIDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58-1 – 58-14

CHAPTER 59 FLAMMABLE SOLIDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-1 – 59-8

CHAPTER 60 HIGHLY TOXIC AND TOXIC MATERIALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1 – 60-20

CHAPTER 61 LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GASES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-1 – 61-18

CHAPTER 62 ORGANIC PEROXIDES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62-1 – 62-8

CHAPTER 64 PYROPHORIC MATERIALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-1 – 64-6

CHAPTER 65 PYROXYLIN (CELLULOSE NITRATE) PLASTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-1 – 65-4

CHAPTER 66 UNSTABLE (REACTIVE) MATERIALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66-1 – 66-6

CHAPTER 67 WATER-REACTIVE SOLIDS AND LIQUIDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67-1 – 67-6

Part VI—Referenced Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-1

CHAPTER 80 REFERENCED STANDARDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-1 – 80-14

Part VII—Appendices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1

APPENDIX A BOARD OF APPEALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1 – A-4

APPENDIX B FIRE-FLOW REQUIREMENTS FOR BUILDINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1 – B-8

APPENDIX C FIRE HYDRANT LOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1 – C-6

APPENDIX D FIRE APPARATUS ACCESS ROADS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1 – D-6

APPENDIX E HAZARD CATEGORIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-1 – E-14

APPENDIX F HAZARD RANKING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F-1 – F-4

APPENDIX G CRYOGENIC FLUIDS—WEIGHT AND VOLUME EQUIVALENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-1 – G-4

APPENDIX H HAZARDOUS MATERIALS MANAGEMENT PLAN (HMMP)

APPENDIX I FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS—NONCOMPLIANT CONDITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-1 – I-4